A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament - Part 2

καταλαλιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Leontios 18 p. 36, 9; Wsd 1:11; Test. Gad 3:3; Act. Phil. 142 p. 81, 8 B.—Thom. Mag.: καταλαλιὰ οὐδεὶς εἶπε τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀλλʼ ἀντὶ τοὐτου κατηγορία) evil speech, slander, defamation, detraction in lists of vices (s. on πλεονεξία) in sing. and pl. (to denote individual instances) 2 Cor 12:20; 1 Cl 35:5; B 20:2; Pol 2:2; 4:3; Hm 8:3; s 9, 15, 3. ἀποτίθεσθαι πάσας καταλαλιάς put away all slanders 1 Pt 2:1. φεύγειν καταλαλιάς avoid evil speaking 1 Cl 30:1; cf. vs. 3; πιστεύειν τῇ κ. believe the slander Hm 2:2; πονηρὰ ἡ κ. 2:3; κ. is injurious to faith s 9, 23, 2; cf. 3.* κατάλαλος, ον speaking evil of others, slanderous w. δίψυχοι Hs 8, 7, 2. W. δόλιοι s 9, 26, 7. Subst. ὁ κ.

(POxy. 1828 r, 3) slanderer (in a list of vices) Ro 1:30; Hs 6, 5, 5.* καταλαμβάνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) 2 aor. κατέλαβον; pf. κατείληφα; 2 aor. mid. κατελαβόμην; pf. pass. 3 sing. κατείληπται, ptc. κατειλημμένος; 1 aor. pass. κατελήμφθην (Phil 3:12; Bl-D. §101 p.46 s.v. λαμβ.; Mlt.-H. 246f, s.v. λαμβ.; on the form κατειλήφθη J 8:4 in the older NT editions cf. W-S. §12, 1).

1.—a. act. and pass. seize, win, attain, make one’s own (Plut., Cleom. 4, 2; POxy. 1101, 26.—Diog. L. 5, 12 καταλαμβάνω means ‘come into possession of an inheritance’) abs. (though τὸ βραβεῖον is to be supplied fr. the context) of the winning of a prize 1 Cor 9:24. As a result of διώκειν (cf. Diod. S. 17, 73, 3 ἐπιδιώκων. . . τὸν Δαρεῖον. . . καταλαβών; Sir 11:10 ἐὰν διώκῃς, οὐ μὴ καταλάβῃς; 27:8) Phil 3:12a, 13: Χριστόν, corresp. to κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰ. vs. 12b. δικαιοσύνην Ro 9:30. ἐπίγνωσιν πατρός Dg 10:1. The pass. is found in the mng. make one’s own in the ending of Mark in the Freer ms. 3 (KHaacker, ZNW 63, ’72, 125-29).—This may also be the mng. of κ. in J 1:5 ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ (=τὸ φῶς) οὐ κατέλαβεν the darkness did not grasp it (Hdb. ad loc.; so also Bultmann, and similarly JADyer, JBL 79, ’60, 70f: appreciate), in which case grasp easily passes over to the sense comprehend (the act. [for the mid. in the same sense s. 2 below] has the latter sense in Pla., Phaedr. 250D; Polyb.

8, 4, 6; Dionys. Hal. 5, 46, 3; PTebt. 15, 5; 38, 18; Ep. Arist. 1; Philo, Mut. Nom. 4; Jos., Vi. 56). Most Greek commentators since Origen take κ. here as overcome, suppress (Hdt. 1, 46 κ. τινῶν αὐξανομένην τὴν δύναμιν; 1, 87 τὸ πῦρ; WNagel, ZNW 50, ’59, 132-37). So Gdspd. put out (Probs. 93f). But perh. J intended to include both mngs. here (so FWGingrich, Classical Weekly 37, ’43, 77), and some such transl. as master would suggest this (so MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 510f). b. seize w. hostile intent, overtake, come upon (Hom.+; oft. LXX; numerous exx. in JJWettstein on J 1:5 and in Zahn5,6 ’21, p. 63, 40. Cf. also Dit., Syll.3 434/5, 14) μὴ ἡμᾶς καταλάβῃ κακά lest evil overtake us (cf. Gen 19:19; Num 32:23) 2 Cl 10:1; cf. B 4:1. Of a demon ὅπου ἐὰν αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ wherever it seizes him (the sick man) Mk 9:18. Of the coming of ‘the day’, unexpected by the ‘sons of darkness’ and fraught w. danger for them 1 Th 5:4. Esp. used of night, evening, darkness coming upon a pers. (Dionys. Hal. 2, 51, 3 ἑσπέρα γὰρ αὐτοὺς κατέλαβεν; Lucian, Tox. 31; 52; Philo, De Jos. 145; Jos., Ant. 5, 61καταλαβοῦσα νύξ, Vi. 329. But the thought in these instances is not necessarily always that of night as of something fearsome, the friend of no man. κ. can also mean simply ‘arrive’, ‘come on’, as Dionys. Hal. 10, 56, 1 ἐπεὶ κατέλαβεν ὁ ἀρχαιρεσιῶν καιρός; Strabo 3, 1, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 78)J 12:35; 6:17 v.l. c. catch, detect (PLille 3, 58 [III BC]; PRyl. 138, 15. Esp. of the detection of adultery Epict. 2, 4, 1; BGU 1024 III, 11; Sus 58) τινὰ ἐπί τινι someone in someth. ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ in adultery (Diod. S. 10, 20, 2 ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ. κατειλημμένη) J 8:3. Pass. w. ptc. indicating the punishable act ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρῳ in the act vs. 4.

2. mid. grasp, find, understand (Dionys. Hal. 2, 66, 6; Sext. Emp., Math. 7, 288; Vett. Val. 225, 8; Philo, Mos. 1, 278; Jos., Ant. 8, 167)w. acc. and inf. Ac 25:25. W. ὅτι foll. 4:13; 10:34. W. indirect discourse foll. Eph 3:18.

M-M. B. 701; 1207.* καταλάμπω (Eur., Pla.+; PGM 7, 704; Philo; Test. Gad 7:3[?]) shine upon, pass. be illuminated, be bright (Eur., Tro. 1069, Ion 87; X., Mem. 4, 7, 7) τινί by or with someth. (Cebes 17, 1 φωτὶ καταλαμπόμενος; Wsd 17:19; Philo, Somn. 1, 218) ἀκτῖσιν ἡλίου AP 5:15 (Dio Chrys. 19[36], 45 τὸ καταλαμπόμενον Ἡλίῳ).* καταλέγω (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 114; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 131al.) select as a member of a group, enlist, enroll (of soldiers Aristoph.+. Of reception into the circle of the gods Diod. S. 4, 39, 4; into the Senate, Plut., Pomp. 13, 11.

Cf. Inscr. Gr. 165, 2; BGU 1073, 10) pass. χήρα καταλεγέσθω μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα either gener. be selected or specif. be enrolled 1 Ti 5:9 (of reception into a religious body κ. is also used POxy. 416, 4. On the constr. cf. the double acc. Pla., Leg. 742E κ. τινὰ πλούσιον). M-M.* κατάλειμμα, ατος, τό (Galen; LXX; En. 106, 18[?]) remnant (so Galen XIV p. 456, 13 K.) Ro 9:27 t.r. (Is 10:22); s. ὑπόλειμμα.* καταλείπω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 106, 16; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. κατέλειπον; fut. καταλείψω; 1 aor. κατέλειψα (Ac 6:2; Hs 8, 3, 5; PRainer 102; Jos., Bell. 1, 504, Ant. 10, 277); 2 aor. κατέλιπον (on the aor. forms s. Bl-D. §75 app.; W-S. §13, 10; Rob. 348; Helbing 90f; Thackeray 234; Dssm., NB 18 [BS 190]; Crönert 234, 6; KDieterich, Untersuchungen 1898, 238; Mayser 364); pf. pass. inf. καταλελεῖφθαι, ptc. καταλελειμμένος (W-S. §5, 13e); 1 aor. pass. κατελείφθην; leave behind.

1. of pers. τινά someone—a. leave someone (behind) when one leaves a place (Diod. S. 1, 55, 4; 5, 51, 4; Da 10:13) καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα κτλ. Mt 19:5; Mk 10:7; Eph 5:31 (all three Gen 2:24); Mt 16:4; 21:17. κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ Ac 18:19. κατέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ, ἵνα Tit 1:5 v.l. ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν τ. Παῦλον 500

δεδεμένον Ac 24:27 (the ptc. as Test. Reub. 3:14); cf. the pass. be left behind 25:14.—Elsewh. the pass. has the mng. remain behind (X., An. 5, 6, 12) J 8:9. ἐν Ἀθήναις 1 Th 3:1. W. inf. foll. to denote purpose: τοῦ φυλάσσειν τὸν πύργον to guard the tower Hs 9, 5, 1. b. die and leave (behind) (Hom.+; oft. pap. and LXX) γυναῖκα Mk 12:19. σπέρμα descendants vs. 21. τέκνα (Dt 28:54; cf. Pr 20:7; Jos., Ant. 12, 235)Lk 20:31. c. leave over; see to it that someth. is left (cf. Sir 24:33) κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας I have kept 7,000 men for myself Ro 11:4 (3 Km 19:18; the Lucianic text and the Hebr. have the first pers.). d. leave without help τινά w. the inf. of result (not of purpose; s. Bl-D. §392, 1f; Rob. 1090, and cf. Il. 17, 151) ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλειπεν διακονεῖν my sister has left me without help, so that now I must serve alone Lk 10:40 (aor. κατέλιπεν is the preferable rdg.; for κ. ἐμὲ μόνον cf. Jos., Vi. 301).—Desert MPol 17:2.

2. w. impers. obj.—a. leave (behind) (s. 1a) πρόβατα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Lk 15:4. πάντα ἐπὶ τ. γῆς everything on land 5:11 D.—IRo 4:2. b. leave a place when going away (Dio Chrys. 30[47], 2 τ. πατρίδα) τὴν Ναζαρά Mt 4:13. Αἴγυπτον Hb 11:27.

Fig. καταλείποντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν 2 Pt 2:15. c. leave to one side, give up 2 Cl 10:1. Also in the sense set to one side, neglect (Ps.-X., Cyneg. 3, 10 τὰ αὑτῶν ἔργα; Dt 29:24 τ. διαθήκην; Jos., Ant. 8, 190τ. τῶν πατρίων ἐθισμῶν φυλακήν; Test. Iss. 6:1 τὴν ἁπλότητα) τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ Ac 6:2. τ. ἀλήθειαν Hs 8, 9, 1. ἄμπελος Hs 9, 26, 4. d. leave, abandon, give up (e.g. schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 272-74 τὴν τέχνην give up one’s trade); lose (Petosiris, fgm. 121 22; 120 τὸν θρόνον) πάντα Lk 5:28; cf. 1 Cl 10:2; τὴν παροικίαν τ. κόσμου τούτου 2 Cl 5:1; of a youth fleeing fr. the police Mk 14:52 (Aesop, Fab. 419 P.=196 H.: κατέλιπε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ χιτῶνα; Gen 39:12; Test. Jos. 8:3). e. leave someth. as it is, located in its own place, of an island καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον Ac 21:3. f. leave over (Alex. Aphr., Fat. 28, II 2 p. 199, 8) pass. remain (Jos., Bell. 4, 338σωτηρίας ἐλπίς), specif. in the sense be incomplete, unfinished, open (X., Cyr. 2, 3, 11 μάχη; PLond. 1171, 43 [8 BC]) καταλειπομένη ἐπαγγελία a promise that is still open Hb 4:1. g. leave behind of an inheritance Hv 3, 12, 2. M-M.* καταλιθάζω fut. καταλιθάσω (only in Christian wr. But καταλιθοβολέω Ex 17:4; Num 14:10 and καταλιθόω in Paus.; Jos., Ant. 4, 282al.) stone to death τινά someone Lk 20:6.* καταλλαγή, ῆς, ἡ reconciliation (so Aeschyl., Sept. 767; Demosth. 1, 4) with God (2 Macc 5:20; Philo, Exs. 166 αἱ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα [=God] καταλλαγαί [in Philo always pl.]), which, acc. to Paul, is brought about by God alone; he ‘reconciles men to himself’ (s. καταλλάσσω). κ. κόσμου (opp. ἀποβολή) Ro 11:15; λόγος τῆς κ. the word of reconciliation 2 Cor 5:19. διακονία τῆς κ. ministry of rec. vs. 18. Since men are not active in this dispensation fr.

God, they are said τ. καταλλαγὴν λαμβάνειν to receive reconciliation Ro 5:11.—EGvanLeeuwen, De καταλλαγή: ThSt 28, ’10, 159-71; ANygren, D. Versöhnung als Gottestat ’32. M-M.* καταλλάσσω 1 aor. κατήλλαξα; 2 aor. pass. κατηλλάγην, ptc. καταλλαγείς; reconcile (so Hdt.+; 2 Macc.).

1. act. τινά (Hdt. 5, 29; 6, 108; Aristot., Oec. 2, 15) someone τινι to someone. Of God ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ διὰ Χριστοῦ us to himself through Christ 2 Cor 5:18=ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον ἑαυτῷ vs. 19.

2. pass. be reconciled, become reconciled (BGU 1463, 3 [247 BC]; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 134) w. dat. of the pers. (cf. X., An. 1, 6, 2; Pla., Rep. 8 p. 566E; 2 Macc 1:5; 7:33; 8:29; Jos., Ant. 7, 184). a. of man’s relation to God (Soph., Aj. 744; Jos., Ant. 6, 143θεὸν καταλλάττεσθαι τῷ Σαούλῳ) καταλλαγῆναι τῷ θεῷ be (come) reconciled to God Ro 5:10a; 2 Cor 5:20 (cf. Vi. Aesopi I c. 100 καταλλάγηθι Σαμίοις). Abs. Ro 5:10b. b. of reconciliation betw. human beings Ac 12:22 D. (γυνὴ) τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω let her become reconciled to her husband 1 Cor 7:11 (cf. POxy. 104, 27 [I AD]; the hypothesis [summary] by Aristophanes the Grammarian, of Menander’s Dyscolus, l. 9: κατηλλάγη τῇ γυναικί).—FBüchsel, TW I 254-8. M-M.* κατάλοιπος, ον (Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) left, remaining οἱ κ. τῶν ἀνθρώπων the rest of mankind Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). M-M.* κατάλυμα, ατος, τό (Polyb. 2, 36, 1; 32, 19, 2; Diod. S. 14, 93, 5; IG V 1, 869; Dit., Syll.3 609, 1; UPZ 120, 5 [II BC] al. in pap.; LXX; s. Bl-D. §109, 2; Rob. 151) inn. This sense is possible in Lk 2:7, but in 10:34 Lk uses πανδοχεῖον, the more specific term for inn. κ. is perh. best understood here as lodging (PSI 341, 8 [256 BC]; Ep. Arist. 181) or guest-room, as in 22:11; Mk 14:14, where the contexts also permit the sense dining-room (cf. 1 Km 1:18; 9:22; Sir 14:25).—PBenoit, BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 173-86 (Lk 2:7). M-M.* κατάλυσις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., PMagd. 8, 10 [218 BC] κ. τοῦ βίου; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 55; 19, 301 al.) dissolution, abolition, also downfall (of a tyrant: Diod. S. 14, 64, 4; 14, 67, 1) θανάτου IEph 19:3.* καταλύω fut. καταλύσω; 1 aor. κατέλυσα; 1 aor. pass. κατελύθην; 1 fut. pass. καταλυθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. trans.—a. throw down, detach of a stone fr. a building Mt 24:2; Mk 13:2; Lk 21:6. b. destroy, demolish, dismantle of buildings (Hom.+; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 5:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 161τ. ναοῦ [τ. θεοῦ] καταλυθέντος; Sib. Or. 3, 459).

501

α. lit. τ. ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:61; cf. 27:40; Mk 14:58; 15:29. τὸν τόπον τοῦτον this place Ac 6:14. β. fig. (opp. οὒκοδομεῖν) tear down, demolish Gal 2:18. Of the body as an earthly tent ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οὒκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ if the earthly tent we live in is destroyed or taken down 2 Cor 5:1. τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ tear down the work (i.e. the Christian church which, because of vs. 19, is prob. thought of as a building of God Ro 14:20. On the contrary, the figure of the building is not present, and the gener. mng. destroy, annihilate (Strabo 13, 2, 3 p. 617; Ael. Aristid. 29 p. 570 D.: ἐλπίδας; Test. Benj. 3:8) is found in τὰ ἔργα τῆς θηλείας (s. ἔργον 3, end) GEg 3. c. do away with, abolish, annul, make invalid (Hdt.+) κ. τὸν νόμον do away with, annul or repeal the law Mt 5:17a (cf. X., Mem. 4, 4, 14; Isocr. 4, 55; Diod. S. 34+35 fgm. 3 and 40, 2 [of the intention of the Seleucids against the Jews: καταλύειν τοὺς πατρίους νόμους]; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 40; 2 Macc 2:22; Philo, Somn. 2, 123; Jos., Ant. 16, 35; 20, 81). τ. νόμον κ. τ. προφήτας (as also Mt 5:17a) Lk 23:2 Marcion and It. τὰς θυσίας abolish sacrifices GEb 5. Abs. Mt 5:17b (opp. πληροῦν); D 11:2. Ruin, bring to an end (Appian, Prooem. C. 10 §42 ἀρχάς=empires; Arrian, Anab. 4, 10, 3 τυραννίδα; 4 Macc 4:24 τὰς ἀπειλάς; Jos., Ant. 12, 1τὴν Περσῶν ἡγεμονίαν) ἡ βουλὴ καταλυθήσεται the plan will fail Ac 5:38. Also of pers. (Diod. S. 16, 47, 2 τοὺς μάγους; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 48 §210) put down, stop vs. 39. Of rulers who are deposed (Diod. S. 1, 66, 6; 9, 4, 2 [a tyrant]; 14, 14, 7 al.; Polyaenus 7, 3 and 10; 8, 29) καταλύεται ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου the ruler of this age is deposed ITr 4:2.

2. intr. halt (lit. ‘unharness the pack animals’), rest, find lodging (Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 978, 8; UPZ 12, 37 [158 BC]; 62, 34; BGU 1097, 5; Gen 19:2; 24:23, 25; Sir 14:25, 27; 36:27; Jos., Vi. 248; cf. En. 5, 6) Lk 9:12. W. εἰσέρχεσθαι 19:7. M-M. B. 758.* καταμανθάνω 2 aor. κατέμαθον (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 3, 1; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 230f, Vi. 10) observe (well) , notice, learn τὶ someth. τοὺς καιρούς IPol 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (Hippocr., Art. 8 p. 122, 2 Kühlewein) 1 Cl 7:5.

W. acc. and ὅτι foll. (Aristot., Pol. 3, 14 p. 1285a, 1; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 183) 2 Cl 13:3. W. acc. and πῶς foll.: τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν Mt 6:28. τοὺς ἑτεροδοξοῦντας. . . πῶς ἐναντίοι εἰσίν ISm 6:2. M-M.* καταμαρτυρέω (Lysias, Demosth.; PPetr. III 17 I, 9; UPZ 162 V, 33 [117 BC]; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 199; Jos., Ant. 8, 358; 359) bear witness against, testify against τί τινος testify someth. against someone (Plut., Ages. 3, 9; Pr 25:18; Sus 43; 49 Theod.) Mt 26:62; 27:13; Mk 14:60. M-M.* καταμένω fut. καταμενῶ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 249; 7, 180) stay, live οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες where they were staying Ac 1:13. κ. πρός τινα stay w. someone 1 Cor 16:6 (v.l. παραμενῶ). M-M.* καταμόνας s. μόνος 3. κατανάθεμα Rv 22:3 t.r. (s. κατάθεμα).* καταναθεματίζω (Justin, Dial. 47) curse Mt 26:74 t.r. (s. καταθεματίζω).* καταναλίσκω (X., Pla.+; Dit., Syll.3 672, 39 [II BC]; PSI 41, 20; LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 242)consume of fire (Aristot., De Juv. 469b, 29): God is πῦρ καταναλίσκον a consuming fire Hb 12:29 (Dt 4:24). M-M.* καταναρκάω fut. καταναρκήσω; 1 aor. κατενάρκησα (in Hippocr., Art. 48 p. 182, 18 Kühlewein, Epidem. 6, 7, 3 ed. Littré V 340=‘stupefy, disable’; Philod., παρρ. col. XIIb, 10 Oliv.—Jerome, Ep. 121, 10, 4 maintains that the Cilicians used it for Lat. gravare, ‘weigh down, burden’. At any rate the Latin and Syriac versions understand it in that sense; Chrysostom and Theodoret take for granted that this is the mng.) burden, be a burden to τινός someone 2 Cor 11:9; 12:13. Abs. 12:14. M-M.* κατανεύω 1 aor. κατένευσα (Hom.+; BGU 1119, 24; 1120, 30 [I BC]; Philo, Post. Cai. 169; Jos., Vi. 156 al.) signal by means of a nod τινί to someone. The message to be given by the signal is added in the inf. (w. art.; cf. Bl-D. §400, 7; Rob. 1068) Lk 5:7 (cf. Polyb. 39, 1, 3 κ. τινὶ προϊέναι). M-M.* κατανοέω impf. κατενόουν; 1 aor. κατενόησα (Hdt., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. notice, observe carefully τὶ someth. δοκόν Mt 7:3; Lk 6:41. πτελέαν καὶ ἄμπελον Hs 2:1. κόλπον Ac 27:39.

2. look at (with reflection) , consider, contemplate τὶ someth. (Herm. Wr. 1, 13a; En. 2, 1; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 358; Jos., Ant. 3, 302; 5, 5) κεράμια pay attention to the jars Hm 12, 5, 3a, b. τὰ κρίνα Lk 12:27. τ. κόρακας 12:24. τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα νενεκρωμένον Ro 4:19. τ. ῥάβδους Hs 8, 1, 5; 8, 2, 5; 8, 3, 8; 8, 6, 1. τ. πύργον s 9, 5, 6f al. Abs., though the obj. is easily supplied fr. the context Ac 7:31f; 11:6.—Also simply look at (Gen 3:6) τὸ πρόσωπον Js 1:23. ἑαυτόν vs. 24.

3. consider, notice in a spiritual sense, fix the eyes of the spirit upon τινά someone Hb 3:1; 10:24; someth. τὴν πανουργίαν notice the trickery Lk 20:23 (cf. BGU 1011 II, 17 [II BC]; Jos., Vi. 72).—Consider, contemplate (Antig. Car. 31; Is 57:1; Ep. Arist. 3; Philo, Ebr. 137; Jos., Ant. 7, 204)τὶ someth. 1 Cl 32:1. W. indir. question foll.

(Antiphanes Com. 33, 1) 24:1; 47:5. W. acc. and indir. question foll. 34:5; 37:2. M-M.** καταντάω 1 aor. κατήντησα; pf. κατήντηκα 1 Cor 10:11 (Polyb., Diod. S.; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 17, 6; Jos., Ant. 502

3, 246)come (to), arrive (at).

1. lit. w. εἰς and acc. of place (Aristot., Dialog. fgm. 11 Rose εἰς τοὺς λιμένας; Diod. S. 3, 34, 7; 12, 55, 5; PTebt. 59, 3 [99 BC] εἰς τ. πόλιν Σοκονώφεως; Inschr. v. Priene 112, 97 [I BC]; 2 Macc 4:21, 44) εἰς Ἰκόνιον Ac 13:51 D. εἰς Δέρβην 16:1. Cf. 18:19, 24; 21:7; 25:13 (w. ἀσπάζω; cf. ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ κ. ἠσπάσατο, Plut., Mor. 488E); 27:12; 28:13. ἄντικρυς Χίου off Chios 20:15.

2. fig.—a. arrive at someth., so that one comes to possess it, attain (to) someth. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν εἰς τ. ἑνότητα τ. πίστεως Eph 4:13 (εἰς as Polyb. 6, 9, 10; BGU 1101, 5 εἰς τ. αὐτὸν βίον). W. εἴς τι also Ac 26:7; Phil 3:11; εἰς πέπειρον κ. come to ripeness 1 Cl 23:4. ἕως θανάτου καταντῆσαι meet death Pol 1:2. W. ἐπί τι (Epicurus p. 63, 8 Us.; Diod. S. 1, 79, 2; Ammon. Herm. In Lib. Aristot. De Interpret. p. 264, 22 Busse κ. ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον) ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν κ. arrive at the goal, reach the goal 1 Cl 63:1. Likew. ἐπὶ τὸν βέβαιον δρόμον κ. 6:2. b. The person does not come to someth., but someth. comes to him (κ. εἰς as t.t. for the inheritance that comes to an heir: BGU 1169, 21 [10 BC]; POxy. 75, 5; 248, 11; 274, 19. Cf. 2 Km 3:29). Of the word of God: ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν; or has it come to you alone? 1 Cor 14:36. On εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τ. αἰώνων κατήντηκεν 10:11 cf. αἰών 2b, end.—OMichel, TW III 625-8. M-M.* καταντικρύ (Hom.+) and καταντικρύς (later form, cf. Phryn. p. 444 L.; PGM 36, 3) directly opposite τινός someth. or someone (cf. Pla., Phaedo 112E; X., Hell. 4, 8, 5; Arrian, Anab. 3, 16, 8; Eubul. in Athen. 11 p. 473D; PGM 4, 89) AP 6:21; 14:29.* κατάνυξις, εως, ἡ (Cyrillus of Scyth. p. 19, 25; 34, 21; 97, 1; 206, 27 [=deep emotion]; Leontios 1 p. 6, 20; Pel.-Leg. p. 3, 7; LXX; Hesychius) stupefaction πνεῦμα κατανύξεως (Is 29:10) a spirit of stupor Ro 11:8. M-M.* κατανύσσομαι 2 aor. pass. κατενύγην (Pel.-Leg. 7, 16; LXX; Hesychius.—The act. in Phlegon [II AD]: 257 fgm.

36 IV Jac.) be pierced, stabbed fig., of the feeling of sharp pain connected w. anxiety, remorse, etc. (Photius: κατανυγείς, λυπηθείς; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 36 Müller κατανυγεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις=taken aback; Cyrillus of Scyth. p. 53, 14; 96, 19; 108, 2 be deeply moved; Leontios 14 p. 30, 13 al.) κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν they were cut to the heart Ac 2:37 (κ. τῇ καρδίᾳ Ps 108:16). M-M.* καταξαίνω 1 aor. pass. ptc. καταξανθείς (Aeschyl.+; Judg 8:7 A, 16 A) tear to shreds (lit. ‘comb, card’, as wool) μάστιξι καταξανθέντες torn to shreds with whips MPol 2:2.* καταξιοπιστεύομαι pretend to be trustworthy, simulate honesty (Polyb. 12, 17, 1: καταξιοπιστέομαι) ITr 6:2.* καταξιόω 1 aor. κατηξίωσα, pass. κατηξιώθην (Aeschyl.+; Polyb. 1, 23, 3; Diod. S. 2, 60, 3; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 175; Jos., Ant. 15, 76)consider worthy.

1. w. God or Jesus Christ as subj., act. τινά someone 1 Cl 50:2; IEph 20:1. W. inf. foll. IRo 2:2.—Pass. be considered worthy τινός of a thing (CIA III 690, 9f; 4 Macc 18:3) τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Th 1:5. πλείονος γνώσεως 1 Cl 41:4. ὀνόματος θεοπρεπεστάτου (on the idea s. Hdb. ad loc.) IMg 1:2. τοῦ κλήρου ITr 12:3. τῆς τοιαύτης διακονίας of such a service IPhld 10:2: cf. IPol 1:1; MPol 14:2 v.l. Funk. W. inf. foll. (PAmh. 145, 4; PGM 13, 707; Jos., Ant. 4, 281)Lk 20:35; 21:36 t.r.; Ac 5:41. Also ἵνα ISm 11:1.

2. w. a human subj., pass., w. ἵνα foll. IPol 7:2. W. subst. inf. foll. τοῦ εἰς Συρίαν πορεύεσθαι 8:2. M-M.* καταπαλαίω 1 aor. κατεπάλαισα (Eur., Aristoph., Pla.+; 4 Macc 3:18; Philo, Vi. Cont. 43) win a victory over, defeat (in wrestling) (w. ἀντιπαλαίειν) τινά someone Hs 8, 3, 6. Abs. m 12, 5, 2.* καταπατέω fut. καταπατήσω; 1 aor. κατεπάτησα, pass. κατεπατήθην (Hom., Hdt., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 115; pap., LXX, Joseph.) trample under foot.

1. lit.—a. trample τὶ ἔν τινι someth. with (under) someth. Mt 7:6 (of swine πατέω: Ananius Lyricus [VI BC] in Athen. 7, 282B).—Pass. (Diod. S. 25, 3, 1) be trampled under foot Mt 5:13; Lk 8:5. b. tread upon of a milling crowd (Arrian, Anab. 2, 11, 3 ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων καταπατούμενοι=hard-pressed by each other, getting in each other’s way; Polyaenus 4, 3, 21 ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων καταπατούμενοι) ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους so that they trod on one another (’s feet) Lk 12:1.

2. fig. trample under foot, treat with disdain (Il. 4, 157 [in tmesis]; Pla., Leg. 4 p. 714A τοὺς νόμους, Gorg.

484A; Epict. 1, 8, 10; Lucian, Lexiph. 23; 2 Macc 8:2; Hos 5:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 386.—Cf. the underlying reality in Diod. S. 33, 5, 3 τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀγάλματα ὑβριστικῶς κατεπάτησαν) τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Hb 10:29. M-M.* κατάπαυσις, εως, ἡ (Hdt.+, but act., ‘stopping, causing to rest’; also Jos., Ant. 17, 43)intr.

1. rest (2 Macc 15:1 ἡ τῆς καταπαύσεως ἡμέρα of the Sabbath) τόπος τ. καταπαύσεως place of rest, i.e. where one rests and lives Ac 7:49; B 16:2 (both Is 66:1).

2. abstract for concrete place of rest (Dt 12:9; Ps 131:14 al.) εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κ. μου (Ps 94:11); this OT pass. is typologically interpreted fr. a Christian viewpoint Hb 3:11, 18; 4:1, 3, 5, 10f.—GvRad, Zwischen den Zeiten 11, ’33, 104-11; WRHutton, ET 52, ’41, 316f; OHofius, Katapausis ’70.* καταπαύω fut. καταπαύσομαι (B 15:5); 1 aor. κατέπαυσα (Hom.+; LXX; En. 106, 18; Philo, Joseph.; Anz 294f).

1. trans.—a. (cause to) stop, bring to an end τὶ someth. (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 5; Jos., Vi. 422) τὸν διωγμόν MPol 1:1. τ. προσευχήν 8:1.

503

b. bring to rest—α. τινά someone, in such a way that he gives up someth. he has begun to do and is quiet τινά τινος restrain, dissuade someone fr. someth. (cf. Jos., Ant. 3, 14κ. τῆς ὀργῆς) κατέπαυσαν τ. ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς Ac 14:18 (on the constr. s. Bl-D. §400, 4; Rob. 1094; 1102). β. τινά someone, so that he has rest. Concr., bring to a place of rest (Ex 33:14; Dt 3:20; Josh 1:13; Sir 24:11) Hb 4:8.—γ. τὶ someth. τὰ πάντα B 15:8.

2. intr. stop, rest (Eur., Hec. 918; comic poet in Diod. S. 12, 14 vol. II 371, 19 Vogel εὐημερῶν κατάπαυσον; Gen 2:2; Ex 31:18) of God κατέπαυσεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρα τῇ ἑβδόμῃ he rested on the seventh day B 15:3, 5 (both Gen 2:2). κ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ from his work Hb 4:4, 10 (also Gen 2:2).

3. mid. and pass. have the same mng. as the intr. act. (Aristoph.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 132 §548; Ex 16:13; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 18) B 15:5, 7. M-M.* καταπέτασμα, ατος, τό (Heliod. 10, 28) curtain (inscr. of Samos of 346/5 BC, listing the furnishings of the Temple of Hera [in OHoffmann, D. griech. Dialekte III 1898, 72; Dssm., LO 80-LAE 101]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 86; Philo; Joseph.). In the temple at Jerusalem one curtain separated the holy of holies fr. the holy place, and another covered the entrance fr. the forecourt to the temple proper. κ. means the latter in Ex 26:37; 38:18; Num 3:26; Ep. Arist. 86; Jos., Bell. 5, 212;the former in Ex 26:31 ff; Lev 21:23; 24:3; Philo, Mos. 2, 86; 101; Jos., Ant. 8, 75.Our lit. knows only the inner curtain, τὸ δεύτερον κ. Hb 9:3 (cf. Philo, Gig. 53 τὸ ἐσωτάτω καταπέτασμα). It is called simply τὸ κ. τοῦ ναοῦ, and Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38; Lk 23:45; GP 5:20 tell how it was torn at the death of Jesus. (EbNestle, NovT Suppl. 1896, 791, concludes, on the basis of GH 20, that ‫תֶ כֶרר‬ ‘curtain’ was confused w. ‫ֶררתּ‬ ‘lintel’, and thinks the lintel burst [but ‫ֶררתּ‬ never means ‘lintel’; rather ‘capital of a column’]; cf. Zahn, NKZ 13, ’02, 729-56; HLaible, NKZ 35, ’24, 287-314; PFiebig, Neues Sächs. Kirchenbl. 40, ’32, 227-36; ASchmidtke, Neue Fgmte u. Untersuchungen zu d. judenchristl. Evangelien: TU 37, 1, ’11 p. 257-64.-GLindeskog, The Veil of the Temple: Coniect. Neot. 11, ’47, 132-7.)—τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ κ. (cf. Lev 16:2, 12) the inner sanctuary behind the curtain, the holy of holies as a figure for heaven Hb 6:19. κ. is used similarly in the fig. language of this epistle 10:20: we have an εἴσοδος τ. ἁγίων, since Jesus has opened a ὁδὸς διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος a way through the curtain.—CSchneider, TW III 630-2.

M-M.* καταπίμπρημι (Plut., Polyaenus+) burn to ashes κατέπ[ρ]ησεν as v.l. from P72 mg in 2 Pt 2:6.* καταπίνω 2 aor. κατέπιον; 1 aor. pass. κατεπόθην (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 472;566 al.) drink down, swallow.

1. lit., though more or less transferred—a. swallow, swallow up τὶ someth. (of the earth, that drinks up water Pla., Critias p. 111D; Diod. S. 1, 32, 4) ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμόν Rv 12:16 (Philostephanus Hist. [III BC], fgm. 23 [ed. CMüller III 1849] p. 32 ποταμὸς ὑπὸ γῆς καταπίνεται; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 35; cf. Num 16:30, 32). On the camel Mt 23:24 cf. κώνωψ. b. devour (Hes., Theog. 459 υἱούς. Of animals that devour Tob 6:2; Jon 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 246)the devil like a lion ζητῶν τίνα καταπιεῖν 1 Pt 5:8 (Damasc., Vi. Isid. 69 ὁ λέων καταπίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον). c. of water, waves swallow up (Polyb. 2, 41, 7 πόλις καταποθεῖσα ὑπὸ τ. θαλάσσης; Diod. S. 18, 35, 6; 26, 8; En. 101, 5; Philo, Virt. 201) pass. be drowned (Ex 15:4 v.l. κατεπόθησαν ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ) Hb 11:29.—Transferred to mental and spiritual states (cf. Philo, Gig. 13, Deus Imm. 181) μή πως τ. περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ so that he may not be overwhelmed by extreme sorrow 2 Cor 2:7.

2. fig. swallow up w. total extinction as a result (cf. PGM 12, 44 κατέπιεν ὁ οὐρανός; Ps 106:27; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 230; Test. Jud. 21:7) pass. τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς what is mortal may be swallowed up in life 2 Cor 5:4. ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος death has been swallowed up in victory (after Is 25:8; s. on this κέντρον 1 and ARahlfs, ZNW 20, ’21, 183f) 1 Cor 15:54. M-M. and suppl.* καταπίπτω 2 aor. κατέπεσον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 144; Philo, Joseph.) fall (down) εἰς τὴν γῆν fall on the ground Ac 26:14. ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν (cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 64)Lk 8:6. Abs. (Jos., Ant. 5, 27)καταπίπτειν νεκρόν fall down dead Ac 28:6 (cf. 4 Macc 4:11). M-M.* καταπιστεύω trust (Polyb.; Plut., Lys. 8, 3; pap.; Mi 7:5) w. dat. (Polyb. 2, 3, 3 al.) ἑαυτῷ trust oneself Hm 9:10.* καταπλέω 1 aor. κατέπλευσα (Hom.+; inscr., pap.) sail down fr. the ‘high seas’ toward the coast, sail toward w. εἰς (X., Hell. 1, 7, 29 εἰς τ. γῆν; Appian, Basil. 1 §1 ἔς τινα αἰγιαλόν; Dit., Or. 344, 2 εἰς βιθυνίαν; Jos., Ant. 13, 86)εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν Lk 8:26. On the expr. κ. εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας go to the contests (κ. gener.=‘go through’ Sib. Or. 11, 203 κόσμον κ.) 2 Cl 7:1, 3 cf. Harnack, Lghtf., Knopf ad loc. M-M.* κατάπληξις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; Diod. S. 17, 84, 3; Celsus 6, 75; BGU 1209, 16 [23 BC]; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 3:3; Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 89)terror Dg 7:3.* καταπλήσσω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) amaze, astound, terrify (lit. strike down) τινά someone (Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 100; Jos., Ant. 14, 370)IPol 3:1. Perf. pass. καταπέπληγμαι be amazed, astounded τὶ at someth. (class.; PSI 502, 8 [III BC]; cf. 2 Macc 3:24; Philo, Post. Cai. 147; Jos., Vi. 120) οὗ καταπέπληγμαι τὴν ἐπιείκειαν at 504

whose gentleness I am amazed IPhld 1:1.* καταπονέω (Hippocr.+; Polyb., Diod. S. 11, 6, 3, pap., LXX, Joseph.) subdue, torment, wear out, oppress τινά someone B 20:2b; D 5:2b. In our lit. predom. in pres. pass. ptc. καταπονούμενος (Aelian, V.H. 3, 27 ὑπὸ πενίας καταπονούμενος; Jos., Ant. 7, 124)Ac 4:2 D. Of Lot 2 Pt 2:7.—Subst. ὁ καταπονούμενος the one who is oppressed, mistreated, weary (UPZ 110, 88 [164 BC]) ποιεῖν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ κ. see to it that justice is done for the oppressed Ac 7:24; πονεῖν ἐπὶ κ. toil for him who is downtrodden B 20:2a; D 5:2a. M-M.* καταποντίζω 1 aor. pass. κατεποντίσθην (Epicharmus [ca. 480 BC]: Vorsokrat.5 23 B, 44a; Lysias, Demosth.+; Polyb., Diod. S.; PPetr. II 40 (a), 27 [III BC]; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 245) throw into the sea, then gener. drown, pass. be sunk, be drowned ἐν τῷ πελάγει θαλάσσης be sunk or be drowned in the high seas Mt 18:6. εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Cl 46:8 (Plut., Tim. 13, 10 εἰς τὸ πέλαγος; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 39, 5 εἰς βυθὸν θαλάσσης). Abs. ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι as he began to sink Mt 14:30. M-M.* κατάρα, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; Ps.-Pla., Alc. 2 p. 143B; Polyb. 24, 8, 7; Diod. S. 1, 45, 2; Ael. Aristid. 33, 32 K.=51 p.

582 D.; Dit., Syll.3 1241, 1; LXX; En.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 118; 307; Test. 12 Patr.) curse, imprecation w. εὐλογία (as Dt 11:26; 30:1, 19; Sir 3:9; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 71) Js 3:10. ἀποδιδόναι κατάραν ἀντὶ κατάρας repay a curse with a curse Pol 2:2. Of infertile land, full of thorns and thistles κατάρας ἐγγύς almost cursed Hb 6:8 (cf. Gen 3:17.—κ. ἐγγύς as Ael. Aristid. 26, 53 K.=14 p. 343 D.). Of the way of death κατάρας μεστή full of cursing B 20:1; D 5:1. Of persons κατάρας τέκνα (cf. Sir 41:9 ἐὰν γεννηθῆτε εἰς κατάραν γεννηθήσεσθε) accursed 2 Pt 2:14.—In Paul of the adherents of the law ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν they are under a curse (this expr. corresponds to ἐξαποστελῶ [i.e., the κύριος] ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς τ. κατάραν Mal 2:2. Cf. Judg 9:57) Gal 3:10. Of Christ: ἡμᾶς ἐφηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κ. τοῦ νόμου he ransomed us from the curse of the law vs. 13a. Abstract for concrete γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κ. by becoming a curse-offering (or an object of a curse) in our behalf vs. 13b. M-M.* καταράομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. κατηρασάμην (Hom.+; LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) to curse τινά someone (Plut., Cato Min. 32, 1; Ps.-Lucian, Asinus 27; Gen 12:3; 27:29 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 103; Test. 12 Patr.) Lk 6:28; Js 3:9; 1 Cl 10:3 (Gen 12:3); a tree Mk 11:21. W. dat. τινί (so Hdt. 4, 184; X., An. 7, 7, 48; Diod. S. 1, 45, 2; 14, 70, 2; EpJer 65; Philo, Fuga 73, Leg. All. 3, 65 τῷ ὄφει [but 75 τὸν ὄφιν]; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 204) curse someone Lk 6:28 t.r.; D 1:3. Abs. (Aristoph., Vesp. 614; Demosth. 18, 283) curse (w. εὐλογεῖν as Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 177) Ro 12:14; 1 Cl 15:3 (Ps 61:5). W. ἀρνεῖσθαι and ὀμνύναι GH 16.—Perf. ptc. κατηραμένος w. pass. mng. (Plut., Lucull. 18, 6; 4 Km 9:34; Wsd 12:11) κατηραμένοι accursed ones Mt 25:41. οἱ κ. ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ (cf. Dt 21:23; Herm. Wr. 2, 17a) 1 Cl 30:8.—Lit. s. on εὐλογέω, end; also KLatte, Heil. Recht ’20, 61-96; F Büchsel, TW I 449-51. M-M. B. 1481.* καταργέω fut. καταργήσω; 1 aor. κατήργησα; pf. κατήργηκα; 1 aor. pass. κατηργήθην; 1 fut. καταργηθήσομαι; pf. κατήργημαι (since Eur., Phoen. 753; Polyb.; POxy. 38, 7 [49/50 AD]; PFlor. 176, 7; 218, 13; PStrassb. 32, 7; 2 Esdr).

1. make ineffective, powerless, idle—a. lit., of a tree κ. τὴν γῆν use up, exhaust, waste Lk 13:7 (ἀργεῖ οὐδὲν ἀλλὰ καρποφορεῖ Ode of Solomon 11, 23). b. fig. (so, above all, in Paul and the writings dependent on him; cf. Herm. Wr. 13, 7 κατάργησον τ. σώματος τὰς αἰσθήσεις) make ineffective, nullify τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s faithfulness Ro 3:3. ἐπαγγελίαν Gal 3:17; cf. Ro 4:14; τὰ ὄντα κ. nullify the things that (actually) exist 1 Cor 1:28. τὸν νόμον make the law invalid Eph 2:15; cf.

Ro 3:31. Also in B of the OT laws, which have lost their validity for the Christians 2:6; 9:4; 16:2.

2. abolish, wipe out, set aside τὶ someth. τὰ τοῦ νηπίου set aside childish ways 1 Cor 13:11. Of God or Christ: God will do away with both stomach and food 6:13; bring to an end πᾶσαν ἀρχήν, ἐξουσίαν, δύναμιν 15:24. τὸν ἄνομον 2 Th 2:8. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ἀνόμου put an end to the time of the lawless one (i.e., the devil) B 15:5. τὸν θάνατον break the power of death 2 Ti 1:10; B 5:6; pass. 1 Cor 15:26 (MEDahl, The Resurrection of the Body [1 Cor 15], ’62, 117-19). τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου destroy the one who has power over death Hb 2:14. ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τ. ἁμαρτίας in order that the sinful body may be done away with Ro 6:6. In 2 Cor 3:14 the subject may be ἡ παλαιὰ διαθήκη or, more probably, κάλυμμα; in the latter case the mng. is remove.—Pass. cease, pass away προφητεία, γνῶσις 1 Cor 13:8. τὸ ἐκ μέρους what is imperfect vs. 10. ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ the cross has ceased to be an obstacle Gal 5:11. πᾶς πόλεμος καταργεῖται every war is brought to an end IEph 13:2. καταργούμενος doomed to perish of the ἄρχοντες τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 Cor 2:6.

Of the radiance on Moses’ face 2 Cor 3:7. Subst. τὸ καταργούμενον what is transitory vss. 11, 13.

3. καταργοῦμαι ἀπό τινος be released from an association with someone or someth., have nothing more to do with, of a woman upon the death of her husband κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός Ro 7:2. Of the Christians κ. ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου be released fr. the law vs. 6. Of those who aspire to righteousness through the law κ. ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ be estranged from Christ Gal 5:4.—GDelling, TW I 453-5. M-M.* καταριθμέω pf. pass. ptc. κατηριθμημένος (Eur., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. count (Jos., Ant. 11, 73)ὁ ἀριθμὸς ὁ κατηριθμημένος τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν the number of the chosen, that has been counted 1 Cl 59:2.

2. count among pass. belong to w. ἐν (Pla., Polit. 266A al.; Diod. S. 4, 85, 5; 16, 83, 3; Dit., Syll.3 810, 24 ἀνδρὸς παρʼ ὑμεῖν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις καταριθμουμένου; UPZ 110, 99 [164 BC]; 2 Ch 31:19; Philo, Spec.

Leg. 2, 118) of the traitor: κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν he belonged to our number Ac 1:17. M-M.* 505

καταρρέω impf. κατέρρεον (Hom.+; PMagd. 24, 5 [III BC]; LXX; Joseph.) flow down of pus (Horapollo 2, 57) and foulness AP 11:26.* καταρτίζω fut. καταρτίσω; 1 aor. κατήρτισα, mid. κατηρτισάμην, 2 pers. sing. κατηρτίσω; pf. pass. κατήρτισμαι (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. put in order, restore—a. restore to its former condition, put to rights (since Hdt. 5, 28; 106; Dionys. Hal. 3, 10) τὶ someth. nets (by cleaning, mending, folding together) Mt 4:21; Mk 1:19 (cf. GRWynne, Exp. 7th Ser. VIII ’09, 282-5). Fig. κ. τινά restore someone ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος in a spirit of gentleness, i.e. in a gentle manner Gal 6:1. Pass. καταρτίζεσθε mend your ways 2 Cor l3:11. b. put into proper condition, complete, make complete τὶ someth. καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τ. πίστεως ὑμῶν to complete what is lacking in your faith 1 Th 3:10. τινά someone: ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ make you complete in every good thing Hb 13:21. κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ made complete in the same mind and the same conviction 1 Cor 1:10. ἐν μιᾷ ὑποταγῇ IEph 2:2. ἐν ἀκινήτῳ πίστει ISm 1:1. Abs. 1 Pt 5:10. κατηρτισμένος (fully) trained, practiced (Polyb. 5, 2, 11 τ. εἰρεσίαις κατηρτισμένοι) κ. πᾶς (μαθητὴς) ἔσται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ when he (the pupil) is fully trained, he will be like his teacher Lk 6:40.

2. prepare, make, create—a. act. and pass., of God (w. ποιεῖν) B 16:6. (W. κτίζειν) τὰ πάντα Hm 1:1. Pass. ὁ κόσμος κατηρτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1; also οἱ αἰῶνες (s. αἰών 3) ῥήματι θεοῦ Hb 11:3. κατηρτισμένος εἴς τι made, created for someth.: σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν vessels of wrath, designed for destruction Ro 9:22. ἄνθρωπος εἰς ἕνωσιν κατηρτισμένος a man set on (lit. made for) unity IPhld 8:1. b. mid. (PGM 4, 1147) καταρτίζεσθαί τί τινι prepare someth. for someone σῶμα Hb 10:5 (Ps 39:7 BSA). W. reflexive mng.: for oneself κατηρτίσω αἶνον thou hast prepared praise for thyself Mt 21:16 (Ps 8:3). M-M.* κατάρτισις, εως, ἡ (Plut., Alex. 7, 1 ‘training’, Them. 2, 7) being made complete, completion εὐχόμεθα τὴν ὑμῶν κ. we pray that you may be made complete 2 Cor 13:9.* καταρτισμός, οῦ, ὁ (medical t.t. [Soranus p. 150, 8]: ‘setting of a bone’, etc. But more gener. PTebt. 33, 12 [112 BC] ‘preparation’ αὐλῆς; PRyl. 127, 28; Sym. Is 38:12 ‘restoration’) equipment, equipping εἴς τι for someth. πρὸς τὸν κ. τῶν ἁγίων εἰς ἔργον διακονίας to equip the saints for service Eph 4:12, though training, discipline (L-S-J) is also poss. M-M.* κατασβέννυμι 1 aor. inf. κατασβέσαι (Hom.+; PGM 12, 57 Dieterich; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 91) put out, quench τὶ someth. τὸ πῦρ (Il. 21, 381) MPol 16:1.* κατασείω 1 aor. κατέσεισα (Thu.+; 1 Macc 6:38; Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. (Ac) always used w. χείρ and in the mng. ‘give a signal’.

1. shake, wave (rapidly) w. acc. τὴν χεῖρα (Vi. Aesopi W c. 87 τὴν χεῖρα τῷ ὄχλῳ κατασείσας; Philo, De Jos. 211, Leg. ad Gai. 181 τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα) Ac 19:33.

2. motion, make a sign w. dat. τῇ χειρί (Polyb. 1, 78, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 323; 8, 275) 13:16. Still another dat. can indicate the person(s) for whom the signal is intended (cf. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 4 κατασείω τινί; Jos., Ant. 17, 257.Sim. PGM 5, 453 κ. τῷ λύχνῳ=‘motion toward the lamp’) κατέσεισεν τ. χειρὶ τ. λαῷ 21:40. The purpose of the signal is given in the inf. (s. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 2 §5 ἥκειν and Jos. in the pass. quoted, but not Ant. 8, 275) κατασείσας αὐτοῖς τ. χειρὶ σιγᾶν he motioned to them (with his hand) to be silent 12:17. M-M.* κατασκάπτω 1 aor. κατέσκαψα tear down, raze to the ground (so trag., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 132) τὶ someth. cities (Hdt. 7, 156; Ael. Aristid. 32 p. 604 D.; Dit., Syll.3 344, 7; Jos., Ant. 4, 313; 8, 128) 1 Cl 6:4.

Altars Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10). τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς the parts of it that had been torn down Ac 15:16 v.l. (s. καταστρέφω 2). M-M.* κατασκευάζω fut. κατασκευάσω; 1 aor. κατεσκεύασα, pass. κατεσκευάσθην; pf. ptc. κατεσκευασμένος (Anaxagoras, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX. Oft. Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. make ready, prepare τὶ someth. τὴν ὁδόν (Dit., Syll.3 313, 22 [320 BC] of the ὁδοί along which the procession in honor of Zeus and Dionysus was to pass: ὅπως κατασκευασθῶσιν ὡς βέλτιστα) Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27.—Fig., in a mental or spiritual sense (Aristot., Rhet. 3, 19 κ. τὸν ἀκροατήν; Wsd 7:27; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 188πλῆθος κατεσκευασμένον πρὸς τ. εὐσέβειαν) λαὸς κατεσκευασμένος a people made ready Lk 1:17.

2. build, construct, erect, create (Phylarch. [III BC]: 81 fgm. 29 Jac. ναούς; Plut., Mor. 189C, Num. 10, 9 οἶκος; Herodian 5, 6, 6; 9; Dit., Syll.3 495, 140; 145; 1100, 20; 1229; PAmh. 64, 2 βαλανεῖον; POxy. 892, 8; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 112 σκηνήν; Jos., Bell. 6, 191, Vi. 65 οἶκος) κιβωτόν construct an ark (κ. is a favorite word for construction of ships: Diod. S. 1, 92, 2; 11, 62, 2; Palaeph. 29, 4; 31, 9; 1 Macc 15:3) Hb 11:7. Pass. 1 Pt 3:20. οἶκον Hb 3:3f. Of God (Is 40:28; 45:7; Philo, Aet. M. 39; 41; Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 9) ὁ πάντα κατασκευάσας the builder of all things Hb 3:4b (cf. Epict. 1, 6, 7). Pf. pass. ptc. as subst. τὸ κατεσκευασμένον what is produced or supplied Dg 2:2.

3. In addition to the erection of a building it is also used in the sense furnish, equip (X., An. 4, 1, 8, Hiero 2, 2, Cyr. 5, 5, 2: σκηνή; Num 21:27) σκηνὴ κατεσκευάσθη ἡ πρώτη the foremost tent or tabernacle was furnished (an enumeration of its furnishings follows) Hb 9:2. τούτων δὲ οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων such are the furnishings, and so vs. 6. M-M.* 506

κατασκηνόω (X.+; oft. in Polyb. and Plut.; LXX) inf. κατασκηνοῖν as v.l. in Mt 13:32 and Mk 4:32 (Bl-D. §91; Rdm.2 95; Mlt. 53; Mlt.-H. 197); fut. κατασκηνώσω; 1 aor. κατεσκήνωσα.

1. trans. (Ps 22:2) cause to dwell of the name in the hearts D 10:2.

2. intr. (so mostly; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 46; Jos., Ant. 3, 202)live, settle of birds (Ps 103:12): ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις nest in the branches (Da 4:21 Theod.) Mt 13:32; Lk 13:19 (cf. Joseph and Aseneth 15). ὑπὸ τὴν σκιάν Mk 4:32.—Of persons live, dwell (Diod. S. 13, 96, 2; 14, 62, 3 ἐν τῷ νεῷ; 19, 94, 10 ἐν οἰκίαις; Ps 14:1; Jos., Ant. 9, 34)1 Cl 58:1. ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (Ps 15:9) my flesh will dwell ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (ἐλπίς 2a) Ac 2:26; cf. 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:33). On a Christian gravestone (Sb 1540, 9[408 AD]) κ. means ‘rest’. M-M.* κατασκήνωσις, εως, ἡ—1. taking up lodging (so Polyb. 11, 26, 5; LXX) ἔχειν τόπον κατασκηνώσεως have a place to dwell Hs 5, 6, 7.

2. a place to live (so Diod. S. 17, 95, 2; Dit., Or. 229, 57 [III BC]) of birds: nest Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58. M-M.* κατασκιάζω (Hes.+; Epigr. Gr. 495) overshadow of the winged cherubim in the sanctuary κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον Hb 9:5 (for the idea s. Ex 25:20: συσκιάζοντες ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξιν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τ. ἱλαστηρίου). M-M.* κατάσκιος, ον (Hes., Hdt.+; Aelian, V.H. 12, 38; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 63) shaded of a mountain covered w. trees (cf. Zech 1:8) Hs 9, 1, 9.* κατασκοπεύω 1 aor. inf. κατασκοπεῦσαι (PTebt. 230 [II BC]; LXX. Cf. Anz 379) spy out τὴν χώραν (cf. τὴν γῆν Gen 42:30; Josh 2:2f; 14:7) 1 Cl 12:2.* κατασκοπέω 1 aor. κατεσκόπησα (Eur., Hel. 1607; 2 Km 10:3; 1 Ch 19:3. Elsewh. usu. in mid.) spy out, lie in wait for τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν our freedom Gal 2:4. M-M.* κατάσκοπος, ου, ὁ (trag., Hdt.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 302; 312; 16, 236) a spy Hb 11:31; Js 2:25 v.l.; 1 Cl 12:2, 4. κ. τῆς γῆς B 12:9. M-M.* κατασοφίζομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. κατεσοφισάμην (Diod. S. 17, 116, 4; Lucian, LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 219; 8, 412. Anz 366) get the better of or take advantage of by trickery τινά someone (after Ex 1:10) τὸ γένος ἡμῶν Ac 7:19.* κατασπείρω (Eur., Pla.+; LXX) sow (upon) UGosp 69 (the Gk. proverbial expr. σπείρειν πόντον: Theognis, Eleg.

1, 106; Ps.-Phoc. 152 [cf. also Plut. ed. Bern. VII 463, 11 εἰς ὕδωρ σπείρεις], denoting an action that can hope for no results, may lie in the background here).* κατάστασις, εως, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Wsd 12:12; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 267)state (of being) , character τῆς πολιτείας of the way of life Dg 5:4.* καταστέλλω 1 aor. κατέστειλα; pf. pass. ptc. κατεσταλμένος (Eur.+; pap., LXX) restrain, quiet w. acc. (Plut., Mor. 207E; 3 Macc 6:1; Jos., Ant. 20, 174)τὸν ὄχλον Ac 19:35 (cf. Wilcken, Chrest. 10, 10f). κατεσταλμένος calm, quiet (Diod. S. 1, 76, 3; Epict. 4, 4, 10) δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν you must be calm vs.

36. M-M.* κατάστημα, ατος, τό (Epicurus+) behavior, demeanor (Plut., Marcell. 23, 6, Tib. Gracch. 2, 2; Dit., Or. 669, 3; 3 Macc 5:45 [κατάστεμα]; Ep. Arist. 122; 210; 278; Jos., Ant. 15, 236)ἐν κ. in their behavior Tit 2:3.— ITr 3:2.

M-M.* καταστολή, ῆς, ἡ (Hippocr.; Wilcken, Chrest. 12, 15; Is 61:3; Ep. Arist., Joseph.) deportment, outward, as it expresses itself in clothing (Jos., Bell. 2, 126;cf. Is 61:3), as well as inward (Inschr. v. Priene 109, 186f [120 BC]; Plut., Pericl. 5, 1; Epict. 2, 10, 15; Ep. Arist. 284f), and prob. both at the same time (Epict. 2, 21, 11) ἐν κ. κοσμίῳ 1 Ti 2:9. M-M.* καταστρέφω 1 aor. κατέστρεψα; pf. pass. ptc. κατεστραμμένος (Hom. Hymns+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 200al.).

1. upset, overturn τὶ someth. (Diog. L. 5, 82 τὰς εἰκόνας) money-changers’ tables Mt 21:12; Mk 11:15; J 2:15 v.l.

2. destroy, ruin (Herodian 8, 4, 22; LXX; PGM 36, 299) of God δύναται αὐτὰ (=τὰ πάντα) καταστρέψαι (cf.

Job 11:10) 1 Cl 27:4. πόλεις 1 Cl 6:4 Funk. τὰ κατεστραμμένα ruins Ac 15:16 (v.l. κατεσκαμμένα, cf. Am 9:11 with v.l.).

3. turn away, mislead τινά someone Hm 6, 2, 4. τινὰ ἀπό τινος s 6, 2, 1. τινά τινι someone by means of someth. m 5, 2, 1. M-M.* καταστρηνιάω 1 aor. κατεστρηνίασα become wanton against (Bl-D. §181; Mlt.-H. 316) ὅταν καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ when they feel sensuous impulses that alienate them from Christ 1 Ti 5:11 (cf.

Ps.-Ignatius, Ad Antioch. 11).* 507

καταστροφή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX; En. 102, 10; Jos., Ant. 15, 287; 376) ruin, destruction gener. 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:27). Of a city 7:7. καταστροφῇ κατακρίνειν condemn to destruction 2 Pt 2:6 (v.l. omits καταστρ. Cf. Gen 19:29).—Fig. ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τινος to the ruin of the hearers (the opp. would be edification) 2 Ti 2:14.

M-M.* καταστρώννυμι 1 aor. κατέστρωσα, pass. κατεστρώθην (Eur., Hdt.+; UPZ 77 II, 28 [II BC] al. pap.; LXX).

1. lay low, kill (Hdt. 8, 53; 9, 76; X., Cyr. 3, 3, 64; Jdth 7:14; 14:4; 2 Macc 5:26 al.) of the Israelites killed in the desert (cf. Num 14:16) 1 Cor 10:5.

2. ἐὰν καταστρώσω εἰς τὰς ἀβύσσους, a quot. of Ps 138:8f which differs considerably fr. the LXX, seems to presuppose for κ. the mng. spread out (a bed, cf. Hierocles in Stob., Flor. 85, 21 κλίνην; PTurin I 8, 17 [116 BC] κονίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ δρόμου=sand on the racecourse) 1 Cl 28:3. M-M.* κατασύρω (Hdt.+; LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 190;Test. 12 Patr.) drag (away by force) (Parthenius 19; Dio Chrys. 1, 196; Philo, In Flacc. 174, Leg. ad Gai. 131) τινά someone πρὸς τὸν κριτήν before the judge Lk 12:58. See σύρω.* κατασφάζω (Jos., Ant. 6, 120)or—σφάττω (cf. Bl-D. §71) slaughter, strike down (trag., Hdt.+; Aelian, V. H. 13, 2; Herodian 5, 5, 8; PGiess. 82, 11; LXX; En. 10, 12; Jos., Bell. 7, 362al.) τινά someone ἔμπροσθέν τινος before someone’s eyes Lk 19:27. M-M.* κατασφραγίζω pf. pass. ptc. κατεσφραγισμένος (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX) seal (up) of a scroll closed by a seal Rv 5:1 (Dit., Or. 266, 42 [III BC] τά τε γπάμματʼ ἀνοίσω κατεσφραγισμένα, Syll.3 1157, 43; PSI 358). M-M.* κατάσχεσις, εως, ἡ (LXX; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 194 [after Num 35:8]; Jos., Ant. 9, 9v.l.).

1. possession, taking into possession (Memnon Hist. [I AD], fgm. 52, 3 CMüller) τὴν γῆν δοῦναι εἰς κ. give the land as a possession (as Gen 17:8; Ezk 33:24; 36:5; Test. Benj. 10:4) Ac 7:5; cf. 13:33 D and 1 Cl 36:4 (both Ps 2:8). W. gen. ἐν τῇ κ. τῶν ἐθνῶν prob. when they took possession of (the land of) the Gentiles Ac 7:45. S. Field, Notes 114; 116.

2. holding back, restraining (Hippocr., π. διαίτης 2, 64) μήποτε γενηθῇ αὐτῷ κατάσχεσις in order that he might experience no delay Ac 20:16 D.* κατάσχωμεν s. κατέχω. κατατίθημι 1 aor. κατέθηκα; 2 aor. mid. κατεθέμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. lay (down), place τινὰ ἐν μνήματι place a body in a tomb (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 306, 24 W.) Mk 15:46.

2. mid. (Ep. Arist. 321; Jos., Ant. 6, 232; 11, 213) χάριτα κ. τινί grant or do someone a favor (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 26; BGU 596, 13 [84 AD] τοῦτο οὖν ποιήσας ἔσῃ μοι μεγάλην χάριτα κατατεθειμένος) Ac 24:27. Also χάριν κ.

25:9 (Philo, De Jos. 231.—τὴν χάριν καταθέσθαι Thu. 1, 33, 1; Hdt. 6, 41 means ‘lay up a store of gratitude’).

M-M.* κατατομή, ῆς, ἡ (Theophr., H. Pl. 4, 8, 12; Synes., Ep. 15 p. 272D; Eutecnius p. 23, 28; CIG I 160, 27f; Sym. Jer 48[31]: 37, always ‘incision, notch’, etc.) mutilation, cutting in pieces w. περιτομή in a play on words, perh. to denote those for whom circumcision results in (spiritual) destruction Phil 3:2 (for a similar play on words cf. Diog. L. 6, 24 τ. μὲν Εύκλείδου σχολὴν ἔλεγε χολήν, τ. δὲ Πλάτωνος διατριβὴν κατατριβήν). M-M.* κατατοξεύω 1 fut. pass. κατατοξευθήσομαι (Hdt.+; LXX) shoot down βολίδι with a missile Hb 12:20 t.r. (Ex 19:13).* κατατρέχω 2 aor. κατέδραμον run down (Hdt., Aristoph. +; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 17, 5; Jos., Ant. 8, 204al.) w. ἐπί and acc. run down to (X., An. 7, 1, 20; Da 4:24; Job 16:10 v.l.) Ac 21:32. M-M.* καταυγάζω (Heraclid. Pont. [300 BC], fgm. 116 W. [pass.]; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1248 [mid.]; Cornutus 32 p. 69, 10; Sext. Emp.; Heliod. et al.; Herm. Wr. 10, 4b; PGM 13, 749 [pass.]; LXX; Philo, Cher. 62 [pass.]; Jos., Ant. 19, 344[pass.]) shine upon, illuminate 2 Cor 4:4 CD (for αὐγάσαι; but s. αὐγάζω and διαυγάζω 1).* καταφαγει̂ν s. κατεσθίω. καταφέρω 1 aor. κατήνεγκα, pass. κατηνέχθην (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Philo, Aet. M. 33; Joseph.).

1. bring down abs. (sc. the tables of the law fr. the mountain) B 14:2.

2. κατά=‘against’ makes its influence felt in ψῆφον κ. τινός cast one’s vote against someone, i.e., vote for someone’s condemnation Ac 26:10 (Aristot. 1437a, 19 τὴν διαβολὴν κ. τινός. Cf. Jos., Ant. 10, 91πάντες ἤνεγκαν τὰς ψήφους κατʼ αὐτοῦ). αἰτιώματα κ. bring charges 25:7.

3. pass. καταφέρεσθαί τινι get into a state of being ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ sink into a deep sleep (cf. Lucian, D. Mer. 2, 4; Herodian 2, 1, 2; 2, 9, 5; Jos., Ant. 2, 82εἰς ὕπνον. καταφέρεσθαι abs. also has this mng.: Aristot. p. 456b, 31; 462a, 10) Ac 20:9a. κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου overwhelmed by sleep vs. 9b. M-M.* 508

καταφεύγω 2 aor. κατέφυγον (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 141; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. lit. flee εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας Ac 14:6 (cf. κ. εἰς τ. πόλ. Aeneas Tact. 1794; Lev 26:25; Dt 4:42.—Jos., Ant. 18, 373).

2. fig. take refuge (PSI 383, 15 [248 BC]; PMagd. 25, 8; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 32, II 2 p. 204, 26 to Asclepius; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Σύβαρις: κ. ἐπὶ τὴν θεόν=to the goddess; Philo) w. inf. foll. οἱ καταφυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος we who have taken refuge, to seize the hope that is placed before us Hb 6:18. M-M.* καταφθείρω pf. pass. ptc. κατεφθαρμένος; 2 aor. pass. κατεφθάρην; 2 fut. καταφθαρήσομαι (Aeschyl., Pla.,+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Deus Imm. 141; 142).

1. destroy (Aeschyl., LXX) pass. be destroyed (Polyb. 2, 64, 3; Lev 26:39; 2 Km 14:14 v.l.; 2 Macc 5:14) 2 Pt 2:12 t.r.

2. ruin, corrupt τινά someone; of grief παρὰ πάντα τὰ πνεύματα κ. τὸν ἄνθρωπον it ruins a man more than all the (other) spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. Pass. be ruined, become useless (Dit., Syll.3 1157, 74 [I BC] δένδρα; pap.) ἀπό τινος for someth. ἀπὸ τῶν βιωτικῶν πράξεων for the duties of everyday life Hv 1, 3, 1b; cf. s 6, 2, 4. κ. ὑπό τινος εἴς τι: εἰς θάνατον be injured by someone so that one dies s 9, 26, 6. κατεφθαρμένος τὸν νοῦν depraved in mind 2 Ti 3:8 (Menand., Epitr. 461 J. καταφθαρεὶς τὸν βίον). Abs. Hv 1, 3, 1a; m 10, 1, 4; s 9, 14, 3; 9, 26, 4.

M-M.* καταφθορά, ᾶς, ἡ (trag.; Dit., Or. 339, 5 [c. 120 BC]; UPZ 110, 126 [164 BC]; 162 III, 8; LXX) destruction, downfall, death παραδιδόναι τι εἰς κ. give someth. up to destruction B 5:1; 16:5 (quot. of uncertain origin); ἀπόλλυσθαι εἰς κ. be destroyed (by someone) unto corruption Hs 6, 2, 2ff (w. θάνατος, as Sir 28:6).* καταφιλέω impf. κατεφίλουν; 1 aor. κατεφίλησα (X., Cyr. 6, 4, 10; 7, 5, 32; Polyb. 15, 1, 7; Aelian, V.H. 13, 4; Plut., Brut. 16, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 5; 5, 3; M. Ant. 11, 34; PGrenf. I 1, 3 [II BC]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 284; 8, 387; Test. 12 Patr.) kiss τινά someone in greeting or in farewell (Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 41) Mt 26:49; Mk 14:45; Lk 15:20; Ac 20:37; Hs 9, 6, 2; 9, 11, 4. τὶ someth. (Menand., Epitr. 56 J.; Epict. 4, 10, 20 τὰς χεῖρας; PGM 4, 707) the feet (Epict. 4, 1, 17; Sb 4323, 5 τοὺς πόδας) Lk 7:38, 45. M-M.* καταφρονέω fut. καταφρονήσω; 1 aor. κατεφρόνησα (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. look down on, despise, scorn, treat with contempt τινός (X., Mem. 3, 4, 12; Menand., fgm. 301, 10 K. τῶν πτωχῶν; Diod. S. 1, 67, 7; PMagd. 8, 11; 23, 4 [221 BC]; Jos., Bell. 1, 633)someone or someth. (opp. ἀντέχεσθαι) Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13.—Dg 2:7. ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων Mt 18:10 (differently κατ. τῶν μικρῶν [neut.]: Socrat., Ep. 29, 3); the church 1 Cor 11:22; doubt Hm 9:10; grief 10, 3, 1. κυριότητος 2 Pt 2:10. μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω let no one look down on you because you are young 1 Ti 4:12 (καταφρονήσας τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου νεότητος Diod. S. 17, 7, 1 [Field, Notes 209]; Herodian 1, 3, 5; cf. PGenève 6, 13 [146 AD]). Cf. Tit 2:15 v.l. Pass.

Hm 7:2.—Think lightly, have wrong ideas τινός of or about someth. τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος entertain wrong ideas about God’s goodness Ro 2:4 (s. Ltzm. ad loc.—Phylarch. [III BC]: 81 fgm. 24 Jac. οἱ πολλοὶ κ. τοῦ θείου). Abs. (sc. αὐτῶν) 1 Ti 6:2.

2. care nothing for, disregard, be unafraid of (Diod. S. 3, 50, 5; Epict. 4, 1, 70 τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν; 71; Arrian, Anab. 7, 4, 3; Dit., Syll.3 705, 36 [112 BC] καταφρονήσαντες τοῦ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγματος; Ep. Arist. 225; Joseph.) αἰσχύνης Hb 12:2 (cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 313τ. ὀλιγότητος=their small number); death (Diod. S. 5, 29, 2 τοῦ θανάτου κ.) Dg 1:1; 10:7 (opp. φοβεῖσθαι); ISm 3:2; torture MPol 2:3; cf. 11:2. M-M.* καταφρονητής, οῦ, ὁ (on Duris: 76 fgm. 30 Jac.; Epict. 4, 7, 33; Plut., Brut. 12, 1; Vett. Val. 47, 33; LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 322; Jos., Ant. 6, 347)despiser, scoffer Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). M-M.* καταφωνέω (Hesychius) for ἐπιφωνέω (q.v.) impf. κατεφώνουν Ac 22:24 v.l.* καταχαίρω fut. mid. καταχαροῦμαι (Hdt.+; IG XIV 2410, 11; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. II 844) rejoice at the misfortune of others 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:26).* καταχέω 1 aor. 3 sing. κατέχεεν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) pour out or down over w. gen. of what the liquid is poured over (Hdt. 4, 62; Pla., Leg. 7, 814B; PMagd. 24, 4; 9 [III BC]; Philo, Cher. 59; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 256μύρον αὐτοῦ καταχέας) αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς (Epict. 4, 5, 33; Jos., Ant. 9, 108; as early as Alcaeus 86, 1 D.2: Κὰτ τᾶς κεφαλᾶς κακχεάτω μύρον=pour ointment on my head) Mk 14:3. Also ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ Mt 26:7. M-M.* καταχθόνιος, ον (Hom.+; Dionys. Hal. 2, 10; Strabo 6, 2, 11; Cornutus 34 p. 72, 18; IG III 2, 1423; 1424; XIV 1660; Dit., Or. 382, 1; Sb 5762; PGM 4, 1918 mostly θεοὶ κ.; PGM 4, 2088 κ. δαίμων; Audollent, Defix. Tab. 74, 1 ἄγγελοι κ.) under the earth, subterranean οἱ κ. beings or powers under the earth (w. ἐπουράνιοι, ἐπίγειοι) Phil 2:10 (cf. ἐπίγειος 2b). M-M.* καταχράομαι 1 aor. κατεχρησάμην (Pla. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 109). As a rule the prep. gives the simple verb a special coloring (‘make full use of’, ‘misuse’, ‘use up’); in the only two pass. where it occurs in our lit. (both 1 Cor), this word differs little, if at all, fr. the simple verb: use (Charito 7, 1, 8; Dit., Or. 669, 19, Syll.3 736, 61 [92 BC] εἰς ἄλλο τι καταχρήσασθαι; PPetr. III 39 II, 15; 46 [3], 3; POxy. 494, 20 καταχρᾶσθαι εὒς τὸ ἴδιον ‘use 509

for one’s own needs’ [fr. a will]; Jos., Ant. 3, 303)τινί someth. (Eunap. p. 61 παρρησίᾳ; Philo, Op. M. 171, Det. Pot. Ins. 101; Jos., Ant. 12, 184)τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ μου to make full use of my authority 1 Cor 9:18. Abs. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κόσμον ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι using the world as if they did not use (it) 7:31 (in quite similar language, Plotin., Enn. 5, 3, 3 p. 498D interchanges προσχράομαι and χράομαι). M-M.* κατάχυμα, ατος, τό (Themist. 23 p. 354, 18; Suidas. The form κατάχυσμα Aristoph.+.—Ammonius [100 AD] p.

78 Valck. and Thomas Mag. make a difference in the mng. of the two words) sauce, broth, soup ἐκ καταχύματος μεταλαμβάνειν to fish out of the soup, i.e., get everything for oneself Hv 3, 9, 2. The expr. seems to be proverbial.

Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc., would prefer to take it as figurative, mng. surplus, abundance, though this sense has not been found elsewh.* καταψεύδομαι (Eur.+; Dit., Or. 8, 14f; PFlor. 382, 57; Wsd 1:11; Philo) tell lies (against) τινός in contradiction or in opposition to someone (Hyperid. 3, 18 τ. θεοῦ; Dio Chrys. 6, 17 τῆς θεοῦ; Charito 5, 6, 10; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 37 p. 198, 10; Sextus 367; En. 104, 9; Jos., Bell. 6, 288)ITr 10. τινός w. ptc. foll. say falsely about someone that Dg 4:3. τινός τι charge someone falsely w. someth. (Pla., Phaedo 85A, Euthyd. 283F, Rep. 2, 381D; 3, 391D al.; Philo, Op. M. 7 τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπραξίαν κ.) Hv 1, 1, 7.* καταψηφίζομαι (mid. dep., Thu.+; pap.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 74; Jos., Ant. 17, 153; the act. is rare and late) pass. be enrolled (as the result of a vote) Ac 1:26 v.l. (for συγκαταψηφίζομαι).* καταψύχω 1 aor. κατέψυξα (Hippocr.+; Zen.-P. 27 [=Sb 6733], 5 [256/5 BC]; Gen 18:4, but intr. here) cool off, refresh τὶ someth. (Theophr., C. Pl. 4, 12, 9; Philo, Migr. Abr. 210; Jos., Bell. 1, 66τ. ὁρμήν) the tongue Lk 16:24.

M-M.* κατεάγην, κατέαξα s. κατάγνυμι. κατείδωλος, ον (only in Christian wr.: Prochorus, Acta Jo. 117, 4 Zahn; Georg. Syncell. [c. 800 AD] p. 177, 5 Bonn) full of images of deities of Athens Ac 17:16. M-M.* κατειλημμένος s. καταλαμβάνω. κάτειμι (fr. εἶμι. Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Philo, Aet. M. 58; Jos., Ant. 14, 50)come down, get down ἀπὸ τῆς καρούχας MPol 8:3.* κατείργω 1 aor. pass. κατείρχθην (Eur., Hdt.+; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 241) shut up, enclose εἰς κάμινον πυρός 1 Cl 45:7.* κατέναντι adv. opposite. JWackernagel, Hellenistica ’07, 3-6; JWaldis, Präpositionsadverbien mit d. Bedeutung ‘vor’ in d. LXX ’22; Bl-D. §214, 4; Rob. 643f.

1. used as an adv. εἰς τ. κατέναντι κώμην into the village opposite (us) Lk 19:30 (cf. 2 Ch 4:10; Ezk 11:1; 40:10; Act. Phil. 98 p. 38, 23 B.).

2. as improper prep. w. gen. (Lucian, Fug. 1; Inschr. v. Priene 37, 170 [II BC] κ. τοῦ ὄρευς; UPZ 79, 11 [159 BC]; LXX). a. of place (En. 14, 15) κ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ opposite the temple Mk 13:3. κ. τοῦ γαζοφυλακείου 12:41. κ. μου opposite or before me Hv 1, 2, 2; cf. 3, 2, 4; 3, 9, 10. κ. αὐτῶν before them Mk 6:41 D (MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 116). εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κ. ὑμῶν into the village lying before you Mt 21:2; Mk 11:2. κ. τοῦ ὄχλου in the presence of the crowd Mt 27:24. b. fig. in the sight of someone, before someone (Sir 28:26; Jdth 12:15, 19) κ. θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν before God (Sir 50:19; Sib. Or. 3, 499) 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. κ. οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (=κ. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν, Bl-D. §294, 2; Rob. 717) before the God in whom he believed Ro 4:17. M-M.* κατενεχθείς s. καταφέρω. κατενύγην s. κατανύσσομαι. κατενώπιον (Leo Gramm. 273, 18 IBekker [1842]; Theodos. Melitenus 191 Tafel [1859]; Georg. Mon. 365, 21 de B. [1892]. Cf. StBPsaltes, Gramm. der Byz. Chroniken ’13, 337. For other lit. s. on κατέναντι, beg.; AWikenhauser, BZ 8, ’10, 263-70) adv. as improper prep. w. gen. (LXX [Johannessohn 197]; Christian amulet BGU 954, 6 [VI AD] κλίνω τ. κεφαλήν μου κ. σου) in our lit. only in relation to God before, in the presence of, and used w. a word that means ‘blameless’. a. actually in the presence of God (cf. Lev 4:17) on the day of judgment κ. τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ Jd 24 (cf. En. 104, 1). b. in the sight of God on his heavenly throne κ. αὐτοῦ before him Eph 1:4; Col 1:22. κ. αὐτοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης Pol 5:2. M-M.* κατεξουσιάζω (scarcely to be found in secular Gk.—though κατεξουσία occurs IG XIV 1047, 5 and CIG 4710.

510

The verb Act. Thom. 45 p. 162 B. v.l.; 98 p. 211, 2 and Julian, C. Galil. 100C of the God of the Jews κ. τῶν ὅλων) exercise authority, perh. tyrannize τινός over someone of the mighty ones of the earth Mt 20:25; Mk 10:42. M-M.* κατεπίθυμος, ον very eager, desirous (Jdth 12:16 κ. τοῦ συγγενέσθαι μετʼ αὐτῆς) w. inf. foll καθίσαι Hv 3, 2, 2. τοῦ θεάσασθαι 3, 8, 1.* κατεπόθην s. καταπίνω. κατεργάζομαι mid. dep., 1 aor. κατειργασάμην, pass. κατειργάσθην (on κατηργασάμην and κατηργάσθην s.

Bl-D. §67, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 189), perf. mid. κατείργασμαι. (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. achieve, accomplish, do τὶ someth. (Hdt. 5, 24 πρήγματα μεγάλα; X., Mem. 3, 5, 11; Jos., Vi. 289) Ro 7:15, 17f, 20; 1 Cor 5:3; 1 Cl 32:3f. τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι committing shameless acts Ro 1:27. τὸ κακόν do what is wrong 2:9. τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν do what the heathen like to do 1 Pt 4:3. ἅπαντα κατεργασάμενοι after you have done or accomplished everything (in this case the reference would be to the individual pieces of armor mentioned in what follows, which the reader is to employ as is prescribed. But s. 4 below) Eph 6:13. ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς διʼ ἐμοῦ of anything except what Christ has accomplished through me Ro 15:18. Pass. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη ἐν ὑμῖν the signs by which an apostle demonstrates his authority have been done among you 2 Cor 12:12.

2. bring about, produce, create (Hdt. 7, 102 ἀρετὴ ἀπὸ σοφίης κατεργασμένη; Philo, Plant. 50; Test. Jos. 10:1) τὶ someth. νόμος ὀργήν Ro 4:15. θλῖψις ὑπομονήν 5:3 (Test. Jos. 10:1 πόσα κατεργάζεται ἡ ὑπομονή); cf.

Js 1:3. λύπη θάνατον 2 Cor 7:10; cf. vs. 11 (where a dat. of advantage is added). φθόνος ἀδελφοκτονίαν 1 Cl 4:7. μνησικακία θάνατον Hv 2, 3, 1. ἡ ἁμαρτία κ. ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν sin called forth every desire within me Ro 7:8. τινί τι bring about someth. for someone (Eur., Her. 1046 πόλει σωτηρίαν) μοι θάνατον 7:13. αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης ἡμῖν 2 Cor 4:17. εὐχαριστίαν τῷ θεῷ bring about thankfulness to God 9:11; θάνατον ἑαυτῷ κ. bring death upon oneself Hm 4, 1, 2; cf. s 8, 8, 5.—Work out τὶ someth. (Pla., Gorg. 473D ὁ κατειργασμένος τὴν τυραννίδα ἀδίκως) τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθα Phil 2:12 (JHMichael, Phil 2:12: Exp. 9th Ser. II ’24, 439-50).

3.κ. τινα εἴς τι prepare someone for someth. (cf. Hdt. 7, 6, 1; X., Mem. 2, 3, 11) ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose 2 Cor 5:5.

4. overpower, subdue, conquer (Hdt. 6, 2 νῆσον; Thu. 6, 11, 1 al. τινά; 1 Esdr 4:4; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 62; Jos., Ant. 2, 44)ἅπαντα κατεργασάμενοι στῆναι after proving victorious over everything, to stand your ground Eph 6:13 (but s. 1 above).—GBertram, TW III 635-7. M-M.* κατέρχομαι 2 aor. κατῆλθον (κατῆλθα Ac 27:5 s. Bl-D. §81, 3; cf. Mlt.-H. 208f) (Hom.+; Herm. Wr. 10, 25 οὐδεὶς τῶν οὐρανίων θεῶν ἐπὶ γῆν κατελεύσεται; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) come down.

1. lit., w. indication of the place fr. which ἀπό τινος: ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 109)Lk 9:37. ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας Ac 15:1; 21:10.—18:5. ἐκεῖθεν GP 9:36. The place from which is supplied fr. the context 11:44. W. indication of the place fr. which and the goal ἀπό τινος εἴς τι from—to Ac 11:27; 12:19. W. indication of the goal εἴς τι (Jos., Ant. 8, 106θεὸς κ. εἰς τὸ ἱερόν) Lk 4:31; Ac 8:5; 13:4; 15:30; 19:1 v.l. πρός τινα to someone 9:32. Of ships and those who sail in them, who ‘come down’ fr. the ‘high seas’: arrive, put in (Eustath. ad Hom. 1408, 29 [Od. 1, 182] κατελθεῖν, οὐ μόνον τὸ ἁπλῶς κάτω που ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐς λιμένα ἐλθεῖν, ὥσπερ καὶ καταβῆναι καὶ καταπλεῦσαι κ. καταχθῆναι κ. κατᾶραι, τὸ ἐλλιμενίσαι λέγεται. 1956, 35 [Od. 24, 115]) εἴς τι at someth. a harbor 18:22; 21:3; 27:5.

2. fig. (cf. Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 117 ὅταν κατέρχηται [ἡ τῆς θείας σοφίας πηγή]) ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη that comes from above i.e. fr. God Js 3:15. M-M.* κατεσθίω and κατέσθω (Mk 12:40; PGM 5, 279 κατέσθεται; En. 103, 15; 104, 3. S. on ἐσθίω, also Bl-D. §101 under ἐσθίω; Mlt.-H. 238 under ἐσθίω) 2 aor. κατέφαγον; fut. καταφάγομαι (Bl-D. §74, 2; Mlt.-H. 198. S. also PIand. 26, 23 [98 AD]; LXX) and κατέδομαι (1 Cl 8:4; LXX) eat up, consume, devour, swallow (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 261).

1. lit. τὶ someth. (PFlor. 150, 6 ἀπὸ τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα) of birds (Sib. Or. 5, 471) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5 (τὰ πετεινὰ τ. οὐρανοῦ κ. as 3 Km 12:24m; 16:4). σάρκας (cf. Da 7:5) B 10:4. Of the animals that are to devour Ignatius IRo 5:2 (cf. Babrius 103, 10 [lion]; Gen 37:20, 33; Sib. Or. 5, 470). Of the apocalyptic dragon τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς devour her child Rv 12:4. A book 10:9f (cf. Ezk 3:1 and BOlsson, ZNW 32, ’33, 90f.—Artem. [of Ephesus] 2, 45 p. 149, 6 speaks of ἐσθίειν βιβλία, experienced in a dream, which is interpreted to mean a quick death). The moth that eats clothing, as a type σὴς καταφάγεται ὑμᾶς B 6:2 (Is 50:9).

2. fig. destroy (Heraclitus, Ep. 7, 10 τὰ ζῶντα κατεσθίετε. Pass. Diog. L. 6, 5 ‘the jealous ones by their own vileness’) of fire consume τινά someone (cf. Num 26:10; Job 20:26; Ps 77:63) Rv 11:5; 20:9. Of the sword (Jer 2:30; 2 Km 18:8) ὑμᾶς κατέδεται 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:20). Of zeal consume (Test. Sim. 4:9; cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 163)J 2:17 (Ps 68:10).—τὸν βίον devour property (cf. Od. 3, 315; Hipponax 39 Diehl; Diog. L. 10, 8, τὴν πατρῴαν οὐσίαν, that was divided among the sons; Aesop., Fab. 169 P.=304 H.; POxy. 58, 6; 10 [288 AD]; Gen 31:15) Lk 15:30. τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν eat up widows’ houses i.e. appropriate them illegally (cf. Od. 2, 237f κατέδουσι βιαίως οἶκον Ὀδυσσῆος; Alcaeus, fgm. 43, 7 D.2; Mnesimachus Com. [IV BC] 8 πόλιν; Jos., Bell. 4, 242)Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47 (Mt 23:13 t.r.). Of spiteful party strife: betw. δάκνω and ἀναλίσκω (q.v.), someth. like tear to pieces Gal 5:15 (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 230 the fig. triad κατεσθίει, βιβρώσκει, καταπίνει). Abs. εἴ τις κ. if anyone devours (you) (i.e. exploits, 511

robs; cf. Ps 13:4; Is 9:12) 2 Cor 11:20. M-M.* κατευθύνω 1 aor. κατεύθυνα, opt. 3 sing. κατευθύναι, imper. κατεύθυνον, inf. κατευθῦναι (Pla.+; Plut., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Decal. 60; Jos., Bell. 3, 118)make straight, lead, direct τὶ εἴς τι someth. to someth. τοὺς πόδας εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης the feet in the way of peace Lk 1:79. κ. τὰ διαβήματα direct the steps (Ps 39:3) 1 Cl 60:2. τ. καρδίας (1 Ch 29:18 πρὸς σέ; 2 Ch 12:14; 19:3) the hearts to the love of God 2 Th 3:5. τ. ὁδόν direct the way (cf.

Jdth 12:8) τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς direct our way to you 1 Th 3:11. κ. τὴν πορείαν ἐν ὁσιότητι direct their course in holiness 1 Cl 48:4. M-M.* κατευλογέω impf. κατευλόγουν (Plut., Mor. 66A; 1069C; Ps.-Plut., Amator. 4 p. 750C; Tob 10:14; 11:17 BA) bless Mk 10:16.* κατευοδόω 1 aor. pass. κατευοδώθην (LXX; Test. Jud. 1:6) pass. prosper (Achmes 13, 14; 39, 16; Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 128, 14; 162, 15) πάντα. . . κατευοδωθήσεται everything. . . will prosper B 11:6 (Ps 1:3). The same Ps-pass. influences IMg 13:1, where the Gk. tradition κατευοδωθῆτε is to be preferred w. Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer (Zahn changes it to κατευοδωθῇ): you prosper in everything you do, both in the flesh and in the spirit.* κατέφαγον s. κατεσθίω. κατεφίσταμαι 2 aor. κατεπέστην (hapax legomenon) rise up τινί against someone Ac 18:12.* κατέχω impf. κατεῖχον; 2 aor. κατέσχον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. trans.—a. hold back, hold up—α. hold back, hinder, prevent from going away (Hom.+; BGU 1205, 27 [28 BC]; 37, 6 [50 AD]; PFay. 109, 11; Gen 24:56; cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 76)Hs 9, 11, 6. ὃν ἐβουλόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κ. whom I wished to keep with me Phlm 13. Foll. by gen. of the inf. w. article (Bl-D. §400, 4) οἱ ὄχλοι κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν Lk 4:42. β. hold down, suppress τὶ someth. (γέλωτα X., Cyr. 2, 2, 1; Charito 3, 7, 4 τ. λύπην; WECrum, Coptic Ostraca p. 4, 522=Dssm., LO 260=PGM II p. 209 Κρόνος, ὁ κατέχων τὸν θυμὸν ὅλων τ. ἀνθρώπων, κάτεχε τ. θυμὸν Ὡρι; Jos., Vi. 233 τ. ὀργήν) τ. ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ Ro 1:18 (differently, FWDanker, FWGingrich-Festschr. ’72, 93). γ. restrain, check (Thu. 6, 29, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 149 §622 τοῦ δαίμονος κατέχοντος τὸ πέλαγος=the god held the sea back until Alexander reached the other shore; PGiess. 70, 3 [II AD] ἡ ἀναγραφὴ κατέσχεν ἡμᾶς μέχρι ὥρας ἕκτης) τὸ κατέχον (Themistocl., Ep. 13, 4) 2 Th 2:6 and ὁ κατέχων vs. 7 mean that which restrains and he who restrains, i.e., what prevents the adversary of God fr. coming out in open opposition to him, for the time being. Present-day interpr., as did the exegesis of the ancient church, generally takes τὸ κατ. to be the Roman Empire and ὁ κ. the Emperor (OBetz, NTS 9, ’63, 276-91). An alternative view, as old as Theodore of Mops., would make τὸ κατ. the preaching of Christian missionaries and ὁ κ. the apostle Paul (so OCullmann, CHDodd-Festschr. ’56, 409-21). In any case, the concept of the temporary restraining of the forces of hell (cf. Rtzst., Poim. 27 late Egyptian prayer 6, 4 Horus as κατέχων δράκοντα=PGM 4, 994f; cf. 2770 Μιχαὴλ. . . κατέχων, ὃν καλέουσι δράκοντα μέγαν) was given a new interpr. by the NT writer.—WBousset, D. Antichrist 1895; NFFreese, StKr 93, ’21, 73-7; VHartl, ZkTh 45, ’21, 455-75; WSchröder, D. 2. Thess. ’29, 8-15; DBuzy, Rech de Sc rel 24, ’34, 402-31; OCullmann, Recherches théol. 1, ’38, 26-61; JSchmid, ThQ 129, ’49, 323-43; OBetz, NTS 9, ’63, 276-91. Difft.

CHGiblin, Threat to Faith ’67, 167-242. δ. hold back τὶ someth. κ. ἐν μυστηρίῳ τὴν σοφὴν αὐτοῦ βουλήν hold back his wise plan as a secret Dg 8:10. b. hold fast—α. keep in one’s memory (Theophr., Char. 26, 2, a word of Homer) εἰ κατέχετε if you hold it fast 1 Cor 15:2. β. hold fast, retain faithfully (X., Symp. 8, 26 τ. φιλίαν; Test. Judah 26:1) τὸν λόγον Lk 8:15. τὰς παραδόσεις guard the traditions 1 Cor 11:2. τὸ καλόν hold fast what is good 1 Th 5:21; Agr 11. W. double acc. τὴν παρρησίαν βεβαίαν κ. keep the confidence firm Hb 3:6; cf. vs. 14. κ. τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἀκλινῆ 10:23. γ. keep in one’s possession, possess (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 159; 160; Polyb. 1, 2, 3; Inschr. v. Magn., 105, 51 [II BC] ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατέχωσίν τε καρπίζωνταί τε; Ezk 33:24; Da 7:18, 22) τὶ someth. Mt 21:38 v.l.; ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες καὶ πάντα κατέχοντες 2 Cor 6:10. Abs. 1 Cor 7:30. δ. keep, confine in prison (Diod. S. 12, 65, 9 ἐν φυλακῇ κατέχειν τινά; PFlor. 61, 60; BGU 372 I, 16; Gen 39:20; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 21) pass. Χριστιανοὶ κατέχονται ὡς ἐν φρουρᾷ τῷ κόσμῳ they are confined in the world as in a prison Dg 6:7. c. take into one’s possession, occupy (Hdt. 5, 72 al.; PAmh. 30, 26 [II BC] τὴν οἰκίαν) τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον Lk 14:9 (cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 104).Cf. GP 5:15. d. pass. be bound—α. by the law: ἀποθανόντες ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα having died to that by which we were bound Ro 7:6 (cf. PAmh. 97, 17 οὐ κατασχεθήσομαι τῇ ὑποσχέσει; PRyl. 117, 13). β. by disease (Diod. S. 4, 14, 5; Philo, Op. M. 71, Congr. Erud. Grat. 138; PSI 299, 3 κατεσχέθην νόσῳ; act., Jer 13:21; Jos., Vi. 48) Lk 4:38 D; J 5:4 t.r.

2. intr., nautical t.t. make for, head for, steer toward (Hdt. 7, 188 κατέσχε ἐς τὸν αἰγιαλόν; Dicaearchus, fgm.

85 εἰς Δῆλον κατέσχε; Polyb. 1, 25, 7; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 13 p. 133, 5; 5, 18 p. 178, 13; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 204)Ac 27:40. M-M.* 512

κατηγορέω impf. κατηγόρουν; fut. κατηγορήσω; 1 aor. κατηγόρησα (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) accuse, and nearly always as 1. legal t.t.: bring charges in court—a. before a human judge: τινός against someone (class., also Dit., Syll.3 172, 37; 780, 8; PPetr. III 21g, 14; Zen.-P. 33 [=Sb 6739], 4) Mt 12:10; Mk 3:2; Lk 6:7; 11:54 v.l.; 23:2, 10; J 8:6; Ac 25:5. τί τινος accuse someone of a thing (class., also 1 Macc 7:25) κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ πολλά Mk 15:3 (for πολλά cf. PLond. 893, 12 [40 AD] πολλὰ κ.); cf. vs. 4. οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my own people Ac 28:19. This may also be the place for περὶ πάντων τούτων, ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ of which we accuse him 24:8; sim. 25:11, if this is a case of attraction of the relative ὡν=τούτων ἅ. But it is also poss. to take it as a double gen. (cf. Demosth. 21, 5 παρανόμων ἔμελλον αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖν; Dositheus 68, 2 βίας σου κατηγορῶ).—Also τινὸς περί τινος (Thu. 8, 85, 2; X., Hell. 1, 7, 2; Jos., Ant. 13, 104)Ac 24:13. κατά τινος (X., Hell. 1, 7, 9) w. gen. or (in the case of attraction, s. above) acc. of the thing Lk 23:14. Abs. (Dit., Or. 218, 95 [III BC]; POxy. 237 VIII, 21) Ac 24:2, 19. Pass. be accused ὑπό τινος by someone (Thu. 1, 95, 3 ἀδικία κατηγορεῖτο αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τ. Ἑλλήνων; 2 Macc 10:13; Philo, Mut. Nom. 206) Mt 27:12. τί κατηγορεῖται ὑπὸ τ. Ἰουδαίων Ac 22:30. ὁ κατηγορούμενος the accused (Maspéro 63, 2) 25:16. b. before God’s tribunal κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς τ. πατέρα J 5:45a (for the constr. w. πρός cf. 1 Macc 7:6; 2 Macc 10:13). ὁ κατήγωρ. . . ὁ κατηγορῶν αὐτοὺς ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ ἡμῶν Rv 12:10 (for the acc. s. PLond. 41, 10 [161 BC] ὁ βουκόλος κατηγόρησεν αὐτάς). Subst. ὁ κατηγορῶν the accuser (cf. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137) J 5:45b.

2. without legal connotation accuse, reproach (X., Mem. 1, 3, 4; Aelian, V.H. 9, 17; Herodian 6, 9, 1; Philo, Plant. 80) Job αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορεῖ he accuses himself 1 Cl 17:4. Abs., of thoughts Ro 2:15. M-M. B. 1439.* κατηγορία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 237 VIII, 7; Mitteis, Chrest. 68, 19; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137; loanw. in rabb.) accusation τίνα κ. φέρετε τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου; what accusation do you bring against this man? J 18:29. κ. παραδέχεσθαι κατά τινος entertain an accusation against someone 1 Ti 5:19 (κατά τινος, as Isocr. 5, 147; Dit., Syll.3 704F, 7; 705, 32). εὑρεῖν κ. Lk 6:7 v.l. W. gen. of the content of the accusation (Demosth. 18, 279; Philo, Fuga 36) κ. ἀσωτίας charge of profligacy Tit 1:6. M-M.* κατήγορος, ου, ὁ (Soph., Hdt.; inscr., pap.; Pr 18:17; 2 Macc 4:5; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 132) accuser Ac 23:30, 35; 24:8 t.r.; 25:16, 18; Rv 12:10 v.l.; IMg 12 (Pr 18:17). M-M.* κατήγωρ, ορος, ὁ (loanw. in rabb., by no means either a Hebr. [Bousset, Offb. Joh.6 ’06, 342] or an Aram. [W-S. §8, 13 p. 85f] modification of the Gk. κατήγορος, but rather a colloquial formation starting fr. the fact that the gen. pl. is κατηγόρων whether the word belongs to the second or third declension. This form is found also PGM 10, 25. Cf. Dssm., LO 72f [LAE 90f]; Rdm.2 19; Mlt.-H. 127f; Bl-D. §52; StBPsaltes, Gramm. der Byz. Chroniken ’13, 175; ADebrunner, GGA ’26, 137ff) accuser, designation of the devil (Billerb. I 141f) κ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν Rv 12:10.

M-M.* κατήφεια, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; Dionys. Hal.; Plut.; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 193; Jos., Ant. 13, 406; 19, 260) gloominess, dejection (Charito 6, 8, 3; 7, 3, 3; cf. Plut., Mor. 528E τ. κατήφειαν ὁρίζονται λύπην κάτω βλέπειν ποιοῦσαν.

Sim., Etym. Mag. 496, 53) μετατραπήτω. . . ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κ. let your joy be turned into gloominess Js 4:9. M-M.* κατηφής, ές (Hom.+; POxy. 471, 92; Wsd 17:4; Jos., Ant. 2, 55)downcast τί οὕτω κ. τῇ ἰδέᾳ; why do you look so downcast? Hv 1, 2, 3.* κατηχέω 1 aor. κατήχησα, pass. κατηχήθην; pf. pass. κατήχημαι (late word; PStrassb. 41, 37 [III AD]; not LXX, but Philo, Joseph.) make oneself understood.

1. gener., of information that comes to someone’s attention, of a communication that one receives report, inform (Jos., Vi. 366 αὐτός σε πολλὰ κατηχήσω=‘I myself will give you much information’) pass. be informed, learn (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 198; Ps.-Plut., Fluv. 7, 2; 8, 1; 17, 1 κατηχηθεὶς περὶ συμβεβηκότων; PPrinceton Univ. II ’36 no. 20, 1 [II AD]) κατηχήθησαν περὶ σοῦ ὅτι they have been informed concerning you that Ac 21:21; cf. vs. 24.

2. teach, instruct (Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 39; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 48) in our lit. only of instruction in religious matters. a. gener. τινά someone 1 Cor 14:19. ὁ κατηχῶν the teacher Gal 6:6b. Pass. (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 of teaching about God: κατηχούμενος πείθου παρʼ ἐμοῦ) κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου instructed in the law Ro 2:18.

W. acc. of what is taught κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου in the way of the Lord Ac 18:25. ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον in (Christian) teaching Gal 6:6a. ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν (=τὴν ἀ. τῶν λόγων περὶ ὧν κ.) in order that you may know the truth about the things you have been taught Lk 1:4 (so BWeiss, HHoltzmann, FHauck, Rengstorf, Gdspd., though Zahn, JWeiss, EKlostermann; FVogel, NKZ 44, ’33, 203-5; Beyer, RSV prefer mng. 1: the things of which you have been informed. S. on παρακολουθέω 3). b. in the specif. sense of catechetical instruction by the church give instruction to catechumens 2 Cl 17:1.-PCarrington, The Primitive Christian Catechism ’40; CHDodd in NT Essays (TWManson memorial vol.) ’59, 106-18; HWBeyer, TW III 638-40. M-M.* κατήχθημεν s. κατάγω. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 4.

513

κατιόω (Sir 12:11) pf. pass. 3 sing. κατίωται; pass. become rusty, tarnished, corroded (Strabo 16, 2, 42; Epict. 4, 6, 14) of gold and silver (cf. EpJer 10) Js 5:3.* κατισχύω impf. κατίσχυον; fut. κατισχύσω; 1 aor. κατίσχυσα (Soph.+; oft. in later wr. and in LXX; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 14, 357; Test. 12 Patr., but scarcely at all in inscr., pap. [PGM 13, 797]) intrans. be strong, powerful, gain the ascendancy (s. ἰσχύω).

1. abs. be dominant, prevail (Polyb. 11, 13, 3; Ex 17:11; En. 104, 6) κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν their voices prevailed Lk 23:23 (Antig. Car. 152 κατίσχυκεν ἡ φήμη). W. inf. foll. be able, be in a position 21:36.

2. used w. gen. win a victory over (Dio Chrys. 12[13], 4 al.; Aelian, H.A. 5, 19; Wsd 7:30; Jer 15:18; Jos., Bell.

2, 464κατισχύσας πλειόνων=‘conqueror of a superior force’; Test. Reub. 4:11) πύλαι ᾅδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς (i.e. τῆς ἐκκλησίας) Mt 16:18 (s. on πύλη 1). πάσης πονηρίας Hv 2, 3, 2. κ. τῶν ἔργων τοῦ διαβόλου win the victory over the works of the devil Hm 12, 6, 4. M-M.* κατοικέω fut. κατοικήσω; 1 aor. κατῴκησα (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. intrans. live, dwell, reside, settle (down)—a. w. the place indicated by ἔν τινι (X., An. 5, 3, 7; Inschr. v. Hier.

212 τῶν ἐν Ἱεραπόλει κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων; P Magd. 25, 2 [221 BC]; PTebt. 5, 180; Lev 23:42; Gen 14:12; Philo, Sobr. 68; Jos., Vi. 31; PMerton 63, 9) Ac 1:20 (cf. Ps 68:26); 2:5 v.l. (for εἰς, s. below); 7:2, 4a, 48; 9:22; 11:29; 13:27; 17:24; Hb 11:9; Rv 13:12; B 11:4; IEph 6:2; Hs 3:1. Also used w. εἰς and acc. (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 38, 3 εἰς φθαρτὰ σώματα ἀθανάτων ὀνόματα κατοικεῖ; schol. on Soph., Trach. 39 p. 281 Papag.; Bl-D. §205; Rob. 592f) Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 2:5; 7:4b. εἰς τὰ τείχη Hs 8, 7, 3. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν ἐρχόμενον s 4:2. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς live on the earth Rv 3:10; 6:10; 8:13; 11:10; 13:8, 14a, b; 17:8. ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς live on the whole earth Ac 17:26. ἐπὶ ξένης (i.e. χώρας) Hs 1:6. ποῦ, ὅπου Rv 2:13a, b. Abs. (Ramsay, Phryg. I 2 p. 461 nos. 294 and 295 οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι) ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν (sc. ἐκεῖ) κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων by all the Jews who live there Ac 22:12. b. in relation to the possession of human beings by God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, and other supernatural beings, virtues, etc. (cf. Wsd 1:4; Test. Dan 5:1, Joseph 10:2f) ὁ θεὸς κ. ἐν ἡμῖν B 16:8. Of Christ Eph 3:17. Of the Holy Spirit Hm 5, 2, 5; 10, 2, 5; s 5, 6, 5; ὁ κύριος ἐν τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ κ. m 5, 1, 3. ἐν αὐτῷ κ. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος Col 2:9; cf. 1:19; ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κ. 2 Pt 3:13 (cf. Is 32:16). ἡ μακροθυμία κατοικεῖ μετὰ τῶν τ. πίστιν ἐχόντων patience dwells with those who have faith Hm 5, 2, 3. Of demonic possession Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26 (κ. ἐκεῖ as Palaeph. 39 p. 44, 4).

2. trans. inhabit τὶ someth. (Demosth., Ep. 4, 7 τ. Ἰνδικὴν χώραν; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 136; Dit., Syll.3 557, 17 τ. Ἀσίαν; PMagd. 9, 1 [III BC]; PTurin 4, 8 [117 BC] τὴν αὐτὴν πόλιν; Gen 13:7; Ezk 25:16; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 2; Jos., Vi. 27 Δαμασκόν) Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 13:4; Ac 1:19; 2:14; 4:16. Cf. 2:9 (cf. Diod. S. 18, 11, 2 Μεσσήνιοι καὶ οἱ τὴν Ἀκτὴν κατοικοῦντες); 9:32, 35; 19:10, 17. οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν the inhabitants of the earth Rv 17:2. κ. πόλεις (Hdt. 7, 164) Dg 5:2. Of God ὁ κ. τὸν ναόν the One who dwells in the temple (cf. Jos., Bell. 5, 458f) Mt 23:21; cf. Js 4:5 t.r. M-M.** κατοίκησις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; PLond. 1708, 111; LXX; En.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 34; 35) living (quarters) , dwelling κ. ἔχειν ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν live among the tombs Mk 5:3. ἐν τῷ πύργῳ κ. ἔχειν Hv 3, 8, 8. ἐγένετο ἡ κ. αὐτῶν (cf.

Gen 10:30) εἰς τὸν πύργον they found a home in the tower Hs 8, 7, 5; 8, 8, 5 (ἐν τῷ πύργῳ 8, 9, 2).* κατοικητήριον, ου, τό (LXX; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p. 189, 10; Christian inscr. CIA III 3508.—The adj. κατοικητήριος Soranus p. 37, 16) dwelling- (place) ἐγένετο κ. δαιμονίων it has become a dwelling-place of demons i.e. they have taken possession of it Rv 18:2 (cf. Jer 9:10 κ. δρακόντων). Of the Christians συνοικοδομεῖσθε εἰς κ. τοῦ θεοῦ you are built up together for a dwelling-place of God Eph 2:22. τὸ κ. τῆς καρδίας the habitation of the heart a temple of God B 6:15; cf. 16:7f.* κατοικία, ας, ἡ dwelling- (place) , habitation (Polyb. 2, 32, 4; Diod. S. 18, 7, 7; Strabo 5, 4, 8; Mitteis, Chrest.

31 I, 23 [116 BC]; Sb 5620, 3; 1 Esdr 9:12, 37; 1 Macc 1:38; 2 Macc 3:39; Jos., Ant. 10, 223; 18, 37) Ac 17:26. εἰς τὸν πύργον in the tower Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 2f; 8, 9, 4; 8, 10, 1; 4; 9, 13, 5; cf. s 8, 3, 4; 8, 6, 3; 6. M-M.* κατοικίζω 1 aor. κατῴκισα cause to dwell, establish, settle (so Hdt.+; POxy. 705, 24; LXX; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 1, 110εὒς; 11, 19 ἐν) of the Spirit τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν the Spirit which he (God) has caused to live in us Js 4:5. τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ ὁ θεὸς κ. ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ ταύτῃ Hm 3:1. τὸ πνεῦμα κατῴκισεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς σάρκα God caused the Spirit to dwell in flesh s 5, 6, 5. M-M.* κατοικτίρω 1 aor. inf. κατοικτεῖραι (Soph., Hdt.+; 4 Macc) have pity τὶ on someth. (Alciphr. 3, 39, 3) τὴν ἡλικίαν (cf. 4 Macc 8:20 τὸ τ. μητρὸς γῆρας) MPol 3.* κατοπτρίζω (act.=‘produce a reflection’ in Plut., Mor. 894F; mid.=‘look at oneself in a mirror’ in Diog. L. 2, 33; 3, 39; 7, 17; Artem. 2, 7; Athen. 15 p. 687C. In the same mng. ἐγκατοπτρίξασθαι εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ Dit., Syll.3 1168, 64 [III BC]. Pass. τὰ κατοπτριζόμενα=‘what is seen in a mirror’ POxy. 1609, 19) occurs once in our lit., in the middle, prob. in the mng.: look at someth. as in a mirror, contemplate someth. (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 101. The Itala and Vulg. transl. ‘speculantes’; Tert., Adv. Marc. 5, 11 ‘contemplantes’. Likew. the Peshitto and Bohairic and Sahidic versions) τὴν δόξαν κυρίου the glory of the Lord 2 Cor 3:18.—Rtzst., NGG ’16, 411, Hist. Mon. 242ff, Mysterienrel.3 357; PCorssen, ZNW 19, ’19/’20, 2-10; AEBrooke, JTS 24, ’23, 98; NHugedé, La Métaphore du Miroir dans 1 et 2 Cor, 514

’57 (‘contemplate’).—Schlatter, Allo, WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 132; JDupont, RB 56, ’49, 392-411 (a good review) prefer the mng. reflect. See s.v. ἐσόπτρον. M-M.* κατορθόω fut. κατορθώσω; 1 aor. mid. κατωρθωσάμην (trag., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; oft. Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 231) set straight, complete, bring to a successful conclusion of God (Menand., Epitr. 339; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 34, II 2 p. 206, 31; cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 312)τὰς μερίμνας he will set your cares straight Hv 4, 2, 5 (Polyaenus 8, 23, 30 of τοὺς πολέμους—to bring them to a fortunate end). Mid. κ. τὰς ἐντολάς carry out the commands v 3, 5, 3. τὰς ὁδούς (cf. Ps 118:9) v 2, 2, 6.—Pass. v 1, 1, 8.—Hs 8, 11, 4 v.l.* κατόρθωμα, ατος, τό (Aristot., Polyb. et al.; Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 55;7, 5) success, prosperity, good order, pl. (as Charito 7, 6, 5; Xenophon Eph. 1, 1, 4; Dit., Syll.3 783, 15; PHermopol. 125 II, 4 τ. μέγιστα κατορθώματα τῇ πατρίδι) Ac 24:2 t.r. (s. διόρθωμα). M-M.* κάτω adv. of place (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.).—1. below κ. ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, below in the courtyard Mk 14:66. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κ. (Dt 4:39; Josh 2:11; 3 Km 8:23) Ac 2:19. κ. τοῦ βυθοῦ at the bottom of the sea B 10:5. Subst. τὰ κάτω (opp. τὰ ἄνω) this world (in contrast to ‘that’ world as Maximus Tyr. 11, 10c) J 8:23 (for the opp. τὰ ἄνω—τὰ κάτω cf. Ael. Aristid. 36, 32 K.=48 p. 449 D.; Herm. Wr. 11, 5; 14, 5; Dit., Syll.3 610, 52f [190 BC]). Under w. a number Mt 2:16 D. 2. downwards, down (Herodian 3, 11, 3; En. 14, 25; Jos., Ant. 19, 349)βάλλειν κάτω J 12:31 v.l.; βάλλειν σεαυτὸν κ. throw yourself down Mt 4:6; Lk 4:9. κ. κύπτειν J 8:6, 8 v.l.; πίπτειν κ. Ac 20:9; ἀπενεχθῆναι κ. be brought down Hs 9, 4, 7. ἔτι κ. χώρει go down farther Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κ. from top to bottom (cf. Aëtius p. 86, 5 ἄνωθεν κάτω) Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38 (ἕως κ. as Ezk 1:27; 8:2). M-M.* κατώτερος, α, ον comp. of κάτω (Hippocr.+; Vett. Val. 34, 21; IG XIV 2476; Gen 35:8; Test. Levi 3:1) lower κατέβη εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς he went down into the lower regions of the earth Eph 4:9 (on the expr. cf.

Galen VIII p. 894 K. μέρη τῆς καρδίας κατωτέρω; Ps 138:15 ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτοις τῆς γῆς; Tob 13:2 S; ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου Third Corinthians 3:30). Some think the pass. refers to Jesus’ burial. Many (Tert., Chrysost., FCBaur, Wohlenberg, Clemen2 90, OHoltzmann) take τὰ κατ. μέρη τ. γῆς to be Hades (cf. Ael. Aristid. 26, 103 K.=14 p. 367 D. of the Titans: εἰς τ. κατωτάτους μυχοὺς τῆς γῆς ἀπελθεῖν). Others hold that Jesus’ coming on earth, the incarnation, is meant.—AHJLindroth, Descendit ad inferna: Svensk Teol. Kvartalskrift 8, ’32, 121-40; FBüchsel, TW III 641-3; Bl-D. §167 app. S. on πνεῦμα 2 and 4c. M-M.* κατωτέρω adv. (Aristoph.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 154)lower, below w. numbers ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω two years old and under Mt 2:16 (cf. 1 Ch 27:23 ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ κάτω.—Bl-D. §62; Rob. 297f).* Καῦδα s. Κλαῦδα. M-M. καῦμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 649, 5; PLond. 1166, 6 [42 AD]; PSI 184, 6; LXX; Jos., Ant. 18, 192)burning, heat Rv 7:16 (Crinagoras no. 14, 4 ἠελίου καῦμα τὸ θερμότατον). καυματίζεσθαι κ. μέγα be burned with a scorching heat 16:9. M-M.* καυματίζω 1 aor. ἐκαυμάτισα, pass. ἐκαυματίσθην (Epict. 1, 6, 26; 3, 22, 52; M. Ant. 7, 64, 3. Of fever Plut., Mor. 100D; 691E) burn (up) τινὰ ἐν πυρί someone with fire Rv 16:8. Pass. be burned, be scorched of plants withering in the heat Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6. κ. καῦμα μέγα Rv 16:9 (s. καῦμα).* καυματόω (only in Eustathius Macrembolita 8, 4 p. 18 ἀνδρὶ διψῶντι καὶ καυματουμένῳ) be scorched by the heat Mt 13:6 B.* καῦσις, εως, ἡ (Hdt.+; Inschr. v. Magn. 179, 11; Wilcken, Chrest. 70, 10 [57/6 BC]; PLond. 1166, 14 [42 AD]; 1177, 74; LXX; En. 102, 1; Philo, Decal. 150) burning ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν its (the land’s) end is to be burned over Hb 6:8. M-M.* καυσόω (Ptolem., Apotelesm. 1, 4, 4 Boll-B.; PHolm. 25, 27) pass. be consumed by heat, burn up (Diosc. 2, 134 W.; Antyllus in Oribas. 9, 13, 1; Galen, CMG V 9, 1 p. 264, 13; Philumen. p. 26, 21 of fever) στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα λυθήσεται the elements will be destroyed by burning 2 Pt 3:10; cf. vs. 12.—On the destruction of the world by fire cf. Rtzst., Weltuntergangsvorstellungen ’24; s. also FOlivier, 2 Pt 3:10: Religio 11, ’35, 481-9.* καυστηριάζω pf. pass. ptc. κεκαυστηριασμένος (Strabo 5, 1, 9 ed. GKramer [1844] v.l.; Leontios 40 p. 79, 9; perh. BGU 952, 4.—καυτηριάζω in Hippiatr. 1, 28 vol. I p. 12, 4) brand with a red-hot iron (Strabo), sear fig., pass. κεκαυστηριασμένοι τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν seared in their own consciences 1 Ti 4:2 (schol. on Lucian 137, 11 Rabe is dependent on this). M-M.* καύσων, ωνος, ὁ heat, burning (sun) (so Diphilus [c. 300 BC] in Athen. 3, 2 p. 73A; Leo 9, 5; Syntipas collection of Aesop’s fables 54 p. 547 P.; Cyrill. Scyth. p. 94, 23 and 25; 109, 21; Gen 31:40 A; Sir 18:16; Test. Gad 1:4) Mt 20:12. κ. ἔσται it will be a hot day Lk 12:55. ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος σὺν τῷ κ. the sun came up with its scorching heat Js 1:11 (since the sun brings w. it burning heat, but not the scorching east wind, which is usu. meant by καύσων in 515

the LXX, it is not likely that a hot wind is meant in the Js passage. On the combination of κ. with ἥλιος cf. Is 49:10).

M-M.* καυτηριάζω 1 Ti 4:2 t.r., s. καυστηριάζω.* καυχάομαι (Pind., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1268, 23; POxy. 1160, 7ff; PSI 26, 16; LXX) mid. dep.; 2 sing. καυχᾶσαι Ro 2:17, 23; 1 Cor 4:7 (cf. Mayser 328; JWackernagel, ThLZ 33, ’08, 639; Thackeray 218; Mlt.-H. 198); fut. καυχήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκαυχησάμην; pf. κεκαύχημαι. In our lit. restricted to Paul (who has it c. 35 times), except for two pass. each in Js and Ign., and one in 1 Cl (a quot. fr. the OT).

1. intr. boast, glory, pride oneself (Sappho, fgm. 26, 10 D.2) ἔν τινι in or about a person or thing (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 976 οἱ καυχώμενοι ἐν ἑτέρων διαβολαῖς; LXX; Test. Judah 13:2.—Bl-D. §196 w. app.; cf. Rob. 532) ἐν θεῷ Ro 2:17. ἐν τῷ θεῷ 5:11. ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 1:31b; 2 Cor 10:17b (cf. on both Jer 9:23). ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Phil 3:3. ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 3:21.—ἐν νόμῳ (cf. Sir 39:8) Ro 2:23; in afflictions 5:3; in the work of others 2 Cor 10:15; in weaknesses 12:9; in high position Js 1:9; wisdom, etc. 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22f). ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκί Gal 6:13. ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ vs. 14. ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ κ., opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ pride oneself on externals—on the heart 2 Cor 5:12. ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 11:12.—The ἐν is to be taken somewhat differently Js 4:16 (s. ἀλαζονεία).—εἴς τι boast with regard to someth. 2 Cor 10:16. Differently εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα κ. boast beyond limit (s. ἄμετρος) vss. 13, 15.—ἐπί τινι based on someth., in someth. (Cratinus Com. [V BC] 95; Diod. S. 15, 6, 2 ἐπὶ τοῖς ποιήμασιν; 16, 70, 2; iambic poet in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 20, 11 ἐπὶ τέκνοισι; Dit., Syll.3 loc. cit. ἐπὶ ῥώμῃ; Ps 5:12 v.l. [11]) Ro 5:2 (JMBover, Biblica 22, ’41, 41-5). ὑπέρ τινος on behalf of someone 2 Cor 12:5a, b. κατά τι in accordance with someth. 2 Cor 11:18a.—ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ before God 1 Cor 1:29.—W. ὅτι foll. (Strabo 13, 1, 27) IPhld 6:3.—Abs. (Test.

Reub. 3:5) 1 Cor 1:31a; 4:7; 2 Cor 10:17a; 11:18b, 30a; 12:1, 6; Eph 2:9; IPol 5:2.—1 Cor 13:3, P46 ‫א‬AB Orig. and the Egypt. versions have καυχήσωμαι (defended e.g. by Harnack, SAB ’11, 139ff; Gdspd., Probs. 162-5; KWClark, Studia Paulina [deZwaan-Festschr.] ’53, 61f) instead of καυθήσομαι, which is preferred by most (Heinrici, B and JWeiss, Bachmann, Ltzm., Sickenberger, H-DWendland, E Preuschen [ZNW 16, ’15, 127ff]; JKElliott, ZNW 62, ’71, 297f). N.26 reads καυχήσωμαι.—S. καίω 2.

2. trans. boast about, mention in order to boast of, be proud of τὶ someth. (Philemo Com. 141 p. 521; Diod. S. 20, 63, 4) τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου boast about my weaknesses 2 Cor 11:30b (cf. Pr 27:1 κ. τὰ εἰς αὔριον). τὶ περί τινος 10:8. τί τινι ὑπέρ τινος say someth. boastingly (or in pride) to someone concerning someone 7:14; 9:2 (here a ὅτι—clause defines τὶ more closely). μικρόν τι 11:16.—JBosch, ‘Gloriarse’ según San Pablo, Sentido y teologia de καυχάομαι, ’70. M-M. B. 1281.* καύχημα, ατος, τό (Pind., Isth. 5, 65; LXX).—1. boast, object of boasting (Ael. Aristid. 32, 5 K.=12 p. 135 D.), then also used when the boast is not made in words, to denote the thing of which one is proud, in this sense pride (Dt 33:29; Pr 17:6) κ. ἔχει he has someth. to boast about Ro 4:2. οὐκ ἔστιν μοι κ. I have nothing to boast about 1 Cor 9:16. εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὸ κ. ἔχειν have a reason for boasting on one’s own account Gal 6:4 (PhHaeuser, BZ 12, ’14, 45-56). With gen. (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 22, 7 and 11 Περσῶν κ.) τὸ κ. μου οὐδεὶς κενώσει 1 Cor 9:15. κ. τινος εἶναι be someone’s pride 2 Cor 1:14. εἰς κ. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ as my pride (and joy) in the day of Christ Phil 2:16. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν what we are proud of 1 Cl 34:5. τὸ κ. ὑμῶν what you can be proud of Phil 1:26. οὐ καλὸν τὸ κ. ὑμῶν what you are so proud of 1 Cor 5:6. τὸ κ. τῆς ἐλπίδος that for which we are proud to hope (cf. Ro 5:2) Hb 3:6.

2. boast, what is said in boasting ἵνα μὴ τὸ κ. ἡμῶν τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κενωθῇ so that what we say in praise of you may not prove to be empty words 2 Cor 9:3.—Almost=boasting (cf. Pind., Isth. 5, 51 καύχημα=act. ‘boasting’) ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τινὶ καυχήματος ὑπέρ τινος give someone an occasion to be proud of someone 5:12.—Genths, D. Begriff des καύχημα b. Pls: NKZ 38, ’27, 501-21.* καύχησις, εως, ἡ (Epicurus fgm. 93; Philod., περὶ κακιῶν p. 27 J.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 107; LXX).

1. boasting (Jer 12:13) Ro 3:27; 2 Cor 11:10, 17; Js 4:16; IEph 18:1. In a list of vices Hm 8:3. στέφανος καυχήσεως crown of pride, i.e. to be proud of (Ezk 16:12; Pr 16:31) 1 Th 2:19. κ. ὑπέρ τινος pride that one has in someone 2 Cor 7:4; 8:24. ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἐπὶ Τίτου our boasting in the presence of Titus 7:14. ἐν κ. ἀπολέσθαι be lost because of boasting ITr 4:1. ἔχω τὴν κ. ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν I may boast in Christ of my relation to God Ro 15:17; νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν κ. as surely as I may boast of you 1 Cor 15:31.

2. object of boasting, reason for boasting 2 Cor 1:12.-RAsting, Kauchesis ’25; AFridrichsen, Symb. Osl. 7, ’28, 25-9; 8, ’29, 78-82; RBultmann, TW III 646-54.* ‫ ; ַרפ‬Καφαρν. also P45 Lk 10:15 and in the two gosp.-fgm. [V AD] POxy. 847 [J Καφαρναούμ, ἡ indecl. (‫םוּח‬ 2:12]; 1596 [J 6:17]. In the later tradition the form Καπερναούμ predominates; on the spelling cf. Bl-D. §39, 2; Rob. 184; 219; FCBurkitt, The Syriac Forms of NT Proper Names ’12, 27f, JTS 34, ’33, 388-90; F-MAbel, Le nom de C.: Journ. of the Palest. Orient. Soc. 8, ’28, 24-34) Capernaum (Ptolem. 5, 16, 4 Καπαρναούμ; cf. Jos., Bell. 3, 519Καφαρναούμ, Vi. 403 εἰς κώμην Κεφαρνωκόν. Not in OT), a city on Lake Gennesaret, whose location is still uncertain. Acc. to some (so the Onomastica), its ruins are to be found at Tell Ḥûm (or Telḥûm); this view has the best support at present. Acc. to others the site was at Khan Minyeh (so perh. Jos., Bell. 3, 519)Mt 4:13; 8:5; 11:23; 17:24; Mk 1:21; 2:1; 9:33; Lk 4:23, 31; 7:1; 10:15; J 2:12; 4:46; 6:17, 24, 59; GEb 2.—HGuthe, RE X 27ff (lit.); BMeistermann, C. et Bethsaïde ’21; Dalman, Orte3 149ff; HHBörge, Kapernaum ’40; BHjerl-Hansen, Kapernaum ’41; JSKennard, Jr., Was C. the Home of Jesus?: JBL 65, ’46, 131-41; EFFBishop, Jesus and C.: CBQ 15, ’53, 516

427-37; CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr. RWalls, ’63, 171-79. Further lit. s.v. συναγωγή 2. M-M.* κεʹ as numeral twenty-five Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 5, 4; 9, 15, 4.* Κεγχρεαί, ῶν, αἱ (Thu. [Κεγχρειαί], X.+) Cenchreae, the seaport of Corinth (Philo, In Flacc. 155: Κ., τὸ Κορίνθιον ἐπίνειον) on the eastern side of the isthmus (Strabo 8, 6, 22) Ac 18:18; Ro 16:1; subscr. The port on the western side was Lechaeum (Diod. S. 11, 16, 3 ἀπὸ Λεχαίου μέχρι Κεγχρεῶν).—WMichaelis, ZNW 25, ’26, 144-54.* κέδρος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 64; Jos., Ant. 8, 44)cedar tree J 18:1 v.l.; 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:35). S. the foll. entry. M-M.* ְ Jos., Bell. 5, 70;252 Κεδρών, ῶνος, Ant. 8, 17 τὸν χειμάρρουν Κεδρῶνα) Kidron ὁ Κεδρών, ὁ indecl. (‫;ןוֹרדִ ק‬ χειμάρρους τοῦ Κ. (the Rahlfs LXX does not have the article before Κ. anywhere; this is in accord w. the good text tradition: 2 Km 15:23; 3 Km 2:37; 15:13; 4 Km 23:6, 12) the Kidron valley, a wadi or watercourse (dry except in the rainy season), adjoining Jerusalem on the east and emptying into the Dead Sea J 18:1.—GDalman, Jerusalem u. s.

Gelände ’30, 182ff. M-M. s.v. κέδρος.* κει̂μαι impf. 3 sing. ἔκειτο (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 4, 66; 5, 225 al.) lie, recline; can serve as passive of τίθημι.

1. lit.—a. of pers.: w. indication of place ἔν τινι in someth. of a child ἐν φάτνῃ Lk 2:12, 16. Of a dead person (Hom.+; also in Palest. [Philol. Wochenschr. 49, ’29, 247] and Alexandrian [Sb 1397] grave inscr.; PRyl. 114, 17 τοῦ σώματος κειμένου) w. οὗ or ὅπου (PGM 4, 2038) Mt 28:6; Lk 23:53; J 20:12. b. of things lie ἐπί τι on someth. 2 Cor 3:15. Also ἐπάνω τινός Mt 5:14 (κ. of location of a place since Hdt., Thu.; Dit., Syll.3 685, 46 [139 BC]; Tob 5:6 S ἐν τῷ ὄρει; Jos., Ant. 9, 7).—Abs. (as Hom.+; Josh 4:6) of a throne, a bench stand (Hdt. 1, 181, 5 κλίνη κ.; Arrian, Anab. 6, 29, 6 τράπεζα κ.; Charito 5, 4, 5; Polyaenus 4, 3, 24 and Paus.

2, 31, 3 θρόνος κ.) Rv 4:2; Hv 3, 1, 4. Of cloths lie (there) J 20:5, 6, 7.—21:9. Of vessels stand (there) (X., Oec. 8, 19; Paus. 9, 31, 3 τρίποδες. Cf. 1 Esdr 6:25; Jer 24:1) 2:6; 19:29. Of goods be stored up Lk 12:19 (Hom.+; cf.

PSI 365, 20 [251/0 BC] ὁ σῖτος ἐπὶ τῆς ἅλω κείμενος).—Of a foundation be laid 1 Cor 3:11. ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται is laid out as a square Rv 21:16. κ. πρός τι be laid at someth. the ax at the roots Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. κ. πρός w. acc. also means be very close to someone in ὁ ἄγγελος τ. προφητικοῦ πνεύματος ὁ κείμενος πρὸς αὐτόν (i.e. τ. ἄνθρωπον) Hm 11:9 (the text in POxy. 5 says: ἐπʼ αὐτόν).

2. fig.—a. be appointed, set, destined εἴς τι for someth. εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν for the fall and rising Lk 2:34. εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:16. εἰς τοῦτο 1 Th 3:3.—κ. ἐπί τινος be put in charge of someth. of the angel of punishment ἐπὶ τῆς τιμωρίας in charge of the punishment Hs 6, 3, 2. b. be given, exist, be valid of legal matters (legal t.t. Eur.; Thu.+; s. also BGU 1002, 14 [55 BC] πᾶσαι αἱ κατʼ αὐτῶν κείμεναι συνγραφαί; PTebt. 334, 7 of a marriage contract κατὰ τ. κειμένην ἡμῖν συνγραφήν; 2 Macc 4:11) τινί for someone of law (Menand., Pap. Did. 14 J. ἐστʼ ἀνδρὶ κ. γυναικὶ κείμενος νόμος; Dio Chrys. 64[14], 13; Dit., Or. 111, 30 [II BC] ὁ κείμενος νόμος; pap.; Ep. Arist. 15; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 18 νόμος κεῖται) 1 Ti 1:9.

Of powers κ. ἐπί τινι exist for someth., relate or apply to someth. Hm 6, 1, 1. c. occur, appear, be found (Hellanicus [V BC] 4 fgm. 93 Jac. αὕτη [i.e., Πιτάνη] παρʼ Ἀλκαίῳ κεῖται=is found in Alcaeus) ἐν παραβολαῖς B 17:2. διὰ τί ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ εὒς δούλου τρόπον κεῖται ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ; why does the Son of God appear in the parable as a slave? Hs 5, 5, 5; cf. 5, 6, 1. d. find oneself, be, in a certain state or condition (Hdt. 8, 102 al.; Menand., fgm. 576, 2 K. τὴν ἐν ἑτέρῳ κειμένην ἁμαρτίαν; PTebt. 27 I, 7 [113 BC] ἐν περιστάσει κειμένων; 2 Macc 3:11; 4:31, 34; 3 Macc 5:26) ὁ κόσμος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κ. the world lies in (the power of) the evil one 1J 5:19 (another possibility is the mng. κ. ἔν τινι be dependent on someone [Soph., Oed. R. 247f; Polyb. 6, 15, 6]). M-M. B. 834.** κειρία, ας, ἡ (Aristoph.; Plut., Alcib. 16, 1; Pr 7:16; cf. κιρία Zen.-P. 69 [=Sb 6775], 9; PSI 341, 7; 387, 4. On the spelling Bl-D. §24; cf. Mlt.-H. 71f) bandage, grave-clothes (schol. on Aristoph., Av. 816 κειρία, εἶδος ζώνης ἐκ σχοινίων, παρεοικὸς ἱμάντι, ᾗ δεσμοῦσι τὰς κλίνας) J 11:44. M-M.* κείρω 1 aor. ἔκειρα, mid. ἐκειράμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 5;Sib. Or. 3, 359) shear a sheep (Artem. 4, 51 πρόβατον; Babrius 51, 3; Jos., Ant. 6, 297after 1 Km 25:2; Test. Jud. 12:1) ὁ κείρων (Aesop, Fab. 212P.=382 H.) Ac 8:32 or ὁ κείρας 1 Cl 16:7; B 5:2 (all three after Is 53:7, where both readings are found) the shearer. Mid. cut one’s hair or have one’s hair cut (Bl-D. §317; Rob. 809.—X., Hell. 1, 7, 8) τὴν κεφαλήν have one’s hair cut (as the result of a vow; s. εὐχή 2) Ac 18:18. Abs. (Quint. Smyrn. 3, 686 and 688) 1 Cor 11:6a, b.

M-M.* κέκμηκα s. κάμνω. κέλευσμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Sb 4279, 3 [I AD]; Pr 30:27; Philo, Abr. 116; Jos., Ant. 17, 140; 199; on the spelling s. Bl-D. §70, 3) signal, (cry of) command (Hdt. 4, 141 al.) ὁ κύριος ἐν κ. καταβήσεται the Lord will come down with a cry of command 1 Th 4:16 (cf. on the κέλευσμα of God, Galen XIX p. 179 K. τοῦ δημιουργοῦ; Philo, Praem. 117 and Descensus Mariae in Rtzst., Poim. 5, 3).—LSchmid, TW III 656-9. M-M.* 517

κελεύω impf. ἐκέλευον; 1 aor. ἐκέλευσα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 28; Joseph.; Test. 12 Patr.) command, order, urge foll. by the aor. inf. (Bl-D. §338, 2; Rob. 857), which indicates the action to be carried out; the pers. who receives the order is in the acc. (Sib. Or. 3, 298) κέλευσόν με ἐλθεῖν πρός σε command me to come to you Mt 14:28, cf. vs. 19; Ac 4:15; 22:30; 23:10; 24:8 v.l.; 1 Cl 43:2. This constr. can also be understood simply as the acc. w. inf. as such, as plainly Ac 8:38.—The constr. in which κ. is followed by the acc. and the pass. inf., indicating that something is to happen to someone or something without giving the person who is to carry out the command, is more in accord w. Lat. usage than w. class. Gk. (Bl-D. §5, 3b; 392, 4; Rob. 111) ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι Mt 18:25. Cf. 27:64; Lk 18:40; Ac 12:19; 25:6, 17.—W. inf. alone, so that everything else must be supplied fr. the context Mt 8:18; 14:9; 27:58; Ac 5:34; 21:33.—More rarely and actually as an exception (Bl-D. §338, 2) we have the pres. inf.: w. acc. (X., An. 2, 1, 8; Charito 7, 6, 2) Ac 21:34; 22:24; 23:3, 35; 25:21; 27:43; 1 Cl 33:3; 40:1f. Without acc. (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 2; Appian, Liby. 55 §241; Herodian 2, 3, 3) Ac 16:22.—Abs. κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου at Festus’ command Ac 25:23 (cf. Inscr. Gr. 594, 53 [279 BC] ἐπιμελητῶν κελευόντων; Jos., Ant. 11, 78Δαρείου κελεύσαντος).—W. dat. of the pers. and inf. (Longus 3, 8, 2; Polyaenus 3, 10, 11; Tob 8:18 BA [aor.].—Thu. 1, 44, 1; Diod. S. 19, 17, 3; Herm. Wr. 1, 29; 2 Macc 5:12; Ep. Arist. 184; Jos., Ant. 20, 132[pres.]) Mt 15:35 v.l. (κ. is also toned down to urgently request, invite: Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 4 p. 332, 9ff Jac.; Epict., fgm. 17 in an invitation; Arrian, Anab. 2, 6, 1 his friends do this to Alex. the Great; 3, 9, 3; 7, 2, 1; 7, 8, 3). M-M. B. 1337. κενεμβατεύω a form supplied purely by conjecture as v.l. for ἐμβατεύω Col 2:18 (q.v.). The closely related κενεμβατέω step on emptiness, make a misstep in rope-walking is found Plut., Lucian et al. Mlt.-H. 273f; Bl-D. §154.* κενοδοξέω hold a false opinion, vainly imagine (Polyb. 12, 26c, 4; Dio Chrys. 21[38], 29; 4 Macc 5:10; 8:24; Philo, Mut. Nom. 226) MPol 10:1.* κενοδοξία, ας, ἡ—1. vanity, conceit, excessive ambition (Polyb. 3, 81, 9; Plut., De Adulat. 14 p. 57D; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 4; Vett. Val. 358, 31; 4 Macc 2:15; 8:19; Philo, De Jos. 36) κατὰ κενοδοξίαν from empty conceit Phil 2:3; IPhld 1:1. In a catalogue of vices (as Cebes 24, 2) 1 Cl 35:5; Hm 8:5.

2. illusion, delusion, error (since Epicurus p. 78, 7 Us.; Wsd 14:14; Philo, Mut. Nom. 96, Leg. ad Gai. 114) ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τὰ ἄγκιστρα τῆς κ. be caught on the fishhooks of false doctrine IMg 11. πείθεσθαι ταῖς κ. τινός let oneself be misled by someone’s delusions Hs 8, 9, 3.—FrWilhelm, RhM 70, ’15, 188; 72, ’17/’18, 383f w. many exx. M-M.* κενόδοξος, ον conceited, boastful (so Polyb. 27, 7, 12; 38, 7, 1; Epict. 3, 24, 43; M. Ant. 5, 1, 6; Vett. Val. 271, 2; Ep. Arist. 8; Philo, Somn. 2, 105) D 3:5. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι let us not become boasters Gal 5:26. M-M.* κενός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) empty—1. lit. (Jos., Vi. 167) κεράμιον empty jar Hm 11:15. σκεῦος (4 Km 4:3) m 11:13. κ. ἀποστέλλειν τινά send someone away empty-handed (cf. PReinach 55, 9[III AD] μὴ ἀναπέμψῃς αὐτὸν κενόν; Gen 31:42; Dt 15:13; Job 22:9) Mk 12:3; cf. Lk 1:53; 20:10f.

2. fig.—a. of things—α. without content, without any basis, without truth, without power κ. λόγοι empty words (Pla., Laches 196B; Menand., Mon. 512; Herm. Wr. 16, 2; Ex 5:9; Dt 32:47; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 225; Test. Napht.

3:1.-PPar. 15, 68 [120 BC] φάσει κενῇ) 1 Cor 3:18 D; Eph 5:6; Dg 8:2; cf. D 2:5. πνεῦμα Hm 11:11, 17. κ. ἀπάτη empty deceit Col 2:8 (cf. Arrian, Anab. 5, 10, 4 κενὸς φόβος=false alarm). Of the things of everyday life vain Hm 5, 2, 2. τρυφή m 12, 2, 1. πεποίθησις s 9, 22, 3. Of preaching and faith 1 Cor 15:14a, b; Js 2:20 P74 (cf. Demosth. 18, 150 k. πρόφασις; Aeschyl., Pers. 804 κ. ἐλπίς; cf. Wsd 3:11; Sir 34:1). As κ. here=μάταιος (vs. 17), the two words are found together in the same sense (cf. Demosth. 2, 12; Plut., Artax. 15, 6, Mor. p. 1117A; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 21, 5 κενὰ καὶ μάταια of oracles; Hos 12:2; Job 20:18; Ep. Arist. 205) 1 Cl 7:2; cf. κενὴ ματαιολογία Pol 2:1. β. without result, without profit, without effect, without reaching its goal κενὰ μελετᾶν imagine vain things Ac 4:25 (Ps 2:1). κενὸν γενέσθαι be in vain: ἡ χάρις αὐτοῦ οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη 1 Cor 15:10. ἡ εἴσοδος ἡμῶν ἡ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐ κ. γέγονεν 1 Th 2:1. κόπος 1 Cor 15:58.—εἰς κενόν in vain, to no purpose (Diod. S. 19, 9, 5; Heliod. 10, 30; PPetr. II 37, 1b recto, 12 [III BC]; Epigr. Gr. 646, 10; Lev 26:20; Is 29:8; 65:23; Jer 6:29; Jos., Ant. 19, 27; 96) 2 Cor 6:1. εἰς κ. τρέχειν run in vain (cf. Menand., Mon. 51 ἀνὴρ ἄβουλος εἰς κ. μοχθεῖ τρέχων) Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16a; cf. vs. 16b; 1 Th 3:5; Pol 9:2 (Phil 2:16a). b. of pers. (Pind.+; Soph., Ant. 709; Plut., Mor. 541A ἀνόητοι καὶ κενοί; Epict. 2, 19, 8; 4, 4, 35; Judg 9:4; 11:3 B; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 311): foolish, senseless, empty Hm 12, 4, 5. ἄνθρωπος κ. Js 2:20; Pol 6:3. ἄνθρωπος κενὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ δικαίου empty of the righteous spirit Hm 5, 2, 7. κ. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας m 11:4; ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως κ. s 9, 19, 2. In paronomasia (cf. Job 27:12) αὐτὸς κ. ὢν κενῶς καὶ ἀποκρίνεται κενοῖς he himself, empty (of God’s Spirit) as he is, gives empty answers to empty people m 11:3.—vs. 13. M-M. B. 932.* κενόσπουδος, ον concerning oneself about worthless things (Plut., Mor., p. 560B; 1061C; 1069B; Diog. L. 9, 68) ἐὰν κ. μὴ εὑρεθῇς if it is not found that you concern yourself about worthless things Hs 9, 5, 5.* κενοφωνία, ας, ἡ (Diosc., Mat. Med. Praef. 2 W.; Porphyr., Adv. Christ. 58, 15 Harnack; Hesychius and Suidas =ματαιολογία) chatter, empty talk βέβηλοι κενοφωνίαι godless chatter 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 2:16 (as v.l. in both pass. καινοφωνίαι contemporary jargon, unless this is simply a phonetic variant, since in this period αι was pronounced as 518

ε). M-M.* κενόω fut. κενώσω; 1 aor. ἐκένωσα, pass. ἐκενώθην; pf. pass. κεκένωμαι (trag., Hdt.+; pap.; Jer 14:2; 15:9; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 258v.l.) make empty.

1. to empty pass. κενοῦται ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man is emptied Hm 11:14. Of Christ, who gave up the appearance of his divinity and took on the form of a slave, ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν he emptied himself, divested himself of his privileges Phil 2:7 (s. on ἁρπαγμός and JRoss, JTS 10, 1909, 573f, supported by WWarren, On ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν: JTS 12, ’11, 461-3; KPetersen, ἑαυτ. ἐκέν.: Symb. Osl. 12, ’33, 96-101; WEWilson, ET 56, ’45, 280; ELewis, Interpretation 1, ’47, 20-32; ESchweizer, Erniedrigung u. Erhöhung bei Jesus u. seinen Nachfolgern ’62; HWRobinson, The Cross in the OT ’55, 103-5; RPMartin, An Early Christian Confession ’60; JoachJeremias, TW V, 708 holds that the kenosis is not the incarnation but the cross [Is 53:12], and defends his position NovT 6, ’63, 182-88; D Georgi, Der Vorpaulinische Hymnus Phil 2:6-11 in Bultmann-Festschr., ’64, 263-93; JHarvey, ET 76, ’65, 337-39 [Adam typology]).

2. destroy; render void, of no effect (Vett. Val. 90, 7) τὸ καύχημά μου οὐδεὶς κενώσει no one will deprive me of my reason for boasting 1 Cor 9:15. Pass. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις faith is made invalid Ro 4:14. ἵνα μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 1:17.—Also of pers. πολλοὶ ἐκενώθησαν many have been ruined Hs 9, 22, 3.

3. deprive of (its) justification pass. lose its justification 2 Cor 9:3 (c. καύχημα 2). M-M.* κέντρον, ου, τό (Hom.+; BGU 544, 12; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 169).

1. the sting of an animal (Aristot. et al.; Aelian, N.A. 16, 27 σκορπίου) Rv 9:10 (s. Ctesias, Ind. 7, a strange beast of India τὸ πρόσωπον ἐοικὸς ἀνθρώπῳ. . . ὥσπερ λέων. . . horrible teeth. . . σκορπίος. . . τὸ κέντρον in its tail, whose sting is deadly). Fig. (Aesop, Fab. 276 P.=Babr. no. 185 Cr. κ. τῆς λύπης) of death 1 Cor 15:55f after Hos 13:14 (s. ESellin, RSeeberg-Festschr. I ’29, 307-14).

2. a goad, a pointed stick that served the same purpose as a whip (Hom.+; Pr 26:3), in a proverbial expr. (cf.

Pind., Pyth. 2, 173 [s. Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 70 D.]; Aeschyl., Ag. 1624, Prom. 323; Eur., Bacch. 795 [WNestle, Anklänge an Eur. in AG: Philol. 59, ’00, 46-57]: Fgm. Iamb. Adesp. 13 Diehl: ἵππος ὄνῳ, π̔ρὸς κέντρα μὴ λακτιζέτωʼ; inscr. fr. Asia Minor [JHS 8, 1887, 261]: λακτίζεις πρὸς κέντρα; AOtto, D. Sprichwörter d. Römer 1890, 331f) πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν kick against the goads of a balking animal, fig. of a man who resists the divine call Ac 9:5 t.r.; 26:14 (on the pl. cf. Eur., loc. cit., the iambic fragment, the inscr., and PGM 4, 2911 κέντροισι βιαίοις of the stings of passion; Herm. Wr. p. 482, 26 Sc.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 46 πάθους κέντροις).—FSmend, Αγγελος I ’25, 34-45, esp. 41ff, but s. WG Kümmel, Rö 7 u. die Bekehrung des Paulus ’29, 155-7; HWindisch, ZNW 31, ’32, 10-14; further lit. in EHaenchen, Acts ’56, p. 616, 2 (Eng. tr. ’71, p. 685, 3); LSchmid, TW III 662-8. M-M. B. 864.* κεντυρίων, ωνος, ὁ (Lat. loanw.; since Polyb. 6, 24, 5; inscr., pap. [exx. in Hahn 122, 7; 227, 8; 233, 3]; loanw. in rabb.) centurion (=ἑκατοντάρχης) Mk 15:39, 44f; GP 8:31; 10:38; 11:45, 47, 49; MPol 18:1.—S. on ἑκατοντάρχης and CSchneider, D. Hauptmann am Kreuz: ZNW 33, ’34, 1-17. M-M.* Κενχρεαί s. Κεγχρεαί. κένωμα, ατος, τό (Philo Mech. 57, 17; 21; Polyb. 6, 31, 9; 11; Hero Alex. I p. 432, 5; Plut., Aemil. 20, 8, Mor. 655B al.; PAmh. 48, 8 [106 BC]; POxy. 1292, 4 [c. 30 AD]; Aq.) empty space, emptiness τοῦ ἀνθρώπου of a man who does not possess the divine Spirit Hm 11:3.* κενῶς adv. (Aristot.+) in an empty manner, idly, in vain, to no purpose (Epict. 2, 17, 8; Plut., Mor. 35E; 40C; PLond. 908, 28 κενῶς κ. ἀνωφελῶς; Is 49:4) ἀποκρίνεσθαι Hm 11:3. λαλεῖν 11:13. λέγειν Js 4:5.* κεραία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 374, 14; PMagd. 11, 4 of a sailyard; Jos., Bell. 3, 419)lit. ‘horn’; projection, hook as part of a letter, a serif (of letters, Sib. Or. 5, 21; 24; 25 al.; of accents and breathings in IG II 4321, 10; Apollon. Dysc.; Plut., Numa 13, 9, Mor. 1100A. In the last-named pass. in the sense of someth. quite insignificant: ζυγομαχεῖν περὶ συλλαβῶν καὶ κεραιῶν. Likew. Dio Chrys. 14[31], 86 κεραίαν νόμου τινός ἢ ψηφίσματος μίαν μόνην συλλαβὴν ἐξαλείφειν; Philo, In Flacc. 131 τὰ γράμματα κατὰ συλλαβήν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ κεραίαν ἑκάστην) Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (s. on ἰῶτα). M-M.* κεραμεύς, έως, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) potter Dg 2:3, and his clay (cf. Is 45:9; 29:16; Jer 18:6; Sir 33:13; Wsd 15:7; IQS 11, 21f) Ro 9:21; 2 Cl 8:2. ὁ ἀγρὸς τοῦ κ. the potter’s field Mt 27:7, 10. M-M.* κεραμικός, ή, όν (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; inscr.; PGM 7, 867; Da 2:41) belonging to the potter or made of clay (depending on the derivation: Bl-D. §113, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 379) τὰ σκεύη τὰ κ. Rv 2:27. M-M.* κεράμιον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) an earthenware vessel, jar ὕδατος (water) jar (Theophr., Caus.

PlAnt. 3, 4, 3) Mk 14:13; Lk 22:10. οἴνου (X., An. 6, 1, 17; Polyb. 4, 56, 3; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 162; POxy. 1211, 5; Ostraka II 757, 3; Jer 42:5), ἐλαίου (Jos., Ant. 8, 322; cf. 9, 48) (wine, oil) jar D 13:6. κ. κενόν an empty jar Hm 11:15. κεράμια ἱκανώτατα very many jars 12, 5, 3. κ. μέλιτος (honey) jar m 5, 1, 5.—Hv 4, 1, 6 v.l. for κέραμος, q.v. M-M.* 519

κέραμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Km 17:28; Jos., Bell. 4, 462).

1. clay, also earthenware vessel (Hom.+; PHib. 54, 26; 2 Km loc. cit.) κεφαλὴν εἶχεν ὡς κεράμου it had a head as if made of clay Hv 4, 1, 6 (the text is uncertain; cod. ‫א‬c and the Lat. versions read καιραμίου [=κεραμίου], which would be identical w. the second mng. of κέραμος given above: like a [large] jar [?]).

2. a roof tile (Herodas 3, 44; Paus. 1, 13, 8; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 1075a) Lk 5:19 (LFonck, Biblica 2, ’21, 30-44; KJäger, D. Bauernhaus in Palästina ’12, 11 ff; 22ff; HThiersch, ZDPV 37, ’14, 81f; CCMcCown, JBL 58, ’39, 213-16). Then collectively tile roof (so Aristoph.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 32 §145; Dit., Syll.3 1200, 6f; Inscr. Gr. 594, 52; 1387, 123) ἀπὸ τοῦ κεράμου a drop from the roof hollows out the stone Hm 11:20. M-M. B. 618f.* κεράννυμι 1 aor. ἐκέρασα, pass. ἐκράθην; pf. pass. ptc. κεκερασμένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Sib. Or. 11, 126) mix.

1. lit. χολὴν μετὰ ὄξους, supplied fr. the context w. the abs. κεράσαντες, GP 5:16.—Fig. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν in the cup in which she has mixed, mix her a double portion Rv 18:6. But perh. κ. means pour (in), as 14:10 ἐκ τ. οἴνου τ. θυμοῦ τ. θεοῦ τ. κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ τ. ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ (some) of the wine of God’s wrath, poured out unmixed into the cup of his anger (cf. Anth. Pal. 11, 137, 12; Is 19:14; PsSol 8:14).

2. fig. (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 24, 7 ἐκέρασε τὸ λόγιον=he made the oracle a mixture [of favorable and unfavorable things]) κραθέντες τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι closely united w. his flesh and spirit ISm 3:2.

M-M. B. 335.* κέρας, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 281; 5, 223) horn.

1. lit., in the description of the apocal. beasts (Achmes 189, 16ff, interpretation of three, four, and more horns of an ox seen in a dream, as referring to the corresponding number of the χρόνοι of a ruler) Rv 5:6; 12:3; 13:1, 11; 17:3, 7, 12, 16; B 4:5 (Da 7:7f). Of a calf κέρατα ἐκφέρειν grow horns 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32).

2. the horn-shaped corners or simply the ends, extensions (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 282 κ. Ὠκεανοῖο of a river at the end of the Ocean) of the altar (cf. Ex 27:2; 29:12; Lev 4:7 al.; Philo) Rv 9:13.

3. fig., as an expr. for the might, power (cf. Ps 88:18; 131:17; 1 Km 2:1, 10; Sir 47:7, 11; 1 Macc 2:48. But also Cephalio [c. 120 AD]: 93 fgm. 7 p. 445, 29 Jac. as a poetic expr. κέρας. . . , ὅπερ ἐστὶ. . . δύναμις), hence κ. σωτηρίας horn of salvation (of God Ps 17:3; 2 Km 22:3) of the Messiah ἤγειρεν κ. σωτ. ἡμῖν Lk 1:69 (Gdspd., Probs. 70f a mighty Savior) .—IScheftelowitz, D. Hörnermotiv in den Religionen: ARW 15, ’12, 451-87; WFoerster, TW III 668-71. M-M. B. 209.* κεράτιον, ου, τό (Aristot.; Polyb. 26, 1, 4) dim. of κέρας, ‘little horn’; in pl. of the fruits of the carob tree, carob pods (Diosc. 1, 114; Aëtius 160, 3; PLond. 131, 7) Lk 15:16 (as fodder for swine Lycophron from 675 to 678).—ESchmitz, D. Johannisbrotbaum im Hl. Land: Das Hl. Land 50, ’17, 171-3. M-M.* κερβικάριον, ου, τό (Lat. loanw., cervical. Exx. in CWessely, Wiener Studien 24, ’02, 99ff. Cf. e.g. PFay. 347; BGU 814, 11; Sb 7994, 15; Herodian Gramm. [II AD] in the Lex. Vind. p. 312, 2 declares that the use of the foreign word κερβ. for ὑπαυχένιον=‘a pillow under the neck’ is a barbarism; loanw. in rabb.) pillow κ. λινοῦν a linen p. Hv 3, 1, 4.* κερδαίνω (Hes., Hdt.+; pap.; not LXX and Test. 12 Patr., but occasionally Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) fut. κερδήσω (Jos., Bell. 2, 324;5, 74); 1 aor. ἐκέρδησα (Jos., Ant. 8, 210)and ἐκέρδανα (Jos., Ant. 4, 129κερδᾶναι.—Subj. κερδάνω 1 Cor 9:21, where W-H. accent κερδανῶ and read it as a future); 1 fut. pass. κερδηθήσομαι (Bl-D. §101; Mlt.-H. 243).

1. to gain—a. lit. τὶ someth. πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16f; cf. vss. 20, 22. τὸν κόσμον ὅλον the whole world, i.e. the sum total of earthly riches Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2. Abs. (POxy. 1477, 10; Ep. Arist. 270) make a profit Js 4:13. b. fig. τινά someone for the Kgdm. of God Mt 18:15; 1 Cor 9:19-22. Pass. 1 Pt 3:1.—Χριστὸν κ. gain Christ, make him one’s own Phil 3:8 (Third Corinthians 3:35).—ASchlier, TW III ’38 p. 672; DDaube, κερδαίνω as a Missionary Term: HTR 40, ’47, 109-20.

2. Since the avoidance of loss is a gain, κ. can also mean spare oneself someth., avoid someth. (cf. Eur., Cycl.

312 ζημίαν; Philemo Com. 92, 10; Diog. L. 7, 14; Himerius, Ecl. 3, 8 W. τ. δίκην; Jos., Ant. 2, 31; 10, 39) ὕβριν καὶ ζημίαν injury and loss Ac 27:21 (Field, Notes 145). M-M.* κερδαλέος, α, ον (Hom.+; Artem. 4, 62) profitable, gainful τὸ κ. διώκειν pursue gain 2 Cl 20:4.* κέρδος, ους, τό (Hom.+; rare in inscr., pap.; not at all in LXX, Ep. Arist., Test. 12 Patr., but in Aq., Symm., Theod.; Philo; Jos., Vi. 325) a gain (Fgm. Mel. Chor. Adesp. no. 11 Diehl2 [’42] ἄδικον κ.) Tit 1:11; IPol 1:3.—Of someth. advantageous (Chio, Ep. 8; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 154) ἐμοὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος Phil 1:21 (Aeschyl., Prom.

747; Soph., Ant. 461-64; Aelian, V.H. 4, 7 τ. κακοῖς οὐδὲ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος; Pla., Apol. 32 p. 40D θαυμάσιον κέρδος ἂν εἴη ὁ θάνατος). Pl. Phil 3:7. M-M. B. 807.* κερέα s. κεραία.

520

κέρμα, ατος, τό (Aristoph., Demosth.+) piece of money, coin (usu. copper), small change. In J 2:15 B, Orig. have the pl. τὰ κέρματα (Attic [Pollux 9, 87], also UPZ 81 IV, 20 [II BC]; Jos., Bell. 2, 295); ‫א‬, A have the collective sing. τὸ κέρμα (Eubul. Com. [IV BC] 84; PSI 512, 13 [253/2 BC]; POxy. 114, 14; PGenève 77, 5; PTebt. 418, 12 ἐὰν χρείαν ἔχῃ κέρματος) ἐκχέειν τ. κ. pour out the coins (Diog. L. 6, 82 τὸ κέρμα διερρίπτει=throw the coins of a money-changer into confusion). M-M.* κερματιστής, οῦ, ὁ (not found in secular usage; the rdg. κερμ. [for χρηματιστής] in Maximus Tyr. 31, 2b and d has no support in the ms. tradition) money-changer. In the outer fore-court of the temple (Schürer II4 76; 314f) J 2:14.

M-M.* κεφάλαιον, ου, τό (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. main thing, main point (Thu. 4, 50, 2; Isocr. 4, 149 κεφ. δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων; Pla., Phaedo 44 p. 95B; Demosth. 13, 36; Epict. 1, 24, 20; POxy. 67, 18; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 102; Jos., Ant. 17, 93)Hv 5:5. κ. ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις the main point in what has been said (is this) Hb 8:1 (Menand. in Plut., Mor. 103D τὸ δὲ κεφ. τῶν λόγων).—Summary, synopsis (limited to the main points) ἐν κ. in summary, in brief (X., Cyr. 6, 3, 18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 93 §388 ἐν κ. εἰπεῖν; PLeipz. 105, 35; POxy. 515, 6 al. pap.) MPol 20:1.

2. financial capital (Pla., Demosth., inscr., pap.), then a sum of money gener. (Artem. 1, 17 p. 21, 19; 1, 35 p. 36, 17 and 37, 16; Dialekt-Inschr. 2503, 14 [Delphi]; Kyr.-Inschr. 132; BGU 1200, 17 [I BC] οὐ μικρῷ κεφαλαίῳ; POxy. 268, 7; Lev 5:24; Num 5:7; 31:26; Ep. Arist. 24; Jos., Ant. 12, 30; 155) πολλοῦ κ. τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην I acquired this citizenship for a large sum of money Ac 22:28. M-M.* κεφαλαιόω (Thu.+; Philod., Οἰκ. col. 7, 40 Jensen; Diog. L. 7, 125; ‘sum up’, etc.) Mk 12:4, better (Bl-D. §108, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 395) κεφαλιόω, q.v. M-M.* κεφαλή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) head—1. lit.—a. actually of the head of man or beast; man: Mt 5:36 (on swearing by the head s. Athen. 2, 72 p. 66c; cf. Juvenal, Satires 6, 16f; PGM 4, 1917); 6:17; 14:8, 11; 26:7; 27:29f; Mk 6:24f, 27f; 14:3; 15:19; Lk 7:46; J 13:9; 19:2; 20:7; 1 Cor 11:4b, 5ab, 7, 10; 12:21; Rv 18:19 (cf. Josh 7:6; La 2:10); 1 Cl 37:5; 56:5 (Ps 140:5); B 13:5 (Gen 48:14); Hm 11:20; Papias 3.—Animals: B 7:8 (of the scapegoat Lev 16; cf. vs. 21).—In apocal. presentations in connection w. human figures: Rv 1:14; 4:4; 12:1; 14:14; 19:12; w. animals: 9:7, 17, 19; 12:3 (s. δράκων); 13:1, 3; 17:3, 7, 9 (cf. Ael. Aristid. 50, 50 K.=26 p. 517 D.: ὤφθη τὸ ἕδος [of Asclepius] τρεῖς κεφαλὰς ἔχον. A person sees himself in a dream provided with a plurality of heads Artem. 1, 35 p. 37, 14: δύο ἔχειν κεφαλὰς ἢ τρεῖς. Also the many-headed dog Cerberus of the underworld in Hesiod, Theog. 311 al. as well as Heraclit. Sto. 33 p. 49, 14); of angels Rv 10:1.—The hair(s) of the head (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 223) Mt 10:30; Lk 7:38; 12:7; 21:18; Ac 27:34. τὴν κ. κλίνειν lay down the head to sleep Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58. Sim. J 19:30 (s. Hdb. ad loc.). κινεῖν τὴν κ. (s. κινέω 2a) Mt 27:39; Mk 15:29; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:8); ἐπαίρειν τὴν κ. (s. ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 21:28; shear the head, i.e. cut the hair as a form of a vow Ac 21:24; cf.

18:18. Of the anointing of Jesus’ head IEph 17:1. κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have (someth.) on the head (s. κατά I 1a) 1 Cor 11:4a. ἐπάνω τῆς κ. above his head Mt 27:37. Also πρὸς τῇ κ. J 20:12.—Well-known expr. fr. the OT: ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. τινος Ro 12:20 (s. ἄνθραξ). A curse-formula: τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. ὑμῶν your blood be on your own heads (s. αἷμα 2a and cf. Demosth., Ep. 4, 10 τ. ἄδικον βλασφημίαν εὒς κεφαλὴν τῷ λέγοντι τρέπουσι; 6, 1; Maximus Tyr. 5, 1d; Aesop, Fab. 206 P.=372 H. ὃ θέλεις σὺ τούτοις ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ κεφαλῇ γένοιτο; Phalaris, Ep. 102 εἰς κεφαλὴν σοί τε καὶ τῷ σῷ γένει)=you are responsible for your own destruction Ac 18:6; cf. GP 5:17. b. metaph. (Plut., Galba 4, 5 G. as κεφ. ἰσχυρῷ σώματι) Christ the κ. of the ἐκκλησία thought of as a σῶμα Col 1:18; cf. 2:19 (Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 25 ἡ κεφαλὴ ὑπερέχει τοῦ παντὸς σώματος; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 215 ἡ κεφαλὴ συνέχει πᾶν τὸ σῶμα. SBedale, JTS 5, ’54, 211-15).

2. fig.—a. in the case of living beings, to denote superior rank (cf. Artem. 4, 24 p. 218, 8 ἡ κεφ. is the symbol of the father; Judg 11:11; 2 Km 22:44) head (Zosimus of Ashkelon [500 AD] hails Demosth. as his master: ὦ θεία κεφαλή [Biogr. p. 297]) of the husband in relation to his wife 1 Cor 11:3b; Eph 5:23a. Of Christ in relation to the church Eph 4:15; 5:23b. But Christ is the head not only of the church, but of the universe as a whole: κ. ὑπὲρ πάντα Eph 1:22, and of every cosmic power κ. πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας the head of all might and power Col 2:10. The divine influence on the world results in the series (for the growing distance from God with corresponding results cf.

Ps.-Aristot. De Mundo 6, 4): God the κ. of Christ, Christ the κ. of man, the man the κ. of the woman 1 Cor 11:3c, a, b (s. on γυνή 1). b. of things the uppermost part, extremity, end, point (Mathem. Pappus of Alex. [IV AD] in the 8th book [ed.

CJGerhardt 1871 p. 379 τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ κοχλίου=at the point of the screw; Judg 9:25; En. 17, 2; Jos., Ant. 3, 146; oft. pap. of plots of ground) κ. γωνίας the cornerstone (forming the farthest extension [cf. PFlor. 50, 83] of the corner, though JoachJeremias, Αγγελος I ’25, 65-70, ZNW 29, ’30, 264-80 thinks of it as the keystone or capstone above the door; RJMcKelvey, NTS 8, ’62, 352-59. Cf. HGressmann, Pj 6, ’10, 38-45; GHWhitaker, Exp. 8th Ser. XXII ’21, 470ff) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17 (on the last three pass. s. JDMDerrett, TU 102, ’68, 180-86); Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7; B 6:4 (all Ps 117:22).—κ=capital (city) (Appian, Illyr. 19 §54) Ac 16:12 D (but ‘frontier city’ ACClark, Acts of the Apostles ’33, 362-5 and JAOLarsen, CTM 17, ’46, 123-5).—HSchlier, TW III 672-81. M-M. B. 212.** κεφαλιόω 1 aor. ἐκεφαλίωσα (Phryn. p. 95 Lob.; Bl-D. §108, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 395) strike on the head Mk 12:4 v.l. (in ‫א‬BL; in the text κεφαλαιόω [q.v.]).-GBjörck, Con. Neot. 1, ’36, 1-4: ‘ruin, kill outright’.—Field, Notes 36f.* 521

κεφαλίς, ίδος, ἡ (in var. mngs. Aristot.+; PLond. 755 B, 6; LXX; Ep. Arist. 68; Philo, Mos. 2, 77; Jos., Ant. 12, 73[after Ep. Arist.]) in our lit. only once, modelled after the OT (Ezk 2:9) and in a quot. fr. Ps 39:8 κ. βιβλίου the roll of a book (cf. ThBirt, RhM n.F. 62, ’07, 488; VGardthausen, Griech. Paläographie2 I ’11, 141) Hb 10:7. M-M.* κέχρημαι s. χράομαι. κηδεύω 1 aor. inf. κηδεῦσαι (trag.+; inscr., pap.) take care of, bury a corpse (Soph., El. 1141; Polyb. 5, 10, 4; IG XIV 1860; PPar. 18b, 4; PLond. 932, 10; Philo, Migr. Abr. 159; Jos., Ant. 3, 262; 9, 227) Mk 6:29 v.l.* κημόω fut. κημώσω to muzzle (X., R. Equ. 5, 3) βοῦν ἀλοῶντα an ox that is treading out the grain 1 Cor 9:9.* κῆνσος, ου, ὁ (Lat. loanw., census, also in rabb., quotable in Gk. since I BC [inscr.: Annual of the British School at Athens 12, ’05/’06, p. 178]. Cf. BGU 917, 6; PAmh. 83, 2) tax, poll-tax κῆνσον διδόναι pay a tax Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14. λαμβάνειν collect taxes Mt 17:25. τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κ. the coin with which the tax is paid 22:19 (cf.

Hesychius κῆνσος, εἶδος νομίσματος, ἐπικεφάλαιον).—Kubitschek, Pauly-W. III 1899, 1914ff. M-M.* κῆπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 227)garden Lk 13:19; J 18:1, 26; 19:41; GP 6:24. M-M. B. 490.* κηπουρός, οῦ, ὁ (Pla.+; Polyb. 18, 6, 4; Epict. 3, 5, 17; 24, 44f; Plut., Mor. 927B, Aratus 5, 5; 6, 3; 7, 3; Dit., Syll.3 120B, 6 [c. 400 BC κηπορός]; Monum. As. Min. Ant. III ’31, no. 13; PSI 336, 6; 13 [257/6 BC]; BGU 111 I, 21; PLeipz. 97 XIV, 3) gardener J 20:15. M-M.* κηρίον, ου, τό (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 118; 126) wax, honey-comb B 6:6 (Ps 117:12); Lk 24:42 t.r. (s. μελίσσιος). M-M.* κήρυγμα, ατος, τό—1. proclamation, announcement by a herald (so Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., PPetr. III 125, 9; PHamburg 29, 10; LXX; Philo, Agr. 117 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 236)κηρύγματι καλεῖν call together by a proclamation B 12:6.

2. elsewh. in our lit. proclamation, preaching by a herald sent by God (cf. Herm. Wr. 4, 4; Himerius, Or. 69 [=Or. 22], 7 and 8 the religious speaker makes the κήρυγμα known to the μύσται and ἐπόπται; Jon 3:2; Philo, Mos. 2, 167; 170; Jos., Bell. 6, 288τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ κ.): of prophetic preaching τὸ κ. Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32. τὸ κ. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ preaching about Jesus Christ Ro 16:25. Abs. of apostolic preaching 1 Cor 1:21; 2 Ti 4:17; Hs 8, 3, 2. τὸ κ. μου my preaching 1 Cor 2:4; cf. 15:14. διδάσκαλοι τοῦ κ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ teachers of the preaching about the Son of God Hs 9, 15, 4. κ. τῆς σωτηρίας short ending of Mk (Polyaenus 4, 7, 6 τὸ κήρ. τῆς ἐλευθερίας); σφραγὶς τοῦ κ. the seal on the preaching i.e., baptism Hs 9, 16, 5. κήρυγμα ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ the preaching w. which I have been entrusted Tit 1:3.—CHDodd, The Apostolic Preaching and its Developments ’36. KGoldammer, ZNW 48, ’57, 77-101; WBaird, JBL 76, ’57, 181-91. M-M.* κῆρυξ, υκος, ὁ (on the accent according to Herodian Gr. cf. Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57).

1. herald, whose duty it is to make public proclamations (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Agr. 112; Jos., Ant. 10, 75)MPol 12:1f.

2. in a sacral sense (in the usage of the mystery cults: X., Hell. 2, 4, 20 ὁ τῶν μυστῶν κῆρυξ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph.

2, 33, 4 τοῦ Ἐλευσινίου ἱεροῦ κῆρυξ; Dit., Syll.3 728B, 7 κῆρυξ τοῦ θεοῦ, 773, 5 κ. τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, 845, 2 ὁ τῶν ἱερῶν κ. Cf. FPoland, Gesch. d. griech. Vereinswesens ’09, 395.—The Cynic preacher, as a messenger fr. God, calls himself a κ.: Epict. 3, 22, 69; 3, 21, 13.—Herm. Wr. 4, 4) preacher, one who proclaims: of Noah δικαιοσύνης κ. 2 Pt 2:5. Of the ap. Paul (w. ἀπόστολος) 1 Ti 2:7; (w. ἀπόστολος and διδάσκαλος) 2 Ti 1:11. Likew. of Paul 1 Cl 5:6.

3. the trumpet-shell (Aristot., Hist. An. 5 p. 544, 546, 547 al.; Macho in Athen. 8 p. 349C), a large, sharp seashell, used in torturing MPol 2:4.—GFriedrich, TW III 682-95. M-M.* κηρύσσω impf. ἐκήρυσσον; fut. κηρύξω; 1 aor. ἐκήρυξα, inf. κηρύξαι (κηρῦξαι Tdf.); 1 aor. pass. ἐκηρύχθην; 1 fut. κηρυχθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. announce, make known by a herald (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6c κηρύττομαι=I am being announced by the herald) MPol 12:1.—Rv 5:2.—2. proclaim aloud—a. gener. speak of, mention publicly w. acc. κ. πολλὰ τὸν λόγον spread the story widely Mk 1:45. The hospitality of the Cor. church 1 Cl 1:2. W. indir. discourse foll. Mk 5:20; Lk 8:39. Abs. Mk 7:36.—S. below 2bβ. b. of proclamation that is sacral in nature (Epict. 3, 13, 12 of the peace of the wise men, which does not originate w. the emperor, but is ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κεκηρυγμένη διὰ τ. λόγου). α. of the proclamation or preaching of the older prophets (Jo 2:1; 4:9; Jon 1:2; 3:2; Jos., Ant. 10, 117)Ἰωνᾶς Νινευΐταις καταστροφὴν ἐκήρυξεν 1 Cl 7:7 (Jonah as Jos., Ant. 9, 214); cf. vs. 6; 9:4 (Noah as Sib. Or. 1, 128); 17:1 (Elijah and Elisha, also Ezekiel); B 6:13 (ὁ προφήτης). β. of the proclamation of contemporary preachers (POxy. 1381, 35; 144 [II AD]: of the great deeds of the gods; Herm. Wr. 1, 27; 4, 4.—Philo, Agr. 112 κήρυξον κήρυγμα τοιοῦτον. S. κῆρυξ 2.—Also of false prophets: Jos., 522

Bell. 6, 285), of Jewish propaganda, the preaching of John the Baptist, and proclamation of the Christian message in the widest sense: Μωϋσῆν preach Moses i.e. the keeping of the law Ac 15:21. περιτομήν preach circumcision i.e. the necessity of it Gal 5:11 (here and 2a the mng. praise publicly is also poss.: X., Cyr. 8, 4, 4; Polyb. 30, 29, 6). κ. μὴ κλέπτειν preach against stealing Ro 2:21.—κ. τι preach, proclaim someth. Mt 10:27; pass. Lk 12:3. ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν 4:19 (cf. Is 61:1f). τὸν λόγον 2 Ti 4:2. τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως the word of faith Ro 10:8. τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 8:1; 9:2; cf. Ac 20:25; 28:31. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Mk 16:15; Ac 1:2 D; Gal 2:2; B 5:9. τὸ εὐ. τ. βασιλείας Mt 4:23; 9:35. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. Pass. Hs 9, 16, 4. W. dat. of the pers. 1 Cor 9:27; 1 Pt 3:19 (CEBCranfield, ET 69, ’57/’58, 369-72; see lit. s.v. πνεῦμα); GP 10:41. εἰς τὰς συναγωγάς in the synagogues Mk 1:39; Lk 4:44. τινί τι someth. to someone 4:18; B 14:9 (both Is 61:1). τὶ εἴς τινα someth. to someone τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον Hs 9, 25, 2. Pass. εἰς τὰ ἔθνη Mk 13:10 (DBosch, Die Heidenmission in der Zukunftsschau Jesu ’59, 159-71); κ. τὸ εὐ. Mt 24:14; 26:13; Mk 14:9; Col 1:23.—βάπτισμα preach baptism i.e., the necessity of it Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 10:37. μετάνοιαν εὒς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν repentance for the forgiveness of sins Lk 24:47. ἵνα μετανοῶσιν Mk 6:12.—τινά (τινι) someone (to someone) Χριστόν Ac 8:5; cf. 1 Cor 1:23; Phil 1:15. Ἰησοῦν Ac 19:13; 2 Cor 11:4. οὐχ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν ἀλλὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν κύριον we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus as Lord 4:5. Pass. ὃς (Χριστός). . . ἐκηρύχθη 1 Ti 3:16; cf. Hs 8, 3, 2; 9, 17, 1; Dg 11:3. διά τινος through someone (cf. Epict. 3, 13, 12) Χρ. Ἰ. ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν διʼ ἡμῶν κηρυχθείς 2 Cor 1:19. W. an addition that indicates the content of the preaching, introduced by ὅτι (cf. Epict. 4, 5, 24): κ. w. acc. and ὅτι foll. Mk 1:14 v.l.; Ac 9:20; pass. Χρ. κηρύσσεται ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται Christ is preached as having risen fr. the dead 1 Cor 15:12. κ. τινί, ὅτι Ac 10:42; οὕτως κ. 1 Cor 15:11. The content of the preaching is introduced by λέγων Mt 3:1f; 10:7; Mk 1:7; cf. vs. 14; IPhld 7:2. Beside λέγειν w. direct discourse (Epict. 4, 6, 23) Mt 4:17. Abs. Mt 11:1; Mk 1:38; 3:14; 16:20; Ro 10:15; 1 Cl 42:4; B 5:8; 8:3. κηρύσσων a preacher Ro 10:14. M-M. B. 1478.* κῆτος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Diod. S. 17, 41, 5 κῆτος ἄπιστον τὸ μέγεθος; LXX; Test. Judah 21:7) sea-monster (such as tried to swallow Andromeda: Eur., Andr. fgm. 121; 145 ANauck2 1889) of Jonah’s fish (‫ )לוֹדָ גּ גָדּ‬ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τ. κήτους (Jon 2:1; cf. 3 Macc 6:8; Jos., Ant. 9, 213; Third Corinthians 3:29) Mt 12:40 (all the details are from Jon 2:1. But Tzetzes on Lycophron 34 has Heracles staying in the belly of the κῆτος for three days when he rescues Hesione). Of an apocalyptic animal Hv 4, 1, 6; 9.* ‫‘י ֵכּ‬rock’) Cephas, Aram. surname of Simon; the Gk. form of the surname is Peter (s. the lit. on Κηφᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (‫א‬ πέτρα 1b and Πέτρος) 1 Cor 1:12; 3:22; 9:5; 15:5; Gal 1:18; 2:9, 11, 14; 1 Cl 47:3. Κ.=Πέτρος J 1:42 (s.

JAFitzmyer, To Advance the Gospel, ’81, 112-24.* κιβώριον, ου, τό ciborium, the seed-vessel of the Egyptian bean (WWeber, Ägypt.-griech. Terrakotten ’14, 63f), also a vessel of similar shape (Diod. S. 1, 34, 6; Nicander, fgm. 81; Strabo; Didym. in Athen. 11 p. 477E; POxy. 105, 18 [II AD]; Am 9:1 Sym., Theod.) Ac 19:24 v.l. after ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς; ἴσως ὡς κιβώρια μικρά.* κιβωτός, οῦ, ἡ (Aristoph., Lysias et al.; inscr., pap., LXX) box, chest. in our lit.—1. the ark of Noah (Gen 6:14ff; 4 Macc 15:31; Sib. Or. 1, 266) Mt 24:38; Lk 17:27 (both Gen 7:7); Hb 11:7; 1 Pt 3:20; 1 Cl 9:4.

2. the ark in the Holy of Holies ἡ κ. τῆς διαθήκης the ark of the covenant (Ex 39:14 al.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 134 al.) Hb 9:4; also found in the temple in heaven Rv 11:19. M-M.* κιθάρα, ας, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 64; Sib. Or. 8, 119) lyre, harp Rv 5:8; 14:2. κ. τοῦ θεοῦ lit. harps of God Rv 15:2, i.e., belonging to or given by God (cf. ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ 1 Th 4:16), or harps used in the praise of God. It is also possible that the expression may be a Semitic superlative formation, great harps, analogous to ὄρη θεοῦ=mighty mountains Ps 35:7; cf. 79:11; cf. also ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ Ac 7:20 and s. θεός 3gβ. W. the flute (s. αὐλός; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 75; 3, 221) 1 Cor 14:7. The strings of the harp IEph 4:1; IPhld 1:2.—Lit. on κύμβαλον.* κιθαρίζω (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 578, 18 [II BC] κιθαρίζειν ἢ ψάλλειν; Is 23:16; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 242) play the lyre or harp w. blowing the flute (Dio Chrys. 2, 55; 52[69], 3; Polyaenus 5, 3, 3; Achmes 207, 16) 1 Cor 14:7. κ. ἐν κιθάρᾳ Rv 14:2. M-M.* κιθαρῳδός, οῦ, ὁ (Hdt., Pla.; Diphil. in Athen. 6 p. 247D; Plut., Mor. 166A; Aelian, V.H. 4, 2; Dit., Syll.3 [index], Or. 51, 41 [III BC]; 352, 67; Inschr. v. Priene 113, 80; Zen.-P. 77 [=Sb 6783], 17 [257 BC]; Philo) lyre-player, harpist who plays an accompaniment to his own singing (the κιθαριστής plays the instrument without singing; both words together Philo, Agr. 35; differentiated Diog. L. 3, 88; Aristoxenus, fgm. 102 carries the contrast back to two different instruments: κίθαρις [=λύρα] and κιθάρα) Rv 14:2; 18:22. M-M.* Κιλικία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 281; Joseph.) Cilicia, a province in the southeast corner of Asia Minor, whose capital is Tarsus; home of Paul Ac 6:9; 15:23, 41; 21:39; 22:3; 23:34; 27:5; Gal 1:21 (on the connection with Συρία s. that entry); IPhld 11:1.-Ramsay, Hist. Geogr. 361ff; RHeberdey-AWilhelm, Reisen in Kilikien 1896; FXSchaffer, Cilicia ’03; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte u. Landschaften II 2, ’26. M-M.* Κίλιξ, ικος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., Joseph., Sib. Or.) a Cilician Ac 23:34 v.l.* 523

κινδυνεύω impf. ἐκινδύνευον (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) be in danger, run a risk abs. (Dit., Syll.3 708, 8; BGU 423, 7; Is 28:13) Lk 8:23 (cf. Jos., Vi. 14). οἱ κινδυνεύοντες those who are in danger (Dit., Syll.3 570, 4) 1 Cl 59:3. κ. πᾶσαν ὥραν be in peril every hour (in danger of one’s life, at that; cf. κινδυνεύω used abs.

Diog. L. 9, 57) 1 Cor 15:30. κινδυνεύειν τινὸς χάριν face danger for the sake of someone 1 Cl 55:6.—W. inf. foll.

(X., Mem. 2, 3, 16; Diod. S. 12, 51, 1; Dit., Syll.3 852, 32f; 888, 68f; UPZ 161, 10 [119 BC]; BGU 530, 12; 30; POxy. 44, 9; 3 Macc 5:41; Jos., Ant. 4, 188; cf. Bl-D. §392, 2) κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως we run the risk of being charged w. rioting Ac 19:40. τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν there is danger that this trade of ours may come into disrepute vs. 27. M-M.* κίνδυνος, ου, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 199; Jos., Vi. 272) danger, risk Ro 8:35. That which brings the danger is expressed with the gen. alone (Pla., Euthyd. p. 279E τῆς θαλάσσης, Rep. 1 p. 332E; Heliod. 2, 4, 1; Hippiatr. II 234, 13 ποταμῶν; Ps 114:3; Sir 43:24) 2 Cor 11:26a, or by ἐκ ibid. b. The words ἐν πόλει, ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἐν θαλάσσῃ (Plut., Mor. 603E κινδύνους ἐν θαλ.) ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις ibid. c have a somewhat different sense, and indicate the place where the danger lurks (cf. Ps.-Ael. Aristid. 25, 20 K.=43 p. 804 D.: θάνατοι κατʼ οἰκίας, ἐν ἱεροῖς, ἐν θύραις, ἐν πύλαις; Ps.-Pla. 11th Letter p.358E κινδυνεύειν κατά τε γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, καὶ νῦν πάντα κινδύνων ἐν ταῖς πορείαις ἐστὶ μεστά). ὑπὸ κίνδυνον in danger IEph 12:1; ITr 13:3. κ. ὑποφέρειν incur danger 1 Cl 14:2. κινδύνῳ ὑποκεῖσθαι incur a risk 41:4. κ. ἑαυτῷ ἐπεξεργάζεσθαι bring danger upon oneself 47:7. παραδοῦναι ἑαυτὸν τῷ κ. expose oneself to danger 55:5; also παραβαλεῖν vs. 6. κινδύνῳ ἑαυτὸν ἐνδῆσαι involve oneself in danger 59:1. M-M. B. 1155.* κινέω fut. κινήσω; 1 aor. ἐκίνησα, pass. ἐκινήθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 534) move.

1. move away, remove τὶ someth. (Lysimachus [200 BC]: no. 382 fgm. 2 Jac.; Diod. S. 20, 110, 1 κινῆσαι τὸ ἔθος=put an end to the custom; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 272τὰ νόμιμα κ.=‘remove the law fr. its proper place’) τῷ δακτύλῳ φορτία move burdens w. so much as a finger Mt 23:4 (Artem. 1, 31 p. 32, 18f φορτία κινούμενα). κ. τι ἔκ τινος remove someth. from someth. κ. τὴν λυχνίαν ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς Rv 2:5. Pass. 6:14 (cf. Astrampsychus p. 5 l. 12 εἰ κινηθήσομαι τοῦ τόπου μοῦ=whether I lose my place).

2. move, set in motion—a. shake the head (Hom.+; Job 16:4; Da 4:19; Sir 12:18; 13:7) as a sign of scorn and derision (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 4 p. 335, 18 Jac.) Mt 27:39; Mk 15:29; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:8). b. arouse pass. (Jos., Ant. 3, 13)ἐκινήθη ἡ πόλις ὅλη the whole city was aroused Ac 21:30. ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ 14:7 D. 3. pass. be moved, move (Hom.+; Gen 7:14, 21 al.; En. 101, 8; Philo) Hv 4, 1, 9. ἐν αὐτῷ (God) ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν in him we live and move and have our being Ac 17:28 (on the mng. and origin of this saying, specif. of ἐν αὐτῷ κινεῖσθαι s. Norden, Agn. Th. 19ff; MDibelius, Pls auf. d. Areop. ’39, 26; MPohlenz, Pls u. d.

Stoa: ZNW 42, ’49, 69-104, esp. 88ff.—Perh. κ. in this passage, coming as it does betw. ‘living’ and ‘being’, emphasizes ‘moving’ less than ‘existence’; cf. Achilles Tat. 2, 37, 1 τὸ κινούμενον ἐν φθορᾷ=‘that which exists amid corruptibility’).

4. fig.—a. cause, bring about (Pla., Rep. 8 p. 566E πολέμους; Jos., Bell. 2, 175ταραχήν; PPar. 68A, 6 θόρυβος ἐκινήθη) στάσεις Ac 24:5. b. in the mental and spiritual realm move, cause (Plut., Cim. 16, 10; Ael. Aristid. 19, 6 K.=41 p. 764 D.: ἐκίνησέν με ὁ θεός; POxy. 1121, 16 τίνι λόγῳ ἢ πόθεν κεινηθέντες;) pass. w. inf. foll. (PFlor. 58, 15) Dg 11:8. M-M. B. 662.* κίνησις, εως, ἡ (Pla.+; Dit., Or. 543, 15 [II AD]; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., oft. Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 31; 17, 251) motion τοῦ ὕδατος J 5:3 t.r. (Diod. S. 11, 89, 4 κίνησις of a movement in water caused by a god; Epict. 3, 3, 21 ὅταν τὸ ὕδωρ κινηθῇ). M-M.* κιννάμωμον, ου, τό (Semitic loanw., s. Hdt. 3, 111; Aristot.; Diod. S. 2, 49, 3; Dit., Or. 214, 59 [III BC]; PTebt.

190; 250; PSI 628, 8; PGM 13, 100; 358; LXX, En.; Jos., Bell. 6, 390)cinnamon Rv 18:13 (t.r. κινάμ.). M-M.* Κίς, ὁ indecl. (‫ )שי ִק‬Kish, father of Saul (1 Km 9:1 al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 45f; 130 [Κείς]; 56; 62 [Κείσαιος]; 268 [Κεῖσος]) Ac 13:21.* κισσάω 1 aor. ἐκίσσησα crave (Aristoph.+; of the cravings of pregnant women for strange food Aristot.+); become pregnant with τινά someone 1 Cl 18:5 (Ps 50:7).* κίχρημι 1 aor. ἔχρησα (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) lend τινί τι (Hdt. 3, 58; Plut., Pomp. 29, 4; Dit., Syll.3 241B, 87; 1 Km 1:28; Jos., Bell. 3, 359)Lk 11:5. M-M.* κλάδος, ου, ὁ (trag.+; Hdt. 7, 19 [τῆς ἐλαίης τ. κλάδους]; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 63; Jos., Ant. 8, 136; Test. 12 Patr.) branch Mt 13:32; 24:32; Mk 13:28; Lk 13:19; Hs 8, 1, 4; 8, 2, 9; 8, 3, 1. ποιεῖν κλάδους produce branches Mk 4:32 (birds on the branches as Da 4:12, 14 Theod.). κόπτειν κλάδους ἀπό τινος cut branches from someth. Mt 21:8; Hs 8, 1, 2.—Paul speaks fig. (cf. Menand., fgm. 716 Kock; Sir 23:25; 40:15; Sib. Or. 5, 50) of root and branches of the olive tree (Epigr. Gr. 368, 7 a girl who has died is called κλάδος ἐλέας) Ro 11:16ff, 21. Also fig., orthodox Christians are called κλάδοι τοῦ σταυροῦ branches of the cross ITr 11:2. M-M. B. 523.* 524

κλαίω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἔκλαιον; fut. (Bl-D. §77 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 244) κλαύσω and κλαύσομαι (Rv 18:9 v.l.; Hv 3, 3, 2; Jos., Bell. 1, 628;Sib. Or. 5, 170); 1 aor. ἔκλαυσα.

1. weep, cry Mk 14:72; Lk 7:38; J 11:31, 33; 20:11, 13, 15; Ac 9:39; 21:13; 1 Cl 48:1; Hv 4, 1, 7. πικρῶς (q.v.)

Mt 26:75; Lk 22:62. πολύ vehemently Rv 5:4. πολλά Ac 8:24 D; λίαν κ. weep bitterly Hm 3:3. μὴ κλαῖε, μὴ κλαίετε do not weep Lk 7:13; 8:52b; 23:28a, b; Rv 5:5. Of mourning for the dead (s. on ἀλαλάζω) Mk 5:38f; Lk 7:32; 8:52. ἐπὶ w. acc. over (Judg 14:17 A; cf. Bl-D. §233, 2) Lk 19:41; 23:28a, b. Also ἐπὶ τινι (Plut., Mor. 216D; Synes., Ep. 140 p. 277A; Sir 22:11) Lk 19:41 t.r. (on weeping and lamenting over the imminent destruction of Jerusalem cf. τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ πόλει θρῆνον by Jesus, son of Ananias: Jos., Bell. 6, 304-9). W. κόπτεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 13, 399)Lk 8:52; Rv 18:9; GP 12:52, 54. W. λυπεῖσθαι (Test. Zeb. 4:8) GP 14:59. W. πενθεῖν (POxy. 528, 8 νυκτὸς κλαίων ἡμέρας δὲ πενθῶν) Mk 16:10; Lk 6:25; Js 4:9; Rv 18:11, 15, 19; GP 7:27.—As an expression of any feeling of sadness, care, or anxiety J 16:20 (w. θρηνεῖν); 1 Cor 7:30; Js 5:1. (Opp. γελᾶν) Lk 6:21, 25. (Opp. χαίρειν as Hippocr., Ep. 17, 49) J 16:20; Ro 12:15; Hv 3, 3, 2. κλαίων λέγω I say with tears Phil 3:18; Hv 1, 2, 2.

2. trans. weep for, bewail τινά someone (as early as Hom.; Sb 4313, 15; Jer 8:23; 22:10; 1 Macc 9:20; Test.

Sim. 9) Mt 2:18; Rv 18:9 t.r. (Bl-D. §148, 2; Rob. 475).—KHRengstorf, TW III 721-5. M-M. B. 1129.* κλάσις, εως, ἡ (Pla.+; Philo) breaking—1. ἡ κ. τοῦ ἄρτου the breaking of bread Lk 24:35; Ac 2:42.—Th Schermann, D. ‘Brotbrechen’ im Urchristentum: BZ 8, ’10, 33-52; 162-83; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum ’17, 41ff; JGewiess, D. urapostol. Heilsverkünd. nach d. AG ’39, 146-57. JBehm, TW III 726-43. S. on ἀγάπη II and εὐχαριστία 3, end.

2. ἡ τῶν σκελῶν κ. breaking of the legs (s. σκέλος) Phlm subscr.* κλάσμα, ατος, τό (Ps.-X., Cyn. 10, 5; Diod. S. 17, 13, 4; Plut., Tib. Gr. 19, 1; Vett. Val. 110, 31; 34; Dit., Syll.3 588, 192; 196; Inscr. Gr. 833; PLond. 1431, 26; 36; 1435, 158; LXX; Jos., Ant. 10, 244)fragment, piece, crumb (cf. Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 and Ezk 13:19 v.l. κλάσματα ἄρτων) of the remains of a meal Mt 14:20; 15:37; Mk 6:43; 8:8, 19f; Lk 9:17; J 6:12f. Of the pieces of bread at the Lord’s Supper D 9:3f (CFDMoule, JTS 6, ’55, 240-43).

M-M.* Κλαῦδα Clauda, a small island south of Crete Ac 27:16. The mss. vary: Κλαυδα ‫א‬A and Καυδα B. The reason for this is prob. not a confusion betw. two different islands (W-S. §5, 31, p. 68 note 72); it is rather that the name of the same island is variously written (RHarris, ET 21, ’10, 17ff). M-M.* Κλαυδία, ας, ἡ (s. e.g., Sb index) Claudia, a Christian woman 2 Ti 4:21. M-M.* Κλαύδιος, ου, ὁ (freq. found) Claudius—1. Tiberius Claudius Drusus Nero Germanicus, Roman emperor (41-54 AD); his measures taken against the Jews in Rome (Sueton., Claudius 25; Cass. Dio 60, 6. Cf. Schürer III4 61ff; Zahn on Ac 18:2; ABludau, Der Katholik 83, ’03, 113ff; 193ff; Harnack, SAB ’12, 674ff; JJuster, Les Juifs dans l’empire romain ’14, II 171; 199; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 323f; ROHoerber, CTM 31, ’60, 690-94) Ac 18:2. A famine during his reign (Schürer I4 567, 8; VWeber, D. antiochen. Kollekte ’17, 38f; Wikenhauser, op. cit. 407ff; KSGapp, The Universal Famine under Claudius: HTR 28, ’35, 258-65; EHaenchen, Acts ad loc.) Ac 11:28.—HDessau, Gesch. d. röm. Kaiserzeit II 1, ’26.

2. Claudius Lysias, Rom. official in Jerusalem (χιλίαρχος τ. σπείρης Ac 21:31; cf. Schürer I4 464) at the time Paul was arrested 23:26.

3. Claudius Ephebus, Rom. Christian, sent to Corinth as representative of the Rom. church 1 Cl 65:1.* κλαυθμός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr. [Sb 7541, 15:II AD]; LXX) weeping, crying (w. ὀδυρμός) Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15; θρῆνος, which is found w. both of them here as well as Mt 2:18 v.l., occurs also Philo, Vi. Cont. 73 and Jos., Ant. 20, 112w. κλαυθμός). ἱκανὸς κ. ἐγένετο πάντων they all began to weep loudly Ac 20:37. ὁ κ. with ὁ (the art. indicates the unique and extreme character of the action) βρυγμὸς τ. ὀδόντων Mt 8:12; 13:42, 50; 22:13; 24:51; 25:30; Lk 13:28 (on these passages s. BSchwanke, BZ 16, ’72, 121f). M-M.* κλάω 1 aor. ἔκλασα (Hom.+; inscr. of Gaza: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 269, 6 [III/II BC]; PLeipz. 39, 12; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 407, Vi. 212 al.) break in our lit. only of the breaking of bread (cf. Jer 16:7; PGM 4, 1392f. But as early as Anacr., fgm. 69 Diehl2 ἰτρίου λεπτοῦ μικρὸν ἀποκλάς. Also Diod. S. 17, 41, 7 οἱ διακλώμενοι τῶν ἄρτων=those of the loaves that were broken through).—LXX also has διαθρύπτειν τ. ἄρτον: Is 58:7), by which the , ‫) סַר‬. This was the practice of Jesus Mt father of the household gave the signal to begin the meal (‫ֶםחֶל תַ ת‬ 14:19; 15:36; 26:26; Mk 8:6, 19; 14:22; Lk 22:19; 24:30; 1 Cor 11:24. Likew. of the religious meals of the early Christians Ac 2:46; 20:7, 11; 27:35; 1 Cor 10:16; D 14:1; IEph 20:2.—Lit. on κλάσις. M-M. B. 563.* κλει̂θρον, ου, τό (X., Pla. et al.; Sb 6253, 9 [137 BC]; PGM 4, 2261; 2294; LXX; Sib. Or. 2, 228) lit. a bar or bolt for closing a door; fig., a barrier, of the coast as a barrier for the sea 1 Cl 20:6 (Appian, Mithr. 24 §96 of the ‘bars’ with which an endangered seaport was closed). B. 467.* κλείς, κλειδός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; loanw. in rabb.) acc. κλεῖδα Lk 11:52 (POxy. 113, 3; LXX [Thackeray 150]) and κλεῖν Rv 3:7; 20:1 (Dit., Syll.3 996, 24; POxy. 1127, 25), pl. κλεῖδας Mt 16:19; 1 Cl 43:3 (Dit., Or. 229, 96; 98; PHermopol. 8 II, 5; BGU 253, 18) and κλεῖς Rv 1:18 (Ctesias, Pers. 14 ὃς τὰς κλεῖς πάσας 525

τῶν βασιλείων εἶχε; POxy. 729, 23 [137 AD]; BGU 75, 13.—Bl-D. §47, 3; Mlt.-H. 131f; Mayser 272 [lit.]; Reinhold 51) anything used for locking, esp. a key.

1. lit. σφραγίζειν τὰς κ. 1 Cl 43:3 (inscr. [218 BC]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34 p. 179, 9f κλεῖδας ἐχέτωσαν. . . σφραγιζέσθωσαν).—The foll. exprs. come close to the fig. mng.: κ. τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾅδου (ᾅδης 1) Rv 1:18. κ. τῆς ἀβύσσου 20:1 or κ. τοῦ φρέατος τῆς ἀβύσσου 9:1 (ἄβυσσος 2). Likew. the portrayal of Peter as the keeper of heaven’s gate δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 16:19 (s. JGrill, D. Primat des Petrus ’04; WKöhler, ARW 8, ’05, 214ff [lit.]; ADell, ZNW 15, ’14, 27ff, esp. 33ff; VBurch, JBL 52, ’33, 147-52; HvCampenhausen, D. Schlüsselgewalt der Kirche: Evang. Theol. 4, ’37, 143-69. S. also on πέτρα 1b and Πέτρος, end). ἔχειν τὴν κ. Δαυίδ (cf. Is 22:22 v.l. τὴν κ. οἴκου Δ.) hold the key of David Rv 3:7 (on authority over the keys cf. Parmenides 1, 14 Δίκη ἔχει κληῖδας, i.e., of the gate that leads to the realm of light and knowledge; Dit., Or. 229, 56 [III BC] κυριεύσοντα τῶν κλειδῶν likewise Polyb. 4, 18, 2. The phrase ἔχειν τὰς κλεῖς=hold the keys Rv 1:18; 3:7; 20:1 is as early as Pind., Pyth. 8, 4).

2. fig. (Diod. S. 2, 8, 3 καθαπερεὶ τὰς κλεῖς ἔχειν= hold the keys as it were; Artem. 3, 54 κλείς is a symbol of πίστις=trust) αἴρειν τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως take away the key (to the door) of knowledge Lk 11:52. Cf. here the badly damaged apocryphal gospel fragment POxy. 655, 41ff (=Kl. T. 83, ’29, 23) with the restoration τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς [γνώσεως].—JoachJeremias, TW III 743-53. M-M. B. 468f.* κλείω fut. κλείσω Rv 3:7; 1 aor. ἔκλεισα, pass. ἐκλεισθην; pf. pass. κέκλεισμαι, ptc. κεκλεισμένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) shut, lock, bar.

1. lit. τὴν θύραν (Aristopho Com. [IV BC] 7 ed. Kock II p. 278; Herodas 6, 98; Epict. 3, 22, 14; 2 Ch 28:24) Mt 6:6; Rv 3:8. Pass. (Menand., Epitr. 642; Jos., Ant. 18, 74; cf. X., Cyr. 7, 5, 27) Mt 25:10; Lk 11:7; J 20:19, 26; Ac 21:30. οἱ πυλῶνες the gates (of the heavenly Jerusalem; cf. Is 60:11) Rv 21:25.—Of structures close, lock (BGU 1116, 15 [13 BC]; Is 24:10) κ. τὴν σκηνήν close the tabernacle 1 Cl 43:3. Pass. Ac 5:23.—Abs. shut (Jos., Vi. 153) Rv 3:7a, b (cf. Is 22:22 v.l.); 20:3.

2. fig. κ. τὸν οὐρανόν shut the heavens, so that it does not rain Rv 11:6; pass. Lk 4:25. In a vision ἐκλείσθησαν οἱ οὐρανοί the heavens were closed Hv 1, 2, 1. κ. τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν shut the kingdom of heaven i.e., prevent people fr. entering it Mt 23:13 (MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 259-61 [Sin. Syriac]). κ. τὰ σπλάγχνα ἀπό τινος close one’s heart against someone 1J 3:17 (cf. a sim. figure στόμα κεκλεισμένον Sir 30:18). M-M. B. 847f.* κλέμμα, ατος, τό stealing, theft (so, denoting an action, Eur.+.—LXX only=‘stolen goods’) μετανοεῖν ἐκ τῶν κλεμμάτων repent of the thefts Rv 9:21. In a list of vices Hm 8:5; cf. Mk 7:22 D. M-M.* Κλεοπᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ Cleopas (Ostraka II 1438; 1442; 1448 [all II AD]; short form of Κλεόπατρος). This genuinely Gk. name, which evidently takes the place of the Semitic Κλωπᾶς (q.v.), without necessarily denoting the identity of the two persons w. these names in the gospels, is borne by an otherwise unknown disciple in Jerusalem Lk 24:18. Cf. Bl-D. §53, 2d; 125, 2; Dssm., B 184, 6 [BS 315, 2]; Dalman, Gramm.2 179, 4; Mlt.-H. p. 88. M-M.* κλέος, ους, τό (Hom.+; pap.; Job 28:22; 30:8; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 105; 115; 19, 223; Sib. Or. 3, 431; 5, 428) fame, glory τὸ γενναῖον τῆς πίστεως κ. 1 Cl 5:6. κ. περιποιεῖσθαι ἑαυτῷ win fame for oneself 54:3. ποῖον κ. w. εἰ foll. what credit is it, if 1 Pt 2:20. M-M.* κλέπτης, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 3)thief Mt 6:19f; 24:43; Lk 12:33, 39; J 10:1 (w. λῃστής as vs. 8 and EpJer 57. Opp. ποιμήν as Il. 3, 11; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4e), 10; 1 Pt 4:15; 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:18). Excluded fr. the kgdm. of God 1 Cor 6:10. Of Judas the traitor J 12:6. The breaking in of a thief as a figure for someth. sudden, surprising, unexpected; used of the Parousia (as in Mt 24:43; Lk 12:39 above) ὡς κ. ἐν νυκτὶ ἔρχεσθαι come as a thief in the night 1 Th 5:2 (the thief in the night: Dio Chrys. 52[69], 8; Job 24:14; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 10); cf. vs. 4; 2 Pt 3:10; Rv 3:3; 16:15.-GFörster, ZNW 17, ’16, 169-77; WHarnisch, Eschatologische Existenz, ’73: Exkurs II, 84-116.—In the saying concerning the shepherds, the relig. leaders who came before Jesus are fig. called thieves J 10:8.—HPreisker, TW III 753-6. M-M.* κλέπτω fut. κλέψω; 1 aor. ἔκλεψα; 2 aor. pass. ἐκλάπην Dg 2:2 (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 272; 18, 169; Test. 12 Patr.) steal τὶ someth. Pass. Dg 2:2, 7. τινά someone of a dead pers. (Charito 3, 2, 7; 2 Km 21:12; Tob 1:18 BA); of Jesus Mt 27:64; 28:13; GP 8:30. Abs. Mt 6:19f; 19:18; Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Ro 13:9; D 2:2 (the last five Ex 20:14.—In Epict. 3, 7, 12 the command takes the form: μὴ κλέπτετε); J 10:10; Ro 2:21; Eph 4:28.

M-M. B. 789.* κλῆμα, ατος, τό branch. esp., of a vine (Aristoph.+; Pla., Rep. 1 p. 353A ἀμπέλου κλῆμα; Theophr., H. Pl. 4, 13, 5; Pollux 1, 237 ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου [sc. κλάδος] κλῆμα; PFlor. 148, 9; LXX; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; 12, 75 κλ. ἀμπέλων; Sib. Or. 7, 148) in the saying about the vine and branches J 15:2, 4-6 (ESchweitzer, in TWManson mem. vol. ’59, 230-45).

M-M.* Κλήμης, εντος, ὁ Clement (the Gk. form of this Lat. name [Clemens] is found e.g. Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 27, 2; Jos., Ant. 19, 37-47; Dit., Or. 207, 1; 574, 9; POxy. 241, 1; 340; Sb 4613; 8089, 1 [beg. II AD]).

1. a member of the church at Philippi, honored by Paul w. the title ‘co-worker’ (a Clement of Philippi is mentioned CIL III 633) Phil 4:3.

526

2. a member of the church at Rome, in charge of relations w. other churches Hv 2, 4, 3. Identified by older scholars w. 1, though without sufficient reason. The pers. meant is certainly the author of 1 Cl; he is named in the subscr. of that letter; also subscr. of 2 Cl Funk. M-M.* κληρονομέω fut. κληρονομήσω; 1 aor. ἐκληρονόμησα; pf. κεκληρονόμηκα (Demosth. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.).

1. inherit, τινά someone (Posidon.: 87 fgm. 36 p. 243, 32 Jac.; POxy. 1067, 8; PRyl. 28, 226 δοῦλος αὐτὸν κληρονομήσει; Gen 15:3; Pr 13:22; Tob 3:15; Jos., Ant. 20, 241)1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12).—Abs. inherit, be an heir (Epict. 3, 2, 8; Dit., Syll.3 833, 8; Sb 4638, 12 [II BC]) Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10); B 13:1. Jesus as ὁ κληρονομῶν the heir 14:5.

2. acquire, obtain, come into possession of τὶ someth. (H. Gk [Phryn. 129 L.; Moeris 149]; cf. Polyb. 18, 38, 8 φήμην; 15, 22, 3; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 11, 3; BGU 19 II, 1; 1024 VIII 16; PRyl. 117, 13; LXX; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 98 σοφίαν) esp. of participation in Messianic salvation: τὴν γῆν (Ps 24:13; 36:9, 11, 22; En. 5, 6; 7) Mt 5:5; D 3:7. βασιλείαν θεοῦ the kgdm. of God (cf. 1 Macc 2:57) 1 Cor 6:9f (=Pol 5:3); 15:50a; Gal 5:21; IEph 16:1; IPhld 3:3; cf. Mt 25:34. ζωὴν αἰώνιον receive, share in eternal life (cf. Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 47) 19:29; Mk 10:17; Lk 10:25; 18:18; Hv 3, 8, 4. δόξαν καὶ τιμήν 1 Cl 45:8. τὴν ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ πνευματικὴν καὶ ἄφθαρτον τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξαν κ. ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 10ff. σωτηρίαν Hb 1:14. τὰς ἐπαγγελίας what is promised 6:12; 1 Cl 10:2. τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 Cor 15:50b. (τὴν) εὐλογίαν Hb 12:17; 1 Pt 3:9. διαφορώτερον ὄνομα Hb 1:4 (=1 Cl 36:2.—κλ. ὄνομα as Dionys. Byz. §7; Themist., Paraphrases Aristot. II p. 172, 13 Spengel [1866]). ταῦτα all this Rv 21:7. JHerrmann and WFoerster, TW III 757-86: κλ. and related words. M-M.* κληρονομία, ας, ἡ (Isocr., Demosth. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 99, 14; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 249).

1. inheritance (so almost always in secular wr., also Num 26:54, 56) Mt 21:38; Mk 12:7; Lk 20:14; Hv 3, 12, 2; s 5, 6, 4. μερίσασθαι μετά τινος τὴν κ. divide the inheritance w. someone Lk 12:13. λαὸς κληρονομίας people of the inheritance B 14:4. At his coming again the Beloved shall come to his inheritance 4:3. Inheritance, of Israel 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:9).

2. possession, property (Sir 22:23; 24:20; Jdth 16:21; 1 Macc 2:56; 6:24) διδόναι τινὶ κληρονομίαν give someone property Ac 7:5; 13:33 D; 1 Cl 36:4 (the two last Ps 2:8). λαμβάνειν τι εἰς κ. receive someth. as a possession (cf. Aristot., Eth. Nic. 7, 14 p. 1153b, 33; Test. Benj. 10:5) Hb 11:8.

3. in specif. Christian usage (corresp. to the LXX) (the possession of) salvation (as the inheritance of God’s children) Gal 3:18. ἀπολαμβάνειν τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κ. receive salvation as a reward Col 3:24. ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς αἰωνίου κ. the promise of the eternal inheritance Hb 9:15. κ. ἄφθαρτος an imperishable possession 1 Pt 1:4. ἡ κ. ἡμῶν our salvation Eph 1:14; granted by God vs. 18. δοῦναι τὴν κ. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις grant salvation among those who are consecrated Ac 20:32. κ. ἔχειν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ have a share in the kgdm. of Christ Eph 5:5 (PLHammer, JBL 79, ’60, 267-72).

4. abstr. for concr.=the heirs (s. ἀκροβυστία 3) Ro 11:1 P46 G. M-M.* κληρονόμος, ου, ὁ (Pla. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 322)heir—1. lit. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 11 §36 υἱὸς καὶ κλ.) Mt 21:38; Mk 12:7; Lk 20:14; Gal 4:1; Hs 5, 2, 6.

2. fig., of the pers. who, as God’s son, receives someth. as a possession fr. him (cf. also Hs 5, 2, 6). a. of Christ ὃν ἔθηκεν κ. πάντων whom he (God) has appointed heir of all things Hb 1:2. b. of the believers; as τέκνα they are: κληρονόμοι, κληρονόμοι θεοῦ Ro 8:17; cf. Gal 4:7. More definitely κ. τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ κυρίου, where διαθήκη (q.v. 2) fluctuates betw. ‘last will and testament’ and ‘decree’ B 6:19; 13:6. κατʼ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι heirs according to the promise Gal 3:29; cf. Hb 6:17. κ. τῆς βασιλείας heirs of the kingdom Js 2:5. ἵνα κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν κατʼ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου that we might become heirs in accordance w. the hope of eternal life Tit 3:7. τῆς κατὰ πίστιν δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο κ. he (Noah) became an heir of the righteousness that comes by faith Hb 11:7 (on the gen. of the abstract noun cf. Demosth. 22, 34 κ. τῆς ἀτιμίας). Abraham and all those who are expecting the ‘righteousness of faith’ as he did, are κ. κόσμου, in contrast to those who depend on the law Ro 4:13f (cf. Philo, Somn. 1, 175 τῶν τοῦ κόσμου κληρονόμον μερῶν).—On inheritance in Paul, esp. in Gal, cf. MConrat, ZNW 5, ’04, 204-27; OEger, ibid. 18, ’18, 84-108; WMCalder, JTS 31, ’30, 372-4. M-M. B. 779.* κλῆρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 7, 139; loanw. in rabb.).

1. lot (i.e. pebble, small stick, etc.; Diod. S. 13, 34, 6 κλήρῳ=by lot) βάλλειν κ. (ἐπί τι) cast lots (for someth.)

Mt 27:35; Mk 15:24; Lk 23:34; J 19:24; B 6:6 (Ps 21:19. The expr. as such is oft. found in LXX, also Jos., Ant. 6, 61; schol. on Soph., Antig. 275 p. 232 Papag.; IQS 6, 16-22). ἔπεσεν ὁ κ. ἐπί τινα the lot fell upon someone (Jon 1:7) Ac 1:26b. ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς they gave them (the candidates) lots vs. 26a. On this LSThornton, JTS 46, ’45, 51-9. JLindblom, Vetus Test. 12, ’62, 164-78 (OT background); WABeardslee, NovT 4, ’60, 245-52 (Qumran).

2. that which is assigned by lot, portion, share (Pla.; Diod. S. 40, 3, 7 in connection with the distribution of the country conquered by the Jews; Wilcken, Chrest. I pp. 280-83; Jos., Bell. 2, 83)esp. what comes to someone by divine grace (Ael. Aristid. 30, 23 K.=10 p. 123 D.; Hierocles 4 p. 426 ἀθάνατος κλ.=the eternal portion bestowed by the gods; LXX) λαγχάνειν τὸν κ. τῆς διακονίας ταύτης Ac 1:17; cf. vs. 25 v.l. λαβεῖν κ. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις receive a place among those who are consecrated 26:18 (cf. Wsd 5:5 ἐν ἁγίοις ὁ κ. αὐτοῦ). μερίς and κλῆρος together (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 1, 1082a; Dt 10:9; 12:12 al.; Is 57:6) οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κ. ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have neither part nor share in this matter 8:21. μερὶς τοῦ κ. τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτία share in the inheritance of the saints in light Col 1:12 (cf. IQH 11, 11f). κ. Ἐφεσίων the class of the Ephesians IEph 11:2.—1 527

Pt 5:3 the κλῆροι seem to denote the ‘flock’ as a whole, i.e., the various parts of the people of God which have been assigned as ‘portions’ to the individual presbyters or shepherds (of the various portions that combine to form a whole, Simplicius in Epict. p. 71, 10. Here the κλῆροι of good and evil [acc. to the teaching of those who assume two original principles] are differentiated ἐξ ἀϊδίου [eternally]).

3. lot in the sense of fate, destiny esp. of martyrs τὸν ἴδιον κ. ἀπαρτίζειν fulfill one’s own destiny MPol 6:2; cf.

ITr 12:3; IRo 1:2; IPhld 5:1.—Pauly-W., art. Losung, XIII 2, ’27, 1451-1504; WFoerster, TW III 757-63. M-M.* κληρόω pf. pass. ptc. κεκληρωμένος; 1 aor. pass. ἐκληρώθην (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Sib. Or. 5, 322).

1. act. appoint by lot (Diod. S. 15, 18, 3 κληρώσαντες) pass. be appointed by lot (Appian, Mithrid. 102 §471 τοὺς κληρουμένους=those chosen by lot) gener. ὡς ἕκαστος ἐκληρώθη as each one’s lot is cast Dg 5:4. W. relig. connotation ἐν ᾧ ἐκληρώθημεν in whom our lot is cast Eph 1:11. Linguistically it is also poss. that εἰς τὸ εἶναι. . . vs. 12 is dependent on ἐκληρώθημεν, in which case the mng. would be be destined, chosen (cf. PIand. 27, 4 ἐκληρώθημεν εἰς γεωργίαν; BGU 625, 5 ἐκληρώθην εἰς τὰ βουκόλια).

2. mid. obtain by lot, also simply receive, have τὶ someth. (since Eur., Tro. 29; Herm. Wr. 16, 14; Philo, Mos. 2, 101 al.; Sb 7031, 23 [72 AD]; 7032, 22) ὁ κεκληρωμένος τὸ αὐτὸ ὄνομα who bore the same name MPol 6:2.

M-M.* κλῆσις, εως, ἡ (Aristoph., X., Pla.; pap., LXX, Philo).

1. call, calling, invitation. In our lit. almost exclusively in a relig. sense (cf. a κλῆσις, ἣν κέκληκεν [ὁ θεός] in Epict. 1, 29, 49. Cf. Maximus Tyr. 11, 11a) of the divine call, of the invitation to enter the kgdm. of God κ. ἐπουράνιος a heavenly (=divine) call Hb 3:1. ἡ κ. τοῦ θεοῦ the call that comes fr. God Ro 11:29; Lk 11:42 v.l. ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς κ. αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) the hope to which God calls Eph 1:18. ἐλπὶς τ. κλήσεως ὑμῶν the hope that your calling brings you 4:4. ἡ ἄνω κ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ the upward call of God in Christ Phil 3:14; cf. 1 Cl 46:6. καλεῖν κλήσει ἁγίᾳ call with a holy calling 2 Ti 1:9; cf. Eph 4:1, 4; ἀξιοῦν τινα τῆς κ. 2 Th 1:11 (s. 1b). ἡ κ. τινος the call that has come to someone 2 Pt 1:10. βλέπετε τὴν κ. ὑμῶν consider your call i.e., what happened when it cccurred 1 Cor 1:26. κ. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας the calling of (i.e. that consists in) his promise B 16:9. Of baptism (cf.

HKoch, Die Bussfrist des Pastor Hermae: Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 175f) μετὰ τὴν κ. ἐκείνην τὴν μεγάλην καὶ σεμνήν after that great and sacred call Hm 4, 3, 6; cf. s 8, 11, 1.

2. station in life, position, vocation (Libanius, Argum. Orat. Demosth. 2 vol. VIII p. 601, 6F. τὴν τοῦ μαχαιροποιοῦ κλῆσιν ἔλαβεν=‘took up the occupation’; Progymn. 9, 2, 1 vol. VIII p. 290, 14 ἐν τῇ κλήσει ταύτῃ=in this characteristic, i.e., as Phrygians; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 163 θεοῦ κλῆσις=the position of a god [is a thing so sacred to the Alexandrians that they even give animals a share in it]) ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κ. ᾗ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω everyone is to remain in the station in which he found himself when he was called 1 Cor 7:20.—KHoll, D. Gesch. des Wortes Beruf: SAB ’24, p. xxixff; ENorden, Antike Menschen im Ringen um ihre Berufsbestimmung: SAB ’32, p. xxxviiiff).-WBieder, D. Berufung im NT ’61; KLSchmidt, TW III 492-5. M-M.* κλητός, ή, όν (Hom.; Aeschin. 2, 162; Aelian, Nat. An. 11, 12; PAmh. 79, 5; LXX) called, invited to a meal (3 Km 1:41, 49; 3 Macc 5:14) as a fig. for invitation to the kgdm. of God Mt 22:14 (=B 4:14); cf. 20:16 t.r.—Also without the figure consciously in the background called to God’s kgdm. κ. ἅγιοι saints who are called (by God) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:2. Cf. B 4:13.—Subst. (Sib. Or. 8, 92) κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ called by Jesus Christ Ro 1:6 (for the gen. cf. 3 Km 1:49 οἱ κλητοὶ τοῦ Α.). κατὰ πρόθεσιν κ. ὄντες called in accordance w. (God’s) purpose 8:28. οἱ κλητοί those who are called 1 Cor 1:24; Jd 1. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ κλητοὶ κ. ἐκλεκτοὶ κ. πιστοί Rv 17:14. κ. ἡγιασμένοι ἐν θελήματι θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. those who are called and consecrated acc. to the will of God through our Lord Jesus Christ 1 Cl inscr.—Of calling to an office: κ. ἀπόστολος called (by God) as an apostle Ro 1:1; 1 Cor 1:1.—KLSchmidt, TW III 495-7. M-M.* κλίβανος, ου, ὁ (Ion. form [Hdt. 2, 92, also PPetr. III 140a, 3; BGU 1117, 10; 28; LXX; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 311] for the Att. κρίβανος; cf. Phryn. 179 L.; Crönert 77, 4) an oven (made of pottery) εἰς κ. βάλλειν put into the furnace Mt 6:30; Lk 12:28. The Day of Judgment ὡς κ. καιόμενος like a burning oven (cf. Hos 7:4) 2 Cl 16:3. As v.l. for κλίνη Rv 2:22. M-M. B. 340.* κλίμα, ατος, τό (Aristot.+; BGU 1549, 7; 1550, 5 [III BC]; Judg 20:2 A; Ep. Arist. On the accent cf. Bl-D. §13; 109, 3; Mlt.-H. 57; 354) district (Polyb. 5, 44, 6; 7, 6, 1; Dit., Or. 519, 18; Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 401; Sib. Or. 5, 339) τὰ κ. τῆς Ἀχαίας the region of Achaia, the province in its entirety 2 Cor 11:10. τὰ κ. τῆς Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας Gal 1:21. ἐν τοῖς κ. τούτοις in these regions Ro 15:23.—On νερτέρων ἀνεκδιήγητα κλίματα 1 Cl 20:5 s. ἀνεκδιήγητος. M-M.* κλι̂μαξ, ακος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 396) ladder, flight of stairs GOxy 26.* κλινάριον, ου, τό (Aristoph., fgm. 239; Epict. 3, 5, 13; M. Ant. 11, 18, 3; Artem. 2, 57 v.l.; PSI 616, 14; POxy. 1645, 9.—Bl-D. §111, 3) dim. of κλίνη bed (w. κράβαττος) Ac 5:15. M-M.* κλίνη, ης, ἡ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 320) bed, couch, a place for those who are resting (2 Km 4:7; Ps 6:7), suffering (Gen 48:2; 49:33), or dining (Xenophanes 18, 2 Diehl2; Ezk 23:41) Mk 4:21; 7:30; Lk 8:16; 17:34; dining couch Mk 7:4 t.r. καθίσαι εἰς τὴν κ. sit on the bed Hv 5:1.—Pallet, stretcher on which a sick man 528

was carried (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 45 §199 ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ κλίνης διὰ νόσον; as a bier for the dead Pla., Leg. 12 p.

947B; Jos., Ant. 7, 40=2 Km 3:31.—2 Ch 16:14), prob. not differentiated fr. ‘bed’ Mt 9:2, 6; Lk 5:18 (φέρειν ἐπὶ κλίνης as Dit., Syll.3 1169, 31; Jos., Ant. 17, 197).βάλλειν τινὰ εἰς κ. lay someone on a sickbed i.e. strike her w. an illness Rv 2:22 (a lingering illness as a divine punishment: Diod. S. 16, 61, 3. Cf. also PUps. 8, 4 s.v. ξηραίνω 2b).

M-M. B. 480.* κλινίδιον, ου, τό (Dionys. Hal. 7, 68; Artem. 1, 2 p. 7, 22; M. Ant. 10, 28, 2; Plut., Mor. p. 466C, Coriol. 24, 5 p.

225B; Pollux 10, 7; Jos., Ant. 17, 161.—Bl-D. §111, 3; Mlt.-H. 346) dim. of κλίνη (q.v.) bed=pallet, stretcher Lk 5:19, 24. M-M.* κλίνω 1 aor. ἔκλινα; pf. κέκλικα; 1 aor. pass. ἐκλίθην (Bl-D. §76, 1; W-S. §13, 9f) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. trans.—a. incline, bend, bow τὴν κεφαλήν the head of Jesus as he was dying J 19:30 (but since the bowing of the head came before the giving up of his spirit, and since esp. in the Fourth Gosp. the Passion is a voluntary act of Jesus to the very last, the bowing must not be regarded as a sign of weakness; the Crucified One acted of his own accord. Cf. BGU 954, 5 κλίνω τ. κεφαλήν μου κατενώπιόν σου). τὸ πρόσωπον εὒς τὴν γῆν bow one’s face to the ground Lk 24:5.—b. lay (down) τὴν κεφαλήν (to sleep) Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58. c. pass. lean, fall (over) λέγει κύριος (where?) ὅταν ξύλον κλιθῇ καὶ ἀναστῇ B 12:1.—d. fig. cause to fall, turn to flight (as early as Hom.; Jos., Ant. 14, 416)παρεμβολὰς κ. ἀλλοτρίων Hb 11:34.

2. intr. (Bl-D. §308; Rob. 800) decline, be far spent (X.+; PHib. 38, 8 [252/1 BC]) of the day Lk 9:12; 24:29 (cf.

Apollon. Rhod. 1, 452 κλίνοντος ἠελίοιο; Polyb. 3, 93, 7; Arrian, Anab. 3, 4, 2; Jer 6:4 κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα).

M-M.* κλισία, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 24, 1; Plut., Sert. 26, 9 Ziegler v.l.; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 74; 3 Macc 6:31; Ep. Arist. 183; Jos., Ant. 12, 96)a group of people eating together κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισίας have them sit down in groups (to eat) Lk 9:14. M-M.* κλοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; incr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 169)theft, stealing in list of vices (Jos., Bell. 2, 581)D 3:5a. Pl. (Jos., Bell. 5, 402;Test. Reub. 3:6) Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; D 3:5b; 5:1. M-M.* κλύδων, ωνος, ὁ (Hom.+; Sb 8026, 19; LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 423, rarely in pl. [as Polyb. 10, 3, 3; Vett. Val. 344, 15; 4 Macc 15:31 ]) rough water, (a succession of) waves κ. τοῦ ὕδατος Lk 8:24; surf κ. θαλάσσης (Philo, Op. M. 58, Gig. 51; cf. Jon 1:4, 11; Jos., Ant. 9, 210)Js 1:6. M-M.* κλυδωνίζομαι (Vett. Val. 354, 26; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27 H.; Is 57:20; Jos., Ant. 9, 239ὁ δῆμος ἅπας ταρασσόμενος κ. κλυδωνιζόμενος; Sib. Or. 1, 289) be tossed here and there by waves fig. κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τ. διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. M-M.* Κλωπᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ Clopas. Among the women who were standing at the cross of Jesus acc. to J 19:25 there was a Μαρία ἡ Κλωπᾶ Mary, the wife of Clopas. This woman can scarcely be identical w. the sister of Jesus’ mother who has just been mentioned (without being named), since then we should have to postulate two sisters w. the same name, Mary (but s. Artem. 4, 30 p. 222, 3f, where we find a woman with her ἀδελφὴ ὁμώνυμος). Hegesippus mentions a Clopas as a brother of Joseph (in Euseb., H.E. 3, 11; 32, 1-4; 6; 4, 22, 4).—The name cannot be explained w. certainty, but is prob. Semit. (Palmyr. ‫ ;אפולק‬Journ. Asiat. 10, 1897, 327). Cf. Κλεοπᾶς. M-M.* κνήθω (Aristot.+=‘scratch’; acc. to Moeris p. 234 H. Gk, not Att. There is an older form κνάω which, as ἐπικνάω, is found as early as Il. 11, 639. The aor. mid. is found in Lucian, Bis Accusatus 1 οὐδʼ ὅσσον κνήσασθαι τὸ οὖς σχολὴν διάγων=he does not even have enough time to scratch his ear) itch pass. feel an itching κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν (s. ἀκοή 1c). Fig. of curiosity, that looks for interesting and spicy bits of information. This itching is relieved by the messages of the new teachers. W. the same concepts as a background, one might transl.: to have one’s ear tickled (a κνῆσις ὤτων takes place τρυφῆς ἕνεκα: Plut., Mor. 167B) 2 Ti 4:3 (s. Clement of Alex., Strom. I 3, 22, 5 p. 15 Stähl.). M-M.* Κνίδος, ου, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 13, 370; 1 Macc 15:23) Cnidus, a peninsula w. a city of the same name on the coast of Caria in Asia Minor, touched by Paul on his journey to Crete Ac 27:7.* κνι̂σα, ης, ἡ (Hom. [κνίση]+; Philo, Somn. 1, 49 v.l. [for κνίσσα]) the odor of burning fat on a sacrifice Dg 2:8; 3:5 (used both times w. αἷμα).* κοδράντης, ου, ὁ (Lat. loanw., ‘quadrans’; also in rabb.; actually one quarter of an ‘as’. Cf. Plut., Cic. 29, 5 τὸ λεπτότατον τοῦ χαλκοῦ νομίσματος κουαδράντην ἐκάλουν [the Romans]. For the spelling s. Bl-D. §41, 2) quadrans, penny=two λεπτά Mk 12:42 (DSperber, Mk 12:42 and its Metrological Background, NovT 9, ’67, 178-90). Its value was approximately one quarter of a cent in normal times. ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κ. until you have paid the last cent Mt 5:26; Lk 12:59 D; D 1:5 (Sextus 39 μέχρις οὗ καὶ τ. ἔσχατον κοδράντην ἀπολάβῃ [the punishing demon]).—Lit. under ἀργύριον 2c. M-M.* 529

Κοδράτος, ου, ὁ Quadratus (Epict. 3, 23, 23; Ael. Aristid. 47, 22 K.=23 p. 451 D.; Herodian; Dit., Or. 683, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 241)MPol 21; s. Στάτιος.* κοιλία, ας, ἡ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 273; 19, 346; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) body-cavity, belly (Gen 3:14 w. στῆθος).

1. as an organ of nourishment: the digestive apparatus in its fullest extent (Jer 28:34; Ezk 3:3; Sir 36:18 al.) εἰς τὴν κ. χωρεῖν (cf. Plut., Mor. 699F εἴπερ εἰς κοιλίαν ἐχώρει διὰ στομάχου πᾶν τὸ πινόμενον. Even the last part of the alimentary canal is κ. : Herodian 1, 17, 10) Mt 15:17; cf. Mk 7:19. Belly, stomach (so Diod. S. 2, 58, 3 between φάρυγξ [gullet] and σπλάγχνα [intestines]; Aelian, V.H. 1, 1 al.) of Jonah’s fish (Jon 2:1f) Mt 12:40. Of the human stomach 1 Cor 6:13. γεμίσαι τὴν κ. ἔκ τινος fill the stomach w. someth. i.e., eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 15:16. Of the working of a scroll eaten by the writer of the Apoc. (cf. Ezk 3:3) πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κ. Rv 10:9; cf. vs. 10; δουλεύειν τῇ κ. be a slave to one’s stomach Ro 16:18; ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἡ κ. whose god is their stomach Phil 3:19.

2. as an organ of reproduction, esp. womb, uterus (Epict. 2, 16, 43; 3, 22, 74; Dt 28:4, 11; Job 1:21; Ruth 1:11) Lk 1:41, 44; 2:21; 11:27; 23:29; J 3:4; B 13:2 (Gen 25:23). ἐκ κοιλίας from birth (Judg 16:17 ms. A; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12; Lk 1:15; Ac 3:2; 14:8; Gal 1:15; καρπὸς τῆς κ. fruit of the womb (cf. Mi 6:7; La 2:20) Lk 1:42.

3. κ. denotes the hidden, innermost recesses of the human body (Job 15:35; Pr 18:20; 20:27, 30; Sir 19:12; 51:21), so that a variation betw. κοιλία and καρδία becomes poss. (Ac 2:30 v.l.; Rv 10:9; Hab 3:16; Ps 39:9. Cf. schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 21 τοῦ στόματος τῆς κοιλίας, ἣν οἱ μὲν καρδίαν καλοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ δοχεῖον τῶν ἐντέρων τῆς βρώσεως [καρδία of the upper opening of the stomach: Theocr. 2, 49]; PGM 4, 3141: the κοιλία is the place where the καρδία is found). ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κ. αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος rivers of living water shall flow from his heart J 7:38 (thought of as a scripture quot., though its source can no longer be determined w. certainty. The expr. may be proverbial; cf. the Cicero ref. below. The κ. has often been taken to be that of the believer, but there is an increasing tendency to punctuate w. a period after ἐμέ in vs. 38 rather than after πινέτω at the end of vs. 37 [s. RSV mg.] and understand κ. of Jesus; cf. Hdb. ad loc.; JoachJeremias, Golgotha ’26, 80-4; HBornhäuser, Sukka ’35, 34-9; Bultmann, Ev. d. Joh. ’41, 228-30. For the patristic interpr., HRahner, Biblica 22, ’41, 269-302; 367-403. Differently, A-MDubarle, Vivre et Penser 3, ’43/’44, 238-41. Cf. Cicero, De Orat. 2, 39[162]); JBlenkinsopp, NTS 6, ’59, 95-99; JBehm, TW III 788f. M-M. B. 253.* κοιμάω 1 aor. pass. ἐκοιμήθην; 1 fut. κοιμηθήσομαι; pf. κεκοίμημαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only in pass. sleep, fall asleep.

1. lit. (Hom.+ usu.; Diod. S. 15, 25, 2; PGM 36, 151; 305; Jos., Bell. 4, 306, Ant. 8, 28, Vi. 132; Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 794) Mt 28:13; Lk 22:45; J 11:12; Ac 12:6; Hv 2, 4, 1; s 9, 11, 3; 6. Fig. of the night (as of the sun: Pythag. in Gemin., Elem. Astr. p. 22E) κοιμᾶται ἡ νύξ the night falls asleep 1 Cl 24:3.

2. fig. of the sleep of death, in which case additional words often emphasize the figurative nature of the expression (as early as Il. 11, 241; Dit., Or. 383, 43 [I BC]; IG Sic. It. 549, 1; 929, 13 κοιμᾶται τ. αἰώνιον ὕπνον). Yet the verb without these additions can have this mng. (Soph., Electra 509 Μυρτίλος ἐκοιμάθη; Aeschrio Lyr. [IV BC] 6, 2 Diehl 2, grave-epigram, ἐνταῦθα κεκοίμημαι; PFay. 22, 28 [I BC]; Gen 47:30; Dt 31:16; 3 Km 11:43; Is 14:8; 43:17; 2 Macc 12:45.—OMerlier, Bull. de corr. hell. 54, ’30, 228-40; MBOgle, The Sleep of Death: Memoirs of the Amer.

Acad. in Rome 11, ’33, 81-117; JCBowmer, ET 53, ’42, 355f [on 1 Cor 15:20, 22]). a. fall asleep, die, pass away J 11:11; Ac 7:60; 13:36; 1 Cor 7:39; 11:30; 15:6, 51; 2 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 44:2; Hm 4, 4, 1. ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα (Ps 3:6) is interpr. to mean ‘die’ in 1 Cl 26:2. ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἐκοιμήθησαν they fell asleep as righteous men Hs 9, 16, 7. κοιμηθείς after my death IRo 4:2. οἱ διδάσκαλοι. . . κοιμηθέντες ἐν δυνάμει καὶ πίστει τ. υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ teachers who died in the power of the Son of God, and in faith in him Hs 9, 16, 5. οἱ κοιμηθέντες those who have already died 1 Th 4:14f. οἱ κ. ἐν Χριστῷ those who died in communion w.

Christ 1 Cor 15:18. b. the pres. ptc. and perf. ptc. denoting a state of being, w. art., subst. the one who has fallen asleep οἱ κοιμώμενοι 1 Th 4:13; GP 10:41.—οἱ κεκοιμημένοι 1 Cor 15:20; Hs 9, 16, 3. Not subst. οἱ κεκοιμημένοι ἅγιοι Mt 27:52. οἱ μὲν κεκοιμημένοι, οἱ δὲ ἔτι ὄντες some are dead, the others are still living Hv 3, 5, 1. M-M. B. 269.* κοίμησις, εως, ἡ sleep—1. lit. (Pla., Symp. 10 p. 183A) ἡ κ. τοῦ ὕπνου (epexeg. gen.) the sleep of slumber J 11:13.

2. fig. death (Sir 46:19; 48:13; inscrs. on Jewish graves in Rome [ABerliner, Gesch. d. Juden in Rom I 1893, 72f; Schürer II4 441 ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡ κοίμησις αὐτοῦ]; Sb 1540, 5; Fluchtaf. 4, 30; Pel.-Leg. p. 15, 16) Hv 3, 11, 3; s 9, 15, 6. M-M.* κοινῇ s. κοινός 1c. κοινός, ή, όν (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX) common—1. communal, common (so secular wr., also LXX; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.). a. adj. τράπεζα (Diod. S. 4, 74, 2) Dg 5:7a. πίστις Tit 1:4. σωτηρία (cf. Dit., Syll.3 409, 33f [ca. 275 BC]; X., An. 3, 2, 32; Diod. S. 37, 2, 5; Polyaenus 5, 31) Jd 3. κ. ἐλπίς IEph 21:2; IPhld 5:2; 11:2. κ. ὄνομα (Philo, Abr. 7, Leg. ad Gai. 194) IEph 1:2; εἶχον ἅπαντα κ. they had everything in common (κοινὰ πάντα ἔχειν: Strabo 7, 3, 9.—Diod. S. 5, 9, 4: the inhabitants of Lipara τὰς οὐσίας κοινὰς ποιησάμενοι καὶ ζῶντες κατὰ συσσίτια=they made their possessions common property and lived acc. to the custom of common meals; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 168 of 530

the Pythagoreans: κοινὰ πᾶσι πάντα. . . ἦν, ἴδιον δὲ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἐκέκτητο. Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 20. The word occurs in a sim. context w. ref. to the Essenes: Philo, Prob. Lib. 85; 86; Jos., Ant. 18, 20, and the Therapeutae: Philo, Vi. Cont. 32; 40; HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT, I, ’66, 43-50. Even Pla., Phaedr. 279C κοινὰ τὰ τῶν φίλων) Ac 2:44; cf. 4:32 (cf. IQS 6, 2).-PWSchmiedel, Die Gütergemeinschaft der ältesten Christenheit: PM 2, 1898, 367-78; EvDobschütz, Probleme des apost. Zeitalters ’04, 39ff; JBehm, Kommunismus im Urchristentum: NKZ 31, ’20, 275-97; KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 140-51; EHaenchen, Acts ’56, 191-6 (lit.).—Of body and spirit ἀμφότερα κ. ἐστι both are in communion=belong together, cannot be separated Hs 5, 7, 4. b. subst. τὸ κοινόν what is (in) common τὸ κ. τῆς ἐλπίδος the common ground of hope 1 Cl 51:1.-τὸ κ. the society, church (t.t. to designate all those who belong to a given group: POxy. 53, 2 τὸ κ. τῶν τεκτόνων; 84, 3; Jos., Vi. 65) διακονία εἰς τὸ κ. service for the church IPhld 1:1. Also the common treasury (Appian, Iber. 8, §31 τὸ κ.=the state treasury) of slaves ἐλευθεροῦσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. to be freed at the expense of the church treasury IPol 4:3 (cf. X., An. 4, 7, 27; 5, 1, 12 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ=‘at state expense’; Jos., Vi. 297 ἐκ τοῦ κ. 298). c. adv. κοινῇ together, collectively (Soph., Thu.+; inscr., PMagd. 29, 2; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 70; 2, 166) IEph 20:2; ISm 12:2 (both in contrast to κατʼ ἄνδρα [‘man for man’, ‘individually’], as Dit., Syll.3 1073, 18); 7:2 (opp. κατʼ ὒδίαν, as Diod. S. 11, 24, 4; Dio Chrys. 34[51], 9; Dit., Syll.3 630, 15; 2 Macc 9:26). τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον the common good B 4:10.

2. of that which comes into contact w. anything and everything, and is therefore common, ordinary, profane (cf.

Alcman [VII BC], fgm. 49 D.2 τὰ κοινά of that which ordinary people eat, in contrast to those of more refined tastes; Plut., Eroticus 4 p. 751B καλὸν γὰρ ἡ φιλία καὶ ἀστεῖον, ἡ δὲ ἡδονὴ κοινὸν καὶ ἀνελεύθερον [Ltzm., Hdb. on Ro 14:14]. Then 1 Macc 1:47, 62; Ep. Arist. 315=Jos., Ant. 12, 112κοινοὶ ἄνθρωποι; 13, 4). εἰκαιότης silliness Dg 4:6. Of that which is ceremonially impure Rv 21:27. χεῖρες (ceremon.) impure Mk 7:2, 5 (MSmith, Tannaitic Parall. to the Gosp. ’51, 31f); οὐδὲν κ. διʼ ἑαυτοῦ nothing is unclean of itself Ro 14:14a; cf. b, c. κ. ἡγεῖσθαί τι consider someth. unclean Hb 10:29. οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κ. καὶ ἀκάθαρτον I have never eaten anything common or unclean (1 Macc 1:62) Ac 10:14; cf. vs. 28; 11:8.—Dg 5:7b (see κοίτη 1b).—FHauck, TW III 789-810: κοινός and related words. M-M. B. 1365.* κοινόω 1 aor. ἐκοίνωσα; pf. κεκοίνωκα, pass. ptc. κεκοινωμένος (Pind., Thu.+in the sense of κοινός 1; Jos., Ant. 5, 267; 18, 231). In our lit. only in the sense of κοινός 2.

1. make common or impure, defile in the ceremonial sense (4 Macc 7:6. Cf. Malalas 277, 2 LDind. [1831] κοινώσας τὰ ὕδατα). a. τινά someone Mt 15:11, 18, 20; Mk 7:15, 18, 20, 23. Pf. pass. ptc. w. the art., subst. οἱ κεκοινωμένοι those who are ceremonially unclean Hb 9:13. b. τὶ someth. the temple profane, desecrate Ac 21:28. Pass., of a sacrifice become defiled D 14:2.—c. abs. Rv 21:27 t.r.

2. consider or declare (ceremonially) unclean Ac 10:15; 11:9. M-M.* Κόϊντος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S. 11, 27, 1 of a contemporary of the battle of Salamis [480 BC]; Plut. et al.; Dit., Syll.2 588, 34; 31127, 3, Or. 684, 1; pap. [Preisigke, Namenbuch]; 2 Macc 11:34; Jos., Ant. 14, 219)Quintus, a Christian in Smyrna MPol 4.* κοινωνέω fut. κοινωνήσω; 1 aor. ἐκοινώνησα; pf. κεκοινώνηκα (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 11, 2).

1. share, have a share—a. τινός in someth. (X., Rep. Lac. 1, 9, Mem. 2, 6, 23; Pla., Leg. 12 p. 947A; Diod. S. 5, 49, 6 τοὺς τῶν μυστηρίων κοινωνήσαντας=those who participated in, i.e., were initiated into, the mysteries; 5, 68, 3 τῆς τροφῆς ταύτης; 15, 68, 1; 19, 4, 3; Herodian 3, 10, 8; inscr. [Kl. T. 121 no. 32, 41]; pap.; Pr 1:11; 3 Macc 2:31; Philo, Post. Cai. 160 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 75, C. Ap. 2, 174.—Bl-D. §169, 1; Rob. 509f) of human beings αἵματος καὶ σαρκός share in flesh and blood Hb 2:14 (inscr. fr. Commagene in KHumann u. OPuchstein, Reisen in Kleinasien u. Nordsyrien, Textband 1890 p. 371 [I BC] πᾶσιν ὅσοι φύσεως κοινωνοῦντες ἀνθρωπίνης). b. τινί in someth. (Demosth., Prooem. 25, 2 [bracketed by Blass]; Plut., Arat. 8, 3; but Wsd 6:23 ‘associate with’; s. JYCampbell, JBL 51, ’32, 359). α. τοῖς πνευματικοῖς in spiritual blessings Ro 15:27. τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθήμασιν 1 Pt 4:13 (cf. Achilles Tat. 7, 2, 3 εἰς τὸ παθεῖν κοινωνία=‘fellowship in suffering’). Of a martyr’s body: receive a part of i.e. a part of the body as a ‘relic’ κ. τῷ ἁγίῳ σαρκίῳ MPol 17:1. β. To share, participate in the deeds of others means to be equally responsible for them ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 Ti 5:22 (Artem. 3, 51 κ. τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκείνῳ). τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τ. πονηροῖς 2J 11. γ. Participation in someth. can reach such a degree that one claims a part in it for oneself take an interest in, share (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 25; Pr 1:11) ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων Ro 12:13. The transition to the next mng. is easy.

2. give or contribute a share (Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 107) w. dat. of the pers. (cf. Demosth. 25, 61; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 1. 31 §139; Artem. 5 p. 252, 14; Sextus 350; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 258) foll. by ἔν τινι give someone a share of someth. Gal 6:6. κοινωνήσεις ἐν πᾶσιν τῷ πλησίον σου B 19:8. Also τινὶ εἴς τι (cf. Pla., Rep. 5 p. 453A; PLond.

1794, 7; Test. Zeb. 3:1) οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς no church made me its partner in Phil 4:15.

3. Ms. D uses κ. Mt 15:11 (twice), 18, 20 in the sense of κοινόω 1a (so Diod. S. 5, 33, 5 κ.=partake [in uncleanness]). M-M.* κοινωνία, ας, ἡ (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo [Mos. 1, 158 of communion w. God]; Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. association, communion, fellowship, close relationship (hence a favorite expr. for the marital relationship as the most intimate betw. human beings Isocr. 3, 40; BGU 1051, 9 [I AD]; 1052, 7; POxy. 1473, 33; 3 Macc 4:6; Jos., 531

Ant. 1, 304.But s. also Diod. S. 10, 8, 2 ἡ τοῦ βίου κ.=the common type or bond of life that unites the Pythagoreans) τινός with or to someone (Amphis Com. [IV BC] 20, 3; Herodian 1, 10, 1); so it is linguistically poss. to transl.: κ. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ fellowship with his Son 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 4 below) and κ. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος fellowship w. the Holy Spirit 2 Cor 13:13 (so Sickenberger in the Trinitarian sense). Others take the latter gen. as a subjective gen. or gen. of quality fellowship brought about by the Holy Spirit (Heinrici, Bachmann, Bousset; TSchmidt, D. Leib Christi ’19, 135; s. 4 below). Corresp. κ. πνεύματος fellowship w. the Spirit Phil 2:1 (Synes., Prov. l, 15 p. 108C κ. γνώμης=community of will and s. 2 below).—κοινωνία(ν ἔχειν) μετά τινος (have) fellowship w. someone (cf. Job 34:8) w. God 1J 1:3b, 6 (cf. Epict. 2, 19, 27 περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Δία κοινωνίας βουλευόμενον; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 35[both πρὸς w. acc.]); w. the Christian brethren vss. 3a, 7. εἴς τι (POxford [ed EPWegener ’42] 5f) ἡ κ. εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον close relationship w. the gospel Phil 1:5. ηὐδόκησαν κ. τινὰ ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχούς they have undertaken to establish a rather close relation w. the poor Ro 15:26 (but s. 3 below).—κ. πρός w. acc. connection with, relation to (Pla., Symp. 188C; Galen, Protr. 9 p. 28, 7 J.; Dit., Syll.3 646, 54 [170 BC]; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 110 τίς οὖν κοινωνία πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα τῷ μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἐπιτετηδευκότι; cf. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 208) τίς κ. φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; what does darkness have in common with light? 2 Cor 6:14 (Aristoph., Thes. 140 τίς κατόπτρου καὶ ξίφους κοινωνία;).—Abs. fellowship, (brotherly) unity Ac 2:42 (cf. JAFitzmyer, PSchubert-Festschr.’66, 242-44 [Acts-Qumran] suggests that ‘community of goods’ [‫ ]דחי‬may be meant here, as IQS 1, 11-13; 6, 17. On the problem of this term s. HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT, I, ’66; 143-50; s. also ACarr, The Fellowship of Ac 2:42 and Cognate Words: Exp. 8th Ser. V ’13, 458ff). δεξιὰς κοινωνίας διδόναι τινί give someone the right hand of fellowship Gal 2:9.—κ. also has the concrete mng. society, brotherhood as a closely knit majority, naturally belonging together: Maximus Tyr. 15, 4b τί ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς κοινωνίας συμβόλαιον; what is the contribution (i.e., of the philosopher) to the community or (human) society? 16, 2m δημώδεις κοινωνίαι=meetings of the common people.

2. generosity, fellow-feeling, altruism (Epict. in Stob. 43 Sch. χρηστότητι κοινωνίας; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 9 κ. beside ὁμόνοια; Herm. Wr. 13, 9 [opp. πλεονεξία]) ἁπλότης τῆς κ. εἴς τινα 2 Cor 9:13. W. εὐποιΐα Hb 13:16.

The context permits this mng. also Phil 2:1 (s. 1 above). The transition to the next sense is easy.

3. abstr. for concr. sign of fellowship, proof of brotherly unity, even gift, contribution (Lev 5:21; inscr., of Asia Minor: κ.=‘subsidy’ [Rdm.2 10]) Ro 15:26 (s. 1 above). Under this head we may perh. classify κοινωνία τ. αἵματος (σώματος) τοῦ Χριστοῦ a means for attaining a close relationship with the blood (body) of Christ 1 Cor 10:16a, b (s. 4 below).

4. participation, sharing τινός in someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 67 §306 κ. τῶν παρόντων=in the present undertakings; 5, 71 §299 κ. τῆς ἀρχῆς in the rule; Polyaenus 6, 7, 2 κ. τοῦ μιάσματος in the foul deed; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b τῆς ἀρετῆς; Synes., Kgdm. 13 p. 12c. κ. τῶν ἔργων=in the deeds of others; Wsd 8:18; Jos., Ant. 2, 62)ὅπως ἡ κ. τῆς πίστεώς σου ἐνεργὴς γένηται that your participation in the faith may be made known through your deeds Phlm 6. γνῶναι κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ become aware of sharing his sufferings Phil 3:10. ἡ κ. τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους taking part in the relief of the saints 2 Cor 8:4. Perh. this is the place for 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 1 above); 2 Cor 13:13 (participation in the Holy Spirit: Ltzm., Kümmel, Windisch, Seesemann [s. below] 70; Gdspd., Probs. 169f;—s. 1 above); 1 Cor 10:16 (participation in the blood [body] of Christ. So recently ASchlatter, Pls der Bote Jesu ’34, 295f; s. 3 above. But perh. here κοινωνία w. gen. means the common possession or enjoyment of someth. [Diod. S. 8, 5, 1 ἀγελῶν κ.=of the flocks; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἀρετῆς=for the common possession of excellence; Diog. L. 7, 124; Synes., Kgdm. 20 p. 24B; Hierocles 6 p. 428: we are to choose the best man as friend and unite ourselves with him πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν κοινωνίαν=for the common possession or enjoyment of the virtues; 7 p. 429 τῶν καλῶν τὴν κ.]. Then 1 Cor 10:16 would be: Do not the cup and the bread mean the common partaking of the body and blood of Christ? After all, we all partake of one and the same bread).—JYCampbell, Κοινωνία and its Cognates in the NT: JBL 51, ’32, 352-80; EPGroenewald, Κοινωνία (gemeenskap) bij Pls, Diss. Amst. ’32; HSeesemann, D. Begriff Κοινωνία im NT ’33; PJTEndenburg, Koinoonia. . . bij de Grieken in den klass. tijd ’37; HWFord, The NT Conception of Fellowship: Shane Quarterly 6, ’45, 188-215; GVJourdan, Κοινωνία in 1 Cor 10:16: JBL 67, ’48, 111-24; KFNickle, The Collection, A Study in Paul’s Strategy, ’66. M-M.* κοινωνικός, ή, όν (since Ps.-Pla., Def., and Aristot.; Vett. Val., pap., Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 122)giving or sharing what is one’s own, liberal, generous (Aristot., Rhet. 2, 24, 2 p. 1401a, 20; Polyb. 2, 44, 1; Lucian, Tim. 56 ἀνὴρ τῶν ὄντων κοινωνικός; Iambl., Protr. 21, 19 and 30 p. 117, 8; 123, 6 Pistelli) w. εὐμετάδοτος 1 Ti 6:18. M-M.* κοινωνός, οῦ, ὁ and ἡ (trag.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) companion, partner, sharer.

1. one who takes part in someth. with someone—a. with someone, expressed α. by the dat. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 131 θεῷ τινος [‘in someth.’]; Jos., Ant. 8, 239σοί τινος; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 15 κ. ἐκείνοις τῆς γνώμης=with those men [the seven wise men] in knowledge) ἦσαν κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι (who) were partners (in business) with Simon Lk 5:10 (cf. PAmh. 100, 4: Hermes the fisherman takes Cornelius as his κ.=‘partner’; ὁ κ.=partner Diod. S. 8, 5, 3; BGU 1123, 4). β. by the gen. (Pr 28:24; Is 1:23; Mal 2:14) κ. τῶν οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες Hb 10:33. Of a martyr (who shares a bloody death w. Christ) Χριστοῦ MPol 6:2; cf. 17:3. κ. τῶν δαιμονίων be a partner w. the demons (in the sacrifices offered to them) 1 Cor 10:20 (HGressmann, Ἡ κοινωνία τῶν δαιμονίων: ZNW 20, ’21, 224-30; Clemen2 182-8). γ. by μετά and gen. μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος κ. Hs 5, 6, 6. b. in someth., expressed—α. by the gen. of the thing (Diod. S. 14, 61, 5; Epict. 3, 22, 63 κ. τῆς βασιλείας [of the Cynic]; Plut., Mor. 45E; 819C, Brut. 13, 5; Aelian, V.H. 2, 24; Appian, Samn. 10 §12 τ. ἀγαθῶν; Maximus Tyr. 31, 532

5c; Sir 6:10; Esth 8:12n; Jos., Ant. 4, 177κ. τῆς ταλαιπωρίας). κ. τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 Cor 10:l8 (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 350C κοινωνὸς ἱερῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 221 κοινωνὸν τοῦ βωμοῦ). τῶν παθημάτων (Diod. S. 4, 20, 2 τῶν κακοπαθειῶν κ.), τῆς παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:7. ὁ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κ. 1 Pt 5:1. θείας φύσεως 2 Pt 1:4 (cf. the inscr. fr. Commagene under κοινωνέω 1a). τῆς μοιχείας a partner in adultery Hm 4, 1, 5 (Socrat., Ep. 7, 1 κοι. τ. ἀδικήματος; Polyaenus 2, 14, 1 κ. τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως in the uprising). ἀμφότεροι κοινωνοὶ τοῦ ἔργου τ. δικαίου Hs 2:9 (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 325A ἀνοσίων αὐτοῖς ἔργων κοι.). β. by ἐν: D 4:8. ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ κ. in what is imperishable B 19:8.—c. with someone in someth. αὐτῶν κ. ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν Mt 23:30. d. abs. (4 Km 17:11) κ. ἐμὸς καὶ συνεργός 2 Cor 8:23 (for the combination of κ. and συνεργός cf. the first two Plut.-pass. given under b α). ἔχειν τινὰ κοινωνόν consider someone a partner Phlm 17 (cf. Diod. S. 18, 53, 6 ἔσχε κοινωνοὺς τ. αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων).

2. one who permits someone else to share in someth. τινί τινος: τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων ἡμῖν γινόμεθα ὑμῖν κοινωνοί we let you share in what has been revealed to us Dg 11:8.—The concrete mng. ‘member’ (Idomeneus Hist. [III BC] no. 338 fgm. 8 Jac. κ. τῆς προαιρέσεως=‘member of the party’) does not seem to be found in our lit.

M-M.* κοινῶς adv. (Eur.+) in the common language or dialect (Apollon. Dysc., Pron. 82, 27 al.) Mk 3:17 W et al.* κοινωφελής, ές (Epict. 4, 10, 12; M. Ant. 1, 16, 4; 3, 4, 1; 4, 12, 2; POxy. 1409, 19 [III AD]; Philo, De Jos. 34; 73, Mos. 2, 9; 28, Spec. Leg. 4, 157; 170 al.) generally useful ζητεῖν τὸ κ. πᾶσιν seek the common good of all 1 Cl 48:6.* κοίτη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Sib. Or., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. bed—a. gener. (Cass. Dio 61, 13, 5; Herm. Wr. 1, 29; 2 Km 4:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 52κοίτης ὥρα) εἰς τὴν κ. εἶναι be in bed Lk 11:7 (Jos., Ant. 1, 177τ. ἐν ταῖς κοίταις ὄντας). b. esp. (trag.+; Sib. Or. 4, 33) marriage-bed (w. γάμος) Hb 13:4 (on the ‘defiling’ of the marriage-bed by adultery cf. Ps.-Plut., Fluv. 8, 3 and Jos., Ant. 2, 55τ. κοίτην μιαίνειν; Artem. 2, 26; Synes., Dreams 11 p. 143B κοίτην ἀμόλυντον; Gen 49:4; Test. Reub. 1:6). Dg 5:7 emend.

2. euphem. for—a. sexual intercourse (Eur., Med. 152, Alc. 249; Lev 15:21-6; Wsd 3:13, 16) pl. (w. ἀσέλγειαι) sexual excesses Ro 13:13. b. seminal emission (Num 5:20 ἔδωκέν τις τὴν κοίτην αὐτοῦ ἐν σοί. In full κοίτη σπέρματος: Lev 15:16f, 32; 18:20; 22:4) κοίτην ἔχειν ἐξ ἑνός conceive children by one man Ro 9:10. M-M. B. 480.* κοιτών, ῶνος, ὁ (this word, rejected by the Atticists [Phryn. p. 252 L.], in Diod. S. 11, 69, 2; Epict. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 382; Test. Reub. 3, 13; loanw. in rabb.) bedroom; as a title: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος the one in charge of the bed-chamber, the chamberlain (Epict. 4, 7, 1; Dit., Or. 256, 5 [c. 130 BC] ἐπὶ τ. κοιτῶνος τῆς βασιλίσσης. Other exx. in Magie 73) Ac 12:20. M-M.* κοκκάριον, ου, τό (Rufus [II AD] in Oribasius 8, 47, 11) dim. of κόκκος, little grain of a hailstone Hm 11:20.* κόκκινος, η, ον (Herodas 6, 19; Martial 2, 39; Plut., Fab. 15, 1; Epict.; PHamb. 10, 24; PLond. 191, 5; 193, 22; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 72v.l.) red, scarlet χλαμὺς κ. a red cloak of the ‘sagum purpureum (paludamentum)’ of Roman soldiers Mt 27:28; ἔριον κ. Hb 9:19; B 7:8ff; 8:1. As the color of an apocalyptic beast or its covering Rv 17:3.—τὸ κ. scarlet cloth, a scarlet garment (Epict. 3, 22, 10 ἐν κοκκίνοις περιπατεῖν; 4, 11, 34; 2 Km 1:24.—Gen 38:28; Ex 25:4; Josh 2:18; 2 Ch 2:13) ἡ γυνὴ ἦν περιβεβλημένη πορφυροῦν κ. κόκκινον Rv 17:4; cf.

18:16 (on the comb. πορφ. κ. κόκκ. cf. PTebt. 405, 5; Ex 39:12; 2 Ch 2:6), vs. 12; (opp. ἔριον ‘white wool’) 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:18); scarlet cord 12:7.—Eva Wunderlich, Die Bed. der roten Farbe im Kultus der Griechen u. Römer ’25; RGradwohl, D. Farben im AT, Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 73-8; OMichel, TW III 812-15. M-M. B. 1056.* κόκκος, ου, ὁ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1173, 12; PGM 7, 638) seed, grain 1. of various plants: mustard Mt 13:31; 17:20; Mk 4:31; Lk 13:19; 17:6; of wheat, etc. (Favorinus [beg. II AD] in Diog. L. 6, 88) J 12:24 (Ocellus [II BC] c. 16 H.: the ἀνάλυσις of the fruit makes the seed free. Cf. Philo, Aet. M. 94ff); 1 Cor 15:37 (HRiesenfeld, TU 77, ’61, 43-55).

2. of the scarlet ‘berry’, the female of a scale insect (similar to the cochineal) which clings to the leaves of an oak tree; the dried bodies of these insects, known as kermes, were used by the ancients to prepare a purplish-red dye (s.

Theophr., H. PlAnt. 3, 7, 3; 3, 16, 1), hence also scarlet, scarlet dye (Dromo in Athen. 6 p. 240D; PHolm. 22, 1; Sir 45:10; Jos., Bell. 6, 390)1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.).—OMichel, TW III 810-12. M-M.* κοκκύζω (Hes.+) crow of a cock (Cratinus+; Plato Com. [V/IV BC] 209 p. 659 K.; Hyperid., fgm. 239) gospel fragment fr. Fayum (Kl. T. 83, p. 23, 10; cf. Mk 14:30.).* κολαβρίζω 1 aor. pass. ἐκολαβρίσθην (Hesychius) mock, ridicule (Suidas) 1 Cl 39:9 (Job 5:4).* κολάζω fut. κολάσω; 1 aor. mid. ἐκολασάμην; 1 fut. pass. κολασθήσομαι punish (so trag., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 90, 28; PSI 446, 14; BGU 341, 14; PRyl. 62, 9; LXX; Ep. Arist. 208; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 317, Vi. 133; Test. 12 Patr.) act.

533

τινά someone lit., of the punishment of slaves Hs 9, 28, 8. Fig.=do someone an injury Dg 2:8. In hell there are οἱ κολάζοντες ἄγγελοι AP 6:21b (Charito 4, 2, 7 οἱ κολάζοντες=‘constables, police’; Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 δαίμονες κολάζοντες).—Mid. (Aristoph., Vesp. 405; Pla., Protag. 324C; 3 Macc 7:3) Ac 4:21.—Mostly pass. of the punishment of Christians 1 Pt 2:20 P72 et al.; Dg 5:16; 6:9; 7:8; 10:7; MPol 2:4. Of the Last Judgment 2 Pt 2:9. βασάνοις 2 Cl 17:7 (on the dat., cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 90 §377 κ. θανάτῳ; Polyaenus 3, 9, 56; Lucian, Dial. Mort.

17, 2; Jos., Ant. 18, 314κ. πληγαῖς). δισσῶς be punished doubly Hs 9, 18, 2. Of hell οἱ κολαζόμενοι ἐκεῖ AP 6:21a. (Of punishment by God: Diod. S. 16, 32, 1; Epict. 3, 11, 3; Dio Chrys. 59[76], 5; Aesop, Fab. 77 P.=127 H. ὑπὸ θεῶν κολάζονται; oft. in inscr. in FSteinleitner, D. Beicht ’13, p. 10ff; LRobert, Nouvelles Inscriptions de Sardes, ’64, 24ff; LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 163). M-M.* κολακεία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; Philod. [Περὶ κολακείας: RhM n. F. 56, ’01, 623]; Dit., Syll.3 889, 30 κολακείᾳ; PLond.

1727, 24; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 301.On the spelling cf. Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 339) flattery λόγος κολακείας flattering words 1 Th 2:5. M-M.* κολακεύω fut. κολακεύσω; 1 aor. ἐκολάκευσα (Aristoph., Pla.+; PSI 586, 4; LXX; Philo; Jos., Vi. 367) flatter. In our lit. only in Ign., and here in a good sense, someth. like entice, deal graciously with, w. acc. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 60) τὰ θηρία (Vi. Aesopi W c. 49 κολακεύω τὴν κύνα=stroke the dog) IRo 4:2; 5:2. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον the things that appear before your face IPol 2:2.—IRo 6:2 v.l. Funk.* κόλασις, εως, ἡ punishment (so Hippocr.+; Diod. S. 1, 77, 9; 4, 44, 3; Aelian, V.H. 7, 15; Dit., Syll.2 680, 13; LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 7, Mos. 1, 96; Jos., Ant. 17, 164; Sib. Or. 5, 388).

1. lit. κ. ὑπομένειν undergo punishment GOxy 6; δειναὶ κ. (4 Macc 8:9) MPol 2:4; ἡ ἐπίμονος κ. long-continued torture ibid. κακαὶ κ. τοῦ διαβόλου IRo 5:3. Of the martyrdom of Jesus PK 4 p. 15, 34. The smelling of the odor arising fr. sacrifices ironically described as punishment, injury (s. κολάζω) Dg 2:9.

2. of divine retribution (Diod. S. 3, 61, 5; 16, 61, 1; Epict. 3, 11, 1; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 12; 2 Macc 4:38 al. in LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 55; 2, 196; Jos., Ant. 1, 60al.): w. αἰκισμός 1 Cl 11:1. Of eternal damnation (w. θάνατος) Dg 9:2 (Diod. S. 8, 15, 1 κ. ἀθάνατος). Of hell: τόπος κολάσεως AP 6:21 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 13, 1 εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον αἱ κολάσεως δεόμεναι ψυχαὶ καταπέμπονται). ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κ. αἰώνιον go away into eternal punishment Mt 25:46; MPol 11:2 (κ. αἰ. as Test. Reub. 5:5, Ash. 7:5; Celsus 8, 48). ῥύεσθαι ἐκ τῆς αἰωνίου κ. rescue fr. eternal punishment 2 Cl 6:7. τὴν αἰώνιον κ. ἐξαγοράζεσθαι buy one’s freedom fr. eternal pun. MPol 2:3. κακαὶ κ. τοῦ διαβόλου IRo 5:3. κ. τινος punishment for someth. (Ezk 14:3, 4, 7; 18:30; Philo, Fuga 65 ἁμαρτημάτων κ.) ἔχειν κόλασίν τινα τῆς πονηρίας αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 18, 1. ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει fear has to do with punishment 1J 4:18 (cf. Philo, In Flacc. 96 φόβος κολάσεως). M-M.* Κολασσαεύς (Κολοσσαεύς, Κολοσαεύς, Κολασαεύς), έως, ὁ a Colossian (s. Κολοσσαί). Only as v.l. (but as early as P46) in the title of Col.—Bl-D. §42, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 73; 350.* Κολασσαί s. Κολοσσαί. κολαφίζω 1 aor. ἐκολάφισα (non-Attic, vernacular word; s. Lobeck, Phryn. 175; Mlt.-H. 364; 407. Found almost exclusively in Christian lit.; also in Paus. Attic. κ, 38; a pagan letter: Sb 6263, 23 [Rom. times]; Test. Jos. 7:5 v.l.—Hesychius: κολαφιζόμενος, ῥαπιζόμενος; Etym. Mag. p. 525, 4) strike with the fist, beat, cuff τινά someone.

1. lit. Mt 26:67; Mk 14:65 (KLSchmidt, MGoguel-Festschr. ’50, 218-27); MPol 2:4 (Funk v.l.). Of mistreatment in general: κολαφιζόμεθα we are roughly treated 1 Cor 4:11. εἰ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε if you endure being beaten 1 Pt 2:20 (κολαζόμενοι v.l.).

2. fig., of painful attacks of an illness, described as a physical beating by a messenger of Satan 2 Cor 12:7, variously held to be a. epilepsy: MKrenkel, Beiträge 1890, 47ff; Schmiedel and Bousset ad loc.; WWrede, Paulus2 ’07, 17; HFischer, M. D., D. Krankheit d. Ap. Pls. ’11; cf. WWeber [psychiatrist], ThLZ 37, ’12, 623; FCConybeare in WBundy, The Psychic Health of Jesus ’22, 226f; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls. ’30, 152; JKlausner, From Jesus to Paul ’43, 325-30. b. hysteria: ELombard, Les extases et les souffrances de l’apôtre Paul: RThPh 36, ’03, 450-500; Windisch ad loc.; FFenner, D. Krankheit im NT ’30, 30-40. c. periodic depressions: KBonhoeffer, M.D., in Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc. d. headaches, severe eye-trouble: Seeligmüller, M.D., War Paulus Epileptiker? ’10; cf. WWeber, ThLZ 36, ’11, 235; Uhle-Wettler, Evang. Kirchenztg. 87, ’13, 130ff; 145ff. e. malaria: Ramsay, Church2 63ff; Sickenberger ad loc. f. leprosy: EPreuschen, ZNW 2, ’01, 193f; REisler, Ιησους βασιλευς II ’30, 426ff; 794. g. an impediment in his speech [stammering]: WKL Clarke, ET 39, ’28, 458-60. S. also on σκόλοψ). On interpretations (formerly favored by many) in the direction of spiritual temptations, brought about by opponents, or pangs of conscience, or distressed states of mind s. GHeinrici in Meyer8 ’00 ad loc. PHMenoud: JdeZwaan-Festschr. ’53 thinks of the anxieties of a missionary’s life.—KLSchmidt, TW III 818-21. B. 553 s.v. κόλαφος.* κολλάω 1 aor. pass. ἐκολλήθην; 1 fut. pass. κολληθήσομαι (Aeschyl.+; Pla., Diod. S., Plut., inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 97; Philo, Test. 12 Patr.) join closely together, unite.

1. act., fig. bind closely, unite τινά τινι someone with or to someone ἡ ἀγάπη κολλᾷ ἡμᾶς τῷ θεῷ love unites 534

us w. God 1 Cl 49:5. ἡ νουθέτησις. . . κολλᾷ ἡμᾶς τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ admonition unites us w. God’s wi11 56:2.

2. pass.—a. cling (closely) to someth.—α. lit. τινί (Job 29:10) of stones ἐκολλῶντο ἀλλήλοις they were close to each other Hv 3, 2, 6. Of dust: τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν the dust of your city that clings to us Lk 10:11. β. fig. cling to=come in close contact with (cf. Ps 21:16; 43:26 ἐκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν. The act.=‘bring into contact’ PGM 5, 457 κολλήσας τ. λίθον τῷ ὠτίῳ) ἐκολλήθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τ. οὐρανοῦ the sins have touched the heaven=reached the sky (two exprs. are telescoped) Rv 18:5. γ. fig. of the Spirit, which is (closely) joined to the flesh 2 Cl 14:5. b. join oneself to, join, cling to, associate with—α. of a pers., w. dat. of the thing κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ Ac 8:29.—W. dat. of the pers. (which may very rarely be replaced w. a prepositional constr., as Tob 6:17 S) 1 Cl 30:3; cf. 46:1. τοῖς εἰρηνεύουσι 15:1. τοῖς ἁγίοις 46:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); Hv 3, 6, 2; s 8, 8, 1. τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 20, 2; 9, 26, 3. τοῖς δικαίοις s 8, 9, 1. τοῖς ἀθῴοις κ. δικαίοις 1 Cl 46:4. τοῖς διψύχοις καὶ κενοῖς the doubters and the senseless Hm 11:13. τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις B 10:8; cf. 10:3ff. Also μετά τινος (cf. Ruth 2:8) 10:11; 19:2, 6; D 3:9. τῷ κυρίῳ join oneself to the Lord (cf. 4 Km 18:6; Sir 2:3) 1 Cor 6:17; Hm 10, 1, 6. τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ be joined to his wife Mt 19:5 (cf. Vi. Aesopi Ic. 30, where a woman says to Aesop: μή μοι κολλῶ=don’t come too near me; 1 Esdr 4:20; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 50). τῇ πόρνῃ join oneself to a harlot 1 Cor 6:16 (cf. Sir 19:2). Associate with on intimate terms, join Ac 5:13; 9:26; 10:28 (CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 159f). Become a follower or disciple of someone (cf. 2 Km 20:2; 1 Macc 3:2; 6:21) 17:34. Hire oneself out to someone Lk 15:15.

Have someth. to do with lying spirits Hm 11:4. β. of impers. things: of anger ὅταν κολληθῇ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ when it attaches itself to a pers. Hm 10, 2, 3. Also of punishment s 6, 5, 3. c. w. the dat. of the thing cling to, enter into a close relation w. (Ps 118:31; Test. Iss. 6:1, Dan 6:10 τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, Gad 5:2) ταῖς δωρεαῖς cling to the gifts 1 Cl 19:2. τῷ ἀγαθῷ be attached or devoted to what is good Ro 12:9; B 20:2; D 5:2 (cf. Test. Ash.3:1 τῇ ἀγαθότητι; Plut., Mor. 481C). τῇ εὐλογίᾳ cling to the blessing 1 Cl 31:1. κρίσει δικαίᾳ B 20:2. M-M.* κολλούριον, ου, τό (this is the later spelling, attested by AP; also Philumen. p. 9, 16; PHolm. 1, 16; PFlor. 177, 20 [257 AD]; PGM 4, 1316; 2691; 2893. On the other hand ‫א‬BC have κολλύριον, as do Epict. 2, 21, 20; 3, 21, 21; Galen: CMG V 4, 2 p. 192, 30; Philumen. p. 33, 18; 22; Aëtius very oft.; Dit., Syll.3 1173, 16 [138 AD]; POxy. 1088, 1; 42 [I AD]; PGM 4, 2682; LXX [Thackeray 92].—Cf. Bl-D. §42, 4 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 78f; Crönert 130; KDieterich, Untersuchungen z. griech. Sprache 1898, 23) eyesalve (so Epict., Dit., PFlor., loc. cit.) Rv 3:18.—FW Bayer: Reallex. f. Ant. u. Christent. 7, ’44, 973ff. M-M.* κολλυβιστής, οῦ, ὁ (Lysias in Pollux 7, 33; 170; Menand. in Phryn. 440 L. [but the Atticists reject the word, ibid.]; PPetr. III 59a I, 7 [III BC]) money-changer Mt 21:12; Mk 11:15; Lk 19:45 D; J 2:15. M-M.* κολλύριον s. κολλούριον. κολοβός, όν (X.+; PGenève 23, 5 [70 AD]; PPetr. III 19g, 2; POxy. 43 verso V, 9; Aq. and Sym. Is 37:27).

1. mutilated, of hewn stones: damaged (opp. ὁλοτελής) Hv 3, 6, 4; s 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 4; 9, 26, 7. κ. ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως damaged in the faith 9, 26, 8.

2. short, stocky (Peripl. Eryth. c. 65; Galen, De Usu Part. I p. 58, 19 Helmr.; Procopius of Caesarea, Anecdota 8, 12 [opp. μακρός]; 10, 11) ἄνθρωπος (opp. μακρός) Gospel of Eve: Kl. T. 83, p. 18.* κολοβόω 1 aor. ἐκολόβωσα; 1 aor. pass. ἐκολοβώθην; 1 fut. pass. κολοβωθήσομαι; pf. ptc. κεκολοβωμένος (Aristot., H.A. 1, 1 p. 487b, 24; Diod. S. 1, 78, 5; 2 Km 4:l2 ‘cut off, cut short’) mutilate, curtail (so Polyb. 1, 80, 13; Epict. 2, 10, 20).

1. lit., of stones κεκολοβωμένοι damaged Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 6, 4. ὅλως ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδὲν ἐκολοβώθη nothing at all was damaged about them s 9, 8, 5.

2. fig. shorten the last days Mt 24:22a, b; Mk 13:20a, b. M-M.* Κολοσσαεύς, έως (Suidas on Ῥόδος: IV p. 297, 15) Colossian; subst. ὁ Κ. the Colossian Col inscr.—P46 AB* Κ write Κολασς. (q.v.), which is also found in Suidas, loc. cit., as v.l. (Strabo 12, 8, 16 uses the form Κολοσσηνός).* Κολοσσαί, ῶν, αἱ Colossae, once a flourishing city (Hdt. 7, 30; X., An. 1, 2, 6), later less important (Strabo 12, 8, 13 πόλισμα), in Phrygia in Asia Minor. The church there was prob. founded by Epaphras (Col 1:7), who was from Colossae (4:12). Col 1:2; Phlm subscr. v.l.—Lghtf., Col and Phlm p. 1ff; Ramsay, Church 465ff, Phrygia I 208ff; VSchultze, Altchr. Städte u. Landschaften II 1, ’22, 445ff; Zahn, Einl. I3 318, who, like Lghtf. 16, 4, deals w. the var. forms of the name (Κολασσαί, Κολασαί).* κόλπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. bosom, breast, chest ἀνακεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τινός lie (at a meal) w. one’s head on someone’s breast (s. ἀνάκειμαι 2) J 13:23. ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ Ἀβραάμ. In this case ἀνακείμενον is to be supplied) lying in Abraham’s bosom (in the place of honor at the banquet in the next world. On the pl. s. Bl-D. §141, 5; cf. Rob. 408; Theocr. 2, 120 and below; Plut., Cato Min. 33. Cf. also Sb 2034, 11 ἐν κόλποις Ἀβρὰμ κ. Ἰσὰς κ. Ἰακώβ) Lk 535

16:23. ἀπενεχθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. Ἀβραάμ be carried to Abraham’s bosom vs. 22. The mng. lap is also poss. for κόλποι: Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 163 D.: ἐκ τῶν κόλπων τ. γῆς; Diog. L. 3, 44; Meleager, Anth. Pal. 5, 165 ἐν κόλποισιν ἐκείνης=lying on her lap; Anonymous Vita Pla. ed. Westerm. 1850 p. 5, 31 ἐντὸς κόλπων for 2, 44 ἐν τοῖς γόνασιν.

The sing. in this sense: Epict. 2, 5, 16; 4, 7, 24; Vi. Aesopi I c. 82; 137 P.; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 12. (Piers Plowman, version C 9, 283 ‘in Abrahammes lap’; PHaupt, AJPh 42, ’21, 162-67; ESchwyzer, Der Götter Knie—Abrahams Schoss: JWackernagel-Festschr. ’23, 283-93; MMieses, Im Schosse Abr. s: OLZ 34, ’31, 1018-21. Opposing him BHeller, ibid. 36, ’33, 146-9.—Rabb. in RMeyer [s. below] 825). ἐὰν ἦτε συνηγμένοι ἐν τῷ κ. μου if you are gathered in my bosom 2 Cl 4:5 (a saying of Jesus; cf. GH 7b twice). Furthermore, apart fr. the idea of eating together on the same couch, ‘being in someone’s bosom’ denotes the closest communion (cf. Plut., Pericl. 1, 1, Demosth. 31, 6, Cato Min. 33, 7 Ziegler v.l.: Gabinius, an ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Πομπηΐου κόλπων; Longus, Past. 4, 36, 3; Num 11:12; Dt 13:7; 28:54, 56; 2 Km 12:3; 3 Km 17:19; Ruth 4:16): ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κ. τοῦ πατρός who rests in the bosom of the Father J 1:18 (M-EBoismard, RB 59, ’52, 23-39).

2. the fold of a garment, formed as it falls from the chest over the girdle (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 273).Fr. early times (e.g. Od. 15, 468; Herodas 6, 102; Diod. S. 25, 16; Appian, Iber. 13 §49; Polyaenus 7, 48; 8, 64; Dio Chrys. 67[17], 22; Ex 4:6f; Jos., Bell. 6, 195)this fold was used as a pocket. διδόναι τι put someth. into the fold of someone’s garment (cf. Ps 78:12; Is 65:6; Jer 39:18) Lk 6:38.

3. bay, gulf of the sea (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 441, 218; Philo, Op. M. 113; Jos., Ant. 3, 25)Ac 27:39.—RMeyer, TW 824-6. M-M. B. 39.* κολυμβάω (Pla. et al.)—1. swim up and down, lit. ‘dive’ B 10:5.

2. swim (Paradoxogr. Flor. 10; Palaeph. p. 36, 5; Babrius 165, 1; 3; Aq. Is 25:11; Jos., Ant. 20, 248)τοὺς δυναμένους κ. those who could swim Ac 27:43. M-M.* κολυμβήθρα, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; Diod. S. 4, 78, 1; 11, 25, 4; Jos., Ant. 9, 239; 15, 54; POxy. 147, 2; LXX) pool, swimming-pool (used for bathing: Ael. Aristid. 48, 21 K.=24 p. 470 D.). Of Bethzatha (s. Βηθζαθά and cf.

JoachJeremias, D. Wiederentdeckung von Bethesda ’49) J 5:2, 4, 7; Siloam 9:7 (2 Esdr 13 [Neh 3]: 15 S κολυμβήθρα τοῦ Σιλωάμ). M-M.* κολωνία, ας, ἡ (Lat. loanw., colonia; found also in rabb. Exx. in Hahn 271 Lat. word-index; edict of Claudius in Jos., Ant. 19, 291)colony, of Philippi in Macedonia, which was changed into a military colony by Augustus (s. Φίλιπποι) Ac 16:12. M-M.* κομάω (Hom.+; BGU 16, 11; Philo, Deus Imm. 88; Jos., Ant. 4, 72)wear long hair, let one’s hair grow long (Diod. S. 20, 63, 3) 1 Cor 11:14, 15 (Greek men do not do this: Hdt. 1, 82, 7; Plut., Mor. 267B; Ps.-Phoc. 212 ἄρσεσιν οὐκ ἐπέοικε κομᾶν). M-M.* κόμη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; WSchubart, Der Gnomon des Idios Logos ’19 [=BGU V], 71; 76 [II AD]: ἱερεῦσι οὐκ ἐξὸν κόμην φορεῖν; LXX; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 25; Jos., Ant. 14, 45; loanw. in rabb.) (long) hair of women (Xenophon Eph. 1, 2, 6; Achilles Tat. 8, 6, 8) 1 Cor 11:15. κ. οὔλη curly hair AP 3:10. M-M.* κομίζω 1 aor. ἐκόμισα, mid. ἐκομισάμην; fut. mid. κομίσομαι and κομιοῦμαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 253).

1. act. bring (Dit., Syll.3 409, 29; 434, 42; 559, 28; PPetr. III 53k, 5; PTebt. 55, 4; 1 Esdr 4:5; 3 Macc 1:8) τὶ someth. (Jos., Vi. 50 ἐπιστολάς; Test. Jos. 6:2) a jar of ointment Lk 7:37.

2. mid.—a. carry off, get (for oneself) , receive (Diod. S. 17, 69, 1; 20, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 60, §252 γράμματα) τὰ ὀψώνια pay, wages IPol 6:2. μισθόν (Polystrat. p. 22; Lucian, Phal. 2, 5; Dit., Syll.3 193, 9; 11; 1077, 4; 2 Macc 8:33) 2 Cl 11:5; cf. B 4:12, where μισθόν is to be supplied (as En. 100, 7). μισθὸν ἀδικίας reward for wrongdoing 2 Pt 2:13 v.l. (ἀδικέω 2b, end). τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 Pt 5:4 (cf. Eur., Hipp. 432 codd. κ. δόξαν; 1 Macc 13:37). τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν the promise (i.e. what is promised) Hb 10:36; 11:13, 39. τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν obtain as an outcome of faith the salvation of souls 1 Pt 1:9. κ. τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν receive a recompense for what he has done during his life in the body 2 Cor 5:10; cf. Col 3:25. τοῦτο κομίσεται παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8 (PSI 438, 11 [III BC] κεκόμισμαι παρὰ Φανίου ἐπιστολήν). b. get back, recover (Eur., Thu.+; Isaeus 8, 8; Polyb. 1, 83, 8; 3, 40, 10; 10, 34, 3; Sir 29:6; Philo, De Jos. 210; 231; Jos., Ant. 13, 80)τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ what is mine with interest Mt 25:27. Of Abraham: receive his son back (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 236)Hb 11:19 (Himerius, Or. 6[2], Demeter τὴν ζητουμένην κομίζεται=receives the girl whom she sought [her daughter]). M-M.* κόμπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+) boasting, pomp (so trag., Hdt.; Esth 8:12d; 3 Macc 6:5; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 61; Jos., Bell. 6, 260)1 Cl 16:2.* κομφέκτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Lat. loanw., confector, Suetonius, Octav. 43, Nero 12. The Gk. form: Acta S. Meletii 39) an executioner, who gave the coup de grâce to wounded gladiators MPol 16:1 (s. Lghtf. ad loc.).* κομψότερον adv. of the comp. of κομψός (the word Eur.+; the comp. in Pla., Crat. 429D; POxy. 935, 5 [III AD]) better of sick persons: κ. ἔχειν begin to improve J 4:52 (κομψῶς ἔχειν in this sense in Epict. 3, 10, 13; PPar. 18, 3; PTebt. 414, 10. On the comp. cf. POxy. 935, 5 θεῶν συνλαμβανόντων ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐπὶ τὸ κομψότερον ἐτράπη; 536

FBilabel, Badische Papyri ’23 no. 34, 4 [I AD] κομψότερον ἔσχεν). M-M. s.v.-ως.* κονιάω pf. pass. ptc. κεκονιαμένος (Demosth.+; Inscr. Gr. 594, 96; Dit., Syll.3 695, 88. Pass. CIG I 1625, 16; Dt 27:2, 4; Pr 21:9) whitewash τοῖχος κ. a whitewashed wall Ac 23:3 (s. τοῖχος). τάφοι κ. whitewashed tombs Mt 23:27; GNaass 6 (Aesop, Fab. 121 P.=193 H. ἐν κεκονιαμένῳ οἴκῳ).—KHRengstorf, Rabb. Texte, 1. Reihe III ’33ff, p. 34f. M-M.* κονιορτός, οῦ, ὁ (Hdt.+; Wilcken, Chrest. 198, 16 [III BC]; LXX; Philo, Exs. 133; Jos., Ant. 3, 193)dust ἐκτινάσσειν τὸν κ. τῶν ποδῶν (cf. Heraclit. Sto. 10 p. 17, 8 after Il. 2, 150 ποδῶν. . . κονίη; Na 1:3 κ. ποδῶν αὐτοῦ) shake the dust from the feet Mt 10:14; cf. Lk 9:5; 10:11; Ac 13:51 (s. on ἐκτινάσσω 1). Of an unruly mob κονιορτὸν βάλλειν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα throw dust into the air Ac 22:23. κ. ἐγείρειν raise dust (cf. Appian, Mithrid. 87 §396 κονιορτὸς ἠγείρετο; Jos., Bell. 5, 471)Hv 4, 1, 5b.—A cloud of dust (Aristodem. [IV AD]: 104 fgm. 1, 8 Jac.) κ. ὡς εἰς τ. οὐρανόν a cloud of dust reaching, as it were, to heaven 4, 1, 5a (Quint. Smyrn. 2, 469f κόνις ἄχρις ἐς οὐρανόν). γινομένου μείζονος καὶ μείζονος κονιορτοῦ when the dust-cloud became greater and greater 4, 1, 6. M-M. B. 19.* κοπάζω 1 aor. ἐκόπασα (Hdt.+; LXX and fr. Num 17:13 in Philo, Somn. 2, 235, fr. Gen 8:8 in Sib. Or. 1, 246; AWilhelm, Symb. Osl., Suppl. 13, ’50, 32, a Gk. epigram: ἡ μακρὴ κατʼ ἐμοῦ δυσπλοΐη κοπάσει) abate, stop, rest, cease, ὁ ἄνεμος ἐκόπασεν the wind fell (so Hdt. 7, 191; cf. Aelian in Suid. [Anz 316]) Mt 14:32; Mk 4:39; 6:51.

M-M.* κοπετός, οῦ, ὁ (Eupolis Com. [V BC], fgm. 347; Dionys. Hal. 11, 31; Plut., Fab. 17, 7; Epigr. Gr. 345, 4; LXX, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 5, 193) mourning, lamentation; acc. to oriental custom this was accompanied by breast-beating ἐποίησαν κ. μέγαν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ they made loud lamentation over him Ac 8:2 (Mi 1:8 κ. ποιεῖσθαι [MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 136f]; Zech 12:10 κ. ἐπί τινα; cf. Jer 9:9; Jos., Bell. 2, 6). M-M.* κοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Strabo et al.; pap.) cutting down, slaughter (Josh 10:20; Jdth 15:7) ὑποστρέφειν ἀπὸ τῆς κ. τῶν βασιλέων return fr. the defeat of (i.e., fr. defeating) the kings Hb 7:1 (Gen 14:17). M-M.* κοπιάω (Aristoph.+; Hippocr.; Epicurus 59, 3 Us.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) 1 aor. ἐκοπίασα; pf. κεκοπίακα, 2 sing. κεκοπίακες (Bl-D. §83, 2; Mlt.-H. 221; the ms. tradition varies).

1. become weary, tired (Aristoph. et al.; Sir 16:27; 1 Macc 10:81; 4 Macc 9:12; Jos., Bell. 6, 142)Rv 2:3. ἔκ τινος from someth. ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας from the journey J 4:6 (cf. Jos., Ant. 2, 321ὑπὸ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας κεκοπωμένοι; Is 40:31). οἱ κοπιῶντες those who are weary (Diocles 142 p. 186, 28; cf. IQH 8, 36) Mt 11:28 (s. on φορτίζω).

2. work hard, toil, strive, struggle (Vett. Val. 266, 6; Syntipas p. 107, 15; POsl. 160, 1; Philo, Mut. Nom. 254, Cher. 41) of physical, but also mental and spiritual exertion, abs. (Aesop, Fab. 391 P.) Mt 6:28; Lk 5:5; 12:27 t.r.; J 4:38b; Ac 20:35; 1 Cor 4:12; 16:16; Eph 4:28; 2 Ti 2:6. τὶ labor for someth. (En. 103, 9 κόπους κ.) J 4:38a. πολλά work hard Ro 16:6, 12b; Hs 5, 6, 2; 2 Cl 7:1. περισσότερον 1 Cor 15:10. κ. ἔν τινι work hard in preaching and teaching 1 Ti 5:17. διὰ λόγου labor by word of mouth B 19:10. The sphere in which the work is done: ἐν ὑμῖν among you 1 Th 5:12. The manner: ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:12a, b; εἴς τινα κ. work hard for someone vs. 6; Gal 4:11. εἰς τοῦτο for this 1 Ti 4:10. εἰς ὃ κοπιῶ this is what I am toiling for Col 1:29. εἰς κενόν toil in vain (cf. Is 49:4 κενῶς ἐκοπίασα; 65:23 κοπιάσουσιν εἰς κενόν) Phil 2:16. Also εἰς μάτην (Ps 126:1) Hs 9, 4, 8. M-M. B. 312.* κόπος, ου, ὁ—1. trouble, difficulty (trag.; pap.; Ps 106:12; Sir 22:13; 1 Macc 10:15; Jos., Ant. 2, 257)κόπους (κόπον) παρέχειν τινί (cause) trouble (for) someone, bother someone (κόπους παρέχειν τινί PTebt. 21, 10 [115 BC]; BGU 844, 12; PGM 14b; κόπον παρ. τινί Sir 29:4) Mt 26:10; Mk 14:6; Lk 11:7; 18:5; Gal 6:17; Hv 3, 3, 2. πολλοὺς κόπους ἠντληκώς after he had endured many hardships s 5, 6, 2a.

2. work, labor, toil (Eur., Aristoph.; Dit., Syll.3 761, 6 [I BC]; PAmh. 133, 11; POxy. 1482, 6; LXX; En.; Jos., Ant. 3, 25; 8, 244) sing. κ. τῆς ἀγάπης labor of love, i.e., loving service 1 Th 1:3. W. ἔργα Rv 2:2. W. ἱδρώς B 10:4. W. μόχθος (q.v.) 2 Cor 11:27; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Hs 5, 6, 2b. ὁ κ. ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔστιν κενός your labor is not in vain 1 Cor 15:58. μήπως εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁ κ. ἡμῶν that our work may not be fruitless 1 Th 3:5. Fig. of work at harvest time εἰς τὸν κ. τινὸς εἰσέρχεσθαι enter into someone’s labor i.e., reap the rewards of another person’s work J 4:38; τὸν μισθὸν λαμβάνειν κατὰ τὸν κ. receive pay in accordance w. the work done 1 Cor 3:8. ὅπου πλείων κ., πολὺ κέρδος the greater the toil, the richer the gain IPol 1:3.—Pl., of individual acts (En. 7, 3) 2 Cor 6:5; 10:15; 11:23; Rv 14:13. Also abstr. for concr. reward for labor (Sir 14:15) Hm 2:4; s 9, 24, 2f.—AvHarnack, Κόπος (κοπιᾶν, οἱ κοπιῶντες) im frühchristl. Sprachgebr.: ZNW 27, ’28, 1-10; HTKuist, Bibl.

Review 16, ’31, 245-9. M-M. B. 540.* κοπρία, ας, ἡ (Strattis Com. [V BC], fgm. 43; Strabo 7, 5, 7; 16, 4, 26; Epict. 2, 4, 5; M. Ant. 8, 51, 2; POxy. 37 I, 6 [49 AD]; PRyl. 162, 17; LXX.—UWilcken, APF 2, ’03, 311f) dung-heap, rubbish-heap Lk 14:35. M-M.* κόπριον, ου, τό (Heraclitus 96; Epict. 2, 4, 5; Plut., Pomp. 48, 2; Dit., Or. 483, 81 [II BC]; PFay. 110, 5; 10; POxy. 502, 32 καθαρὰ ἀπὸ κοπρίων; Jer 32:33; Sir 22:2) dung, manure κόπρια βάλλειν put manure on Lk 13:8 (Theophr., Caus. Pl. 3, 9, 5 παραβάλλειν κόπρον). Filth, dirt τὰ κ. αἴρειν (PGM 4, 1441) take away the dirt Hs 9, 10, 3. M-M.* 537

κόπρον, ου, τό (Galen XII 290 K.—For the LXX ἡ κόπρος [s. the foll. entry] is surely correct wherever the gender can be established. But there is also the acc. κόπρον which, without the article, may be fem. or neut. [Is 30:22; 36:12, which latter form has τήν w. it as a v.l.] and likew. the gen. κόπρου [4 Km 6:25; Ezk 4:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 62; PGM 7, 485]) Hs 9, 10, 3 if the restoration τὰ κό[πρα] in FXFunk2 ’01 is correct, and perh. κόπρον Lk 13:8 v.l.* But the latter form more likely belongs under κόπρος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; Diod. S. 4, 13, 3; Dio Chrys. 13[7], 16; 15[32], 87; inscr., pap., LXX [s. κόπρον]) dung, manure. Since this form is so incomparably better attested than the neut. in the entry above, it is almost certain that the doubtful cases mentioned there belong under this word.* κόπτω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) impf. ἔκοπτον; 1 aor. ἔκοψα, mid. ἐκοψάμην; fut. mid. κόψομαι; pf. pass. ptc. κεκομμένος (Hs 8, 1, 4); 2 aor. pass. ἐκόπην (Hs 8, 1, 4).

1. act. (Jos., Vi. 171) cut (off) τὶ ἀπό (or ἔκ) τινος someth. fr. someth. (Quint. Smyrn. 11, 71 κ. τι ἀπό τινος) κλάδους ἀπὸ τ. δένδρων Mt 21:8. κλάδους ἀπὸ τῆς ἰτέας Hs 8, 1, 2; cf. 4; 8, 3, 1; 8, 4, 4f. στιβάδας ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν leafy branches from the fields Mk 11:8 (cf. X., Hell. 5, 2, 43; POsl. 17, 7 [136 AD]; Is 44:14 ξύλον ἐκ τοῦ δρυμοῦ; 2 Ch 2:15; Sib. Or. 3, 651).

2. mid. beat one’s breast as an act of mourning (Aeschyl., Pers. 683; Pla., Phaedo 60B; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 41)κ. τὰ στήθνη beat their breasts (PGM 36, 139) GP 8:28. Then abs. mourn (greatly) (Lucian, De Sacrific. 15; 3 Km 13:29 v.l.; Zech 7:5) Mt 24:30; GP 7:25; (w. θρηνεῖν, q.v. 2 and Jos., Ant. 8, 273)Mt 11:17; Lk 23:27; (w. κλαίειν, q.v. 1) GP 12:52, 54. κ. ἐπὶ σάκκου καὶ σποδοῦ mourn in sackcloth and ashes B 7:5 (the unusual use of ἐπί is prob. to be explained by the fact that the mourner sat on ashes; cf. 3:2). W. acc. foll. mourn someone (Aristoph., Lys. 396; Pla., Rep. 10 p. 619C; Anth. Pal. 11, 135, 1; Gen 23:2; 1 Km 25:1 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 399)Lk 8:52; cf. 23:27. Also ἐπί τινα mourn for someone (2 Km 1:12; 11:26 v.l.) Rv 1:7; 18:9.—GStählin, TW III 829-51. M-M. B. 553; 557.* κόραξ, ακος, ὁ (Hom.+; PMagd. 21, 5; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 91al.) crow, raven Lk 12:24. The Jews were forbidden to eat it B 10:1, 4 (Lev 11:15; Dt 14:14). M-M.* κοράσιον, ου, τό (Pla. in Diog. L. 3, 33; Philippides Com. [IV/III BC] 36; Epict. 2, 1, 28; 3, 2, 8; 4, 10, 33; Anth.

Pal. 9, 39, 1; IG VII 3325; PStrassb. 79, 2 [16/15 BC]; BGU 887, 9; 913, 7; LXX. Cf. Lobeck on Phryn. p. 73f; PKretschmer, D. Entstehung der Κοινή ’00, 17; FSolmsen, RhM 59, ’04, 503f) dim. of κόρη girl; (acc. to ‫ י ִל‬was inserted as a correction: s. Wlh., Wellhausen transl. of the Aramaic ‫אתָ יִבְר‬for which the more elegant ‫א‬ EKlostermann ad loc.) Mk 5:41 (on τὸ κ. as a voc., cf. Bl-D. §147, 3; Rob. 461).—Mt 9:24f; 14:11; Mk 5:42; 6:22, 28. M-M.* ) Hebr. word, explained by the notation ὅ ἐστι δῶρον (transl. corresp. by the LXX Lev 2:1, 4, κορβᾶν indecl. (‫ן‬ 12, 13) corban, a gift consecrated to God, to be used for relig. purposes (cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 73of the Nazirites οἱ κορβᾶν αὑτοὺς ὀνομάσαντες τῷ θεῷ, δῶρον δὲ τοῦτο σημαίνει κατὰ Ἑλλήνων γλῶτταν, C. Ap. 1, 167) Mk 7:11. On this subject cf. Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 16f; Billerb. I 711ff; Dalman, Gramm.2 174, 3; HOrt, De verbintenissen met ‘Korban’: ThT 37, ’03, 284-314; JHAHart, Corban: JQR 19, ’07, 615-50; HLaible, Korban: Allg. Ev.-Luth.

Kirchenzeitung 54, ’21, 597ff; 613ff; MBlack, Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 139; HHommel, D. Wort Korban u. seine Verwandten: Philologus 98, ’54, 132-49; JAFitzmyer, JBL 78, ’59, 60-65; SZeitlin, JQR 53, ’62, 160-63; KHRengstorf, TW III 860-6.* ; Aram. ‫אָנ‬ ) temple treasury (Jos., Bell. 2, 175ἱερὸς θησαυρός, καλεῖται δὲ κορβανᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (‫ן‬ κορβωνᾶς.—Dalman, Gramm.2 174, 3) εἰς τὸν κ. βάλλειν put into the temple treasury Mt 27:6.* Κόρε, ὁ indecl. (‫ )ח ֶַררק‬Korah, head of a rebellion against Moses (Num 16; Sir 45:18; Philo, Fuga 145.—Jos., Ant. 4, 14ff: Κορῆς, έου) Jd 11.* κορέννυμι pf. pass. ptc. κεκορεσμένος; 1 aor. ἐκορέσθην (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 86; 10, 261) satiate, fill pass. be satiated, have enough w. gen. of that with which one is satiated (Hom.+; Sib. Or. 3, 697).

1. lit. κορεσθέντες τροφῆς when they had eaten enough Ac 27:38.

2. fig. (Appian, Hann. 27 §115, Bell. Civ. 1, 3, §10; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 314)ironically ἤδη κεκορεσμένοι ἐστέ you already have all you could wish, i.e., you think you already have all the spiritual food you need 1 Cor 4:8.

M-M.* κόρη, ης, ἡ pupil or ‘apple’ of the eye (lit. ‘girl’, then ‘image’; pupil trag., Hippocr.+; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 67; LXX; Philo) in full κ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ fig. ἀγαπᾶν ὡς κ. τ. ὀ. love as the apple of one’s eye B 19:9 (cf. Dt 32:10; Ps 16:8; Pr 7:2).* Κορίνθιος, ου, ὁ the Corinthian (trag., Hdt.+; incr.) Ac 18:8, 27 D; 2 Cor 6:11; 1 Cl 47:6. Also in the title of 1 and 2 Cor and 1 and 2 Cl and the subscr. of Ro, 1 Cl; 2 Cl 20:5 (subscr.) Funk.* Κόρινθος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., Philo, Sib. Or. 3, 487 al.) Corinth, a city in Greece on the isthmus of the same name. From 27 BC capital of the senatorial province of Achaia, and seat of the proconsul. The Christian church there 538

was founded by Paul on his so-called second missionary journey, Ac 18:1, 27 D; 19:1; 1 Cor 1:2; 2 Cor 1:1, 23; 2 Ti 4:20; 1 Cl inscr.; MPol 22:2; Epil Mosq 4. Also subscr. of Ro and 1 Th.—ECurtius, Peloponnesos II 1852 514ff; JCladder, Korinth ’23; Byvanck u. Lenschau: Pauly-W. Suppl. IV ’29, 991-1036; OBroneer, Biblical Archeologist 14, ’51, 78-96.—Cf. the Corinthian inscr. (Dssm., LO 12, 8 [LAE 13, 7]): <συνα>γωγὴ Ἑβρ<αίων>. The low state of morals in Cor. is indicated by the proverb: οὐ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς Κόρινθον ἔσθʼ ὁ πλοῦς (Strabo 8, 6, 20. Cf. Ael. Aristid. 29, 17 K.=40 p. 755 D.). But on the proverb cf. L-S-J s.v. Κόρινθος I.* Κορνήλιος, ου, ὁ (found frequently: s. Diod. S. 11, 27, 1 [of a man contemporary with the battle of Salamis, 480 BC]; 11, 86, 1; 14, 110, 1; Dit., Syll. and Or. indices; Preisigke, Namenbuch; Joseph.) Cornelius, a Roman centurion (ἑκατοντάρχης) in Caesarea by the sea Ac 10:1, 3, 17, 22, 24f, 30f.—CBurchard, D. dreizehnte Zeuge, ’70, 54 n.

11.* κόρος, ου, ὁ (PSI 554, 14 [259 BC]; LXX; Eupolem. the Jew in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 33; Joseph.; Test. Jud. 9:8) cor, ֶ ◌◌‫ ;כ‬HLewy, D. Semit. Fremdwörter im Griech. 1895, 116) a measure of capacity for grain, flour, etc., acc. to kor (‫ׂ◌ררּ‬ Jos., Ant. 15, 314=ten Attic medimni, hence about 393 liters or betw. ten and twelve bushels; measure Lk 16:7.—Lit. under βάτος. M-M.* κοσμέω impf. ἐκόσμουν; 1 aor. ἐκόσμησα; pf. pass. 3 sing. κεκόσμηται, ptc. κεκοσμημένος; plpf. 3 sing. ἐκεκόσμητο (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. put in order (Od. 7, 13; X., Cyr. 8, 2, 6; 6, 11; Dit., Syll.3 1038, 11 τράπεζαν; PThéad. 14, 18; Sir 29:26; 50:14) trim, of lamps Mt 25:7. For Mt 12:44; Lk 11:25 s. mng. 2aβ.

2. adorn, decorate (Hes.+; LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 426)—a. lit.—α. of pers. τινὰ ἔν τινι someone w. someth. (Diod.

S. 17, 53, 3 ἐν ὅπλοις=with [splendid] weapons; Test. Jud 13:5 ἐν χρυσίῳ καί μαργαρίταις) 1 Ti 2:9. Pass.

(Xenophon Eph. 1, 2, 2 παρθένοι κεκοσμημέναι; Jos., Bell. 2, 444)νύμφη κεκοσμημένη a bride adorned for her husband (Achilles Tat. 3, 7, 5; s. Test. Jud. 12:1) Rv 21:2; cf. Hv 4, 2, 1. Of women (POxy. 1467, 5 γυναῖκες κεκοσμημέναι) κοσμηθεῖσαι πρὸς μοιχείαν adorned for adultery AP 9:24 (cf. Test. Reub. 5:5 κ. πρὸς ἀπάτην διανοίας, Test. Jos. 9:5). β. of things τὶ someth. Pass. οἶκος κεκοσμημένος a decorated house Mt 12:44; Lk 11:25 (Philo, Deus Imm. 150; Dit., Syll.3 326, 15 κεκοσμημένην τὴν πόλιν), though put in order (s. mng. 1 above) is also poss. The temple λίθοις καλοῖς καὶ ἀναθήμασιν κεκόσμηται is adorned w. beautiful stones and votive offerings (Dit., Syll.3 725, 2f τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθέμασι κεκόσμηται; 1100, 21f; 1050, 6; 2 Macc 9:16; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 20) 21:5; cf. Rv 21:19. κ. τὰ μνημεῖα (cf. X., Mem. 2, 2, 13; Jos., Ant. 14, 284κ. τάφον) Mt 23:29. δένδρα καρποῖς κεκοσμημένα trees adorned w. fruit Hs 9, 1, 10; 9, 28, 1. b. fig.—α. make beautiful or attractive spiritually, religiously, morally (Pind., Nem. 6, 78; Thu. 2, 42, 2 αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἐκόσμησαν; X., Cyr. 8, 1, 21; Inscr. Rom. IV 288, 9 κεκόσμηκε τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον τῇ καλλίστῃ παρρησίᾳ. Inschr. v.

Priene 105, 36) κ. ἑαυτόν adorn oneself 1 Pt 3:5 (cf. Epict. 3, 1, 26).—Pass., w. dat. of the thing that adorns (Diod.

S. 16, 65, 2 ἀρεταῖς κεκοσμημένος; 3 Macc 6:1; Philo, Op. M. 139) παντὶ καλῷ ἐκεκόσμητο he was adorned w. every good thing MPol 13:2. καρποῖς Dg 12:1. τ. παναρέτῳ πολιτείᾳ 1 Cl 2:8. τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 43:2. Also ἔν τινι (Sir 48:11 BSA οἱ ἐν ἀγαπήσει κεκοσμημένοι) ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς 1 Cl 33:7. ἐν τ. ἐντολαῖς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ with the commandments of Jesus Christ IEph 9:2. β. adorn, do credit to (Theognis 947 Diehl πατρίδα κοσμήσω) ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν κοσμῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν that they may do credit to the teaching in all respects Tit 2:10. M-M.* κοσμικός, ή, όν (Aristot., Phys. 2, 4 p. 196a, 25 τοὐρανοῦ τοῦδε καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν πάντων; Vett. Val. Index II; Lucian, Paras. 11 [opp. ἀνθρώπινος]; Ps.-Plutarch, Consol. ad Apoll. 34 p. 119E κοσμικὴ διάταξις; inscr.; PGM 4, 2533 τὰ κοσμικὰ πάντα; 2553; Philo, Aet. M. 53; Jos., Bell. 4, 324;Test. Jos. 17:8; loanw. in rabb.).

1. earthly (Test. Jos. 17:8) τὸ ἅγιον κ. the earthly sanctuary (opp. heavenly) Hb 9:1. τὸ κ. μυστήριον ἐκκλησίας the earthly mystery of the church D 11:11. κοσμικαὶ βάσανοι earthly tortures MPol 2:3.—Subst. τὰ κ. ταῦτα these earthly things 2 Cl 5:6.

2. worldly, w. the connotation of that which is at enmity w. God or morally reprehensible αἱ κοσμικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι worldly desires Tit 2:12; 2 Cl 17:3.* κόσμιος, (ία), ον (Aristoph., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; Eccl 12:9) respectable, honorable.

1. of pers. (Nicopho Com. [V/IV BC 16; Dit., Or. 485, 3 ἄνδρα κόσμιον; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 89) w. σώφρων (IG IV2 1, 82, 27 [40/42 AD] honorary inscr. for a man) 1 Ti 3:2.

2. used w. an impers. noun, yet w. ref. to a pers. (cf. Inschr. v. Magn. 165, 6 κ. ἀναστροφή; 179, 4) ἐν καταστολῇ κ. in modest apparel (of women, as Epict., Ench. 40; Dio Chrys. 5, 14; PSI 97, 1) 1 Ti 2:9. M-M.* κοσμίως adv. (Aristoph., Pla.+; inscr.; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 153) modestly 1 Ti 2:9 v.l. M-M.* κοσμοκράτωρ, ορος, ὁ world-ruler (used of world-ruling gods [Orph. Hymns 8, 11 Helios; 11, 11 Pan; Vett. Val. 170, 36 κ. Ζεύς; 171, 6; 314, 16 κ. Ἥλιος; PGM 4, 1599; 2198; 5, 400 and 17b, 1 Ἑρμῆς; 13, 619 Σάραπις] and of the emperor Caracalla [Egypt. inscr. APF 2, ’03, 449 no. 83]. Then gener. of spirit beings, who have parts of the cosmos under their control: Vett. Val. 278, 2; 360, 7; Iambl., Myst. 2, 9; 3, 10.—FCumont, Compt. rend. Acad. des inscr. ’19, 313f; EPeterson, Εἷς θεός ’26, p. 238, 3. Also loanw. in rabb., e.g. of the angel of death) of evil spirits (w. ἀρχαί and ἐξουσίαι) οἱ κ. τοῦ σκότους τούτου the world-rulers of this darkness i.e. the rulers of this sinful world 539

Eph 6:12 (s. Test. of Solomon in Dibelius, Geisterwelt 230: spirits come to Sol. and call themselves οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τ. σκότους τούτου. On the subject cf. Hdb. on J 12:31 and FJDölger, D. Sonne d. Gerechtigkeit ’18, 49ff; GHCMacgregor, Principalities and Powers: ACPurdy-Festschr. ’60, 88-104).* κοσμοπλανής, ῆτος, ὁ deceiver of the world, of the anti-Christ D 16:4 (Harnack and Knopf read κοσμοπλάνος).* κοσμοπλάνος s. κοσμοπλανής. κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod. S. 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; Dit., Or. 531, 13; PEleph. 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Test. Jud. 12:1) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν. . . κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141E).

2. in philosoph. usage the world as the sum total of everything here and now, the (orderly) universe (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886B, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508A, Phaedr. 246C; Chrysipp., fgm.

527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew.

Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; Ep. Arist. 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 7, 123.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cf. Dit., Or. 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35 v.l. (the text omits κόσμου); 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (cf. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. there is (really) no such thing as an idol in the world 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος=πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13) Hs 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cf. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.

3. the world as the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and men (cf. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict. 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. c. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).

4. the world as the earth, the planet upon which we live (Dit., Syll.3 814, 31 [67 AD] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος, Or. 458, 40 [=Inschr. v. Priene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205). a. gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cf. 13:38; Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cf. the Egypt. grave inscr. APF 5, ’13, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cf. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τά ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic ‫תוֹמּ ◌ִ א‬ ‫=ם וֹע‬humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the heathen in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the pagan world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—In several of these pass. the mng. was b. the world as the habitation of mankind (as Sib. Or. 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7. πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κ. 2 J 7.—J 12:25. c. earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preëxistent Christ, who came fr. the other world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, Reg. I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 9:5a. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1; 16:28b. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world 18:36a, b.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cf. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5. d. the world outside in contrast to one’s home PK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.

5. the world as mankind (Sib. Or. 1, 189)—a. gener. οὐαί τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to mankind because of vexations Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for mankind 5:14; cf. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in the inscrs., esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 540

’07, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (Sib. Or. 4, 184) Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cf. Ro 3:19. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cf. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of mankind 4:13.—6:2a, b (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος); 2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the men of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cf. b; 3:6.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cf. Philo, De Prov. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ.

18:20; cf. 7:4; 14:22. b. of all mankind, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47.

6. the world as the scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cf. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cf. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they were not using it to the full 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cf. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in which 7. the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En. 48, 7; Test. Iss. 4:6; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann 33-5.—Cf. Sotades Maronita [III BC] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the other world) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cf. also ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. Cf. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—The Christian must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself unstained by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ.

2 Pt 2:20; cf. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cf. b. When he takes this attitude the Christian is naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19a, d; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as his Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18. Cf. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the Spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; but also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cf. 1 Cl 9:4. The Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Col 2:8, 20 s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cf. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cf. vss. 15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).

8. totality, sum total (Dit., Syll.3 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων; Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., in recent times Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7 here, while ACarr, Exp. 7th Ser. VIII ’09, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, ’11, 180-201; 389-413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11-47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1-29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1-14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZThK 47, ’50, 212-26; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT, NTS 10, ’64, 352-60; NHCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/’73, 81-91; HSasse, TW III 867-96.

M-M. B. 13; 440. Κούαρτος, ου, ὁ (on the accent s. Bl-D. §41, 2; 3; Rob. 235f) Quartus, an otherw. unknown Christian Ro 16:23; 1 Cor subscr.* κοῦμ (‫א‬BC as over against κουμι AD) Mesopotamian form of the imper. ‫םוּק‬, for which Palestinian Aramaic has ‫י ִמוּק‬, stand up Mk 5:41 (Wlh. ad loc.).* Κοῦμαι, ῶν, αἱ (the Gk. form: Paradoxogr. Flor. 28; Ptolem. 3, 1, 6) Cumae a city in Campania, Italy, not far fr.

Naples; an old Gk. colony, famed for its Sibyl (on Cumae as the residence of the Sibyl s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hv 2, 4, 1). Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 1.* κουμι s. κοῦμ. κουστωδία, ας, ἡ (POxy. 294, 20 [22 AD]; PRyl. 189, 2; BGU 341, 3; cf. Hahn 233, 6; 234, 7 w. lit. Lat. loanw., 541

custodia, also in rabb.) a guard composed of soldiers Mt 27:66; 28:11. ἔχειν κουστωδίαν take a guard 27:65.

M-M.* κουφίζω impf. ἐκούφιζον (Hes.+) make light, lighten (so trag.; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 40; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 18, 149)τὶ someth. (1 Km 6:5) τὸ πλοῖον lighten the ship by throwing out the cargo Ac 27:38 (Polyb. 20, 5, 11; Jon 1:5). M-M.* κούφισμα, ατος, τό (Eur., Phoen. 860; Plut., Mor. 114c) lightening, alleviation of almsgiving κ. ἁμαρτίας γίνεται lightens the load of sin 2 Cl 16:4 (after 1 Esdr 8:84 σύ, κύριε, ἐκούφισας τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν. Cf. 2 Esdr [Ezra] 9:13).* κόφινος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., X.+; inscr., pap.; Judg 6:19 B; Ps 80:7) basket, in the NT prob. a large, heavy basket for carrying things (FJAHort, JTS 10, ’09, 567ff; Artem. 2, 24; Jos., Bell. 3, 95)Mt 14:20; Mk 6:43; Lk 9:17; J 6:13; but of var. sizes, and considered typical of the Jews (Juvenal 3, 14; 6, 542; RCHorn, Lutheran Quarterly 1, ’49, 301).

W. σφυρίς (Mt 16:10; Mk 8:20; cf. on this APF 6, ’20, 220 no. 8, 4f [III BC] Φίλωνι κόφινοι βʹ, Πτολεμαίῳ σφυρίδιον) Mt 16:9; Mk 8:19. κ. κοπρίων a basket of manure Lk 13:8 D (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 66, 13 Jac. κόπρον ἐν κοφίνῳ). M-M. B. 623.* κράβαττος, ου, ὁ (a loanw., found also in rabb., but of uncertain origin and late in appearing [Phryn. 62 L. Acc. to Pollux 10, 35 in the form κράββατος in the comic poets Rhinto—III BC—and Crito—II BC—, also Epict. 1, 24, 14; Aesop, Fab. 413 H.; PLond. 191, 16-II AD—κράββατος. Ostracon in Mélanges Nicole ’05 p. 184=Sb 4292, 9 and Moeris p. 58; 354 κράβατος. The form κράβακτος also occurs: PTebt. 406, 19.—Aq. Am 3:12]. On the form of the word s. Bl-D. §42, 4 w. app.; Mlt. 244, Einleitung 60, 1; Mlt.-H. 102; Rob. 119; 213) mattress, pallet, the poor man’s bed Mk 2:4; 6:55. W. κλινάριον Ac 5:15. αἴρειν τὸν κ. Mk 2:9, 11f; J 5:8-11 (cf. Lucian, Philopseud. 11 ὁ Μίδας αὐτὸς ἀράμενος τὸν σκίμποδα, ἐφʼ οὗ ἐκεκόμιστο, ᾤχετο ἐς τὸν ἀγρὸν ἀπιών). κατακεῖσθαι ἐπὶ κραβάττου lie in bed Ac 9:33. M-M.* κράζω (Aeschyl.+; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) neut. ptc. κρᾶζον (Bl-D. §13; Rob. 231); impf. ἔκραζον; fut. κράξω and κεκράξομαι (Bl-D. §77; Rob. 361); 1 aor. ἔκραξα and ἐκέκραξα (Ac 24:21, s. Bl-D. §75; W-S. §13, 2; 10 note 10); pf. κέκραγα.

1. cry out, scream, shriek, when one utters loud cries, but no words capable of being understood: of insane persons, epileptics, or the evil spirits living in them Mk 5:5; 9:26; Lk 4:41 v.l.; 9:39. Of the death-cry of Jesus on the cross Mk 15:39 v.l. Of the cry of a woman in childbirth Rv 12:2. ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου cry out in fear Mt 14:26. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ cry out in a loud voice Mt 27:50; Ac 7:57; Rv 10:3.

2. call, call out, cry—a. lit. κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν she is calling out after us Mt 15:23. τὶ someth. of a crowd Ac 19:32. φωνὴν κ. call out a thing loudly 24:21. W. direct discourse foll. (Bl-D. §397, 5 app.) Mk 10:48; 11:9; 15:14; Lk 18:39; Ac 19:34; 21:28, 36; 23:6. W. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ and direct discourse foll. Mk 5:7; Ac 7:60. Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Rv 14:15. Used w. λέγειν (Bl-D. §420, 2 app.) of loud speaking κράζω λέγων I say loudly (Ex 5:8) Mt 8:29; 14:30; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9; 27:23; Mk 3:11; J 7:37; Ac 16:17; Rv 18:18f. Also pleonast. κ. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων I call out w. a loud voice and say Rv 6:10; 7:10. κ. ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων 19:17; cf. 18:2. κράξας ἔλεγε Mk 9:24. κ. καὶ λέγειν Mt 9:27; 21:15; Mk 10:47; Lk 4:41 v.l.; Ac 14:14f. ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν J 12:44. ἔκραξεν διδάσκων καὶ λέγων he cried out as he was teaching, and said 7:28. The pf. κέκραγα has present mng. (Hippocr., Περὶ ἱερ. νούς. 15 vol. VI 388 Littré βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγεν; Menand., Sam. 11; 24 J.; Plut., Cato Min. 58, 1 μαρτυρόμενος καὶ κεκραγώς; Lucian, Demon. 48 κεκραγότα κ. λέγοντα; Ex 5:8; 2 Km 19:29; Is 15:4; Job 30:20, 28; 34:20; Ps 4:4; 140:1) Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων J 1:15. κ. τινὶ (ἐν) φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (λέγων) call out to someone in a loud voice Rv 7:2; 14:15.—Of angel choirs 1 Cl 34:6 (Is 6:3). b. fig.—α. of the urgent speech of the prophet (Jos., Ant. 10, 117: Jerem.) or what his book says (Ammonius Herm. in Aristot. Lib. De Interpret. p. 183, 30 Busse: ἀκουέτω τοῦ Ἀριστοτέλους κεκραγότος ὅτι. . . ) Ἠσαΐας κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:27. Of prayer, rather fervent than loud 8:15. ἐκέκραξεν ὁ δίκαιος 1 Cl 22:7 (Ps 33:18). Of the divine Spirit in the heart Gal 4:6. β. of things (Epict. 1, 16, 11 κέκραγεν ἡ φύσις; Achilles Tat. 5, 17, 4 κέκραγέ σου ἡ μορφὴ τ. εὐγένειαν): stones, that cry out if the disciples were to hold back with their confession of Jesus’ messiahship Lk 19:40. The laborers’ wages, held back, κράζει Js 5:4 (cf. Gen 4:10; 18:20; Philo, Ebr. 98 κ. ἐν ἡμῖν αἱ ἄλογοι ὁρμαί; Jos., Bell.

1, 197).—WGrundmann, TW III 898-904 κράζω and related words. M-M. B. 1250.* κραιπάλη, ης, ἡ both carousing, intoxication, and its result drunken headache, hangover, since it means dizziness, staggering, when the head refuses to function (Aristoph.; Plut., Mor. 127F; Lucian, Bis Accus. 16; Soranus p. 16, 26; Aretaeus p. 110, 2) ἐν κ. καὶ μέθῃ w. dissipation and drunkenness Lk 21:34 (cf. Herodian 2, 6, 6 παρὰ μέθην κ. κρ.; Is 24:20). πολυτέλεια μεθυσμάτων καὶ κραιπαλῶν extravagance in drunkenness and carousing Hm 6, 2, 5.—HJCadbury, The Style and Literary Method of Luke ’19, 54. M-M.* κρανίον, ου, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 390)skull κρανίου (epexegetic gen.) τόπος the place that is called (a) Skull as a transl. of Γολγοθᾶ (q.v.) Mt 27:33; Mk 15:22; J 19:17. Cf. Lk 23:33, where ‘Calvary’ of the KJ is not a NT place name, but the Lat. transl. of κ. (s. Gdspd., Probs. 89f). Schol. on Lucian 251, 20f Κρανίον, ἔστι τόπος ἐν Κορίνθῳ.—For other lit. s. on Γολγοθᾶ. M-M. B. 213f.* 542

κράσπεδον, ου, τό (trag., X.+; LXX; loanw. in rabb.)—1. edge, border, hem of a garment (Theocr. 2, 53; Appian, Bell. Civ. l, 16 §68 τὸ κρ. τοῦ ἱματίου of the Pontifex Maximus; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 416 D.; Athen. 4, 49 p. 159D; 9, 16 p. 374A; PGM 7, 371 ἐξάψας κράσπεδον τοῦ ἱματίου σου; Zech 8:23) ἥψατο τοῦ κ. τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ Mt 9:20; Lk 8:44; cf. Mt 14:36; Mk 6:56.—But mng. 2 is also poss. for these passages, depending on how strictly Jesus followed the Mosaic law, and also upon the way in which κρ. was understood by the authors and first readers of the gospels.

2. tassel (‫)תִ צי ִצ‬, which the Israelite was obligated to wear on the four corners of his outer garment, acc. to Num 15:38f; Dt 22:12 (Schürer II4 566 [sources and lit.]; Billerb. IV 276-92). Of the Pharisees μεγαλύνειν τὰ κ. make the tassels on their garments long Mt 23:5. M-M. B. 859f.* κραταιός, ά, όν (in Hom. and other poets; in prose it appears late: Philo Mech. 80, 22; Polyb. 2, 69, 8; Cornutus 31 p. 63, 1; Plut., Crass. 24, 4, Mor. p. 967C; Lucian, Anach. 28; Vett. Val. index; Wilcken, Chrest. 122, 1 [6 AD] τῷ μεγίστῳ κραταιῷ θεῷ Σοκνοπαίῳ; PGM 7, 422 θεοὶ κραταιοί; 563; 789; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 307 θεὸς μέγας κ. ἰσχυρὸς κ. κραταιός) powerful, mighty of God’s hand (oft. LXX; Test. Jos. 1, 5; PGM 4, 1279; 1307) 1 Pt 5:6; 1 Cl 28:2; 60:3. δύναμις mighty power (cf. Philo, Conf. Lingu. 51) Hv 1, 3, 4. M-M.* κραταιόω (derived from the adj. κράταιος. Hippocr.: CMG I 1 p. 88, 12; LXX.—Philo has the mid. in act. sense: Conf. Lingu. 101; 103) impf. pass. ἐκραταιούμην; 1 aor. pass. inf. κραταιωθῆναι strengthen. Pass. become strong (Philo, Agr. 160, Omn. Prob. Lib. 27; Test. Napht. 1:4) 1 Cor 16:13 (w. ἀνδρίζεσθαι, as Ps 30:25; 2 Km 10:12); w. αὐξάνειν Lk 2:40. κ. πνεύματι grow strong 1:80. δυνάμει κ. διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος be mightily strengthened through the Spirit Eph 3:16.* κρατέω impf. ἐκράτουν; fut. κρατήσω; 1 aor. ἐκράτησα; pf. inf. κεκρατηκέναι; impf. pass. ἐκρατούμην; pf. pass. κεκράτημαι, 3 pl. κεκράτηνται (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. take into one’s possession or custody—a. arrest, take into custody, apprehend τινά someone (cf. Ps 136:9) Mt 14:3; 21:46; 26:4, 48, 50, 55, 57 (on the arrest of Jesus cf. Feigel, Weidel, Finegan s.v. Ἰούδας 6); Mk 6:17; 12:12; 14:1, 44, 46, 49, 51; Ac 24:6; Rv 20:2. b. take hold of, grasp, seize forcibly and also without the use of force (cf. 2 Km 6:6; SSol 3:4); w. acc. of the pers. or thing Mt 12:11; 18:28; 22:6; 28:9; Mk 3:21. κ. ῥάβδον τῇ χειρί take hold of a staff w. the hand Hs 9, 6, 3 (cf.

PGM 5, 451 κράτει τῇ ἀριστερᾷ σου τὸν δακτύλιον; Synes., Ep. 58 p. 202 πόδα). τῆς χειρός (τινος) take hold of (someone’s) hand (Bl-D. §170, 2; Rob. 475; 1391; Ps 72:23; Gen l9:16; Jos., Bell. 1, 352)Mt 9:25; Mk 1:31; 5:41; 9:27; Lk 8:54; B 14:7 (Is 42:6). τινὰ τῆς χειρός take someone by the hand Mk 9:27 t.r.; cf. B 12:11 (Is 45:1). c. attain (Diod. S. 3, 54, 7 κ. τῆς ἐπιβολῆς attain the purpose; likew. 17, 77, 4 and 20, 25, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 61 §249 οὐ. . . ἐκράτησε) τῆς προθέσεως the purpose Ac 27:13 (s. Field, Notes 144).

2. hold—a. hold τινά someone (fast) w. the hand, so that he cannot go away Ac 3:11. b. hold in the hand (Sib. Or. 3, 49) τὶ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ Rv 2:1 (Polemo Perieg. [c. 200 BC] in Athen. 11, 67 p. 484C ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ κώθωνα κρ.; cf. Plut., Mor. 99D). c. hold upright, support τὶ someth. Hs 9, 8, 5. τὰς χεῖρας v 3, 8, 3 (cf. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). Pass. be supported ὑπό τινος by someth. Hv 3, 3, 5; 3, 8, 7. W. διά instead of ὑπό: ὁ κόσμος διὰ τεσσάρων στοιχείων κρατεῖται the world is supported by four elements 3, 13, 3. d. hold back or restrain from, hinder in an action w. acc., foll. by ἵνα μή Rv 7:1. Pass. be prevented foll. by τοῦ μή and inf. (Bl-D. §400, 4; Rob. 1061; 1425) their eyes ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι Lk 24:16. But it is not certain whether physical eyes or the eyes of the spirit are meant (cf. διανοίγω 1b). e. hold fast and so prevent fr. escaping—α. hold in one’s power (PTebt. 61b, 229; POxy. 237 VIII, 34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 84) pass. οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ it was impossible for him (Christ) to be held in its (death’s) power Ac 2:24. β. hold fast (to) someone or someth., and hence remain closely united to it or him. W. acc. τὴν κεφαλήν hold fast to the Head (i.e. to Christ) Col 2:19 (cf. SSol 3:4 ἐκράτησα αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀφήσω αὐτόν). τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:3 (cf. Test. Napht. 3:1 τὸ θέλημα τ. θεοῦ); cf. vss. 4, 8; 2 Th 2:15. τὴν διδαχήν Rv 2:14f. τὸ ὄνομά μου vs.

13.—W. gen. of the thing (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Γυναικόπολις: in the absence of the men τὰς γυναῖκας κρατῆσαι τοῦ πολέμου=they kept the war going; Pr 14:18; Jos., Ant. 6, 116τοῦ λογισμοῦ) τῆς ὁμολογίας hold fast to our confession Hb 4:14. τῆς ἐλπίδος 6:18. τῶν ἔργων τινός Hv 3, 8, 8. γ. hold fast, keep hold of someth. that belongs to oneself, so that it cannot be taken away fr. him Rv 2:25; 3:11. δ. keep to oneself a saying, in order to occupy oneself w. it later Mk 9:10. ε. retain τὰς ἁμαρτίας the sins (opp. ἀφιέναι) J 20:23. M-M. B. 746.* κράτιστος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph. Isolated superl. of κρατύς) most noble, most excellent, honorary form of address used to persons who hold a higher official or social position than the speaker.

1. official rendering of the Latin title vir egregius (Magie 31; 112; Hahn 259; OSeeck in Pauly-W. V 2006f; O Hirschfeld, Kleine Schriften ’13, 651, 5; 654; Wilcken, Her. 20, 1885, 469ff; WSchubart, Einf. in d. Papyruskunde ’18, 259.—Jos., Ant. 20, 12), in addressing the Procurator of Judaea Ac 23:26; 24:3; 26:25.

2. as a form of polite address with no official connotation (Theophr., Char. 5; Dionys. Hal., De Orat. Ant. 1 ὦ κράτιστε Ἀμμαῖε; Jos., Vi. 430 κράτιστε ἀνδρῶν Ἐπαφρόδιτε [a freedman of Domitian, to whom Joseph. dedicated his Antiquities and his books against Apion]; likew. C. Ap. 1, 1 [but 2, 1 τιμιώτατέ μοι Ἐ.; 2, 296 simply his name]. κ. is also found in dedications Galen X 78; XIV 295; XIX 8 Kühn.—Bl-D. §60, 2) Lk 1:3; Dg 1:1. Cf. Zahn, Einl. II3 340; 365; 390, Ev. des Lk.3,4 ’20, 56f. M-M.* 543

κράτος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. power, might of God’s power (Theognis 376 al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 8 K.=2p. 15D.; 2 Macc 3:34; 7:17; 11:4. S. also 4 below) 1 Cl 33:3; 61:1; 64. Of the power of Jesus 2 Cl 17:5.—τὸ κ. τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ his glorious (divine) might Col 1:11. κατὰ κράτος αὐξάνειν grow mightily, wonderfully Ac 19:20 (κατὰ κράτος like Menand., Per. 407; Dio Chrys. 26[43], 11; IG XII 5, 444, 103 [264/3 BC]; PTebt. 27, 83 [113 BC]; AWArgyle, ET 75, ’64, 151 connects κατὰ κρ. with τ. κυρίου, by the might of the Lord). ‫ה‬ Ps 118:15) do mighty deeds Lk 1:51.

2. mighty deed ποιεῖν κ. (cf. ‫ל‬ 3. strength, intensity (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 35 §141 κατὰ κράτος=with all his might; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 8, 2 ἡλίου κρ.; Ps 89:11) τὸ κρ. τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ Eph 1:19; 6:10; 1 Cl 27:5 (cf. Is 40:26; Da 4:30 Theod.; IQS 11, 19f; IQH 4, 32).

4. power, rule, sovereignty (Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 3 the ruling might of the great king; POxy. 41 I, 2 εἰς αἰῶνα τὸ κράτος τῶν Ῥωμαίων. Of divinities: Apollon. Rhod. 4, 804 Zeus; UPZ 81 II, 17 [II BC] of Isis: ἐλθέ μοι θεὰ θεῶν, κράτος ἔχουσα μέγιστον; PSI 29, 21 τὸ κρ. τοῦ Ἀδωναῖ; POxy. 1380, 238 ἀστραπῶν τὸ κρ. ἔχεις; Philo, Spec.

Leg. 1, 307 τ. ὅλων τὸ κρ.; Jos., Ant. 10, 263τὸ πάντων κρ. ἔχων) τὸν τὸ κ. ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου the one who has power over death Hb 2:14 (τὸ κρ. ἔχειν τινός since Hdt. 3, 69).—In a doxology: 1 Ti 6:16; 1 Pt 4:11; 5:11; Jd 25; Rv 1:6; 5:13; 1 Cl 65:2; MPol 20:2.—WMichaelis, TW III 905-14 κράτος and related words. M-M.* κραυγάζω impf. ἐκραύγαζον; fut. κραυγάσω; 1 aor. ἐκραύγασα (poet. fgm. in Pla., Rep. 10 p. 607B [of a dog]; Demosth. 54, 7; Epict. 3, 1, 37 [of a raven]; 3, 4, 4; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 3:13 λαὸς ἐκραύγασεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ) cry (out), utter a (loud) sound.

1. of animal sounds, as the grunting of hungry swine B 10:3.

2. of the human voice—a. cry out, cry for help, scream excitedly (Epict. 1, 18, 19; Polemo, Decl. 1, 40 p. 14, 16) Mt 12:19; Ac 22:23. Also w. λέγοντες foll., which introduces direct discourse J 18:40; 19:6, 12. Without λέγ. w. direct discourse foll. vs. 15.—Of demons coming out of persons, and speaking in human languages δαιμόνια κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα ὅτι w. direct discourse foll. Lk 4:41 P75 DE. b. cry loudly, in a moment of exaltation κ. ὡσαννά J 12:13. κ. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ w. direct discourse foll. J 11:43; IPhld 7: J. B 1250.* κραυγή, ῆς, ἡ (Eur., X.+; Vett. Val. 2, 35; PPetr. II 45 III, 25 [246 BC]; POxy. 1242 III, 54; PTebt. 15, 3; LXX; En. 104, 3; Ep. Arist.; Joseph.).

1. lit.—a. shout (ing), clamor of excited persons Eph 4:31. Of people shouting back and forth in a quarrel: ἐγένετο κ. μεγάλη there arose a loud outcry Ac 23:9 (cf. Ex 12:30; without μεγ. X., Cyr. 7, 5, 28). Also crying in grief or anxiety (cf. Ex 3:7; 11:6; Esth 4:3; Is 65:19) Rv 21:4. b. a loud (articulate) cry κ. γέγονεν w. direct discourse foll. there arose a shout Mt 25:6 (EGrässer, D. Problem der Parousieverzögerung, ZNW Beih. 22, ’57, 124f). ἀνεφώνησεν κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν w. direct discourse foll.

Lk 1:42; cf. Rv 14:18 v.l. Of fervent prayer (Ps 17:7; Jon 2:3) μετὰ κ. ἰσχυρᾶς with loud crying Hb 5:7 (cf. Diod. S. 19, 83, 3 μετὰ πολλῆς κραυγῆς—μετὰ κ. as Diod. S. 11, 36, 1; Nicol. Dam. 90, fgm. 130, 25 p. 409, 20 Jac.; UPZ 8, 17[161 BC]; Ep. Arist. 186; Jos., Bell. 2, 517). ἀκουσθῆναι ἐν κ. τὴν φωνὴν ὑμῶν so that your voice is heard in loud cries B 3:1 (Is 58:4).

2. fig.: the virginity of Mary, her childbearing, and the death of Jesus are called τρία μυστήρια κραυγῆς, ἅτινα ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ θεοῦ ἐπράχθη three mysteries (to be) loudly proclaimed, which were accomplished in the stillness of God IEph 19:1. M-M.* κρέας, κρέως and later κρέατος (s. Thumb 96; Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 143 [an Attic inscr. of 338 BC w. κρέατος]; Thackeray 149, 3), τό meat (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) pl. τὰ κρέα (Bl-D. §47, 1; Jos., Ant. 10, 261)φαγεῖν κρέα (Test. Judah 15:4) Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 8:13; κρέας GEb 6. M-M. B. 202.* κρείσσων s. κρείττων. κρείττων, ον, gen. ονος, and κρείσσων (Bl-D. §34, 1 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 107; JWackernagel, Hellenistica ’07, 12-25; Reinhold 43f; Thackeray 121, 2. The ms. tradition fluctuates in most places betw. ττ and σς. The word occurs Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 57)in our lit. always a real comp. (of κρατύς, but functions as comp. of ἀγαθός).

1. more prominent, higher in rank, preferable, better (Pind., Hdt. et al.) of pers. IPhld 9:1; Hb 7:7 (opp. ἐλάττων). τοσούτῳ κ. γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων as much superior to the angels 1:4 (Jos., Ant. 8, 111τ. ἄλλων. . . κρείττονες γεγόναμεν).—Of things 7:19, 22; 8:6; 9:23; 10:34; 11:16, 35; IRo 2:1. χαρίσματα 1 Cor 12:31 t.r. (for the continuation of vs. 31b here cf. Appian, Mithrid. 60 § 247 ἑτέραν ὁδὸν ἔχειν κρείττονα=know another way, a better one). W. gen. foll. better than (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 273) Dg 2:2. κρεῖττόν τι someth. better Hb 11:40. ἐν ᾧ κρείσσων ἐστίν in the respect in which he is better off (than the other man) Dg 10:6. ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω μετάνοια a change of mind from better to worse MPol 11:1.

2. more useful, more advantageous, better πεπείσμεθα περὶ ὑμῶν τὰ κ. we are sure of better things concerning you Hb 6:9. εἰς τὸ κ. συνέρχεσθαι (opp. εἰς τὸ ἧσσον; s. ἥσσων) 1 Cor 11:17. W. gen. better, more advantageous than (Artem. 2, 11 p. 98, 24 κρεῖττον τὸ κακοῦν τοῦ ὑπό τινος κακοῦσθαι) 2 Cl 16:4. κρεῖττόν (v.l. -σσ-) ἐστιν w. inf. foll. it is better (Diod. S. 12, 16, 2 κρεῖττον γάρ ἐστιν ἀποθανεῖν ἢ. . . πειρασθῆναι; Demosth., Ep. 2, 21 εἰ. . . , τεθνάναι με κρεῖττον ἦν) 1 Cor 7:9; cf. 1 Pt 3:17. κρεῖττον ἦν αὐτοῖς w. inf. foll. it 544

would be better for them 2 Pt 2:21 (s. Bl-D. §410; Rob. 1084); cf. 1 Cl 46:8. Pleonast. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κ. much better indeed Phil 1:23.—κ. ἐλευθερία IPol 4:3.

3. adv. better κρεῖσσον ποιεῖν 1 Cor 7:38. κρεῖττον λαλεῖν Hb 12:24 (παρά w. acc. than). M-M.* κρέμαμαι s. κρεμάννυμι 2. κρεμάννυμι (this form of the present not in the Gk. Bible, but Job 26:7 has κρεμάζω. The word, in mngs. 1 and 2, Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 147 al.) 1 aor. ἐκρέμασα, pass. ἐκρεμάσθην.

1. trans. hang (up) ἐπὶ ξύλου on the tree i.e., cross (cf. Gen 40:19; Dt 21:22; Esth 8:7) Ac 5:30; 10:39. The verb κρ. by itself can also mean crucify (Diod. S. 17, 46, 4; Appian, Mithrid. 8 §25; 29 §114 δούλους ἐκρέμασε, Bell.

Civ. 2, 90 §377; Arrian, Anab. 6, 17, 2; 6, 30, 2; 7, 14, 4). Pass. Lk 23:39 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 3 §9; Sb 6739 [255 BC], 9).—ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ that a millstone would be hung around his neck Mt 18:6.—1Cl 12:7 v.l. Funk.

2. intrans., dep. κρέμαμαι (cf. Bl-D. §93; Rob. 316f) hang—a. lit. (Jos., Ant. 7, 241)ἐπί τινος on a thing (X., An. 3, 2, 19) ἐπὶ ξύλου (s. 1 above) Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23). Of the branch of a vine μὴ κρεμαμένη ἐπὶ τῆς πτελέας if it does not hang on the elm tree Hs 2:3; cf. vs. 4. ἔκ τινος on someth. (Pla., Leg. 8 p. 831 C; Dit., Syll.2 588, 201.

Cf. Jdth 8:24) of a snake κ. ἐκ τῆς χειρός hung on the hand Ac 28:4. Of those being punished in hell ἐκ τῆς γλώσσης κρεμάμενοι AP 7:22. b. fig. (Philo, Post. Cai. 24; 25; Sib. Or. 7, 55) ἐν ταύταις τ. δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται all the law and the prophets hang (depend) on these two commandments Mt 22:40 (as a door hangs on its hinges, so the whole OT hangs on these two comm. For the thought cf. Plut., Mor. 116D.—On κρ. ἐν cf. 2 Km 18:9).—GBertram, TW III 915-20 κρεμάννυμι and related words. M-M.* κρεπάλη (cf. Mlt.-H. 81) is preferred by W-H. in place of κραιπάλη (q.v.). But Aristoph., Ach. 277, Wasps 1255 prove the length of the first syllable. κρημνός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 225, 2; PPetr. III 39 II, 8; 2 Ch 25:12; Ep. Arist. 118; Test. 12 Patr.; Jos., Ant. 3, 76)steep slope or bank, cliff κατὰ τοῦ κ. down the steep bank (Dio Chrys. 7, 3; Philo, Agr. 76; Jos., Bell. 1, 313)Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. ἀπὸ κ. μεγάλου down from a high cliff AP 17:32 (ἀπὸ κ. as Celsus 6, 34). M-M.* κρημνώδης, ες (since Thu. 7, 84, 4; Jos., Bell. 7, 280)steep, precipitous ἦν ὁ τόπος κ. the place was precipitous (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὄαξος: τὸν τόπον κρημνώδη ὑπάρχειν) Hv 1, 1, 3. Cf. s 6, 2, 6.* Κρής, ητός, ὁ pl. Κρῆτες (Hom.+; inscr.; UPZ 20, 32 [163 BC]; 29, 2; Jos., Ant. 13, 86, C. Ap. 2 172; Sib. Or. 3, 140) a Cretan, inhabitant of the island of Crete Ac 2:11 (OEissfeldt, Kreter u. Araber: ThLZ 72, ’47, 207-12); subscr. of Tit. An unfavorable estimate of Cretan character (s. on this ἀργός 2) Tit 1:12.—RHarris, Exp. ’06 II 305-17; ’07 III 332-7; ’12 IV 348-53; ’15 I 29-35; MGöbel, Ethnica, Diss. Breslau ’15, 77ff.* Κρήσκης, εντος, ὁ (Lat. Crescens; the Gk. form is quite rare, the Lat. form common, incl. Pol 14, which is preserved only in Lat.) Crescens, a companion of Paul 2 Ti 4:10. S. Κρίσπος.* Κρήτη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 10:67; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 43; Joseph.; Sib. Or.) Crete Ac 27:7, 12f, 21; Tit 1:5 (as early as Il. 2, 649 Crete was famous for its many cities; Ps.-Scylax [ed. BFabricius 1878] has the names of many cities).* κριθή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+, but in class. wr. only in pl. On the other hand, in later wr. [Dionys. Hal. 2, 25; Cornutus 28 p.

54, 4; Libanius, De Vita Sua 8 Förster v.l.; Herm. Wr. 14, 10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 175; 3, 57; Jos., Bell. 5, 427], in inscr., pap., LXX also in sing.) barley, used in the preparation of cheaper kinds of bread (s. Hdb. on J 6:9; Appian, Illyr. 26 §76 κριθὴ ἀντὶ σίτου for inferior soldiers). τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν three quarts of barley (t.r. κριθῆς) Rv 6:6; GDalman, Arbeit II ’32, 252f; III ’33, 300ff. M-M. B. 516.* κρίθινος, η, ον (since Hipponax [VI BC] 39, 6 Diehl; PEleph. 5, 25 [284/3 BC]; BGU 1092, 28; LXX; Philo, Spec.

Leg. 2, 175; Jos., Ant. 5, 219)made of barley flour ἄρτος κ. barley bread (Plut., Anton. 45, 8; Artem. 1, 69; above all 4 Km 4:42) J 6:9, 13. M-M.* κρίκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 109f; 136) ring κάμπτειν ὡς κρίκον τὸν τράχηλον bend the neck as a ring, i.e. so it is as round as a ring B 3:2 (Is 58:5).* κρίμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; inscr.; PPetr. III 26, 2; 36 verso, 20 [III BC]; LXX; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 128; Joseph.—On the accent s. Bl-D. §13; 109, 3; Mlt.-H. 57).

1. dispute, lawsuit (Ex 18:22) κρίματα ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν you have lawsuits with one another 1 Cor 6:7.

2. decision, decree (Inschr. Gal. no. 25, 2 [II AD] κατὰ τὸ κρ. τῆς βουλῆς; Ps 18:10; 118:75; Jos., Ant. 14, 318; 321), also of the fixed purposes of divine grace Ro 11:33.

3. judging, judgment, the action or function of a judge κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς authority to judge was given to them Rv 20:4.—Of God’s judgment: τὸ κρίμα τὸ μέλλον Ac 24:25. κρ. αἰώνιον judgment whose decision is valid eternally Hb 6:2. God’s judgment begins with the church 1 Pt 4:17. Pl.: God is δίκαιος ἐν τοῖς κρίμασιν righteous in 545

his judgments 1 Cl 27:1; 60:1.—1 Cl 20:5 Funk.

4. judicial verdict—a. gener. (Polyb. 24, 1, 12) τὸ κρ. ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα the verdict came as the result of one transgression, and led to punishment Ro 5:16. b. mostly in an unfavorable sense, of the sentence of condemnation, also of the condemnation and the subsequent punishment itself 2 Pt 2:3; Jd 4. τὸ κ. τοῦ θεοῦ the condemnation of God (i.e., pronounced by him) Ro 2:2f. ὧν τὸ κ. ἔνδικόν ἐστιν their condemnation is just 3:8 (but WOFitch, ET 59, ’47/’48, 26 ‘verdict’). πρόδηλον ἐγενήθη their condemnation has been made plain 1 Cl 51:3. τὸ κρ. τῆς πόρνης the condemnation and punishment of the harlot Rv 17:1. εἰς κρ. συνέρχεσθαι 1 Cor 11:34. κρ. ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίειν eat condemnation upon oneself vs. 29; λαμβάνεσθαι κρ. be condemned Mt 23:13 t.r.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; Ro 13:2; Js 3:1. ἔχουσαι κρ., ὅτι they are subject to condemnation because 1 Ti 5:12; βαστάζειν τὸ κρ. Gal 5:10. εἰς κρ. γίνεσθαι incur condemnation 1 Cl 11:2. εἰς κρ. γίνεσθαί τινι turn out to be condemnation for someone 21:1; IEph 11:1. ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρ. εἶναι be under the same condemnation Lk 23:40. εἰς κρ. ἐμπίπτειν τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Ti 3:6. κρ. θανάτου (cf. Sir 41:3) death sentence Lk 24:20.—Pl. (cf. BGU 471, 9 [II AD]) τὰ μέλλοντα κρίματα the punishments to come 1 Cl 28:1.—GPWetter, Der Vergeltungsgedanke bei Pls ’12, 1ff.

5. The OT is the source of—a. the expr. κρίνειν τὸ κρ. (cf. Zech 7:9; 8:16; Ezk 44:24) ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her or God has pronounced on her the judgment she wished to impose on you (HJHoltzmann, Hdb. 1893 ad loc.) Rv 18:20. b. the close relation betw. κρ. and δικαιοσύνη, and the expr. ποιεῖν κρ. καὶ δικαιοσύνην (Jer 23:5; Ezk 33:14) do justice and righteousness 1 Cl 13:1.

6. of the judgment of a man upon his fellowman Mt 7:2; Ro 2:1 v.l.

7. In J κρ. shows the same two-sidedness as the other members of the κρίνω family (‘judgment’ and ‘separation’; s.

Hdb. on J 3:17), and means the judicial decision which consists in the separation of those who are willing to believe fr. those who are unwilling to do so 9:39. M-M. B. 1422.* κρίνον, ου, τό (Aristoph., Hdt.+; Longus 2, 3, 4 [ῥόδα, κρίνα, ὑάκινθος as spring flowers]; Epigr. Gr. [I AD]; PSI 297, 8; LXX; Ep. Arist. 68; 75. Cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 77; Test. Sim. 6, 2; loanw. in rabb.) lily. In this connection many think of the autumn crocus, Turk’s cap lily, anemone, or gladiolus. Perh. Jesus had no definite flower in mind, but was thinking of all the wonderful blooms that adorn the fields of Galilee. As an extremely beautiful flower (as Theodor. Prodr. 6, 296 H.) it is mentioned Mt 6:28; Lk 12:27.—LFonck, Streifzüge durch die biblische Flora ’00, 53ff; JBoehmer, Die Lilien auf dem Felde: Studierstube 6, ’08, 223ff; FLundgreen, Die Pflanzen im NT: NKZ 28, ’17, 828ff; GDalman, Die Lilie der Bibel: Pj 21, ’25, 98ff, Arbeit I, ’28, 357ff al.; ILöw, D. Flora d. Juden II ’24, 160ff, also IV ’34, 669 (indices); GVKing, Consider the Lilies: Crozer Quarterly 10, ’33, 28-36; TCSkeat, The Lilies of the Field: ZNW 37, ’39, 211-14; M. et Mme. EHa-Reubeni, RB 54, ’47, 362-4 (anthemis or Easter daisy, Fr. pâquerette). M-M.* κρίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sing. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment cf. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; pf. κέκριμαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι.

1. separate, distinguish, then select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3 p. 399E κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, Phil. p. 57E; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κρ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]) ὃς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a.

In the other half of the sentence ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κρ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b.

2. judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9 p. 578B and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159ὃν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν. Ep. Arist. 98); cf. PK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193)τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg. p. 452c, Rep. 9 p. 578B; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν. . . εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ. . . ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43.

3. reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) w. inf. (Diod. S. 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 BC]; PTebt. 55, 4 [II BC] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond. 897, 11; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (Bl-D. §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by a man Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; Sib. Or. 3, 127) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs. of D and t.r.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν. . . , τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his own virgin (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (Diod. S. 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e., his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ. . . ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cf. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ).

546

4. as a legal t.t. judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment (in a forensic sense Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX). a. of a human court—α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GP 3:7. κρ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 t.r. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12a, b. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) punish a man? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233). Also περί τινος (Diod. S. 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cf. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [Bull. de corr. hell. 25, ’01 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94-LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον). Cf. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle. β. mid. and pass. (dispute, quarrel, debate, also) go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40. Also μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W c. 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοι=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cf. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφʼ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my will that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish). b. of the divine tribunal—α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cf. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv. 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12. τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31. κρ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what he does 1 Pt 1:17; cf. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κρ. judge righteously (Sotades [280 BC] in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5 ὁ παντογενὴς. . . οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν) J 3:17; cf.

18a, b; 12:47a, b, 48a; cf. b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14). διὰ νόμου κρ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge=punish his people is derived fr. Dt 32:36=Ps 134:14, where the judgment of God is spoken of, resulting in the vindication of the innocent [the thought prominent in the two OT pass.] and the punishment of the guilty [the thought prominent in the Hb pass.]); 13:4; Js 5:9; 1 Pt 4:6 (s. also 6a); Rv 18:8; 19:2; B 15:5.—W. the punishment given κρ. διὰ πυρός 1 Cl 11:1. κεκριμένοι ἤδη τῷ θανάτῳ already condemned to death B 10:5. Also εἰς θάνατον condemned to death Hs 9, 18, 2. οἱ κρινόμενοι ἀσεβεῖς the godless, who are condemned 2 Cl 18:1.

Of the devil ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται J 16:11.—ταῦτα ἔκρινας thou hast imposed these punishments Rv 16:5.—On κρίνειν τὸ κρίμα 18:20 cf. κρίμα 5a. β. occupied by men, who have been divinely commissioned to judge: the 12 apostles judge the 12 tribes Mt 19:28; Lk 22:30 (PBatiffol, RB n.s. 9, ’12, 541-3. But here κρ. could have the broader sense rule; cf. 4 Km 15:5; Ps 2:10; 1 Macc 9:73; PsSol 17:29). κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία. . . σέ the one who is physically uncircumcised will sit in judgment upon you Ro 2:27. οἱ ἅγιοι as judges of the cosmos 1 Cor 6:2a, b (κρίνεσθαι ἐν: Diod. S. 19, 51, 4.—On the saints as co-rulers with God cf. Epict., Ench. 15; Sallust. 21 p. 36, 14) as well as of the angels vs. 3 (cf. Da 7:22).

5. see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).

6. of the judgment which people customarily pass upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of their fellowmen. a. judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κρ. δικαίως B 19:11. κρ. κατʼ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cf. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (cf. Wsd 3:4). b. esp. in an unfavorable sense pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticise, find fault with, condemn (Epict.

2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1a, b, c, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s.

3 above on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another man’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the man who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that thou mayest prevail when thou art judged Ro 3:4 (OMichl in KEK [Meyer series] prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6).—JBüchsel and VHerntrich, TW III 920-55 κρίνω and related words. M-M. B. 1428.** κριός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 221; 5, 223; 8, 228) a ram MPol 14:1 (ἐπίσημος 1); B 2:5 v.l.

(Is 1:11).* κρίσις, εως, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 252; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

547

1. judging, judgment—a. of the activity of God or the Messiah as judge, esp. on the Last Day. α. ἡ δικαία κρ. τοῦ θεοῦ God’s righteous judgment 2 Th 1:5. ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν J 5:30. κρίσιν ποιεῖν execute judgment, act as judge (Aristoph., Ran. 778; 785; X., Hell. 4, 2, 6; 8; Dt 10:18.—Likew. κρ. ποιεῖσθαι: 1 Macc 6:22; Jos., Ant. 6, 34)vs. 27. τ. κρίσιν διδόναι τινί commit judgment or judging to someone vs.

22. ἡ ἡμέρα (τῆς) κρίσεως the Day of Judgment (Jdth 16:17; Is 34:8; Pr 6:34) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 16:3; 17:6; B 19:10; 21:6.—ἡ κρ. ἡ μέλλουσα the judgment to come 2 Cl 18:2; MPol 11:2. ἡ κρ. ἡ ἐπερχομένη the approaching judgment Hv 3, 9, 5. Denial of the Last Judgment Pol 7:1. κρ. μεγάλης ἡμέρας the judgment of the Great Day Jd 6. ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρ. αὐτοῦ the hour when he is to judge Rv 14:7. οὐκ ἀναστήσονται οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κρ. the wicked will not rise in the judgment (or on the J. Day) B 11:7 (Ps 1:5); cf.

Mt 12:41f; Lk 10:14; 11:31f. δικαιοσύνη κρίσεως ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος righteousness (on the part of the judge) is the beginning and end of judging B 1:6. Divine judgment (cf. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 8, 40 τῶν ἀθανάτων κ.; Hierocles 11 p.

441 and 442 al. θεία κρίσις) is also mentioned 1 Ti 5:24; Hb 9:27 (cf. Diog. L. 3, 79 after Plato: one must fulfill the δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ, ἵνα μὴ καὶ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον δίκας ὑπόσχοιεν οἱ κακοῦργοι); 2 Pt 2:4, 9; 2 Cl 20:4; D 11:11. β. The word oft. means judgment that goes against a person, condemnation, and the punishment that follows (Sib. Or. 3, 670) GP 7:25. δισσὴν ἕξουσιν τὴν κρ. they will receive double punishment 2 Cl 10:5. ἡ κρ. σου your judgment Rv. 18:10. κἀκείνοις κρ. ἐστίν judgment comes upon them, too ISm 6:1. φοβερά τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως a fearful prospect of judgment Hb 10:27 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 179 a reference to the κρ. τῶν ψυχῶν serves to arouse φόβος τ. ἀδικίας). ἡ κρ. αὐτοῦ ἤρθη his punishment was taken away Ac 8:33; 1 Cl 16:7 (both Is 53:8). ὑπὸ κρίσιν πίπτειν come under judgment Js 5:12; cf. 2:13a, b. ἡ κρ. τῆς γεέννης being punished in hell Mt 23:33 (gen. as Diod. S. 1, 82, 3 θανάτου κρ.=punishment by death). κρ. κατά τινος upon, against someone (Aelian, V.H. 2, 6) ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων execute judgment upon all Jd 15 (En. 1, 9).—(Opp. ζωή) ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ εἰς κρ. οὐκ ἔρχεται J 5:24 (cf. Philip [=Demosth. 12, 16] εἰς κρ. ἐλθεῖν). ἀνάστασις ζωῆς—ἀνάστασις κρίσεως vs. 29. κρίσις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου judgment of (or upon) this world 12:31; cf. 16:8, interpreted as a judgment on the prince of this world 16:11 (cf. 12:31b; IQM 1, 5; but s. also LJLutkemeyer, CBQ 8, ’46, 225f ‘good judgment’, and BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 79; also s. on δικαιοσύνη 2, end).—In 3:19 κρ. has in addition to the senses ‘judgment’ and ‘condemnation’ the clear connotation of ‘separation, division’ (Hecataeus [320 BC] in Diod. S. 40, 3, 2 Dind. κρίσις τῶν κακῶν=‘separation fr. the evils’.—A double sense as in J is found in Artem. 5, 5 κριτής=‘judge’ and ‘divider’). The ‘judgment’, which is operative here and now, consists in the fact that men divide themselves into those who accept Christ and those who reject him (Hdb.; Bultmann).—Pl. judgments, punishments (Diod. S. 1, 75, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. l, 96 §446 κρίσεις πικραί=severe punishments) ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ κρίσεις σου Rv 16:7; 19:2.—Bousset, Rel.3 257ff; LRuhl, De Mortuorum Judicio ’03; JBlank, Krisis (J), diss.

Freiburg, ’64. b. of the judgment of one person upon or against another—α. of men toward men κρ. δικαία B 20:2; D 5:2. κρ. ἄδικος unjust judgment Pol 6:1; ἀπότομος ἐν κρ. relentless in judgment ibid. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνατε J 7:24 (κρίνω 6a). Cf. ἡ κρ. ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 8:16. β. of the archangel against the devil οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας he did not presume to pronounce a reviling judgment Jd 9. Cf. the corresp. pass. in 2 Pt 2:11 ἄγγελοι οὐ φέρουσιν κατʼ αὐτῶν παρὰ κυρίῳ βλάσφημον κρίσιν angels do not pronounce a reviling judgment against them before the Lord.

2. board of judges, court, specif. a local court (cf. Schürer II4 226f; Diod. S. 17, 80, 2; Aesop, Fab. 190 H.; Theod. Prodr. 1, 402 H.) ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρ. he will have to answer to a (local) court Mt 5:21f.—RGuelich, ZNW 64, ’73, 44ff.

3. right in the sense of justice, righteousness (Inscr. Gr. 542, 6 [II BC] πίστιν ἔχοντα καὶ κρίσιν ὑγιῆ; Dit., Or. ) ἀφήκατε τὴν κρίσιν κ. τὸ ἔλεος κ. τὴν πίστιν Mt 23:23; cf. Lk 11:42. κρίσιν τ.

383, 207 [I BC]; LXX; cf. ‫ט‬ ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ he will proclaim justice for the Gentiles Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1). ἐκζητεῖν κρ. seek out justice 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17). ἕως ἃν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τ. κρίσιν until he leads justice to victory vs. 20 (cf. Is 42:3.—Other poss. mngs. are legal action, trial, case [X., An. 1, 6, 5; Diod. S. 2, 42, 4 αἱ κρίσεις=legal suits, transactions; En. 9, 3 εἰσαγάγετε τὴν κρίσιν ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν ὕψιστον] and, influenced by νῖκος, a [military] decision [Dionys. Hal. 9, 35; 2 Macc 14:18]). The mng. right, justice may also play a role in such passages as J 7:24; 12:31; 16:8, 11; Ac 8:33 [so RSV] and perh. others.—GPWetter on κρίμα 4, end; HBraun, Gerichtsgedanke u. Rechtfertigungslehre b. Pls ’30; FVFilson, St. Paul’s Conception of Recompense ’31. M-M.* Κρίσπος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S. 15, 38, 1; Crinagoras no. 48, 2; inscr., pap.; Jos., Vi. 33; on the accent s. Bl-D. §41, 3 app.; Rob. 235) Crispus, leader of the synagogue in Corinth Ac 18:8; baptized by Paul 1 Cor 1:14. As v.l. (Syr., Goth.) 2 Ti 4:10. M-M.* κριτήριον, ου, τό—1. lawcourt, tribunal (so since Pla., Leg. 6 p. 767B, also Polyb.; Diod. S.; Dit., Syll.3 683, 48; 807, 9; UPZ 118, 15; PHib. 29=Wilcken, Chrest. 259, 5; BGU 1054, 1; LXX; cf. Philo, Virt. 66) ἕλκειν τινὰ εἰς κριτήρια drag someone into court Js 2:6 (cf. PTurin I 1 VI, 11 [117 BC] ἑλκυσθέντων ἁπάντων εἰς τὸ κριτήριον). It is not easy to fit this mng. into the two other pass. in our lit. where κρ. is found. ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων; could perh. mean: are you unfit to form even the most insignificant courts (i.e., those that have jurisdiction over the petty details of everyday life) ? 1 Cor 6:2. Likew. βιωτικὰ κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους καθίζετε; if you have (need for) courts for the matters of everyday life, do you appoint insignificant men (as judges) ? vs. 4 (καθίζειν κριτήριον as Polyb. 9, 33, 12). However, in both cases the tendency is now to prefer for κρ. the sense 2. lawsuit, legal action (most recently JWeiss, Ltzm., Sickenberger, H-DWendland). Cf. Kyr.—Inschr. 1. 21 θανατηφόρα κριτήρια=lawsuits involving capital punishment (corresp. to Lat. judicia capitis); Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 548

13 (=Διάταγμα Καίσαρος [I AD]) l. 14 κριτήριον γενέσθαι=the lawsuit is to be tried. Sim. Diod. S. 1, 72, 4; 36, 3, 3. M-M.* κριτής, οῦ, ὁ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Joseph., loanw. in rabb.) one who reaches a decision, passes judgment.

1. a judge—a. lit., in jurisprudence (not class. in this sense, but Diod. S. 1, 92, 4; Epict. 3, 7, 30; inscr.; POxy. 97, 5; 726, 20; 1195, 1; PTebt. 317, 20; LXX). α. of men Mt 5:25; Lk 12:14, 58; 18:2. ὁ κρ. τῆς ἀδικίας the unjust judge 18:6 (W-S. §30, 8; Mlt.-H. 440; JDMDerrett, NTS 18, ’71/’72, 178-91). πενήτων ἄνομοι κρ. lawless judges of the poor B 20:2; D 5:2. Of Herod Antipas’ judges GP 1:1. Of the procurator Ac 24:10 (v.l. κρ. δίκαιος; so of a human judge Epict., fgm. Stob. 48). Of the proconsul κρ. τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι I do not wish to render a decision on these matters 18:15. β. of God (LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 390;Test. Jud. 20:5. Cf. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 230 D.: τὶς τῶν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κριτής) and Christ Hb 12:23; Js 4:12; δίκαιος κρ. 2 Ti 4:8; Hs 6, 3, 6. Of God or Christ κρ. ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν judge of the living and the dead 2 Cl 1:1.—Ac 10:42; Pol 2:1. ὁ κρ. πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν the judge stands at the door Js 5:9. b. in a more general mng. (Appian, Liby. 52 §227 κριτής τινος judge, critic of someth.) κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν Js 2:4. κριτὴς (νόμου) a judge of the law 4:11. Of the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν they will be your judges i.e. they will convict you of wrongdoing Mt l2:27; Lk 11:19. Of Moses 1 Cl 4:10 (cf. Ex 2:14).

2. in a special sense in the historical accounts of the theocratic period, judge, a leader of the people in the period before the rise of the Hebrew kgdm. (cf. Judg 2:16, 18f; Ruth 1:1; Jos., Ant. 6, 85; 11, 112) Ac 13:20. M-M.* κριτικός, ή, όν (Pla.+; Strabo, Plut., Lucian et al.; Philo, Mut. Nom. 110) able to discern or judge foll. by obj. gen. κρ. ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας able to judge the thoughts and deliberations of the heart Hb 4:12.* Κρόκος, ου, ὁ (not a very common name; in the Gk. form e.g. Dit., Or. Inscr. 140; CIG add. 4716d, 44; Κυπρ. I p.

100 no. 74; PLond. 257, 221; 223; BGU 90, 1; 537, 1) Crocus, an Ephesian Christian: θεοῦ ἄξιος καὶ ὑμῶν IEph 2:1. τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄνομα a person dear to me IRo 10:1.* κροκώδης, ες (Diod. S. 2, 52, 5; Diosc. 1, 27; Heraclides [KDeichgräber, D. griech. Empirikerschule ’30, 195, 22]; Aretaeus p. 58, 24) saffron-yellow Hs 6, 1, 5.* κρούω 1 aor. ἔκρουσα (since Soph. and X., De Re Equ. 11, 4; PGM 5, 75; 92 al.; LXX; Philo, Mut. Nom. 139; Jos., Ant. 7, 306)strike, knock, in our lit. only of knocking at a door; abs. (on the contrast κρ.—ἀνοίγω cf. SSol 5:2 κρούει ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν Ἄνοιξόν μοι and UPZ 79, 7 [159 BC] κρούει θύραν κ. ἀνοίγεται; Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 94, where it is said fig. of a sophist: ἔκρουε μὲν τὴν θύραν ἱκανῶς, ἠνοίγετο δὲ οὐ πολλάκις) Mt 7:7f; Lk 11:9f; 12:36; Ac 12:16; Rv 3:20. W. acc. τὴν θύραν knock at the door (Aristoph., Eccles. 317; 990; X., Symp. 1, 11; Pla., Prot.

310A; 314D, Symp. 212C; PGM 4, 1854. Further exx. fr. later Gk. in Field, Notes 120. The Atticists reject this expr. in favor of κόπτειν τ. θύραν [Phryn. p. 177 Lob.].—Judg 19:22) Lk 13:25; Ac 12:13. M-M. B. 553.* κρύβω s. κρύπτω. κρύπτη, ης, ἡ (Strabo 17, 1, 37; Athen. 5 p. 205A; Jos., Bell. 5, 330[Niese accents κρυπτή]; PSI 547, 18 [III BC]) a dark and hidden place, a cellar λύχνον εἰς κρ. τιθέναι put a lamp in a cellar Lk 11:33. M-M.* κρυπτός, ή, όν (Hom.+; pap., LXX) hidden, secret—1. adj. (Herodian 5, 6, 3 κρ. καὶ ἀόρατος; Dit., Syll.3 973, 5f; BGU 316, 28; 3 Km 6:4; Ezk 40:16; 2 Macc 1:16; Jos., Ant. 15, 424)ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος the hidden man of the heart 1 Pt 3:4 (s. ἄνθρωπος 2cα). οὐδὲν. . . κρ. ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται there is nothing secret that shall not be made known Mt 10:26; Lk 12:2; cf. Mk 4:22 (Philemo Com. 192 χρόνος τὰ κρυπτὰ πάντα εἰς φάος ἄγει).

2. subst. τὸ κρυπτόν—a. a hidden thing (Menand., Mon. 225) Lk 8:17. Esp. in pl. τὰ κρυπτά (Dt 29:28; Is 29:10; Sus 42 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 5, 402;413 ὁ θεὸς τὰ κρ. πάντα ἐφορᾷ) τὰ κρ. ἐλέγχει it exposes the secret things (so, word for word, Artem. 1, 14 p. 19, 4 and 1, 44 p. 42, 8) IPhld 7:1. τὰ κρ. τινος someone’s secret thoughts, plans, purposes (Philemo Com. 233 φίλου; Iambl., Myst. 6, 5 Partey; PGM 57, 13 τὰ κρ. τ. θεᾶς Ἴσιδος; Sir 1:30; Jer 30:4) Ro 2:16; IEph 15:3; IPhld 9:1. τὰ κρ. τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ (cf. Is 22:9 τὰ κρ. τῶν οἴκων τῆς ἄκρας) the secret thoughts of his heart 1 Cor 14:25; cf. Pol 4:3. τὰ κρ. τοῦ σκότους what is hidden in darkness 1 Cor 4:5. τὰ κρ. τῆς αἰσχύνης the things that are hidden out of a sense of shame 2 Cor 4:2. b. a hidden place ἐν τῷ κρ. in secret (Vi. Aesopi W c. 104) Mt 6:4a, b, 6a, b, 18 t.r.; ἐν κρ. in a secret place J 7:4; 18:20; in secret, secretly (Test. Jud. 12:5) ὁ ἐν τῷ κρ. Ἰουδαῖος the Jew who is one inwardly, not only by the outward sign of circumcision Ro 2:29; ἀνέβη ὡς ἐν κρ. he went up privately, as it were J 7:10.—On Lk 11:33 s. κρύπτη. M-M.* κρύπτω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 23; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 207; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib, Or. 5, 45.—κρύβω [PGM 12, 322; Jos., Ant. 8, 410, C. Ap. 1, 292], whence the impf. mid. ἐκρυβόμην GP 7:26, is a new formation in H. Gk fr. the aor. ἐκρύβην [Bl-D. §73; Mlt.-H. 214; 245; Reinhold 72. On the LXX s. Helbing 83f]) 1 aor. ἔκρυψα; pf. pass. 3 sing. κέκρυπται, ptc. κεκρυμμένος; 2 aor. pass. ἐκρύβην (Hellenistic: Lobeck, Phryn. p.

317; LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 384); 2 fut. pass. κρυβήσομαι (Plut., Mor. 576D) hide, conceal, cover.

549

1. lit.—a. hide in the sense prevent someth. fr. being seen τὶ someth. money Mt 25:18; a treasure that has been found 13:44b. κρ. τινὰ ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός Rv 6:16. Fig. of the key of knowledge Lk 11:52 v.l. Pass. (Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 128 τὰ ἀποκείμενα ἐν σκότῳ κέκρυπται) of a city on an eminence οὐ δύναται κρυβῆναι Mt 5:14; LJ 1:7.

Of Moses, who escaped detection Hb 11:23. τὸ μάννα τὸ κεκρυμμένον the hidden manna, concealed fr. human eyes because it is laid up in heaven Rv 2:17.—If mention is made of the place to which persons or things are brought to hide them fr. view, the word plainly comes to mean b. conceal, etc. (acc. to the context) κ. τι ἐν τῇ γῇ hide someth. in the earth (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 480 κρ. τι ἐν γαίῃ) Mt 25:25; likew. in pass. θησαυρὸς κεκρυμμένος ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ a treasure hidden in a field 13:44a. Cf. Ac 7:24 D. Of living persons (Paus. 9, 19, 1) Ῥαὰβ αὐτοὺς ἔκρυψεν εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον ὑπὸ τὴν λινοκαλάμην Rahab concealed them in the upper room under the flax 1 Cl 12:3 (Diod. S. 4, 33, 9 κ. εἰς; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 4 ὑπὸ γῆν ἔκρυψε).—κρύπτειν ἑαυτόν hide oneself (Nicander in Anton. Lib. 28, 3) εἴς τι in someth. ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια they hid themselves in the caves (Diod, S. 4, 12, 2 ἔκρυψεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς πίθον) Rv 6:15. c. κρυβῆναι hide or conceal oneself (Gen 3:8, 10; Judg 9:5; 1 Km 13:6; 14:11; Job 24:4; 29:8) Ἰησοῦς ἐκρύβη J 8:59. ἐκρύβη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν 12:36.—ποῦ κρυβήσομαι ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου; 1 Cl 28:3.—ἐκρυβόμεθα we remained in hiding GP 7:26. d. without the purpose, yet w. the result, of hiding someth. fr. view, (Hipponax [VI BC] 25 D. ἀσκέρηισι τοὺς πόδας δασείηισιν ἔκρυψας=you have put my feet in furlined shoes) put (in), mix (in) τὶ εἴς τι someth. in someth. (ζύμην) γυνὴ ἔκρυψεν εὒς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία Lk 13:21 (v.l. ἐνέκρυψεν P75 et al.).

2. fig.—a. withdraw from sight or knowledge, hide, conceal, keep secret (Delphic commandments: Dit., Syll.3 1268 II, 16 [III BC] ἀπόρρητα κρύπτε) τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Synes., Ep. 57 p. 195D; Gen 18:17) Mt 11:25. Pass. Lk 18:34. ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου it is hidden from your (spiritual) eyes 19:42. Of the moral conduct of a person κρυβῆναι οὐ δύνανται 1 Ti 5:25 (Diod. S. 14, 1, 3 ἀδυνατεῖ κρύπτειν τὴν ἄγνοιαν).—κεκρυμμένα hidden, unknown things (Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 61) Mt 13:35. μαθητὴς κεκρυμμένος a secret disciple J 19:38. b. cause to disappear pass. ἵνα ἀνομία πολλῶν ἐν δικαίῳ ἑνὶ κρυβῇ that the lawlessness of so many should be made to disappear in one who is righteous Dg 9:5. c. hide in a safe place ἀπὸ μάστιγος γλώσσης σε κρύψει he will hide you from the scourge of the tongue 1 Cl 56:10 (Job 5:21). Pass. ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ Col. 3:3.—AOepke, TW III 959-79 κρύπτω and related words. M-M. B. 850.* κρυσταλλίζω (hapax legomenon) shine like crystal, be as transparent as crystal of jasper Rv 21:11 (s. κρύσταλλος).* κρύσταλλος, ου, ὁ rock-crystal (so Diod. S. 2, 52, 2; Strabo 15, 1, 67; Dio Chrys. 12[13], 34; Aelian, N.A. 15, 8; Arrian, Anab. 3, 4, 4 of a kind of salt: καθαρὸς ὥσπερ κρύσταλλος; Is 54:12; Ep. Arist. 67; Philo, Somn. 1, 21) Rv 4:6 (cf. PLond. 130, 150 ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ; Aëtius p. 4, 2 προσέοικε κρυστάλλῳ); 22:1. Or is it poss. that, since κρ. is compared w. θάλασσα and ποταμὸς ὕδατος in the two pass., the older mng. ice (Hom.; Hdt.; Antig. Car. 144; Diod. S. 3, 34, 2; 17, 82, 5; Longus 3, 3, 2; Job 6:16; Wsd 16:22; Jos., Ant. 1, 30; Test. Levi 3:2; Sib. Or. 14, 151, fgm. 1, 34) is to be preferred? M-M. B. 69.* κρυφαι̂ος, αία, αι̂ον (Pind., Pla.+; LXX) hidden ἐν τῷ κρ. in secret Mt 6:18a, b (cf. ἐν κρυφαίοις Jer 23:24; La 3:10).* κρυφῇ adv. (κρυφῆ Tdf.; s. W-S. §5, 11c; Bl-D. §26 app., cf. 73; Mlt.-H. 84.—Soph., X.+; ostracon: APF 6, ’20, 220 no. 8, 3 κρυφῆι [III BC]; POxy. 83, 14; LXX; Test. Sim. 8:2) in secret τὰ κρ. γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν the things they do in secret Eph 5:12. M-M.* κρύφιος, ία, ιον (Hes.+; LXX) hidden, secret τὰ κρύφια ἔργα 2 Cl 16:3. Subst. τὰ κ. hidden or secret things (LXX) 1 Cl 18:6 (Ps 50:8); B 6:10; IMg 3:2.—ἐν κρυφίᾳ in secret Mt 6:18 D.* κτάομαι fut. κτήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκτησάμην; pf. κέκτημαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 284; Test. 12 Patr.) procure for oneself, acquire, get.

1. τὶ someth. 2 Cl 5:7. πάντα ὅσα κτῶμαι my whole income Lk 18:12. W. acc. and εἴς τι foll.: χρυσὸν. . . εἰς τὰς ζώνας acquire gold (in order to put it) into your (money-) belts Mt 10:9. Procure τὶ someth. (Plut., Mor. 189D βιβλία κτᾶσθαι) τὴν δωρεὰν τ. θεοῦ διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι secure the gift of God with money Ac 8:20 (Herodian 2, 6, 5 χρήμασι κτ. τι). Also ἐκ: χωρίον ἐκ μισθοῦ τ. ἀδικίας acquire a field w. the reward of his wickedness 1:18 (JSickenberger, BZ 18, ’29, 69-71). Also w. gen. of price πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου for a large sum Ac 22:28. τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ take a wife for himself (or: gain control over his own body; s. σκεῦος 2) in consecration and honor 1 Th 4:4 (cf. κτᾶσθαι γυναῖκα X., Symp. 2, 10; Sir 36:24). ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν κτήσεσθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν you will win your lives by your endurance Lk 21:19.

2. of misfortunes, etc. bring upon oneself (Soph.; Eur.; Thu. 1, 42, 2 ἔχθραν; Pr 3:31) εὔχομαι, ἵνα μὴ εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτὸ κτήσωνται I pray that they may not bring it (my message) upon themselves as a witness (against them) IPhld 6:3.

3. The pf. (only in Ign. in our lit.) has present mng. possess (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §282 οἱ κεκτημένοι=those who possessed [slaves]; En. 97, 10; Ep. Arist. 229; Philo, Cher. 119, Mos. 1, 157 al.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 66) τινά someone ἐπίσκοπον IEph 1:3. τὶ someth. ὄνομα 1:1. ἀγάπην 14:2. λόγον Ἰησοῦ 15:2. πνεῦμα IMg 15; IPol 1:3.

550

διακονίαν IPhld 1:1. γνώμην IPol 8:1. M-M.* κτῆμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. gener. property, possession of any kind. πᾶν κτ. D 13:7. Pl. possessions (PRyl. 28, 182; 76, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 157)τὰ κτήματα καὶ αἱ ὑπάρξεις Ac 2:45. Beside fields and houses of movable property, furniture Hs 1:9. ἔχειν κτ. πολλά Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cf. Diog., Ep. 38, 5, a rich youth follows Diogenes διανείμας τὴν οὐσίαν. Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 7: Rogatianus the senator gives away πᾶσα κτῆσις and becomes a Cynic).

2. In later usage κτ. came to be restricted to the mng. landed property, field, piece of ground (since Demosth. 18, 41; Plut., Crass. 1, 5; Herodian 2, 6, 3; PTebt. 5, 52; 120, 9; BGU 530, 20; Pr 23:10; 31:16; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 116; Jos., Bell. 4, 574)Ac 5:1 (=χωρίον vs. 3). M-M. B. 769.* κτῆνος, ους, τό animal, i.e. domesticated animal, pet, pack-animal, animal used for riding (mostly in pl. as collective: since Hom. Hymns and Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Sib. Or., fgm. 3, 12; infreq. in sing.: X., An. 5, 2, 3; Dit., Syll.3 986, 8; Ex 22:4; Test. Reub. 2:9) of livestock (PTebt. 56, 8; LXX) Hv 4, 1, 5; s 9, 1, 8 (in contrast to wild and dangerous animals 9, 1, 9; cf. M. Ant. 5, 11 and Philo, Op. M. 64: κτ.—θηρίον); 9, 24, 1. Also 1 Cor 15:39; PK 2 p. 14, 18 refer to domesticated animals. Cattle alone seem to be meant in the combination κτήνη καὶ πρόβατα Rv 18:13 (cf. PRyl. 126, 15 τὰ ἑατοῦ πρόβατα κ. βοικὰ κτήνη).—Of animals used for riding (POxy. 2153, 20 [III AD]; Jos., Ant. 8, 241)Lk 10:34; Ac 23:24. M-M.* κτήτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Diod. S. 34+35, 2, 31; POxy. 237 VIII, 31; 718, 13; PTebt. 378, 24; Sym. Jo 1:11) owner of houses and lands χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν Ac 4:34 (cf. IQS 1, 11f). M-M.* κτίζω 1 aor. ἔκτισα; pf. pass. ἔκτισμαι; 1 aor. pass. ἐκτίσθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) create, in our lit. of God’s creative activity (LXX; En., Ep. Arist. 185; Eupolis in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 31; Philo, Decal. 97; Jos., Bell. 3, 369;379, Ant. 1, 27; Sib. Or. 3, 20; Fluchtaf. 4, 1; PGM 5, 98ff) τὶ someth. 1 Ti 4:3. κτίσιν Mk 13:19. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ the heaven and what is in it Rv 10:6. τὰ πάντα (Herm. Wr. 13, 17) 4:11a; cf. b. ὁ θεὸς ὁ τὰ πάντα κτίσας Eph 3:9; Hm 1:1; cf. s 5, 5, 2 and D 10:3; pass. Col 1:16a, b (cf. ἐν I 5a). ὁ θεὸς κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is from what is not Hv 1, 1, 6. τὸν κόσμον v l, 3, 4. τὸν κόσμον ἕνεκα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου m 12, 4, 2. τὰ ἔθνη s 4:4. τὸν λαόν s 5, 6, 2. Pass. ἐκτίσθη ἀνήρ 1 Cor 11:9. Of the church πάντων πρώτη ἐκτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1.

Of the angels οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες v 3, 4, 1; s 5, 5, 3. Abs. ὁ κτίσας the Creator (Jos., Bell. 3, 354)Ro 1:25; Mt 19:4 (v.l. ποιήσας). ὁ τὰ πάντα κτίσας the Creator of the universe Hs 7:4 (PGM 13, 62 τὸν πάντα κτίσαντα; 983).—Also of the Spirit τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ κτίσαν πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν Hs 5, 6, 5.—Of the divine creative activity w. regard to the inner life of man: of men who were κτισθέντες ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς created (by God) in Christ Jesus for good deeds Eph 2:10. ἵνα τοὺς δύο κτίσῃ ἐν αὐτῷ εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον in order that he (Christ) might make them both (Jews and Gentiles) one new man in him vs. 15. τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ the new man, created in the likeness of God in righteousness 4:24. Corresp. τὸν νέον (ἄνθρωπον) τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν the new man, who is renewed in knowledge according to the image of his Creator Col 3:10. ἐγενόμεθα καινοί, πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κτιζόμενοι we became new, created again from the beginning B 16:8. καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cl 18:10 (Ps 50:12). S. on ἐκλογή, end, and Teschendorf under γίνομαι I 2a.—PKatz, The Mng. of the root ‫הנק‬: Journal of Jewish Studies 5, 126-31; WFoerster, TW III 999-1034 κτίζω and related words. M-M.** κτίσις, εως, ἡ (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. creation—a. of the act of creation: ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου since the creation of the world Ro 1:20 (cf. PsSol 8, 7; Jos., Bell. 4, 533). The Son of God was σύμβουλος τῷ πατρὶ τῆς κτίσεως αὐτοῦ counselor to the Father in his creative work Hs 9, 12, 2. b. that which is created as the result of that creative act (Ep. Arist. 136; 139; Test. Reub. 2:9). α. of individual things or beings created, creature (Tob 8:5, 15) created thing τὶς κτ. ἑτέρα any other creature Ro 8:39. οὐκ ἔστιν κτ. ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ no creature is hidden from his sight Hb 4:13. πᾶν γένος τῆς κ. τοῦ κυρίου every kind of creature that the Lord made Hs 9, 1, 8; πᾶσα κτ. every created thing (cf. Jdth 9:12) MPol 14:1. Of Christ πρωτότοκος πάσης κτ. Col 1:15. Of the name of God ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτ. 1 Cl 59:3. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. . . τὸ κηρυχθὲν ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει the gospel. . . which has been preached to every creature (here limited to human beings) Col 1:23.—Pl. (En. 18, 1) δοξάζειν τὰς κτίσεις τοῦ θεοῦ praise the created works of God Hv 1, 1, 3.—The Christian is described by Paul as καινὴ κτ. a new creature 2 Cor 5:17, and the state of being in the new faith by the same words as a new creation Gal 6:15 (cf. Jos., Ant. 18, 373καιναὶ κτίσεις). S. on ἐκλογή, end. β. the sum total of everything created, creation, world (Sib. Or. 5, 152) ἡ κτ. αὐτοῦ Hv 1, 3, 4. ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς κτ. at the beginning of the world B 15:3; ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κτ. from the beginning of the world Mk 13:19; 2 Pt 3:4. Likew.

Mk 10:6; πᾶσα ἡ κτ. the whole creation (Jdth 16:14; Ps 104:21 v.l.; Test. Levi 4:1, Napht. 2:3; PGM 12, 85) Hv 3, 4, 1; m 12, 4, 2; s 5, 6, 5; 9, 14, 5; 9, 23, 4; 9, 25, 1. The whole world is full of God’s glory 1 Cl 34:6. ἀόργητος ὑπάρχει πρὸς πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν αὐτοῦ 19:3. ὁ υἱὸς τ. θεοῦ πάσης τ. κτίσεως αὐτοῦ προγενέστερός ἐστιν the Son of God is older than all his creation Hs 9, 12, 2. πᾶσα ἡ κτ. limited to mankind Mk 16:15; Hm 7:5. Also ἡ κτίσις τῶν ἀνθρώπων D 16:5.—αὕτη ἡ κτ. this world (earthly in contrast to heavenly) Hb 9:11.—κτ. the creation, what was created in contrast to the Creator (Wsd 16:24) Ro 1:25 (Ep. Arist. 139 θεὸν σεβόμενοι παρʼ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν).—Of Christ ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ Rv 3:14 (s. ἀρχή 2).—The mng. of κτ. is in dispute in Ro 8:19-22, though the pass. is usu. taken to mean the waiting of the whole creation below the human level (animate and inanimate—so, e.g. OCullmann, Christ and Time [tr. FVFilson] ’50, 103).—HBiedermann, D. Erlösg. der Schöpfung 551

beim Ap. Pls. ’40.

2. Corresponding to 1a κτίσις is also the act by which an authoritative or governmental body is created (inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 p. 468 no. 305 [I AD]: founding of the Gerousia [Senate]. Somewhat comparable, of the founding of a city: Scymnus Chius v. 89 κτίσεις πόλεων). But then, in accordance with 1b, it is prob. also the result of the act, the institution or authority itself 1 Pt 2:13 (Diod. S. 11, 60, 2 has κτίστης as the title of a high official. Cf. νομοθεσία in both meanings: 1. lawgiving, legislation; 2. the result of the action, i.e., law.)—BRBrinkman, ‘Creation’ and ‘Creature’ I, Bijdragen (Nijmegen) 18, ’57, 129-39, also 359-74; GWHLampe, The NT Doctrine of κτίσις, Scottish Journ. of Theol. 17, ’64, 449-62. M-M.* κτίσμα, ατος, τό (Polyb. 4, 70, 3; Dionys. Hal. 1, 59; Strabo 7, 5, 5; Vett. Val. 213, 6; Dit., Syll.3 799, 7 [38 AD]; PGM 7, 483; BGU 3, 19; LXX; loanw. in rabb.) in our lit. always (as Wsd 9:2; 13:5; 14:11; Sir 36:14; 38:34; 3 Macc 5:11; Ep. Arist. 17) that which is created (by God), creature (created by God) πᾶν κτ. θεοῦ καλόν everything created by God is good 1 Ti 4:4. πᾶν κτ. ὅ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ every creature in heaven Rv 5:13.—Pl., of the component parts of creation (Herm. Wr. 1, 18 πάντα τὰ κτ.; Sextus 439) Dg 8:3.—τὰ κτ. τὰ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Rv 8:9.—τὰ κτ. τοῦ θεοῦ what God has created Hv 3, 9, 2; m 8:1; man is lord of it 12, 4, 3. The Christians are ἀπαρχή τις τῶν αὐτοῦ κτ. a kind of first-fruits of his creatures (here κτ. is to be thought of as referring chiefly to men; for a similar restriction in the use of κτίσις s. that entry 1bα, β) Js 1:18. M-M.* κτίστης (on the accent cf. Kühner-Bl. I §107, 4eβ p. 392; Rob. 231) ου, ὁ (the word Aristot.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 214; Sib. Or.—As designation of rulers and others of high rank: Dit., Syll.3 751, 2; 839, 8 [both κτ., sc. τῆς πόλεως, w. σωτήρ; Inschr. v. Priene 229, 4; CIG II 2572 the Rom. emperor as τῆς οἰκουμένης κτ.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 39.—Also w. ref. to a deity: PGM 4, 591 φωτὸς κτίστα; 5, 248; 7, 963) in our lit. only of God as the Creator (hymn to Isis: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 549, 11 [I BC] the god Σοκονῶπις as κτ. καὶ γαίης τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ; Herm. Wr. 13, 17; Sir 24:8 ὁ κτ. ἁπάντων; 2 Macc 1:24; 4 Macc 11:5; Ep. Arist. 16; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 30 al.; Sib. Or., fgm. 3, 17 al.) 1 Pt 4:19; 1 Cl 62:2. κτ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου Creator of the whole universe 19:2 (cf. ὁ τοῦ κόσμου κτ. 2 Macc 7:23; 4 Macc 5:25; PGM 4, 1200). κτ. παντὸς πνεύματος Creator of every spirit 59:3.—HFWeiss, TU 97, ’66, 55-8 (cosmology). M-M.* κυβεία, ας, ἡ dice-playing (Pla., Phaedr. 274D; X., Mem. 1, 3, 2, Oec. 1, 20; Dio Chrys. 53[70], 4. As a loanw. ‫איבוק‬in the Bab. Talmud, Sabb. 149b) ἡ κυβεία τῶν ἀνθρώπων is shown by the succeeding phrase, ἐν πανουργίᾳ κτλ., to be craftiness, trickery Eph 4:14 (κυβεύω=‘deceive’ Epict. 2, 19, 28; 3, 21, 22). M-M.* κυβέρνησις, εως, ἡ (Pind.+; Plut., Mor. 162A [θεοῦ κ.]; PLond. 1349, 20; Pr 1:5; 11:14; 24:6) administration; the pl. indicates proofs of ability to hold a leading position in the church 1 Cor 12:28.—HWBeyer, TW III 1034-6.

M-M.* κυβερνήτης, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 163; Test. Napht. 6:2; loanw. in rabb.) captain, steersman, pilot.

1. lit. Rv 18:17; IPol 2:3. W. ναύκληρος, the ‘shipowner’ (Plut., Mor. 807B ναύτας μὲν ἐκλέγεται κυβερνήτης καὶ κυβερνήτην ναύκληρος; Jos., Ant. 9, 209)Ac 27:11 (LCasson, Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World, ’71, 316-18).

2. fig. (Pla., Polit. 272E of God; Vett. Val. 340 κυβερνήτης βίου. Oft. Philo, somet. of God, and Migr. Abr. 67 of the λόγος θεῖος; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 of the νοῦς) of Christ κυβ. τῶν σωμάτων ἡμῶν the Pilot of our bodies MPol 19:2 (the figure of the κυβερνήτης is also used in the martyr-narrative in 4 Macc 7:1). M-M.* κυβία s. κυβεία. κύθρα, ας, ἡ (Herodas 7, 76; Etymol. Mag. p. 454, 43; PTebt. 112, 42; 47, 75 [112 BC]; PAmh. 125, 5; cf. Mayser p. 184. For the LXX cf. Thackeray p. 103) a pot 1 Cl 17:6 (quot. of unknown origin; s. RHarris, JBL 29, ’10, 190f).* κυκλεύω 1 aor. ἐκύκλευσα (Strabo 6, 3, 7; PLond. 131 recto, 508; PGrenf. I 58, 7; 4 Km 3:25) surround τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων Rv 20:9. τινά someone J 10:24 v.l.—Cf. Hs 9, 9, 6 v.l. Cf. κυκλόω. M-M.* κυκλόθεν adv. of place (Lysias 7, 28; Epigr. Gr. 546, 7f; BGU 1117, 25 [13 BC]; LXX) all around, from all sides.

1. as adv. (Sib. Or. 3, 706) κυκλόθεν κ. ἔσωθεν Rv 4:8.—2. as (improper) prep. w. gen. (Sb 6152, 20 [93 BC]; Sir 50:12; 4 Macc 14:17; Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 14) κ. τοῦ θρόνου around the throne 4:3f. M-M.* κυκλόω 1 aor. ἐκύκλωσα, pass. ἐκυκλώθην (Pind.+; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 85; 86; Jos., Ant. 10, 137; Sib. Or. 5, 251).

1. surround, encircle, mostly w. hostile intent (Eur., Thu. et al.; LXX) τινά someone J 10:24; Ac 14:20; B 6:6 (cf.

Ps 21:17). A place (cf. Jos., Vi. 114) pass. κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ Lk 21:20.—For protection, fig., of mercy 1 Cl 22:8 (Ps 31:10).

2. go around, circle round τὸν πύργον Hs 9, 9, 6 (cf. Gen 2:11; Dt 2:1, 3). Pass., of Jericho’s walls ἔπεσαν κυκλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας they fell after the Israelites had marched around them seven days Hb 11:30 (cf.

Josh 6:20).* 552

κύκλῳ dat. (of κύκλος) of place, fixed as an adv. (Bl-D. §199; Rob. 295f; 644) around, all around, lit. in a circle (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. used as adv. (Jos., Ant. 14, 418; 15, 337)—a. κ. περιτειχίζειν MPol 15:2. οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθήμενοι Mk 3:34 (cf. 1 Esdr 4:11 and κύκλῳ περί τι Hdt. 1, 185; Pla., Phaedo 111 C; Ep. Arist. 63). περιῆγεν τ. κώμας κ. he went around among the villages 6:6. ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ Ro 15:19 (ASGeyser, Un Essai d’Explication de Ro 15:19, NTS 6, ’60, 156-59) is either (beginning) from Jerusalem and its environs (BWeiss) or prob. better beginning from Jerus. and traveling around (describing a circle) (Zahn, Ltzm., Sickenberger, Althaus). This avoids giving the impression that Paul travelled in a straight line, and agrees better w. the comprehensive nature of his activity (cf. PLond. 891, 9 ἡ εὐφημία σου περιεκύκλωσεν τ. κόσμον ὅλον=‘travel about in’. Maximus Tyr. 25, 1c Ἀνάχαρσις περιῄει τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐν κύκλῳ). Perhaps it would be better to render κύκλῳ with in an arc or curve (Appian, Mithrid. 101 §467: Mithridates, on his march from Dioscurias on the east shore of the Black Sea wishes to go around τὸν Πόντον ὅλον ἐν κύκλῳ=the whole Black Sea in a curved path, as far as Lake Maeotis=the Sea of Azov). b. preceded by the art., and used as an adj. around, nearby (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 5; 7, 2, 23; Arrian, Anab. 6, 15, 7 τὰ κύκλῳ ἔθνη; Bar 2:4b; 2 Macc 4:32 αἱ κ. πόλεις) εἰς τοὺς κ. ἀγρούς into the farms nearby Mk 6:36. εἰς τὰς κ. κώμας into the villages around here Lk 9:12.

2. as (improper) prep. w. gen. (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 5; Polyb. 4, 21, 9; Dit., Or. 455, 12; PRainer 42, 10; PFay. 110, 7; PTebt. 342, 26; Gen 35:5; Ex 7:24; 16:13 al.; En. 14, 11) κ. τοῦ θρόνου around the throne Rv 4:6; 5:11; 7:11. κ. τοῦ πύργου around the tower Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 4, 2; s 9, 9, 6. κ. τοῦ πεδίου around the plain s 9, 1, 4. M-M. Cf. B. 905.** κύλισμα, ματος, τό s. κυλισμός. κυλισμός, οῦ, ὁ rolling, wallowing (Hippiatr. 75, 12 [=I p. 291, 23]; Pr 2:18 Theod.) of a swine λουσαμένη εἰς κ. βορβόρου (s. on βόρβορος) 2 Pt 2:22 (κύλισμα t.r. is prob. on the analogy of ἐξέραμα. κύλισμα is found Ezk 10:13 Sym.; JZiegler, Ezk p. 126). M-M.* κυλίω impf. pass. ἐκυλιόμην; 1 aor. ἐκύλισα, pass. ἐκυλίσθην (perh. as early as class. Gk. [Kühner-Bl. II 453]; Polyb. 26, 10, 16; Hero Alex. I p. 342, 19; LXX; Joseph.). 1. act. roll (up) τί someth. λίθον (BGU 1290, 10; 19 [II BC]; 1 Km 14:33; Pr 26:27; Jos., Ant. 6, 121[pass.]; Test. Judah 6:4) GP 8:32; Lk 23:53 v.l.

2. pass. roll (oneself) (Aristot., H.A. 5, 19, 18; Polyb. 26, 1, 14; Dionys. Hal. 8, 39; Aelian, N.A. 7, 33; Epict. 4, 11, 29; LXX; En. 18, 15) of one possessed by a demon Mk 9:20. Of sinners in the place of punishment AP 15:30. Of stones: in the intr. sense: roll (Alex. Aphr., Fat. 36 II 2 p. 208, 24 κυλίεσθαι=roll [of a ball on an inclined plane]; Quint. Smyrn. 2, 384 κυλίνδεσθαι roll, of a stone; cf. Zech 9:16; Jos., Ant. 5, 219)ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀνοδίαν or εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ from the road into the pathless ground or into the water Hv 3, 2, 9; 3, 7, 1; cf. 3; GP 9:37. M-M.* κυλλός, ή, όν (Aristoph., Hippocr.+) of a limb of the human body that is in any way abnormal or incapable of being used; also of persons who have such limbs crippled, deformed: w. ref. to the hand (Anth. Pal. 11, 84; Galen II 394, 1 K.=ἄχρηστον ἔχων τ. χεῖρα) Mt 18:8; Mk 9:43. The subst. (ὁ) κυλλός also has the special sense (the) cripple, injured person Mt 15:30f (acc. to Ael. Dion. χ 23 the Attic writers used the word of hands and feet; κ, 43). M-M.* κῦμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; PChicag. col. 6, 15 p. 85 Coll. [II AD] κῦμα θαλάττης; PGM 5, 276 τὰ τ. θαλάσσης κύματα; LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 33) wave pl. Mt 8:24; 14:24; Mk 4:37; Ac 27:41 t.r.; 1 Cl 20:7 (Job 38:11). As a figure of the inconstancy and stormy confusion (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 20 §76 ὁ δῆμος ἐστιν ἀστάθμητος ὥσπερ ἐν θαλάσσῃ κῦμα κινούμενον) of the false teachers κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης wild waves of the sea Jd 13 (ἄγρια κύματα as Wsd 14:1). M-M. B. 40.* κύμβαλον, ου, τό (Pind.+; PHib. 54, 13 [c. 245 BC]; PGM 4, 2296; 36, 158; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 80; 306; 11, 67; Sib. Or. 8, 114) cymbal, a metal basin, also used in ritual observances; when two of them were struck against each other, a shrill sound resulted. κ. ἀλαλάζον a clashing cymbal 1 Cor 13:1 (s. ἀλαλάζω).—JQuasten, Musik u. Gesang in den Kulten d. hdn. Antike u. christl. Frühzeit ’30. FJDölger, Antike u. Christent. I ’29, 184f: ‘D. gellende Klingel’ b.

Pls 1 Cor 13:1; KLSchmidt, TW III 1037f; HRiesenfeld, Con. Neot. 12, ’48, 50-3. M-M.* κύμινον, ου, τό (a word of Phoenician origin; Hippocr., Theophr. et al.; PTebt. 112, 13; 314, 19; PFay. 101 I, 9; Is 28:25, 27) cum (m) in. The tiny fruits (‘seeds’) of the cumin were tithed despite their slight value Mt 23:23 (to show how relative this slightness of value was cf. Sb. 7667 [320 AD], a contract for the delivery of cumin to be paid for in advance).—Schürer II4 305; Billerb. I 933. M-M.* κυνάριον, ου, τό (Theopomp. Com. [V BC] 90; Pla., Euthyd. 298D; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 20; Epict. 4, 1, 111; PGM 4, 2945; 2947; 2951. Rejected by Phryn. p. 180 L. in favor of κυνίδιον) dim. of κύων; a house-dog or lap-dog in contrast to a dog of the street or farm (cf. Bl-D. §111, 3; Mlt.-H. 346f), but also used with no diminutive force at all (Plut., Arat. 7, 3) little dog, dog Mt 15:26f; Mk 7:27f (Eutecnius 1 p. 17, 11f, house-dogs that eat the scraps fr. the τράπεζα. Cf. Ael. Dion., α, 159: ψωμὸς εἰς ὃν ἐκματτόμενοι τὰς χεῖρας μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον ἐρρίπτουν τοῖς κυσίν.

Similarly Paus. Attic., α, 134). M-M.* κυνηγέσιον, ου, τό (Eur., Hdt.+) animal hunt (usu. in pl., as e.g. Dit., Or. 529, 14; CIG 2511), instituted on some festival days by certain officials, e.g. in Smyrna by the Asiarchs. MPol 12:2. B. 190.* 553

κυοφορέω (Hippocr.+; M. Ant. 9, 3, 2; Eccl 11:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 102 and oft.) be pregnant fig. be fruitful γῆ κυοφοροῦσα the fruitful earth 1 Cl 20:4 (cf. Philo, Opif. Mundi 43). Pass. (Artem. 4, 84; Galen XIX p. 174 K.) of Jesus ἐκυοφορήθη ὑπὸ Μαρίας he was conceived by Mary IEph 18:2.* Κύπριος, ου, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr.; 2 Macc 4:29; Joseph.) a Cypriot, an inhabitant of Cyprus Μνάσων τις Κ.

Ac 21:16; ἄνδρες Κ. 11:20; Κ. τῷ γένει 4:36.* Κύπρος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23; 2 Macc 10:13; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 282; Joseph.; Sib. Or.) Cyprus, an island in the bay formed by the south coast of Asia Minor and the Syrian coast. From 22 BC it was a senatorial province governed by a proconsul. Visited by Paul on his so-called first missionary journey Ac 13:4. But Christianity had already been brought there by fugitives fr. Jerusalem 11:19. Cf. also 15:39; 21:3; 27:4.—WHEngel, Kypros 1841; ASMurray-AHSmith-HBWalters, Excavations in Cyprus ’00, EOberhummer, D. Insel Cypren ’03, Pauly-W. XII ’24, 59-117; Baedeker 363ff; Ramsay, Bearing 150ff; EPower, Dict. de la Bible, Suppl. II ’34, 1-23.* κύπτω 1 aor. ἔκυψα bend (oneself) down (so Hom.+; LXX) Mk 1:7. κάτω κ. bend down to the ground (Aristoph., Vesp. 279; Theophr., Char. 24, 8; Charito 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 5; Pel.—Leg. 23, 18) J 8:6, 8 v.l. M-M.* Κυρει̂νος Lk 2:2 v.l. see Κυρήνιος. Κυρηναι̂ος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 767, 31; Inscr. Gr. 897, 26; PPetr. I 16[1], 3; 22[1], 3; 2 Macc 2:23; Joseph.) a Cyrenian (s. Κυρήνη) with the article Ac 13:1 (Socrates, Ep. 28, 1 Θεόδωρος ὁ Κ.; Athen. 7, 14 p. 281C). Without the article Mk 15:21; Lk 23:26 (Diod. S. 11, 84, 1 Πολύμναστος Κυρηναῖος).—Adj. ἄνθρωπος Κ. Mt 27:32. ἄνδρες Κ. Ac 11:20. In Jerusalem the Cyrenian Jews had a synagogue, either for themselves alone, or together w. other Jews of the Diaspora 6:9 (Schürer4 II 502; III 53).—BZimolong, BZ 21, ’33, 184-8; EFFBishop, ET 51, ’39/’40, 148-53; WBarclay, ET 72, ’60, 28-31. M-M.* Κυρήνη, ης, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 5, 198) Cyrene, capital city of the N. African district of Cyrenaica (Pentapolis); from 27 BC Cyrenaica was combined w. Crete as a senatorial province, and ruled by a proconsul. Cyrene was an old Greek colony, and many Jews settled there (Schürer III4 52f). τὰ μέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην the parts of Libya near Cyrene, i.e. Libya Cyrenaica Ac 2:10.—LMalten, Kyrene ’11; Italian researches: Rivista di filologia e di istruzione classica, N. S. VI, fasc. 2; 3, ’28; UvWilamowitz, Kyrene ’28. M-M.* Κυρήνιος (IG III 1 no. 599 Μᾶρκον Κυρήνιον; AGRoos, Mnemos. 9, ’41, 306-18), more correctly Κυρίνιος (Bl-D. §41; Mlt.-H. 72), ου, ὁ which is also found in some mss. Quirinius (P. Sulpicius. Cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 433;7, 253, Ant. 17, 355; 18, 1; 26; 29; 20, 102), imperial governor of Syria, mentioned in the NT in connection w. the census Lk 2:2.—Concerning him s. the lit. on ἀπογραφή and ἡγεμονεύω, also FSpitta, ZNW 7, ’06, 290-303; WmWeber, ibid.

10, ’09, 307-19; Ramsay, Bearing 275-300, Journ. of Rom. Studies 7, ’17, 273ff; WLodder, D. Schätzung des Qu. bei Fl. Josephus ’30; GOgg, ET 79, ’68, 231-6; Schürer I (rev. ed. ’73), 399-427. M-M.* κυρία, ας, ἡ (fem. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [q.v. I]. Rare and late as a proper name: Preisigke, Namenbuch 188; HWBeyer-HLietzmann, D. jüd. Katakombe der Villa Torlonia ’31, inscr. 41) lady, mistress.

1. used in addressing a definite person (Plut., Mor. 271D; Epict., Ench. 40; Cass. Dio 48, 44; POxy. 112, 1; 3; 7; 744, 2=Ltzm., Griech. Papyri2 ’10, 7; letter in Dssm., LO 160 [LAE2 193, n. 6].—LXX uses κ. to designate the mistress as opposed to the slave; so also Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 154; Jos., Ant. 17, 137; 139; PTebt. 413, 1; 6; 20; Hv 1, 1, 5; 1, 2, 2; 1, 3, 3; 1, 4, 2; 2, 1, 3; 3, 1, 3; 8; 3, 2, 4; 3, 3, 1; 4f; 3, 4, 1; 3; 3, 5, 3; 3, 6, 5f; 3, 8, 2; 5f; 4, 2, 2f; 4, 3, 1. Many take 2J 1:5 in this sense (e.g. LHug; BFWestcott, The Epistles of St. John 1886, 214; HPoggel, D. 2. u. 3. Brief d. Apostels Joh. 1896, 127ff; RHarris, Exp. 6th Ser. III ’01, 194ff; M-M. ‘dear’).—But it is far more probable that 2. κ. is fig. here, and refers to a congregation (Demetr. of Phal. [c. 300 BC] says in his work περὶ τῆς Ἀθηναίων νομοθεσίας [228 fgm. 4 Jac.]: κυρία ἡ ἐκκλησία; Leges Graecorum Sacrae II [ed. LZiehen ’06] 37, 5 [III BC] ἐκκλησία κυρία. Aristoph., Acharn. 19 κυρία ἐκκλησία. This is the regular Athenian ecclesia [=assembly], and it can also be called simply ἡ κυρία [Lex. Cantabr. ed. Nauck-Dobree p. 347]) or church (s. ἀδελφή 4), which is usually translated the chosen (or elect) lady (so BWeiss, HHoltzmann, Zahn, Jülicher, Belser, Baumgarten, Meinertz, Windisch, Vrede, OHoltzmann, FHauck. Cf. BennonaBresky, Das Verhältnis des zweiten Johannesbriefs zum dritten ’06, 2ff; FJDölger, Antike u. Chr.-tum V 3, ’36, 211-17, Domina mater ecclesia u. d. ‘Herrin’ im 2 J; AEBrooke, ICC). The proposal (HJGibbins, Exp. 6th Ser. VI ’02, 228f) to make ἐκλεκτή a proper noun and κυρία an adj. has little to recommend it. M-M.* κυριακός, ή, όν belonging to the Lord, the Lord’s (oft. in inscr. [since 68 AD: Dit., Or. 669, 13; 18] and pap.=‘imperial’ in certain exprs.: imperial treasury, service, etc. S. Dssm., NB 44ff [BS 217ff], LO 304ff [LAE2 362ff]; Hatch 138f) κ. δεῖπνον the Lord’s Supper 1 Cor 11:20. κ. ἡμέρα the Lord’s day (Kephal. I 192, 1; 193, 31) i.e. certainly Sunday (so in Mod. Gk.) Rv 1:10 (WStott, NTS 12, ’65, 70-75). For this κυριακὴ κυρίου D 14:1. Without κυρίου (Kephal. I 194, 9; 195, 6) GP 9:35; 12:50. κατὰ κυριακὴν ζῆν observe the Lord’s day (opp. σαββατίζειν) IMg 9:1 (on the omission of ἡμέρα cf. Jer 52:12 δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνός and s. ἀγοραῖος 2).—SVMcCasland, The Origin of the Lord’s Day: JBL 49, ’30, 65-82; JBoehmer, D. christl. Sonntag nach Urspr. u. Gesch. ’31; PCotton, From 554

Sabbath to Sunday ’33; WRordorf, Der Sonntag. . . im ältesten Christentum ’62 (Eng. tr. AGraham ’68); HRiesenfeld, Sabbat et Jour du Seigneur: TWManson memorial vol. ’59, 210-17.—κ. λογίων Papias 2:15. M-M. B. 1008.* κυριεύω fut. κυριεύσω; 1 aor. ἐκυρίευσα (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) be lord or master, rule, lord it (over), control.

1. of persons, w. gen. of that over which rule is exercised (X., Mem. 2, 6, 22; Polyb. 4, 18, 2; Dit., Or. 229, 56 [III BC]; Gen 3:16; 37:8; Jos., Bell. 1, 39)οἱ βασιλεῖς τ. ἐθνῶν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν Lk 22:25.—Ac 19:16 v.l. θλιβέντα κυριεῦσαι αὐτοῦ gain it through suffering B 7:11. ἐντολῆς κ. master a commandment, i.e. make it one’s own Hm 5, 2, 8. κ. τῆς πίστεως τινος lord it over someone’s faith 2 Cor 1:24.—Of God (Theod. Da 4:25, 32; 5:21; En. 22, 14; Ep. Arist. 45; 269 δόξης πάσης; PGM 1, 214 ὁ κυριεύων πάντων ἀγγέλων; 12, 115 ὁ κυριεύων τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου) ὁ πάντων κυριεύων Hs 9, 23, 4. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κυριεύων B 21:5. Of Christ νεκρῶν καὶ ζώντων κ. Ro 14:9.—Abs. B 6:18. οἱ κυριεύοντες lords 1 Ti 6:15.

2. of things, likew. w. the gen. (Sextus 41; 363a; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 187 πάθος; Test. Sim. 3:2, Iss. 7:7): of the law κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Ro 7:1 (JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 461-71). Of sin 6:14. Of death vs. 9. M-M. B. 1319.* I. κύριος, ία, ιον (Pind.+; inscr., pap.) strong, authoritative, valid, ruling; then principal, essential (Aeschyl.+; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cf. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).* II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) lord, Lord, master.

1. gener.—a. owner of possessions (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod. S. 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; inscr., pap., LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod. S. 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property). α. w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cf. Dit., Syll.3 742, 6 κύρ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; Dit., Syll.3 1215, 28; PTebt. 5, 147 [118 BC] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κύρ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib. 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th Ser. VIII ’14, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod. S. 34+35, fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod. S. 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κύρ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κύρ. τῆς ζωῆς; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5. β. w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of the pers. (cf. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod. S. 8, 5, 3) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cf. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—Test. Jos. 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under α above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25. b. as a designation of any pers. of high position: the husband in contrast to the wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12. Cf. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252B; Dit., Syll.3 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cf. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cf. PFay. 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere,=our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15; Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cf. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18).

2. in religious usage—a. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 95-8; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; LXX; En.; Philo; FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I ’26, 42-7) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; Mlt.-Turner 174), almost like a personal name Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P72); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; Ac 5:19; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ.

Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25; φωνὴ κ. Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26.—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely given (Diod. S. 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κύρ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90τῶν πάντων κ.) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cf. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15. κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68. κ. θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22. κ. Σαβαώθ 555

Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον κυρίου Lk 1:15. παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6. b. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to divinities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2a, beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II ’00, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, ’28, 3-25; 119-40; 289-301). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; Ostraka II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (Dit., Or. 606, 1). Ac 25:26. c. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:—α. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452-65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.) Mt 22:44 (cf. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cf. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cf. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cf. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cf. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cf. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cf. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13. β. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but cf. RGBratcher, ET 64, ’52f, 93). However, they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 al.—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ.: 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P75; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P45 et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cf. vss. 13, 28; 21:7a, b, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (about 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GP ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3a, b; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50a, b; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (cf. KKöhler, StKr 88, ’15, 471-90). γ. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even more clear in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21 a, b; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν I 5d), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3 (cf. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cf. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e., Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12a, b; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cf. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προΐστασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ.

2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cf. 1:11; 2:20. W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cf. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32; 18 inscr.) Lk 2:11. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25. Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cf. PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Rv 22:20.-W. gen. of the pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld inscr.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25. (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv. 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cf. Pind., Isth. 5, 33 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355E Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cf. En. 9, 4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριοσʼ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cf. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cf. also Diod. S. 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριός and θεός cf. θεός, beg., and 3c). d. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cf. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al. e. of other supernatural beings—α. an angel Ac 10:4.—β. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (we cannot say just what difference Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι, but evidently the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. On the many κύριοι as ‘gods of lower rank’ cf. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a, b θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [=δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8e; f. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the 556

saying of Pythagoras, that mankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the gods more than the δαίμονες; Heraclitus, fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d.

Religionsgesch., 4 vols. ’26-’29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT ’03; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353 ff]; BWBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, ’11, 204-28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, ’12, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v.

Tarsos ’13, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, ’13, 23ff, Ἐν κυρίῳ: Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos ’13; 2’21; PWernle, ZThK 25, ’15, 1-92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, ’15, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZThK 25, ’15, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr ’16; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, ’15, 161—89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, ’17, 21-89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριοσ- Bez.: NKZ 31, ’20, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, ’23, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens ’14; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum ’17, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; ED Burton, ICC Gal ’21, 399-404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus ’24; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs ’28; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus ’28; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97-123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6-31; also 28, ’29, 324-33; Dodd 9-11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: Ephem. Theol. Lovanienses 20, ’43, 5-17; FCGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130-7; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IdelaPotterie, BRigaux-Festschr. ’70, 117-46 (Luke); JD Kingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246-55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’76, 18-43; JAFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramaean ’79, 115-42. TW III 1038-98. M-M. B. 1330. κυριότης, ητος ἡ (Memnon Hist. [I BC/I AD] no. 434 fgm. 1, 4, 6 Jac. κ. πολλῶν=‘rule over many’; Achmes 229, 17 κ. λαοῦ; Soranus p. 10, 23 κ. πρὸς τὸ ζῆν=‘mng. for life’; Dositheus 1, 1, of the special mng. of a thing [w. δύναμις]; schol. on Pla. 111A κ. τῶν ὀνομάτων=meaning of the words. Elsewh. in eccl. writers and Byz. authors, as well as late pap.: Maspéro 151, 199 [VI AD] παρακαλῶ πάντα κριτὴν κ. δικαστὴν κ. ἐξουσίαν κ. κυριότητα; 132 ἐπὶ πάσης ἀρχῆς κ. ἐξουσίας κ. θρόνου κ. κυριότητος ὑφʼ ἡλίῳ).

1. the essential nature of the κύριος, the Lord’s nature, w. ref. to God D 4:1.

2. esp. the majestic power that the κύριος wields, ruling power, lordship, dominion ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην κεῖται καὶ κυριότητα the Son of God appears in great authority and ruling power Hs 5, 6, 1 (κεῖμαι 2c). κυριότητα ἀθετεῖν Jd 8 and κυριότητος καταφρονεῖν 2 Pt 2:10, which is usu. considered dependent on it, is oft. (Ritschl, Spitta, HermvSoden, BWeiss, Kühl, Mayor, Windisch, Knopf, Vrede.—FHauck leaves the choice open betw. 2 and 3) taken to mean the glory of the Lord which is rejected or despised by the false teachers. Perh. it is abstr. for concr., κυριότης for κύριος; s. the foll.

3. of a special class of angelic powers (cf. En. 61, 10; Slav. En. 20 and s. κύριος II 2eβ) bearers of the ruling power, dominions Col 1:16; Eph 1:21.—GHMacGregor, Principalities and Powers; the Cosmic Background of Paul’s Thought: NTS 1, ’54, 17-28. ADupont-Sommer, Jahrb. f. kleinasiat. Forschung 1, ’50, 210-18.* κυρόω 1 aor. ἐκύρωσα; pf. pass. ptc. κεκυρωμένος (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph.).

1. confirm, ratify, validate (Dio Chrys. 59[76], 1; Dit., Syll.3 368, 25; 695, 68f τὸ κεκυρωμένον ψήφισμα, Or. 383, 122; Inscr. gr. 478, 6; PAmh. 97, 14; 17; PTebt. 294, 16; Ep. Arist. 26; cf. OEger, ZNW 18, ’18, 88ff) κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην ἀθετεῖν set aside a will that has been ratified Gal 3:15.

2. conclude, decide in favor of (Hdt. 6, 86, 8; 6, 126; Thu. 8, 69, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 18)κ. εἴς τινα ἀγάπην decide in favor of love for someone 2 Cor 2:8 (though perh. the act. may have the same mng. as the middle in Pla., Gorg.

451B=make valid, affirm; in the 2 Cor passage reaffirm is also very good). M-M.* κυσί see κύων. κύτος, ους, τό (since Alcman [VII BC] 49 Diehl; Galen XIX p. 168 K.; Herm. Wr. 16, 8; LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 79)hollow (place) τὸ κύτος τῆς ἀπείρου θαλάσσης the hollow of the boundless sea 1 Cl 20:6 (κύτος τ. θαλάσσης as Ps 64:8).* κύω (Hom. Hymns+; PSI 167, 19 [II BC]; Is 59:4, 13; Philo; Joseph.) conceive, become pregnant (Jos., Ant. 1, 257)τῷ στόματι through the mouth of the weasel B 10:8 (for the idea s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc., and the passages given under γαλῆ; also TSDuncan, The Weasel in Myths, Superstition and Religion: Washington Univ. Studies, Humanist. Ser. XII ’25, 33ff).* κύων, κυνός, ὁ (Hom.+ in lit. and fig. mngs.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 289)dog.

1. lit. Lk 16:21 (licking sores: Dit., Syll.3 1169, 37) 2 Pt 2:22 (Pr 26:11. Cf. Paroem. Gr.: Gregor. Cypr. 2, 83 κ. ἐπὶ τὸν ἴδιον ἔμετον); PK 2 p. 14, 20. As an unclean animal w. χοῖρος GOxy 33 (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 116 κύνες and ὕες as unclean animals that eat human filth; cf. KHRengstorf, Rabb. Texte, Series I, vol. III ’33ff, p. 35f); this pass. is taken fig. of unclean persons (s. 2 below) by JoachJeremias, Con. Neot. XI, ’47, 104f. μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τ. κυσίν Mt 7:6 (s. χοῖρος) must be a proverbial saying, which at an early date was taken in a 2. non-literal sense, mng. those who are unbaptized and therefore impure D 9:5. The mng. must be that holy words, things, and truths have to be treated w. reverence and are not to be permitted to become the butt of jests and ridicule of wicked people. The fig. use (s. Dio Chrys. 8[9], 3; BGU 814, 19; Ps 21:17) also Phil 3:2; Rv 22:15. Heretics are compared to mad dogs IEph 7:1 (s. Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 90).—OMichel, TW III 1100-3. M-M. B. 179.* κῶλον, ου, τό (Aeschyl.+=‘limb’) in LXX and NT only pl., and in the sense dead body, corpse (1 Km 17:46; Lev 557

26:30; Is 66:24), esp. still unburied ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ whose bodies fell in the desert Hb 3:17 (cf.

Num 14:29, 32).* κωλύω impf. ἐκώλυον; 1 aor. ἐκώλυσα, pass. ἐκωλύθην (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. in relation to persons hinder, prevent, forbid abs. (X., An. 4, 2, 25b) Lk 9:50; Ac 19:30 D. ἐάνπερ ὑμεῖς μὴ κωλύσητε if you do not stand in the way IRo 4:1. τινά someone Mk 9:38f; 10:14; Lk 9:49; 11:52; 18:16; Ac 11:17; 3J 10. W. λέγων and direct discourse foll. GEb 3. Pass. ἐκωλύθην Ro 1:13.—τινά τινος prevent someone fr. (doing) someth. (X., Cyr. 2, 4, 23, An. 1, 6, 2, Hell. 3, 2, 21; PPetr. II 11[1], 3 [III BC] μηθέν σε τῶν ἔργων κωλύει; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 100. Cf. 1 Esdr 6:6) ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος he kept them fr. carrying out their plan Ac 27:43.-τινά forbid or prevent someone w. inf. foll. to do or from doing someth. (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 18; Herodian 1, 2, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 61.—Bl-D. §392, 1f; Rob. 1089. On the omission of μή w. the inf., contrary to the usage of Attic Gk., cf. PMagd. 2, 5 [222 BC] κεκώλυκεν οἰκοδομεῖν; PEleph. 11, 6.—Bl-D. §400, 4; 429; s.

Kühner-G. II 214f; Rob. 1171) Mt 19:14; Ac 24:23; 1 Th 2:16. τινὰ τοῦ μή w. inf. someone fr. doing someth. Ac 11:17 D. τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι; what is there to prevent me from being baptized? Ac 8:36 (cf. Ael. Aristid.

46 p. 240 D.: τί κωλύει ἡμᾶς ἐξετάσαι; Jos., Ant. 16, 51; Plut., Mor. 489B; s. OCullmann, D. Tauflehre des NTs ’48, 65-73 [Eng. tr. JReid, ’50, 71-80]). Pass. (X., Mem.4, 5, 4) 16:6; 17:15 D; Hb 7:23. Of the flesh τ. ἡδοναῖς κωλύεται χρῆσθαι Dg 6:5.

2. in relation to things hinder, prevent, forbid τὶ someth. (X., An. 4, 2, 24; Diod. S. 17, 26, 5 τὸ πῦρ κωλύειν; Herodian 3, 1, 6; 1 Macc 1:45) τήν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν restrain the prophet’s madness 2 Pt 2:16. τὸ λαλεῖν γλώσσαις speaking in tongues 1 Cor 14:39. W. inf. without the art. (Herodian 2, 4, 7; Is 28:6; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 167) κ. γαμεῖν forbid marriage 1 Ti 4:3. Cf. Lk 23:2; Dg 4:3 (the specific mng. forbid in Philochorus [IV/III BC] no. 328 fgm. 169a Jac.).

3. refuse, deny, withhold, keep back τὶ someth. τὸ ὕδωρ Ac 10:47. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Gen 23:6; Test. Sim. 2:12; cf. Bl-D. §180, 1) Lk 6:29. M-M. B. 1275; 1355.* κώμη, ης, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) village, small town.

1. lit., with (and in contrast to [cf. Dio Chrys. 3, 38; 23(40), 22; Herodian 3, 6, 9; Ep. Arist. 113; Jos., Bell. 4, 241, Vi. 235; 237]) πόλις Mt 9:35; 10:11; Lk 8:1; 13:22. W. ἀγρός Mk 6:36; Lk 9:12. W. πόλις and ἀγρός Mk 6:56. In the pl., used w. the gen. of a larger district, to denote the villages located within it (s. Num 21:32; 32:42 and oft. in LXX) Mk 8:27. Mentioned by name: Bethany (near the Mt. of Olives) J 11:1, 30. Bethsaida Mk 8:23, 26; Bethlehem J 7:42. Emmaus Lk 24:13, 28.—Also Mt 14:15; 21:2; Mk 6:6; 11:2; Lk 5:17; 9:6, 52, 56; 10:38; 17:12; 19:30; Ac 21:16 D. 2. fig. the inhabitants of a village Ac 8:25. M-M. B. 1310.* κωμόπολις, εως, ἡ (Strabo 12, 2, 6 al. Freq. in Byz. authors) lit. a city that ‘has only the position of a κώμη as far as its constitution is concerned’ (Schürer II4 227), in Mk 1:38 someth. like market-town.* κῶμος, ου, ὁ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1078 κῶμοι τῷ Διονύσῳ; APF 5, ’13, 180 no. 38, 5; LXX) orig. a festal procession in honor of Dionysus, then a joyous meal or banquet, in the NT (as Polyb. 10, 26, 3; in the only two LXX pass. [Wsd 14:23; 2 Macc 6:4] and in Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 65; Sib. Or. 8, 118) only in a bad sense excessive feasting, w. μέθαι (cf. Philo, Cher. 92; Polyaenus 2, 2, 7 μεθύειν καὶ κωμάζειν) carousing, revelry Ro 13:13; Gal 5:21. Likew. w. πότοι (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 132; Plut., Mor. 12B; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 113 §526) 1 Pt 4:3.

M-M.* κώνωψ, ωπος, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.) gnat, mosquito in a proverb διυλίζειν τὸν κ. strain out a gnat (s. διυλίζω) Mt 23:24 (or is it possible that the reference is to a certain worm found in wine, which Aristot., H. An. 5, 19 p. 552b describes as a κώνωψ?).—CCTorrey, HTR 14, ’21, 195f.* Κῶς, Κῶ, ἡ acc. Κῶ (Meisterhans3-Schw. 128f.—The t.r. has Κῶν) Cos (Hom.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23 εἰς Κῶ; Joseph.), an island in the Aegean Sea Ac 21:1.-WR Paton and ELHicks, The Inscriptions of Cos 1891; RHerzog, Koische Forschungen u. Funde 1899. M-M.* Κωσάμ (‫םַמ‬

), ὁ indecl. Cosam, in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:28.*

κωφός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) blunt, dull—1. mute (Hdt. 1, 47; Wsd 10:21; Philo, In Flacc. 20; Jos., Ant. 18, 135)ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός Mt 9:33; cf. vs. 32; Mt 12:22a, b; 15:30f; Lk 1:22; 11:14a, b.

2. deaf (Hom. Hymns; X., Cyr. 3, 1, 19 al.; fgm. of Ostanes [JBidez-FCumont, Les mages hellénisés ’38 II p.

334]: it praises a θεῖον ὕδωρ, which heals all infirmities: ὀφθαλμοὶ βλέπουσι τυφλῶν, ὦτα ἀκούουσι κωφῶν, μογιλάλοι τρανῶς λαλοῦσιν; Ex 4:11; Is 43:8; Ps 37:14; Philo, Mut. Nom. 143 οὐδὲ κωφὸς ἀκούειν) κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν Mt 11:5; Mk 7:32, 37; 9:25; Lk 7:22 (Mt 11:5; Lk 7:22 have also been taken fig. [so Parmenides 6, 7 κωφοὶ κ. τυφλοί of those without knowledge; Heraclitus B, 34; Epict. 2, 23, 22; 2, 24, 19; Dio Chrys. 80(30), 42 τυφλοὶ κ. κωφοί]: HHoltzmann; Wlh.; JMoffatt, ET 18, ’07, 286f; OHoltzmann; EKlostermann).

3. deaf and dumb (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 197; Sib. Or. 4, 28) fig. of the idols, that neither hear nor answer (Hab 2:18; 3 Macc 4:16) Dg 2:4; 3:3, 5. M-M. B. 320f.* 558

κωφόω make blunt or dull in our lit. only pass.—1. become deaf (Hippocr., Aphor. 4, 90 ed. Littré IV 524; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 175) ITr 9:1.

2. be rendered speechless (Ps 38:3, 10; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 9) Hm 11:14.*

559

Λ λʹ numeral=30, Lk 3:23 D; Hv 4, 2, 1; s 6, 4, 4.* λαβ- s. λαμβάνω. ; LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr.—In Joseph. Λάβανος, ου [Ant. 1, 278]) Laban, Jacob’s uncle and Λαβάν, ὁ indecl. (‫ן‬ father-in-law. Jacob’s flight to him (Gen 28ff) as an example of his humility 1 Cl 31:4.* λαγχάνω 2 aor. ἔλαχον, subj. λάχω, ptc. λαχών (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 3, 580; 5, 101) for its constr. s. Bl-D. §171, 2; Rob. 509.

1. receive, obtain (by lot, or by divine will; Hom.+) τὶ someth. ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης Ac 1:17. πίστιν 2 Pt 1:1.

2. be appointed or chosen by lot (Hom.+; Pla., Pol. 290E ὁ λαχὼν βασιλεύς; Dit., Syll.3 486, 9; 762, 12 λαχὼν ἱερεύς. Oft. used sim. in inscrs.; Jos., Bell. 3, 390)ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι he was chosen by lot to burn incense Lk 1:9 (on the constr. s. Bl-D. §400, 3; Rob. 1060; 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

3. cast lots (Isocr. 7, 23; Diod. S. 4, 63, 3b) περί τινος for someth. (Ps.-Demosth. 21 Hyp. 2 §3.—Bl-D. §229, 2; cf. Rob. 509) J 19:24. M-M.* λαγωός, οῦ, ὁ (epic and late for Attic λαγώς [λαγῶς]; Ps.-X., Cyn. 10, 2 and not infreq. in later writers [Phryn. p.

179L.]; Ps 103:18 v.l.; Herm. Wr. p. 510, 2 Sc.) hare B 10:6 (s. ἀφόδευσις).* , rabbinic abbreviation of ‫ָרז‬ ; s. Schürer II4 439, 104.—Jos., Bell. 5, Λάζαρος, ου, ὁ Lazarus (‫ָרז‬ 567Μανναῖος ὁ Λαζάρου; Thomsen, Inschr. [s. Ἰάιρος] no. 199).

1. in J, brother of Mary and Martha, resident in Bethany in Judaea J 11:1f, 5, 11, 14, 43; 12:1f, 9f, 17. Following others, FVFilson, JBL 68, ’49, 83-8, identifies L. as the disciple whom Jesus loved. Likew. JNSanders, NTS 1, ’54, 29-41.

2. name of a beggar in the parable Lk 16:20, 23ff.—Jülicher, Gleichn. 621; HOort, Lazarus: ThT 53, ’19, 1-5; HGressmann, Vom reichen Mann u. armen L.: ABA ’18; MvRhijn, Een blik in het onderwijs van Jesus (attempt at a new interpr. of Lk 16:19-31)’24; HWindisch, NThT 14, ’25, 343-60; HÅkerhielm, Svensk exegetisk Årsbok 1, ’37, 63-83; LThLefort, Le nom du mauvais riche: ZNW 37, ’39, 65-72; on the relation betw. the reff. in J and Lk s.

RDunkerley, NTS 5, ’59, 321-27.—JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 78-99. M-M.* λαθ-s. λανθάνω. λάθρᾳ adv. (on the spelling with or without ι s. Bl-D. §26 app.; W-S. §5, 11c; Mlt.-H. 84; EBoisacq, Dictionnaire étymologique ’16 p. 549) (Hom. [λάθρῃ]+; Dit., Syll.3 609, 6[?]; UPZ 19, 28 [163 BC]; BGU 1141, 48).

1. used as adv. secretly (Diod. S. 11, 88, 4; 11, 91, 2; Dt 13:7 λ. λέγειν; 1 Macc 9:60; Jos., Bell. 2, 408)opp. φανερῶς (Diod. S. 16, 24, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 91 §376; Cass. Dio 69, 13, 1) IPhld 6:3. ἀπολύειν Mt 1:19. ἐκβάλλειν Ac 16:37. καλεῖν (Jos., Vi. 388) Mt 2:7. ποιεῖν Mk 5:33 v.l. φωνεῖν J 11:28.

2. as (improper) prep. w. gen. without the knowledge of (Hom.+; Diod. S. 5, 65, 4 λ. τοῦ πατρός; Sb 6222, 17; perh. Ps 100:5 λ. τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ) λ. ἐπισκόπου ISm 9:1. M-M.* λαθροδήκτης, ου, ὁ (Phryn. in Bekker, Anecdot. p. 50; Chrysostom, Hom. 15 on Eph opp. XI p. 115A οἱ λαθροδῆκται τῶν κυνῶν.—Aesop, Fab. 332 P.=224 H.=Babr. 104 Cr. λάθρῃ κύων ἔδακνε; Paroem. Gr.: Zenob.

4, 90 κύων λάθρᾳ δάκνων) one who bites in secret, stealthily of dogs IEph 7:1.* λαϊκός, ή, όν (lit. ‘belonging to the people, common’; PLille 10, 4; 7 [III BC]; PStrassburg 93, 4 [II BC]; BGU 1053 II, 10 [I BC]; not LXX, but 1 Km 21:4 Aq., Sym., Theod.; Ezk 48:15 Sym., Theod., 22:26 Sym.; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p.

7, 38 Lagarde; Clem. Alex., Strom. 3, 90, 1; 5, 33, 3 and in later Christian wrs.) belonging to the laity, lay as opposed to clergy, ὁ λ. ἄνθρωπος the layman 1 Cl 40:5. τὰ λ. προστάγματα ordinances for the layman ibid. Here λ. is contrasted w. the OT priesthood, but clearly w. ref. to the situation within the Christian church.* λαι̂λαψ, απος, ἡ (Hom.+; Plut., Tim. 28, 3; Sb 4324, 15; LXX; Philo, Mut. Nom. 214; Sib. Or. 8, 204) whirlwind, hurricane (Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 395a, 7 defines it as πνεῦμα εἱλούμενον κάτωθεν ἄνω) 2 Pt 2:17. λ. ἀνέμου (Test. Napht. 6:4) a fierce gust of wind Mk 4:37; Lk 8:23 (Semonides 1, 15ff Diehl2 ἐν θαλάσσῃ λαίλαπι. . . κ. κύμασιν πολλοῖσι. . . θνῄσκουσιν). M-M.* λακάω (PGM 4, 3074 σίδηρος λακᾷ=‘iron breaks apart, bursts’; Hippiatr. I 423, 16f φλύκταιναι. . . διαλακῶσιν [as pres. ind.]=‘blisters burst’. Hence the ambiguous forms [Aristoph., Nub. διαλακήσασα; Act. Thom. 33 p. 150, 18B ἐλάκησεν; PGM 12, 197 λακηθῇ] are also to be referred to a pres. λακάω rather than λακέω [as Bl-D. §101 p. 46; Mlt.-H. 246]) burst apart, burst open ἐλάκησεν μέσος he burst open in the middle Ac 1:18. M-M. s.v. λακέω.* 560

λάκκος, ου, ὁ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Dialekt-Inschr. 5056, 4; 5060, 60; 64 [Crete]; Sb 7167, 7; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell.

5, 164;7, 291 al.; Test. 12 Patr.) pit, den λ. λεόντων 1 Cl 45:6 (cf. Da 6:6ff; Jos., Ant. 10, 253).* λακτίζω (Hom.+; Herodas 7, 118; BGU 1007, 7 [III BC]; PTebt. 798, 15 [II BC]; Jos., Ant. 4, 278)kick of draught animals, as a figure for unreasoning resistance: πρὸς κέντρα against the goad of the driver Ac 9:5 t.r.; 26:14 (s. κέντρον 2). M-M.* λαλέω impf. ἐλάλουν; fut. λαλήσω; 1 aor. ἐλάλησα; pf. λελάληκα, pass. λελάλημαι; 1 aor. pass. ἐλαλήθην; 1 fut. pass. λαληθήσομαι (Soph.+, in class. Gk. usu. ‘chatter, babble’; inscr., pap., but not nearly as freq. in secular authors as in LXX—also En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.—and our lit.).

1. of inanimate things sound, give forth sounds or tones which form a kind of speech (e.g. of the echo, Cass. Dio 74, 21, 14; of streams of water Achilles Tat. 2, 14, 8), of the thunder ἐλάλησαν αἱ βρονταί Rv 10:4a, b. ἐλάλησαν αἱ βρονταὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς vs. 3. Of the trumpet 4:1 (cf. Aristot., De Aud. p. 801a, 29 διὰ τούτων=flutes, etc.; Achilles Tat. 2, 14, 8 of the κιθάρα). Of the blood of Christ, that speaks more effectively than that of Abel (Gen 4:10) Hb 12:24; s. 11:4 (Gdspd., Probs. 188). Cf. J 12:29.

2. of pers.—a. speak—α. (be able to) speak; to have and use the faculty of speech, in contrast to one who is incapable of speaking (cf. Ps 113:13; 3 Macc 4:16) Mt 9:33; 12:22; 15:31; Mk 7:37; Lk 1:20, 64; 11:14. ἐλάλει ὀρθῶς he could speak plainly (in contrast to the unintelligible utterances of a deaf-mute) Mk 7:35. β. speak in contrast to keeping silent (Lucian, Vit. Auct. 3) οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τ. δαιμόνια Mk 1:34; Lk 4:41 (λέγειν P75, 485). λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς Ac 18:9.—In contrast to listening (Plut., Mor. 502C λαλοῦντι μὲν πρὸς τ. ἀκούοντας μὴ ἀκούοντι δὲ τ. λαλούντων) Js 1:19.—In contrast to acting 2:12. γ. speak=express oneself οὐ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες it is not you who (will) speak Mt 10:20. προφῆται δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν two or three prophets are to express themselves 1 Cor 14:29. ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος while he was still speaking Mt 17:5; 26:47; Mk 5:35; 14:43; Lk 8:49; 22:47, 60.—Lk 5:4; 1 Cor 14:11a, b, al. δ. The pers. to whom or with whom one is speaking is mentioned in various ways: in the dat. λ. τινί speak to or with someone (Aristoph., Equ. 348; Philemo Com. 11 p. 481; Menander, Per. 220 σοί; Aelian, Ep. 14 p. 181, 1; Diog. L. 9, 64, λ. ἑαυτῷ=with oneself; Lev 1:1f; Ezk 33:30b) Mt 12:46a, b, 47; 13:10; Mk 16:19; Lk 1:22; 24:6, 32; J 4:26 (cf. Ramsay, Phryg. I 2 p. 566f no. 467-69 Ἀθάνατος Ἐπιτύνχανος says of himself: ἐγὼ εἶμαι ὁ λαλῶν πάντα); 9:29; 12:29; 15:22; Ac 9:27; Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 3:1; 1 Th 2:16; Hb 1:1f; by πρός and the acc. (Plut. [2aβ]; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 44; Gen 27:6; Ex 30:11, 17, 22; Sib. Or. 3, 669) Lk 1:19, 55; Ac 4:1; 8:26; 11:20; 26:31; by μετά and the gen. (Gen 35:13) Mk 6:50; J 4:27; 9:37; 14:30; Rv 1:12; 10:8; 17:1; 21:9, 15.—The pers. or thing spoken about is expressed by περί w. the gen. (PSI 361, 5 [251 BC] λαλήσας περί μου; PFay. 126, 4 [c. 200 AD]; Gen 19:21; Ezk 33:30a; Philo, Fuga 33, 30a) J 8:26; 12:41; Ac 2:31; Hb 2:5; 4:8.—τινὶ περί τινος (PPetr. II 13, 6, 9 [III BC]) Lk 2:38; 9:11; pass. Ac 22:10. ε. The speaking can be more closely defined: κακῶς, καλῶς J 18:23. ὡς νήπιος 1 Cor 13:11. ὡς δράκων (hissed?) Rv 13:11. στόμα πρὸς στόμα face to face (cf. Num 12:8) 2J 12; 3J 14. εἰς ἀέρα 1 Cor 14:9. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ Mt 12:34; Lk 6:45. ἐκ τῆς γῆς J 3:31 (cf. Lev 1:1 λ. ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς). ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων J 8:44. παρρησίᾳ 7:13, 26. ἐν παρρησίᾳ 16:29. ἐν παραβολαῖς Mt 13:10, 13. χωρὶς παραβολῆς Mk 4:34. λ. ψαλμοῖς speak in psalms Eph 5:19. Of prophets λ. ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7. Of God λ. διὰ στόματος τ. προφητῶν Lk 1:70; cf. Ac 28:25. ζ. as subst. ptc. τὰ λαλούμενα (Paradox. Vat. 2 Keller; Jos., Ant. 16, 321)ὑπό τινος Ac 13:45; 16:14. τὰ λελαλημένα (Ep. Arist. 299) αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου Lk 1:45.—For λαλεῖν γλώσσῃ and λ. γλώσσαις s. γλῶσσα 3. b. trans. speak and thereby assert, proclaim, say τὶ someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 1 πολλά; Demosth. 45, 77 μέγα; Paradox. Vat. 2 τὰ ὀνόματα) τὰ ῥήματα τ. θεοῦ J 3:34. ῥῆμα Mt 12:36; cf. J 8:20. τὸν λόγον Mk 8:32; J 12:48; Ac 4:29, 31 (λαλ. τι μετὰ παρρησίας as Jos., Ant. 16, 113); 8:25; 14:25; 16:6, 32. τὰ μεγαλεῖα τ. θεοῦ Ac 2:11. βλασφημίας Lk 5:21; cf. Ac 6:11. σοφίαν 1 Cor 2:6f. μυστήρια 14:2; cf. Col 4:3. τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 Ti 5:13. τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα Jd 16; μεγάλα Rv 13:5. τί Mt 10:19; Mk 13:11; J 12:49. ὃ λαλεῖ Mk 11:23; cf. J 10:6; 12:50. ταῦτα Lk 24:36; J 8:28, 30; 12:36; 17:1. ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν Ac 28:21 (cf. 3 Km 22:8, 13b).—Pass. λαλεῖταί τι someth. is said, proclaimed, reported (cf. the inscr. for mother and brother [APF 5, ’13, 169 no. 24, 8] ὧν καὶ ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τ. κόσμον λελάληται, also Ps 86:3) Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cf. Hb 2:3; 9:19 ἡ λαλουμένη διδαχή Ac 17:19. ὁ λαληθεὶς λόγος Hb 2:2.—Oft., in addition, the pers. spoken to is mentioned, in the dat. ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς Mt 13:33. ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον he proclaimed the word to them Mk 2:2; 4:33; J 15:3; Ac 11:19. ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς Mt 13:3; cf. vs. 34. τὸ ῥῆμα. . . αὐτοῖς Lk 2:50; cf. J 6:63.—8:40 (ἀλήθειαν λ. as Eph 4:25 below); 14:25; 15:11; 16:1, 4, 6. ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ οἰκοδομήν 1 Cor 14:3; w. πρός and acc. (Gen 18:19; Zech 8:16) λόγους. . . ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς Lk 24:44 (cf. Dt 10:4).—Ac 3:22; 11:14; 1 Th 2:2; w. ἐν and the dat. σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τ. τελείοις we discourse of wisdom among those who are mature 1 Cor 2:6; w. μετά and the gen. λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ Eph 4:25 (cf.

Zech 8:16). ὅσα ἂν λαλήσω μετὰ σοῦ Hs 5, 3, 2. Cf. Hs inscr.—W. the speaking definitely characterized ταῦτα ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν J 16:25a. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 Cor 9:8. ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ θέλω πέντε λόγους τῷ νοΐ μου λαλῆσαι 14:19. πάντα ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλαλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 2 Cor 7:14. ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ λαλεῖν Phil 1:14. λ. τι εἰς τὰ ὦτά τινος communicate someth. to someone personally (cf. Dt 5:1) Hv 3, 8, 11 (cf. 4, 3, 6). λ. τι πρὸς τὸ οὖς whisper someth. in someone’s ear (so that no one else hears it; cf. Jos., Ant. 6, 165)Lk 12:3.

3. In a number of passages the content of the speaking is introduced by λέγων (s. λέγω I 8a), just as in the OT (Gen 34:8; 41:9; 42:22; Ex 31:12; Lev 20:1) Mt 13:3; 14:27; 23:1; 28:18; J 8:12; Ac 8:26; Rv 4:1; 17:1 al. M-M. B. 561

1254. λαλιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Aristoph.+, mostly in an unfavorable sense=‘gossip, common talk’; so also Sb 2266, 13) in our lit. always in a good sense.

1. speech, speaking (Epict. 3, 16, 1; Himerius, Or. 64 [=Or. 18] superscription [of a speech by Himerius]; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 17, 3; Is 11:3; SSol 4:3; Job 33:1; 2 Macc 8:7; Jos., Bell. 2, 132;Test. Reub. 2:6) οὐκ εἰσὶν λόγοι οὐδὲ λαλιαί there is neither word nor speech 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:4). διὰ τ. σὴν λ. because of what you said J 4:42.

2. also of the manner of expressing oneself, form of speech, way of speaking. a. lit., of dialectal peculiarities Mt 26:73 (cf. Zahn, Einl. I3 19.—Similarly Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 7 of Alexander at the Persian court: ἡ φωνὴ αὐτὸν ἤλεγξε).—b. of the characteristic way in which Jesus spoke J 8:43. M-M.* λαμά (‫ה‬

, Aram. ‫א‬

) why? Mt 27:46 v.l.; Mk 15:34. M-M.*

λαμβάνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II 3, 48; POxy. 1664, 12; on the μ cf. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; Bl-D. §101 p. 64, Eng. p.

53; Mlt.-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. Bl-D. §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, imper. λάβε (Bl-D. §101 p. 64; Eng. p. 53; §13; Mlt.-H. 209 n. 1); pf. εἴληφα, 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες (Rv 11:17; W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt.-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς; pf. pass. 3 sing. εἴληπται.

1.(more actively) take—a. take in the hand, take hold of, grasp ἄρτον (Diod. S. 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V BC], fgm. 37 λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173) 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b.—Take hold of (me) GH 22=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβε με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GH 5. λαβών is somet. used pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in class. Gk., but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung2 ‘ll, 14; Bl-D. §419, 1; 2; cf. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. At times the ptc. can actually be rendered by the prep. with (Bl-D. §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cf. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα. . . τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19. Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (Bl-D. §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον. . . καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—Also fig. ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as the symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cf. Pind., Pyth. 2, 172 λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cf. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cf. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30. λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 2 below) could also belong here. b. take away, remove with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὃ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2). c. take (into one’s possession) τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδέν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 220).λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 253)Mk 12:19-21; Lk 20:28-31 (s. also the reading of ms D in 14:20; 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.—Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom.+; LXX) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cf. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; Jos., Ant. 4, 119ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom.+; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, V.H. 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone ‘takes you in’, takes advantage of you (Field, Notes, 184f; CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148) 2 Cor 11:20; δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16. d. receive, accept of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; his portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209D, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Jos., Ant. 5, 275)οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from man or I will not let a man bear witness to me (PSI 395, 6 [241 BC] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cf. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f. e. take up, receive—α. τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing his authority J 1:12; 5:43a, b; 13:20a, b, c, d.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (Bl-D. §198, 3 app. αὐτὸν κονδύλοις ἔλαβεν; Act. Jo. 90) the servants treated him to blows (cf. Moffatt), or even ‘got’ him w. blows (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. Bl-D. §5, 3b; cf. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. β. τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8. τὸν λόγον 562

receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cf. PIand. 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).—The OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον (s. πρόσωπον 1b, end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3. f. choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among men Hb 5:1 (cf. Num 8:6; Am 2:11). g. make one’s own, apprehend or comprehend mentally or spiritually (class.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12. h. special constructions θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342A; 348A, Gorg. 448A; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, V.H. 12, 22; Dio Chrys. 50, 6; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166)Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 2 below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; cf. Bl-D. §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.

2. (more passively) receive, get, obtain abs. λαβών (of a hungry swine) when it has received someth. B 10:3.

(Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, fgm. [I p. 532-36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι. Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; Sib. Or. 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; on the other hand in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation.—W. acc. of the thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1) Mt 10:41a, b; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14.

Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15. ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f; ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cf. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43; grace Ro 1:5; cf. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cf. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα); the early and late rain 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16. λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cf.

Pliny the Younger, Epist. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 2c) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. above 1a, end.—On the construction with μετά cf. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphr. 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cf. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V BC] 11 K.; τιμωρίαν Jos., Ant. 14, 336)λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:14 t.r.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cf. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod. S. 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt.

Museums zu Kairo [’11] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a different mng. vs. 29; s. 1h above).—Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23. τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark=be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of=remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5; λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV BC], fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, V.H. 3, 18 end, H. An. 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304) 2 Pt 1:9; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla. et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, V.H. 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον]. . . τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ) Hb 2:3.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30)1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI BC] in Athen. 11 p. 469C; Diod. S. 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν.—παρά I 3b) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive security from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1c). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a large supply ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fulness we have received grace J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. M-M. B. 743. ) Lamech (Gen 4:l8ff; 5:25ff; Philo; Test. Benj. 7:4.—En. 10, 1 Raderm. has Λάμεχ, ὁ indecl. (‫ ◌ְ ֶרמֶל‬, in pause Λέμεχ, but 106, 1; 4 al. Bonner Λάμεχ; Joseph. Λάμεχος, ου [Ant. 1, 79]), father of Noah; in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:36 (cf. 1 Ch 1:3).* λαμπάς, άδος, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or., loanw. in rabb.).

1. torch (in this mng. in trag.; Thu. 3, 24, 1; Polyb. 3, 93, 4; Herodian 4, 2, 10; Dit., Or. 764, 43; 50; 54; Sir 48:1; Jos., Ant. 5, 223; Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 44), so prob. J 18:3 w. φανοί (=lanterns; both articles together Dionys. Hal. 11, 40, 2; PLond. 1159, 59=Wilcken, Chrest. p. 493).—Celestial phenomena that resemble burning torches (Diod. S. 16, 66; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4; Erot. Gr. fgm. pap. ed. BLavagnini ’22, Herp. 47; PGM 4, 2939ff ἀστέρα ὡς λαμπάδα) ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς Rv 8:10 (Diod. S. 15, 50, 2 ὤφθη κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπὶ πολλὰς νύκτας λαμπὰς μέγας καιομένη; Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 22 λαμπάδες ἐν οὐρανῷ καιόμεναι). Cf. ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυρὸς καιόμεναι ἐνώπιον τ. θρόνου 4:5 (λαμπάδες πυρός as Eutecnius 4 p. 39, 6; Gen 15:17; Na 2:5; Da 10:6; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 311.—λαμπάδες καιόμεναι as Artem. [see above]; Job 41:11).

2. lamp (so POxy. 1449 [III AD]; Jdth 10:22; Da 5:5 Theod.) w. a wick and space for oil Mt 25:1, 3f, 7f (acc. to FZorell, Verbum Domini 10, ’30, 176-82; HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT’46, 46 [Mor. 263F] the wedding torch [s. 1] is meant here); Ac 20:8. M-M. B. 484.* 563

λαμπηδών, όνος, ἡ (Hippocr. V 632 L.; Epicurus 45, 8 Us.; Diod. S. 3, 37, 9; Plut.; Aelian, N.A. 2, 8 p. 36, 16; Artem. 5, 90; Herm. Wr. 10, 4b; PGM 4, 531; Is 58:11 Aq.; Jos., Ant. 3, 207)brightness. brilliance Hs 9, 2, 2.* λαμπρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) bright, shining, radiant.

1. of heavenly bodies (Hom.+; X., Mem. 4, 7, 7; EpJer 59; Test. Napht. 5:4) the sun (Philo, Somn. 2, 282) Hs 9, 17, 4. The morning star Rv 22:16.

2. of water, clear, transparent (Aeschyl., Eum. 695; X., Hell. 5, 3, 19) ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς λαμπρὸν ὡς κρύσταλλον Rv 22:1.

3. of garments, esp. white ones bright, shining (Od. 19, 234; Polyb. 10, 4, 8; 10, 5, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1157, 39f ἐν ἐσθῆσιν λαμπραῖς; Philo, De Jos. 105 λ. ἐσθής) ἱματισμὸς λαμπρότατος a brightly shining garment Hv 1, 2, 2. ἐσθής Lk 23:11 (PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 26, ’36, 80-5); Ac 10:30; Js 2:2f. στόλη (Jos., Vi. 334) GP 13:55. βύσσινον λ. καθαρόν Rv 19:8 (cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 72).λίνον καθαρὸν λ. 15:6.

4. of other objects gleaming, bright stones Hv 3, 2, 4b; s 9, 3, 3; 9, 4, 6; 9, 6, 7f; 9, 8, 7; 9, 9, 3f; 9, 17, 3; 9, 30, 2 and 4. ἐπάρασα ῥάβδον τινὰ λαμπράν as she lifted up a sort of glittering staff Hv 3, 2, 4a.

5. subst. τὰ λαμπρά splendor (Philo, In Flacc. 165, Leg. ad Gai. 327), in which a rich man takes delight (cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 220δωρεὰς δοὺς λαμπράς) Rv 18:14. M-M.* λαμπρότης, ητος, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) brilliance, splendor.

1. lit. (X., An. 1, 2, 18 of the splendor of weapons; Jos., Ant. 12, 81)brightness of the sun (Vi. Aesopi W c. 115.

Of a constellation Diod. S. 15, 50, 3) Ac 26:13.

2. fig., of a mental or spiritual state, someth. like joyousness, greatness of soul (Polyb. 32, 8, 1; Diod. S. 2, 22, 3; 4, 10, 2; 4, 40, 1 ψυχῆς λαμπρότητι; Ep. Arist. 16; Jos., Ant. 11, 342)λ. ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Cl 35:2. M-M.* λαμπρῶς adv. (Aeschyl.+; Dit., Syll.3 545, 12; 1045, 15; PSI 406, 30; Jos., Ant. 6, 15al.) splendidly εὐφραίνεσθαι καθʼ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς fare sumptuously every day Lk 16:19 (PGM 1, 111 ἐξαρτίσαι τὸ δεῖπνον λαμπρῶς; cf. δαπανάω 1). M-M.* λάμπω fut. λάμψω; 1 aor. ἔλαμψα (Hom.+; LXX, En., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.; Christian inscr. in Dit., Or. 610, 1f [VI AD] φῶς σωτήριον ἔλαμψεν ὅπου σκότος ἐκάλυπτεν).

1. lit.—a. shine, flash (Jos., Ant. 3, 218)of a lamp Mt 5:15; lightning Lk 17:24. b. shine out, shine forth, gleam (Charito 1, 9, 5 of a gleaming sword; Jos., Ant. 5, 284)light Ac 12:7; a star (cf.

Isishymn. v. Andros [I BC] 23; Bar 3:34; Sib. Or. 3, 334 ἀστὴρ λάμψει) IEph 19:2; sun (Archilochus [VII BC] 74, 4 Diehl2) GP 6:22. Of the face of the transfigured Jesus ὡς ὁ ἥλιος (cf. EpJer 66; En. 14, 18; 106, 2; Test. Levi 18:4) Mt 17:2. Of the light that shone forth at creation by God’s command 2 Cor 4:6a.

2. used fig. w. φῶς (cf. Pr 4:18; Tob 13:13 S; Is 9:1) shine λαμψάτω τ. φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τ. ἀνθρώπων Mt 5:16.—Of God, prob. shine forth θεὸς. . . ὅς ἔλαμψεν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν God, who has shone in our hearts 2 Cor 4:6b (perh. reflect, as PGM 13, 770 of the heavenly eyes of the divinity λάμποντες ἐν ταῖς κόραις τ. ἀνθρώπων. GWMacRae, Anti-Dualist Polemic in 2 Cor 4:6? TU 102, ’68, 420-31.—AOepke, TW IV 17-28 λάμπω and related words. M-M.* λανθάνω 2 aor. ἔλαθον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) escape notice, be hidden abs. (Jos., Bell. 3, 343)Mk 7:24; Lk 8:47; MPol 6:1.—λανθάνει τί τινα someth. is hidden from someone, escapes someone’s notice (Hom.+; BGU 531 II, 13; POxy. 34 vers. III, 3; 1253, 22; Job 34:21 λέληθεν αὐτὸν οὐδέν. Ep. Arist. 132; Jos., Vi. 83) IEph 19:1; 2 Pt 3:8. οὐδὲν λέληθεν αὐτόν 1 Cl 21:3; cf. 27:6; IEph 14:1; 15:3; Pol 4:3. λανθάνειν αὐτὸν τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν I cannot bring myself to believe that any of these things has escaped his notice Ac 26:26.—That which escapes notice can also be expressed by a ὅτι-clause (X., Mem. 3, 5, 24; Isocr., Ep. 6, 12; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 37) λανθάνει αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας ὅτι when they maintain this, it escapes their notice (i.e. they forget) that 2 Pt 3:5 (s. θέλω 5). Likew. by the ptc. (Maximus Tyr. 4, 6b; Jos., Vi. 425; Bl-D. §414, 3; Rob. 1120) ἔλαθόν τινες (sc. ἑαυτούς) ξενίσαντες ἀγγέλους some, without knowing it, have entertained angels Hb 13:2 (cf. Hdt. 1, 44 φονέα τοῦ παιδὸς ἐλάνθανε βόσκων=he fed the murderer of his son without knowing it; X., Mem. 4, 3, 9 al.; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 7 ἔλαθον γηράσαντες=they had grown old without noticing it). M-M.* λαξευτός, ή, όν (Dt 4:49; Aq. Num 21:20; 23:14; Dt 34:1; Josh 13:20. Cf. Bl-D. §2) hewn in the rock μνῆμα a tomb Lk 23:53. M-M.* Λαοδίκεια, ας, ἡ (Strabo 12, 8, 16; inscr.; Sib. Or.) Laodicea a city in Phrygia (in Asia Minor) on the Lycus R. There was a large colony of Jews there (Jos., Ant. 14, 241ff; Schürer III4 16f; 110, 37), and Christianity also took root at an early date. Col 2:1; 4:13, 15f. Subscr. of 1 and 2 Ti; Rv 1:11; 3:14.—Ramsay, Phrygia I 1, 32ff; 341f; I 2, 512; 542ff; Lghtf., Col 1ff.—Paul wrote a letter to the church at Laodicea, Col 4:16. Cf. Harnack, D. Adresse des Eph des Pls: SAB ’10, 696-709; Gdspd., Introd. to the NT, ’37, 114-24; CPAnderson, JBL 85, ’66, 436-40.* Λαοδικεύς, έως, ὁ (inscr.; Jos., Ant. 14, 241; Appian, Mithrid. 20 §78; 117 §573; Artem. 4, 1 p. 202, 8) a Laodicean, inhabitant of Laodicea in Phrygia Col 4:16. Cf. also the superscr. of Eph in Marcion. M-M.* 564

λαός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; pap. [here the pl. λαοί, Mayser 27; 29]; LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 7, 119) people.

1. the people gener.—a. in the mass, crowd Lk 1:21; 3:15, 18; 7:1; 20:1; Ac 3:12; 4:1f; 13:15; 21:30. πᾶς ὁ λ. the whole crowd, all the people (Jos., Ant. 13, 201)Mt 27:25; Lk 8:47; 9:13; 18:43; 21:38; J 8:2; Ac 3:9, 11. Also ἅπας ὁ λ. (Jos., Ant. 7, 63; 211) Lk 3:21. ὁ λ. ἅπας (Jos., Ant. 6, 199; 8, 101) 19:48; GP 8:28. λ. ἱκανός Ac 5:37 t.r. πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τ. λαοῦ Lk 1:10; cf. Ac 21:36. πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ a large crowd of people Lk 6:17; 23:27. b. the people distributively, populace Mt 27:64. ἐν τῷ λαῷ among the people Mt 4:23; Ac 6:8. c. the people—α. in contrast to their leaders Mt 26:5; Mk 11:32 v.l.; 14:2; Lk 19:48; 20:6, 19, 26; 23:13; Ac 2:47; 4:17, 21; 5:26; 6:12; 12:4. β. the people in contrast to the Pharisees and legal experts Lk 7:29.—γ. the people in contrast to the priests Hb 2:17; 5:3; 7:5, 27.—RMeyer, Der ‘Am hā-’Ãreṣ, Judaica 3, ’47, 169-99.

2. people as nation (w. φυλή, ἔθνος, γλῶσσα; cf. Da 3:4) Rv 5:9; 13:7; 14:6. Pl. (a Sibylline oracle in Appian, Maced. 2; En. 10, 21) 7:9; 10:11; 11:9; 17:15.—Lk 2:31. Of a monstrous animal θηρίον δυνάμενον λαοὺς διαφθεῖραι a beast capable of destroying (whole) peoples Hv 4, 2, 3.

3. the people of God—a. of the people of Israel ὁ λαός (s. also the Jewish inscriptions in Dit., Syll.3 1247; GKittel, ThLZ 69, ’44, 13; En. 20, 5.—λαός of the native Egyptian population since III BC at least: UWilcken on UPZ 110, 100f) Ac 3:23; 7:17; 28:17; 2 Pt 2:1. Without the art. (Sir 46:7; Wsd 18:13) Jd 5; οὗτος ὁ λ. Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Lk 21:23; B 9:3; 10:2; πᾶς ὁ λ. Lk 2:10 (here, however, the evangelist may have intended the word to have its universal sense: all the people=everyone); B 12:8. πᾶς ὁ λ. Ἰσραήλ Ac 4:10. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τοῦ λ. Mt 2:4; 26:47; 27:1; τὸ πρεσβυτέριον τοῦ λ. Lk 22:66; οἱ ἄρχοντες τοῦ λ. Ac 4:8; B 9:3; UGosp l. 6; οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λ. Lk 19:47.

Opp. τὰ ἔθνη Gentiles, heathen (s. ἔθνος 2 and cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §283 the contrast τὰ ἔθνη—τὴν Ἰταλίαν) Ac 26:17, 23; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43).—W. a gen. that denotes the possessor ([τοῦ] θεοῦ, αὐτοῦ, μοῦ etc. Cf. Jos., Ant. 10, 12): λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 1:68; Hb 11:25. ὁ λαός μου Ac 7:34 (Ex 3:7). Rv 18:4 (pl. verb with λαός in sing. as Περὶ ὕψους 23, 2 after a poet λαὸς. . . κελάδησαν).—Lk 7:16. λ. σου Ἰσραήλ Lk 2:32. ὁ λ. μου ὁ Ἰσραήλ Mt 2:6. ὁ λ. Ἰσραήλ B 16:5. Pl. of the tribes of Israel (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 159, unless the pl. here means ‘the people’, as Hes., Op. 763f πολλοὶ λαοί; Aristoph., Equ. 163, Ran. 216; 677 πολὺν λαῶν ὄχλον; Callim., Epigr. 47; Isyllus [III BC]: Coll. Alex. p. 133, 37 θεὸν ἀείσατε, λαοί=ἐνναέται Ἐπιδαύρου [inhabitants of Epidaurus]; Diod. S. 1, 45, 1; 3, 45, 6 διὰ τὴν τῶν λαῶν ἀπειρίαν=because of the inexperience of the people; 4, 67, 6; 5, 7, 6; 5, 48, 1 συναγαγεῖν τ. λαοὺς σποράδην οἰκοῦντας=gather the people who live in scattered places; 5, 59, 5 al.; Orph. Hymn. 34, 10 Q; Herm. Wr. 1, 27; PRev. 42, 17 [258 BC] γραφέτωσαν οἱ λαοί=the people are to submit a written statement; Jos., Ant. 18, 352; Basilius, Ep.: Migne, S. Gr. XXXII p. 481A; Theophanes, Chron. 172, 7 de Boor ἀπέθανον λαοὶ πολλοί) Ac 4:25 (Ps 2:1), 27; Ro 15:11 (Ps 116:1). b. of the Christians Ac 15:14; 18:10; Ro 9:25 (Hos 2:25); Hb 4:9; 1 Pt 2:10; 1 Cl 59:4; 2 Cl 2:3; B 13:1ff.

Prepared by Christ B 3:6; cf. Hs 5, 5, 2. Protected by angels 5, 5, 3; specif. entrusted to Michael 8, 3, 3; cf. 8, 1, 2.—Also in pl. (s. 3a, end) λαοὶ αὐτοῦ Rv 21:3; cf. Hs 8, 3, 2.—λ. εἰς περιποίησιν a people (made) his own possession 1 Pt 2:9. Also λ. περιούσιος (Ex 19:5) Tit 2:14; 1 Cl 64. λ. κατεσκευασμένος a people made ready Lk 1:17. λ. καινός B 5:7; 7:5.—OKern, ARW 30, ’33, 205-7; EKäsemann, D. wandernde Gottesvolk ’39; NA Dahl, D. Volk Gottes: E. Untersuchg. z. Kirchenbewusstsein des Urchristent. ’41; HSahlin, D. Messias u. d. Gottesvolk ’45; AOepke, D. neue Gottesvolk ’50; HStrathmann u. RMeyer, TW IV 29-57. M-M. B. 1313; 1315. λάρυγξ, γγος, ὁ (Eur.+; LXX; cf. Bl-D. §46, 4; Mlt.-H. 108) throat, gullet (orig.‘larynx’), fig. τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν (ἀνοίγω 1b) Ro 3:13 (Ps 5:10; 13:3).* Λασαία, ας or Λασέα, ας (W-H.), ἡ Lasaea, a city on the south coast of the island of Crete. Ac 27:8. M-M.* λάσκω 1 aor. ἐλάκησα, crash, etc., erroneously thought to be the source of ἐλάκησεν Ac 1:18; s. λακάω. λατομέω 1 aor. ἐλατόμησα; pf. pass. ptc. λελατομημένος (Antig. Car. 161; Posidonius: 87 fgm. 57 Jac.; Diod. S. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 25 [III BC] λατομήσας τ. πέτραν; PPetr. II 4(9), 3 [255 BC]; PCair. Zen. 296, 34 [III BC]; LXX; Artapanus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 27, 11; Jos., Ant. 8, 59).

1. hew out of the rock (2 Ch 26:10; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 25) a grave (Is 22:16 μνημεῖον) Lk 23:53 v.l. λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας Mk 15:46. λ. ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ cut in the rock Mt 27:60.

2. hew, shape stones (1 Ch 22:2; Is 51:1) Hv 3, 5, 3; s 9, 3, 3; 9, 4, 5; 9, 5, 3; 9, 6, 8; 9, 7, 4; 9, 8, 2ff; 6; 9, 9, 3.

M-M.* λατόμος, ου, ὁ (Ptolem., Apotel. 4, 4, 5; Pollux 7, 118; Dit., Or. 660, 3 [I AD]; PSI 423, 1; 37 [III BC]; PPetr. III 47 [a], 2al.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 78)stone-mason Hs 9, 9, 2.* cf. Elbogen 4) in relig. usage service or worship (of God) λατρεία, ας, ἡ (Pind.+; LXX. On the cultic t.t. ‫הָדוֹב‬ (Pla., Apol. 23B τοῦ θεοῦ, Phaedr. 244E; Sb 1934, 3 [?]; LXX; Philo, Ebr. 144 al.; Jos., Bell. 2, 409)Ro 9:4; λογικὴ λ. 12:1 (s. λογικός). δικαιώματα λατρείας regulations for worship Hb 9:1. τὰς λ. ἐπιτελεῖν perform the rites vs.

6. λ. προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ offer a service to God J 16:2. Of idolatry λ. θεῶν νεκρῶν D 6:3; cf. Dg 3:2. M-M.* λατρεύω fut. λατρεύσω; 1 aor. ἐλάτρευσα (trag. et al.; inscr., LXX, En., Philo, Sib. Or. 4, 104) serve, in our lit. only of the carrying out of relig. duties, esp. of a cultic nature, by human beings: λ. θεῷ (Eur., Ion 152; Plut., Mor. 405C; 407E; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 300 ὅλῃ τ. ψυχῇ. Cf. En. 10, 21) Mt 4:10; Lk 4:8 (both Dt 6:13); 1:74; Ac 7:7 (cf. Ex 565

3:12); 24:14; 27:23; Hb 9:14; Rv 7:15; 22:3; Pol 2:1. τῷ ὀνόματι (θεοῦ) 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ διαβόλῳ λ. serve the devil (in reality) ISm 9:1. Of the Jews λ. ἀγγέλοις PK 2 p. 14, 26. Of idolatry (Ex 20:5; 23:24; Ezk 20:32; En. 99, 7) Ac 7:42; Ro 1:25.—W. indication of the manner in which the service (τῷ θεῷ) is performed ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει serve God w. a clear conscience 2 Ti 1:3. (διὰ χάριτος) λ. εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους (in thankfulness) serve God acceptably with reverence and awe Hb 12:28. (τῷ θεῷ) λ. ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ I serve God with my spirit in the gospel Ro 1:9 (cf. Phil 3:3 v.l.).—Without the dat. of the one to whom the service is given: ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα κ. ἡμέραν λ. serve (God) earnestly night and day Ac 26:7. νηστείαις κ. δεήσεσιν λ. νύκτα κ. ἡμέραν serve (God) night and day w. fasting and prayer Lk 2:37. οἱ πνεύματι θεοῦ λατρεύοντες those who worship by the Spirit of God Phil 3:3 (HKoester, NTS 8, ’62, 320f: work as a missionary in the Spirit of God). ὁ λατρεύων the worshiper (who is concerned w. the rituals prescribed by the law) Hb 9:9; 10:2.—Hb also adds to λ. in the dat. the holy objects by means of which the priest renders service 8:5; 13:10.—WBrandt, Dienst u. Dienen im NT ’31; CEB Cranfield, Interpretation 12, ’58, 387-98; BReicke, NT Studies: TWManson memorial vol., ’59, 194-209; HStrathmann, TW IV 58-66. M-M.* λαχ- s. λαγχάνω. λάχανον, ου, τό (Cratinus+; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 5, 437)edible garden herb, vegetable Mt 13:32; Mk 4:32. πᾶν λάχανον every kind of garden herb Lk 11:42.—Of one who is a vegetarian for religious reasons ὁ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει the one who is weak (in his convictions) eats (only) vegetables Ro 14:2 (cf. the Neopythagoreans in Diog. L. 8, 38 ἐσθίουσι λάχανα; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 8 λάχανα ἐσιτεῖτο.—JHaussleiter, D. Vegetarismus in der Antike ’35). M-M. B. 369.* λαχμός, οῦ, ὁ lot (schol. on Soph., Aj. 1281; schol. on Eur., Hippol. 1057; schol. on Theocr. 8, 30; Etym. Mag. p.

519, 10; Eustath.) λαχμὸν βάλλειν ἐπί τινι cast lots for someth. GP 4:12.* λεʹ numeral=35, Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 5, 4; 9, 15, 4.* Λεββαι̂ος, ου, ὁ (‫ )יַבִּל‬Lebbaeus, in the list of apostles Mt 10:3 and Mk 3:18 as v.l. for Θαδδαῖος (q.v.).—Dalman, Worte 40; MLidzbarski, Handbuch der nordsem. Epigr. 1898, 301.* λεγιών, ῶνος, ἡ (Lat. loanw.: legio, also in rabb. In Gk. since Diod. S. 26, 5; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130 §132 Jac.; inscr. fr. the time of the triumvirs [fr. Ephesus, Jahreshefte des Österreich. Archäol. Inst. 2, 1899, Beiblatt, col. 83/4]; pap., fr. about the beginning of our era [BGU 1108, 5-3 BC; PLond. 256 recto (a), 3-15 AD]; Sib. Or. 8, 78. The spellings λεγεών [t.r.] and λεγιών [crit. editions] are about equally attested [s. the reff. in Hahn, Wortregister; Dit., Or. index]; cf. on this ThEckinger, D. Orthographie latein. Wörter in griech. Inschriften, Zürich Diss. 1892, 30; APMMeuwese, De rerum gestarum D. Augusti versione graeca, Diss. Amsterdam ’20, 15; Bl-D. §41, 1; Mlt.-H. 76) a legion, numbering in the time of Augustus about 6,000 soldiers, usu. w. approx. an equal number of auxiliary troops.

The angels divided into legions Mt 26:53 (for this concept cf. Maximus Tyr. 4, 4c after Pla., Phaedr. 26 p. 246E: Zeus with the heavenly στρατιά made up of eleven hosts [Maximus Tyr. 10, 9c the souls of good men are counted as members of the στρατιὰ θεῶν]; Aristodem. [IV AD]: 104 fgm. 1, 8 Jac.: at Salamis οἱ θεοὶ συνεμάχησαν τ. Ἕλλησιν. . . κονιορτὸν ὡς δισμυρίων ἀνδρῶν). As the name of a demon Mk 5:9, 15 (ὁ λ. here is explained by the fact that the demon was masculine: cf. correspondingly Dio Chrys. 46 [63], 1 ἡ δαίμων); Lk 8:30.—HPreisker, TW IV 68f. M-M.* λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71-3) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. Bl-D. §82 app.; Mlt.-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also Bl-D. §101 p. 46; Mlt.-H. 247); say (so very rarely in Hom. and Hes., more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

I. gener. utter in words, say, tell, give expression to orally, but also in writing.

1. w. an indication of what is said—a. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cf. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310A; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cf. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὃ λέγει Lk 9:33; cf. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὅ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα: παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cf. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. b. expressed in some other way—α. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f, 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may=he used to say (so that they might memorize): WGEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121. β. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod. S. 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543)Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cf. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 566

8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.

2. w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.—a. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu.+) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cf. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7. b. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod. S. 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, N. An. 8, 3 ὃ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, V.H. 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86)τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cf. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ. . . but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60.

3. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. ’25, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy. 413, 99; s. also 1a above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; s. also 1a above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.

4. in other (cf. 1a, 2a, 3) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34. εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. ὑπέρ τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.

5. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; Ep. Arist. 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 1c) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cf. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.

6. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13. Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cf. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49.

7. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαΐας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cf. 2:23; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (Bl-D. §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. cf. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cf. Hb 8:8-10. W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., Ol. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γʹ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ. . . λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ 2 Cl 3:5; cf. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cf. Pla., Crito 12 p. 50C; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7. Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.

8. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (cf. EKieckers, IndogF 35, ’15, 34ff; Bl-D. §420; Mlt.-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce ֶ even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of a. direct discourse (like ‫)ררמאֵל‬, saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν (Mk 1:23; cf. Phlegon: 257, fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διαλογίζεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (cf. Bl-D. §101, p. 46; cf. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου. . . ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cf. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cf. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cf. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al. b. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26)ἔγραψεν ) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63. λέγων (=‫ֶררמאֵל בֶרתּ‬ c. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1) Mt 22:16 v.l.; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16, text. d. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρήξας. . . λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cf. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24.

567

9. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (Bl-D. §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.

10. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (Ep. Arist. 215; 298; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 1aβ) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; Dit., Syll.3 679, 85). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias in Euseb., H.E. 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).

II. in the specific sense—1. of special forms of saying—a. ask w.direct question foll: Mk 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of the pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6. b. answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of the pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of the pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8. c. order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b; cf. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37. Gener. w. dat. of the pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of the pers. and inf. foll. Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων. . . ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll. Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [Inschr. v. Magnes. 115]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11; Rv 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (cf. GAGerhard, Philol.

64, ’05, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, ’11, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum ’02, 63; 77). d. assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al. e. maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of the pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cf. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1). Cf. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, Rev. des Étud. Grecques 46, ’33, 204-9; Gdspd., Probs. 64-8 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506-10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27-30]; DRCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/’71, 213-26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? with the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cf. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows). f. of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 BC]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80)1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.

2. speak, report, tell of someth. (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὃ. . . οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.

3. call, name (Aeschyl.+) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cf. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. Gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (Bl-D. §412, 2; Rob. 1107. Cf. BGU 1117, 9 [13 BC]; PRyl. 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3) who is called. . . Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi.4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II AD]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cf. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2.

Also ὃ λέγεται 20:16. ὃ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the signicance mean (Aeschyl.+) are 1 Cor 10:29; Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6.—ADebrunner, HKleinknecht, OProcksch, Gerh Kittel, TW IV 69-147: λέγω, λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω. M-M. B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. λει̂μμα, ατος, τό (Hdt. 1, 119; Plut., Mor. 78A; W-H. read λίμμα.—PTebt. 115, 2 [115/13 BC] τὸ γεγονὼς [=ὸς] λίμμα [Mayser p. 843]; 4 Km 19:4 A λίμματος [Thackeray p. 84]; W-S. §5; 13e) remnant λ. κατʼ ἐκλογὴν χάριτος γέγονεν there is a remnant chosen by grace Ro 11:5 (cf. CD 1, 4).—JoachJeremias, D. Gedanke des 568

‘Heiligen Restes’ usw., ZNW 42, ’49, 154-94.—VHerntrich and GSchrenck, TW IV 198-221; λεῖμμα and related words. M-M.* λει̂ος, α, ον (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 972, 119; BGU 162, 5; 781 II, 15; LXX; En. 22, 2; Ep. Arist. 76; Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 400)smooth, level of a road (opp. τραχύς rough, as X., Mem. 3, 10, 1; Philo, Abr. 239) Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4 v.l.).

M-M. B. 1068.* λειποτακτέω or λιποτακτέω milit. t.t. leave the ranks, desert (Plut., Mor. 241A; Polemo, Decl. 2, 44 p. 31, 17; PLeipz. 45, 18; 46, 15; PLond. 1247, 14; 4 Macc 9:23) fig. turn away (Philo, Gig. 43) ἀπό τινος from someth. ἀπὸ τοῦ θελήματος (θεοῦ) 1 Cl 21:4.* λείπω 2 aor. ἔλιπον, subj. 3 sing. λίπῃ Tit 3:13 v.l. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Sib. Or. 3, 416).

1. trans. leave (behind); mid. and pass.—a. be left (behind) , fall short, be inferior (Hdt. 7, 8, 1; Diod. S. 17, 46, 1; Jos., Ant. 14, 474)ἔν τινι in someth. (Sb 620, 6 [97/6 BC] of a temple λείπεσθαι ἐν τῷ μὴ εἶναι ἄσυλον; Dit., Syll.3 618, 15; 800, 29; PGM 4, 2347) ἐν μηδενί fall short in no respect Js 1:4. b. be or do without, lack, be in need or want (of) w. gen. (Bl-D. §180, 4; cf. Soph., El. 474; Ps.-Pla., Axioch.

366D; later, e.g. Libanius, Progym.: Confirm. 1, 1 vol. VIII p. 138F. τῆς ἐνθέου μανίας) σοφίας be deficient in wisdom Js 1:5. τῆς ἐφημέρου τροφῆς be in need of daily food 2:15. θεοῦ lack God ITr 5:2b. μηδενός lack nothing IPol 2:2.

2. intr., act. lack, fall short (λείπει τί τινι: Polyb. 10, 18, 8; Epict. 2, 14, 19; Jos., Ant. 12, 36)σοὶ πολλὰ λείπει you fall far short Hv 3, 1, 9. πολλὰ ἡμῖν λείπει we lack much ITr 5:2a. ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει there is one thing that you still lack Lk 18:22 (cf. Jos., Bell. 4, 257τοῖς τολμήμασιν ἓν μόνον λείπει). ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ that they may lack nothing Tit 3:13. τὰ λείποντα (Lucian, Syr. Dea 26) what is lacking, the defects 1:5. W. inf. foll. λείπει τῷ πύργῳ ἔτι μικρὸν οἰκοδομηθῆναι the tower still lacks a little of being finished, is still not quite finished Hs 9, 9, 4. M-M. B. 839.* λειτουργέω impf. ἐλειτούργουν; 1 aor. ἐλειτούργησα (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph. On the spelling cf. Mayser 127; Mlt.-H. 76f) perform a public service, serve in a (public) office, in our lit. exclusively of religious and ritual services both in a wider and a more restricted sense (Dit., Syll.3 717, 23f [100 BC] ἐλειτούργησαν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ εὐτάκτως; 736, 73; 74f λειτουργούντω τοῖς θεοῖς; 97f [92 BC]; PLond. 33, 3 [II BC]; 41 B, 1; UPZ 42, 2 [162 BC]; 47, 3; BGU 1006, 10; LXX; Ep. Arist. 87; Dssm., B 137 [BS 140f]; Anz 346f).

1. lit., of the service performed by priests and Levites in the temple (cf. Ex 28:35, 43; 29:30; Num 18:2; Sir 4:14; 45:15; Jdth 4:14; 1 Macc 10:42; Philo, Mos. 2, 152; Jos., Ant. 20, 218)abs. Hb 10:11. λ. τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ perform services at the altar of God 1 Cl 32:2 (cf. Jo 1:9, 13); (w. ἱερατεύειν as Sir 45:15) λ. τῷ θεῷ 43:4.—Of Christian services ἐν τ. θυσιαστηρίῳ λ. τὸ θεῖον perform service to God at the altar Tit 1:9 v.l.

2. fig., of the various ways in which the religious man serves God (Dionys. Hal. 2, 22 ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν), including prayer (w. νηστεύειν, and of the prophets and teachers) τ. κυρίῳ Ac 13:2. λ. τῷ θεῷ (cf. Jo 1:13b) Hm 5, 1, 2; cf.

3; s 7:6. Of OT worthies οἱ τελείως λειτουργήσαντες those who have rendered perfect service to God 1 Cl 9:2.

3. serve gener. (X., Mem. 2, 7, 6; Chares in Athen. 12, 54 p. 538E) ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λ. do a service in material things Ro 15:27.—Of the officials of Christian churches: λ. ἁμέμπτως τῷ ποιμνίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ serve Christ’s flock blamelessly 1 Cl 9:2; 44:3. Of the bishops Hs 9, 27, 3. Of the bishops and deacons λ. τὴν λειτουργίαν τῶν προφητῶν καὶ διδασκάλων perform the service of prophets and teachers D 15:1 (s. 2 above on Ac 13:2.—λειτ. λ. oft. in LXX; also Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 82; Dit., Syll.3 409, 61).—Of angels (Test. Levi 3:5) τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ (sc. θεοῦ) λειτουργοῦσιν παρεστῶτες they stand at his side and serve his will 1 Cl 34:5; cf. vs.

6 (Da 7:10 Theod.).—On this entry and the foll. one s. Elbogen 5; 511; FOertel, D. Liturgie, ’17; WBrandt, D. Wortgruppe λειτουργεῖν im Hb u. 1 Kl: Jahrb. d. Theol. Schule Bethel 1, ’30, 145-76; OCasel, λειτουργία—munus: Oriens Christ. III 7, ’32, 289-302; EPeterson, Nuntius 2, ’49, 10f; HStrathmann u. RMeyer, TW IV 221-38 λειτ. and related words; ARomeo, Miscellanea Liturgica (L Mohlberg-Festschr.), vol. 2, ’49, 467-519; FWDanker, FWGingrich-Festschr. ’72, 108ff. M-M.* λειτουργία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., loanw. in rabb.) service, the usual designation for a service performed by an individual for the state (oft. free of charge), in our lit. always used w. some sort of relig. connotation.

1. of ritual and cultic services (Diod. S. 1, 21, 7; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 111; UPZ 17, 17 [163 BC] λ. τῷ θεῷ; 40, 19 [161 BC]; PTebt. 302, 30 [cf. Dssm., B 138—BS 141]; Ex 37:19; Num 8:22; 16:9; 18:4; 2 Ch 31:2; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Virt. 54 al.; Jos., Ant. 3, 107al.) service as priest Lk 1:23. τὰς προσφορὰς καὶ λειτουργίας ἐπιτελεῖσθαι bring offerings and perform (other) ceremonial services 1 Cl 40:2. τὰ σκεύη τῆς λ. the vessels used in priestly service Hb 9:21. Of the high priest’s service 1 Cl 40:5. Fig., of the high-priestly office of Christ Hb 8:6.

2. of other kinds of service to God 1 Cl 20:10. Of Noah 1 Cl 9:4. Of Paul (w. θυσία, q.v.; cf. BGU 1201, 7 [2 AD] πρὸς τὰς λιτουργείας καὶ θυσείας τῶν θεῶν) sacrificial service Phil 2:17. Of Epaphroditus’ services to Paul ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας in order that he might supply what was lacking in your service to me vs. 30.—Of officials in Christian churches διαδέχεσθαι τὴν λ. αὐτῶν succeed to their office 1 Cl 44:2; ἡ αὐτοῖς τετιμημένη λ. the office held in honor by them 44:6; ἀποβάλλεσθαι τῆς λ. be removed from office 44:3. On D 15:1 cf. λειτουργέω 3.—Also of the activities of the layman in the church service μὴ παρεκβαίνειν τὸν ὡρισμένον τῆς λ. αὐτοῦ κανόνα not overstepping the fixed boundaries of his ministry 1 Cl 41:1. W. ref. to the 569

collection ἡ διακονία τῆς λ. ταύτης 2 Cor 9:12. Of acts that show forth Christian charity and other virtues, and thus call forth God’s approval: αἱ λ. αὗται these services Hs 5, 3, 3; cf. 8.—ESchweizer, D. Leben d. Herrn in d.

Gemeinde u. ihren Diensten, ’46, 19-23. M-M.* λειτουργικός, ή, όν (PPetr. II 39[e] [6 times; s. Dssm., B 138 (BS 141)]; PTebt. 5, 49 [118 BC]; 102, 3. But also in a ritual sense PTebt. 88, 3 [115/14 BC] ἡμέραι λιτουργικαί=the days when the prophets of the temple are permitted to perform certain holy acts [Wilcken, Chrest. p. 94; WOtto, Priester u. Tempel im hellenist. Ägypt. II ’08 p.

33, 2; 39, 2]; likew. Wilcken, Chrest. no. 115, 15; 146; Ex 31:10; 39:12; Num 4:12, 26; 2 Ch 24:14) engaged in holy service of angels λ. πνεύματα spirits in holy service Hb 1:14 (cf. Philo, Virt. 74 ἄγγελοι λειτουργοί). M-M.* λειτουργός, οῦ, ὁ (Polyb.+; inscr., pap., LXX) servant, in our lit. always w. sacral connotations (λ. τῶν θεῶν Dionys. Hal. 2, 2, 3; 2, 73, 2; Plut., Mor. 417A; inscr. [I BC: Rev. des Études anciennes 32, ’30, p. 5] θεοῖς λιτουργοί; inscr. fr. Miletus: GKawerau and ARehm, D. Delphinion in M. ’14, 396; LXX; Ep. Arist. 95; Philo).

1. lit., of Graeco-Roman officials λ. θεοῦ servants of God Ro 13:6 (cf. AvanVeldhuizen, Wie zijn λειτουργοὶ θεοῦ in Ro 13:6: ThSt 32, ’14, 302-11). Of heavenly beings as servants of God Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4; cf.

102:21; Philo, Virt. 74 ἄγγελοι λειτουργοί).

2. of priests 1 Cl 41:2. Of Christ, the true High Priest τῶν ἁγίων λ. καὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς a minister in the sanctuary and in the true tabernacle Hb 8:2 (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 135 λειτουργὸς τῶν ἁγίων).—Also of the prophets οἱ λειτουργοὶ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cl 8:1. Of Paul, apostle to the Gentiles, λ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη a servant of Christ Jesus for the Gentiles Ro 15:16.

3. fig. of Epaphroditus λειτουργὸς τῆς χρείας μου the one who has served my needs; my aide Phil 2:25.

M-M.* λείχω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX) lick τὶ someth., of dogs (3 Km 20:19) Lk 16:21 D. B. 267.* Λέκτρα, ας, ἡ Lectra 2 Ti 4:19 v.l. as wife of Aquila.* λεμά Mt 27:46; s. λαμά. λέντιον, ου, τό (Lat. loanw.: linteum, also in rabb.; Peripl. Eryth. c. 6; Arrian, Peripl. 4; Inschr. v. Magn. 116, 34; POxy. 929, 10 λίνον καὶ λέντιον; Ostraka II 1611, 1; Hahn 235; 262; 266) linen cloth Hv 3, 1, 4; towel J 13:4f (Vi. Aesopi I c. 61 of a woman who is preparing to wash another person’s feet: περιζωσαμένη λέντιον). M-M.* λεόπαρδος, ου, ὁ (Galen: CMG V 4, 1, 1 p. 86, 15; Anecdota Astrol. [ALudwich, Maximi et Ammonis carmina 1877] p. 122, 2; Theognost.: Anecd. Gr. p. 1394; Acta Phil. 36; 50 Bonnet; Athanasius, Vi. Anton. 9 vol. I 640) leopard, fig. for rough soldiers δεδεμένος (ἐνδεδεμένος Lghtf.) δέκα λεοπάρδοις bound to ten ‘leopards’ IRo 5:1 (the addition of ὅ ἐστι στρατιωτικὸν τάγμα establishes the fact that the language is fig. here; it is all the more appropriate because Ignatius is being taken as a prisoner to Rome to fight w. wild beasts).* λεπίς, ίδος, ἡ (Hdt.+; Inscr. Gr. 833, 11 [279 BC]; BGU 544, 8; PGM 4, 258 al.; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 149)scale.

1. lit., of the scales of fish B 10:1 (cf. Lev 11:9ff; Dt 14:9f).

2. fig. ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὡς λεπίδες someth. like scales fell fr. his eyes, i. e. he suddenly regained his sight Ac 9:18. For the expr. cf. Galen: CMG V 4, 1, 1 p. 77, 3 οἷον λεπὶς ἀπέπιπτε=‘someth. like a scale fell off’ (other exx. in Hobart 39). On the figure cf. Tob 11:12. M-M.* λέπρα, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; Galen: CMG V 4, 2 p. 333, 5; 429, 11; LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 235) leprosy. In pre-Bibl. (cf. Lev 13 and 14) and λέπρα of the Bible is Gk. λ.=‘psoriasis’. There is abundant evidence that not all the ‫תַ צַר‬ true leprosy caused by Hansen’s bacillus as known in modern times; indeed, there are many (see Gramberg and Cochrane below) who hold that Hansen’s disease was unknown in biblical times, or known by a different name than leprosy. λέπρα in LXX and NT prob. refers to such skin diseases as psoriasis, lupus, ringworm, and favus: Mt 8:3; Mk 1:42; Lk 5:12f; UGosp 39 (=AHuck9-HLietzmann, Synopse ’36, p. 37 note [in Engl., Gosp. Parallels, ’49, p. 32 note]).—GNMünch, Die Zaraath (Lepra) der hebr. Bibel 1893; ELMcEwen, Biblical World 38, ’11, 194-202; 255-61; LSHuizinga, Leprosy: Bibliotheca Sacra 83, ’26, 29-46; 202-12; Billerb. IV ’28, 745-63; Handb. d. Haut-u.

Geschlechtskrankheiten, ed. JJadassohn, vol. X: Die Lepra ’30; FCLendrum, The Name ‘Leprosy’: Amer. Journ. of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 1, ’52, 999-1008. Series of articles in the Bible Translator: KPCAGramberg, 11, ’60, 10-20; JLSwellengrebel, 11, ’60, 69-80, with note by EANida; RGCochrane, Biblical Leprosy, 12 ’61, 202f, w. mention of a separate publ. of the same title, ’61; DHWallington, 12, ’61, 75-79; SGBrowne, ET 73, ’62, 242-45.* λεπράω 1 aor. ἐλέπρησα (Hdt., Hippocr.+; Num 12:10) be or become leprous, scaly restored ἐλ[έπρησα] UGosp 1, 35; reproduced KAland, Synopsis 4 Evangeliorum ’64, p. 315.* λεπρός, ά, όν (Aristoph., fgm. 723 K.; Theophr.; Herodas 6, 36 et al.; LXX; orig. ‘scaly’) leprous (so Theophr., Caus. Pl. 2, 6, 4; LXX) λεπροὶ ἄνδρες Lk 17:12.—Subst. ὁ λ. the leper (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 278) Mt 8:2; 10:8; 11:5; Mk 1:40 (ChMasson, La péricope du lépreux [Mk 1:40-5]: RThPh n.s. 23, ’39, 287-95); Lk 4:27; 570

7:22 (on Mt 11:5 and Lk 7:22 s. κωφός 2); UGosp 32. As surname of Simon of Bethany (cf. Sb 7638, 4f [257 BC] τὴν Νικάνορος τοῦ ποδαγρικοῦ οἰκίαν) Mt 26:6; Mk 14:3.* λεπτός, ή, όν (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 567, 6; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 154;Sib. Or. 1, 361).

1. small, thin, light ὄστρακον λ. Hs 9, 10, 1; θηρία λ. tiny animals AP fgm. 2 p. 12, 27.

2. τὸ λ. (sc. νόμισμα with Artem. 2, 58; Pollux 9, 92 or κέρμα w. Alciphr. 1, 9, 1) small copper coin, worth normally about one-eighth of a cent. Mk 12:42; Lk 12:59; 21:2. (Cf. Dit., Or. 484, 35, Syll.3 1109, 80; 98f.)—S. on ἀργύριον 2c. M-M. B. 889.* ), ὁ indecl. (Bl-D. §53, 1) and Λευίς gen. Λευί, acc. Λευίν (Bl-D. §55, 1e; W-S. §10, 5; Wuthnow 67. Λευί (‫י‬ Mlt.-H. 146 Λευείς) Levi (LXX; Ep. Arist. 48; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. son of Jacob Hb 7:9. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί vs. 5; φυλὴ Λ. Rv 7:7.

2. son of Melchi; in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:24.—3. son of Symeon; in the genealogy of Jesus vs. 29.

4. a disciple of Jesus, called by him fr. the tax-collector’s office Lk 5:27, 29. Acc. to Mk 2:14 this disciple was a son of Alphaeus (s. Ἁλφαῖος 1). GP 14:60 also speaks of a Λευ(ε)ὶς ὁ τοῦ Ἁλφαίου as a disciple of Jesus. On Mt 9:9 s. Ματθαῖος.

5. name of a high priest, partly restored by conjecture GOxy 10.—HStrathmann, TW IV 241-5.* Λευίτης, ου, ὁ (LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Plut., Mor. 671E) a Levite, member of the tribe of Levi, esp. one who did not belong to the family of Aaron, and whose duty it was to perform the lowlier services connected w. the temple ritual. W. ἱερεύς Lk 10:32; J 1:19; 1 Cl 32:2; 40:5. Of Joseph Barnabas Ac 4:36.—JAEmerton, Vetus T 12, ’62, 129-38 (Deut.); AHJGunneweg, Leviten u. Priester, ’65; RMeyer, TW IV 245-7.* Λευιτικός, ή, όν (Lev, title; Philo) Levitical Λ. ἱερωσύνη the Levitical (i.e. OT) priesthood Hb 7:11.* λευκαίνω 1 aor. ἐλεύκανα (Bl-D. §72; Mlt.-H. 214f), inf. λευκᾶναι (Hom.+; Apollod. [II BC]: 244 fgm. 107c Jac.; Sb 6754, 18; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 43) make white.

1. lit. of clothes whitened by the fuller (Aesop, Fab. 29 P.=59 H.) Mk 9:3.

2. fig., make blood-red sins white 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:18); cf. 18:7 (Ps 50:9). In the apocal. figure, of the martyrs: ἐλεύκαναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ἀρνίου they have made their robes white in the blood of the Lamb Rv 7:14. M-M.* λευκοβύσσινος s. λευκός 2, end. λευκός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 617; 622; loanw. in rabb.).

1. bright, shining, gleaming (Hom.+) λ. ὡς τὸ φῶς (Il. 14, 185 λ. ἠέλιος ὡς) brilliant as light Mt 17:2. λ. ἐξαστράπτων Lk 9:29. This mng. is also poss. for some of the foll. pass.

2. white (including, for the Greeks, many shades of that color; cf. our ‘white’ wine) of hair (Tyrtaeus [VII BC] 7, 23 of an old man’s hair; Soph., Ant. 1092; Lev 13:3ff) Mt 5:36 (opp. μέλας as Menand., Sam. 262 of A., who dyes his white hair); Rv 1:14a. Of a goatskin Hv 5:1; s 6, 2, 5. Of a pebble, used for voting etc. (Lucian, Harmonides 3 p. 855f ψῆφον. . . τὴν λευκὴν καὶ σώζουσαν) Rv 2:17. Of wool (PRyl. 146, 15 [39 AD]; Da 7:9 ὡσεὶ ἔριον λ.; En. 106, 2) 1:14b. Of apocal. horses (Zech 1:8. S. πυρρός) 6:2; 19:11, 14a. Of an apocal. monster w. the colors black, red, gold and white Hv 4, 1, 10; cf. 4, 3, 5. Of a cloud Rv 14:14. Of stones (Inscr. Gr. 509, 17 [241 BC]; Dit., Or. 219, 36; 268, 17; 339, 34; 105 al. in inscr.) Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 5, 1; 3, 6, 5; s 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 5; 9, 9, 1. Of a chair v 1, 2, 2. Of fields of ripe grain λ. πρὸς θερισμόν white for the harvest J 4:35. Of a mountain Hs 9, 1, 10; 9, 29, 1; 9, 30, 1f; 4.

Of a rock 9, 2, 1. Of a throne Rv 20:11. Of garments (Plut., Aristid. 21, 4 festive garment; Inschr. v. Priene 205 εὒσίναι εὒς τὸ ἱερὸν ἁγνὸν ἐν ἐσθῆτι λευκῇ; POxy. 471, 95ff; 531, 13; PGM 4, 636; Eccl 9:8; 2 Macc 11:8; Jos., Ant. 11, 327; Test. Levi 8:2) Mk 9:3; 16:5 (Lucian, Philops. 25 of a heavenly messenger: νεανίας πάγκαλος λευκὸν ἱμάτιον περιβεβλημένος); Ac 1:10; Rv 3:5, 18; 4:4; 6:11; 7:9, 13. A garment is λ. ὡς χιών (Da 7:9 Theod.) Mt 28:3; Mk 9:3 t.r.; Hs 8, 2, 3. ἐν λευκοῖς (sc. ἱματίοις) in white (Artem. 2, 3 p. 86, 17; 4, 2 p. 205, 9) J 20:12; Rv 3:4; Hv 4, 2, 1; s 8, 2, 4 v.l.; βύσσινον λ. a white linen garment Rv 19:14b (v.l. λευκοβύσσινον). Of a priest’s clothing made of white linen (cf. Schürer II4 338f) GOxy 27. Of shoes Hv 4, 2, 1.—GRadke, D. Bedeutg. d. weissen u. schwarzen Farbe in Kult u. Brauch d. Griech. u. Römer, Diss. Berlin ’36; RGradwohl, D. Farben im AT, ’63, 34-50; WMichaelis, TW IV 247-56. M-M. B. 1052; 1054.* λέων, οντος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; BGU 957, 4 [10 BC]; PGrenf. II 84, 7; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 389[lit.]; Test. 12 Patr.) lion.

1. lit. Hb 11:33; MPol 12:2. Symbol of rapacity 1 Cl 35:11 (Ps 49:22 v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31]). λάκκος λεόντων (s. λάκκος) 45:6. Of the devil ὡς λ. ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ he goes about like a roaring lion 1 Pt 5:8 (Ps 21:14; cf. Joseph and Asenath 12, 9 ὁ λέων ὁ ἄγριος ὁ παλαιὸς καταδιώκει με). Apocalyptic usage also makes comparisons w. the lion, or parts of his body, or his actions (Il. 6, 181; Strabo 16, 4, 16 fabulous beings: σφίγγες κ. κυνοκέφαλοι κ. κῆβοι [monkeys] λέοντος μὲν πρόσωπον ἔχοντες τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν σῶμα πάνθηρος κτλ.; quite similarly Diod. S. 3, 35, 6) Rv 4:7; 9:8 (cf. Jo 1:6), 17; 10:3; 13:2.

2. fig. ῥυσθῆναι ἐκ στόματος λ. be rescued from the jaws of the lion, i.e. fr. great danger 2 Ti 4:17 (cf. Ps 21:22).—Of a lion-hearted hero (cf. Lycophron 33 [Heracles]; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 191f D. [Pericles]; Esth 4:17s; Jos., Ant. 18, 228), the Messiah ὁ λ. ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα the lion fr. the tribe of Judah Rv 5:5 (cf. Gen 571

49:9).—ERGoodenough, Jewish Symbols VII, ’58, 29-86; W Michaelis, TW IV 256-9. M-M. B. 185.* λήθη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; Vett. Val. 242, 4; Maspéro 4, 4; LXX; En. 5, 8; Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 376)forgetfulness λήθην λαμβάνειν τινός forget someth. (s. λαμβάνω 2) 2 Pt 1:9. M-M.* λῆμμα, ατος, τό (Soph., Pla.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 393)gain διὰ τ. ἐπιθυμίαν ποῦ λ. because of the desire for gain Hs 9, 19, 3.* λῆμψις, εως, ἡ (Soph., Thu.+; PTebt. 238 [II BC]; POxy. 71 I, 18. On the spelling cf. the lit. given s.v. λαμβάνω on λήμψομαι) receiving, credit κοινωνεῖν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λ. Phil 4:15 (s. on δόσις 2). ἐν πικρίᾳ γίνεσθαι. . . περὶ δόσεως καὶ λ. become bitter. . . about giving and receiving, ‘debit and credit’ Hm 5, 2, 2. M-M.* ληνός, οῦ, ἡ wine-press (so Theocr.; Diod. S. 3, 63, 4; inscr.: Sb 7541, 11 [II AD]; PAmh. 48, 7 [106 BC]; POxy. 729, 19; LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 213al.) γεννήματα λ. produce of the wine-press (cf. Num 18:30) D 13:3 (s. on γέννημα). Hewn in the rock (cf. POxy. 502, 36 [164 AD] τὰς ληνοὺς λιθίνας) Mt 21:33.—In Rv fig. πατεῖν τὴν λ. tread the wine-press (i.e. the grapes in it; Diod. S. 4, 5, 1 πατῆσαι τ. σταφυλὰς ἐν ληνῷ; s. also 2 Esdr 23 [Neh 13]: 15; La 1:15; cf. Jer 31:33) Rv 19:15; pass. 14:20a. βάλλειν εἰς τὴν ληνόν pour into the wine-press (cf.

Anacreontea 59, 4 Pr. κατὰ ληνὸν βάλλειν. . . πατεῖν) 14:19. Blood (cf. the ‘blood of the grape’) flows fr. the wine-press vs. 20b.—GBornkamm, TW IV 259-62. M-M.* λῆρος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph.+; X., An. 7, 7, 41; PSI 534, 16; 4 Macc 5:11; Philo, Post. Cai. 165; Jos., Bell. 3, 405)idle talk, nonsense, humbug ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα these words seemed to them to be nonsense Lk 24:11. M-M.* ληρώδης, ες (Pla.+; BGU 1011 II, 15 [II BC]; 2 Macc 12:44; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 168) foolish, silly, frivolous Dg 8:2.* λῃστής, οῦ, ὁ (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. robber, highwayman, bandit (in Palestine: Jos., Bell. 2, 125;228 al.) Lk 10:30, 36; 2 Cor 11:26 (Charito 6, 4, 6 λῃσταῖς θαλάττῃ). Crucified Mt 27:38, 44; Mk 15:27. W. κλέπτης (Pla., Rep. 351C; Ep. 63 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 363, 21]) J 10:1, 8. σπήλαιον λῃστῶν a den of robbers (Jer 7:11) Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46; 2 Cl 14:1 (GWBuchanan, Hebrew Union Coll. Annual 30, ’59, 169-77: ‘cave of brigands’; s. ἱερόν 2, end).—This mng. was extended to signify 2. revolutionary, insurrectionist (Jos., Bell. 2, 254=σικάριος; 253; 4, 504, Ant. 14, 159f; 20, 160f; 167) of Barabbas (cf. μετὰ τ. στασιαστῶν Mk 15:7) J 18:40 (HARigg, Jr., JBL 64, ’45, 444 n. 95; HGWood, NTS 2, ’55/’56, 262-66 and JJTwomey, Scripture (Edinburgh) 8, ’56, 115-19 support this, but see MHengel, Die Zeloten, ’61, 25-47; 344-48); prob. also in the words of Jesus Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52; MPol 7:1 (cf. Mt 26:55).—KHRengstorf, TW IV 262-7. M-M. B. 791.* λῆψις s. λῆμψις. λίαν adv. (Hom.+ as λίην; as λίαν Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph.) very (much) , exceedingly.

1. used w. verbs: preceding them (Ep. Arist. 312; Jos., Vi. 404) λ. ἀντέστη he vehemently opposed 2 Ti 4:15. λ. πρόσεχε be scrupulously on your guard D 6:3. Following them (Gen 4:5) ἐθυμώθη λ. he became very angry Mt 2:16. θαυμάζειν. . . λ. 27:14; ἔκλαυσα λ. I wept bitterly Hm 3:3; ἐχάρη λ. he was very glad Lk 23:8. In a letter ἐχάρην λίαν I was very glad (BGU 632, 10; PGiess. 21, 3) 2J 4; 3J 3. Strengthened λίαν ἐκ περισσοῦ altogether Mk 6:51.

2. used w. adjs., which—a. serve as attribute (Dit., Syll.3 1102, 12 αἱ λίαν ἄκαιροι δαπάναι) ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λ. very high Mt 4:8; χαλεποὶ λ. very dangerous 8:28. b. serve as predicate: preceding (Diod. S. 14, 58, 2 λίαν ὀχυρός; PTebt. 315, 18 ὁ ἄνθρωπος λείαν ἐστὶν αὐστηρός) αἰσχρὰ καὶ λ. αἰσχρά shameful, very shameful 1 Cl 47:6. λ. ἄφρων εἰμί Hm 4, 2, 1; cf. 8:6; s 2:5 al.

Following (Gen 1:31; Tob 6:12 S) ἐγένετο λευκὰ λ. Mk 9:3; περίλυπος ἤμην λ. I was extremely unhappy Hv 3, 10, 6.

3. used w. an adv., following it (Da 11:25) πρωῒ ἔννυχα λ. early in the morning, when it was still quite dark Mk 1:35. Preceding it (2 Macc 11:1; Ep. Arist. 230; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 286; 2, 3; PMich. 154, 17 λ. νυκτός) λ. πρωΐ very early in the morning 16:2. Cf. ὑπερλίαν. M-M.** λίβα s. λίψ. Λίβανος, ου, ὁ (Theophr., On PlAnt. 9, 7, 1; Diod. S. 19, 58, 2f) (the) Lebanon a mountain range in Syria following the coast of the Mediterranean, famous for its cedars 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:35).—Pauly-W. XIII, 1, 1-11; IDB III 105-7.* λίβανος, ου, ὁ (=the tree Hdt.+;=the resinous gum Pind.+; inscr., pap.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 143; cf. Phryn. 187 L.) frankincense, a white resinous gum, obtained fr. several kinds of a certain tree in Arabia, used both medicinally and for cult purposes (EHMaehler, ZPE 4, ’69, 99). 1 Cl 25:2; Rv 18:13. W. gold and myrrh as a precious gift Mt 2:11 (cf.

572

Diod. S. 19, 94, 5; Is 60:6; for frankincense and myrrh together s. Diod. S. 3, 46, 3; Strabo 16, 4, 14 p. 774; Polyaenus 8, 26; En. 29, 2; PGM 13, 354.—As early as Empedocles 128, 6 σμύρνη and λίβανος are valuable as sacrificial gifts to the gods. Sib. Or. III, 772: a messianic gift).-ILöw, D. Flora d. Juden I ’28, 312-14. M-M.* λιβανωτός, οῦ, ὁ—1. (frank) incense (so Hdt.+; Diod. S. 2, 49, 2 [offered to the gods throughout the world]; Dit., Or. 383, 142 [I BC] λιβανωτοῦ κ. ἀρωμάτων al. in inscr.; PHib. 121, 54 [III BC]; POxy. 118, 20; 234 II, 38; Mayser 40; 1 Ch 9:29 λ. κ. τῶν ἀρωμάτων; 3 Macc 5:2; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 275; Jos., Ant. 3, 256)ὡς λιβανωτοῦ πνέοντος ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν ἀρωμάτων MPol 15:2.

2. censer, in which incense is burned Rv 8:3, 5. M-M.* Λιβερτι̂νος, ου, ὁ (Lat. loanw.: libertinus; IG XIV 1781) Freedman Ac 6:9, a designation for certain Jews in Jerusalem who had their own synagogue (Schürer II4 87; 502, 7; III4 128, 23; Ltzm., ZNW 20, ’21, 172) like the Libertini in Pompeii (GBdeRossi, Bull. di arch. christ. 1864, 70; 92f). The name describes these people as former slaves or their descendants. The change to Λιβυστίνων (this word in Stephan. Byz. s.v. Λίβυς)=‘Libyans’ (so the Armen. version) was first proposed in the 16th cent. (RHarris, ET 6, 1895, 378-90), and more recently favored by FrBlass, Philol. of the Gospels 1898, 69f; Moffatt; Gdspd., Probs. 127-30.—FDanker, International Standard Bible Encyclopedia II, ’82, 360f; HStrathmann, TW IV 269f. M-M.* Λιβύη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 54, 5 [III BC]; Sb 4456 gravestone [II BC] al. in inscr., pap. [Mayser 101]; Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) Libya, a district in N. Africa betw. Egypt and Cyrene; the western part, Libya Cyrenaica, is meant by τὰ μέρη τῆς Λ. τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην the parts of Libya near Cyrene Ac 2:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 160ἡ πρὸς Κυρήνῃ Λιβύη).* Λιβυστι̂νος s. Λιβερτῖνος. λιθάζω 1 aor. ἐλίθασα, pass. ἐλιθάσθην (since Anaxandrides Com. [IV BC], fgm. 16; Aristot., mostly abs. ‘throw stones’; 2 Km 16:6, 13; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206cod.) stone τινά someone. In the OT and the Mishna (Sanhedrin 6; 7, 4-8, 5, ed. SKrauss ’33, 181ff; 215ff) a means of capital punishment for certain crimes: adultery J 8:5; esp. blasphemy; somet. the populace became aroused and took upon itself the task of pronouncing and carrying out such a sentence: 10:31ff (on λιθάζετε vs. 32 you are trying to stone cf. Rob. 880); 11:8; Ac 5:26; 14:19; 2 Cor 11:25; 1 Cl 5:6; GP 11:48. W. other forms of death Hb 11:37; cf. 1 Cl 45:4.—RHirzel, Die Strafe der Steinigung: Abh. d. Sächs. Ges. d.

Wiss. 27, ’09, 223-66; JBlinzler, CFD Moule-Festschr. ’70, 147-61. M-M.* λίθινος, ίνη, ον (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 14, 57; 15, 401) (made of) stone.

1. lit. εἴδωλα Rv 9:20; cf. Dg 2:7 (s. Da 5:4, 23 Theod.; Hermocles [IV/III BC] p. 174, 19 Coll. [=Athen. 6, 63 p.

253E] in contrast to a ξύλινος or λίθινος θεός, Demetrius Poliorcetes is an ἀληθινός.—Diod. S. 22, 9, 4 ἀγάλματα [=θεοί] λίθινα κ. ξύλινα). ὑδρίαι water-jars J 2:6 (cf. POxy. 937, 13 τῆς φιάλης τῆς λιθίνης). Of the tables of the law πλάκες λ. (LXX) 2 Cor 3:3; B 4:7 (Ex 31:18).

2. fig. (Herodas 7, 109; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 13; Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 10, 10; Alciphr. 4, 16, 7; Libanius, Or. 25, 47 vol. II p. 559, 12 F.; Philo, Mos. 2, 202 λ. ψυχή) of the heart καρδία λ. a stony heart, i.e. one without feeling B 6:14 (Ezk 11:19; 36:26). M-M.* λιθοβολέω impf. ἐλιθοβόλουν; 1 aor. ἐλιθοβόλησα; 1 fut. pass. λιθοβοληθήσομαι.

1. throw stones at someone (Diod. S. 13, 10, 6; 17, 41, 8; Plut., Mor. 1011E) Mt 21:35; Mk 12:4 t.r.; Ac 14:5 (for the acc. to denote the goal, at somebody or someth. cf. Ps.-Demetr. c. 115).

2. stone (to death) (LXX) τινά someone God’s messengers Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34. Stephen Ac 7:58f. (Arrian, Anab. 4, 14, 3: the conspirators against Alexander are stoned after the trial by those present [πρὸς τῶν παρόντων]).

Pass. (Aristodemus [II BC]: no. 383 fgm. 6 Jac.) J 8:5 v.l. An animal Hb 12:20 (cf. Ex 19:13). M-M.* λιθοξόος, ου, ὁ (Timon in Diog. L. 2, 19) sculptor (so Plut., Mor. 74D; Ptolem., Apotel. 4, 4, 5; IG III 1372) Dg 2:3.* λίθος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr. In our lit. always masc.) stone.

1. lit.—a. gener., of stones of any kind: Mt 3:9 (ZNW 9, ’08, 77f; 341f); 4:3, 6 (Ps 90:12); 7:9; Mk 5:5; Lk 3:8; 4:3, 11 (Ps 90:12); 11:11 v.l.; 19:40 (cf. 4 Esdr 5:5 and the ‘hearing’ πέτραι PGM 36, 263); 22:41; J 8:7, 59; 10:31; LJ 1:5 (cf. Lucian, Hermotim. 81 p. 826 ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ πάντων πεφοίτηκεν, οἷον ξύλων κ. λίθων κ. ζῴων). b. of stones used in building (Dio Chrys. 57[74], 26; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 24, 4 λίθοι καὶ ξύλοι; Palaeph. p. 62, 7; PPetr. II 13[18a], 7 [258 BC]; Dt 27:5f; 3 Km 6:7) Mt 24:2; Mk 13:1f (LGaston, No Stone on Another, ’70 [fall of Jerus.]); Lk 19:44; 21:6 (λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ as Aristippus in Diog. L. 2, 72); Hv 3, 2, 4ff; 3, 4, 3; 3, 5, 1ff; 3, 6, 3; 6f; 3, 7, 1; 5; s 9, 3, 3ff al.; λ. καλοί costly stone (s) (prob. kinds of marble; cf. Diod. S. 1, 66, 3 κάλλιστοι λίθοι; Jos., Ant. 15, 392)Lk 21:5.—1 Cor 3:12 is also classed here by Blass and Dssm., Pls2 ’25, 245f (Paul, ’26, 212ff); s. c below. c. of precious stones, jewels (Jos., Ant. 17, 197; Synes., Ep. 3 p. 158B) λίθος καθαρός Rv 15:6 v.l. Mostly in the combination λίθος τίμιος (τιμιώτατος) and mentioned beside gold, silver, or even pearls (Appian, Liby. 66 §297; Herodian 5, 2, 4; Da 11:38 Theod.; 2 Km 12:30) Rv 17:4; 18:12, 16; 21:11, 19 (s. the lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. Also 573

FCumont3 246, 87). Also in 1 Cor 3:12 the way in which the word is used scarcely permits another mng., and hence we must assume (unless it is enough to think of the edifice as adorned w. precious stones [Diod. S. 3, 47, 6f: the use of gold, silver, and precious stones in the building of palaces in Sabae; Lucian, Imag. 11 ὁ νεὼς λίθοις τ. πολυτελέσιν ἠσκημένος κ. χρυσῷ]) that Paul either had in mind imaginary buildings (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 28, 4: in the city of Helios on the Red Sea there are 12 πύργοι χρυσῷ καὶ σμαράγδῳ ὡκοδομημένοι, τὸ δὲ τεῖχος ἐκ λίθου Ἰνδικοῦ κτλ.) as Rv 21:18ff; Is 54:11f; Tob 13:17, or simply mentioned the costliest materials, without considering whether they could actually be used in erecting a building (in Phoenix of Colophon [III BC] 1, 9: Anth. Lyr. Gr. I 32 ’36 EDiehl the rich snob thinks of houses ἐγ [=ἐκ] λίθου σμαραγδίτου. S. χρυσίον.—Cf. b above).—λ. ἴασπις (q.v.) Rv 4:3. d. of millstones λ. μυλικός Lk 17:2. λ. ὡς μύλινος Rv 18:21. e. of large stones used to seal graves (Charito 3, 3, 1 παραγενόμενος εὗρε τ. λίθους κεκινημένους κ. φανερὰν τὴν εἴσοδον) Mt 27:60, 66; 28:2; Mk 15:46; 16:3f; Lk 24:2; J 11:38f, 41; 20:1; GP 8:32 al. Also of the tables of the Mosaic law 2 Cor 3:7. f. of stone images of the gods (Dt 4:28; Ezk 20:32) Ac 17:29; cf. PK 2 p. 14, 14; Dg 2:2.

2. fig. (in the pass. fr. Hv 3 and s 9 mentioned in 1b above, the tower and its stones are symbolic) of Christ λ. ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Likew. of the Christians λίθοι ζῶντες living stones (in the spiritual temple) vs. 5 (JCPlumpe, Vivum saxum vivi lapides: Traditio 1, ’43, 1-14). 1 Pt and B 6:2 (cf. LWBarnard, Studia Evangelica, ed. FLCross, ’64, III, 306-13: NT and B) also refer to Christ as the λ. ἐκλεκτὸς ἀκρογωνιαῖος vs. 6 (cf. Is 28:16; EFSiegman, CBQ 18, ’56, 364-79; JElliott, The Elect and the Holy ’66, esp. 16-38), the λ., ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες vs. 7 (Ps 117:22)-likew. Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; cf. Ac 4:11 (for lit. s. on κεφαλή 2b)—, and finally the λ. προσκόμματος 1 Pt 2:8 (Is 8:14)—likew. Ro 9:32f. The same OT (Is 8:14f) infl. is felt in Mt 21:44; Lk 20:18 (Daimachus [IV BC]: 65 fgm. 8 Jac. speaks in his work περὶ εὐσεβείας of the fall of a holy stone fr. heaven πεσεῖν τὸν λίθον).—JoachJerermias, TW IV 272-83. M-M. B. 51; 442.** λιθόστρωτος, ον (Soph.+; Epict. 4, 7, 37 v.l.; POxy. 2138, 15; PFlor. 50, 97 [268 AD] ἐπὶ τοῦ λιθοστρώτου δρόμου Ἕρμου; 2 Ch 7:3; Esth 1:6; SSol 3:10; Ep. Arist. 88; Jos., Bell. 6, 85;189) paved w. blocks of stone, also subst. τὸ λιθόστρωτον (IG IV2 1, 110, 19 [IV/III BC]; Κυπρ. I p. 58 no. 1 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἡραίου ἕως τοῦ λιθοστρώτου; 2 Ch 7:3) stone pavement or mosaic. In J 19:13 either pavement or mosaic is poss.; the place meant is the one called ‘in Hebrew Gabbatha’ (q.v.), where Pilate pronounced judgment on Jesus.—REngelmann, BPhW 27, ’07, 341; 1652ff; Vincent-Abel, Jérusalem II ’26, 570; LHVincent, RB 42, ’33, 83-113; 46, ’37, 563-70; 59, ’50, 513-30; EACerny, CBQ 4, ’42, 159f; PBenoit, RB 59, ’50, 531-50. M-M.* λικμάω fut. λικμήσω (in the sense ‘winnow’ Hom.+; PSI 522, 2 [248/7 BC]; BGU 1040, 11; LXX; Philo, De Jos. 112; Jos., Ant. 5, 328); in our lit. only Mt 21:44=Lk 20:18 ἐφʼ ὃν δʼ ἂν πέσῃ (i.e. ὁ λίθος, q.v., end), λικμήσει αὐτόν, where the Sin. and Cur. Syriac and Vulgate take it to mean crush (for this mng. cf. schol. on Nicander, Ther.

114 [beside τοὺς στάχυας τρίβω]; Da 2:44 Theod. and BGU 146, 8, the latter a complaint against those who ἐλίκμησάν μου τὸ λάχανον ‘stamped on, destroyed my vegetables’ [Dssm., NB 52f; BS 225f], and s. Boll 130, 1).

M-M.* λιμήν, ένος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 115; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 87al.; loanw. in rabb.) harbor Ac 27:12a, b. Fig. (trag.+; Περὶ ὕψους p. 15, 6 V.; Herm. Wr. 7, 1b; Philo, Decal. 67 and oft.) λιμένος τυγχάνειν reach the harbor ISm 11:3. The storm-tossed sailor longs for it IPol 2:3.—As a place name: Καλοὶ λιμένες (q.v. as a separate entry. On the pl. cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 261; 14, 76) Ac 27:8. M-M. B. 738.* λίμμα s. λεῖμμα. λίμνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 147; 148; Jos., Ant. 5, 81).

1. lake, of the Lake of Gennesaret (usu. called θάλασσα elsewh.; s. this and cf. ‫ )םָי‬ἡ λ. Γεννησαρέτ Lk 5:1. The abs. ἡ λ. also has this sense (Jos., Ant. 14, 450)vs. 2; 8:22f, 33. Of the lake of fire Rv 20:14a, b, 15 (cf. Joseph and Aseneth 12, 10 ἄβυσσος τ. πυρός) or of fire and brimstone vs. 10; cf. 19:20; 21:8, in which the enemies of God are punished. AP 8:23 sinners are punished in a λίμνη μεγάλη πεπληρωμένη βορβόρου φλεγομένου.

2. pool ἡ λ. τοῦ Δαυίδ the pool of David, acc. to GOxy 25 a basin in the temple inclosure used by the priests for bathing (ZNW 9, ’08, 6f; 15, ’14, 338; JoachJeremias, Unbek. Jesusworte ’48, 37-45 [tr. Fuller, ’57, 36-49]). M-M. B. 38.* λιμός, οῦ, ὁ and ἡ (for the fem. s. Lk 4:25 v.l.; 15:14; Ac 11:28; Bl-D. §2 end, app.; 49, 1; Mlt.-H. 123f; Phryn.

188 L.; Ael. Dion. λ, 16; Thumb 67.—The word Hom.+; UPZ 11, 27 and 19, 21 τῷ λ.; 42, 9 τῆς λ.; PSI 399, 10 [III BC] τῇ λ.; LXX [Thackeray 146]).

1. hunger Ro 8:35. λιμῷ ἀπόλλυμαι I am dying of hunger (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 271 D.) Lk 15:17; (w. δίψος. Cf. Aeschyl., Pers. 483; X., Mem. 1, 4, 13; Is 5:13; Jos., Bell. 3, 189)2 Cor 11:27.

2. famine (schol. on Aristoph., Plut. 31 λιμοῦ γενομένου ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ; Gen 12:10; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 287) Lk 4:25 (4 Km 6:25 ἐγέν. λ. μέγας); 15:14; Ac 7:11 (cf. Gen 41:54); 11:28 (Jos., Ant. 3, 320; 20, 101 μέγας λ.—KSGapp, The Universal Famine under Claudius: HTR 28, ’35, 258-65; RWFunk, JBL 75, ’56, 130-36; EHaenchen, Acts ’56, 323-30); Rv 6:8; 18:8. ἐν λιμῷ in famine 1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20). λιμοί famines among the tribulations of the last days Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11; in the last pass. and Mt 24:7 v.l. λοιμοί are connected w. them (for this combination cf. Hes., Op. 243; Hdt. 7, 171; Plut., Mor. 370B; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 166, 13; VIII 3, 186, 1; Herm. Wr. 414, 9 Sc.; Philo, Mos. 1, 110; 2, 16; Jos., Bell. 1, 377;4, 361; Test. Judah 23:3; Sib. Or. 2, 23; 8, 574

175.—For an enumeration of περιστάσεις [crises, troubles] see Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 1, 4 πολέμων ἢ λιμῶν ἢ λοιμῶν ἢ σεισμῶν ἢ κατακλυσμῶν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων). M-M. B. 332.* λινοκαλάμη, ης, ἡ (schol. on Pla., Ep. 13 p. 363A; oft. in pap. fr. III BC) a stalk of flax 1 Cl 12:3 (Josh 2:6; the sing. is collective).* λίνον, ου, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 9)flax, linen, then someth. made of them. In the latter sense in our lit.

1. lamp-wick λ. τυφόμενον a smoldering wick Mt 12:20 (cf. Is 42:3).—S. on κάλαμος 1.

2. linen garment (since Aeschyl., Suppl. 120; 132; IG IV2 1, 118, 71 [III BC]; POxy. 1281, 6 [21 AD]; PTebt.

314, 16; 406, 18 λίνα λευκά; PGM 13, 313 στόλισον αὐτὸν λίνῳ καθαρῷ. Cf. 650) Rv 15:6.

3. a fish-net (Il. 5, 487; Antig. Car. 27; Philo, Agr. 24, Poster. Cai. 116) GP 14:60. M-M. B. 401.* Λίνος, ου, ὁ (Diog. L. 1, 3f; Biogr. p. 78; Sb 1283; 3169; 3625 a potter’s stamp Λίνου) Linus, otherw. unknown Christian, acc. to tradition (Iren. 3, 3, 3) the first bishop of Rome 2 Ti 4:21.* λινοῦς, ῆ, οῦν (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 216)(made of) linen κερβικάριον λ. a linen pillow Hv 3, 1, 4a. λ. χιτών (Philostrat., Ep. 60; Dit., Syll.3 736, 17 [92 BC]; POxy. 285, 11 [c. 50 AD]; BGU 816, 19; Lev 6:3; 16:4) linen garment, linen shirt s 9, 2, 4; 9, 11, 7. λέντιον λινοῦν καρπάσινον a fine linen cloth v 3, 1, 4b.* λιπαίνω 1 aor. ἐλίπανα, imper. λιπανάτω anoint τὶ someth. (Philo Mech. 61, 37; Philostrat., Imag. 1, 18 p. 320, 18; PGM 36, 212) 1 Cl 56:5 (Ps 140:5).* λιπαρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; pap., LXX) oily, fat—1. fig. (Jos., Ant. 4, 107δέησις λ.; 8, 2 γῆρας λ.) εἰρήνη rich, fruitful peace 1 Cl 2:2.—2. bright, costly, rich (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 229; Sib. Or. 7, 18) subst. τὰ λιπαρά (w. τὰ λαμπρά; cf. Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 550, 10 [I BC]) luxury Rv 18:14.* λιποτακτέω s. λειποτακτέω. λιτανεύω 1 aor. ἐλιτάνευσα (Hom.+; Ps 44:13) pray to, petition τινὰ ὑπέρ τινος someone on someone’s behalf τὸν Χριστὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ IRo 4:2 (of praying to a divinity: Strabo 15, 1, 60; Dionys. Hal. 4, 76; Theosophien 39; Ep. Arist. 227). M-M. s.v.-εία.* λίτρα, ας, ἡ (Lat. loanw.: libra, also in rabb.; Polyb. 22, 26, 19; Diod. S. 14, 116, 7; Plut., Tib. et G. Gracch. 2, 3; Jos., Ant. 14, 106; Test. Judah 3:3; Dit., Syll.3 890, 13; 23; 24 [251 AD]; 954, 7; 11; 13f al., Or. 521, 4; POxy. 1454, 5; 1513, 7; 1543, 6) a (Roman) pound (twelve ounces; 327.45 grams) J 12:3; 39. M-M.* λίψ, λιβός, acc. λίβα, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 294; cf. Dssm., B 139 [BS 141f]) the southwest, of a harbor: βλέπειν κατά be open toward the southwest Ac 27:12 (cf. EJGoodspeed, Exp. 6 ser. VIII, ’03, 130f, APF, 3, ’06, 406f). In the OT it almost always means south (s. Dssm., loc. cit.) 1 Cl 10:4 (Gen 13:14). M-M.* λογεία, ας, ἡ (inscr., pap.: many exx. in the works named below) collection of money (λογεία is etymologically correct; λογία predominates in the mss.; cf. Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 339), esp. a collection for religious purposes (PSI 262, 3 [I AD] λ. τοῦ θεοῦ; Ostraka no. 412; 414; 415; s. Wilcken) 1 Cor 16:1. λογεῖαι γίνονται collections are made vs.

2.—Dssm., B 139ff, NB 46f [BS 142ff; 219f], LO 83f [LAE 104]; Mayser 417; Wilcken, Ostraka I 253ff; WOtto, Priester u. Tempel I ’05, 359ff; KHoll, SAB ’21, 939f; WMFranklin, D. Koll. des Pls, Diss. Hdlbg. ’38, M-M.* λογίζομαι impf. ἐλογιζόμην; 1 aor. ἐλογισάμην, pass. ἐλογίσθην; 1 fut. pass. λογισθήσομαι. Mid. dep. (Bl-D. §311; Rob. 816; 819) (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 99, 2; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.). A word esp. used by Paul; cf. GThomas, ET 17, ’06, 211ff.

1. reckon, calculate—a. count, take into account τὶ someth. ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν love does not take evil into account 1 Cor 13:5 (cf. Zech 8:17). λ. τί τινι count someth. against someone, to punish him for it (Simplicius in Epict. p. 79, 15 τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐ τῷ πράττοντι λογίζονται; Test. Zeb. 9:7) μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ παραπτώματα 2 Cor 5:19.—οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2). Pass. (Lev 17:4) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη (on the form s. Mlt.-H. 217) 2 Ti 4:16.—But ‘place to one’s account’ can also mean credit τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν a workman’s wages are not credited to him as a favor (but as a claim) Ro 4:4. ᾧ ὁ θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην vs. 6. Pass. εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τ. δικαιοσύνην vs. 11.—λ. τινί τι εἴς τι credit someth. to someone as someth. pass. ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην (after Gen 15:6; cf. Ps 105:31; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3, 5, 9, 22 (WDiezinger, NovT 5, ’62, 288-98 [rabbinic use of λογ.]); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23.-Cf. also Ro 4:10, 23f.—H-WHeidland, D. Anrechnung des Glaubens zur Gerechtigkeit ’36; FWDanker, FWGingrich-Festschr., ’72, 104.—λ. εἴς τινα put on someone’s account, charge to someone (commercial t.t.: Dit., Or. 595, 15 τὰ ἕτερα ἀναλώματα ἑαυτοῖς ἐλογισάμεθα, ἵνα μὴ τὴν πόλιν βαρῶμεν; PFay. 21, 9) μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται in order that no one may credit me 2 Cor 12:6. b. as a result of a calculation evaluate, estimate, look upon as, consider (Hyperid. 2, 20) εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι be looked upon as nothing (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; 9:6) Ac 19:27. τὰ τέκνα τ. ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα the 575

children of the promise are looked upon as seed Ro 9:8 (cf. La 4:2). οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται; will not his uncircumcision be regarded as circumcision? 2:26.—Count, class (PLond. 328, 8 of a camel’s colt: λογιζομένου νυνὶ ἐν τελείοις=‘which is now classed among the full-grown’) μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals (Is 53:12) Mk 15:28 t.r.; Lk 22:37. Also (exactly like the LXX) ἐν τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἐλογίσθη 1 Cl 16:13. μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐλογίσθησαν they were counted with the heathen Hs 8, 9, 3.—οὐκ ἐλογίσθη he was held in disrespect 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).—λ. τινα ὡς w. acc. consider, look upon someone as: ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 4:1. λ. ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2b. Pass. ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23). λ. τινα foll. by acc. and inf. (Is 53:4) λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι νεκρούς consider yourselves dead Ro 6:11.

2. think (about) , consider, ponder, let one’s mind dwell on (PsSol 2, 28b; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 227 ταῦτα; Jos., Ant. 6, 211)Phil 4:8. Foll. by ὅτι (PsSol 2, 28a; Philo, Somn. 2, 169; Jos., Ant. 11, 142)J 11:50; Hb 11:19; B 1:5. τοῦτο λ. ὅτι 2 Cor 10:11, 7 (here ἐφʼ [v.l. ἀφʼ] ἑαυτοῦ in his own mind is added). W. ἐν ἑαυταῖς and a direct question foll. Lk 24:1 D.—Have in mind, propose, purpose w. inf. foll. (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 1 Macc 6:19) 2 Cor 10:2a.

Think out τὶ someth. (Ps 51:4) ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν as (if) of ourselves 3:5. Reason or make plans (Wsd 2:1) ὡς νήπιος like a child 1 Cor 13:11.

3. think, believe, be of the opinion w. ὅτι foll. Ro 8:18. W. acc. and ὅτι foll.: λογίζῃ τοῦτο. . . , ὅτι; do you imagine that? 2:3. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Wsd 15:12) λογιζόμεθα δικαιοῦσθαι ἄνθρωπον we hold that a man is justified 3:28. λ. τι κοινὸν εἶναι 14:14. ἐμαυτὸν οὔπω λ. κατειληφέναι I consider that I have not yet attained Phil 3:13. ὃν λογίζομαι καὶ τοὺς ἀθέους ἐντρέπεσθαι whom, I believe, even the godless respect ITr 3:2. Foll. by the inf. alone 2 Cor 11:5.—ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12; Dg 7:3.—H-WHeidland, TW IV 287-95. M-M.** λογικός, ή, όν (a favorite expr. of philosphers since Aristot.; Dit., Syll.3 803, 5. Not LXX, but oft. Philo) rational, spiritual λογικὴ λατρεία a spiritual service Ro 12:1 (cf. Herm. Wr. 1, 31 λογικὴ θυσία; 13, 18; 21; Epict. 1, 16, 20f the singing of hymns is the religious service of man, as a λογικός=a being endowed with reason; 3, 1, 26 τὸ λογικὸν ἔχεις ἐξαίρετον, τοῦτο κόσμει καὶ καλλώπιζε. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 277 God places no value on sacrificial animals, but on τοῦ θύοντος πνεῦμα λογικόν. Test. Levi 3:6 λ. καὶ ἀναίμακτος προσφορά [v.l. θυσία]; Euseb., H.E. 4, 23, 13 Schwartz; cf. the paraenetic pattern of Plut., Mor. 478D-E.-Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 328f; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 12:1; B Schmidt, D. geistige Gebet, Diss. Bresl. ’16; OCasel, Jahrb. f. Liturgiewissensch. 4, ’24, 38ff; CFDMoule, JTS n.s. I, ’50, 34f). Most likely τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 Pt 2:2 is to be taken in the same way pure spiritual milk; it is to be borne in mind that λ. means spiritual not only in the sense of πνευματικός, but also in contrast to ‘literal’, w. the mng. ‘metaphorical’ (cf. Pel-Leg. p. 20: the bishop is the shepherd τῶν λογικῶν προβάτων τοῦ Χριστοῦ; Euseb., H.E. 1, 1, 4 ἐκ λογικῶν λειμώνων).—Gerh Kittel, TW IV 145-7. M-M.* λόγιον, ου, τό (Eur., Hdt.+, mostly of short sayings originating fr. a divinity: Hdt. 8, 60, 3; Thu. 2, 8, 2; Polyb. 3, 112, 8; 8, 30, 6; Diod. S. 2, 14, 3; 2, 26, 9; 4, 65, 3 al.; Aelian, V.H. 2, 41. Likew. LXX [TWManson, Goguel-Festschr. ’50, 142f]; Ep. Arist. 177; Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat. 134, Fuga 60, Mos. 2, 262, Praem. 1, Vi. Cont. 25; Jos., Bell. 6, 311)a saying, in our lit. only pl. (as also predom. in secular wr.); of the revelations received by Moses λόγια ζῶντα Ac 7:38. Of God’s promises to the Jews Ro 3:2 (JWDoeve, Studia Paulina [JdeZwaanFestschr.] ’53, 111-23). Of words fr. Scripture gener. (as Plut., Fab. 4, 5 of words fr. the Sibylline books): τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ (LXX) Hb 5:12.—1 Cl 13:4; 19:1; 53:1. τὰ λ. τῆς παιδείας τοῦ θεοῦ the oracles of God’s teaching 62:3.

Also of NT sayings 2 Cl 13:3 (cf. vs. 4). Likew. τὰ λόγια τοῦ κυρίου the sayings of the Lord (Jesus; Marinus, Vi. Procli 26 p. 163, 50 Boiss. τὰ Ὀρφέως λόγια) Pol 7:1 (cf. Clem. Alex., Quis Div. Salv. 3, 1; Irenaeus I Praef. 1; Papias in Euseb., H.E. 3, 39, 1=Geb., Harn., Zahn, Papias 2:15, 16; PNepper-Christensen, Mt ein Judenchristliches Evangelium? ’58, 37-56). Of the utterances of those Christians gifted w. the charisma of the word 1 Pt 4:11.—GerhKittel, TW IV 140-5. M-M.* λόγιος, ία, ιον (Pind.+; inscr., pap.)—1. eloquent (Plut., Pomp. 51, 8; Lucian, Pseudolog. 24, Pro Merc. Cond. 2 Hermes as ὁ λόγιος; Philo, Mut. Nom. 220, Cher. 116. This mng. rejected by Phryn. [p. 198 L.]; defended by Field [Notes 129]) 2. learned, cultured (Hdt. 1, 1; 2, 3; Aristot., Pol. 2, 8; Heliod. 4, 7, 4 of an ἰατρός; Ep. Arist. 6; Philo, Mos. 1, 23 al.; Jos., Ant. 17, 149).In Ac 18:24, where Apollos is called ἀνὴρ λ. (as Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 20, 12; PLond. 2710 r., 6—s. HTR 29, ’36, 40f; 45; Philo, Poster. Cai. 53), either mng. is poss., even though the ancient versions (Lat., Syr., Armen.) prefer the first.—EOrth, Logios ’26. M-M.* λογισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX; oft. Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 228; Sib. Or. 2, 314).

1. calculation, reasoning, reflection, thought in our lit. in pl. W. ἔννοιαι thoughts and sentiments Pol 4:3. μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λ. κατηγορούντων as their thoughts accuse one another Ro 2:15. Not infreq. in an unfavorable sense (as e.g. Vett. Val. 49, 8; 173, 11; λ. κακοί Pr 6:18. Cf. Wsd 1:3, 5; 11:15) οἱ προκατέχοντές σου τὴν διάνοιαν λογισμοί the (prejudiced) thoughts that occupy your mind Dg 2:1. λογισμοὶ ἐθνῶν the designs of the heathen 1 Cl 59:3. λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες we demolish sophistries 2 Cor 10:4.

2. reasoning power, wisdom (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 132 νήφων λογισμός=sober reasoning; Test. Gad 6:2 τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ μίσους ἐτάρασσέ μου τὸν λογισμὸν πρὸς τὸ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν; Jos., Bell. 2, 31)ἄνθρωπος αἴσθησιν ἔχει κ. λογισμόν a man has the power to feel and think Dg 2:9 (λ. w. αἴσθησις as Philo, Praem. 28). M-M.* λογομαχέω (Eustath., Opusc. p. 47, 96) dispute about words, split hairs 2 Ti 2:14.* 576

λογομαχία, ας, ἡ (Conon [I BC/I AD], Narrat. 38 in Photius, Bibl. Cod. 186; Porphyr. in Euseb., Praep. Ev. 14, 10, 2; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p. 167, 21) word-battle, dispute about words 1 Ti 6:4; Tit 3:9 G.* λόγος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. speaking—a. gener.—α. word (opp. ἔργον, ‘deed’; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργῳ) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ Lk 24:19 (Diod. S. 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς). Cf. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; 1J 3:18 (cf. Theognis, Eleg. 1, 87f Diehl2 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ—ἀληθείᾳ cf.

Diod. S. 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word GH 10. (W. γνῶσις) ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ὒδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5.

(W. ἐπιστολή) 2 Th 2:2, 15. (W. ἀναστροφή) 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. (Opp. ‘be silent’) IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cf. Lk 7:7 (Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν. Cf. schol. on Pla. 341A ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cf.

15:23.—The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16.—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cf. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’). β. The expression may take any one of many different forms, so that the exact transl. of λ. depends on the context: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 99)Mt 21:24; cf. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. (W. κήρυγμα perh.) pastoral counselling w. an individual 1 Cor 2:4a. (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32; command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod. S. 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod. S. 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian., Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod. S. 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132)Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127); J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the church Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cf. Pla., Epinomis 987B ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phaedr. 17 p.

240C, Symp. 18 p. 195B, Gorg. 54 p. 499C, Leg. 6, 5 p. 757A; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37. Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως ibid. b. Cf. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod. S. 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cf. 20:2; speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2. γ. of a statement of definite content: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12. Cf. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29. Cf. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 1 Th 4:15. ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever makes a (blasphemous) statement against the Son of Man Mt 12:32; cf. Lk 12:10 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81).λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cf. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86). δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used (1) either of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches made here and there (Jos., Ant. 4, 264)ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37a, b; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. Cf. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes. On the contrast betw. λ. and ἔργ. s. α above); 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19a, b; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10; (2) or of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod. S. 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37[54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cf. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17.—J 14:24a; Ac 2:22; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον ) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10. οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cf. Hebr. ‫ר‬ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cf. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand. 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32 (2d is also poss.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1bβ below). ζ. of written words and speeches: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127D ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ. . . ) treatise Ac 1:1 (cf. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWTh 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her. 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her. 46, ’11, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JMCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176-82; Gdspd., Probs.

119-21).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαΐου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.). ὁ 577

ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle p. 335A πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f. b. of revelation by God—α. of God’s word, command, commission (Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6; cf. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9, 28 (Is 10:22f). Cf. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 2b); 7:28; 12:19. οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cf. 91f) B 15:1. The whole law, acc. to Ro 13:9; Gal 5:14 is summed up in the λόγος Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so Sib. Or. 3, 20; PK 2), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. β. of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cf. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5.

The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24 v.l.; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 2c); 13:44; 16:32; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; IPhld 11:1. Cf. 1 Th 2:13a, b; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to men through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cf. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cf. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24; 13:44 v.l., 48f; 15:35, 36; 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1.

Pl. Mk 8:38; 1 Ti 6:3.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, since no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20-3; Mk 2:2; 4:14-20, 33; 8:32 (s. above 1aε); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36; 11:19; 14:25; 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7.—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the kingdom or kingship (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 4) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18. τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cf. Marcellinus, Vi. Thucyd. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv (3:10) the gospel is described as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my (the Son of Man’s) word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c).—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cf. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cf. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13.—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, Diss. Bonn ’10; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).

2. computation, reckoning—a. account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod. S. 3, 46, 4; Dit., Syll.3 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120)give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Diod. S. 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod. S. 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Charito 7, 6, 2; Dit., Syll.3 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209)τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινός of someth. (Dit., Syll.3 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307)Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.). Likew. περί τινος (Diod. S. 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cf. Pla., Pol. 285E; Dio Chrys. 20[37], 30). b. settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy. 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cf. Plut., Mor. 11B λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν). The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay. 109, 6 [I AD]; POxy. 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19. c. respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1. d. reason, motive (Dio Chrys. 64[14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγῳ; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cf. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). κατὰ λόγον 18:14 (s. κατά II 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου Mt 5:32 (though 1aε is also poss.). e. πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (exx. in FBleek, Hb II 1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2. f. In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may=have a concern for wisdom (cf. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς, Plut., Mor. 870).

3. the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): J 1:1a, b, c, 14. It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus. (Cf. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263-81.—Aelian, V.H. 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II AD] in Diog. L. 9, 50 of 578

Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cf. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PK 1.

Cf. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TWManson memorial vol., ’59, 81-93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, 1854 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA ’05, 930-5; AvHarnack, SAB ’15, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309-11; AGreiff, ThQ 114, ’33, 465-80; CHDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 t.r. (such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Iliad 2, 557).—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 ’03, 417-34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe [Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1-75]; AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie ’07, 83-111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne ’07; E Schwartz, NGG ’08, 537-56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, ’13, 365-419; 557-602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel ’17, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: Bull. of the JRylands Libr. 7, 1, ’22 p. 56-72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, ’23, 161-84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321-71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII ’26, 1035-81; TFGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231-8.—NJWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada ’01, 29-90; Billerb. II 302-33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen ’01, 47-132, Mysterienrel.3 ’27, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos ’14, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel-Festschr. ’23, II 1-26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; ABDAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, ’25, 394-9; 467-72; (Rtzst. and) HHSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus ’26, 306-37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105-23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RGBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438-47; GAFKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120-9. TW IV 76-89; 126-40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126-31); CStange, Zsyst Th 21, ’50, 120-41; MEBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91-4; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen-Festschr., ’64, 109-34; HFWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216-82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, ThZ 31, ’75, 321-36. M-M. B. 1262. λόγχη, ης, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 315; Sib. Or. 3, 688; loanw. in rabb.) spear, lance Mt 27:49 t.r. (HJVogels, BZ 10, ’12, 396-405); J 19:34. In the latter pass. the mng. spear-point (Hdt. 1, 52; X., An. 4, 7, 16; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 95; 1169, 65) is also poss. M-M. B. 1390.* λοιδορέω 1 aor. ἐλοιδόρησα (since Pind., Ol. 9, 56 λ. θεούς; Dio Chrys. 15[32], 89 θεούς; Epict. 3, 4, 7 τὸν Δία; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 75ff; PPetr. III 21 [g], 19 [III BC]; BGU 1007, 6; LXX) revile, abuse τινά someone (X., An. 7, 5, 11; Theophr., Char. 28, 5; Dt 33:8; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 148) J 9:28; Ac 23:4. τὸν Χριστόν MPol 9:3. Pass. λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν when we are reviled, we bless 1 Cor 4:12; cf. Dg 5:15. Of Christ λοιδορούμενος οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει when he was reviled he did not revile in return 1 Pt 2:23. M-M.* λοιδορία, ας, ἡ (Aristoph., Thu.+; PPetr. II 18 [1], 8; PSI 222, 14 μεθʼ ὕβρεως κ. λοιδοριῶν; LXX; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 4) verbal abuse, reproach, reviling ἀποδιδόναι λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας return abuse for abuse 1 Pt 3:9 (=Pol 2:2; cf. Philo, Agr. 110). μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν give the opponent no occasion (for criticism) because of the abuse (which it might produce); perh. also simply: for abuse, abusing us (if the opponent is human; s. ἀντίκειμαι) 1 Ti 5:14. M-M.* λοίδορος, ου, ὁ (Eur.+; Plut.; Inscr. Rom. I 307, 3) reviler, abusive person (so Plut., Mor. 177D; Sir 23:8; Test.

Benj. 5:4) 1 Cor 5:11; 6:10. M-M.* λοιμικός, ή, όν (Hippocr.+; Lycophron, vs. 1205; IG XII 1, 1032, 7; Dit., Syll.3 731, 7 [I BC]; PMich. 149, 5, 8; 10 [II AD]; Philo, Gig. 10) pestilential λ. καιρός a time of pestilence 1 Cl 55:1.* Iλοιμός, οῦ, ὁ pestilence (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 620, 15; 921, 58 λ. ἢ πόλεμος; POxy. 1666, 20; 4 Macc 15:32 v.l.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 289f al.) λοιμοί plagues, diseases (pl. as Pla., Leg. 4 p. 709A; Hymn to Isis [I BC] 24 P.) among the signs of the last time (w. λιμός, q.v. 2) Mt 24:7 t.r.; Lk 21:11. M-M.* IIλοιμός, ή, όν (LXX) comp. λοιμότερος pestilential, diseased, pernicious of birds of prey, looked upon as typical of certain persons ὄρνεα. . . ὄντα λοιμὰ τῇ πονηρίᾳ αὐτῶν B 10:4. Subst. (1 Macc 15:21) vs. 10 (Ps 1:1). οἱ λοιμότεροι the more troublesome ones IPol 2:1. εὑρόντες τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμόν we have found this man to be a public menace Ac 24:5 (the noun λοιμός as designation of a person dangerous to the public weal in Demosth. 25, 80; Aelian, V.H. 14, 11. The adj. in Libanius, Or. 1, 186 F. τὸν λοιμὸν Γερόντιον. Cf. Ἐλύμας and OHoltzmann, ZKG 14, 1894, 495-502).* 579

λοιπός, ή, όν (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Aet. M. 130; Joseph.; Test. 12 Patr.) remaining.

1. left—a. adj. αἱ λοιπαὶ φωναί the remaining blasts Rv 8:13. b. subst. οἱ λοιποί those who were left Rv 11:13. W. gen. (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 251) οἱ λ. τῶν ἀνθρώπων 9:20.

2. other—a. adj. (Jos., Ant. 5, 129αἱ λ. φυλαί) οἱ λ. ἀπόστολοι the other apostles Ac 2:37; 1 Cor 9:5. αἱ λ. παρθένοι Mt 25:11. τὰ λ. ἔθνη the rest of the Gentiles Ro 1:13. οἱ λ. Ἰουδαῖοι Gal 2:13. αἱ λ. ἐκκλησίαι 2 Cor 12:13. οἱ λ. συνεργοί the other coworkers Phil 4:3. αἱ λ. γραφαί the rest of the scriptures 2 Pt 3:16. b. subst.—α. οἱ λοιποί, αἱ λοιπαί the others (Plut., Mor. 285D; Herodian 4, 2, 10; Jos., Bell. 3, 497)Mt 22:6; 27:49; Mk 16:13; Lk 8:10; 18:9; 24:10; Ac 5:13 (differently CCTorrey, ET 46, ’35, 428f); 16:30 D; 17:9; 27:44; Ro 11:7; 1 Cor 7:12; 2 Cor 2:17 v.l.; Eph 2:3; 1 Th 5:6; 1 Ti 5:20; Rv 19:21. οἱ λ. πάντες all the others 2 Cor 13:2; Phil 1:13 (Dit., Syll.3 593 καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν φανερὰν πεποιήκαμεν τὴν προαίρεσιν). πάντες οἱ λ. all the rest Lk 24:9. οἱ λ. ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας the others who were sick Ac 28:9. οἱ λ. οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα the rest who have no hope 1 Th 4:13. οἱ λ. οἱ ἐν Θυατίροις Rv 2:24. W. gen. foll. (Lucian, Tox. 28 οἱ λ. τῶν οἰκετῶν) οἱ λ. τῶν ἀνθρώπων other people Lk 18:11. οἱ λ. τῶν νεκρῶν the rest of the dead Rv 20:5. οἱ λ. τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῆς the others of her descendants 12:17. β. τὰ λοιπά the other things, the rest (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §284; Jos., Ant. 2, 312)Lk 12:26; 1 Cor 11:34; 15:37; Rv 3:2. αἱ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι desires for other things Mk 4:19.

3. adverbial uses—a. of time—α. (τὸ) λοιπόν from now on, in the future, henceforth (Pind.+) 1 Cor 7:29 (but see ‘b’ below); Dg 9:2. λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι for the future there is reserved for me 2 Ti 4:8 (but see ‘b’ below). τὸ λοιπὸν ἐκδεχόμενος then waiting Hb 10:13. καθεύδετε (τὸ) λοιπόν, which is variously interpreted, may mean: you are still sleeping! or: do you intend to sleep on and on? Also poss.: meanwhile, you are sleeping! you are sleeping in the meantime? (so τὸ λ. Jos., Ant. 18, 272)Mt 26:45; Mk 14:41.—λοιπόν finally (Jos., Ant. 6, 46)Ac 27:20; MPol 9:1. β. τοῦ λοιποῦ from now on, in the future (Hdt. 2, 109; Aristoph., Pax 1084; X., Cyr. 4, 4, 10, Oec. 10, 9; Dit., Syll.3 611, 17; 849, 12; PHal. 1, 171 [III BC]; POxy. 1293, 14; Jos., Ant. 4, 187.—Bl-D. §186, 2; Rob. 295) Gal 6:17.—In Eph 6:10 the mng. is prob. rather finally, bringing the matter to a conclusion (s. b below; a v.l. has τὸ λοιπόν). b. (τὸ) λοιπόν (Herodas 2, 92; Longus 2, 22, 2) as far as the rest is concerned, beyond that, in addition, finally λοιπὸν οὐκ οἶδα beyond that I do not know 1 Cor 1:16 (POxy. 120, 1 [IV AD] λοιπὸν. . . οὐκ οἶδα). σκάψω λοιπὸν τ. ἀμπελῶνα in addition I will dig the vineyard Hs 5, 2, 4. As a transition to someth. new (Phil 3:1), esp. when it comes near the end of a work finally (UPZ 78, 43 [159 BC]; POxy. 119, 13) 2 Cor 13:11; Phil 4:8; 1 Th 4:1 (λ. οὖν as BGU 1079, 6 [41 AD]); 2 Th 3:1; Hm 10, 3, 2.—ὧδε λοιπόν (Epict. 2, 12, 24) in this connection, then; furthermore 1 Cor 4:2.—Inferentially therefore (Epict. 1, 24, 1; 1, 27, 2 al.; POxy. 1480, 13 [32 AD]) IEph 11:1; perh. also 1 Cor 7:29; 2 Ti 4:8.—ACavallin, Eranos 39, ’41, 121-44; AFridrichsen, K. Human.

Vetenskaps-Samfundet i Upp. Årsbok ’43, 24-8. M-M.** Λουκᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (as a pagan name CIG III 4759; III add. 4700k; 4790; inscr. in Pisidian Antioch: Ramsay, Bearing 370-84; CIL VI 17 685; Ephem. Epigr. VIII 3 no. 477; Sb 224) Luke (an affectionate or pet name for Lucius [another inscr. fr. Pisidian Antioch closely connected w. the one mentioned above—Ramsay, loc. cit.—calls the man Λούκιος who is named Λουκᾶς in the former one]: WSchulze, Graeca Latina ’01, 12; Bl-D. §125, 2; Mlt.-H. 88 [favors Lucanus]; Dssm., Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 117-20=LO 372-7 [LAE2 435ff]; EKlostermann, Hdb. on Lk 1:1 [considers still other possibilities]), companion and co-worker of Paul Phlm 24; 2 Ti 4:11; 2 Cor subscr.; acc. to Col 4:14 a physician (cf. Lucian, M. Peregr. 44 Ἀλέξ. ὁ ἰατρός), and in line w. tradition (Iren. 3, 3, 1f; Murat. Canon 2-8; 34-9) author of the third gospel (title κατὰ Λουκᾶν) and of Ac. The proposition that the language of these books shows that their author was a physician (so Hobart; Harnack [s. below] 122ff; Zahn, Einl.3 II 433ff et al.) is disputed by GAvdBerghvanEysinga, De geneesher L.: NThT 5, ’16, 228-50; HJCadbury, The Style and Literary Method of Luke I ’19, 39ff, JBL 45, ’26, 190-209 et al. The idea, known since Origen, In Rom. Comm. 10, 39, that Luke is to be identified w. the Lucius of Ro 16:21 (Λούκιος 2) has been revived by Dssm., loc. cit. Ephraem Syrus identified L. with Lucius of Cyrene (Λούκιος 1) Ac 13:1 (AMerk, D. neuentdeckte Komm. d. hl. E. zur AG: ZkTh 48, ’24, 54).—Harnack, Lukas d. Arzt ’06; Ramsay, Luke the Physician ’08; AvanVeldhuizen, Lukas de medicijnmeester ’26; HJCadbury, The Making of Luke-Acts ’27, reprinted ’58; EMeyer I 1ff; 46ff; 100ff; 304ff. WS Reilly, CBQ 1, ’39, 314-24. M-M.* Λούκιος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S. 11, 81, 1; 12, 43, 1; 14, 38, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1173, 7; Sb II p. 258f; PFay. 110, 1 [94 AD]; PWarr. 1, 1; PWien Bosw. 2, 11; Jos., Bell. 6, 188;Bl-D. §41, 1; Mlt.-H. 88) Lucius.

1. of Cyrene, a teacher or prophet at Antioch Ac 13:1.—HJCadbury, Beginn. I 5, ’33, 489-95.—2. an otherw. unknown Christian, sender of a greeting Ro 16:21.—On both s. Λουκάς. M-M.* λουτρόν, οῦ, τό (since Hom. [λοετρόν], contracted since Hes.; inscr., pap.; SSol 4:2; 6:6; Sir 34:25; Jos., Ant. 8, 356)bath, washing of baptism (for the ceremonial usage cf. Ael. Aristid. 48, 71 K.=24 p. 483 D.: λουτρὰ θεῖα; Arrian, Tact. 33, 4; Philostrat. Junior [III AD] at the end of his Εἰκόνες [APF 14, ’41] l. 77, p. 8; 19 λουτρὰ σεμνά; mystery inscr. fr. Andania: Dit., Syll.3 736, 106 [92 BC]; Philo, Cher. 95 al. S. also λούω 2aβ) τὸ λ. τοῦ ὕδατος the washing in water Eph 5:26 (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 282ὑδάτων λουτροῖς). λ. παλιγγενεσίας the bath that brings about regeneration Tit 3:5 (cf. Philo, Mut. Nom. 124 τοῖς φρονήσεως λουτροῖς χρησαμένη [ἡ ψυχή]). M-M.* 580

λούω 1 aor. ἔλουσα; pf. pass. ptc. λελουμένος (J 13:10) and λελουσμένος (Hb 10:22; Bl-D. §70, 3; Mlt.-H. 248; Helbing 100f) wash, as a rule of the whole body, bathe.

1. act., lit., abs. of the washing of a corpse (Hom.+) Ac 9:37; GP 6:24. Of persons who have been scourged ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν he washed their wounds (lit., ‘by washing he freed them from the effects of the blows’) Ac 16:33 (on the constr. w. ἀπό s. 2aβ below. Also Antig. Car. 163 of Europa: λούσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς μίξεως=wash off the traces of intercourse with Zeus).—Sim., fig. τῷ λούσαντι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ Rv 1:5 t.r. On this rdg. s. PvonderOsten-Sacken, ZNW 58, ’67, 258 n. 17.

2. mid.—a. I wash myself, I bathe myself (Hom.+)— α. lit., of man or beast: of a woman λουομένη εἰς τὸν ποταμόν bathing in the river Hv 1, 1, 2 (λ. εἰς also Ptolem. Euerg. II [II BC]: 234 fgm. 3 Jac.; Alciphr. 3, 7, 1 λουσάμενοι εἰς τὸ βαλανεῖον; Cyranides p. 57, 6). ὗς λουσαμένη 2 Pt 2:22 (s. βόρβορος 2). β. of relig. washings (Soph., Ant. 1201 τὸν μὲν λούσαντες ἁγνὸν λουτρόν; Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1203 λοέσσατο ποταμοῖο. . . θείοιο. . . before the sacrifice Jason washed himself clean of pollution, in the divine river; Plut., Mor. 264D λούσασθαι πρὸ τῆς θυσίας; Ael. Aristid. 33, 32 K.=51 p. 582 D.: πρὸς θεῶν λούσασθαι κέρδος ἐστὶ ζῶντα, ὃ καὶ τελευτήσαντι μένει; Dssm., NB 54 [BS 226f] cites for this usage three inscrs., all of which have the mid., two in combination w. ἀπό τινος; Sb 4127, 14 ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἁγίῳ τῷ τῆς ἀθανασίας ὕδατι λουσάμενος; Ramsay, Exp. 7th Ser. VIII’09, p. 280, 1; LXX; Jos., Vi. 11 λ. πρὸς ἁγνείαν) of the act of purification necessary before entering the temple GOxy 14; 19; 24f (ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τοῦ Δαυίδ); 32 (ὕδασιν). ὁ λελουμένος the one who has bathed (in contrast to the one who has his feet washed, and with allusion to the cleansing of the whole body in baptism [λελουμένος ‘newly bathed, after the bath’ Hdt. 1, 126; Aristoph., Lysist. 1064; Plut., Mor. 958B λουσαμένοις ἢ νιψαμένοις; Lev 15:11 τ. χεῖρας νίπτεσθαι, λούεσθαι τὸ σῶμα]; differently HWindisch, Johannes u.d. Synoptiker ’26, 77. On foot-washing s. also GAFKnight, Feetwashing: Enc. of Rel. and Ethics V 814-23; PFiebig, Αγγελος III ’30, 121-8; BWBacon, ET 43, ’32, 218-21; HvCampenhausen, ZNW 33, ’34, 259-71; FMBraun, RB 44, ’35, 22-33; ELohmeyer, ZNW 38, ’39, 74-94; AFridrichsen, ibid. 94-6; Bultmann, J ’41, 355-65; JDDunn, ZNW 61, ’70, 247-52) J 13:10 (λού. beside νίπτ. in eating Tob 7:95>; λού. before eating Act. Thom. 89). λούσασθε wash yourselves 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16).—The sense is in doubt in εἴ τις μεταλάβῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ λούσεται if anyone receives the body of the Lord (in the Eucharist) and then rinses out his mouth or bathes himself Agr 19. b. I wash for myself w. obj. in acc. (Hes.+) τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ (cf. Dt 23:12) Hb 10:22 (of baptism).—AOepke, TW IV 297-309 λούω and related words. M-M. B. 579.* Λύδδα (‫דוֹל‬.—1 Macc 11:34; Joseph. index), gen. Λύδδας Ac 9:38 (cf. Thackeray 161), where Λύδδης is also attested. The acc. Λύδδα (Jos., Bell. 2, 242;515 beside Λύδδαν Ant. 20, 130) vss. 32, 35 functions as an indecl. form or a neut. pl. (Jos., Bell. 1, 302ἐν Λύδδοις; 2, 244; 4, 444; cf. Bl-D. §56, 2 app.), ἡ, Lydda, a city about 10 ½ miles southeast of Joppa on the road to Jerusalem. Ac 9:32, 35, 38. Schürer index, esp. II4 232, 35. M-M.* Λυδία, ας, ἡ (as a woman’s name Horace, Odes 1, 8, 1; 1, 13, 1; 1, 25, 8; 3, 9, 6f; Martial, Epigr. 11, 21. In Gk. preserved in the form Λύδη: CIG 653; 6975; CIA III 3261f) Lydia, a merchant fr. Thyatira in Lydia (the province of L. in Asia Minor as v.l. Ac 2:9) who dealt in purple cloth; she was converted by Paul in Philippi, after having been σεβομένη τ. θεόν (s. σέβω 2a) Ac 16:14, 40. M-M.* Λυκαονία, ας, ἡ (X.+; inscr.) Lycaonia, a province in the interior of Asia Minor, bounded by Cappadocia, Galatia (s. Γαλατία), Phrygia, Pisidia and Cilicia. Its main cities were those visited by Paul: Lystra, Iconium, and Derbe. Ac 14:6.—Ramsay, Histor. Comm. on Gal 1899, 19ff.* Λυκαονιστί adv. in (the) Lycaonian (language), a dialect spoken in Lycaonia, no longer known to us Ac 14:11.—PKretschmer, Einleitung in die Geschichte der griech. Sprache 1896, 396; KHoll, Her. 43, ’08, 240ff. M-M.* Λυκία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23; Sib. Or.) Lycia, a projection on the south coast of Asia Minor between Caria and Pamphylia Ac 27:5.—OBenndorf et al., Reisen im südwestl. Kleinasien I; II, 1884; 1889; EKalinka, Zur histor. Topographie Lykiens: HKiepert-Festschr. 1898, 161f.* λύκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 8, 41; 13, 28; loanw. in rabb., but s. KH Rengstorf, ELittmann-Festschr. ’35, 55-62) wolf.

1. lit., as a symbol Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; J 10:12a, b; D 16:3 (in all these pass. in contrast to sheep; cf. Dio Chrys.

64[14], 2; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 22; Philo, Praem. 86).

2. fig. (as early as Il. 4, 471; 16, 156; Epict. 1, 3, 7 al. Cf. Zeph 3:3; Jer 5:6; Ez 22:27; Rhodon [in Euseb., H.E, 5, 13, 4] refers to Marcion as ὁ Ποντικὸς λύκος), of evil men IPhld 2:2; 2 Cl 5:2-4 (fr. a non-canonical gospel). λ. ἅρπαγες ravenous wolves Mt 7:15. λ. βαρεῖς fierce wolves Ac 20:29.—GBornkamm, TW IV 309-13. M-M. B. 185.* λυμαίνω 1 aor. inf. λυμᾶναι; impf. mid. ἐλυμαινόμην, quite predom., in earlier times exclusively, used as a mid. dep.

(Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 19, 1; Ep. Arist. 164; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 271;4, 534 al.) harm, injure, damage, spoil, ruin, destroy (so Thu.+) τὶ someth. Σαῦλος ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Saul was trying to destroy the church Ac 8:3. Of gluttons who, by their intemperance, damage τὴν σάρκα αὐτῶν their bodies Hv 3, 9, 3a (Epict.

3, 22, 87 τὸ σῶμα λυμαίνεται=he injures his body).—Also used as a passive (UPZ 187, 20 [127/6 BC]) λυμαίνεται ἡ σὰρξ αὐτῶν their bodies become injured Hv 3, 9, 3b (cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 256λ. τὰ σώματα).—The act. λυμαίνω 581

appears quite late (Libanius, Decl. 13, 6 vol. VI p. 10, 13 F.; PGM 13, 302 πῦρ, οὐ μή μου λυμάνῃς σάρκα; Herm.

Wr. 10, 20). It has the same mng. πόλιν λυμᾶναι destroy a city Hv 4, 1, 8. τινά hurt someone 4, 2, 4. M-M. B. 760.* λυπέω 1 aor. ἐλύπησα; pf. λελύπηκα; 1 aor. pass. ἐλυπήθην; 1 fut. pass. λυπηθήσομαι (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) grieve, pain.

1. act. τινά someone (Dio Chrys. 28[45], 3; BGU 531 II, 18 [I AD].—Also rather in the sense vex, irritate, offend, insult: Herodas 5, 7, 3) 2 Cor 2:2a; 7:8a, b. The object of λυπεῖν can also be a divinity (Diod. S. 1, 65, 7 and 8 τὸν θεόν; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 313 λ. τὸν Δία) μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ Eph 4:30; Hm 10, 2, 2; 10, 3, 2; cf. 10, 2, 4. χάριν Dg 11:7. In εἴ τις λελύπηκεν 2 Cor 2:5 λ. used abs. is certainly more than cause pain or vexation. In Polyaenus 8, 47 it is used of the severe humiliation or outrage experienced by a king who has been deposed by his subjects.

2. pass.—a. aor. λυπηθῆναι become sad, sorrowful, distressed (BGU 1079, 9 [41 AD]; Esth 2:21; Ps 54:3; 2 Esdr 15 [Neh 5]: 6; Jos., Ant. 8, 356)Mt 14:9; 17:23; 18:31; J 16:20; 2 Cor 2:4; 7:9a; 1 Pt 1:6; 1 Cl 4:3(Gen 4:5 Cain took offense); Dg 1. W. ὅτι foll. become distressed because (cf. En. 102, 5) J 21:17. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν become sorry enough to repent 2 Cor 7:9b. λ. κατὰ θεόν as God would have it vss. 9c, 11. b. pres. λυπεῖσθαι be sad, be distressed, grieve (La 1:22) 1 Th 4:13. λυπῇ; are you grieved or hurt? Hv 3, 1, 9b. λυπούμενος (being) sad, sorrowful Mt 19:22; 26:22; Mk 10:22; Hv 1, 2, 2; 3, 13, 2 (Jos., Vi. 208). (Opp. χαίρων as Dio Chrys. 50[67], 5; Philo, Virt. 103) 2 Cor 6:10. λυπουμένου (μου) ὅτι because Hv 3, 1, 9a. ἤμην λυπούμενος 1, 2, 1. ὁ λυπούμενος the mournful man (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 404 D.) m 10, 3, 3. ὁ λ. ἐξ ἐμοῦ 2 Cor 2:2b gives the source of the pain or sadness. ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι he began to be sorrowful Mt 26:37; cf. Mk 14:19. λ. διά τι because of someth. (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1090): εἰ διὰ βρῶμα ὁ ἀδελφὸς λυπεῖται if your brother’s feelings are hurt because of food Ro 14:15 (but λ. can also mean injure, damage: X., Mem. 1, 6, 6, Cyr. 6, 3, 13). μὴ λυπείσθω ὁ εὐσεβὴς ἐάν the godly man is not to grieve if 2 Cl 19:4. λ. ἐπί τινι at someth. (X., Mem. 3, 9, 8; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 13, 5, Tox. 24; Artem. 2, 60; PGrenf. II 36, 9[95BC]; Jon 4:9; Philo, Abr. 22) Hm 10, 2, 3; cf. s 6, 3, 1.—Impf. ἐλυπούμην I was sad GP 7:26; cf. 14:59.—RBultmann, TW IV 314-25: λυπέω and related words.

M-M.* λύπη, ης, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 102, 5; 7; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 205 al.; Test. 12 Patr.) grief, sorrow, pain of mind or spirit, affliction J 16:6; Hm 10, 1, 2; 10, 2, 1-6; 10, 3, 1; 3f. περισσοτέρα λ. excessive sorrow 2 Cor 2:7. Opp. χαρά (X., Hell. 7, 1, 32; Eth. Epic. col. 3, 16; Philo, Abr. 151, Leg. ad Gai. 15) J 16:20; Hb 12:11. λύπην ἔχειν have pain, be sorrowful (Dio Chrys. 46[63], 1) in child-birth J 16:21; cf. vs. 22. λ. ἔχειν ἀπό τινος be pained by someone 2 Cor 2:3. λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην ἔχειν sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27. Cf. Hs 1:10. λ. μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη I am greatly pained Ro 9:2 (cf. Test. Judah 23:1 πολλὴ λύπη μοί ἐστι.—λ. μεγάλη as Jon 4:1). βαλεῖν τινα εἰς λύπην plunge someone into grief 1 Cl 46:9. τὸ μὴ πάλιν ἐν λ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν not to come to you again in sorrow 2 Cor 2:1. σεαυτῷ λύπην ἐπισπᾶσθαι bring sorrow on yourself Hs 9, 2, 6. ἀποβαλεῖν πᾶσαν λ. lay aside all sorrow Hv 4, 3, 4. Also αἰρειν ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν λ. m 10, 1, 1. συγκόπτεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης be crushed with sorrow v 5:4. ἀπὸ τῆς λ. from sorrow Lk 22:45 (UPZ 18, 13 [163 BC] ἀποθνήσκει ὑπὸ τῆς λ. Jos., Ant. 6, 337).ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7 (Aesop, Fab. 275 P. ἐκ τῆς λύπης); ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λ. sorrow that God approves 7:10a (leading to μετάνοια as Plut., Mor. 961D). In contrast to this ἡ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη the sorrow of the world vs. 10b. λύπην ἐπάγειν τῷ πνεύματι bring grief to the spirit Hm 3:4.—Pl. (Demosth., Ep. 2, 25; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 14; Gen 3:16f; 5:29; Pr 15:13; 31:6) αἱ πρότεραι λῦπαι the former sorrows Hv 3, 13, 2. ὑποφέρειν λύπας 1 Pt 2:19. παλαιοῦσθαι ταῖς λύπαις be made old by sorrows Hv 3, 11, 3. λύπη personified Hs 9, 15, 3. M-M. B. 1118.* λυπηρός, ά, όν (trag., Hdt.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 61)—1. act. painful, distressing τινί to someone (PPetr. II 13 [19], 13 [III BC] οὐθέν σοι μὴ γενηθῇ λυπηρόν; Gen 34:7; Jos., Ant. 17, 175)ἀμφότερα λυπηρά ἐστι τῷ πνεύματι Hm 10, 2, 4.

2. pass. sad, mournful, downcast ἀνήρ (Pr 17:22) 10, 3, 2.* Λυσανίας, ου, ὁ (on the gen. s. Mlt.-H. 119) Lysanias, tetrarch of Abilene Lk 3:1. There was a Lysanias, son of the dynast Ptolemaeus of Chalcis, who ruled 40-36 BC and was executed by Mark Antony. If Luke had meant this Lysanias (so HHoltzmann and Wlh. ad loc. and E Schwartz, NGG ’06, 370f), he would have committed a grave chronological error. There was, however, a younger Lysanias in the period 25-30 AD, to whom Josephus’ expressions Ἄβιλαν τὴν Λυσανίου (Ant. 19, 275) and Ἀβέλλα (=Ἄβιλα) as Λυσανία τετραρχία (20, 138) are best referred, and to whom the inscrs. CIG 4521=Dit., Or. 606; CIG 4523 refer.—Schürer I4 717ff (719, 44 the older lit.); EKlostermann and Zahn ad loc.; RSavignac, Texte complet de l’inscription d’Abila relative à Lysanias: RB n.s. 9, ’12, 533-40; Ramsay, Bearing 297-300; EMeyer I 47ff; HLeclercq, Dict. d’Arch. X ’31, 405-11. M-M.* Λυσίας, ου, ὁ (lit., inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) (Claudius) Lysias (s. Κλαύδιος 2) Ac 23:26; 24:7, 22.* λύσις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 5, 6; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 70; Test. 12 Patr.; Diod. S. 18, 25, 2 [λύσις τῶν κακῶν=resolution, removal of difficulties]) release, separation, (in marriage) a divorce 1 Cor 7:27. M-M.* λυσιτελέω (Hdt., Aristoph.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 110al.) be advantageous, be better impers. λυσιτελεῖ it is better, it profits (Pla.+) w. dat. (Dio Chrys. 48[65], 3; Dit., Syll.3 344, 96 [c. 303 BC]; PHamb. 27, 17 [250 BC]; Tob 582

3:6; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 68) λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εὒ περίκειται. . . ἤ ἵνα it would be better for him if. . . , than that Lk 17:2 (Andoc. 1, 125 τεθνάναι λυσιτελεῖ ἢ ζῆν). M-M.* λυσσάω (Soph.+; Sib. Or. 5, 96) be raving, be mad of dogs (Aristoph.+) κύνες λυσσῶντες mad dogs (fig. as Jos., Bell. 6, 196)IEph 7:1.* Λύστρα (Ptolem. 5, 4, 12; Dit., Or. 536. Cf. Pliny, Nat. Hist. 5, 147; CIL Suppl. 6786; 6974) acc. Λύστραν; dat. Λύστροις (on its declension cf. Bl-D. §57; Mlt. 48; Mlt.-H. 147; Thackeray 167f) ἡ or τά Lystra, a city in Lycaonia in Asia Minor, where a church was founded by Paul. Ac 14:6, 8, 21; 16:1f; 27:5 v.l.; 2 Ti 3:11.—ABludau, Pls in L., Ac 14:7-21: Der Katholik 87, ’07, 91-113; 161-83; WMCalder, Zeus and Hermes at Lystra: Exp. 7th ser. X ’10, 1-6, The ‘Priest’ of Zeus at Lystra: ibid. 148-55; AWikenhauser, D. AG ’21, 362f; LCurtius, Zeus u. Hermes ’31; MMeunier, Apoll. de Ty. ou le séjour d’un dieu parmi les hommes ’36; SEitrem, Con. Neot. 3, ’39, 9-12. M-M.* λύτρον, ου, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) price of release, ransom (esp. also the ransom money for the manumission of slaves, mostly in pl.: Diod. S. 19, 85, 3; Polyaenus 4, 10, 1; POxy. 48, 6 [86 AD]; 49, 8; 722, 30; 40; Mitteis, Chrest. 362, 19; Jos., Ant. 12, 46, but also in sing.: Diod. S. 20, 84, 6 δοῦναι λύτρον; inscr. in KBuresch, Aus Lydien 1898 p. 197; Jos., Ant. 14, 371.—LMitteis, Reichsrecht und Volksrecht 1891, 388; FSteinleitner, Die Beicht ’13, 36ff; 59; 111) give up one’s life λ. ἀντὶ πολλῶν as a ransom for many (s. πολύς I 2aα) Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45 (BBlake, ET 45, ’34, 142; WFHoward, ET 50, ’38, 107-10; JoachJeremias, Judaica 3, ’48, 249-64; ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht, ’55, 116-22; CKBarrett, NT Essays: TWManson mem. vol.’59, 1-18 [refers to 2 Macc 7:37].—Cf. Diod. S. 12, 57, 2; Dio Chrys. 64[14], 11 λύτρα διδόναι; Jos., Ant. 14, 107λ. ἀντὶ πάντων; Philo Bybl. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 16, 44 ἀντὶ τῆς πάντων φθορᾶς. . . λ.). God gave his Son λ. ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν as a ransom for us Dg 9:2 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 2 κριὸν λύτρον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 560 λύτρα ὑπὲρ τῶν βοῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 122; Jos., Ant. 14, 371λ. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ). λ. τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν a ransom for sins B 19:10.—S. on ἀπολύτρωσις, end; also NLevinson, Scottish Journal of Theol. 12, ’59, 277-78; DHill, Gk. Words and Heb. Mngs. ’67, 49-81. M-M.* λυτρόω (Pla.+) in our lit. only mid. (and pass.) λυτρόομαι (Demosth.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Joseph.) 1 aor. mid. ἐλυτρωσάμην, imper. λύτρωσαι; 1 aor. pass. ἐλυτρώθην.

1. free by paying a ransom, redeem—a. lit. (Demosth. 19, 170) of prisoners (Diod. S. 5, 17, 3; Jos., Ant. 14, 371)1 Cl 55:2. b. fig. λύτρωσαι τ. δεσμίους ἡμῶν (in a prayer) 59:4.—Pass. ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ λυτρωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ἀναστροφῆς be ransomed with silver or gold from the futile way of life 1 Pt 1:18 (on λ. ἔκ τινος s. 2 below.—WCvanUnnik, De verlossing 1 Pt 1:18, 19 en het problem van den 1 Pt ’42).

2. gener. set free, redeem, rescue (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 7, 4 τὴν Ἑλλάδα λυτρώσασθαι; 3, 19, 10; LXX; Philo) τινά someone B 14:8. Of Christ in his coming again λυτρώσεται ἡμᾶς he will redeem us 2 Cl 17:4. Of the Messiah ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ Lk 24:21 (cf. Is 44:22-4; 1 Macc 4:11; PsSol 8:30; 9:1). τινὰ ἀπό τινος someone fr. someth. (Ps 118:134; cf. the ancient Christian prayer: CSchmidt, Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, p. 69, 32f) λ. ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας Tit 2:14 (Test. Jos. 18:2 ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ). Also τινὰ ἔκ τινος (pagan inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia II 566f ἐλυτρώσατο πολλοὺς ἐκ κακῶν βασάνων; Dt 13:6; Ps 106:2; Sir 51:2) someone fr. a monster Hv 4, 1, 7. ἐξ ἀναγκῶν m 8:10. ἐκ τοῦ σκότους B 14:5f; cf. 7. ἐκ θανάτου (Hos 13:14) 19:2. τ. ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου Ac 28:19 v.l.—Pass. (Aristot., Eth. Nicom. 10, 2 p. 1164b, 34; LXX) be redeemed ἐν τῇ χάριτι by grace IPhld 11:1 (on λ. ἐν cf. 2 Esdr 11 [Neh 1]: 10 ἐν τ. δυνάμει; Ps 76:16; Sir 48:20). M-M.* λύτρωσις, εως, ἡ (as legal and commercial t.t. in pap.)—1. ransoming, releasing, redemption (Plut., Arat. 11, 2 λ. αἰχμαλώτων; Palaeph. exc. Vat. p. 99, 10; LXX; Test. Jos. 8:1) ποιεῖν λύτρωσιν τῷ λαῷ bring about a deliverance for the people Lk 1:68. προσδέχεσθαι λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ wait for the redemption of Jerusalem 2:38; αὒωνία λ. Hb 9:12. διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ κυρίου λ. ἔσται πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν redemption will come 1 Cl 12:7.

2. abstr. for concr. ransom (-money) δώσεις λ. ἁμαρτιῶν σου you must give a ransom for your sins D 4:6; B 19:10 Funk. M-M.* λυτρωτής, οῦ, ὁ redeemer (not in secular wr.; LXX of God: Ps 18:15; 77:35) of Moses Ac 7:35. M-M.* λυχνία, ας, ἡ (Hero Alex. I p. 264, 20; Plut., Dio 9, 2; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 40; Artem. 1, 74; inscr.; pap. since PEleph.

5, 7 [284/3 BC]; LXX, Philo; Joseph. [s. λύχνος, beg.]; cf. Phryn. p. 313f L.) lampstand upon which lamps were placed or hung (s. λύχνος, beg.); not a candlestick. τιθέναι ἐπὶ τὴν λ. (ἐπὶ λυχνίας) put on the (lamp) stand Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; Lk 8:16; 11:33. Of the seven-branched lampstand (Ex 25:31ff; Jos., Ant. 14, 72)Hb 9:2. In Rv the seven churches of Asia appear as seven lampstands Rv 1:12f, 20a, b; 2:1. Cf. also κινήσω τὴν λ. σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς I will remove your lampstand from its place, i.e. remove you fr. the circle of the churches 2:5. Rv also likens the two witnesses of Christ to two lampstands 11:4 (cf. Zech 4:11). M-M.* λύχνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) the (oil-burning: Posidonius: 87 fgm. 94 Jac.; Diod. S. 1, 34, 11; Charito 1, 1, 15; PGM 7, 359-64.—Made of metal or clay [Artem. 2, 9 p. 96, 20f λύχνος χαλκοῦς, ὀστράκινος]) lamp (s. λυχνία.—λυχνία beside λύχνος: Artem. 1, 74 p. 67, 12; Inscr. of Cos [Paton and Hicks 1891] 36d, 7; 8; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 296 καίεσθαι λύχνους ἐπὶ τῆς λυχνίας; Jos., Ant. 3, 182; 199).

583

1. lit. Lk 11:36; GP 5:18. φῶς λύχνου (Charito 1, 1, 15) light of a lamp Rv 22:5; cf. 18:23; ἔρχεται ὁ λ. a lamp is brought in Mk 4:21; καίειν λ. Mt 5:15 (Paus. 3, 17, 8 τὸν καιόμενον λύχνον). λ. ἅπτειν light a lamp (ἅπτω 1.—As a symbol of someth. out of place Paroem. Gr.: Diogenian 6, 27 λ. ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ἅπτειν. Likew. an unknown comic poet: fgm. 721 K.) Lk 8:16; 11:33; 15:8.—Use of the lamp as a symbol: ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν. . . οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι Lk 12:35 (Artem. 2, 9 λ. καιόμενος); cf. D 16:1. The Baptist as ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος κ. φαίνων J 5:35. The believers are to pay attention to the prophetic word ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι 2 Pt 1:19 (cf. Ps 118:105 λ.. . . ὁ λόγος σοῦ).

2. fig. (Lycophron vs. 422 λύχνοι are the eyes as vs. 846 λαμπτήρ an eye) ὁ λ. τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός the lamp of the body is the eye Mt 6:22; Lk 11:34 (FSchwencke, ZWTh 55, ’13, 251-60; WBrandt, ZNW 14, ’13, 97-116; 177-201; BWBacon, Exp. 8th ser. VII ’13, 275-88; JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 189-207; GSchneider, Das Bildwort von der Lampe usw., ZNW 61, ’70, 183-209.—Further lit. s.v. ἁπλοῦς). Of the Spirit of God λ. ἐρευνῶν τὰ ταμιεῖα τῆς γαστρός 1 Cl 21:2 (Pr 20:27 A). Of the heavenly Jerusalem ὁ λ. αὐτῆς τὸ ἀρνίον Rv 21:23.—KGalling, D. Beleuchtungsgeräte im isr.-jüd. Kulturgebiet: ZDPV 46, ’23, 1-50; RHSmith, Biblical Archaeologist 27, ’64, 1-31, 101-24; 29, ’66, 2-27; W Michaelis, TW IV 325-9: λύχνος, λυχνία. M-M. B. 484.* λύω impf. ἔλυον; 1 aor. ἔλυσα. Pass.: impf. ἐλυόμην; pf. λέλυμαι, 2 sing. λέλυσαι, ptc. λελυμένος; 1 aor. ἐλύθην; 1 fut. λυθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. loose, untie bonds (Da 5:12 Theod.), fetters (Lucian, Dial. Mar. 14, 3; Job 39:5 δεσμούς; Philo, Somn. 1, 181) or someth. similar used to hold someth. together or to secure it. a. lit. τὸν ἱμάντα Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16; J 1:27. σφραγῖδας break (Polyaenus 5, 2, 12) Rv 5:2 (of the broken seals of a will: BGU 326 II, 21 ἡ διαθήκη ἐλύθη; POxy. 715, 19.—λύω of the opening of a document: Plut., Dio 31, 4 [a letter]; Vi. Aesopi W c. 92). b. fig. ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τ. γλώσσης αὐτοῦ Mk 7:35; cf. Lk 1:63 D. 2. set free, loose, untie—a. lit. a pers., animal, or thing that is bound or tied: a prisoner (Jos., Ant. 13, 409; Ps 145:7) Ac 22:30; cf. vs. 29 v.l. Angels that are bound Rv 9:14f. Also more gener. (Isisaretal. v. Kyme 48 P. ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐν δεσμοῖς λύω) release, set free prisoners Ac 24:26 t.r. Of Satan, bound and imprisoned in the abyss Rv 20:3. λυθήσεται ὁ σατανας ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ vs. 7.—Of Lazarus, bound in grave-clothes λύσατε αὐτόν unbind him J 11:44 (Vi. Aesopi I 83 λύσατε αὐτόν=take off his fetters).—Of animals (X., An. 3, 4, 35) a colt that is tied up Mt 21:2; Mk 11:2, 4f; Lk 19:30f, 33a, b. τὸν βοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης untie the ox from the manger Lk 13:15 (λ. ἀπό as Quint. Smyrn. 4, 373; Is 5:27; Jer 47:4).—λ. τὸ ὑπόδημα untie the sandal Ac 7:33 (Ex 3:5; Josh 5:15); 13:25.—Pass. τὰς τρίχας λελυμέναι with unbound hair Hs 9, 9, 5. b. fig. free, set free, release ἀπό τινος (Cyranides p. 97, 12) λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τ. δεσμοῦ τούτου be set free from this bond Lk 13:16. λέλυσαι ἀπὸ γυναικός; are you free from a wife, i.e. not bound to a wife? 1 Cor 7:27 (a previous state of being ‘bound’ need not be assumed; cf. Chio, Ep. 7, 3 λελυμένως=[speak] in an unrestrained manner. See also Simplicius in Epict. p. 129, 3: ‘he who does not found a family is εὔλυτοσʼ, i.e.,=free). ἐκ instead of ἀπό: λ. τινὰ ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτοῦ free someone from his sins Rv 1:5. τινὰ ἐκ χειρὸς σιδήρου 1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20).

3. break up into its component parts, destroy, of a building tear down (Il. 16, 10; X., An. 2, 4, 17f; Herodian 7, 1, 7; 1 Esdr 1:52; Jos., Bell. 6, 32;Sib. Or. 3, 409) τ. ναὸν τοῦτον J 2:19. τὸ μεσότοιχον Eph 2:14 (as a symbol).—ἡ πρύμνα ἐλύετο the stern began to break up Ac 27:41 (PLond. 1164h, 19 [III AD] uses λ. of the dismantling of a ship). Of the parts of the universe, as it is broken up and destroyed in the final conflagration 2 Pt 3:10-12.—Of a meeting (Il. 1, 305; Od. 2, 257; Apollon. Rhod. 1, 708; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 2; Diod. S. 19, 25, 7; Ep. Arist. 202; Jos., Ant. 14, 388λυθείσης τ. βουλῆς) λυθείσης τ. συναγωγῆς when the meeting of the synagogue had broken up Ac 13:43.

4. destroy, bring to an end, abolish, do away with (Socrat., Ep. 28, 2 and 4 ‘dispel’ slanders) λ. τὰ ἔργα τ. διαβόλου destroy the works of the devil 1J 3:8. Pass. ἐλύετο πᾶσα μαγεία all magic began to be dissolved IEph 19:3. λύεται ὁ ὄλεθρος ἐν τ. ὁμονοίᾳ his destructiveness comes to an end through the unity 13:1.—λ. τ. ὠδῖνας τ. θανάτου must mean in this context: he brought the pangs to an end (IG IV2 128, 49 [280 BC] ἔλυσεν ὠδῖνα; Lycophron vs. 1198 ὠδῖνας ἐξέλυσε γονῆς; Himerius, Or. 64 [=Or. 18], 1 λυθῆναι τὰς ὠδῖνας of the cessation of labor pains; Job 39:2; Aelian, H.A. 12, 5 τοὺς τῶν ὠδίνων λῦσαι δεσμούς; Eutecnius 3 p. 30, 26), so that the ‘birth’ which is to bring Christ to light may attain its goal Ac 2:24 (but s. on θάνατος 1bβ; originally it is probable that ‘the bonds of death’ went with ‘loose’).—Of commandments, laws, statements repeal, annul, abolish (Hdt. 1, 29, 1 νόμον. Text fr. Nysa in Diod. S. 1, 27, 4 ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐνομοθέτησα, οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ δύναται λῦσαι; Ael. Aristid. 30 p.

573 D.: νόμους; Achilles Tat. 3, 3, 5; Dit., Syll.3 355, 21; 1219, 12; Jos., Ant. 11, 140)ἐντολήν Mt 5:19. τὸ σάββατον abolish the Sabbath J 5:18 (in John, Jesus is accused not of breaking the Sabbath, but of doing away w. it).

Pass. (Dio Chrys. 58[75], 10 τ. νόμου λυθέντος) 7:23; 10:35 (RJungkuntz, CTM 35, ’64, 556-65 [J 10:34-6]).—λύειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν annul (the true teaching about) Jesus (by spurning it); (opp. ὁμολογεῖν; cf. Alex.

Aphr., Fat. 26, II 2 p. 196, 18 λ. τινὰ τῶν Ζήνωνος λόγων=certain teachings of Zeno) 1J 4:3 v.l. (for the rdg. λύει cf. Harnack, SAB ’15, 556-61=Studien I ’31, 132-7; A Rahlfs, ThLZ 40, ’15, 525; OAPiper, JBL 66, ’47, 440-4 [exorcistic, break a spell]).

5. On the combination and contrast of δέειν and λύειν Mt 16:19; 18:18 s. δέω 4; also GLambert, Vivre et Penser, IIIe s., ’43/’44, 91-103.—OProcksch and FBüchsel, TW IV 329-59: λύω and related words. M-M. B. 1239f.** Λωΐς, ΐδος, ἡ (PPetr. II 39b, 15 [III BC] has the genitive Λωϊτος from a nominative Λωϊς. Or does the name—which is found nowhere else—belong to a positive degree of comparison λῶϊς [claimed by Buttmann for the 584

not uncommon λωΐων, a nom. sing.=more pleasant, more desirable]? Cf. Semonides 7, 30 D.2 οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλη τῆσδε λωίων γυνή=no other woman is more worthy of being desired than this one) Lois, grandmother of Timothy 2 Ti 1:5.* Λώτ, ὁ indecl. (‫טוֹל‬.—LXX, Philo.—In Joseph. Λῶτος, ου [Ant. 1, 201]) Lot, son of Haran, nephew of Abraham (Gen 11:27); he lived in Sodom Lk 17:28f; was rescued fr. that doomed city, having led a virtuous life 2 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 11:1 (SRappaport, D. gerechte Lot: ZNW 29, ’30, 299-304). As they left the city his wife perished because she looked back, contrary to God’s command Lk 17:32 (on the whole s. Gen 19). His separation fr. Abraham 1 Cl 10:4 (cf. Gen 13, esp. vss. 14-16).—(On the spelling s. JWordsworth-HJWhite on Mt 1:17.)*

585

Μ μʹ numeral=forty (Diod. S. 22, 13, 2) Ac 10:41 D; Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 5, 4; 9, 15, 4; 9, 16, 5.* Μάαθ, ὁ indecl. (cf. the name ‫תַ חַמ‬1 Ch 6:20 [Μεθ]; 2 Ch 29:12 [Μααθ]; 31:13) Maath, in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:26.* Μαγαδάν, ἡ indecl. Magadan, place of uncertain location on Lake Gennesaret Mt 15:39; Mk 8:10, the parallel pass., has Δαλμανουθά (q.v.), whose location is similarly uncertain; t.r. substitutes Μαγδαλά in Mt, which is also a v.l. in Mk, where furthermore D offers M ελεγαδά.—JBoehmer, ZNW 9, ’08, 227-9; CKopp, Dominican Studies 4, ’50, 344-50.* Μαγδαληνή, ῆς, ἡ (subst. fem. of Μαγδαληνός, ή, όν) Magdalene, woman from Magdala, surname of a certain Mary (s. Μαρία 2), prob. fr. the town of Magdala which, acc. to the Talmud, lay about a twenty minutes’ walk fr.

Tiberias on the west side of the Lake of Gennesaret (Buhl 225f; CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr. RWalls, ’63, 190-7) Mt 27:56, 61; 28:1; Mk 15:40, 47; 16:1, 9; Lk 8:2; 24:10; J 19:25; 20:1, 18; GP 12:50.* Μαγεδών s. Ἁρμαγεδ(δ)ών. μαγεία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; on the spelling cf. Bl-D. §23; cf. Mlt.-H. 339) magic (Theophr., H. Pl. 9, 15, 7; Vett. Val. 210, 4; Fluchtaf. 4, 15; PGM 1, 127; Zosimus 7: Hermet. IV p. 105 Sc.; the Herm. document Κόρη κόσμου in Stob. I 407, 4 W.=p. 494, 7 Sc.; Jos., Ant. 2, 286)in a list of vices B 20:1. ἐλύετο πᾶσα μαγεία IEph 19:3 (λύω 4). Pl. magic arts (Jos., Ant. 2, 284)in a list of vices D 5:1. Of Simon Ac 8:11 (cf. PGM 4, 2447ff: Παχράτης, ὁ προφήτης Ἦλιουπόλεως, Ἁδριανῷ βασιλεῖ ἐπιδεικνύμενος τ. δύναμιν τῆς θείας αὐτοῦ μαγείας).—Lit. s.v. Σίμων 9.

M-M (-ία). B. 1494.* μαγεύω fut. μαγεύσω practice magic (Eur., Iph. 1338; Plut., Artax. 3, 6, Numa 15, 8; Gk.-Aram. inscr. in CClemen, D. Einfluss d. Mysterienreligionen auf d. älteste Christentum ’13 p. 10, 3 στρατηγὸς. . . ἐμάγευσε Μίθρῃ) Ac 8:9. In a list of vices D 2:2. M-M.* μαγία s. μαγεία. Μαγνησία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr.) Magnesia, a city in Asia Minor a short distance southeast of Ephesus, IMg inscr. In order to differentiate this city from Magnesia in Thessaly, which was considered its mother (Dit., Or. 503 Μάγνητες οἱ πρὸς τῷ Μαιάνδρῳ ποταμῷ, ἄποικοι ὄντες Μαγνήτων τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ, also the note, Syll.3 636; 1157), and fr. another Magnesia in Asia Minor near Mt. Sipylus (Dit., Or. 501, 13; 229 s. note 12), it is called Magnesia on the Maeander, despite the fact that it lies on the Lethaeus, about four miles distant fr. the Maeander. The name of the river is usu. added w. a prep., in our passage πρός w. dat., as also in Dit., Or. 229, 84; 503 (s. above). OKern, Die Inschriften von M. am Mäander ’00, no. 40, 11; 16; 44, 4; 101, 8. An inhabitant of the city is called Μάγνης, ητος (Hdt.+in lit.; on inscr. and coins [cf. the material in Lghtf. on IMg inscr., also Dit., Or. 12; 231; 232; 234; 319; 501.

Kern, op. cit. p. 206]).* μάγος, ου, ὁ—1. a Magus, a (Persian [SNyberg, D. Rel. d. alten Iran ’38], then also Babylonian) wise man and priest, who was expert in astrology, interpretation of dreams and various other secret arts (so Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 20, 142, and Da 2:2, 10; in still other pass. in Da, Theod.). After Jesus’ birth μάγοι Magi Mt 2:7 (s. Jos., Ant. 10, 216), 16a, b or more definitely μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν Magi from the east vs. 1 came to Palestine and declared that they had read in the stars of the birth of the Messianic King. Diog. L. 2, 45 φησὶ δʼ Ἀριστοτέλης μάγον τινὰ ἐλθόντα ἐκ Συρίας εἰς Ἀθήνας in order to announce to Socrates that he would come to a violent end.—ADieterich, ZNW 3, ’02, 1-14; FXSteinmetzer, D. Gesch. der Geburt u. Kindheit Christi ’10; GFrenken, Wunder u. Taten der Heiligen ’29, 186-93; KBornhäuser, D. Geburts-u. Kindheitsgesch. Jesu ’30. FCumont, L’Adoration des Mages: Memorie della Pontif. Acc. Rom. di Archeol. 3, ’32, 81-105. EJHodous, CBQ 6, ’44, 71-4; 77-83.—On the Magi HUMeyboom, Magiërs: ThT ’39, ’05, 40-70; GMessina, D. Ursprung der Magier u. d. zarath. Rel., Diss. Berl. ’30, I Magi a Betlemme e una predizione di Zoroastro ’33 (against him GHartmann, Scholastik 7, ’32, 403-14); RPettazzoni, Revue d’Hist. des Rel. 103, ’31, 144-50; Gdspd., Probs. 14f.—On the star of the Magi HHKritzinger, Der Stern der Weisen ’11; HGVoigt, Die Geschichte Jesu u. d. Astrologie ’11; OGerhardt, Der Stern des Messias ’22; DAFrövig, D. Stern Bethlehems in der theol. Forschung: Tidsskrift for Teologi og Kirke 2, ’31, 127-62; CSSmith, ChQR 114, ’32, 212-27; WVischer, D. Ev. von den Weisen aus dem Morgenlande: EVischer-Festschr. ’35, 7-20; ELohmeyer, D. Stern d. Weisen: ThBl 17, ’38, 288-99; GHartmann, Stimmen d. Zeit 138, ’41, 234-8; JSchaumberger, Ein neues Keilschriftfragment über d. angebl. Stern der Weisen: Biblica 24, ’43, 162-9. Cf. ποιμήν 1.

2. magician (trag.+; Aeschin. 3, 137 [μάγος=πονηρός]; Diod. S. 5, 55, 3; 34+35 fgm. 2, 5 τὶς. . . ἄνθρωπος μάγος, a false prophet, who πολλοὺς ἐξηπάτα; Vett. Val. 74, 17; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 93; Test. Reub. 4:9) of Barjesus=Elymas on Cyprus Ac 13:6, 8. Cf. Hm 11:2 v.l.—On the history of the word ADNock, Beginn. I 5, ’33, 586

164-88=Essays on Religion and the Ancient World I, ’72, 308-30.—GDelling, TW IV 360-3: μάγος and related words. M-M. B. 1494f.* ) Magog, mentioned w. Gog (s. Γώγ) among the enemies of God in the last days Rv 20:8. The Μαγώγ, ὁ indecl. (‫גוֹג‬ idea and the names are fr. Ezk 38:2-39:16; but there Gog is prince of Magog, and in Rv G. and M. are two peoples (cf.

Sib. Or. 3, 319 χώρα Γὼγ ἠδὲ Μαγώγ; 512).—Lit. s.v. Γώγ; also RdeVaux, Magog-Hierapolis: RB 43, ’34, 568-71.* Μαδιάμ, ὁ indecl. (‫ ;ןָי ְדִ מ‬also Philo, Mut. Nom. 110.—Jos., Ant. 2, 257Μαδιανή, ῆς) Midian, a people in Arabia. γῆ M. is (after Ex 2:15) the place where Moses stayed for a while Ac 7:29.* μαζός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 644, 4; 690, 2; PSI 253, 134) breast—1. of a man (oft. Hom.; Apollon. Rhod. 3, 119; Achilles Tat. 3, 8, 6; Etym. Mag. *574, 220) Rv 1:13 A. 2. of a woman’s breast (Hom.+; Artem. 1, 16; Test. Napht. 1:7), also of an animal’s udder (Callim. 1, 48 Schn.; Aratus, Phaen. 163; Crinagoras no. 26, 6). Fig. (Philo, Aet. M. 66) of springs (Pampretius of Panopolis [V AD] 1, 90 [ed. HGerstinger: SB d. Wien. Ak. d. W. 208, 3, 1928]) which offer to men τοὺς πρὸς ζωῆς μαζούς their life-giving breasts 1 Cl 20:10. M-M.* μαθει̂ν s. μανθάνω. μάθημα, ατος, τό (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Jer 13:21; Philo) someth. that is learned, knowledge, teaching Dg 5:3.* μαθηματικός, ή, όν (Pla.+; Sib. Or. 13, 67), subst. μαθηματικός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristot.+), in the sense astrologer (M. Ant. 4, 48; Sext. Emp., Adv. Math.; Philo, Mut. Nom. 71) D 3:4.* μαθητεία, ας, ἡ lesson, instruction (Timo [III BC] 54 in HDiels, Poetarum philos. fgm. ’01; Dio Chrys. 4, 41; Suidas) οὗ τὸ κατάστημα μεγάλη μ. whose demeanor is a great lesson ITr 3:2.* μαθητεύω 1 aor. ἐμαθήτευσα, pass. ἐμαθητεύθην.

1. intr. be or become a pupil or disciple (Plut., Mor. 832B; 837C; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 23, 104 μ. τῷ Πυθαγόρᾳ; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. Proleg. Aa) τινί of someone (Ἰωσὴφ) ἐμαθήτευσεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ Joseph had become a disciple of Jesus Mt 27:57 v.l. Likew. as 2. pass. dep. μαθητεύομαι become a disciple τινί: (Ἰ.) ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ Mt 27:57. ὑμῖν μαθητευθῆναι become your disciples, be instructed by you IEph 10:1. γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς τῇ βασιλείᾳ τ. οὐρανῶν a scribe who has become a disciple of the kgdm. of heaven or who has been trained for the kgdm. Mt 13:52 (γραμματεύς 3). Abs. IEph 3:1. μᾶλλον μαθητεύομαι I am becoming a disciple more and more IRo 5:1. This gave rise to a new active form (Bl-D. §148, 3; Rob. 800) 3. trans. make a disciple of, teach τινά someone Mt 28:19. ἱκανούς make a number of disciples Ac 14:21.

Abs. ἃ μαθητεύοντες ἐντέλλεσθε what you command when you are instructing or winning disciples IRo 3:1.

M-M.* μαθητής, οῦ, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr.; BGU 1125, 9 [I BC]; POxy. 1029, 25. In LXX only in two places in Jer [13:21; 20:11], and then as v.l. of codex A; Philo; Joseph.) learner, pupil, disciple.

1. gener. pupil, apprentice (in contrast to the teacher) Mt 10:24f; Lk 6:40 (TWManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 237-40).

2. disciple, adherent (Pla., Apol. 33A; X., Mem. 1, 6, 3; Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 5; Lucian, M. Peregr. 28 al.; Diog.

L. 7, 7, 179; 8, 1, 3; 10, 11, 22; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 254 οἱ μ.; Dit., Syll.3 1094, 5f αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ; Jos., Ant. 9, 68; 13, 289), oft. w. an indication of the pers. whose disciple one is, mostly in the gen. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 176Ἀριστοτέλους μ., Ant. 9, 33; 15, 3; Theosophien 66 Φορφυρίου μ.). a. μ. Ἰωάννου Mt 9:14a; 11:2; 14:12; Mk 2:18a, b; 6:29; Lk 5:33; 7:18; 11:1; J 1:35, 37; 3:25. τ. Μωϋσέως 9:28b. τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 22:16; Mk 2:18c. τοῦ Πολυκάρπου MPol 22:2; Epil Mosq 1. b. esp. of the disciples of Jesus—α. of the Twelve οἱ δώδεκα μ. αὐτοῦ his twelve disciples Mt 10:1; 11:1; οἱ ἕνδεκα μ. 28:16. οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (or w. another gen. of similar mng.—Yet it is somet. doubtful whether a particular pass. really means the Twelve and not a larger [s. β below] or smaller circle; ERMartinez, CBQ 23, ’61, 281-92 [restricted to the 12, even in Mt 18]) 12:1; 15:2; Mk 5:31; 6:1, 35, 45; 8:27; Lk 8:9; J 2:2; 3:22 and oft. Also without a gen. οἱ μ. Mt 8:21; 13:10; 14:19; 16:5; Mk 8:1; 9:14; 10:24; Lk 9:16; J 4:31; 11:7f and oft.—LBrun, D. Berufung der ersten Jünger Jesu: Symb. Osl. 11, ’32, 35-54; SvanTilborg, The Jewish Leaders in Mt, ’72, 99-141; ULuz, Die Jünger im Mt, ZNW 62, ’71, 141-7; on the ‘beloved disciple’ of J 13:23 al. cf. FVFilson, JBL 68, ’49, 83-8; ELTitus, ibid. ’50, 323-8. β. of Jesus’ disciples gener. ὄχλος πολὺς μ. αὐτοῦ a large crowd of his adherents Lk 6:17; ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μ. the whole crowd of the disciples 19:37. οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ ἱκανοί a large number of his disciples 7:11 v.l. πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μ. αὐτοῦ J 6:66.—Papias 2:4. γ. Even after Jesus’ departure fr. this life those who followed him were called μ. (generations later, as Socrates is called the μ. of Homer: Dio Chrys. 38[55], 3ff) οἱ μ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 9:1; μ. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 9:2 (opp. ὁ μόνος διδάσκαλος, who also had the prophets as his μαθηταί vs. 3; 10:1. Ac uses μ. almost exclusively to denote the 587

members of the new religious community (cf. Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst. 127f), so that it almost=Christian (cf. 11:26) 6:1f, 7; 9:19; 11:26, 29; 13:52; 15:10 al. τῶν μαθητῶν (without τινές) some Christians 21:16 (cf. X., Cyr. 1, 4, 20, An. 3, 5, 16; Herodas 2, 36 τῶν πορνέων; Polyaenus 5, 17, 2 καὶ ἦσαν τῶν Μακεδόνων).—καλοὶ μαθηταί IPol 2:1.

Individuals (Aberciusinschr. 3: ‘A., ὁ μ. ποιμένος ἁγνοῦ): Ananias Ac 9:10; Mnason 21:16b; Timothy 16:1. δ. The martyrs (s. on μάρτυς 3) are specif. called μ. κυρίου MPol 17:3. Also absol. μ. IEph 1:2; ITr 5:2; IRo 5:3; IPol 7:1. As long as a Christian’s blood has not been shed, he is only a beginner in discipleship (IRo 5:3), not a μαθητὴς ἀληθὴς τοῦ Χριστοῦ IRo 4:2.—For lit. s. on ἀπόστολος and cf. also JWach, Meister and Jünger ’25; ESchweizer, Lordship and Discipleship, ’60, 464-66; GBornkamm, Bultmann-Festschr., ’64, 171-91 (Mt 28:16-20); KHRengstorf, TW IV 392-465; μαθητής, μανθάνω and related words. M-M. B. 1225. μαθήτρια, ας, ἡ (Diod. S. 2, 52, 7; Diog. L. 4, 2; 8, 42) a (woman) disciple of Mary Magdalene μ. τοῦ κυρίου GP 12:50.—Also abs. Christian woman (s. μαθητής 2bγ) of Tabitha in Joppa Ac 9:36. M-M.* Μαθθάθ s. Ματθάτ. Μαθθαι̂ος s. Ματθαῖος. M-M. Μαθθάν s. Ματθάν. Μαθθάτ s. Ματθάτ. Μαθθίας s. Ματθίας. M-M. .—So also Philo and En. 106, 1; 107, 3, the latter in the form Μαθουσάλα, ὁ indecl. (‫ַחלֶשׁוּת‬ Μεθουσάλεκ.—Joseph. has Μαθουσάλας, but only in nom.) Methuselah, son of Enoch and grandfather of Noah (Gen 5:21ff); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:37.* Μαίανδρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sib. Or. 4, 149; 151) Maeander, a river in Caria in Asia Minor IMg inscr.; s. Μαγνησία.* Μαϊνάν s. Μεννά. μαίνομαι (Hom.+; POxy. 33 IV, 9ff; PHermopol. 7 I, 18; LXX; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 204; Test, Jos. 8:3; Sib. Or. 4, 83) be mad, be out of one’s mind beside δαιμόνιον ἔχειν and as a result of it have no control over oneself J 10:20 (cf. Eur., Bacch. 291ff; Hdt. 4, 79 ὁ δαίμων τὸν βασιλέα λελάβηκε καὶ ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ μαίνεται; Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 8: the owl warns the other birds about men. The birds, however, ἀνόητον αὐτὴν ἡγοῦντο καὶ μαίνεσθαι ἔφασκον; the same Aesop, Fab. 437 P.=105 H.; Diog. L. 1, 49 the members of the Athenian council concerning Solon: μαίνεσθαι ἔλεγον αὐτόν). Opp. ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ἀποφθέγγεσθαι Ac 26:25. μαίνῃ you are mad, said to one who has brought incredible news 12:15; you are out of your mind, said to one whose enthusiasm seems to have overcome his better judgment 26:24 (Sallust. c. 4 p. 6, 8 μ. as a judgment on a man proclaiming certain teachings; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini c. 15 μαίνεσθαι τὸν Πορφύριον as a judgment on a poem that has been recited). Of the impression made by speakers in ‘tongues’ on strangers 1 Cor 14:23 (Herm. Wr. 9, 4 those who were filled w. divine Gnosis made the same impression on the outsiders: μεμηνέναι δοκοῦσι).—HPreisker, TW IV 363-5. M-M.* μακαρίζω Att. fut. μακαριῶ; 1 aor. ἐμακάρισα (Hom.+; Vett. Val. 88, 25; LXX; Philo, Exs. 152; Joseph.) call or consider blessed, happy, fortunate τινά someone (Hippocr., Ep. 17; Diod. S. 13, 58, 2; Charito 5, 8, 3; Gen 30:13; Sir 11:28; Jos., Bell. 7, 356)or τὶ someth. (Herodian 5, 1, 5; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 135) Lk 1:48; IEph 5:1. τοὺς ὑπομείναντας those who showed endurance Js 5:11. ἑαυτόν oneself Hs 9, 28, 6. τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν 1 Cl 1:2. τὴν εἰς θεὸν αὐτοῦ γνώμην his (the bishop’s) attitude toward God IPhld 1:2. Perh. abs. (X., Mem. 1, 6, 9) Dg 10:8. M-M.* μακάριος, ία, ιον (Pind., Pla., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) blessed, fortunate, happy, usu. in the sense privileged recipient of divine favor.

1. of human beings—a. with less obvious relig. coloring (Chrysippus in Diog. L. 7, 179 calls himself a μακάριος ἀνήρ; Epict. 2, 18, 15; Jos., Ant. 16, 108; 20, 27) ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον Ac 26:2. Of the widow who remains unmarried μακαριωτέρα ἐστίν she is happier 1 Cor 7:40. μ. ἤμην εἰ τοιαύτην γυναῖκα εἶχον Hv 1, 1, 2 (Charito 6, 2, 9 μ. ἦν εἰ). Cf. Lk 23:29. b. with a more obvious relig. connotation (Jos., Ant. 9, 264), of Biblical persons: Moses 1 Cl 43:1. Judith 55:4.

Paul 47:1; Pol 3:2; (11:3). Of other prominent Christians, esp. martyrs: Ignatius, Zosimus, Rufus Pol 9:1. Polycarp MPol 1:1; 19:1, 21; 22:1, 3. Of presbyters who have died 1 Cl 44:5. μ. εἶναι ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ be blessed in what he does Js 1:25.—In various sentence combinations, in which the copula belonging with μ. is often omitted (Bl-D. §127, 4; Rob. 395; Maximus Tyr. 14, 6f; μ. [opp. δυστυχής] εὐσεβὴς φίλος θεοῦ): as the apodosis of a conditional sentence Lk 6:5 D (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 49-54); 1 Pt 3:14; 4:14; Hm 8:9. The conditional sentence follows J 13:17; 1 Cl 50:5; Hs 6, 1, 1a. W. relative clause foll. Mt 11:6; Lk 7:23; 14:15 (μ. ὅστις Menand., fgm. 114, Mon. 340 al.); Ro 4:7f (Ps 31:1f); Js 1:12 (Sext. 40 μακ. ἀνήρ w. rel.); 1 Cl 56:6 (Job 5:17); B 10:10 (Ps 1:1.—Maximus Tyr. 33, 5e ὁ μ. ἀνήρ, ὅν); 11:8; Hv 2, 2, 7; s 9, 29, 3. μ. ἐν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ, ὅς IPhld 10:2. The 588

relative clause precedes Hv 3, 8, 4; s 5, 3, 9b; 6, 1, 1b. As a predicate w. a subst. or subst. adj. or ptc. μ. ὁ blessed is he who. . . (2 Ch 9:7; Da 12:12) Mt 5:3ff (the transl. 0, the happiness of or hail to those, favored by some [Zahn, Wlh., EKlostermann, JWeiss; KBornhäuser, Die Bergpredigt ’23, 24 a1.] may be exactly right for the Aramaic original ], but it scarcely exhausts the content which μακάριος had in the mouths of Gk.-speaking Christians [cf. [=Hebr. ‫י ֵר‬ e.g. Maximus Tyr. 14, 6f μακάριος εὐσεβὴς φίλος θεοῦ, δυστυχὴς δὲ ὁ δεισιδαίμων; Artem. 4, 72 the state of μακ. εἶναι is brought about by ascension into heaven and the ὑπερβάλλουσα εὐδαιμονία enjoyed there].—CCMcCown, The Beatitudes in the Light of Ancient Ideals: JBL 46, ’27, 50-61; JRezevskis [Resewski], D. Makarismen bei Mt u. Lk, ihr Verhältnis zu einander u. ihr histor. Hintergrund: Studia Theologica I [=IBenzinger-Festschr.] ’35, 157-70; JDupont, Les Béatitudes ’54; GStrecker, Die Makarismen der Bergpredigt, NTS 17, ’70/’71, 255-75; see lit. s.v. ὄρος); 24:46; Lk 1:45; 6:20ff; 11:28; 12:37; cf. vs. 38, 43; J 20:29; Ro 14:22; Rv 1:3; 14:13; 16:15; 19:9; 20:6; 22:7, 14; 2 Cl 16:4; 19:3; D 1:5; Pol 2:3(=Lk 6:20). W. ὅτι foll. Mt l6:17; Lk 14:14. W. ὅταν Mt 5:11. Acc. to the reading of the Michigan Pap. (ed. CBonner ’34, p. 46) and of a parchment leaf at Hamburg (SAB ’09, 1081) Hs 5, 1, 3 contains the words μακάριόν με ποιήσεις, ἐάν you will make me happy, if.

2. of God (Aristot., Eth. Nicom. 10, 8 p. 1178b, 25f τοῖς θεοῖς ἅπας ὁ βίος μακάριος; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 τ. θεὸν ζῷον ἄφθαρτον κ. μακάριον νομίζων; Herm. Wr. 12, 13b; Sextus 560; Philo, Cher. 86, Deus Imm. 26 ὁ ἄφθαρτος κ. μακάριος, Leg. ad Gai. 5 [other pass. in MDibelius, Hdb. on 1 Ti 1:11]; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190, cf. Ant. 10, 278) 1 Ti 1:11; 6:15 (BSEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 179).

3. of impersonal things (Eur.+; Eccl 10:17)—a. of parts of the body of persons who are the objects of special grace, which are themselves termed blessed: μ. οἱ ὀφθαλμοί Mt 13:16; Lk 10:23. μ. ἡ κοιλία 11:27 (Kleopatra l.

168f. Prob. Christian despite the ref. to Cleop. Of the secular parallels, the next closest is Musaeus, Hero 137. . . γαστήρ τʼ ἥ σʼ ἐλόχευσε μακαρτάτη). b. of things that stand in a very close relationship to the divinity: τὰ δῶρα τ. θεοῦ 1 Cl 35:1. Of the πνεύματα implanted in the Christians B 1:2 (cf. Maximus Tyr. 41, 51 the εὐδαίμων κ. μακαρία ψυχή). Of the age to come 2 Cl 19:4 (cf. Dit., Or. 519, 9 ἐν τοῖς μακαριοτάτοις ὑμῶν καιροῖς; 17). c. of martyrdoms MPol 2:1. Of the object of the Christian hope προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μ. ἐλπίδα Tit 2:13 (cf. Dit., Or. 383, 108 μακαριστὰς ἐλπίδας). μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν Ac 20:35 (cf. Pla., Rep. 496C ὡς μακάριον τὸ κτῆμα; Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Beginn. IV 264; JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’58, 78-81; EHaenchen, Ac ad loc.).—FHauck u. GBertram, TW IV 365-73: μακάριος,—ίζω,—ισμός. S. the lit. s.v. ὄρος. M-M. B. 1105.** μακαρισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pla., Rep. 9 p. 591D; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 9, 34; Plut., Sol. 27, 7, Mor. 471C; Stob., Ecl. III 57, 14 H.; Philo, Somn. 2, 35; Jos., Bell. 6, 213;Sib. Or. 13, 117) blessing, of a quot. fr. the Psalms beginning w. ‫◌ַ א‬ ‫= י ֵר‬μακάριος Ro 4:6, 9; 1 Cl 50:7 (both Ps 31:1f). ποῦ οὗν ὁ μ. ὑμῶν; where, then, is your blessing? i.e. the frame of mind in which you blessed yourselves Gal 4:15.—GL Dirichlet, De veterum macarismis ’14. Also εὐλογέω, end.

M-M.* Μακεδονία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. [ίη]) Macedonia, a Roman province since 146 B.c., in Paul’s day a senatorial province. Visited by Paul several times Ac 16:9f, 12; 18:5; 19:21f; 20:1, 3; 2 Cor 2:13; 7:5; Phil 4:15; 1 Th 1:7f; 4:10. Travel plan w. ref. to Mac. 1 Cor 16:5a, b; 2 Cor 1:16a, b; 1 Ti 1:3. Support for Paul fr. the Macedonian brethren 2 Cor 11:9. They were also active in the collection for Jerusalem Ro 15:26; 2 Cor 8:1.* Μακεδών, όνος, ὁ (Hdt.+; Περὶ ὕψους 18, 1; Arrian: 156 fgm. 9, 17 Jac.; Polyaenus 1, Prooem., 1 [all three M. ἀνήρ]; inscr., pap.; Esth 8:12k; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 94; Joseph.; Sib. Or.) a Macedonian Ac 16:9 (AWikenhauser, Religionsgesch. Parallelen zu Ac 16:9; BZ 23, ’35, 180-6). Of Gaius and Aristarchus 19:29. Of Aristarchus 27:2. Pl. of the Maced. Christians or their representatives 2 Cor 9:2, 4.* μάκελλον, ου, τό (not originally a Lat. word taken into Gk. [as Rob. 109], since it is quotable in Gk. fr. c. 400 BC in an inscr. fr. Epidaurus [Sammlg. griech. Dialektinschr., ed. HCollitz and FBechtel III 1, 1899, 3325=IG 42 (I) 102, 107; 296; 298; 301 in the form μάκελλον w. the mng. ‘enclosure, grating’]. The sense ‘meat market’ is found for the Lat. macellum Plautus and Terence+ [III/II BC]; the earliest Gk. ex. of μ. in this sense is Dit., Syll.3 783 [IG 5(2), 268], 45 [I BC]; here it is masc., μάκελλος, as also schol. on Aristoph., Eq. 137; Vi. Aesopi I c. 51 ὁ μάκελλος in which pork can be bought; cf. macellus in Martial, and Sahidic and Bohairic versions of 1 Cor 10:25. S. Cadbury below 134 n. 2. Elsewh. the word is neut. [so also Peshîttâ and Harclean Syriac] or the gender cannot be determined. μ. may have reëntered H. Gk in this new sense; so Hahn 249 n. 6. Ultimately μ. may be of Semitic origin [AWalde, IndogF 39, ’21, 82; Bl-D. §5, 1 app.], though Doric-Ionic acc. to Varro, De Lingua Lat. 5, 146 Goetz-Scholl. Cf. JSchneider, TW IV 373f.—Plut., Mor. 277D; Cass. Dio 61, 18, 3 τ. ἀγορὰν τῶν ὀψῶν, τὸ μάκελλον; IG 5[1], 149; 150; Bull. de corr. hell. 17, 1893, 261; 20, 1896, 126; PHermopol. 127[3] verso, 5) meat market, food market (s. the plan of one at Pompeii in AMau, Pompeji2 ’08, 90-7, fr. here in Ltzm., Hdb. on 1 Cor 10:25. Also HJCadbury, The Macellum of Corinth: JBL 53, ’34, 134-41 w. a Lat. inscr. found at Corinth containing the word ‘macellum’: Corinth, Results of Excavations VIII 2, ’31, no. 124; 125) τὸ ἐν μ. πωλούμενον ἐσθίειν eat what is sold in the meat market 1 Cor 10:25. M-M. B. 365.* μακράν (a fixed form, orig. an acc. of extent of space, w. ὁδόν to be supplied.—Aeschyl.+; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) far (away)—1. as adv.—a. of place—α. lit. μ. ἀπέχειν be far away Lk 15:20 (Zen.-P. 59 605, 3 οὐ μακράν σου ἀπέχομεν). εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε I will send you far away to the heathen Ac 22:21. μ.

589

ἀπό τινος (Polyb. 3, 45, 2; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60; Sib. Or. 8, 33f): ῥίπτειν μ. ἀπὸ τοῦ πύργου throw far away from the tower Hv 3, 2, 7. μ. εἶναι ἀπό τινος be far away fr. someone or someth. Mt 8:30; J 21:8; Hs 1:1. μ. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος (Pr 15:29; 1 Macc 8:4) Lk 7:6; MPol 5:1. Of God οὐ μ. ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα he is not far from each one of us Ac 17:27 (cf. Dio Chrys. 11[12], 28 οὐ μακρὰν οὐδʼ ἔχω τοῦ θείου. . . , ἀλλὰ ἐν αὐτῷ μέσῳ [s. σύμφυτος]; Jos., Ant. 8, 108). β. fig. (Epict. 3, 22, 11 μ. ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=far from a true Cynic) μ. ὄντες ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου Hm 12, 4, 4. οὐ μ. εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ you are not far from the kgdm. of God i.e., you are almost ready to enter it Mk 12:34 (cf.

Ps 21:2 μ. ἀπὸ τ. σωτηρίας μου). οἱ μ. (opp. οἱ ἐγγύς; cf. Is 57:19; Da 9:7 Theod.; Esth 9:20) those who are far away of Gentiles (in contrast to the Jews) Eph 2:17. οἵ ποτε ὄντες μ. who once were far away vs. 13. b. of time: τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν κ. πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μ. Ac 2:39 prob. refers to future generations (cf. 2 Km 7:19 εἰς μ.=vs. 16 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; Sir 24:32 ἐκφανῶ αὐτὰ ἕως εἰς μ.—εἰς μ. also Demosth. 18, 36; Polyaenus 6, 7, 1; Jos., Ant. 6, 278; 20, 153; Test. Sim. 6:2. Ostraca of the Deissmann collection ed. PMMeyer [Griech. Texte aus Aegypt. ’16 p. 107ff 66, 2). But the spatial interpr. is also poss.

2. as a(n improper) prep. μ. τινος far away fr. someone or someth. (Herodas 7, 111 θεῶν ἐκεῖνος οὐ μακρὴν ἀπῴκισται; Polyb. 3, 50, 8; Polyaenus 5, 2, 10; Zen.-P. 59 605, 3 [s. 1aα above, beginning]; POxy. 113, 18; Sir 15:8) Lk 7:6 v.l. μ. πάσης ἁμαρτίας Pol 3:3; cf. 4:3; 6:1. ὧν μ. πραΰτης D 5:2. ὧν μ. καὶ πόρρω πραΰτης B 20:2.

M-M.** μακρόβιος, ον (Hippocr.+; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 151)long-lived σπέρμα μ. a long-lived posterity 1 Cl 16:11 (after Is 53:10).* μακρόθεν adv. (H.Gk.: Chrysippus in Athen. 4, 137f; Polyb. 29, 8, 4; Strabo 3, 3, 4; Epict. 1, 16, 11; Dio Chrys. 1, 68 al.; Aelian, Nat. An. 2, 15; 15, 12; PTebt. 230 [II BC]; LXX; En. 32, 3; Philo; cf. Phryn. 93 L.) from far away, from a distance (Ezk 23:40 ἔρχεσθαι μ.; Tob 13:13) μ. ἀκολουθεῖν follow at a distance Lk 22:54. ἑστὼς μ. stood some distance away 18:13 (Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 37 p. 541 P. μ. ἑστῶσα).—Mostly ἀπὸ μ.

(Ps.-Polemo Physiogn. 15 p. 319, 9 F.; Ps 137:6; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 3:13), since the suffix—θεν has lost its orig. separative force (Bl-D. §104, 3 app.; Rob. 300; KDieterich, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte d. griech. Sprache 1898, 183f.—Cf. ἀπʼ οὐρανόθεν: Eratosthenes [III BC] 16, 11 Coll.; PGM 2, 83; Sib. Or. 3, 691.—ἀπὸ μικρόθεν: POxy. 1216, 6 [II/III AD]). ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπὸ μ. follow at a distance Mt 26:58 (the rdg. varies; Tdf. deletes ἀπό); Mk 14:54. ἀπὸ μ. θεωρεῖν look on from a distance Mt 27:55; Mk 15:40. ὁρᾶν ἀπὸ μ. 5:6; 11:13; Lk 16:23. ἀπὸ μ. ἑστηκέναι stand at a distance (Ps 37:12) Lk 23:49 (for the whole situation as well as details in expression cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 85 §360 τὸ γύναιον τοῦ Πομπηίου καὶ οἱ φίλοι ταῦτα [i.e., the murder of Pompey] μακρόθεν ὁρῶντες); Rv 18:10, 15, 17. ἀπὸ μ. εἶναι live far away Mk 8:3.* μακροθυμέω 1 aor. ἐμακροθύμησα—1. have patience, wait (Plut., Mor. 593F; Job 7:16; Sir 2:4; Bar 4:25; Test.

Jos. 2:7) abs. Hb 6:15; Js 5:8. μ. ἐπί τινι wait patiently for someth. Js 5:7b. μ. ἕως τ. παρουσίας τ. κυρίου have patience until the coming of the Lord vs. 7a.

2. be patient, forbearing (LXX) abs. (Pr 19:11) of God Dg 9:2. Of love 1 Cor 13:4. ἀγάπη πάντα μακροθυμεῖ love is patient about everything 1 Cl 49:5. πρός τινα toward someone 1 Th 5:14. μετά τινος w. someone IPol 6:2. εἴς τινα toward someone 2 Pt 3:9. ἐπί τινι w. someone (Sir 18:11; 29:8) Mt 18:26, 29.

3. Lk 18:7 μακροθυμεῖ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς; which is textually uncertain and difficult to interpret (but cf. Mt 18:12 for the mixture of tenses in a question), may best be transl.: will he delay long over them? (RSV; cf. Weizsäcker3-8; Sir 35:19 Rahlfs; μ.=delay: Artem. 4, 11).—Jülicher, Gleichn. 286ff; HSahlin, Zwei Lk-Stellen: Lk 6:43-5; 18:7: Symb. Bibl.

Ups. 4, ’45, 9-20; HRiesenfeld, NT Aufsätze (JSchmid-Festschr.), ’63, 214-17 (Lk 18:7); but see KBeyer, Semit.

Syntax im NT, ’62, 268 n. 1. M-M.* μακροθυμία, ας, ἡ (Menand.+; Strabo 5, 4, 10; LXX)—1. patience, steadfastness, endurance (Menand., fgm.

19; Plut., Lucull. 32, 3; 33, 1; Is 57:15; 1 Macc 8:4; Test. Dan 2:1; Jos., Bell. 6, 37)w. ὑπομονή (Test. Jos. 2:7) Col 1:11; 1 Cl 64; IEph 3:1; cf. 2 Ti 3:10. διὰ πίστεως καὶ μακροθυμίας through faith and steadfastness Hb 6:12. ὑπόδειγμα τ. κακοπαθίας κ. τ. μακροθυμίας Js 5:10. W. ταπεινοφροσύνη Hs 8, 7, 6; cf. 9, 15, 2.

2. forbearance, patience toward others (Artem. 2, 25 p. 119, 10)—a. of men (Pr 25:15; Sir 5:11; Test. Jos. 17:2) w. other virtues 2 Cor 6:6; Gal 5:22; 1 Cl 62:2. W. ἐπιείκεια cf. Ep. Arist. 188) 1 Cl 13:1. W. πραΰτης Col 3:12. W. ἐγκράτεια B 2:2. ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ 2 Ti 4:2. In contrast to ὀξυχολία: Hm 5, 1, 3; 6; 5, 2, 3; 8. μετὰ μακροθυμίας ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων Eph 4:2. b. of divine beings—α. of God himself Ro 2:4; 9:22; 1 Pt 3:20; IEph 11:1. β. of Christ 1 Ti 1:16; 2 Pt 3:15.—S. ὑπομονή 1, end.—JHorst, TW IV 377-90 μακροθυμία and related words.

M-M.* μακρόθυμος, ον (M. Ant. 6, 30, 10; Anth. Pal. 11, 317, 1; LXX) patient, forbearing, even-tempered.

1. of men (Pr 14:29; 15:18; 16:32 al.) Hv 1, 2, 3; m 5, 1, 1; cf. 2; D 3:8. μακρόθυμον εἶναι Hm 8:10.

2. of God (Ex 34:6; Num 14:18; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 17 al.) Hs 8, 11, 1. W. φιλάνθρωπος Dg 8:7; ὁ μ. he who is patient i.e. God B 3:6. τὸ μ. αὐτοῦ βούλημα 1 Cl 19:3.* μακροθύμως adv. patiently ἀκούειν τινός listen to someone with patience Ac 26:3.* 590

μακρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 274; loanw. in rabb.).

1. of extension in time or space long; the neut. as adv. (since Hom., e.g. Il. 2, 224 μακρὰ βοᾶν; Jos., Ant. 6, 241)μακρὰ προσεύχεσθαι make long prayers Mt 23:14 t.r.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47.

2. of distance far away, distant (Aeschyl., Prom. 814 μ. ἀποικία; Mi 4:3 εἰς γῆν μακράν) εἰς χώραν μ. Lk 15:13; 19:12. M-M. B. 882.* μακροχρόνιος, ον (Hippocr.+; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 34) long-lived (Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 24 N.) ἵνα. . . ἔσῃ μ. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς that you may have a long life on the earth Eph 6:3 (Ex 20:12; Dt 5:16). M-M.* μαλακία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 169; 17, 109; Test. Jos. 17:7; loanw. in rabb.) softness, weakness, weakliness, ailment.

1. of bodily weakness, sickness (Menand., fgm. 201, 5 Kock; Vit. Hom. 36; Dt 7:15; 28:61; Is 38:9) w. νόσος (as in the Christian amulets, which are obviously dependent upon NT language: POxy. 1151, 27; BGU 954, 12) Mt 4:23; 9:35; 10:1. εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν who knows how to endure weakness 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).

2. of weakness of spirit (Thu. 1, 122, 4; Demosth. 11, 22) faint-heartedness, despondency, lack of energy pl. (w. διψυχία) Hv 3, 11, 2; 3, 12, 3. M-M.* μαλακίζομαι perf. mid.-pass. 3 sing. μεμαλάκισται; 1 aor. pass. ἐμαλακίσθην (Thu.+; Dit., Syll.2 850, 24; PSI 420, 16 [III BC]; PPetr. II 19, 2, 6 [III BC]; Sb 158; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 365; 18, 205; Test. 12 Patr.) be or become soft, weak, weakly, discouraged, sick μαλακισθέντες ἀπὸ τῶν βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων weakened by the duties of everyday life Hv 3, 11, 3 (μαλακίζεσθαι ἀπό as Test. Gad 1:4 v.l.).—μεμαλάκισται διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν he was made to suffer for our misdeeds 1 Cl 16:5; cf. B 5:2 (both Is 53:5).* μαλακός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 72βύσσος μ.) soft.

1. of things: clothes (Hom.+; Artem. 1, 78 p. 73, 10 ἱματίων πολυτελῶν κ. μαλακῶν; PSI 364, 5 ἱμάτιον μαλ.) μ. ἱμάτια soft garments, such as fastidious people wear Lk 7:25. (τὰ) μ. soft clothes (Sb 6779, 57; cf. λευκός 2, end) Mt 11:8a, b.

2. of pers. soft, effeminate, esp. of catamites, men and boys who allow themselves to be misused homosexually (Dionys. Hal. 7, 2, 4; Dio Chrys. 49[66], 25; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 15, 10; Vett. Val. 113, 22; Diog. L. 7, 173; PHib. 54, 11 [c. 245 BC] a musician called Zenobius ὁ μαλακός [cf. Dssm., LO 131, 4-LAE 150, 4]. Sim. a Macedon. inscr. in LDuchesne and CBayet, Mémoire sur une Mission au Mont Athos 1876 no. 66 p. 46; Plautus, Miles 668 cinaedus malacus) 1 Cor 6:9=Pol 5:3.—S. lit. s.v. ἀρσενοκοίτης. M-M. B. 1065.* Μαλελεήλ, ὁ indecl. (‫לֵא‬ Lk 3:37.*

; in Jos., Ant. 1, 79; 84 Μαλάηλος, ου) Maleleel (Gen 5:12), in the genealogy of Jesus

μάλιστα (superl. of the adv. μάλα; Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 25, 2; Ep. Arist., Joseph.).

1. most of all, above all, especially, particularly, (very) greatly Ac 20:38; 1 Ti 4:10; 5:17; 2 Ti 4:13; Tit 1:10; Phlm 16; 1 Cl 13:1; Dg 1; 3:1; IEph 20:1; IPhld inscr.; MPol 13:1; Hv 1, 1, 8. καὶ μ. and above all, particularly (Plut., Mor. 835E; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 27) Ac 25:26; 1 Ti 5:8; Hv 1, 2, 4. μ. δέ but especially (Il. 1, 16; Lesbonax Gramm. [II AD] p. 8 [ed. RMüller 1900]; Jos., Vi. 14) Gal 6:10; Phil 4:22; 2 Pt 2:10; IPol 3:1; Hm 12, 1, 2; s 8, 6, 5; 9, 10, 7. μ. γνώστην ὄντα σε since you are outstandingly familiar Ac 26:3 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 26 §100 ὁ μάλιστα ἐχθρός=the bitterest enemy).

2. in answer to a question: most assuredly, certainly 1 Cl 43:6. M-M.* μᾶλλον (comp. of the adv. μάλα; Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 5, 350; 13, 407 al.; Sib. Or. 3, 242) more, rather.

1. to a greater degree Phil 1:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν he cried out even more loudly Mk 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον more and more (Diog. L. 9; 10, 2 μ. ἔτι καὶ μ.) Phil 1:9; Hs 9, 1, 8. ἐγὼ μᾶλλον I can do so even more Phil 3:4. The thing compared is introduced by ἤ (Apollon. Paradox. 9; Appian, Iber. 90 §392; Lucian, Adv. Ind. 2) Mt 18:13 or stands in the gen. of comparison (X., Mem. 4, 3, 8, Cyr. 3, 3, 45) πάντων ὑμῶν μ. γλώσσαις λαλῶ I (can) speak in tongues more than you all 1 Cor 14:18.—Abs. μ. can mean to a greater degree than before, even more, now more than ever Lk 5:15; J 5:18; 19:8; Ac 5:14; 22:2; 2 Cor 7:7. Somet. it is also added to verbs: Σαῦλος μ. ἐνεδυναμοῦτο Ac 9:22.—In combination w. an adj. it takes the place of the comparative (class.; Synes., Ep. 123 p. 259D μ. ἄξιος) μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον Ac 20:35 (s. 3c below). καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον Mk 9:42; cf. 1 Cor 9:15. πολλῷ μ. ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν they are even more necessary 1 Cor 12:22. πολλὰ τ. τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τ. ἄνδρα the children of the desolate woman are numerous to a higher degree than (the children) of the woman who has a husband=the children are more numerous Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1).—Pleonastically w. words and expressions that already contain the idea ‘more’ (Kühner-G. I 26; O Schwab, Histor. Syntax der griech. Komparation III 1895, 59ff; Bl-D. §246; Rob. 278) μ. διαφέρειν τινός Mt 6:26; Lk 12:24. περισσεύειν μᾶλλον 1 Th 4:1, 10; w. a comp. (trag.; Hdt. 1, 32; X., Cyr. 2, 2, 12; Lucian, Gall. 13; Ps.-Lucian, Charid. 6; Synes., Ep. 79 p. 227C; 103 p. 241D) πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον Phil 1:23. μᾶλλον περισσότερον ἐκήρυσσον Mk 7:36. περισσοτέρως μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν we rejoiced still more 2 Cor 7:13. μ. ἐνδοξότεροι Hs 9, 28, 4. ὅσῳ δοκεῖ μ. μείζων εἶναι the more he seems to be great 1 Cl 48:6b.

2. for a better reason—a. rather, sooner μ. χρῆσαι rather take advantage of it (i.e., either freedom or slavery) 591

1 Cor 7:21 (lit. on χράομαι 1a.). The slaves who have Christian masters μᾶλλον δουλευέτωσαν rather they are to continue as slaves 1 Ti 6:2. νῦν πολλῷ μ. ἐν τ. ἀπουσίᾳ μου much more in my absence Phil 2:12. οὐ πολὺ μ. ὑποταγησόμεθα τ. πατρί; should we not much rather submit to the Father? Hb 12:9. τοσούτῳ μ. ὅσῳ all the more, since 10:25. b. more (surely) , more (certainly) πόσῳ μ. σοί how much more surely to you Phlm 16 (Diod. S. 1, 2, 2). πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:9 (cf. HMüller, Der rabb. Qal-Wachomer Schluss. in paul. Theol., ZNW 58, ’67, 73-92). Very oft. a conditional clause (εἰ) precedes it (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 91 εἰ. . . , πολλῷ μᾶλλον=if. . . , how much more surely) εἰ τὸν χόρτον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μ. ὑμᾶς; if God so clothes the grass, (will he) not much more surely (clothe) you? Mt 6:30. Likew. εἰ. . . πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:10, 15, 17; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; εἰ. . . πόσῳ μ. if. . . how much more surely Mt 7:11; 10:25; Lk 11:13; 12:28; Ro 11:12, 24; Hb 9:14. εἰ—πῶς οὐχὶ μ.; if—why should not more surely? 2 Cor 3:8. εἰ. . . πολὺ μ. ἡμεῖς if. . . then much more surely we Hb 12:25. εἰ ἄλλοι. . . οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; if others (have a claim, then) do we not more surely (have one)? 1 Cor 9:12 (μ. can also mean above all, especially, e.g., Himerius, Or. 40 [Or. 6], 2).—CMaurer, Der Schluss ‘a minore ad majus’ als Element paul. Theol., ThLZ 85, ’60, 149-52.

3. rather in the sense instead (of someth.)—a. following a negative which α. is expressed: μὴ εἰσέλθητε. πορεύεσθε δὲ μ. do not enter (into) ; go instead Mt 10:6. μὴ φοβεῖσθε—φοβεῖσθε δὲ μ. vs. 28; ἵνα μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ, ὒαθῇ δὲ μ. Hb 12:13. μὴ. . . , μᾶλλον δέ Eph 4:28; 5:11. μὴ or οὐ. . . , ἀλλὰ μ. (Syntipas p. 17, 3; 43, 17) Mt 27:24; Mk 5:26; Ro 14:13; Eph 5:4. β. the negative can be unexpressed, though easily supplied fr. the context: πορεύεσθε μ. (do not turn to us,) rather go Mt 25:9. ἵνα μ. τὸν Βαραββᾶν that he should (release) Barabbas instead (of Jesus) Mk 15:11. ἥδιστα μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι (I will not pray for release,) rather I will gladly boast 2 Cor 12:9. μᾶλλον παρακαλῶ (I do not order,) rather I request Phlm 9; τοὐναντίον μ. on the other hand rather 2 Cor 2:7. b. οὐχὶ μᾶλλον not rather follows a positive statement: ὑμεῖς πεφυσιωμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε; you are puffed up; should you not rather be sad? 1 Cor 5:2. διὰ τί οὐχὶ μ. ἀδικεῖσθε; why do you not rather suffer wrong (instead of doing wrong to others)? 6:7a; cf. b. c. μᾶλλον ἤ(περ) usually (exceptions: Ac 20:35 [JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 77-81: this is not an exception, and renders ‘giving is blessed, not receiving’]; 1 Cor 9:15; Gal 4:27) excludes fr. consideration the content of the phrase introduced by ἤ (Appian, Iber. 26 §101 θαρρεῖν θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ πλήθει στρατοῦ=put his trust in God, not in. . . ) ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μ. τὸ σκότος ἢ τὸ φῶς men did not love light, but rather darkness J 3:19; cf. 12:43. ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μ. ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, not obey God, but you instead Ac 4:19; cf. 5:29.—1 Ti 1:4; 2 Ti 3:4. τῷ ναυκλήρῳ μ. ἐπείθετο ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις he did not pay attention to what Paul said, but to the owner of the ship Ac 27:11. Likew. μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἤ he chose the one rather than the other Hb 11:25. d. μᾶλλον δέ but rather, or rather, or simply rather, introduces an expr. or thought that supplements and thereby corrects what has preceded (Aristoph., Plut. 634; X., Cyr. 5, 4, 49; Demosth. 18, 65; Philo, Aet. M. 23 μ. δέ) Χρ. Ἰ. ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς Chr. J. who died, yes rather was raised Ro 8:34. γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ since you have known God, or rather have been known by God Gal 4:9; cf. 1 Cor 14:1, 5.

M-M.** Μάλχος, ου, ὁ (Porphyr., Pyth. Vi. inscr. Πορφύριος ὁ καὶ M. [fr. Tyre] and Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 17 p. 111, 3ff Westerm.; Joseph. index, almost entirely of Gentiles, in fact of Nabataean Arabs; Dit., Or. 640, 3 [Palmyra]; inscr. in RDussaud, Mission dans les régions désertiques de la Syrie moyenne ’02, p. 644 no. 9; inscr. from the Hauran: RB 41, ’32, p. 403 no. 12; p. 578 no. 130; 131; PBrem. 5, 3 [117/19 AD] 6, 3; HWuthnow, E. palmyren. Büste: ELittmann-Festschr. ’35, 63-9.—Zahn ad loc. [w. lit.]) Malchus, slave of the high priest, whom Peter wounded when Jesus was arrested J 18:10. M-M.* μάμμη, ης, ἡ (orig. ‘mother’, later) grandmother (so Menand., Sam. 28; Herodas 3, 34; 38; Plut., Mor. 704B al.; Dit., Syll.3 844B, 5; POxy. 1644, 12 [63/2 BC]; PReinach 49, 14; BGU 19 II, 7 al.; 4 Macc 16:9; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 14; Jos., Ant. 10, 237.—Lob. on Phryn. 133-5) 2 Ti 1:5 (μάμμη and μήτηρ mentioned together by name as Plut., Agis 4, 1.—Cf. also the influence of his grandmother Macrina and his mother Emmelia on the religious life of the fourth-century church father Basilius as he was growing up [Basilius, Ep. 223, 3 ἐκ παιδὸς ἔλαβον ἔννοιαν περὶ θεοῦ παρὰ τῆς μακαρίας μητρός μου καὶ τῆς μάμμης Μακρίνης]). M-M. B. 109.* , emphat. state ‫אָנוֹמ‬ ) wealth, property Lk 16:9, 11. Personified, ‘Mammon’ Mt 6:24; μαμωνᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (Aram. ‫ןוֹמ‬ Lk 16:13; 2 Cl 6:1.—EbNestle, Encyclopaedia Biblica 2912ff (here [2914f] the etymology of the word is also treated in detail); EKautzsch, Gramm. des Bibl.-Aram. 1884, 10; Dalman, Gramm.2 170f, RE3 XII ’03, 153f; HZimmern, Akkadische Fremdwörter2 ’17, 20; ERiggenbach, ASchlatter-Festschr. ’22, 21ff; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach, 102; FHauck, TW IV 390-2.—The word is also found Mishna Aboth 2, 17 and in the Damascus document p. 14, 20 Schechter ’10=LRost (Kl. T. 167) ’33, p. 26, which cannot be dated w. certainty (s. Bousset, Rel. 15f); EMeyer, ABA ’19, 9, Abhdlg. p. 50. M-M.* ; 4 Km 15:14 Μαναήμ; Jos., Ant. 9, 229; 232 Μαναῆμος, ου [15, 374]. Other Jews w. Μαναήν, ὁ indecl. (‫םֵח‬ this name in Schüret4 index) Manaen, one of the prophets and teachers in the Antioch church, described as Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετραάρχου σύντροφος Ac 13:1.—On the name ThNöldeke, Beiträge z. semit. Sprachwissensch. ’04, 99.

M-M.* Μανασσῆς, ῆ, acc. ῆ, ὁ (‫ה‬

) Manasseh (predominantly a Jewish name. But a Cyprian inscr. [OHoffmann, D. 592

griech. Dialekte I 1891 p. 75 no. 140] gives it as the name of a pagan as well. See ἀββᾶ, end)—1. first-born son of Joseph (Gen 41:51; Philo, Joseph.), father of a tribe B 13:5 (cf. Gen 48:14). Of the tribe Rv 7:6.

2. son of Hezekiah, Hebrew king (4 Km 21:1ff; 2 Ch 33:1ff; Joseph.); in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:10; Lk 3:23ff D.* μάνδρα, ας, ἡ (Soph.+; pap., LXX) sheep-fold B 16:5 (for quotation cf. En. 89, 56; 66f).* μανθάνω 2 aor. ἔμαθον, imper. pl. μάθετε, ptc. μαθών, perf. act. ptc. μεμαθηκώς (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) learn.

1. lit., through instruction, abs. 1 Cor 14:31; 1 Ti 2:11; 2 Ti 3:7. παρά τινος learn from someone as teacher (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 6; Appian, Iber. 23 §89 παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μ.; Sextus 353 μ. παρὰ θεοῦ; Philo, Deus Imm. 4) vs. 14b; be someone’s disciple (μαθητής) Epil Mosq 1. ἀπό τινος from someone (Theognis 1, 28f: Theognis teaches what ‘I myself as a παῖς ἔμαθον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν’; 1, 35; Jos., Ant. 8, 317)Mt 11:29; Col 1:7. W. acc. of the thing learned τὶ someth. 1 Cor 14:35. πάντα Hs 9, 1, 3. Teaching Ro 16:17. τὴν θεοσέβειαν τ. Χριστιανῶν Dg 1; cf. 11:2. τὰ δικαιώματα τ. κυρίου the ordinances of the Lord B 21:1. τὸν Χριστόν=Christian teaching Eph 4:20 (Chio, Ep. 16, 8 θεὸν ἔμαθες=you have learned to know God). W. attraction of a relative μένε ἐν οἷς (=ἐν τούτοις ἃ) ἔμαθες stand by what you have learned 2 Ti 3:14a. W. obj. to be supplied fr. the context (γράμματα) J 7:15 (Gdspd., Probs.

102-4). μ. τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. from someone B 9:9. μ. περὶ πάντων receive instruction concerning all things vs. 7 (περί τινος as Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 42). μ. τι ἔν τινι learn fr. someone’s example 1 Cor 4:6 (Bl-D. §220, 2; Rob. 587).—μ. τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someth.: ἀπὸ τ. συκῆς μάθετε τ. παραβολήν Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28.—W. ὅτι foll. (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 51) B 9:8. W. inf. foll. (Aristoxenus, fgm. 96 αὐλεῖν) 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); 57:2.

W. indirect question foll. 1 Cl 21:8. τί ἐστιν what this means Mt 9:13. W. the question preceding B 5:5; 6:9; 14:4; 16:2, 7; Dg 4:6. Used w. other verbs: ἀκούειν κ. μ. (Pla., Ap. 33B, Ep. p. 344D; Theocr. 5, 39; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 33 D. p. 40; cf. Polyb. 3, 32, 9 ὅσῳ διαφέρει τὸ μαθεῖν τοῦ μόνον ἀκούειν, τοσούτῳ. . . ) J 6:45. μ. καὶ παραλαμβάνειν Phil 4:9.

2. learn or come to know τὸν τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λόγον Christian teaching MPol 10:1. τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Sir 8:8f; Ep. Arist. 198; Philo, Fuga 8, Leg. All. 3, 194; Jos., Vi. 62) Dg 4:1. Take note τὶ of someth.

MPol 20:1.

3. find out (trag., X.; PRyl. 77, 42; POxy. 1067, 6; 1671, 20; LXX) τὶ ἀπό τινος find someth. out fr. someone Gal 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (Arrian, Anab. 2, 5, 7; Esth 1:1n; Jos., Ant. 12, 208)Ac 23:27.

4. learn, appropriate to oneself less through instruction than through experience or practice: ἔμαθεν ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν he learned obedience through what he suffered Hb 5:8 (for the consonance cf. Aeschyl., Agam. 177 τῷ πάθει μάθος; Hdt. 1, 207, 1 τὰ δέ μοι παθήματα. . . μαθήματα; schol. on Pla. 222B ἐὰν μὴ πάθῃς, οὐ μὴ μάθῃς; Philo, Fuga 138 ἔμαθον μὲν ὃ ἔπαθον. Further exx. in HWindisch ad loc. and CSpicq, RB 56, ’49, 551.—A similar play on words in Theognis 1, 369f μωμεῖσθαι—μιμεῖσθαι=[they can] find fault [with me, but not] do as I do).—W. inf. foll. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 6; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 14, 2; Dt 14:23; Is 2:4) τ. ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν 1 Ti 5:4; cf, Tit 3:14. μ. κατὰ Χριστιανισμὸν ζῆν IMg 10:1, cf. IRo 4:3. ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμὶ αὐτάρκης εἶναι I have learned, in whatever state I am, to be content (s. αὐτάρκης) Phil 4:11. ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 Ti 5:13 presents many difficulties fr. a linguistic point of view. Perh. εἶναι or ζῆν is to be inserted after ἀργαί (X., An. 3, 2, 25 ἂν ἅπαξ μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν; so Bl-D. §416, 2; Mlt. 229; Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). Others substitute λανθάνουσιν by conjecture (most recently PWSchmiedel, ThBl 1, ’22, 222, Zürcher Bibelübers. ’31, appendix to NT, note 12).

5. οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο μαθεῖν τ. ᾠδήν Rv 14:3 seems to mean no one was able to hear the song (Boll 18ff; Lohmeyer; Behm). But linguistically the mngs. learn (e.g. Bousset; Allo; RSV) or understand (Lysias 10, 15; Pla., Meno 84D, Tht. 174B, Euthyd. 277E.—So e.g. JWeiss) are also poss. M-M. B. 1222.* μανία, ας, ἡ (Pind.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 330)madness, frenzy, delirium, also in weakened sense eccentricity, queerness, excitement (so perh. the passage [II BC] fr. an unedited Tebtunis papyrus in M-M s.v. φαίνῃ εἰς μανίαν ἐμπεπτωκέναι, διὸ λόγον σαυτοῦ οὐ ποιεῖς καὶ ὑπομεμένηκας. So Solon is reproached with μανία by his opponents: Solon 9, 1 D.2 Cf. μαίνομαι) τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει too much study is driving you mad Ac 26:24. M-M.* . The Gk. form μάννα [LXX—only Ex 16 μάν; Philo, Leg. Alleg. 2, 84, Det. Pot. Insid. 118; μάννα, τό indecl. (‫ן‬ Jos., Ant. 3, 32] is prob. explained by the influence of the Gk. word ἡ μάννα=‘little grain, granule’ [Hippocr.+; POxy. 1088, 21; PGM 4, 1874]. The fem. inflection also Jos., Ant. 3, 296; 5, 21; Sib. Or. 7, 149) manna, called a miraculous food, often identified with the sweetish exudate of the manna tamarisk and related trees, produced by the sting of an insect; it dries and falls down in the form of small grains. S. on it, fr. more recent times: AKaiser, Der heutige Stand der Mannafrage: Mitteilungen d. Thurgauischen Naturforsch. Gesellschaft, Heft 25, ’24, Wanderungen u.

Wandlungen in d. Sinaiwüste 1886-1927: ibid. ’28, 21 ff; HSDarlington, Open Court 42, ’28, 372-81; FSBodenheimer and OTheodor, Ergebnisse d. Sinai-Exped. 1927 der hebr. Univers. Jerus. ’30; BJMalina, The Palestinian Manna Tradition, ’68.

1. lit. J 6:31, 49. Of the manna which, acc. to Ex 16:32ff, was kept in the tabernacle Hb 9:4. Of the honey eaten by the Baptist: οὗ ἡ γεῦσις ἡ τοῦ μ. that tasted like manna GEb 2.

2. τὸ μ. τὸ κεκρυμμένον the hidden manna, a heavenly food Rv 2:17.—W-S. 10A. 2 p. 92; RMeyer, TW IV 466-70. M-M.* 593

μαντεύομαι (Hom.+; inscr., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) mid. dep., also w. pass. mng. for pass. forms; in our lit., as well as LXX, always in an unfavorable sense.

1. prophesy, divine, give an oracle (Hom.+; 1 Km 28:8=Jos., Ant. 6, 330; Sib. Or. 4, 3) of a demoniac pagan slave-girl Ac 16:16.

2. consult an oracle (Pind.+; Artem. 3, 20; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 306) of doubting Christians Hm 11:4. M-M.* μάντις, εως, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 257al.) soothsayer, diviner, prophet of false Christian prophets, to whom the poorly grounded believers go, as to soothsayers Hm 11:2.* Μάξιμος, ου, ὁ a name freq. (Polyb. 3, 87, 6 al.; inscr., pap., Joseph.) found, Maximus, a Christian Hv 2, 3, 4.* μαραίνω pass.: pf. ptc. μεμαραμμένος (Bl-D. §72); 1 aor. ἐμαράνθην; 1 fut. μαρανθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) quench, destroy, in our lit. only pass. gradually die out, fade, disappear, wither of plants (schol. on Nicander, Ther. 677; Job 15:30; Wsd 2:8) ὡς μεμαραμμέναι as if withered Hs 9, 1, 7; cf. 9, 23, 1f. Of one’s spirit v 3, 11, 2 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 90 §379 μαραίνεσθαι of the πνεῦμα, wind=abate fully, die down; Jos., Ant. 11, 56of beauty). Of pers. (Aristaen., Ep. 1, 10 μαραινόμενος τ. νοῦν) ὁ πλούσιος ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ μαρανθήσεται the rich man will fade away, together with his undertakings Js 1:11 (s. the grave-inscription Sb 5199, 2 ἐμαράνθη; Jos., Bell. 6, 274λιμῷ μαραινόμενοι; Test. Sim. 3:3). M-M.* ‫( ן ַר‬our) Lord has come, N.26 reads the preferred μαράνα θά=‫א‬ ‫( אָנַר‬our) Lord, come! μαρὰν ἀθᾶ=‫א‬ an Aramaic formula which D 10:6 associates with what appears to be the early Christian liturgy of the Lord’s Supper (on D 10:6 s. JAEmerton, Maranatha and Ephphatha, JTS 18, ’67, 427-31 and Moule below. On both passages P-ÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur, ’67, 168-208; 236-98). Used without explanation by Paul 1 Cor 16:22.—EKautzsch, Gramm. d. Bibl.-Aram. 1884, 12; l74, StKr. 74, ’01, 296; EbNestle, Theol. Studien aus Württemb. 5, 1884, 186ff; Th Nöldeke, GGA 1884, 1023; Dalman, Gramm.2 152, 3; 357, 1, Worte 269; FSchulthess, D. Problem d. Sprache Jesu ’17, p. 28, 50; Dssm., D. Urgeschichte d. Christentums im Lichte der Sprachforschung ’10, 26ff; Zahn, Einl.I3 216f; WBousset, Jesus der Herr ’16, 22ff; EHommel, ZNW 15, ’14, 317-22ff (‫א‬ ‫‘= ן ַר‬our Lord is the sign’=‘the ‫א‬ and the ‫’ת‬. So earlier ChBruston, Rev. de Théol. et des Quest. Rel. 22, ’13, 402-8]; FJDölger, Sol Salutis ’20, 153ff; CFabricius, Urbekenntnisse d. Christenheit: RSeeberg-Festschr. ’29 I 21-41; Field, Notes, 180; HJCadbury, JBL 58, ’39, p. X; Gdspd., Probs. 166-8; CFDMoule, NTS 6, ’60, 307-10; SSchulz, ZNW 53, ’62, 125-44; JAFitzmyer, To Advance the Gospel ’81, 218-35.—TW IV 470-5. M-M.* μαργαρίτης, ου, ὁ (Theophr.; Strabo; Aelian, N.A. 10, 13; pap.; En. 18, 7; Test. Jud. 13:5; loanw. in rabb.) pearl.

1. lit., w. gold 1 Ti 2:9. W. gold and precious stones Rv 17:4; 18:12, 16. Of the pearls that serve as gates for the heavenly city 21:21 (each gate a single pearl: EBurrows, JTS 43, ’42, 177-9). καλοὶ μ. Mt 13:45; πολύτιμος μ. a very valuable pearl vs. 46 (μ. more in demand than gold, Chares of Mitylene [IV BC]: 125 fgm. 3 Jac. Among the Indians worth 3 times as much as pure gold: Arrian, Ind. 8, 13 and always in great demand: ibid. 8, 9).

2. fig., in a proverb (s. χοῖρος) βάλλειν τοὺς μ. ἔμπροσθεν τ. χοίρων throw pearls to swine i.e. entrust someth. precious (on the value placed on pearls in antiquity s. also HUsener, Die Perle: Weizsäcker-Festschr. 1892, 203-13) to people who cannot or will not appreciate it Mt 7:6 (differently GSchwartz, NovT 14, ’72, 18-25). πνευματικοὶ μ. spiritual pearls of a martyr’s bonds IEph 11:2.—H,RKahane, Traditio 13, ’57, 421-4. TW IV 475-7.* ‘mistress’. Plut., Mar. 17, 2 Σύραν γυναῖκα, Μάρθαν ὄνομα; BGU 1153 I, 3 [14 BC]; 1155, Μάρθα, ας, ἡ (‫א‬ 4 [10 BC]) Martha, acc. to Lk 10:38, 40f sister of Mary, acc. to J 11:1, 5, 19ff, 24, 30, 39 also sister of Lazarus of Bethany.—12:2. M-M.* Μαρία, ας, ἡ (vase-inscr. fr. Samaria-Sebaste: Suppl. epigr. Gr. VIII 110 [I BC/I AD]; two ostraca in PMMeyer, Griech. Texte aus Ägypt. ’16, 107ff nos. 33 and 56 [both II AD]; cf. Dssm., LO 97f; 302; a third ostracon in Dssm., LO 260[cf. LAE2 121, n. 11; 122; 306, n.6]; Jos., Bell. 6, 201)and Μαριάμ indecl. ( ‫ ָםי ְִרמ‬Μαριαμ, Miriam, sister of Moses Ex 15:20f al.; Ezech. Trag. in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 23, 155, 4; Philo.—Joseph. writes the name Μαριά [μ]μη, ης [Ant. 3, 54].—On the name and its various forms s. Bl-D. §53, 3; Mlt.-H. 144f; OBardenhewer, Der Name Maria 1895; HermvSoden, Die Schriften des NTs I ’06, 1373f; FZorell, ZkTh 30, ’06, 356ff; EKönig, ZNW 17, ’16, 257-63; MNoth, D. isr. Personennamen ’29) Mary.

1. the mother of Jesus. The foll. forms of the name are attested in the var. cases: Μαρία as nom. Lk 2:19, otherw. only occasionally as v.l. (D Lk 1:30, 39, 56; C and D vss. 34, 38, 46). Μαρίας Mt 1:16, 18; 2:11; Mk 6:3; Lk 1:41; IEph 7:2; 18:2; 19:1; ITr 9:1. Μαρίαν Mt 1:20. Μαριάμ as nom. Mt 13:55; Lk 1:27, 34, 38f, 46, 56; 2:19 v.l.; as acc.

Mt 1:20 v.l.; Lk 2:16; as voc. Lk 1:30; σὺν Μαριάμ Lk 2:5; Ac 1:14; πρὸς Μαριάμ Lk 2:34. Little is known about the life of this Mary; in the infancy narratives Mt 1f; Lk 1f and esp. in the apocryphal gospels she plays a great role; s.

HUsener, ZNW 4, ’03, 1ff. In Mk 3:31f and parallels, where she and the brothers and sisters of Jesus are prominently mentioned, no indication of any interest in his movement is given. But Ac 1:14 mentions Mary and his brothers (brothers and sisters? s. ἀδελφός 1) among the members of the early church. The mother of Jesus is also mentioned in the Fourth Gospel, though not by name.—RSeeberg, Die Herkunft der Mutter Jesu: Bonwetsch-Festschr. ’18, 13ff; JBlinzler, Jes. u.s. Mutter nach dem Zeugn. der Evv.: Klerusblatt 23, ’42; 24, ’43; UHolzmeister, De anno mortis Deip. Virg.: Marianum 4, ’42, 167-82; FMWillam, D. Leb. Marias3 ’42; HRäisänen, D. Mutter Jesu im NT, ’69.

594

2. Mary Magdalene (s. Μαγδαληνή). Forms of her name: Μαρία Mt 27:56; 28:1 v.l.; Mk 15:40, 47; 16:1, 9 (Μαρίᾳ); Lk 8:2; 24:10; J 19:25; 20:1, 11, 18 v.l. Μαριάμ Mt 27:56 v.l., 61; 28:1; Mk 15:40 v.l.; J 19:25 v.l.; 20:1 v.l., 11 v.l., 16 (voc.), 18; GP 12:50. Acc. to the gospels this woman, one of Jesus’ most faithful followers, was cured

by Jesus of a seven-fold demonic possession (Mk 16:9; Lk 8:2). She appears in the Passion Narrative w. women companions; also in the synoptic account of Easter morning. In the Fourth Gosp. she is the only one mentioned at the grave, and sees the resurrected Lord (likew. in the long ending of Mk). Later tradition identified her w. the sinful woman who anointed Jesus in the house of the Pharisee (Lk 7:37, 39). UHolzmeister, Die Magdalenenfrage in der kirchl. Überl.: ZkTh 46, ’22, 402ff; JSickenberger, Ist die Magdalenenfrage wirklich unlösbar? BZ 17, ’26, 63ff; PKetter, D. Magdalenenfrage ’29. S. Simpson and Burkitt under 5 below.

3. the ‘other’ Mary, mother of James (s. Ἰάκωβος 3) and Joses (s. Ἰωσῆς 2). Form of the name Μαρία Mt 27:56, 61 (ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία); 28:1 (ἡ ἄλλ. Μ.—JRMackay, The Other M.: ET 40, ’29, 319-21); Mk 15:40, 47; 16:1; Lk 24:10. She was one of the followers of Jesus present as a spectator at the tragedy on Golgotha. Hence she could be identical with 4. Μαρία (v.l. Μαριάμ) ἡ τοῦ Κλωπᾶ Μ., the wife of Clopas J 19:25.

5. Mary, acc. to Lk 10:39, 42 sister of Martha, acc. to J 11:1f, 19f, 28, 31f, 45; 12:3 also sister of Lazarus, resident in Bethany. Forms of the name: Μαρία Lk 10:42 v.l.; J 11:2 v.l., 20 v.l., 32 v.l.; 12:3 v.l.; Μαρίας J 11:1; Μαρίαν J 11:19 v.l., 28 v.l., 31 v.l., 45 v.l. Μαριάμ Lk 10:39, 42; J 11:2, 20, 32; 12:3; as acc. J 11:19, 28, 31, 45.—ARSimpson, M. of Bethany, M. of Magdala, and Anonyma: ET 20, ’09, 307-18; FCBurkitt, M. Magd. and M., Sister of Martha: ET 42, ’31, 157-9.

6. Mary, mother of John Mark, owner of a house in Jerusalem (οἰκία τῆς Μαρίας), who placed it at the disposal of the Christian church for its meetings Ac 12:12.

7. Mary, an otherw. unknown Christian, probably of Jewish descent (yet Μαρία appears in Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 p.

557f no. 439 and 440 as the fem. form of the Roman name Marius), who is greeted Ro 16:6 (ἀσπάσασθε Μαρίαν; v.l. Μαριάμ [as early as P46]), w. the additional note that she had rendered outstanding service to the receivers of the letter.

M-M. * Μαριάμ, ἡ indecl. (on the form of the name see the beginning of the preceding entry) Miriam, prophetess, and sister of Aaron and Moses (Ex 15:20f; Num 12) 1 Cl 4:11.* Μαρκίων, ωνος, ὁ Marcion, a rather rare name (Sb 4604, 3).

1. a Christian of Smyrna MPol 20:1 (Μάρκου is also attested, as well as the form Μαρκιανοῦ, which is in the Lat. version and is preferred by Lghtf.; s. on this OvGebhardt, ZWTh 18, 1875, 370ff).

2. the famous heretic Epil Mosq 2.—AvHarnack, Marcion2 ’24; MSEnslin, The Pontic Mouse: ATR 27, ’45, 1-16.* Μαρκιωνιστής, οῦ, ὁ Marcionite, follower of Marcion Epil Mosq 2 (s. Μαρκίων 2).* Μᾶρκος, ου, ὁ (on the accent s. Bl-D. §41, 3; Rob. 235) Mark, a name found rather freq. (Diod. S. 11, 63, 1; Plut., inscr., pap.; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 62; 294; Joseph.); surname of John (s. Ἰωάν[ν]ης 6), son of Mary of Jerusalem (s. Μαρία 6). Perh. introduced to Paul by Barnabas, his cousin (Col 4:10); he accompanied Paul and Barnabas on the so-called first missionary journey, but left them before it was completed, and later became the cause of an open break betw. them. Ac 12:12, 25; 15:37, 39. The same pers. is certainly referred to Phlm 24; 2 Ti 4:11; 1 Pt 5:13; Papias 2:15. Title of the second gosp. κατὰ Μᾶρκον (on the two names of a man who was active and well known, among Semites and Greeks, we may compare the circumstance that the Carthaginian Ἀσδρούβας [Hasdrubal, II BC] was known as Κλειτόμαχος among the Greeks [Diog. L. 4, 67]).—Zahn, Einl. II3 204ff; Jülicher, RE XII 288ff; EBarnikol, Personenprobleme d. AG, Joh. Markus, Silas u. Titus ’31; WSReilly, CBQ 1, ’39, 223-31; ROPTaylor, ET 54, ’43, 136-8; KNiederwimmer, ZNW 58, ’67, 172-87. M-M.* μάρμαρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+ in the sense ‘stone, block of rock’) marble (so since Theophr., Lap. 9; Strabo 9, 1, 23; IG IV2 1, 109 III, 103 [III BC]; PLeid. X 10, 12; BGU 952, 10; EpJer 71; Jos., Bell. 4, 532;both masc. and fem.) as precious material Rv 18:12. M-M.* Μάρτιος, ίου, ὁ (Lat. loanw.: Martius) March πρὸ ἑπτὰ καλανδῶν Μαρτίων=February 23, MPol 21.* μαρτυρέω impf. ἐμαρτύρουν; fut. μαρτυρήσω; 1 aor. ἐμαρτύρησα; pf. μεμαρτύρηκα. Pass.: impf. ἐμαρτυρούμην; pf. μεμαρτύρημαι; 1 aor. ἐμαρτυρήθην (Hb 11:2, 4, 39). (Semonides, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. act.—a. bear witness, be a witness ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε you are witnesses J 15:27. ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν if they are willing to appear as witnesses Ac 26:5.—J 12:17; 1J 5:6f. Parenthetically, emphasizing the correctness of a statement, μαρτυρῶ I can testify (POxy. 105, 13 Σαραπίων μαρτυρῶ=‘I, S., am witness’; PLond. 1164[f], 35 al.—Bl-D. §465, 2; Rob. 434) 2 Cor 8:3. περί τινος bear witness, testify concerning someone or someth. (PGrenf.

II 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ, μαρτυρήσει σοι περὶ ὧν αὐτὴν πεποιήκασιν; Jos., Vi. 259) J 1:7f, 15 (in the very likely case that μαρτυρεῖ refers to the past, cf. Caecil. Calact., fgm. 75 p. 58, 2ff, where examples are given of the interchange of tenses: Demosth. 59, 34 τοὺς ὁρῶντας for τ. ἑωρακότας; Eur., Androm. fgm. 145 Nauck2 ὁρῶ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶδον; Thu. 2, 35, 1 ἐπαινοῦσι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῄνεσαν); 2:25; 5:31, 32a, 36f, 39; 7:7; 8:13f, 18a, b; 10:25; 15:26; 21:24; 1J 5:9. μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ testify concerning the wrong J 18:23 (μ.=furnish proof X., Symp. 8, 12). Also ἐπί τινι Hb 11:4b (on ἐπί w. dat. in this pass. s. Gen 4:4). W. dat. of the thing (Jos., Ant. 12, 135)μ. τῇ 595

ἀληθείᾳ bear witness to the truth J 5:33; 18:37. μ. σου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ testify to the truth of you (r way of life) 3J 3; σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ vs. 6. W. dat. of the pers. about whom testimony is given (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 73 §298.—It is dat. of advantage or disadv.) Ac 10:43; 22:5; w. ptc. foll. θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς κτλ. God testified for them by giving Ac 15:8 (though αὐτοῖς can also be taken w. δούς); w. ὅτι foll. bear someone witness that J 3:28; Ro 10:2; Gal 4:15; Col 4:13. μ. ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι bear witness to oneself that Mt 23:31. The dat. can also designate the pers. who is informed or instructed by the testimony: bear witness to someone Hb 10:15; Rv 22:18.—μ. ὅτι testify that (Aelian, V.H. 9, 11) J 1:34; 4:44; 12:17 v.l.; 1J 4:14. ὅτι introducing direct discourse J 4:39. μ. κατὰ τ. θεοῦ ὅτι bear witness against God by declaring that 1 Cor 15:15 (PPetr. II 21 [d], 12 [III BC] καθʼ οὖ μαρτυρῶ). ἐμαρτύρησεν καὶ εἶπεν w. direct discourse foll. J 13:21. μ. λέγων w. direct disc. foll. J 1:32. Of God μοι μαρτυρεῖ λέγων (Ps 89:4 follows) he testifies (of it) to me by saying B 15:4. b. bear witness to, declare, confirm (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 76 ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε) τὶ someth. (Demosth. 57, 4 ἀκοήν; Aeschines 1, 46 τἀληθῆ) ὃ ἑωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν J 3:11; cf. vs. 32. τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ Rv 1:2. ταῦτα 22:20. τινί τι someth. to or for someone (Dionys. Hal. 3, 67, 1; Jos., Ant. 6, 355)vs. 16. ὑμῖν τ. ζωήν 1J 1:2. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context J 19:35; Ac 23:11. W. ptc. ἀκούσαντες μαρτυρήσωσιν they must admit that they have heard PK 3 p. 15, 23.—μαρτυρίαν μ. bear witness (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 399B; Epict. 4, 8, 32) περί τινος concerning someone J 5:32b; 1J 5:10. c. testify favorably, speak well (of), approve (of) (Dio Chrys. 23[40], 19; Dit., Syll.3 374, 37 [III BC]; POxy. 930, 16) w. dat. of the pers. (Appian, Samn. 11, §2 τοῖς ὑπάτοις, Liby. 105 §495, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §387; Aelian, V.H. 1, 30; Jos., Ant. 12, 134)or of the thing approved Lk 4:22; J 3:26. Of God toward David Ac 13:22. μὴ ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρείτω he must not testify (favorably) concerning himself 1 Cl 38:2. W. dat. to be supplied 3J 12b. μαρτυρίᾳ, ᾗ ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτῷ ὁ δεσπότης Hs 5, 2, 6. Of the flesh ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα. . . μαρτυρήσῃ αὐτῇ Hs 5, 7, 1.—ὁ κύριος ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἐπὶ (which a v.l. omits; μ. ἐπί τινι as Jos., Ant. 3, 189)τῷ λόγῳ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ the Lord, who attested the word of his grace Ac 14:3. With συνευδοκέω Lk 11:48 P75 et al. d. in eccl. usage w. regard to martyrdom bear witness, testify, be a witness (unto death) , be martyred: of Paul μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἡγουμένων. . . εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον ἐπορεύθη 1 Cl 5:7; cf. vs. 4; MPol 1:1; 19:1; 21f; Epil Mosq 3. Prob. 1 Ti 6:13 also belongs here: Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου τ. καλὴν ὁμολογίαν Christ Jesus, who made the good confession before Pontius Pilate (cf. GBaldensperger, RHPhr 2, ’22, 1-25; 95-117); otherwise the passage may be classed under 1a above.

2. pass.—a. be witnessed, have witness borne ὑπό τινος by someone (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 46 σοφία μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ θεοῦ) Ro 3:21 (the witness of the law and prophets points to God’s righteousness). Foll. by ὅτι and a quot. in direct discourse Hb 7:17. μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ one of whom it is testified that he lives vs. 8. b. be well spoken of, be approved (Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I 348, 26. Exx. fr. inscr. in Dssm., NB 93 [BS 265], LO 69, 2 [LAE 84, 5]) ἀνὴρ μαρτυρούμενος or μεμαρτυρημένος a man of good reputation Ac 6:3; IPhld 11:1. Of OT worthies to whom God made himself known men of attested merit 1 Cl 17:1; 19:1. Of David 18:1. Of Abraham μεγάλως ἐμαρτυρήθη his merit was gloriously attested 17:2. Of the apostles 47:4. Of Paul IEph 12:2. Of church leaders 1 Cl 44:3.—Foll. by nom. and inf. Hb 11:4a; cf. vs. 5. διά τινος be praised for someth.

11:4a, 39. ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρούμενος well attested in good deeds 1 Ti 5:10; cf. Hb 11:2. ὑπό τινος be well spoken of by someone (M. Ant. 7, 62; Dit., Syll.3 799, 28; Jos., Ant. 3, 59)Ac 10:22; 16:2; 22:12; IPhld 5:2.—Impersonally μαρτυρεῖταί τινι ὑπό τινος a good testimony is given by someone to someone (Dionys. Hal., Thu. 8 μαρτυρεῖται τῷ ἀνδρὶ τάχα μὲν ὐπὸ πάντων φιλοσόφων; BGU 1141, 15 [14 BC] ὡς καὶ μαρτυρηθήσεταί σοι ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων) Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας Demetrius has received a good testimony from everyone and from the truth itself 3J 12a.—Dg 12:6.—OMichel, Bibl. Bekennen u.

Bezeugen, Ὁμολογεῖν und μαρτυρεῖν im bibl. Sprachgebr.: Evang. Theologie 2, ’35, 231-45; EBurnier, La notion de témoignage dans le NT ’39; HStrathmann, TW IV 477-520: μαρτυρέω, μάρτυς and related words. M-M.* μαρτυρία, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.—KLatte, Martyria: Pauly-W. XIV 2, ’30, 2032-9).

1. act. testimony, testifying (Pla., Leg. 11 p. 937A εἰς μαρτυρίαν κληθείς; Epict. 3, 22, 86 the μ. of the Cynic; PHal. 1, 222 εἰς μαρτυρίαν κλῆσις) οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν J 1:7. Of the two witnesses: ὅταν τελέσωσιν τ. μαρτυρίαν αὐτῶν Rv 11:7.

2. pass. testimony—a. of testimony in court (Demosth. 29, 7 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 219)Mk 14:56, 59; Lk 22:71. κατά τινος against someone Mk 14:55; δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μ. the testimony of two persons J 8:17. b. of historical attestation or testimony (Diod. S. 11, 38, 6 τῆς ἱστορίας δικαία μαρτυρία) J 19:35; 21:24 (JChapman, JTS 31, ’30, 379-87). c. in the religious and moral senses, of a judgment on relig. or moral matters, passed by one person upon another (Jos., Ant. 6, 346)1J 5:9a; 3J 12; Tit 1:13. ἡ μ. τῆς ἀγαθῆς πράξεως testimony concerning good deeds 1 Cl 30:7. μαρτυρίαν καλὴν ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν have a good standing with outsiders 1 Ti 3:7 (μ.=recommendation: Dio Chrys. 28[45], 9; Chio, Ep. 2; Dit., Syll.3 1073, 17 [II AD]).—In the obscure concatenation of clauses B 1:6, love seems to be ἔργων δικαιοσύνης μαρτυρία a testimony of righteous deeds.—Of a good testimony fr. God (Dio Chrys. 16[33], 12 τῆς μεγίστης ἔτυχε μαρτυρίας παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου) Hs 5, 2, 6. d. esp. w. ref. to Jesus—α. of human testimony concerning Jesus: by the Baptist J 1:19. By Paul Ac 22:18. By the believers Rv 12:11. Human testimony rejected J 5:34. β. of superhuman testimony concerning Jesus: he bears witness to himself as the central point of the Christian message: J 3:11, 32f; 8:14. His self-attestation is rejected vs. 13; cf. 5:31. Jesus also testifies concerning himself in Rv 1:2, 9.—God attests him (cf. Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 12 D.: μ. παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος, p. 13 ἐκ Διός; Dexippus Athen. [III AD]: 100 fgm. 1, 7 Jac. ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μ. for the ‘god’ Lycurgus) J 5:32, 36 (μαρτυρία μείζων as Dionys. Soph., Ep. 77); 1J 5:9b, c, 10a, b, 11.—RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).—On John s. ECHoskyns, The Fourth Gosp.’40 I p. 93-104.

596

γ. Rv speaks of the μαρτυρία or the μ. Ἰησοῦ which the Christians, or certain Christians (martyrs, prophets), possess: 6:9; 12:17; 19:10a, b; 20:4.

3. a martyr’s death, martyrdom MPol 1:1; 13:2; 17:1. M-M.* μαρτύριον, ου, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 306; Philo, Joseph.).

1. that which serves as testimony or proof, testimony, proof—a. consisting of an action, a circumstance, or a thing that serves as a testimony (Pla., Leg. 12 p. 943C τ. στέφανον ἀναθεῖναι μαρτύριον εἰς κρίσιν; Jos., Ant. 6, 66)προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς Mt 8:4 (JZoller, ‘Z. Zeugnis für sie’: Ricerche Relig. 5, ’29, 385-91 against SZeitlin: Rev. des Études juives 87, ’29, 79-82); cf. Mk 1:44; Lk 5:14. ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν εἰς μ. αὐτοῖς Mk 6:11; cf. Lk 9:5 (ἐπʼ αὐτούς). ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς Mt 10:18; cf. Mk 13:9; ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μ. Lk 21:13 (s. ἀποβαίνω 2). κηρυχθήσεται ἐν ὅλῃ τ. οἰκουμένῃ εἰς μ. Mt 24:14.—A spoken statement serves εἰς μ. as a testimony B 9:3; IPhld 6:3; a written statement εἰς μ. ἐν ὑμῖν (cf. Dt 31:26) ITr 12:3. The circumstance that certain numbers occur in the OT serves as an indication, amounting to a testimony, of certain details in the plan of salvation B 8:3f; cf. GEb 2. The redeeming death of Jesus was a testimony (of God) 1 Ti 2:6. The rust on the money of the wealthy will turn out εἰς μ. for them Js 5:3. Moses as a servant (whose service is directed) εἰς μ. τῶν λαληθησομένων, toward testifying about revelations still to come Hb 3:5. The μείωσις τῆς σαρκός as μ. ἐκλογῆς testimony or proof of (s) election Dg 4:4. b. consisting of a statement that is brought out as testimony: w. subj. gen. τὸ μ. τῆς συνειδήσεως the testimony that our conscience gives 2 Cor 1:12. W. obj. gen. ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μ.. . . τῆς ἀναστάσεως they gave testimony to the resurrection Ac 4:33. τὸ μ. τοῦ σταυροῦ the testimony of the cross Pol 7:1. Of Christian preaching and the gospel gener. τὸ μ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ the testimony to Christ 1 Cor 1:6; cf. 2 Ti 1:8. τὸ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ the testimony of God 1 Cor 2:1. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μ. ἡμῶν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς our testimony to you was believed 2 Th 1:10.

2. used in the LXX as the transl. of ‫דֵ ﬠוֹמ‬in the expr. ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μ.= ‫דֵ ﬠוֹמ לֶהא‬tent of meeting, tent or tabernacle of testimony (Ex 28:43 al.) Ac 7:44; Rv 15:5; 1 Cl 43:2, 5.

3. martyrdom MPol 1:1; 2:1; 18:2; 19:1; Epil Mosq 1; Phlm subscr. M-M.* μαρτύρομαι (trag., Thu.+; pap., LXX)—1. testify, bear witness (Pla., Phileb. 47D; Jos., Bell. 3, 354;POxy. 1120, 11; PAmh. 141, 17; PStrassb. 5, 14; 1 Macc 2:56 τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ) τινί to someone μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ to great and small Ac 26:22. τινί w. ὅτι foll. 20:26; Gal 5:3.

2. affirm, insist, implore (someone Polyb. 13, 8, 6; Jdth 7:28; Jos., Ant. 10, 104)w. λέγειν and acc. w. inf. foll.

Eph 4:17. τινά foll. by εἰς and subst. inf. w. acc. παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως 1 Th 2:12. M-M.* μάρτυς, μάρτυρος, ὁ dat. pl. μάρτυσιν (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) witness.

1. lit., in the legal sense Ac 7:58; Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1; 1 Ti 5:19 (the last 3 after Dt 19:15; cf. Jos., Vi. 256 and Hipponax [VI BC] 47 D.2 ἐλθὼν σὺν τριοῖσι μάρτυσιν); Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6.—ἐπὶ μάρτυσι also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 14 §49). τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; what further need have we of witnesses? (Pla., Rep. 1 p. 340A τί δεῖται μάρτυρος; αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Θρασύμαχος ὁμολογεῖ) Mt 26:65; Mk 14:63. μάρτυρες ψευδεῖς false witnesses (Demosth. 29, 28) Ac 6:13. There is also someth. ‘legal’ about the prudent and blameless men whom the Roman church sent to Corinth and who μάρτυρες ἔσονται μεταξὺ ὑμῶν κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cl 63:3.

2. fig. of anyone who can or should testify to anything—a. of God (or the exalted Christ) as witness (gods as witnesses oft. Pind.+; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 209; Test. Levi 19:3; Sib. Or., fgm. 1, 4); as a formula μ. μού (ἐστιν) ὁ θεός God is my witness (that I am telling the truth) Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; shortened θεὸς μ. 1 Th 2:5; cf. vs. 10 (here also Jos., Ant. 15, 130μ. ὑμᾶς ποιούμενος). μ. μοι ἐν ᾧ δέδεμαι IPhld 7:2. μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι call upon God as witness 2 Cor 1:23 (cf. 1 Km 12:5f; 20:23; Polyb. 11, 6, 4 τ. θεοὺς ἐπικαλέσεσθε μάρτυρας; Heliod. 1, 25, 1; Galen VI 775 Kühn). b. of any kind of human witnessing by eye and ear (X., Ages. 4, 5; Pla., Ep. 1 p. 309A; Aelian, V.H. 10, 6; Jos., Ant. 18, 299)1 Th 2:10; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2.—Also of those witnesses whose faith is tried and true τοσοῦτον νέφος μαρτύρων Hb 12:1.—Of witnesses of events which they know about, without having experienced them personally (acc. to Strabo 7, 3, 7 p. 300 Hesiod is μάρτυς with regard to the Scythians): the teachers of the law bear witness to the murder of the prophets by their ancestors, by erecting tombs for the prophets Lk 11:48 (μαρτυρεῖτε P75 et al.). c. of witnesses who bear a divine message (Epict. 3, 26, 28 God uses the wise men as his μάρτυρες) Rv 11:3 (though the mng. approaches martyr [s. 3 below] here; cf. vs. 7. S. DHaugg, D. zwei Zeugen-Apk 11:1-13, ’36; JSConsidine, CBQ 8, ’46. 377-92). In this sense, above all, of Jesus’ disciples as the witnesses of his life, death, and resurrection: μου μάρτυρες my witnesses Ac 1:8; cf. 13:31 (Ps.-Demetr. c. 222 μάρτυς σου γίνεται). W. obj. gen. of the thing witnessed: witness for, of (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 4τῶν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένων μ., Ant. 4, 40) Lk 24:48; Ac 1:22; 3:15; 5:32; 10:39; 26:16. μ. τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων a witness of the sufferings of Christ 1 Pt 5:1. ἔσῃ μ. αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους you will be a witness for him to all men Ac 22:15 (Epict. 3, 24, 113 μ. πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους).—10:41. FDanker, Benefactor ’82, 442-7.

3. In the usage of the persecuted church μάρτυς became one who witnessed unto death, a martyr τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου Ac 22:20. Of Antipas ὁ μ. μου ὁ πιστός μου Rv 2:13 (cf. Pind., Pyth. 1, 88 μάρτυρες πιστοί=dependable witnesses). Onesimus μ. Χριστοῦ γεγένηται Phlm subscr. Gener. μάρτυρες Ἰησοῦ Rv 17:6; cf.

MPol 2:2; 14:2; 15:2; 16:2; 17:3; 19:1. Since Rv also calls Jesus (as well as Antipas) ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1:5; 3:14, these pass. are prob. to be classed here (cf. Ps 88:38). The death of Jesus was early regarded as the first martyrdom.—For an analysis of the question how μάρτυς=‘witness’ came to mean ‘martyr’, cf. FKattenbusch, ZNW 4, ’03, 111ff; KHoll, variously, now Gesamm. Aufsätze II ’28, 103ff; ASchlatter, BFChTh 19, 3, ’15; PCorssen, 597

NJklA 35, ’15, 481ff, 37, ’16, 424ff, ZNW 15, ’14, 221ff w. several continuations until 18, ’17, 249ff, Sokrates 6, ’18, 106ff; Rtzst., Hist. Mon. ’16, 85; 257, NGG ’16, 417ff, Her. 52, ’17, 442ff; FDornseiff, ARW 22, ’23/’24, 133ff; HDelehaye, Analecta Bollandiana 39, ’21, 20ff, Sanctus ’27 (2’33), 74ff (75, 1 lit.). ELohmeyer, D. Idee des Martyriums im Judent. u. Urchristent.: ZsystTh 5, ’27/’28, 232-49; GFitzer, D. Begriff des μ. im Judent. u. Urchristent., Diss. Bresl. ’29; HLietzmann, Martys: Pauly-W. XIV 2, ’30, 2044-52; OMichel, Prophet u. Märt. ’32; RPCasey, Μάρτυς: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 30-7; EStauffer, Märtyrertheologie u. Täuferbewegg.: ZKG 52, ’33, 545-98; DWRiddle, The Martyr Motif in Mk: Journal of Religion 4, ’24, 174-91, Hb, 1 Cl and the Persecution of Domitian: JBL 43, ’24, 329-48, From Apocalypse to Martyrology: ATR 9, ’27, 260-80, The Martyrs: A Study in Social Control ’31, Die Verfolgungslogien im formgesch. u. soziol. Bed.: ZNW 33, ’34, 271-89; HvCampenhausen, D. Idee des Martyriums in d. alten Kirche 2’64; EPeterson, Zeuge d. Wahrh. ’37; HWSurkau, Martyrien in jüd. u. frühchristl. Zt. ’38; HAFischel, Martyr and Prophet (in Jewish lit.), JQR 37, ’46/’47, 265-80; 363-86; EGünther, Μάρτυς, D. Gesch. eines Wortes ’41, Zeuge u. Märtyrer, ZNW 47, ’56, 145-61. ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht ’55; HvanVliet, No Single Testimony (Dt 19:15) ’58; NBrox, Zeuge u. Märtyrer ’61. M-M. B. 1436.* μαρυκάομαι (a Doric form of μηρυκ., taken over into colloq. Gk. [Aelian, N.A. 2, 54; Lev 11:26=Dt 14:8; cf.

Thackeray 76]) chew the cud Hs 9, 1, 9. πᾶν μαρυκώμενον all ruminants B 10:11.—PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 157-9.* μασάομαι impf. ἐμασώμην (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; Artem. 4, 33; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 21 p. 276, 2; PGM 5, 280; Job 30:4; Jos., Bell. 6, 197)bite w. acc. τὰς γλώσσας bite their tongues Rv 16:10; AP 14:29. τὰ χείλη bite their lips 13:28. M-M.* μασθός s. μαστός. μαστιγόω fut. μαστιγώσω; 1 aor. ἐμαστίγωσα, pass. ἐμαστιγώθην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, In Flacc. 85; Joseph.; Test. Jos. 8:4) whip, flog, scourge.

1. lit., of flogging as a punishment decreed by the synagogue (Dt 25:2f; cf. the Mishna Tractate Sanhedrin-Makkoth, edited w. notes by SKrauss ’33) w. acc. of the pers. Mt 10:17; 23:34. Of the beating (Lat. verberatio) given those condemned to death (ThMommsen, Röm. Strafrecht 1899, 938f; Jos., Bell. 2, 308;5, 449) J 19:1; cf. Mt 20:19; Mk 10:34; Lk 18:33. As a punishment for cheating in athletic contests (Ps.-Dionys. Hal., Ars Rhet. 7, 6 μάστιγες. . . κ. τὸ ἐκβάλλεσθαι ἐκ τ. σταδίων κ. ἀγώνων) 2 Cl 7:4.

2. fig.—α. punish, chastise of God (Jer 5:3; Jdth 8:27) for discipline (Maximus Tyr. 19, 5e of the soul) Hb 12:6; 1 Cl 56:4 (both Pr 3:12). b. gener. afflict, torment, mistreat (Artem. 1, 24 p. 25, 16 μ. τὰ ὧτα=pulling the ears; UPZ 119, 29; 44 [156 BC]; Sir 30:14) ITr 4:1; Hs 6, 3, 1.—CSchneider, TW IV 521-5. M-M.* μαστίζω (Hom.+; Diod. S. 14, 112, 2; Plut., Mor. 165E; Lucian, Pro Imag. 24; Palestin. inscr.: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 246, 17 [II AD]; LXX) strike with a whip GP 3:9. Specif. scourge of the punishment known in Lat. as verberatio Ac 22:25 (it was prohibited to impose the punishment of verberatio on a Roman citizen: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 26 §98.

Further, s. HJCadbury, Beginn. V ’33, 297-338; EHaenchen, Ac 568, 1). M-M.* μάστιξ, ιγος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) whip, lash.

1. lit. Hs 6, 2, 5. Mostly pl. lashing or lashes (Jos., Vi. 147) B 5:14 (Is 50:6); MPol 2:2; Hv 3, 2, 1. μάστιξιν ἀνετάζειν τινά examine someone by scourging Ac 22:24. W. ἐμπαιγμός Hb 11:36.

2. fig. torment, suffering (sent by God to men: Il. 12, 37 Διὸς μ.; Proverbia Aesopi 105 P.; Ps 38:11; 2 Macc 7:37; 9:11; En. 25, 6; 100, 13; inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia II 520 no. 361 λήψεται παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μάστειγα αἰώνιον) of bodily illness Mk 3:10; 5:29, 34; Lk 7:21. Of the afflictions of the sinner 1 Cl 22:8 (Ps 31:10); Hv 4, 2, 6. W. αἰκίσματα of the Egyptian plagues 1 Cl 17:5. μ. γλώσσης the scourge of the tongue 1 Cl 56:10 (Job 5:21).—Eitrem (s. πειράζω 2d, end) 12f. M-M.* μαστός, οῦ, ὁ (collateral forms μασθός [Heraclid. Miles. (I AD), fgm. 25 LCohn 1884; IG III 238b; POsl. 95, 19 (96 AD); PGM 7, 208; Thackeray 104] and μαζός [q.v.], both of which are found in mss. in all passages; cf.

Kühner-Bl. I 157; Bl-D. §34, 5 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 110) breast pl. (Jos., Bell. 7, 189).

1. of a man (X., An. 4, 3, 6; Eratosth. p. 33, 2; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 24) περιεζωσμένος πρὸς τοῖς μ. ζώνην χρυσᾶν with a golden belt around his breast Rv 1:13 (Diod. S. 1, 72, 2 περιεζωσμένοι ὑποκάτω τῶν μαστῶν).

2. of a woman (Hdt.+; Sb 6706, 9; LXX; Philo, Op. M. 38) Lk 11:27; 23:29. M-M. B. 248.* μαστώδης, ες rounded, lit. breast-shaped, of a mountain Hs 9, 1, 4 (Strabo 14, 6, 3 ὄρος μαστοειδὲς Ὄλυμπος; Diod. S. 17, 75, 2 πέτρα μαστοειδής; Jos., Bell. 1, 419, Ant. 15, 324).* ματαιολογία, ας, ἡ (Plut., Lib. Educ. 9 p. 6F; Vett. Val. 150, 24; 257, 23; 360, 4; Diogenianus Epicureus [II AD] in Euseb., Praep. Ev. 6, 8, 11; Porphyr., Abst. 4, 16; Herm. Wr. 14, 5) empty, fruitless talk ἐκτρέπεσθαι εἰς μ. turn to fruitless discussion 1 Ti 1:6. Tautologically(?) κενὴ μ. Pol 2:1. M-M.* ματαιολόγος, ον (Telestes Lyr. [IV BC] 1, 9 Diehl; Vett. Val. 301, 11; Physiogn. I 379, 10; II 231, 5) talking idly, subst. ὁ μ. an idle talker Tit 1:10. M-M.* 598

ματαιοπονία, ας, ἡ (Strabo 17, 1, 28; Plut., Mor. 119E; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 8) fruitless toil 1 Cl 9:1.* μάταιος, αία, αιον (Pind., Hdt.+; Zen.-P. 11 [=Sb 6717], 3 [257 BC]; POxy. 58, 20; LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 6; Test. 12 Patr.) also, as somet. in Attic wr., varying betw. two and three endings (Bl-D. §59, 2; Mlt.-H. 157) idle, empty, fruitless, useless, powerless, lacking truth τούτου μ. ἡ θρησκεία his religion is worthless Js 1:26; νηστεία μ. useless fasting Hs 5, 1, 4; ἀνωφελὴς καὶ μ. useless and fruitless Tit 3:9. ἐλπίς vain, empty (Artem. 1, 67 p. 62, 5; Lucian, Alex. 47; Is 31:2) B 16:2. διαλογισμοὶ foolish thoughts 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11). φροντίδες 1 Cl 7:2. ἐπιθυμία futile desire, directed toward worthless things Hm 11:8; pl. 2 Cl 19:2; Hm 12, 6, 5. πίστις μ. empty 1 Cor 15:17. τρυφαί idle luxury Hs 6, 2, 2. ἐπιθυμία ἐδεσμάτων πολλῶν ματαίων a desire for many needless things to eat m 12, 2, 1. οἰκήματα dwellings that will pass away s 1:1. ἡ μ. στάσις futile dissension 1 Cl 63:1. ἡ μ. ἀναστροφή futile way of living 1 Pt 1:18.—μάταιον (sc. ἐστίν) it is useless B 2:5 (Is 1:13). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου you must never use the Lord’s name for an unworthy purpose 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Subst. μάταια what is worthless, empty (Vett. Val. 356, 16; Zech 10:2; Pr 12:11; Jos., Bell. 7, 330)ἀγαπᾶν B 20:2; D 5:2; λαλεῖν IPhld 1:1. τὰ μάταια (or οἱ μάταιοι, i.e. θεοί) idols (Esth 4:17p; Jer 2:5; 8:19; 3 Macc 6:11) Ac 14:15.—OBauernfeind, TW IV 525-30. M-M.* ματαιότης, ητος, ἡ (Philod., Rhet. II p. 26, 6 Sudh. μ. ἀνθρώπων; Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 278; Pollux 6, 134; LXX; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 141. Perh. also CIG IV 8743, 6) emptiness, futility, purposelessness, transitoriness τῇ μ. ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη the creation was subjected to frustration Ro 8:20. Of the heathen περιπατεῖν ἐν μ. τοῦ νοός walk with their minds fixed on futile things Eph 4:17. φεύγειν ἀπὸ πάσης μ. flee from all idle speculations B 4:10; cf. Pol 7:2. ὑπέρογκα ματαιότητος φθέγγεσθαι utter highsounding but empty words 2 Pt 2:18 (cf. Ps 37:13). ἐπὶ ματαιότητι out of folly (Arrian, Ind. 36, 1 ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγγελίης τῇ ματαιότητι) ITr 8:2. M-M.* ματαιόω 1 aor. pass. ἐματαιώθην (Herodian, Gramm. I 453, 13; schol. on Soph., Trach. 258 Papag.; Dositheus 71, 17; otherw. in bibl. and eccl. usage; LXX) render futile, worthless; pass. be given over to worthlessness, think about idle, worthless things, be foolish (1 Ch 21:8) ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν their thoughts became directed to worthless things Ro 1:21 (w. ref. to idolatry; s. μάταιος and cf. Jer 2:5 ἐπορεύθησαν ὀπίσω τῶν ματαίων καὶ ἐματαιώθησαν). * ματαίωμα, ατος, τό emptiness, worthlessness τὰ μ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου the worthless things of this age Hm 9:4; s 5, 3, 6.* μάτην adv. (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 142) in vain, to no end Mt 15:9; Mk 7:7 (both Is 29:13); Hs 5, 4, 2a. Also εἰς μ. (Ael. Aristid. 33, 3 K.=51 p. 572 D.; Ps.-Lucian, Tragodop. 28; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 14, 4 p. 269; Ps 62:10; 126:1a, b, 2) s 5, 4, 2b; 6, 1, 3; 9, 4, 8; 9, 13, 2. M-M.* Ματθαι̂ος, ου, ὁ (‫א‬BD spell it Μαθθαῖος; cf. FCBurkitt, JTS 34, ’33, 387-90. Also Μαθαῖος; Preisigke, Namenb.; HJMMilne, Catal. of the Lit. in the Brit. Mus. ’27, no. 99, 2) Matthew. His name is included in all the lists of the 12 apostles: Mk 3:18; Lk 6:15; Ac 1:13. The first gospel (title κατὰ Μ-ον) describes him in its list as ὁ τελώνης Mt 10:3, thereby identifying him w. the tax-collector of 9:9; sim. GEb 2; Papias 2:4, 16.—AJülicher, RE XII ’03, 428ff; Zahn, Einl. II3 258ff; EvDobschütz, Matth. als Rabbi u. Katechet: ZNW 27, ’28, 338-48.* Ματθάν, ὁ indecl. (‫ן‬ 3:23ff D (Μαθθαν).*

; the name is found 2 Ch 23:17; Jer 45:1) Matthan, in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:15; Lk

; ‫א‬writes Μαθθαθ, B in Lk 3:29 Μαθθατ, A in vs. 29 Ματταθ) Matthat, in the genealogy Ματθάτ, ὁ indecl. (‫ת‬ of Jesus 1. son of Levi, father of Eli and grandfather of Joseph Lk 3:24.—2. son of Levi, father of Jorim vs. 29, usu. Μαθθάτ.* Ματθίας, ου, ὁ (Joseph.—Prob. a short form of Ματταθίας; BD write Μαθθίας) Matthias, the successful candidate in the election to replace the traitor Judas Ac 1:23, 26 (PGaechter, Petrus u. seine Zeit, ’58, 31-66; KHRengstorf, OPiper-Festschr. ’62, 178-92).* 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:33 Μαθαθα and v.l. Μαθθαθα) Mattatha, son of Nathan, grandson of Ματταθά, ὁ indecl. (‫ה‬ David; in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:31.* 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:43 Μαθαθια, v.l. Μαθθαθίας; 18:4 [Neh 8:4] v.l. Ματθαθίας, in the Ματταθίας, ου, ὁ (‫הָי‬ text Ματταθίας, as 1 Ch 9:31; 16:5; 1 Macc 2:1, 14 al.; Ep. Arist. 47; Joseph.) Mattathias, in the genealogy of Jesus 1. son of Amos Lk 3:25.—2. son of Semein vs. 26.* μάχαιρα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 190; Test. 12 Patr. The Ptolemaic pap. decline it as a rule [Mayser p. 12] μαχαίρας,-χαίρᾳ; likew. LXX [Thackeray p. 141f; Helbing p. 31ff]; ISm 4:2b. The pap. fr. Roman times prefer-ρης,-ρῃ [isolated exx. fr. earlier times: PTebt. 16, 14—114 BC; 112, 45—112 BC]; likew. the NT) sword, saber.

599

1. lit. Mt 26:47, 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:36, 38 (ASchlatter, Die beiden Schwerter: BFChTh 20, 6, ’16; TMNapier, ET 49, ’38, 467-70; IZolli, Studi e Mat. di Storia delle Rel. 13, ’38, 227-43. Field, Notes 76f suggests ‘knives’ here), 52; Rv 6:4; 13:10. ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀποθανεῖν be killed with the sword Hb 11:37 (Ex 17:13; Dt 13:16). ἀποσπᾶν τὴν μ. draw the sword Mt 26:51. Also σπάσασθαι τὴν μ. (1 Ch 21:5; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Vi. 303) Mk 14:47; Ac 16:27. λαμβάνειν μάχαιραν take, grasp the sword (Jos., Vi. 173) Mt 26:52b (HKosmala, NovT 4, ’60, 3-5: Targum Is 50:11 as parallel); ἑλκύειν μ. J 18:10; πατάσσειν ἐν μ. strike w. the sword Lk 22:49. βάλλειν τὴν μ. εἰς τὴν θήκην put the sword into its sheath J 18:11; cf. Mt 26:52a. Of execution by the sword ISm 4:2a, b. ἀναιρεῖν μαχαίρῃ have someone put to death w. the sword Ac 12:2; ἔχειν πληγὴν τῆς μ. have a sword-wound Rv 13:14. στόμα μαχαίρης the edge of the sword (cf. Gen 34:26; 2 Km 15:14; Theod. Prodr. 1, 19 Hercher; 2, 264; 6, 101) Lk 21:24; Hb 11:34 (OHofius, ZNW 62, ’71, 129f); the corresponding figure μ. κατέδεται (cf. 2 Km 11:25; Theod. Prodr. 6, 122 H. ἔτρωγεν. . . τὸ ξίφος κρέα, ἔπινεν ἡ μάχ. πηγὰς αἱμάτων) 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:20). μ. δίστομος a double-edged sword (Judg 3:16; Pr 5:4) Hb 4:12.

2. fig., μ. stands for violent death Ro 8:35; for war (Gen 31:26; Sib. Or. 8, 120.—Opp. εἰρήνη) Mt 10:34 (Harnack, ZThK 22, ’12, 4-6). Symbol of the power of the authorities to punish evildoers τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖν carry the sword Ro 13:4 (cf. Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 25, 3 δικαστοῦ ξίφος ἔχοντος). ἡ μ. τοῦ πνεύματος the sword of the Spirit, explained as the Word of God Eph 6:17 (cf. Hb 4:12 in 1 above). M-M. B. 559; 1392.* μάχη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 172al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 5, 516) battle (one fighter on each side is enough: Maximus Tyr. 22, 4b), in our lit. only in pl. and only of battles fought without actual weapons fighting, quarrels, strife, disputes (Pythag., Ep. 5, 7; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 72; Epigr. Gr. 522, 5; PRyl. 28, 203 μάχας ἕξει διὰ θῆλυ; Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 160, 1 of marital discord; LXX, Philo) w. πόλεμοι (Il. 5, 891 πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 11; Plut., Mor. 108A) Js 4:1. ἔξωθεν μάχαι ἔσωθεν φόβοι 2 Cor 7:5. γεννᾶν μάχας breed quarrels 2 Ti 2:23. μάχαι νομικαί strife about the law Tit 3:9 (cf. Pla., Tim. p. 88A μάχας ἐν λόγοις ποιεῖσθαι).

M-M.* μάχομαι impf. ἐμαχόμην mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 243al.) fight.

1. of an actual fight (betw. two persons Ex 21:22) Ac 7:26.

2. fig., of fighting without weapons fight, quarrel, dispute (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1109, 95 ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς μαχομένους; POxy. 120, 6; Gen 26:20; 31:36; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 38) abs. be quarrelsome 2 Ti 2:24. W. πολεμεῖν Js 4:2. μαχομένους συναγαγεῖν bring together those who are at enmity B 19:12; cf. D 4:3. πρός τινα (Ep. Arist. 13; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 106) dispute with someone πρὸς ἀλλήλους among themselves J 6:52 (πρ. ἀλλ. fig. as Lucian, Tim. 9; Aesop, Fab. 62 P.=116 H.). M-M. B. 1370.* μεγαλαυχέω (Aeschyl.+; Polyb. 12, 13, 10; 8, 23, 11; Diod. S. 15, 16, 3; Vett. Val. 257, 19; 262, 4; 358, 29; LXX, Philo) become proud, boast Js 3:5 t.r. (for μεγάλα αὐχεῖ, s. αὐχέω). M-M.* μεγαλει̂ος, α, ον (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) magnificent, splendid, grand; in our lit. only subst. τὸ μ. greatness, sublimity (Polyb. 3, 87, 5; 8, 1, 1; Artem. 3 p. 169, 1 τὸ μ. τῆς σοφίας; Dit., Syll.3 798, 4 [37 AD]; Sir 17:8; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 49; 15, 187) τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Cl 26:1. τὸ μ. τῆς καλλονῆς αὐτοῦ his (or its) sublime beauty 49:3.—Pl. τὰ μ. the mighty deeds (Dt 11:2; Ps 70:19; Sir 36:7; 42:21) τὰ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 2:11; cf. Hv 4, 2, 5; s 9, 18, 2. Abs. v 4, 1, 8. Of the great and good deeds of God Lk 1:49 v.l. (cf. Ps 70:19). μ. τῶν δωρεῶν the greatness of (God’s) gifts 1 Cl 32:1. M-M.* μεγαλειότης, ητος, ἡ (Athen. 4, 6 p. 130F; Vett. Val. 70, 4; Dit., 0r. 666, 26 [I AD]; 669, 9 [I AD]; PGiess. 40 I, 5; 11; LXX) grandeur, sublimity, majesty; in our lit. only of a divinity or of divine attributes. Of God (Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 17; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 168) Lk 9:43; Dg 10:5; IRo inscr. Of Christ 2 Pt 1:16. Of Artemis Ac 19:27. ἡ μ. τῆς προνοίας τοῦ δεσπότου the Master’s wondrous providence 1 Cl 24:5. M-M.* μεγαλοπρέπεια, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 695, 14; pap. [as honorary title]; LXX [only Ps, but not rare there]) majesty, sublimity of God, w. ἰσχύς 1 Cl 60:1.* μεγαλοπρεπής, ές (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 32, 3; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 182; 13, 242) magnificent, sublime, majestic δόξα 2 Pt 1:17; 1 Cl 9:2. κράτος θεοῦ 61:1. βούλησις θεοῦ 9:1. δωρεαὶ θεοῦ 19:2 (Diod. S. 3, 54, 6 δῶρα μεγαλοπρεπῆ). ἡ μ. θρησκεία τοῦ ὑψίστου the exalted worship of the Most High 45:7 (Appian, Bell.

Civ. 5, 4 §15 τῇ θεῷ μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἔθυε). τὸ μ. καὶ ἅγιον ὄνομα Χριστοῦ 1 Cl 64 (cf. 2 Macc 8:15).—τὸ μ. τῆς φιλοξενίας ὑμῶν ἦθος the remarkable character of your hospitality 1:2. M-M.* μεγαλοῇρημονέω 1 aor. ἐμεγαλορημόνησα (Strabo 13, 1, 40; LXX) use great words, boast 1 Cl 17:5.* μεγαλοῇρημοσύνη, ης, ἡ proud or boastful talking (Anonymus in Suidas s.v. σεμνομυθοῦσιν=Polyb. 38, 19 Bü-W. v.l.; Philostrat., Her. 2, 19 p. 161, 19; 1 Km 2:3) pl. IEph 10:2.* μεγαλοῇρήμων, ονος (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 11 p. 222, 21) boastful γλῶσσα (Ps 11:4; 3 Macc 6:4; Jos., Ant. 20, 90v.l.) 1 Cl 15:5.* μεγαλύνω impf. ἐμεγάλυνον, mid. ἐμεγαλυνόμην; fut. μεγαλυνῶ; 1 aor. pass. ἐμεγαλύνθην (Aeschyl.+; Thu. 5, 600

98; POxy. 1592, 3; LXX) make large or long, magnify.

1. lit. τὶ someth. τὰ κράσπεδα (τῶν ἱματίων: addition of the t.r., correct as to subject matter) the tassels (on their garments) Mt 23:5. μ. τὸ ἔλεος μετά τινος show someone great mercy Lk 1:58 (cf. Gen 19:19 ἐμεγάλυνας τ. δικαιοσύνην σου). μ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος magnify someone’s name 1 Cl 10:3 (Gen 12:2).—Pass. increase, grow (1 Km 2:21; 3 Km 10:26) 2 Cor 10:15.

2. fig. exalt, glorify, praise, extol (Eur., Thu. et al.; LXX) w. the acc. of the one praised τὸν κύριον (Sir 43:31) Lk 1:46. τὸν θεόν (Ps 68:31.—Cf. Diod. S. 1, 20, 6 μ. τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δύναμιν) Ac 10:46. Of the apostles ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός the people held them in high esteem 5:13. The boasters say: τ. γλῶσσαν ἡμῶν μεγαλυνοῦμεν we will praise (or magnify?) our tongue 1 Cl 15:5 (Ps 11:5).—Pass. be glorified, praised (2 Km 7:26) τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ac 19:17 (μ. τὸ ὄνομα τινος as Gen 12:2; Eur., Bacch. 320). μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου Christ will be glorified in my person (i.e. in me) Phil 1:20. W. δοξασθῆναι 1 Cl 32:3. M-M.* μεγάλως adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) greatly μ. εἶναι (w. θαυμαστῶς) be great Hs 5, 5, 4. Used to strengthen a verb very (much) , greatly (Polyb. 1, 52, 2; Herodian 4, 15, 2; Jos., Vi. 154; Sib. Or. 5, 61) ἐμαρτυρήθη μ. Ἀβραάμ Abraham had received a glorious witness 1 Cl 17:2; χαρῆναι μ. be very glad (PAmh. 39, 8 [II BC] μεγάλως ἐχάρημεν; Ep. Arist. 42; 312) Phil 4:10; παραδέχεσθαι μ. be welcomed heartily Ac 15:4 D.—GP 11:45 (s. ἀγωνιάω). It is textually uncertain whether the verb w. μ. in 1 Cl 1:1 is βλασφημηθῆναι or βλαφθῆναι. M-M.** μεγαλωσύνη, ης, ἡ (Herodian, Gramm. I 335, 18; LXX; En. 98, 2; 101, 3; the other ms. has [5, 4] μεγαλοσύνη; Ep. Arist. 192; Test. Levi 3:9; 18:8; Suidas; Etym. Mag. p. 275, 44; Byz. Chron. in Psaltes p. 267) majesty, lit. greatness used only of God; in a doxology w. δόξα (and other sim. ideas; En. 14, 16) Jd 25; 1 Cl 20:12; 61:3; 64; 65:2; MPol 20:2; 21:1 (here referred to Christ). τὸ σκῆπτρον τῆς μ. τοῦ θεοῦ the scepter of the majesty of God 1 Cl 16:2; ἐν λόγῳ τῆς μ. by his majestic word 27:4. ἀπαύγασμα τῆς μ. a reflection of his majesty 36:2 (cf. Hb 1:3). τὸ τῆς μ. ὄνομα αὐτοῦ his glorious name 58:1.—As a periphrasis for God himself ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μ. at the right hand of the Majesty Hb 1:3. ὁ θρόνος τῆς μ. 8:1. M-M.* μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) comp. μείζων and beside it, because of the gradual disappearance of feeling for its comp. sense, μειζότερος 3J 4 (APF 3, ’06, 173; POxy. 131, 25; BGU 368, 9; Bl-D. §61, 2; Mlt.-H. 166). Superl. μέγιστος (2 Pt 1:4); large, great.

1. lit.—a. of any extension in space in all directions λίθος Mt 27:60; Mk 16:4. δένδρον Lk 13:19 t.r. κλάδοι Mk 4:32. Buildings 13:2. Fish J 21:11. A mountain (Tyrtaeus [VII BC], fgm. 4, 8 D.2; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 138; Theopomp. [IV BC]: 115 fgm. 78 Jac.) Rv 8:8. A star vs. 10. A furnace 9:2. A dragon (Esth 1:1e; Bel 23 Theod.) 12:3, 9. ἀετός (Ezk 17:3) vs. 14. μάχαιρα a long sword 6:4. ἅλυσις a long chain 20:1. b. with the concept of spaciousness ἀνάγαιον a spacious room upstairs Mk 14:15; Lk 22:12. θύρα a wide door 1 Cor 16:9. A winepress Rv 14:19. χάσμα a broad chasm (2 Km 18:17) Lk 16:26. οἰκία (Jer 52:13) 2 Ti 2:20. c. with words that include the idea of number ἀγέλη μ. a large herd Mk 5:11. δεῖπνον a great banquet, w. many invited guests (Da 5:1 Theod.) Lk 14:16. Also δοχὴ μ. (Gen 21:8) Lk 5:29.

2. fig.—a. of measure—α. of age (Jos., Ant. 12, 207μικρὸς ἢ μέγας=‘young or old’); to include all concerned μικροὶ καὶ μεγάλοι small and great (PGM 15, 18) Rv 11:18; 13:16; 19:5, 18; 20:12. μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ Ac 26:22. ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου (Gen 19:11; 4 Km 23:2; 2 Ch 34:30; POxy. 1350) 8:10; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34). μέγας γενόμενος when he was grown up 11:24 (Ex 2:11). ὁ μείζων the older (Ostraka II 144, 3 [128 AD]; 213, 3; 1199, 2; LXX; cf. Polyb. 18, 18, 9 Σκιπίων ὁ μέγας; 32, 12, 1) Ro 9:12; B 13:2 (both Gen 25:23). β. of quantity: rich μισθαποδοσία Hb 10:35. πορισμός a great means of gain 1 Ti 6:6. γ. of intensity: δύναμις Ac 4:33; 19:8 D. Esp. of sound: loud φωνή Mk 15:37; Lk 17:15; Rv 1:10; φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (LXX) Mt 27:46, 50; Mk 1:26; 5:7; 15:34; Lk 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; 23:23 (Φωναῖς μεγάλαις), 46; J 11:43; Ac 7:57, 60; 8:7; Rv 5:12; 6:10 a1.; μεγ. φωνῇ Ac 14:10; 16:28; μεγ. τῇ φωνῇ (Jos., Bell. 6, 188)14:10 v.l.; 26:24; ἐν φωνῇ μ. Rv 5:2. μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης with a loud trumpet call Mt 24:31. κραυγή (Ex 11:6; 12:30) Lk 1:42; Ac 23:9; cf. μεῖζον κράζειν cry out all the more Mt 20:31. κοπετός (Gen 50:10) Ac 8:2.—Of natural phenomena: ἄνεμος μ. a strong wind J 6:18; Rv 6:13. λαῖλαψ μ. (Jer 32:32) Mk 4:37. βροντή (Sir 40:13) Rv 14:2. χάλαζα Rv 11:19; 16:21a. σεισμὸς μ. (Jer 10:22; Ezk 3:12; 38:19; Jos., Ant.9, 225) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Lk 21:11a; Ac 16:26. γαλήνη μ. a deep calm Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; φῶς μ. a bright light (Plut., Mor. 567F: a divine voice sounds forth from this light; Petosiris, fgm. 7 1. 39 τὸ ἱερὸν ἄστρον μέγα ποιοῦν φῶς) Mt 4:16 (Is 9:1). καῦμα μ. intense heat Rv 16:9.—Of surprising or unpleasant events or phenomena of the most diverse kinds (ἀπώλεια Dt 7:23; θάνατος Ex 9:3; Jer 21:6; κακόν Philo, Agr. 47) σημεῖα (Dt 6:22; 29:2) Mt 24:24; Lk 21:11 b; Ac 6:8. δυνάμεις 8:13. ἔργα μ. mighty deeds (cf. Judg 2:7) Rv 15:3. μείζω τούτων greater things than these J 1:50 (μείζονα P66 et al.); cf. 5:20; 14:12. διωγμὸς μ. a severe persecution Ac 8:1; θλῖψις μ. (a time of) great suffering (1 Macc 9:27)Mt 24:21; Ac 7:11; Rv 2:22; 7:14. πληγή (Judg 15:8; 1 Km 4:10, 17 al.; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 134) 16:21b. λιμὸς μ. (4 Km 6:25; 1 Macc 9:24) Lk 4:25; Ac 11:28; ἀνάγκη μ. Lk 21:23; πυρετὸς μ. a high fever (s. πυρετός) 4:38.—Of emotions: χαρά great joy (Jon 4:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 91)Mt 2:10; 28:8; Lk 2:10; 24:52. φόβος (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 10; Menand., fgm. 454; Jon 1:10, 16; 1 Macc 10:8) Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9; 8:37; Ac 5:5, 11; θυμὸς μ. fierce anger (1 Macc 7:35) Rv 12:12. ἀγάπη J 15:13. λύπη profound (Jon 4:1; 1 Macc 6:4, 9, 13) Ro 9:2. πίστις firm Mt 15:28. ἔκστασις (Gen 27:33) Mk 5:42. b. of rank and dignity—α. of pers.; of God and other divinities θεός (Dit., Syll.3 985, 34 θεοὶ μεγάλοι; 1237, 5 ὀργὴ μεγάλη τ. μεγάλου Διός, Or. 50, 7; 168, 6; 716, 1; PStrassb. 81, 14 [115 BC] Ἴσιδος μεγάλης μητρὸς θεῶν; POxy. 886, 1; PTebt. 409, 11; 22 ὁ θεὸς μ. Σάραπις, al.; PGM 4, 155; 482; 778 and oft.; 3052 μέγ. θεὸς Σαβαώθ; 5, 474; Dt 10:17 al. in LXX; En. 103, 4; 104, 1; Philo, Cher. 29 al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 319; Sib. Or. 3, 19; 71 al.—Thieme 36f) Tit 2:13 (Christ is meant). Ἄρτεμις (q.v.) Ac 19:27f, 34f (cf. Ael. Aristid. 48, 21 K.=24 p. 471 D. 601

the outcry: μέγας ὁ Ἀσκληπιός). Simon the magician is called ἡ δύναμις τ. θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη μεγάλη Ac 8:10b (s. δύναμις 6).—Of men who stand in relation to the Divinity or are otherw. in high position: ἀρχιερεύς (s. ἀρχιερεύς 2a and cf. ἱερεύς 2a.—ἀρχ. μέγ. is also the appellation of the priest-prince of Olba in Cilicia: Monum. As. Min. Antiqua III ’31 p. 67, inscr. 63; 64 [I BC]) Hb 4:14. προφήτης (Sir 48:22) Lk 7:16. ποιμήν Hb 13:20. Gener. of rulers: οἱ μεγάλοι the great men, those in high position Mt 20:25; Mk 10:42. Of men prominent for any reason Mt 5:19; 20:26; Mk 10:43; Lk 1:15, 32; Ac 5:36 D; 8:9 (MSmith, HAWolfson-Festschr., ’65, 741: μ. here and Lk 1:32 may imply a messianic claim).—μέγας in the superl. sense (2 Km 7:9.—The positive also stands for the superl. e.g., Sallust. c. 4 p. 6, 14, where Paris calls Aphrodite καλή=the most beautiful. Diod. S. 17, 70, 1 πολεμία τῶν πόλεων=the most hostile [or especially hostile] among the cities) Lk 9:48 (opp. ὁ μικρότερος).—Comp. μείζων greater of God (Ael. Aristid. 27, 3 K.=16 p. 382 D.; PGM 13, 689 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, τὸν πάντων μείζονα) J 14:28; Hb 6:13; 1J 3:20; 4:4. More prominent or outstanding because of certain advantages Mt 11:11; Lk 7:28; 22:26f; J 4:12; 8:53; 13:16a, b; 1 Cor 14:5. More closely defined: ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζων greater in power and might 2 Pt 2:11. μεῖζον τοῦ ἱεροῦ someth. greater than the temple Mt 12:6. μείζων with superl. mng, (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 7, 8 Wagner: Ὀδυσσεὺς τρεῖς κριοὺς ὁμοῦ συνδέων. . . καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ μείζονι ὑποδύς; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 87 §366 ἐν παρασκευῇ μείζονι=in the greatest preparation; Vett. Val. 62, 24) Mt 18:1, 4; 23:11; Mk 9:34; Lk 9:46; 22:24, 26. β. of things: great, sublime, important μυστήριον (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 100 al.) Eph 5:32; 1 Ti 3:16. Of the sabbath day that begins a festival period J 19:31; MPol 8:1b. Esp. of the day of the divine judgment (LXX) Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Jd 6; Rv 6:17; 16:14.—μέγας in the superl. sense (Plut., Mor. 35A w. πρῶτος; Himerius, Or. 14 [Ecl. 15], 3 μέγας=greatest, really great; Bl-D. §245, 2; cf. Rob. 669) ἐντολή Mt 22:36, 38. ἡμέρα ἡ μ. τῆς ἑορτῆς the great day of the festival J 7:37 (cf. Lucian, Pseudolog. 8 ἡ μεγάλη νουμηνία [at the beginning of the year]).—μείζων as comp. (Chio, Ep. 16, 8 philosophy as νόμος μείζων=higher law; Sir 10:24) J 5:36; 1J 5:9. μ. ἁμαρτία J 19:11 (cf. schol. on Pla. 189D ἁμαρτήματα μεγάλα; Ex 32:30f). τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα the more important spiritual gifts (in the sense Paul gave the word) 1 Cor 12:31. As a superl. (Epict. 3, 24, 93; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὕ βλαι: the largest of three cities is ἡ μείζων [followed by ἡ ἐλάττων, and finally ἡ μικρά=the smallest]. The comparative also performs the function of the superlative, e.g., Diod. S. 20, 22, 2, where πρεσβύτερος is the oldest of 3 men) Mt 13:32; 1 Cor 13:13 (by means of the superl. μ. Paul singles out from the triad the one quality that interests him most in this connection, just as Ael. Aristid. 45, 16 K. by means of αὐτός at the end of the θεοί singles out Sarapis, the only one that affects him).—The superl. μέγιστος, found not infrequently in contemporary authors, occurs only once in the NT, where it is used in the elative sense very great (Diod. S. 2, 32, 1) ἐπαγγέλματα 2 Pt 1:4.—Neut. μέγα εἰ. . . θερίσομεν; is it an extraordinary thing (i.e. are we expecting too much) if we wish to reap? 1 Cor 9:11. οὐ μέγα οὖν, εἰ it is not surprising, then, if 2 Cor 11:15 (on this constr. cf. Pla., Menex. 235D; Plut., Mor. 215F; Gen 45:28; AFridrichsen, Coniect. Neot. 2, ’36, 46). On the adv. usage Ac 26:29 s. ὀλίγος 3b.—Neut. pl. μεγάλα ποιεῖν τινι do great things for someone Lk 1:49 (cf. Dt 10:21). λαλεῖν μεγάλα καὶ βλασφημίας utter proud words and blasphemies Rv 13:5 (Da 7:8. Cf. En. 101, 3). WGrundmann, TW IV 535-50: μέγας and related words. M-M. B. 878f; 1309. μέγεθος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 370)greatness, size.

1. lit. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 50 §219 ἀνὴρ μεγέθει μέγας; Ps.-Dicaearch. p. 145 l. 5 F. μεγάλη τῷ μεγέθει) ὑψηλὸς τῷ μεγέθει very tall indeed Hs 9, 6, 1.

2. fig. of God (inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia II 700 no. 635, 4 τὸ μέγεθος τ. θεοῦ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 293 τὸ τ. θεοῦ μ.) τί τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τ. δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ how surpassingly great his (God’s) power Eph 1:19 (cf.

Philo, Op. M. 23, end τὸ μ. [τῶν δυνάμεων θεοῦ]). ἐν μεγέθει IEph inscr., to be sure, does not belong grammatically w. θεοῦ, which rather goes w. πληρώματι foll.; nevertheless it describes the nature of God. τὸ μ. τῆς μαρτυρίας the greatness of his martyrdom MPol 17:1. ἀπολαμβάνειν τὸ ἴδιον μ. recover their proper greatness of a congregation ISm 11:2. μεγέθους ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστιανισμός Christianity is (truly) great IRo 3:3. M-M.* μεγιστάν, ᾶνος, ὁ almost exclusively, in our lit. always, in pl. μεγιστᾶνες, ων (Manetho 4, 41; Artem. 1, 2 p. 8, 16; 3, 9; Jos., Ant. 11, 37; 20, 26, Vi. 112; 149; LXX; PGM 13, 251 [sing.]; Phryn. 196f L.—Bl-D. §2: Dorism) great man, courtier, magnate at Herod’s court Mk 6:21. Gener. οἱ μ. τῆς γῆς Rv 18:23; (w. βασιλεῖς) 6:15.

C-HHunzinger, ZNW Beih. 26, ’60, 209-20: Gospel of Thomas. M-M.* μέγιστος s. μέγας 2bβ. M-M. μεθερμηνεύω (Polyb. 6, 26, 6; Diod. S. 1, 11, 2; Plut., Cato Maj. 2, 6; Herm. Wr. 12, 13a; PTebt. 164 I, 1 [II BC]; BGU 1002 II, 1 al.; Sir Prol., 1. 30; Ep. Arist. 38; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 54) translate Ac 13:8 (here ‘Elymas’ either explains Bar-Jesus or translates μάγος, s. Ἐλύμας). Mostly in the formula ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον which means (when translated) (Theophilus: 296 fgm. 3 Jac.) Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; 15:22, 34; J 1:41; Ac 4:36. Also ὃ λέγεται μ. J 1:38.

M-M.* μέθη, ης, ἡ (Antipho+; Epict. 3, 26, 5; Herm. Wr. 1, 27; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 301; 11, 42; Test. 12 Patr.) drunkenness ἐν κραιπάλῃ καὶ μ. with dissipation and drunkenness Lk 21:34. Also pl. w. the same mng. (class.; Vett. Val. 90, 13; PGiess. 3, 8; Jdth 13:15) 1 Cl 30:1. (W. κῶμοι) Ro 13:13. In a list of vices Gal 5:21 (yet it seems that in the last two passages the proximity of κῶμοι=‘unrestrained revelry’ may influence μέθαι in the direction of drinking-bout. On this cf. Diod. S. 16, 19, 2, where all mss. agree in the reading οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκ τῆς μέθης μεθύοντες=the generals who were drunken from the revelry).—HPreisker, TW IV 550-4: μέθη and related words.

M-M.* 602

μεθίστημι by-form μεθιστάνω (Hv 1, 3, 4; 1 Cor 13:2 t.r.) 1 aor. μετέστησα, pass. μετεστάθην, subj. μετασταθῶ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) remove from one place to another.

1. remove τὶ someth. ὄρη 1 Cor 13:2 (Is 54:10). Heavens, mountains, hills, seas Hv 1, 3, 4. (ἡμᾶς) μετέστησεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν he transferred us to the kingdom Col 1:13 (cf. Jos., Ant. 9, 235μ. εἰς τ. αὑτοῦ βασιλείαν.—μ. εἰς=‘transplant into’ also Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 219, 28; 230, 29).—Also of persons remove, depose (3 Km 15:13; 1 Macc 11:63; Jos., Ant. 19, 297; 20, 16) τινὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου remove someone from his place 1 Cl 44:5.

Pass. be removed ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τ. οἰκονομίας when I am discharged fr. my position as manager Lk 16:4 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 9 μεταστήσω σε τῆς οἰκονομίας=I will remove you from your position as steward.—μ. ἐκ as Jos., Vi. 195).—This is prob. also the place for Ac 13:22 μεταστήσας αὐτόν after he had removed him (fr. the throne; cf.

Da 2:21). The expr., in its fullest form μ. τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν ‘put someone to death’ (Diod. S. 2, 57, 5; 4, 55, 1; cf. 3 Macc 6:12), scarcely seems applicable here.

2. mentally and spiritually to bring to a different point of view, cause someone to change his position, also in an unfavorable sense turn away, mislead (X., Hell. 2, 2, 5; Plut., Galba 14, 3 τοὺς πλείους μετέστησαν; Josh 14:8) ἱκανὸν ὄχλον Ac 19:26. M-M.* μεθοδεία, ας, ἡ (POxy. 136, 18; 24; 1134, 9 al., though only in later pap. [421 AD and later], and in the sense ‘method’, etc.; Hesychius; Suidas) in our lit. (only Eph) only in an unfavorable sense (s. μεθοδεύω) scheming, craftiness πρὸς τὴν μ. τῆς πλάνης in deceitful scheming Eph 4:14. Pl. wiles, stratagems (Suidas: μεθοδείας, τέχνας ἢ δόλους) αἱ μ. τοῦ διαβόλου (Cyrill. of Scyth. p. 30, 21 μ. τῶν δαιμόνων) 6:11, 12 P46. M-M.* μεθοδεύω (found not infreq. in later wr., incl. PGM 13, 713; LXX, Philo) in an unfavorable sense defraud, deceive, pervert (Charito 7, 6, 10 μεθοδεύεται γυνὴ ἐπαγγελίαις=is deceived by promises; Philo, Mos. 2, 212 ὅπερ μεθοδεύουσιν οἱ λογοθῆραι καὶ σοφισταί; 2 Km 19:28) τὰ λόγια τοῦ κυρίου πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας pervert the words of the Lord to suit one’s own desires Pol 7:1.* μεθόριον, ου, τό (subst. neut. of μεθόριος [w. two or three endings]; the subst. in Thu. et al.; Josh 19:27 A; Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 111; loanw. in rabb.) boundary; pl. (Thu. 4, 99; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 16; 17) also the region included by the boundaries (Ael. Aristid. 38 p. 721 D.: ἐν μεθορίοις τῆς Ἀττικῆς) Mk 7:24 t.r. (for ὅρια, q.v.). M-M.* μεθύσκω (Pla. et al.; LXX) cause to become intoxicated; in our lit. only pass. μεθύσκομαι, 1 aor. ἐμεθύσθην (Eur., Hdt.+; Pr 4:17; 23:31; Jos., Bell. 2, 29;Test. Judah 14:1) get drunk, become intoxicated οἴνῳ with wine Eph 5:18 (as Pr 4:17; cf. Bl-D. §195, 2; Rob. 533). οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι (Cornutus 30 p. 59, 21; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 36) 1 Th 5:7 (s. μεθύω 1). W. πίνειν (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 11) Lk 12:45. μεθυσθῆναι drink freely, be drunk (Diod. S. 23, 21 μεθυσθέντες=those who had become drunk. Likewise 5, 26, 3; 17, 25, 5; Jos., Vi. 225) J 2:10. ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου (like ‫ן‬ ‫ ) ַרכ‬Rv 17:2. M-M.* μέθυσμα, ατος, τό (LXX; Philo, Agr. 157, Deus Imm. 158 al.) intoxicating drink μ. ἀνομίας intox. drink that leads to lawlessness Hm 8:3. Pl. (w. ἐδέσματα) m 6, 2, 5; 12, 2, 1.* μέθυσος, ου, ὁ (masc. subst. of the adj., which is found Aristoph.+; POxy. 1828, 3; LXX; Test. Jud. 14:8. From Menand. [fgm. 67] on it is used of both sexes [Lucian, Tim. 55; Plut., Brut. 5, 4; Sext. Emp., Hyp. 3, 24; Pr 23:21; 26:9], though the older writers used it only of women: Phryn. 151f L.) drunkard; w. those addicted to other vices (as Cebes 34, 3 and in the pap. above) Hs 6, 5, 5. Likew., but closely connected w. λοίδορος, 1 Cor 5:11; 6:10. M-M.* μεθύω (Hom.+; PHal. 1, 193f; PGM 7, 180 πολλὰ πίνειν καὶ μὴ μεθύειν, al. in pap.; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 196, Vi. 225; 388) be drunk.

1. lit. Ac 2:15; LJ 1:3=POxy. 1, 11-21 (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 69-74). Opp. πεινᾶν 1 Cor 11:21. οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν those who get drunk are drunk at night 1 Th 5:7. οἱ μεθύοντες those who are drunken (Diod. S. 4, 5, 3; Cornutus 30 p. 61, 6; Job 12:25) Mt 24:49.

2. fig. (X., Symp. 8, 21; Pla., Lysias 222C; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 1, 2 πλούτῳ μ.; Achilles Tat. 1, 6, 1 ἔρωτι; Philo) of the apocal. woman who has sated her thirst for blood εἶδον τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τ. αἵματος τ. ἁγίων Rv 17:6. M-M.* μείγνυμι or μειγνύω (the pres. is lacking in our lit. [Bl-D. §92; Mlt.-H. 249], as well as in the Ptolemaic pap.

[Mayser I 22, ’38, 187].—On the spelling cf. Bl-D. §23; Kühner-Bl. II 482; Mayser 91; Mlt.-H. 249.—The word is found Hom. [μίσγω]+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) 1 aor. ἔμειξα; pf. pass. ptc. μεμειγμένος; 2 aor. pass. ἐμίγην mix, mingle.

1. lit. τί τινι mingle someth. with someth. Rv 15:2 (Charito 3, 10, 2 αἵματι μεμιγμένον ὕδωρ; Quint. Smyrn. 6, 281 οἴνῳ δʼ αἷμα μέμικτο; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 353). Also τὶ ἔν τινι (cf. Ps 105:35) 8:7. τὶ μετά τινος (Pla., Tim. 35B) οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμειγμένον Mt 27:34. ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πιλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τ. θυσιῶν αὐτῶν whose blood Pilate mingled with (the blood of) their sacrifices, i.e. whom P. ordered slain while they were sacrificing Lk 13:1. ὄξος καὶ οἶνος μεμειγμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό vinegar and wine mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3b.

2. fig. mix, blend τί τινι someth. with someth. (Jos., Ant. 15, 52)ἡ ὀξυχολία τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ Hm 5, 1, 6. τὶ μετά τινος: ἡ λύπη μετὰ τῆς ἐντεύξεως,. . . μετὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος m 10, 3, 3a, c. M-M. s.v. μίγν-. B. 335.* μειζότερος s. μέγας.

603

μείζων s. μέγας. M-M. μειόω 1 aor. ἐμείωσα (X., Pla.+; Strabo in Jos., Ant. 15, 10; PFay. 26, 15 [II AD] al. in pap.; Sir 43:7; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 140; Sib. Or. 12, 134) lessen τὶ someth. τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς φιλαδελφίας ὑμῶν the respect that is due your brotherly love 1 Cl 47:5 (cf. Dit., Syll.3 783, 8f οὐκ ἐμίωσέν τι τῆς πατρῴας ἀρετῆς).* μείωσις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr.+; Polyb. 9, 43, 5; Sext. Emp., Math. 9, 400; Vett. Val. index; Philo) lessening, diminution τῆς σαρκός mutilation of the flesh Dg 4:4. * μέλαν, τό s. μέλας, end. μελανέω fut. μελανήσω; 1 aor. ἐμελάνησα (Theophr. et al.; PLond. 897, 23 [84 AD]) turn black of stones Hs 9, 30, 2.—In 9, 8, 7 the ἐμελάνωσαν of the mss. has been corrected by Gebhardt to ἐμελάνησαν.—Reinhold §14, 3.* μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν gen. ανος, αίνης, ανος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 4, 75) comp. μελανώτερος (Strabo 16, 4, 12) 1 Cl 8:3; black hair (Lev 13:37) Mt 5:36 (opp. λευκός as Artem. 1, 32 p. 34, 5; 9f). Of clothing used in mourning (Polyaenus 6, 7, 1 ἐν μελαίνῃ ἐσθῆτι; Jos., Vi. 138) μ. ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος Rv 6:12; cf. 1 Cl 8:3. Apocal. color: w. others Rv 6:5 (cf. Zech 6:2, 6 and s. πυρρός); Hv 4, 1, 10; 4, 3, 2; named alone, and as the color of evil, forming a contrast to the world of light (evil, malignant in the moral realm Solon, Pind.+; Diphilus Com. [IV/III BC] 91 of a woman; Plut., Mor. p. 12D μ. ἄνθρωποι; M. Ant. 4, 28 μ. ἦθος; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 36 p. 196, 19 gold) Hs 9, 1, 5; 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 1f; 4f; 9, 9, 5; 9, 13, 8; 9, 15, 1; 3; 9, 19, 1. Hence ὁ μ. the Black One of the devil B 4:9; 20:1 (Lucian, Philops. 31 ὁ δαίμων μελάντερος τοῦ ζόφου).—FJDölger, D. Sonne der Gerechtigkeit u. der Schwarze ’18; LZiehen, ARW 24, ’26, 48ff; RGradwohl, Die Farben im AT Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 50-3. S. also Act. Thom. 55; 64.—Neut. τὸ μέλαν, ανος ink (Pla., Phaedr. 276C; Demosth. 18, 258; Plut., Mor. 841E, Solon 17, 3; Synes., Ep. 157 p. 294B κάλαμον κ. χάρτην κ. μέλαν; PGrenf. II 38, 8[81 BC]; POxy. 326; PLeid. X 10, 1ff; loanw. in rabb.) ἐπιστολὴ ἐγγεγραμμένη μέλανι 2 Cor 3:3. διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου γράφειν write with pen and ink 3J 13. διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 2J 12.—GRadke (on λευκός); WMichaelis, TW IV 554-6.

M-M. B. 1052; 1055; 1291.* Μελεά, ὁ indecl. (‫ה‬ Jesus Lk 3:31.*

?; in a list of indecl. names scarcely Μελεᾶ as gen. of Μελεᾶς) Melea, in the genealogy of

μέλει third pers. sing. of μέλω, used impersonally and personally; impf. ἔμελεν; 1 aor. ἐμέλησεν, subj. μελήσῃ (B 1:5) (Hom.+; pap., LXX) w. dat. of the pers.: it is a care or concern to someone.

1. w. gen. of the thing about which concern is felt (class.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 34 K.=27 p. 542 D.: τούτων ἐμέλησε τῷ θεῷ; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 34, 14 satirical statement by a Cynic: τί μέλει τοῖς φιλανθρώποις θεοῖς ἀνθρώπων; Jos., Ant. 7, 45θεός, ᾧ μέλει πάντων) μὴ τῶν βοῶν μ. τῷ θεῷ; is it about oxen that God is concerned? 1 Cor 9:9 (Ael. Dion. τ, 35; Paroem. Gr.: Apostol. 17, 43 τῶν δʼ ὄνων οὔ μοι μέλει. For the idea cf.

Ep. Arist. 144; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 260 οὐ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἀλόγων ὁ νόμος).

2. foll. by περί τινος about someone or someth. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 4, 38, 3 περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν Διῒ μελήσειν=Zeus will care for the rest; Alciphr. 4, 6, 5; PLond. 897, 27; POxy. 1155, 5; 1 Macc 14:42, 43; Wsd 12:13; Jos., Ant. 6, 253)οὐ μ. σοι περὶ οὐδενός you care for no man i.e., you court no man’s favor Mt 22:16; Mk 12:14. περὶ τῶν προβάτων care for the sheep J 10:13. περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν 12:6; cf. 1 Pt 5:7; Hv 2, 3, 1. περὶ ἀγάπης οὐ μ. αὐτοῖς they are not concerned about love ISm 6:2.

3. foll. by ὅτι (Hdt. 9, 72; PSI 445; Tob 10:5 BA) someone is concerned that Mk 4:38; Lk 10:40. W. inf. foll.

(POxy. 930, 11) someone takes care or is pleased to do someth. B 11:1. W. περί τινος and a subst. inf. foll. τοῦ μεταδοῦναι 1:5.

4. abs. (X., Cyr. 4, 3, 7; IG IX 1, 654 τῇ θεῷ μελήσει) μή. σοι μελέτω never mind 1 Cor 7:21.

5. a rather clear case of the personal constr. (class.; Ep. Arist. 92) οὐδὲν (subj.) τούτων (partitive gen.) τῷ Γαλλίωνι ἔμελεν none of these things concerned Gallio=he paid no attention to this Ac 18:17 (cf. Bl-D. §176, 3 app.; Rob. 508f. But s. οὐδείς 2bγ). Sim. πάντα σοι μ. you are concerned about everything, lit. ‘everything is a care to you’ Hs 9, 13, 6. M-M.* μελετάω 1 aor. ἐμελέτησα (Hom. Hymns, Thu.+; Vett. Val. 330, 22; pap., LXX, Philo).

1. take care, endeavor (Hes. et al.; PSI 94, 18) εἰς τὸ σῶσαι ψυχήν to save a soul B 19:10.

2. practice, cultivate, take pains with w. acc. (Aristoph., Plut. 511; Hdt. 6, 105; Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 306al.) ταῦτα (Epict. 2, 1, 29 ταῦτα μελετᾶτε; 1, 1, 25 ταῦτα μελ.. . . ἐν τούτοις. . . ) 1 Ti 4:15; B 21:7. μ. τὸν φόβον τοῦ θεοῦ cultivate the fear of God B 4:11; cf. 11:5 (=Is 33:18). Pass. διὰ τὸ μελετᾶσθαι θανάτου κατάλυσιν because the destruction of death was being carried out IEph 19:3.

3. think about, meditate upon (Ps.-Demosth. 61, 43) τὶ someth. (Job 27:4; Pr 15:28; Ep. Arist. 160; Jos., Ant. ) Ac 4:25 (Ps 2:1). διάσταλμα ῥήματος B 10:11.— 4, 183)κενά think vain thoughts, conspire in vain (‫קי ִר ה‬ Abs. μηδὲ μελετᾶτε and do not rack your brains Mk 13:11 t.r. M-M.* 604

μελέτη, ης, ἡ (Hes. et al.; IG II2 1028, 19 al.; BGU 1125, 7 [13 BC]; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 43)meditation, study B 10:11. B. 1092.* μέλι, ιτος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 112; Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 288; 6, 118) honey; sweet Rv 10:9f (Ezk 3:3); Hm 5, 1, 5f. W. milk as food for children (Diod. S. 5, 70, 3; Philostrat., Her. 19, 19; Is 7:15, 22) B 6:17; sign of fertility (schol. on Pind., Ol. 1, 157C γῆ μέλι ῥέουσα) 6:8, 10, 13 (Ex 33:3; on the formula cf. HUsener [on γάλα 2]; NADahl, MGoguel-Festschr. ’50, 62-70). μ. ἄγριον (s. ἄγριος 1) Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6; GEb 2.—SKrauss, Honig in Palästina: ZDPV 32, ’09, 151-64; Dalman, Arbeit VII (s. οἰκία 1a). M-M. B. 384.* μέλισσα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; PSI 426, 13; Ps.-Phoc. 127; Philo in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 11, 8; Jos., Ant. 5, 288; 6, 118) bee B 6:6 (Ps 117:12). B. 192.* μελίσσιος, ιον pertaining to the bee (Syntipas p. 28, 9; 29, 3) μελίσσιον κηρίον (bee-) honeycomb (Biogr. p.

93; Syntipas 28, 7) ἀπὸ μελισσίου κηρίου some honeycomb Lk 24:42 t.r. The v.l. ἀπὸ μελισσίου κηρίον rather belongs to μελισς(ε)ι̂ον, ου, τό bee-hive (PCair. Zen. 467 [III BC]; Hesychius) a honeycomb from a bee-hive.—EbNestle, ZDPV 30, ’07, 209f; EGrafvMülinen, ibid. 35, ’12, 105ff; LKöhler, ibid. 54, ’31, 289ff; GDalman, ibid. 55, ’32, 80f.* Μελίτη, ης, ἡ Malta, an island located south of Sicily (M. is attested as the name of this island in Diod. S. 15, 12, 2; Strabo 6, 2, 11; 17, 3, 16; Ps.-Scylax 94 [p. 37 BFabricius 1878]; inscr.) Ac 28:1.—AMayr, D. Insel Malta im Altertum ’09; Zahn, AG 841-4. M-M.* Μελιτήνη v.l. for Μελίτη. μέλλω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. μελλήσω; impf. ἔμελλον and ἤμελλον (Bl-D. §66, 3; W.-S. §12, 3; Mlt.-H. 188. In Att. inscr. the ἠ-appears after 300 BC [Meisterhans3-Schw.

169]. In the inscr. from Priene ἐ- occurs only once: 11, 5 [c. 297 BC]).

1. used w. an inf. foll.—a. only rarely w. the fut. inf., w. which it is regularly used in class. Gk., since in colloquial language the fut. inf. and ptc. were gradually disappearing and being replaced by combinations with μέλλω (Bl-D. §338, 3; 350; cf. Rob. 882; 889). W. the fut. inf. μ. denotes certainty that an event will occur in the future μ. ἔσεσθαι (Dit., Syll.3 914, 10 μέλλει ἔσεσθαι; 247 I, 74 [?]; Jos., Ant. 13, 322)will certainly take place or be Ac 11:28; 24:15; 27:10; 1 Cl 43:6; cf. Dg 8:2. b. w. the aor. inf. (rarely in class. Gk. [but as early as Hom., and e.g. X., Cyr. 1, 4, 16]; Herodas 3, 78 and 91; UPZ 70, 12 [152/1 BC]; PGiess. 12, 5; POxy. 1067, 17; 1488, 20; Ex 4:12; Job 3:8; 2 Macc 14:41; cf. Phryn. p. 336; 745ff L.; WGRutherford, New Phryn. 1881, 420ff). α. be on the point of, be about to μ. ἀποκαλυφθῆναι be about to be revealed Ro 8:18. τὸ δωδεκάφυλον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μέλλον ἀπολέσθαι the twelve tribes of Israel that were about to be destroyed 1 Cl 55:6. ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν Ac 12:6. ἀποθανεῖν Rv 3:2. ἐμέσαι vs. 16. τεκεῖν 12:4. β. be destined, inevitable (acc. to God’s will) ἀποκαλυφθῆναι that is destined to be revealed Gal 3:23. c. w. the pres. inf. So mostly (84 times in the NT.; oft. in lit., inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; cf. HGMeecham, Letter of Aristeas ’25, 118 and 124). α. be about to, be on the point of ἤμελλεν τελευτᾶν he was at the point of death (Aristot. in Apollon. Paradox.

27 and Diod. S. 6, 4, 3 μέλλων τελευτᾶν; cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 83; 12, 357) Lk 7:2. Also ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν (Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 5 γραῦς μέλλουσα ἀποθνῄσκειν; Aesop, Fab. 131 P.=202 H.; 233 P.=216 H.; 2 Macc 7:18; 4 Macc 10:9) J 4:47. ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν he was about to kill himself Ac 16:27. Of God’s Kgdm. μέλλειν ἔρχεσθαι 1 Cl 42:3. Of heavenly glory ἡ μέλλουσα ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι 1 Pt 5:1. Cf. Lk 19:4; J 6:6; Ac 3:3; 5:35; 18:14; 21:27; 22:26; 23:27.—Occasionally almost=begin ἤμελλον γράφειν Rv 10:4. ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα when all these things are (or begin) to be accomplished Mk 13:4; cf. Lk 21:7; Rv 10:7. β. in a weakened sense it serves simply as a periphrasis for the fut. (PMich. III 202, 8ff; 13ff [105 AD].—Mayser II 1, 226) ὅσα λαλῶ ἢ καὶ μ. λαλεῖν (=ἢ καὶ λαλήσω) what I tell or shall tell Hm 4, 4, 3. So esp. oft. in Hermas: μ. λέγειν v 1, 1, 6; 3, 8, 11; m 11:7, 18; s 5, 2, 1. μ. ἐντέλλεσθαι v 5:5; m 5, 2, 8. μ. κατοικεῖν s 1:1; 4:2. μ. χωρεῖν (=χωρήσω) IMg 5:1.—Substitute for the disappearing fut. forms (inf. and ptc. Bl-D. §356 w. app.); for the fut. inf.: προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι Ac 28:6; for the fut. ptc.: ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι Mt 11:14. ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν the one who was going to do this Lk 22:23; cf. 24:21; Ac 13:34. οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν those who were to believe (in him) in the future 1 Ti 1:16; 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3. μέλλοντες ἀσεβεῖν those who were to be ungodly in the future 2 Pt 2:6. Of Christ ὁ μέλλων κρίνειν 2 Ti 4:1; B 7:2. οἱ μέλλοντες ἀρνεῖσθαι=οἱ ἀρνησόμενοι Hv 2, 2, 8. πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους raging fire that will devour the opponents Hb 10:27. γ. denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind μέλλει Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον Herod intends to search for the child Mt 2:13. οὗ ἤμελλεν αὐτὸς ἔρχεσθαι where he himself intended to come Lk 10:1. μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι they intended to come J 6:15. Cf. vs. 71; 7:35; 12:4; 14:22; Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13a, b; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30; Hb 8:5; 2 Pt 1:12. τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν; what do you intend to do? Hs 1:5. οὐ μ. ποιεῖν I have no intention of doing MPol 8:2. μ. προσηλοῦν they wanted to nail him fast 13:3. μ. λαμβάνειν we wanted to take him out 17:2. δ. denoting an action that necessarily follows a divine decree is destined, must, will certainly. . . μ. πάσχειν he is destined to suffer Mt 17:12; B 7:10; 12:2; cf. 6:7. μ. σταυροῦσθαι must be crucified 12:1. μ. παραδίδοσθαι Mt 605

17:22; Lk 9:44; B 16:5. ἔμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν J 11:51; 12:33; 18:32. ἐν σαρκὶ μ. φανεροῦσθαι B 6:7, 9, 14. Cf. Mt 16:27; 20:22; Ro 4:24; 8:13; Rv 12:5. οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν. . . θεωρεῖν they should no more see. . . Ac 20:38. τὰ μ. γίνεσθαι what must come to pass 26:22; cf. Rv 1:19, διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν those who are to inherit salvation Hb 1:14. μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι that we were to be afflicted 1 Th 3:4.—Mk 10:32; Lk 9:31; J 7:39; Hb 11:8.

2. The ptc. is used abs. in the mng. future, to come (Pind., Ol. 10, 7 ὁ μέλλων χρόνος) ὁ αἰὼν μέλλων the age to come (s. αἰὼν 2b), which brings the reign of God (opp. ὁ αἰὼν οὗτος or ὁ νῦν αἰών) Mt 12:32; Eph 1:21; 2 Cl 6:3; Pol 5:2; cf. Hb 6:5. Also ὁ μ. καιρός (opp. ὁ νῦν κ.) B 4:1. ἡ μ. ζωή (opp. ἡ νῦν ζ.) 1 Ti 4:8. ὁ μ. βίος (opp. ὁ νῦν β.) 2 Cl 20:2. ἡ μ. βασιλεία 5:5; ἡ οἰκουμένη ἡ μ. the world to come Hb 2:5. ἡ μέλλουσα πόλις (as a play on words, opp. [οὐ. . . ] μένουσα π.) 13:14. ἡ μ. ἐπαγγελία the promise for the future 2 Cl 10:3f. τά μ. ἀγαθά Hb 9:11 v.l.; Hv 1, 1, 8. ἡ μ. ἀνάστασις 1 Cl 24:1; τὸ κρίμα τὸ μ. the judgment to come Ac 24:25; cf. 1 Cl 28:1; 2 Cl 18:2; MPol 11:2. ἡ μ. ὀργή Mt 3:7; IEph 11:1. ἡ μ. θλῖψις Hv 4, 2, 5. τὰ μ. σκάνδαλα B 4:9.—ἡ μέλλουσά σου ἀδελφή your future sister=the one who in the future will be your sister, no longer your wife Hv 2, 2, 3. Several times the noun can be supplied fr. the context: τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος, i.e. Christ Ro 5:14.—Subst. τὸ μέλλον the future (Aeneas Tact. 422; 431 al.; Antiphanes Com. [IV BC] 227 K.; Menand., Monostich. 412; Anacreont. 36; Plut., Caes. 14, 4; Herodian 1, 14, 2; Dit., Syll.3 609, 5; Philo) 1 Cl 31:3. εἰς τὸ μ. for the future 1 Ti 6:19; specif. (in the) next year (PLond. 1231, 4 [144 AD] τὴν εἰς τὸ μέλλον γεωργείαν; s. Field, Notes 65) Lk 13:9. τὰ μ. the things to come (X., Conv. 4, 47; Aeneas Tact. 1050; Artem. 1, 36; Wsd 19:1; Philo) Col 2:17; PK 3 p. 15, 21. (Opp. τὰ ἐνεστῶτα the present as PGM 5, 295) Ro 8:38; 1 Cor 3:22; B 1:7; 5:3; 17:2.

3. delay τί μέλλεις; why are you delaying? cf. Aeschyl., Prom. 36; Eur., Hec. 1094; Thu. 8, 78; Lucian, Dial.

Mort. 10, 13; Jos., Bell. 3, 494τί μέλλομεν; 4 Macc 6:23; 9:1) Ac 22:16. M-M. B. 974. μέλος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., ostr., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 240; Test. 12 Patr.) member, part, limb.

1. lit., of parts of the human body καθάπερ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι πολλὰ μ. ἔχομεν as we have many members in one body Ro 12:4a, b; cf. 1 Cor 12:12a, 14, 18-20, 25f; Js 3:5 (Apollod. [II BC]: 244 fgm. 307 Jac. κράτιστον τῶν μελῶν ἡ γλῶσσα). τὰ μ. τοῦ σώματος the parts of the body (Diod. S. 5, 18, 12; Philo, In Flacc. 176) 1 Cor 12:12b, 22; 1 Cl 37:5; Dg 6:2. W. σάρξ 6:6. μ. σκοτεινόν Lk 11:36 P45. W. gen. of the pers. Mt 5:29f (cf. Sextus 13); Ro 6:13a, b, 19a, b; 7:5, 23a, b; Js 3:6; 4:1 (the pl. τὰ μέλη can also mean the body, sing.: Pind., Nem. 11, 15 θνατὰ μέλη=mortal body). συγκοπὴ μελῶν mangling of limbs (leading to martyrdom. Diod. S. 17, 83, 9 describes a procedure of this kind) IRo 5:3.

2. There is no fixed boundary betw. parts of the body as taken lit. and fig.; Col 3:5 νεκρώσατε τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, which may be paraphrased: put to death whatever in your nature belongs to the earth.

3. fig., of the many-sided organism of the Christian community (on the figure of the body and its members, a favorite one in ancient lit., s. Ltzm., Hdb. on 1 Cor 12:12; WNestle, D. Fabel des Menenius Agrippa: Klio 21, ’27, 350-60): the individual Christians are members of Christ, and together they form his body (for this idea cf. Simplicius in Epict. p.

70, 51: souls are μέρη τοῦ θεοῦ; 71, 5.—In p. 80, 54 the soul is called μέρος ἢ μέλος τοῦ θεοῦ) 1 Cor 12:27; Eph 5:30; 1 Cl 46:7; IEph 4:2; ITr 11:2; cf. Eph 4:16 v.l. ἀλλήλων μέλη members of each other Ro 12:5; Eph 4:25; 1 Cl 46:7b. In 1 Cor 6:15a for a special reason the σώματα of the Christians are called μέλη Χριστοῦ. Since acc. to Paul’s understanding of Gen 2:24 sexual intercourse means fusion of bodies (vs. 16), relations w. a prostitute fr. this point of view become particularly abhorrent vs. 15b.—FHorst, TW IV 559-72. M-M.* Μελχί, ὁ indecl. (‫י ִכּ‬ father of Neri vs. 28.*

) Melchi, in the genealogy of Jesus—1. son of Jannai, father of Levi Lk 3:24.—2. son of Addi,

‫ ; ־י ִכּ‬Gen 14:18; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 79; Jos., Ant. 1, 180f.—FCBurkitt, The Syriac Μελχισέδεκ, ὁ indecl. (‫ק‬ Forms of NT Proper Names ’12, 82) Melchizedek king of Salem and priest of God Most High in the time of Abraham (both after Gen 14:18). In the typology of Hb, a type of Christ as High Priest (Mel. is not called ἀρχιερεύς in LXX, Philo, or Joseph., but ὁ μέγας ἱερεύς Philo, Abr. 235) 5:6, 10; 6:20; 7:1, 10f, 15, 17 (nearly always Ps 109:4b has influenced these passages, if it is not quoted in full: σὺ εἶ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ).—On Mel. in the NT: FrJJérome, D. gesch. M-Bild u. s. Bed. im Hb., Diss. Freib. ’20; GWuttke, M., der Priesterkönig von Salem: E. Studie zur Gesch. der Exegese ’27; RGyllenberg, Kristusbilden i Hebréer brevet ’28; GBardy, M. dans la trad. patrist.: RB 35, ’26, 496-509; 36, ’27, 25-45; HStork, D. sog. Melchisedekianer ’28; HWindisch, Hdb., exc. on Hb 7:4 (2’31); EKäsemann, D. wandernde Gsvolk ’39; HEdelMedico, ZAW 69, ’57, 160-70; JJPetuchowski, Hebrew Union Coll. Annual 28, ’57, 127-36; JAFitzmyer, CBQ 25, ’63, 305-21; MdeJonge and ASvd Woude, 11 Q Melch. and the NT, NTS 12, ’66, 301-26; SLyonnet, Sin, Redemption and Sacrifice, ’70, 310-12 (lit.); OMichel, TW IV 573-5. M-M.* μεμβράνα, ης, ἡ (Lat. loanw.: membrana; cf. Bl-D. §5, 1 [μεμβράνη]; Rob. 109; GMeyer, D. lat. Lehnworte im Neugriech.: SAWien 132, 1895, 44 [μεμβρᾶνα];—Charax of Pergamum [II/III AD]: 103 fgm. 37 Jac.; Acta Barn. 6 p.

66 Tisch. τὰς μεμβράνας; POxy. 2156, 9 [c. 400 AD]) parchment, used for making books. τὰ βιβλία, μάλιστα τὰς μ. the books, especially the parchments 2 Ti 4:13 (perh. ‘scrolls’; cf. Theodoret III 695 Sch. μεμβράνας τὰ εἱλητὰ κέκληκεν, οὕτω γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι καλοῦσι τὰ δέρματα. ἐν εἱλητοῖς δὲ εἶχον πάλαι τὰς θείας γραφάς. οὕτω δὲ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος ἔχουσιν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι. But WHPHatch [letter of Sept. 12, ’53] now believes the μεμβράνα of 2 Ti to be parchment codices, pointing to Martial, Ep. 14, 7; 184 pugillares membranei=‘parchments of a size to be held in one’s fist’; cf. Ep. 14, 186; 188; 190; 192; MRJames, Companion to Latin Studies3 ’43, 238. So also CCMcCown, 606

HTR 34, ’41, 234f). M-M. B. 1289.* μέμνημαι s. μιμνῄσκομαι. μέμφομαι 1 aor. ἐμεμψάμην (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX) find fault with, blame w. acc. τινά someone (Hes.+; PFay. 111, 3 [95/96 AD]; POxy. 1481, 5; PRyl. 239, 13; Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 109; Sib. Or. 5, 237) and τὶ someth.

(Pind.+), or w. dat. τινί someone (Aeschyl.+; Alex. Polyhistor [I BC]: 273 fgm. 46 Jac.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 142; Sir 41:7; 2 Macc 2:7.—Bl-D. §152, 1; Rob. 473; RSchekira, De imperatoris Marci Aurelii Ant. librorum τὰ εἰς ἑαυτόν sermone, Diss. Greifswald ’19, 147) μεμφόμενος αὐτοὺς λέγει he finds fault with them when he says Hb 8:8 (acc. to ‫א‬AD; but αὐτοῖς t.r., BP46). οὐκ ἔχει ἡμῶν οὐδὲν μέμψασθαι he will have nothing to blame us for Hs 9, 10, 4, γνῶσιν Dg 12:5. Abs. (Sir 11:7) Mk 7:2 v.l.—τί ἔτι μέμφεται; (Aristippus in Diog. L. 2, 77: τί οὖν ἐμέμφου; Ael. Aristid. 32 p. 604 D.: τί μέμφονται;) why does he still find fault? or what fault can he still find? Ro 9:19 (Appian, Maced. 11 §5 εἴ τι μέμφονται=if they have any fault to find.—Complain is also poss., as Jos., Ant. 2, 63; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 7, p. 368A). For the subject matter cf. Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 6, 7, 36: ὁ Ζεὺς οὗτος, under whose control everything is found, τί ἡμᾶς τίνυται [punish];. . . τί δὲ καὶ ἀπειλεῖ ἡμῖν;). M-M.* μεμψίμοιρος, ον (Isocr. 12, 8; Aristot., H.A. 608b, 10; cf. Theophr., Char. 17[22], 1; Lucian, Cynic. 17, Tim. 55; Plut., De Ira Cohib. 13 p. 461B; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 14, 23; Vett. Val. 17, 12) fault-finding, complaining (w. γογγυστής) Jd 16. M-M.* μέμψις, εως, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; BGU 926, 6; POxy. 140, 16; 1255, 19; LXX; Philo; Jos., Vi. 266) reason for complaint Col 3:13 D.* μέν affirmative particle, a weakened form of μήν (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX). One of the commonest particles in class.

Gk., but its usage declines sharply in post-class. times. Found only 182 times in the NT. In seven of these places the editions vary (in Tdf. it is omitted Mk 9:12; Ro 7:25; 16:19; 1 Cor 2:15; in W-H. Ac 23:8; 1 Cor 12:20—in Ro 16:19; Gal 4:23 they bracket the word). The mss. show an even greater variation. In Rv, 2 Th, 1 Ti, Tit, Phlm, 2 Pt, 1, 2, 3 J it does not occur at all; Eph, Col, 1 Th, Js have only one occurrence each. It is also quite rare in 1, 2 Cl, Ign, GP, but is common in Ac, Hb, B and esp. in Dg. It never begins a clause. Cf. Kühner-G. II p. 264ff; Bl-D. §447 w. app.; Rob. 1150-3; Mlt.-Turner 331f.

1. used correlatively w. other particles—a. introducing a concessive clause, followed by another clause w. an adversative particle: to be sure. . . but, on the one hand. . . on the other hand, though in many cases the translation will not fit this scheme; rather, the contrast is to be emphasized in the second clause, often with but. α. μὲν. . . δέ: ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω. . . ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος Mt 3:11. ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς. . . οἱ δὲ ἐργάται 9:37. τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε. . . τὸ δὲ καθίσαι 20:23. ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. . . οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ Mk 14:21. τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν τὰ σκέλη. . . ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες J 19:32 and oft. Cf. Mt 22:8; Ro 6:11; 1 Cor 9:24; 11:14; 12:20; 2 Cor 10:10; Hb 3:5; 1 Pt 1:20.—In combination w. conjunctions: εἰ μὲν. . . εἰ δέ if. . . but if Dg 3:2. εἰ μὲν οὖν. . . εἰ δέ if then. . . but if Ac 19:38f; cf. 25:11. εἰ μὲν. . . νῦν δέ if. . . but now Hb 11:15. μὲν οὖν. . . δέ (now) indeed. . . but J 19:24; 20:30; Ac 8:4; 12:5; 1 Cor 9:25. μὲν γὰρ. . . δέ for indeed. . . but (Wsd 7:30; Job 28:2) 1 Cor 11:7; Ro 2:25. κἂν μὲν. . . , εἰ δὲ μήγε if. . . but if not Lk 13:9. ἐὰν μὲν. . . , ἐὰν δὲ μή Mt 10:13. W. prep. εἰς μὲν. . . εἰς δέ Hb 9:6. β. μὲν. . . ἀλλά to be sure. . . but (Thu. 3, 2, 1; X., Oec. 3, 6; Tetr. Iamb. 1, 2, 3) Mk 9:12 (Tdf. omits μέν). πάντα μὲν καθαρὰ ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ to be sure everything is clean, but. . . Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς. . . ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος 1 Cor 14:17. Cf. Ac 4:16. γ. μὲν. . . πλήν indeed. . . but (Galen, Inst. Log. c. 8, 2 Kalbfl. [1896]) Lk 22:22. b. without any real concessive sense on the part of μέν, but adversative force in δέ, so that μέν need not be translated at all: αὐτοὶ μὲν. . . ὑμεῖς δέ Lk 11:48; cf. Ac 13:36. ἐγὼ μὲν. . . ἐγὼ δέ 1 Cor 1:12. τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις. . . τοῖς δὲ σῳζομένοις vs. 18. Ἰουδαίοις μέν. . . ἔθνεσι δέ vs. 23. ἐμοὶ μὲν. . . ὑμῖν δέ Phil 3:1. εἰ μὲν. . . εἰ δέ Ac 18:14; Dg 2:8. c. Somet. the combination μὲν. . . δέ does not emphasize a contrast, but separates one thought from another in a series, so that they may be easily distinguished: πρῶτον μὲν. . . ἔπειτα δέ in the first place. . . then Hb 7:2. ὃ μὲν. . . ὃ δέ the one. . . the other Mt 13:8, 23 (cf. Lucian, Hermot. 66 ὁ μὲν ἑπτά, ὁ δὲ πέντε, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα); Ro 9:21. ὃς μὲν. . . ὃς δέ the one. . . the other Mt 21:35; 25:15; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; Jd 22. ἃ. μὲν. . . ἃ δέ some. . . others 2 Ti 2:20. ὁ μὲν. . . ὁ δέ the one. . . the other, but pl. some. . . others Ac 14:4; 17:32; Gal 4:23; Eph 4:11; Phil 1:16; Dg 2:2f. ἕκαστος. . . , ὁ μὲν οὕτως ὁ δὲ οὕτως each one. . . , one in one way, one in another 1 Cor 7:7. ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν the one believes he may eat anything, but the weak man Ro 14:2. τινὲς μὲν. . . τινὲς δέ some. . . but still others Phil 1:15. ἄλλη μὲν. . . , ἄλλη δὲ. . . , ἄλλη δέ. . . 1 Cor 15:39. ἑτέρα μὲν. . . , ἑτέρα δέ vs. 40. οἱ μὲν. . . , ἄλλοι δὲ. . . , ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. ᾧ μὲν γὰρ. . . , ἄλλῳ δὲ. . . , ἑτέρῳ 1 Cor 12:8ff. ἃ μὲν. . . , ἄλλα δὲ. . . , ἄλλα δέ Mt 13:4ff. τοῦτο μὲν. . . , τοῦτο δέ in part. . . in part (Hdt. 3, 106; Isocr. 4, 21; 22) Hb 10:33 (μέν followed by more than one δέ: two, Libanius, Or. 18, p. 251, 3f; Or. 59 p. 240, 13. Four, Or. 64 p. 469, 14).

2. Frequently μέν is found in anacolutha—a. when the contrast can be supplied fr. the context, and therefore can be omitted as obvious: λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας (sc. ὄντα δὲ ἄλογα or someth. sim.) they have the reputation of being wise (but are foolish) Col 2:23. τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη ἐν ὑμῖν the signs that mark a 607

true apostle were performed among you (but you paid no attention) 2 Cor 12:12. ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἥττημα indeed it is already a defeat for you (but you make it still worse) 1 Cor 6:7.—μέν serves to emphasize the subject in clauses which contain a report made by the speaker concerning his own state of being, esp. intellectual or emotional; so ἐγὼ μ. Παῦλος 1 Th 2:18. ἡ μ. εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας Ro 10:1. b. Somet. the contrast is actually expressed, but not in adversative form (Diod. S. 12, 70, 6 Ἀθηναῖοι μὲν οὖν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς τοιαύτῃ συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον=the Ath., after plotting against the B., became involved [however] in such a disaster; Polyaenus 4, 3, 20 οἱ μὲν. . . , Ἀλέξανδρος. . . ; 2, 3, 2) τότε μὲν. . . ἔπειτα (here we expect δέ) J 11:6f. ἐφʼ ὅσον μὲν οὖν εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος in so far, then, as I am an apostle to the Gentiles Ro 11:13 (the contrast follows in vs. 14); cf. 7:12 and 13ff. c. We notice anacoluthon in enumerations, either if they are broken off or if they are continued in some manner that is irregular in form πρῶτον μέν in the first place Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. πρῶτον μὲν—ἔπειτα (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 1) Js 3:17. In the prologue to Ac (s. λόγος 1aζ) the clause w. δέ corresponding to τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον 1:1 (Diod. S. 11, 1, 1 Ἡ μὲν οὖν πρὸ ταύτης βίβλος. . . τὸ τέλος ἔσχε τῶν πράξεων. . . ἐν ταύτῃ δέ. . . The preceding book. . . contained. . . ; in this one, however. . . ) may have been omitted through editorial activity acc. to Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; 397. d. μέν followed by καί is an inexact usage (Ael. Aristid. 31, 19 K.=11 p. 133 D.; Tituli Lyciae 325, 10ff Kalinka μὲν. . . καί; POxy. 1153, 14 [I AD] two armbands ἓν μὲν σανδύκινον καὶ ἓν πορφυροῦν) Mk 4:4ff; Lk 8:5ff. e. μὲν οὖν denotes continuation (Bl-D. §451, 1 app.; Kühner-G. II 157f; Mayser II 3, 152f; Rob. 1151; 1191) so, then Lk 3:18. Esp. in Ac: 1:6, 18; 2:41; 5:41; 8:25; 9:31; 11:19; 13:4; 14:3 (DSSharp, ET 44, ’33, 528); 15:3, 30; 16:5; 17:12, 17, 30; 19:32; 23:18, 22, 31; 25:4; 26:4, 9; 28:5. Also 1 Cor 6:4 (Bl-D. §450, 4); Hb 9:1. εἰ μὲν οὖν now if Hb 7:11; 8:4. f. μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε s. under these entries. M-M. Μεννά, ὁ indecl. (in a series of indecl. names, hardly Μεννᾶ as gen. of Μεννᾶς) Menna in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:31 (Μαινάν t.r.).* μενοῦν Lk 11:28; Ro 9:20 v.l.; Phil 3:8 v.l. and μενοῦνγε (μενοῦν γε), particles used esp. in answers, to emphasize or correct (Bl-D. §450, 4; Rob. 1151f), even—contrary to class. usage—at the beginning of a clause (Phryn. 342 L.) rather, on the contrary (Soph., Aj. 1363; Pla., Crito 44B; X., Cyr. 8, 3, 37) Lk 11:28. Indeed Ro 10:18. ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε more than that Phil 3:8. μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ; on the contrary, who are you? Ro 9:20. M-M.* μέντοι particle (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 8; 13 al.).

1. really, actually Js 2:8.—2. mostly adversative though, to be sure, indeed οὐδεὶς μ. εἶπεν though no one said J 4:27; cf. 7:13. οὐ μ. though not, indeed not 20:5; 21:4; Hs 6, 1, 6; Papias 2:15. ὁ μ. θεμέλιος ἕστηκεν nevertheless the firm foundation stands 2 Ti 2:19. ὅμως μ. yet, despite that (Kühner-G. II 280) J 12:42.—Weakened to but Jd 8 (Bl-D. §450, 1; Rob. 1154; 1188). M-M.* μένω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) impf. ἔμενον; fut. μενῶ; 1 aor. ἔμεινα, imper. μεῖνον (Hv 3, 1, 9); plpf. μεμενήκειν (1J 2:19; on the lack of augment s. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190).

1. intr. remain, stay—a. a pers. or thing remains where he or it is. α. lit. stay, oft. in the special sense live, dwell, lodge (Horapollo 2, 49 μ. alternating w. οἰκέω) w. ἐν and the dat.

(Ps.-Demosth. 43, 75 μ. ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις; Vi. Aesopi I c. 12 p. 259, 6) ἐν οὒκίᾳ Lk 8:27; J 8:35a; ἐν τ. οἴκῳ σου Lk 19:5; cf. 10:7. ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ remain in the ship Ac 27:31. μ. ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ J 7:9.—Ac 9:43; 16:15; 18:20; 20:15 v.l.; 2 Ti 4:20. κατὰ πόλιν remain in the city MPol 5:1. W. an adv. of place ἐκεῖ Mt 10:11; Mk 6:10; Lk 9:4; J 2:12; 10:40; 11:54; Hs 9, 11, 7. ὧδε Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34; Hs 9, 11, 1. ποῦ μένεις; where do you live? J 1:38; cf. vs. 39 (Sb 2639 ποῦ μένι Θερμοῦθις; Pel.-Leg. 7, 27; Nicetas Eugen. 1, 230 H. ποῦ μένεις;). W. acc. of time (Jos., Ant. 1, 299)J 1:39b; 4:40b; 11:6; Ac 21:7; D 11:5; 12:2. W. time-indications of a different kind ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε Mt 10:11. ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς Lk 1:56. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα J 8:35b. W. prep. παρά τινι μ. stay with someone (Cebes 9, 2; Jos., Ant. 20, 54)J 1:39b; 4:40a; Ac 18:3 (live with is also poss.: Lucian, Timon 10); 21:7, 8. παρʼ ὑμῖν μένων when I was (staying) with you J 14:25. πρός τινα with someone Ac 18:3 D; D 12:2. ἐπί τινα remain on someone J 1:32f. σύν τινι with someone (4 Macc 18:9) Lk 1:56; 24:29b. Also μ. μετά τινος (Gen 24:55) Lk 24:29a; Hs 9, 11, 1; 3; 6; 7. καθʼ ἑαυτόν live by oneself, in one’s own quarters Ac 28:16 (of what is called in Lat. custodia libera). Of a corpse μ. ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ stay (hanging) on the cross J 19:31. Of the branch: ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain on the vine, i.e. not be cut off 15:4b. Of stones μ. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ stay on the road Hv 3, 2, 9. Of stones that remain in the divine structure, and are not removed Hs 9, 13, 4; 9. Also symbolically τὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει the veil remains unlifted at the reading of the OT (and hinders the right understanding of it) 2 Cor 3:14. β. fig., of someone who does not leave the realm or sphere in which he finds himself: remain, continue, abide (Pla., Ep. 10 p. 358C μένε ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσιν, οἷσπερ καὶ νῦν μένεις; Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 2, 15 μ. ἐν ταῖς ἀπορίαις=remain overcome by doubts; Jos., Ant. 4, 185; Test. Jos. 1:3 ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ; Third Corinthians 3:36) ἐν ἁγνείᾳ IPol 5:2; cf. IEph 10:3. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ remain in the teaching of Christ 2J 9a; cf. b (2 Macc 8:1 μ. ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ). ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 Ti 2:15. μένε ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες continue in what you have learned 2 Ti 3:14. ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ J 8:31. μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ continue in my love 15:9f; cf. 1J 4:16. ἐν τῷ φωτί 2:10. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 3:14. ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ J 12:46. The phrase μ. ἔν τινι is a favorite of J to denote an inward, enduring personal communion. So of God in his relation to Christ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων the Father, who abides in me J 608

14:10. Of the Christians in their relation to Christ J 6:56; 15:4a, c, 5-7; 1J 2:6, 24c. Of Christ in his relation to the Christians J 15:4a, 5 (Gdspd., Probs. 112-15). Of the Christians in their relationship to God 1J 2:24c, 27f; 3:6, 24a; 4:13. Of God in his relation to the Christians 1J 3:24; 4:12f, 15.—Vice versa, of someth. that remains in someone; likew. in Johannine usage: of the word of God 1J 2:14. Of the words of Christ J 15:7b; cf. 1J 2:24a, b. Of the anointing fr. heaven vs. 27. Of the love of God 1J 3:17. Of the seed of God 3:9. Of truth 2J 2. The possession is shown to be permanent by the expr. ἔχειν τι μένον ἐν ἑαυτῷ have someth. continually, permanently 1J 3:15; the word of God J 5:38. Instead of μ. ἔν τινι also μ. παρά τινι remain with someone: of the Spirit of truth J 14:17. On the other hand, of the wrath of God, μένει ἐπʼ αὐτόν it remains upon him 3:36.—GPercorara, De verbo ‘manere’ ap. Jo.: Div. Thomas Piac. 40, ’37, 159-71. b. a pers. or thing remains in the state in which he or it is found (Lucian, Laps. 16 ἐν τῇ τάξει μ.) 1 Cor 7:20, 24. μένει ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸ διηνεκές he remains a priest forever Hb 7:3. αὐτὸς μόνος μένει it remains alone J 12:24. μενέτω ἄγαμος 1 Cor 7:11. ἀσάλευτος Ac 27:41. πιστός 2 Ti 2:13. ἀόρατος Dg 6:4. μ. μετά τινος remain in fellowship w. someone 1J 2:19. Of one who has divorced his wife remain by himself, remain unmarried Hm 4, 1, 6; 10; 4, 4, 2. οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν; was it (the piece of ground) not yours, as long as it remained (unsold) ? Ac 5:4 (cf. 1 Macc 15:7 and OHoltzmann, ZKG 14, 1893, 327-36).—W. adv. οὕτως μ. remain as one is (i.e., unmarried) 1 Cor 7:40. ἁγνῶς B 2:3. μ. ὡς ἐγώ remain as I am 1 Cor 7:8. c. remain, last, persist, continue to live—α. of pers. (Ps 9:8 ὁ κύριος εἰς τ. αἰῶνα μ.; 101:13; Da 6:27) ὁ Χριστὸς μ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα Christ remains (here) forever J 12:34; cf. Hb 7:24; 1J 2:17. Pregnant remain (alive) , be alive (Epict. 3, 24, 97; Diog. L. 7, 174; Achilles Tat. 8, 10. μένειν ἐν τῷ ζῆν Plut., Mor. 1042D; Eccl 7:15) J 21:22f; 1 Cor 15:6; Phil 1:25; Rv 17:10. β. of things (Maximus Tyr. 4, 8b and Polyaenus 7, 34: γῆ μένει; Socrat., Ep. 31 [=33]; Hierocles 15 p. 454 ὁ πόνος παρῆλθεν, τὸ καλὸν μένει) of a city ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον it would have lasted until today Mt 11:23. μένουσα πόλις a permanent city Hb 13:14.—ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω continue 13:1 (JCambier, Salesianum 11, ’49, 62-96).—J 9:41; 15:16. εἰ τὸ ἔργον μενεῖ if the work survives 1 Cor 3:14. ὕπαρξις Hb 10:34. δικαιοσύνη 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps 111:9). ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 9:11 (of God’s counsel Ps 32:11). λόγος θεοῦ endure 1 Pt 1:23 (cf. 1 Esdr 4:38 ἡ ἀλήθεια μένει). τ. ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς τ. αἰῶνα vs. 25 (Is 40:8). ἡ βρῶσις ἡ μένουσα εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον J 6:27. τὸ μένον what is permanent (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 100.—Opp. τὸ καταργούμενον) 2 Cor 3:11. μένει πίστὶς ἐλπις ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13 (WMarxsen, D. ‘Bleiben’ im 1 Cor 13:13, OCullmann-Festschr., ’72, 223-9; on the eschatology cf. Enoch 97, 6-10 and s. the lit. on ἀγάπη I 1a.—For the contrast πίπτει [vs. 8]—μένει cf. Pla., Crat. 44 p. 440A εἰ μεταπίπτει πάντα χρήματα καὶ μηδὲν μένει).

2. trans. wait for, await—a. of pers.: wait for someone who is arriving (Hom.; Thu. 4, 124, 4; X., An. 4, 4, 20; Pla., Leg. 8 p. 833C; Polyb. 4, 8, 4; Tob 2:2 BA; 2 Macc 7:30; Jos., Ant. 13, 19)τινά w. the place indicated ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι they were waiting for us in Troas Ac 20:5. b. of dangers, misfortunes, etc. that await or threaten someone (trag.; Epigr. Gr. 654, 9 κἀμὲ μένει τὸ θανεῖν; Sib. Or. 4, 114 v.l. σὲ) θλίψεις με μένουσιν Ac 20:23.—Of the 112 passages in which μένω occurs in the NT, 66 are found in the Johannine writings (gosp. 40, 1J 23, 2 J three).—JHeise, Bleiben: Menein in d. Johan. Schr., ’67; FHauck, TW IV 578-93: μένω and related words. M-M. B. 836.** μερίζω Att. fut. μεριῶ 1 Cl 16:13 (LXX); 1 aor. ἐμέρισα; pf. μεμέρικα, pass. μεμέρισμαι; 1 aor. mid. inf. μερίσασθαι; 1 aor. ἐμερίσθην (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Philo, Poster. Cai. 92 [pass.]; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 107) divide, separate.

1. divide into its component parts—a. act. and pass., fig. (Procop. Soph., Ep. 17 ψυχὴ μεριζομένη) μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός; has Christ been divided? 1 Cor 1:13 (Third Corinthians 3:10; GHWhitaker, Chrysostom on 1 Cor 1:13: JTS 15, ’14, 254-7). Divide ὑμᾶς IMg 6:2. βασιλεία, πόλις, οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθʼ ἑαυτῆς a kingdom, city, family divided against itself, disunited Mt 12:25. ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη he is disunited vs. 26; cf. Mk 3:24-6. Abs. ὁ γαμήσας μεμέρισται the married man (i.e., his attention) is divided, since he tries to please the Lord and his wife at the same time 1 Cor 7:34. b. mid. μερίζεσθαί τι μετά τινος share someth. with someone (Demosth. 34, 18; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 169τὶ πρός τινα) Lk 12:13. 2.—a. distribute τί τισιν someth. to some people (PTebt. 302, 12; POxy. 713, 29; Pr 19:14) τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας πᾶσιν Mk 6:41. Without dat. τῶν ἰσχυρῶν μεριεῖ σκῦλα he will distribute the spoils of the strong 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12). b. deal out, assign, apportion τί τινι someth. to someone (Polyb. 11, 28, 9; Diod. S. 13, 22, 8 μ. τινὶ τὸν ἔλεον; UPZ 19, 20 [163 BC]; 146, 38; Sb 8139, 19f [inscr. I BC, of Isis] πᾶσι μερίζεις, οἷσι θέλεις, ζωὴν παντοδαπῶν ἀγαθῶν; PGM 13, 635 μέρισόν μοι ἀγαθά; Sir 45:20; Ep. Arist. 224 [θεός]) ἑκάστῳ μέτρον πίστεως Ro 12:3. κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου according to the measure of the limit (or area) which God has assigned us 2 Cor 10:13. ᾧ δεκάτην ἀπὸ πάντων ἐμέρισεν Ἀβραάμ to whom Abraham apportioned a tenth of everything Hb 7:2. W. dat. of the pers. alone (En. 27, 4) ἑκάστῳ ὡς μεμέρικεν ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:17. M-M.* μέριμνα, ης, ἡ (Hes.; Vett. Val. 131, 3; 6; 271, 3; PGiess. 19, 8; 22, 11; Ep. Arist. 271; LXX.—In LXX the pl. only Da 11:26, as Hes., Op. 178 al.; PRyl. 28, 219) anxiety, worry, care πᾶσα ἡ μ. ὑμῶν all your anxiety 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23); cf. Hv 3, 11, 3; 4, 2, 4f. W. obj. gen. μ. πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν anxiety about all the churches 2 Cor 11:28. μ. τοῦ βίου the worries of life (in case τοῦ β. belongs w. μ.—UPZ 20, 29 [163 BC] τὴν τ. βίου μέριμναν) Lk 8:14. Also μ. βιωτικαί 21:34. ἡ μ. τοῦ αἰῶνος the worry of the world i.e. of the present age Mt 13:22; pl. Mk 4:19. M-M. B. 1092.* 609

μεριμνάω fut. μεριμνήσω; 1 aor. ἐμερίμνησα (since Soph., Oed. Rex 1124; X., Pla.; Ep. Arist. 296; Sib. Or. 3, 222; 234).

1. have anxiety, be anxious, be (unduly) concerned (PTebt. 315, 9 [II AD] γράφω ὅπως μὴ μεριμνῇς; Ps 37:19) μηδέν have no anxiety Phil 4:6 (WHWeeda, Filipp. 4:6 en 7: ThSt 34, ’16, 326-35). περί τινος Mt 6:28; Lk 12:26; Dg 9:6. W. indir. question foll.: πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε about how you are to speak or what you are to say Mt 10:19; cf. Lk 12:11. W. dat. and a question foll. μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ (dat. of advantage: for your life, Bl-D. §188, 1; Rob. 539) ὑμῶν τί φάγητε Mt 6:25; Lk 12:22. Abs. Mt 6:31; in ptc. (s. Mlt. 230) Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25. Beside θορυβάζεσθαι περὶ πολλά of the distracting cares of housekeeping 10:41 (the text is uncertain; s. Zahn and EKlostermann, also Strähl, Krit. u. exeget. Beleuchtung von Lk 10:41f; SchThZ 4, 1887, 116-23). εἰς τὴν αὔριον do not worry about tomorrow Mt 6:34a.

2. care for, be concerned about τὶ someth. (Soph., loc. cit.; cf. Bar 3:18) τὰ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord’s work 1 Cor 7:32; 34a. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου vss. 33, 34b. τὰ περί τινος someone’s welfare Phil 2:20. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own affairs Mt 6:34b (t.r.). This pass. is textually uncertain; the newer editions read, after ‫א‬B, ἡ αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς will worry about itself (It. ‘sibi’.—Bl-D. §176, 2 app.; Rob. 509). τὶ ὑπέρ τινος: ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσιν τὰ μέλη that the parts may have the same concern for one another 1 Cor 12:25.—RBultmann, TW IV 593-8: μεριμνάω and related words. M-M.* μερίς, ίδος, ἡ (Antipho, Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 292, Vi. 36; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. part of a whole that has been divided (Pla., Soph. p. 266A; Diod. S. 15, 31, 2; 15, 64, 1 [where comparison with 15, 63, 4 τέτταρα μέρη—ἡ πρώτη μερίς shows that it is not necessary to assume that there is a difference in the meanings of these word-forms]. In inscr. and pap. oft.=district: Dit., Or. 177, 9; 179, 8; PPetr. III 32[r], 3 τῆς Θεμίστου μερίδος; BGU 975, 6 [45 AD]; PTebt. 302, 4; 315, 13; Diod. S. 1, 54, 3; Josh 18:6). The wording of Ac 16:12 in describing Philippi ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις (‫א‬AC.—B has the article before Μακ. instead of before μερ. HLP have it in both positions) is difficult because of τῆς μερίδος. The transl. leading city of the district of Macedonia (in question) (most recently Beyer, Steinmann, Bauernfeind, RSV) is tolerable only through lack of a better one. As far as the form is concerned, the article is lacking w. πρώτη, and as far as subject matter goes, Philippi was not the capital city (which πρώτη means in such a context: Ps.-Scylax, Peripl. 35 [BFabricius 1878]; schol. on Pind., Ol. 8, 1h; cf. 6, 144g; Eunap. 7; 96; Procop., Aedif. 5, 4, 18 μητρόπολις. . . οὕτω πόλιν τ. πρώτην τοῦ ἔθνους καλοῦσι Ῥωμαῖοι) either of the province of Macedonia or of any of its districts. Blass favors the earlier conjecture of Johannes Clericus πρώτης μερίδος τῆς Μακεδονίας of the first district of Macedonia, w. ref. to the fact that the Romans (Livy 45, 29) divided Macedonia into four μερίδες=districts in 167 BC (so also Hoennicke, Preuschen, Wlh., Zahn; Field, Notes 124; EHaupt, Gefangenschaftsbriefe7 ’02, 83f; Belser; Zürcher Bibel ’31; Haenchen. Cf. AC Clark and JAOLarsen s.v. κεφαλή 2b, end.—If the restoration of the apparently damaged text should result in a wording that would make it possible for πρώτη to refer to the progress of a journey, we might compare Arrian, Anab. 4, 23, 3 ἡ πρώτη καθʼ ὁδὸν πόλις; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 35 §137 Ariminum ἐστὶν Ἰταλίας πρώτη [i.e., πόλις] μετὰ τὴν Γαλατίαν=the first city in Italy after [leaving] Gaul; Ps.-Scylax §67: from Thessaly the πρώτη πόλις Μακεδονίας is Ἡράκλειον.—Linguistically πρ. πόλ. can, of course, be understood of time as well, and can mean the first city in connection with which someth. happens [Diod. S. 12, 67, 2 Acanthus was the first city—πρ. πόλ.—to revolt from Athens]).

2. share, portion (Demosth. 43, 82; Plut., Ages. 17, 5; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 26; Vett. Val. 345, 16; Dit., Syll.3 1013, 4; BGU 996 III, 1; PLond. 880, 18ff; POxy. 1482, 21; LXX) τὴν ἀγαθὴν μ. ἐκλέγεσθαι choose the better portion Lk 10:42 (fig., of food? Cf. Mft., transl., and s. Gen 43:34; 1 Km 9:23, but against him TGillieson, ET 59, ’47/’48, 111f. For other reff. Field, Notes 63f; HAlmqvist, Plutarch u. d. NT ’46, 65). μ. κυρίου the Lord’s portion 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:9); cf. 30:1. τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; what has a believer in common with an unbeliever? 2 Cor 6:15. Sim. μετὰ μοιχῶν τὴν μερίδα σου ἐτίθεις you cast your lot w. adulterers 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:18). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μ. οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have neither share nor lot in this matter Ac 8:21 (cf. Dt 12:12 οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ μ. οὐδὲ κλῆρος μεθʼ ὑμῶν.—μ. καὶ κλῆρος also in Philo, Plant. 60.—μ. ἐν as 2 Km 20:1). ἡ μερὶς τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων a share in the inheritance of the saints, the holy ones (cf. IQS 11, 7f) Col 1:12. M-M.* μερισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 203).

1. division, separation—a. ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος to the separation of soul and spirit, i.e. so as to separate soul and spirit Hb 4:12. b. in Ign. w. ref. to the heretics, who have separated themselves: (the) division partly as action, partly as result IPhld 2:1; 3:1; 8:1. Pl. ISm 7:2. ὥσπερ εἰδότα τὸν μ. τινων as one who knew of the division caused by certain people IPhld 7:2.

2. distribution, apportionment (Aeneas Tact. l. 27; Polyb. 31, 10, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1017, 17 [III BC]; Josh 11:23; Philo, Poster. Cai. 90) ἁγίου πνεύματος μερισμοί distributions of the Holy Spirit, i.e. of the various gifts proceeding from the Holy Spirit Hb 2:4. M-M.* μεριστής, οῦ, ὁ (Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 551, 25 [I BC]; Pollux 4, 176; Vett. Val. 62, 4; PGM 13, 638 epithet of Sarapis) divider, arbitrator Lk 12:14 (omitted in v.l.). M-M.* μέρος, ους, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. part, in contrast to the whole—a. gener. (Ocellus Luc. c. 12 τὸ πᾶν ἢ μέρος τι τοῦ παντός; Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 13, 16 μ. ἐν ὅλῳ; Gen 47:24; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 189 τ. ὅλου κ. τῶν μερῶν al.) w. the gen. of the whole τὸ 610

ἐπιβάλλον μ. τῆς οὐσίας the part of the property that falls to me Lk 15:12 (Dit., Syll.3 346, 36 τὸ μέρος τὸ ἐπιβάλλον; 1106, 80). μ. τι τοῦ ἀγροῦ a part of the field Hs 5, 2, 2. δύο μέρη τῆς ῥάβδου two thirds of the stick (Thu. 1, 104 τῆς Μέμφιδος τῶν δύο μερῶν πρὸς τὸ τρίτον μέρος; Dit., Syll.3 975, 24f) Hs 8, 1, 12f; cf. 8, 5, 3ff; 8, 8, 4; 8, 9, 1. τὸ πλεῖστον μ. αὐτῶν Hs 8, 2, 9; cf. 9, 7, 4 and 8, 1, 16. Also without gen., when it is plain fr. the context how much of a contrast betw. part and whole is involved μὴ ἔχον μέρος τι σκοτεινόν with no dark part Lk 11:36; cf. J 19:23 (Jos., Ant. 1, 172μέρη τέσσαρα ποιήσαντες); Ac 5:2; Rv 16:19; Hv 4, 3, 4f. Of the Christians ἐκλογῆς μ. a chosen portion fr. among all mankind 1 Cl 29:1. b. specialized uses—α. component part, element τινὰ μέρη ἔχουσιν τ. ἀνομίας they still have certain elements of lawlessness Hv 3, 6, 4b. β. of parts of the body (Diod. S. 32, 12, 1 τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέρη; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 62; Plut., Mor. 38A μ. τ. σώματος; Artem. 3, 51 al.; Herodian 8, 4, 10; PRyl. 145, 14 [38 AD]; PGM 4, 2390; 2392) fig., of the body whose head is Christ Eph 4:16 (on the text cf. μέλος 3; for the idea σῶμα, end). γ. τὰ μέρη the parts of a country, region, district (Herodian 6, 5, 7; Jos., Ant. 12, 234; Bl-D. §141, 2; cf. Rob. 408) τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 2:22. τὰ μ. τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην Ac 2:10; cf. 20:2. Also of a district in or around a city (cf. UPZ 180b, 8 [113 BC] οἰκίας τῆς οὐσης ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου μέρει Διὸς πόλεως) τὰ μ. Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος the district of Tyre and Sidon Mt 15:21; cf. 16:13; Mk 8:10; J 6:1 D; Ac 7:43 D. τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη the upper=inland regions, interior (cf. PHamb. 54 I, 14 τὰ ἄνω μέρη of the upper Nile valley) Ac 19:1.—Eph 4:9 (cf. κατώτερος). δ. side (Diod. S. 2, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον μέρος=on both sides; Ex 32:15; 1 Macc 9:12) Hs 9, 2, 3. τὰ δεξιὰ μ. on the right side, τὰ ἀριστερὰ μ. on the left side v 3, 1, 9; 3, 2. 1. Of a vessel τὰ δεξιὰ μ. τοῦ πλοίου the right side of the boat as the lucky side J 21:6. τὰ ἐξώτερα μ. τῆς οἰκοδομῆς the outside of the building Hs 9, 9, 3. ε. piece ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος a piece of broiled fish Lk 24:42.—μ. τι λαμβάνειν take a portion Hv 3, 1, 6. ζ. party (Jos., Bell. 1, 143;POxy. 1278, 24; PFlor. 47, 17; PLond. 1028, 18 τοῦ πρασίνου μέρους=‘of the green party’) Ac 23:6. τινὲς τ. γραμματέων τ. μέρους τ. Φαρισαίων vs. 9. η. branch or line of business (cf. PFlor. 89, 2 after Preisigke, Berichtigungsliste ’22, 147 τὰ μέρη τῆς διοικήσεως=‘the branches of the administration’) Ac 19:27. θ. matter, affair (Menand., Epitr. 17, Per. 107 J.; Diod. S. 2, 27, 1; Περὶ ὕψους 12, 5 [μέρη=objects]; Jos., Ant. 15, 61τούτῳ τῷ μέρει; PRyl. 127, 12 [29 AD] ἀναζητῆσαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέρους=‘begin an investigation concerning the matter’) ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει in this case, in this matter (cf. Polyb. 18, 18, 2 τ. πίστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει διαφυλάττειν) 2 Cor 3:10; 9:3 (s. also ἐν μέρει in c below). Cf. 1 Pt 4:16 v.l. c. used w. prepositions: ἀνὰ μέρος one after the other, in succession (s. ἀνά 2) 1 Cor 14:27.—ἀπὸ μέρους in part (Dio Chrys. 28[45], 3; Ael. Aristid. 32, 4 K.=12 p. 135 D.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 10, 2; Epict. 1, 27, 17 διʼ ὅλων ἢ ἀ. μ.; PRyl. 133, 17; BGU 1201, 15 [2 AD]; PTebt. 402, 2; POxy. 1681, 9) πώρωσις ἀ. μ. a partial hardening Ro 11:25. τολμηροτέρως. . . ἀ. μ. very boldly on some points 15:15. καθὼς ἐπέγνωτε ἡμᾶς ἀ. μ. as you have understood us in part 2 Cor 1:14. Also for a while: ἀ. μ. ἐμπλησθῆναί τινος enjoy someone’s company for a while Ro 15:24; cf. 2 Cor 2:5 in some degree.—ἐκ μέρους in part, individually (Ael. Aristid. 54 p. 695 D.; 698; Dit., Syll.3 852, 30. . . ὅλη, ἐκ μέρους δέ. . . ; PLond. 1166, 14 [42 AD]; BGU 538, 33; PRyl. 233, 6; Philo, Mos. 2, 1 al.) individually 1 Cor 12:27. ἐκ μ. γινώσκειν know in part 13:9a, 12; cf. vs. 9b. τὸ ἐκ μ. what is ‘in part’=imperfect vs. 10.—ἐν μέρει in the matter of, with regard to (Antig. Car. 124; Diod. S. 20, 58, 5; Plut., Mor. 102E; Horapollo 1, 57 ἐν τροφῆς μέρει=‘as food’; Dialekt-Inschr. 5185, 30 [Crete] ἐν χάριτος μέρει; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 5 ἐν μέρει λόγου al.) ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς with regard to a festival Col 2:16 (s. bθ above).—κατὰ μέρος part by part, in detail (inscr. [s. Dit., Syll.3 ind. IV p. 444a]; PTebt. 6, 24) περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν κατὰ μέρος (κ. μ. of the detailed treatment of a subj. as Pla., Theaet. 157B, Soph. 246C; Polyb. 1, 4, 6; 3, 19, 11; 3, 28, 4; 10, 27, 7 λέγειν κ. μ.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 11, 7; 2 Macc 2:30; Jos., Ant. 12, 245)point by point Hb 9:5.—παρὰ μέρος to one side (Appian, Liby. 14 §55 γιγνόμενος παρὰ μ.=going to one side, Bell. Civ. 5, 81 §345; PGM 13, 438 βάλε παρὰ μέρος=‘put to one side’) ὁ λίθος ὑπεχώρησε παρὰ μ. the stone went back to one side GP 9:37. d. as adv. acc. μέρος τι in part, partly (Thu. 2, 64; 4, 30, 1; X., Eq. 1, 12; Dit., Syll.3 976, 65; 1240, 8 ἤ τι μέρος ἢ σύμπαν; 3 Km 12:31) 1 Cor 11:18; τὸ πλεῖστον μ. for the most part (Menand., fgm. 739; Diod. S. 22, 10, 5) Hs 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1. τὸ πλεῖον μ. for the greater part v 3, 6, 4a.

2. share (trag.+) μ. τι μεταδοῦναι ἀπό τινος give a share of someth. B 1:5 (on μέρος ἀπό τινος cf. PStrassb.

19, 5 [105 AD] τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ μέρους ἑνὸς ἀπὸ μερῶν ἐννέα). ἔχειν μ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. (cf. Synes., Ep. 58 p. 203A οὐκ ἔστι τῷ διαβόλῳ μέρος ἐν παραδείσῳ) Rv 20:6 (Dalman, Worte 103f). ἀφελεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 22:19.—Place (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 34 §154 ἐν ὑπηκόων ἀντὶ κοινωνῶν εἶναι μέρει=to be in the place of subjects instead of partners) τὸ μ. αὐτῶν ἐν τ. λίμνῃ their place is in the lake Rv 21:8. ἔχειν μ. μετά τινος have a place with someone J 13:8. τὸ μ. τινὸς μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν τιθέναι assign someone a place among the hypocrites Mt 24:51; cf. Lk 12:46. μετʼ αὐτῶν μοι τὸ μ. γένοιτο σχεῖν ἐν (v.l. παρὰ) θεῷ may I have my place with them in (or with) God IPol 6:1. τοῦ λαβεῖν μ. ἐν ἀριθμῷ τῶν μαρτύρων MPol 14:2. M-M. B. 934.* μεσάζω (Hippocr.+; Diod. S. 1, 32, 9; PSI 151, 6; Wsd 18:14) be in or at the middle J 7:14 P66 et al. (Ps.-Callisth.

3, 26, 7 p. 127, 2 θέρους μεσάζοντος); s. μεσόω.* μεσημβρία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) midday, noon.

1. of time (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; PRyl. 27, 66; PGM 7, 157. So as a rule in LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 155)Ac 22:6; GP 5:15. κατὰ μεσημβρίαν Ac 8:26 about noon (Philo, Somn. 1, 202; so EbNestle, StKr 65, 1892, 335-7; Wendt, 611

HHoltzmann, BWeiss, Schlatter, Hoennicke, Knopf, Steinmann, Beyer).

2. of place the south (Hdt. 1, 6; 142; 2, 8 al.; Dit., Syll.3 972, 96; 1112, 26; Da 8:4, 9; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 505;Sib. Or. 3, 26) as the position of the sun at midday κατὰ μεσημβρίαν Ac 8:26 toward the south (so Bl-D. §253, 5 app.; Preuschen, Zahn, Felten, Bauernfeind, Haenchen, Engl. transl. gener.—OHoltzmann is undecided betw. 1 and 2). M-M. B. 873; 996.* μεσιτεύω 1 aor. ἐμεσίτευσα mediate, act as surety (Aristot.+; Dit., Or. 437, 76 [I BC]; 79; BGU 906, 7; PRainer 1, 19; 206, 13; Philo) intr. (Jos., Ant. 7, 193; 16, 118 ‘act as mediator, peacemaker’) guarantee ὅρκῳ by means of an oath Hb 6:17. M-M.* μεσίτης, ου, ὁ (since Polyb. 28, 17, 8; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 47 θεὸν μεσίτην λαβόντες; pap.; Job 9:33; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 133; 16, 24. On this many-sided t.t. of Hellenistic legal language cf. LMitteis, Her. 30, 1895, 616ff; JBehm, D. Begriff Διαθήκη im NT ’12, 77ff w. numerous exx.; s. lit. in JModrzejewski, Private Arbitration in Greco-Roman Egypt, Journ. of Juristic Papyrology 6, ’52, 247 n. 79) mediator, arbitrator, one who mediates betw. two parties to remove a disagreement or reach a common goal. Of Christ (Mithras as μεσίτης: Plut., Is. et Osir. 46) w. gen. of the pers. betw. whom he mediates μ. θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων mediator between God and man (cf. Test. Dan 6:2) 1 Ti 2:5; w. gen. of the thing that he mediates: κρείττονος Hb 8:6, καινῆς 9:15, νέας διαθήκης 12:24 (s. διαθήκη. Ascension of Moses p. 15, end, Clemen [=Kl. T. 10], Moses calls himself τῆς διαθήκης μεσίτης). Of the law διαταγεὶς διʼ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου ordered through the angels, by the hand of a mediator Gal 3:19 (Moses, as mediator betw. God and the people, called μεσίτης e.g. Philo, Mos. 2, 166, Somn. 1, 143). The sense of vs. 20, ὁ δὲ μ. ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν an intermediary does not exist for one party alone, is disputed. It prob. means that the activity of an intermediary implies the existence of more than one party, and hence may be unsatisfactory because it must result in a compromise. The presence of an intermediary would prevent the εἷς θεός from attaining his purpose in the law without any impediment.—NKZ 39, ’28, 21-4; 549-52; 552f; HStegmann, BZ 22, ’34, 30-42; AOepke, TW IV, 602-29.

M-M.* μεσονύκτιον, ου, τό (subst. neut. of μεσονύκτιος [Pind. +]; as a noun Hippocr.+; Diod. S. 20, 48, 6; Charito 1, 9, 1; POxy. 1768, 6; LXX. The spelling μεσανύκτιον is not well attested [POxy. 1768, 6—III AD. Cf. Bl-D. §35, 2; Mlt.-H. 73]. On its formation s. Bl-D. §123, 1; Mlt.-H. 341; Phryn. p. 53 L.) midnight μεσονύκτιον acc. of time at midnight Mk 13:35 (Hippocr. VII p. 72 Littré; Ps 118:62.—PGM 13, 680 τὸ μεσονύκτιον). Also the gen. (which is read in the Hippocr.-pass. just quoted, by the edition of Kühn II p. 260; cf. Bl-D. §186, 2) μεσονυκτίου Lk 11:5. κατὰ τὸ μ. about midnight (Strabo 2, 5, 42) Ac 16:25. μέχρι μεσονυκτίου until midnight 20:7 (on the omission of the article s. Bl-D. §255, 3; Rob. 792). M-M.* Μεσοποταμία, ας, ἡ (subst. fem. of μεσοποτάμιος, α, ον=‘located betw. rivers’. ἡ μεσοποταμία, sc. χώρα=‘the land betw. rivers’. [Polyb. 5, 44, 6; Strabo 11, 12, 2], esp. that betw. the Euphrates and Tigris) Mesopotamia (Diod.

S. 2, 11, 2; 18, 6, 3; Appian, Syr. 48 §246; 53 §269; Arrian, Anab. 3, 7, 3; 7, 7, 3; Polyaenus, Exc. 9, 2; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 22; 28; Dit., Or. 54, 18; LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Judah 9:1; 10:1) Ac 2:9. In the narrative about Abraham (cf. Gen 24:10) 7:2.* μέσος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) middle, in the middle.

1. as adj. ὁ μέσος αὐτῶν ἀνήρ the man in their midst Hs 9, 12, 7. μέσης νυκτός at midnight (3 Km 3:20.—Bl-D. §270, 2; Rob. 495; Lobeck, Phryn. p. 53; 54; 465) Mt 25:6. ἡμέρας μέσης at midday (Jos., Ant. 17, 155)Ac 26:13. ἐν μέσοις τοῖς ὀργάνοις τοῦ διαβόλου in the midst of the tools of the devil 2 Cl 18:2 (cf. Gen 2:9 ἐν μέσῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ). εἰς μέσην τὴν οἰκοδομήν into the middle of the building Hs 9, 7, 5; cf. 9, 8, 2; 4; 6 (cf.

Philo, Fuga 49 εἰς μέσον τὸν ποταμόν; Jos., Ant. 4, 80εἰς μέσον τὸ πῦρ). ἐσταύρωσαν. . . μέσον τὸν Ἰησοῦν they crucified Jesus between (them) J 19:18. ἐσχίσθη τὸ καταπέτασμα μέσον the curtain was torn in two Lk 23:45 (cf.

Artem. 4, 30 τὸ ἱμάτιον μέσον ἐρρωγέναι). ἐλάκησεν μέσος Ac 1:18 (cf. Aristoph., Ran. 955). ἐκάθητο ὁ Πέτρος μέσος αὐτῶν Peter was sitting among them Lk 22:55 (cf. Jos., Ant. 9, 107).μέσος ὑμῶν στήκει J 1:26 (Pla., Rep. 330B, Pol. 303A; Jos., Ant. 14, 23).

2. the subst. neut. τὸ μ. the middle (on the absence of the art. s. Bl-D. §264, 4; W-S. §19, 1a; cf. Rob. 792) ἀνὰ μέσον τινός (s. ἀνά 1) among someth. Mt 13:25. ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων within or through the region Mk 7:31. ἀνὰ μ. αὐτῶν between them GP 4:10; Hs 9, 2, 3; 9, 15, 2. διακρῖναι ἀνὰ μ. τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 Cor 6:5 (s. ἀνά 1b.

Perh. μέσος prompted a shortening of the sentence tending to obscurity; cf. the Stoic expr. μέσα καθήκοντα=καθήκοντα ἃ ἐν μέσῳ ἐστὶ κατορθωμάτων κ. ἁμαρτημάτων: MPohlenz, D. Stoa II ’49, 73f). τὸ ἀρνίον τὸ ἀ. μ. τοῦ θρόνου the lamb who is (seated) on the center of the throne Rv 7:17.—διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν through the midst of them (X., An. 1, 4, 4; Aesop. Fab. 147 P.; Am 5:17; Jer 44:4; Jdth 11:19; 1 Macc 5:46) Lk 4:30; J 8:59 t.r. διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 prob. can only mean through Samaria and Galilee; this raises a practical difficulty, since we should expect to find the provinces mentioned in the opposite order. Perh. the text is damaged (s. Bl-D. §222; cf. Rob. 648; JBlinzler, AWikenhauser-Festschr. ’54, 46ff. If the v.l. διὰ μέσου Σ. καὶ Γ. should be correct, we could compare Maximus Tyr. 28, 4a διὰ μέσου πίστεως κ. ἀπιστίας=throughout between). For the view that μέσον signifies the area betw. S. and G. s. the comm.—εἰς τὸ μέσον into the middle or center (X., Cyr. 3, 1, 6; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 24; 3 Km 6:8; Jos., Ant. 9, 149)Mk 3:3; Lk 4:35; 5:19; 6:8; J 20:19, 26 (ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον as Vi. Aesopi I c. 82); Hs 9, 8, 5; also in the middle 9, 6, 1. W. gen. (X., An. 1, 5; 14a; Jer 21:4; 48:7; Sb 6270, 13) εἰς τὸ μ. αὐτῶν in the midst of them 9, 11, 7. Without the art. (LXX; Jos., Vi. 334; Sib. Or. 3, 674) εἰς μ. τοῦ πεδίου in the middle of the plain s 9, 2, 1 (εἰς μ.=‘in the middle’, as Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 30 p. 44, 612

21 Lag.). εἰς μ. τῶν ἀκανθῶν τιθέασιν B 7:11. ἀναστὰς εἰς μ. he arose (and came) forward Mk 14:60 (cf. Theocr.

22, 82 ἐς μέσον=into the middle; Himerius, Or. 63 [=Or. 17], 2 εἰς μέσον ἔρχεσθαι=come into the open; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1 στὰς εἰς τὸ μ.).—ἐν τῷ μ. among, before (more closely defined by the context, or=in public [so Clearch., fgm.

45 οἴκοι καὶ μὴ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ; Appian, Liby. 15 §63]) Mt 14:6 (Dio Chrys. 30[79], 39 ὀρχεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ μέσῳ; Lucian, M. Peregr. 8) and into the middle, before (them) (Vi. Aesopi W c. 86 στὰς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἔφη) Ac 4:7.

Without the art. (LXX) ἐν μέσῳ (on the spelling ἐμ μέσῳ, which occurs several times as v.l., cf. Bl-D. §19, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 105) abs. into the middle, before (someone) (Appian, Hann. 16 §67, Liby. 14 §59; Jos., Ant. 7, 278)J 8:3; MPol 18:1 and in the middle (Pla., Rep. 558A; Herm. Wr. 4, 3; PLille recto, 5 [259 BC]) J 8:9. W. gen. of place (Aeneas Tact. 1529; 1532) τῆς θαλάσσης (En. 97, 7) in the middle of the lake Mk 6:47. τῆς πλατείας through the middle of the street Rv 22:2. ἐν μ. τῆς αὐλῆς in the middle of the courtyard Lk 22:55a; τοῦ τάφου GP 13:55. ἐν μ. αὐτῆς within it (the city of Jerusalem) Lk 21:21; cf. Dg 12:3; MPol 12:1; B 12:2(?). ἐν μ. τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων on the center of the throne and among the four living creatures Rv 5:6a (w. double gen. also between: Appian, Hann. 14 §60, Bell. Civ. 5, 23 §92; Arrian, Anab. 1, 20, 2; 3, 28, 8 al.; Lucian, Fugit. 10 ἐν μ. ἀλαζονείας κ. φιλοσοφίας). ἐν μέσῳ τ. θρόνου around (on every side of) the throne 4:6 (but between the throne and a more remote point: RRBrewer, JBL 71, ’52, 227—31).—ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας Hb 2:12 (Ps 21:23). Cf. Ac 17:22. W. gen. pl. in the midst of, among in answer to the questions where and whither (Bl-D. §215, 3 app.) w. gen. of the pers. Mt 18:2, 20; Mk 9:36; Lk 2:46; 24:36; Ac 1:15; 2:22; 6:15 D; 27:21; Rv 5:6b; cf. 6:6. Of close personal relationship ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν among you=in communion with you Lk 22:27; 1 Th 2:7.—ἐν μ. λύκων among wolves Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 2 Cl 5:2.—W. gen. pl. of things (Alciphr. 3, 24, 3) Lk 8:7; Rv 1:13; 2:1. ἐκ (τοῦ) μ. from among (X., An. 1, 5, 14b; oracular response in Diod. S. 9, 3, 2; LXX=‫) ◌ְ רוֹתִּ מ‬: αἴρειν τι (or τινά) ἐκ (τοῦ) μέσου (τινῶν) Col 2:14; 1 Cor 5:2 (s. αἴρω 4). ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μ. αὐτῶν Ac 23:10 (s. ἁρπάζω 2a). ἀφορίζειν τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μ. τῶν δικαίων Mt 13:49 (s. ἀφορίζω 1). γίνεσθαι ἐκ μ. 2 Th 2:7 (s. γίνομαι I 4cβ). ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ μ. αὐτῶν from among them Ac 17:33; cf. 2 Cor 6:17 (cf. Is 52:11). κύριος λαμβάνει ἑαυτῷ ἔθνος ἐκ μ. ἐθνῶν 1 Cl 29:3 (cf.

Dt 4:34). κατὰ μέσον (Jos., Bell. 5, 207;Sib. Or. 3, 802 κατὰ μέσον=‘in the middle’ [of the day]) κατὰ μ. τῆς νυκτός about midnight Ac 16:25 D; 27:27.

3. The neut. μέσον serves as an adv. (e.g., Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 43 §175 μ.=meanwhile)—a. ἦν μέσον ὡς he was in the center of it as MPol 15:2. b. used w. gen. as (improper) prep. (Bl-D. §215, 3 app.; Rob. 644. Cf. Hdt. 7, 170; Polyb. 8, 25, 1; Epict. 2, 22, 10; LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 65; Sib. Or. 3, 319) μ. τῆς θαλάσσης in the middle of the lake Mt 14:24 v.l.; μ. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς in the midst of a crooked generation Phil 2:15 (cf. Maximus Tyr. 36, 5a ἐν μέσῳ τῷ σιδηρῷ τούτῳ γένει). M-M. B. 864.* μεσότοιχον, ου, τό (the noun ὁ μεσότοιχος=dividing wall in Eratosthenes: Athen. 7, 14 p. 281D; inscr. fr. Argos: Bull. de corr. hell. 33, ’09, 452 no. 22, 16.—But an inscr. fr. Didyma: ABA ’11, 56 l. 13 ἐπὶ τοῦ μεσοτοίχου and PAmh. 98, 9 μέρος μεσοτοίχων can just as well come fr. τὸ μεσότοιχον; this occurs in Vi. Aesopi W c. 75. Cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 71ὁ μέσος τοῖχος) dividing wall τὸ μ. τοῦ φραγμοῦ the barrier formed by the dividing wall between us Eph 2:14. M-M.* μεσουράνημα, ατος, τό (Posidon.: 87 fgm. 85 p. 273, 15 Jac.; Manetho; Plut.; Sext. Emp.; POxy. 235, 13 [I AD]) lit., in astronomy the ‘meridian’ (‘culmination’; μεσουρανεῖν means ‘be at the zenith’, of the sun [Aristot.; Plut.; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 1, 450; PGM 4, 2992]) zenith ἐν μεσουρανήματι in midheaven Rv 8:13; 14:6; 19:17. M-M.* μεσόω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX) be in or at the middle in gen. abs. (Thu. 6, 30, 1 θέρους μεσοῦντος; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 274 D.: πολέμου μεσοῦντος; Ex 12:29; 34:22; 3 Macc 5:14; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 183 μεσοῦντος ἔαρος; Jos., Ant. 5, 190)τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης when the festival was half over J 7:14 (v.l. μεσαζούσης; s. μεσάζω).* ‫( י ִשׁ‬s. Schürer II4 613 w. lit.; Dalman, Gramm.2 Μεσσίας, ου, ὁ Hellenized transliteration of ‫ ◌ַ י ִשׁ‬, Aram. ‫א‬ 157, 3) the Messiah=the Anointed One (ThNöldeke, ZDMG 32, 1878, 403; W-S. §5, 26c p. 57 note 54) in our lit. only twice, and in J: in the mouth of a disciple J 1:41 and of the Samaritan woman 4:25, in both cases translated by Χριστός, q.v.* μεστός, ή, όν (trag., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) full.

1. lit., w. gen. of the thing (X., An. 1, 4, 19; Alciphr. 2, 11; Jos., Ant. 4, 93; PGrenf. I, 14, 9; POxy. 1070, 31f [III AD]) σκεῦος ὄξους μ. full of vinegar J 19:29a. Likew. of a sponge μ. τοῦ ὄξους vs. 29b. τὸ δίκτυον μ. ἰχθύων μεγάλων the net full of large fish 21:11. As a symbol, of the tongue μ. ἰοῦ full of poison Js 3:8.

2. fig. w. gen.—a. of pers. filled w. someth. (Dio Chrys. 51[68], 4; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 267 D.: ὕβρεων κ. κακῶν μ.; 47 p. 435 εὐλαβείας; PRainer 19, 15 μ. ψευδολογίας; POxy. 130, 6 μ. ἐλεημοσύνης; Pr 6:34; Jos., Ant. 16, 351)μ. ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας full of hypocrisy and lawlessness Mt 23:28. μ. φθόνου (Maximus Tyr. 35, 4e; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 31, 2 p. 276) Ro 1:29. μ. πολλῆς ἀνοίας καὶ πονηρίας 2 Cl 13:1 (Isocr. 5, 45 πολλῆς ἀνοίας μ.; Dio Chrys. 15[32], 15 μ. πονηρίας). μ. ἀγαθωσύνης Ro 15:14. μ. ἐλέους Js 3:17 (plus μεστὴ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν P74). μ. ὁσίας βουλῆς 1 Cl 2:3. b. of things (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 146 πάντα ταραχῆς μεστά; Menand., fgm. 452 μεστόν ἐστι τὸ ζῆν φροντίδων; Philo, Op. M. 2; 22 al.) ὀφθαλμοὶ μ. μοιχαλίδος (s. μοιχαλίς 1) 2 Pt 2:14. The way of death is κατάρας μ. B 20:1; D 5:1. M-M. B 931.* 613

μεστόω pf. pass. ptc. μεμεστωμένος fill w. gen. of the thing (so mostly, e.g. 3 Macc 5:10) γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι full of new wine Ac 2:13. W. dat. of the thing (3 Macc 5:1) λόγος μεμεστωμένος πράξει speech filled with (=fulfilled in) action D 2:5. M-M.* μετά (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (Bl-D. §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895.

A. with genitive: with—I. of place with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; Ep. Arist. 180) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cf. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.

II. denoting the company within which someth. takes place.

1. w. gen. of the pers. in company with whom someth. happens. a. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cf.

5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cf. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., fgm.

202, 2, Sam. 242) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18, οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19. ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2). b. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (cf. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cf. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods). c. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company—α. lit., of close association: the disciples w.

Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of the bishop and the church μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod. S. 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; Dit., Syll.3 175, 5; 659, 5; 826E II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; Jos., Ant. 7, 20)Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. β. fig., of aid or help be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138)J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cf. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cf. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10. γ. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cf. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cf. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cf. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; B 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cf. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cf. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WCvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TWManson memorial vol., ’59, 270-305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cf. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ.

(Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of ‫׳פּ םִצ ה‬ ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. But cf. also BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cf. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated ‫ ;־תֶ א י ֶנ‬it means in thy presence. δ. in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, ’12, 273-80).

2. to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cf. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20. δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16a, b; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30. ἠρώτα. . . ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36. εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:18 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.

614

3. The fact that the activity or experience took place in the company of others can also be made clear by the influence which two opposite parties exert upon each other or together, or, on the other hand, by which one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common attitude. a. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24. But s. also Dit., πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with=against someone (‫׳פּ םִצ םַח‬ Or. 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech.

Volkssprache2 ’10 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (Bl-D. §193, 4 w. app.; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cf. 3:25. κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7. b. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cf. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cf. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27a, b. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cf. Ezk 16:34) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4.

4. of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.

5. of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.

6. to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9 p. 591B ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cf. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.

III. to denote the attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place.

1. of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. p. 345, 2; 355, 7 H.; PAmh. 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond. 358, 8; Dit., Syll.3 index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn 209ff] μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cf. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34 al.; s. χαρά 1) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cf. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cf. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.

2. of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216)24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27. μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (cf. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cf. Ep. Arist. 235; 281). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., De Mus. 14=Mor. 1135F μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 2a).

3. of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy. 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.

B. with the accusative. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind.

I. of place (Hom.+; Polyb., not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.

II. of time (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod. S. 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III BC]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398)Hv 1, 1, 2f; s 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; Ep. Arist. 301; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cf. Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cf. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days=within a few days Ac 1:5 (Bl-D. §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., Ztschr. für vergleich. Sprachforschg. 45, ’13, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cf. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξʼ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3; Test. Reub. 1, 2). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.

2. w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.

615

3. gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cf. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; Ep. Arist. 258) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod. S. 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56[73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitteis, Chrest. 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132)not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70. Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cf. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl. 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; Jos., Ant. 12, 136).

4. w. subst. aor. inf. foll.—a. w. acc. (Dit., Syll.3 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9.—Bl-D. §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; s 8, 2, 5. b. without acc. (Aelian, V.H. 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; Dit., Syll.3 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 BC]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15. M-M. μεταβαίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Migr. Abr. 194; Jos., Ant. 3, 100al.) fut. μεταβήσομαι; 2 aor. μετέβην, imper. μετάβηθι (J 7:3) and μετάβα (Mt 17:20; cf. Bl-D. §95, 3; Mlt.-H. 209F); pf. μεταβέβηκα.

1. lit.—a. go or pass over (fr. one place to another). α. of pers., w. indications of the place from which ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν from their district Mt 8:34. ἐντεῦθεν J 7:3. ἐκεῖθεν Mt 11:1; 12:9; 15:29; Ac 18:7. ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου πρὸς τ. πατέρα J 13:1. β. of things (Epict. 3, 19, 4 a stone; Jos., Bell. 2, 163)ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται Mt 17:20. b. specif. change one’s place of residence, move (Diog. L. 5, 89 εἰς θεούς=go over or be removed to the gods; PTebt. 316, 20; 92; Jos., Bell. 6, 299)w. the goal given εἰς ἕτερον ἀγρίδιον MPol 6:1. W. the place fr. which and place to which given: ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν go from one house to another Lk 10:7 (μ. ἐξ—εἰς as Jos., Ant. 11, 204).

2. fig. (Pla. et al.; Anth. Pal. 9, 378 κοιμῶ μεταβὰς ἀλλαχόθι; Dit., Or. 458, 7 [c. 9 BC]; Jos., Vi. 149). a. ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν pass (perh. ‘move’) from death into life (s. 1b) J 5:24; 1J 3:14 (Sb 6648, 3 vice versa of one deceased: τὸν μεταβάντα εἰς μυχὸν αἰώνων ἐν σκοτίᾳ διάγειν). b. rhetor. t.t. pass on to another subject (Pla., Phaedr. 265C, Crat. 438A) ἐπὶ ἑτέραν γνῶσιν καὶ διδαχήν pass on to a different kind of knowledge and teaching B 18:1 (cf. 2 Macc 6:9). M-M.* μεταβάλλω 2 aor. mid. μετεβαλόμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only mid.

1. turn εἴς τι to someth. (Jos., Ant. 5, 256; Test. Dan 4:3) εἰς νέαν ζύμην to the new leaven (=Christ) IMg 10:2 (cf. Ode of Solomon 11, 19).

2. change one’s mind (Thu. et al.) abs. (Pla., Gorg. 481E μεταβαλόμενος λέγεις; X., Hell. 2, 3, 31; Inschr. v.

Magn. 115, 20; 4 Macc 6:18; Philo, Mos. 1, 147; Jos., Bell. 1, 296)Ac 28:6. M-M.* μεταγράφω 1 aor. mid. μετεγραψάμην (Eur., Thu.+; inscr., pap., Ep. Arist.) in our lit. only mid.: copy, transcribe τὶ ἔκ τινος someth. from someth. (cf. the act. Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 61) MPol 22:2; Epil Mosq 1; 4. βιβλίδιον copy a little book Hv 2, 1, 3; cf. 4.* μετάγω 2 aor. μετήγαγον (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.) guide (in another direction) (=‘lead to another place’: Polyb., Diod. S. et al.; POxy. 244, 3 [πρόβαπα]; 259, 19; 1 Esdr 1:43; 3 Km 8:48; 2 Ch 36:3).

1. lit., the bodies of horses Js 3:3 (Philosophenspr. p. 486, 18 οἱ ἵπποι τοῖς χαλινοῖς μετάγονται). Pass. of a ship μετάγεται is steered, guided vs. 4. Of corpses be brought (back) Ac 7:16 D. 2. fig. (Plut., Mor. 225F; Ep. Arist. 227) τινὰ ἔκ τινος force someone out of someth. i.e. remove someone from an office 1 Cl 44:6. M-M. and suppl.* μεταδίδωμι 2 aor. subj. μεταδῶ, imper. μεταδότω, inf. μεταδοῦναι (Theognis, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 237; 6, 255; Test. 12 Patr.) give (a part of) , impart, share τινί τι (Hdt. 9, 34; X., An. 4, 5, 5; Tob 7:10 BA; Ep. Arist. 43) someth. to or with someone (Bl-D. §169, 1; Rob. 510) ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικόν in order that I might impart some spiritual gift to you Ro 1:11. ὑμῖν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ share the gospel of God with you 1 Th 2:8 (cf. Wsd 7:13 of the wise man’s teaching). W. omission of the acc., which is supplied fr. the context Lk 3:11; of alms-giving to the needy Eph 4:28; cf. Hv 3, 9, 2; 4. Without the dat., which is to be supplied fr. the context B 1:5. Abs. ὁ μεταδιδοὺς ἐν ἁπλότητι he who gives, (let him do it) with liberality, or in all sincerity, i.e., without grudging Ro 12:8.—S. on εὐεργετέω. M-M.* μετάθεσις, θέσεως, ἡ (Thu.+; pap.; 2 Macc 11:24; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. removal (Diod. S. 1, 23, 3) τῶν σαλευομένων Hb 12:27. Of the taking up or translation of Enoch (Philo, Praem. 17) 11:5.

2. change, transformation (Thu. 5, 29, 3 al.; PSI 546, 3; Ep. Arist. 160; Philo, Gig. 66; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 286) νόμου 7:12. M-M.* μεταίρω 1 aor. μετῆρα (Demosth. 19, 174; Dit., Or. 573, 15; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 161)in our lit. (exclusively Mt) only intr. (Bl-D. §308; cf. Rob. 799) go away w. indication of the place from which ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 19:1. ἐκεῖθεν 616

13:53 (Aq. Gen 12:9). M-M.* μετακαλέω 1 aor. mid. μετεκαλεσάμην; fut. μετακαλέσομαι (Thu. et al.; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. (exclusively Ac) only mid. call to oneself, summon (POxy. 33 verso II, 2 μετεκαλέσατο αὐτόν; 1252 recto, 26; Jos., Vi. 78) τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 2, 226)Ac 24:25. Ἰακώβ 7:14.—10:32. τ. πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας 20:17.

M-M.* μετακινέω (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184; Sib. Or. 3, 209) shift, remove mid. (cf. Hdt. 9, 51) fig. μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος without shifting from the hope Col 1:23. M-M.* μετακόσμιος, ον (Diog. L. 10, 89; Plut.; Philo, Somn. 1, 184, Conf. Lingu. 134) between or after the world (s); elsewh. an Epicurean expr., denoting the space betw. heaven and earth (intermundia: Cicero, Nat. Deor. 1, 8, 18); here prob. what is to come after this world (in time) Dg 12:9 (text uncertain).* μεταλαμβάνω impf. μετελάμβανον; 2 aor. μετέλαβον, inf. μεταλαβεῖν, ptc. μεταλαβών; pf. μετείληφα (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) receive one’s share, share in or receive gener.

1. w. gen. of the thing (so as a rule; cf. Bl-D. §169, 1; Rob. 510; 519) καρπῶν receive his share of the crops 2 Ti 2:6 (Paroem. Gr.: Zenob. [II AD] 5, 71 ἔφη μὴ μεταλήψεσθαι τὸν δεσπότην τοῦ καρποῦ). τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων δωρεῶν 1 Cl 35:4. τῆς τιμῆς Dg 3:5. εὐλογίας Hb 6:7. τῆς ἁγιότητος 12:10. μετειληφότες πράξεων have a share in the (blessings of the) deeds 1 Cl 19:2. τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ παιδείας 21:8. τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ δικαίου Hv 3, 7, 6. τοῦ πνεύματος 2 Cl 14:3b, 4. τοσαύτης χρηστότητος since we have shared in such great kindness 15:5. τοῦ ἐλέους Ἰησοῦ experience the mercy of Jesus 16:2.—Esp. μ. τροφῆς (Jos., Bell. 2, 143;PRyl. 77, 19 τροφῶν μεταλαβεῖν) take, eat food Ac 2:46; 27:33f.

2. w. acc. of the thing (Eur., Pla.+; Diod. S. 5, 75, 1 τὴν εἰρήνην; PTebt. 79, 49; PAmh. 39, 6; Jos., Bell. 2, 1)τὸ αὐθεντικόν receive the original 2 Cl 14:3a. ζωήν receive life 14:5. τὰ κτίσματα τοῦ θεοῦ take possession of what God has created Hv 3, 9, 2; καιρὸν μ. have an opportunity=find time (Polyb. 2, 16, 15; Diod. S. 19, 69, 2; Jos., Ant. 4, 10)Ac 24:25. M.M.* μετάλημψις (t.r. μετάληψις; on the μ cf. λαμβάνω, beg.) εως, ἡ (Pla.+; Dit., Or. 764, 15; POxy. 1200, 36; 1273, 39; Philo, Plant. 74) sharing, taking, receiving ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μ. τοῖς πιστοῖς which God created for the faithful to receive 1 Ti 4:3. M-M.* μεταλλάσσω 1 aor. μετήλλαξα (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Berosus in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 136; Sib. Or. 7, 96) exchange τὶ ἔν τινι someth. for someth. τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει the truth of God (=the true God) for a lie (=the false god; s. ψεῦδος) Ro 1:25. Also τὶ εἴς τι (Diod. S. 4, 51, 5) τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν exchange natural sex relations for those that are contrary to nature vs. 26 (the same connection between perversion in religion and in sex Test. Napht. 3:4 ἐνήλλαξε τάξιν φύσεως). M-M.* μεταμέλομαι pass. dep.; impf. μετεμελόμην; 1 aor. pass. μετεμελήθην; 1 fut. pass. μεταμεληθήσομαι (Thu.+; Dit., Or. 458, 11; BGU 1040, 20; LXX) (feel) regret, repent (Simplicius in Epict. p. 107, 21 μεταμελομένων τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων) Mt 21:30, 32 (in these places it can also mean simply change one’s mind as Polyb. 4, 50, 6); 27:3; 2 Cor 7:8a, b; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4.—Of God changing his mind also Jos., Ant. 6, 145).EFThompson, Μετανοέω and Μεταμέλει in Gk. Lit. until 100 AD, ’08; Windisch, Exc. on 2 Cor 7:8; OMichel, TW IV 630-3. M-M.* μεταμορφόω pf. pass. ptc. μεταμεμορφωμένος; 1 aor. pass. μετεμορφώθην (Diod. S. 4, 81, 5; Castor of Rhodes [50 BC]: 250 fgm. 17 Jac. εἰς ἕτερα μεταμορφοῦσθαι σώματα; Plut., Mor. 52D al.; Athen. 8 p. 334C; Aelian, V.H. 1, 1; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 11; Herm. Wr. 16, 9; PGM 1, 117; 13, 70; Sym. Ps 33:1; Philo, Mos. 1, 57, Leg. ad Gai. 95) transform, change in form in our lit. only in pass.

1. of a transformation that is outwardly visible: of Jesus, who took on the form of his heavenly glory and was transfigured Mt 17:2; Mk 9:2 (cf. IQH 7, 24.—RHartstock, Visionsberichte in den syn. Evangelien: JKaftan-Festschr. ’20, 130-44; AvHarnack, SAB ’22, 62-80; E Lohmeyer, ZNW 21, ’22, 185-215; UvWilamowitz, Red. u. Vorträge4 II ’26, 280-93: D. Verklärung Christi; JB Bernardin, The Transfiguration: JBL 52, ’33, 181-9; JBlinzler, D. ntl. Berichte üb. d. Verklärg. Jesu ’37; JHöller, D. Verkl. Jesu ’37; EDabrowski, La transfiguration de Jésus ’39; GHBoobyer, St. Mark and the Transfiguration Story ’42; HRiesenfeld, Jésus transfiguré ’47; HBaltensweiler, Die Verklärung Jesu ’59; SHirsch on βαπτίζω 2a). Of the transformation of raw material into a statue Dg 2:3.

2. of a transformation invisible to the physical eye τὴν αὐτὴν εὒκόνα μεταμορφοῦσθαι be changed into the same form 2 Cor 3:18 (on the acc. cf. Bl-D. §159, 4 app.; Rob. 486; for the idea Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 262-5; cf.

Seneca, Ep. 6, 1, esp. 94, 48). μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός let yourselves be transformed by the renewing of your minds Ro 12:2. M-M.* μετανοέω fut. μετανοήσω; 1 aor. μετενόησα (Antipho +; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) change one’s mind Hv 3, 7, 3; m 11:4 (cf. Diod. S. 15, 47, 3 μετενόησεν ὁ δῆμος; 17, 5, 1; Epict. 2, 22, 35; Appian, Hann.

35 §151, Mithrid. 58 §238; Stob., Ecl. II 113, 5ff W.; PSI 495, 9 [258 BC]; Jos., Vi. 110; 262), then feel remorse, repent, be converted (in religio-ethical sense: X., Hell. 1, 7, 19 οὐ μετανοήσαντες ὕστερον εὑρήσετε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας τὰ μέγιστα ἐς θεούς τε καὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς; Plut., Camill. 29, 3, Ag. 19, 5, Galba 6, 4, Adulat. 36 p.

74C; M. Ant. 8, 2; 53; Ps.-Lucian, De Salt. 84 μετανοῆσαι ἐφʼ οἷς ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 1, 28; Dit., Or. 751, 9 [II 617

BC] θεωρῶν οὖν ὑμᾶς μετανενοηκότας τε ἐπὶ τοῖς προημαρτημένοις, Syll.3 1268 II, 8 [III BC] ἁμαρτὼν μετανόει; PSI 495, 9 [258/7 BC]; BGU 747 I, 11; 1024 IV, 25; PTebt. 424, 5; Is 46:8; Jer 8:6; Sir 17:24; 48:15; oft.

Test. 12 Patr. [s. index]; Philo [s. μετάνοια]; Jos., Ant. 7, 153; 320) ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μ. repent in sackcloth and ashes Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. As a prerequisite for attaining the Kgdm. of God in the preaching of John the Baptist and Jesus Mt 3:2; 4:17; Mk 1:15. As the subject of the disciples’ preaching 6:12; Ac 17:30; 26:20. Failure to repent leads to destruction Lk 13:3, 5; Mt 11:20. Repentance saves (cf. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 239 ὁ μετανοῶν σῴζεται; 253) 12:41; Lk 11:32; cf. 15:7, 10; 16:30. μ. εἰς τὸ κήρυγμά τινος repent at or because of someone’s preaching Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32 (Bl-D. §207, 1; Rob. 593; s. εἰς 6a). W. ἐπί τινι to denote the reason repent of, because of someth.

(Charito 3, 3, 11; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; M. Ant. 8, 2; 10; 53; Jo 2:13; Jon 3:10; 4:2; Am 7:3, 6; Prayer of Manasseh [=Ode 12] 7; Philo, Virt. 180; Jos., Ant. 7, 264; Test. Judah 15:4.—Bl-D. §235, 2) ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ of their immorality 2 Cor 12:21. ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν of their sins 1 Cl 7:7. ἐπί w. subst. inf. foll. MPol 7:2. Also διά τι Hv 3, 7, 2. Since in μ. the negative impulse of turning away is dominant, it is also used w. ἀπό τινος: repent and turn away from someth. ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22 (MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 102-5). ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). Also ἔκ τινος Rv 2:21b, 22; 9:20f; 16:11. W. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν Ac 26:20. μ. εἰς ἑνότητα θεοῦ turn in repentance to the unity of God (which precludes all disunity) IPhld 8:1b; cf.

ISm 9:1. But μ. εἰς τὸ πάθος repent concerning the suffering (of Christ, which the Docetists deny) 5:3. W. inf. foll.

Rv 16:9. W. ὅτι foll. repent because or that (Jos., Ant. 2, 315)Hm 10, 2, 3. W. adv. ἀδιστάκτως s 8, 10, 3. βραδύτερον s 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3b. πυκνῶς m 11:4. ταχύ Hs 8, 7, 5; 8, 8, 3a; 5b; 8, 10, 1; 9, 19, 2; 9, 21, 4; 9, 23, 2c. μ. ἐξ ὅλης (τῆς) καρδίας repent w. the whole heart 2 Cl 17:1; 19:1; Hv 1, 3, 2; 2, 2, 4; 3, 13, 4b; 4, 2, 5; m 5, 1, 7; 12, 6, 1; s 7:4; 8, 11, 3. μ. ἐξ εἰλικρινοῦς καρδίας repent w. a sincere heart 2 Cl 9:8.—The word is found further, and used abs. (Diod. S. 13, 53, 3; Epict., Ench. 34; Oenomaus [time of Hadrian] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 19, 1; Philo, Mos. 2, 167 al.; Jos., Ant. 2, 322)Lk 17:3f; Ac 2:38; 3:19; Rv 2:5a (Vi. Aesopi I c. 85 μετανόησον=take counsel with yourself), b, 16, 21; 3:3, 19; 2 Cl 8:1, 2, 3; 13:1; 15:1; 16:1; IPhld 3:2; 8:1a; ISm 4:1; Hv 1, 1, 9; 3, 3, 2; 3, 5, 5; 3, 13, 4a; 5:7; m 4, 1, 5; 7ff; 4, 2, 2; 4, 3, 6; 9:6; 10, 2, 4; 12, 3, 3; s 4:4; 6, 1, 3f; 6, 3, 6; 6, 5, 7; s 7:2; 4f; 8, 6, 1ff; 8, 7, 2f; 8, 8, 2; 5a; 8, 9, 2; 4; 8, 11, 1f; 9, 14, 1f; 9, 20, 4; 9, 22, 3f; 9, 23, 2; 5; 9, 26, 6; 8; D 10:6; 15:3; PK 3 p.

15, 11; 27.—S. also MPol 9:2; 11:1f, in the sense repent from Christianity.—Windisch, Exc. on 2 Cor 7:10 p. 233f; Norden, Agn. Th. 134ff; AHDirksen, The NT Concept of Metanoia, Diss. Cath. Univ. of America, Washington, ’32; FPShipham, ET 46, ’35, 277-80; EKDietrich, D. Umkehr (Bekehrg. u. Busse) im AT u. im Judent. b. bes.

Berücksichtigg. der ntl. Zeit ’36; HPohlmann, D. Metanoia ’38; OMichel, Ev. Theol. 5, ’38, 403-14; BPoschmann, Paenitentia secunda ’40, 1-205 (NT and Apost. Fathers); JBehm and EWürthwein, TW IV 972-1004. S. μεταμέλομαι, end. M-M. B. 1123.* μετάνοια, ας, ἡ a change of mind (Thu. 3, 36, 4; Polyb. 4, 66, 7; Appian, Mithrid. 16 §57; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 274, Ant. 16, 125), remorse (as regret for shortcomings and errors: Batr. 69; Lycon the Peripatetic [III BC] in Diog. L. 5, 66; Polyb. 18, 33, 7; Stoic. III p. 147, l. 21f; Cebes 10, 4; 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 56A; 68F; 961D, Alex. 11, 4, Mar. 10, 4; 39, 3; Charito 1, 3, 7; Appian, Liby. 52 §225; 102 §482; 116 §553; M. Ant. 8, 10; Ps.-Lucian, Calumn. 5; Jos., Ant. 13, 314)in our lit. w. an expressly religious coloring (cf. Hierocles 14 p. 451; Sir 44:16; Wsd 12:10, 19; Prayer of Manasseh [=Ode 12] 8; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 96, Spec. Leg. 1, 58, Virt. 175ff [περὶ μετανοίας] al.; Ep. Arist. 188; Jos., Ant. 9, 176; Test. Reub. 2:1, Judah 19:2, Gad 5:7f; Sib. Or. 1, 129; 168) repentance, turning about, conversion; as a turning away μετάνοια ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων turning away from dead works Hb 6:1. Mostly of the positive side of repentance, as the beginning of a new relationship with God: ἡ εἰς θεὸυ μ. repentance that leads to God Ac 20:21. ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα deeds that are consistent with repentance 26:20. Also καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μ. Mt 3:8; cf. Lk 3:8. βαπτίζειν εἰς μ. baptize for repentance Mt 3:11 (s. βαπτίζω 2a; also εἰς 6a). βάπτισμα μετανοίας Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; cf. Ac 13:24; 19:4. χρείαν ἔχειν μετανοίας need repentance or conversion Lk 15:7. κηρύσσειν μ. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν preach repentance that leads to the forgiveness of sins 24:47; cf. 1 Cl 7:6. ἔχειν καιρὸν μετανοίας still have time for repentance 2 Cl 8:2. τόπον μετανοίας διδόναι give an opportunity for repentance (Wsd 12:10) 1 Cl 7:5. μετανοίας τόπον εὑρίσκειν Hb 12:17. διδόναι τινὶ (τὴν) μ. (cf. Wsd 12:19; M. J. Brutus, Ep. 7) Ac 5:31; 11:18; 2 Ti 2:25; B 16:9; cf. Hv 4, 1, 3; s 8, 6, 2; 8, 11, 1. τιθέναι τινὶ μετάνοιαν prescribe repentance for someone Hm 4, 3, 4; cf. 5; καλεῖν τινα εἰς μ. Lk 5:32; Mt 9:13 t.r.; Mk 2:17 t.r. περὶ μετανοίας λαλεῖν 1 Cl 8:1. ἀκούσαντες ταύτην τὴν μετάνοιαν when they heard of this repentance Hs 8, 10, 3; παιδεύεσθαι εἰς μ. be disciplined so as to repent 1 Cl 57:1. εἰς μ. ἄγειν τινά (Ep. Arist. 188; Jos., Ant. 4, 144)Ro 2:4; ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μ. Hb 6:6; χωρῆσαι εἰς μ. come to repentance 2 Pt 3:9. μετάνοιαν λαμβάνειν receive repentance (after denying Christ) Hs 9, 26, 6a. μετανοίας μετασχεῖν 1 Cl 8:5. μετάνοιαν ἔχειν have the possibility of repentance Hm 4, 3, 3; s 8, 8, 2. ἐστί τινι μετάνοιαν have a possibility of repentance Hv 2, 2, 5c; 3, 7, 5; s 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 4a; 9, 19, 1; 9, 20, 4. τινὶ μετάνοιά ἐστι μία have (only) one possibility of repentance m 4, 1, 8; cf. 4, 3, 1. μ. κεῖταί τινι repentance is ready, available for someone s 9, 19, 2f; 9, 22, 4; 9, 26, 6b. ἐπίκειταί τινι 8, 7, 2a. γίνεταί τινι 9, 26, 5; εἰς μάτην ἐστὶν ἡ μ. is in vain s 6, 1, 3. ταχινὴ ὀφείλει εἶναι must follow quickly 8, 9, 4b. ἡ μ. σύνεσίς ἐστιν μεγάλη is great understanding m 4, 2, 2. μ. καθαρά m 12, 3, 2; cf. s 7:6. μ. ἁμαρτίας rep. for sin 2 Cl 16:4; cf. Hm 4, 3, 3. μ. ζωῆς rep. that leads to life s 6, 2, 3; cf. 8, 6, 6. ἐλπὶς μετανοίας hope of repentance or conversion IEph 10:1; Hs 6, 2, 4; 8, 7, 2b; 8, 10, 2. W. πίστις and other Christian virtues 1 Cl 62:2.

The ἄγγελος τῆς μ. appears in Hermas as a preacher of repentance: v 5:8; m 12, 4, 7; 12, 6, 1; s 9, 1, 1; 9, 14, 3; 9, 23, 5; 9, 24, 4; λυπεῖσθαι εἰς μ. feel pain that leads to repentance 2 Cor 7:9, λύπη μετάνοιαν ἐργάζεται (cf. Plut., Mor. 476F) vs. 10.—W. the Christian use of the word in mind Polycarp says ἀμετάθετος ἡμῖν ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω μετάνοια for us ‘repentance’ from the better to the worse is impossible MPol 11:1.—WHolladay, The Root S̆ ûbh in the OT, ’58. M-M.** 618

μεταξύ adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX [Johannessohn 173f]; En., Philo, Joseph.).

1. used as adv.—a. of space (Hom.+) between, in the middle τὸ μεταξύ what lies between (Aeneas Tact. 1420; Dio Chrys. 18[35], 1) Dg 7:2 (cf. Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 80 τὰ μ.). b. of time—α. between (Pla., Rep. 5 p. 450C; Jos., Ant. 2, 169)ἐν τῷ μεταξύ in the meanwhile (X., Symp. 1, 14; BGU 1139, 8 [5 BC]; PTebt. 24, 42; 72, 190; PFlor. 36, 5; Jos., Ant. 14, 434; Test. Zeb. 2:7) J 4:31. β. afterward, thereupon (Plut., Mor. 58B; 240A; Achilles Tat. 1, 13, 1; Mitteis, Chrest. 57, 11 [40/41 AD]; 64, 5; Jos., Ant. 10, 45)εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next sabbath Ac 13:42. Cf. 23:24 v.l.; 1 Cl 44:2f. ὁ λαὸς ὁ μεταξύ the people yet to come B 13:5.

2. as improper prep. w. gen. (Hdt. et al.) between, in the middle of—a. of space (Polyb. 14, 1, 9; Aelian, V.H. 3, 1; En. 14, 11; 18, 3; Jos., Ant. 3, 147μ. αὐτῆς [τ. λυχνίας] καὶ τ. τραπέζης) μ. τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου between the sanctuary and the altar Mt 23:35; cf. Lk 11:51. μ. ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν 16:26. μ. δύο στρατιωτῶν between two soldiers Ac 12:6. μ. θηρίων μ. θεοῦ (to be) among the wild beasts (is to be) with God ISm 4:2. W. a relative foll. μ. ὧν ἐλάλουν between the words of my discourse IPhld 7:1 (the text is uncertain; s. Hdb. ad loc.; Lake reads ὤν and transl. μ. with [you]). b. of a reciprocal relation, a difference (PReinach 44, 16 [104 AD] τῆς συμφωνίας τῆς γενομένης μεταξὺ αὐτοῦ κ. Ἰσιδώρας; POxy. 1117, 3 μ. ἡμῶν κ. ἀρχόντων) μ. σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου between you and him alone Mt 18:15. Witnesses μ. ὑμῶν καὶ ἡμῶν betw. us and you 1 Cl 63:3.—διακρίνειν μ. τινος καί τινος make a distinction between Ac 15:9. τοσαύτη τις διαφορὰ μ. τῶν τε ἀπίστων κ. τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν MPol 16:1. διαφορὰ πολλὴ μ. τῶν δύο ὁδῶν a great difference between D 1:1.—μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων (PGenève 48, 11 μ. ἡμῶν ἀλλήλων) among themselves, with one another Ro 2:15. M-M.* μεταπαραδίδωμι (Vett. Val. 163, 25; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 32, 226; inscr., pap.; PGM 4, 501) in our lit. only intr. and only once give place to, succeed, follow ἀλλήλοις one another of the seasons 1 Cl 20:9.* μεταπέμπω (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) in our lit. only mid. and pass.; 1 aor. mid. μετεπεμψάμην, imper. μετάπεμψαι; 1 aor. pass. ptc. μεταπεμφθείς; send for, summon τινά someone (Hippocr., Ep. 6; Appian, Iber. 10 §38; Gen 27:45; Num 23:7; Ep. Arist. 179; Jos., Vi. 69) Ac 10:5, 29b; 11:13; 20:1; 24:24, 26. W. acc. of the pers. and indication of the place to which: μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ to summon you to his house 10:22. αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 25:3 (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 92τ. ἀδελφοὺς εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον). Without the acc. (easily supplied fr. the context) w. indication of the place from which ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μεταπεμψάμενος since (God) has summoned (the bishop) from the east IRo 2:2.—Pass. μεταπεμφθείς when I was sent for Ac 10:29a (Jos., Ant. 6, 164ἧκεν μεταπεμφθείς). M-M.* μεταστρέφω 1 aor. μετέστρεψα; 2 aor. pass. μετεστράφην, imper. μεταστραφήτω; 2 fut. μεταστραφήσομαι (Hom.+; PGM 4, 2625; LXX) change, alter, pervert τὶ εἴς τι someth. into someth., oft. its opposite (Ps 77:44; Sir 11:31 τὰ ἀγαθὰ εἰς κακά. Cf. Test. Ash.1:8) sun into darkness Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4). Laughter to grief Js 4:9 v.l. (cf. Am 8:10; 1 Macc 9:41). W. acc. of the thing μ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ pervert the gospel of Christ Gal 1:7.

M-M.* μετασχηματίζω fut. μετασχηματίσω; 1 aor. μετεσχημάτισα change the form of, transform, change (Pla., Leg. 10 p. 903E; 906C; Aristot., De Caelo 3, 1 p. 298b, 31; Plut., Ages. 14, 2, Mor. 426E; 680A; Sext. Emp., Math. 10, 335; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 79; Jos., Ant. 7, 257)μ. τὸ σῶμα τ. ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν change our lowly body to be like the glorious body Phil 3:21 (cf. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 80). Mid. change or disguise oneself (Jos., Ant. 8, 267)abs. 2 Cor 11:15. W. εἴς τι into or as someth. (Diod. S. 3, 57, 5 εἰς ἀθανάτους φύσεις; 4 Macc 9:22) ὁ σατανᾶς εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός Satan disguises himself as an angel (fr. the kgdm.) of light vs. 14 (cf. Test. Reub. 5:6 the guardian angels μετεσχηματίζοντο εἰς ἄνδρα). Of the false apostles μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους Χριστοῦ who disguise themselves as apostles vs. 13 (JHColson, JTS 17, ’16, 379ff).—1 Cor 4:6 is more or less unique (on it s. σχηματίζειν and σχῆμα in Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 17, 1; 2, 25, 1. In Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. 287; 292-4 σχηματίζειν means ‘say someth. with the aid of a figure of speech’): ταῦτα μετεσχημάτισα εἰς ἐμαυτὸν κ. Ἀπόλλων I have applied this to Apollos and myself=I have given this teaching of mine the form of an exposition concerning Apollos and myself. M-M.* μετατίθημι 1 aor. μετέθηκα; 2 aor. ptc. μεταθείς; 1 aor. pass. μετετέθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.

188; Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 4, 162) change (the position of).

1. lit. convey to another place, put in another place, transfer τὴν χεῖρα ἐπί τι transfer your hand to someth.

B 13:5. W. acc. of the pers. and indication of the goal μεταθέντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν καροῦχαν they had him transferred to the carriage MPol 8:2. Pass.: of corpses μετετέθησαν εἰς Συχέμ they were brought back to Shechem Ac 7:16. W. indication of the place fr. which ἐκ τῶν βασάνων be removed from (the place of) torment Hv 3, 7, 6 (μετατίθημι ἐκ as a grave-inscr. fr. Amastris: Jahreshefte d. Oesterr. Arch. Inst. 28 Beibl. ’33, col. 81f no. 39).

Of Enoch be taken up, translated Hb 11:5a; 1 Cl 9:3 (cf. Sir 44:16; Wsd 4:10); the act. in the same sense and of the same person Hb 11:5b (Gen 5:24).

2. non-literally—a. change, alter (Hdt. 5, 68 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 9)τὶ εἴς τι someth. into someth. (Esth 4:17s μετάθες τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ εἰς μῖσος) τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα εἰς ἀσέλγειαν pervert the grace of our God 619

to dissoluteness Jd 4. Pass. μετατιθεμένης τῆς ἱερωσύνης when the priesthood is changed, i.e. passed on to another Hb 7:12 Jos., Ant. 12, 387of the transfer of the office of high priest to another person). b. mid. change one’s mind, turn away, desert, turn apostate (Polyb. 5, 111, 8; 24, 9, 6; Diod. S. 11, 4, 6; 2 Macc 7:24 ἀπὸ τ. πατρίων.—ὁ μεταθέμενος means a turncoat who leaves one philosoph. school for another one: Diog. L. 7, 166; Athen. 7 p. 281D) ἀπό τινος εἴς τι from someth. to someth. μ. ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς. . . εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον desert him who called you (and turn) to another gospel Gal 1:6 (cf. Hierocles 7 p. 429: there is to be no yielding to μεταβαλλομένοις ἐκ τῆς περὶ φιλοσοφίαν σπουδῆς εἰς ἑτέραν τινὰ τοῦ βίου πρόθεσιν; Field, Notes 188). ἀπὸ τῶν χαλεπῶν ἐπὶ τὰ δίκαια turn away from evil to good MPol 11:1. M-M.* μετατρέπω 2 aor. pass. μετετράπην, imper. μετατραπήτω (Hom.+; 4 Macc; Ep. Arist. 99; Philo) turn around pass. be turned (Quint. Smyrn. 11, 270) laughter into grief Js 4:9. M-M.* μεταφέρω 1 aor. pass. μετηνέχθην (trag., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.) carry away pass. (Jos., Ant. 3, 103)of stones ἐκ τοῦ πύργου Hs 9, 6, 5; 9, 8, 1.* μεταφυτεύω 1 aor. pass. imper. μεταφυτεύθητι (Theophr., H.Pl. 2, 6, 3; 4; Aq., Sym., Theod. Ps 91:14; Aq. also Ps 1:3) transplant pass. be transplanted Lk 17:6 D.* μετέβη s. μεταβαίνω. μετέπειτα adv. (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 177, 14; LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 6, 66)afterwards Hb 12:17; Hv 2, 4, 2.

M-M.* μετέχω 2 aor. μετέσχον, inf. μετασχεῖν; pf. μετέσχηκα (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 31; 51 al.; Sib. Or. 8, 56) share, have a share, participate w. gen. of the thing in or of someth. (Bl-D. §169, 1; Rob. 509) πάντων Dg 5:5. μετανοίας 1 Cl 8:5. φυλῆς ἑτέρας belong to another tribe Hb 7:13 (cf. Thu. 8, 86, 3). τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν share in the benefits Dg 8:11; θεοῦ μ. share in God IEph 4:2 (cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 232θείας μ. φύσεως). τραπέζης κυρίου, δαιμονίων share in, partake of the table of the Lord, of demons i.e. in the Lord’s Supper and in idolatrous banquets 1 Cor 10:21 (Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 15, 1 μ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ.—μ. τραπέζης as Lucian, Cyn. 7; Philo, De Jos., 196). μετέσχεν τῶν αὐτῶν he shared the same things (i.e. flesh and blood) Hb 2:14.—Participation can also mean eat, drink, enjoy, esp. w. foods: ὁ μετέχων γάλακτος whoever lives on milk Hb 5:13. Abs. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν (sc. τῶν καρπῶν) in the hope of enjoying the crops 1 Cor 9:10. εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω (sc. τῆς τροφῆς) if I eat with thanks 10:30. Also of rights: τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μ. enjoy authority over you 1 Cor 9:12. Instead of the gen. μ. ἔκ τινος: ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου share, eat one and the same loaf 10:17 (s. Thieme 29f).—The poorly attested rdg. ἄνδρα μ. Lk 1:34 means have a husband.—HHanse, TW II 830f. M-M.* μετεωρίζομαι (Aristoph.+ in sense ‘raise up’; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only in one place, pass. and fig. μὴ μετεωρίζεσθε Lk 12:29. In the context this can hardly mean anything other than do not be anxious, worried (the verb has this meaning Polyb. 5, 70, 10; POxy. 1679, 16 μὴ μετεωρίζου, καλῶς διάγομεν=‘do not worry, we are getting along well’; Jos., Ant. 16, 135.—Likew. the adj. μετέωρος=‘hovering between hope and fear, restless, anxious’: Thu. 2, 8, 1; Polyb. 3, 107, 6; BGU 417, 4; 6 [opp. ἀμέριμνος]). The alternate transl. be overbearing, presumptuous, though possible on purely linguistic grounds (Diod. S. 13, 80, 1; 13, 92, 2.—Simplicius in Epict. p. 32, 13 μετεωρισμός=pride), supported by the LXX, and favored by Vulg., Luther, Tyndale et al., can no longer be seriously considered.—AHarnack, Sprüche u. Reden Jesu ’07, 10; KKöhler, StKr 86, ’13, 456ff. M-M.* μετῆρα s. μεταίρω. μετοικεσία, ας, ἡ (Leonidas of Tarentum [III BC]: Anth. Pal. 7, 731, 6; Psellus p. 222, 5; LXX) removal to another place of habitation, deportation ἐπὶ τῆς μ. Βαβυλῶνος at the time of the Babylonian captivity Mt 1:11. μετὰ τὴν μ. Βαβυλῶνος vs. 12; ἕως τῆς μ. B. vs. 17; ἀπὸ τῆς μ. B. ibid. (of the Bab. exile 4 Km 24:16; 1 Ch 5:22; Ezk 12:11). M-M.* μετοικίζω Attic. fut. μετοικιῶ (Bl-D. §74, 1; cf. Mlt.-H. 218); 1 aor. μετῴκισα (Aristoph.+; inscr., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) remove to another place of habitation, resettle τινὰ εἴς τι someone to a certain place (Dit., Or. 264, 7 μετῴκισεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν παλαιὰν πόλιν; 1 Ch 8:6; Ep. Arist. 4; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 132) αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην he removed him to this country Ac 7:4. Of forcible deportation μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος I will deport you beyond Babylon vs. 43 (Am 5:27). M-M.* μετοπωρινός, όν (Hes., Thu.+; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 6 p. 168, 24; Philo) autumnal καιροὶ μ. the autumn 1 Cl 20:9.* μετοχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hdt.+; pap.; Ps 121:3; PsSol 14:6; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 22) sharing, participation (BGU 1123, 11 [I BC]; PLond. 941, 8 al.) τίς μ. δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; what have righteousness and lawlessness in common? 2 Cor 6:14 (there is a purely formal parallel to 2 Cor 6:14-16 in Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 3, 6 ποῦ δὲ συμβαίνει κ. μίγνυται ἡδονὴ πόνοις, καρτηρία τρυφῇ ἀκαδημία καὶ πόρναι, φιλοσοφία καὶ πότος, σωφρονούντων βίος καὶ ἀκόλαστα μειράκια;). M-M.* 620

μέτοχος, ον (Eur., Hdt.+; pap., LXX)—1. sharing or participating in w. gen. of the pers. or thing (Hdt. 3, 52; Pr 29:10; Ep. Arist. 207; Sib. Or. 12, 174) κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου sharing in a heavenly calling Hb 3:1. In the Lord’s discipline 12:8. In the Holy Spirit 6:4. In the promises 1 Cl 34:7. Share in prayer IEph 11:2. μ. εἶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ you share in his sin Hm 4, 1, 9.—μ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ sharing in Christ (cf. Epigr. Gr. 654, 5 πρόσθεν μὲν θνητή, νῦν δὲ θεῶν μέτοχος) Hb 3:14. But perh. this pass. belongs under 2.

2. subst. ὁ μ. partner, companion (Ps.-Demosth. 61, 31; PPetr. III 37a II, 7 [259 BC]; BGU 1123, 4 al.; pap.; En. 104, 6; Test. Benj. 2:5) Lk 5:7; Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). M-M.* μετρέω 1 aor. ἐμέτρησα; 1 fut. pass. μετρηθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 124)measure.

1. take the dimensions of, measure—a. lit., w. acc. of the thing: τὸν ναόν measure the temple Rv 11:1 (PKetter, Past. Bonus 52, ’41, 93-9). τὴν πόλιν measure the city 21:15. αὐλήν 11:2. τὸν οὐρανόν B 16:2 (Is 40:12). W. the measuring-instrument given in the dat. (Ex 16:18) τῷ καλάμῳ measure with the rod Rv 21:16; cf.

11:1. The measure arrived at is expressed by the gen. of quality ἐμέτρησεν τὸ τεῖχος ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν he measured the wall (and it was) 144 cubits Rv 21:17; also by ἐπί and the gen. vs. 16, where a v.l. has ἐπί and acc. (on the latter cf. Da 3:47). b. fig. αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες they measure themselves by one another 2 Cor 10:12. ἐμαυτὸν μετρῶ I keep myself within bounds ITr 4:1 (Sotades Mar. [III BC] 10, 8 Diehl ἡ σωφροσύνη πάρεστιν, ἂν μετρῇς σεαυτόν).

2. give out, deal out, apportion τινί τι someth. to someone (Eur.; Ps.-Demosth. 46, 20; PPetr. III 89, 2; PTebt.

459, 4 [5 BC] ὃ ἐὰν περισσὸν γένηται μέτρησον αὐτοῖς) in the proverbial expr. ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν the measure you give will be the measure you get Mk 4:24; Mt 7:2. Likew., except without ἐν, Lk 6:38 v.l. (Maximus Tyr. 27, 7b has a play on words μετρεῖ—μετρεῖται.—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 229 μέτροις μεμέτρηται.—The pass.=‘receive as one’s portion’: Jos., Bell. 3, 185).—1 Cl 13:2 the saying reads ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἐν αὐτῷ μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. The text of Lk 6:38 has ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, which is repeated word for word in Pol 2:3.—KDeissner, TW IV 635-8: μετρέω and related words. M-M. B. 877f.* μετρητής, οῦ, ὁ measure, a liquid measure orig. fr. Attica (Demosth. 42, 20; Aristot. H.A. 8, 9; Polyb. 2, 15, 1; inscr. [fr. IV BC]; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 76; loanw. in rabb.), similar in content to the Hebr. ‫תַ בּ‬, containing 72 sextarii (Jos., Ant. 8, 57)or pints=39.39 liters, or about nine gallons (cf. FHultsch, Griech. u. röm. Metrologie2 1882, 101f; 108f; 703). As a measure for wine (Dit., Syll.3 672, 54 [162-0 BC], Or. 266, 4; Gk. Pap. fr. Gurob [’21] 8, 14; 1 Esdr 8:20; Bel 3 Theod.) J 2:6. M-M.* μετριοπαθέω (Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. Hyp. 3, 235; 236; Dositheus 71, 11; Philo, Abr. 257; Jos., Ant. 12, 128. μετριοπαθής and μετριοπάθεια are more common) moderate one’s feelings, deal gently w. dat. of the pers.: τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν deal gently with the sinners (ἀγνοέω 4) Hb 5:2. M-M.* μέτριος, ία, ιον (Hes., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 783, 53; POxy. 120, 7; 1117, 19; Sir 31:20; Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 552, Vi. 22; 122) moderate μέτρια νοεῖν be moderate, practice self-restraint 1 Cl 1:3 (μέτρια φρονεῖν in the same sense: Diod. S. 23, 15, 4; 8).* μετρίως adv. (Eur., Hdt.+; Plut., Tit. Flam. 9, 5 οὐ μ.; UPZ 71, 5 [152 BC]; PRyl 150, 9 ὕβρισεν οὐ μετρίως; PGiess. 17, 5 οὐ μ.; Sb 4323, 2 οὐ μ.; 2 Macc 15:38; Ep. Arist. 197) moderately, somewhat οὐ μ. greatly (Diod. S. 18, 45, 4; 20, 83, 2; Plut., Mor. 838F; Procop. Soph., Ep. 5; Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 194; 276; s. above) Ac 20:12.

M-M.* μέτρον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 216; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 237) measure.

1. as an instrument for measuring—a. of measures of capacity ἐν μέτρῳ μετρεῖν Mt 7:2; Mk 4:24; 1 Cl 13:2b. μέτρῳ μετρεῖν (Maximus Tyr. 32, 9c; 35, 2i) Lk 6:38b; 1 Cl 13:2a; Pol 2:3. W. heaping up of attributes μ. καλὸν πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον good measure, pressed down, shaken together, running over Lk 6:38a. Symbolically πληροῦν τὸ μ. τινός fill up a measure that someone else has partly filled Mt 23:32. b. of linear measure Rv 21:15. μέτρον ἀνθρώπου, ὅ ἐστιν ἀγγέλου a human measure, used also by angels vs.

17.

2. measure as the result of measuring, quantity, number a. lit. τὰ μ. τῶν τῆς ἡμέρας δρόμων φυλάσσειν keep the measure of its daily courses Dg 7:2. b. fig. (Maximus Tyr. 40, 3c ὑγιείας μ.; Alex. Aphr., Quaest. 3, 12 II 2 p. 102, 2 μ. τῆς ἀληθείας) ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως as God has apportioned the measure of faith Ro 12:3 (CEBCranfield, NTS 8, ’62, 345-51: Christ is the measure of faith). ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις κατὰ τὸ μ. τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ grace was given to each one according to the measure (of it) that Christ gave Eph 4:7. κατὰ τὸ μ. τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου according to the measure of the limit (=within the limits) which God has apportioned us (as a measure) (cf. Bl-D. §294, 5 app.; Rob. 719) 2 Cor 10:13. κατʼ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους according to the power that corresponds to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16 (ἐν μ. as Synes., Ep. 12 p. 171C). καταντᾶν εὒς μ. ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ attain to the measure of mature age (or stature of the fulness) of Christ vs. 13 (s. ἡλικία 1cα and cf. μ. ἡλικίας Plut., Mor. 113D; μ. ἥβης Il. 11, 225; Od. 11, 317).—οὐκ ἐκ μέτρου J 3:34, an expr. not found elsewh. in the Gk. language, must mean in its 621

context not from a measure, without measure (the opp. is ἐν μέτρῳ Ezk 4:11, 16; Jdth 7:21). M-M.* μέτωπον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 189; 15, 399) forehead Lk 23:48 D. Of a maiden: veiled ἕως τοῦ μ. Hv 4, 2, 1. As the place marked w. a sign of some kind (cf. BStade, D. Kainszeichen: ZAW 14, 1894, 250ff; PsSol 15:9; Diphilus Com. [IV BC], fgm. 66, 8 K.; Herodas 5, 79; Lucian, Pisc. 46; Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 15; of a branded slave, Martial 3, 21) Rv 7:3; 9:4; 13:16; 14:1, 9; 17:5; 20:4; 22:4 (Dit., Syll.3 1168, 48; 54 [letters]; PLille 29 II, 36; Ezk 9:4 al.).—CSchneider, TW IV 638-40. M-M. B. 218.* μέχρι even before vowels as in Attic Lk 16:16; Job 32:12. In three places in the NT (Mk 13:30 and Gal 4:19 μέχρις οὗ, Hb 12:4 μέχρις αἵματος) as well as Hv 4, 1, 9 (μέχρις ὅτε), s 9, 11, 1 (μέχρις ὀψέ) the form used before vowels is μέχρις (Vett. Val. 357, 19; IG XII 5, 647; Dit., Syll.3 888, 150 [before a conson.]; 958, 16; 1109, 41; pap.

[Mayser p. 244]. On the LXX cf. Thackeray p. 136.—Bl-D. §21; Mlt.-H. 113; 331) until.

1. prep. w. gen. foll. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 568). a. of space as far as μ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ GP 10:40. μ. τῆς Ἀσίας Ac 20:4 D. ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴε. . . μ. τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ Ro 15:19 (ἀπὸ—μ. as Dit., Syll.3 973, 6f). μ. τῶν ἔσω φλεβῶν MPol 2:2 (Jos., Bell. 6, 304μ. ὀστέων). b. of time μ. (τῆς) νῦν IMg 8:1; Papias 3 (Chio, Ep. 16, 4; Longus 4, 16, 2; Xenophon Eph. 1, 4, 1; Jos., Ant. 7, 386; 17, 114; cf. μ. τοῦ νῦν Χ., Cyr. 7, 3, 15; PTebt. 50, 26 [112/11 BC]; BGU 256, 9). μ. ὀψέ Hs 9, 11, 1. μέχρι τίνος; how long? (Alciphr. 4, 17, 2; Achilles Tat. 2, 5, 1) v 3, 10, 9. μ. τῆς σήμερον until today (Jos., Ant. 9, 28)Mt 11:23; cf. 28:15; Hv 2, 2, 4. μ. μεσονυκτίου until midnight Ac 20:7. μ. Ἰωάννου until (the time of) John Lk 16:16. μ. τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Ti 6:14. μ. καιροῦ διορθώσεως Hb 9:10. μ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ (v.l. ἕως, ἄχρι) until harvest time Mt 13:30. μ. τέλους Hb 3:6, 14.—ἀπό. . . μ. (POxy. 1647, 20 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου μέχρι δύσεως; Ep. Arist. 298): ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μ. ταύτης τῆς ὥρας from the fourth day to this hour Ac 10:30. ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μ. Μωϋσέως Ro 5:14. c. of degree, measure (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 69 §284 μ. τοῦ τέλους=to the end; Jos., Ant. 11, 81μ. θρήνων) κακοπαθεῖν μ. δεσμῶν suffer even to the point of being imprisoned 2 Ti 2:9. μ. αἵματος ἀντικαταστῆναι resist to the point of shedding one’s blood in being wounded or killed Hb 12:4 (μ. αἵμ. as Herodian 2, 6, 14). μ. θανάτου διωχθῆναι καὶ μ. δουλείας ἐλθεῖν 1 Cl 4:9 (cf. 2 Macc 13:14; Jos., Bell. 2, 141). Of Christ ὑπήκοος μ. θανάτου obedient unto death Phil 2:8. Of Epaphroditus διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ μ. θανάτου ἤγγισεν vs. 30 (μέχρι θανάτου to denote degree: Diod. S. 15, 27, 2; Cebes 26, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 113 §471; 3, 77 §314; 3, 90 §372; 4, 135 §570 al.; Polyaenus 7, 30; 8, 49; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 427-31a; 2 Macc 13:14).

2. as a conjunction until (Bl-D. §383, 2 w. app.; Rob. 975) μ. καταντήσωμεν Eph 4:13 (cf. Hdt. 4, 119, 4; Dit., Syll.3 976, 71 μέχρι ποιήσωσιν; PKairo ed. Preisigke [’11] 48, 7 μέχρι τὸ πλοιαρίδιον εὑρῶμεν; Sib. Or. 3, 570.

On the omission of ἄν cf. Mlt. 168f; LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 144-53). μ. οὗ w. subjunctive (Herodas 2, 43; POxy. 293, 7 [27 AD] μέχρι οὗ ἀποστείλῃς; Da 11:36 Theod.; Ep. Arist. 298) Mk 13:30 (μ. ὅτου B); Gal 4:19. μ. ὅτε (ὅτου ‫א‬c) Hv 4, 1, 9 (cf. Bl-D. §455, 3). M-M.** μή (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) negative particle, not. ‘μή is the negative of will, wish, doubt. If οὐ denies the fact, μή denies the idea’ (Rob. 1167). For the Koine of the NT the usage is simplified to such a degree that οὐ is generally the neg. used w. the indicative, and μή is used w. the other moods (Bl-D. §426; Rob. 1167).

A. as a negative particle—I. negativing clauses—1. in conditional clauses after ἐάν Mt 5:20; 6:15; 10:13; 12:29; 18:3, 16, 35; 26:42; Mk 3:27; 7:3f; 10:30; 12:19; Lk 13:3, 5; J 3:2f, 5, 27 al. After ὃς ἄν (=ἐάν) Mt 10:14; 11:6; 19:9; Mk 6:11; 10:15; 11:23; Lk 8:18; 18:17. After ὅσοι ἄν Lk 9:5; Rv 13:15. After ὅστις ἄν Ac 3:23. After εἰ in a contrary to fact condition (Bl-D. §428, 2; Rob. 1169) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 9:33; 15:22, 24; 18:30; 19:11; Ac 26:32; Ro 7:7. εἰ μή if not, except (that), εἰ δὲ μήγε otherwise with verb and elliptically (Bl-D. §428, 3; 439, 1; Rob. 1024f) Mt 5:13; 6:1; 9:17; 11:27; 12:4, 24 and very oft. (GHarder, 1 Cor 7:17: ThLZ 79, ’54, 367-72).

2. in purpose clauses ἵνα μή in order that not Mt 5:29f; 7:1; 17:27; Mk 3:9; 4:12; Lk 8:10, 12; 16:28; J 3:20; 7:23; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 4:17; 24:4; Ro 11:25; 15:20 al. ὅπως μή in order that not Mt 6:18; Lk 16:26; Ac 20:16; 1 Cor 1:29. On the inf. w. neg. as periphrasis for purpose clauses s. below.

3. in result clauses ὥστε μή w. inf. foll. (cf. PHib. 66, 5) so that not Mt 8:28; Mk 3:20; 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Cor 3:7; 1 Th 1:8; w. imper. foll. 1 Cor 4:5.

4. in interrog. clauses w. an element of doubt: δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν; should we pay (them) or should we not? Mk 12:14.

5. in a few relative clauses (Bl-D. §428, 4; Mlt. 171; 239f) διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ Tit 1:11 (cf. Lucian, Dial. Deor.

13, 1; PGM 4, 2653 ὃ μὴ θέμις γενέσθαι; PRain. 19, 17; 2 Macc 12:14; Sir 13:24). The literary language is the source of ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα τυφλός ἐστιν 2 Pt 1:9, where the relat. clause has a hypothetical sense. ὅσα μὴ θέλετε Ac 15:29 D. Cf. Col 2:18 v.l. On ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ (v.l. ὃ λύει) 1J 4:3 s. ARahlfs, ThLZ 40, ’15, 525.

6. in a causal clause contrary to the rule, which calls for οὐ: ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα J 3:18 (cf. Epict. 4, 4, 8; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217διήμαρτον, ὅτι μὴ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἡμῶν βίβλοις ἐνέτυχον; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4; 11, 8; 32; Dio Chrys. 31, 94; 110.—Bl-D. §428, 5; Mlt. 171; 239; Mlt.-Turner 284; Rahlfs, loc. cit.).

II. used with various moods—1. w. the inf. (Bl-D. §399, 3; 400, 4; 5; Mlt.-Turner 285f—a. after verbs expressing a negative concept, usu. omitted in translation ἀντιλέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι Lk 20:27 (v.l. λέγοντες). ἀπαρνεῖσθαι 22:34. παραιτεῖσθαι Hb 12:19. ἐγκόπτειν τινά Gal 5:7. προσέχειν Mt 6:1. οὐ δύναμαι μὴ I can do nothing else than Ac 4:20. b. gener., after verbs of saying, reporting, ordering, judging, etc.

622

α. in declarative clauses: after ἀποκρίνεσθαι Lk 20:7. λέγειν Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:27 v.l.; Ac 23:8. ὀμνύναι Hb 3:18. θέλειν Ro 13:3. χρηματίζεσθαι Lk 2:26. β. in clauses denoting a summons or challenge: after λέγειν Mt 5:34, 39; Ac 21:4; Ro 2:22; 12:3. γράφειν 1 Cor 5:9, 11. κηρύσσειν Ro 2:21. παραγγέλλειν Ac 1:4; 4:18; 5:28, 40; 1 Cor 7:10f (w. acc.); 1 Ti 1:3; 6:17. αἰτεῖσθαι Eph 3:13. εὔχεσθαι 2 Cor 13:7 (w. acc.). χρηματίζεσθαι Mt 2:12. ἀξιοῦν Ac 15:38. βοᾶν 25:24. c. after predicates that contain a judgment upon the thing expressed by the inf. (with or without the art.): καλόν (sc. ἐστιν) 1 Cor 7:1; Gal 4:18; cf. Ro 14:21. ἄλογον Ac 25:27 (w. acc.). κρεῖττον ἦν 2 Pt 2:21. αἱρετώτερον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ μὴ γεννηθῆναι Hv 4, 2, 6. Cf. δεῖ Ac 27:21. d. The gen. of the subst. inf. τοῦ μή that not (Lat. ne) comes—α. after verbs of hindering κατέχειν Lk 4:42. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κωλύειν 10:47. κρατεῖσθαι Lk 24:16; cf. ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ. . . μὴ ἐλθεῖν 17:1. β. also after other expressions: ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν eyes that should not see, ears that should not hear Ro 11:8, 10 (Ps 68:24). In place of a result clause: τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα so that she commits no adultery, if. . . 7:3. e. the subst. inf. comes after prepositions: εἰς τὸ μή so that. . . not; to the end that. . . not Ac 7:19; 1 Cor 10:6; 2 Cor 4:4. W. acc. and inf. foll. 2 Th 2:2; 1 Pt 3:7.—διὰ τὸ μή because. . . not (PPetr. II 11, 1, 7 [III BC] τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀθροῦν ἡμᾶς; 2 Macc 2:11) Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f; Lk 8:6; Js 4:2 (w. acc.).—πρὸς τὸ μὴ in order that. . . not (Ptolem. Pap. aus Alexandria 4, 3 in Witkowski p. 51 πρὸς τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ χρήσιμον; Esth 3:13d, e; Bar 1:19; 2:5) 2 Cor 3:13; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8. f. w. the dat. of the subst. inf. τῷ μή because. . . not 2 Cor 2:13. g. w. the nom. or acc. of the subst. inf. (2 Esdr [Ezra] 6:8; cf. Bl-D. §399, 3; cf. Rob. 1038) Ro 14:13; 2 Cor 2:1; 10:2; 1 Th 4:6.

2. very oft. w. the ptc., in keeping w. the tendency of later Gk. to prefer μή to οὐ; exceptions in Bl-D. §430 w. app.; cf. Rob. 1172. a. μή is regularly used to negative the ptc. used w. the article, when the ptc. has a hypothet. sense or refers to no particular person, and has a general mng. (Artem. 4, 22 p. 215, 14 οἱ μὴ νοσοῦντες): ὁ μὴ ὢν μετʼ ἐμοῦ every one who is not with me Mt 12:30a, b; Lk 11:23a, b; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων J 3:18. πᾶς ὁ μή. . . Mt 7:26; 1J 3:10a, b; 2J 9. πάντες οἱ μή 2 Th 2:12. μακάριοι οἱ μή J 20:29; cf. Ro 14:22. τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι Mt 10:28b and oft. b. w. the ptc. when it has conditional, causal, or concessive sense: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν Mt 3:10; 7:19. Cf. 9:36; 13:19; Lk 11:24. θερίσομεν μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι we will reap, if we do not become weary (before the harvest) Gal 6:9. μὴ ὄντος νόμου when there is no law Ro 5:13. νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες although they have no law 2:14. μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον though I am not under the law 1 Cor 9:20. μὴ μεμαθηκώς without having learned (them) J 7:15. μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι but since he could not pay it back Mt 18:25. c. when it is to be indicated that the statement has subjective validity: ὡς μὴ λαβών as though you had not received 1 Cor 4:7. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου vs. 18. d. but also used very freq. where class. Gk. would require οὐ: τὰ μὴ ὄντα what does not exist (in reality, not only in Paul’s opinion) Ro 4:17; 1 Cor 1:28 (Philo, Op. M. 81 τὸ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν); Hv 1, 1, 6. τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα what is unseen 2 Cor 4:18a, b. τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 Ti 5:13. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα (3 Macc 4:16) Ro 1:28. τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα Hb 12:27. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 2 Cor 5:21. τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων Ac 13:11. S. also μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει κατενόησεν Ro 4:19 where, as oft., the main idea is expressed by the ptc.

III. In a prohibitive sense in independent clauses, to express a negative wish or a warning.

1. with subjunctive let us not, we should not: pres. subj. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι Gal 5:26. μὴ ἐγκακῶμεν 6:9. μὴ καθεύδωμεν 1 Th 5:6; cf. 1 Cor 5:8. W. aor. subj. μὴ σχίσωμεν αὐτόν J 19:24.

2. w. optative (Bl-D. §427, 4; Rob. 1170) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 2 Ti 4:16 (cf. Job 27:5). ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι Gal 6:14 (cf. 1 Macc 9:10; 13:5). Esp. in the formula μὴ γένοιτο (s. γίνομαι I 3a) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21.

3. w. the pres. imperative—a. to express a command that is generally valid (Test. Reub. 2:10) μὴ γίνεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί Mt 6:16; cf. vs. 19. μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν vs. 25; Lk 12:22.—Mt 7:1; 10:31; 19:6; Lk 6:30; 10:4, 7; 1 Cor 6:9; 7:5, 12f, 18; Eph 4:26 (Ps 4:5), 29 and oft. b. to bring to an end a condition now existing (Aeschyl., Sept. 1036; Charito 2, 7, 5 μὴ ὀργίζου=‘be angry no longer’; PHib. 56, 7 [249 BC]; PAmh. 37, 7; POxy. 295, 5; Wsd 1:12 and elsewh. LXX; Mlt. 122ff) μὴ φοβεῖσθε do not be afraid (any longer) Mt 14:27; 17:7; Lk 2:10; cf. 1:13, 30. μὴ κλαῖε do not weep (any more) 7:13; cf. 23:28. μὴ σκύλλου do not trouble yourself (any further) 7:6; cf. 8:49 t.r.—9:50; Mk 9:39; J 2:16; 6:43. μὴ γράφε do not write (any longer)=it must no longer stand written 19:21. μή μου ἅπτου do not cling to me any longer=let go of me 20:17. μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος vs. 27.—Ac 10:15; 20:10; Ro 11:18, 20; 1 Th 5:19; Js 2:1 and oft.

4. w. aor. imper. (Od. 16, 301; Lucian, Paras. μὴ δότε; 1 Km 17:32) μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω Mt 24:18; Lk 17:31b. μὴ καταβάτω Mt 24:17; Mk 13:15; Lk 17:31a. μὴ γνώτω Mt 6:3.

5. W. the aor. subj. μή serves—a. almost always to prevent a forbidden action fr. beginning (Plut., Alex. 54, 6 μὴ φιλήσῃς=‘don’t kiss’; PPetr. II 40a, 12 [III BC]; POxy. 744, 11; BGU 380, 19; LXX.—This is the sense of μὴ θαυμάσῃς Herm. Wr. 11, 17; s. b below) μὴ φοβηθῇς Mt 1:20; 10:26. μὴ δόξητε 3:9; cf. 5:17. μὴ ἅψῃ Col 2:21. μὴ ἀποστραφῇς Mt 5:42. μὴ κτήσησθε 10:9 and oft. Also w. the third pers. of the aor. subj. μή τις αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ no one is to slight him 1 Cor 16:11. μή τίς με δόξῃ εἶναι 2 Cor 11:16. μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ 2 Th 2:3. μὴ σκληρύνητε Hb 3:8, 15 (quot. fr. Ps 94:8) is hardly a pres. subj.; it is rather to be regarded as an aor. b. only rarely is the aor. subj. used, as the pres. imper. regularly is (s. above III 3b), to put an end to a condition already existing μὴ θαυμάσῃς you need no longer wonder J 3:7 (‘with an effect of impatience’: Mlt. 124; 126. S. a 623

above).

6. in abrupt expressions without a verb: μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (we must) not (proceed against him) during the festival Mt 26:5; Mk 14:2. Cf. J 18:40. καὶ μὴ (ποιήσωμεν) Ro 3:8. μὴ ὀκνηροὶ (γίνεσθε) 12:11. Cf. 14:1; Gal 5:13; Eph 6:6 al.

B. as a conjunction—1. after verbs of fearing, etc. that. . . (not), lest—a. w. pres. subj. (3 Macc 2:23) ἐπισκοποῦντες. . . μή τις ῥίζα. . . ἐνοχλῇ Hb 12:15. b. w. aor. subj. (Pla., Apol. 1 p. 17A) φοβηθεὶς μὴ διασπασθῇ Ac 23:10. Also after a pres. 27:17 (cf. Tob 6:15).

After βλέπειν in the mng. take care (PLond. 964, 9 βλέπε μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ οὐδέν) Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Lk 21:8; Ac 13:40; 1 Cor 10:12; Gal 5:15; Hb 12:25. σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν, μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς Gal 6:1. στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή τις ἡμάς μωμήσηται 2 Cor 8:20. ὁρᾶν Mt 18:10; 1 Th 5:15. Elliptically, like an aposiopesis ὅρα μή take care! you must not do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 (Bl-D. §480, 5; Rob. 932; 1203). c. the fut. ind. follows instead of the subj. (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 18 ὅρα μὴ πολλῶν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν χειρῶν δεήσει) βλέπετε μή τις ἔσται Col 2:8; cf. Hb 3:12.

2. taking the place of a purpose clause: w. aor. subj. Mk 13:36; Ac 27:42; 2 Cor 12:6. C. μή is used as an interrogative particle when a negative answer is expected to the question (Bl-D. §427, 2; 4; 440; Rob. 1168; 1175; Mlt.-Turner 283).

1. in direct questions (Xenophon Eph. 398, 26 H.; Job 1:9; 8:11) perhaps, usu. left untranslated, but cf. μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; you did not lack anything, did you? Lk 22:35. Cf. Mt 7:9f; 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 11:11; 17:9; J 3:4; 4:12, 33; 6:67; 7:35, 51f; 21:5 (cf. μήτι); Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14), 42 (Am 5:25); Ro 3:3, 5 (cf. Job 8:3); 9:14, 20 (Is 29:16); 1 Cor 1:13; 9:8f; 10:22 al. μὴ γάρ J 7:41; 1 Cor 11:22.—In cases like Ro 10:18f; 1 Cor 9:4f μή is an interrog. word and οὐ negatives the verb. The double negative causes one to expect an affirmative answer (Bl-D. §427, 2; cf.

Rob. 1173f; Tetrast. Iamb. 17, 2 p. 266 μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=‘there is grass, is there not?’).

2. in indirect questions whether. . . not Lk 11:35 (cf. Epict. 4, 5, 18a; Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 2 μή τι βίαιον ξυνέβη=whether anything violent has happened [hopefully not]; Jos., Ant. 6, 115).

D. in combination w. οὐ, μή has the effect of strengthening the negation (Kühner-G. II 221-3; Mlt. 187-92 [a thorough treatment of NT usage]; RLudwig: D. prophet. Wort 31 ’37, 272-9; Bl-D. §365.—Class. [Kühner-G. loc. cit.]; Dit., Syll.3 1042, 16; POxy. 119, 5, 14f; 903, 16; PGM 5, 279; 13, 321; LXX). οὐ μή is the most decisive way of negativing someth. in the future.

1. w. the subj.—a. aor. subj. (Ael. Aristid. 50, 107 K.=26 p. 533 D.: οὐ μὴ ἡμῶν καταφρονήσωσι; Diogenes, Ep. 38, 5; UPZ 62, 34; 79, 19) never, certainly not, etc. Mt 5:18, 20, 26; 24:2; Mk 13:2; Lk 1:15; 6:37a, b; J 8:52; 10:28; 11:26; 13:8; 1 Cor 8:13; Hb 8:12 (Jer 38:34); 13:5; 1 Pt 2:6 (Is 28:16); Rv 2:11; 3:12; 18:21-3 al.—Also in a rhetorical question, when an affirmative answer is expected οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν; will he not vindicate? Lk 18:7. οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink it? J 18:11. τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ; who shall not fear? Rv 15:4.—In relative clauses Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); cf. Lk 18:30.-In declarative and interrogative sentences after ὅτι Mt 24:34; Lk 22:16 (οὐκέτι οὐ μή); J 11:56; without ὅτι Mt 26:29; Lk 13:35.—Combined w. οὐδέ: οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται (Wilcken, Chrest. 122, 4 [6 AD]) Mt 24:21. b. w. pres. subj. Hb 13:5 where, however, only Tdf. has accepted ἐγκαταλείπω, which is well attested (so P46), while L., W-H., N., vSoden read ἐγκαταλίπω.

2. w. fut. ind. (En. 98, 12; 99, 10) οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο Mt 16:22.—Hm 9:5; s 1:5. Cf. Mt 15:6; 26:35; Lk 21:33; J 4:14; 6:35b; 10:5; Hb 10:17. οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν Rv 18:14. οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10 v.l.); but the tradition wavers mostly betw. the fut. and aor. subj. (s. Mlt. and Bl-D. loc. cit.). M-M. μήγε in the formula εἰ δὲ μήγε otherwise s. γέ 3b. μηδαμῶς adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap. [Mayser 182; also POxy. 901, 11; PStrassb. 40, 34]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 18, 20; 70) and μηθαμῶς (UPZ 79, 8 [159 BC]) 1 Cl 33:1; 45:7; 53:4 (s. Bl-D. §33; W-S. §5, 27f; Reinhold §6, 3) by no means, certainly not, no stating a negative reaction (Chio, Ep. 16, 7; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 2; Ael. Aristid. 23, 79 K.=42 p. 794 D.) Ac 10:14; 11:8; Hv 1, 2, 4. Also the passages fr. 1 Cl above. M-M.* μηδέ negative disjunctive particle (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 550).

1. and not, but not, nor continuing a preceding negation (almost always w. μή) a. in such a way that both negatives have one verb in common: in the ptc. Mt 22:29; Mk 12:24; in the pres. subj. 1 Cor 5:8; 1J 3:18; in the imper. Mt 6:25; Lk 12:22; 1J 2:15. More than one μηδέ can also follow μή: (Diod. S. 18, 56, 5 μὴ κατιέναι is followed by μηδέ used five times with the same verb) Mt 10:9f; Lk 14:12. b. in such a way that μή and μηδέ each have a verb for themselves: introduced by ὃς ἄν (ἐάν) Mt 10:14; Mk 6:11; by ἵνα J 4:15; ὅπως Lk 16:26. Both verbs in ptc. 2 Cor 4:2; in imper. Mk 13:15; J 14:27; Ro 6:12f; Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). The imperatives can also be wholly or partly replaced by equivalent subjunctive forms: Mt 7:6; 23:9f; Lk 17:23; 1 Pt 3:14. Both verbs in inf. (depending on παραγγέλλω) Ac 4:18; 1 Ti 1:4; 6:17; cf. Ac 21:21. More than one μηδέ after μή (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 11 §42 μηδεὶς μηδένα followed by μηδέ three times) Col 2:21; 2 Cl 4:3; cf. Ro 14:21; 1 Cor 10:7-10. The first verb can also be connected w. any compound of μή: μηδείς (Jos., Ant. 8, 395)Lk 3:14; 1 Ti 5:22. μήπω Ro 9:11. c. in the apodosis of a conditional sentence εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω if anyone is not willing to work, he is not to be given anything to eat 2 Th 3:10.

624

2. not even (X., Mem. 1, 2, 36; PMagd. 28, 4 [218 BC]; PTebt. 24, 76) preceded by ὥστε μή (or μηκέτι) Mk 3:20. μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν not even about the door Mk 2:2. μηδὲ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς do not even go into the village (before returning home) Mk 8:26. τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν not even to eat with such a person 1 Cor 5:11. μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν should not even be mentioned among you Eph 5:3. M-M. μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 8, 395al.; Test. 12 Patr.—For μηθέν Ac 27:33; Hm 2:6, which is found freq. since Aristot. in lit., inscr. [Meisterhans3-Schw. 258f and pap. [Mayser 180-2], cf. Bl-D. §33; Mlt.-H. 111; Thumb 14. The LXX usage in Thackeray 58-62; Ep. Arist. 182).

1. adj. no μηδεμία αἰτία Ac 13:28; 28:18. Cf. 25:17; 1 Cor 1:7; 1 Ti 5:14; Hb 10:2.—Used w. another neg. no. . . at all 2 Cor 6:3; 13:7; 1 Pt 3:6. κατά μηδένα τρόπον (τρόπος 1) 2 Th 2:3.

2. subst.—a. μηδείς nobody ἀκούοντες μὲν τ. φωνῆς μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες Ac 9:7. μηδενὶ εἴπῃς Mt 8:4; cf.

9:30; 16:20; 17:9; Mk 5:43; 7:36; Lk 3:14; 5:14; 10:4; J 15:24 P66; Ac 11:19; Ro 12:17; 1 Cor 3:18; 10:24; Gal 6:17; Eph 5:6; 1 Ti 4:12; Tit 2:15; Js 1:13; 1J 3:7; Rv 3:11 and oft.—Used w. another neg. nobody at a11: Mk 11:14; Ac 4:17. b. μηδέν nothing—α. μηδὲν αἴρειν εἰς (τὴν) ὁδόν Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3. Cf. 6:35; Ac 8:24; 1 Cor 10:25, 27. ἐκ τοῦ μηδενός out of nothing, i.e. for no good reason at all Hm 5, 2, 2.—Used w. another neg. (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 24, 1 μὴ λέγε τοιοῦτον μηδέν=‘anything’; Xenophon Eph. 356, 11 H.) ὅρα μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς see to it that you say nothing to anyone Mk 1:44. μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε Ro 13:8. Cf. Phil 1:28. β. as acc. of the inner obj. μηδέν almost comes to mean not. . . at all, in no way (class.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 2, 4, Tim. 43; PHib. 43, 6 [III BC]; PAmh. 111, 20; 2 Macc 14:28; 3 Macc 3:9; Jos., Ant. 14, 402)μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα she received no benefit at all Mk 5:26. μηδὲν βλάψαν αὐτόν without harming him in any way Lk 4:35.—Ac 4:21; 10:20; 11:12; Js 1:6; Rv 2:10 v.l. μεριμνᾶν Phil 4:6. ὑστερεῖν 2 Cor 11:5. μ. ἐμποδίζειν 1 Cl 20:2. μ. ἐναντιοῦσθαι 61:1. μ. ἀδικεῖσθαι suffer no harm at all Dg 6:5. γ. μηδὲν εἶναι be nothing (Soph., Aj. 767; 1094; Pla., Apol. 33 p. 41E) Gal 6:3. δ. ἐν μηδενί in no way or respect (Hero Alex. III p. 214, 2) 2 Cor 7:9; Js 1:4. Cf. also the pass. mentioned above, 2 Cor 6:3; Phil 1:28. M-M. μηδέποτε adv. (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 259) never w. ptc. (Diod. S. 20, 78, 1; Galen, Inst. Log. 14, 7 Kalbfl. [1896]; PTebt. 57, 6 [114 BC]) 2 Ti 3:7; MPol 2:3; Hm 2:3; 10, 1, 4; s 8, 7, 2. W. inf. B 16:10. M-M.* μηδέπω adv. (Aeschyl.+; POxy. 471, 6; BGU 1210, 63) not yet w. ptc. (BGU 1124, 10; Jos., Ant. 17, 202; 312) μ. βλεπόμενα Hb 11:7. M-M.* Μῆδος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., LXX, Joseph., Sib. Or.) a Mede, inhabitant of Media, where there was a Jewish Diaspora (Schürer III4 8f) Ac 2:9.* μηθαμῶς s. μηδαμῶς. μηθέν s. μηδείς, beg. μηκέτι adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) no longer, not from now on in the same usages as μή.

1. in purpose clauses; after ἵνα (POxy. 528, 23) 2 Cor 5:15; Eph 4:14.—2. in result clauses; after ὥστε (2 Macc 4:14) Mk 1:45; 2:2. W. the inf. of result 1 Pt 4:2.

3. w. the ptc. (Tob 5:10 S; Jos., Ant. 13, 399; Test. Reub. 3:15) Ac 13:34; Ro 15:23; 1 Th 3:1, 5; B 15:7; IMg 9:1.

4. w. the inf. (Josh 22:33; 2 Ch 16:5; 2 Macc 10:4; En. 103, 10; Jos., Ant. 8, 45; 47) Ac 4:17; 25:24; Ro 6:6; Eph 4:17.

5. in a relative clause MPol 2:3.—6. in independent clause—a. w. the imper. (Ex 36:6; 1 Macc 13:39) Lk 8:49; J 5:14; 8:11; Eph 4:28; 1 Ti 5:23; Hv 3, 3, 2.—Instead of this the aor. subj. (Tob 14:9 BA) Mk 9:25; Hv 2, 3, 1. W. piling up of negatives (s. b and c below) οὐ μ. ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εὒς τὸν αὒῶνα no fruit shall ever come from you again Mt 21:19. b. w. the opt., in double negation μ.. . . μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι may no one ever eat fruit from you again Mk 11:14 (cf. μηδείς 2a). c. w. the hortatory subjunctive (Sir 21:1 μὴ προσθῇς μηκέτι) Ro 14:13. M-M.** μῆκος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 467;482, Ant. 12, 231; Sib. Or. 3, 649) length in our lit. only of space: w. breadth, height, depth Eph 3:18 (cf. βάθος 1). W. breadth Rv 21:16a, and w. breadth and height (Diod. S. 13, 82, 2 μῆκος, πλάτος ὕψος of the temple of Zeus at Acragas with exact measurements; 16, 83, 2) vs. 16b. τῷ μήκει in length=long w. the measurement given Hv 4, 1, 6 (Da 4:12 οἱ κλάδοι τῷ μήκει ὡς σταδίων τριάκοντα). M-M.* μηκύνω (Pind., Hdt.+; PLond. 1708, 131; LXX; Ep. Arist. 8) make long (cause to grow large Is 44:15) mid. become long, grow (long) (Philo, Agr. 17 fig. of trees; Jos., Ant. 12, 357)of sprouting grain Mk 4:27. M-M.* μηλωτή, ῆς, ἡ (Philemo Com. [IV/III BC] 25; Pamphilus [I BC/I AD] in Ael. Dion. ω, 1; cf. ο, 5; Apollon. Dysc., 625

Synt. 191, 9; Dit., Or. 629, 32; PTebt. 38, 22 [II BC]; LXX) sheepskin of the cloak worn by prophets (3 Km 19:13, 19; 4 Km 2:8, 13f) Hb 11:37; 1 Cl 17:1. M-M.* μήν particle (Hom.+; UPZ 59, 27 [168 BC]; LXX) used w. other particles.

1. εἰ μήν q.v.—2. καὶ μήν (class.; BGU 1024, 7; 24; Jos., Vi. 256). a. in contrast to what precedes and yet (Kühner-G. II 137; Bl-D. §450, 4 app.) B 9:6.—b. indeed (Diod. S. 2, 18, 8 οὐ μήν=of course not; Ep. Arist. 158) Hm 4, 1, 8; 5, 1, 7.

3. μήτε μήν not even GOxy 15. M-M.** μήν, μηνός, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. month Lk 1:36; PK 2 p. 14, 27. Acc. of time answering the question: how long? (Bl-D. §161, 2; Rob. 469f) for five months Lk 1:24; cf. vs. 56; 4:25 v.l.; Ac 7:20; 18:11; 20:3; Js 5:17; Rv 9:5, 10; 11:2; 13:5. W. prep.: εἰς μ. (w. hour, day, year) Rv 9:15. ἐν μ. Lk 1:26; ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς for a period of three months (s. Jos., Bell. 2, 180)Ac 19:8; cf. Lk 4:25. κατὰ μῆνα ἕκαστον every month Rv 22:2 (PRev. 16, 2 [258 BC] καθʼ ἕκαστον μῆνα; X., Oec. 9, 8 κατὰ μῆνα). μετὰ τρεῖς μῆνας after three months Ac 28:11. In an exact date: μηνὸς Ξανθικοῦ δευτέρᾳ ἱσταμένου=February 22, MPol 21; on this s. ἵστημι, end and ESchwartz, Christl. u. jüd. Ostertafeln: AGG new series VIII ’05, 127ff.

2. new moon (festival) Gal 4:10; Dg 4:5.—GDelling, TW IV 641-5. M-M. B. 1010.* μηνιάω H. Gk for class. μηνίω (Apollon. Rhod. 2, 247; Dionys. Hal., Rhet. 9, 16; Aelian, N.A. 6, 17; Charito 1, 2; Sir 10:6; Philo, Abr. 213; Jos., Ant. 8, 112v.l.—Phryn. p. 82 L.) cherish anger, rage τινί against someone ἀλλήλοις Hs 9, 23, 3.* μῆνις, ιος and later ιδος, ἡ (Hom.+; PRyl. 67, 3 [II BC]; BGU 1026, 22, 14; LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 104; Test. Dan 5:2; Sib. Or. 4, 135) vengefulness, implacable anger, w. ὀργή described as the source of μ. Hm 5, 2, 4 (on the relationship betw. ὀργή and μῆνις in the Stoa s. Diog. L. 7, 113. Andronicus, περὶ παθῶν 4 [Stoic. III no. 397]; Ps.-Phoc. 64; Sir 27:30). Described as an incurable sin, ibid.* μηνύω 1 aor. ἐμήνυσα; pf. μεμήνυκα; 1 aor. pass. ptc. μηνυθείς (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) make known, reveal w. an affirmative clause preceding (ὅτι; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 198)Lk 20:37 (of scripture as Philo, Op. M. 15; 77). Obj. easily supplied fr. the context ὁ μηνύσας the man who informed you 1 Cor 10:28. Report in a written communication MPol 20:1. Esp. also in a forensic sense report, give information to the authorities (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 7 §30; UPZ 121, 15; 25 [156 BC]; PLond. 1171 verso c, 7; PGiess. 61, 7 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 220)J 11:57.

Pass. μηνυθείσης μοι ἐπιβουλῆς after it became known to me that there was a plot Ac 23:30 (the dat. as Diod. S. 2, 28, 4 μηνυθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς πράξεως=after the deed had been reported to him; APF VIII p. 214, 9 [79 BC] τοῖς στρατηγοῖς). M-M.* μὴ οὐ s. μή C 1. μήποτε (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 107al.; Test. Gad 6:4. On separating it μή ποτε s. KHALipsius, Gramm. Unters. über die bibl. Gräzität 1863, 129f).

1. negative particle w. the indicative (freq. in H.Gk.) ἐπεὶ μήποτε ἰσχύει since it is never in force Hb 9:17 (v.l. μὴ τότε).

2. a conjunction, freq. used as an emphatic form of μή—a. after verbs of fearing, being concerned, etc. that. . . not, lest (Diod. S. 11, 20, 2 φοβεῖσθαι μήποτε)—α. w. aor. subj. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς μ. βαρηθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι ὑμῶν take care that. . . not. . . Lk 21:34 (cf. Sir 11:33). βλέπε μ. ἀναβῇ Hs 5, 7, 2.—β. w. pres. subj. Hb 4:1.—γ. w. fut. ind. (En. 106, 6) Hb 3:12. b. denoting purpose, (in order) that. . . not, oft. expressing apprehension: α. w. the aor. subj. (Diod. S. 15, 20, 1; Gen 38:23; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 4:22; SSol 1:7) Mt 4:6 (Ps 90:12); 5:25; 13:15 (Is 6:10), 29; 15:32; 27:64; Mk 4:12 (Is 6:10); Lk 4:11 (Ps 90:12); 14:12; Ac 5:39; 16:39 D; 20:16 D; 28:27 (Is 6:10); Hb 2:1; Hm 10, 2, 5; s 9, 28, 7. After ἵνα Lk 14:29.—β. w. pres. subj. 12:58; 14:8.—γ. w. fut. ind. Mt 7:6; Mk 14:2; but the rdg. varies in the Mt pass. δ. in a double negation μήποτε οὐ μὴ φοβηθήσονται lest they cease to fear D 4:10.

3. interrog. particle: whether perhaps—a. in a direct quest. (Judg 3:24; Tob 10:2; Ep. Arist. 15) μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες; can it be that the authorities have really come to know? J 7:26. b. in indirect quest.—α. w. opt. (Jos., Bell. 1, 609)μ. αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ Χριστός whether perhaps he himself was the Messiah Lk 3:15. β. w. subj. μ. δώῃ (s. δίδωμι, beg.) αὐτοῖς ὁ θεός μετάνοιαν (seeing) whether God may perhaps grant them repentance 2 Ti 2:25. γ. w. the aor. ind., when the content of the question refers to the past (Arrian, Anab. 7, 24, 3 ‘whether perhaps’, with an indirect question referring to the past) GP 5:15 (s. also ἀγωνιάω).

4. Somet. the negation is weakened to such a degree that μήποτε introduces someth. conjectured probably, perhaps (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 10, 1; 10; M. Ant. 4, 24; Job 1:5; Sir 19:13f; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 72, Det. Pot. Ins. 168) μήποτε οὐκ ἀρκέσῃ Mt 25:9 t.r. perhaps there might not be enough (cf. PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 15, ’25, 438; 626

Mayser II 2, p. 548). The tone is sharper in the wording μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ (BCD) certainly there would never be enough. M-M.** μήπου or μή που conj. (Hom.+; BGU 446, 15; Jos., Ant. 18, 183)lest or that. . . somewhere after φοβεῖσθαι Ac 27:29.* μήπω adv. (Hom.+; POxy. 1062, 15) not yet w. acc. and inf. μ. πεφανερῶσθαι τὴν τῶν ἁγίων ὁδόν Hb 9:8. W. ptc. (Pla., Symp. 187D; Sb 5343, 37 [182 AD]; Jos., Ant. 1, 217)μ. γεννηθέντων Ro 9:11. μ. φυγών 2 Cl 18:2.

M-M.* μήπως or μή πως conj. (Hom.+; pap.; Sir 28:26).

1. denoting purpose—a. actually in purpose clauses so that. . . (perhaps) not, lest somehow w. aor. subj. 1 Cor 9:27; 2 Cor 2:7; 9:4. b. after verbs of apprehension that perhaps, lest somehow w. aor. subj. after φοβεῖσθαι (Test. Zeb. 4:2) Ac 27:29 t.r.; 2 Cor 11:3; 12:20a; cf. b, where the verb (γένωνται) is to be supplied. After βλέπετε take care that. . . not somehow 1 Cor 8:9 (cf. Sir 28:26). Referring to someth. that has already taken place, w. perf. ind. Gal 4:11 (Bl-D. §370, 1; Rob. 995; 1169). Elliptically μ. οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται (it is to be feared) that perhaps he will not spare you, either Ro 11:21 t.r. μ. ἐπείρασεν ὑμᾶς ὁ πειράζων καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁ κόπος ἡμῶν (in the fear) that the tempter might really have tempted you (ind., as Gal 4:11 above), and then our work might have been in vain 1 Th 3:5.

2. introducing an indirect question μ. εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον (fearing) that perhaps I may be running or might have run in vain Gal 2:2. M-M.* μηρός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; pap. [of a camel marked on the thigh: PLond. 1132b, 5. Likew. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 15, 2 of Bucephalus: ἐν τῷ μηρῷ αὐτοῦ]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 243)thigh Rv 19:16. M-M.* μήτε (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph.) negative copula (Bl-D. §445; Rob. 1189) and not, in the ms. tradition not always carefully distinguished fr. μηδέ (Bl-D. §445, 1; Rob. 1189); continues μή not. . . and not, neither. . . nor Lk 7:33 (where Tdf. has μή—μηδέ, and μήτε—μήτε is also attested) Mk 3:20 t.r.; Eph 4:27 t.r. More than one μ. after μή neither. . . nor. . . nor Ac 23:8; Rv 7:1, 3. μήτε. . . μήτε neither. . . nor (Jos., Ant. 15, 168)Mt 11:18; Ac 23:12, 21; 27:20 (continued w. τέ as X., An. 4, 4, 6); Hb 7:3; B 16:10; 19:11. καὶ μ.. . . μ. and neither. . . nor ISm 7:2.—A preceding negatived item is divided into its component parts by more than one μήτε foll.: μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως, μήτε ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ. . . , μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ. . . , μήτε. . . not . . . , either. . . , or. . . , or Mt 5:34ff. Cf. 1 Ti 1:7; Js 5:12. μηδὲν. . . μήτε. . . μήτε nothing. . . , neither. . . nor Lk 9:3. μὴ. . . μηδὲ. . . , μήτε. . . μήτε. . . μήτε 2 Th 2:2 (the first two members are equivalent; the second is then divided into three parts. On the piling up of negatives cf.

Phalaris, Ep. 91 μήτε—μήτε. . . μηδεὶς. . . μηδὲν. . . μηδʼ; Aelian, V.H. 14, 22 μηδένα μηδενὶ διαλέγεσθαι μήτε κοινῇ μήτε ἰδίᾳ; Synes., Dreams 19 p. 153C τὰ μνδαμῆ μηδαμῶς μήτε ὄντα μήτε φύσιν ἔχοντα; IG IV2 1, 68, 60-5 [302 BC] μή—μήτε—μηδέ).** μήτηρ, τρός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) mother.

1. lit. Mt 1:18; 13:55; 14:8, 11; 20:20; Mk 6:24, 28 and oft. W. the child (cf. Ep. Arist. 27) Mt 2:11, 13f, 20f. W. the father 10:37; 15:4a (Ex 20:12). Cf. b (Hes., Works 331-34 also knows that whoever abuses or speaks harshly to his aged father is punished by Zeus); 19:5 (Gen 2:24), 19 (Ex 20:12), 29; Mk 5:40 al. W. brothers Mt 12:46; Mk 3:31-3. W. the grandmother 2 Ti 1:5 (s. μάμμη). ‫—וּר א‬fem. gender) was the mother of 2. GH 5 has the extraordinary notion that the Holy Spirit (‫א‬ Christ; cf. πνεῦμα 5cα, end.

3. transferred also to those who are respected or loved as mothers (Diod. S. 17, 37, 6 ὦ μῆτερ addressed to an aged lady who is well thought of; POxy. 1296, 8; 15; 1678; PGiess. 78, 1) Mt 12:49f; Mk 3:34f; J 19:27 (Duris [III BC]: 76 fgm. 63 Jac.: Polycrates introduces the mothers of those slain in battle to rich citizens w. the words μητέρα σοι ταύτην δίδωμι; Lucian, Tox. 22); Ro 16:13.

4. of cities (like ‫ )םֵא‬in relation to their citizens; so allegor. of the heavenly Jerusalem, i.e. the Messianic community in relation to its members Gal 4:26; cf. vs. 22.-JCPlumpe, Mater Ecclesia: An Inquiry into the Concept of Church as Mother in Early Christianity, ’43.

5. symbolically (Theognis 1, 385 D.2; Hippocr. in Synes., Ep. 115 p. 255B τ. ἐνδείαν ὑγιείας μητέρα; X., Oec. 5, 17 τ. γεωργίαν τ. ἄλλων τεχνῶν μητέρα εἶναι; Tob 4:13; Ps.-Phoc. 42 μ. κακότητος; Philo; Test. Sim. 5:3) of faith, as the source of Christian virtues (Hierocles 11 p. 442 ἡ εὐσέβεια μήτηρ τῶν ἀρετῶν) Hv 3, 8, 5; cf. 7.

Babylon ἡ μήτηρ τ. πορνῶν κτλ. Rv 17:5. M-M. B. 103. μήτι interrog. particle in questions that expect a negative answer (Aeschyl., Prom. 959; Epict. 2, 11, 20; 4, 1, 133; Mal 3:8 v.l.—Bl-D. §427, 2; 440; Rob. 1172; 1176): usu. left untranslated, but cf. μήτι συλλέγουσιν κτλ. surely they do not gather. . . , do they? Mt 7:16; cf. 26:22, 25; Mk 4:21; 14:19; Lk 6:39; J 8:22; 18:35 (in J 21:5 the best rdg. is not μήτι but μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; you probably have no fish, have you?); Ac 10:47; 2 Cor 12:18; Js 3:11; Hv 3, 10, 8; s 9, 12, 5.—Also in questions in which the questioner is in doubt concerning the answer perhaps 627

(Ps.-Callisth. 2, 14, 9 μήτι σὺ ὁ Ἀλέξανδρος;) Mt 12:23; J 4:29; Hm 4, 4, 1.—Used w. other particles μ. ἄρα (then) perhaps 2 Cor 1:17 (Bl-D. §440, 2; Rob. 1190). μήτιγε, s. this entry. After εἰ s. εἰ VI 9. M-M.* μήτιγε really μήτι γε, in an elliptical expression Bl-D. §427, 3) not to speak of, let alone (Demosth. 2, 23 μή τί γε δὲ θεοῖς; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 29 p. 415, 9 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 14A) 1 Cor 6:3. M-M.* μήτρα, ας, ἡ (Hdt., Pla. et al.; pap. [BGU 1026, 22, 20; APF 5, ’13, 393 no. 312, 10ff]; LXX; Philo; Sib. Or., fgm.

3, 2; loanw. in rabb.) womb ἡ νέκρωσις τῆς μ. Σάρρας the barrenness of Sarah’s womb Ro 4:19. Of first-born πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν every male that opens the womb Lk 2:23 (s. διανοίγω 1a). M-M.* μητραλῴας for which in the NT the mss. more strongly attest the later μητρολῴας, ου, ὁ (Bl-D. §26 app.; 35, 2; 119, 2; Mlt.-H. 68.—Attic μητραλοίας Aeschyl.+; Pla., Phaedo 113E; 114A πατραλοῖαι καὶ μητραλοῖαι, Leg. 9 p.

881A μητραλοῖαι. . . ὃς ἂν τολμήσῃ μητέρα τύπτειν.—Lysias 10, 8; Lucian, Deor. Conc. 12) one who murders his mother, a matricide (w. πατρολῴας. On these very strong words in a catalogue of vices cf. Physiogn. I 327, 15 πατροφόνοι τε καὶ μητροφόνοι παιδοφθόροι τε καὶ φαρμακοὶ κ. τὰ ὅμοια τούτων) 1 Ti 1:9.* μητρόπολις, εως, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+) capital city (so X., An. 5, 2, 3; 5, 4, 15; Diod. S. 17, 70, 1; Strabo 16, 2, 44; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 17; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 82; 12, 119) 1 Ti subscr. (s. Πακατιανός). M-M.* μηχανάομαι impf. 3 sing. ἐμηχανᾶτο devise, contrive τὶ someth. in a bad sense (Hom.+; PRainer 19, 19 ταῦτα πάντα ἐμηχανήσατο=‘all this he has thought up himself’; 3 Macc 6:24; Philo, Virt. 42; Jos., Ant. 17, 17, Vi. 53; Sib. Or. 126; 172) κατά τινος devise stratagems against someone (Test. Reub. 5:3; cf. Vi. Aesopi I c. 3 κατὰ ἄλλου μηχανεύεσθαι κακόν) MPol 3.* μηχανή, ῆς, ἡ (Hes.+) machine (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 423; 17, 4; loanw. in rabb.), specif. a crane for hoisting things (Pla., Crat. 425D) fig. μ. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IEph 9:1. The figure is carried out thus: the parts of the ‘crane of Christ’ are the cross (Hdt. 2, 125 μηχ. ξύλων=‘made of wood’) and the Holy Spirit, the latter being the rope. The crane brings the stones, symbolizing Christians, to the proper height for the divine structure (cf.

Chrysostom, Hom. 3 in Eph ὥσπερ διά τινος ἕλκων μηχανῆς εἰς ὕψος αὐτὴν [sc. ἐκκλησίαν] ἀνήγαγε μέγα; Martyr. Andreae 1, 14 p. 55, 4B. ὦ σταῦρε μηχάνημα σωτηρίας).* μιαίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. μιανῶ (Hs 5, 7, 2); 1 aor. ἐμίανα, ptc. μιάνας; 1 aor. pass. ἐμιάνθην; pf. pass. μεμίαμμαι, ptc. μεμιαμμένος (Bl-D. §72; Mlt.-H. 223; 249) stain, defile only fig.

1. of ceremonial impurity (Jos., Ant. 11, 300al.) pass. ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν J 18:28 (cf. 1 Macc 1:63 ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν τοῖς βρώμασι). On this subject s. Schürer II4 92; Bousset, Rel.3 93f.

2. of moral defilement by sins and vices (Pind., Aeschyl. et al.; Epigr. Gr. 713, 9 οὐ χεῖρα φόνοισι μιάνας. Less freq. in prose, e.g. Dit., Syll.3 1240, 7 ὑβρίσει μιάνας; PFlor. 338, 18; LXX; Ep. Arist. 166; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 323)τὶ someth. τὰς χεῖρας Ac 5:38 D. σάρκα Jd 8; Hm 4, 1, 9; s 5, 7, 2-4. τὸ πνεῦμα s 5, 6, 5; 5, 7, 2. ἑαυτόν s 9, 17, 5. τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ κυρίου defile the commandment of the Lord m 3:2; cf. s 9, 29, 2.—Pass. (UPZ 78, 27 [159 BC]; En. 12, 4; oft. Philo; Test. Benj. 8:3) ἡ πορεία τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης. . . οὐκ ἐμιάνθη s 5, 6, 6. The Holy Spirit, dwelling in a person, is contaminated when the pers. becomes angry m 5, 1, 3; likew. patience 5, 1, 6. The mind of the faithless Tit 1:15b. Withdrawing fr. the grace of God leads to defilement by sin Hb 12:15. Subst. ὁ μεμιαμμένος he who is defiled Tit 1:15a (JCPlumpe, Theol. Studies 6, ’45, 509-23). M-M.* μιαρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 218, 86; Maspéro 97 II, 45; 2 and 4 Macc; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 236) lit. defiled, polluted, then fig., gener. abominable, wretched, foul, depraved, wanton (Soph.+; Hyperid. 5, 32; 2 and 4 Macc; Philo; Sib. Or. 3, 667) ἐπιθυμίαι 1 Cl 28:1. (W. ἀνόσιος, as Heraclit. Sto. 76 p. 100, 12; PGM 4, 2475) στάσις 1:1; (w. ἄναγνος) συμπλοκαί 30:1; (w. ἄδικος) ζῆλος 45:4.* μίασμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; LXX) defilement, corruption only fig. of moral corruption through crimes and vices (Antipho 5, 82; Ps.-Demosth. 59, 86 [w. ἀσεβήματα]; Polyb. 36, 16, 6; Jdth 13:16; Ezk 33:31; En. 10, 22; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 455), also shameful deed, misdeed, crime (so plainly Conon [I BC/I AD]: 26 fgm. 1, 48, 3 Jac.: τὸ μίασμα πρᾶξαι; Polyaenus 6, 7, 2 κοινωνία τοῦ μιάσματος=participation in the crime) ἀποφυγεῖν τὰ μ. τοῦ κόσμου 2 Pt 2:20. τὸ μ. τῆς μοιχείας AP 9:24. M-M.* μιασμός, οῦ, ὁ pollution, corruption (Plut., Mor. 393C, Sol. 12, 3; Iambl., Protr. 21, 16 p. 116, 5 Pistelli; LXX) only fig. in the moral realm (Proclus on Pla., Rep. II 354, 20 Kr. μ. ψυχῶν; Wsd 14:26 ψυχῶν μ.; Test. Levi 17:8, Benj. 8:2f) of dissipations παραχρῆσθαι τῇ σαρκὶ ἐν μ. τινι misuse the flesh in some defilement Hs 5, 7, 2. ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορεύεσθαι follow after the flesh in corrupting desire 2 Pt 2:10.* μίγμα, ατος, τό (μίγ. [perh. μεῖγ.] Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57.—Aristot.+; Plut., Mor. 997A; Athen. 15, 17 p. 675B and C; PGM 7, 867; Sir 38:7; Philo, Ebr. 191) mixture, compound of an ointment μ. σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης a mixture of myrrh and aloes J 19:39 (v.l. ἕλιγμα, σμῆγμα, σμίγμα; s. these). M-M.* 628

μίγνυμι s. μείγνυμι. μικρολογία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+) a small matter, in a disdainful sense trifle (Pla., Hipp. Maj. 304B; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 17; Philo, Somn. 1, 94) Hm 5, 2, 2.* μικρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) comp. μικρότερος, έρα, ον: small.

1. of pers.—a. in stature Lk 19:3. Perh. also Ἰάκωβος ὁ μικρός (ὁ μ. after a person’s name: Aristoph., Ran. 708; X., Mem. 1, 4, 2; Aristot., Pol. 5, 10 p. 1311b, 3; Diog. L. 1, 79 of a ‘younger’ Pittacus; Sb 7576, 6 [I AD]; 7572, 10 [II AD]) Mk 15:40 (s. Ἰάκωβος 3). This pass. may possibly belong to b. in age. Subst. the little one, the child (ὁ μικρός Menand., Sam. 39f; PLond. 893, 7 [40 AD]; PFay. 113, 14. ἡ μικρά PLond. 899, 6) Mt 18:6, 10, 14.—For the designation of all the members of a group as μικροὶ κ. μεγάλοι, etc. cf. μέγας 2aα: Ac 8:10; 26:22; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34); Rv 11:18; 13:16; 19:5, 18; 20:12. c. in esteem, importance, influence, power, etc. εἷς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων one of these humble folk (disciples? so Gdspd.) Mt 10:42; Mk 9:42 (Kephal. I 189, 6-19; 201, 30 interprets ‘the little ones who believe as the catechumens.

But the Gk. word μικρός is not found in the Coptic text); Lk 17:2. OMichel, ‘Diese Kleinen’—e. Jüngerbezeichnung Jesu: StKr 108, ’37/’38, 401-15. ὁ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τ. οὐρανῶν the one of least importance in the Kingdom of Heaven (but FDibelius, ZNW 11, ’10, 190-2 and OCullmann, Coniect. Neot. 11, ’47, 30 prefer ‘youngest’, and refer it to Christ) Mt 11:11; cf. Lk 7:28. ὁ μικρότερος ἐν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχων the one who is least among you all 9:48.

2. of things—a. small in mass and compass (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1 μ. ὄψον) μικρότερον πάντων τ. σπερμάτων the smallest of all seeds Mt 13:32; Mk 4:31 (s. σίναπι.—Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 20, 14 οὐδὲν κωλυθήσεται τὸ μέγιστον ἐν τῷ μικροτάτῳ γενέσθαι σώματι). μικρὰ ζύμη a little (bit of) yeast 1 Cor 5:6; Gal 5:9. Of the tongue μικρὸν μέλος a small member Js 3:5 (cf. Eur., fgm. 411). b. small in number (Gen 30:30; 47:9) τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον Lk 12:32. c. small, insignificant δύναμις Rv 3:8. μισθός 2 Cl 15:1b (cf. a: μ. συμβουλία). ἐπιθυμίαι Hs 8, 10, 1a. d. short of time χρόνον μικρόν (Pla., Rep. 6 p. 498D; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 661 D.; Is 54:7) J 7:33; cf. 12:35; Rv 6:11; 20:3.

3. the neut. (τὸ) μικρόν is used subst. to mean—a. a little μικρόν τι (Diod. S. 1, 74, 1; Ael. Aristid. 48, 37 K.=24 p. 474 D.; UPZ 70, 3 [152/1 BC]) a little 2 Cor 11:16. μ. τι ἀφροσύνης vs. 1 (Procop. Soph., Ep. 80 μοὶ μικρὸν δίδου νεανιεύεσθαι). παρὰ μικρόν (Isocr. 19, 22; Dionys. Byz. §§3 and 50; Ps 72:2; Ezk 16:47; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 270) except for a little, nearly Hs 8, 1, 14. κατὰ μικρόν in brief (Galen XIX p. 176 K.: Lucian, Catapl. 17, De Merc. Cond. 35) B 1:5. b. what is insignificant, small τὸ μ. τηρεῖν 2 Cl 8:5 (apocr. saying of Jesus). μικρὰ φρονεῖν περί τινος think little of someth. 2 Cl 1:1f (μικρὸν φρονεῖν Soph., Aj. 1120; Plut., Mor. p. 28C).—Pl. insignificant things, trifles (Aelian, V.H. 2, 27) μικρὰ κατʼ ἀλλήλων have trifling complaints against each other Hs 8, 10, 1b. c. the state of being small ἐκ μικροῦ αὐξῆσαι Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22.—d. a short distance, a little way (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 15; Dionys. Byz. §§8 and 13) προελθὼν μικρόν (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226) Mt 26:39; Mk 14:35. e. a short time, a little while (Jos., Ant. 4, 159; 8, 405) J 13:33 (cf. Job 36:2); Hs 9, 4, 4; 9, 5, 1. μικρόν for a moment (Menand., Epitr. 474 J.) v 4, 1, 6. μετὰ μικρόν after a short while (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 2 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 15, 3; Synes., Dio 1 p. 234, 5 NTerzaghi [’44]) Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70. (ἔτι) μικρὸν καί. . . in a little while, lit. ‘yet a little while, and’=soon (Ex 17:4; Jer 28:33; Hos 1:4) J 14:19; 16:16-19. ἔτι μ. ὅσον ὅσον in a very little while=soon Hb 10:37; 1 Cl 50:4 (both Is 26:20; cf. Bl-D. §304; Rob. 733). M-M. B. 880.** Μίλητος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sib. Or. 5, 325) Miletus, a seaport city on the west coast of Asia Minor, south of the mouths of the Meander, and 35 mi. south of Ephesus. There was a Jewish community in M. (Schürer III4 16; 110, 37; AvGerkan, E. Synagoge in Milet: ZNW 20, ’21, 177-81; Dssm., LO 391f [LAE 451f]). Paul touched at the city on his last journey to Jerusalem Ac 20:15, 17. Acc. to 2 Ti 4:20 Trophimus lay ill in Miletus.—Milet. Ergebnisse der Ausgrabungen u. Untersuchungen seit d. Jahre 1899; seit ’06 in drei Bdn. im Erscheinen, herausg. v. ThWiegand.* μίλιον, ου, τό (Eratosthenes [in Julian of Ashkelon, Metr. Script. I 201]; Polyb. 34, 12, 3; Strabo 3, 1, 9; 5, 1, 11 al.; Plut., Cic. 32, 1, C. Gracch. 7, 3; Inscr. Rom. III 1385; Dit., Syll.3 888, 26; Bull. de corr. hell. 29, ’05, 99f; APF 2, ’03, 566 no. 122; PStrassb. 57, 6. Latin loanw.: mille. Loanw. in rabb.) a Roman mile, lit. a thousand paces, then a fixed measure=eight stades=about 4,854 feet or 1,478.5 meters Mt 5:41; D 1:4. M-M.* μιμέομαι mid. dep.; imper. μιμοῦ; impf. ἐμιμούμην; fut. μιμήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐμιμησάμην (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) imitate, emulate, follow, use as a model w. acc. of the pers. (Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 669 D.; Wsd 15:9; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 257) ISm 12:1. ἡμᾶς 2 Th 3:7, 9 (PFlor. 367, 3 ἐγὼ οὐ μειμήσομαί σε). θεόν Dg 10:5 (Heraclitus, Ep. 5, 1 θεόν; Eunap. 104 of Oribasius the physician: ἐμιμεῖτο θεόν [Asclepius]; Ep. Arist. 281; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 73, Virt. 168; Test. Ash.4:3 κύριον).—Of Christ ἂν ἡμᾶς μιμήσεται, καθὰ πράσσομεν if he were to imitate our way of acting IMg 10:1. W. acc. of the thing imitate someth. (Appian, Samn. 10 §1 τὴν ἀρετήν; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 69 τὸν ἐκείνων βίον al.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 165) τὴν πίστιν Hb 13:7. τὸ κακόν, ἀγαθόν (Epigr. Gr. 85, 3 ἐμιμούμην τὸ καλόν; Ep. Arist. 188) 3J 11. τὸ μαρτύριον MPol 19:1.—WMichaelis, TW 629

IV 661-78: μιμέομαι and related words. M-M.* μίμημα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; Musonius 90, 40 man is μ. θεοῦ; Polemo, Decl. 2, 32 p. 27, 7; Dit., Or. 383, 63; 404, 26; Wsd 9:8. Oft. Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 75; Sib. Or. 8, 116) copy, image δέχεσθαι τὰ μ. τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἀγάπης receive the copies of True Love (i.e. of Christ), perh. w. ref. to Ign. and fellow prisoners (s. JAKleist, transl., ad loc.)

Pol 1:1 (Herm. Wr. 382, 18 Sc. μ. τ. ἀληθείας).* μιμητής, οῦ, ὁ (X., Pla. et al.; Philo, Joseph.) imitator, in our lit. mostly used w. εἶναι or γίνεσθαι and w. the gen.

1. of the pers. imitated (X., Mem. 1, 6, 3 οἱ διδάσκαλοι τοὺς μαθητὰς μιμητὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀποδεικνύουσιν; Jos., Ant. 1, 109; 12, 203 μιμ. γίν. τοῦ γεγεννηκότος) μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε use me as your model 1 Cor 4:16; 11:1 (EEidem, Imitatio Pauli: Festskrift for EStave ’22, 67-85; WPdeBoer, The Imitation of Paul ’62; ELarsson, Christus als Vorbild [Diss. Upsala] ’62; ASchulz, Nachfolgen u. Nachahmen ’62; further lit. EGüttgemanns, D. leidende Apostel, ’66, 185-94; CSpicq, BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 313-22). Cf. 1 Cl 17:1. μιμηταὶ τῶν κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας Hb 6:12. μ. ἡμῶν κ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Th 1:6. τ. κυρίου IEph 10:3; MPol 17:3; cf. 1:2. Χριστοῦ IPhld 7:2; cf. 1 Cor 11:1. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Eph 5:1; Dg 10:4b, 6; IEph 1:1; ITr 1:2.—EGGulin, Die Nachfolge Gottes: Studia Orientalia I ed. Societas Orientalis Fennica ’25, 34-50; FTillmann, D. Idee der Nachfolge Christi ’34; JMNielen in Hlg. Überliefg. (ed. OCasel) ’38, 59-85.

2. w. an impersonal gen. (Herodian 6, 8, 2 τ. ἀνδρείας; Philo, Virt. 66; Jos., Ant. 1, 68; 8, 251) τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Th 2:14. τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 Pt 3:13 t.r. τῆς χρηστότητος Dg 10:4a. τῆς ὑπομονῆς Pol 8:2. τοῦ πάθους τοῦ θεοῦ IRo 6:3. M-M.* μιμνῄσκομαι 1 aor. ἐμνήσθην; 1 fut. μνησθήσομαι; pf. μέμνημαι (used as a pres. [Ep. Arist. 168]; cf. Bl-D. §341; Rob. 894f) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. reflexive remind oneself, recall to mind, remember a. in contrast to ‘forget’, remember, keep in mind. α. w. gen. of the thing (1 Macc 6:12) Mt 26:75; Lk 24:8; 2 Ti 1:4; 2 Pt 3:2; Jd 17; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7; 50:4; Hv 3, 1, 5.—β. w. gen. of the pers. (PBad. 48, 17 [126 BC] μνήσθητι ἡμῶν) πάντα μου μέμνησθε you think of me in every way 1 Cor 11:2. γ. w. acc. of the thing (Hom.; Hdt. 7, 18; Dt 8:2; Is 63:7.—Bl-D. §175; cf. Rob. 482f) μνησθήσῃ ἡμέραν κρίσεως remember the Day of Judgment B 19:10. δ. w. ὅτι foll. (X., Cyr. 3, 1, 27; Is 12:4; Dt 5:15; Job 7:7; Jos., Vi. 209) Mt 5:23; 27:63; Lk 16:25; J 2:17, 22; 12:16.—W. ὡς foll. (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 47) Lk 24:6. W. gen. and ὡς foll. Ac 11:16.—ε. w. rel. clause foll. μνησθεὶς ὧς ἐδίδαξέν με μεγαλείων I remembered the great things which he had taught me Hv 4, 1, 8. b. make mention τινός of someone (Pardalas Iamb. in Herodes, Cercidas etc. ed. ADKnox ’29 p. 276 μεμνήσομαί σου ἐν ἐμῇσι βύβλοισι=I will mention you in my books) Epil Mosq 1. c. remember, think of, care for, be concerned about w. gen. (Od. 18, 267 al.; Arrian, Ind. 41, 5 δείπνου; Gen 30:22; Jos., Bell. 4, 340;Sib. Or. 3, 595) μνήσθητί μου remember me Lk 23:42 (Epict. 3, 24, 100 O God μοῦ μέμνησο; cf. GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua [tr. PLevertoff] ’29, 197-201).—Hb 2:6 (Ps 8:5); 13:3; D 4:1. μ. διαθήκης (cf. διαθήκη 2) Lk 1:72 (Lev 26:42, 45). μ. ἐλέους vs. 54 (Ps 97:3).—W. gen. and inf. of the purposeful result (Bl-D. §391, 4) μνήσθητι, κύριε, τῆς ἐκκλησίας σου τοῦ ῥύσασθαι αὐτήν remember, O Lord, thy church to save her D 10:5 (GSchmidt, ΜΝΗΣΘΗΤΙ: Eine liturgiegeschichtliche Skizze, HMeiser-Festschr., ’51, 259-64).—μὴ μνησθῆναι τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τινος not remember someone’s sins, let someone’s sins go unpunished (cf. Ps 24:7; 78:8; Sir 23:18; Is 43:25) Hb 8:12; 10:17 (both Jer 38:34).

2. pass.—a. be mentioned εἰ διὰ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐμνήσθη (sc. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος) B 13:7. This may also be the place for μνησθῆναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ be mentioned before God Ac 10:31; Rv 16:19. But these pass. can also be understood on the basis of the next mng. b. be called to remembrance, and ἐνώπιον τ. θ. can then take on the mng. of ὑπὸ τ. θ. (ἐνώπιον 5a) αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ your charities have been called to remembrance by God Ac 10:31; cf. Rv 16:19.—CLKessler, The Memory Motif in the God-man Relationship of the OT, Diss. Northwestern Univ. ’56. OMichel, TW IV 678-87: μιμνῄσκομαι and related words. M-M. B. 1228f.* ‫ ;י ִמ‬1 Esdr 9:44. In Jos. [Ant. 10, 188f] Μισάηλος) Mishael one of the three youths in the Μισαήλ, ὁ indecl. (‫לֵא‬ fiery furnace (Da 3:88; also 1:6f, 11, 19; 2:17; 1 Macc 2:59; 4 Macc 16:3, 21; 18:12) 1 Cl 45:7.* μισέω impf. ἐμίσουν; fut. μισήσω; 1 aor. ἐμίσησα; pf. μεμίσηκα, pass. ptc. μεμισημένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., though quite rare in both; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) hate, persecute in hatred, detest, abhor.

1. w. acc. of the pers. (opp. ἀγαπάω as Dt 21:15, 16=Philo, Leg. All. 2, 48. Cf. AFridrichsen, Svensk exegetisk Årsbok 5, ’40, 152-62) Mt 5:43 (PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 20, ’30, 545f; MSmith, HTR 45, ’52, 71-3. Cf. the prayer of Solon [fgm. 1, 5 Diehl] γλυκὺν φίλοισʼ, ἐχθροῖσι πικρόν; also IQS 1, 9f and s. EFSutcliffe, Hatred at Qumran, Revue de Qumran 2, ’59/’60, 345-55; KStendahl, HTR 55, ’62, 343-55; OLinton, Studia Theologica 18, ’64, 66-79); 6:24; Lk 16:13; 2 Cl 13:4; D 1:3; 2:7.—Lk 1:71; 6:22, 27; 14:26 (JDenney, The Word ‘Hate’ in Lk 14:26: ET 21, ’10, 41f; WBleibtreu, Paradoxe Aussprüche Jesu: Theol. Arbeiten aus d. wissensch. Prediger-Verein d.

Rheinprovinz, new ser. 20, 24, 15-35; RWSockman, The Paradoxes of J. ’36); 19:14; J 7:7a, b; 15:18f, 23f; 17:14; 1J 2:9, 11; 3:13, 15; 4:20; Rv 17:16; B 19:11; Dg 2:6. ἀλλήλους Mt 24:10; Tit 3:3; D 16:4. μ. τινα δωρεάν (‫ָםנִּח א‬ hate someone without cause, undeservedly (s. δωρεάν 2) J 15:25 (Ps 68:5.—34:19). μ. τινα ἀδίκως hate 630

)

someone wrongfully 1 Cl 60:3. Of God 1 Cl 30:6; Dg 9:2; Ro 9:13 (Mal 1:2f).

2. w. acc. of the thing (Jos., Ant. 3, 274τ. ἀδικίαν) τὸ φῶς J 3:20. ἀλήθειαν B 20:2; D 5:2. ἀνομίαν Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). τὴν γαλῆν B 10:8. τὰ ἐνθάδε earthly things 2 Cl 6:6. τὴν πονηρὰν ἐπιθυμίαν Hm 12, 1, 1. τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν Rv 2:6. τὰ ἔργα τῆς πονηρᾶς ὁδοῦ the deeds of the evil way B 4:10. τὰς ἡδυπαθείας 2 Cl 17:7. παιδείαν 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:17). τὴν πλάνην B 4:1. σοφίαν 1 Cl 57:5 (Pr 1:29). τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα Eph 5:29 (cf.

Herm. Wr. 4, 6 ἐὰν μὴ τὸ σῶμα μισήσῃς, σεαυτὸν φιλῆσαι οὐ δύνασαι). τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ J 12:25 or ἑαυτοῦ Lk 14:26 (Plut, Mor. 556D οὐδʼ ἐμίσουν ἑαυτούς). τὴν ψυχήν Dg 6:5f. πᾶσαν ὑπόκρισιν B 19:2b; D 4:12a. χιτῶνα Jd 23. πᾶν ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρεστὸν τῷ θεῷ B 19:2a; D 4:12b. ὃ μισῶ τοῦτο ποιῶ I do what I detest Ro 7:15.

3. abs. IEph 14:2; IRo 8:3; Dg 5:17.—Pass.: the pres. ptc. w. εἶναι in periphrastic conjugation, to express the long duration of the hate (Charito 2, 6, 1 εἰμὶ μισούμενος ὑπὸ τ. Ἔρωτος) ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (cf. Herm. Wr. 9, 4b). Of Christianity ὅταν μισῆται ἀπὸ κόσμου whenever it is hated by the world IRo 3:3. μεμισημένος beside ἀκάθαρτος unclean and loathsome (for relig. reasons) of birds Rv 18:2.—ACarr, The Mng. of ‘Hatred’ in the NT: Exp. 6th Ser. XII ’05, 153-60.—OMichel, TW IV 687-98. M-M.* μισθαποδοσία, ας, ἡ (only Hb and eccl. lit. But ἀποδίδωμι [q.v. 1] τὸν μισθόν is quite common) reward, lit. ‘payment of wages’ ἀποβλέπειν εὒς τὴν μ. look forward to a reward Hb 11:26; of confidence ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μ.

10:35. Also in an unfavorable sense: punishment, retribution λαμβάνειν ἔνδικον μ. receive a just penalty Hb 2:2.* μισθαποδότης, ου, ὁ (only Hb and eccl. lit.) rewarder, lit. ‘one who pays wages’ of God (Act. Thom. 142 p. 249, 10; 159 p. 271, 1B; PGenève [Christian] 14:27 τῷ μισθαποδότῃ θεῷ) τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν μ. γίνεται he proves himself a rewarder of those who seek him Hb 11:6. M-M.* μίσθιος (actually adj. of two or three terminations. In our lit. only subst.: Jos., Bell. 5, 49;Plut., Lyc. 16, 7 al.; Anth.

Pal. 6, 283, 3; PAmh. 92, 19; Lev 25:50; Job 7:1; Tob 5:12 BA; Sir 7:20), ου, ὁ day laborer, hired man Lk 15:17, 19, 21 v.l. (Alciphr. 2, 32, 3 δέχου με μισθωτὸν κατʼ ἀγρόν, πάντα ὑπομένειν ἀνεχόμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν ἀπλήρωτον ἐμπλῆσαι γαστέρα); Mk 1:20 v.l. M-M.* μισθός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 200 al.) pay, wages.

1. lit., as payment for work done Lk 10:7; 1 Ti 5:18. Personified ὁ μ. ὁ ἀφυστερημένος κράζει the wages which you have kept back cry out (to heaven) Js 5:4. τὸν μ. ἀποδιδόναι pay (out) wages (s. ἀποδίδωμι 1) Mt 20:8. μισθὸν λαμβάνειν receive one’s wages (Diod. S. 12, 53, 2; Jos., Ant. 4, 206)J 4:36. μισθοὺς λαμβάνειν τινός accept payment (s) for someth. Hm 11:12 (μ. λαμβ. τινός as Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 98; for the pl. cf. Aesop 87d, 12 Chambry; Jos., Ant. 1, 183; BGU 1067, 15 [II AD]). μ. τῆς ἀδικίας money paid for treachery Ac 1:18. μ. ἀδικίας dishonest gain 2 Pt 2:15; on ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας vs. 13 cf. ἀδικέω 2b.—In τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, μισθοῦ is gen. of price (as in the anonymous comic fgm. 218 Kock; Diod. S. 4, 20, 2; 3 μισθοῦ ἐργάζεσθαι) for pay or gain Jd 11 (s. ἐκχέω 3).

2. fig., the recompense given (mostly by God) for the moral quality of an action (Pla., Rep. 10, 614A τῷ δικαίῳ παρὰ θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων μισθοὶ καὶ δῶρα γίγνεται; cf. 2, 363D ἡγησάμενοι κάλλιστον ἀρετῆς μισθὸν μέθην αἰώνιον; Plut., Mor. 183D; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 24; Jos., Ant. 1, 183; 18, 309; LXX). a. reward 2 Cl 3:3. μισθὸν ἔχειν have a reward 1 Cor 9:17; Mt 5:46; 6:1 (cf. habeo pretium: Horace, Ep. 1, 16, 47). τὸν μ. ἀπέχειν have received one’s reward (in full) Mt 6:2, 5, 16 (s. ἀπέχω 1). μισθὸν λαμβάνειν receive one’s reward 1 Cor 3:8, 14; cf. Mt 10:41a (Jos., Ant. 6, 48μὴ λαμβάνειν τὸν προφήτην μισθόν), b. Also μ. ἀπολαμβάνειν 2 Cl 9:5; Hs 5, 6, 7b. τὸν μ. κομίσασθαι 2 Cl 11:5. μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολαμβάνειν receive a full reward 2J 8. τὸν μ. ἀποδιδόναι pay (out) the reward (Wsd 10:17) 2 Cl 20:4; cf. B 11:8. ὁ τοῦ μ. ἀνταποδότης B 19:11; D 4:7. τὸν μισθὸν εὑρεῖν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ find one’s reward with God Hs 2:5 (μ. εὑρ. as Ezk 27:33). μισθὸν αἰτεῖν ask as a reward 2 Cl 19:1. ὁ μ. πολὺς ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς the reward in heaven is great Mt 5:12; cf. Lk 6:23, 35. οὐκ ἔστι μικρός 2 Cl 15:1. Coming w. the parousia Rv 11:18; B 21:3. W. the obj. gen. μ. δικαιοσύνης reward for righteousness B 20:2; D 5:2. διδόναι μισθὸν ἀντιμισθίας ὧν ἐλάβομεν give a recompense for what we have received 2 Cl 1:5 (δίδ. μ. as Ael. Aristid. 28, 10 K.=49 p. 494 D.; Sir 51:30). ἀπολέσαι τὸν μ. lose one’s reward (Jos., Ant. 1, 183a) Mt 10:42; Mk 9:41; Hs 5, 6, 7a; ἔσται μοι εἰς μ. it will bring me the reward B 1:5.—τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μ. οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα to the man who works, his wages are considered not a favor, but what is due him Ro 4:4. b. in an unfavorable sense, the reward that consists in punishment (trag.; Hdt. 8, 116f; Callim., Hymn. in Dian. 264; Dionys. Hal. 10, 51; 2 Macc 8:33) ὁ μισθὸς αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς ἀδικίας) κόλασις κ. θάνατος Dg 9:2. ὁ μ. τῆς πονηρίας ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ the reward of wickedness is in store for him B 4:12. c. reward or punishment as the case may be Rv 22:12; 1 Cl 34:3 (both Is 40:10); B 21:3.—Billerb. IV 1245f (index); esp. IV 487-500: Altsynagog. Lohnlehre; KWeiss, D. Frohbotsch. Jesu über Lohn u. Vollkommenheit (Mt 20:1-16) ’27; MWagner, D. Lohnged. im Ev.: NKZ 43, ’32, 106-12; 129-39; OMichel, D. Lohnged. in d. Verkünd.

Jesu: ZsystTh 9, ’32, 47-54.—GPWetter, D. Vergeltungsged. b. Pls ’12; FVFilson, St. Paul’s Conception of Recompense ’32; HWHeidland, D. Anrechng. des Glaubens z. Gerechtigkeit ’36; GBornkamm, D. Lohnged. im NT: Evang. Theol. ’44, 143-66; BReicke, The NT Conception of Reward: MGoguel-Festschr. ’50, 195-206; MSmith, Tannaitic Par. to the Gosp. ’51, 49-73; WPesch, Der Lohngedanke in d. Lehre Jesu usw., Diss. Munich ’55 (lit.); GdeRu, NovT 8, ’66, 202-22; HPreisker u. EWürthwein, TW IV 699-736: μισθός and related words. M-M. B. 814.* 631

μισθόω 1 aor. ἐμισθωσάμην (in our lit. [Mt] and LXX only mid.) the mid. has the mng. hire, engage for oneself (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) w. acc. ἐργάτας (PLeipz. 111, 11; Jos., Ant. 11, 174)Mt 20:1 (on μ. εἰς cf. Appian, Mithrid. 23 §90 ἐς τὸ ἔργον ἐμισθώσαντο), 7.—Diod. S. 4, 20, 3 ὁ μισθωσάμενος ἐλεήσας καὶ τὸν μισθὸν ἀποδοὺς ἀπέλυσε τῶν ἔργων=the employer took pity on a woman who had just given birth, gave her her wages in full, and released her from work early. It is his goodness alone that prompts him to grant this favor. M-M.* μίσθωμα, ατος τό act. contract price, rent (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 280) and pass. what is rented, a rented house (this mng. is not found elsewh. Even Ammonius Gramm. [100 AD] p. 93 Valck. knows nothing of it. Hence the transl. at his own expense [RSV] is poss.) ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι in his own rented lodgings Ac 28:30 (for the idea cf. Jos., Ant. 18, 235).—HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 321f. M-M.* μισθωτός (actually adj. of three terminations. In our lit. only subst.: Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 82; 83; Jos., Bell. 1, 517), οῦ, ὁ hired man of hired fishermen Mk 1:20. Of hired shepherds J 10:12f (μ. as inferior: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 206 D.; Hippocr., Ep. 16, 3; Themist. I p. 10f μ. ἀντὶ βουκόλου; Plut., Mor. 37E μ. forms a contrast to the θεῖος ἡγεμών, the λόγος). M-M.* μι̂σος, ους, τό (Aeschyl.+; Vett. Val. 242, 25; LXX; Test. 12 Patr.) hate ἀγάπη στραφήσεται εἰς μ. love shall be turned into hate D 16:3. Personif. Hs 9, 15, 3. B. 1132.* μίτρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+) snood or turban as a head-covering (Pind., Hdt.+; Ex 29:6; Lev 8:9; Jdth l6:8; Bar 5:2; Ep. Arist. 98; Philo, Mos. 2, 116; Test. Levi 8:2) ἐν μ. ἦν ἡ κατακάλυψις αὐτῆς her head-covering was a snood Hv 4, 2, 1.—The μίτρα may also have been a piece of clothing worn from the throat or back of the neck (Parthenius 11, 3 τὴν μίτραν ἐνθεῖναι τὸν τράχηλον). In any case, a woman was not considered to be properly covered without it (Quint. Smyrn. 13, 110).* Μιτυλήνη, ης, ἡ (later [Dit., Syll.3 344, 30 (303 BC), Or. 266, 19 (III BC); Strabo, Plut.; Jos., Ant. 15, 350; 16, 20] spelling for the older [Hdt., X., inscr.—Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 29] Μυτιλήνη. Cf. Bl-D. §42, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 72; 79) Mitylene, chief city of the island of Lesbos, in the Aegean Sea off the north-west coast of Asia Minor Ac 20:14.

M-M.* ‫ )י ִמ‬Michael, archangel (Da 12:1; 10:13, 21; En. 9, 1; 10, 11; 20, 5; 24, 6; Wadd. 2263; Μιχαήλ, ὁ indecl. (‫לֵא‬ 2637b; inscr. fr. Asia Minor [Ramsay, Phrygia II 541 no. 404, p. 741 no. 678]; PGM 1, 301; 2, 158; 3, 148; 4, 1815; 2356; 7, 257; 22b, 29 τῷ μεγάλῳ πατρὶ Ὀσίριδι Μιχαήλ) Jd 9; Rv 12:7 (Μ. as ἀρχιστράτηγος PGM 13, 928. On his fighting w. the dragon s. PGM 4, 2769ff); Hs 8, 3, 3. In Jewish theology Μ. was the special patron and protector of the Jewish nation (Da 12:1).—Bousset, Rel.3 325ff; Dssm., LO 396ff [LAE 456f]; WLueken, Der Erzengel M. 1898.

M-M.* μνᾶ, μνᾶς, ἡ (Semitic loanw., as early as Attic wr.; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 189; 14, 106; Test. Jos. 16:4) mina, a Gk. monetary unit=100 drachmas; the Attic mina was worth about eighteen to twenty dollars in normal times.

Lk 19:13, 16, 18, 20, 24f (on the parable s. PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 29, ’40, 489-94).—Lit. s.v. ἀργύριον 2c.

M-M.* μνάομαι (Hom.+; Philo) woo or court for one’s bride pf. ptc. μεμνησμένη of the woman engaged, betrothed Lk 1:27 D.* Μνάσων, ωνος, ὁ (Anth. Pal.; Lucian; Dialektinschr. 2580, 25 [Delphi]; Dit., Syll.3 585, 43; 47; 77; 81; 85; 90; 94; 234; 238 [197 BC]; PHib. 41, 3 [ca. 261 BC]; Sb 3199) Mnason, a Christian fr. Cyprus Ac 21:16 (Μνασέας, father of Zeno the Stoic, was also fr. Cyprus; Κυπρ. I p. 190 no. 4 a Gk. inscr. from Cyprus contains the name Μνασίας).—HJCadbury, Amicitiae Corolla (for RHarris) ’33, 51-3. M-M.* μνεία, ας, ἡ (Soph.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Test. Napht. 8:5; Ode of Solomon 11, 22).

1. remembrance, memory w. obj. gen. τινός of someone (Sib. Or. 5, 486; Bar 4:27) Ro 12:13 v.l.; of someth.

(Dit., Syll.3 577, 3; Wsd 5:14) εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ μ. if there is any remembrance of what is good B 21:7. μνείαν ἔχειν τινός think of someone (Soph., El. 384 al.) ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε you always think kindly of us 1 Th 3:6. ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μ. I remember you constantly 2 Ti 1:3. εἰς μ. ἔρχεταί τινι as in Lat. in mentem venit alicui comes to someone’s recollection Hv 3, 7, 3.

2. mention μνείαν ποιεῖσθαί τινος mention someone (Pla., Phaedr. 254; Diog. L. 8, 2, 66; Inschr. v. Priene 50, 10; Zen.-P. 14 [=Sb 6720], 3 [256 BC]; UPZ 59, 6; cf. Ps 110:4) in our lit. only of mentioning in prayer (BGU 632, 5 μνείαν σου ποιούμενος παρὰ τοῖς ἐνθάδε θεοῖς; Epigr. Gr. 983, 2ff [79 BC] ∆ημήτριος ἥκω πρὸς μεγάλην Ἶσιν θεάν, μνείαν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ τ. γονέων ποιούμενος) Ro 1:9; 1 Th 1:2 t.r.; Phlm 4. The gen. is supplied fr. the context Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2. ἐπὶ πάση τῇ μ. ὑμῶν as often as I make mention of you (in prayer) Phil 1:3. ἡ πρὸς θεὸν μ. mention (in prayer) before God (though remembrance is also poss. here) 1 Cl 56:1. M-M.* μνῆμα, ατος, τό lit. a ‘sign of remembrance’, esp. for the dead (Hom.+), then gener. grave, tomb (Hdt., Pla. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 1221; 1237, 3; BGU 1024 IV, 23; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 19; 8, 240) Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 (μνημεῖον P75 632

et al.); Ac 2:29 (David’s μ. Jos., Ant. 7, 393); GP 8:30-2; 11:44; 12:50, 52. κατατιθέναι ἐν μ. lay in a tomb Mk 15:46; cf. Ac 7:16. τιθέναι ἐν μ. λαξευτῷ lay in a rock-hewn tomb Lk 23:53. τιθέναι εἰς μνῆμα Rv 11:9 (for the idea s. Jos., Bell. 4, 317). Dwelling-place of demoniacs Mk 5:3, 5; Lk 8:27. M-M.* μνημει̂ον, ου, τό lit. ‘token of remembrance’ (Pind.+; Philo, Joseph.), esp. for the dead (Eur., Iph. T. 702; 821; Thu. 1, 138, 5; X., Hell. 2, 4, 17; 3, 2, 15; Pla., Rep. 3 p. 414A).

1. monument, memorial (cf. Jos., Ant. 5, 119μν. καὶ τάφος): οἰκοδομεῖτε τ. μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν Lk 11:47 (JoachJeremias, Heiligengräber in Jesu Umwelt ’58) is prob. to be understood in this sense (for μ. οἰκοδομεῖν cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 211).But μ. in our lit. usu. has the sense 2. grave, tomb (Dit., Syll.3 1229, 4; 1232; 1234; 1242; 1244; PFlor. 9, 10; Gen 23:6, 9; Is 22:16 al.; Jos., Ant. 1, 237; 18, 108); of tombs in caves, etc. (s. PThomsen, Grab: Reallex. d. Vorgesch. IV 2, 473ff), into which a person can enter (Mk 16:5; J 20:6) Mt 23:29; 27:52f (JBlinzler, ThGl 35, ’43, 91-3.—Diod. S. 13, 86, 3: when the Carthaginians besieging Acragas destroyed some tombs lying outside the walls, διὰ νυκτὸς εἴδωλα [ghosts] φαίνεσθαι τῶν τετελευτηκότων.—On the earthquake that opens the graves and frees those inside s. Ps.-Ael. Aristid.

25, 20f K.=43 p. 804 D.: μνήματα ἀνερρήγνυτο. . . τὰ μνήματα ἀνερρίπτει τοὺς κειμένους. EFascher, Die Auferweckung der Heiligen Mt 27:51-53, ’51), 60b; 28:8; Mk 15:46; 16:2 v.l., 3, 5, 8; Lk 23:55; 24:1 v.l. P75 et al., 2, 9, 12, 22, 24; J 11:17, 31 (Aesop, Fab. 109 H. γυνή ἀπιοῦσα πρὸς τὸ μνημεῖον ἐθρήνει), 38; 12:17; 19:42; 20:1-4, 6, 8, 11a, b; GP 9:34; 12:51, 53 (lit. on the Holy Sepulcher: RGG2 III 92; also FMBraun, La Sépulture de Jésu ’37; RHSmith, The Tomb of Jesus, Biblical Archaeologist 30, ’67, 74-90). τιθέναι εἰς μ. place in the tomb Ac 13:29. Also τιθέναι ἐν τῷ μ. Mt 27:60a; Mk 6:29. μ. καινόν Mt 27:60a; J 19:41; οἱ ἐν τοῖς μ. those who are in their tombs 5:28. The haunt of demoniacs Mt 8:28; Mk 5:2 (acc. to Diog. L. 9, 38 Democritus sought solitude among the graves). Graves were somet. not recognizable as such fr. their outward appearance Lk 11:44; s. ἄδηλος 1. M-M.* μνήμη, ης, ἡ (trag.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) remembrance, memory.

1. memory that one has himself, w. gen. of someth. (Ep. Arist. 159) τ. μνήμην τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι recall someth. to mind 2 Pt 1:15 (PFay. 19, 10 [11 AD] τῶν πραγμάτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι=‘hold the things in remembrance’. Likew. schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 839-41a.—The mng. of μ. ποιεῖσθαι, quotable Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 18, 65=‘make mention’ is scarcely applicable here). εἰς τὴν τῶν προηθληκότων μ. in memory of those who have already contested MPol 18:2.

2. the memory that another pers. has of someth. (Diod. S. 5, 73, 1 and 23, 15, 2 αἰώνιον μνήμην παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις; testament of Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 18: a memorial meal εἰς τὴν ἡμῶν μνήμην; ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ Ι, ’28, p.

18, 18 festivals are arranged εἰς μνήμην Εὐρυκλέους εὐεργέτου; Jos., Ant. 13, 63)pl. ἡ τρυφὴ καὶ ἀπάτη μνήμας οὐκ ἔχει=have no remembrance=are not long remembered (like Lat. memoriam non habet) Hs 6, 5, 3. μνήμας μεγάλας ἔχειν have a lasting remembrance=live long in remembrance ibid. (cf. Proverbia Aesopi 111 P. μνήμην ἔχειν; Ep. Arist. 279). M-M.* μνημονεύω impf. ἐμνημόνευον; 1 aor. ἐμνημόνευσα (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. remember, keep in mind, think of, also—w. no fixed boundaries—mention. a. w. gen. (Pla., Theaet. 191D; Philod., De Piet. 94; Diod. S. 1, 21, 8; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 7; Dit., Syll.3 284, 8; 620, 25; PSI 502, 2; 651, 2 [III BC]; Wsd 2:4; Tob 4:5, 19 BA; Sus 9 Theod.; Ep. Arist. 157), and, to be sure, w. gen. of the pers.: Lk 17:32; Hb 13:7; B 21:7; MPol 8:1; IEph 12:2; ISm 5:3; Hm 4, 1, 1. Of mention in prayer (Heidelb.

Pap.-Sammlung I ed. Deissmann ’05, no. 6, 15 παρακαλῶ οὖν, δέσποτα, ἵνα μνημονεύης μοι [μου?] εἰς τ. ἁγίας σου εὐχάς) IEph 21:1; IMg 14:1.—W. the connotation of solicitude (cf. 1 Macc 12:11) μ. τῶν πτωχῶν remember the poor Gal 2:10.—W. gen. of the thing (Arrian, Peripl. 16, 3 πόλεως ἐμνημόνευσεν; Jos., Ant. 2, 162; 6, 93 al.) τοῦ λόγου J 15:20; pl. Ac 20:35. ὧν εἶπεν ὁ κύριος Pol 2:3. τῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἐνταλμάτων 2 Cl 17:3. τῶν ἐντολῶν αὐτοῦ Hs 1:7. τῆς τρυφῆς 6, 5, 4.—J 16:4, 21.—μου τῶν δεσμῶν remember my bonds Col 4:18. Perh. mention or remembering in prayer is meant here, as in ὑμῶν τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως your work of faith 1 Th 1:3 (MDibelius, Hdb., exc. ad loc.). τῆς ἐν Συρίᾳ ἐκκλησίας ITr 13:1; IRo 9:1.—εἰ ἐκείνης (i.e. πατρίδος) ἐμνημόνευον if they had thought of, i.e. meant, that homeland (the earthly one) Hb 11:15. b. w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 36; X., An. 4, 3, 2, also Herodian 6, 1, 7; BGU 1024 V, 20; Jdth 13:19; 2 Macc 9:21) of the pers.: Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐγηγερμένον 2 Ti 2:8. W. acc. of the thing (Philo, Leg. All. 1, 55) τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Mt 16:9. τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν 1 Th 2:9. τὰ προγεγραμμένα Hv 4, 3, 6.—Papias 2:3, 15. Of God: ἐμνημόνευσεν τὰ ἀδικήματα αὐτῆς God has remembered her wicked deeds to punish them Rv 18:5. c. foll. by περί τινος Hb 11:22.—W. ὅτι foll. (Pla., Rep. 480A) Ac 20:31; Eph 2:11; 2 Th 2:5. Foll. by indirect quest. (PStrassb. 41, 40 οὐ μνημονεύω δέ, τί ἐν τῇ μεσειτίᾳ ἐγένετο) Rv 2:5; 3:3. W. temporal clause foll.: Mk 8:18. d. pass., of Polycarp ὑπὸ πάντων μνημονεύεται he is remembered by everyone MPol 19:1.

2. retain in one’s memory (like Lat. memoria tenere aliquid) w. acc. of the thing Hv 1, 3, 3a; 2, 1, 3. τὰ ἔσχατα ῥήματα v 1, 3, 3b. M-M.* μνημοσύνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+) memory εἰς μνημοσύνην αὐτοῦ in memory of him GP 12:54.* μνημόσυνον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; pap., LXX, En.)—1. memory as a mental faculty: ἔγγραφοι ἐγένοντο ἐν τῷ μ. αὐτοῦ they were inscribed in his memory 1 Cl 45:8.

2. memory w. obj. gen. (oft. LXX) εἰς μ. τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9 (JoachJeremias, 633

ZNW 44, ’52/’53, 103-7: God’s ‘eschatological remembrance’). ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἐκ γῆς τὸ μ. αὐτῶν root out the memory of them from the earth 1 Cl 22:6 (Ps 33:17; cf. Sir 10:17; Test Jos. 7:5).

Lev 2:2, 9, 16; 5:12; cf. Sir 35:6; 38:11; 45:16) fig. αἱ προσευχαί σου 3. a memorial offering (=‫הָר‬ ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τ. θεοῦ Ac 10:4. M-M.* μνησικακέω fut. μνησικακήσω, 1 aor. ἐμνησικάκησα (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 94al.) remember evil, bear malice, bear a grudge τινί against someone (Thu. 8, 73; Lysias 30, 9; Philo, Virt. 106, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 1, 323)B 19:4; Hv 2, 3, 1; s 9, 23, 4b. τινί τι: τοῖς ἐξομολογουμένοις τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν bear a grudge against those who have confessed their sins, or perh. cast up their sins to those who confess them s 9, 23, 4a. ἕκαστος ὑμῶν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον κακίαν μὴ μνησικακείτω let no one of you hold a grudge against his neighbor B 2:8 (Zech 7:10). Abs., w. pers. obj. to be supplied bear a grudge, be resentful (Diod. S. 31, 8, 2; Lucian, Prom. 8) D 2:3; Dg 9:2. οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ μνησικακοῦντες people who hold a grudge Hm 9:3.* μνησικακία, ας, ἡ (Plut., Mor. 860A; Appian, Ital. fgm. 7; Philo, De Jos. 261; Jos., Ant. 16, 292)bearing a grudge, vengefulness Hm 8:3; also vs. 10 in Lake’s text; causing death Hv 2, 3, 1.* μνησίκακος, ον (Aristot. et al.; Pr 12:28) vengeful μ. γίνεσθαι Hs 9, 23, 3.* μνηστεύω (Hom.+; Diod. S. 4, 37, 4; 5; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200; the mid. PFlor. 36, 4) pf. pass. ptc. ἐμνηστευμένη, v.l. μεμνηστευμένη (Bl-D. §68; Mlt.-H. 193); 1 aor. pass. ptc. μνηστευθεῖσα woo and win, betroth pass. be betrothed, become engaged (Dt 22:25, 27f) τινί to someone (Artem. 2, 12 p. 101, 4 H. v.l.; Dt 22:23; Jos., Bell. 1, 508)Mary Mt 1:16 v.l., 18; Lk 1:27; 2:5. M-M.* μογγιλάλος, ον (Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 13, 3 p. 151, 2 Boll-B.; Georg. Mon. 492, 14 de Boor [1892]; Is 35:6 v.l.; s.

Thackeray p. 120f.—Bl-D. §34, 6; Mlt.-H. 106) speaking in a hoarse or hollow voice Mk 7:32 v.l.* μογιλάλος, ον (on the form cf. Bl-D. §34, 6; Rob. 169; 210)—1. speaking with difficulty, having an impediment in one’s speech (Aëtius 8, 38; schol. on Lucian, p. 68, 5 Rabe; Anecd. Gr. I p. 100, 22; cf. JBidez et FCumont, Les mages hellénisés II ’38 p. 334, 8 with v.l. μογγιλάλοι); this mng. for Mk 7:32 is supported by vs. 35 ἐλάλει ὀρθῶς (cf. ASWeatherhead, ET 23, ’12, 381).

2. mute, impaired in speech (Vett. Val. 73, 12; POxy. 465, 228; Is 35:6.—Aq. Is 56:10; Aq., Sym., Theod. Ex 4:11); the ancient versions take Mk 7:32, 33 v.l. in this sense. M-M.* μόγις adv. (Hom.+; Diod. S.; Epict.; Polemo, Decl. 2, 3; 15; Lucian; PMagd. 11, 6 [221 BC]; POxy. 298, 19 [I AD]; PLeipz. 105, 10; PSI 49, 2; Wsd 9:16 v.l.; 3 Macc 7:6; Philo, In Flacc. 113 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 8, 130; 16, 345.—Bl-D. §33; cf. Rob. 296) scarcely, with difficulty Lk 9:39 v.l.; Ac 14:18 D; Ro 5:7 v.l. (in each case the text has μόλις, q.v.).—Lk 23:53 D. M-M.* μόδιος, ίου, ὁ (Lat. loanw. [modius]: Dinarchus 1, 43[?]; Dionys. Hal. 12, 1; Epict. 1, 17, 7; 9; Plut., Demetr. 33, 6; inscr. [Dit., Or. index]; PThéad. 32, 25; PGenève 62, 17; Jos., Ant. 9, 85; 14, 28; 206. Loanw. in rabb.) a peck—measure, a grain-measure containing 16 sextarii=about 8.75 liters, almost exactly one peck: Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; Lk 11:33 (a vessel used to hide a light, as Jos., Ant 5, 223.—On the figure, ADupont-Sommer, Note archéol. sur le prov. évang.: mettre la lampe sous le boisseau=Mél. Syr. à MRDussaud II ’39, 789-94; JoachJeremias, ZNW 39, ’41, 237-40). M-M* μοι̂ρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; pap., Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 303; Sib. Or. 3, 121 al.) fate (PLeipz. 40 II, 26) AP fgm. 2.* μοιχαλίς, ίδος, ἡ (Aëtius [100 AD]: Dox. Gr. 301a, 14; Heliod. 8, 9; Procop., Anecd. 1, 36; Syntipas p. 23, 6 al.

[Phryn. 452 L.]; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII p. 109, 6; 20; VIII 1 p. 264, 29; VIII 4 p. 146, 26; Maspéro 97 II, 42; Suidas III p. 421, 10; LXX; Test. Levi 14:6) adulteress.

1. lit. Ro 7:3a, b (the same case sim. described in Achilles Tat. 8, 10, 11f). ὀφθαλμοὶ μεστοὶ μοιχαλίδος eyes that are full of (desire for) an adulteress i.e., always looking for a woman with whom to commit adultery 2 Pt 2:14 (on the expr. cf. Timaeus Hist. [IV BC] in Περὶ ὕψους 4, 5 of a moral man ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς κόρας, μὴ πόρνας ἔχων; Plut., Mor. 528E).

2. fig., in a usage found in Hosea (3:1), in which God’s relation to his people is depicted as a marriage, and any beclouding of it becomes adultery (cf. Jer 3:9; 9:1; Ezk 16:32ff, esp. vs. 38). a. adj. adulterous γενεὰ μοιχαλίς Mt 12:39; 16:4; Mk 8:38.—b. subst. μοιχαλίδες of both sexes (W-S. §28, 2b) Js 4:4 (μοιχοὶ καὶ μοιχαλίδες t.r.). M-M.* μοιχάω (X.+—JWackernagel, Hellenistica ’07, 7ff; Bl-D. §101 p. 46f) cause to commit adultery in our lit. (as well as LXX) only pass. be caused to commit adultery, be an adulterer or adulteress, commit adultery, lit.

1. of a woman (Ezk 16:32) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχᾶσθαι (the man who divorces his wife) causes her to commit adultery (if she contracts a new marriage) Mt 5:32a t.r. αὐτὴ μοιχᾶται she commits adultery Mk 10:12. But also 2. of a man (PsSol 8, 10), who marries a divorced woman Mt 5:32b; 19:9 v.l. or who marries again after divorcing his wife 19:9; Hm 4, 1, 6. μοιχᾶται ἐπʼ αὐτήν commits adultery against her (his first wife) Mk 10:11 (NTurner, 634

Bible Translator 7, ’56, 151f: associates w. Jer 5:9).

3. of a man or woman 2 Cl 4:3. ὅς ἂν τὰ ὁμοιώματα ποιῇ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, μοιχᾶται whoever acts as the heathen do (i.e., takes part in idol-worship), commits adultery (and it cannot be expected of the other marriage-partner to maintain marital relations) Hm 4, 1, 9. M-M.* μοιχεία, ας, ἡ (Andocides+; Heraclit. Sto. 69 p. 89, 15; PMich. 148 I, 8; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 340al.) adultery lit. Hm 4, 1, 5; 9; AP 9:24. W. other sins (Hos 4:2) Gal 5:19 t.r.; 1 Cl 30:1; 2 Cl 6:4; B 20:1; D 5:1; Hm 8:3.

Pl. (as in D 5:1 above) denoting separate acts (Pla., Rep. 4 p. 443A, Leg. 8 p. 839A; PTebt. 276, 16 πορνεῖαι καὶ μοιχεῖαι; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 13; Jos., Bell. 5, 402.—Bl-D. §142; cf. Rob. 408) adulterous acts Mt 15:l9=Mk 7:22 (in a list of vices also Plut., Mor. 1050D). Cf. D 3:3. καταλαμβάνειν ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ catch in the act of adultery J 8:3 (Plut., Mor. 291F; on the ‘adulterous woman’ cf. REisler, ZNW 22, ’23, 305-7; KBornhäuser, NKZ 37, ’26, 353-63; EFFBishop, JTS 35, ’34, 40-5; JoachJeremias, ZNW 43, ’51, 148f: a temptation story, cf. Mk 12:13-17; TWManson, ZNW 44, ’52/’53, 255f; FASchilling, ATR 37, ’55, 91-106; JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 156-87).

Also εὑρίσκειν ἐν μ. Hm 4, 1, 4. M-M. B. 1456.* μοιχεύω fut. μοιχεύσω; 1 aor. ἐμοίχευσα, pass. inf, μοιχευθῆναι (Aristoph., X.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 296al.; Test. 12 Patr.—HBogner, Was heisst μ.?: Her. 76, ’41, 318-20) commit adultery.

1. of both sexes, w. ref. to the Ten Commandments (Ex 20:13; Dt 5:17): Mt 5:27; 19:18; Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Ro 13:9; Js 2:11a, b. One or more of these pass. may refer to the man alone; this is obviously the case under 2. in some instances where μ.—a. is used abs.: Lk 16:18a, b; Ro 2:22 (μὴ μοιχεύειν as Jos., Ant. 3, 92); B 19:4; D 2:2. b. has as obj. τινά (γυναῖκα) commit adultery w. someone (Aristoph., Av. 558; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 360B; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 3; Aristaenet., Ep. 1, 20; PSI 158, 45. Cf. Lev 20:10) Mt 5:28 (cf. Epict. 2, 18, 15; Sextus 233). This explains the use of the passive in the case of the woman (Charito 1, 4, 6 μοιχευομένην τὴν γυναῖκα; Achilles Tat. 6, 9, 7; Sir 23:23; Philo, Decal. 124; Jos., Ant. 7, 131)ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι he causes her to commit adultery (by contracting a subsequent marriage) Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. ἡ γυνὴ κατείληπται μοιχευομένη J 8:4. c. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς Rv 2:22 is at least on the way to a fig. mng. (cf. Jer 3:9).—RHCharles, The Teaching of the NT on Divorce ’21, 91ff; FJDölger, Christl. u. hdn, Ächtung des Ehebr. in d. Kultsatzung: Antike u.

Christent III ’32, 132-48; GDelling, RAC IV, ’59, 666-80; JAFitzmyer, Theological Studies 37, ’76, 197-226 (Mt).—FHauck, TW IV 737-43: μοιχεύω and related words. M-M.* μοιχός, οῦ, ὁ (since Hipponax [VI BC] 67 D.2; Soph.; POxy. 1160, 24ff; BGU 1024 III, 12; LXX; Philo) adulterer.

1. lit., w. πόρνος Hb 13:4. W. φθορεύς (cf. Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 89) B 10:7. W. other sinners (Test. Levi 17:11) Lk 18:11; 1 Cor 6:9; Hs 6, 5, 5. Parallel w. κλέπτης 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:18).—2. fig., w. μοιχαλίς (q.v. 2) Js 4:4 t.r.

M-M.* μόλιβος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; PTebt. 121, 52; 84; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 398.On the var. forms and spellings s. Thackeray 96; 116) lead; because of its low melting point a symbol of the earth, destroyed in the fire of the last judgment 2 Cl 16:3.* μόλις adv. (trag., Thu.+; PTebt. 19, 10 [114 BC]; PRyl. 113, 27; POxy. 1117, 19; PGiess. 4, 15; LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.—Bl-D. §33; Rob. 296; s. μόγις) scarcely.

1. with difficulty (Lycophron vs. 757; Appian, Liby. 3 §14, Bell. Civ. 1, 8 §33; 1, 77 §351; Ael. Aristid. 48, 43 K.=24 p. 476 D.; Wsd 9:16=μετὰ πόνου; Sir 29:6; Philo, Op. M. 80; Jos., Bell. 1, 149)Lk 9:39; Ac 14:18; 23:29 v.l.; 27:7f, 16; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31; cf. Artem. 1, 2 p. 4, 13 μόλις ἐσώθη).

2. not readily, only rarely (Nicander, Ther. 281; Synes., Prov. 1, 11 p. 101D: μόλις [seldom, scarcely ever] do virtue and good fortune meet; Sir 21:20; 26:29; 32:7; Jos., Vi. 173) Ro 5:7; another possibility here is—3. hardly (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1; 3 Jac.; Achilles Tat. 2, 26, 1) or scarcely (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 53 §218 ὀλίγοι μόλις=scarcely a few). M-M.* Μολόχ, ὁ indecl. (LXX.—‫ ◌ְ ֶרלֶמ‬, w. the vowels of ‫ )תֶ שׁבּ‬Moloch, the Canaanite-Phoenician god of sky and sun (Baudissin, RE XIII 269ff) Ac 7:43 in a quot. fr. Am 5:26, where the LXX renders the words ‫םֶכ‬ ‫◌ַ ם‬ ּ◌‫כִמ ◌◌ׂ◌תוּ‬by τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ (‫◌ְ ֶרלֶמ תַ כּ‬ ).—OEissfeldt, Molk als Opferbegriff im Punischen u. Hebr. u. d. Ende des Gottes Moloch ’35 (on this WvSoden, ThLZ 61, ’36, 45f).* μολύνω 1 aor. ἐμόλυνα, pass. ἐμολύνθην (Aristoph., Pla.+; PSI 1160, 6 [30 BC]; LXX) stain, defile, make impure, soil.

1. lit. (Lucian, Anach. 1; Gen 37:31; SSol 5:3) μεμολυμμένος unclean, unwashed GOxy 16. Unsoiled garments as symbol of a spotless life ἃ οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν Rv 3:4.

2. fig. (Epict. 2, 8, 13; 2, 9, 17; Porphyr., Abst. 1, 42; Synes., Dreams 10 p. 142D ἀθέων τῶν μολυνάντων τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεῖον; Sir 21:28; Jer 23:11; Test. Ash.4:4 τὴν ψυχήν) τ. χεῖρας (Jos., Vi. 244) Ac 5:38 v.l. ἡ συνείδησις. . . μολύνεται the conscience is defiled by eating meat sacrificed to idols 1 Cor 8:7 (Amm. Marc. 15, 2 conscientiam polluebat). Esp. of immorality (Ep. Arist. 152) οἳ μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν who have not defiled themselves with women Rv 14:4. M-M.* 635

μολυσμός, οῦ, ὁ (Strabo 17, 2, 4; Plut., Mor. 779C; Heliod. 10, 4, 2; 1 Esdr 8:80; 2 Macc 5:27; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 289) defilement fig., of religious and moral things (Vett. Val. 242, 16; Jer 23:15; Ep. Arist. 166; Test. Sim. 2:13) ἀπὸ παντὸς μ. σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος from all defilement of body and spirit, i.e. outwardly and inwardly 2 Cor 7:1.

M-M.* μομφή, ῆς, ἡ (Pind.+) blame, (cause for) complaint πρός τινα ἔχειν μ. have a complaint against anyone (ἔχειν μομφήν τινι: Pind. et al.) Col 3:13.* μονάζω (Cornutus 14 p. 17, 17; Anth. Pal. 5, 66, 1; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 3, 14; 35, 253; Apollon. Dysc., Synt. 191, 2, Gramm. Gr. II 2 p. 262, 10; 376, 7; schol. on Soph., Aj. 654, Oed. R. 479; Etym. Mag. p. 627, 13; Ps 101:8) live alone, separate oneself B 4:10; Hs 9, 26, 3.* μονή, ῆς, ἡ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; 1 Macc 7:38)—1. staying, tarrying (Eur.+; Dit., Or. 527, 5; Philo, Mos. 1, 316) μονὴν ποιεῖσθαι live, stay (Thu. 1, 131, 1; BGU 742; Jos., Ant. 8, 350; 13, 41) J 14:23.

2. dwelling (-place) , room, abode (Charito 1, 12, 1 μονὴν ποιεῖν; Paus. 10, 31, 7; Dit., Or. 527, 5) of heavenly dwellings J 14:2 (OSchaefer, ZNW 32, ’33, 210-17; understood in an existential sense: RGundry, ZNW 58, ’67, 68-72). τῆς ἀμείνονος τυγχάνειν μονῆς attain a better abode AP fgm. 2. M-M.* μονογενής, ές (Hes.+; LXX; Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) only (so mostly, incl. Judg 11:34; Tob 3:15; 8:17) of children: of Isaac, Abraham’s only son (Jos., Ant. 1, 222)Hb 11:17. Of an only son (Plut., Lycurgus 31, 8; Jos., Ant. 20, 20)Lk 7:12; 9:38. Of the daughter (Diod. S. 4, 73, 2) of Jairus 8:42.—Also unique (in kind) of someth. that is the only example of its category (Cornutus 27 p, 49, 13 εἷς κ. μονογενὴς ὁ κόσμος ἐστί. μονογενῆ κ. μόνα ἐστίν=‘unique and alone’; Pla., Timaeus 92C). Of the mysterious bird, the Phoenix 1 Cl 25:2.—In the Johannine lit. μ. is used only of Jesus. The mngs. only, unique may be quite adequate for all its occurrences here (so M-M., RSV et al.; DMoody, JBL 72, ’53, 213-19; FCGrant, ATR 36, ’54, 284-87). But some (e.g. WBauer, Hdb.) prefer to regard μ. as somewhat heightened in mng. in J and 1 J to only-begotten or begotten of the Only One, in view of the emphasis on γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ θεοῦ (J 1:13 al.); in this case it would be analogous to πρωτότοκος (Ro 8:29; Col 1:15 al.). τὸν υἱὸν τὸν μ. ἔδωκεν J 3:16 (Philo Bybl. [100 AD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 10, 33: Cronus offers up his μονογενὴς υἱός). ὁ μ. υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 18; cf. J 1:34 v.l. τὸν υἱὸν τὸν μ. ἀπέσταλκεν ὁ θεός 1J 4:9; cf. Dg 10:2. On the expr. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός J 1:14 s. Hdb. ad loc. and PWinter, Zeitschrift für Rel. u. Geistesgeschichte 5, ’53, 335-65 (Engl.). Cf. also Hdb. on vs. 18 where, beside the rdg. μονογενὴς θεός (considered by many the orig.) an only-begotten one, God (acc. to his real being), or a God begotten of the Only One, another rdg. ὁ μονογενὴς υἱός is found. MPol 20:2 in the doxology διὰ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.—On the mng. of μονογενής in history of religion cf. the material in Hdb.3 25f on J 1:14 (also Plut., Mor. 423A Πλάτων. . . αὐτῷ δή φησι δοκεῖν ἕνα τοῦτον [sc. τὸν κόσμον] εἶναι μονογενῆ τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἀγαπητόν; Wsd 7:22 of σοφία: ἔστι ἐν αὐτῇ πνεῦμα νοερὸν ἅγιον μονογενές.—Vett. Val. 11, 32) as well as the lit. given there, also HLeisegang, Der Bruder des Erlösers: Αγγελος I ’25, 24-33; RBultmann J, 47, 2; 55f; FBüchsel, TW IV 745-50. M-M.* μονόλιθος, ον (since Hdt. 2, 175; Diod. S. 1, 46, 1; Strabo 9, 5, 16; pap.; Jos., Ant. 13, 211)(made of) a single stone of a tower Hs 9, 9, 7; 9, 13, 5.* μόνον s. μόνος 2. μόνος, η, ον (Pind.+[as μοῦνος as early as Hom.]; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) only, alone.

1. adj.—a. only, alone—α. used w. verbs like εἶναι, εὑρίσκεσθαι, καταλείπειν: μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ Mt 14:23; cf. J 8:16. Λουκᾶς ἐστιν μόνος μετʼ ἐμοῦ 2 Ti 4:11. εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος Lk 9:36. μόνην με κατέλειπεν 10:40 (w. inf. foll.); pass. κατελείφθη μόνος J 8:9; cf. 1 Th 3:1. κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος I am the only one left (Theseus Hist.

[Roman times] no. 453 fgm. 2 Jac. μόνος περιλειφθείς of the only survivor of a battle) Ro 11:3 (cf. 3 Km 19:10, 14).—Ac 15:34 D. β. used w. a noun τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα Lk 24:12. μόνοι οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀπῆλθον J 6:22. μόνος ὁ ἀρχιερεύς Hb 9:7.—Cf. Mt 12:4 (Jos., Ant. 15, 419τ. ἱερεῦσιν ἐξὸν ἦν μόνοις).—Used w. pronouns (μόνος αὐτός: Nicol. Dam. 90 fgm. 130, 23 p. 407, 21 Jac.; Ps.-Demetr., El. 97; 2 Macc 7:37; Philo, Agr. 39; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 49); αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις (Dt 6:13 v.l.; cf. Jos., Ant. 3, 91τοῦτον μ.) Mt 4:10; Lk 4:8.—Mt 18:15; Mk 6:47; 9:2; J 6:15. σὺ μόνος; (1 Km 21:2) are you the only one? (Field, Notes 82) Lk 24:18; ἐγὼ μ. Ac 26:14 v.l.; 1 Cor 9:6. ὑμεῖς μόνοι 14:36. γ. w. a negative and w. ἀλλά foll.: οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ. . . , ἀλλʼ. . . (Dt 8:3) Mt 4:4. οὐκ ἐγὼ μ.. . . , ἀλλὰ καί. . . Ro 16:4; 2J 1. Pleonast. w. εἰ μή after a neg. not. . . except. . . alone Mt 12:4; 17:8; 24:36; Mk 9:8; Lk 5:21; 6:4; Phil 4:15; Rv 9:4 t.r. δ. μόνος θεός (cf. Simonides, fgm. 4, 7 θεὸς μόνος; Da 3:45; Sib. Or. 3, 629; PGM 13, 983) the only God 1 Ti 1:17; Jd 25 (GDelling, ThLZ 77, ’52, 469-76). W. article preceding ὁ μόνος θ. (Ep. Arist. 139; Philo, Fuga 71; ὁ θεὸς μόνος 4 Km 19:15, 19; Ps 85:10; Is 37:20. Cf. ENorden, Agn. Theos ’13, 245, 1) J 5:44 (without θεοῦ P66 75 et al.). ὁ μ. ἀληθινὸς θεός the only true God 17:3 (Demochares [c. 300 BC]: 75 fgm. 2 Jac. τὸν ∆ημήτριον οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐδέχοντο.. . . ἐπᾴδοντες ὡς εἴη μόνος θεὸς ἀληθινός. οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι καθεύδουσιν ἢ ἀποδημοῦσιν ἢ οὐκ εἰσίν. γεγονὼς δʼ εἴη ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀφροδίτης). τὸ ὄνομα τ. ἀληθινοῦ καὶ μόνου κυρίου 1 Cl 43:6. μ.

636

σοφὸς θεός the only wise God Ro 16:27 (Philo, Fuga 47 ὁ μ. σοφός; Heraclitus, fgm. 32 ἓν τὸ σοφὸν μοῦνον). ὁ μ. δεσπότης the only one who is master Jd 4 (cf. Jos., Bell. 7, 323;410). ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος δυνάστης 1 Ti 6:15.—vs. 16; Rv 15:4. b. alone, deserted, helpless (Hom.+; BGU 180, 23 [172 AD] ἂνθρωπος πρεσβύτης καὶ μόνος τυγχάνων; 385, 4; Wsd 10:1; La 1:1) οὐκ ἀφῆκέν με μόνον J 8:29; 16:32a, b (ἀφ. μόν. as Dio Chrys. 46[63], 2). c. isolated, by itself (cf. Bar 4:16) ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τ. σίτου. . . ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει J 12:24. In Hv 3, 9, 2 μ. refers to selfish Christians who isolate themselves fr. the needs of the hungry.

2. The neut. μόνον is used as an adv. only, alone (Aeschyl., Hdt.+)—a. limiting the action or state to the one designated by the verb Mt 9:21; 14:36; Mk 5:36; Lk 8:50; 1 Cor 15:19; Gal 1:23; Hv 3, 2, 1. b. w. a noun or pron., to separate one pers. or thing fr. others: Mt 5:47; 10:42; Ac 18:25; Ro 3:29; Gal 2:10; Hb 9:10; Hm 12, 4, 7; τοῦτο μ. Gal 3:2. c. used w. negatives:—α. μ. μή only not, not only (POxy. 2153, 22) Gal 5:13. οὐ (μὴ) μ. 4:18; Js 1:22. οὐ μ.. . . ἀλλά (without καί when the second member includes the first. X., Cyr. 1, 6, 16; Diod. S. 4, 15, 1; Dio Chrys. 1, 22; 62; 64[14], 7; Bl-D. §448, 1) Ac 19:26 (but ADL 13 add καί); 1J 5:6. οὐ (or μὴ) μ.. . . , ἀλλὰ καί not only. . . , but also (PMich. 209, 12 [c. 200 AD]; Jos., Bell. 3, 102)Mt 21:21; J 5:18; Ac 19:27; 26:29; 27:10; Ro 1:32; 2 Cor 7:7; Eph 1:21 and oft. οὐ (μὴ). . . μ., ἀλλὰ καί J 11:52; 12:9; 13:9; 17:20; Ro 4:12, 16; Phil 2:27 al. οὐδέπω. . . , μ. δέ not yet. . . , but. . . only Ac 8:16. οὐ μ. δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this, but also (ellipsis w. supplementation of what immediately precedes. Mitteis, Chrest. 26, 9=27, 9 [108 BC]. Cf. Sb 7616 [II AD]; Wsd 19:15; Bl-D. §479, 1 app.; cf.

Rob. 1201ff) Ro 5:3, 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19. μὴ μ., ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μᾶλλον not only,. . . but much more Phil 2:12.

On 1-2c cf. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT ’62, 126-9. β. in isolation οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον not by faith viewed in isolation Js 2:24; cf. Clem., Strom. 3, 15 οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡ εὐνουχία δικαιοῖ=being a eunuch does not of itself justify. S. also πίστις 2dδ. d. ἵνα μόνον solely in order that B 12:8.

3. κατὰ μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; X., Mem. 3, 7, 4; Menand., Epitr. 594 J., fgm. 158 K.; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod. S. 4, 51, 16; Gen 32:16; Ps 4:9; Jer l5:17; 1 Macc 12:36; Jos., Ant. 17, 336al.—Also written καταμόνας; cf. BGU 813, 15 in APF 2, ’03, 97) alone γίνεσθαι κ. μ. be alone (Syntipas p. 9, 16) Mk 4:10.—Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8. Bl-D. §241, 6. M-M. B. 937. μονόφθαλμος, ον (Hdt.+; rejected by the Atticists for ‘deprived of one eye’ in favor of ἑτερόφθαλμος [Phryn. 136 L.], but used in later colloq. speech in this sense: Polyb. 5, 67, 6; Strabo 2, 1, 9; Lucian, V.H. 1, 3; Ps.-Apollod. 2, 8, 3, 4 al. Perh. BGU 1196, 97 [I BC]) one-eyed Mt 18:9; Mk 9:47. M-M.* μονόω pf. pass. ptc. μεμονωμένος (Hom.+; Musonius 73, 1 H.) make solitary pass. be left alone (Thu. 2, 81, 5; 5, 58, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 30 p. 416, 15 Jac.; Philo; Jos., Vi. 95) of a widow is left alone (cf. Anacreontea 37, 13 Preis.) 1 Ti 5:5. M-M.* μορφή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 8; 27) form, outward appearance, shape gener. of bodily form 1 Cl 39:3 (Job 4:16). Of the shape or form of statues (Jos., Vi. 65) Dg 2:3. Of appearances in visions, etc., similar to persons (Callisthenes [IV BC] in Athen. 10, 75p. 452B Λιμὸς ἔχων γυναικὸς μορφήν; Diod. S. 3, 31, 4 ἐν μορφαῖς ἀνθρώπων; Jos., Ant. 5, 213a messenger fr. heaven νεανίσκου μορφῇ): of the church Hv 3, 10, 2; 9; 3, 11, 1; 3, 13, 1; s 9, 1, 1; of the angel of repentance ἡ μ. αὐτοῦ ἠλλοιώθη his appearance had changed m 12, 4, 1. Of Christ (gods ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῃ μορφῇ: Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 6, 30; cf. Philo, Abr. 118) μορφὴν δούλου λαβών he took on the form of a slave Phil 2:7. The risen Christ ἐφανερώθη ἐν ἑτέρᾳ μορφῇ appeared in a different form Mk 16:12. Of the preëxistent Christ: ἐν μ. θεοῦ ὑπάρχων although he was in the form of God (on μορφὴ θεοῦ cf.

Pla., Rep. 2p. 380D; 381B and C; X., Mem. 4, 3, 13; Diog. L. 1, 10 the Egyptians say μὴ εἰδέναι τοῦ θεοῦ μορφήν; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 80; 110; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190; PGM 7, 563; 13, 272; 584.—Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 357f) Phil 2:6.

For lit. s. on ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1; RPMartin, ET 70, ’59, 183f).—JBehm, TW IV 750-67: μορφή and related words. M-M.* μορφόω 1 aor. pass. ἐμορφώθην (Aratus, Phaen. 375; Nilus: Anth. Pal. 1, 33, 1; Is 44:13 Q in margin and Aq.; Philo, Plant. 3; Ps.-Philo, De Mundo 13; Sib. Or. 4, 182; Justin, Apol. 1, 5, 4 τοῦ λόγου μορφωθέντος καὶ ἀνθρώπου γενομένου) to form, shape act. PK 2 p. 14, 13. Pass. take on form, be formed (Theophr., Caus. Pl. 5, 6, 7; Diod. S. 3, 51, 3) symbolically as in the formation of an embryo (Galen XIX p. 181 K. ἔμβρυα μεμορφωμένα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 117) μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν until Christ is formed in you Gal 4:19 (RHermann, ThLZ 80, ’55, 713-26). M-M.* μόρφωσις, εως, ἡ (Theophr., Caus. Pl. 3, 7, 4 al.; Test. Benj. 10:1)—1. embodiment, formulation of the Jew ἔχοντα τὴν μ. τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ you who have the embodiment of knowledge and truth in the book of the law Ro 2:20 (νόμος=‘book of the law’ as Jos., Ant. 12, 256).

2. outward form, appearance of teachers of error ἔχοντες μ. εὐσεβείας who hold to the outward form of religion 2 Ti 3:5 (cf. Philo, Plant. 70 ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν εἰσί τινες τῶν ἐπιμορφαζόντων εὐσέβειαν κτλ.). M-M.* μοσχοποιέω 1 aor. ἐμοσχοποίησα (only in Christian wr.; εἰδωλοποιέω Pla.+) make a calf of the golden calf Ac 7:41 (for ἐποίησε μόσχον Ex 32:4). M-M.* 637

μόσχος, ου, ὁ calf young bull or ox (so trag., Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 197)ὁ μ. ὁ σιτευτός (Judg 6:25 A, 28 A; Jer 26:21) the fattened calf Lk 15:23, 27, 30. As an apocalyptic animal (cf. Ezk 1:10) Rv 4:7. As a sacrificial animal (Wilcken, Chrest. 87-9) 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). Esp. of the sin-offering on the Day of Atonement αἷμα τράγων καὶ μόσχων the blood of goats and calves Hb 9:12; cf. vs. 19. Denotes the ‘red heifer’ (Num 19), interpreted to mean Christ B 8:2. M.M. B. 155.* μουσικός, ή, όν pertaining to music (so Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 137); subst. ὁ μ. the musician (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 38; Cornutus 32 p. 67, 17 μ. καὶ κιθαριστής; Dit., Or. 383, 162; PFlor. 74, 6; POxy. 1275, 9 συμφωνίας αὐλητῶν κ. μουσικῶν; Ezk 26:13; Philo), w. harpists, flute-players and trumpeters Rv 18:22.—EWerner, The Sacred Bridge (Liturgy and Music) ’59. M-M.* μόχθος, ου, ὁ (Hes. and X.+; PRyl. 28, 117; Epigr. Gr. 851, 1; LXX; Philo, Mos. 1, 284; Sib. Or. 2, 272) labor, exertion, hardship w. κόπος (Proverb. Aesopi 11 P.; Anth. Pal. 1, 47, 3; 1, 90, 4; Jer 20:18 v.l.; cf. Job 2:9) 2 Cor 11:27; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Hs 5, 6, 2.—πόνος 2, end. M-M.* μοχλός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+) bar, bolt (so Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 293μ. σιδηρόδετος; loanw. in rabb.) μ. σιδηροῦς συγκλᾶν break iron bars B 11:4 (Is 45:2).* μυελός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; Gen 45:18; Job 21:24; 33:24; on the spelling cf. Bl-D. §29, 2) serves to denote the inmost part (Eur., Hipp. 255 πρὸς ἄκρον μυελὸν ψυχῆς) pl. marrow (Jos., Bell. 6, 205)Hb 4:12 (Alciphr. 3, 40, 2; Heliod.

3, 7, 3 ἄχρις ἐπʼ ὀστέα κ. μυελούς).* μυέω pf. pass. μεμύημαι t.t. of the mystery religions initiate (into the mysteries) (trag., Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 530, 15; 764, 12; 3 Macc 2:30; Philo, Cher. 49, Sacr. Abel. 62; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 267). Also gener., without the specific sense: pass., w. inf. foll. (Alciphr. 4, 19, 21 v.l., but in all mss., κυβερνᾶν μυηθήσομαι) ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν μεμύημαι καί χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν in any and all circumstances I have learned the secret of being well fed and going hungry Phil 4:12. M-M.* μύθευμα, ατος, τό (Aristot., Poet. 24; Plut., Mar. 11, 10, Mor. p. 28D; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 11 p. 327, 29) story, fable w. ἑτεροδοξίαι: μυθεύματα τὰ παλαιά the old fables IMg 8:1.* μῦθος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sir 20:19) tale, story, legend, myth, fable (so Pind., Hdt.+; Pla., Tim. 26E μὴ πλασθέντα μῦθον, ἀλλʼ ἀληθινὸν λόγον, Phaedo 61B; Epict. 3, 24, 18; Dit., Syll.3 382, 7; Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat.

61 al.; Joseph.) w. πλάνη 2 Cl 13:3. Pl. (cf. Diod. S. 1, 93, 3; 2, 46, 6; 23, 13 [all three μῦθοι πεπλασμένοι]; Phil., Exsecr. 162 τοὺς ἄπλαστον ἀλήθειαν ἀντὶ πεπλασμένων μύθων μεταδιώκοντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 256) σεσοφισμένοις μ. ἐξακολουθεῖν follow cleverly devised stories 2 Pt 1:16 (Jos., Ant. 1, 22τ. μύθοις ἐξακολουθεῖν). Of false teachings Ἰουδαϊκοὶ μ. Tit 1:14. βέβηλοι καὶ γραώδεις μ. worldly old wives’ tales 1 Ti 4:7 (cf. Lucian, Philops. 9 γραῶν μῦθοι; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 133 D. As early as Pla., Gorg. 527A μ. ὥσπερ γραός; Xenophon, Ep. 7). W. γενεαλογίαι (q.v.) 1:4. ἐπὶ τοὺς μ. ἐκτρέπεσθαι turn to legends 2 Ti 4:4.—EHoffmann, Qua ratione ἔπος, μῦθος, αἶνος λόγος. . . adhibita sint, Diss. Gött. ’22; LMueller, Wort u. Begriff Mythos im kl. Griech., Diss. Hamburg, ’54; KGoldammer, ZNW 48, ’57, 93-100; CKBarrett, ET 68, ’57, 345-48; 359-62; GStählin, TW IV 769-803. M-M.* μυκάομαι (Hom.+; PGM 13, 942; 945) roar of lions (Theocr. 26, 20f) Rv 10:3. M-M.* μυκτηρίζω (Hippocr., Epid. 7, 123=‘have a nose-bleed’) turn up the nose at, treat with contempt (Lysias in Pollux 2, 78; Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 217; LXX; Sib. Or. 1, 171) τινά someone (Pr 15:20; Ps 79:7) w. χλευάζειν 1 Cl 39:1. ἐμοὺς ἐλέγχους 57:5 (Pr 1:30). Abs. Lk 23:35 D. Pass. (PTebt. 758, 11 [II BC]; Jer 20:7) of God οὐ μ. he is not to be mocked, treated w. contempt, perh. outwitted Gal 6:7; Pol 5:1. M-M.* μυλικός, ή, όν (schol. on Eur., Hecuba 362; Syntipas p. 108, 11) belonging to a mill λίθος μ. millstone Mk 9:42 t.r.; Lk 17:2; Rv 18:21 v.l.* μύλινος, η, ον (CIG 3371, 4; Dit., Syll.3 996, 16 belonging to a mill λίθος ὡς μ. μέγας a stone like a great millstone Rv 18:21. M-M.* μύλος, ου, ὁ (H.Gk. for ἡ μύλη [so also Joseph.]; Bl-D. §50).

1. mill (Diod. S. 3, 13, 2; Plut., Mor. 549E; 830D; PSI 530, 2 [III BC]; POxy. 278, 17; Ex 11:5; Dt 24:6; Is 47:2; Sib. Or. 8, 14), made of two round, flat stones (illustration: Kurzes Bibelwörterbuch 451). ἀλήθειν ἐν τῷ μ. grind with the (hand-) mill (cf. Num 11:8) Mt 24:41. φωνὴ μ. the sound of the mill (as it turns) Rv 18:22.

2. millstone (Lycophron 233; Strabo 4, 1, 13; Anth. Pal. 11, 246, 2; PRyl. 167, 10; BGU 1067, 5; Judg 9:53 A; 2 Km 11:21) Rv 18:21 t.r.; μ. ὀνικός a great (lit. ‘donkey’) millstone, i.e., not a stone fr. the small handmill, but one fr. the large mill, worked by donkey-power (s. ὀνικὸς). As a heavy weight: ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μ. ὀνικός περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ that a great millstone would be hung around his neck Mt 18:6. Also εἰ περίκειται μ. ὀν. περὶ 638

τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ if a great millstone were hung around his neck Mt 9:42. More briefly περιτεθῆναι μύλον have a millstone hung (on him) 1 Cl 46:8.—Rv 18:21 v.l. M-M. B. 363.* μυλών, ῶνος, ὁ (Eur.+; Thu. 6, 22; inscr.: Bull. de corr. hell. 27, ’03, 64, 146 [250 BC]; Maspéro 139 p. 53, 13; Jer 52:11) mill-house (Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 42) Mt 24:41 t.r.* μυλωνικός, ή, όν belonging to the mill-house μ. λίθος millstone Mk 9:42 v.l. (μ. as subst. is found Wilcken, Chrest. 323, 7 [II AD]).* Μύρα (Strabo et al. The spelling w. one ρ is correct, made certain by CIG III 4288, 3-6; Dit., Or. 441, 214. Also, it is to be taken as a neut. pl. Μύρα, ων: CIG III 4288; Pliny 32, 17; Athen. 2, 53 p. 59A; Sib. Or. 4, 109; Acta Pauli et Theclae 40 p. 266, 2; 4 L.; Basilius, Ep. 218. The rdg. Μύραν Ac 27:5 is found in very few mss.; also Acta Pauli et Theclae 40 p. 266, 4 v.l.—W-S. p. 58; Mlt.-H. 101) Myra, a city on the south coast of Lycia in Asia Minor. Visited

by Paul on his journey to Rome Ac 27:5 (v.l. wrongly Lystra); acc. to 21:1 D also on his last journey to Jerusalem.

M-M.* μυριάς, άδος, ἡ (Hdt.+; Inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) myriad (ten thousand).

1. lit., as a number (Archimedes II 220, 8 Heiberg and oft.) ἀργυρίου μ. πέντε fifty thousand pieces of silver (i.e. denarii=about $10,000) Ac 19:19 (Jos., Ant. 17, 189ἀργυρίου μυρ. πεντήκοντα).

2. of a very large number, not exactly defined, pl. myriads (Eur., Phoen. 837 al.; Ps 3:7; Philo, Agr. 35; 113; Sib. Or. 4, 139) Lk 12:1; Ac 21:20 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 10 §39 τοσάσδε πολιτῶν μυριάδας; Jos., Ant. 7, 318πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶ τ. λαοῦ;). μ. ἀνδρῶν Hv 3, 2, 5. Of angel hosts (cf. the Christian amulet PIand. 6, 10 and the exx. on p.

26 given by the editor ESchaefer; Dt 33:2; En.; PGM 1, 208; 4, 1203) Hb 12:22; Jd 14 (En. 1, 9). As an apocalyptic number μυριάδες μυριάδων countless thousands Rv 5:11 (cf. Gen 24:60 χιλιάδες μυριάδων). μύριαι μυριάδες (En. 14, 22) 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10). On δισμυριάδες μυριάδων Rv 9:16 cf. δισμυριάς. M-M.* μυρίζω 1 aor. ἐμύρισα (Hdt., Aristoph.+; PGM 7, 180) anoint of harlots and flute-girls GOxy 36. Of corpses (Philosophenspr. p. 495, 127 νεκρὸν μυρίζειν) μ. τὸ σῶμα εἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν anoint a body for burial Mk 14:8. M-M.* μύριοι, αι, α ten thousand (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) talents (Esth 3:9; Jos., Ant. 14, 78)Mt 18:24. μ. μυριάδες 10,000 myriads 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10). M-M.* μυρίος, α, ον (Hom.+; APF 5, ’13, 383 no. 69A, 12; PFlor. 33, 14; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 180; Sib. Or. 1, 147.—Kühner-Bl. I 629) innumerable, countless μ. παιδαγωγοί 1 Cor 4:15 (cf. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 54 μυρ. διδάσκαλοι). μ. λόγοι 14:19.* μύρον, ου, τό (since Archilochus [VII BC] in Athen. 15 p. 688C; Hdt.; Dit., Or. 629, 35; 45; 149; POxy. 234 II, 9; 736, 13; LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 561, Ant. 14, 54.—Semit. loanw.: HLewy, Die semit. Fremdwörter im Griech. 1895, 42; 44) ointment, perfume (Pla., Polit 398A μύρον κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς [a proverb, according to the schol.]; Ps 132:2 μ. ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς; Jos., Ant. 19, 239τὴν κεφ.) Mt 26:12; Lk 7:38, 46; J 11:2; IEph 17:1; precious Mk 14:4f; J 12:3a, 5; strongly aromatic (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 21, end) vs. 3b; kept in alabaster flasks (cf. Dit., Or. 736, 35[?]) Mt 26:7; Mk 14:3; Lk 7:37 (JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 266-85). W. other articles of trade Rv 18:13, Dssm., ThBl 1, ’22, 13; D 10:3 v.l., Funk-B. p. XIX l. 5. Pl. (w. ἀρώματα as Plut., Alex. 20, 13; SSol 1:3) Lk 23:56 (for embalming a body; cf. POxy. 736, 13; Artem. 1, 5). M-M.* Μύρρα s. Μύρα. μῦς, μυός, ὁ (Aeschyl.+; pap.; Lev 11:29) acc. pl. μῦς (Hdt. 2, 141; Plut., Mor. 537A) mouse PK 2 p. 14, 19.* μυσερός, ά, όν (as μυσαρός Eur., Hdt.+; inscr. from the Asclepieion of Cos A, 22 [III BC]: RHerzog, ARW 10, ’07, 402; Sib. Or. 3, 500. On the spelling cf. Bl-D. §29, 1 app. In LXX only Lev 18:23, where μυσερός is better attested; cf. Thackeray 75.—PGM 2, 148 ἁγνὸς ἀπὸ παντὸς μυσεροῦ; Manetho, Apotel. 4, 269 [ed. AKoechly 1858] μυσερός is v.l.; Etym. Mag. p. 535, 32; 566, 43 μυσε. beside μυσα.; Malalas [VI AD] μυσε. [Psaltes p. 2]) loathsome, abominable, detestable, ζῆλος 1 Cl 14:1. μοιχεία 30:1.* Μυσία, ας, ἡ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr.; Jos., Bell. 1, 425)Mysia a province in the northwest of Asia Minor. Paul touched here on his so-called second miss. journey Ac 16:7f.* μυστήριον, ου, τό secret, secret rite, secret teaching, mystery, a relig. t.t., applied in secular Gk. (predom. pl.) mostly to the mysteries w. their secret teachings, relig. and political in nature, concealed within many strange customs and ceremonies (trag.+; Hdt. 2, 51, 2; Diod. S. 1, 29, 3; 3, 63, 2; Socrat., Ep. 27, 3; Cornutus 28 p. 56, 22; 57, 4; Alciphr. 3, 26, 1; Dit., Or. 331, 54; 528, 13; 721, 2, Syll.3 index; Sb 7567, 9 [III AD]; PGM 1, 131; 4, 719ff; 2477 τὰ ἱερὰ μ. ἀνθρώποις εἰς γνῶσιν; 5, 110; 12, 331; 13, 128 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ.—OKern, D. griech.

Mysterien d. klass. Zeit ’27; WFOtto, D. Sinn der eleusin. Myst. ’40; MPNilsson, The Dionysiac Mysteries of the Hell.

639

and Rom. Age, ’57). Also LXX and other versions of the OT use the word, as well as En. (of the heavenly secret).

Philo, Joseph. (C. Ap. 2, 189, 266), Test. Levi 2:10, Sib. Or. 12, 63 al.; it is a loanw. in rabb. Our lit. uses it to mean the secret thoughts, plans, and dispensations of God which are hidden fr. the human reason, as well as fr. all other comprehension below the divine level, and hence must be revealed to those for whom they are intended.

1. In the gospels μ. is found only in one context, where Jesus says to the disciples who have asked for an explanation of the parable(s) ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς βασιλείας τ. θεοῦ Mk 4:11; the synopt. parallels have the pl. Mt 13:11 (LCerfaux, NTS 2, ’55/’56, 238-49); Lk 8:10.—WWrede, D. Messiasgeh. in den Evv. ’01; HJEbeling, D. Mess. geh. u. d. Botschaft des Mc-Evangelisten ’39; NJohansson, Sv. Teol. Kv. 16, ’40, 3-38; OAPiper, Interpretation 1, ’47, 183-200.

2. The Pauline lit. has μ. in 21 places. A secret or mystery, too profound for human ingenuity, is God’s reason for the partial hardening of Israel’s heart Ro 11:25 or the transformation of the surviving Christians at the Parousia 1 Cor 15:51. Even Christ, who was understood by so few, is God’s secret or mystery Col 2:2, hidden ages ago 1:26 (cf.

Herm. Wr. 1, 16 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ κεκρυμμένον μυστήριον μέχρι τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας), but now gloriously revealed among the Gentiles vs. 27, to whom the secret of Christ 4:3 is proclaimed (CLMitton, ET 60, ’48/’49, 320f). Cf. Ro 16:25; 1 Cor 2:1 v.l. The pl. is used to denote Christian preaching by the apostles and teachers in the expr. οἰκονόμοι μυστηρίων θεοῦ 1 Cor 4:1 (Iambl., Vi. Prh. 23, 104 calls the teachings of Pyth. θεῖα μυστήρια). Not all Christians are capable of understanding all the mysteries. The one who speaks in tongues πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια utters secret truths in the Spirit which he alone shares w. God, and which his fellow-man, even a Christian, does not understand 1 Cor 14:2. Therefore the possession of all mysteries is a great joy 13:2. And the spirit-filled apostle can say of the highest stage of Christian knowledge, revealed only to the τέλειοι: λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ we impart the wisdom of God in the form of a mystery (ἐν μυστηρίῳ=in a mysterious manner [Laud. Therap. 11] or=secretly, so that no unauthorized person would learn of it [cf. Cyrill. of Scyth. p. 90, 14 ἐν μυστηρίῳ λέγει]) 2:7 (AKlöpper, ZWTh 47, ’05, 525-45).—Eph, for which (as well as for Col) μ. is a predominant concept, sees the μ. τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ (sc. θεοῦ) 1:9 or μ. τ. Χριστοῦ 3:4 or μ. τ. εὐαγγελίου 6:19 in the acceptance of the Gentiles as Christians 3:3ff, 9ff. A unique great mystery is revealed 5:32, where the relation betw. Christ and the Church is spoken of (cf.

WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles, ’39, 183f; 227f; WBieder, ThZ 11, ’55, 329-43).—1 Ti uses μ. as a formula: τὸ μ. τῆς πίστεως is simply faith 3:9. τὸ τ. εὐσεβείας μ. Christian religion vs. 16.—τὸ μ. τῆς ἀνομίας 2 Th 2:7 s. ἀνομία 1 (Jos., Bell. 1, 470calls the life of Antipater κακίας μυστήριον because of his baseness practiced in secret. Cf. also Sib. Or. 8, 58 τὰ πλάνης μυστήρια; 56).—PHFurfey, CBQ 8, ’46, 179-91.

3. Elsewh. in the NT μ. accurs only in Rv, w. ref. to the mysterious things portrayed there. The whole content of the book appears as τὸ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ 10:7. Also τὸ μ. τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1:20; τὸ μ. τῆς γυναικός 17:7, cf. vs. 5, where in each case μ. may mean allegorical significance (so BSEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 215).

4. Outside the NT we have μ.—a. in Ign.: the death and resurrection of Jesus as μ. IMg 9:2. The virginity of Mary, her child-bearing, and the Lord’s death are called τρία μ. κραυγῆς three mysteries (to be) loudly proclaimed IEph 19:1. The deacons are οἱ διάκονοι μυστηρίων Ἰ. Χρ. ITr 2:3. b. Quite difficult is the saying about the tried and true prophet ποιῶν εἰς μυστήριον κοσμικὸν ἐκκλησίας who acts in accord with the earthly mystery of the church D 11:11. This may refer to celibacy; the prophet lives in such a way as to correspond to the relation betw. Christ and the church; cf. Eph 5:32 (so Harnack, TU II 1; 2, 1884, 44ff; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen d. Geistes u. der Geister 1899, 131-8; PDrews, Hdb. z. d. ntl. Apokryphen ’04, 274ff; RKnopf, Hdb. ad loc.—Differently CTaylor, The Teaching of the Twelve Apost. 1886, 82-92; RHarris, The Teaching of the Ap. 1887; FXFunk, Patr. Apostol.2 ’01 ad loc.; Zahn, Forschungen III 1884, 301). c. μ. occurs oft. in Dg: τὸ τῆς θεοσεβείας μ. the secret of the (Christian) religion 4:6. Likew. of Christian teaching πατρὸς μυστήρια 11:2; cf. vs. 5. Hence the Christian can μυστήρια θεοῦ λαλεῖν 10:7. In contrast to ἀνθρώπινα μ. 7:1. οὗ (sc. τ. θεοῦ) τὰ μυστήρια whose secret counsels 7:2. κατέχειν ἐν μυστηρίῳ τ. βουλήν keep his counsel a secret 8:10.—Lghtf., St. Paul’s Ep. to the Col. and Phlm. p. 167ff; JARobinson, St. Paul’s Ep. to the Eph. ’04, 234ff; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 144ff; EHatch, Essays on Bibl. Gk. 1889, 57ff; HansvSoden, ZNW 12, ’11, 188ff; TBFoster, AJTh 19, ’15, 402-15; OCasel, D. Liturgie als Mysterienfeier5 ’23; JSchneider, ‘Mysterion’ im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 255-78; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi ’37; KPrümm, ‘Mysterion’ v. Pls bis Orig.: ZkTh 61, ’37, 391-425, Biblica 37, ’56, 135-61; REBrown, The Semitic Background of ‘Mystery’ in the NT, ’68); cf. KGKuhn, NTS 7, 61, 366 for Qumran parallels to various passages in Eph and Ro; ABöhlig, Mysterion u. Wahrheit, ’68, 3-40; ADNock, Hellenistic Mysteries and Christian Sacraments, Essays on Religion and the Ancient World II, ’72, 790-820. GBornkamm, TW IV 809-34. M-M. and suppl.* μυωπάζω (only Christian wr.: Basilius II 825B Migne [S. Gr. XXX]; Epiphan. 59, 11, 1 Holl.; Ps.-Dionys., Eccl.

Hierarch. 2, 3, 3) be near-sighted fig. τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων he is so near-sighted that he is blind 2 Pt 1:9 (opp. Χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσις). M-M.* Μωδάτ, ὁ indecl. Modad Hv 2, 3, 4; s. on Ἐλδάδ.* μώλωψ, ωπος ὁ (Hyperid., fgm. 200; Plut., Mor. 565B; Herodian Gr. I 247, 20; Artem. 2, 4; LXX) welt, bruise, wound caused by blows (Dionys. Hal. 16, 5, 2; Sir 28:17) οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε by his wound (s) you have been healed 1 Pt 2:24; cf. 1 Cl 16:5; B 5:2 (all Is 53:5). M-M.* μωμάομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. ἐμωμησάμην, pass, ἐμωμήθην (Hom.+; Plut., Mor. 346A; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 180) find fault with, censure, blame τινά someone 2 Cor 8:20. Pass. have fault found with it 6:3.* 640

μῶμος, ου, ὁ—1. blame (Hom.+; Sir 18:15; Sib. Or. 3, 377) δίχα παντὸς μ. without any blame 1 Cl 63:1.

2. defect, blemish bodily (Lev 21:17f, 21; 24:19f; Test. Levi 9:10) and also moral (Sir 11:31, 33; 20:24; Philo, Sobr. 11 μ. ἐν ψυχῇ) of teachers of error σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι blots and blemishes 2 Pt 2:13. M-M.* μωμοσκοπέομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. pass. ptc. μωμοσκοπηθείς (Cont. Apost. 2, 3. The noun μωμοσκόπος in Philo, Agr. 130; Clem. Alex., Strom. 4, 18, 117) t.t. in sacrificial usage examine for blemishes.

1. lit., of a sacrificial animal, etc. 1 Cl 41:2.—2. fig. of God πάντα μωμοσκοπεῖται he examines everything (for blemishes) Pol 4:3.* μωραίνω 1 aor. ἐμώρανα, pass. ἐμωράνθην (Eur.+, but intr., also Philo, Cher. 116) in our lit. only trans. (Polemo, Decl. 2, 36 p. 28, 11; LXX).

1. make foolish, show to be foolish οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου; has not God shown that the wisdom of the world is foolish? 1 Cor 1:20. Pass. become foolish (Sir 23:14) φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν although they claimed to be wise, they became fools Ro 1:22 (cf. Jer 10:14).

2. make tasteless pass. become tasteless, insipid of salt (s. ἄναλος and FPerles, Rev. des Ét. juives 82, ’26, 122f; MBlack, Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 166f) Mt 5:13; Lk 14:34.—S. on ἅλας.* μωρία, ας, ἡ (Soph., Hdt.+; Maspéro 4, 6; Sir 20:31; 41:15; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 209)foolishness gener. of worldly wisdom μ. παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ἐστιν 1 Cor 3:19. Conversely, to all those who are lost 1:18 and esp. to the Gentiles vs. 23, the Christian preaching of a Savior who died a slave’s death on the cross was μ. It has pleased God to save the believers διὰ τ. μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος vs. 21. The ψυχικὸς ἄνθρ. rejects the things of the spirit as μ., 2:14. The Jewish temple cult is evaluated as μ. (opp. θεοσέβεια) Dg 3:3.—WCaspari, Über d. bibl. Begriff der Torheit: NKZ 39, ’28, 668-95.* μωρολογία, ας, ἡ (Aristot., H.A. 1, 11; Plut., Mor. 504B; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 115) foolish, silly talk w. αἰσχρότης and εὐτραπελία Eph 5:4 (cf. IQS 10, 21-24: KGKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 339). M-M.* μωρός, ά, όν (trag., X., Pla.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Test. Levi 7:2; loanw. in rabb.; on the accent s. Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 58) foolish, stupid.

1. of pers. (Simonides of Ceos 48, 6f, who uses the word with reference to his opponent, Cleobulus; Diod. S. 10, 22; Epict. 2, 2, 16; 3, 24, 86) Mt 5:22 (s. below); (w. τυφλός) 23:17, 19 t.r.; (opp. φρόνιμος) 7:26; 25:2f, 8. The same contrast 1 Cor 4:10, where the apostle ironically compares himself w. the Corinthians. (Opp. σοφός as Lucian, Epigr. 1; Dt 32:6; Sir 21:26)3:18. W. ἀσύνετος (Sir 21:18) Hv 3, 6, 5; s 9, 22, 4. W. ἀσύνετος and other similar predicates 1 Cl 39:1. Of the overly ambitious Hs 8, 7, 4. τὰ μ. τοῦ κόσμου what is considered foolish in the world 1 Cor 1:27 also refers to persons, and can do so since it pertains not to individuals but to a general attribute (Bl-D. §138, 1 app.; 263, 4; Rob. 411).

2. of things (Sib. Or. 3, 226) ὀξυχολία Hm 5, 2, 4. παράδοσις Mk 7:13 v.l. ζητήσεις 2 Ti 2:23; Tit 3:9. πράγματα Hm 5, 2, 2. τρυφαί m 12, 2, 1. διδαχαί s 8, 6, 5. ἀφροσύνη 9, 22, 2. Of the πνεῦμα ἐπίγειον m 11:11.—τὸ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ the foolishness of God (in the judgment of unbelievers) 1 Cor 1:25 (cf. Eur., Hipp. 966 τὸ μ.=‘foolishness’).

3. The mng. of μωρέ Mt 5:22 is disputed. Most scholars take it, as the ancient Syrian versions did, to mean you foo1 (Pla., Leg. 9 p. 857D and Socrat., Ep. 14, 6 ὦ μῶρε [as it is accented in Att.]=you fool! Likew. Biogr. p.

179.—Epict. 2, 16, 13; 3, 13, 17 μωρέ; Philo, Cher. 75 ὦ μωρέ), somet. also w. the connotation of an obstinate, godless person (like ‫ל‬ ; cf. Dt 32:6; Is 32:6; Sir 50:26). Fr. the time of HEGPaulus, Comm.2 1804ff I 671 to FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 241, and SIFeigin, Jour. of Near Eastern Stud. 2, ’43, 195 it has been held to be a transliteration of ‫הֵרוֹמ‬rebel (Dt 21:18, 20); acc. to KKöhler, ZNW 19, ’20, 91-5 it is simply the Gk. translation of ῥακά; acc. to HPernot, Pages choisies des Évang. ’25, 61, who refers to Mod. Gk., a simple exclamation w. humorous coloring.—RAGuelich, ZNW 64, ’73, 39-52 (Engl.); Field, Notes 3-5; Mlt.-H. 152f; GBertram, TW IV 837-52: μωρός and related words. M-M. B. 1215.* μωρῶς adv. (X., An. 7, 6, 21 al.) foolishly ἀπόλλυσθαι perish in one’s folly IEph 17:2.* Μωσῆς s. Μωϋσῆς. Μωϋσῆς (the Hebr. ‫ ֶהשׁמ‬seems to have been written so in Gk. orig. [Manetho—III BC—in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 250; Diod.

S. 1, 94, 2; 34+35 fgm. 1, 3; Nicol. Dam. in Jos., Ant. 1, 95; Numenius of Apamea—II AD—in Clem. Alex., Strom. 1, 150, 4; LXX, Thackeray 163, 3; Ep. Arist. 144; Ezech. Trag. in Clem. 1, 155, 5; Philo, Joseph.; Test. Sim. 9, Levi 12:2.—PGM 13=8th Book of Moses 3; 21; 343; 383; 730 al. has Μοϋσῆς]. The Μωσῆς of the t.r., also of ISm 5:1 [but s. ed. Bihlmeyer XXXVI and ad loc.], occurs Diod. S. 40, 3, 3; 6; Strabo 16, 2, 35; 39 and LXX; Sib. Or. On the spelling Bl-D. §38 w. app.; 53, 1; Mlt.-H. 86f; EbNestle, ZAW 27, ’07, 111-13; Preisigke, Namenbuch; Wuthnow 79f), έως, ὁ dat. εῖ and ῇ (w. ms. variations), acc. mostly ῆν, rarely έα (Lk 16:29), voc. ῆ B 4:8; 1 Cl 53:2. Cf. on the declension Bl-D. §55, 1d; Mlt.-H. 146; W-S. §10, 5 and note 4. Moses. Lawgiver of the Hebrews (as such Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 250; without being named, but as author of Gen 1:3, 9f, Περὶ ὕψους 9, 9) Mt 8:4; 19:7f; 22:24 (the quite common introductory formula M. εἶπεν, followed by Dt 25:5, as Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων, i.e., Sophista 641

228C); Mk 1:44; 7:10; 10:3f; 12:19; Lk 5:14; 20:28; J 1:17; 7:19, 22f; 8:5. Details of his life story: summary of his life Ac 7:20ff. His flight 1 Cl 4:10. The theophany at the burning bush Lk 20:37. The serpent raised up J 3:14. The giving of the manna 6:32. Moses’ conversation w. God 9:29, sojourn on Sinai 1 Cl 53:2; B 4:7; 14:2ff; 15:1, shining face 2 Cor 3:7 (cf. Ex 34:29ff), a cover on it vs. 13 (cf. Ex 34:33). Jannes and Jambres 2 Ti 3:8. Dathan and Abiram 1 Cl 4:12.

The struggle betw. Michael and the devil for M’s. corpse Jd 9. πιστὸς θεράπων 1 Cl 43:1 (cf. Num 12:7); cf. 17:5; 51:3, 5; Hb 3:5. ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ θεοῦ Rv 15:3. Designated a προφήτης (Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 329; PGM 5, 109 ἐγώ εἰμι Μωϋσῆς ὁ προφήτης σου, ᾧ παρέδωκας τὰ μυστήριά σου) B 6:8. ἐν πνεύματι ἐλάλησεν 10:2, 9; cf. 12:2. ποιεῖ τύπον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 12:5ff. W. Elijah (PDabeck, Biblica 23, ’42, 175-89) Mt 17:3f; Mk 9:4f; Lk 9:30, 33.

Moses=the Books of Moses (as Plut., Is. et Os. 70, Plato=the writings of Pla.) 2 Cor 3:15. Correspondingly M. and the prophets Lk 16:29, 31; 24:27; Ac 26:22. Cf. ISm 5:1.—Lit. on Moses in the Haggadah: Monatsschr. f. Gesch. u.

Wiss. d. Judent. 77, ’33, 390-2; JoachJeremias, TW IV 852-78. M-M.

642

Ν Ναασσών, ὁ indecl. (‫ןוֹש‬ Ex 6:23 [quoted by Philo, Poster. Cai. 76]; Num 1:7; Ruth 4:20) Nahshon, in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:4a, b; Lk 3:32.* Ναγγαί, ὁ indecl. Naggai in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:25.* Ναζαρά, Ναζαρέτ, Ναζαρέθ (Ναζαράτ, Ναζαράθ), ἡ indecl. Nazareth. On the var. forms of the name s.

JKZenner, ZkTh 18, 1894, 744-7; Dalman, Gramm.2 152; FCBurkitt, The Syriac Forms of NT Proper Names ’12, 16; 28f, JTS 14, ’13, 475f; Zahn on Mt 2:23; Bl-D. §39, 2 app.; W-S. §5, 27e and p. XVI on §5 note 58; Mlt.-H. 107f. Ναζαρέτ and Ναζαρέθ seem to have the best attestation.—Home of Jesus’ parents; the place is not mentioned in the OT, Talmud, Midrash, or Joseph., but plays a significant role in Christian tradition: Mt 2:23; 4:13; 21:11; Mk 1:9; Lk 1:26; 2:4, 39, 51; 4:16 (BViolet, Z. recht. Verst. der Naz.-Perikope Lk 4:16-30: ZNW 37, ’39, 251-71); J 1:45f; Ac 10:38.—On N. see HGuthe, RE XIII ’03, 676ff, Palästina2 ’27, 149ff; Dalman, Orte3 61-88; GSchumacher, D. jetzige Naz.: ZDPV 13, 1890, 235ff; PViaud, Naz. et ses deux églises ’10; MBrückner, Naz. die Heimat Jesu: Pj 7, ’11, 74-84; ThSoiron, D. Ev. u. die. hl. Stätten ’29, 17-37; PWinter, ‘Naz.’ and ‘Jerus.’ in Lk 1 and 2, NTS 3, ’56/’57, 136-42; CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr. RWalls, ’63, 49-86.—AJonah, in The Teacher’s Yoke ’64, 46-57. M-M.* Ναζαρηνός, ή, όν coming from Nazareth; only subst. ὁ Ν. the Nazarene, inhabitant of Nazareth applied only to Jesus Mk 1:24; 10:47; 14:67; 16:6; Lk 4:34; 24:19; J 18:5 D.* Ναζωραι̂ος, ου, ὁ Nazoraean, Nazarene, quite predominantly a designation of Jesus, in Mt, J, Ac and Lk 18:37, while Mk has Ναζαρηνός (q.v.). Of the two places where the latter form occurs in Lk, the one, Lk 4:34, apparently comes fr. Mk (1:24), the other, 24:19, perh. fr. a special source. Where the author of Lk-Ac writes without influence fr. another source he uses Ναζωραῖος. Mt says expressly 2:23 that Jesus was so called because he grew up in Nazareth.

In addition, the other NT writers who call Jesus Ναζωραῖος know Nazareth as his home. But linguistically the transition fr. Ναζαρέτ to Ναζωραῖος is difficult (Dalman, Gramm.2 178; Wlh. on Mt 26:69; MLidzbarski, Mandäische Liturgien ’20, XVIff, Zeitschrift für Semitistik I ’22, 230ff, Ginza ’25, IXf; FCBurkitt, The Syriac Forms of NT Proper Names ’12; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ’26 p. 432, 4; cf. 411f; RBultmann, ZNW 24, ’25, 143f, Jesus ’26, 26; HHSchaeder in Rtzst. u. Schaeder, Studien zum antiken Synkretismus ’26 p. 308, 2) and it is to be borne in mind that Ναζωραῖος meant someth. different before it was connected w. Nazareth (cf. Celsus 7, 18, who calls Jesus ὁ Ναζωραῖος ἄνθρωπος. JASanders, JBL 84, ’65, 169-72 interprets Ν. in Mt 2:23 as meaning both ‘coming from Nazareth’ and ‘miraculously born’). The pass. where Jesus is so called are Mt 2:23; 26:69 v.l., 71; Lk 18:37; J 18:5, 7; 19:19; Ac 2:22; 3:6; 4:10; 6:14; 22:8; 26:9. Acc. to Ac 24:5 the Christians were so called; cf. Kl. Texte 32 p. 3, l. 32 and 83 p. 6, ll. 8, 17, 27; p. 7, note on l. 1ff; p. 8, 5; p. 9, 17; 23; p. 10, 5; 15; p. 11, 28; note on l. 9ff, all passages in which Jewish Christians are called Nazaraei, Nazareni, Ναζωραῖοι.—Laud. Therap. 27 the monks are called ναζιραῖοι (with the v.l. Ναζαραῖοι).—EbNestle, ET 19, ’08, 523f, PM 14, ’10, 349f; HZimmern, ZDMG 74, ’20, 429ff; GFMoore, Nazarene and Nazareth: Beginn. I 1, ’20, 426-32 (cf. I 5, ’33, 356f); EMeyer II 408f; 423, 2; HGressmann, ZKG 41=new ser. 4, ’22, 166f; WCaspari, ZNW 21, ’22, 122-7; HSmith, Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται: JTS 28, ’27, 60; ELohmeyer, Joh. d. Täufer ’32, p. 115, 2; HSchlier, Theol. Rundschau new ser. 5, ’33, 7f; WOE Oesterley, ET 52, ’41, 410-12; SLyonnet, Biblica 25, ’44, 196-206; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 197-200; WFAlbright, JBL 65, ’46, 397-401, also JSKennard, Jr., ibid. 66, ’47, 79-81; HMShires, ATR 29, ’47, 19-27; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings, ’50, 257-60; BGärtner, Die rätselhafte Termini Nazoräer u. Iskariot ’57, 5-36; E Schweizer, Judentum, Urchrist., Kirche ’60, 90-93.—Bl-D. §39, 4 app.; HHSchaeder, TW IV 879-84. M-M.* Ναθάμ, ὁ indecl. (‫ן‬ ) Nathan, son of David (2 Km 5:14; perh. Zech 12:12 Ναθάν, as Lk 3:31 v.l.—In Jos., Ant. 7, 70Νάθας [acc.-αν]); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:31.* Ναθαναήλ, ὁ indecl. (‫ ֵל ְאנַתְ נ‬. Cf. Num 1:8; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:22; 1 Ch 2:14; 15:24.—In Jos., Ant. 6, 161; 20, 14 Ναθαναῆλος, ου) Nathanael, a disciple of Jesus, mentioned only in J (1:45-9; 21:2). He does not appear in the synoptic lists of the twelve apostles; hence, since antiquity attempts have been made to identify him w. various apostles, esp. Bartholomew, as well as w. other personalities; some have given up the attempt to place him among the twelve. Cf. Hdb.3 exc. on J 1, end. Acc. to J 21:2 he came fr. Cana in Galilee. S. also the apocryphal gospel fragment fr. the Berlin pap. 11710: ZNW 22, ’23, 153f.—REisler, Das Rätsel des Joh-Ev. ’36, 475-85; JoachJeremias, D. Berufung des N.: Αγγελος III, ’28, 2-5); UHolzmeister, Biblica 21, ’40, 28-39; GQuispel, ZNW 47, ’56, 281-3.* ναί particle denoting affirmation, agreement, or emphasis (Hom.+; POxy. 1413, 7 al. in pap.; LXX; Ep. Arist. 201 ναί, βασιλεῦ; Jos., Ant. 17, 169).

1. in answer to a question—a. asked by another pers., yes (Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 663 D.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 1 al.; Alexander Numenianus [time of Hadrian]: Rhet. Gr. ed. LSpengel III 1856 p. 24f: the answer to a question should be 643

ναὶ ἢ οὔ; Ammonius Herm. In Lib. Aristot. De Interpret. p. 199, 21 Busse ἀποκρίν. τὸ ναὶ ἢ τὸ οὔ; Sb 7696, 57 [250 AD]) Mt 9:28; 13:51; 17:25; 21:16; J 11:27; 21:15f; Ac 5:8; 22:27; GP 10:42; Hs 9, 11, 8. b. asked by the one who answers: yes, indeed ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 11:9; Lk 7:26 gives an affirmative answer to the question directed to the crowd, thereby confirming the correctness of the crowd’s opinion; the people are ‘on the right track’, but need further instruction.—If the question is put in negative form, the answer may be of course Ro 3:29.

2. in declarations of agreement to the statements of others certainly, indeed, quite so (Gen 42:21; Epict. 2, 7, 9 ναί, κύριε; Diod. S. 13, 26, 1 ναί, ἀλλά=indeed, but; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 6 and 9 ναί. ἀλλὰ. . . ) ναί, κύριε, καὶ γάρ certainly, Lord (or sir); and yet Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28 (on the other hand, it may mean an urgent repetition of the request: Zahn; Bl-D. §441, 1; AFridrichsen, Con. Neot. 1, ’36, 10-13; Athen. Tafel Elderkin 2 [III AD]: Hesperia 6, ’37, 383ff l. 7 a fervent invocation in prayer: ναὶ κύριε Τυφώς, ἐκδίκησον. . . καὶ βοήθησον αὐτῷ; PGM 1, 216 ναί, κύριε; cf. 36, 227); Hv 3, 3, 1; 4, 3, 1; m 6, 1, 1. Prob. Rv 14:13; 16:7; 22:20b t.r. belong here.

3. in emphatic repetition of one’s own statement yes (indeed) Mt 11:26; Lk 10:21; 11:51. ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε yes, indeed, fear him, I tell you 12:5.—Phlm 20; B 14:1. The repetition can consist in the fact that one request preceded and a similar one follows ναὶ ἐρωτῶ καὶ σέ yes (indeed) , I ask you, too Phil 4:3.—1 Cl 60:3.

4. in solemn assurance (Herodas 1, 86 ναὶ ∆ήμητρα= by Demeter) ναὶ ἔρχομαι ταχύ surely I am coming soon Rv 22:20. ναί, ἀμήν so it is to be, amen 1:7.

5. In a play on words, ναί is used w. οὔ: ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναί, καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ let your ‘yes’ be yes, and your ‘no’ no i.e., the absolute dependability of your statements should make an oath unnecessary Js 5:12. But Mt 5:37 reads ἔστω ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ i.e., a clear ‘yes’, a clear ‘no’ and nothing more (ναί doubled also Archilochus [VII BC] 99 Diehl2; Alciphr. 4, 13, 8; Theod. Prodr. 8, 321 Hercher; PGM 1, 90). Yet many (Bl-D. §432, 1; Wlh. and EKlostermann on Mt 5:37; CCTorrey, The Four Gospels ’33, 291; ELittmann, ZNW 34, ’35, 23f) assume that Mt 5:37 has the same sense as Js 5:12; the Koridethi gosp. (ms. Θ) assimilates the text of the Mt pass. to the one in Js.—Paul denies that, in forming his plans, he has proceeded in such a way ἵνα ᾖ γαρʼ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ that my ‘yes’ should at the same time be ‘no’ 2 Cor 1:17; cf. vs. 18. This is just as impossible as that in the gospel ναὶ καὶ οὔ ‘yes’ and ‘no’ are preached at the same time vs. 19a. Rather, in Jesus Christ there is only ‘yes’ vs. 19b to all the promises of God vs. 20. M-M.* . On the var. ways of writing the name in the tradition s. Bl-D. §37; 53, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. p. 84) Ναιμάν, ὁ indecl. (‫ן‬ Naaman, a Syrian army commander, healed of leprosy by Elisha (4 Km 5:1ff) Lk 4:27. M-M.* Ναΐν, ἡ indecl. (in the Bible only Lk 7:11. The name is applied to an Idumaean locality in Jos., Bell. 4, 511v.l.; 517) Nain, a city in Galilee Lk 7:11.—Dalman, Pj 9, ’13, 45; CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr. RWalls, ’63, 236-41.* ναός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Bl-D. §44, 1; Mlt.-H. 71; 121) temple.

1. lit.—a. of the temple at Jerusalem (3 Km 6:5, 17 al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 62ff; Sib. Or. 3, 575; 657; 702; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Σόλυμα: ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.—ναός [νεώς] of Herod’s temple: Philo, In Flacc. 46, Leg. ad Gai. 278 al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 119) Mt 23:17, 35; 27:5, 40; Mk 14:58 (on this saying cf. RAHoffmann, Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 130-9 and MGoguel, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I ’28, 117-36. More generally DPlooij, Jes. and the Temple: ET 42, ’31, 36-9); 15:29; Lk 1:21f; J 2:20; Ac 7:48 t.r.; Rv 11:2; 1 Cl 41:2; B 16:1ff; GP 7:26. οἱ ἱερεῖς τ. ναοῦ B 7:3. τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ the curtain of the temple that separated the Holy of Holies fr. the holy place Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38; Lk 23:45; GP 5:20 (τ. κ. τ. ναοῦ τῆς Ἰερουσαλήμ). An oath by the temple Mt 23:16, 21. More fully ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ (as Jos., Ant. 15, 380; cf. Artem. 2, 26 νεὼς θεοῦ) Mt 26:61; 2 Th 2:4 (on this s. WWrede, Die Echtheit des 2 Th ’03, 96ff); Rv 11:1 (on the prophecy of the rescue of the temple fr. the general destruction cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 285). ὁ ναὸς τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:9; cf. 1 Cl 23:5 (Mal 3:1). b. of the heavenly sanctuary (cf. Ps 10:4; 17:7; Wsd 3:14 ν. κυρίου; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 66; Test. Levi 5:1 v.l.) of Rv: ὁ ναός 14:15; 15:6, 8a, b; 16:1, 17. ὁ ναὸς αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) 7:15; 11:19b. ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 14:17. ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 11:19a. ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τ. μαρτυρίου ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ 15:5. Cf. also 3:12. Yet there will be no temple in the New Jerusalem 21:22a; God himself is the sanctuary of the eternal city vs. 22b. c. of temples gener. (Diod. S. 5, 15, 2 θεῶν ναούς) Ac 17:24. Specif. of pagan temples: of Artemis at Ephesus 19:24; but here, beside ἱερόν vs. 27 (cf. Dit., Or. 90, 34 [196 BC]; Sb 8745, 6 [pap. 171/72 AD] ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Σοκνοβραίσεως ναὸς ξύλινος περικεχρυσωμένος. Likew. 8747, 5; 3 Macc 1:10; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 139 ἱερὰ κ. ναοί, Decal. 7; Jos., Ant. 16, 106), ναός can be understood in the more restricted sense shrine, where the image of the goddess stood (so Hdt.+; Diod. S. 1, 97, 9; 20, 14, 3; UPZ 5, 27=6, 22 [163 BC], cf. the editor’s note; BGU 1210, 191 ἐν παντὶ ἱερῷ, ὅπου ναός ἐστιν; 211; PErlang. 21 [II AD]: APF 14, ’41, 100f, a shrine w. a ξόανον of Isis).

2. fig. (Philo, Op. M. 136f of the σῶμα as the νεὼς ἱερὸς ψυχῆς). A border-line instance is J 2:19, 21 where Jesus, standing in the temple made of stone, speaks of the ναὸς τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ (AMDubarle, Le signe du Temple [J 2:19]: RB 48, ’39, 21-44; OCullmann, Theol. Ztschr. 4, ’48, 367).—Of the spirit-filled body of the Christians, which is said to be a habitation of God, therefore a temple (cf. Sextus 35); on occasion it may become the habitation of demons, an idol’s temple: τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν ν. τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματός ἐστιν your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit (dwelling) within you 1 Cor 6:19. The habitation of the heart is a ν. ἅγιος τῷ κυρίῳ B 6:15; cf. the development of this thought 16:6ff (Pythagorean saying in HSchenkl, Wiener Stud. 8, 1886, 273 no. 66 νεὼς θεοῦ σοφὸς νοῦς, ὃν ἀεὶ χρὴ παρασκευάζειν κ. κατακοσμεῖν εἰς παραδοχὴν θεοῦ. Cf. Sextus 46a; Synes., Dio 9 p.

49C νεὼς οὗτος [i.e., the νοῦς οἰκεῖος θεῷ=the Νοῦς is the real temple of God]). Of spirit-filled Christians γίνεσθαι 644

ν. τέλειον τῷ θεῷ 4:11. φυλάσσειν τὴν σάρκα ὡς ν. θεοῦ 2 Cl 9:3; τηρεῖν τὴν σάρκα ὡς ν. θεοῦ IPhld 7:2.

Hence individual Christians are called αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) ναοί IEph 15:3. Of the church 1 Cor 3:16, 17a, b; 2 Cor 6:16a, b. αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ Eph 2:21. The Christians are λίθοι ναοῦ πατρός stones for the Father’s temple IEph 9:1. In order to place great emphasis on the oneness of the church community (which permits no division) Christians are challenged thus: πάντες ὡς εἰς ἕνα ναὸν συντρέχετε θεοῦ come together, all of you, as to one temple of God IMg 7:2.—ἱερόν 2.—KBaltzer, HTR 58, ’65, 263-77 (Luke); BGärtner, The Temple and the Community in Qumran and in the NT ’65; REClements, God and Temple ’65 (OT); OMichel, TW IV 884-95. M-M. B. 1465.* Ναούμ, ὁ indecl. (‫םוּח‬

cf. Na 1:1.—In Jos., Ant. 9, 239Ναοῦμος) Nahum in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:25.*

ναοφόρος, ον (hapax legomenon) bearing the image of a temple or shrine (s. ναός 1c) subst. the temple-bearer or shrine-bearer w. other compounds of-φόρος IEph 9:2. Evidently the writer has a pagan relig. procession in mind.* νάρδος, ου, ἡ (prob. a Semit. loanw. [HLewy, Die sem. Fremdwörter im Griech. 1895, 40], but ultimately of Indo-European orig. [Pers. nārdīn; Sanskr. naladâ]) (spike) nard.

1. as a plant (En. 32, 1) native to India (Onesicritus: 134 fgm. 22 Jac.; Arrian, Anab. 6, 22, 5) στέφανος ἐκ νάρδου στάχυος πεπλεγμένος a wreath woven of nard blossoms AP 3:10 (cf. Theophr., Hist. PlAnt. 9, 7, 2ff).

2. as oil of nard (cf. Peripl. Eryth. c. 39; 48; Diosc., Mat. Med. 1, 6, 75; Pliny, Nat. Hist. 12, 26; 13, 2; 4; PSI 628, 7 [III BC]; Zen.-P. 69 [=Sb 6775], 5 [257 BC]; POxy. 1088, 49; PGM 13, 19; 353; SSol 1:12; 4:13f), extracted fr. the root of the nard plant (Nicander, Ther. 937, Alexiph. 402 νάρδου ῥίζαι). μύρον νάρδου ointment or perfume of nard Mk 14:3; J 12:3. In the latter pass. a pound of it is valued at 300 denarii=normally about $55 to $60 (vss. 3 and 5). ILöw, D. Flora d. Juden III ’24, 482-8; SANaber, Νάρδος πιστική: Mnemosyne 30, ’02, 1-15; WHSchoff, Nard: Journ. of the Amer. Oriental Soc. 43, ’25, 216-28; JPBrown, The Mediterranean Vocab. of the Vine, Vetus T 19, ’69, 160-64.—S. πιστικός. M-M.* Νάρκισσος, ου, ὁ Narcissus, a name found not infreq. among slaves and freedmen (Tacitus, Ann. 13, 1; Sueton., Claudius 28; Cass. Dio 64, 3, 4; Inschr. v. Magn. [122d, 14] u. Hierap. [80]; IG XII 8, 548, 2; CIL VI 4123; 4346; 5206 al.). Paul greets οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ναρκίσσου οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ those belonging to the household of Narcissus who are Christians Ro 16:11 (slaves of Ν. are meant. Cf. Narcissiani CIL III 3973, VI 15640). M-M.* ναυαγέω 1 aor. ἐναυάγησα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; POxy. 839, 6ff; Philo) suffer shipwreck.

1. lit. τρὶς ἐναυάγησα I have been shipwrecked three times 2 Cor 11:25.—2. fig. (Cebes 24, 2 ὡς κακῶς διατρίβουσι καὶ ἀθλίως ζῶσι καὶ ναυαγοῦσιν ἐν τῷ βίῳ; Philo, Mut. Nom. 215, Somn. 2, 147) περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν they have suffered shipwreck in their faith 1 Ti 1:19. M-M.* Ναυή, ὁ indecl. (‫ןוּנ‬. Cf. Ex 33:11; Num 11:28; Josh 1:1 al. In all these pass. LXX renders ‫ןוּנ‬with Ναυή; cf. Jos., Bell.

4, 459;1 Ch 7:27: Νούμ; PKatz ThZ 9, ’53, 230) Nun, Joshua’s father 1 Cl 12:2; B 12:8f.* ναύκληρος, ου, ὁ (Soph., Hdt.+; Plut.; Jos. [both w. κυβερνήτης, q.v. 1.]; Dit., Or. 344, 4 [I BC]; pap. [Preisigke, Fachwörter ’15]; En. 101, 4; 9; Philo, Op. M. 147) ship-owner. But it can also mean captain, since the sailing-master of a ship engaged in state service was called a ναύκληρος (MRostovtzeff, APF 5, ’13, 298; LCasson, Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World, ’71, 314-16) Ac 27:11. M-M.* ναῦς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 138 al.; Jos., Vi. 165al.; Sib. Or. 8, 348) acc. ναῦν ship, only of larger vessels Ac 27:41. M-M. B. 727.* ναύτης, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Aq. Ezk 27:9; Sym. Ezk 27:29; Jos., Ant. 9, 209; Test. Napht. 6:2; loanw. in rabb.) sailor Ac 27:27, 30; Rv 18:17. M-M.* Ναχώρ, ὁ indecl. (‫ )רוֹחָנ‬Nahor (Gen 11:22-6; 1 Ch 1:26f; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 43.—In Joseph. Ναχώρης, ου [Ant. 1, 153]), in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:34.* νεανίας, ου, ὁ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 471, 114 [II AD]; LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 409, Vi. 129; 170; Test. Jos. 12, 3) youth, young man (fr. about the 24th to the 40th year; Diog. L. 8, 10; Philo, Cher. 114; Lob. on Phryn. p.

213.—FBoll, D. Lebensalter: NJklA 31, ’13, 89ff) Ac 7:58; 20:9; 23:17, 18 t.r., 22 t.r.; Hv 1, 4, 1 (here the mng. servant is also poss., cf. Judg 16:26 B). M-M.* νεανίσκος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 179, Vi. 126; Test. 12 Patr.) dim. of νεάν.

1. youth, young man (on the chron. limits of this period of life cf. what is said on νεανίας and s. Philo, Op. M. 105) Mt 19:20, 22; Mk 14:51; 16:5; Lk 7:14; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 20:12 D; 23:18, 22; 1J 2:13f; Hv 2, 4, 1; 3, 1, 6ff; 3, 2, 5; 3, 4, 1; 3, 10, 1 and 7; s 6, 1, 5; 6, 2, 6; GP 9:37; 13:55.

2. servant (Lucian, Alex. 53; Gen 14:24, perh. as early as Zen.-P. 4 [=Sb 6710], 6 [259 BC]) Mk 14:51b t.r. οἱ νεανίσκοι; Ac 5:10 (though here the ref. may simply be to young men of the congregation, who would naturally perform this service). M-M.* 645

Νεάπολις s. νέος 3. Νεεμάν s. Ναιμάν. νει̂κος, εος, τό as v.l. in 1 Cor 15:54f is not the word for ‘strife’ w. the same spelling (Hom.+), but an itacistic form of νῖκος, q.v.* νεκρός, ά, όν—1. adj. (perh. as early as Hom., certainly Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX) dead. a. lit.—α. of living beings καταπίπτειν νεκρόν fall dead Ac 28:6. ἤρθη νεκρός he was taken up dead 20:9 (another possibility is as dead, for dead: Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 22; Eunapius, Vi. Soph. 76 συγχωρήσατε τῷ νεκρῷ [the one who is deathly sick] με δοῦναι φάρμακον—ἤρθη ν. as Test. Jud. 9:3).—5:10; Js 2:26a. ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς ν. I fell at his feet as if I were dead Rv 1:17 (ὡς ν. as Diod. S. 36, 8, 4). ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί Mt 28:4. ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρός Mk 9:26. Of Christ ἐγενόμην ν. I was dead Rv 1:18; cf. 2:8. β. lifeless (Wsd 15:5) of the brass serpent B 12:7. Of idols PK 2 p. 14, 21. νεκροὶ θεοί 2 Cl 3:1; D 6:3. b. fig.—α. of pers. (Soph., Philoct. 1018 ἄφιλον ἔρημον ἄπολιν ἐν ζῶσιν νεκρόν; Menand., Colax 50; Epict. 3, 23, 28; scholia on Aristoph., Ran. 423 διὰ τὴν κακοπραγίαν νεκροὺς τοὺς Ἀθηναίους καλεῖ; Sextus 175 ν. παρὰ θεῷ; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 35, Conf. Lingu. 55, Fuga 56) of the prodigal son either thought to be dead, missing, or morally dead, depraved Lk 15:24, 32. Of a church that is inactive, remiss Rv 3:1. Of persons before baptism Hs 9, 16, 3f; 6. W. dat. of disadvantage ν. τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ dead to sin Ro 6:11.—ν. τοῖς παραπτώμασιν dead in sins Eph 2:1, 5; Col 2:13. Of worldly-minded Christians: τὸ ἥμισυ ν. ἐστι Hs 8, 8, 1. β. of things ν. ἔργα dead works that cannot bring eternal life Hb 6:1; 9:14; Hs 9, 21, 2. ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων ν. ἐστιν faith apart from deeds (i.e. without practical application) is dead, useless Js 2:26b (κενή P74), cf. vss. 17, 20 ‫א‬et al. Of sin χωρὶς νόμου ἁμαρτία ν. where there is no law, sin is dead, is not perceptible Ro 7:8. Of the believer, in whom Christ lives: τὸ σῶμα νεκρόν the body (of σάρξ and sin) is dead 8:10 (Herm. Wr. 7, 2 visible corporeality is called ὁ αἰσθητικὸς νεκρός. Sim. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 69ff, Gig. 15).

2. subst. ὁ ν. (so mostly Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En. 103, 5; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 331al.) the dead person. a. lit. Lk 7:15; (w. ζῶν as Appian, Liby. 129 §617 τ. νεκροὺς κ. τ. ζῶντας; Aesop, Fab. 69 H.; Ep. Arist. 146) of God οὐκ ἔστιν (ὁ) θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. καὶ ν. καὶ ζώντων κυριεύειν rule over the living and the dead i.e. over all mankind past and present Ro 14:9. κρίνειν ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5 (cf. vs. 6); B 7:2; κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ ν. Ac 10:42; 2 Cl 1:1; Pol 2:1. In this combination ν. without the article means all the dead, all those who are in the underworld (νεκροί=the dead: Thu. 4, 14, 5; 5, 10, 12; Lucian, V.H. 1, 39; Polyaenus 4, 2, 5). Likew. in the expr. ἐκ. ν. and ἀπὸ ν. (Bl-D. §254, 2; Rob. 791f). ἐγείρειν ἐκ ν., ἐγείρεσθαι ἐκ ν. Mt 17:9; Mk 6:14; Lk 9:7; J 2:22; 12:1, 9, 17; 21:14; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Ro 6:4; 7:4; 8:11a, b, 34 v.l.; 10:9; 1 Cor 15:12a, 20; Gal 1:1; Eph 1:20; Col 2:12; 1 Pt 1:21; IMg 9:3; ITr 9:2; Pol 2:1f (1 Pt 1:21); 5:2. ἀναστῆναι ἐκ ν. and ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐκ ν. Mk 9:9f; 12:25; Lk 16:31; J 20:9; Ac 10:41; 13:34; 17:3, 31; 1 Cl 24:1; B 15:9; GP 8:30 (KGKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 343f). ἡ ἐκ ν. ἀνάστασις B 5:6; Lk 20:35; Ac 4:2. Also ἡ ἐξανάστασις ἡ ἐκ ν. Phil 3:11; ἀνάγειν ἐκ ν. bring up from the realm of the dead Ro 10:7; Hb 13:20. ἀπὸ ν. πορεύεσθαι πρός τινα come up to someone fr. the realm of the dead Lk 16:30. Somet. the art. is included in these prep. combinations without appreciable difference in mng.: ἐγείρεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ν. Mt 14:2; 27:64; 28:7 (w. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐκ ν. 17:9). ἐγείρειν ἐκ τῶν ν. 1 Th 1:10; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν ν. Col 1:18 beside ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν ν. Rv 1:5. The art. is often omitted w. the gen.; so as a rule in ἀνάστασις ν. resurrection of the dead, an expr. that is explained by the locution ἀναστῆναι ἐκ ν. Ac 17:32; 23:6; 24:21; 26:23; Ro 1:4; 1 Cor 15:12b, 13, 21; D 16:6. Also ἀνάστασις τῶν ν. Mt 22:31; 1 Cor 15:42. νεκροὺς ἐγείρειν raise the dead Mt 10:8; Ac 26:8. Pass. Mt 11:5; Lk 7:22 (on the fig. understanding s. κωφός 2); 1 Cor 15:15f, 29b, 32. Also τοὺς ν. ἐγείρειν J 5:21; 2 Cor 1:9. Pass. Lk 20:37; 1 Cor 15:35, 52. Of God ζωοποιεῖν τοὺς ν. Ro 4:17. μετὰ τῶν ν. among the dead Lk 24:5. βαπτίζεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ν. be baptized for the dead 1 Cor 15:29a (s. βαπτίζω 2bγ). τάφοι νεκρῶν IPhld 6:1. ὀστέα νεκρῶν the bones of the dead Mt 23:27. ἄτονος ὥσπερ νεκροῦ νεῦρα powerless as the sinews of a corpse Hm 12, 6, 2. αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ blood like that of a dead man Rv 16:3. b. fig. (cf. Philo, Fuga 56) ἄφες τοὺς ν. θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ν. let the dead bury their dead of those who are lost to the Kgdm. of God Mt 8:22; Lk 9:60 (cf. Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 25 τ. θνητοῖς τὰ θνητὰ καταλείψομεν.—FPerles, ZNW 19, ’20, 96; 25, ’26, 286f; Bleibtreu [s. μισέω 1]. ATEhrhardt, Studia Theologica VI, 2, ’53, 128-64.—θάπτειν τοὺς ν. lit. Jos., Bell. 5, 518). The words ἀνάστα ἐκ τ. νεκρῶν Eph 5:14 belong to a hymn (s. Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst.’21, 136) that may have become part of the baptism ritual (MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; FJDölger, Sol Salutis2, ’25, 364ff).—RBultmann, TW IV 896-9: νεκρός and related words. M-M. B. 290.* νεκροφόρος, ον bearing a corpse; subst. ὁ ν. the corpse-bearer. It lit. means a man who carries a corpse to its burial-place (Polyb., 35, 6, 2; Plut., Cato Maj. 9, 2). Ign. uses it in a play on words to reject the views of the Docetists, who deny that Christ was a σαρκοφόρος. Whoever does this, he says, is himself a νεκροφόρος, evidently mng. that he is clothed in a corpse rather than in flesh ISm 5:2 (cf. Philo, Agr. 25 [ψυχὴ] νεκροφοροῦσα).* νεκρόω 1 aor. ἐνέκρωσα; pf. pass. ptc. νενεκρωμένος (Hellenist. word: Hipponax[?]; Epict. 1, 5, 7; Plut., Mor. 954D; Themist., Paraphr. Aristot. II p. 51, 15 Spengel; inscr.; Philo, Aet. M. 125) put to death τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς what is earthly in you Col 3:5. Pass. be worn out, impotent, as good as dead (Longus 2, 7, 5) νενεκρωμένος worn out, impotent of persons whose physical capabilities have failed in a certain respect (comm. on Hipponax: POxy. 646

2176 fgm. 1, col. 2, 7 [KLatte, Philol. 97, ’48, 39f] τ. τράχηλον; Maximus Tyr. 41, 3h; cf. Epict. 4, 5, 21); e.g. of Abraham in his old age ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν καὶ ταῦτα νενεκρωμένου from one man, and him as good as dead, were born Hb 11:12. τὸ σῶμα νενεκρωμένον his worn-out body Ro 4:19 (cf. IG III 2, 1355 ἄνθρωπε μή μου παρέλθῃς σῶμα τὸ νενεκρωμένον.—Dssm., LO 75 [LAE 94]; BHaensler, BZ 12, ’14, 168ff; 14, ’16, 164ff).

M-M.* νέκρωσις, εως, ἡ (Aretaeus p. 32, 16; Soranus p. 140, 3; Galen: CMG V 9, 2 p. 87, 10; 313, 16 ν. τοῦ σώματος; Porphyr., Abst. 4, 20 p. 262, 20 Nauck; Proclus on Pla., Rep. II 117, 16 Kr. of the trees in spring: ἐκτινάσσειν τὴν ν.; Photius, Bibl. p. 513, 36 οἱ γὰρ κόκκοι μετὰ τ. νέκρωσιν ἀναζῶσι).

1. death, putting to death lit. πάντοτε τ. νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες we always carry about in our body the putting to death of Jesus (of the constant danger of death in which the apostle lives) 2 Cor 4:10.

2. deadness, mortification—a. lit. ἡ ν. τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας the deadness of Sarah’s womb Ro 4:19. b. fig. ἀποτίθεσθαι τὴν ν. τῆς ζωῆς τῆς προτέρας lay aside the deadness of their former life i.e. the dead life they formerly led (before baptism) Hs 9, 16, 2f. νέκρωσις τῆς καρδίας deadening Mk 3:5 D (cf. Epict. 1, 5, 4 ἀπονέκρωσις τῆς ψυχῆς). M-M.* νέμομαι impf. ἐνεμόμην (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60; 195) graze, feed (so Hom.+; pap., LXX) of cattle and birds εἰς τὸ ὄρος feed on the mountain Hs 9, 1, 8. Trans. ν. τι feed on someth. 9, 24, 1.* νεομηνία, ας, ἡ (in the contracted form νουμηνία since Aristoph.; X., An. 5, 6, 23; Antig. Car. 126; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 5, 97 §404; 98 §406; inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 and Or. index]; PPetr. II 4 [2], 6 [III BC]; BGU 1053, 20 [13 BC]; LXX [Thackeray 98]; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 78.The uncontracted [Ionic] form is found in inscr. [ENachmanson, Laute u.

Formen d. magn. Inschr. ’03, 69] and pap. [PTebt. 318, 12 (166 AD); BGU 859, 6 (II AD). Cf. Mayser p. 153] not before the second half of the second century AD, also Alciphr. 3, 25, 2.—Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 40, 3 νουμηνίαν μὲν Ἀττικοί φασιν, νεομηνίαν δὲ Κρῆτες; Lob., Phryn. 148) new moon, first of the month, oft. celebrated as a festival by Jews and Gentiles: Col 2:16; B 2:5; 15:8 (the two last Is 1:13 νουμηνία); PK 2 p. 14, 28. τὴν τῆς νουμηνίας εἰρωνείαν the hypocritical observance of the new moon Dg 4:1 (Antig. Car. 126 μύρμηκες ταῖς νουμηνίαις ἀναπαύονται=the ants rest at the time of the new moon). M-M.* νέος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) comp. νεώτερος.

1. adj.—a. new, fresh—α. lit., of things ν. φύραμα fresh dough w. no yeast in it; symbolically of Christians 1 Cor 5:7 (s. φύραμα, ζύμη). Also ν. ζύμη of Christ IMg 10:2. οἶνος ν. new wine (Simonides 49 D.; Diocles 141 p. 184, 14; POxy. 729, 19; 92, 2; 3; Sir 9:10), which is still fermenting Mt 9:17; Mk 2:22; Lk 5:37f; (opp. παλαιὸς οἶ. old, aged wine: schol. on Pind., Ol 9, 74f) vs. 39; διαθήκη ν. the new covenant (διαθήκη 2) Hb 12:24. β. fig., of pers. ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν ν. (ἄνθρωπον) put on the new man Col 3:10. Of Christ πάντοτε νέος ἐν ἁγίων καρδίαις γεννώμενος he is ever born anew in the hearts of the saints Dg 11:4 (Diod. S. 3, 62, 6 of Dionysus, who was torn to pieces but later joined together again by Demeter: ἐξ ἀρχῆς νέον γεννηθῆναι). b. young—α. positive (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 136 §566 νέος ἀνήρ; Philo, Post. Cai. 109; Jos., Ant. 8, 23; Jerus. inscr.: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 209 [I AD]) ὁλοτελῶς νέον εἶναι be completely young Hv 3, 13, 4. Also of animals μόσχος νέος a young ox or calf 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). β. mostly comp.: ὁ νεώτερος υἱός the younger son (Gen 27:15; cf. Philo, Sacr. Abel. 42; Jos., Ant. 12, 235, in all these pass. in contrast to πρεσβύτερος as Lk 15:25) Lk 15:13; cf. vs. 12; B 13:5 (Gen 48:14). τὴν ὄψιν νεωτέραν ἔχειν have a more youthful face Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1; cf. s 9, 11, 5. On the other hand, the comp. sense is scarcely felt any longer 3, 10, 5; 3, 13, 1. Likew. in νεώτεραι χῆραι 1 Ti 5:11; cf. vs. 14, where the noun is to be supplied fr. context. Sim. J 21:18 (cf. Ps 36:25).

2. subst.—a. novice νέοι ἐν τῇ πίστει Hv 3, 5. 4. b. on the basis of the mng. ‘young’—α. positive (οἱ) νέοι the young people (X., Cyr. 5, 1, 25; Diod. S. 14, 115, 3; 2 Macc 5:13; 6:28; 15:17; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206) w. οἱ πρεσβύτεροι (s. πρεσβύτερος 1a) 1 Cl 1:3; 3:3; 21:6. σκοπὸν πᾶσι τοῖς νέοις τιθέναι set a goal for all the young people 2 Cl 19:1 (οἱ νέοι for young people of both sexes: Nicetas Eugen. 8, 187 H.).—αἱ νέαι the young women Tit 2:4. β. comp., mostly with little comp. force (POxy. 298, 29; Jos., Ant. 15, 407): οἱ νεώτεροι young men (Diod. S. 14, 113, 3 [alternating with οἱ νέοι, and with no difference in mng. 14, 115, 3, as 18, 46, 3 οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. . . οἱ νεώτεροι beside 4 οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. . . οἱ νέοι]; 2 Macc 5:24) Ac 5:6; 1 Ti 5:1 (s. on πρεσβύτερος 1a); Tit 2:6; Pol 5:3. Opp. πρεσβύτεροι 1 Pt 5:5 (X., An. 7, 4, 5; Timaeus Hist.: no. 566 fgm. 11a Jac. διακονεῖν τοὺς νεωτέρους τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις; Dio Chrys. 78[29], 21; Demosth., Ep. 2, 10; Ep. Arist. 14; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 226; Jos., Ant. 3, 47; PPar. 66, 24 πρεσβύτεροι καὶ ἀδύνατοι καὶ νεώτεροι; Plut., Mor. 486F. On the other hand, also the inscr. of Ptolemais APF 1, ’01, 202 no. 4, 15 οἱ νεώτεροι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πολῖται. On νεώτεροι as t.t. s. Schürer III4 91). (αἱ) νεώτεραι young (er) women 1 Ti 5:2.—ὁ νεώτερος beside ὁ μείζων Lk 22:26 has the force of a superlative (cf. Gen 42:20); this is influenced by the consideration that the youngest was obliged to perform the lowliest service (cf. Ac 5:6).

3. The well-known city name (quotable Hdt.+) is prob. to be written Νέα πόλις (cf. Dit., Syll.3 107, 35 [410/09 BC] ἐν Νέαι πόληι; Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 137; PWarr. 5, 8 [154 AD]; Diod. S. 20, 17, 1 Νέαν πόλιν; 20, 44, 1 ἐν Νέᾳ πόλει; Jos., Bell. 4, 449.Even in 247 AD τῆς Νέας πόλεως is found in pap. [PViereck, Her. 27, 1892, 516 II, 29f]; Mlt.-H. 278) acc. Νέαν πόλιν Ac 16:11; IPol 8:1 (where, however, Νεάπολιν is attested and customarily 647

printed). In both places our lit. means by Neapolis (New City) the harbor of Philippi in Macedonia (Ptolem. 3, 13; Strabo 7, fgm. 36 p. 331; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 106 §446; Pliny, N.H. 4, 42 p. 58 Detl.).—RAHarrisville s.v. καινός.

JBehm, TW IV 899-903. M-M. B. 957f.* νεοσσός s. νοσσός. νεότης, τητος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 325; Test. 12 Patr.) youth τῆς ν. τινος καταφρονεῖν look down on someone’s youth, i.e. on someone because he is young 1 Ti 4:12 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 94 §435 ἐπιγελάω τῇ νεότητι). ἀπὸ νεότητος from youth (up) (M. Ant. 8, 1, 1; PTebt. 276, 38; Jos., Bell. 4, 33;1 Macc 1:6; 16:2, and used w. a gen. Num 22:30; Jer 3:25) 1 Cl 63:3; B 19:5; D 4:9. Also ἐκ ν. (Il. 14, 86; Gen 48:15; Is 47:15; 54:6 and very oft. in LXX w. a gen.) Mt 19:20 D; Lk 18:21; Ac 26:4. ἐκ νεότητός μου Mt 19:20 v.l.; Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21 v.l. M-M.* νεόφυτος, ον (Aristoph., fgm. 828 I p. 581 Kock; PRyl. 138, 9 [34 AD]; BGU 563 I, 9 al. [Dssm., NB 47f—BS 220f]; Ps 127:3; 143:12; Is 5:7; Job 14:9) lit. newly planted, fig. (only in Christian lit.) newly planted in the Christian church, newly converted (cf. ‘neophyte’) 1 Ti 3:6. M-M.* νέρτερος, α, ον (trag.+) comp. without a positive the lower, usu. in positive mng. belonging to the lower world (τὰ) νέρτερα the underworld (Orph. Hymns 3, 10; 57, 2; 78, 5 Qu.) νερτέρων ἀνεκδιήγητα κρίματα the indescribable verdicts of the underworld 1 Cl 20:5 (on the text s. ἀνεκδιήγητος).* Νέρων, ωνος, ὁ Nero, Roman emperor (54-68 AD) 2 Ti subscr.* Νευης form of the proper name of the rich man Lk 16:19, only in P75. Another form, found in scholia, is Νινευης. Full discussion by HJCadbury, JBL 81, ’62, 399-402. S. also LLefort, Le nom du mauvais riche et la trad. copte, ZNW 37, ’38, 65-72; KGrobel, NTS 10, ’64, 373-82.* νεῦρον, ου, τό (Hom.+; Herm. Wr. 5, 6; PGM 36, 156; LXX) sinew ὥσπερ νεκροῦ νεῦρα like the sinews of a corpse Hm 12, 6, 2 (cf. Philo, In Flacc. 190).* νεύω 1 aor. ἔνευσα (Hom.+; pap.; Pr 4:25; 21:1; Ezech. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 5; Jos., Ant. 7, 175)nod ν. τινί nod to someone as a signal (Lucian, Catapl. 15; BGU 1078, 9 [39 AD]; Field, Notes 100) J 13:24. W. inf. foll.

(Eur., Hec. 545; Bl-D. §392, 1d) J 13:24 t.r.; Ac 24:10. M-M.* νεφέλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 375; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) cloud ν. λευκή Rv 14:14a. Clouds fr. the west bringing rain Lk 12:54. νεφέλαι σκότους dark clouds as a comparison for a swarm of worms AP 10:25. ν. ἄνυδροι waterless clouds, that yield no rain Jd 12; cf. 2 Pt 2:17 t.r. Jesus at the Transfiguration was overshadowed by a νεφέλη φωτεινή bright cloud (ν. as a sign of God’s presence: Jos., Ant. 3, 290; 310) Mt 17:5; cf. Mk 9:7; Lk 9:34f (HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 130-45). περιβεβλημένος νεφέλην (Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 16) clothed in a cloud Rv 10:1. Christ ascending in a cloud Ac 1:9 (cf. Dosiadis [III BC]: no. 458 fgm. 5 Jac. of Ganymede: νέφος ἥρπασεν αὐτὸν εἰς οὐρανόν; Ps.-Apollod. 2, 7, 7, 12 of Heracles). Likew. the believers 1 Th 4:17 (cf. PGM 5, 277 τὸν περιεχόμενον. . . ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ ἀέρος νεφέλης); cf. Rv 11:12. Clouds as the vehicle of Christ at his second coming ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν ν. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (cf. Da 7:13) Mt 24:30; 26:64. ἐν νεφέλαις Mk 13:26. ἐν νεφέλῃ Lk 21:27. μετὰ τῶν ν. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Da 7:13 Theod.) Mk 14:62; cf. Rv 1:7. ἐπάνω τῶν ν. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ D 16:8; καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῆς ν. Rv 14:15f; ἐπὶ τὴν ν. vs. 14b. ὑπὸ τὴν ν. εἶναι be under the cloud 1 Cor 10:1 (for the idea cf. Ex 14:19ff; Num 14:14; Ps 104:39; Wsd 10:17; 19:7). πάντες ἐβαπτίσαντο (the v.l. ἐβαπτίσθησαν is better.

Bl-D. §317; Rob. 808) ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ they were all baptized in (by) the cloud vs. 2 is meant to establish a baptism for those who were in the desert.—AOepke, TW IV 904-12. M-M.* ; Gen 30:8; 49:21; Judg 4:6, 10 al. With μ at the end Is 8:23 and occas. [Gen 49:21; Dt Νεφθαλίμ, ὁ indecl. (‫י ִל‬ 33:23; Judg 4:6 B] as v.l.; Philo, Somn. 2, 36. On this s. PKatz, ThLZ 61, ’36, 281.—In Jos., Ant. 1, 305Νεφθάλεις and 2, 181 Νεφθάλις) Naphtali, Hebrew tribe and its ancestor. φυλὴ Ν. Rv 7:6. Its land γῆ Ν. Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23). (τὰ) ὅρια Ν. vs. 13; Lk 4:31 D.* νέφος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 298)cloud as a symbol of darkness (Charito 3, 9, 11 νέφος ἀνεκάλυψε τῆς ψυχῆς; Isishymnus v. Andros 158 Peek; Philo, Mos. 1, 176; Jos., Ant. 16, 376ν. ἐπάγειν τοῖς πράγμασιν=‘spread darkness over the events’; Sib. Or. 3, 173) ἀποθέμενοι ἐκεῖνο ὃ περικείμεθα ν. we laid aside the cloud that surrounded us 2 Cl 1:6. Fig. of a compact, numberless throng (Il. 4, 274 al.; Hdt. 8, 109 νέφος τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων; Timon [III BC] in Diog. L. 8, 16; Diod. S. 3, 29, 2; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 2, 2 νέφος ἐχθρῶν.

Further exx. in Bleek on Hb 12:1) host τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν ν. μαρτύρων since we have so great a host of witnesses about us Hb 12:1. M-M.* νεφρός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristoph., Pla. et al.; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 228)usu. pl. kidneys; fig., of the inner life, mind (LXX). Of the Son of Man ἐρευνῶν νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας who searches minds and hearts (Diod. S. 1, 91, 5 νεφροὶ καὶ καρδία are the only things left in the body cavity by the Eg. embalmers) Rv 2:23 (in the OT a similar expr., 648

w. different verbs, is used of God: Ps 7:10; Jer 11:20; 17:10; 20:12). M-M.* νεωκόρος, ου, ὁ lit. temple keeper (so X., Pla.+; Ael. Aristid. 47, 11 K.=1 p. 23 D.; Inschr. v. Priene 231 [IV BC] Μεγάβυζος νεωκόρος τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ; PMagd. 35 [217 BC]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 156; Jos., Bell. 1, 153;5, 383; Sib. Or. 12, 274. Loanw. in rabb.), then, w. the rise of the emperor cult in Asia Minor, a title assumed by cities that built and maintained temples in honor of the emperor. In rare cases this custom was extended to other deities; so Ephesus is called ν. τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος the guardian of the temple of the great Artemis (νεωκόρος τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος CIG 2966; 2972; OBenndorf, Forschungen in Ephesos I ’06, 211 νεωκόρος τῆς ἁγιωτάτης Ἀρτέμιδος; Dit., Or. 481, 1ff; Rouffiac 64f. Also on coins [JWeiss, RE X 543; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 366]) Ac 19:35.—WBüchner, De Neocoria 1888. M-M.* νεωτερικός, ή, όν youthful (so Polyb. 10, 21, 7; Plut., Dion 8, 1; 3 Macc 4:8; Jos., Ant. 16, 399)ἐπιθυμίαι 2 Ti 2:22 (cf. Vett. Val. 118, 3 νεωτερικὰ ἁμαρτήματα). προσλαμβάνειν τὴν φαινομένην νεωτερικὴν τάξιν take advantage of his seemingly youthful appearance IMg 3:1. M-M.* νεωτερισμός, οῦ, ὁ (IG IV2 1, 68, 43 [302 BC]) innovation, mostly in a bad sense uprising, revolution, rebellion (Pla., Demosth., Plut.; Ep. Arist. 101; Philo, In Flacc. 93; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; 20, 106; Test. Reub. 2:2). Pl. (Pla., Leg. 6 p. 758c) revolutionary outbreaks (w. μέθαι and other vices) 1 Cl 30:1.* νεώτερος s. νέος. M-M. νή particle of strong affirmation (Aristoph.+; pap.; Gen 42:15f; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 255) by w. acc. of the pers. or thing by which one swears or affirms (Bl-D. §149; Rob. 487; 1150) νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν (yes, truly) by my pride in you 1 Cor 15:31 (cf. Epict. 2, 20, 29 νὴ τ. σὴν τύχην; PGiess. 19, 11 νὴ τὴν σὴν σωτηρίαν; POxy. 939, 20; Gen 42:15f νὴ τὴν ὑγίειαν Φαραώ). JWerres, D. Beteuerungsformeln in d. att. Komödie, Diss. Bonn ’36. M-M.* νήθω (Cratinus 96; Pla., Pol 289C; Anth. Pal. 11, 110, 6; 14, 134, 3; Ex 26:31 al. in Ex) spin w. κοπιάω Mt 6:28.—Lk 12:27.—Dalman, Arbeit V ’37. M-M. B. 408.* νηκτός, ή, όν (Plut., Mor. 636E; 776C; Vett. Val. 344, 15; Philo, Op. M. 63; Jos., Ant. 8, 44)swimming, subst. τὸ νηκτόν that which swims (Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 398b, 31; Galen XVIII 1 p. 207 K.) τῆς θαλάσσης τὰ νηκτά what swims in the sea PK 2 p. 14, 18.* νηπιάζω (Hippocr. IX 360 L.; Erinna Lyrica [IV BC]: PSI IX 1090, 55+15 [p. XII]; Memnon Hist. [I AD], fgm. 22, 1 CMüller; Porphyr., πρὸς Γαῦρον [ABA 1895] 12, 3 p. 50, 27; 12, 4 p. 51, 6; schol. on Eur., Phoen. 713) be (as) a child fig., w. dat. (Hippocr., Ep. 17, 25 ἐπιβουλῇσι νηπιάζειν) τῇ κακίᾳ in evil 1 Cor 14:20. M-M.* νήπιος, ία, ιον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) infant, minor.

1. of very young children—a. lit. (Jos., Ant. 6, 262)ὡς ν. βρέφη like veritable babes Hs 9, 29, 1. Usu. subst. οἱ ν. children (w. θηλάζοντες) Mt 21:16 (Ps 8:3). Sing. 1 Cor 13:11a, b, c, d; τὰ τοῦ ν. childish ways vs. 11e. τὰ ν. (sc. βρέφη) Hm 2:1. b. fig.; the transition to the fig. sense is found Hb 5:13 where the νήπιος, who is fed w. the milk of elementary teaching, is contrasted w. the τέλειος=‘mature person’, who can take the solid food of the main teachings (s. also 1 Cor 3:1f). In this connection the ν. is one who views spiritual things fr. the standpoint of a child. W. this can be contrasted α. the state of the more advanced Christian, to which the ν. may aspire (Ps 118:130; Philo, Migr. Abr. 46) ITr 5:1. ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι Eph 4:14. The Jew as διδάσκαλος νηπίων Ro 2:20. νήπιος ἐν Χριστῷ immature Christian 1 Cor 3:1 (cf. JWeiss, Paulin. Probleme: Die Formel ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, StKr 69, 1896, 1-33). Harnack, Die Terminologie d. Wiedergeburt: TU XLII 3, ’18, 97ff. β. The contrast can also be w. the concepts σοφός, συνετός, and then the νήπιοι are the child-like, innocent ones, unspoiled by learning, with whom God is pleased Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21 (GDKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 63f; WGrundmann, NTS 5, ’58/’59, 188-205; SLégasse, Jésus et l’enfant [synopt.], ’69). Cf. also 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:32).

2. in the legal sense minor, not yet of age (UPZ 20, 22 [II BC] ἔτι νηπίας οὔσας ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέδωκεν εἰς σύστασιν Πτολεμαίῳ) ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος ν. ἐστιν as long as the heir is a minor Gal 4:1. Fig. vs.

3.—In 1 Th 2:7 νήπιοι is the rdg. of ‫ *א‬BCD* et al., and is accepted by Lachmann and W-H., as well as by interpreters fr. Origen to Wohlenberg, Frame, and Gdspd., Probs. 177f. Others, incl. N. (also Tischend., HermvSoden, BWeiss, Bornemann, vDobschütz, Dibelius, Steinmann) prefer ἤπιοι (A, t.r. et al.), and regard the ν of νήπιοι as the result of dittography fr. the preceding word. MLacroix, Ηπιος—Νηπιος: Mélanges Desrousseaux ’37, 260-72.—GBertram, TW IV 913-25. M-M. B. 92.* νηπιότης, ητος, ἡ (Pla., Leg. 7 p. 808E; Maximus Tyr. 10, 5c; Lucian, Halc. 3; LXX; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 21; Jos., Ant. 1, 287; 2, 233) child-likeness (w. ἁπλότης) (childlike) innocence Hs 9, 24, 3. ἐν ν. διαμένειν remain in one’s innocence 9, 29, 1. Also μετὰ νηπιότητος διαμένειν 9, 29, 2.* 649

Νηρεύς, έως, ὁ Nereus (the old mythological name as a personal name e.g. IG III 1053, 11; 1162, 62; 1177, 48 also CIL); not infreq. borne by freedmen and slaves, some of them in the imperial service (Zahn, Einleitung I3 299). W. his sister, recipient of a greeting: ἀσπάσασθε Νηρέα καὶ τ. ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ Ro 16:15. M-M.* Νηρί, ὁ indecl. ( ‫ )ר‬Neri, in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:27.* νησίον, ου, τό (Strabo 2, 5, 23; 3, 3, 1; Paradoxogr. Flor. 38; Heliod. 1, 7, 2; loanw. in rabb.) dim. of νῆσος: little island (oft. no longer felt to be a dim.: Peripl. Eryth. c. 38 νησίον μικρόν) of the island of Clauda (s. Κλαῦδα) Ac 27:16.* νῆσος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Aet. M. 120; 138; Jos., Ant. 4, 116al.; loanw. in rabb.) island Ac 27:26. Cyprus (Jos., Ant. 17, 335)13:6. Malta 28:1, 7, 9, 11. Patmos Rv 1:9. Removed fr. their places in the last days 6:14; 16:20. M-M. B. 29.* νηστεία, ας, ἡ (since Hdt. 4, 186; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fasting, abstention from food.

1. gener., of hunger brought about by necessity: pl. (Bl-D. §142; cf. Rob. 408) of oft-recurring situations (cf. Da 9:3; 2 Macc 13:12) ἐν νηστείαις through hunger 2 Cor 6:5. ἐν νηστείαις πολλάκις often without food 11:27.

2. esp. of fasting as a relig. rite—a. of public fasts: of the Day of Atonement (‫ ;רוּ ִפּכּ םוֹי‬Strabo 16, 2, 40 τὴν νηστείας ἡμέραν [for the Jews]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 193ff; Jos., Ant. 14, 66; 18, 94) Ac 27:9; B 7:4.—For D 8:1 s. on νηστεύω, end. b. of private fasting Hs 5, 2, 1; 5, 3, 5. Of Moses on the mountain (w. ταπείνωσις, cf. Jdth 4:9 v.l.; Ps 34:13; PsSol 3:8) 1 Cl 53:2; likew. of Esther 55:6. (W. προσευχή; cf. Tob 12:8; Da 9:3) Mt 17:21; Mk 9:29 v.l. (νηστεία strengthening prayer as 2 Macc 13:12; Test. Jos. 10:1f); 1 Cor 7:5 t.r. (W. δεήσεις; cf. Da 9:3 Theod.) Lk 2:37. προσεύχεσθαι μετὰ νηστειῶν pray and fast Ac 14:23. νηστείαν νηστεύειν (= ‫םוֹצ םוּצ‬2 Km 12:16; 3 Km 20:9) keep, observe a fast Hs 5, 1, 2f; νηστεύειν τήν ν. keep the fast (day) B 7:3 (ἡ νηστεία=fast day, as Jos., Ant. 18, 94).νηστεύειν τῷ θεῷ νηστείαν keep a fast to God Hs 5, 1, 4b. μεγάλην ν. ποιεῖν s 5, 1, 5. φυλάσσειν τὴν νηστείαν s 5, 3, 5; τελεῖν τὴν ν. s 5, 3, 8. ἡ ν. τελεία s 5, 3, 6, acc. to Hermas, includes abstaining fr. all evil as well as fr. food.—προσκαρτερεῖν νηστείαις persevere in fasting Pol 7:2. Fasting better than prayer 2 Cl 16:4 (cf. Tob 12:8f). Rejected by God B 3:1ff (Is 58:5f). τῆς νηστείας εἰρωνεία hypocritical observance of fast days Dg 4:1.—RArbesmann, D. Fasten b. d. Griech. u. Römern ’29; MSFreiberger, D. Fasten im alten Israel ’29; JAMontgomery, Ascetic Strains in Early Judaism: JBL 51, ’32, 183-213; IAbrahams, Studies in Pharisaism and the Gospels I ’17, 121-8; GFMoore, Judaism II ’27, 55ff; 257ff; Billerb. IV ’28, 77-114: V. altjüd. Fasten; MHShepherd, ATR 40, ’58, 81-94; JBehm, TW IV 925-35.* νηστεύω fut. νηστεύσω; 1 aor. ἐνήστευσα, inf. νηστεῦσαι, imper. νηστεύσατε, ptc. νηστεύσας (Aristoph.; Aristot.; Plut., Mor. 626f; Aelian, V.H. 5, 20; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 197; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 308; Test. 12 Patr.) to fast as a relig. rite, among Jews and Christians: as a sign of grief (2 Km 1:12; 12:22; Zech 7:5; Bar 1:5) Mt 9:15 v.l.; Mk 2:19f; Lk 5:34f (cf. ν. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ Judg 20:26; 1 Km 7:6); GP 7:27. Moses B 4:7; 14:2 (cf. for the idea Ex 34:28) and Jesus Mt 4:2 fast for forty days and forty nights (cf. 1 Km 31:13; 1 Ch 10:12 ν. ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας; Marinus, Vi. Procli 19 Boiss. τινὰς ν. ἡμέρας). With lamentation B 7:5. As preparation for prayer (Jos., Ant. 20, 89)Hv 3, 10, 6; for baptism D 7:4 (on fasting before being received into the pagan mystery cults s. Knopf, Hdb. ad loc.). W. προσεύχεσθαι (cf. Bar 1:5) Ac 13:3. W. δέομαι Hv 3, 1, 2. To increase the power of his prayer, Hermas fasts μίαν ἡμέραν for one whole day v 3, 10, 7; a fifteen-day fast v 2, 2, 1. His fast consists in taking only bread and water Hs 5, 3, 7. W. λειτουργεῖν τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 13:2 (EPeterson, Nuntius 2, ’49, 9f). Jesus and his disciples did not fast Mt 9:14; Mk 2:18; Lk 5:33 (HJEbeling, D. Fastenfrage [Mk 2:18-22]: StKr 108, ’37/’38, 387-96, but cf.

KTSchäfer, Synopt. Studien [Wikenhauser-Festschr.], ’53, 124-47; FGCremer, D. Fastenansage Jesu, ’65). Right and wrong attitudes in fasting Mt 6:16-18. ν. νηστείαν observe a fast Hs 5, 1, 2f (s. νηστεία 2b). ν. τῷ θεῷ νηστείαν 5, 1, 4b. But ν. τὴν νηστείαν keep the fast day B 7:3 (s. νηστεία 2b). ν. τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 1, 4a; cf. B 3:1 (Is 58:4). Cf. Hs 5, 1, 1. As an act pleasing to God, w. the pers. given, who is to profit from it νηστεύετε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς fast for those who persecute you D 1:3 (where Mt 5:44 has προσεύχεσθε.—Knopf, Hdb. ad loc.). Pious Jews used to fast twice a week Lk 18:12, on Monday and Thursday (s. Schürer II4 572f; Elbogen 126f; 225f; 533; 551; Billerb. on Lk 18:12), the Christians on Wednesday and Friday D 8:1.—ν. τὸν κόσμον LJ 1:2 has not yet been satisfactorily explained. Could it be taken fig. abstain from the world (see s.v. νηστεία on Hs 5, 3, 6 and cf.

Empedocles in Plut., Mor. 464B [Vorsokrat. I5 369, 17] νηστεῦσαι κακότητος; LEWright, JBL 65, ’46, 180)? M-M. B. 1483.* νῆστις, ὁ, ἡ gen. in Ion. and Ep. ιος, Attic ιδος, acc. pl. νήστεις (cf. Bl-D. §47, 3; Mlt.-H. 132 [strictly should be called an adj.]; 287; 374; on the formation of the word IWackernagel, Kl. Schr. 1150) not eating, hungry (so Hom.+; Da 6:19; PKatz, ThLZ 81, ’56, 605) Mt 15:32; Mk 8:3. M-M.* νηφαλέος, α, ον (Herodian Gr. I 114, 17 al.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 82; Etym. Mag. p. 261, 52; 262, 2; Act. Jo. 69. On the accent s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 297, 11) later form for νηφάλιος (q.v.) 1 Ti 3:2 t.r.; 3:11 t.r.—Bl-D. §35, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 76; 362.* νηφάλιος, ία, ον (Aeschyl.+; Plut.; Dit., Syll.3 1040, 26) of pers. (cf. Philo, Sobr. 2, Mos. 1, 187; Jos., Ant. 3, 650

279)lit. temperate in the use of alcoholic beverages, sober, clear-headed, self-controlled 1 Ti 3:2, 11; Tit 2:2.

M-M.* νήφω 1 aor. ἔνηψα (Soph., Pla., X.+; inscr., pap.) be sober, in the NT only fig.=be free fr. every form of mental and spiritual ‘drunkenness’, fr. excess, passion, rashness, confusion, etc. be well-balanced, self-controlled (Aristot. +; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 132 νήφων λογισμός=sober reasonableness; Περὶ ὕψους 16, 4; Lucian, Hermot. 47 νῆφε; Herodian 2, 15, 1; Achilles Tat. 1, 13 ν. ἐκ τοῦ κακοῦ; Herm. Wr. 7, 1; BGU 1011 III, 9 [II BC]; POxy. 1062, 13 ἵνα αὐτὴν [sc. τ. ἐπιστολὴν] ἀναγνοῖς νήφων κ. σαυτοῦ καταγνοῖς; Ep. Arist. 209; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 225;4, 42; Sib. Or. 1, 154) 1 Th 5:8; 1 Pt 1:13. ν. ἐν πᾶσιν be self-possessed under all circumstances (M. Ant. 1, 16, 15) 2 Ti 4:5. W. γρηγορεῖν (cf. Plut., Mor. 800B ἀγρυπνῶν κ. νήφων κ. πεφροντικώς) 1 Th 5:6; 1 Pt 5:8. W. σωφρονεῖν (Lucian, Nigrin. 5f): ν. εἰς προσευχάς exercise self-restraint, to help you pray 1 Pt 4:7; Pol 7:2 has ν. πρὸς τὰς εὐχάς. ν. ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν exercise self-control for (your own) good 2 Cl 13:1. W. allusion to the self-control practiced by athletes: νῆφε ὡς θεοῦ ἀθλητής IPol 2:3.—HLevy, Sobria ebrietas ’29; OBauernfeind, TW IV 935-40: νήφω and related words. M-M.* νήχομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; Hero Alex. I 414, 18; 446, 16; Plut.; Lucian; Job 11:12[?]; Philo Epicus Jud. [II BC] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 37, 1; Philo Alex., De Prov. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 65; Jos., Vi. 15) swim ἐν τῷ βυθῷ B 10:5. B. 681.* Νίγερ, ὁ (Lat. loanw.; Dialekt-Inschr. 1555C, 20; e, 24 [Phocis]; ostracon APF 6, ’20, 213, 1 [174/5 AD] Αἰβύτιος Νίγερ; Sb 46; Ostraka II 266; 296; wood tablet w. the name of the veteran L. Petronius Niger [94 AD] in Dssm., LO 383 [LAE 443]; Jos., Bell. 2, 520)Niger (dark-complexioned), surname of Simeon the prophet Ac 13:1. M-M.* Νικάνωρ, ορος, ὁ (Thu. 2, 80, 5 al.; Dit., Or. 21, 4; 196, 11f; 599, 1 al. in inscr.; Sb 1079; 3763; PFrankfurt [ed.

HEwald: SA Heidelb. 14, ’20] 5 recto, 20 [242/1 BC]; 1, 2 and 4 Macc; Ep. Arist. 182; Joseph.—Bl-D. §29, 3. In rabb. ‫ )י ִנ רוֹנ‬name freq. found, Nicanor, one of the seven ‘deacons’ of the Jerusalem church Ac 6:5. M-M.* νικάω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) ptc. νικῶν, dat. νικοῦντι (Rv 2:17 Tregelles, Tdf.; Lachm. also reads νικοῦντι vs. 7; W-H., N. have νικῶντι everywhere; on this exchange of-αω and-εω forms cf.

Bl-D. §90 w. app.; Rob. 203; cf. Mlt.-H. 195); fut. νικήσω; 1 aor. ἐνίκησα; pf. νενίκηκα; 1 aor. pass. ptc. νικηθείς.

1. intr. be victor, prevail, conquer—a. in a battle or contest (Ep. Arist. 281), of Christ Rv 3:21 b; 5:5 (the foll. inf. ἀνοῖξαι indicates what the victory enables the victor to do). Of Israel as victorious in battle B 12:2. ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν κ. ἵνα νικήσῃ 6:2. Of the good athlete (Lucian, Tim. 50; POxy. 1759, 4 letter to an athlete) IPol 3:1. The Christian as ὁ νικῶν he who is victorious (cf. Bl-D. §322; Rob. 865) Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21; 21:7 (s. Boll 49, 1). οἱ νικῶντες ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου (=τηρήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐκ τ. θ.—Bl-D. §212; GBonaccorsi, Primi saggi di filologia neotest.

I ’33 p. clxii) 15:2.—Hs 8, 3, 6 v.l. b. in a legal action (Aristoph., Equ. 95, Av. 445; 447; Protagoras in Diog. L. 9, 56 [νικάω and νίκη]; Artem. 1, 35 p. 36, 20; 4, 31 p. 222, 17 al.; PSI 551, 7 [III BC]; PHal. 1, 51; 58 [III BC]; Jos., Ant. 12, 126)ὅπως νικήσεις (or νικήσῃς) ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are accused Ro 3:4; 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6.—IG XI 4, 1299 l. 26f [c. 200 BC] Sarapis and his worshipers win in a lawsuit over the new temple).

2. trans. conquer, overcome, vanquish—a. act. w. the obj. in the acc. τινά overcome someone (Polyb. 6, 58, 13; Diod. S. 4, 57, 6; Jos., Vi. 81) Lk 11:22; Rv 11:7; 13:7; 17:14. Of Christ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον I have overcome the world (i.e. the sum total of everything opposed to God; s. κόσμος 7) J 16:33 (ν. τι=‘be stronger than’: Isisaretal. v. Kyme 55 Peek). Also said of the Christians 1J 5:4f; cf. αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον vs.

4b (s. νίκη). Also ν. τὸν πονηρόν overcome the evil one, the devil 2:13f (on this passage and J 16:33 s. JBruns, JBL 86, ’67, 451-53); cf. Rv 12:11. αὐτούς (=τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου) 1J 4:4. ν. τὴν ψυχήν win a victory over the soul (i.e. the earthly-minded part of man; cf. Sextus 71a νίκα τὸ σῶμα) 2 Cl 16:2. The conquering power added in the dat.

(Eur., Herc. Fur. 342 ἀρετῇ; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 272 D.: ἐπιεικείᾳ) τοῖς ἰδίοις βίοις νικῶσι τ. νόμους in their way of life they surpass (or outdo) the laws (i.e., they live better lives than the laws require) Dg 5:10; by (means of) ἔν τινι (Pla., Symp. 213E; Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 3, 11 ἐν δόγμασι νικῶν ἐκείνους): ἐν τῷ μὴ ποιεῖν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῆς τὰς πονηράς 2 Cl 16:2. ν. ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν overcome evil with good Ro 12:21b (Test. Benj. 4:3 οὗτος τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιῶν νικᾷ τὸ κακόν). b. pass. be conquered, beaten (Thu. 1, 76, 2 al.; Posidippus [III BC]: no. 447 fgm. 2 Jac. νικᾶται ὁ Κύπριος τῷ σχήματι=the Cyprian is ‘conquered’ by the picture [of Aphrodite] et al.; Philo, De Jos. 200 νικώμενος ὑπὸ πάθους; Jos., Ant. 1, 302by the force of necessity) Hm 12, 5, 2. Let oneself be overcome μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τ. κακοῦ Ro 12:21a; Dg 7:7.—OBauernfeind, TW IV 941-5: νικάω and related words. M-M.* νίκη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 180; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 186 ὅταν νικήσῃ νίκην; Jos., Ant. 6, 145al.; Sib. Or. 13, 38) victory, then as abstr. for concr. the means for winning a victory (but cf. also the custom of speaking of the emperor’s νίκη as the power that grants him the victory) 1J 5:4. M-M. B. 1406.* Νικήτης, ου, ὁ a not uncommon name (Dit., Syll.3 287, 2; 491, 73; 540, 44; 1029, 62) Nicetes MPol 8:2; 17:2.* Νικόδημος, ου, ὁ a name common among Jews and Gentiles (exx. in Wettstein; Diod. S. 16, 82; 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 37; Dit., Syll.2 and Preisigke, Sb in the indices; PHib. 110, 60; 75; 105; PFlor. 6, 20 Νικόδημος βουλευτής) 651

Nicodemus (in rabb. ‫ןוֹמי ֵדּ‬ ), a member of the Sanhedrin who was favorable to Jesus and his cause, mentioned only in the Fourth Gospel. Little is known about him, and the connection w. the Talmudic Nicodemus, whose real name is said to have been Buni ben Gorion, and who was held to be a disciple of Jesus (Billerb. II 413f), is questionable. J 3:1, 4, 9; 7:50; 19:39.—BZimolong, D. Nikod. perikope (J 2:23-3:22) nach d. syrosinait. Text, Diss. Bresl. ’19; SMendner, JBL 77, ’58, 293-323. M-M.* Νικολαΐτης, ου, ὁ Nicolaitan, a follower of Nicolaus, an otherw. unknown founder of a sect, ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν Rv 2:6. διδαχὴ τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν vs. 15. On the sect of the Nicolaitans cf. ESchürer, Die Prophetin Isabel: Weizsäcker-Festschr. 1892, 39-58; LSeesemann, StKr 66, 1893, 47-82; GWohlenberg, NKZ 6, 1895, 923ff; Zahn, Einl. II3 623f; AvHarnack, The Sect of the Nicolaitans and Nicolaus, the Deacon in Jerus.: Journ. of Religion 3, ’23, 413-22; MGoguel, Les Nicolaïtes: Rev. de l’Hist. des Rel. 115, ’37, 5-36. M-M.* Νικόλαος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 13, 19, 6; 32, 15, 5; IG XIV 682; 1252; Dit., Syll.2 and Preisigke, Sb indices; Joseph.) Nicolaus, a proselyte of Antioch and one of the seven ‘deacons’ of the Jerusalem church Ac 6:5. It hardly seems poss. that he had anything to do w. the sect of the Nicolaitans, despite the assertions of the ancients (approved

by Zahn) that he did. M-M.* Νικόπολις, εως, ἡ Nicopolis; of the many cities bearing this name (Stephan. Byz. names three of them, in Epirus, Bithynia, and Armenia Minor), the one mentioned Tit 3:12 and in the subscr. of 1 Ti and Tit is usu. taken to be the Ν. in Epirus (Cass. Dio 50, 13; 51, 1; Strabo 7, 7, 5; 10, 2, 2). MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Tit 3:14.* νι̂κος, ους, τό (Manetho, Apot. 1, 358; Orph., Argon. 587; Polemo 1, 12 p. 6, 16; Vett. Val. 358, 5; IG XII 5, 764, 2; BGU 1002, 14 [55 BC]; LXX; Sib. Or, 14, 334; 339; Lob. on Phryn. p. 647) late form for ἡ νίκη (JWackernagel, Hellenistica ’07, 26f; EFraenkel, Glotta 4, ’13, 39ff; Bl-D. §51, 1; Mlt.-H. 126; 381).

1. victory ποῦ σου θάνατε τὸ ν.; where, O Death, is your victory? 1 Cor 15:55 (after Hos 13:14, where our LXX mss. read ποῦ ἡ δίκη σου, θ.; [cf. WDittmar, V.T. in Novo ’03, 217 and s. on κέντρον 1], but Paul, influenced by vs. 54, substitutes νῖκος for δίκη; EEEllis, Paul’s Use of the OT, ’57, 140). In κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος death is swallowed up in (or by) victory vs. 54, νῖκος agrees w. the improvement which Theod. made in the LXX wording of Is 25:8 (s. ARahlfs, ZNW 20, ’21, 183f; JZiegler, Is. ’39 ad loc.). Vss. 54 and 55 have the v.l. νεῖκος., q.v. διδόναι τινὶ τὸ ν. give someone the victory vs. 57 (cf. 2 Macc 10:38; Jos., Ant. 6, 145).ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς ν. τὴν κρίσιν until he brings justice to victory Mt 12:20 (cf. 2 Km 2:26 and variants in Field, Hexapla and the Cambridge LXX; s. κρίσις, end).

2. abstr. for concr. the prize of victory (4 Macc 17, 12 τὸ νῖκος ἀφθαρσία) παραδοὺς αὐτῇ τὸ ν. ὃ ἔλαβες give over to it the prize of victory you have won Hm 12, 2, 5. M-M.* Νινευή (less well Νινευί [Bl-D. §39, 1; cf. Rob. 191f]), ἡ, indecl. (Gen 10:11f; Is 37:37; Jon 1:2 al.; Zeph 2:13 al. ‫ )י ִנ‬Nineveh, capital of the later Assyrian Empire Lk 11:32 t.r.* LXX; Hebr. ‫ה‬ Νινευίτης, ου, ὁ Ninevite; ἄνδρες Νινευῖται men of Nineveh as examples of penitence, contrasted w. the contemporaries of Jesus Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32. οἱ Νινευῖται vs. 30. Jonah’s preaching of repentance among them 1 Cl 7:7.* νιπτήρ, ῆρος, ὁ (Hdt. 2, 172 ποδανιπτήρ; a Cyprian inscr. fr. Roman times has the acc. νιπτῆρα: ASakellarios, Τα Κυπριακα I 1890, p. 191 no. 2; Lex. Vindob. p. 128, 16; Test. Abr. recension A 3: NTS 1, ’54, 220) (wash) basin J 13:5 (ποδονιπτήρ P66).* νίπτω 1 aor. ἔνιψα, mid. ἐνιψάμην, imper. νίψαι (Bl-D. §73; Mlt.-H. 250) (Hippocr.; Epict. [s. 1 below]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 87).

1. act. wash w. acc. τὶ someth. τοὺς πόδας (Epict. 1, 19, 5 νίπτω τ. πόδας; Vi. Aesopi I c. 10 p. 252, 2; Gen 43:24; 1 Km 25:41) J 13:5f, 8a, 12, 14a, b (on ‘foot-washing’ s. on λούω 2aβ); 1 Ti 5:10. τινά someone J 13:8b.

2. mid. wash oneself or for oneself—a. I wash myself J 9:7b, 11a, b, 15; 13:10 (if εὒ μὴ τ. πόδας is omitted); GOxy 34f. νίπτεσθαι εὒς τὴν κολυμβήθραν wash, bathe in the pool (cf. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ [sc. τὸ παιδίον] λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην) J 9:7a. b. I wash (for myself) w. acc., ν. τὸ πρόσωπον wash one’s face (Artem. 4, 41; Achmes 143, 11) Mt 6:17. τὰς χεῖρας wash one’s hands (Diod. S. 23, 2, 1; Ex 30:19; Lev 15:11) 15:2; Mk 7:3 (cf. FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 233); GP 1:1. τοὺς πόδας (Artem. 5, 55; Gen 19:2; Judg 19:21) J 13:10 (if εἰ μὴ τ. πόδας is accepted). JHorst, D. Worte Jesu über d. kult. Reinheit: StKr 87, ’14, 429-54. Branscomb (s. νόμος, end) 156-60. WKGrossouw, NovT 8, ’66, 124-31; JATRobinson, The Significance of Footwashing, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 144-47. M-M. B. 578f.* νοέω 1 aor. ἐνόησα; pf. νενόηκα (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. of rational reflection or inner contemplation perceive, apprehend, understand, gain an insight into. a. w. the obj. in the acc. (X., An. 3, 4, 44; Jos., Vi. 298; Sib. Or. 5, 65) τὴν σύνεσίν μου my insight Eph 3:4. δικαίως ν. τὰς ἐντολάς understand the commandments rightly B 10:12b. τὰς παραβολάς understand the 652

parables Hm 10, 1, 4 (cf. Pr 1:6); (w. συνιέναι, as B 10:12a) πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα m 10, 1, 6a; cf. b; τῆς βασάνου τὴν δύναμιν the power of the torment s 6, 4, 3a. τὴν πρᾶξιν ἣν ποιεῖ what he is doing 6, 5, 3. οὐδέν 9, 14, 4. τὰ ἐπουράνια understand heavenly things ITr 5:2. τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ Hm 12, 4, 2. Relative clause as obj. 1 Ti 1:7; Dg 8:11; IRo 6:3. ταῦτα B 10:12a; Hs 5, 5, 4. αὐτά 6, 5, 2; 9, 2, 6b; οὐδὲν ν. comprehend nothing Hv 3, 6, 5; ὅλως οὐθὲν ν. understand nothing at all m 4, 2, 1. Also οὐδὲν ὅλως ν. m 10, 1, 5. ὅσα οὐ δύνασαι νοῆσαι whatever you cannot comprehend s 9, 2, 6a. οὐδὲ δύναμαι νοῆσαί τι nor do I understand anything (about it) 9, 9, 2.—W. acc. of the pers.: of the angel of wickedness I do not understand how I am to recognize him Hm 6, 2, 5.—W. περί τινος instead of the obj. ἒτι οὐ νενόηκα ὅλως περὶ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἀπάτης I have not yet fully understood concerning the time of pleasure s 6, 5, 1.—Pass. τὰ ἀόρατα. . . νοούμενα καθορᾶται what is invisible. . . is clearly perceived (w. the eye of the understanding) Ro 1:20 (νοῆσαι τὸν θεόν: Herm. Wr. 11, 20b; 12, 20b and PGM 3, 597; Orpheus in Aristobulus: Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 5 οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν εἰσοράα ψυχῶν θνητῶν, νῷ δʼ εἰσοράαται. S. on γνωστός 2). Of the λόγος: ὑπὸ ἀπίστων μὴ νοούμενος Dg 11:2. b. w. ὅτι foll. (BGU 114 I, 9; 2 Km 12:19; Ep. Arist. 224; Philo, Virt. 17, Mos. 1, 287; Bl-D. §397, 2) Mt 15:l7; 16:11; Mk 7:18; Ac 16:10 D; 1 Cl 27:3; B 7:1; Hm 10, 1, 2; s 1:3; (w. οἶδα) s 2:8. c. foll. by acc. and inf. (2 Macc 14:30; Bl-D. §397, 2; Rob. 1036) Hb 11:3; foll. by acc. and ptc. ἐνόησα ὑμᾶς κατηρτισμένους I have observed that you are trained ISm 1:1 (Epigr. Gr. 278, 3 τὸν φίλον ὄντα νόει). d. foll. by indirect question (Fluchtaf. 4, 56f ἵνα μὴ νοῶσιν τί ποιῶσιν; Wsd 4:17; Sib. Or. 3, 796) Hm 6, 1, 1; s 5, 4, 2; οὐ ν. w. indir. quest. preceding I do not understand m 10, 1, 3. Elliptically πῶς, οὐ νοῶ how (this can be) I do not understand s 5, 6, 1. e. abs. (Sir 11:7) B 6:10; 17:2; Hs 6, 4, 3b; 9, 28, 6; (beside γινώσκειν w. the acc. [as Pla., Rep. 6, 508D]) οὐ δύναμαι νοῆσαι I cannot understand (them) s 5, 3, 1. νοῆσαί σε δεῖ πρῶτον you must understand it first v 3, 8, 11. Comprehend, perceive (Ep. Arist. 153) Mt 16:9; Mk 8:17. More fully ν. τῇ καρδίᾳ (Is 44:18) J 12:40.

2. consider, take note of, think over ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω let the reader note (these words) Mt 24:15; Mk 13:14. νόει ὃ λέγω consider what I say 2 Ti 2:7 (Pla., Ep. 8 p. 352C νοήσατε ἃ λέγω) ἔτι κἀκεῖνο νοεῖτε consider this, too B 4:14. W. indir. quest. foll. 1 Cl 19:3; B 8:2.

3. think, imagine (En. 100, 8 ν. τὸ κακόν) ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ ὧν νοοῦμεν far beyond what we imagine Eph 3:20.

4. be minded σεμνὰ ν. be honorably minded 1 Cl 1:3.—JBehm, TW IV 947-1016: νοέω, νοῦς and related words. M-M.* νόημα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; LXX)—1. thought, mind (Hom.+; Pla., Symp. 197E; Sib. Or. 3, 585) mostly in pl.

(Cornutus 16 p. 21, 2; oft. Philo; Herm. Wr. 9, 3) ἐπωρώθη τὰ νοήματα αὐτῶν 2 Cor 3:14. ὁ θεὸς τ. αὒῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τ. ἀπίστων 4:4. μή πως φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τ. ἁπλότητος τῆς εἰς Χριστόν that perhaps your minds will be led astray from sincere devotion to Christ 11:3. τ. καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ ν. ὑμῶν your hearts and minds Phil 4:7.

2. purpose, in a bad sense design, plot (Hom.; Pla., Pol. 260D; Bar 2:8; 3 Macc 5:30) of Satan’s designs 2 Cor 2:11. αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν ν. εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ we take captive every design to make it obedient to Christ 10:5. M-M.* νόθος, η, ον (Hom.+; pap.; Wsd 4:3; Philo) born out of wedlock, illegitimate, baseborn (opp. γνήσιος [q.v.]

Menand., fgm. 290; Jos., Ant. 5, 233).As a symbol of men who reject God’s discipline and hence (after Pr 3:11f) cannot be his sons: ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε then you are illegitimate children and not real sons Hb 12:8.

M-M.* νομή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 112; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 18; 17, 249).

1. pasture in the sense pasturing-place (Soph., Hdt., X., Plut., pap.) or mng.fodder (Pla., Aristot.) ν. εὑρίσκειν find pasture (1 Ch 4:40; La 1:6) J 10:9. Fig. of God as Shepherd of his people (i.e. the Christians); the latter are called πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς σου sheep of thy pasture (Ps 73:1; 78:13; cf. 99:3) 1 Cl 59:4; likew. B 16:5 in a quot. fr. an unknown document (perh. En. 89, 56; 66f), called γραφή.

2. fig. (after the spreading out of a flock at pasture) in medical language, spreading, of an ulcer (Hippocr.+. Cf. Polyb. 1, 81, 6 νομὴν ποιεῖται ἕλκος.—Also 11, 4[5], 4 τὸ πῦρ λαμβάνει νομήν; 1, 48, 5; Memnon Hist. [I BC/IAD]: no. 434 fgm. 1, 2, 4 Jac. [ulcer]; Philo, Aet. M. 127 [conjecture of Usener]; Jos., Bell. 6, 164)ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει their teaching will spread like a cancer 2 Ti 2:17. M-M.* νομίζω impf. ἐνόμιζον, pass. ἐνομιζόμην; 1 aor. ἐνόμισα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; iscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. have in common use pass.be the custom (Aeschyl., Hdt.; Diod. S. 10, 3, 4 τὰ νομιζόμενα]; Joseph., inscr., pap.) οὗ ἐνομίζετο προσευχὴ εἶναι where, according to the custom, there was a place of prayer Ac 16:13 t.r.

2. think, believe, hold, consider (Aeschyl., Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 196)foll. by acc. and inf. (X., An. 6, 1, 29, Cyr. 1, 4, 5; inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 ind.]; 4 Macc 4:13; 5:16, 18, 19; 9:4; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 139) Lk 2:44; Ac 7:25; 14:19; 16:27; 17:29; 1 Cor 7:26; 1 Ti 6:5; 1 Cl 1:1; 26:1; 44:3(pass.); Dg 4:1, 6. With double acc. 2:1. οὗ ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν εἶναι where we supposed there was a place of prayer Ac 16:13. W. inf. foll. (inscr. [Dit., loc. cit.]; PTebt. 50, 11 [112/11BC]; PLeipz. 105, 2; 2 Macc 4:32) Ac 8:20; 1 Cor 7:36; Dg 2:7; 12:6. W. ὅτι foll. (X., Hell. 5, 4, 62; Lucian, Syr. Dea 28 p. 474; PFay. 109, 4 [IAD]; BGU 248, 29 [c. 75 AD]) Mt 5:17 μὴ νομίσητε as 4 Macc 2:14; Jos., Ant. 5, 109); 10:34; 20:10; GP 5:18. W. acc. and ὅτι foll. Ac 21:29.—Pass. ( 653

Appian, Iber. 18 §68; 2 Macc 8:35; Ep. Arist. 128; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 122) Dg 1. ὢν υἱὸς ὡς ἐνομίζετο Ἰ ωσήφ he was, as was supposed, the son of Joseph Lk 3:23 ὡς ἐνομίζετο as Appian, Mithrid. 63 §263; cf. also Appian, Liby. 111 §525 of the Macedonian king τὸν νομιζόμενον υἱὸν εἶναι Περσέως, Bell. Civ. 1, 33 §146; 2, 39 §153 νομιζόμενος εἶναι Ποσειδῶνος; Paus. 2, 10, 3 Ἄρατον Ἀσκληπιοῦ παῖδα εἶναι νομίζουσιν; Olympiodorus, Life of Plato, ed. AWestermann 1850 p. 1, 4: λέγεται ὁ Πλάτων υἱὸς γενέσθαι Ἀρίστωνος, though the writer claims he was of supernatural origin). M-M. B. 1204.* νομικός, ή, όν (Pla., Arstot. et al.; inscr. [Hatch 134ff]; pap.; 4 Macc 5:4; Sib. Or. 8, 112).

1. pertaining to the law μάχαι ν. quarrels about the law (i.e. the validity of the [Mosaic?] law) Tit 3:9 (cf.

Philostrat., Vitae Sophist. 1, 22, 1 ἀγῶνες ν..

2. learned in the law; hence subst. ὁ νομικός legal expert, jurist, lawyer (Strabo 12, 2, 9; Epict. 2, 13, 6-8; Inschr. v. Magn. 191, 4 [also Thieme 37]; other exx. from inscriptions in LRobert, Hellenica I 62, 9; BGU 326 II, 22; 361 III, 2; POxy. 237 VIII, 2; PRainer 18, 24 al. in pap.; 4 Macc 5:4); Tit 3:13 mentions a certain Zenas the ν., but it is not clear whether he was expert in Jewish or non-Jewish (in that case most prob. Roman) law.—Elsewh. in the NT only once in Mt and several times in Lk, always of those expert in the Jewish law: Mt 22:35; Lk 10:25. Pl. 11:45f, 52; 14:3. Cf. UGosp line 2. Mentioned w. Pharisees 7:30; 11:53 D; 14:3.—Schürer I4 372ff; GRuderg, Coniect. Neot. II ’36, 41f; Kilpatrick s.v. γραμματεύς. M-M. B. 1424.* νόμιμος, η, ον (Pind., trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) conformable to law, lawful. Subst. τὸ νόμιμον, esp. in pl. τὰ νόμιμα (Pind.+; Diog. L. 7, 119 [the θεοσεβεῖς are experts in τῶν περὶ θεοὺς νομίμων]; inscr., pap.; Lev 18:26; Pr 3:1 al.; LXX; Ep. Arist. 10; 127; Philo, Mos. 2, 12ff al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 129; 18, 344, Vi. 191) statutes, laws, commandments πορεύεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ν. τῶν προσταγμάτών αὐτοῦ walk according to the laws of his commandments 1 Cl 3:4 (cf. Jer 33:4; Ezk 5:6f). τοῖς ν. τοῦ δεσπότου ἀκολουθεῖν follow the ordinances of the Lord 40:4. ἐν τοῖς ν. τοῦ θεοῦ πορεύεσθαι walk according to the statutes of God 1:3 (the mss. have ἐν τοῖς νόμοις; the rdg. νομίμοις, which is found Clem. of Alex., Strom. 4, 17, 105, has been taken into the more recent editions). τηρεῖν τὰ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ keep the commandments of God Hv 1, 3, 4 (Eur., Suppl. 19 ν. θεῶν).* νομίμως adv. (since Thu. 2, 74, 3; Dit., Or. 669, 19; 24; 4 Macc 6:18; Jos., C. Ap. 2. 152; 217; Sib. Or. 11, 82) in accordance with rules) or law of athletes ν. ἀθλεῖν compete according to the rules 2 Ti 2:5 (cf. Epict. 3, 10, 8 ὁ θεός σοι λέγει ‘δός μοι ἀπόδειξιν, εἰ νομίμως ἤθλησας’). Paronomasia καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις αὐτῷ ν. χρῆται the law is good, if anyone uses it lawfully 1 Ti 1:8 (Rob. 1201). M-M.* νόμισμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+) of money introduced into common use by νόμος; coin (so Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr.; PTebt. 485 [IIBC]; PGrenf. II 77, 8; 2 Esdr 17 [Neh 7]: 72 v.l.; 1 Macc 15:6; Ep. Arist. 33; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 33; Jos., Ant. 14, 371)τὸ ν. τοῦ κήνσου the coin for paying the tax Mt 22:19. Pl. (Herodian 1, 9, 7), as a symbol (Philo is also fond of the symbolic usage) νομίσματα δύο, ὃ μὲν θεοῦ, ὃ δὲ κόσμου two coinages, one of God and the other of the world of the believers and the unbelievers IMg 5:2. M-M. B. 775.* νομοδιδάσκαλος, ου, ὁ (only in Christian wr.; but νομοδιδάκτης in Plut., Cato Maj. 20, 4; Artem. 2, 29.—Synesius has νομοδιδάσκαλος Ep. 105 p. 24A in the general sense, and Ep. 4 p. 16A in specif. Jewish mng.) teacher of the law of teachers of false doctrine θέλοντες εἶναι νομοδιδάσκαλοι they desire to be teachers of the law 1 Ti 1:7. The two other pass. in our lit. clearly refer to teachers of the Mosaic law: Gamaliel Ac 5:34. W. Pharisees Lk 5:17.—Schürer I4 375. M-M.* νομοθεσία, ας, ἡ lit.lawgiving (Pla., Aristot. et al.), then also its result, legislation, collect. law (Diod. S. 1, 95, 6; 12, 11, 4; Dionys. Hal. 10, 57f; 11, 6; Ps.-Lucian, Am. 22; Dit., Or. 326; 26 [IIBC]; PLeipz. 35, 7; Wilcken, Chrest.

6, 11. Specif. of the Mosaic law 2 Macc 6:23; 4 Macc 5:35; 17:16; Ep. Arist.; Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 13; Philo, Mos. 2, 25; 31 al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 93al.) w. other great gifts of God to Israel Ro 9:4. M-M.* νομοθετέω 1 aor. ἐνομοθέτησα; perf. pass. νενομοθέτημαι, ptc. νενομοθετημένος (Lysias, X., Pla. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 12; Philo, Joseph.—1. function as lawgiver, legislate of Moses (Philo, Mos. 2, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 284f, Ant. 1, 19) καλῶς ν. B 10:11. Pass. receive laws) ὁ λαὸς ἐπʼ αὐτῆς (i.e. τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης νενομοθέτηται on the basis of it (i.e. the Levit. priesthood) the people received the law Hb 7:11 νομοθετεῖν τινα is found only Ps.-Galen [HWagner, Galeni qui fertur libellus Εἰ ζῷον τὸ κατὰ γαστρός, Diss. Marburg ’14] p. 17, 8 v.l. ἐνομοθέτησε Ἀθηναίους ἡ Πάλλας and in LXX Ps 24:8; 26:11; 118:33. Elsewh. in Gk. νομοθετεῖν τινι; but this constr. can also yield a personal passive: Kühner-G. I p. 124).

2. ordain, enact, or found by law pass. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 2 §6 καινὴν ἀρχὴν νομοθετηθῆναι=a new magistracy is to be established by law; 4, 7 §27) διαθήκη ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται a covenant) which has been legally) enacted on the basis of better promises Hb 8:6 (cf. Philo, Migr. Abr. 91 τὰ ἐπʼ αὐτῇ νομοθετηθέντα) τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ νενομοθετημένα what was legally ordained by him (Dit., Or. 329, 13 [IIBC]τὰ νενομοθετημένα ὑπὸ τ. βασιλέων.—τὰ νομοθετηθέντα: Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 198 al.; Jos., Ant. 3, 317ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ]) 1 Cl 43:1. M-M.* νομοθέτης, ου, ὁ (since Antipho 5, 15; Thu. 8, 97, 2; Diod. S. 40, 3, 6 [ofΜωσῆς]; inscr.; Nicol. Dam. in Jos., Ant. 1, 95; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 18; 20; 22 al.; LXX only Ps 9:21) lawgiver of God (Dio Chrys. 19[36], 32; 654

Maximus Tyr. 35, 8d νομοθέτης ὁ θεός; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 131, Op. M. 61.—In the Isisaret. v. Kyme 122, 4 Peek, Isis says: ἐγὼ νόμους ἀνθρώποις ἐθέμην κ. ἐνομοθέτησα) Js 4:12. ἑαυτῶν γίνεσθε νομοθέται ἀγαθοί be your own good lawgivers B 21:4 (cf. Diod. S. 20, 70, 4 ὁ θεὸς ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς νομοθέτης.* νόμος, ου, ὁ (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Aristob. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 12; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or., loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol. 97, ’48, 135-42) law.

1. gener., of any law διὰ ποίου ν.; by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city; the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws s 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. νικάω 2a). Ro 7:1f might refer to Roman law (BWeiss, Jülicher); more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).

2. a rule governing one’s actions, principle, norm (Alcman [VIIBC], fgm. 93 D2 of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [IIBC] c. 49 Harder [’26]τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours governing action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe a principle Ro 7:21 ν. as ‘principle’ Soph., Ant. 908). In general, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word: he speaks of the principle of action that obligates him to keep the moral law as ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs.

23b (s. νοῦς 2). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b.

3. esp. of the law, which Moses received from God (Diod. S. 1, 94, 1; 2: the pagan lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:39. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 v.l. ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l. (cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 131); Ac 24:6 t.r.; 25:8; ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. Since the law and its observance are the central point of Jewish piety, ὁ νόμος can almost come to mean Jewish) religion Ac 23:29; ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15.—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (Diod. S. 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος) 18, 23b, 26; 4:15a; 7:1b, 4-7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, Coniect. Neot. 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28; 10:1; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.) Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 219) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Rom. 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος cf. W-S. §19, 13h; Bl-D. §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt.-Turner 177; Grafe [s. below] 7-11) Ro 2:13a, b, 17, 25a; 3:31a, b; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. 1 above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JDRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f: κατὰ—νόμος fr. Aristot., Politics 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ. . . 1 Ti 1:9 (in Pla., Polit. and in Stoic thought the wise man needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad man did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48; ’49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; 10:5; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev. 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18.—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b; Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d; τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν.

Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 t.r.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Imperishable Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cf. Bar 4:1; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14. πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν)ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3, τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [differently in the edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss; this is supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (FFlückiger, ThZ 8, ’52, 17-42).—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cf. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.-Dit., Syll3 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cf. δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a; 1 Cor 7:39 t.r.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; Inschr. v. Magn.

92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274)J 7:51; Ro 3:19.

4. of a collection of holy writings precious to the Jew—a. in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod. S. 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖ ς νόμοις ἐπί τελευτῆς ὅτι Μ ωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cf. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cf. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cf.

Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cf. Jos., Bell. 5, 402). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27 p.

23C; Inschr. v. Magn. 52, 35 [IIIBC]). ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cf. Cercidas [IIIBC], fgm. 1 l. 18f Dieh2 655

καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).-The Holy Scriptures of the Jews are referred to as a whole by the phrase ὁ ν. ) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; καὶ οἱ προφῆται the law (‫ )הָרוֹתַּ ה‬and the prophets (‫םי ִאי ִב‬ 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cf. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. b. in the wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole: J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu ’19; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel ’29.

5. fig. of Christianity as a ‘new law’: ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ B 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2. Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ Gal 6:2. The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, ThZ 10, ’54, 401-17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of the ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 λόγος ἐλ.P74), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (the association w. IQS 10, 6; 8; 11 made by EStauffer, ThLZ 77, ’52, 527-32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f); also, where the context makes the mng. unmistakable, simply ὁ νόμος 2:9 (cf. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529-42).—Hermas too, who in part interprets Jewish tradition as referring to the Christians, sees the gospel as a law. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ s 5, 6, 3, cf. s 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον s 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀ ρ νησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das A2 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17-48: ZWTh 39, 1896, 1-23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT ’04; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II ’11, 225-36, SAB ’12, 184-207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz ’14; MGoguel, RHPhr 7, ’27, 160ff; BWBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, ’28, 203-31; BHBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses ’30; WGKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd.

Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105-30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1-34; JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21-36 (Lk-Ac).—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Geset2 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss-Festschr. 1897, 332-57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJTh 23, ’19, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: Teolog. Tidsskrift IV 3, ’22, 108-37; 177-221; EDBurton, ICC, Gal ’21, 443-60; PFeine, Theol. des N6 ’34, 208-15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7-8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481-509; ChMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259-76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63.—Dodd 25-41; HKleinknecht u. WGutbrod, TW IV 1016-84: νόμος and related words. M-M. B. 1358; 1419; 1421. νοσέω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+;(Dit., Syll.3 943, 5; pap.) be sick, ailing in our lit. only fig. (X., Mem. 3, 5, 18 al.; Diod. S. 11, 86, 3; Heraclit. Sto. 69 p. 89, 20; Wsd 17:8; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 211; Jos., Ant. 16, 244; 18, 25) νοσεῖν περί τι be ailing with, have a morbid craving for someth. (Plut., Mor. 54F. ν. περὶ δόξαν περὶ ζητήσεις καὶ λογομαχίας (s. ζήτησις) 1 Ti 6:4. M-M.* νόσημα, ατος, τό (trag., Thu.+; Chio, Ep. 14, 2; Artem. 3, 51; Maspéro 159, 18; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 282) disease ᾧ δήποτε κατείχετο νοσήματι no matter what disease he had J 5:4 t.r.* νόσος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 233; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 279; Test. 12 Patr.) disease, illness.

1. lit. Ac 19:12; (w. μαλακία θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν ν. Mt 4:23; 9:35; 10:1 (cf. Jos., Bell. 5, 383πάσῃ ν.).νόσους θεραπεύειν Lk 9:1. W. βάσανοι Mt 4:24. ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ποικίλαις ν. he healed many who were sick w. various diseases Mk 1:34. ἀσθενοῦντες νόσοις ποικίλαις Lk 4:40. ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων he healed many people of their illnesses 7:21. Pass. ἰαθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ν. 6:18. As a symbol βαστάζειν τὰς ν. τινός bear someone’s diseases (after Is 53:4 where, however, LXX does not have νόσος) Mt 8:17; IPol 1:3.

2. fig. of vices (Bias in Diog. L. 1, 86 νόσος ψυχῆς of a defect of character; Herm. Wr. 12, 3 ἀθεότης; oft. Philo) ὁ μοιχὸς.. τῇ ἰδίᾳ ν. τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖ the adulterer gives satisfaction to his own diseased inclination Hs 6, 5, 5.—AOepke, TW IV 1084-91: νόσος and related words. M-M.* νοσσιά, ᾶς, ἡ (H.Gk. for class. νεοσσιά, s. Bl-D. §31, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 92; Thackeray p. 98; Lob. on Phryn. p.

207).

1. nest (this mng. Hdt., Aristoph.+; LXX) νοσσιᾶς ἀφῃρημένης after their nest is robbed B 11:3—2. brood (Lycurgus the orator [IVBC] 132; Dt 32:11) Lk 13:34. M-M.* νοσσίον, ου, τό (H.Gk. for νεοσσίον; cf. νοσσιά) the young of a bird Mt 23:37 (the word, in the form νεοττίον Aristoph.+, as νοσσίον also Ps 83:4). B 175.* νοσσός, οῦ, ὁ (H.Gk. for νεοσσός [cf. νοσσιά and Jos., C. Ap. 2, 213νεοττός] as AD et al. read in Lk) the young of a bird (asνεοσσός Hom.+; LXX) B 11:3 (cf. Is 16:2). δύο νοσσοὺς περιστερῶν two young doves Lk 2:24 (Lev 12:8; 14:22.—Soranus p. 72, 15 νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν.—νοσσοί of the young of doves: Sb 7814, 15 [256 AD]).

M-M.* νοσφίζω (Hom.+) in our lit. only mid.; 1 aor. ἐνοσφισάμην put aside for oneself, misappropriate (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 656

42; Polyb. 10, 16, 6; Plut., Lucull. 37, 2, Aristid. 4, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 274;(Dit., Syll.3 993, 21; PRyl. 116, 10; 2 Macc 4:32) ἀπό τινος some of someth. (PSI 442, 4 [IIIBC]; Josh 7:1.—ἔκ τινος Athen. 6 p. 23A; Philo, Mos. 1, 253) ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς he misappropriated some of the purchase price Ac 5:2f (cf. with this account Josh 7:1, 19-26. Diod. S. 5, 34, 3: a lot-holder who embezzles νοσφίζεσθαι] and holds back some of the crops which have been declared common property κοινοποιεῖσθαι] is subject to the death penalty among the Vaccaei, a Celtic tribe). μηδὲν ὅλως ν. εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πονηράν keep back or misappropriate nothing at all for the satisfaction of one’s base desire Hs 9, 25, 2. Abs. (inscr. [IAD]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 1, ’28, p. 18 l. 13; PPetr. III 56[b], 10; 12) Tit 2:10. M-M.* νότος, ου, ὁ—1. south wind, southwest wind (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Mos. 1, 120.—Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 98 §410 it is the southwest wind beyond doubt) ὑποπνεύσαντος νότου Ac 27:13 (s. ὑποπνέω. ἐπιγενομένου νότου when the southwest wind came up 28:13. Bringing heat Lk 12:55 (cf. Jos., Bell. 7, 318νότος πνεύσας).

2. south (Soph.; Hdt. 6, 139 al.;(Dit., Syll.3 691, 18; POxy. 255, 7; PTebt. 342, 8; LXX; En. 26, 2; Jos., Ant. 8, 319)ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ ν. from north and south (s. βορρᾶς) Lk 13:29. ἀπὸ νότου on the south ἀπό II 1) Rv 21:13.

3. a country in the south (Ps 125:4ἐν τῷ νότῳ) βασίλισσα νότου the queen of the south (Sheba) Mt 12:42; Lk 11:31. M-M. B. 873.* νουθεσία, ας, ἡ (Aristoph., Ran. 1009; Diod. S. 15, 7, 1; BGU 613, 21; PAmh. 84, 21; Wsd 16:6; Philo, Mos. 1, 119 al.; Jos., Ant. 3, 311; Lob. on Phryn. 512) admonition, instruction, warning Tit 3:10. W. π αιδεία (as Philo, Deus Imm. 54) Eph 6:4 νουθ. κυρίου=Christian instruction). γράφειν πρὸς ν. τινός write for the instruction of someone 1 Cor 10:11 πρὸς ν. τινός as Philo, Exs. 133). Beside πίστις, ὑπομονή, μακροθυμία IEph 3:1. M-M.* νουθετέω fut. νουθετήσω; 1 aor. ἐνουθέτησα (trag.+; PGrenf. II 93, 3; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 260; 20, 162; Test. Jos. 6:8) admonish, warn, instruct w. acc. of the pers. (Dio Chrys. 56[73], 10; Sb 6263, 26) Ac 20:31; 1 Cor 4:14 (Wsd 11:10τούτους ὡς πατὴρ νουθετῶν; Jos., Bell. 1, 481, Ant. 3, 311); Col 1:28; 3:16 (in the last two pass. w. διδάσκειν, as Pla., Leg. 8 p. 84B; Philo, Decal.); 1 Th 5:12; 2 Th 3:15; Tit 1:11 v.l.; 1 Cl 7:1; 2 Cl 19:2. ἀλλήλους Ro 15:14; 2 Cl 17:2. τοὺς ἀτάκτους warn the idle 1 Th 5:14 punish is also possible: Plut., Sertor. 19, 11 πληγαῖς ν.. τὸν οἶκον Hv 1, 3, 1; also τὰ τέκνα v 1, 3, 2. τὰς χήρας καὶ τοὺς ὀρφανούς v 2, 4, 3. ἁμαρτάνοντας m 8:10. Pass. νουθετεῖσθαι ὑπό τινος (Philo, Deus Imm. 134; Jos., Ant. 20, 162a) 2 Cl 17:3; Hv 3, 5, 4.—JBehm, TW IV 1013-16. M-M.* νουθέτημα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+) admonition, discipline 1 Cl 56:6 (Job 5:17).* νουθέτησις, εως, ἡ (since Eupolis Com. [VBC] 66; Pla.; Diod. S. 1, 70, 8; 1, 77, 7; 3, 33, 5; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 231; Jdth 8:27; Pr 2:2) admonition, warning, reproof ἡ ν., ἥν ποιούμεθα εἰς ἀλλήλους the reproof which we address to each other 1 Cl 56:2.* νουμηνία s.νεομηνία. νουνεχῶς adv. (Aristot. 1436b, 33 νουνεχῶς κ. δικαίως; Polyb. 1, 83, 3; 2, 13, 1; 5, 88, 2; Sib. Or. 1, 7) wisely, thoughtfully ἀποκρίνεσθαι Mk 12:34. M-M.* νοῦς, νοός, νοΐ, νοῦν, ὁ (contracted fr. νόος.—Hom.+; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 276; Philo [oft.]; Jos., Ant. 3, 65, Vi. 122 al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 574.—On its declension cf. Bl-D. §52; W-S. §8, 11; Mlt.-H. 127; 142) in the NT only in Pauline lit. except for Lk 24:45; Rv 13:18; 17:9. Denotes the faculty of physical and intellectual perception, then also the power to arrive at moral judgments.

1. the understanding, the mind as the faculty of thinking διανοίγειν τὸν ν. τινος open someone’s mind Lk 24:45. ὁ ἔχων νοῦν whoever has understanding Rv 13:18 ν. ἔχειν as Aristoph., Equ. 482; Hyperid. 3, 23; Dio Chrys. 17[34], 39; 23[40], 26; Ael. Aristid. 23, 12 K.=42 p. 771 D.; Ep. Arist. 276; Philo, Mos. 1, 141; Test. Reub.

3:8). ὧδε ὁ ν. ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν here is (i.e. this calls for a mind with wisdom 17:9. νοῦν διδόναι grant understanding Dg 10:2. Also παρέχειν νοῦν 11:5. ὁ σοφίαν καὶ νοῦν θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τῶν κρυφίων αὐτοῦ who has placed in us wisdom and understanding of his secrets B 6:10. ποικίλος τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τῷ ν. diverse in thought and understanding Hs 9, 17, 2a; cf. b. Of the peace of God ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα ν. which surpasses all power of thought Phil 4:7. In contrast to the divine Pneuma which inspires the ‘speaker in tongues’: ὁ ν. μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν my mind is unfruitful, because it remains inactive during the glossolalia 1 Cor 14:14. προσεύχεσθαι τῷ ν. (opp. τῷ πνεύματι.—νόῳ as instrumental dat. as Pind., Pyth. 1, 40) pray w. the understanding vs. 15a; ψάλλειν τῷ ν. vs.

15b. θέλω πέντε λόγους τῷ ν. μου λαλῆσαι I would rather speak five words w. my understanding vs. 19 (cf. IQS 10, 9).—As a designation of Christ (cf. Sib. Or. 8, 284) in a long series of expressions (w. φῶς) Dg 9:6 (cf. Epict. 2, 8, 2 τίς οὖν οὐσία θεοῦ; νοῦς, ἐπιστήμη, λόγος ὀρθός. The god Νοῦς in the Herm. Wr.: Rtzst., Mysterienrel3 47 al.; JKroll, D. Lehren des Hermes Trismegistos ’14, 10ff; 60ff al.; PGM 5, 465 ὁ μέγας Νοῦς).—Also the state of sensibleness, composure in contrast to the disturbances of soul brought about by the expectation of the Parousia, σαλευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός be shaken, and thereby lose your calmness of mind 2 Th 2:2.

2. the mind, intellect as the side of life contrasted w. physical existence, the higher, mental part of the natural man which initiates his thoughts and plans (Apollonius of Tyana [IAD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 4, 13): ὁ νόμος τοῦ νοός μου the law of my intellect νοῦς ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος vs. 22 v.l.) Ro 7:23. (Opp. σάρξ) τῷ ν. δουλεύειν νόμῳ θεοῦ serve the law of God w. one’s intellect vs. 25.

657

3. mind, attitude, way of thinking as the sum total of the whole mental and moral state of being a. as possessed by every person μεταμορφοῦσθαι τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ ν. be transformed by the renewing of the mind, which comes about when the Christian has his natural νοῦς penetrated and transformed by the Spirit which he received at baptism Ro 12:2 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). W. the same sense ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ ν. ὑμῶν you must adopt a new attitude of mind Eph 4:23 (the piling up of synonyms is a distinctive feature of Eph; s.

MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Eph 1:14). Of the Gentiles παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον ν. God abandoned them to depraved thoughts Ro 1:28. τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ ν. αὐτῶν the heathen live w. their minds fixed on futile things Eph 4:17. Of one who is in error: εἰκῆ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ν. τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ groundlessly conceited (lit. ‘puffed up’) by his mind, fixed on purely physical things Col 2:18. κατεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. with depraved mind 2 Ti 3:8; also διεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. 1 Ti 6:5 (Bl-D. §159, 3; Rob. 486). μεμίανται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ ν. καὶ ἡ συνείδησις their minds and consciences are unclean Tit 1:15. b. specif. of the Christian attitude or way of thinking κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοΐ 1 Cor 1:10. Through baptism men receive μίαν φρόνησιν καὶ ἕνα νοῦν Hs 9, 17, 4; cf. 9, 18, 4. εἷς νοῦς, μία ἐλπίς is to rule in the church IMg 7:1.

4. also the result of thinking mind, thought, opinion, decree (Hom.+ of gods and men) ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ν. πληροφορείσθω everyone is to be fully convinced in his own mind Ro 14:5. τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; who has known the Lord’s thoughts? (Is 40:13) 11:34; 1 Cor 2:16a. When Paul continues in the latter passage vs. 16b w. ἡμεῖς νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν, he is using the scriptural word νοῦς to denote what he usu. calls πνεῦμα (vs. 14f). He can do this because his νοῦς (since he is a ‘pneumatic’ person) is filled w. the Spirit (s. above 3a), so that in his case the two are interchangeable. Such a ν οῦ ς is impossible for a ‘psychic’ person.—OMoe, Vernunft u. Geist im NT: ZsystTh 11, ’34, 351-91; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 358-90. S. καρδία end; νοέω end. M-M. B. 1198.* Νυμφαν Col 4:15 is in any case an accusative form; it is not clear whether it is from the feminine name Νύμφα, ας=Att. Νύμφη, ης (so PHib. 94, 8 [IIIBC]; CWessely, Studien z. Paläogr. u. Papyruskunde 10, ’10, no. 113, 2 [IIAD]) Nympha, or from the masculine name Νυμφᾶς, ᾶ (CIG I 269, 15; 1240, 18f; prob. a short form for Νυμφόδωρος) Nymphas. The choice betw. the two depends on whether one prefers to read αὐτῆς with B, αὐτῶν with ‫א‬ACP 33, or αὐτοῦ with DGKL in connection w. τὴν κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησίαν.—Bl-D. §125, 1; Mlt. 48. M-M.* νύμφη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Jud. 13:3; loanw. in rabb.).

1. bride (Diod. S. 5, 2, 3) Rv 21:2. W. νυμφίος (q.v.) Mt 25:1 t.r. (cf. FCBurkitt, JTS 30, ’29, 267-70); J 3:29; Rv 18:23 (Jer 7:34; 16:9 al.). Of the bride of the Lamb Rv 21:9; cf. 22:17 (CChavasse, The Bride of Christ ’40).—It can also be the newly married woman (Istros [IIIBC]: no. 334 fgm. 55 Jac.).

2. daughter-in-law (Gen 11:31; 38:11; Ruth 1:6, 22 al.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 74; Jos., Ant. 5, 321; Sib. Or. 1, 206; 3, 827.—=‘daughter’ in inscr. fr. Asia Minor: ENachmanson, Eranos 9, ’09, 78) Mt 10:35; Lk 12:53 (for both cf. Mi 7:6).—RABatey, NT Nuptial Imagery ’71; JoachJeremias, TW IV 1092-9: νύμφη and related words. M-M. B. 125.* νυμφίος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+;(Dit., Syll.3 1024, 33f [c. 200BC]; PRainer 30, 37; Sb 10; LXX) bridegroom Mt 9:15b, c; 25:1, 5f, 10 (on the coming of the bridegroom, who outshines all other mortals, cf. Sappho 123 Diehl2); Mk 2:19f; Lk 5:34f; J 2:9; 3:29a, c; Rv 18:23 (w. νύμφη [q.v. 1] as Diod.S. 5, 18, 1; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 110; Jos., Bell. 6, 301. ὁ ‫ )וֹש‬was a go-between in φίλος τοῦ ν. (1 Macc 9:39; cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 20)the friend of the bridegroom ‫ןי ִב‬ arranging the marriage, and then had a prominent place in the wedding festivities J 3:29b. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφίου Mt 9:15a v.l. is surely not the original rdg. (Jülicher, Gleichn. 180f). M-M.* νυμφών, ῶνος, ὁ—1. wedding hall Mt 22:10—2. bridal chamber (Paus. 2, 11, 3; Heliod. 7, 8, 3; PLond. 964, 19; Tob 6:14, 17; Clem. of Alex., Exc. ex Theod. §64f) Hv 4, 2, 1. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (gen. as Ps 149:2; 1 Macc 4:2οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς Ἄκρας) the bridegroom’s attendants, that group of the wedding guests who stood closest to the groom and played an essential part in the wedding ceremony Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34 (cf. FWLewis, ET 24, ’13, 285).—Billerb. I 500-18. M-M.* νῦν adv. of time (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) now.

1. lit., of tim—a. now, at the present time of the immediate present, designating both a point of time as well as its extent. The verbs w. which it is used are found α. in the pres. Lk 16:25; J 4:18; 9:21; 16:29; Ac 7:4; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:23; 1 Pt 3:21; 1J 3:2 and oft. β. in the perf., when it has pres. mng. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ ν. ἐλήλυθεν it is now here J 16:32 t.r.; ν. ἐγνώκαμεν now we know 8:52; cf. 17:7. ν. οἶδα Ac 12:11. ν. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27. Cf. 1J 2:18. γ. in the aor., mostly in contrast to the past, denoting that an action or condition is beginning in the present: νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου now the glorification of the Son of Man has begun J 13:31. ν. τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν we have now entered into the reconciliation Ro 5:11. οὗτοι ν. ἠπείθησαν they have now become disobedient 11:31. ν. ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις now it has been revealed to the holy apostles Eph 3:5; cf. vs. 10; 2 Ti 1:10. ἃ ν. ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν that which is now proclaimed to you 1 Pt 1:12. Cf. Ro 5:9; 16:26; 1 Pt 2:10b, 25.—More rarely in contrast to the future: οὐ δύνασαί μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι, ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον J 13:36 νῦν—ὕστερον as Jos., Ant. 4, 295).ἵνα ν. ἔλθῃ, ἐλεύσεται δέ 1 Cor 16:12. ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ.. ν., explained by ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Mk 10:30. δ. in the imperative, to denote that the order or request is to be complied w. at once; ν. comes after the imper.

658

(Bl-D. §474, 3): καταβάτω ν. ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ now let him come down from the cross Mt 27:42; Mk 15:32. ῥυσάσθω ν. let him deliver him) Mt 27:43. ἀντλήσατε ν now draw some out) J 2:8. b. of time shortly before or shortly after the immediate pres.: ν. ἠκούσατε Mt 26:65. ν. ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι they were just now trying to stone you J 11:8. Cf. 21:10; Ac 7:52.—Soon) now (Epict. 3, 24, 94) ν. ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου Lk 2:29. Cf. J 12:31a, b; 16:5; Phil 1:20. c. νῦν used w. other particles: ἀλλὰ νῦν but now Lk 22:36; 2 Cor 5:16b ἀλλὰ καὶ ν. J 11:22 v.l.; ἄρα ν. so or thus now Ro 8:1. ν. γάρ for now 13:11. ν. δέ but now J 16:5; 17:13; Col 1:26; Hb 2:8. οὐδὲ ἔτι ν. not even now 1 Cor 3:2 ἔτι ν.=‘even now’; Plut., Mor. 16D; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 302 D.; Jos., Ant. 1, 92; 2, 313). καὶ ν. even now (cf.

Dio Chrys. 13[7], 121) J 11:22 (perh.assuredly, but see HRiesenfeld, Nuntius 6, ’52, 41-4); Phil 1:20; and now J 17:5; Ac 16:37; 23:21; 26:6; Phil 1:30. ν. οὖν so now (Gen 27:8; 1 Macc 10:71) Ac 16:36; 23:15. καὶ ν. . . . ἤδη and now. . . already 1J 4:3. ν. μέν now, to be sure J 16:22. ποτὲ.. ν. δέ once. . . but now Ro 11:30; Eph 5:8; 1 Pt 2:10. πολλάκις.. ν. δέ often. . . but now Phil 3:18. τότε μὲν. . . ν. δέ then to be sure. . . but now Gal 4:9; Hb —καὶ νῦν.

12:26. ὥσπερ τότε. . . οὕτως καὶ ν. just as then. . . so also now Gal 4:29.—ALaurentin,‫ה‬ Formule, etc. (J 17:5), Biblica 45, ’64, 168-95; 413-32; HABronyers,. . . adverbiales‫ה‬ im AT: Vetus T 15, ’65, 289-99.

2. Oft. it is not so much the present time that is meant as much as the situation pertaining at a given moment as things now stand (Gen 29:32; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 22) νῦν ζῶμεν ἐάν as the situation now is, we live if 1 Th 3:8.

So also νῦν δέ, καὶ νῦν, νῦν οὖν: νῦν οὖν τί πειράζετε τ. θεόν since this is so, why are you tempting God? Ac 15:10; cf. 10:33 νῦν οὖν: Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 3; Babrius 6, 9). καὶ ν. τί μέλλεις; 22:16. Cf. 2J 5.—Somet. in imperative statements (oft. LXX; cf. JoachJeremias, ZNW 38, ’39, 119f) καὶ ν. πέμψον now send Ac 10:5. Cf. 16:36; 23:15; 1J 2:28.—On ἄγε νῦν cf. ἄγε.—Not infreq. νῦν δέ serves to contrast the real state of affairs with an unreal conditional clause: εἰ ἔγνως.., νῦν δέ if you had known; but, as a matter of fact Lk 19:42. Cf. J 8:40; 9:41; 15:22, 24; 18:36; 1 Cor 12:18, 20; Hb 11:16.—1 Cor 5:11; 7:14; Js 4:16.

3. used w. the articl—a. as an adj. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν the present (X., An. 6, 6, 13 ὁ νῦν χρόνος; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 55 ὁ νῦν κόσμος; PAmh. 68, 66 ὁ νῦν στρατηγός; BGU 19, 5) ὁ ν. αἰών the present age 1 Ti 6:17; 2 Ti 4:10; Tit 2:12. ὁ ν. καιρός (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 239 D.) Ro 3:26; 8:18; 11:5; 2 Cor 8:14; B 4:1. ἡ ν. Ἰερουσαλήμ the present Jerus. Gal 4:25. οἱ ν. οὐρανοί 2 Pt 3:7. ζωὴ ἡ ν. (opp. ἡ μέλλουσα) 1 Ti 4:8. b. subst. τὸ νῦν the present time) (Aristot.) w. prep. (X.+; inscr., pap. LXX) ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. from now on, in the future (Dit., Syll.3 982, 22; BGU 153, 14; 193 II, 11; POxy. 479, 6 [other exx. in Dssm., NB 81-BS 253]; Sir 11:23 f; Tob 7:12; 1 Macc 10:41; 11:35; 15:8; Jos., Ant. 13, 50)Lk 1:48; 5:10; 12:52; 22:69; Ac 18:6; 2 Cor 5:16a; ἄχρι τοῦ ν. until now (s. ἄχρι 1a.—μέχρι τοῦ ν.: Diod. S. 1, 22, 2;(Dit., Syll.3 742, 35; BGU 256, 9; 667, 8; 3 Macc 6:28; Jos., Ant. 3, 322)Ro 8:22; Phil 1:5. ἕως τοῦ ν. until now (Dit., Syll.3 705, 44f [112BC]. PMich. 173, 14 [IIIBC].

Gen 32:5; 46:34; 1 Macc 2:33) Mt 24:21; Mk 13:19. c. as adv.: neut. pl. τὰ ν. (also written τανῦν; cf. Tdf., Prol. p. 111) as far as the present situation is concerned=now (trag., Pla. et al.; POxy. 743, 30 [2BC]; 811; PTebt. 315, 25; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217) Ac 4:29; 17:30; 20:32; 27:22. καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν for now I tell you this) 5:38.-τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present (Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 42; Tob 7:11 BA v.l.) Ac 24:25.—The ms. tradition oft. varies betw. ν. and νυνί.—PTachau, ‘Einst’ u. ‘Jetzt’ im NT, ’72; GStählin, TW IV 1099-1117. M-M. B. 962f. νυνί adv. of time (Hdt. 7, 229 al.;(Dit., Syll.3 259, 11 [338/7BC]; PPetr. III 42 H [8] f, 4 [IIIBC]; POxy. 490, 5 [124 AD]; 506, 25; 908, 5; LXX [Thackeray 191]), an emphatic form of νῦν made by adding to it the demonstrative suffix ι (Kühner-Bl. I p. 620; Bl-D. §64, 2; Rob. 296; 523) which does not, however, differ fr. it in mng. (Mayser 456).

Except for Ac 22:1; 24:13; Hb 8:6 v.l.; 9:26; 1 Cl 47:5; 2 Cl 2:3, only in the Pauline writings and there always ν. δέ (the ms. tradition oft. varies betw. νῦν and νυνί) now.

1. lit., of tim—a. w. the pres. (Job 30:9; Jos., Ant. 14, 404)Ac 24:13; Ro 15:23, 25; 2 Cor 8:22; Phlm 9; cf. 11. b. w. the perf. in pres. sense ν. δὲ.. πεφανέρωται but now. . . has been revealed Ro 3:21. c. w. aor. (Job 30:1) 6:22; 7:6; 11:30 v.l.; Eph 2:13; Col 1:22; 2 Cl 2:3. Imper.: 2 Cor 8:11; Col 3:8; 1 Cl 47:5. d. w. a subst. (PRyl. 111, 4 [161 AD]τὴν νυνεὶ γυναῖκά μου ἡ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ν. ἀπολογία the defense which I now make before you Ac 22:1.

2. w. the idea of time weakened or entirely absen—a. ν. δέ but now, as the situation is Ro 7:17; 1 Cor 13:13; 14:6 t.r. b. introducing the real situation after an unreal conditional clause or sentence but, as a matter of fact 1 Cor 5:11 t.r.; Tdf.; 12:18 t.r.; Tdf.; 15:20; Hb 8:6 v.l.; 9:26; 11:16 t.r. M-M.* νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 5, 378) night.

1. lit—a. Mt 14:25 φυλακὴ τ. νυκτός as Jos., Bell. 5, 510); Mk 6:48; J 13:30 (for the short clause cf. εἰμί I 5.—For the scene cf. 1 Km 28:25; Musaeus, Hero and Leander [VAD] v. 309 [ALudwich ’29]νὺξ ἦν); Ac 16:33; 23:23; 27:27a; Rv 21:25; 22:5; 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:3); GP 5:18. ἐν ὁράματι τῆς ν. in a vision at night Hv 3, 10, 6. κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. at midnight Ac 16:25 D; 27:27b καὶ ἡ ν. ὁμοίως and likewise the night, as well as the day (i.e. μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς=it is to lose a third of the light fr. moon and stars) Rv 8:12 (cf. Job 3:9). W. ἡμέρα (as En. 104, 8; Philo, Aet. M. 19) also 1 Cl 20:2; 24:3. κοιμᾶται ἡ ν., ν. ἐπέρχεται the night sleeps, comes on vs. 3b. b. gen. νυκτός at night, in the night-time (Hom.+; Diod. S. 18, 34, 6;(Dit., Syll.3 521, 5 [III BC]; PHib. 36, 5 [229BC]; PAmh. 134, 6; 1 Macc 4:1, 5; 5:29; 2 Macc 12:9; 3 Macc 5:19; Jos., Ant. 6, 215.—Bl-D. §186, 2; Rob. 495) Mt 2:14; 28:13; J 3:2; 19:39; Ac 9:25; 1 Th 5:7a, b; τῆς ν. on this night (X., An. 5, 7, 14; Alexis Com. 148 659

Kock.—Bl-D. §186, 2) Lk 2:8. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας night and day (X., Symp. 4, 48, Apol. 31; BGU 246, 12; PGiess. 19, 7; Jdth 11:17) 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; 1 Ti 5:5; 2 Ti 1:3; B 19:10; IRo 5:1; D 4:1; GP 7:27; GOxy 34. ἡμέρας καὶ ν.(Dt 28:66; Josh 1:8; 2 Ch 6:20; 2 Esdr 14:3; Ps 1:2; Is 60:11 al.) Lk 18:7; Rv 4:8; 7:15; 12:10; 14:11; 20:10. ἡμέρας τε καὶ ν. (Inschr. v. Magn. 163, 8) Ac 9:24; 1 Cl 2:4. διὰ παντὸς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας continually, night and day (cf. UPZ 110, 87 [164BC]; PTebt. 48, 10 [113 BC]) Mk 5:5.—W. prep. διὰ νυκτός through the night (X., An. 4, 6, 22; Athen. 7 p. 27C; PGM 4, 2052) Ac 23:31; διʼ ὅλης ν. all through the night, during the night (s. διά A II 1a). διὰ νυκτός at night, during the night (s. διά A II 1b and cf. also Inscr. Rom. IV 860, 10 στρατηγήσαντα διὰ νυκτός; BGU 597, 20; PTebt. 332, 9; Sb 4317, 4; PGM 6, 47; 7, 407) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10 (on the v.l. διὰ τῆς ν. [so Achilles Tat. 8, 19, 1] s. Bl-D. §255, 3; Rob. 791). μέσης ν. at midnight Mt 25:6 (s. μέσος 1). c. dat., answering the question ‘when?’ (Bl-D. §200, 1; Rob. 522): νυκτί at night (Hom.+; Philo, Aet. M. 88) φαίνειν Dg 7:2. Pl. ταῖς νυξί at night 2:7; ταύτῃ τῇ ν. this very night, tonight Mk 14:30; Lk 12:20; 17:34; Ac 27:23; αὐτῇ τῇ ν. on the night of that same day Hv 3, 1, 2; 3, 10, 7. τῇ ν. ἐκείνῃ Ac 12:6; τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ν. the following night 23:11. Cf. GP 9:35.—W. prep. ἐν ν. at night, in the night (X. et al.;(Dit., Syll.3 527, 40 [c. 220 BC]; Veröffentlichungen aus der Pap.-Sammlung München 6, 43; 3 Macc 5:11) Ac 18:9; 1 Th 5:2; 2 Pt 3:10 t.r.; ἐν τῇ ν. J 11:10. ἐν τῇ ν. ταύτῃ Jdth 11:3, 5; 13:14) Mt 26:31. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ν. vs. 34; ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ν. (cf. 1 Macc 13:22) J 21:3. ἐν τῇ ν. ᾗ παρεδίδοτο 1 Cor 11:23. d. acc., answering the question ‘how long?’ (Hom.+.—Bl-D. §161, 2; Rob. 469-71) ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας Mt 4:2; 1 Cl 53:2; B 4:7; 14:2 (Ex 24:18; 34:28). τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας Mt 12:40a, b (Jon 2:1). τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην for three years, night and day, I did not stop Ac 20:31. νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν night and day (Hyperid. 5, 13; Aeneas Tact. 380; Palaeph. p. 57, 5; Jos., Ant. 16, 260)Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 26:7; MPol 5:1. τὰς νύκτας during the nights, at night (Biogr. p. 428; PHal. 8, 4; Tob 10:7 BA) Lk 21:37. ὅλην τὴν ν. the whole night through (Amphis Com. [IVBC] 20, 4 Kock; Ex 14:20f; Lev 6:2 al.) Hs 9, 11, 8, cf. τὴν νύκτα vs. 6.

2. fig., as the time for rest from work J 9:4 (as a symbol of death: Epigr. Gr. 1095, 4 νὺξ αὐτοὺς καταλύει). As a time of darkness ἡ ν. προέκοψεν the night is far gone Ro 13:12; cf. 1 Th 5:5.—GDelling, TW IV 1117-20. M-M. B. 992.* νύσσω 1 aor. ἔνυξα (Hom.+; Sir 22:19; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 42; Jos., Bell. 3, 335δόρατι; 5, 64 κατὰ πλευρὰν ν.) prick, stab, pierce τινά τινι someone w. someth. καλάμῳ αὐτόν GP 3:9 (cf. Diog. L. 2, 109 νυχθῆναι καλάμῳ [Eubulides dies of a stab-wound like this]; Hesychius Miles., Viri Ill. c. 5 JFlach [1880]; Sib. Or. 8, 296). τί τινι someth. w. someth. λόγχῃ τὴν πλευράν J 19:34 (Field, Notes 108); cf. Mt 27:49 t.r. (Plut., Cleom. 37, 16 νύσσειν w. a dagger serves to determine whether a person is dead).—Nudge, to waken someone fr. sleep (Od. 14, 485; Plut., Mor. p. 7E; Diog. L. 6, 53; 3 Macc 5:14) νύξας τ. πλευρὰν τ. Πέτρου ἤγειρεν αὐτόν Ac 12:7 D. M-M.* νυστάζω 1 aor. ἐνύσταξα (s. Bl-D. §71—1. nod, become drowsy, doze (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; LXX) ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι they all became drowsy Mt 25:5.

2. fig.be sleepy, idle (Pla.; Ps. 118:28 v.l.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 81) of Destruction personified ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐ τῶν οὐ ν. their destruction is not asleep, i.e. it is on its way 2 Pt 2:3.* νυχθήμερον, ου, τό (Petosiris, fgm. 7 l. 58; Herm. Wr. in Stob. 1, 21, 9 W.=414, 2 Sc.; Galen VII 508 K.; Cleomedes Astron. [IIAD] 1, 6, 30f; 2, 1, 73 HZiegler; Anecdota Astrologica [ALudwich, Maximi et Ammonis Carmina 1877] p. 125, 7; Cyranides p. 58, 14; Themist., Paraphr. Aristot. I p. 372, 3 Spengel; Proclus, in Tim. Platon. index EDiehl. Cf. Mitteis, Chrest. 78, 6 [376/8 AD]ἐπὶ τέσσαρας ὅλας νυχθημέρους [Bl-D. §121 w. app.; cf.

Mlt.-H. 269; 283]; Kühner-Bl. II 318.—As adj. as early as Peripl. Eryth. c. 15) a day and a night=24 hours 2 Cor 11:25. EKönig, Kalenderfragen: ZDMG 60, ’06, 605ff, esp. 608-12. M-M.* Νῶε, ὁ indecl. ‫ ) ◌ַ חֶרנ‬Noah (Gen 5:29 al.; En. 107, 3; Philo; in Joseph. Νῶχος, ου [Ant. 1, 99]); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:36. As a preacher of repentance 1 Cl 7:6 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 74[SRappaport, Agada u. Exegese bei Fl. Josephus ’30, 93f]; Sib. Or. 1, 127ff; Book of Jubilees 7:20-39). Sim. as δικαιοσύνης κῆρυξ 2 Pt 2:5 (N. as δίκαιος Gen 6:9; Wsd 10:4; Sir 44:17; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 90, Migr. Abr. 125; cf. Sib. Or. 1, 126 δικαιότατος) πιστὸς εὑρεθείς (cf. Sib. Or. 1, 120 πιστότατος) 1 Cl 9:4; cf. Hb 11:7. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ν. Lk 17:26; 1 Pt 3:20 (EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 328-33); cf. Mt 24:37. Ν. in the ark Mt 24:38; Lk 17:27. W. Job and Daniel 2 Cl 6:8 (Ezk 14:14ff).—JPLewis, A Study of the Interpr. of Noah and the Flood in Jewish and Christian Lit., ’68.* νωθρός, ά, όν (Hippocr.+; Herm. Wr. 10, 24aν. ψυχ ή; PBrem. 61, 15; LXX) lazy, sluggish ν. καὶ παρειμένος ἐργάτης a lazy and careless workman 1 Cl 34:1 (cf. Sir 4:29). ἵνα μὴ νωθροὶ γένησθε Hb 6:12. ν. ταῖς ἀκοαῖς sluggish in hearing=hard of hearing (cf. ἀκοή 1c and Heliod. 5, 1, 5 νωθρότερος ὢν τὴν ἀκοήν) 5:11. M-M.* νῶτος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+ [but in Att. almost always τὸ νῶτον] also X., Equ. 3, 3; Aristot., H.A. 3, 3; 12, 5; LXX [Thackeray p. 155]; Philo, Aet. M. 128 νῶτα]; Jos., Ant. 12, 338; 424 τὰ νῶτα]; Test. Iss. 5:3 τὸν νῶτον]; Bl-D. §49, 2; Mlt.—H. 124.—PTebt. 21, 8 [II BC] the acc. νῶτον) back Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); B 5:1 (Is 50:6). M-M. B. 211.*

660

Ξ ξαίνω (Hom.+; Aristoph., Theophr., Anth. Pal.; not LXX; fig. in Jos., Bell. 6, 304) comb, card wool, found in the original rdg. of Cod. ‫א‬in Mt 6:28, where it was erased and later revealed by ultra-violet light (TCSkeat, ZNW 37, ’38, 211-14 [cf. POxy. 2221 col. 2, 8 and note]): πῶς οὐ ξένουσιν (ξαίν.) instead of πῶς αὐξάνουσιν of the texts. This may make it possible to restore the logion in POxy. 655, 1a l. 22 (Kl. T. 3 p. 23 and KAland, Synopsis 4 Evangeliorum, ’64, p. 91) οὐ ξαίνει instead of αὐξάνει. This could mean that ξαίνω may have stood in the common source of Mt 6:28=Lk 12:27; in that case there would be three negations for the lilies of Mt 6:28 as well as for the birds of vs. 26.—PKatz, JTS 5, 2, ’54, 207-9; TFGlasson, Carding and Spinning: POxy. 655, JTS 13, ’62, 331f.* Ξανθικός, ου, ὁ (so Diod. S. 18, 56, 5 in an edict of remission from the Macedonians in the time of the Diadochi τοῦ Ξανθικοῦ μηνός; 2 Macc 11:30; Joseph., index. The correct form is Ξανδικός; s. Dit., Or. index V; Mayser 180) Xanthicus, a month in the Macedonian calendar. The date for the martyrdom of Polycarp μηνὸς Ξανθικοῦ δευτέρᾳ ἱσταμένου MPol 21 is equivalent to Feb. 22 or 23.—Lghtf., Apost. Fathers I2 1, 1889, 677ff; ESchwartz, Jüd. u. christl. Ostertafeln: AGG VIII 6, ’05, 125ff. * ξενία, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., Sir 29:27 v.l.; Philo, Joseph., loanw. in rabb.) hospitality, entertainment shown a guest (so mostly), less frequently the place where the guest is lodged, the guest room (Suidas and sim. Hesychius equate ξενία with καταγώγιον, κατάλυμα. Cf. also Sb 3924, 7; 17 [19 AD]; PSI 50, 16; Philo, Mos. 2, 33; Jos., Ant. 1, 200; 5, 147; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 15; 8, 2; 12, 24; 14, 1; 8). In the two places in our lit. where ξ. occurs, both mngs. are possible, though the second is perh. more probable. ἑτοιμάζειν τινὶ ξενίαν prepare a guest room for someone Phlm 22 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 12, 2 τὰς ξενίας ἑτοιμάζοντες.--ξενία=guest room also schol. on Nicander, Ther. 486. Cf. Lat. hospitium parare). Of Paul’s lodgings in Rome Ac 28:23 (on the question whether ξ. here=μίσθωμα vs. 30, s. Lghtf. on Phlm 22 and in the comm. on Phil p. 9, also HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 320ff). M-M.* ξενίζω 1 aor. ἐξένισα, pass. ἐξενίσθην; 1 fut. pass. ξενισθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. receive as a guest, entertain (Hom.+) τινά someone (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 35; Diod. S. 14, 31, 3; Aelian, V.H. 13, 26) Ac 10:23. ἀγγέλους Hb 13:2 (after Gen 18:3; 19:2f). The obj. is to be supplied fr. the context (Sir 29:25) Ac 28:7.—Pass. be entertained as a guest, stay ἐν οἰκίᾳ τινός 10:32. παρά τινι with someone (Diod. S. 14, 30, 3; Philo, Abr. 131; Jos., Ant. 12, 171)vs. 6; 21:16 (on the constr. cf. Bl-D. §294, 5 app.; Rob. 721); 1 Cor 16:19 DG*. ἐνθάδε Ac 10:18.

2. surprise, astonish w. someth. new or strange (Polyb. 3, 114, 4; Diod. S. 12, 53, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 45)ξενίζοντά τινα surprising things Ac 17:20.—Pass. be surprised, wonder (Polyb.; M.Ant. 8, 15; PStrassb. 35, 6; PIand. 20, 1) w. dat. of the thing causing the surprise (Polyb. 1, 23, 5; 3, 68, 9) μὴ ξενίζεσθε τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει do not be surprised upset, EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 212) at the fiery ordeal among you 1 Pt 4:12; v.l. ἐπὶ τῇ κτλ. (corresponding to Polyb. 2, 27, 4; UPZ 146, 4; 6 [IIBC]; Jos., Ant. 1, 35).Also ἔν τινι vs. 4 (Bl-D. §196; cf. Rob. 532). Abs. 2 Cl 17:5. M-M.* ξενισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pla.+; Polyb. 15, 17, 1; Diod. S. 3, 33, 7; inscr.; Pr 15:17) surprise, astonishment ξενισμὸν παρεῖχεν ἡ καινότης αὐτοῦ the newness of it caused astonishment IEph 19:2.* ξενοδοχέω 1 aor. ἐξενοδόχησα (Maximus Tyr. 26, 9a; Cass. Dio 78, 3; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 47 p. 450; Graec. Ven. Gen 26:17. It stands for the older [Eur., Hdt.+]ξενοδοκέω, and is rejected by the Atticists; Phryn. p. 307 L.) show hospitality abs. 1 Ti 5:10. M-M.* ξένος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., loanw. in rabb.).

1. adj. strange—a. lit. strange, foreign ξ. δαιμόνια foreign divinities δαιμόνιον 1 and Achilles Tat. 2, 30, 1; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 251; 267 ξένους θεούς) Ac 17:18. διδαχαί strange teachings (coming fr. other religions; cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 414θρησκεία ξένη) Hb 13:9; Hs 8, 6, 5. b. fig—α. τινός strange to someth., estranged fr. it, unacquainted w. it, without interest in it (Soph., Oed. R. 219; Pla., Apol. 1D; Heliod. 10, 14; POxy. 1154, 8 [IAD]εἰμὶ ξένος τῶν ἐνθάδε.—Bl-D. §182, 3; Rob. 516) ξ. τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας Eph 2:12. β. strange in kind, surprising, unheard of, foreign (Aeschyl., Prom. 688; Diod. S. 3, 15, 6; 3, 52, 2; M. Ant. 8, 14; POxy. 1772, 3 οὐδὲν ξένον; Wsd 16:2, 16; 19:5; Philo, Mos. 1, 213) UGosp 64. ὡς ξένου ὑμῖν συμβαίνοντος as though something unheard of were happening to you 1 Pt 4:12. οὐ ξένα ὁμιλῶ I have nothing strange to say Dg 11:1. W. dat. of the pers. ἡ ξένη τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ στάσις the uprising (which is) foreign to God’s chosen people 1 Cl 1:1.

2. subst—a. ὁ ξένος the stranger, alien Mt 25:35, 38, 43f; 27:7; 3J 5. Opp. πολίτης (cf. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 163 D.;(Dit., Syll.3 495, 115; 708, 16f; 729, 4 al., Or. 764, 18; Philo, Poster. Cai. 109; Jos., Vi. 372) Dg 5:5. W. πάροικοι (opp. συμπολίτης) Eph 2:19 (cf. Diod. S. 4, 27, 3 and Dit., Syll.3 799, 24f ξ. ἢ μέτοικος). W. παρεπίδημοι (Dit., Or. 268, 9 τ. παρεπιδημοῦντας ξένους; 339, 29) Hb 11:13; οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξ. the strangers who lived (or visited) there Ac 17:21 (Dit., Syll.3 1157, 80f τῶν ἐνδημούντων ξένων).

661

b. ἡ ξένη a foreign country (Soph., Phil. 135; POxy. 251, 11; 253, 7) Dg 5:5. ἐπὶ ξένης (X., Resp. Lac. 14, 4; Epict. 1, 27, 5; Plut., Mor. 57C; BGU 22, 34 [114 AD]; 159, 7; PFay. 136, 10; 2 Macc 5:9; 9:28; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 15; Jos., Ant. 18, 344)ἐπὶ ξένης κατοικεῖν live in a foreign country Hs 1:1, 6. c. ὁ ξένος the host, one who extends hospitality (since Il. 15, 532) w. gen. (X., An. 2, 4, 15) ὁ ξ. μου καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας host to me and to the whole church, prob. because he furnished space for its meetings Ro 16:23.—GStählin, TW V 1-36: ξένος and related words. M-M. B. 1350-2.* ξέστης, ου, ὁ (Diosc.; Epict. 1, 9, 33f; 2, 16, 22; Dit., Or. 521, 24; Ostraka II 1186, 2; Sb II word-list p. 360; Jos., Ant. 8, 57, Vi. 75. Loanw. in rabb.—Taken by most to be a corruption of Lat. sextarius; Mlt.-H. 155, w. note 3, expresses some doubts on this point) a liquid measure, about equal to one pint or ½ liter (FHultsch, Griech. u. röm.

Metrologi2 1882, 103ff; APF 3, ’06, 438; Wilcken, Ostraka I 762f). But then it comes to mean simply pitcher, jug, without reference to the amount contained (POxy. 109, 21 ξέσται χαλκοῦ; 921, 23; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 3, 139) w. ποτήριον, χαλκίον Mk 7:4; cf. vs. 8 v.l. M-M.* ξηραίνω 1 aor. ἐξήρανα, pass. ἐξηράνθην; pf. pass. ἐξήραμμαι, ptc. ἐξηραμμένος (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Joseph.).

1. act.dry, dry out τὶ someth. (Thu. 1, 109, 4; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 831 ξηραίνει τὸ δένδρον; PGM 13, 27 ξήρανον i.e. τὰ ἄνθη; Is 42:15; Jer 28:36) of the sun τὸν χόρτον Js 1:11.

2. elsewh. pass.become dry, dry up, wither—a. lit. of trees (POxy. 53, 10; Jo 1:12) Mt 21:19f; Mk 11:20f. Of plants without good roots Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6; Lk 8:6.—1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:7); Rv 14:15. A vine-branch when cut off J 15:6. Gener. of plants Hs 9, 21, 1; 3. Of water (Gen 8:7; 3 Km 17:7; Is 19:5f ποταμός; En. 101, 7; Jos., Bell. 5, 409πηγή; Test. Levi 4:1) of a river: dry up Rv 16:12. Of a flow of blood εὐθὺς ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς her hemorrhage stopped at once Mk 5:29. b. As plants are killed by drought, so the human body is damaged by certain harmful things (Hippocr., π. τῶν ἐντὸς παθῶν 22 vol. VII 222 L.—PUps. 8, 4 καταξηρανθήτω τὸ σῶμα ἐν κλίνοις=may her body dry up on the sickbed) ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τ. χεῖρα a man with a withered hand (i.e., one incapable of motion; cf. 3 Km 13:4) Mk 3:1, 3 t.r. Likew. the whole body of the boy who was possessed stiffens ξηραίνεται he becomes stiff 9:18 (Theocr. 24, 61 ξηρὸν ὑπαὶ δείους=stiff with fright. Similarly Psellus p. 212, 6). M-M.* ξηρός, ά, όν (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 249; Test. Zeb. 2:7) dry, dried up).

1. lit., of ξύλον (q.v. 3 and Dialekt-Inschr. 4689, 108 [Messenia]ξηρὰ ξύλα; Zen.-P. 93 [=Sb 6808], 1 [256BC]; Is 56:3; Ezk 17:24) Lk 23:31. Of trees (Lucian, Sat. 9) Hs 3:1ff; s 4:1, 4. Of branches (POxy. 1188, 4 [13 AD]; Epigr.

Gr. 1039, 14) s 8, 1, 6f; 11f; 8, 2, 6; 8, 4, 4ff; 8, 5, 2ff; 8, 6, 4f; 8, 8, 1; 4; 8, 9, 1; 8, 10, 1; 3. Of plants s 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1; hence also symbol. θεμέλια (corresp. to ῥίζαι) 9, 21, 2 and even of pers.: δίψυχοι ibid.; cf. s 4:4. Of seeds 1 Cl 24:5. ἡ ξ. γῆ dry land Hb 11:29. Also simply ἡ ξηρά the dry (land, ground) (X., Oec. 17, 2; 19, 7; Aristot., H.A. 5, l0; Gen 1:9 al. in LXX) Hb 11:29 t.r.; Hv 3, 2, 7; 3, 5, 3. W. θάλασσα (Jon 1:9; Hg 2:21; 1 Macc 8:23, 32; En. 97, 7) Mt 23:15.

2. fig. of diseased states ξηραίνω 2b; ξηρότης Galen VII 666, 1 K.=a wasting disease.—ξηρός in this sense on the third stele of Epidaurus l. 108 as read by RHerzog, D. Wunderheilungen v. Ep. ’31, 32; 138. ἡμίξηρος=halfstiffened Hippiatr. I 185, 9; χεὶρ ἡμίξηρος Test. Sim. 2, 12. Cf. also Hipponax 11 D2 λιμῷ γένηται ξηρός; Hos 9:14μαστοὶ ξηροί; Psellus p. 27, 17 νηδὺς ξηρά of the womb of an aged woman) χεὶρ ξηρά a withered hand Mt 12:10; Mk 3:3; Lk 6:6, 8. ξηροί withered, paralyzed (Lucian, Tox. 24 of a woman ξηρὰ τὸ ἥμισυ) J 5:3.—On the mng. of the word DCHesseling, Sertum Nabericum ’08, 145-54. M-M. B. 1076.* ξιφίδιον, ου, τό (Aristoph., Thu.+; POxy. 936, 9 [IIIAD]; Jos., Vi. 293) short sword, dagger MPol 16:1.* ξίφος, εος orους, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 364, Vi. 138; Test. Dan 1:7) sword AP 15:30. B. 1392.* ξόανον, ου, τό (trag.+; inscr., pap.) a (crude) wooden image of idols (so Eur.; X., An. 5, 3, 12; inscr., pap.; Aq. Ezk 6:4; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 244; 249; Philo, Mos. 1, 298 al.; Sib. Or. 3, 723) AP 18:33.* ξύλινος, η, ον (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 13; Test. 12 Patr.) wooden τὰ εἴδωλα. . . τὰ ξ. the wooden idols (cf. Aesop, Fab. 66 H. ἄνθρωπός τις ξύλινον ἔχων θεόν EpJer 3θεοὶ ξ., 10, 29, 54, 69, 70; Da 5:4, 23 Theod.; En. 99, 7) Rv 9:20. σκεύη wooden vessels or equipment (cf. Dit., Syll.3 962, 41ff; 316; Lev 15:12; Num 31:20; 35:18) 2 Ti 2:20. M-M.* ξύλον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. wood Dg 2:2; LJ 1:5 (cf. λίθος 1a). πᾶν ξ. θύϊνον every kind of citron wood Rv 18:12a. ξ. τιμιώτατον very precious wood vs. 12b. Pl. wood as building material (Diod. S. 5, 21, 5 κάλαμοι and ξύλα; PFlor. 16, 23) 1 Cor 3:12; for making idols ξύλα κ. λίθους (Sextus 568) together w. other materials 2 Cl 1:6; PK 2 p. 14, 13. As fuel (POxy. 1144, 15 ξύλα εἰς θυσίαν; Gen 22:3, 6; Lev 1:7) MPol 13:1; Hs 4:4.

2. of objects made of wood—a. of the wooden stocks for the feet of a prisoner (Hdt. 6, 75; 9, 37; Lysias 10, 16; Aristoph., Eq. 367; 394; 705; also Charito 4, 2, 6; Dit., Or. 483, 181 [s. the note]; Job 33:11) τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον he fastened their feet in the stocks Ac 16:24.

662

b. the pole (Diod. S. 5, 18, 4; Maximus Tyr. 2, 8b) on which Moses raised the brass serpent (Num 21:8f) B 12:7.—Club, cudgel (Hdt. 2, 63; 4, 180; Polyb. 6, 37, 3; Herodian 7, 7, 4; PHal. 1, 187; PTebt. 304, 10; Jos., Vi. 233) pl. (w. μάχαιραι) Mt 26:47, 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. c. gallows, in NT cross (Alexis Com. [IVBC] 220, 10 ἀναπήγνυμι ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου; Gen 40:19; Dt 21:23; Josh 10:26; Esth 5:14; 6:4; Philo, Somn. 2, 213; Jos., Ant. 11, 246)B 8:5, cf. vs. 1; 12:1 (fr. an apocr. prophetic writing, perh. 4 Esdr 5:5. Cf. UHolzmeister, Verb. Dom. 21, ’41, 69-73). κρεμάσαι ἐπὶ ξύλου hang on the cross Ac 5:30; 10:39. ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23). καθελεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξ. take down fr. the cross (cf. Josh 10:27) Ac 13:29. πάσχειν ἐπὶ ξύλου B 5:13. τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἀναφέρειν ἐπὶ τὸ ξ. bear the sins on (or to) the cross, to destroy them on the cross 1 Pt 2:24=Pol 8:1.—WSv Leeuwen, NThSt 24, ’41, 68-81.

3. tree (this usage is perceptible in Eur., Hdt.; Ctesias in Apollon. Paradox. 17 παρʼ Ἰνδοῖς ξύλον γίνεσθαι; Theophr., H.Pl. 5, 4, 7; Fgm. Iamb. Adesp. 17 Diehl; Plut., Lycurgus 13, 7; Harpocration s.v. ὀξυθυμία; PTebt. 5, 205 [118BC]; PFlor. 152, 4; Gen 1:29; 2:9; 3:1ff; Is 14:8; Eccl 2:5) Dg 12:8. ὑγρόν, ξηρὸν ξ. a green, a dry tree Lk 23:31 (s. ξηρός 1 and cf. Polyaenus 3, 9, 7 ξύλα ξηρά [opp. χλωρά].—AJBHiggins, ET 57, ’45/’46, 292-4). πάγκαρπον ξ. a tree bearing all kinds of fruit Dg 12:1. ξ. ἄκαρπον a tree without (edible) fruit (of the elm) Hs 2:3. ξύλῳ ἑαυτὸν συμβάλλειν compare oneself to a tree 1 Cl 23:4a; 2 Cl 11:3 (both script. quots. of unknown orig.). τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξ. Rv 22:2b; καρπὸς τοῦ ξ. 1 Cl 23:4b. Of trees by watercourses B 11:6 (Ps 1:3). ξ. γνώσεως Dg 12:2a (cf. Gen 2:9, 17). ξ. (τῆς) ζωῆς Rv 2:7; 22:2a (RSchran, BZ 24, ’38/’39, 191-8), 14, 19; Dg 12:2b (cf. vs. 3 and ζωή end; LvSybel, Ξύλον ζωῆς: ZNW 19, ’20, 85-91; UHolmberg, D. Baum d. Lebens ’23; HBergema, De Boom des Levens in Scrift en Historie, Diss. Hilversum ’38; JSchneider, TW V 36-40. M-M. B. 50. 1385.* ξυν-s.συν-. ξυράω (Diod. S. 1, 83, 2; 1, 84, 2; 5, 28, 3; Plut., Mor. 18B; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 63; Longus 4, 10, 1), ξυρέω (trag., Hdt., Pla. et al.; Lob. on Phryn. p. 205), ξύρω (Hippocr.; Plut., Mor. 33E τὴν κεφαλὴν ξυράμενος; Lucian, De Morte Peregr. 17). In our lit. the foll. verbal forms of the stem ξυρ- are found: mid.: ξύρωνται Ac 21:24 D; fut. ξυρήσονται 21:24; aor. subj. ξυρήσωνται ibid. v.l. Pass.: perf. ptc. ἐξυρημένος 1 Cor 11:5. In 11:6 ξυρασθαι seems to be marked as a verbal form of ξυράω by ἐξυρημένῃ vs. 5, and in that case it is to be accented as a pres. mid. inf. ξυρᾶσθαι (cf. Diog. L. 7, 166 ξυρᾶσθαι=to have himself shaved; Jos., Ant. 19, 294ξυρᾶσθαι and Bell. 2, 313 ξυρήσεσθαι; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 5 ξυρῶνται). On the other hand, the immediate proximity of κείρασθαι makes it much more likely that it is an aorist, an aor. mid. inf. of ξύρω, to be accented ξύρασθαι (cf. Bl-D. §101 p. 47; Mlt.-H. 200; 250; Anz 310f) mid. have oneself shaved (cf. Bl-D. §317; Rob. 809) τὴν κεφαλήν have one’s head shaved (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 3, 2; Num 6:9; Ezk 44:20) Ac 21:24 (s. on εὐχή 2 and Jos., Ant. 19, 294).Abs. 1 Cor 11:6. Pass. ἐξυρημένη a woman whose head is shaved vs. 5. M-M. *

663

Ο ὁ, ἡ, τό pl.οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, the. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage.

It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s feeling for style had special freedom of play in this area.—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; Bl-D. §249-76; Mlt. 80-4; Rob. 754-96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm2 p.

112-18; Abel §28-32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, ’14, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d.

Realgymn. Münster ’03; FEakin, AJPh 37, ’16, 333ff; CWEMiller, ibid. 341ff; ECColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12-21 (for a critique s. Mlt.-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37.

I. the art. as demonstrative pronoun, this one, that one 1. in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

2. ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ the one. . . the other (PSI 512, 21 [253BC]), pl. οἱ μὲν.. οἱ δέ (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δὲ. . . ὁ δὲ; PSI 341, 9 [256BC]) some. . . others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος. . . οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν.. ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν.. ἄ λλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι δὲ. . . ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς.. οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cf. Pla., Leg. 1, 62A; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, V.H. 2, 34; Palaephat. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the firt class, the whole group is mentioned (cf. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14)=but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Diog. L. 1, 25; 26 and oft.; Hesychius Miles. [VIAD] c. 35 end [JFlach 1880]).

3. To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. class.; Clearchus, fgm. 76bτὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap. examples in Mayser II 1, ’26, 57f) Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31 al. ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1 6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JJO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59-65.

II. as the definite article, the—1. w. noun—a. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in class. Gk., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic. α. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ , ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή , ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted w. them, esp. when they are used w. preps.; Bl-D. §253, 1-4; Rob. 791f; Mlt.-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:1 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VIBC] 16 D2 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod. S. 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρ. here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is was) to come simply=the Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cf. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μ άρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία Christian salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11. β. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of his class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cf. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely. b. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; the absence of the art. simply names him (cf. Dssm., BPhW 22, ’02, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, ’13, 349-89). This rule, however, is subject to considerable modification; there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art.

(Bl-D. §260; cf. Rob. 759-61; Mlt.-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰ ησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The 664

art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, seemingly to indicate their case (Bl-D. §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, it is impossible to set up a hard and fast rule.—HMTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302-17 (synopt.). c. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (Bl-D. §261, 4; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (Bl-D. §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt.-Turner 170-2). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. these words); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12.

But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (Bl-D. §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt.-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27. d. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun(μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10-12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.). e. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John (J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16), who prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cf. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al. f. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42. τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8. ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. Bl-D. §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt.-Turner 185f) ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cf. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question. g. As in the case of the poss. pron. (e) and adj. (f.), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4. h. The noun has the art. preceding it when a demonstrative pron.(οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before it or after it; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ.

13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 4. i. When placed before the nom. of a noun, the art. makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; cf. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. ’13, 431; Bl-D. §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX MJohannessohn, D. Gebrauch d. Kasus in LXX, Diss.

Berlin ’10, 14f) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cf. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Gdspd., Probs. 85-7); J 19:3 and oft.

2. Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art—a. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cf. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2. b. adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art.

(Bl-D. §241; Rob. 652-4) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7. c. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιό ς=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al. d. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in class. Gk. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, ’14, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod. S. 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς..τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 8, 4 οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. Bl-D. §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cf. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41. οἱ πέντε.. ὁ εἷς.. ὁ ἄλλος five of them. . . one. . . the last one Rv 17:10.

3. The ptc. w. the art. receive—a. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9. τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in b below. Bl-D. §413; Rob. 1108f. b. the mng. of a relative clause ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὃ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cf. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

665

4. The inf. w. neut. art. (Bl-D. §398ff; Rob. 1062-8) stand—a. for a noun (Bl-D. §399; Rob. 1062-6) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cf. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (Bl-D. §402-4; Rob. 1068-75). b. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (Bl-D. §400; Mlt. 216-8; Rob. 1066-8; DEEvans, Classical Quarterly 15, ’21, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands α. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (cf. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cf. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν). β. dependent on a noun (Bl-D. §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11. γ. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (Bl-D. §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται.. τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13. δ. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (class.; PGenève 16, 23 [207 AD]κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22. ε. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20. ζ. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) mng. (Bl-D. §400, 5 app. w. exx. fr. secular lit. and pap.; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι=ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cf. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5, η. as well as consecutive mng. (result): μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you changed your minds and believed him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cf. 3:12; 10:25.

5. The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cf. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (differently FZorell, BZ 9, ’11, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27. τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Col 4:7; what has happened to me Phil 1:12. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7.

6. w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧ δε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 3. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

7. The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5;11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, situation (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cf. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cf. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cf. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cf. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 18E τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50-6; Gdspd., Probs. 81-3; differently, ‘interests’, PJTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342-52) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap. in Mayser II [’26] p. 8; POxy. 523, 3 [IIAD] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt. 316 II, 23 [99 AD]ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302.Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118ἐν τοῖς τοῦ ∆ιός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHPHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250-53; s. also ἐμός 2.

8. The neut. of the art. stand—a. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205)τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cf. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ 666

δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; Jos., Ant. 20, 28ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p.

20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται) τὸ τί ἂ ν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂ ν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cf. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4. b. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

9. Other notable uses of the art. are—a. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cf. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cf.

Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων). b. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί II 8. c. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14.

10. One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί—a. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cf. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cf. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37A οἱ δύο θεοί of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt. 14, 10 [114BC]; En. 18, 14; Ep. Arist. 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cf. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23. b. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cf. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf. II 15 I, 6 [139BC] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος ἐπιφανοῦς εὐχαρίστου). c. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

11. In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, it is customary to have the article either twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υ ἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—AMPerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329-34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93-5. M-M. ὀβελίσκος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., X.+; inscr.; PEleph. 5, 2; Job 41:22; 4 Macc 11:19) dim. of ὀβελός; a little skewer or spit w. ξίφος AP 15:30.* ὀγδοήκοντα indecl. (Thu. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 482, Vi. 15; 75; Test. Jos. 16:5) eighty Lk 2:37; 16:7; MPol 9:3. M-M.* ὄγδοος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) the eighth Rv 17:11; 21:20; MPol 21; Hs 9, 1, 8; 9, 25, 1; ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ ὀ. Lk 1:59; Ac 7:8 (Gen 21:4; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 192); B 15:9; cf. vs. 8. ὄγδοον Νῶε δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα ἐφύλαξεν he preserved Noah as a preacher of righteousness, with seven others (lit. ‘as the eighth’) 2 Pt 2:5 (on this expr. cf. Thu. 1, 46, 2; 1, 61, 1; 2, 13, 1; Pla., Leg. 3 p. 69C λαβὼν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἕβδομος; Plut., Pelop. 13, 7 εἰς οἰκίαν δωδέκατος κατελθών; Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 ἡ μήτηρ ἐνάτη=the mother with eight [children]; 2 Macc 5:27δέκατος γενηθείς ‘with nine others’). M-M.* ὄγκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 802; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 319;7, 443. Loanw. in rabb.) weight, burden, impediment ὄγκον ἀποτίθεσθαι πάντα lay aside every impediment Hb 12:1. τῆς κεφαλῆς ὄ. the bulk of the head Papias 3.—HSeesemann, TW V 41. M-M.* ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε (Hom.+; inscr., pap. [rare in both: Mayser I 308]; LXX [Thackeray p. 191]; En. 106, 16; Ep. Arist.

28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 10, 113)demonstrative pron. (Bl-D. §289 w. app.; Rob. 696f) this one) (here).

1. w. ref. to what follows (so predom.), esp. in the formula τάδε λέγει this is what.. says (introductory formula in the decrees of the Persian kings: Ischr. v. Magn. 115, 4; Ps.-Pla., Alcib. II 12 p. 14C τ. λ. Ἄμμων; Jos., Ant. 11, 26.In the OT freq. as an introduction to prophetic utterance [Thackeray p. 11]. Also in wills: PGiess. 36, 10 [161BC]τάδε λέγει γυνὴ Ἑλληνὶς Ἀμμωνία; GRudberg, Eranos 11, ’11, 170-9. As introd. to a letter Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 5 p.

336, 22 Jac. Cf. GAGerhard, Unters. z. Gesch. d. gr. Briefes: I d. Anfangsformel, Diss. Hdlbg ’03) Ac 21:11; Rv 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14; B 6:8; 9:2 (Jer 7:3), 5 (Jer 4:3); cf. IPhld 7:2.—Simply this 1 Cl 50:3; 63:2.

2. w. ref. to what precedes (Soph., Hdt.+; Aelian, N.A. 4, 15 p. 85, 28; 9, 63 p. 241, 11; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll.

218, 25; 271, 3 al.; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; 19) γυνή τις..καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφή she had a sister Lk 10:39 (cf. Gen 25:24; 38:27; Judg 11:37 B; MJohannessohn, Ztschr. für vgl. Sprachforschung 66, ’39, p. 184, 7). ἥδε ἀπεκρίθη 1 Cl 12:4.

3. εἰς τήνδε τὴν πόλιν into this or that city, into such and such a city Js 4:13(τήνδε for Att. τὴν δεῖνα or τὴν καὶ τήν. Cf. Cyrill. Scyh. p. 207, 20 τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως; 185, 13; Plut., Mor. 62E τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν [W-S. §23, 1c note 2; Bl-D. §289 w. app.; Rob. 696f.—The same expr. in Appian, Liby. 108 §510 and Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 384 D.], τόνδε τὸν ἄνθρωπον [Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 11 p. 439 M.], τόδε‘this and that’ [Bl-D. loc. cit.; also Plut., Mor. 16D; Dit., Syll.2 737, 62], τοῦδέ τινος τοῦ δεῖνος [PMich. 154, 24—c. 300 AD] and the Mod. Gk. use of ὁ τάδε ς ὁ 667

δεῖνα [KBrugmann, Die Demonstrativpronomina: Abh. d. Sächs. Ges. d. W. 22, ’04, 133 note]; JWackernagel, Syntax I2 ’28, 108). ὅδε is also found as v.l. Ac 15:23; 2 Cor 12:19.—LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 88-99. M-M.* ὁδεύω 1 aor. inf. ὁδεῦσαι (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 199, 28; POxy. 1537, 18; 22; 1771, 10; LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 367) go, travel ὁδὸν ὁδεύειν make one’s way B 19:1 (Artem. 2, 12; 37; cf. Philo, Poster. Cai. 155 ἀτραπὸν ὁδ.). διʼ ἧς (i.e. ἀνοδίας.—ὁδ. διά as X., An. 7, 8, 8; Jos., Ant. 20, 118)ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἐδύνατο ὁδεῦσαι through which a man could not walk Hv 1, 1, 3. Abs. (Tob 6:6 BA; Jos., Bell. 1, 264;3, 115) travel Σαμαρίτης ὁδεύων a Samaritan who was on a journey Lk 10:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th Ser. VIII ’14, 94). Pass. (Strabo 5, 1, 7) ῥᾳδίως (Lat. raro) ὁδεύεται ὁ τόπος the place is easily reached Hv 4, 1, 2. M-M.* ὁδηγέω fut. ὁδηγήσω (Aeschyl.+;inscr. fr. Transjordan [NGG Phil.-hist. Kl. Fachgr. V new series I 1, ’36 p. 3, 1: divine leading]; PSI 332, 6; LXX) lead, guide.

1. lit. (Jos., Vi. 96) τινά someone τυφλὸς τυφλόν (cf. Hesiod, Astron. fgm. 182 Rz. a blind man; Plut., Mor. 13A τυφλούς; Test. Reub. 2:9; Ps.-Phoc. 24) Mt 15:14; Lk 6:39. τινὰ ἐπί τι someone to someth. (cf. M.Ant. 7, 55, 1 ἐπὶ τί σε ἡ φύσις ὁδηγεῖ; PSI loc. cit.; Ps 106:30; 22:3; 24:5) ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων to springs of living water Rv 7:17.

2. fig.lead, guide, conduct (Plut., Mor. 95B; Sextus 167 σοφία ψυχὴν ὁδηγεῖ πρὸς θεόν; LXX) of the Spirit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν J 16:13 (in the Herm. Lit. Hermes-Nous leads the souls to knowledge: Herm. Wr. 10, 21 εἰς τὴν εὐσεβῆ ψυχὴν ὁ νοῦς ὁδηγεῖ αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς γνώσεως φῶς. Cf. 4, 11; 7, 2; 9, 10; 12, 12. Rtzst., Poim. 23, 5, Mysterienrel3 297; PGM 13, 523ff πάντα κινήσεις... Ἑρμοῦ σε ὁδηγοῦντος.—Wsd 9:11; 10:10, 17; Test. Jud 14:1 εἰς πλάνην). Of lying ὁδηγεῖ εἰς τὴν κλοπήν it leads to theft D 3:5. Of complaining: εἰς τ. βλασφημίαν 3:6. Of divination: εἰς τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν 3:4 (cf. Test. Jud. 19:1 ἡ φιλαργυρία πρὸς εἰδωλολατρείαν ὁδηγεῖ). Also ὁδ. πρός τι (Test. Gad 5:7) 3:2f. Without further qualification: ἐὰ ν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με if no one instructs me Ac 8:31. M-M.* ὁδηγός, οῦ, ὁ leader, guide—1. lit. (Polyb. 5, 5, 15; Plut., Alex. 27, 3; Zen.-P. 59 770, 14 [IIIBC]; Jos., Ant. 12, 305; 1 Macc 4:2; 2 Macc 5:15; cf. Philo, Mos. 1, 178) of Judas as guide for the men who arrested Jesus Ac 1:16.

2. as a symbol (Wsd 7:15; 18:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 217)ὁδηγὸς τυφλῶν a guide for the blind Ro 2:19. τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ τυφλῶν they are blind leaders of the blind Mt 15:14. ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί (Paroem. Gr.: Apostol. 11, 50) 23:16, 24.* ὀδμή s.ὀσμή. ὁδοιπορέω (Soph., Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 14, 226;(Dit., Syll.3 885, 28; PGM 7, 181) travel, be on the way ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων as they were on their way Ac 10:9. M-M.* ὁδοιπορία, ας, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; Diod. S. 5, 29, 1; Epict. 3, 10, 11; POxy. 118 verso, 6; Wsd 13:18; 18:3; 1 Macc 6:41; Philo, Mut. Nom. 165, Leg. ad Gai. 254; Jos., Ant. 5, 53)walking, journey κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. tired from the journey J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 2, 321ὑπὸ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας κεκοπωμένος; 3, 3; 2, 257; Dio Chrys. 77[27], 1 οἱ διψῶντες τ. ὁδοιπόρων). Pl. (Hdt. 8, 118; X., Oec. 20, 18) journeys 2 Cor 11:26. M-M.* ὁδοποιέω make a way or path (X., An. 3, 2, 24; 4, 8, 8; 5, 1, 13; Appian, Liby. 91 §430, Bell. Civ. 1, 78 §356 al.; Arrian, Anab. 1, 26, 1; Herodian 3, 3, 7; Dit., Or. 175, 10 [IIBC]; Is 62:10; Ps 79:10) of the disciples ἤρξαντο ὁδοποιεῖν τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας they began to make a path as they picked the ears Mk 2:23 v.l. M-M.* ὁδός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) way.

1. lit.—a. as a place: way, road, highway Mt 2:12; 21:8a, b; Mk 11:8; Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4 v.l.); 19:36; ἑτέρα ὁδ. Js 2:25. ἡ ὁδ. ἡ Κ αμπανή=Lat. Via Campana the Campanian Way Hv 4, 1, 2 (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; Hülsen, Pauly-W. III 1434); described as ἡ ὁδ. ἡ δημοσία the public highway ibid. (s. δημόσιος 1). ἡ ὁδ. ἡ καταβαίνουσα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν Ac 8:26. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδ. pass by (a certain place) on the road Mt 8:28 (onδιὰ τ. ὁδ. cf. Philo, Abr. 269). πίπτειν εὒς τὴν ὁδ. fall on the road Hv 3, 7, 1a. ἔρχεσθαι εὒς τὴν ὁδ., μένειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. v 3, 2, 9. κυλίεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. roll off the road ibid.; 3, 7, 1b. Of a fig tree ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ by the roadside Mt 21:19. Of beggars καθῆσθαι παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. sit by the roadside Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Εὔτρησις: κώμη..κεῖται παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν). Of seed that is sown πίπτειν παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. fall along the road (Dalman, Pj 22, ’26, 121ff) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; cf. Mt 13:19; Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ὁδ. go out into the streets Mt 22:10; Lk 14:23; for διεξόδους τῶν ὁδ. Mt 22:9 s. διέξοδος; καταβαίνειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. go down the road Lk 10:31. πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. go on along the highway Ac 8:36. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου (by attraction for ἣν ἤρ.; X., An. 2, 2, 10) 9:17. ἑτοιμάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος prepare someone’s way Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4 (all after Is 40:3); cf. Lk 1:76 and for the pass. Rv 16:12. Also κατασκευάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27. εὐθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος J 1:23. κατευθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος 1 Th 3:11.—W. obj. gen. to indicate direction (Gen 3:24) Mt 10:5; Hb 9:8.—The acc. ὁδόν, following the Hebr. , and contrary to Gk. usage (but single cases of ὁδός take on the functions of adverbs or prepositions in the Gk. language as well: cf. Diog. L. 7, 156; Synes., Providence 1, 8 ὁδῷ βαδίζειν=‘go straight forward’; Appian, Hann. 47 §ὁδὸν ἐλασσονα by a shorter [or the shortest] way; Plut., Mor. p. 371C.—The nearest parallel to our situation would be the report of Diog. L. 9, 8 concerning Heraclitus: τὴν 668

μεταβολὴν ἄνω κάτω γίνεσθαι, if it might be translated: ‘Change [in the universe] is accomplished in an upward and downward direction’) is used as a prep.toward (Dt 11:30; 3 Km 8:48; 18:43ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης. Cf. Bl-D. §161, 1) ὁδ. θαλάσσης toward the sea Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23 LXX, Aq., Sym.). b. as an action: way, journey (Hes., Theogon. 754; X., Mem. 3, 13, 5; Herodian 2, 11, 1) εὒς (τὴν) ὁδ. for the journey (Jos., Ant. 12, 198)Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3; on the journey Mk 10:17. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way (Gen 45:24; Jos., Ant. 6, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2, end) Mt 15:32; 20:17; Mk 8:3, 27; 9:33f; 10:52; Lk 9:57; 12:58; 24:32; Ac 9:27. τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ what had happened to them on the way Lk 24:35. εἶναι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Mt 5:25; Mk 10:32. ἐξ ὁδοῦ from a journey (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 91 §418; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 203 p. 138, 8 W.; Jos., Vi. 246; 248 ἐκ τ. ὁδοῦ) Lk 11:6. κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. along the way (Arrian, Anab. 1, 26, 5; 3, 19, 3; Jos., Ant. 8, 404; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2) 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τ. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ πορεύεσθαι go on his way 8:39 (cf. X., Cyr. 5, 2, 22). πορεύεσθαι τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Cl 12:4. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν take a journey, make one’s way (Judg 17:8) Mk 2:23 (so the Lat., Syr., Copt., Armen. versions); s. ὁδοποιέω.—σαββάτου ὁδός a Sabbath day’s journey could belong under a or b; it signified the distance a Jew might travel on the Sabbath, two thousand paces or cubits (=about 800 meters, and a nearly equal number of yards.—’Erubin 4, 3; 7; 5, 7 [Die Mischna II 2: ‘Erubin, by WNowack ’26]; Origen, Princ. 4, 17; Schürer I4 557; 575f; Billerb. II 590ff) Ac 1:12. ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s journey Lk 2:44 (Diod. S. 19, 17, 3; Appian, Samn. 1 §5; Polyaenus 7, 21, 1; Lucian, Syr. Dea 9; Procop., Aed. 6, 1, 12; cf. Hdt. 4, 101; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 3 παμπόλλων ἡμερῶν ὁδός; Ael Aristid. 36, 87 K.=48 p. 473 D.: τριῶν ἡμ. ὁδ.; Gen 30:36; 31:23; Ex 3:18; Jdth 2:21; 1 Macc 5:24; 7:45; Jos., Ant. 15, 293).

2. fig., but oft. w. the picture prominently in mind (Sib. Or. 3, 233). a. way εἰς ὁδ. ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε do not go in the way of the Gentiles i.e. do not turn to the Gentiles Mt 10:5 (but s. 1a.—JoachJeremias, Jesu Verheissung für d. Völker, ’56). εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 7:13 (Pla., Gorg. 52A τὼ ὁδώ, ἡ μὲν εἰς μακάρων νήσους, ἡ δʼ εἰς Τάρταρον). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀπωλείας AP 1:1; ἡ τοῦ μέλανος ὁδ. B 20:1. ἡ τοῦ θανάτου ὁδ. (Herm. Wr. 1, 29) D 5:1. Cf. 1:1 (on this Jer 21:8; Test. Ash.1:3, 5 ὁδοὶ δύο, καλοῦ κ. κακοῦ; Sib. Or. 8, 399 ὁδοὶ δύο, ζωῆς θανάτου τε; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 577 D.: δυοῖν ὁδοῖν τὴν μὲν..τὴν δέ.—The two ὁδοί of Heracles: X., Mem. 2, 1, 21ff; Maximus Tyr. 14, 1a; e; k). ὁδ. σκότους B 5:4b.

Description of the way B 20; D 5:1ff. τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν Mt 7:14. Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ζωῆς D 1:2. ἡ ὁδ. τοῦ φωτός B 19:1. Description of the way B 19; D 1-4. ὁδ. εἰρήνης Lk 1:79; Ro 3:17 (Is 59:8; Ps 13:3). ὁδ. ζωῆς Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); cf. D 1:2 above. ὁδ. σωτηρίας Ac 16:17. ὁδ. πρόσφατος κ. ζῶσα Hb 10:20. ὁδ. δικαιοσύνης B 1:4; 5:4a. Of love ὁδ. ἡ ἀναφέρουσα εἰς θεόν IEph 9:1. αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἐν ᾗ εὕρομεν τὸ σωτήριον ἡμῶν 1 Cl 36:1.—Christ calls himself ἡ ὁδ. (i.e., to God) J 14:6, cf. 4f (s. Hdb. and Bultmann [p. 466ff—Engl. 603ff w. other lit.]; JPascher, Η ΒΑΣΙΛΙΚΗ Ο∆ΟΣ; D. Königsweg. z. Wiedergeb. u. Vergottung b. Philon v. Alex. ’31). b. way of life, way of acting, conduct (ἡ)ὁδ. (τῆς) δικαιοσύνης (Pr 21:16, 21; Job 24:13) Mt 21:32(ἐν ὁδῷ δικ. [cf. Pr 8:20] denotes either the way of life practiced by the Baptist [Zahn; OHoltzmann] or the type of conduct he demanded [HHoltzmann; BWeiss; JWeiss; EKlostermann; Schniewind]. Cf. JAKleist, CBQ 8, ’46, 192-6); 2 Pt 2:21. τῇ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη he went astray in his path (=‘in his conduct’) 1 Cl 16:6 (Is 53:6). ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ from his misguided way of life Js 5:20. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς αληθείας (Ps 118:30) vs. 19 v.l. (cf. 2 Pt 2:2 in c below); 1 Cl 35:5. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τὴν ἀληθινήν Hv 3, 7, 1 τῇ ὁδ. τοῦ Κάϊν πορεύεσθαι follow the way of Cain Jd 11. ὁδ. δικαίων, ἀσεβῶν B 11:7 (Ps 1:6). (ἡ) ὁδ. (ἡ) δικαία (Jos., Ant. 13, 290)12:4; 2 Cl 5:7. τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδ. ἔχει the way of righteousness is a straight one Hm 6, 1, 2. τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδ. πορεύεσθαι ibid.; cf. 4. Opp. ἡ στρεβλὴ ὁδ. the crooked way m 6, 1, 3. θέωμεν τὴν ὁδ. τὴν εὐθεῖαν let us run the straight course 2 Cl 7:3; cf. 2 Pt 2:15. Of life among the heathen αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἡδυτέρα αὐτοῖς ἐφαίνετο Hs 8, 9, 1. The basic mng. has disappeared to such a degree that one can speak of καρποὶ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31) and ἔργα τῆς πονηρᾶς ὁδ. B 4:10.-Pl. ways, of one’s conduct as a whole Ac 14:16; Ro 3:16 (I 59:7; Ps 13:3a); Js 1:8; Hv 2, 2, 6. Esp. of the ways of God, in part of the ways that God initiates ὡς...ἀνεξ ιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ how inscrutable are his ways Ro 11:33. δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδ. σου Rv 15:3. αἱ ὁδ. τῆς εὐλογ ίας the ways of blessing 1 Cl 31:1; in part of the ways that are to be adopted by men: οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδ. μου Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10). διαστρέφειν τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου Ac 13:10. διδάσκειν τὰς ὁδ. σου 1 Cl 18:13 (Ps 50:15). Likew. the sing. τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκειν Mt 22:16; cf. Mk 12:14; Lk 20:21. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ AP 20:34. παρέβησαν ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 53:2 (Ex 32:8). c. of the whole way of life fr. a moral and relig. viewpoint, the Way, teaching in the most comprehensive sense (Lucian, Hermot. 46 ὁδ. of the doctrine of a philosophical school), and specif. of Christianity (SVMcCasland, JBL 77, ’58, 222-30: Qumran parallels) κατὰ τὴν ὁ δ. ἣ ν λέ γουσιν αἵρεσιν according to the Way, which they call a sect Ac 24:14. ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδ. ὄντας if he should find people who belonged to the Way 9:2 ὁδ. κυρίου, θεοῦ of Christian teaching 18:25f. κακολογεῖν τὴν ὁδ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 19:9. ταύτην τὴν ὁδ. διώκειν persecute this religion 22:4. ἐγένετο τάραχος περὶ τῆς ὁδ. there arose a disturbance concerning the Way 19:23. τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδ. the things) concerning the teaching 24:22. ἡ ὁδὸς τ. ἀληθείας of the true Christian religion 2 Pt 2:2. Of the way of love καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδ. a far better way 1 Cor 12:31. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης AP 7:22; 13:28. Likew. the pl. (En. 104, 13 μαθεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν [τ. βίβλων πάσας τ. ὁδοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας) τὰς ὁδούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my Christian teachings 1 Cor 4:17.—OBecker, D. Bild des Weges u. verwandte Vorstellungen im frühgriech. Denken ’37; FNötscher, Gotteswege u. Menschenwege in d. Bibel u. in Qumran, ’58; ERepo, D. Weg als Selbstbezeichnung des Urchr., ’64 (but s. CBurchard, Der 13te Zeuge, ’70, 43, n. 10). WMichaelis, TW V 42-118: ὁδός and related words. M-M. B. 717; 720.** ὀδούς, ὀδόντος, ὁ (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 197)tooth Rv 9:8 (cf. Jo 1:6). διʼ ὀδόντων θηρίων ἀλήθεσθαι be ground by the teeth of wild beasts IRo 4:1. W. ὀφθαλμός Mt 5:38 (Ex 21:24). τρίζειν τοὺς ὀδ. grind one’s teeth Mk 9:18. Also βρύχειν τοὺς ὀδ. ἐπί τινα (s. βρύχω) Ac 7:54. From this, βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδ.

669

gnashing or grinding of teeth (w. κλαυθμὸς), only in connection w. the tortures of hell Mt 8:12; 13:42, 50; 22:13; 24:51; 25:30; Lk 13:28 (s. βρυγμός). M-M. B. 231.* ὀδυνάω cause pain in our lit. only pass. ὀδυνάομαι 2 pers. ὀδυνᾶσαι (Bl-D. §87; Mlt.-H. 198; Helbing p. 61) feel pain (trag.+; Democr. 159; Pla.; Vett. Val. index; LXX).

1. of physical torment (Aelian, N.A. 11, 32 p. 286, 28) περίτινος suffer pain for the sake of someone 1 Cl 16:4 (Is 53:4). Esp. of the tortures of hell ὀδ. ἐν τῇ φλογί suffer torment in the flames Lk 16:24; cf. vs. 25.

2. of mental and spiritual pain (Dio Chrys. 66[16], 1; Alciphr. 3, 14, 2; Philo, De Jos. 94 ὀδυνώμενος; Jos., Bell.

6, 183ὀδυνώμενον ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμέν σε we have been anxiously looking for you Lk 2:48 (two pesons of different sex are referred to with a masc. modifier, as Epici p. 20 Achilles and Helen with αὐτούς) ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ they were especially pained at his saying Ac 20:38(ὀδυνᾶσθαι ἐπί τινι as Philo, Conf.

Lingu. 92). M-M.* ὀδύνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; PGrenf. I 1, 2 [IIBC]; Sb 4949, 12; 5716, 12; LXX; En. 102, 11; Ep. Arist. 208; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 143; Test. 12 Patr.) pain, woe of the tribulations of the last days Mt 24:8 v.l. Of mental pain: ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδ. τῇ καρδίᾳ μου (sc. ἐστί) my heart is continually grieved Ro 9:2 (Philo, Aet. M. 63 ὀ δ. ψυχῆς). Of the remorse of conscience ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς they have pierced themselves to the heart with many pangs 1 Ti 6:10.—FHauck, TW V 118f. M-M.* ὀδυρμός, οῦ, ὁ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Aelian, V.H. 14, 22; Jos., Ant. 2, 328; 2 Macc 11:6) lamentation, mourning 2 Cor 7:7. W. κλαυθμός Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15). M-M.* ὀδύρομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr. fr. Gaza: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 269, 8 [III/IIBC]; PThéad. 21, 15; Ramsay, Studies in the History and Art of the Eastern Provinces ’06 p. 144, 5; Jer 38:18; Philo, Migr. Abr. 156; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 243; Test. Zeb. 2:4) mourn, lament w. ἐλεεῖν MPol 2:2.* ‫וּ ָהיּ‬ Ὀζίας in LXX and Joseph.; cf. EKautzsch, Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten des Deutschen Ὀζίας, ου, ὁ ‫ָהיּ‬ Palästina-Vereins ’04, 6f) Uzziah, Hebrew king, in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:8f; Lk 3:23ff D (here, as Jos., Ant. 9, 236, the gen. is Ὀζία).* ὄζος, ου, ὁ (Hom. mng. ‘branch’) the knot on a treebranch (so Theophr. et al.; Wsd 13:13) ῥάβδος σκληρὰ λίαν ὄζους ἔχουσα a very hard and knotty staff Hs 6, 2, 5 (cf. Alciphr. 3, 19, 5). B. 523.* ὄζω (Hom.+; Antig. Car. 117 [given off by a corpse]; Epict. 4, 11, 15; 18 [of an unkempt man]; Ex 8:10) smell, give off an odor, pleasant or unpleasant; ἤδη ὄζει by this time the smell must be offensive J 11:39. M-M. B.* ὅθεν adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 147; Joseph.) from where, whence, from which.

1. of place (Jos., Ant. 1, 168; 19, 291) GP 13:56; Hs 9, 4, 7. ὅθ. ἐξῆλθον Mt 12:44; Lk 11:24. εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν ὅθ. ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι Ac 14:26. εἰς Συρακούσας. . . ὅθ. περιελθόντες κατηντήσαμεν 28:13. W. attraction (Thu. 1, 89, 3.—Bl-D. §437; Rob. 548) συνάγων ὅθ. (ἐκεῖθεν ὅπου οὐ διεσκόρπισας gathering where you did not winnow Mt 25:24, 26.

2. from which fact (Jos., Ant. 2, 36)1J 2:18—3. for which reason (Pla., Aristot.; inscr. [Meisterhan3-Schw. p.

253]; UPZ 162 II, 4 [117BC]; BGU 731 II, 12; LXX); at the beginning of a clause therefore, hence (Diod. S. 14, 51, 5; Appian, Liby. 47 §202; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 4; Wsd 12:23 Jdth 8:20; Ep. Arist. 110; Jos., Ant. 19, 203, Vi. 338; Test.

Napht. 1:8.—Bl-D. §451, 6; Rob. 962) Mt 14:7; Ac 26:19; Hb 2:17; 3:1; 7:25; 8:3; 9:18; 11:19 (or from among whom, cf. Gdspd.); 2 Cl 5:1; IEph 4:1. M-M.** ὀθόνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; pap.; Jos., Ant. 5, 290; 12, 117) linen cloth, sheet (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 47 §200) Ac 10:11; 11:5. Esp. of a sail (Isishymnus v. Andr. [IBC] 153 Peek; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 46, Ver. Hist. 2, 38; Test. Zeb. 6:2) ὀθ. πλοίου sail of a ship MPol 15:2. M-M.* ὀθόνιον, ου, τό (Aristoph., Hippocr. et al.; inscr. [e.g. the Rosetta Stone: Dit., Or. 90, 18—196BC]; pap. [e.g. UPZ 85, 8; 42—163/60BC]; Judg 14:13 B; Hos 2:7, 11; Ep. Arist. 320. Cf. Wilcken, Ostraka I p. 266ff. On the origin of the word s. HLewy, Die semit. Fremdwörter im Griech. 1895, 124f; Thumb 111) dim. of ὀθόνη; linen cloth, bandage used in preparing a corpse for burial (so UPZ 85, 8; PGiess. 68, 11) J 19:40; 20:5ff; Lk 24:12 t.r.—JBlinzler, ΟΘΟΝΙΑ etc.: Philol. 99, ’55, 158-66. M-M.* οἶδα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) really the perf. of the stem εἰδ- (Lat. video), but used as a pres.; 2 sing. οἶδας (1 Cor 7:16; J 21:15f), 2 pl. οἴδατε, 3 pl. οἴδασιν (ἴσασιν only Ac 26:4. The form οἴδασιν is found as early as Hdt. 2, 43; X., Oec. 20, 14;(Dit., Syll.3 182, 8 [362/1BC]; PGoodspeed, 3, 7 [IIIBC]). ἴστε Eph 5:5; Hb 12:17; Js 1:19 can be indic. (so 3 Macc 3:14) or imper.; subj. εἰδῶ; inf. εἰδέναι; ptc. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα (Mk 5:33; Ac 5:7). Plpf. ᾔδειν, 2 sing. ᾔδεις (Mt 25:26; Lk 19:22), 3 pl. ᾔδεισαν (W-S. §13, 20). Fut. εἰδήσω (Hb 8:11 [Jer 38:34]) and εἴσομαι (Dg 12:1). Bl-D. §99, 2; 101 p. 45(εἰδέναι); W-S. §14, 7; Mlt.-H. 220-2; Helbing p. 108; Mayser 321, 2; 327, 17; 372f.

1. know—a. w. acc. of the pers. know someone, know about someone Mk 1:34; J 1:26, 31, 33; 6:42; 7:28a; Ac 670

3:16; 7:18 (Ex 1:8); Hb 10:30; B 10:11.(τὸν) θεόν (Herm. Wr. 14, 8) of the heathen, who know nothing about God Gal 4:8; 1 Th 4:5 (cf. Jer 10:25). b. w. acc. of the thing: οὐ τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν Mt 25:13; cf. 2 Cl 12:1. τὰς ἐντολάς Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20. βρῶσιν J 4:32. τ. ἐνθυμήσεις Mt 9:4 (cf. Jos., Vi. 283). τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν Ro 7:7. τὰ μυστήρια πάντα 1 Cor 13:2. τὰ ἐγκάρδια 2 Cl 9:9. τὰ κρύφια IMg 3:2. τὴν πόλιν Hs 1:1. c. w. acc. of the pers. and the ptc. in place of the predicate (X., An. 1, 10, 16; Bl-D. §416, 2; cf. Rob. 1103) οἶδα ἄ νθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ. . . ἁρπαγέντα τὸν τοιοῦτον ἕ ως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ I know of a Christian. . . that he was transported into the third heaven 2 Cor 12:2. Also without the ptc. εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον (sc. ὄντα) because he knew that he was a just man Mk 6:20 (Chio, Ep. 3, 5 ἴσθι με προθυμότερον ὄ ντα). The obj. more closely defined by a declarative or interrog. clause: οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφαν ᾶ, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀχαΐας οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Στεφανᾶ ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀ. 1 Cor 16:15.—Ac 16:3 t.r. An indirect quest. may take the place of ὅτι: οἶδά σε τίς εἶ Mk 1:24; Lk 4:34. οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ I do not know where you come from 13:25; cf. vs. 27 ὑμᾶς is not found in all the mss. here); 2 Cl 4:5. τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν J 7:27; 9:29b. d. foll. by acc. and inf. (Bl-D. §397, 1; cf. Rob. 1036ff) Lk 4:41; 1 Pt 5:9; 1 Cl 62:3. e. foll. by ὅτι (Aeneas Tact. 579; Dio Chrys. 31 [48], 1; Maximus Tyr. 16, 2b.—Bl-D. §397, 1; Rob. 1035) Mt 6:32; 9:6; 15:12; 20:25; Mk 10:42; Lk 2:49; 8:53; J 4:25; Ac 3:17 and very oft. εἰδὼς (εἰδότες) ὅτι Ac 2:30; 1 Cl 45:7; 2 Cl 7:1; 10:5; B 10:11; 19:6; IMg 14; ISm 4:1; Pol 1:3; 4:1; 5:1; 6:1; D 3:10.—τοῦτο, ὅτι 1 Ti 1:9; 2 Ti 1:15. ἓν οἶδα, ὅτι I know just this one thing, that J 9:25b (Vi. Aesopi I c. 17 p. 269, 16f οὐκ οἶδα, τί γέγονεν. ἓν δʼ οἶδα μόνον, ὅτι. . . ).—The formula οἴδαμεν ὅτι is freq. used to introduce a well-known fact that is generally accepted Mt 22:16; Lk 20:21; J 3:2; 9:31; Ro 2:2; 3:19; 7:14; 8:22, 28; 2 Cor 5:1; 1 Ti 1:8; 1J 3:2; 5:18ff. Paul also uses for this purpose the rhetorical question(ἢ) οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι; Ro 6:16; 1 Cor 3:16; 5:6; 6:2f, 9, 15f, 19; 9:13, 24. f. w. indirect quest. foll.: τίς, τί Mt 20:22; Mk 9:6 (HBaltensweiler, D. Verklärung Jesu ’59, 114f); 10:38; 14:40; J 5:13; 6:6; 9:21b; 13:18; 15:15; Ro 8:27; 11:2; 1 Th 4:2; 2 Ti 3:14; IEph 12:1. ποῖος Mt 24:42f; Lk 12:39. ἡλίκος Col 2:1. οἷος 1 Th 1:5. ποῦ J 3:8; 8:14; 12:35; 14:5; 20:2, 13. πῶς (BGU 37, 7)J 9:21a; Col 4:6; 2 Th 3:7; 1 Ti 3:15. πότε Mk 13:33, 35. πόθεν J 2:9a; 3:8; 7:28b; 8:14; 9:30. Foll. by εἰ whether (Lucian, Tox. 22) J 9:25; 1 Cor 7:16a, b (JoachJeremias, Bultmann-Festschr. ’54, 255-66 understands τί οἶδας εἰ as ‘perhaps’; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 170f); Hm 12, 3, 4.—εἴτε 2 Cor 12:2f. g. followed by a relat. (PPetr. II 11 [1], 7 [IIIBC]) οἶδεν ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε Mt 6:8; cf. Mk 5:33; 2 Ti 1:12. h. foll. by περί τινος know about someth. Mt 24:36; Mk 13:32 (RBrown, Jesus, God and Man, ’67, 59-79). i. abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 4:27; Lk 11:44; J 2:9b; 1 Cl 43:6. καθὼς (αὐτοὶ) οἴδατε as you yourselves know Ac 2:22; 1 Th 2:2, 5; cf. 3:4. καίπερ εἰδ. though you know them) 2 Pt 1:12. ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν God knows (that I do) 2 Cor 11:11; cf. B 9:9. ἴστε Js 1:19 (indic.: HermvSoden; BWeiss; Weymouth; W-S. §14, 7; imperative: Hollmann; MDibelius; Windisch; OHoltzmann; Hauck; Meinertz; RSV; Bl-D. §99, 2; Mlt. 245).

2. be (intimately) acquainted with, stand in a close) relation to οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον I have no knowledge of the man Mt 26:72, 74; cf. Mk 14:71; Lk 22:57. ὥστε ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα 2 Cor 5:16.—To know God, i.e. not only to know theoretically of his existence, but to have a positive relationship with him, or not to know God, i.e. to want to know nothing about him: 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16.—J 7:28b; 8:19 al.—οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς I have nothing to do with you Mt 25:12. Cf. the formula of similar mng. by which a teacher excluded a scholar for seven days: Billerb. I, 469; IV, 293.

3. know or understand how, can, be able w. inf. foll. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 46; Philosophenspr. p. 497, 7 εἰδὼς εὔχεσθαι; Herodian 3, 4, 8; Jos., Bell. 2, 91;5, 407) οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι you know how to give good gifts Mt 7:11; Lk 11:13. οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν you understand how to interpret 12:56a; cf. b v.l. οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν Phil 4:12. εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ each one of you is to know how to possess his own vessel (s. σκεῦος 2) in consecration 1 Th 4:4. τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν does not know how to manage his own household 1 Ti 3:5. εἰδὼς καλὸν ποιεῖν Js 4:17. οἶδεν κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ πειρασμοῦ ῥύεσθαι 2 Pt 2:9. οἴδασιν διὰ κόπου. . . πορίζειν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν τροφήν B 10:4. εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν one who knew how to endure pain 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).—Abs. ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it (=the tomb) as secure as you can Mt 27:65.

4. understand, recognize, come to know, experience (Sallust. c. 3 p. 4, 8 τοῖς δυναμένοις εἰ δέναι=to those who can understand it) w. acc. of the thing τὴν παραβολήν Mk 4:13. τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου understand a man’s thoughts 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν vs. 12. τὰ συνέχ οντά με IRo 6:3. W. indir. quest. foll. εἰδέναι τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπίς come to know what the hope is Eph 1:18. οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις I do not understand what you mean (Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 7, 4) Mt 26:70; cf. J 16:18; 1 Cor 14:16. οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις Lk 22:60 (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 6, 7, 9 οὐκ οἶσθα ἃ λέγεις). εἴσεσθε ὅσα παρέχει ὁ θεός you will experience what God bestows Dg 12:1.—Esp. of Jesus’ ability to fathom the thoughts of men: τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν Mt 12:25. τὴν ὑπόκρισιν Mk 12:15. τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν Lk 6:8; cf. 11:17. W. ἐν ἑ αυτῷ added and ὅτι foll. J 6:61.

5. In λοιπὸν οὐκ οἶδα εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα 1 Cor 1:16οὐκ οἶδα takes on the mng. I do not remember (cf.

Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 1, 1 οἶσθα αὐτόν, ἢ ἐπιλέλησαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον; οὐκ, ἀλλʼ οἶδα, ὦ Γλυκέριον. Cf. Field, Notes 187).—εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν respect the people who work among you 1 Th 5:12(εἰδέναι τινά can mean recognize or honor someone [Ael. Aristid. 35, 35 K.=9 p. 111 D. τοὺς κρείττους εἰδέναι] but can also mean take an interest in someone, care for someone; Witkowski 30, 7 οἱ θεοί σε οἴδασιν). θεὸν καὶ ἐπίσκοπον εἰδέναι honor God and the bishop ISm 9:1.—τοῦτο ἴστε γινώσκοντες Eph 5:5 is perh. a Hebraism (so ARobinson ’04 ad loc., calling attention to LXX 1 Km 20:3γινώσκων οἶδεν and Sym. Jer 49[42]: 22 ἴστε γινώσκοντες).—HSeesemann, TW V 120-2. M-M. B. 1209.

671

οἰκει̂ος, (α,) ον (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 86al.) lit. ‘belonging to the house’; in our lit. only subst. οἱ οἰκ. members of the household in any sense.

1. li. (Jos., Vi. 183) of all the members of a household MPol 6:1. οἱ οἰκ. τοῦ σπέρματός σου your blood relatives B 3:3 (Is 58:7). W. ἴδιοι of members of one’s family (schol. on Pla. 2E λέγονται οἰκεῖοι καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς) 1 Ti 5:8 (Diod. S. 5, 18, 1; Appian, Hann. 28 §118; Dit., Syll.3 317, 38; 560, 21; 591, 59 φίλοι καὶ οἰκεῖοι; Test. Reub. 3:5 γένος κ. οἰκεῖοι).

2. fig. (w. συμπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων) οἰκ. τοῦ θεοῦ members of God’s household (cf. Marinus, Vi. Procli 32 τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς ἀνδρὸς ἡ πρὸς τ. θεὸν οἰ ειότης) of the Christians Eph 2:19. οἱ οἰκ. τῆς πίστεως those who belong to the household of the faith Gal 6:10 (cf. Polyb. 5, 87, 3 οἰκ. τῆς ἡσυχίας; 4, 57, 4; 14, 9, 5; Diod. S. 13, 91, 4; 19, 70, 3 οἰκ. τυραννίδος; Strabo 17, 1, 5 οἰκ. σοφίας.—GHWhitaker, Exp. 8th Ser. XXIII ’21, 76ff).—S. on ἑταῖρος. M-M.* οἰκετεία, ας, ἡ (since Dit., Syll.3 495, 112f [c. 230BC]; Strabo 14, 5, 2; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 15; Epict., Ench.

33, 7 [s. Schenkl, app.]; Dit., Syll.3 694, 54f; 695, 61; PTebt. 285, 6; Sym. Job 1:3; Ep. Arist. 14; 15; Jos., Ant. 12, 30)the slaves in a household καταστῆσαί τινα ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ put someone in charge of the slaves in) his household Mt 24:45. M-M.* οἰκέτης, ου, ὁ lit.member of the household, then specif.house slave, domestic, and slave gener. (in the specif. sense Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 341) Ac 10:7. Opp. δεσπότης (Dio Chrys. 64[14], 10; Ael. Aristid.

45 p. 40 D.; Pr 22:7; Philo, Deus Imm. 64) 1 Pt 2:18; κύριος (Philo, Poster. Cai. 138) Lk 16:13; 2 Cl 6:1. ἀλλότριος οἰκ. another man’s servant Ro 14:4. M-M. B. 1332.* οἰκέω fut. οἰκήσω—1. intr.live, dwell, have one’s habitation (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 148 ἐν) οἰκ. μετά τινος live with someone (M. Ant. 1, 17, 15; Gen 24:3; 27:44) Hv 5:2; in marriage (Soph., Oed. R. 990) 1 Cor 7:12f. ἔν τινι in someone orsometh. of the Christians ἐν κόσμῳ οἰκ. Dg 6:3b. Also of the soul ἐν τῷ σώματι ibid. a. Of the Spirit of God, which dwells in a pers. (cf. Test. Gad 5:4 ὁ φόβος τ. θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16. Of the good Ro 7:18. Of sin vs. 20.

2. trans.inhabit, dwell in τὶ someth. lit. (Mitteis, Chrest. 284, 5 οἰκίαν; PGiess. 2, 23; PTebt. 104, 21; Gen 24:13; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 106 κόσμον ὡς πατρίδα οἰ.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 9) πατρίδας ἰδίας Dg 5:5. Of God φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον who dwells in unapproachable light 1 Ti 6:16.—On οἰκουμένη see it as a separate entry.

M-M.* οἴκημα, ατος, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Vi. Cont. 25; Joseph.).

1. gener.room, apartment (Hdt. 1, 9; 10; Menand., Sam. 19; Diod. S. 1, 92, 6; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 24 §98; Jos., Ant. 8, 134; 137; 14, 455) οἰ κήματα μάταια rooms that will pass away Hs 1:1.

2. euphemism for prison (Thu. 4, 47, 3 48, 1; Demosth. 32, 29; Lucian, Tox. 29; Plut., Agis 19, 5; 8; 9; Aelian, V.H. 6, 1) φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν τῷ οἰκ. Ac 12:7. M-M.* οἴκησις, εως, ἡ house, dwelling (so Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 1, 50, 6; 17, 105, 5; Dit., Syll.3 1216, 11; PMagd.

29, 3 [IIIBC]; BGU 1113, 19; PTebt. 489; Jdth 7:14; 1 Macc 13:48; Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 261)Hs 1:4.* οἰκητήριον, ου, τό (Eur., Democr.+; Cebes 17, 3 εὐδαιμόνων οἰ.; Plut., Mor. 60B; UPZ 17A, 23 [127BC]; BGU 1167, 33 [12BC]; POxy. 281, 11; inscr. in GPlaumann, Ptolemais ’10 p. 35 [76/5BC]; 2 Macc 11:2; En. 27, 2; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 153) dwelling, habitation.

1. lit., of the angels (Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2 heaven as the οἰκητήριον θεοῦ or 3, 4 τῶν ἄνω θεῶν) ἀπολιπεῖν τὸ ἴδιον οἰκ. abandon one’s own dwelling Jd 6(ἴδιον οἰ. as Cornutus 24 p. 45, 21; on the subject matter cf. En. 15, 3ff; Jos., Ant. 1, 73).

2. fig., of the glorified body of the transfigured Christian (alternating w. οἰκία, οἰκοδομή vs. 1) 2 Cor 5:2 (s. on σκῆνος and the lit. on γυμνός 4). M-M.* οἰκήτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 5, 41, 2; Aelian, V.H. 9, 16; PLond. 1677, 27; PGM 7, 351; LXX; Philo; Jos., Vi. 230) inhabitant ἔσονται οἰκήτορες γῆς they will inhabit the earth 1 Cl 14:4 (Pr 2:21).* οἰκία, ας, ἡ (Hd.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.)—1. house—a. lit., as a building Mt 2:11; 7:24-7; 24:43; Mk 10:29f; 13:34; Lk 6:48f; 15:8; 18:29; J 12:3; Ac 10:6; 1 Cor 11:22; 1 Cl 12:6 al. W. ἀγρός Hs 1:4, 8; cf. Mt 19:29. W. χωρίον Ac 4:34. εἰς τ. οἰκίαν τινός Mt 8:14; 9:23; Mk 1:29; Lk 4:38; 7:44; 22:54. εἰς οἰκίαν τινός Ac 18:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν into the house Lk 8:51; 10:38; 22:10; home (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 68 §288; Jos., Vi. 144) Mt 9:28; 13:36; 17:25; at home Mk 10:10. εἰς οἰκίαν into a house 6:10; 7:24; into your house 2J 10. ἐν τῇ οὒκίᾳ τινός Mk 2:15; 14:3; Lk 5:29; 7:37. ἐν οὒκίᾳ τινός (POxy. 51, 13 ἐν οὒκίᾳ Ἐπαγαθοῦ) Mt 26:6; Ac 9:11; 10:32; ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ in the house J 8:35; 11:31; at home Mt 8:6; 9:10; Mk 9:33. ἐν οἰκίᾳ in a house or at home Lk 8:27. οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ those who are in the house Mt 5:15 πάντες οἱ ἐν τ. οἰ. as Dio Chrys. 64[14], 7); cf. Ac 16:32. ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house Mk 13:35. ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης τῆς οἰκίας Lk 22:11. κατεσθίειν τὰς οἰκ. τῶν χηρῶν devour widow’s houses i.e., rob widows of their houses (and household goods; cf. οἶκος 4) Mt 23:14 t.r.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47 (Maximus Tyr. 14, 4eκείρειν [=devour]οἶκον βασιλέως) κατοικεῖν οἰκίας πηλίνας live in 672

houses of clay 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:9).—KJäger, D. Bauernhaus in Palästina, m. Rücksicht auf d. bibl. Wohnhaus untersucht ’12; Dalman, Arbeit VII: D. Haus, Hühnerzucht, Taubenzucht, Bienenzucht ’42. b. fig., of the body as the habitation of the soul ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκ. τοῦ σκήνους the earthly tent we live in 2 Cor 5:1a. In contrast to this the glorified body is called οἰκία ἀχειροποίητος a dwelling not made with hands 2 Cor 5:1b.—S. on οἰκητήριον 2.—Of heaven as God’s dwelling-place (cf. Artem. 2, 68 p. 159, 13 ὁ οὐρανὸς θεῶν ἐστιν οἶκος; schol. on Aeschin. 2, 10: acc. to Timaeus, a woman dreamed that she had been snatched up into heaven and had seen there τὰς τῶν θεῶν οἰκήσεις Sappho 1, 7 D2: Aphrodite inhabits πατρὸς [Zeus’]δόμον.—Purely formal UPZ 18, 8 [163BC]ἡ οἰκία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν) J 14:2 (differently OSchaefer, ZNW 32, ’33, 210-17, against him Bultmann 464, 5).

2. household, family (X., Mem. 2, 7, 6; Diod. S. 12, 14, 3; 13, 96, 3; PPetr. II 23[4], 2 καταγράψας τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Ὥρου; Philo, Abr. 92; Jos., Ant. 17, 134)Mt 12:25 (w. πόλις, as Synes., Providence 1, 4 p. 9D); Mk 3:25 (w. βασιλεία. ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οὒκ. αὐτοῦ ὅλη he and his whole household came to believe J 4:53 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 13 §55 Γράκχος αὐτοῦ σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ οὒκίᾳ κατάρχοιτο). ἡ οὒκ. Στεφανᾶ the family of Stephanas 1 Cor 16:15. ἄτιμος εὒ μὴ. . . ἐν τῇ οἰκ. αὐτοῦ without honor except. . . in his family Mt 13:57; Mk 6:4.

3. a kind of middle position betw. mngs. 1 and 2 is held by Mt 10:12f: εἰσερχόμενοι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. καὶ ἐὰν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία. . . —οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 means, whether it be translated those in the house or those in the household of the Emperor, according to prevailing usage, not members of the emperor’s family or relationship, but servants at his court; in early imperial times they were ordinarily slaves or freedmen (cf.

Philo, In Flacc. 35; Jos., Ant. 17, 142; Passio Pauli 1 p. 104, 9; 106, 15 L. Cf. also Diog. L. 5, 75 the explanation for the ‘ignoble’ origin of Demetrius of Phalerum: ἦν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Κόνωνος οἰκίας. On the other hand Diod. S. 17, 35, 3 αἱ τῆς βασιλικῆς οἰκίας γυναῖκες=the ladies of the royal family.—AdeWaal, Οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας [Phil 4:22]: Röm. Quartalschr. 26, ’12, 160-3; Zahn, Einl. 3 391; GSDuncan, St. Paul’s Ephesian Ministry ’29 [where the theory of Paul’s Ephesian imprisonment is set forth]. S. also Καῖσαρ ad loc.). M-M. B. 133; 458. οἰκιακός, οῦ, ὁ (Plut., Cic. 20, 3; POxy. 294, 17 [22 AD]; PGiess. 88, 4) member of a household Mt 10:25 (opp. οἰκοδεσπότης), 36 (here rather relatives than members of the household in the stricter sense). M-M.* οἰκοδεσποτέω (late word [Lob., Phryn. p. 373]; esp. astrolog. t.t. ‘rule’ of the planet that influences human life: Plut., Mor. 90B; Ps.-Lucian, Astrol. 20; POxy. 235, 16 [20/50 AD]οἰκοδεσποτεῖ Ἀφροδίτη; PLond. 130, 163) manage one’s household, keep house 1 Ti 5:14. M-M.* οἰκοδεσπότης, ου, ὁ (later word [Lob., Phryn. p. 373]; Alexis Com. [IVBC] 225; Plut., Mor. 27E; Dit., Syll.3 888, 57f; Isaurian inscr. in Papers of the Amer. School of Class. Stud. at Athens III p. 150 υἱοὺς τοὺς οἰκοδεσπότας; PLond. 98 recto, 60; PSI 158, 80; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 128) the master of the house Mt 24:43; Mk 14:14; Lk 12:39. Pleonast. οἰκ. τῆς οἰκίας Lk 22:11 (cf. Dit., Syll.3 985, 53; Bl-D. §484). Used w. ἄνθρωπος in a figure Mt 13:52; 20:1; 21:33. In parables and figures, of God (cf. Epict. 3, 22, 4; Philo, Somn. 1, 149) Mt 13:27 (interpreted as Son of Man in vs. 37); 20:1, 11; 21:33; Lk 14:21; Hs 5, 2, 9; cf. IEph 6:1. Christ of himself Mt 10:25; Lk 13:25 δεσπότης P75). M-M.* οἰκοδομέω (Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ᾠκοδόμουν; fut. οἰκοδομήσω; 1 aor. ᾠκοδόμησα (on the augment s. W-S. §12, 5a; Mlt.-H. 191). Pass.: impf. 3 sing. ᾠκοδομεῖτο; perf. inf. ᾠκοδομῆσθαι ptc. οἰκοδομημένος LJ 1:7, ᾠκοδομημένος Hv 3, 2, 6; plpf. 3 sing. ᾠκοδόμητο; 1 aor. ᾠκοδομήθην or οἰκοδομήθην J 2:20; 1 fut. οἰκοδομηθήσομαι; build.

1. lit., of real building—a. w. obj. acc. build, erect (Jos., Ant. 15, 403al.) οἰκίαν (Diod. S. 14, 116, 8; Lucian, Charon 17) Lk 6:48a. Pass. (Sb 5104, 2 [163BC]οἰκία ᾠκοδομημένη; PAmh. 51, 11; 23) ibid. b. πύργον (Is 5:2) Mt 21:33; Mk 12:1; Lk 14:28; Hs 9, 3, 1; 4; 9, 12, 6. Pass. Hv 3, 2, 4ff; 3, 3, 3; 3, 5, 5; 3, 8, 9; Hs 9, 3, 2; 9, 5, 2; 9, 9, 7; cf. s 9, 9, 4. ναόν Mk 14:58; B 16:3 (Is 49:17). Pass. J 2:20 (Heliodorus Periegeta of Athens [IIBC]: 373 fgm. 1 Jac. says of the Acropolis: ἐν ἔ τεσι εʹ παντελῶς ἐξεποιήθη); B 16:6 (s. below; the ‘scripture’ pass. is interpreted spiritually). ἀποθήκας Lk 12:18 (opp. καθαιρεῖν; s. this 2 α).τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν the tombs of the prophets Mt 23:29 (cf. EKlosterman2 ad loc.). τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν monuments for the prophets Lk 11:47 μνημεῖον 1).—οἰκ. τινί τι build someth. for someone (Gen 8:20; Ex 1:11; Ezk 16:24) συναγωγὴν οἰκ. τινί Lk 7:5. οἰκ. τινὶ οἶκον Ac 7:47, 49; B 16:2 (the last two Is 66:1).—W. the obj. acc. and foll. by ἐπί w. acc. or w. gen.: τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν build the house on the rock Mt 7:24. ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον on the sand vs. 26 (proverbial: Plut. VII p. 463, 10 Bern. εἰς ψάμμον οἰκοδομεῖς). πόλις ἐπὶ τ. ὄρους Lk 4:29 (cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 97).ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 6:49. πόλις οἰκοδομημένη ἐπʼ ἄκρον ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ a city that is built on the top of a high mountain LJ 1:7. πύργος ἐπὶ ὑδάτων Hv 3, 3, 5; ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν s 9, 14, 4 (opp. χαμαὶ οὐκ ᾠκοδόμηται). b. abs—α. when the obj. can be supplied fr. the context Lk 11:48; 14:30.—Cf. Hv 3, 1, 7; 3, 4, 1a; 3, 10, 1; s 9, 4, 1. β. but also entirely without an obj. ᾠκοδόμουν they erected buildings Lk 17:28. οἱ οἰ κοδομοῦντες the builders, the masons (after Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11 t.r.; 1 Pt 2:7; B 6:4. Also with no ref. to the Ps passage: Hs 9, 4, 4; 9, 6, 6. γ. οἱ λίθοι οἱ ἤδη ᾠκοδομημένοι the stones already used in the building Hv 3, 5, 2; cf. s 9, 6, 3. c. build up again, restore, a mng. that οἰκ. can receive fr. the context (Josh 6:26; Ps 50:20; 68:36) Mt 26:61; 673

27:40; Mk 15:29; B 16:3 (Is 49:17).—S. also 2 below.

2. fig. (as in Hermas passages given under 1, where the tower is a symbol of the church): of the building up of the Christian church (cf. Ruth 4:11ᾠκοδόμησαν τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραήλ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν on this rock I will build my church Mt 16:18. ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικός like living stones let yourselves be built up (pass.) or build yourselves up (mid., so Gdspd., Probs. 194f) into a spiritual house 1 Pt 2:5. Paul refers to missionary work where another Christian has begun activities as ἐπʼ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκ. building on another man’s foundation Ro 15:20. He also refers to a religious point of view as a building, and speaks of its refutation as a tearing down καταλύειν), and of returning to it as a rebuilding (s. 1c above) Gal 2:18. This is prob. where B 11:1 belongs, where it is said of the Israelites that (in accordance with scriptural declarations) they do not accept the baptism that removes sin, but ἑαυτοῖς οἰκοδομήσουσιν will build up someth. for themselves. In another pass. B calls the believer a πνευματικὸς ναὸς οἰκοδομούμενος τῷ κυρίῳ a spiritual temple built for the Lord 16:10; cf. vs. 6f.—In his discourse on the building of the temple Hermas speaks of the angels to whom God has entrusted the οἰκοδομεῖν building up or completion of his whole creation Hv 3, 4, 1b.

3. οἰκ. is also used quite in a non-literal sense, oft. without any consciousness of its basic mng., like edify in our relig. usage, but perhaps without the emotional connotations that have been associated with it (the non-literal use is found to a certain degree as early as X., Cyr. 8, 7, 15 and in LXX: Ps 27:5; Jer 40:7. Also Test. Benj. 8:3.—JWeiss on 1 Cor 8:1). It=someth. like benefit, strengthen, establish, as well as edify, of the Lord, who is able to strengthen the believers Ac 20:32. Of the church, which was being built up 9:31.—Es. in Paul: ἡ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ love builds up (in contrast to γνῶσις, which ‘puffs up’) 1 Cor 8:1 (=Dg 12:5). πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα οὒκοδομεῖ everything is permitted, but not everything is beneficial 10:23. ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ ἑαυτὸν οὒκοδομεῖ, ὁ δὲ προφητεύων ἐκκλησίαν οὒκοδομεῖ 14:4; cf. vs. 17. οὒκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα strengthen one another 1 Th 5:11.

In 1 Cor 8:10 the apostle is prob. speaking ironically, w. ref. to the ‘strong’ party at Corinth, who declare that by their example they are benefiting the ‘weak’: οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομηθήσεται εἰς τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν; will not his conscience be ‘strengthened’ so that he will eat meat offered to idols? (differently MargaretThrall, TU 102, ’68, 468-72).—Of Paul’s letters, by which δυνηθήσεσθε οἰκοδομεῖσθαι εἰς τὴν δοθεῖσαν ὑμῖν πίστιν you will be able to build yourselves up in the faith that has been given you Pol 3:2.—HCremer, Über den bibl. Begriff der Erbauung 1863; HMScott, The Place of οἰκοδομή in the NT: PT 2, ’04, 402-24; HBassermann, Über den Begriff ‘Erbauung’: Zeitschr. für prakt. Theol. 4 1882, 1-22; CTrossen, Erbauen: ThGl 6, ’14, 804ff; PhVielhauer, Oikodome (d. Bild vom Bau vom NT bis Clem. Alex.) Diss. Hdlbg. ’39; PBonnard, Jésus-Christ édifint son Église ’48. M-M. B. 590.** οἰκοδομή, ῆς, ἡ (rejected by the Atticists [Lob., Phryn. 421; 487ff; WSchmid, Der Attizismus III 1893, 248], but found since Aristot., Eth. Nic. 5, 14, 7; Diod. S. 1, 46, 4; Plut., Lucull. 39, 2; IG XIV 645, 146 [Dorian]; Dit., Or. 655, 2 [25BC]; PGrenf. I 21, 17 [126BC]; BGU 699, 3; 894, 2; LXX; En.; Philo, Mos. 1, 224 v.l., Spec. Leg. 1, 73 v.l.; Joseph. [Schmidt 528f]).

1. building as a process, construction—a. lit. (2 Ch 3:2 v.l.; Sir 40:19; Jos., Ant. 11, 59)ἐτελέσθη ἡ οἰκοδομή the construction was at an end Hs 9, 5, 1a. ἀνοχὴ τῆς οἰκ. a delay in the building ibid. b; 9, 14, 2. b. fig., of spiritual strengthening (s. οἰκοδομέω 3) edifying, edification, building up. α. act., w. obj. gen. πρὸς τὴν οἰκ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας for the building up of the church 1 Cor 14:12. ὑ πὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκ. 2 Cor 12:19. Abs. πρὸς οἰκοδομήν for edification Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 14:26; cf. Eph 4:29. Paul has received his authority fr. the Lord εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν 2 Cor 13:10; cf. 10:8. τὰ τῆς οἰ κ. τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους what makes for the edification of each other Ro 14:19. Abstr. for concr. ὁ προφητεύων λαλεῖ οἰκοδομήν the one who prophesies speaks words that edify 1 Cor 14:3. β. pass. οἰκοδομὴν λαβεῖν receive edification, be edified 1 Cor 14:5. εἰς οἰκ. τ. σώματος τ. Χριστοῦ that the body of Christ might be built up Eph 4:12. εἰς οἰκ. ἑαυτοῦ for its own edification vs. 16.

2. building, edifice, the result of constructio—a. lit.; pl., of secular buildings (Diod. S. 16, 76, 2; 20, 8, 3) Hs 1:1 (w. ἀγροί, παρατάξεις, οἰκήματα). Esp. of temple buildings (1 Esdr 5:70) εἰς τὴν οἰκ. ἐλπίζειν put one’s hope in the building alone) B 16:1. Pl. of the various buildings in the temple area Mk 13:1f. αἱ οἰκοδομαὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ Mt 24:1.

Esp. freq. in the symbolism of the tower in Hermas (v 3; s 9). Yet in many pass. mng. 1 is also poss.: ἡ οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου the tower building (or the building of the tower) Hv 3, 2, 6b; 3, 4, 1f; 3, 5, 1b; 3, 12, 3; s 9, 1, 2; 9, 3, 3; 9, 4, 2ff; 9, 5, 2; 9, 17, 4 al. τὰ ἐξώτερα μέρη τῆς οἰκ. the outside of the building s 9, 9, 3b. Of the stones: εὔχρηστοι εὒς τὴν οὒκ. v 3, 5, 5; 3, 6, 1; 6. Also εὔχρηστοι τῇ οἰκ. s 9, 15. 6. χρήσιμοι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου v 4, 3, 4; ἀπενεχθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 8, 3a. ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 5, 3f; 9, 7, 4a; 6f; 9, 10, 2; ἀποβάλλεσθαι ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τῆς οἰκ. s 9, 7, 1; 9, 8, 3b; 9, 9, 5; ἀποδοκιμάζειν ἐκ τῆς οἰ κ. s 9, 12, 7. Pass. (without ἐκ) 9, 23, 3; ἁρμόζειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 6, 5; 3, 7, 5. Pass. s 9, 4, 3; 9, 8, 5ff; 9, 9, 4; 9, 15, 4; βάλλειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 7, 4; 6; 9, 8, 2a. Pass. 9, 7, 5; 9, 10, 1; 9, 30, 2; δοκιμάζειν τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 5, 2b; εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 12, 4; 9, 13, 4; ἐκλέγεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 9, 3a; ἐπιδιδόναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 4, 5; 8; 9, 15, 5. Pass. 9, 4, 6; ἐπιθυμεῖν τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 9, 7. ἐπιτίθεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 2. ἐργάζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. work at the building s 9, 6, 2b; εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 6, 4; ὁ ἐφεστὼς εἰς τὴν οἰκ. s 9, 6, 2a; κατανοεῖν τὴν οἰκ. examine the building s 9, 5, 7; 9, 6, 3. συναρμόζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου s 9, 16, 7; τιθέναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 2, 6a; 7; s 9, 7, 2; 9, 8, 2b. Pass. v 3, 5, 4; s 9, 6, 8; 9, 8, 4; 9, 9, 2; 9, 13, 6; 9, 16, 1; 9, 17, 3; 9, 29, 4; 9, 30, 1; τίθεσθαι ἐκ τῆς οἰκ. s 9, 8, 1; ὑ πάγειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 1a; 3; 3, 6, 2; s 9, 3, 3f. b. Hermas moves about on the border-line betw. the literal and non-literal uses of οἰκ. but the fol. passages are 674

quite non-literal: θεοῦ οἰκοδομή ἐστε you are God’s building 1 Cor 3:9 (AFridrichsen [s. on γεώργιον). In Eph 2:21 the Christian community is called an οἰκοδομή more definitely a ναὸς ἅγιος ἐν κυρίῳ which is erected on the foundation of the apostles and prophets w. Christ Jesus as the cornerstone (HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph ’30).—Of the Christians ὄντες λίθοι ναοῦ πατρὸς ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς οἰκοδομὴν θεοῦ πατρός since you are stones for the Father’s temple, made ready for the building of God the Father IEph 9:1.—Fig., in another way, of the glorified body of the departed Christian οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον we have a building fr.

God, a house not made w. hands 2 Cor 5:1. S. on οἰκητήριον 2.—Lit. on οἰκοδομέω end. M-M.** οἰκοδομητός, ή, όν (Strabo 3, 3, 7; 8, 6, 2; Etym. Mag. p. 282, 46; 453, 33) built οἰκ. ναὸς διὰ χειρός a temple built with hands B 16:7.* οἰκοδομία, ας, ἡ (since Thu. 1, 93, 1; 2, 65, 2; Pla.; Polyb. 10, 22, 7; Plut., Pomp. 66, 1; Lucian, Conscr. Hist. 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 118;(Dit., Syll.3 144, 32 [IVBC]; 204, 26f al., Or. 483, 104; 107; PHal. 1, 181 [IIIBC]; PSI 500, 3; 4.—Lob., Phryn. p. 487) building, both as process and result, in our lit. only once as v.l., and in a fig. sense edification ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ οἰκοδομίαν θεοῦ 1 Ti 1:4 t.r. (for οἰκονομίαν; D*, Irenaeus et al. have οἰκοδομήν). M-M. * οἰκοδόμος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 17, John [w. τέκτων]; Lucian, Icarom. 19; Dit., Or. 770, 7; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 66[w. τέκτων]) builder Ac 4:11. M-M.* οἰκονομέω pf. ptc. οἰκονομηκώς (on the mng. of οἰκ. and derivatives s. ARobinson on Eph 1:10).

1. abs., hold the office of an οἰκονόμος (q.v.), be manager (Astrampsychus p. 8 Dek. 1, 9) Lk 16:2.

2. manage, regulate, administer, plan (Soph., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; 3 Macc 3:2; Ep. Arist.) τὶ someth. (Jos., Ant. 1, 19)of God πάντα σὺν τῷ παιδὶ οἰκονομηκώς after he had planned everything with his Son Dg 9:1 (Maximus Tyr. 27, 8aὁ θεὸς οἰ. τὸ πᾶν τοῦτο; M. Ant. 5, 32; Philo, Decal. 53 θεὸς οἰκονομεῖ σωτηρίως ἀεὶ τὰ σύμπαντα) M-M.* οἰκονομία, ας, ἡ (X., Pla.+; iscr., pap.; Is 22:19, 21; Philo, Joseph.—1. management of a household, direction, office (X., Oec. 1, 1; Herodian 6, 1, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 89; PTebt. 27, 21 [114BC]; PLond. 904, 25). a. lit., of the work of an οἰκονόμος Lk 16:2-4 (this passage shows that it is not always poss. to draw a sharp distinction betw. the office itself and the activities associated w. it). b. Paul applies the idea of administration to the office of an apostle οἰ κονομίαν πεπίστευμαι I have been entrusted with a commission 1 Cor 9:17. ἀνθρωπίνων οἰκονομίαν μυστηρίων πεπίστευνται they have been entrusted with the administration of merely human mysteries Dg 7:1. Of the bishop: ὃν πέμπει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης εἰς ἰδίαν οἰκ. (οἰκ. ίδίου οἴκου) the one whom the master of the house sent to administer his own household IEph 6:1. This is prob. also the place for κατὰ τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς according to the divine office which has been granted to me for you Col 1:25, but ἠκούσατε τὴν οἰκονομίαν τ. χάριτος τ. θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς you have heard of the stewardship of God’s grace that was granted to me for you Eph 3:2 may be parallel to the usage in vs. 9; s. 2b below.

2. arrangement, order, plan (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 25; Polyb. 4, 67, 9; 10, 16, 2; Diod. S. 1, 81, 3—a. ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκονομία of the arrangement or structure of the parts of the body beneath the skin; they are laid bare by scourging MPol 2:2. b. of God’s plan of salvation, his arrangements for man’s redemption (in the pap. of the arrangements and directions of the authorities: UPZ 162 IX, 2 [117BC]; PRainer 11, 26, and in PGM [e.g. 4, 293] of the measures by which one wishes to attain some goal by supernatural help) ἡ οἰκ. τοῦ μυστηρίου the plan of the mystery Eph 3:9 (cf. vs. 2 and JReumann, NovT 3, ’59, 282-92). Also in the linguistically difficult passage 1:10 οἰκ. certainly refers to the plan of salvation which God is bringing to reality through Christ, in the fulness of the times. κατʼ οἰκονομίαν θεοῦ according to God’s plan of redemption IEph 18:2. προσδηλώσω ὑμῖν ἧς ἠρξάμην οἰκονομίας εἰς τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν I will explain to you further the divine plan which I began (to discuss) , with reference to the new man Jesus Christ IEph 20:1. c. also of God’s arrangements in nature pl. αἱ οἰκ. θεοῦ Dg 4:5.

3. training (in the way of salvation); this mng. (found also Clem. Alex., Paed. 1, 8, 69, 3; 70, 1 p. 130 St.) seems to fit best in 1 Ti 1:4, where it is said of the erroneous teachings of certain persons ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ οἰκονομίαν θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει they promote useless speculations rather than divine training that is in faith οἰκοδομήν and οἰκοδομίαν [q.v.] as v.l. are simply ‘corrections’ to alleviate the difficulty). M-M.* οἰκονόμος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Praem. 113; Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) house) steward, manager.

1. lit—a. of the manager in a private position (Diod. S. 36, 5, 1) ὁ πιστὸς οὒκ. ὁ φρόνιμος Lk 12:42. Sim. ζητεῖται ἐν τοῖς οὒκ. ἵνα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ 1 Cor 4:2. He manages his master’s property (cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 200; Artem. 4, 28. The οἰκ. of various persons are mentioned in the pap.: PTebt. 402, 1; POxy. 929, 25) Lk 16:1, 3. ὁ οἰκ. τῆς ἀδικίας the dishonest manager (cf. Lucian, Ep. Sat. 2, 26 ὁ οἰκ. ὑφελόμενος) vs. 8 (cf. on the ‘unjust steward’ Jülicher, Gleichn. 495-514; LFonck, D. Parabel3 ’19 [lit. here 675f]; ARücker, Bibl. Studien XVII 5, ’12; JKögel, BFChTh XVIII 6, ’14; ERiggenbach, Schlatter-Festschr. ’22, 17ff; FTillmann, BZ 9, ’11, 171-84; Gerda Krüger, ibid.

675

21, ’33, 170-81; FHüttermann, ThGl 27, ’35, 739-42; HPreisker, ThLZ 74, ’49, 85-92; JoachJeremias, Gleichnisse Jes2 ’52, 30-3; JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 48-77; DRFletcher, JBL 82, ’63, 15-30); JAFitzmyer, Theological Studies 25, ’64, 23-42). With ἐπίτροπος Gal 4:2 (SBelkin, JBL 54, ’35, 52-5). b. ὁ οἰκ. τῆς πόλεως the city treasurer (Dit., Syll.3 1252 πόλεως Κῴων οἰκονόμος; other exx. in PLandvogt, Epigr. Untersuchungen üb. den οἰκονόμος Diss. Strassb. ’08; HJCadbury, JBL 50, ’31, 47ff) Ro 16:23.

2. fig. (Aristot., Rhet. 3, 3 p. 1406a, 27 οἰκ. τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων ἡδονῆς) of the administrators of divine things (of an office in the Serapeum UPZ 56, 7 [160BC]; cult associations also had οἰκ.: Dit., Or. 50, 12; 51, 26); the apostles are οἰκονόμοι μυστηρίων θεοῦ administrators of the mysteries of God 1 Cor 4:1. So the bishop must conduct himself as a θεοῦ οἰκ. Tit 1:7. But the Christians gener. are also θεοῦ οἰκ. (καὶ πάρεδροι καὶ ὑπηρέται) IPol 6:1 or καλοὶ οἰκ. ποικίλης χάριτος θεοῦ good administrators of God’s varied grace 1 Pt 4:10 (cf. X., Mem. 3, 4, 7 οἱ ἀγαθοὶ οἰκ.).—JReumann, JBL 77, ’58, 339-49 (pre-Christian), ‘Jess the Steward’, TU 103, ’68, 21-9. M-M.* οἶκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. house—a. lit—α. a dwelling Lk 11:17 (cf. πίπτω 1β); 12:39; 14:23 (unless οἶκ. means dining room here as Phryn. Com. [VBC] 66 Kock; X., Symp. 2, 18; Athen. 12 p. 54A); Ac 2:2; (w. ἀγροί, κτήματα) Hs 1:9. εἰς τὸν οἶκόν τινος into or to someone’s house (Judg 18:26) ἀπέρχεσθαι Mt 9:7; Mk 7:30; Lk 1:23; 5:25; εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 1:40; 7:36; 8:41; Ac 11:12; 16:15b; ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:38; καταβαίνειν Lk 18:14; πορεύεσθαι 5:24; ὑπάγειν Mt 9:6; Mk 2:11; 5:19; ὑποστρέφειν Lk 1:56; 8:39.—κατοικεῖν εἰς τὸν οἶκόν τινος live in someone’s house Hm 4, 4, 3; s 9, 1, 3. οἱ εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου the members of my household Lk 9:61.—εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house; home: ἀνάγειν Ac 16:34. ἀπέρχεσθαι Hs 9, 11, 2. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 15:6. ὑπάγειν Hs 9, 11, 6. ὑποστρέφειν Lk 7:10.—εἰς οἶκόν τινος to someone’s house; home Mk 8:3, 26. εἰς οἶκόν τινος τῶν ἀρχόντων Lk 14:1 (on the absence of the art. cf. Bl-D. §259, 1; Rob. 792).—εἰς οἶκον home (Aeschyl., Soph.; Diod. S. 4, 2, 1): εἰσέρχεσθαι Mk 7:17; 9:28. ἔρχεσθαι 3:20.—ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου Ac 19:16.—ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τινός in someone’s house Ac 7:20; 10:30; 11:13; Hs 6, 1, 1.—ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ in the house, at home J 11:20; Hv 5:1.—ἐν οἴκῳ at home (Strabo 13, 1, 38; UPZ 59, 5 [168BC]; 74, 6; POxy. 531, 3 [IIAD]; 1 Km 19:9) Mk 2:1 (Gdspd., Probs. 52); 1 Cor 11:34; 14:35.—κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορεύεσθαι enter house after house Ac 8:3. κατʼ οἴκους (opp. δημοσίᾳ) from house to house i.e., in private 20:20. In the sing. κατʼ οἶκον (opp. ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ) in the various private homes (Jos., Ant. 4, 74; 163.-Diod.

S. 17, 28, 4 κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπολαύσαντες τῶν βρωτῶν=having enjoyed the food in their individual homes) 2:46; 5:42. ἡ κατʼ οἶκόν τινος ἐκκλησία the church in someone’s house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19; Col 4:15; Phlm 2 (cf. ἐκκλησία 4c). τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον household affairs (Lucian, Abdic. 22) 1 Cl 1:3. β. house of any large building οἶκος τοῦ βασιλέως the king’s palace (Ael. Aristid. 32, 12 K.=12 p. 138 D.; 2 Km 11:8; 15:35; 3 Km 7:31; Jos., Ant. 9, 102)Mt 11:8. οἶκος ἐμπορίου (s. ἐμπόριον) J 2:16b. οἶκος προσευχῆς house of prayer Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46 (all three Is 56:7). οἶκ. φυλακῆς prison-house) B 14:7 (Is 42:7).—Esp. of God’s house (Herodas 1, 26 οἶκος τῆς θεοῦ [of Aphrodite]; WRPaton and ELHicks, Inscr. of Cos 1891 no. 8, 4 οἶκος τῶν θεῶν.—οἶκ. in ref. to temples as early as Eur., Phoen. 1372; Hdt. 8, 143; Pla., Phaedr. 24E; inscr. [cf.(Dit., Syll.3 index IV oºkov d; Thieme 31]; UPZ 79, 4 [IIBC]ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τῷ Ἄμμωνος; POxy. 1380, 3 [IIAD]; LXX) οἶκος τοῦ θεοῦ (Jos., Bell. 4, 281)Mt 12:4; Mk 2:26; Lk 6:4. Of the temple in Jerusalem (3 Km 7:31ὁ οἶκος κυρίου) ὁ οἶκός μου Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46 (all three Is 56:7). ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ πατρός μου J 2:16a; cf. Ac 7:47, 49 (Is 66:1). Specif. of the temple building (Eupolem. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 34, 14; Ep. Arist. 88; 101) μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τοῦ οἴκου between the altar and the temple building Lk 11:51. Of the heavenly sanctuary, in which Christ functions as high priest Hb 10:21 (the mng. α is preferred by some here). γ. in a wider sense οἶκ. occasionally amounts to city (cf. the note on POxy. 126, 4.—Jer 22:5; 12:7; Test. Levi 10, 4 οἶκος.. Ἰερους. κληθήσεται) Mt 23:38; Lk 13:35. b. fig. (Philo, Cher. 52 ὦ ψυχή, δέον ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ παρθενεύεσθαι al.—α. of Christendom as the spiritual temple of God ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικός as living stones let yourselves be built up into a spiritual house 1 Pt 2:5 (EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 286-91). The tower, which Hermas uses as a symbol of the church, is also called ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ: ἀποβάλλεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκ. τοῦ θ. Hs 9, 13, 9. Opp. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 14, 1.—The foll. pass. are more difficult to classify; mng. 2 (the Christians as God’s family) may also be poss.: ὁ οἶκ. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Pt 4:17; ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Ti 3:15. β. dwelling, habitation of the human body (Lucian, Gall. 17) as a habitation of demons Mt 12:44; Lk 11:24.

Corresp. the heathen is called an οἶκ. δαιμονίων B 16:7.

2. household, family (Hom.+; Artem. 2, 68 p. 161, 11 μετὰ ὅλου τοῦ οἴκου) Lk 10:5; 19:9; Ac 10:2; 11:14; 16:31; 18:8. ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπειν ruin whole families Tit 1:11 (cf. Gen 47:12 πᾶς ὁ οἶκος=‘the whole household’). ὁ Στεφανᾶ οἶκ. Stephanas and his family 1 Cor 1:16; ὁ Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκ.2 Ti 1:16; 4:19. ὁ οἶκ. Ταουΐας ISm 13:2. Esp. freq. in Hermas: τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὅλου τοῦ οἴκου σου the sins of your whole family Hv 1, 1, 9; cf. 1, 3, 1; 2, 3, 1; s 7:2. . . . σε καὶ τὸν οἶκ. σου v 1, 3, 2; cf. m 2:7; 5, 1, 7; s 7:5ff. W. τέκνα m 12, 3, 6; s 5, 3, 9. Cf. 1 Ti 3:4, 12 (on the subj. matter, Ocellus Luc. c. 47 τοὺς ἰδίους οἴκους κατὰ τρόπον οἰκονομήσουσι; Letter 58 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 362, 3]). ἡ τοῦ Ἐπιτρόπου σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων the (widow) of Epitropus together with all her household and that of her children IPol 8:2 (Sb 7912 [inscr. 136 AD] σὺν τῷ παντὶ οἴκῳ). ἀσπάζομαι τοὺς οἴκους τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις I greet the households of my brethren, including their wives and children ISm 13:1. In a passage showing the influence of Num 12:7, Hb 3:2-6 draws a contrast betw. the οἶκος of which Moses was a member and the οἶκος over which Christ presides. Hence the words of vs. 6 οὗ (i.e. Χριστοῦ) οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς whose household we are.—On the Christians as God’s family s. also 1bα above. τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκ. προστῆναι manage one’s own household 1 Ti 3:4f; cf. vs. 12 and 5:4.

676

3. transferred fr. a single family to a whole clan or tribe of people descended fr. a common ancestor house=descendants, nation (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 127 §531 οἴκοι μεγάλοι=famous families [of Caesar’s assassins]; Dionys. Byz. 53 p. 23, 1 Güngerich; LXX; Jos., Ant. 2, 202; 8, 111; Sib. Or. 3, 167) ὁ οἶκ. ∆αυίδ (3 Km 12:19; 13:2) Lk 1:27, 69. ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς ∆. 2:4.—οἶκ. Ἰσραήλ Mt 10:6; 15:24; Ac 2:36; 7:42 (Am 5:25); Hb 8:10 (Jer 38:33); 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). ὁ οἶκ. Ἰς. combined w. ὁ οἶκ. Ἰούδα Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). οἶκ. Ἰακώβ (Ex 19:3; Is 2:5) Lk 1:33; Ac 7:46. οἶκ. τοῦ Ἀμαλήκ B 12:9.

4. the house and what is in it=property, possessions (Hom.+; s. also Hdt. 3, 53; Isaeus 7, 42; Pla., Lach. 185A; X., Oec. 1, 5; Jos., Bell. 6, 282)ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ over Egypt and over all his property Ac 7:10 (cf. Gen 41:40; Artem. 4, 61 προέστη τοῦ παντὸς οἴκου).—GDelling, Zur Taufe von ‘Häusern’ im Urchrist., NovT 7, ’65, 285-311=Studien zum NT ’70, 288-310; OMichel, TW V 122-61: οἶκος and related words. M-M. B. 133; 458. οἰκουμένη, ης, ἡ (sc. γῆ. Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Artapanus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 27, 22 God as ὁ τῆς οἰκ. δεσπότης; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Test. Levi 18:3; loanw. in rabb.).

1. the inhabited earth, the world—α. as such (Ps 23:1 and often): πάσας τ. βασιλείας τ. οἰκουμένης Lk 4:5. Cf. 21:26; Ro 10:18 (Ps 18:5); Hb 1:6. ὅλη ἡ οἰκ. the whole inhabited earth (Diod. S. 12, 2, 1 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην; Ep. Arist. 37.—Diod. S. 3, 64, 6 and Jos., Bell. 7, 43πᾶσα ἡ οἰκ.) Mt 24:14; Ac 11:28; Rv 3:10; 16:14. οἱ κατὰ τὴν οἰκ. ἄνθρωποι PK p. 15, l. 20. αἱ κατὰ τὴν οἰκ. ἐκκλησίαι the churches throughout the world MPol 5:1; cf. 8:1; 19:2. b. world in the sense of its inhabitants, humankind Ac 17:31 (cf. Ps 9:9); 19:27. Of Satan: ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκ. ὅλην who deceives all humankind Rv 12:9. The passage ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην Lk 2:1 belongs here also. For the evangelist considers it of great importance that the birth of the world’s savior coincided w. another event that also affected every person in the world. But it can also be said of Augustus that he ruled the οἰκ., because the word is used in still another specific sense, namely 2.=the Roman Empire (which, in the exaggerated language commonly used in ref. to the emperors, was equal to the whole world [as, e.g., the empire of Xerxes: Ael. Aristid. 54 p. 675 D., and of Cyrus: Jos., Ant. 11, 3]: Dit., Or. 666, 3; 668, 5 τῷ σωτῆρι κ. εὐεργέτῃ τῆς οἰκουμένης [Nero]; 669, 10, Syll.3 906 A, 3f τὸν πάσης οἰκουμένης δεσπότην [Julian]; POxy. 1021, 5ff; Sb 176, 2.—Cf. 1 Esdr 2:2; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 16; Jos., Ant. 19, 193). a. as such Ac 24:5 (as Jos., Ant. 12, 48πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις, where however, οἰκ. has mng. 1. Cf. PLond. 1912 [letter of Emperor Claudius], 100). b. its inhabitants 17:6.—GJDAalders, Het Romeinsch Imperium en het NT ’38.

3. an extraordinary use: τὴν οἰκ. ἔκτισας 1 Cl 60:1, where οἰκ. seems to mean the whole world (so far as living beings inhabit it, therefore the realm of spirits as well). S. Johnston s.v. κόσμος.—Also ἡ οἰκ. ἡ μέλλουσα Hb 2:5=ὁ μέλλων αἰών (6:5); s. αἰών 2b.—JKaerst, Die antike Idee der Oekumene ’03; JVogt, Orbis terrarum ’29; MPaeslack, Theologia Viatorum II, ’50, 33-47. M-M. B. 13.* οἰκουργέω keep house τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον οἰκ. fulfill one’s household duties 1 Cl 1:3 (class. οἰκουρεῖν, which the Jerus. ms. restores by erasure). M-M. s.v.-ός.* οἰκουργός, όν (for class. οἰκουρός. The form w. γ is found elsewh. only in Soranus p. 18, 2 v.l. [for οἰκουρός]: οἰκουργὸν καὶ καθέδριον διάγειν βίον) working at home, domestic of women Tit 2:5 (cf. Philo, Exsecr. 139 σώφρονας κ. οἰκουροὺς κ. φιλάνδρους; Cass. Dio 56, 3). M-M.* οἰκουρός, όν (Aeschyl.+; PGM 11a, 11; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 186) staying at home, domestic Tit 2:5 t.r. (οἰκουργός, end; Field, Notes 220-2).* οἰκοφθόρος, ον (Eur., Pla.; Philo, Agr. 73; Sib. Or. 2, 257) destroying houses or families subst. and specif. (after IEph 15:3; s. οἷκος 1aβ) temple-destroyer IEph 16:1. Since Ign. is plainly dependent on 1 Cor 6 (vs. 19; cf. also 1 Cor 3:16f) here, he is prob. thinking of the introduction of immorality as the particular means of destruction (cf. Plut., Mor. p. 12B γυναικῶν οἰκοφθορίαι γαμετῶν; PGrenf. I 53, 19.—Hesychius completes the equation οἰκοφθόρος=μοιχός).* οἰκτείρω s. οἰκτίρω (Bl-D. §23; 101; Mlt.-H. 78; 250; 402; Kühner-Bl. II 498; Meisterhans3-Schw. 179). M-M. οἰκτιρμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pind., Pyth. 1, 164; Maspéro 7, 19 [VI AD]; LXX) rarely in sing. (which is not common in the LXX) pity, mercy, compassion ἐνδύσασθαι σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ (gen. of quality) put on heartfelt compassion Col 3:12. Almost always pl., partly to express the concrete forms of expression taken by the abstract concept (Bl-D. §142; (2 cf. Rob. 408), but more oft. without any difference fr. the sing., due to the influence of the Hebr. pl. ‫םי ִמ‬ Km 24:14; Ps 24:6; Is 63:15; Test. Jos. 2:3). Quite gener. χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν without pity Hb 10:28.—Of men: w. σπλάγχνα (hendiadys) Phil 2:1. ἡ. . . μετʼ οἰκτιρμῶν μνεία remembrance with compassion 1 Cl 56:1.—Of God (Ps 24:6; 39:12; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 29) οἰκ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 12:1. τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκ. σου thy abundant mercy 1 Cl 18:2 (Ps 50:3). ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τοὺς οἰκ. αὐτοῦ turn to his compassion 9:1. προσφεύγειν τοῖς οἰκ. αὐτοῦ take refuge in his mercies 20:11. God as πατὴρ τῶν οἰκ. merciful Father 2 Cor 1:3 (cf. Bl-D. §165 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 677

440f). M-M.* οἰκτίρμων, ον (Gorgias, Palam. 32 Blass; Theocr. 15, 75; Anth. Pal. 7, 359, 1; Sb 3923 οἰκτείρμων; LXX) merciful, compassionate of God (so almost always LXX and, in addition, always combined w. ἐλεήμων) w. πολύσπλαγχνος Js 5:11. W. εὐεργετικός 1 Cl 23:1. W. ἐλεήμων 60:1.—Of men also (Memnon Hist. [I BC/I AD]: 434 fgm. 1, 3, 2 Jac.; Ps 108:12; La 4:10) Lk 6:36.* οἰκτίρω fut. οἰκτιρήσω (Hom.+; inscr.; Ps.-Phoc. 25; Philo, Migr. Abr. 122; Jos., Bell. 4, 384;5, 418, Ant. 7, 153; 14, 354; Test. 12 Patr.; for the spelling s. on οἰκτείρω) only in one pass. in our lit., a quot. have compassion τινά on someone (Pla., Laws 2, 1 p. 653C θεοὶ οἰκτείραντες τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος; Epict. 4, 6, 21; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 22 §89; Lucian, Tim. 42, Dial. Mort. 28, 2; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 11; Test. Ash.2:2) Ro 9:15 (Ex 33:19.—οἰκτίρω of the divinity: Apollon. Rhod. 4, 917; beside ἐλεέω Pla., Euthyd. 288D).—RBultmann, TW V 161-3: οἰκτίρω and related words.* οἶμαι s. οἴομαι. οἰνόμελι, ιτος, τό (Carneades [II BC] in Diog. L. 4, 64; Polyb. 12, 2, 7; Diod. S. 5, 34, 2; Plut., Mor. 196E; 733E; Diosc., Mat. Med. 5, 8 W; Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 6, 44, 9. Loanw. in rabb.) wine mixed with honey, a drink someth. like mead. In our lit. only fig., of heretics: θανάσιμον φάρμακον διδόναι μετὰ οἰνομέλιτος give a deadly poison mixed with honeyed wine (Anonym. Mimus [II AD] in OCrusius, Herondas5 ’14 [p. 110-16] 1. 161f φάρμακον θανάσιμον μετʼ οἰνομέλιτος; 171f) ITr 6:2.* οἰνοπότης, ου, ὁ (Anacr. 99 Diehl; Callim., Epigr. 36 Schn.; Polyb. 20, 8, 2; Anth. Pal. 7, 28, 2; UPZ 81 IV, 21 [II BC]; Pr 23:20) wine-drinker, drunkard (w. φάγος) Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34. M-M.* οἶνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 279al.; Test. 12 Patr.) wine, normally the fermented juice of the grape (cf. Hastings, Dict. of the Bible 1899, 2, 33f); the word for ‘must’, or unfermented grape juice, is τρύξ (Anacr.+; pap.).

1. lit. J 2:3, 9f (HWindisch, Die joh. Weinregel: ZNW 14, ’13, 248-57. Further material on the ‘marriage at Cana’ Hdb.3 ’33, exc. after 2:12. Cf. also HNoetzel, Christus u. Dionysos ’60); 4:46. οἶνος μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένος wine mixed with gall Mt 27:34 (s. χολή). ὄξος καὶ οἶν. μεμιγμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό vinegar and wine mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. ἐσμυρνισμένος οἶν. wine mixed with myrrh Mk 15:23. W. ἔλαιον D 13:6; used medicinally (Theophr., Hist. Pl. 9, 12; Diosc., Mat. Med. 5, 9) Lk 10:34; stored in a cellar Hm 11:15. W. other natural products Rv 18:13.

John the Baptist abstains fr. wine and other intoxicating drink (cf. Num 6:3; Judg 13:14; 1 Km 1:11) Lk 1:15; to denote the extraordinary degree of his abstinence it is said of him μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον μήτε πίνων οἶνον 7:33 (Diod. S. 1, 72, 2 the Egyptians in mourning for their kings abstain from wheat bread [πυρός] and from wine). Abstinence fr. wine and meat on the part of ‘weak’ Christians Ro 14:21 (Ltzm., Hdb. exc. before Ro 14. Lit. on ἀσθενής 2b and λάχανον). ἡ ἡδονὴ τοῦ οἴνου the flavor of the wine Hm 12, 5, 3. οἶν. νέος new wine (s. νέος 1aα) Mt 9:17 (WNagel, Vigiliae Christianae 14, ’60, 1-8: [Gosp. of Thomas]); Mk 2:22; Lk 5:37f.—μεθύσκεσθαι οἴνῳ get drunk with wine Eph 5:18. οἶνος πολύς (Ps.-Anacharsis, Ep. 3 p. 103 H.): οἴνῳ πολλῷ προσέχειν be addicted to much wine 1 Ti 3:8. οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένος enslaved to drink Tit 2:3. οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῆσθαι take a little wine 1 Ti 5:23 (the moderate use of wine is recommended fr. the time of Theognis [509f]; Plut., Is. et Os. 6 p. 353B of οἶνος: χρῶνται μέν, ὀλίγῳ δέ; Ps.-Plut., Hom. 206; Crates, Ep. 10).—KKircher, D. sakrale Bed. des Weines im Altertum ’10; VZapletal, D. Wein in d. Bibel ’20; JDöller, Der Wein in Bibel u. Talmud: Biblica 4, ’23, 143-67, 267-99; JBoehmer, D. NT u. d. Alkohol: Studierstube 22, ’26, 322-64; Else Zurhellen-Pfleiderer, D. Alkoholfrage im NT ’27; IWRaymond, The Teaching of the Early Church on the Use of Wine, etc. ’27. S. also ἄμπελος 1 and ἄρτος 1a.

2. fig., in apocalyptic symbolism, of the punishments which God gives to the wicked to ‘drink’ like wine: ὁ οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ the wine of God’s wrath Rv 14:10. Also ὁ οἶν. τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ θεοῦ 19:15; cf.

16:19. Of Babylon the harlot ὁ οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 14:8; 18:3. Cf. θυμός on all these passages. οἶν. τῆς πορνείας 17:2.

3. effect for cause: vineyard Rv 6:6; s. ἔλαιον 3.—HSeesemann, TW V 163-7. M-M. B. 390.* οἰνοφλυγία, ας, ἡ (X., Oec. 1, 22; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 3, 5, 15; Stoic. III 397 οἰνοφλυγία δὲ ἐπιθυμία οἴνου ἄπληστος) drunkenness pl. (Polyb. 2, 19, 4; Musonius p. 14, 15 H.; Philo, Mos. 2, 185, Spec. Leg. 4, 91) w. ἀσέλγειαι, κῶμοι, πότοι et al., of the individual occurrences of drunkenness 1 Pt 4:3. M-M.* οἴομαι contracted οἶμαι, 1 aor. ᾠήθην ITr 3:3 (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Vi. 83) think, suppose, expect foll. by acc. and inf. (PEleph. 13, 6; POxy. 1666, 2; Gen 37:7; Job 34:12; Jos., Ant. 1, 323)J 21:25; 2 Cl 14:2; Dg 3:1. W. inf. foll. (PEleph. 12, 1; PFlor. 332, 8; POxy. 898, 24; 1 Macc 5:61; 2 Macc 7:24; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 117) Phil 1:17; 1 Cl 30:4 (Job 11:2); PK 2 p. 14, 25; Dg 2:7; 3:4f; 10:3. W. ὅτι foll. (Lucian, Adv. Indoct. 7 p. 106, Alex.

61 p. 265 al.; Ps.-Aeschines, Ep. 4, 2; Is 57:8; Ep. Arist. 227) Js 1:7; 2 Cl 6:6; 15:1. The passage. . . εὒς τοῦτο ᾠήθην, ἵνα κτλ. ITr 3:3 is difficult, no doubt because of damage to the text; in their efforts to make tolerable sense of it, Zahn, Funk and Bihlmeyer remain closer to the text tradition than does Lghtf. They read οὐκ εὒς τ. ᾠ., ἵνα κτλ. I do not consider myself entitled to, etc. M-M. s.v. οἶμαι.* 678

οἷος, α, ον relative pron. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) of what sort, (such) as οἷος. . . τοιοῦτος as. . . so (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 27, 5; Sir 49:14) 1 Cor 15:48a, b; 2 Cor 10:11; Hs 9, 4, 6. τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα. . . οἷον the same struggle. . . as you saw (οἷον refers to significance, as Dialekt-Inschr. 4999 II, 10 [Crete] θάνατος οἷος διακωλυσεῖ=an instance of death whose significance hinders) in its inexorable nature. . . Phil 1:30. The correlative can oft. be supplied fr. the context (POxy. 278, 18; PRyl. 154, 28; Gen 44:15; Jos., Ant. 10, 13): θλῖψις, οἵα οὐ γέγονεν Mt 24:21 (Da 12:1 Theod.); Mk 9:3; 2 Cor 12:20a, b; 2 Ti 3:11a; Rv 16:18 (cf. Da 12:1 LXX and Theod.); B 10:8. The pleonastic θλῖψις, οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη Mk 13:19 is to be explained on the basis of Hebr. In an indir. quest. (Epict. 4, 6, 4; Maximus Tyr. 18, 4e) Lk 9:55 t.r.; 1 Th 1:5; how great GP 7:25. In exclamations (Bl-D. §304) οἴους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα what persecutions I endured! 2 Ti 3:11b.—οὐχ οἷον ὅτι Ro 9:6 is a mixture of οὐχ οἷον (Hellenistic=οὐ δή που ‘by no means’ [Alexis Com., fgm. 201 Kock πέτεται, οὐχ οἷον βαδίζει; Diod. S. 1, 83, 4 οὐχ οἷον. . . , τοὐναντίον, ‘by no means. . . , on the contrary’; Field, Notes 158]; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 238; cf. Phryn. p.

372 L.; Bl-D. §304; cf. Rob. 732) and οὐχ ὅτι ‘not as if’ (Bl-D. 480, 5; Rob. 1034).—οἱοσδηποτοῦν, also written οἷος δή ποτʼ οὖν (Vett. Val. p. 339, 26; 354, 23; BGU 895, 28 [II AD] οἵῳ δήποτε οὖν τρόπῳ), is found only in the textually doubtful vs. J 5:4: οἵῳ δηποτοῦν κατείχετο νοσήματι no matter what disease he had. M-M.** οἱοσδηποτοῦν s. οἷος, end. M-M. οἴσω s. φέρω. οἰωνοσκόπος, ου, ὁ (Eur., Suppl. 500; Strabo 16, 2, 39; Herm. Wr. 480, 7 Sc.; inscr., Philo.—οἰωνοσκοπέω Jos., Ant. 18, 125)soothsayer, augur who obtains omens fr. the behavior of birds D 3:4.* ὀκνέω 1 aor. ὤκνησα (Hom.+; pap., LXX) hesitate, delay w. inf. foll. (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 21, 2) μὴ ὀκνήσῃς διελθεῖν ἕως ἡμῶν come over to us without delay Ac 9:38 (cf. Lucian, Necyom. 11 μὴ ὀκνήσῃς εἰπεῖν; POxy. 1769, 7; Num 22:16; Philo, Aet. M. 84; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 15.Field, Notes 118). ὀ. συγκατατάξαι Papias 2:3.

M-M.* ὀκνηρός, ά, όν (Pind., Hippocr.+; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 236)—1. possessing ὄκνος idle, lazy, indolent of a slave (w. πονηρός) Mt 25:26 (voc. as Pr 6:6, 9). W. dat. τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκ. when earnestness is needed, never be indolent (20th Cent.) Ro 12:11.

2. causing ὄκνος, causing fear or reluctance ἐμοὶ οὐκ ὀκνηρόν it is not troublesome to me w. inf. Phil 3:1 (the verb with γράφειν PLeid. XVII, 14, 20f; Sb 7353, 14 [c. 200 AD]; PSI 621, 5).—AFridrichsen, StKr 102, ’30, 300f; FHauck, TW V 167f. M-M. B. 315.* ὀκταήμερος, ον (cf. Mlt.-H. p. 176; Gregor. Naz., Or. 25 p. 465D Χριστὸς ἀνίσταται τριήμερος, Λάζαρος τετραήμερος) on the eighth day περιτομῇ ὀκ.=circumcised on the eighth day Phil 3:5 (on the dat. of reference cf.

Bl-D. §197; Rob. 523). M-M.* ὀκτώ indecl. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 181al.; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) eight B 9:8. ὀκ. ψυχαί 1 Pt 3:20; ἡμέραι ὀκ. Lk 2:21; cf. 9:28; Ac 25:6. μεθʼ ἡμέρας ὀκ. after eight days J 20:26. ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκ. for eight years Ac 9:33.—δεκαοκτώ eighteen Lk 13:4, 11. Also δέκα καὶ ὀκ. vs. 16 (Bl-D. §63, 2 w. app.; Rob. 282f). τριάκοντα καὶ ὀκ. thirty-eight J 5:5. M-M.* ὀλεθρευτής, ὀλεθρεύω s. ὀλοθρευτής, ὀλοθρεύω. ὀλέθριος, ον (Hom.+; cf. Crönert 186; LXX) act. (so mostly, incl. Polyb. 2, 68, 10; 3 Km 21:42) deadly, destructive δίκη punishment 2 Th 1:9 v.l.* ὄλεθρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 527, 82 [c. 220 BC]; BGU 1027 XXVI, 11; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 38, Vi. 264; Sib. Or. 3, 327; 348) destruction, ruin, death in our lit. always w. some kind of relig. coloring: ἔρχεταί τινι ὄλ. ruin comes upon someone 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:26). αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλ. sudden destruction will come upon them 1 Th 5:3. βυθίζειν τινὰ εἰς ὄλ. plunge someone headlong into ruin 1 Ti 6:9. ὄλ. αἰώνιος eternal death (Test. Reub. 6:3) 2 Th 1:9 (s. ὀλέθριος). παραδοῦναί τινα τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλ. τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for the destruction of his flesh 1 Cor 5:5 (handing over to Satan will result in the sinner’s death.—EvDobschütz, Die urchristl. Gemeinden ’02, 269-72 and s. παραδίδωμι 1b.—Hierocles 14 p. 451b has the thought that the soul of the sinner in Hades is purified by the tortures of hell, and is saved thereby). Destruction brought about by Satan is mentioned also IEph 13:1 ὅταν πυκνῶς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γίνεσθε, καθαιροῦνται αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ σατανᾶ καὶ λύεται ὁ ὄλ. αὐτοῦ when you come together frequently, the (spirit-) powers of Satan are destroyed, and his destructiveness is nullified. M-M.* ὀλιγόβιος, ον (Aristot., H.A. 8, 28; Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 73; Job) short-lived γεννητὸς γυναικὸς ὀλ. he that is born of woman and is short-lived 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:2).* ὀλιγοπιστία, ας, ἡ (only in Christian wr.; Leontios 7 p. 14, 18; 21; 15, 6; Cosmas and Damian 26, 71) littleness or poverty of faith Mt 17:20.* 679

ὀλιγόπιστος, ον (Sextus 6; elsewh. only in Christian wr.; Third Corinthians 3:31) of little faith or trust, in our lit., in fact only in the synoptics, only in addressing the disciples Mt 6:30; 8:26; 16:8; Lk 12:28; Peter alone Mt 14:31. M-M. and suppl.* ὀλίγος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.—For the NT the spelling ὁλίγος is not infrequently attested [exx. in Bl-D, §14 app.; Mlt.-H, 98f]; like ἑλπίς, ἵδιος and a few others of this kind, this form is found in inscr. and pap. as early as pre-Christian times, and is more freq. later [Crönert 148-53; Helbing 25f; Thackeray 126f; KHauser, Gramm. der griech. Inschr. Lykiens, Zürcher Diss. ’16, 60]).

1. pl., quantitative few in number—a. used w. a noun ἐργάται Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2. ἰχθύδια a few (small) fish Mt 15:34; Mk 8:7. ἄρρωστοι 6:5. ἄφρονες a few foolish persons ITr 8:2. ὀνόματα Rv 3:4. πρόσωπα persons 1 Cl 1:1.

W. κεράμια to be understood fr. the immediate context Hm 12, 5, 3. ἡμέραι ὀλίγαι (PFay. 123, 10 [c. 100 AD]; Gen 29:20; cf. Ps 108:8; Philo, Somn. 1, 46; Jos., Ant. 1, 91): ἐν ἡμ. ὀλίγαις (Diod. S. 36, 4, 4) Ac 15:30 D. πρὸς ὀλ. ἡμέρας for a few days Hb 12:10; μετὰ ἡμέρας ὀλ. after a few days Hs 5, 2, 9; 7:1; 8, 4, 1. μετʼ ὀλ. ἡμέρας (Teles p. 19, 5; Diod. S. 13, 8, 1) Hs 8, 2, 9; 8, 11, 5; 9, 5, 5f. ὀλ. ῥήματα a few words m 4, 2, 1; 12, 5, 1. διʼ ὀλ. γραμμάτων in a few lines (s. γράμμα 1) IRo 8:2; IPol 7:3. b. abs. ὀλίγοι (a) few (opp. πολλοί as Menand., Mon. 443; Polyb. 18, 53, 1; Diod. S. 15, 37, 1; Plut., Mor. 188E; Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 22) Mt 7:14 (Cebes 15, 2f there are ὀλίγοι who travel the στενὴ ὁδός. . . , ἡ ἄγουσα to the goal); 20:16 v.l.; 22:14=B 4:14; Lk 13:23; 1 Pt 3:20; Hs 8, 5, 4; MPol 5:1. Used w. the partitive gen. (Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 4 ὀλίγοι τῶν ἐλεφάντων), and a neg. not a few, a number (of) (Jos., Bell. 7, 438)γυναικῶν Ac 17:4. γυναικῶν. . . καὶ ἀνδρῶν vs. 12.—ὀλ. ἐξ αὐτῶν Hs 9, 8, 6.—ὀλίγα (a) few things Lk 10:42 (opp. πολλά as Menand., Mon. 226; ABaker, CBQ 27, ’65, 127-37); Rv 2:14; ὑποδείξω ὀλ. I shall point out a few things B 1:8. ὀλ. ἐπερωτᾶν τινα ask someone a few questions Hm 4, 1, 4. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός you were trustworthy in managing a few things Mt 25:21, 23. δαρήσεται ὀλίγας he will receive few lashes Lk 12:48 (s. δέρω). διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (βραχέων P72, cf. Hb 13:22; s. διά III 1b).

2. sing. little, small, short—a. of quantity (3 Km 17:10 ὀλ. ὕδωρ) οἶνος ὀλ. a little wine (Artem. 1, 66 p. 59, 25) 1 Ti 5:23; πῦρ ὀλ. a little fire Js 3:5 t.r. οὐκ ὀλ. ἐργασία no small profit Ac 19:24; of fruit little Hs 2:4; of a country small 1 Cl 10:2.—Subst. τὸ ὀλίγον a small amount ὁ τὸ ὀλ. he who gathered a small amount (opp. ὁ τὸ πολύ) 2 Cor 8:15 (cf. Num 11:32; Ex 16:18). ᾧ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται the one to whom little is forgiven Lk 7:47a. b. of degree οὐκ ὀλ. great, severe: τάραχον Ac 12:18; 19:23. στάσις κ. ζήτησις 15:2. χειμών 27:20. c. of duration (Musaeus vs. 291 ὀλίγον ἐπὶ χρόνον=for a short time) ὀλ. καιρός a short time Rv 12:12 χρόνος οὐκ ὀλ. a long time (Jos., Bell. 2, 62)Ac 14:28. ὀλίγον χρόνον for a short while (Menand., fgm. 797) 2 Cl 19:3; Hs 7:6; ἐν καιρῷ ὀλ. in a short time 1 Cl 23:4.

3. The neut. ὀλίγον in adverbial expressions (Hom.+; Pr 6:10; Sir 51:16, 27)—a. ὀλίγον a little of distance, etc.

(Pla., Prot. 26 p. 339D ὀλίγον προελθών) Mk 1:19; Lk 5:3.—Of time (Ps 36:10) Mk 6:31; 1 Pt 1:6; 5:10; Rv 17:10.—Of degree or extent only a little (Ael. Aristid. 33, 6 K.=51 p. 573 D.) ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ he loves only (to) a little (extent) Lk 7:47b. b. used w. preps. ἐν ὀλίγῳ (cf. Test. Gad 4, 6=‘slightly’) in brief (Aristot., Rhet. 3, 11 p. 1412b, 23; Dionys. Byz. §3) Eph 3:3; in a short time, quickly (Pind.; Pla., Apol. 22B; Jos., Ant. 18, 145; Lucian, Toxaris 24) Ac 26:28 (s. πείθω 1b; 3a and reff. there). καὶ ἐν ὀλ. καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ whether in a short or a long time vs. 29 (cf. Bl-D. §195; GHWhitaker, The Words of Agrippa to St. Paul: JTS 15, ’14, 82f; AFridrichsen, Symb. Osl. 14, ’35, 50; Field, Notes 141-3; cf. Rob. 653).—μετʼ ὀλίγον after a short while (Diod. S. 14, 9, 6; 15, 6, 5; Appian, Liby. 98 §465; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 25f; PRyl. 77, 41; Jdth 13:9; Wsd 15:8; Jos., Vi. 344) MPol 11:2.—πρὸς ὀλίγον for a short time (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 18, 1; Aelian, V.H. 12, 63; POxy. 67, 14; Jos., Ant. 4, 128)Js 4:14. On the other hand, this is not indicated for 1 Ti 4:8 because of the contrast w. πρὸς πάντα; here πρὸς ὀλίγον ὠφέλιμος means profitable for (a) little.—HSeesemann, TW V 137f: ὁλίγος and related words. M-M. B. 925f.* ὀλιγοχρόνιος, ον (Hdt. et al.; Polyb. 2, 35, 6; Epict. in Stob. p. 463, 1 Sch. Oft. Vett. Val., s. index; Wsd 9:5; Philo) of short duration, short-lived ἡ ἐπιδημία ἡ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης μικρά ἐστιν καὶ ὀλ. 2 Cl 5:5. τὰ ἐνθάδε (w. μικρά and φθαρτά) 6:6.* ὀλιγοψυχέω (Isocr. 19, 39; inscr. fr. Pamphylia: JHS 32, ’12 p. 273; PPetr. II 40[a], 12; UPZ 63, 1 [158 BC]; POxy. 1294, 13; LXX) be faint-hearted, discouraged οἱ ὀλιγοψυχοῦντες those who are discouraged 1 Cl 59:4.* ὀλιγόψυχος, ον (Artem. 3, 5; PMilan [I ’37] 24, 50 [117 AD] ὀλιόψυχος [sic] of a woman; LXX; cf. Cat. Cod. Astr. X 222, 16; 226, 8) faint-hearted, discouraged subst. 1 Th 5:14. M-M.* ὀλιγωρέω (Thu.+; inscr., pap.; PsSol 3:4) think lightly, make light τινός of someth. (Diod. S. 1, 39, 13 τῆς ἀληθείας; PFlor. 384, 86; Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 132, C. Ap. 2, 172.—Bl-D. §176, 2; Rob. 508) παιδείας κυρίου Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). M-M.* ὀλίγως adv. (Hippocr., Aphorisms 2, 7; Ps.-Pla., Second Alcibiades 149A Clark v.l. Strato [II AD]: Anth. Pal. 12, 205, 1; Dit., Or. 669, 11[?]; POxy. 1223, 16; Aq. Is 10:7) scarcely, barely ὀλ. ἀποφεύγειν 2 Pt 2:18 (t.r. ὄντως).

M-M.* 680

ὄλλυμι fut. ὀλῶ (Hom.+; LXX) destroy τινά someone (Sib. Or. 5, 509 πάντας κακούς) ἀσεβεῖς 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:32). M-M.* ὀλοθρευτής, οῦ, ὁ (only in Christian wr.; cf. Act. Phil. 130 p. 59, 9B. On the spelling s. ὀλοθρεύω) the destroyer ; Wsd 18:25; cf. Hb 11:28); the one meant is the 1 Cor 10:10 (the OT speaks of ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Ex 12:23=‫תי ִח‬ destroying angel as the one who carries out the divine sentence of punishment, or perh. Satan (MDibelius, Geisterwelt 44f). M-M.* ὀλοθρεύω (Vett. Val. 123, 11 ὀλεθρεύει; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 34; Test. Levi 13, 7; Sib. Or. 5, 304. On its spelling, beside ὀλεθρεύω, s. Bl-D. §32, 1; Mlt.-H. p. 71; Reinhold p. 40; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 216f) destroy, ruin τινά someone ὁ ὀλοθρεύων the destroying angel (s. ὀλοθρευτής) Hb 11:28 (after Ex 12:23). JSchneider, TW V 168-72: ὀλεθρεύω and related words. M-M.* ὁλοκαύτωμα, ατος, τό whole burnt offering in which the animal was entirely consumed by fire (not in secular Gk. [but ὁλοκαυτόω X.+]. But LXX; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 110; Jos., Ant. 10, 70; Test. Levi 9:7. On the formation of the word s. Dssm., B 135 [BS 138]).

1. lit. (w. θυσία and other sim. concepts) Mk 12:33; 1 Cl 18:16 (Ps 50:18) B 2:4, 5 (Is 1:11), 7 (Jer 7:22). W. περὶ ἁμαρτίας ‘sin-offering’ Hb 10:6, 8 (both Ps 39:7). ὁλ. ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν B 7:6 (cf. Lev 16:5). θυσίας αὐτῷ διʼ αἵματος καὶ κνίσης καὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων ἐπιτελεῖν offer sacrifices to him (God) with blood, burning fat, and whole burnt offerings Dg 3:5.

2. fig., of a martyr who was burned at the stake ὁλ. δεκτὸν τῷ θεῷ ἡτοιμασμένον MPol 14:1. M-M.* ὁλοκληρία, ας, ἡ (Chrysipp. [Stoic. III 33]; Plut., Mor. 1041E; 1047E τοῦ σώματος; 1063F ὑγεία καὶ ὁλ.; Diog.

L. 7, 107; Dit., Syll.3 1142, 2 [I/II AD] ὁλ. τῶν ποδῶν; POxy. 123, 6; 1478, 3; BGU 948, 4 w. ὑγία; Is 1:6 v.l.) wholeness, completeness, soundness in all parts: of the healing of a lame man ἡ πίστις. . . ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλ. ταύτην faith. . . has given him this perfect health Ac 3:16. ADebrunner, Philol. 95, ’42, 174-6. M-M.* ὁλόκληρος, ον (Pla.; Polyb. 18, 45, 9; Ps.-Lucian, Macrob. 2; Epict. 3, 26, 7; 25; 4, 1, 66; 151; Dit., Or. 519, 14, Syll.3 1009, 10; 1012, 9 and oft.; PLond. 935, 7; POxy. 57, 13; LXX; Philo, Abr. 47, Spec. Leg. 1, 283; Jos., Ant. 3, 228; 278; 14, 366) a qualitative term, with integrity, whole, complete, undamaged, intact, blameless πίστις undiminished faith Hm 5, 2, 3. In an ethical sense: ὁλ. ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα. . . τηρηθείη may your spirit. . . be preserved complete or sound 1 Th 5:23 (PGM 7, 590 διαφύλασσέ μου τὸ σῶμα, τὴν ψυχὴν ὁλόκληρον.—PAvanStempvoort, NTS 7, ’60/’61, 262-5: connects πνεῦμα and ἁγιάσαι in 1 Th 5:23.). W. τέλειος Js 1:4. M-M. B. 919.* ὀλολύζω (Hom.+; PGM 11a, 30; LXX) cry out in joy or pain; in the latter sense (ἐπί τινι as Lucian, Dial. Deor. 12, 1) κλαύσατε ὀλολύζοντες ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν wail and cry aloud over your tribulations Js 5:1.—LDeubner, Ololyge u. Verwandtes: ABA ’41 no. 1. M-M.* ὅλος, η, ον (Pind.+[Hom. and Hes. have the Ion. οὖλος]; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) whole, entire, complete, in the NT never in the attributive position (W-S. §20, 12a; Bl-D. §275, 2; 4; Rob. 774) and never w. the art. as a substantive, as Third Corinthians 3:9.

1. used w. a noun that has no art., somet. preceding it, somet. coming after it: ὅλ. οἴκους whole families Tit 1:11. ὅλ. ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα I have healed a man’s whole body J 7:23.—ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλ. for a whole year Ac 11:26. διετίαν ὅλ. for two full years 28:30.—διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5 (Appian, Liby. 134 §636; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 29.—Dit., Syll.3 1171, 6 διʼ ὅλης ἡμέρας. Cf. Jos., Ant. 6, 37, Vi. 15 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; Inschr. v. Priene 112, 98 διὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος ὅλου). Likew. w. names of cities without the art. ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ all Jerusalem Ac 21:31.

2. used w. a noun that has the art.—α. coming before the noun: ὅλ. ἡ περίχωρος ἐκείνη Mt 14:35. ὅλ. ἡ χώρα ἐκείνη Mk 6:55. ὅλ. ἡ πόλις 1:33. ὅλ. τὸ σῶμά σου Mt 5:29f; 6:22f. ὅλ. ὁ βίος Lk 8:43 v.l. ὅλ. τὴν ἡμέραν the whole day (through) (Jos., Ant. 6, 22)Mt 20:6; Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23); 10:21 (Is 65:2). ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος ἡμῶν with all our strength 1 Cl 33:8. εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον Hs 9, 25, 2 (ὅλ. ὁ κόσμος; Wsd 11:22; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 9; Ep. Arist. 210). ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (on the hyperbole cf. PLond.

891, 9 ἡ εὐφημία σου περιεκύκλωσεν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον). b. after the noun ὁ κόσμος ὅλ. Mt 16:26; Lk 9:25; 1J 5:19; τὸ συνέδριον ὅλ. Mt 26:59; τὸ σῶμά σου ὅλ. Lk 11:36a; ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλ. J 4:53; ἡ πόλις ὅλ. Ac 21:30; ἡ οἰκουμένη ὅλ. Rv 3:10. c. The noun can also be supplied fr. the context ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον (i.e. τὸ ἄλευρον) until (the) whole (batch of flour) was leavened Mt 13:33; Lk 13:21. ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον (i.e. τὸ σῶμά σου) Lk 11:36b.—Sim. the subst. ptc. ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος (ὁ λελουμένος) (the one who has bathed) is clean all over J 13:10.

3. used w. a pron. σὺ ὅλος you altogether, wholly J 9:34. τοῦτο ὅλον all this Mt 1:22; 21:4 t.r.; 26:56.

4. used w. a prep. διʼ ὅλου throughout, through and through (Philo Mech. 60, 25; POxy. 53, 10; 1277, 8; PGM 5, 154) J 19:23. M-M. B. 919. ὁλοτελής, ές (since Aristot., PlAnt. 1, 2, 20; Plut., Mor. 909B; Galen XIX p. 162 K.; Dit., Syll.3 814, 45 [67 AD]) a quantitative term, quite complete, quite undamaged of stones Hv 3, 6, 4. ἀποκάλυψις a revelation that is quite 681

complete v 3, 10, 9; 3, 13, 4b. ὁλ. ἐν τῇ πίστει m 9:6. ὁ θεὸς ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς may God sanctify you wholly or through and through 1 Th 5:23. M-M.* ὁλοτελῶς adv. (Petosiris, fgm. 21 l. 260; Peripl. Eryth. c. 30; Vett. Val. 155, 3; Aq. Dt 13:16[17]) wholly, altogether μετανοεῖν repent fully Hv 3, 13, 4a. ὁλ. χλωρός quite green s 8, 5, 2.* Ὀλοφέρνης, ου, ὁ Holofernes, Assyrian commander-in-chief, slain by Judith in his own tent when he laid siege to her native city of Bethulia (Jdth 2ff) 1 Cl 55:5.—On the name and pers. of H. s. JMarquart, Philol. 54, 1895, 507ff; Schürer III4 233, 22.* Ὀλυμπᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (IG III 1080, 28.—CIL XIV 1286. Short form, perh. fr. Ὀλυμπιόδωρος or some other rather long name compounded w. Ὀλυμπ-. W-S. §16, 9; Rouffiac 91) Olympas, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:15. M-M.* ὄλυνθος, ου, ὁ (Hes.+; Theophr., Caus. Pl. 5, 9, 12; Diosc. 1, 185; SSol 2:13. Loanw. in rabb.) late or summer fig Rv 6:13. VHehn, Kulturpflanzen u. Haustiere6 1894, 94ff.* ὅλως adv. (Pla.+; inscr., pap.; Job 34:8 v.l.; Philo) generally speaking, actually, everywhere ὅλως ἀκούεται it is actually reported 1 Cor 5:1 (AFridrichsen, Symb. Osl. 13, ’34, 43f: ‘to say it at once’; Diod. S. 13, 16, 2 ‘continually’, ‘again and again’; Ps.-Demetr., El. c. 175; 199 R. ὅλως=‘regularly’, ‘generally’, ‘everywhere’ and can be parallel w. παντοδαποῦ). ἤδη οὖν ὅλως now actually 6:7. Rather oft. w. a neg. not at all (X., Mem. 1, 2, 35; Dio Chrys. 53[70], 5; 8; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 39 p. 41, 9; Philo, Op. M. 170, Praem. 40; Jos., Ant. 8, 241; Test. Jud. 16:3) μὴ ὅλ. Mt 5:34.—1 Cor 15:29; Hv 4, 1, 9; m 4, 2, 1 al. M-M.** ὁμαλίζω Att. fut. ὁμαλιῶ (X.+; Dit., Syll.3 313, 10; 22; PTebt. 375, 30; LXX) make level ὄρη B 11:4 (Is 45:2).* ὁμαλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr.; Aq., Sym., Theod., Philo) level, smooth, even—1. lit. ὁμαλὸν γίνεσθαι become level Hs 9, 10, 1; τὰ ὁμ. the level ground v 1, 1, 3.

2. as a symbol τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδῷ πορεύεσθαι καὶ ὁμ. walk in the straight and level way m 6, 1, 2. πάντα ὁμ. γίνεται τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς all things will become level for (his) chosen v 1, 3, 4; cf. m 2:4 (w. ἱλαρός).* ὁμαλῶς adv. (Thu. et al.) smoothly, evenly ὁμ. περιπατεῖν walk smoothly Hm 6, 1, 4.* ὄμβρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 101; 2, 343 al.) rain-storm, thunderstorm Lk 12:54. M-M.* ὁμείρομαι (CIG III 4000, 7 [IV AD] ὁμειρόμενοι περὶ παιδός [Ramsay, JHS 38, ’18, 157; 160]; Job 3:21 οἳ ὁμείρονται τοῦ θανάτου [v.l. ἱμείρ.]; Sym. Ps 62:2. Hesychius explains it w. ἐπιθυμεῖν.—Thackeray 97; GMilligan, Exp. 9th Ser. II ’24, 227f) have a kindly feeling, long τινός for someone 1 Th 2:8 (W-H. write ὀμ., cf. app. 152; Mlt.-H. 251; ADebrunner, IndogF 21, ’07, 203f; W-S. §16, 6; Bl-D. §101 p. 47, on the constr. cf. §171, 1; Rob. 508). M-M.* ὁμιλέω impf. ὡμίλουν; 1 aor. ὡμίλησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) speak, converse, address (class.; LXX) τινί (with) someone (Philemo Com. 169 K. ἐὰν γυνὴ γυναικὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ὁμιλεῖ; Ael. Aristid.

28, 116 K.=49 p. 529 D.: θεῷ; POxy. 928, 5 ὡμείλησας δέ μοί ποτε περὶ τούτου; Da 1:19; Jos., Ant. 17, 50)ὡμίλει αὐτῷ he used to talk with him Ac 24:26 (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 18 ὁμ. τινι=confer with someone).

Of Christ talking to the martyrs (cf. Herm. Wr. 12, 19 [τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ] μόνῳ ὁ θεὸς ὁμιλεῖ) παρεστὼς ὁ κύριος ὡμίλει αὐτοῖς the Lord was standing by and conversing with them MPol 2:2. Also πρός τινα (X., Mem. 4, 3, 2; Jos., Ant. 11, 260τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμιλούντων): ὡμίλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων they were conversing w. each other about all the things Lk 24:14. W. acc. of the thing οὐ ξένα ὁμιλῶ I have nothing strange to say Dg 11:1. ἃ λόγος ὁμιλεῖ 11:7. Abs. Lk 24:15. ἐφʼ ἱκανὸν ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς after talking a long time until daylight Ac 20:11. M-M.* ὁμιλία, ας, ἡ—1. association, intercourse, company (trag., Thu.+; X., Mem. 1, 2, 20 ὁμιλία τῶν χρηστῶν; Herm. Wr. in Stob. I 277, 21 W.=432, 20 Sc. τὰς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁμιλίας παραιτοῦ; POxy. 471, 76; Wsd 8:18; 3 Macc 5:18; Jos., Vi. 67) ὁμιλίαι κακαί bad company 1 Cor 15:33 (cf. ἦθος and s. Ep. Arist. 130).

2. a speech (in church), sermon (ὁμ.=speech Diod. S. 16, 55, 2; Ael. Aristid. 42, 9 K.=6 p. 68 D.; Lucian, Demon. 12; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 3, 15 p. 93, 20, Imag. Prooem. p. 295, 11; Dositheus 1, 1; Jos., Ant. 15, 68; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 6, 28; 12, 11; 28 al. Lag. Acc. to Moeris 276 this usage is Hellenistic). ὁμιλίαν ποιεῖσθαι deliver a sermon, preach (as Justin, Dial. 28; 85.—On ὁμ. ποιεῖσθαι cf. Jos., Vi. 222) περί τινος about someth. IPol 5:1.

M-M.* ὅμιλος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; Aq. 1 Km 19:20; Philo, Agr. 23) crowd, throng πᾶς ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὅμ. the whole throng (of those traveling) on the ships Rv 18:17 t.r. (Jos., Ant. 5, 17ὁ πᾶς ὅμιλος). M-M.* ὁμίχλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; Plut., Mor. 460A; Ael. Aristid. 51, 19 K.=27 p. 539 D.; PGM 4, 3024; LXX, En.; Sib. Or. 682

3, 806) mist, fog pl. ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι mists driven by the storm 2 Pt 2:17 (w. ζόφος and σκότος as Lucian, Catapl. 2). M-M. B. 66.* ὄμμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+, more common in poetry than in prose; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 120; PLond. 678, 6; BGU 713, 9; PGM 4, 703; LXX; En. 106, 5; 10; Jos., Bell. 6, 288)eye.

1. lit. pl. (Diod. S. 3, 46, 2) Mt 20:34; Mk 8:23.—2. fig. τὸ ὄμμα τῆς ψυχῆς the eye of the soul (Pla., Rep. 7 p.

533D, Soph. 254A; Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 47; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 36, Abr. 70.—PGM 4, 517 ἀθανάτοις ὄμμασι; 3, 474.—Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 296f; 318f) ἐμβλέπειν τοῖς ὄμμ. τῆς ψυχῆς εἴς τι gaze at someth. with the eyes of the soul 1 Cl 19:3. M-M. B. 225.* ὀμνύω (a by-form of ὄμνυμι which is predominant in H.Gk. and therefore in the NT as well; in the form ὄμνυμι Hom.+; inscr., pap.; the by-form in Hdt., X. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121.In the NT the older form occurs only in the inf. ὀμνύναι Mk 14:71 [in the critical editions, foll. B et al.; the t.r. reads ὀμνύειν w. ‫א‬AC et al.]; Bl-D. §92; Mlt.-H. 251) 1 aor. ὤμοσα swear, take an oath w. acc. of the pers. or the thing by which one swears (Hom.+; X., An. 7, 6, 18; Diod. S. 1, 29, 4 τὴν Ἶσιν; Appian, Syr. 60 §317 πάντας τ. θεούς, Bell. Civ. 4, 68, §289; UPZ 70, 2 [152/1 BC] τὸν Σάραπιν; POxy. 239, 5 [66 AD] Νέρωνα; Bl-D. §149; Rob. 484. On the LXX s. MJohannessohn, Der Gebr. der Kasus in LXX, Diss. Berlin ’10, 77; Jos., Ant. 5, 14; 13, 76) τὸν οὐρανόν, τὴν γῆν swear by heaven, by the earth (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 699 and schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 714 ὄμοσον Γαῖάν τε καὶ Οὐρανόν; Aesop, Fab. 140 H.) Js 5:12. τὴν Καίσαρος τύχην MPol 9:2; 10:1. Abs., in the same sense (cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 310)9:3; (w. ἐπιθῦσαι) MPol 4.—Instead of the acc., ἐν w. dat. of the pers. or thing is used (as OT; cf. Johannessohn, loc. cit.) ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἐν τῇ γῇ Mt 5:34 (cf. the contrary advice IQS 5, 8; MDelcor, VetusT 16, ’66, 8-25 [heaven and earth]); cf. 23:22 (GHeinrici, Beiträge III ’05, 42-5; ERietschel, Das Verbot des Eides in d.

Bergpredigt: StKr 79, ’06, 373-418; ibid. 80, ’07, 609-18; OProksch, Das Eidesverbot Jesu Christi: Thüringer kirchl.

Jahrbuch ’07; HMüller, Zum Eidesverbot d. Bergpred. ’13; OOlivieri, Biblica 4, ’23, 385-90; GStählin, Zum Gebrauch von Beteuerungsformeln im NT, NovT 5, ’62, 115-43; Billerb. I 321-36.—Warning against any and all oaths as early as Choerilus Epicus [V BC]: Stob., Flor. 3, 27, 1 vol. III p. 611, 3 H. ὅρκον δʼ οὔτʼ ἄδικον χρεὼν ὀμνύναι οὔτε δίκαιον; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 103i Jac.: the Phrygians do not swear at all; Pythagoreans acc. to Diog. L. 8, 22; Essenes in Jos., Bell. 2, 135). ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου by your head 5:36. ἐν τῷ ναῷ, ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ 23:16; 21. ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω vss. 18, 20. ἐν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τ. αἰῶνας τ. αἰώνων Rv 10:6. ἐν is replaced by εἰς Mt 5:35. Also κατά τινος by someone or someth. (Aristoph.; Demosth. [exx. in FBleek, Hb II 2, 1840, 245a]; Longus, Past. 4, 20, 2; Porphyr., Abst. 3, 16; Ps.-Lucian, Calumn. 18; Dit., Syll.3 526, 5; 685, 25; BGU 248, 12[I AD]; Gen 22:16; 31:53; Ex 32:13; 1 Km 30:15; Am 6:8; Zeph 1:5) ἐπεὶ κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι, ὤμοσεν καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ since he could swear by no one greater, he swore by himself Hb 6:13; cf. vs. 16 (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 203 οὐ καθʼ ἑτέρου ὀμνύει θεός, οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ κρεῖττον, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ, ὅς ἐστι πάντων ἄριστος, De Abr. 273). ὤμοσεν ὁ δεσπότης κατὰ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ the Master took an oath by his glory Hv 2, 2, 5. It is even said of God: ὤμ. κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ v 2, 2, 8.—Foll. by direct discourse Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4).

The dir. disc. is preceded by ὅτι Mt 26:74 (w. καταθεματίζειν); Mk 14:71 (w. ἀναθεματίζειν); Rv 10:6f. As a quot. fr. Ps 94:11 w. εἰ preceding the dir. disc. Hb 3:11; 4:3 (cf. εὒ IV).—W. dat. of the pers. confirm someth. (τὶ) for someone with an oath B 6:8 (Ex 33:1); Ac 7:17 t.r. (ἧς by attraction, for ἥν). W. inf. foll. τίσιν ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ; whom did he assure by an oath that they should not enter his rest?

Hb 3:18 (dat. w. fut. inf. as Plut., Galba 22, 12). διαθήκη ἣν ὤμοσεν τοῖς πατράσι δοῦναι τ. λαῷ the covenant which he swore to the fathers to give to the people B 14:1. Foll. by dir. disc. introduced by ὅτι recitative Mk 6:23 (JDM Derrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 339-58). ὅρκῳ ὀμ. τινί w. inf. foll. Ac 2:30. Though the dat. ὅρκῳ is quite rare in this combination (cf. En. 6, 4), the acc. (Hom.+; Gen 26:3; Num 30:3) is quite common: ὅρκον ὀμ. πρός τινα (ὀμ. πρός τινα Od. 14, 331; 19, 288) swear an oath to someone foll. by the gen. of the aor. inf. Lk 1:73.—RHirzel, D. Eid ’02; LWenger, D. Eid in d. griech. Pap.: Z. d. Sav.—St., Rom. Abt. 23, ’02, 158ff; JPedersen, Der Eid bei den Semiten ’14; ESeidl, Der Eid in röm.-ägypt. Provinzialrecht, ’33; JSchneider, TW V 177-85. M-M. B. 1437.* ὁμοήθεια, ας, ἡ (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 139 Jac.; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 2, 11 p. 53, 11; Pollux 3, 62) similarity in character, agreement in convictions ὁμοήθειαν θεοῦ λαβόντες you who have received a divine agreement in your convictions IMg 6:2. κατὰ ὁμοήθειαν θεοῦ λαλεῖν speak on the basis of a divine unity in convictions IPol 1:3.* ὁμοθυμαδόν adv. (Aristoph., X.+; Polyb.; Diod. S. 18, 22, 4; Vett. Val. 286, 27; Herm. Wr. 1, 28; Dit., Syll.3 742, 13 [82 BC]; 1104, 28; PTebt. 40, 8 [117 BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 178; Philo, Mos. 1, 72 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 277; 19, 357; Test. Napht. 6:10; Sib. Or. 3, 458. On its formation cf. Kühner-Bl. II p. 307 γ; Mlt.-H. 164) with one mind or purpose or impulse Ac 1:14; 2:1 t.r., 46; 4:24; 7:57; 8:6; 12:20; 18:12; 19:29; 20:18 v.l.; MPol 12:3. (W. ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι) δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν Ro 15:6; γενόμενοι ὁμ. unanimously Ac 15:25. The weakened mng. together is at least possible in 5:12, as well as in other passages (so EHatch, Essays in Biblical Greek, 1889, 63f; HJCadbury, JBL 44, ’25, 216-18; RSV et al.). M-M.* ὁμοιάζω (only as v.l. in Mt and Mk) be like, resemble w. dat. (Leontios 43 p. 88, 6 τὸ παιδίον ὁμοιάζον αὐτῷ) τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις Mt 23:27 v.l. Abs. ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει your speech is like (sc.: τῇ λαλιᾷ τῶν Γαλιλαίων) Mt 26:73 v.l.; likew. Mk 14:70 t.r.* 683

‫ַעבּ‬

in the

ὁμοιοπαθής, ές (Pla., Rep. 3 p. 409B, Tim. p. 45c; Theophr., H.Pl. 5, 7, 2; Wsd 7:3; 4 Macc 12:13; Philo, Conf.

Lingu. 7) of similar feelings, circumstances, experiences with the same nature τινί as someone Ac 14:15; Js 5:17.

M-M.* ὅμοιος, οία, οιον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 73; 12, 364 al.; Test. 12 Patr.—On the accent s. Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 58. On ἡ ὅμοιος Rv 4:3b s. 1 below and cf. Bl-D. §59, 2; Mlt.-H. 157) of the same nature, like, similar.

1. w. dat. of the pers. or thing compared (this is the rule Hom.+) ὅμ. αὐτῷ ἐστιν he looks like him J 9:9.—χρυσῷ ἢ ἀγρύρῳ. . . τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμ. the Deity is like gold or silver Ac 17:29. τὰ ὅμ. τούτοις things like these Gal 5:21; cf. Hm 8:5, 10; 12, 3, 1; (w. παραπλήσιος) 6, 2, 5. ὅμ. ὁράσει λίθῳ ὒάσπιδι similar in appearance to jasper Rv 4:3a; cf. 3b (here ὁμ. is an adj. of two endings, as Aesop 59a, 4 Chambry στήλην ὅμοιον). ὅμ. τῇ ἰδέᾳ similar in appearance Hs 9, 3, 1.—Rv 1:15; 2:18; 4:6f; 9:7, 19; 11:1; 13:2; 21:11, 18; 1 Cl 35:9 (Ps 49:21); B 7:10a; Dg 2:2f; Hs 9, 19, 2; 9, 21, 2. ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων σκεύη ὅμοια γενέσθαι τοῖς λοιποῖς to be made by human hands into vessels like the others Dg 2:4. ἄλλος ὅμ. ἐμοί any other like me Pol 3:2. ὅμ. τοῖς φαρμάκοις like the poisoners or magicians Hv 3, 9, 7. ἡ καταστροφὴ ὁμ. καταιγίδι the downfall is like a wind-storm 1 Cl 57:4 (cf. Pr 1:27). ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα we shall be like him 1J 3:2 (cf. Herm. Wr. 11, 5 ὅμ. τῷ θεῷ). ὁ τούτοις τὰ ὅμ. ποιῶν he who does such things as these Hs 6, 5, 5. τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις in the same way as they Jd 7. ἔσομαι ὅμοιος ὑμῖν ψεύστης I should be like you, a liar J 8:55 (ὅ.αὐτῷ ‘what is like him’ Sir 13:15; 28:4). Freq. in parables like ὁμ. ἐστίν it is like (Aristippus in Diog. L. 2, 79 in a parable: τὶς ὅμοιός ἐστί τινι; Philosophenspr. p. 485, 2 M. ἡ παιδεία ὁμοία ἐστὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ) Mt 11:16; 13:31, 33, 44f, 47, 52; 20:1; Lk 6:47-9; 7:31f; 12:36; 13:18f, 21.

In brachylogy οὐρὰς ὁμοίας σκορπίοις tails like those of scorpions Rv 9:10. κέρατα δύο ὅμοια ἀρνίῳ 13:11.—In a special sense equally great or important, as powerful as, equal (to) (Gen 2:20; Jos., Ant. 8, 364; cf. the Lat. motto ‘nec pluribus impar’) τίς ὅμ. τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετʼ αὐτοῦ; who is a match for the beast, and who is able to fight him? Rv 13:4. τίς ὁμ. τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ; 18:18. δευτέρα (i.e. ἐντολή) ὁμοία αὐτῇ (i.e. τῇ πρώτῃ) a second, just as great as this one Mt 22:39; Mk 12:31 v.l.

2. w. the gen. of what is compared (Theophr., H. Pl. 9, 11, 11; Hero Alex. I p. 60, 16; Aelian, H.A. 8, 1 τέτταρας ὁμοίους ἐκείνου κύνας; PIand. VI 97, 9 [III AD]; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 3 p. 197, 16 ὅμ. ὄφεως; Sir 13:16.—Kühner-G. I p. 413, 10; Bl-D. §182, 4 app.; Rob. 530) ἔσομαι ὅμ. ὑμῶν ψεύστης J 8:55 v.l. (for ὑμῖν; cf.

1 above; LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 46-9). ἄνθρωποι ὅμ. χοίρων like swine B 10:3. φεῦγε ἀπὸ παντὸς πονηροῦ καὶ ἀπὸ παντὸς ὁμοίου αὐτοῦ avoid evil of any kind, and everything resembling it D 3:1.

3. The acc. of what is compared is a solecism and nothing more in ὅμ. υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου one like a son of man Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both have υἱῷ as v.l.).—Bl-D. §182, 4 app.; Rob. 530.

4. abs. τράγοι ὅμ. goats that are alike B 7:6, 10b. ὅμοιοι ἐγένοντο λευκοί they all alike became white Hs 9, 4, 5. (τὰ δένδρα) ξηρά εἰσι καὶ ὅμοια (the trees) are all alike dry=one is as dry as the other s 3:2a; cf. 1b. ὅμοια ἦν πάντα they (the trees) were all alike s 3:1a; cf. 2b and 3ab.—JSchneider, TW V 186-98: ὅμοιος and related words. M-M. B. 912.* ὁμοιότης, ητος, ἡ (Pre-Socr., Pla., Isocr.+; Polyb. 6, 53, 5; 13, 7, 2; Plut., Mor. 25B; 780E; Epict. 4, 11, 28; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 5; pap., LXX, Philo) likeness, similarity, agreement πάντας ὑμᾶς αὐτῷ ἐν ὁμ. εἶναι you are all to be like him IEph 1:3. ἐκπλήττεσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμ. τινος be amazed at the similarity w. someth. B 7:10. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Philo, Fuga 51; Herm. Wr. 464, 29; 518, 13 Sc.; BGU 1028, 15; PSI 107, 2; PGM 1, 211; Gen. 1:11, 12) in quite the same way Hb 4:15. W. gen. foll. (Dionys. Byz. §29; BGU 1028, 15 [II AD]; POxy. 1202, 24; PSI 107, 2; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 232, Spec. Leg. 1, 296) κατὰ τὴν ὁμ. Μελχισέδεκ in the same way as M. 7:15.

M-M.* ὁμοιοτρόπως adv. (Thu. 6, 20, 3; Aristot., Gen. An. 3, 5; Philo, Aet. M. 20 [all three w. dat.]) in the same way ὁμ. τοῖς προειρημένοις in the same way as those already mentioned Dg 3:2.* ὁμοιόω fut. ὁμοιώσω; 1 aor. pass. ὡμοιώθην (on the form ὁμοιώθην Ro 9:29 v.l., s. W-H., App. 161); aor. act. subj. also ὁμοιώσω Mk 4:30; 1 fut. pass. ὁμοιωθήσομαι (Hom.+; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 213).

1. make like τινά τινι make someone like a person or thing pass. become like, be like τινί someone (Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 1; Herm. Wr. 1, 26a; PGM 4, 1859; 2500; Sir 13:1; Ps 48:13; Philo, Deus Imm. 48; Test. Benj.

7:5) τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς Hb 2:17. Of gods (Diod. S. 1, 86, 3 ὁμοιωθῆναί τισιν ζῴοις) ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν they have come down in the form of men Ac 14:11 (Aesop, Fab. 89 P.=140 H. Ἑρμῆς ὁμοιωθεὶς ἀνθρώπῳ). ἀνδρί Mt 7:24, 26. αὐτοῖς 6:8; B 4:2; cf. vs. 6. ἀνθρώποις τοιούτοις 10:4f. τοῖς τοιούτοις vs. 6f. ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τ. οὐρανῶν the kingdom of heaven is like, may be compared to Mt 13:24; 18:23; 22:2.

Also, w. a glance at the Parousia in the fut., ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ β. τ. οὐρ. 25:1. Used w. ὡς instead of the dat. (cf. Ezk 32:2) ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν we would have resembled Gomorrah Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9).

2. compare τινά τινι someone with or to someone or someth. (Sappho, fgm. 127 D.2; inscr.: Annual of the Brit.

School at Athens, vol. 29 p. 35 [IV AD]) τί τινι someth. with someth. (Plut., Cim. et Lucull. 1, 5; SSol 1:9; La 2:13; Wsd 7:9; Is 40:18) Mt 7:24 t.r. τίνι. . . ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην; to what shall I compare this generation? Mt 11:16; cf. Lk 7:31. τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ; 13:20. Cf. vs. 18. W. combination of two thoughts πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ; how shall I portray the kingdom of God symbolically? and to what shall I compare the kgdm. of God? Mk 4:30 (cf. Is 40:18; HWBartsch, ThZ, 15, ’59, 126-8).* 684

ὁμοίωμα, ατος, τό (Pla., Parm. 132D; 133D, Phaedr. 250B; Ps.-Aristot., Hermen. 1 p. 16a, 7f; Dit., Syll.3 669, 52; PFay. 106, 20; LXX).

1. likeness οὗ (Χριστοῦ) καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὁμοίωμα ἡμᾶς. . . οὕτως ἐγερεῖ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ in accordance with whose likeness (=just as he raised him) his Father will also raise us in this way ITr 9:2. This is prob. the place for Ro 6:5 εἰ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. θανάτου αὐτοῦ if we have been united (i.e. αὐτῷ with him; cf. vs. 4 συνετάφημεν αὐτῷ) in the likeness of his death (=in the same death that he died); but s. PGächter, ZkTh 54, ’30, 88-92; OKuss, D. Römerbr. I, ’63, 301. On the syntax, Bl-D. §194, 2; Rob. 528. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ sin in the likeness of Adam’s transgression (=just as Adam did, who transgressed one of God’s express commands) 5:14.—Abstr. for concr. τὰ ὁμοιώματα=τὰ ὅμοια: ὃς ἃν τὰ ὁμοιώματα ποιῇ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν whoever does things similar to (the deeds of) the heathen=acts as the heathen do Hm 4, 1, 9. περὶ τοιούτων τινῶν ὁμοιωμάτων πονηρῶν (thoughts) about any other wicked things similar to these 4, 1, 1.—ἐν τίνι ὁμοιώματι παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν; with what corresponding thing can we compare it? Mk 4:30 v.l.

2. image, copy (Dt 4:16ff; 1 Km 6:5; 4 Km 16:10; 1 Macc 3:48) ὁμοίωμα εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου (s. εἰκών 2; pleonasm as Maximus Tyr. 27, 3c εἰς μορφῆς εἶδος) Ro 1:23 (cf. Ps 105:20).

3. form, appearance (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 825-31a ὁμ. κ. πρόσωπον γυναικός=figure and face of a woman; Dt 4:12; Josh 22:28; Ezk 1:16; Jos., Ant. 8, 195)τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων ὅμοιοι ἵπποις the locusts resembled horses in appearance Rv 9:7.

4. The mng. is not quite clear in the two related passages in which Paul uses our word in speaking of Christ’s earthly life. The expressions ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων (P46, Marcion, Orig.: ἀνθρώπου) Phil 2:7 and ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας Ro 8:3 could mean that the Lord in his earthly ministry possessed a completely human form and that his physical body was capable of sinning as human bodies are, or that he had only the form of a man and was looked upon as a human being (cf. En. 31, 2 ἐν ὁμ. w. gen.=‘similar to’, ‘looking like’), whereas in reality he remained a Divine Being even in this world. In the light of what Paul says about Jesus in general it is safe to assert that his use of our word is to bring out both that Jesus in his earthly career was similar to sinful men and yet not absolutely like them (cf. JWeiss, Das Urchristentum ’17, 376ff).—S. the lit. on ἁρπαγμός. M-M.* ὁμοίως adv. (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) likewise, so, similarly, in the same way Mk 4:16; Lk 3:11; 10:37; 13:3, 5 v.l. (see ὡσαύτως) al. ὁμ. καί and so, so also Mt 22:26; 26:35; Mk 15:31; Lk 5:33; IPol 5:1. ὁμ. μέντοι καὶ in the same way, too Jd 8. ὁμ. δὲ καί (pap., Ep. Arist.; Jos., Bell. 2, 575, Ant. 14, 216) Lk 5:10; 10:32; 1 Cor 7:3f; Js 2:25. In Ro 1:27 the rdg. varies betw. ὁμ. τε καί (in the text) and ὁμ. δὲ καί (v.l.). Sim. Mt 27:41 (t.r. with D et al. ὁμ. δὲ καί; B et al. ὁμ. καί, and ‫א‬AL only ὁμ.).—καθὼς θέλετε. . . , ποιεῖτε ὁμοίως as you wish. . . , do so Lk 6:31. ὁμ. καθώς in the same way as 17:28. ὁμ. πάλιν similarly, again B 12:1. W. the dat. foll. ὁμ. πλανᾶσθαι ἐκείνοις to go astray as they did 2:9. Somet. the idea of similarity fades into the background to such a degree that ὁμ. means also (UPZ 70, 8 [152/1 BC] ὀμνύω, ὅτι ψευδῆ πάντα καὶ οἱ παρὰ σὲ θεοὶ ὁμοίως; 65, 8f; ὁμ. καὶ Κότταβος, ὁμ. καὶ. Χεντοσνεύς) ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμ. ποιεῖ this the Son also does J 5:19; cf. 6:11; 21:13; cf. Lk 7:31.—As a connective (Hierocles 26 p. 480 [ὁμοίως δὲ καί]; oft. pap.); more than one ὅμ. in the same way. . . also (an edict of Augustus fr. Cyrenaica, ed. LRadermacher, Anzeiger der Ak. d. Wiss. Wien, phil.-hist. Kl. ’28 X p. 76, 1. 108; 110) 1 Pt 3:1, 7. Cf. 5:5. M-M. ὁμοίωσις, εως, ἡ likeness, resemblance (so since Pla., Theaet. 176B; Aristot., De PlAnt. 2, 6 p. 826b, 32f; Plut., Mor. 53c; Sext. Emp., Hyp. Pyrrh. 75 καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν κρίνειν; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 67καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν; Test. Napht.

2:2) καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν (w. κατʼ εἰκόνα, as also in Philo) Gen 1:26. This pass. in Genesis is quoted 1 Cl 33:5; B 5:5; 6:12, and Js 3:9 uses it freely. M-M.* ὁμολογέω impf. ὡμολόγουν; fut. ὁμολογήσω; 1 aor. ὡμολόγησα (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. promise, assure (class.; Inscr. Rom. IV 542 [Phryg.] εὐχὴν. . . , ἣν ὡμολόγησεν ἐν Ῥώμῃ; Jos., Ant. 6, 40)ἐπαγγελίας ἧς (by attr. of the rel. for ἥν) ὡμολόγησεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ promise that God had made to Abraham Ac 7:17; μεθʼ ὅρκου ὁμ. w. aor. inf. foll. (Bl-D. §350; Rob. 1031f) promise with an oath Mt 14:7.

Solemnly promise, vow ὁ. . . ὁμολογήσας μὴ γῆμαι ἄγαμος διαμενέτω Agr 18.

2. agree, admit (Hdt. 2, 81; X., An. 1, 6, 7; Plut., Mor. 202B ὁμολογεῖταί γε παρὰ πάντων μέγας θεὸς εἶναι; pap.; 4 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 322; Sext. Emp., Adv. Eth. 218) καθάπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ὡμολόγησας Dg 2:1. ὁμολογήσαντες ὅτι ξένοι εἰσίν admitting that they were (only) foreigners Hb 11:13. ὁμολογοῦμεν χάριν μὴ εἰληφέναι we admit that we have not received grace IMg 8:1.

3. confess (Pla., Prot. 317B ὁμολογῶ σοφιστὴς εἶναι) a. in judicial language make a confession, confess abs. MPol 6:1; 9:2. τί τινι: ὁμολογῶ δὲ τοῦτό σοι, ὅτι Ac 24:14. Foll. by acc. and inf. ὡμολόγησεν ἑαυτὸν Χριστιανὸν εἶναι MPol 12:1.—The transition to sense b may be illustrated by John the Baptist’s action in reply to questioning by the authorities καὶ ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο καὶ ὡμολόγησεν ὅτι (dir. disc. follows) J 1:20 (cf. Plut., Mor. 509E in interrogation; the contrast ὁμ. and ἀρνεῖσθαι as Thu. 6, 60, 3; Phalaris, Ep. 147, 3 ὁμολογοῦμεν κ. οὐκ ἀρνησόμεθα; Aelian, Nat. An. 2, 43; Jos., Ant. 6, 151; cf.

MPol 9:2 and many of the passages given below). b. as a term in religious and moral usage (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 152 ὁμολογοῦντες ἃ ἐπιώρκησαν; Arrian, Anab.

7, 29, 2 [s. ἴασις 2]; Jos., Ant. 6, 151)ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν if we confess our sins 1J 1:9 (cf.

685

Appian, Liby. 79 §369 ὁμολογοῦντες ἁμαρτεῖν; Sir 4:26).—FSteinleitner, Die Beicht ’13, 109 (inscr. fr. Sardis). S. on ἐξομολογέω 2a.

4. declare (publicly) , acknowledge, confess, also confess that one is someth. ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ὅτι (w. dir. disc. foll.) I will say to them plainly Mt 7:23. W. inf. foll. (X., Mem. 2, 3, 9; Jos., Ant. 9, 254)θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν εἰδέναι they claim to know God Tit 1:16 (opp. ἀρν.). ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα they acknowledge all of them Ac 23:8.—Esp. of confessing Christ, or the teaching of his church; w. double acc. (Bl-D. §157, 2; 416, 3; Rob. 480.—Jos., Ant. 5, 52)ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς κύριον Ἰησοῦν if you confess Jesus as Lord Ro 10:9. αὐτὸν ὁμ. Χριστόν confess that he is the Messiah J 9:22. ὁμ. αὐτὸν σαρκοφόρον ISm 5:2. ὁμ. Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα acknowledge that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh 1J 4:2 (in the text); cf. 2J 7. W. acc. and inf. (Isocr., Or. 4, 100 p. 61 D; Aelian, V.H. 1, 27) ὁμ. Ἰησοῦν Χρ. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθέναι Pol 7:1a; 1J 4:2 v.l. ὁμ. τὴν εὐχαριστίαν σάρκα εἶναι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. ISm 7:1. W. ὅτι foll. (Isocr., Or. 11, 5 p. 222D) ὁμ. ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ 1J 4:15. ὁμ. ὅτι κύριον ἔχετε Hs 9, 28, 7 (opp. ἀρν.). W. a single acc. of the pers. whom one confesses, or whom one declares to be someth. revealed by the context: ὁμ. τὸν υἱόν 1J 2:23 (opp. ἀρν.). μὴ ὁμ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν 4:3 in the text (s. λύω 4, end). Cf. 2 Cl 3:2a. τινὰ ἔν τινι someone by someth. ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις 4:3; cf. 3:4. ἐὰν ὁμολογήσωμεν διʼ οὗ ἐσώθημεν if we confess him through whom we were saved 3:3. The acc. (αὐτόν) is supplied fr. the context J 12:42; cf. Hs 9, 28, 4.—W. acc. of the thing ὁμ. τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ σταυροῦ Pol 7:1b. ὁμ. τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν 1 Ti 6:12 (ὁμ. ὁμολογίαν=‘make a promise’: Pla., Crito 52A; Jer 51:25; but=‘bear testimony to a conviction’: Philo, Mut. Nom. 57, Abr. 203).—Instead of the acc. of the pers. we may have ἔν τινι confess someone, an Aramaism (cf. Mlt.-H. 463f; Bl-D. §220, 2; EbNestle, ZNW 7, ’06, 279f; 8, ’07, 241; 9, ’08, 253; FCBurkitt, Earliest Sources for the Life of Jesus ’10, 19f). ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων whoever confesses me before men Mt 10:32a; cf. Lk 12:8a. But 2 Cl 3:2 uses the acc. when it quotes this saying (s. above). Jesus’ acknowledgment of the believer on the Judgment Day forms the counterpart to this confession: ἐν αὐτῷ Mt 10:32b; Lk 12:8b. αὐτόν 2 Cl 3:2b (opp. ἀρν. in all these pass.—GBornkamm, D. Wort Jesu vom Bekennen [Mt 10:32]: Pastoraltheologie 34, ’39, 108-18). τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Rv 3:5.—Abs. pass. στόματι ὁμολογεῖται with the mouth confession is made Ro 10:10.

5. praise w. dat. (Bl-D. §187, 4; Rob. 541. In the LXX ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τῷ θεῷ. S. ἐξομολογέω 2c) καρπὸς χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ the fruit of lips that praise his name Hb 13:15.—OMichel, TW V 199-220: ὁμολογέω and related words. M-M. B. 1267.* ὁμολόγησις, ήσεως, ἡ (Diod. S. 17, 68, 4) confessing as an act (opp. ἄρνησις) Hs 9, 28, 7.* ὁμολογία, ας, ἡ (Hdt., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 89al. Loanw. in rabb.) confession (ὁμολογέω 4).

1. act. confessing as an action ἡ ὑποταγὴ τῆς ὁμ. ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον the subjection of your confession to the gospel (=your confessing the gospel finds expression in obedient subjection to its requirements) 2 Cor 9:13.

2. pass. confession, acknowledgment that one makes: Jesus as ἀρχιερεὺς τῆς ὁμ. ἡμῶν the high priest of whom our confession speaks Hb 3:1. κρατεῖν τῆς ὁμ. hold fast (to) the confession 4:14. κατέχειν τὴν ὁμ, τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀκλινῆ hold fast the confession of hope without wavering 10:23. ὁμολογεῖν τὴν καλὴν ὁμ. make the good profession of faith 1 Ti 6:12 (ὁμολογέω 4). Jesus, the first Christian martyr (s. μαρτυρέω 1d), bore witness or testified to the same good profession of faith vs. 13 (cf. CHTurner, JTS 28, ’27, 270-3).—ASeeberg, Der Katechismus der Urchristenheit ’03, 143; 172; 186; PFeine, D. Gestalt d. apostolischen Glaubensbekenntnisses in d.

Zeit des NTs ’25; EvDobschütz, D. Apostolicum in bibl.-theol. Beleuchtung ’32; GBornkamm, Ὁμολογία: Her. 71, ’36, 377-93, also ThBl 21, ’42, 56-66 (Hb); AMHunter, Paul and his Predecessors ’40; PCarrington, The Primitive Christian Catechism ’40; OCullmann, Les premières confessions de foi chrétiennes ’43; VHNeufeld, The Earliest Christian Confessions ’63; HvCampenhausen, Das Bekenntnis im Urchristentum, ZNW 63, ’72, 210-53. M-M.* ὁμολογουμένως adv. (Thu.+; pap., 4 Macc) confessedly, undeniably, most certainly (so Thu. 6, 90, 3; X., An. 2, 6, 1; Pla., Menex. 243C; Diod. S. 9, 11, 2; 13, 27, 4; Epict. 1, 4, 7; Vett. Val. 168, 17; UPZ 161, 65 [119 BC]; 162 V, 32; 4 Macc 6:31; 7:16; 16:1; Ep. Arist. 24 [s. p. xxix Wendl.]; Jos., Ant. 1, 180; 2, 229.—Crönert 241) 1 Ti 3:16; Dg 5:4. M-M.* ὁμονοέω (Thu.+; Dio Chrys. 4, 42; 11[12], 74; Epict. 2, 20, 31; 2, 22, 24; inscr.; Sb 4827, 5; LXX; Ep. Arist. 185; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 294) be in agreement, live in harmony ὁμ. ἐν ἀγάπῃ κτλ. I Cl 62:2.* ὁμόνοια, ας, ἡ (Thu.+; Diod. S. 12, 75, 3; Epict. 4, 5, 35; Plut., Ages. 5, 5; Dio Chrys. 21[38] περὶ ὁμονοίας al.; Ael. Aristid. 23 and 24 K.=42 and 44 D.: περὶ ὁμονοίας; inscr.; late pap.; LXX; Ps.-Phoc. 74; 219; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 179; Test. Jos. 17, 3; Sib. Or. 3, 375. Loanw. in rabb.) oneness of mind, unanimity, concord, harmony (w. ἀγάπη) IEph 4:1. W. εἰρήνη (q.v., 1b) 1 Cl 60:4; 63:2; 65:1; w. still other sim. concepts 21:1; 61:1. W. πίστις and ἀγάπη IPhld 11:2; w. still other Christian virtues Hm 8:9; ἐνδύσασθαι τὴν ὁμ. put on harmony i.e. be in agreement 1 Cl 30:3. ἡ ὁμ. ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως your unanimity in the faith IEph 13:1; ἐν ὁμ. harmoniously, in agreement (Ps 54:15; 82:6; Wsd 18:9) 1 Cl 9:4; 11:2; 20:3; 34:7 (ἐν ὁμ. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό as Ps 82:6). ἐν ὁμ. καὶ εὒρήνῃ 20:10; cf. vs.

11. ἀγάπη πάντα ποιεῖ ἐν ὁμ. love does everything in harmony 49:5. Hence ποιεῖν τι ἐν ὁμ. ἀγάπης do someth. in loving harmony 50:5. διαμένετε ἐν τῇ ὁμ. ὑμῶν continue in your (present) unanimity ITr 12:2. ἐν ὁμ. θεοῦ in godly harmony (i.e., h. brought about by God) IMg 6:1; 15; IPhld inscr. σύμφωνοι ὄντες ἐν ὁμ. being harmoniously in concord IEph 4:2 (cf. Philo, Mut. Nom. 200 τὸ σύμφωνον τῆς ὁμονοίας).—Personified as a virtue 686

Hs 9, 15, 2 (cf. the goddess Ὁμόνοια: Apollon. Rhod. 2, 718; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 69 Jac.; Paus. 5, 14, 9; Charito 3, 2, 16; CIG 4342, 3; Dit., Or. 479, 4; 11; 536, 6, Syll.3 Index III p. 179b).—HKramer, Quid valeat ὁμόνοια in litteris Graecis, Diss. Gött. ’15.* ὁμόσε adv. (Hom.+; pap.) to one and the same place, also for ὁμοῦ=together (Polyb. 6, 7, 5 al.; Vett. Val. index; PGiess. 4, 6 [II AD]; Jos., Ant. 12, 292.—Bl-D. §103; Rob. 299f) ὁμόσε ὄντων αὐτῶν Ac 20:18 D.* ὁμότεχνος, ον (since Hdt. 2, 89; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 27 §119; Lucian; Alciphr. 3, 25, 4; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 9 p. 11, 27; Ps.-Phoc. 88; Jos., Ant. 8, 334; Paton and Hicks, Inscr. of Cos 1891, 324) practicing the same trade Ac 18:3. M-M.* ὁμοῦ adv. (Hom.+; inscr. [Sb 293 Ptolemaic times]; pap., LXX, En., Joseph.; Test. Napht. 5:3; Sib. Or. 3, 538; loanw. in rabb.) together.

1. in the same place ἦσαν ὁμ. Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ Θωμᾶς. . . Simon Peter, Thomas. . . were together J 21:2. ἦσαν πάντες ὁμ. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό they were all together in one place Ac 2:1 (πάντες ὁμ. as Jos., Ant. 7, 276).ἐστάθησαν ὅμ. they had stood together Hs 9, 4, 1.

2. at the same time (as), in company (with) ἔτρεχον οἱ δύο ὁμ. the two were runnning together J 20:4 (cf.

Test. Napht. 5:3). τὰ δύο ὁμ. these two things at the same time IMg 5:1. πάντες ὁμ. εὐφρανθήσονται they will all rejoice together Hv 3, 4, 2; cf. GP 8:32 (cf. En. 6, 5; Jos., Ant. 7, 276ὁμοῦ πάντες μιᾷ γνώμῃ). ἵνα ὁ σπείρων ὁμ. χαίρῃ καὶ ὁ θερίζων so that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together J 4:36 (the double ptc. as Jos., Bell. 6, 271). πάντα ὁμ. καλά ἐστιν all things together are good IPhld 9:2. ἐβάσταζον ὁμ. they carried together Hs 9, 3, 5. M-M.* ὁμόφρων, ον (Hom.+; Plut., Mor. 432C; Dit., Or. 515, 4; Epigr. Gr. 493, 5f; Ps.-Phoc. 30) like-minded, united in spirit, harmonious (w. συμπαθής et al.) 1 Pt 3:8 (Strabo 6, 3, 3 ὁμόφρονας ὡς ἂν ἀλλήλων ἀδελφούς). M-M.* ὁμόφυλος, ον (Eur., Pla. X.+; pap.; Jos., Ant. 17, 313)belonging to the same tribe, subst. ὁ ὁμ. the fellow-tribesman (Eth. Epic. col. 20, 19; Alciphr. 1, 10, 5; 2 Macc 4:10; 3 Macc 3:21; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 285)1 Cl 4:10.* ὁμοφωνία, ας, ἡ (Aristot., Pol. 2, 5; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 6) harmony (Ecphantus in Stob. 4, 7, 64) 1 Cl 51:2.* ὄμφαξ, ακος (Hom.+; inscr., LXX), ἡ and later also ὁ (e.g. Plut., Mor. 138E; 648F; Jer 38:30; Ezk 18:4 v.l.) unripe grape (fr. a quot. of unknown origin) 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3.* ὅμως adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 151)all the same, nevertheless, yet strengthened ὅμ. μέντοι (s. μέντοι 2) J 12:42.—Paul’s use of the word, in the two passages in which it occurs in his letters, is peculiar, yet analogous to this: ὅμως τὰ ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα. . . ἐὰν διαστολὴν τοῖς φθόγγοις μὴ δῷ, πῶς γνωσθήσεται. . . 1 Cor 14:7 and ὅμως ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ Gal 3:15. As a rule these passages are explained on the basis of ‘trajection’ or displacement of ὅμως, retaining the mng. ‘nevertheless’; so for Gal 3:15 the transl. would be ‘even though it involves only a man’s last will and testament, nevertheless no one annuls it’ (so, gener., EDBurton, ICC, Gal ’20, 178f; cf. passages like X., Cyr. 5, l, 26 [Kühner-G. II p. 85f]). But since ὁμ. introduces a comparison both times in Paul (οὕτως follows it in 1 Cor 14:9), we would perh. do better (with Bl-D. §450, 2) to consider the possibility that ὅμ. was influenced by the older ὁμῶς ‘equally, likewise’. In that case the transl. would be greatly simplified, and we could render ὅμ. simply likewise, also (JoachJeremias, ZNW 52, ’61, 127f agrees). M-M.* ὀναίμην s. ὀνίνημι. ὄναρ, τό (Hom.+; Herodas 1, 11; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 63; 10, 195; but only in nom. and acc. sing. dream, in our lit. only Mt chapters 1, 2, 27, and in the expr. κατʼ ὄναρ in a dream (rejected by Photius, Lex. p. 149, 25f as a barbarism [Lob., Phryn. p. 422ff], but attested fr. the time of Conon [I BC/I AD]: 26 fgm. 1, 35, 3 Jac., Apollo gives orders; Strabo 4, 1, 4; Anth. Pal. 11, 263, 1; Diog. L. 10, 32; Eunap. 55; CIG 4331 χρηματισθεὶς κατὰ ὄναρ=‘after an oracle had been given me in a dream’.-Also Dit., Syll.3 1147; 1148/9; Inschr. v. Pergamum 357, 8 [ESchweizer, Gramm. der perg. Inschr. 1898, 157]; IG XII 1, 979, 4f, but here w. the mng. ‘as a result of a dream’ [Dssm., NB 81-BS 253], as Paus. Attic. λ, 28) Mt 1:20; 2:12f, 19, 22; 27:19.—ELEhrlich, D. Traum im AT ’53, D. Traum im Talmud: ZNW 47, ’56, 133-45; AWikenhauser, Pisciculi=Antike u. Christentum, Erg.-Bd. I ’39, 320-33; AOepke, TW V 220-38. M-M. B. 269.* ὀνάριον, ου, τό (Diphilus Com. [IV/III BC] 89 K.; Machon [III BC] in Athen. 13 p. 582C; Epict. 2, 24, 18; 4, 1, 79; pap.) lit. little donkey, but in many cases plainly a dim. in form only (of ὄνος), donkey (Celsus 4, 43; Vi. Aesopi Ic. 33 p. 304, 1; 4; 9; POxy. 63, 11; hence the possibility of a double dim. μικρὸν ὀναρίδιον PRyl. 239, 21), prob. young donkey J 12:14. M-M.* ὀνειδίζω impf. ὠνείδιζον; 1 aor. ὠνείδισα (Hom.+; BGU 1024 VII, 21; PGiess. 40 II, 5; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

687

1. reproach, revile, heap insults upon w. acc. of the pers. affected (trag.; Pla., Apol. 30E; Lucian, Tox. 61; Ps 41:11; 54:13 al. LXX; Jos., Ant. 14, 430; 18, 360) of the reviling of Jesus Mk 15:32; cf. Ro 15:3 (Ps 68:10) and of Jesus’ disciples Mt 5:11; Lk 6:22. W. double acc. (Soph., Oed. Col. 1002 ὀν. τινὰ τοιαῦτα; Ael. Aristid. 28, 155 K.=49 p. 542 D.; Heliod. 7, 27, 5) τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ ὠνείδιζον αὐτόν the robbers also reviled him in the same way Mt 27:44.—Pass. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ if you are (being) reviled for the name of Christ 1 Pt 4:14.—Only as v.l. in the two foll. pass.: εἰς τοῦτο κοπιῶμεν καὶ ὀνειδιζόμεθα it is for this (i.e., what precedes) that we toil and suffer reproach 1 Ti 4:10 (the text has ἀγωνιζόμεθα). εἰς τί ὠνείδισάς με; why have you reproached me? or what have you reproached me for? (ὀν. τινὰ εἴς τι as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 104 §430 ὠνείδισεν ἐς δειλίαν=he reproached him for cowardice; 5, 54 §224; 5, 96 §400; Jos., Bell. 1, 237)Mk 15:34 D and Macarius Magnes 1, 12 (the text has ἐγκατέλιπες. Cf. Harnack, SAB ’01, 262ff=Studien I ’31, 98ff; JSundwall, D. Zusammensetzung des Mk ’34, 83).—A special kind of reproach is the manifestation of displeasure or regret which too often accompanies the giving of a gift (cf. Plut., Mor. 64A; Sextus 339 ὁ διδοὺς μετʼ ὀνείδους ὑβρίζει; Sir 20:15; 41:25.—ὀν. can also mean charge or reproach someone with someth., with the purpose of obtaining someth. from him, e.g., Maximus Tyr. 5, 7h τῷ θεῷ the building of a temple); God does not do this Js 1:5.

2. reproach justifiably, w. acc. of the pers. (Pr 25:8; Philo, Fuga 30; Jos., Ant. 4, 189)and ὅτι foll. to give the reason for the reproach Mt 11:20. W. acc. of the pers. and λέγων foll. w. dir. discourse (cf. BGU 1141, 23 [14 BC] ὀνειδίζει με λέγων) GP 4:13. W. acc. of the thing censured (Isocr., Or. 15, 318 p. 345A; Herodian 3, 8, 6; Wsd 2:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 139)τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν καὶ σκληροκαρδίαν Mk 16:14.—JSchneider, TW V 238-42: ὄνειδος and related words. M-M.* ὀνειδισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Dionys. Hal.; Plut., Artax. 22, 12; Vett. Val. 65, 7; 73, 10; LXX; En. 103, 4; Jos., Ant. 19, 319; Test. 12 Patr. Late word: Lob., Phryn. p. 511f) reproach, reviling, disgrace, insult εἰς ὀν. ἐμπίπτειν fall into disgrace 1 Ti 3:7.—Hb speaks of the ὀν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ and holds that even Moses took upon himself the reproach of Christ 11:26, and he calls upon the believers: ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν. . . τὸν ὀν. αὐτοῦ φέροντες 13:13 (ὀν. φέρειν as Ezk 34:29; Test. Reub. 4:7).—Pl. (Test. Reub. 4:2, Judah 23:3) οἱ ὀν. reproaches, insults Ro 15:3 (Ps 68:10; s. ὀνειδίζω 1). W. θλίψεις: ὀνειδισμοῖς καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι exposed as a public spectacle to insults and persecutions Hb 10:33.* ὄνειδος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Diod. S. 1, 93, 1; Maspéro 97 II, 76; LXX; Ep. Arist. 249; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 285al.; Sib. Or. 3, 607; Test. Reub. 6:3) disgrace, reproach, insult ἀφελεῖν ὄν. μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις take away my disgrace among men Lk 1:25 (cf. Gen 30:23).—Object of reproach (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 18, 4) ὄν. ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐξουθένημα λαοῦ 1 Cl 16:15 (Ps 21:7). B. 1187.* Ὀνήσιμος, ου, ὁ Onesimus, lit. ‘useful’ (s. the play on words in Phlm 11), a name freq. found (inscr., pap.: reff. in Thieme 40; Preisigke, Namenbuch ’22 and in the lit. below), esp. for slaves (Menand., Epitr. 1 al.; Galen, De Optima Doctr. 1 p. 82 JMarquardt [1884] Ὀν. ὁ Πλουτάρχου δοῦλος; Lghtf., St. Paul’s Ep. to the Col. and to Phlm. p. 308f; Hatch 146; Zahn, Einleitung I3 325).

1. A slave of Philemon, in whose interest Paul wrote Phlm. Phlm 10; subscr.; πιστὸς καὶ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφός Col 4:9. Cf. Col subscr.—ATRobertson, Exp. 8th Ser. XIX ’20, 29ff; ERGoodenough, HTR 22, ’29, 181-3; PNHarrison, ATR 32, ’50, 268-93.

2. An Onesimus appears as bishop of Ephesus in IEph 1:3; 2:1; 6:2; CIG 2983 attests the name for this city (cf.

EJGdspd., Introd. to the NT ’37, 121f and ref. there to JKnox). M-M.* Ὀνησίφορος, ου, ὁ (inscr.; Acta Apost. Apocr. [s. indices Lips.-Bonnet]) Onesiphorus 2 Ti 1:16; 4:19.—NMPlum, Teol. Tidsskrift 3, R. 10, ’19, 193-200. M-M.* ὀνικός, ή, όν (Dit., Or. 629, 30; PSI 527, 2 [III BC]; BGU 912, 24 [33 AD] τὰ ὀνικὰ κτήνη; PGenève 23, 4 [70 AD]) pertaining to a donkey, in our lit. only in the combination μύλος ὀν. a mill-stone worked by donkey-power (s. μύλος 2) Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2 t.r. (or should we think not so much of the animal as of the upper millstone, the one that moves, which was called ὄνος ἀλέτης [X., An. 1, 5, 5; Alexis Com. [IV BC], fgm. 13 K.; Herodas 6, 83; Dialekt-Inschr. 4992a II, 7 Crete; Ael. Dion. ο, 23: it is said of Aristot. that he also applied this term to the lower, stationary millstone]?). M-M.* ὀνίνημι (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 16, 242)in our lit. only mid. (as Sir 30:2; Philo, Agr. 126), and, in fact, in the 2 aor. opt.

(Audollent, Defix. Tab. 92, 3 [III BC] ὄναιντο; Epigr. Gr. 502, 27) ὀναίμην as a formula may I have joy or profit or benefit, may I enjoy w. gen. of the pers. or thing that is the source of the joy (Eur., Hec. 978 ὀναίμην τοῦ παρόντος; Aristoph., Thesm. 469 οὕτως ὀναίμην τῶν τέκνων; Lucian, Philops. 27; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 16 p. 135, 3) ἐγώ σου ὀναίμην ἐν κυρίῳ let me have some benefit from you in the Lord Phlm 20. ὀναίμην ὑμῶν διὰ παντός may I have joy in you continually IEph 2:2; IPol 6:2. ὀν. ὑμῶν κατὰ πάντα let me have joy of you in all respects IMg 12. ὀν. τῶν θηρίων may I enjoy the wild animals IRo 5:2; οὗ ἐγὼ ὀν. IMg 2; οὗ ὀν. ἐν θεῷ IPol 1:1. M-M.* ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

I. name, of proper names—1. gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀν. ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cf. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄνομά μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄνομα, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα, καὶ τὸ 688

ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄνομα αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (Bl-D. §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄνομα (Sb 7573, 13 [116 AD]) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cf. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95-LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς. . . Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄνομα αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, Nat. An. 8, 2 γυνὴ. . . Ἡρακληὶς ὄνομα αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄνομα αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cf. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy. 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332).ἄγγελος. . . , οὗ τὸ ὄνομά ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Bl-D. §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cf. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10-12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. Bl-D. §18; Mlt.-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [’11] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod. S. 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. is class., also 2 Macc 12:13.—Bl-D. §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57.

2. used w. verbs—a. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; Bl-D. §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hebr.; Bl-D. §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.-Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). Pass. w. the name in the nom. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cf. Rv 19:13.

Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ Ἄψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄνομά τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cf. B 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a; s. ἐξαλείφω 1b. b. in another way: ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. This brings us to the 3. use with prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105M.: Diod. S. 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275)by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄνομα by name, individually (Diod. S. 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; Ep. Arist. 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14)J 10:3 (animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II AD] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄνομα; POxy. 1070, 46; pap. in Dssm., LO 160/1 l. 14f [LAE 193, l. 15, note 21]) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄνομα staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

4. in combination w. God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions cf. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens ’01; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie ’03, 110ff; FCConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFChTh V 6, ’01, 49ff, Studierstube 2, ’04, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes ’03; WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ ’03; WBrandt, ThT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, ’04, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: Abh. d. Sächs. Ges. d.

Wiss. 36, 2, ’18; Schürer III4 409ff; HWObbink, De magische beteekinis van den naam inzonderheit in het oude Egypte ’25; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new religious community—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, that partakes in his qualities and his powers. In accordance w. this, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices, ritual, religion and superstition. In Judaism the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic paganism of the period revered the names of gods, demons and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Christians revere and use the name of God and, above all, the name of Jesus.—The names of God and Jesus a. in combination w. attributes διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cf. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4(on ἔνδοξον ὄν, cf. EPeterson, Εἷς θεός’26, 282.-ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1 a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τὸ παντοκρατορικὸν καὶ πανάρετον ὄν. 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cf. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.). b. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9; Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. 2bβ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; εἰς τὸ ὄν. τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 6, 2, 3; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν.

Hs 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομα τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cf. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; s9, 18, 5 (cf. δοξάζω 1). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12.

689

ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (v.l. ἐν τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (or αὐτοῦ, σου etc., w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a soul that calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.-Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cf. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by his name Hs 9, 14, 3; cf. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord s 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them Hs 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15. ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου B 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears nearly as the representative of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of his nature (Quint. Smyrn.

9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship his most excellent name 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ s 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of his son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. 1 4cβ below and cf. πιστεύω 2aβ).-Of the name of Christian borne by the members of the Church: κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cf. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν s 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cf. 9, 13, 2b. The Christian receives this name at his baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a man bears the name of God’s Son (which is given him at baptism), he is dead s 9, 16, 3. Of hypocrites and false teachers ὄν, μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith s 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in hypocrisy Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6. c. used w. prepositions—α. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PK 3 p. 15 l. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν, τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) s 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43. σημεῖα. . . γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. . . Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (=while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.-W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι. . . διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17. ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of his name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὀν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (cf. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; s 9, 28, 3. β. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as a rendering of the rabb. ‫ ֵםשׁ‬with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; here, however, the other mng. (s. below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested (s. Dssm., B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit.

100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. ’10, 149ff. On the LXX cf. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la SeptAnt. 1898, 202f) formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language: εἰς (τὸ) ὄνομά τινος to the name =to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to men, are dedicated to God.-The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. the one who is baptized becomes the possession of and comes under the protection of the one whose name he bears; he is under the control of the effective power of the name and the One who bears the name, i.e., he is dedicated to them. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cf. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄνομά τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cf. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2bβ and Silva New, Beginn. I 5, ’33, 121-40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e., have confidence that he bears his name rightfully, that he really is what his name (rather in the sense of a title; cf. Phil 2:9) declares that he is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13. γ. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (LXX; no corresponding use has been found in secular Gk.-Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp.

44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cf. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ. . . οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. . . ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cf. 2 Th 690

3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of the prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cf. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name B 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to show that he is a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of the pers. or thing greeted IRo inscr.; ISm 12:2. Receive fellow church members ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian church 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν III 1a); the effect brought about by the name is caused by the utterance of the name ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν, (θεοῦ) 17:11f.-ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f)in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.-OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: Rev. des Études grecques 47, ’34, 180-204; RGBratcher, The Bible Translator 14, ’63, 72-80. δ. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; s 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v3, 5, 2; s 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας. . . ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου thou didst create all things for thy name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits that the works of creation bring to mankind D 10:3. ε. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; cf. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l.

Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name—B 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cf. Heitmüller 64); but s. also II below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in his most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) B 16:8b. ζ. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12. η. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ. . . πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9. θ. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cf. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of his (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cf. 3 J 7. Of the eucharistic thanksgiving in the prayer at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν for thy holy name, which thou didst cause to dwell in our hearts D 10:2. d. ὄνομα w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; s 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

II. title, category (cf. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε; inscr.: Sb 7541, 5 [II AD] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy. 37 I, 17 [49 AD] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι; Jos., Ant. 12, 154φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for the Greeks to take over the rabb. ‫( ֵםשׁ‬s. I 4cβ above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’ i.e., because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cf. vss. 41b, 42.—ὃς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ i.e., in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let him praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cf. Heitmüller 113. But s. I 4cε above).

III. person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy. 1188, 8 [13 AD]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad.

41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cf. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 691

p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

IV. the (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom.+; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2 p. 312C) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1.

V. office (POxy. 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of bishop 44:1.-HBietenhard, TW V 242-83: ὄνομα and related words. M-M. B. 1263f. ὀνομάζω 1 aor. ὠνόμασα, pass. ὠνομάσθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) to name.

1. give a name, call, name w. double acc. (Aelian, N.A. 12, 2; Wsd 2:13; Philo, Gig. 6 al.) οὓς ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν to whom he gave the name ‘apostles’ Mk 3:14 v.l.; Lk 6:13. ὃν ὠνόμασεν Πέτρον whom he named Peter vs. 14 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 213ὃν Ἴσακον ὠνόμασε.—Olympiodorus, Life of Plato p. 1 Westerm.: the man whose name was formerly Aristocles μετωνομάσθη Πλάτων by his teacher; the reason for this is then given). Passive w. nom.

(Diod. S. 17, 87, 2 ὠνομάζετο, Ἐμβύσαρος; Jos., Vi. 3) ὠνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα Ἰ. Lk 2:21 D. τὶς ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος one who is called a brother, a so-called brother 1 Cor 5:11 (cf. 3 Macc 7:17). ἐξ οὗ (i.e. τοῦ πατρός) πᾶσα πατριὰ. . . ὀνομάζεται from whom every family. . . receives its name Eph 3:15 (for ὀνομάζειν ἐκ cf.

Il. 10, 68; for ὀνομάζεσθαι ἐκ X., Mem. 4, 5, 12).

2. name a name, use a name or word πορνεία. . . μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν sexual vice. . . is not even to be mentioned among you (much less is it actually to be practiced) Eph 5:3. ὀν. τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου name the name of the Lord (almost=‘call on’) 2 Ti 2:19 (cf. Is 26:13; Jer 20:9). πᾶν ὄνομα ὀνομαζόμενον every name (of a supernatural being) that is named (i.e. called upon) Eph 1:21. ὀν. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ἐπί τινα pronounce the name of the Lord Jesus over someone (to heal him) Ac 19:13 (cf. Jer 32:29).-Mention by name PK 4 p. 15, 32.

3. The pass. be named in the sense be known (cf. Esth 9:4; 1 Macc 3:9; 14:10; Ep. Arist. 124) οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός not where Christ is already known Ro 15:20.-1 Cor 5:1 t.r. M-M.* ὄνος, ου (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 225, Vi. 119; loanw. in rabb.), ὁ and ἡ donkey (male or female), ass, she-ass πῶλος ὄνου a donkey’s colt J 12:15. W. πῶλος Mt 21:2 (Iambl. Erot. p. 222, 38 εὑρόντες ὄνους δύο), 5, 7 (KPieper, Zum Einzug Jesu in Jerusalem: BZ 11, ’13, 397-402; FVogel, Mt 21:1-11: Blätter für d.

Bayerische Gymnasialschulwesen 59, ’23, 212f; ELittmann, ZNW 34, ’35, 28; CWFSmith, The Horse and the Ass in the Bible: ATR 27, ’45, 86-97; W-S. §27, 3c). W. βοῦς (Is 1:3) Lk 13:15; 14:5 t.r. ἐν ὄν. καθίσαι τινά seat someone on a donkey MPol 8:1.-OMichel, TW V 285-7. M-M. B. 172.* ὄντως adv. of the ptc. ὤν (Eur., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Jos. 13:9; loanw. in rabb.) really, certainly, in truth.

1. lit., as adv. (PGiess. 22, 6; Num 22:37; Jer 3:23; Jos., Bell. 1, 68)Lk 23:47; 24:34; J 8:36; 1 Cor 14:25; Gal 3:21; PK 4 p. 16, 5. εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην ὄν. ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they held that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.

2. used attributively (Pla., Phaedr. 260A, Clit. 409E; Dit., Syll.3 893B, 8f τὸν ὄν. Ἡρακλείδην; Strassb. pap. 53 in Novae Comoed. fgm. ed. OSchröder=Kl. T. 135 p. 47, 14 ὄν. θεός; Sb 3924, 39; Philo, Poster. Cai. 167; Jos., Ant. 15, 63οἱ ὄν. βασιλεῖς) ἡ ὄν. χήρα the real widow (in contrast to one so called, who has relatives, or is still of marriageable age, or, as some hold, has been married several times) 1 Ti 5:3, 5, 16. ἡ ὄν. ζωή real, true life 6:19.

Opp. ὁ ὄν. θάνατος Dg 10:7. οἱ ὄν. ἀποφεύγοντες 2 Pt 2:18 t.r. M-M.* ὀξίζω 1 aor. ὤξισα (Soranus p. 69, 25; 70, 14; Diosc. 1, 115, 2; 5, 6, 14; Paradoxogr. Flor. 20; Geopon. 5, 29, 4; 7, 15, 6) become sour, taste of vinegar of half-empty wine jars ὀξίζουσι they turn sour Hm 12, 5, 3b. Therefore their owner fears μήποτε ὤξισαν that they have become sour m 12, 5, 3a.* ὄξος, ους, τό (since Solon 26, 7 Diehl2, Aeschyl., Hippocr.; pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 113) sour wine, wine vinegar; it relieved thirst more effectively than water and, because it was cheaper than regular wine, it was a favorite beverage of the lower ranks of society and of those in moderate circumstances (Athen. 4 p. 173E; Plut., Cato Major 1, 13; Ruth 2:14), esp. of soldiers (PLond. 1245, 9). Given to Jesus on the cross Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36; Lk 23:36; J 19:29f. In the latter pass. (s. vs. 28) scripture is fulfilled (prob. Ps 68:22 ἐπότισάν με ὄξος). This act is interpreted as being due to the malice of the Jews who committed it, and it is expanded to an offering of gall and vinegar (cf. Ps 68:22) in GP 5:16; B 7:5 (both ποτίζειν χολὴν μετὰ ὄξους), 3. Betw. 7:3 and 5 B quotes, as proof that vinegar was given, an otherwise unknown prophetic pass. that directs the priests to eat the goat’s ἔντερον ἄπλυτον μετὰ ὄξους (s. ἔντερον) 7:4. W. οἶνος (PLond. 856, 28; 1159, 49) and mixed w. it Hm 10, 3, 3.-Heidland, TW V 288f. M-M. B. 383.* ὀξύπτερος, ον (Aesop, Fab. 8 Halm) swift-winged ὁ ὀξ. hawk (Cyranides p. 95, 27) B 10:1, 4.* ὀξύς, ει̂α, ύ—1. sharp (so Hom.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 60; 276; Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 422; Test. Jud. 1:4) ῥομφαία a sharp sword (Ezk 5:1) Rv 1:16; 2:12; 19:15. δρέπανον a sharp sickle 14:14, 17f.

692

2. quick, swift (trag., Hdt.+; POxy. 900, 7; 1412, 18 ὀξέως; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 261)w. aor. inf. (Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 665 D.: τὰ βέλτιστα πρᾶξαι ὀ.) ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα their feet are swift when it comes to shedding blood Ro 3:15 (Ps 13:3). M-M. B. 1034; 1069.* ὀξυχολέω 1 aor. ptc. ὀξυχολήσας be irritable, easily moved to anger ὁ ἄνθρ. ὁ ὀξυχολήσας the man who is easily moved to anger Hm 10, 2, 3.* ὀξυχολία, ας, ἡ (Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 143, 16; Christian wr.) irritability, bad temper Hm 5, 1, 3; 6f; 5, 2, 1; 4; 10, 2, 3. ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ὀξ. m 5, 2, 8a; ἀντιστῆναι τῇ ὀξ. resist bad temper 5, 2, 8b. ὀξ. προσπίπτει τινί irritability comes over someone 6, 2, 5. ἐὰν ὀξ. τις προσέλθῃ if bad temper enters in 5, 1, 3. Called a sister of λύπη and of διψυχία 10, 1, 1f. ἡ ὀξ. λυπεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα bad temper makes the Spirit sad 10, 2, 4. Personified among the vices s 9, 15, 3.* ὀξύχολος, ον (the adv. in Soph., Ant. 955, the adj. Solon 1, 26 Diehl2; Anth. Pal. 9, 127, 4) irritable, irascible, bad-tempered w. πικρός and ἄφρων Hm 6, 2, 4. Subst. (cf. Lucian, Fugit. 19 τὸ ὀξύχολον=ἡ ὀξυχολία) ὁ ὀξ. the irascible, bad-tempered man m 5, 2, 7; s 6, 5, 5.* ὀπή, ῆς, ἡ (Aristoph.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 163)opening, hole w. gen. (Herodas 2, 42; Ex 33:22 ὀπ. τῆς πέτρας; Ob 3) τῆς γῆς (Alciphr. 2, 1, 2) in the ground Hb 11:38. Abs. (Aesop, Fab. 353 P.=Babr. 112 Cr. of a mousehole) of the opening out of which a spring flows Js 3:11. B. 909.* ὄπισθεν adv. (Hom.+[ὄπιθεν; cf. Kühner-Bl. II 309f]; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 445).

1. as adv.—a. from behind (Appian, Syr. 24 §119; 63 §334, Bell. Civ. 4, 55 §239) Mt 9:20; Mk 5:27; Lk 8:44.—b. behind opp. ἔμπροσθεν (q.v. 1a and cf. Hes., Shield 132f πρόσθεν—ὄπισθε; Jos., Ant. 13, 30ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν. . . ὄπισθεν) Rv 4:6. Of a scroll w. writing on it, opp. ἔσωθεν inside and on the back, i.e. on the recto and verso 5:1 (cf. PTebt. 58 recto, 37 [III BC] τἀπίλοιπα ὀπείσωι=‘the rest is on the back’; ostracon of the Deissmann collection in PMMeyer, Griech. Texte ’16, 107ff, no. 61, 15 [III BC] ὀπίσω=‘turn’; PGM 12, 267; 276).

2. as improper prep. w. the gen. (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 46, 65; 969, 5f; PGM 4, 1230 ὄπισθεν αὐτοῦ σταθείς; LXX)—a. of place behind, after someone (Menand., Kolax 47 J. ὄπισθʼ ἐβάδιζέ μου; Bl-D. §215, 1; Rob. 645) κράζειν ὄπ. τινος cry out after someone Mt 15:23. ἤκουσα. . . ὄπ. μου I heard behind me Rv 1:10 v.l. φέρειν (τι) ὄπ. τινος carry (someth.) behind someone Lk 23:26. b. of time after someone or someth. B 4:4 (Da 7:24). M-M.* ὀπίσω adv. (Hom. [ὀπίσσω]+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. used as adv., of place—a. in answer to the quest. ‘where?’ behind, in our lit. only w. the art. τὸ ὀπ.: εἰς τοὐπίσω back (Pla., Phaedr. 254B, Rep. 528A; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 21; Dionys. Byz. 53 p. 21, 16 RGüngerich [’27]; Jos., Ant. 7, 15)ἀφορμᾶν start back 1 Cl 25:4. Mostly pl. τὰ ὀπ. what lies behind (ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω: PPetr. III 23 [246 BC]; BGU 1002, 16) symbolically, of a footrace: the part of the course which has already been covered Phil 3:13. εἰς τὰ ὀπ. (1 Macc 9:47; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 99 [=Gen 49:17]): ἀπέρχεσθαι shrink back J 18:6; fig. draw back 6:66. στρέφεσθαι turn back, turn around 20:14 (Antimachus Coloph. [V/IV BC] ed. BWyss ’36, fgm. 60 στρέφεσθαι εἰς τοὐπίσω; cf. Ps 113:3). Also ἐπιστρέφεσθαι Hv 4, 3, 7(cf. 4 Km 20:10). ἐπιστρέφειν return (home) Mt 24:18; Mk 13:16; Lk 17:31. βλέπειν look back (wards) (cf. Plut., Nic. 14, 2 ὀπίσω βλ.; Artem. 1, 36 p.

37, 23 τὰ ὀπίσω βλέπειν; Gen 19:17, 26) as a symbol Lk 9:62. Cast backward=reject 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:17). b. in answer to the quest. ‘whither’, ‘where to?’ back, behind (Lucian, Dea Syr. 36; Appian, Maced. 18 §3, Mithrid. 104 §489; Polyaenus 7, 27, 1; Gen 24:5; 3 Km 18:37; Jos., Ant. 6, 15)στῆναι ὀπ. παρὰ τ. πόδας αὐτοῦ come and stand behind him at his feet Lk 7:38. ὀπίσω τὰς χεῖρας ποιεῖν put one’s hands behind one MPol 14:1.

2. as improper prep. w. gen. (POxy. 43 B IV, 3 ὀπίσω Καπιτολείου; LXX)—a. of place—α. behind (Dit., Or. 56, 62 [237 BC] ταύτης δʼ ὀπίσω=behind this one; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 17; 29; Chio, Ep. 4, 3; SSol 2:9.—Gen 19:6) ἤκουσα ὀπ. μου I heard behind me Rv 1:10. τὰ ὀ. σου Hs 9, 2, 7.—ὕπαγε ὀπ. μου get behind me! get out of my sight! Mt 4:10 t.r.; 16:23; Mk 8:33 (CHDodd, JTS 5, ’54, 246f); Lk 4:8 t.r. (cf. 4 Km 9:19).—VEHarlow, Jesus’ Jerusalem Expedition ’36, 20-37: Ὀπίσω μου, esp. 31f. β. after (Ex 15:20; 2 Km 3:16) Lk 19:14. ὀπ. τῆς γυναικός after the woman Rv 12:15. ἔρχεσθαι ὀπ. τινός come after someone, follow someone (at the same time fig. in the sense ‘be an adherent’) Mt 16:24; Mk 8:34; Lk 9:23; 14:27. Also ἀκολουθεῖν (q.v. 2.-Gulin [μιμητής] 1]) Mt 10:38; Mk 8:34 v.l. ἀπέρχεσθαι Mk 1:20; J 12:19. πορεύεσθαι ὀπ. τινός Lk 21:8. The two latter verbs are also combined w. ὀπίσω τινός in our lit. in another connection: ἀπέρχεσθαι ὀπ. σαρκὸς ἑτέρας go after strange flesh=indulge in unnatural lust of the Sodomites Jd 7.

The parallel pass. 2 Pt 2:10, on the other hand, has ὀπ. σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορεύεσθαι, where the σάρξ seems rather to be the power of the defiling desire, to which (σάρξ) the sinners have pledged allegiance. Cf. Hv 3, 7, 3.—δεῦτε ὀπ. μου come, follow me (s. δεῦτε 2) Mt 4:19; Mk 1:17. ἀποσπᾶν τινα ὀπ. τινός (s. ἀποσπάω 2) Ac 20:30. ἀφιστάναι λαὸν ὀπ. αὐτοῦ (s. ἀφίστημι 1) 5:37. ἐκτρέπεσθαι ὀπ. τοῦ σατανᾶ (s. ἐκτρέπω) 1 Ti 5:15. θαυμάζεσθαι ὀπ. τινός (s. θαυμάζω 2) Rv 13:3. b. of time after (3 Km 1:6, 24; Eccl 10:14) ἔρχεσθαι ὀπ. τινός Mt 3:11; Mk 1:7; J 1:15, 27, 30 (CLindeboom, ‘Die na mij komt, is voor mij geworden’: Geref. Theol. Tijdschr. 16, ’16, 438-46; differently [‘a follower of mine’] KGrobel, JBL 60, ’41, 397-401).—HSeesemann, TW V 289-92. M-M.* 693

ὁπλή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 150) hoof, including the split hoof of cattle (Hom. Hymns, Merc. 77; Hes., Works 491; Pind., Pyth. 4, 126; Hdt. 2, 71; Dit., Syll.3 1026, 19 [IV/III BC]) ἐκφέρειν ὁπλάς grow hoofs 1 Cl 52:2(Ps 68:32).* ὁπλίζω 1 aor. mid. ὡπλισάμην (Hom.+; Sym. Jer 52:25; Jos., Vi. 45; Sib. Or. 2, 119) equip, arm, mid. arm oneself, in our lit. only fig. τὶ with someth. τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν arm oneself with the same insight 1 Pt 4:1 (cf.

Soph., Electra 996 τοιοῦτον θράσος αὐτή θʼ ὁπλίζει; Anth. Pal. 5, 92 ὥπλισμαι πρὸς Ἔρωτα περὶ στέρνοισι λογισμόν; Jos., Ant. 6, 187τ. θεὸν ὥπλισμαι). Also w. the dat. τινί with someth. (Eur., Andr. 1118; X., Cyr. 6, 4, 4; Cornutus 31 p. 63, 17) τοῖς ὅπλοις τῆς δικαιοσύνης Pol 4:1. M-M.* ὅπλον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. tool ὅπλα ἀδικίας tools of wickedness, i.e. tools for doing what is wicked Ro 6:13a. Opp. ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης vs. 13b. But mng. 2 is also poss.; it is found in all the other pass. of our lit., and specif. in Paul.

2. weapon—a. lit., pl. (Jos., Vi. 99 ἧκον μεθʼ ὅπλων) J 18:3. Riders μετὰ τῶν συνήθων αὐτοῖς ὅπλων with their usual arms MPol 7:1. Sing. τίθησιν Μωϋσῆς ἓν ὅπλον Moses placed one weapon=shield (so as early as Hdt.; Diod. S. 17, 21, 2; 17, 43, 9 [interchanged with ἀσπίδες 8]; 17, 57, 2; Sb 7247, 24 [296 AD]; Test. Levi 5:3 ὅπλον καὶ ῥομφαίαν) on the other one, to stand on them and gain a better view of the battlefield B 12:2. b. symbol., pl. of a Christian’s life as a battle against evil τὰ ὅπ. τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικά the weapons of my warfare are not physical 2 Cor 10:4. ἐνδύσασθαι τὰ ὅπ. τοῦ φωτός put on the weapons of light Ro 13:12. τὰ ὅπ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ ἀριστερά the weapons of righteousness for offense and defense (s. ἀριστερός) 2 Cor 6:7. ὁπλίζεσθαι τοῖς ὅπλοις τῆς δικαιοσύνης Pol 4:1 (s. ὁπλίζω). Of evil desire: φοβουμένη τὰ ὅπ. σου (your weapons, i.e. those of the Christian who is equipped for the good fight) Hm 12, 2, 4. Of baptism: τὸ βάπτισμα ὑμῶν μενέτω ὡς ὅπλα let baptism remain as your arms (‘remain’ in contrast to the deserter, who throws his weapons away) IPol 6:2.-AOepke and KGKuhn, TW V 292-315: ὅπλον and related words. M-M. B. 1383.* ὁπόθεν adv. (Hom.+; not LXX) where, lit. ‘from where’ Papias 3.* ὁποι̂ος, οία, οι̂ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 11:37) correlative pron. of what sort, as τοιοῦτος, ὁπ. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 36; Ael. Aristid. 45, 1 K.=8 p. 81 D.; Jos., Ant. 7, 385)Ac 26:29; cf. Hm 11:15. Used as a pron. in indirect questions (class.; cf. Bl-D. §300, 1; Rob. 732) τὸ ἔργον ὁπ. ἐστιν what sort of work (each has done) 1 Cor 3:13. ὁπ. εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς what sort of welcome we had among you 1 Th 1:9. ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν he forgets what sort of person he is Js 1:24. Almost equal to the relative 1 Cl 43:2. ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει it makes no difference to me what sort of people they were Gal 2:6 (s. Bl-D. §303; Rob. 732 and cf.

VWeber, Erklärung von Gal 2:6a: Der Katholik 80, ’00, 481-99). M-M.* ὁπόσος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr.; PHal. 1, 206; BGU 1074, 6; Jos., Ant. 16, 351; 17, 30; Sib. Or. 3, 480) how great, how much neut. ὁπόσον (Dit., Syll.3 400, 18) how much ὁπ. δίκαιός ἐστιν how righteous he is GP 8:28 in the text (ms.: οτιποσον).* ὁπόταν temporal particle (Pind.+[Hom. separates it ὁπότʼ ἄν]; Dit., Syll.3 344, 75; pap.; Job 29:22; Jos., Ant. 6, 166; 16, 387 al.; Sib. Or. 5, 464) whenever εἶτα, ὁπόταν καθεῖλεν then, whenever he let (his hands) drop B 12:2 (cf.

Bl-D. §381; Rob. 971; Reinhold p. 108).* ὁπότε temporal particle (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 33; 17, 2 al.) when w. ind., w. ref. to concrete events in the past (Hom.; POxy. 243, 10; PRyl. 245, 3; Tob 7:11S) B 12:9; Lk 6:3 (v.l. ὅτε).—Bl-D. §455, 1; Rob. 971. M-M.* ὅπου particle denoting place (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph.), that can also take on causal and temporal mng.

1. lit., part. denoting place—a. where—α. used in connection w. a designation of place, w. ind. foll. Mt 6:19f; 13:5; 28:6; Mk 2:4b; 4:5; 9:48; 16:6; Lk 12:33; J 1:28; 4:20, 46; 7:42 al.; Ac 17:1; Rv 11:8; 20:10 (here the verb is supplied fr. the context). πρὸς Καϊάφαν, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς συνήχθησαν to Caiaphas, i.e. to his palace, where the scribes were gathered Mt 26:57. παρʼ ὑμῖν ὅπ. Rv 2:13b; οὗτοι. . . ὅπου σπείρεται ὁ λόγος those. . . in whom (=in whose hearts) the word is sown Mk 4:15. Looking toward an ἐκεῖ (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 32) Mt 6:21; Lk 12:34; 17:37; J 12:26.-Not infreq. ὅπ. is related to an ἐκεῖ that is omitted but is easily supplied (ἐκεῖ) ὅπ. (there) where (Maximus Tyr. 31, 5b) Mt 25:24, 26; Mk 2:4a; 13:14; J 3:8; 14:3; 17:24; 20:12, 19; Ro 15:20; Rv 2:13a; (thither) where Mk 5:40; 6:55; J 6:62; 7:34, 36; 11:32; 18:1.—On the pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅπου cf. Bl-D. §297; Rob. 683; . . . ‫ֶרשׁ‬ ) 12:6, 14. Cf. Mk 6:55 t.r.

722f: ὄπ. ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπʼ αὐτῶν Rv 17:9. Corresp. ὅπου. . . ἐκεῖ (‫ם‬ β. ὅπ. ἄν w. the impf. expresses repetition in past time whenever Mk 6:56 (cf. Bl-D. §367; Rob. 969; 972f). γ. the subjunctive is used in a final relative clause ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὅπου τὸ πάσχα φάγω; Mk 14:14b; Lk 22:11 (cf. Bl-D. §378; Rob. 969). δ. ὅπου ἄν (or ἐάν) w. subj. wherever, whenever (Dit., Syll.3 1218, 23; PEleph. 1, 5 [311/10 BC]; POxy. 484, 20; 1639, 20) w. the aor. subj. Mt 26:13; Mk 6:10; 9:18; 14:9 (cf. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 196), 14a.

W. the pres. subj. (and ἐκεῖ to correspond) Mt 24:28. b. where w. motion implied (whither) (Soph., Trach. 40; X., An. 2, 4, 19, Cyr. 8, 3, 23 al. in codices; Epict.4, 7, 694

14; Jos., Ant. 16, 325). α. w. ind. foll., related to a ‘there (thither)’ to be supplied where (Ostrak. II 1162, 5 ὅπου θέλει) J 8:21f; 13:33, 36; 14:4; 21:18; Js 3:4. β. ὅπου ἄν (or ἐάν) w. pres. subj. wherever (POxy. 728, 11. W. aor. subj. Ruth 1:16; Tob 13:5 S; Jos., Ant. 6, 77)Mt 8:19; Lk 9:57; Rv 14:4.

2. fig.—a. giving the more immediate circumstances or the presupposition (X., Cyr. 6, 1, 7) ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος where (i.e., under the presupposition given by the idea of the ‘new man’) there is no (longer) Gentile and Jew Col 3:11. Or ὅπου introduces a subordinate clause that indicates the circumstances which have as their result what is said in the main clause following it (cf. Pr 26:20; Ep. Arist. 149): ὅπ. διαθήκη, θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου where there is a will, the death of the one who made it must be established Hb 9:16. ὅπ. ἄφεσις τούτων, οὐκέτι κτλ. 10:18. The main clause can use ἐκεῖ to refer back to the ὅπ. of the subord. clause where. . . , there Js 3:16.—ὅπου ἄγγελοι οὐ φέρουσιν κρίσιν where (i.e. in a situation in which) angels pronounce no judgment 2 Pt 2:11. b. causal in so far as, since (Hdt. 1, 68 al.; Thu. 8, 96, 2; Charito 5, 6, 10; 4 Macc 2:14; somet. also in the combination ὅπου γε as Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 154) 1 Cor 3:3; 1 Cl 43:1; B 16:6. M-M. ὀπτάνομαι (a new present formed fr. the aor. pass. ὤφθην ‘I let myself be seen’, ‘I appeared’ [cf. Bl-D. §101 p. 47 under ὁρᾶν; Mlt.-H. 214; 382]. This form is found UPZ 62, 32 [161/0 BC]; PTebt. 24, 5 [117 BC]; PGM 4, 3033; Herm Wr. 3, 2; 3 Km 8:8; Tob 12:19 BA.—St BPsaltes, Gramm. der Byz. Chroniken ’13, 242) appear τινί to someone (Bl-D. §191, 1; 313; Rob. 820) of the risen Christ Ac 1:3.-HJCadbury, JBL 44, ’25, 218f. M-M.* ὀπτασία, ας, ἡ (Anth. Pal. 6, 210, 6; LXX; Hesychius; Leontios 8 p. 16, 12=vision, phantom [s. also the word-list on p. 182a])—1. a vision, of that which the Deity permits a human being to see, either of his own Divine Being, or of someth. else usu. hidden fr. men (Theod. Da 9:23; 10:1, 7f; Psellus p. 132, 19 of a supernatural phenomenon) ὀπτασίαι (w. ἀποκαλύψεις) κυρίου visions of the Lord 2 Cor 12:1 (ELombard, Les extases et les souffrances de l’apôtre Paul. Essai d’une interprétation de II Cor 12:1-10: RThPh 36, ’03, 450-500). οὐράνιος ὀπ. Ac 26:19. ὀπτασίαν ὁρᾶν see a vision (Pel.-Leg. 18, 17) Lk 1:22. W. the gen. of what is seen: ὀπ. ἀγγέλων ὁρᾶν see a vision of angels 24:23. ἡ φανερωθεῖσα ὀπ. the vision that appeared MPol 12:3.

2. of the state of being in which a pers. finds himself when he has a vision ἐν ὀπτασίᾳ in a trance MPol 5:2.* ὀπτάω (Hom.+; PSI 402, 5 [III BC]; PLond. 131, 115; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 197; 3, 255) bake (so Hdt. 8, 137; X., An. 5, 4, 29 ἄρτους ὀπτῶντες) MPol 15:2.* ὀπτός, ή, όν (Hom.+; pap.; Ex 12:8, 9; Jos., Ant. 3, 255)roasted, baked, broiled ἰχθὺς ὀπ. broiled fish (Hippocr., Aff. 52 vol. VI p. 264 L. ἰχθύες ὀπτοί; Plut., Mor. 353D; Zen.-P. 59 066, 13; 16 [III BC]; PGiess. 93, 6 [II AD]) Lk 24:42.—S. the lit. on μελίσσιος. M-M.* ὀπώρα, ας, ἡ properly the time beginning w. the rising of the star Sirius (in July), corresp. to late summer and early fall, when fruit ripens (so Hom.+); then the fruit itself (so trag., X., Pla.+; POxy. 298, 38 [I AD]; PGM 5, 231; Jer 31:32; 47:10, 12; Philo, Agr. 15; Jos., Bell. 3, 49.Loanw. in rabb.) ἡ ὀπ. σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς the fruit for which your soul longed Rv 18:14. M-M. B. 375.* ὅπως (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. as an adv. how, in what way (Bl-D. §300, 1; Rob. 985) w. the aor. ind. (Jos., Bell. 1, 6;17) ὅπως τε παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Lk 24:20; w. the pres. ind. (Pherecrates Com. [V BC], fgm. 45 K.) ὅπως κολάζονται 2 Cl 17:7. But here the mng. of ὅπως prob. shows a development analogous to that of πῶς in colloq. usage, which comes to resemble ὡς (so Lk 24:20 D)=ὅτι=that (X., Hier. 9, 1; Diod. S. 11, 46, 3; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 2; BGU 846, 16 [II AD] γνοῦναι, ὅπως ὀφείλω=‘to know that I owe’; Dssm., LO 155, 26 [LAE 179, 28]; Bl-D. §396; cf.

Rob. 1045).

2. as a conjunction, w. the subjunctive, predom. the aor. (the fut. ind. [as early as Homer and oft. in class. times: Andocides 1, 43; Demosth. 19, 316; Herodas 7, 90; Meisterhans3-Schw. 255, 32; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 16 p. 398, 5 Jac.; Hero Alex. I 368, 23 ὅπ. κινήσει; Jos., Ant. 11, 101] is given in several places as v.l. [e.g. Mt 26:59], but prob. should be changed everywhere to the aor. subj.). a. to indicate purpose (in order) that, neg. ὅπ. μή in order that. . . not (Bl-D. §369; Rob. 985-7). α. without ἄν (this is the rule) after a pres. Mt 5:45 (imper.); 6:2, 5; Hb 9:15; 1 Pt 2:9; 2 Cl 9:6. After a perf. Ac 9:17; Hb 2:9; Lk 16:26 (w. μή). After the impf. Ac 9:24. After the aor. vss. 2, 12; 20:16 (w. μή); 25:26; Ro 9:17a, b (Ex 9:16); 1 Cor 1:29 (w. μή); Gal 1:4; 1 Cl 10:2; 35:4; after the aor. imper. Mt 2:8; 5:16; 6:4, 18 (w. μή); Ac 23:15, 23; 2 Cor 8:11 (here γένηται or ἦ is to be supplied as the predicate of the ὅπως-clause). After the plpf. J 11:57 (ὄπως is found only here in J, prob. for variety’s sake, since ἵνα is used a few words before). After the fut. Mt 23:35. In accord w. God’s purpose as revealed in Scripture, an event can be presented w. the formula (this or that has happened) ὅπ. πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τ. προφητῶν (and sim. exprs.) Mt 2:23; 8:17; 12:17 t.r.; 13:35.-Alternating w. ἵνα (s. also J 11:57 above) 2 Cor 8:14; Lk 16:27f (the ἵνα-clause gives the content of the plea; the ὅπως-clause gives the purpose of the gift requested); 2 Th 1:11f (the ἵνα-clause gives the content, the ὅπως-clause the purpose of the prayer). β. with ἄν and the aor. subj. (Bl-D. §369, 5; Rdm.2 194; Rob. 986; EHermann, Die Nebensätze in d. griech.

Dialekten ’12, 276f; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus ’13, 13ff; 26ff; Meisterhans3-Schw. 254; Mayser II 1 695

p. 254f.-X., Cyr. 8, 3, 6 ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅπως ἂν οὕτω γένηται; Pla., Gorg. 523D; PSI 435, 19 [258 BC]; 438, 19; PMagd. 23, 7; LXX) Mt 6:5 v.l.; Lk 2:35; Ac 3:20; 15:17 (Am 9:12 v.l.); Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). b. more and more replacing the inf. after verbs of asking that (Bl-D. §392, 1) αἰτέομαι (Jos., Ant. 19, 288)Ac 25:3. δέομαι (Ps.-Aeschines, Ep. 3, 1; Jos., Ant. 7, 191; 9, 9) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2; Ac 8:24 (w. μή). ἐρωτάω (PTebt.

409, 4ff [5 AD]) Lk 7:3; 11:37; Ac 23:20. παρακαλέω (Jos., Ant. 8, 143)Mt 8:34 (v.l. ἵνα). προσεύχομαι (cf. PGM 3, 107; Jon 1:6; Jos., Ant. 11, 17)Ac 8:15; Js 5:16. So perh. also Phlm 6, where ὅπ. could be thought of as depending on προσεύχομαι derived in sense fr. vs. 4, unless ὅπως here=ὥστε (Archimed. I p. 16, 18 Heiberg ὅπως γένηται τὸ ἐπίταγμα al.).-Likew. after verbs of deciding (LXX) συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν ὅπ. resolve to Mt 12:14; 22:15 (D πῶς), where many scholars prefer the transl. consult with a view to. Also συμβούλιον διδόναι ὅπ. Mk 3:6. M-M. ὅραμα, ατος, τό (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in our lit. of extraordinary visions, whether the pers. who has the vision be asleep or awake.

1. vision (acc. to Artem. 1, 2 p. 5, 19 ὅραμα is someth. that can actually be seen, in contrast to 5, 17 φάντασμα= a figment of the imagination; PGdspd. 3, 5 [III BC]; UPZ 78, 37 [159 BC] τὸ ὅραμα τοῦτο ὃ τεθέαμαι; Ex 3:3; Dt 4:34; Da 7:1; En. 99, 8; Test. Levi 8:1 εἶδον ὅραμα; 9:2) of the Transfiguration Mt 17:9. Of the appearing of God in the burning bush Ac 7:31. Cf. Ac 10:17, 19; 11:5; 12:9; 16:9f (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 134 §565 Brutus, when he was about to cross over ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐς τὴν Εὐρώπην. . . νυκτός has a vision. A φάσμα—not a human being, not a god, but a δαίμων κακός—stands at his side and speaks to him); Hv 4, 2, 2. ἐπιδεικνύναι τινὶ ὅραμα show someone a vision 3, 2, 3. δεικνύναι τινὶ ὁράματα (w. ἀποκαλύψεις) 4, 1, 3. ἀποκαλύπτειν τὰ ὁράματα reveal the visions (it is not clear, even in the original, whether this is to be understood of the visions themselves or of the interpretation of their mng.) 3, 4, 3.

2. the act by which the recipient of the vision is granted a vision, or the state of being in which he receives his vision (Dit., Syll.3 1128 καθʼ ὅραμα; LXX) of the Lord: εἰπεῖν ἐν νυκτὶ διʼ ὁράματος say at night in a vision Ac 18:9. ἐν ὁράματι (Gen 15:1; 46:2 εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν ὁρ. τῆς νυκτός; Da 7:13) εἶδεν ἐν ὁρ. ἄγγελον (cf. Test Jud. 3:10) Ac 10:3. Cf. 9:10, 12 t.r. βλέπειν ἐν ὁρ. τῆς νυκτός Hv 3, 10, 6; apocr. gosp.—fgm. in POxy. 1224 fgm. 2 recto II, 3 (=Kl. T. 83, p. 26, 10) Ἰης. ἐν ὁράματι λέγει. Cf. ὅρασις 3, ὄναρ and πνεῦμα 6f. M-M.* ὅρασις, εως, ἡ (Aristot.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 142; Philo, Test. 12 Patr.).

1. organ of sight, eye (mostly pl. ‘eyes’ Diod. S. 2, 6, 10; Plut., Mor. 88D; PGM 13, 582. But also the sing. ὅρασις Diod. S. 3, 37, 9; 5, 43, 1; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 7, 25 Pasqu.), and hence sight, appearance, face (Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 653 no. 564 εὒς ὅρασιν καὶ εὒς ὅλον τὸ σῶμα; PGM 4, 308; 5, 147; Sir 11:2; 25:17; 3 Macc 5:33) fig., of mental and spiritual perception ἀχλύος γέμοντες ἐν τῇ ὁράσει with the eyes full of mistiness 2 Cl 1:6.

2. that which is seen—a. appearance (Philo Mech. 51, 10; 62, 23; Ezk 1:5; 1 Km 16:12) ὅμοιος ὁράσει λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι like jasper in appearance Rv 4:3a; cf. b. b. spectacle ἔσονται εἰς ὅρ. πάσῃ σαρκί they will be a spectacle for all flesh (Is 66:24) 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5.

3. of extraordinary vision (in this case the distinction made betw. ὅραμα 1 and 2 cannot be carried through w. certainty, so that mng. 1 will certainly predominate.—Critodemus, an astrologer of Hellenistic times, wrote a book entitled Ὅρασις in the form of a vision [Vett. Val. 150, 11; 329, 18f]; Herm. Wr. 1, 30 ἀληθινὴ ὅρ.; Tob 12:19; Zech 10:2; Pel.-Leg. 18, 20) vision (cf. Da 7:1 Theod.) ὒδεῖν τι ἐν τῇ ὁρ. Rv 9:17. ὅρασιν ἰδεῖν or ὁρᾶν Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); Hv 2, 4, 2. Of the visions of Hermas Hv 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3ff; 3, 11, 2; 4; 3, 12, 1; 3, 13, 1; 4, 1, 1. Titles Hv 2; 3; 4. M-M.* ὁρατός, ή, όν (Hippocr., Pla.+; PGrenf. 1 no. 47, 14; LXX) verbal adj. of ὁράω visible (w. ἀόρατος; cf. Philo, Op. M. 12, Migr. Abr. 183 ἀόρατος ὡς ἂν ὁρ. ὤν; Test. Reub. 6:12) σῶμα Dg 6:4. ἄρχοντες ISm 6:1. Of Christ ὁ άόρατος, ὁ διʼ ἡμᾶς ὁρ. IPol 3:2. τὰ ὁρατά (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 7): τὰ ὁρ. καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα things visible and invisible Col 1:16; cf. ITr 5:2; IRo 5:3. M-M.* ὁράω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. 3 pl. ἑώρων (J 6:2; but ἐθεώρουν v.l.); pf. ἑώρακα and ἑόρακα (s. Bl-D. §68; W-S. §12, 2), 3 pl. ἑώρακαν beside ἑωράκασιν (W-S. §13, 15; Mlt.-H. 221); plpf. ἑωράκειν (Hv 2, 1, 3); fut. ὄψομαι, 2 sing. ὄψῃ (W-S. §13, 18); 1 aor. pass. ὤφθην; 1 fut. pass. ὀφθήσομαι; pf. pass. 3 sing. ὦπται (Ex 4:1, 5; Hv 3, 1, 2). ln Byz. times there was an aor. mid. ὠψάμην (Lob. on Phryn. p. 734). There is a subjunctive form corresponding to this in one place in the NT, though not without a v.l.; it is ὄψησθε (v.l. ὄψεσθε) Lk 13:28. The functions of the aor. active are taken over by εἶδον and the forms belonging to it (s. εἶδον). βλέπω is used for the pres. and impf., for the most part. On the use of ὁράω and βλέπω s, Reinhold p.

95ff.

1. trans.—a. see, catch sight of, notice of sense perception—α. w. acc. of the pers. Mt 28:7, 10; Mk 16:7; Lk 16:23; J 8:57; 9:37; 14:9; 16:16f, 19, 22; 20:18, 25, 29; 1J 4:20a; Rv 1:7. θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε (s. PGM 5, 101f of Osiris ὃν οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε) J 1:18; cf. 6:46a, b; 1J 4:20b (on seeing God and its impossibility for mortal man s. WGrafBaudissin, ‘Gott schauen’ in d. atl. Rel.: ARW 18, ’15, 173-239; RBultmann, ZNW 29, ’30, 169-92; EFascher: Marb. Theol. Studien ’31, 1, 41-77).—Also of the perception of personal beings that become visible in a supernatural manner (UPZ 78, 8 [159 BC] of a dream in the Serapeum ὁρῶ τ. διδύμας; 69, 6), of the vision of Christ that Paul had 1 Cor 9:1. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context Hb 11:27; 1 Pt 1:8. W. acc. of the ptc. (Bl-D. §416, 1; Rob. 1123.—UPZ 69, 6 [152 BC] ὁρῶ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ τὸν Μενέδημον ἀντικείμενον ἡμῖν; Ex 2:11, 13; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 38) ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27. ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ 696

ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον Mk 14:62 (NPerrin, The End-product of the Christian Pesher Trad., NTS 12, ’66, 150-5).—Visit (1 Km 20:29) ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς Hb 13:23. β. w. acc. of the thing ὀπτασίαν ὁρ. see a vision (cf. ὀπτασία 1.—Dit., Syll.3 1169, 6; UPZ 68, 6 [152 BC] ἐνύπνια ὁρῶ πονηρά) Lk 1:22; 24:23. ὁράσεις Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1). ταῦτα Lk 23:49. πάντα J 4:45. σημεῖα 6:2 (θεωρέω v.l.). Cf. also Hv 3, 2, 4. W. acc. of the ptc. (Dit., Syll.3 685, 75; 1169, 15; Ex 33:10) τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα J 1:51.—Hv 3, 8, 9. W. attraction of the relative ὧν=τούτων ἅ Lk 9:36; Ac 22:15. The attraction is hard to explain in μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδές με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι a witness to the things in which you saw me and to those in which I shall appear to you Ac 26:16b (the text is prob. not in order; s. MDibelius, Aufs. z. AG ed.

HGreeven ’51, 83). Of God τ. πάντα ὁρᾷ PK 2 p. 13, 24.—ὁρ. is a favorite word w. J, when he speaks of that which the preëxistent Son saw when he was with the Father (JSchneider, D. Christusschau des Joh.-ev. ’35; differently LBrun, D. Gottesschau des joh. Christus: Symb. Osl. 5, ’27, 1-22) ὃ ἑώρακεν J 3:32; cf. vs. 11. ἃ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ πατρί 8:38 (since this deals w. witness and speaking, the ‘perceiving’ could be thought of as ‘hearing’. Cf. Diod. S. 13, 28, 5 ὁρᾷς;=do you hear [the outcry]?; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 165 ὁρῶ οἷα λέγεις; Polyaenus 7, 14, 2; Ex 20:18 λαὸς ἑὼρα τὴν φωνήν, 22; Dt 4:9; also Philo, Migr. Abr. 47; Sib. Or. 8, 125 βρυγμὸν ὁρ.). Of that which the apostolic witnesses saw of Christ 1J 1:1-3. Abs. ὁ ἑωρακώς the eye—witness J 19:35. γ. ὁρ. τὸ πρόσωπόν τινος as a periphrasis for see someone (cf. Gen 43:3, 5; 46:30) Ac 20:25; Col 2:1. ὁρ. το ‫־תֶ א ה‬ ) Rv 22:4 (πρόσωπον 1b). ὁρ. τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ (=‫י״י דוֹב‬ ‫־תֶ א ה‬ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ (=‫י״י י‬ the majesty of God (Is 66:18f) J 11:40. Simply ὁρ. τὸν θεόν see God Mt 5:8. ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1J 3:2 (Maximus Tyr. 11, 11a τὸ μὲν ὅλον ὄψει τ. θεὸν τότε, ἐπειδὰν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλῇ). ὁρ. τὸν κύριον Hb 12:14.—On ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων Col 2:18 cf. ἐμβατεύω. δ. pass. become visible, appear (Ael. Aristid. 51, 22 K.=27 p. 539 D.: ὤφθη τοιάδε; LXX) abs. Rv 11:19; 12:1, 3. τινί to someone Ac 2:3. ὅραμα διὰ νυκτὸς τ. Παύλῳ ὤφθη a vision appeared to Paul at night 16:9 (Jos., Ant. 2, 70τὰ διὰ νυκτὸς όφθέντα).—Of persons who appear in a natural way (Appian, Syr. 21 §96 ὤφθησαν=they made an appearance, Bell. Civ. 2, 130 §542; UPZ 145, 5 [164 BC]; 3 Km 3:16 ὤφθησαν δύο γυναῖκες τῷ βασιλεῖ) (Μωϋσῆς) ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ac 7:26. Mostly of beings that make their appearance in a supernatural manner, almost always w. dat. of the pers. to whom they appear: God (Gen 12:7; 17:1; PGM 4, 3090 ἕως ὁ θεός σοι ὀφθῇ) Ac 7:2.

Angels (Ex 3:2; Judg 6:12) Lk 1:11; 22:43 (LBrun, ZNW 32, ’33, 265-76); Ac 7:30, 35. Moses and Elijah Mt 17:3; Mk 9:4; Lk 9:31 (without the dat. in this pass.: ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ). The risen Christ Lk 24:34; Ac 9:17; 13:31; 26:16a; 1 Cor 15:5-8 (cf. POxy. I, 3; JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 69-71); 1 Ti 3:16 (ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις—the triumphant Christ appears to the angelic powers); Hb 9:28 (Christ at his Second Coming).—οὐκ ἔτι σοι ὀφθήσεται it will be seen by you no longer (of evil desire) Hm 12, 2, 4 (Antig. Car. 11 ὁρᾶται=there is; Aristot. in Apollon. Paradox. 39 ὄφις ὤφθη=there was a snake). b. experience, witness (cf. POxy. 120, 4 τινὰ ὁρῶντα ἑαυτὸν ἐν δυστυχίᾳ) Lk 17:22 (s. εἶδον 5). ζωήν J 3:36 (cf. Lycophron, Al. 1019 βίον; Ps 88:49 θάνατον). μείζω τούτων 1:50. ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5). c. fig. of mental and spiritual perception (Polystrat. p. 5 ὁρ. τῷ λογισμῷ; Simplicius In Epict. p. 110, 47 Düb. τὸ ἀληθές). α. notice, recognize, understand w. the acc. of the ptc. (Diod. S. 2, 16, 5; 4, 40, 2; Appian, Syr. 14 §55, Bell.

Civ. 2, 14 §50; PHib. 44, 4 [253 BC] ὁρῶντες δέ σε καταραθυμοῦντα; 4 Macc 4:24; 9:30; Jos., Vi. 373 ὄντα με ὁρ.) ἐις χολὴν πικρίας. . . ὁρῶ σε ὄντα I perceive that you have fallen into the gall of bitterness (i.e. bitter jealousy) Ac 8:23. οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα we do not yet see everything subjected to him Hb 2:8; Dg 1. W. ὅτι foll. (M. Ant. 9, 27, 2; Philo, Migr. Abr. 46) Js 2:24; 1 Cl 12:8; 23:4; 44:6. W. indir. quest foll. 1 Cl 16:17; 41:4; 50:1; B 15:8; Dg 7:8. W. direct discourse foll. ὁρᾶτε 1 Cl 4:7. β. (mentally) look at or upon ὄψονται οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ they who have never been told of him (=Christ) shall look upon him Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15).—Consider ὅρα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῆς πονηρίας τὰ ἔργα Hm 6, 2, 4.—Become conscious of ὁ κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἐώρακεν τ. θεόν 3J 11. Cf. 1J 3:6.

2. intr.—a. look εἴς τινα on or at someone (Il. 24, 633; Od. 20, 373) J 19:37 (s. ἐκκεντέω). b. see to, take care—α. σὺ ὄψῃ see to that yourself! that is your affair! Mt 27:4; cf. vs. 24; Ac 18:15 (on this Latinism=videris s. DCHesseling in Bl-D. §362 w. app.; Rob. 109f). Imper. followed by imperatival fut. ὅρα ποιήσεις πάντα see to it that you do everything Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; cf. 4:21). Foll. by indir. quest. (Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 121 D.: ὅρα τί ποιεῖς) ὅρα τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν take care what you are doing Ac 22:26 D. t.r. β. be on one’s guard foll. by μή and the aor. subj. (Diod. S. 27, 17, 3 ὁρᾶτε μήποτε ποιήσωμεν; Epict., Ench.

19, 2; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 8, 2; BGU 37, 5 [50 AD]; POxy. 532, 15 ὅρα μὴ ἄλλως πράξῃς; 531, 9 ὅρα μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων προσκρούσῃς.—Bl-D. §364, 3) Mt 8:4; 18:10; Mk 1:44; 1 Th 5:15; 1 Cl 21:1; D 6:1.—W. μή and imper.

(Bl-D. §461, 1; Rob. 996) Mt 9:30; 24:6.—Elliptically (Bl-D. §480, 5; Rob. 949) ὅρα μή (sc. ποιήσῃς) take care! don’t do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9.—Used w. ἀπό τινος look out for someth. (Bl-D. §149 w. app.; Rob. 472) ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων look out (for) and be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees Mt 16:6. ὁράτε, βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρ. Mk 8:15. ὁράτε καὶ φυλάσσεσθε ἀπὸ πάσης πλεονεξίας Lk 12:15.—WMichaelis, TW V 315-81: ὁράω and related words. M-M. B. 1042. ὄργανον, ου, τό (Soph., Pla.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 101; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 230)tool τὰ ὄρ. τοῦ διαβόλου the tools of the devil 2 Cl 18:2. Fig. of the animals in the arena as the tools through which the martyr becomes a perfect sacrifice to God IRo 4:2.—Also of the material of which someth. is made (e.g. wood for a building: Pla., Leg. 3 p.

678D; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 108) τὰ πρὸς τὴν πυρὰν ἡρμοσμένα ὄρ. MPol 13:3 (wooden instruments is also 697

) see

possible.—s. ἁρμόζω 2 and cf. for ἡρμ. ὄρ. 2 Km 6:5, 14). B. 586.* ὀργή, ῆς, ἡ (Hes.+) anger, indignation, wrath (so trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. as a human emotion GP 12:50 (s. φλέγω 2). W. πικρία and θυμός Eph 4:31; cf. Col 3:8 (on the relationship betw. ὀργή and θυμός, which are oft. combined in the LXX as well, s. Zeno in Diog. L. 7, 113; Chrysipp. [Stoic. III fgm. 395]; Philod., De Ira p. 91 W.). W. διαλογισμοί 1 Ti 2:8. W. μερισμός IPhld 8:1. ἡ ἀθέμιτος τοῦ ζήλους ὀρ. the lawless anger caused by jealousy 1 Cl 63:2. ἀπέχεσθαι πάσης ὀρ. refrain from all anger Pol 6:1. μετʼ ὀργῆς angrily (Pla., Apol. 34c; Esth 8:12x; 3 Macc 6:23) Mk 3:5; βραδὺς εἴς ὀρ. slow to be angry Js 1:19 (Aristoxenus, fgm. 56 Socrates is called τραχὺς εὒς ὀργήν). ἐλέγχετε ἀλλήλους μὴ ἐν ὀρ. correct one another, not in anger D 15:3 (ἐν ὀργῇ Is 58:13; Da 3:13 Theod.). Anger ἄφρονα ἀναιρεῖ 1 Cl 39:7 (Job 5:2); leads to murder D 3:2. δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάξεται Js 1:20; originates in θυμός and results in μῆνις Hm 5, 2, 4.—Pl. outbursts of anger (Pla., Euthyphro 7B ἐχθρὰ καὶ ὀργαί, Rep. 6 p. 493A; Maximus Tyr. 27, 6b; 2 Macc 4:25, 40; Jos., Vi. 266) 1 Cl 13:1; IEph 10:2 (Bl-D. §142; W-S. §27, 4d). JStelzenberger, D. Beziehgen der frühchristl. Sittenlehre zur Ethik der Stoa ’33, 250ff.

2. of the wrath of God (Parmeniscus [III/II BC] in the schol. on Eur., Medea 264 Schw. τῆς θεᾶς ὀργή; Diod. S. 5, 55, 6 διὰ τὴν οργήν of Aphrodite; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 29; Dit., Syll.3 1237, 5 ἕξει ὀργὴν μεγάλην τοῦ μεγάλου ∆ιός, Or. 383, 210 [I BC]; LXX; En, 106, 15; Philo, Somn. 2, 179, Mos. 1, 6; Sib. Or. 4, 162; 5, 75f; Test.

Reub. 4:4. Oft. Jos., e.g. Ant. 3, 321; 11, 127.—Ep. Arist. 254 θεὸς χωρὶς ὀργῆς ἁπάσης) as the divine reaction toward evil; it is thought of not so much as an emotion as in terms of the outcome of an angry frame of mind (judgment), already well known to OT history, where it somet. runs its course in the present, but more oft. is to be expected in the future, as God’s final reckoning w. evil (ὀρ. is a legitimate feeling on the part of a judge; cf. RHirzel, Themis ’07, 416; Pohlenz [s. below] 15, 3; Synes. Ep. 2 p. 158B). a. of the past and pres.: of the judgement upon the desert generation ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου (Ps 94:11) Hb 3:11; 4:3. Of the Jews in the pres. ἔφθασεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀρ. the wrath (ὀργή abs.=ὁρ. θεοῦ also Ro 12:19—AvanVeldhuizen, ‘Geeft den toorn plaats’ [Ro 12:19]: ThSt 25, ’07, 44 to 46; 13:4; 1 Th 1:10. Likew. Jos., Ant. ll, 141) has come upon them 1 Th 2:16 (on 1 Th 2:13-16 s. BPearson, HTR 64, ’71, 79-94; Test. Levi 6:11). Of God’s wrath against sin in the pres. ἀποκαλύπτεται ὀρ. θεοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν Ro 1:18 (JYCampbell, ET 50, ’39, 229-33; SSchultz, ThZ 14, ’58, 161-73). Of God’s wrath against evildoers as revealed in the judgements of earthly gov. authorities 13:4f (here ὀρ. could also be punishment, as Demosth. 21, 43). The wrath of God remains like an incubus upon the one who does not believe in the Son J 3:36 (for ἡ ὀρ. μένει cf. Wsd 18:20). Of the Lord’s wrath against renegade Christians Hv 3, 6, 1. The Lord can ἀποστρέψαι τὴν ὀρ. αὐτοῦ ἀπό τινος turn away his wrath from someone (ἀποστρέφω la β) Hv 4, 2, 6.—Of the wrath of God’s angel of repentance Hm 12, 4, 1. b. of God’s future judgment ἔσται ὀρ. τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ Lk 21:23; ἡ μέλλουσα ὀρ. Mt 3:7; Lk 3:7; IEph 11:1. ἡ ὀρ. ἡ ἐρχομένη 1 Th 1:10; cf. Eph 5:6; Col 3:6. σωθησόμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς ὀρ. Ro 5:9. οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὀρ.

God has not destined us for wrathful judgment 1 Th 5:9. θησαυρίζειν ἑαυτῷ ὀργήν (s. θησαυρίζω 2b and Epist.

Claud. p. 8 Lösch [=PLond, 1912] ταμιευόμενος ἐμαυτῷ ὀργήν) Ro 2:5a. This stored-up wrath will break out ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς (s. ἡμέρα 3bβ) vs. 5b. Elsewhere, too, the portrayal of the wrath of God in Paul is predom. eschatological: ὀρ. καὶ θυμός (s. θυμός 2) Ro 2:8 (cf. IQS 4, 12); cf. 1 Cl 50:4; δότε τόπον τῇ ὀρ. Ro 12:19 (s. 2a above; τόπος 2c). Cf. 9:22a. ἐπιφέρειν τὴν ὀργήν inflict punishment 3:5 (s. 13:4f under a above). Men are τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς by nature children of wrath, i.e. subject to divine wrath Eph 2:3 (JMehlman, Natura Filii Irae etc. ’57).

Cf. σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν objects of wrath prepared for destruction Ro 9:22b. Of the law: ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται it brings (only) wrath 4:15.—In Rv the concept is also thought of in eschatological terms 6:16; 11:18. ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀρ. αὐτῶν the great day of their (God’s and the Lamb’s) wrath (s. above) 6:17. On τὸ ποτήριον τῆς ὀρ. αὐτοῦ the cup of his wrath 14:10 and οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀρ. τοῦ θεοῦ 16:19; 19:15, cf. θυμός 1 and 2 (ATHanson, The Wrath of the Lamb, ’57, 159-80).—ARitschl, Rechtfertigung u. Versöhnung II4 ’00, 119-56; MPohlenz, Vom Zorne Gottes ’09; GPWetter, D. Vergeltungsgedanke bei Pls ’12; GBornkamm, D. Offenbarung des Zornes Gottes (Ro 1-3): ZNW 34, ’35, 239-62; ASchlatter, Gottes Gerechtigkeit ’35, 48ff; GHCMacGregor, NTS 7, ’61, 101-9; JHempel, Gottes Selbstbeherrschung, H-WHertzberg Festschr., ’65, 56-66; GStählin et al., TW V 382-448: ὀργή and related words. Cf. also κρίσις, end: Braun 41ff and Filson. M-M. B. 1134.* ὀργίζω (the act. in Aristoph., X., Pla.+; Job 12:6 v.l.; Pr 16:30 v.l.) in our lit. only pass. (Soph., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 5; UPZ 144, 3 [II BC]; LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) ὀργίζομαι 1 aor. ὠργίσθην, ptc. ὀργισθείς be angry foll. by dat. of the pers. (Diod. S. 10, 7, 4; Ael. Aristid. 38 p. 721 D.; Ps 84:6; Is 12:1; En. 18, 16; Jos., Ant. 4, 130; 16, 263) Mt 5:22. Foll. by dat. of the pers. and ὅτι be angry at someone because Hv 1, 1, 6 (for ὅτι cf.

Arrian, Anab. 4, 23, 5; 3 Km 11:9). ὀρ. τινὶ ἕνεκά τινος at someone because of someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 221)v 1, 3, 1a. διά τι ibid. b (cf. X., An. 1, 2, 26). ἐπί πινι be angry at or with someone (Andoc. 5, 10; Lysias 28, 2; Num 31:14; Test. Sim. 2:11) Rv 12:17 (Bl-D. §196; cf. Rob. 605). Abs. (X., Hell. 4, 8, 30; Aelian, V.H. 12, 54; Jos., Ant. 6, 222)Mt 18:34; 22:7; Mk 1:41 v.l. (for σπλαγχνισθείς.—On the v.l. ὀργισθείς s. CHTurner, JTS 28, ’27, 145-58) Lk 14:21; 15:28; Rv 11:18 (cf. Ps 98:1). ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε (Ps 4:5) be angry, but do not sin Eph 4:26.

M-M.* ὀργίλος, η, ον (Hippocr.; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 405C; 411B; X., De Re Equ. 9, 7; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 2, 7, 10; 4, 11 οἱ ὀργίλοι ταχέως ὀργίζονται καὶ οἷς οὐ δεῖ καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς οὐ δεῖ καὶ μᾶλλον ἢ δεῖ; Herodian 4, 9, 3; Ps 17:49; Pr 698

21:19; 22:24; 29:22; Jos., Ant. 19, 19)inclined to anger, quick-tempered (w. αὐθάδης et al.) Tit 1:7. μὴ γίνου ὀρ. D 3:2. M-M.* ὀργίλως adv. (Demosth. 21, 215 al.; 4 Macc 8:9) angrily Hm 12, 4, 1.* ὀργυιά (or ὄργυια, but in the pl. prob. ὀργυιαί; s. Kühner-Bl. I 392f; W-S. §6, 7a; Mlt.-H. 58.—Hom., Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 669, 39; Jos., Bell. 1, 411), ᾶς, ἡ fathom (properly the distance measured by a man’s arms stretched out horizontally, reckoned at six feet=1.85 meters) as a nautical t.t., used to measure the depth of water (Diod. S. 3, 40, 3) Ac 27:28a, b. M-M.* ὀρέγω (the act. Hom.+ reach, stretch out) in our lit. only mid. ὀρέγομαι (Hom.+, lit. stretch oneself, reach out one’s hand), and fig. aspire to, strive for, desire w. gen. of the thing (Thu. 2, 65, 10; X., Mem. 1, 2, 15; Pla., Rep. 6 p. 485D, Leg. 7 p. 807C; Polyb. 5, 104, 7; Diod. S. 4, 40, 5 δόξης ὀρεγόμενος=eager for glory; Plut. Phoc. 17, 1, Sol. 29, 4; Lucian, Bis Accus. 29; Epict. 2, 1, 10; 3, 26, 13. Oft. Philo; Jos., Vi. 70.—Bl-D. §171, 1; Rob. 508) ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρ. aspire to the office of bishop 1 Ti 3:1 (on the combination of ὀρέγομαι and ἐπιθυμέω cf. Ep. Arist.

211). κρείττονος long for a better (home) Hb 11:16. ἡ φιλαργυρία ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι 1 Ti 6:10 is a condensed expr.; it is the ἀργύριον rather than the φιλαργυρία that is desired. M-M.* ὀρεινός, ή, όν hilly, mountainous (so Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) ἡ ὀρεινή (sc. χώρα, which is added in Hdt. 1, 110; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 3; Dit., Syll.3 633, 78.—ἡ ὀρεινή alone e.g. in Aristot., H.A. 5, 28, 4 and oft. in LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 63) hill country, mountainous region πορεύεσθαι εὒς τὴν ὀρ. go into the hill country Lk 1:39 (cf. Jos., Bell. 4, 451). ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρ. τῆς Ἰουδαίας in all the hill country of Judaea vs. 65 (Jos., Ant. 5, 128ὀρ. τῆς Χαναναίας; 12, 7 ἀπὸ τ. ὀρεινῆς Ἰουδαίας). M-M.* ὄρεξις, εως, ἡ longing, desire (Pla.+; LXX); in its only occurrence in our lit. it is used in an unfavorable sense (Democr., fgm. 219; Epicurus p. 161, 26 Us.; Sir 23:6; Lucian, Tyr. 4 τὰς τῶν ἡδονῶν ὀρέξεις χαλιναγωγεῖν; Herodian 3, 13, 6; Herm. Wr. 12, 4; Philo.—Of sexual desire Jos., Ant. 7, 169; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 68) οἱ ἄρσενες. . . ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρ. αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους the men. . . were inflamed with (their) desire for each other Ro 1:27. M-M.* ὀρθοποδέω (ὀρθόπους Soph.+; cf. Nicander, Alexiph. 419 [II BC] ὀρθόποδες βαίνοντες.—ὀρθοποδία=‘progress’: Papiri della Univers. di Milano, ed. AVogliano no. 24, 8 [117 AD]) walk straight, upright, fig. act rightly, be straightforward ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου be straightforward about the truth of the gospel Gal 2:14 (cf. Dit., Or. I, 48, 9 μὴ ὀρθῶς ἀναστρεφομένους). But perh. progress, advance in the direction of the truth (CHRoberts, JTS 40, ’39, 55f. Also JGWinter, HTR 34, ’41, 161f, after an unpubl. pap. in the Michigan collection [no. 337—III AD] ὀρθοποδεῖ τὸ παιδίον. ‘the child is getting on, growing up’).—GDKilpatrick, NT Studien f. RBultmann ’54, 269-74 (‘they were not on the right road toward the truth of the gospel’; good survey). M-M.* ὀρθός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) superl. ὀρθότατος (Epil Mosq 1).

1. lit.—a. straight up, upright (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 67)ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τ. πόδας σου ὀρθός stand upright on your feet Ac 14:10. αἱ τρίχες μου ὀρθαί my hair stood on end Hv 3, 1, 5 (Ael. Aristid. 48, 33 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τρίχες ὀρθαί). b. straight, in a straight line (Hes.+; LXX) τροχιαὶ ὀρ. Hb 12:13 (Pr 4:26). Of a way (class.; Pr 12:15; 16:25; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 13)in symbolic usage (Aesop, Fab. 287 P.=Babr. 8 Cr. [a road]; Philo, Fuga 131 al.) ὀρ. ὁδὸν ἔχειν have a straight path Hm 6, 1, 2a. τῇ ὀρ. ὁδῷ πορεύεσθαι walk in the straight path 6, 1, 2b; cf. 4.

2. fig. correct, true (Pind., Hdt.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 244) συγγράμματα κάλλιστα καὶ ὀρθότατα Epil Mosq 1. γνώμη ὀ. IEph 1:1 v.l. M-M. B. 896.* ὀρθοτομέω found elsewh. independently of the NT only Pr 3:6; 11:5, where it is used w. ὁδούς and plainly means ‘cut a path in a straight direction’ or ‘cut a road across country (that is forested or otherwise difficult to pass through) in a straight direction’, so that the traveler may go directly to his destination (cf. Thu. 2, 100, 2 ὁδοὺς εὐθείας ἔτεμε; Hdt. 4, 136 τετμημένη ὁδός; Pla., Leg. 7 p. 810E; Plut., Galba 24, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 309). Then ὀρθοτομεῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας would perh. mean guide the word of truth along a straight path (like a road that goes straight to its goal), without being turned aside by wordy debates or impious talk 2 Ti 2:15. For such other mngs. as teach the word aright, expound it soundly, shape rightly, and preach fearlessly, s. M-M.* ὀρθόω 1 aor. ὤρθωσα (Hom.+; LXX, Philo) set upright σταυρόν GP 4:11 (cf. of a mast, Lucian, Catapl. 1; ξύλον=a cross, Esth 7:9).* ὀρθρίζω (so in LXX and NT; Moeris p. 272 ὀρθρεύει Ἀττικῶς. ὀρθρίζει Ἑλληνικῶς) impf. ὤρθριζον be up or get up very early in the morning (Ex 24:4; 4 Km 6:15; SSol 7:13) ὁ λαὸς ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ the people used to get up very early in the morning (to come) to him in the temple and hear him Lk 21:38 (ὀρ. πρός τινα also means gener. seek someone diligently: Job 8:5; Ps 77:34; Sir 4:12; Wsd 6:14; Test. Jos. 699

3:6). M-M.* ὀρθρινός, ή, όν (late substitute for ὄρθριος [Anecd. Gr. p. 54, 7; Lob., Phryn. p. 51], almost only in poets [Arat.

948; Posidippus Epigrammaticus [III BC] in Athen. 13, 69 p. 596D; several times Anth. Pal.]; LXX) early in the morning γυναῖκες. . . γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον Lk 24:22. τί ὀρ. ὧδε ἐλήλυθας; why have you come here so early? Hs 5, 1, 1.—Rv 22:16 t.r. M-M.* ὄρθριος, ία, ιον (Hom. Hymns+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 330; 7, 195) early in the morning Lk 24:22 t.r. (s. ὀρθρινός). M-M.* ὄρθρος, ου, ὁ (Hes.+; pap., LXX; En. 100, 2; Joseph.; Test. Jos. 8:1) dawn, early morning ὄρθρου βαθέως very early in the morning Lk 24:1 (s. βαθύς 2 and cf. Heraclit. Sto. 16 p. 24, 16; 68 p. 88, 16; Polyaenus 4, 9, 1 ὄρθρος ἦν βαθύς). ὄρθρου early in the morning (Hes., Op. 577; Diod. S. 14, 104, 1; PFlor. 305, 11; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 37)J 8:2. ὄρθρου τῆς κυριακῆς on Sunday at dawn GP 12:50. ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρ. about daybreak (Cass. Dio 76, 17; PFay. 108, 10; Jos., Ant. 8, 382)Ac 5:21. M-M. B. 993.* ὀρθῶς adv. (Hes., Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Test. 12 Patr.) rightly, correctly λαλεῖν speak correctly=normally Mk 7:35. ὀρ. προσφέρειν, διαιρεῖν offer rightly, divide rightly 1 Cl 4:4 (after Gen 4:7; cf. διαιρέω). δουλεύειν αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) ὀρ. serve God in the right way=κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ Hm 12, 6, 2. τελεῖν τὴν διακονίαν τοῦ κυρίου ὀρ. perform the service of the Lord properly s 2:7; ἐργάζεσθαι ὀρ. act rightly s 8, 11, 4 (cf. ὀρ. ποιεῖν: Dit., Syll.3 116, 10; 780, 37; PEleph. 9, 3; 1 Macc 11:43; ὀρ. πράσσειν: Jos., Vi. 298). ὀρ. κρίνειν judge, decide correctly Lk 7:43 (cf. Wsd 6:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 9.—Diod.

S. 18, 56, 3 ὀρθῶς γινώσκειν=think rightly). ὀρ. ἀποκρίνεσθαι answer correctly (Herm. Wr. 13, 3) 10:28. ὀρ. λέγειν καὶ διδάσκειν 20:21 (cf. Aristoxenus, fgm. 33 p. 18, 2 ὀρθῶς λέγοντες; Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 20, 29 ὀρθῶς λέγειν=teach rightly. Of Cercidas [III BC] in Diehl2, fgm. 11a, 4 ὀρθῶς λέγει που Κερκίδας; Dt 5:28). ὀρ. διδάσκεσθαι be properly taught Dg 11:2. ἀγαπᾶν ὀρ. love (someone) in the right way 12:1. ὀρ. ἀπέχεσθαί τινος be right in abstaining from someth. 4:6. M-M.* ὁρίζω 1 aor. ὥρισα, pass. ptc. ὁρισθείς; pf. pass. ptc. ὡρισμένος (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En. 98, 5; Ep. Arist. 157; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 188).

1. determine, appoint, fix, set—a. someth.—α. expressed by the acc. προφήτης ὁρίζων τράπεζαν a prophet who orders a meal (cf. τράπεζα 3) D 11:9.—Of time (Pla., Leg. 9 p. 864E; Demosth. 36, 26 ὁ νόμος τὸν χρόνον ὥρισεν; Epict., Ench. 51, 1; PFlor. 61, 45 [85 AD]; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; more freq. pass., s. below) ἡμέραν Hb 4:7. ὁρ. προστεταγμένους καιρούς set appointed times Ac 17:26; pass. (Dit., Syll.3 495, 171; PFay. 11, 16 [c. 115 BC]; PAmh. 50, 15; PTebt. 327, 12 al.) ὡρισμένοι καιροί (Diod. S. 1, 41, 7; cf. 16, 29, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 78)appointed times 1 Cl 40:2. ὡρισμένης τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης after this day has been fixed Hv 2, 2, 5 (Diod. S. 2, 59, 5; 20, 110, 1 ὡρισμένη ἡμέρα; Herodian 1, 10, 5 ὡρισμένης ἡμέρας; Pollux 1, 67).—ὁ ὡρισμένος τόπος the appointed place B 19:1. οἱ ὡρισμένοι νόμοι the established laws Dg 5:10. ὁ ὡρισμένος τῆς λειτουργίας κανών the established limits of (one’s) ministry 1 Cl 41:1. ἡ ὡρισμένη βουλή the definite plan Ac 2:23.—Subst. (cf. Dit., Syll.3 905, 14 τῶν ὁρισθέντων ἄγνοια) κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance with the (divine) decree Lk 22:22. β. by an inf. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 3 §12 ἀντιδοῦναι=to give as recompense; Bl-D. §392, 1a) ὥρισαν. . . πέμψαι they determined (perh. set apart; so Field, Notes 119f and TGillieson, ET 56, ’44/’45, 110). . . to send Ac 11:29; by an indirect quest. 1 Cl 40:3. b. of persons appoint, designate, declare: God judges the world ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν through a man whom he has appointed Ac 17:31. Pass. ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτής the one appointed by God as judge 10:42. Of bishops οἱ κατὰ τὰ πέρατα ὁρισθέντες those who are appointed in distant lands IEph 3:2. W. double acc. declare someone to be someth. (Meleag. in Anth. Pal. 12, 158, 7 σὲ γὰρ θεὸν ὥρισε δαίμων) pass. τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει who has been declared to be the powerful son of God Ro 1:4.

2. set limits to, define, explain (a concept) (X. et al. in act. and mid.) περί τινος give an explanation concerning someth. B 12:1. τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὥρισεν he defined the water and the cross together (i.e. in the section on the tree by the streams of water Ps 1:3) 11:8. KLSchmidt, TW V 453-4. M-M.* ὅριον, ου, τό (Soph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX) boundary; mostly, in our lit. exclusively, pl. boundaries=region, district (Gen 10:19; Ex 10:4, al. in LXX) Mt 8:34; 15:22; Mk 5:17; Ac 13:50. ἐν ὁρ. Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλίμ in the region of Zebulun and Naphtali Mt 4:13. τὰ ὅρ. Μαγαδάν 15:39. τὰ ὅρ. τῆς Ἰουδαίας 19:1; Mk 10:1 (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 251τὰ ὅρ. τῆς Συρίας). Of the region around a city (Jos., Ant. 6, 191)τὰ ὅρ. Τύρου (καὶ Σιδῶνος) 7:24; cf. vs.

31 a. ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρ. ἐκείνων from that district Mt 15:22. ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρ. ∆εκαπόλεως through the region of the Decapolis Mk 7:31 b. ἐν Βηθλέεμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρ. αὐτῆς in Bethlehem and all the region around it Mt 2:16. ἔστησεν ὅρ. ἐθνῶν he established the regions (perh. boundaries) for the nations 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8).—The mng. boundaries is certain in ὅρια πατέρων παρορίζειν transgress the boundaries set by the fathers Dg 11:5.

M-M. B. 1311f.* ὁρισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Hippocr.+; pap., LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 63) lit. marking out by boundaries, then a fixed course.

Heavenly bodies ἐξελίσσουσιν τοὺς ἐπιτεταγμένους αὐτοῖς ὁρ. roll on through their appointed courses 1 Cl 20:3.* 700

ὁρκίζω (in the sense ‘cause someone to swear’ X.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 18, 124)adjure, implore (so pap.; Jos., Vi. 258; LXX) τινὰ κατά τινος someone by someone (PGM 3, 36f; 4, 289; 7, 242 ὁρκίζω σε, δαίμων, κατὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων σου; 3 Km 2:42; 2 Ch 36:13.-Audollent, Defix. Tab. p. 473ff) Mt 26:63 D. αὐτόν ὁρ. κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου w. ἵνα foll. Hs 9, 10, 5. Also w. double acc. (Orph. Fgm. coll. OKern ’22, p. 313 no. 299 οὐρανὸν ὁρκίζω σε; lead tablet fr. Hadrumetum in Dssm., B 28 [BS 274] ὁρκίζω σε, δαιμόνιον πνεῦμα, τὸν θεὸν τοῦ Αβρααν κτλ.; PGM 4, 3045; Bl-D. §149; Rob. 483f) ὁρ. σε τὸν θεόν I implore you by God w. μή foll. Mk 5:7. ὁρ. ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 19:13 (cf. PGM 4, 3019 ὁρκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἑβραίων Ἰησοῦ). W. double acc. and foll. by acc. and inf. (Bl-D. §392, 1d; Rob. 1085) 1 Th 5:27 t.r. M-M. B. 1437.* ὅρκιον, ου, τό (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 453, 25 [39/5 BC], Syll.3 581, 91 al.; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 43; Sib., Or. 3, 654) oath, vow, pledge ὅρκια πίστεως pledges of faith Dg 11:5.* ὅρκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) oath Hb 6:16. ὅρκον ὀμνύειν swear an oath (Hyperid. 5, 1; Lucian, Dial. Mer. 2, 1; PHal. 1, 226; 230 ὀμόσας τὸν ὅρκον) Js 5:12 (Delphic commands: Dit., Syll.3 1268 I, 8 [III BC] ὅρκῳ μὴ χρῶ). ὅρκῳ ὀμνύειν τινί swear to someone with an oath (Test. Judah 22:3) Ac 2:30. ὅρ. ὃν ὤμοσεν πρὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 1:73 (cf. Dit., Or. 266, 19 ὅρκος ὃν ὤμοσεν Παράνομος; for the foll. inf. w. the art. cf. Pel.-Leg. p. 13, 9 ἐν ὅρκῳ εἶχεν τοῦ μὴ γεύσασθαί τι). ὅρ. ψευδής a false oath B 2:8 (Zech 8:17). ἀποδιδόναι τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους perform oaths to the Lord Mt 5:33 (s. ἀποδίδωμι 1. But ἀποδοῦναι τινι ὅρκον also means ‘give an oath’: Demosth. 19, 318; Aeschin. 3, 74; Dit., Syll.3 150, 15). μεσιτεύειν ὅρκῳ guarantee by means of an oath Hb 6:17. μεθʼ ὅρκου with an oath (PRev, 42, 17 [258 BC] μεθʼ ὅρκου; Lev 5:4: Num 30:11; Cornutus 24 p.

46, 8 μεθʼ ὅρκων) Mt 14:7; 26:72; 1 Cl 8:2.—Pl., even when basically only one oath is involved (cf. X., Hell. 5, 4, 54; Diod. S. 4, 46, 4; 17, 84, 1; Polyaenus 2, 19; Athen. 13 p. 557A; 2 Macc 4:34; 7:24; 14:32; Ep. Arist. 126; Jos., Ant. 3, 272; 7, 294) διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους because of his oath Mt 14:9; Mk 6:26.—Lit. on ὀμνύω. JSchneider, TW V 458-67. M-M. B. 1438.* ὁρκωμοσία, ας, ἡ (Doric.—Pollux 1, 38; 1 Esdr 8:90; Ezk 17:18f; Jos., Ant. 16, 163.—Bl-D. §2; 119, 3; cf.

Mlt.-H. 338f; EFraenkel, Geschichte der griech. Nomina agentis auf -τήρ, -τωρ, -της I ’10, 200) oath, taking an oath Hb 7:20f, 28. M-M.* ὁρμάω 1 aor. ὥρμησα; in our lit. used only intr. (so Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 709, 19 [c. 107 BC]; PStrassb. 100, 17 [II BC]; PTebt. 48, 24; LXX, Philo, Joseph.) set out, rush (headlong) of a herd ὁρ. κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν rush down the slope into the lake Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; cf. Lk 8:33 (cf. POxy. 901, 6 of two swine τὴν ὁρμὴν ποιούμενοι). Of a crowd of people ὥρμησαν εἰς τὸ θέατρον they rushed into the theater Ac 19:29 (cf.

Jos., Ant. 11, 147).ὁρ. ἐπί τινα rush at, fall upon someone (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Alciphr. 3, 7, 3; 3, 18, 2; 2 Macc 12:32; Jos., Ant. 12, 270, Vi. 245; Test. Jud. 7:5) 7:57. M-M.* ὁρμή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 5, 9) impulse, inclination, desire (so Hom.+; PGrenf. II 78, 15; 3 Macc 1:16) of the pilot of a ship ὅπου ἡ ὁρ. τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται wherever the impulse of the steersman leads him Js 3:4. καταδιαιρεῖν τι πρὸς τὰς αὐτῶν ὁρμάς make a distinction betw. some things in accord with their (own) inclinations Dg 4:5. ἐγένετο ὁρ. τῶν ἐθνῶν an attempt was made by the Gentiles foll. by aor. inf. Ac 14:5 (cf. Jos., Ant. 9, 161ὁρμὴ ἀνακαινίσαι and 15, 52 ὁρ. ἐγένετο).—GBertram, TW V 468-75: ὁρμή and related words. M-M.* ὅρμημα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; Plut., LXX) violent rush, onset ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλών Babylon will be thrown down with violence Rv 18:21. M-M.* ὄρνεον, ου, τό (Hom.+; IG IV2 1, 93, 17 [III/IV AD]; PPetr. III 71 [III BC]; PRyl. 98[a], 9; PLond. 1259, 16; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 184; 3, 25; 18, 195) bird Rv 19:17, 21. πᾶν ὄρ. ἀκάθαρτον καὶ μεμισημένον every bird that is unclean and detestable (for relig, reasons, e. g. the owl, heron, pelican, great horned owl) 18:2 (cf. Dt 14:11 πᾶν ὄρνεον καθαρόν). Of the phoenix 1 Cl 25:2; 26:1. Pl., of various unclean birds (cf. Dt 14:11ff) B 10:4. W. κτῆνος Hs 9, 1, 8. M-M.* ὄρνιξ (so as nom., Athen. 9 p. 374D; Herodian Gramm. I p. 44, 7 L.; PZen. [ed. CCEdgar, Cairo] 375, 1. The dat. pl., ὄρνιξι also PLond. 131 recto, 125; 202 al. [78/9 AD]; cf. Mayser 531.—On this Doric form s. Kühner—Bl. I 510; Thumb 90f; APF 4, ’08, 490; Crönert 174, 5; FRobert, Les noms des Oiseaux en grec ancien, Diss. Basel ’11, 17; Bl-D. §47, 4) Lk 13:34 Tdf. (acc. to ‫א‬D) for the Att. ὄρνις. W-S. §9, 10; Mlt.-H. 130f; 133. M-M,* ὄρνις, ιθος, ὁ and ἡ (Hom.+; pap.; LXX in one place [Thackeray p. 152f]; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 289[ὄρνεις], C. Ap. I, 203f [τὸν ὄρνιθα], Ant. 18, 185 [τὸν ὄρνιν]; Sib. Or. 2, 208 [ὄρνεις]) bird, specif. cock or hen (Aeschyl.+; X., An. 4, 5, 25; Polyb. 12, 26, 1 al.; Tit. Asiae Min. II 1, ’20, 245, 8; pap.); the action of the mother bird or specif. of the hen as a symbol of protecting care Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34. M-M. B. 175.* ὁροθεσία, ας, ἡ (Inschr. v. Priene 42 II, 8 [133 BC] δικαίαν εἶναι ἔκριναν τὴν Ῥωδίων κρίσιν τε καὶ ὁροθεσίαν; BGU 889, 17 [II AD].—Bl-D. §119, 3; Mlt.-H. 340) fixed boundary, of God: ὁρίσας. . . τὰς ὁροθεσίας 701

τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν (=τ. ἀνθρώπων) he determined the boundaries of their habitation Ac 17:26 (cf.

HJCadbury, JBL 44, ’25, 219-21, ‘fixed the term of residence’.-MDibelius, S. Hdlbg. Ak. d. W. 1938/9 2, Abh, p, 7f; 15: ‘limited areas to be colonized’; WEltester, RBultmann-Festschr., ’54, 209ff). M-M.* ὄρος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) pl. τὰ ὄρη; gen., uncontracted ὀρέων (as early as X., An. 1, 2, 21 [Kühner-Bl. I 432]; Dit., Syll.3 646, 18 [170 BC]; LXX [Thackeray 151; , Helbing 41f]; Ep. Arist. 119. Not in Joseph., as it seems-he has ὁρῶν someth. like 600 times.—ESchweizer, Gramm. d. perg. Inschr. 1898, 153; Bl-D. §48; Mlt.-H. 139) Rv 6:15; 1 Cl; Hermas (Reinhold 52); mountain, hill w. βουνός Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 23:30 (Hos 10:8). W. πέτρα Rv 6:16; cf. vs. 15. W. πεδίον (Dit., Syll.3 888, 120f) Hs 8, 1, 1; 8, 3, 2. W. νῆσος Rv 6:14; 16:20. As the scene of outstanding events and as places of solitude (PTebt. 383, 61 [46 AD] ὄρος denotes ‘desert’; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 40 Ζωροάστρης withdraws fr. among men and lives ἐν ὄρει; Herm.

Wr. 13 inscr. Hermes teaches his son Tat ἐν ὄρει) mountains play a large part in the gospels and in the apocalypses: Jesus preaches and heals on ‘the’ mountain Mt 5:1 (HBCarré, JBL 42, ’23, 39-48.—On the Sermon on the Mount cf.

GHeinrici, Beiträge II 1899; III ‘O5; JMüller, D. Bergpredigt ’06; KFProost, De Bergrede ’14; HWeinel, D. Bergpr. ’20; KBornhäuser, D. Bergpr. ’23, 2’27. PFiebig, Jesu Bergpr. ’24; GerhKittel D. Bergpr. u. d. Ethik d. Judentums: ZsystTh 2, ’25, 555-94; ASteinmann, D. Bergpr. ’26; AAhlberg, Bergpredikans etik ’30; MMeinertz, Z. Ethik d.

Bergpr.: JMausbach-Festschr. ’31, 21-32; HHuber, D. Bergpredigt ’32; RSeeberg, Z. Ethik der Bergpr. ’34; JSchneider, D. Sinn d. Bergpr. ’36; ADLindsay, The Moral Teaching of Jesus ’37; MDibelius, The Sermon on the Mount ’40; ThSoiron, D. Bergpr. Jesu ’41; DFAndrews, The Sermon on the Mount ’42; HPreisker, D. Ethos des Urchristentums2 ’49; HWindisch, The Mng. of the Sermon on the Mount [tr. Gilmour] ’51; WmManson, Jesus the Messiah ’52, 77-93; TWManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54; GBornkamm, Jesus v. Naz. ’56, 92-100, 201-4 [Engl. transl. by JMRobinson et al. ’60, 100-9, 221-5]; JoachJeremias, Die Bergpredigt ’59; JDupont, Les Béatitudes, I rev. ed. ’58; II, ’69; WD Davies, The Setting of the Sermon on the Mount, ’64; JManek, NovT 9, ’67, 124-31.—On the site of the Sermon, CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gosp., ’63, 204-13); 8:1; 15:29; calls the twelve Mk 3:13; performs great miracles J 6:3; prays Mt 14:23; Mk 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28; AP 2:4. On an ὄρος ὑψηλόν (Lucian, Charon 2) he is transfigured Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 and tempted Mt 4:8; the risen Christ shows himself on a mountain (cf. Herm. Wr. 13, 1) Mt 28:16. Jesus is taken away by the Holy Spirit εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ μέγα τὸ Θαβώρ GH 5; likew. the author of Rv ἐπὶ ὄρος μέγα κ. ὑψηλόν Rv 21:10. From the top of one mountain the angel of repentance shows Hermas twelve other mountains Hs 9, 1, 4; 7ff. On the use of the mt. in apocalyptic lang. cf. also Rv 8:8; 17:9 (ἐπτὰ ὄ. as En. 24, 2).

JohJeremias, D. Gottesberg ’19; RFrieling, D. hl. Berg im A u. NT’30.—Of the mt. to which Abraham brought his son, to sacrifice him there 1 Cl 10:7 (cf. Gen 22:2). Esp. of Sinai τὸ ὄρος Σινά (LXX.—τὸ Σιναῖον ὄ. Jos., Ant. 2, 283f) Ac 7:30, 38; Gal 4:24f; B 11:3(cf. Is 16:1); 14:2 (cf. Ex 31:18); 15:1; also without mention of the name: Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40); 12:20(cf. Ex 19:13); 1 Cl 53:2; B 4:7. Of the hill of Zion (Σιών) Hb 12:22; Rv 14:1. τὸ ὄρ. τῶν ἐλαιῶν the Mount of Olives (s. ἐλαία 1) Mt 21:1; 26:30; Mk 14:26; Lk 19:37; 22:39; J 8:1 al. τὸ ὄρ. τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιών Lk 19:29; 21:37; Ac 1:12 (s. ἐλαιών). Of Mt. Gerizim (without mention of the name) J 4:20f (cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 10; 13, 74).—πόλις ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη a city located on a hill Mt 5:14 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 203πόλις ἐπʼ ὄρους κειμένη). Also πόλις οἰκοδομημένη ἐπʼ ἄκρον ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ LJ 1:7 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀστέριον says this city was so named ὅτι ἐφʼ ὑψηλοῦ ὄρους κειμένη τοῖς πόρρωθεν ὡς ἀστὴρ φαίνεται).—Pl. τὰ ὄρη hills, mountains, hilly or mountainous country (somet. the sing. also means hill-country [Diod. S. 20, 58, 2 an ὄρος ὑψηλὸν that extends for 200 stades, roughly 21 miles; Polyaenus 4, 2, 4 al. sing.=hill-country; Tob 5:6 S]) as a place for pasture Mt 18:12.—Mk 5:11; Lk 8:32. As a remote place (s. above; also Dio Chrys. 4, 4; πράξεις Παύλου p. 5, 18 ed.

CSchmidt ’36) w. ἐρημίαι Hb 11:38. As a place for graves (cf. POxy. 274, 27 [I AD]; PRyl. 153, 5; PGrenf. II 77, 22: the grave-digger is to bring a corpse εἰς τὸ ὄρος for burial) Mk 5:5. Because of their isolation an ideal refuge for fugitives (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 30 §130 ἐς ὄρος ἔφυγεν=to the hill-country; 1 Macc 9:40) φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρ. (Plut., Mor. 869B οἱ ἄνθρωποι καταφυγόντες εἰς τὰ ὄρη διεσώθησαν; Jos., Ant. 14, 418)Mt 24:16; Mk 13:14; Lk 21:21.—Proverbially ὄρη μεθιστάνειν remove mountains i.e., do something that seems impossible 1 Cor 13:2; cf.

Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 11:23. Of God: μεθιστάνει τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς καὶ τὰς θαλάσσας he is moving from their places the heavens and mountains and hills and seas Hv 1, 3, 4 (cf. Is 54:10 and a similar combination PGM 13, 874 αἱ πέτραι κ. τὰ ὄρη κ. ἡ θάλασσα κτλ.).—WFoerster, TW V 475-86. M-M. B. 23. ὅρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 211; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 62al.; Test. 12 Patr.) boundary, limit of space τ. θάλασσαν ἰδίοις ὅροις ἐνέκλεισεν Dg 7:2 (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 2 τῆς γῆς ὅρους ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε). Of time ὁ ὅρος τῶν ἐτῶν ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 7.* ὀρύσσω 1 aor. ὤρυξα; 2 aor. pass. ὠρύγην (Hs 9, 6, 7; cf. Dit., Or. 672, 7; 673, 6 ὠρύγη; POxy. 121, 8 ὀρυγῆναι; Ps 93:13; En. 98, 13; Joseph.).

1. dig (up) τὶ someth. γῆν (cf. Pla., Euthyd. 288E; Achmes 94, 14) to hide someth. Mt 25:18. Pass. ὠρύγη τὸ πεδίον the plain was dug up and there were found. . . Hs 9, 6, 7.

2. dig out, prepare by digging τὶ someth. (X., Cyr. 7, 3, 5; Diod. S. 1, 50, 5; Gen 26:21, 25; Jos., Ant. 8, 341; Test. Zeb. 2:7) ληνόν a wine-press Mt 21:33. Also ὑπολήνιον Mk 12:1 (cf. Is 5:2). βόθρον θανάτου a pit of death B 11:2 (cf. Jer 2:13 and for ὀρ. βόθρ. Eccl 10:8; Pr 26:27).

3. dig (a hole) (X., Oec. 19, 2) ἐν τῇ γῇ (i.e. to hide τὸ ἓν τάλαντον) Mt 25:18 t.r. M-M. B. 497.* ὀρφανός, ή, όν orphaned—1. lit.=deprived of one’s parents (so Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 702

314al.), used so in our lit. only as a subst. (as Pla., Leg. 6 p. 766C; 11 p. 926C, al.; pap., LXX) in sing. and pl. orphan (s), mostly grouped w. χήρα (or χῆραι) as typically in need of protection (Liban., Or. 62 p. 379, 2 F. χήρας οἰκτείρων, ὀρφανοὺς ἐλεῶν; Maspéro 6r, 2; 2 Macc 3:10; more commonly in the sing. in LXX fr. Ex 22:22 on, πᾶσαν χήραν κ. ὀρφανόν) Mk 12:40 v.l. ἐπισκέπτεσθαι ὀρφανοὺς καὶ χήρας Js 1:27; Hs 1:8. διαρπάζειν χηρῶν καὶ ὀρφανῶν τὴν ζωήν rob widows and orphans of their living s 9, 26, 2. κατεσθίειν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν καὶ ὀρφανῶν Mk 12:40 v.l.; νουθετεῖν τὰς Χήρας καὶ τοὺς ὀρ. instruct the widows and orphans Hv 2, 4, 3. W. χῆραι and ὑστερούμενοι m 8:10; in the sing. s 5, 3, 7. W. χήρα and πένης Pol 6:1. W. χήρα and others in need of help ISm 6:2. Collectively κρίνειν ὀρφανῷ see to it that justice is done (to) the orphan 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17). χήρᾳ καὶ ὀρφανῷ προσέχειν be concerned about (the) widow and orphan B 20:2.

2. fig., when Jesus says to his disciples that upon his departure οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς I will not leave you orphaned (or [as] orphans) J 14:18 (for this usage s. Pla., Phaedo 65 p. 116A, where the feelings of Socrates’ friends are described thus: ἀτεχνῶς ἡγούμενοι ὥσπερ πατρὸς στερηθέντες διάξειν ὀρφανοὶ τὸν ἔπειτα βίον. Sim. the followers of Peregrinus in Lucian, M. Peregr. 6. Cf. Epict. 3, 24, 14; 15). M-M. B. 130.* ὀρχέομαι mid. dep., impf. ὠρχούμην; 1 aor. ὠρχησάμην (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 87)dance of actual dancing Mt 14:6; Mk 6:22 (on the dancing of Herodias’ daughter: GDalman, Pj 14, ’18, 44-6 and s.v. Ἰωάννης 1.—F Weege, D. Tanz in d. Antike ’26); Hs 9, 11, 5. Of children at play (w. αὐλεῖν; cf. Aesop, Fab. 27 H. ὅτε μὲν ηὔλουν, οὐκ ὠρχεῖσθε) Mt 11:17; Lk 7:32. M-M. B. 689.* ὅς, ἥ, ὅ—I. relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+ ; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.). On its use s. Bl-D. §293-7; 377-80; W-S. §24; Rob. 711-26, and for class. Gk. Kühner-G. II p. 399ff.

1. As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e., its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος. . . ,οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.

2. A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:—a. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38.-Mk 9:40. οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ὧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—If a prep. governs the relative, it belongs either to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8. ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21. πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10. εὒς ὅν J 6:29, or it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under I 11c also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὃ πάρει; Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109-15. But s. bβ and 9b below. b. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc. α. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ὧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13. β. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ὧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage is perh. a commercial metaphor). εἰς ὃν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. 2a above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, ’25, 154f; ECEOwen, JTS 29, ’28, 384-6; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, ’29, 341-3; FZorell, Verb. Domini 9, ’29, 112-16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 70-91; FWDanker, FWGingrich-Festschr., ’72, 104f n. 6 reads ἐφʼ ᾧ πάρει as a commercial idiom w. the colloq. sense ‘what deal did you make?’ [s. 11d, Ro 5:12]. S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615on πάρειμι 1a). γ. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ=τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν=τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.

3. Constructions peculiar in some respect—a. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; Bl-D. §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found as early as class. Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν. . . τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy. 117, 15), but above all is suggested by the Semitic languages (LXX; Thackeray 46; JTHudson, ET 53, ’41/’42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in ‫א‬D is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ. . . τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται. . . ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17=Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9.

Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8. b. constructions ‘ad sensum’—α. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς. . . ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20. β. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ. . . ,οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cf . ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1. γ. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα 703

μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cf. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cf. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.

4. Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in class. Gk., inscr., pap., LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case. a. In most cases it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cf. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—The antecedent can also be a demonstr. pron. that is understood, not expressed (s. 2 above), that would stand in the gen. or dat.; the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat. οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36; ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (as early as class.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν=τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς=τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25. b. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (Bl-D. §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cf. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ=κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4. c. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι. . . , ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8. d. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as class.; cf.

Kühner-G. II 413; Bl-D. §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὃν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία. . . ἐστιν;=ὁ ἄρτος ὅν. . . 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν. . . οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk l2:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὃν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένοι οὗτοι. . . ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cf. 1J 2:25. e. Attraction can, as in class. times (Thu. 2, 70, 5), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (Bl-D. §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But cf. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.

5. The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter—a. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ=τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44. Cf. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὃ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19. b. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε=ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cf. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ=ἐν τῶ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὃν τρόπον=κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11. c. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction—α. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν=περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων=περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν. . . ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας=ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9. β. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη=Ἰωάννης ὃν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς=τῳ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17. d. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων=περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense=ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. Cf. Bl-D. §294, 5 app.; Rob. 719.

6. The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cf. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.

7. The neut is employed—a. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cf. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36. Cf. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 (v.l. μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὅ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.-S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—Bl-D. §132, 2. b. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cf. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8. c. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (cf. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὅ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ=τὸν θάνατον, ὃν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cf. b. ὃ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.

8. The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὃς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cf. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου. . . ,ὃς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον. . . ,ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17.

704

9. taking the place of the interrogative pron.:—a. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. R. 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic inscr. of 411 BC in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap. [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]) ὃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7.—J 18:21. b. NT philology overwhelmingly rejects the proposition that ὃς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; Bl-D. §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see I 2bβ above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the inscr. on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125-31], ET 33, ’22, 491-3 leaves room for doubt. For this reason the translation of ἐφʼ ὃ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Gdspd., Probs. 41-43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JPWilson, ET 41, ’30, 334) is scarcely tenable.-Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Moulton-Turner, Syntax ’63, p. 50 inclines toward it.—See also I 2a, b, β above.

10. combined w. particles—a. with ἄν (ἐάν), s, ἄν. b. with γέ (s. γέ 2 and cf. PFlor. 370, 9) Ro 8:32.—c. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:4 (the rdg. varies betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).—d. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al. e. with περ=ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (Jos., Vi. 95) just the one who Mk 15:6 t.r. ὅπερ which indeed GOxy 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GP 11:45.

11. used w. preposition (s. also above: 2a; 2bβ; 5b, c, d; 6, and cf. Johannessohn 382f [index]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed: a. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 3) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3. b. w. εὒς: εὒς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.—c. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances=under these circumstances, in the situation created by what precedes Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 t.r.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν IV 6 and I 2a above. d. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10.—A commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί II 1bγ, end. e. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.—f. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό II 2c and cf. BGU 252, 9 [98 AD]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6; as soon as, after s 8, 1, 4,—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό II 2c) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18, ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 2a) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19 v.l. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.

II. Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; class. prose [Kühner-G. II 227ff]; pap., LXX).

1. ὅς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl. 144, 14 [38 AD]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11. Mostly 2. ὃς μὲν. . . ὃς δέ the one. . . the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy. 1189, 7 [c. 117 AD]; Sib. Or. 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὃ μὲν. . . ὃ δέ this. . . that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν. . . ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some. . . others 2 Ti 2:20. ὃς μὲν. . . ὃς δὲ. . . ὃς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς. . . ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὃ μὲν. . . ὃ δὲ. . . ὃ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν. . . ἄλλῳ δὲ. . . ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8-10. ὅ μὲν. . . καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὃ μὲν καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν. . . ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4-8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὃς μὲν. . . ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—Bl-D. §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f. M-M. ὁσάκις adv. (in Hom. ὁσσάκι; in the form ὁσάκις Lysias, Pla., X.+; inscr., pap.; Jos., Vi. 160) as often as w. ἐάν (Dit., Syll.3 972, 124; BGU 1115, 22 [13 BC]; PHamb. 37, 3; PGiess. 12, 5) 1 Cor 11:25f; Rv 11:6. M-M.* ὅσγε for ὅς γε s. ὅς I 10b. M-M. ὅσιος, ία, ον (Aeschyl., Hdt+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 735 [the noun ὁσίη is found as early as Hom.]. Mostly of three endings, but-ος, ον Pla., Leg. 8 p. 831D; Dionys. Hal. 5, 71; 1 Ti 2:8. Bl-D. §59, 2; Mlt.-H. 157). Superl. ὁσιώτατος (Pla.; Dit., Or. 718, 1; Philo) 1 Cl 58:1.

1. adj.—a. of men devout, pious, pleasing to God, holy w. δίκαιος (cf. Pla., Leg. 2 p, 663B, Gorg. 507B; Polyb.

22, 10, 8 παραβῆναι καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια καὶ τὰ πρὸς τ. θεοὺς ὅσια; Dit., Syll.3 800, 20f: ἀναστρέφεται πρός τε θεοὺς καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁσίως κ. δικαίως; En. 104, 12; Jos., Ant. 9, 35; Test. Gad 5:4, Benj. 3:1) 2 Cl 15:3 and still other virtues Tit 1:8. ἔργα ὅσια κ. δίκαια (Jos., Ant. 8, 245)2 Cl 6:9. δίκαιον κ. ὅσιον w. acc. and inf. foll. 1 Cl 14:1. W. ἄμωμος ἐν ὁς. κ. ἀμώμῳ προθέσει δουλεύειν τῷ θεῷ serve God with a holy and blameless purpose 1 Cl 45:7. ἄνδρες 45:3. ὁς. βουλή 2:3.—ὅσιοι χεῖρες (Aeschyl., Choëph. 378; Soph., Oed. Col. 470: ‘consecrated’, ‘ceremonially pure’) 1 Ti 2:8 transferred to the religio-ethical field (Philip of Perg. [II AD]: 95 fgm. 1 Jac. writes ὁσίῃ χειρί).—The word was prob. used in the cultic sense in the mysteries (ERohde, Psyche3 ’03 I 288, 1): Aristoph., Ran. 335 ὅσιοι μύσται. The mystae of the Orphic Mysteries are called οἱ ὅσιοι: Pla., Rep. 2 p. 363C; Orph., Hymn. 84, 3 Qu.; cf. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 371 D. Sim. the Essenes are called ὅσιοι in Philo, Omn. Prob. Liber 91; cf. 75 ὁσιότης; PPar. 68c, 14 ὅσιοι Ἰουδαῖοι (s. Dssm., B 62, 4 [BS 68, 2]); PGM 5, 417 of a worshiper of Hermes. b. of God (Orph., Hymn. 77, 2, Arg. 27; CIG 3594; 3830; Dt 32:4; Ps 144:17) holy μόνος ὅσιος Rv 15:4. ἡ ὁς. παιδεία holy (i.e. divine) discipline 1 Cl 56:16. τὸ ὁσιώτατον ὄνομα most holy name 58:1.—Also of Christ, the Heavenly High Priest (w. ἄκακος) Hb 7:26.

2. subst.—a. τὰ ὅσια (divine decrees in contrast to τὰ δίκαια, human statutes: Pla., Polit. 301D; X., Hell. 4, 1, 33 al.-Wsd 6:10; Jos., Ant. 8, 115)δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅς. ∆αυὶδ τὰ πιστά I will grant to you the divine decrees relating to David Ac 13:34. This quot. fr. Is 55:3 is evidently meant to show that the quot. fr. Ps 15:10, which follows immediately, could not refer to the Psalmist David, but to Christ alone. The promises to David have solemnly been transferred to 705

‘you’. However, David himself served not you, but his own generation (vs. 36). So the promises of God refer not to him, but to his Messianic Descendant.—ὅσια holy acts (ὀφείλω 2aα) 2 Cl 1:3. b. ὁ ὅσιος of God Rv 16:5. Of Christ ὁ ὅσιός σου (after Ps 15:10) Ac 2:27; 13:35.—Lit. s.v. ἅγιος. JohannaCh Bolkestein, Ὅσιος en Εὐσεβής, Diss. Amsterdam ’36; JAMontgomery, HTR 32, ’39, 97-102; MvanderValk, Z. Worte ὅσιος: Mnemosyne 10, ’41; Dodd 62-4; FHauck, TW V 488-92: ὅσιος and related words. M-M. B. 1475.* ὁσιότης, τητος, ἡ (X., Pla., Isocr. et al.; Epict. 3, 26, 32 δικαιοσύνη καὶ ὁς.; inscr.; UPZ 33, 10 [162/1 BC]; 36, 13; LXX; En. 102, 5; Ep. Arist. 18 ἐν ὁς.; Philo, Abr. 208 ὁς. μὲν πρὸς θεόν, δικαιοσύνη δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, Spec. Leg. 1, 304, Virt. 47 δικ. καὶ ὁς.; Jos., Ant. 19, 300)devoutness, piety, holiness of life ἐν ὁς. καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ Lk 1:75; 1 Cl 48:4. Of the new man: he is created in the likeness of God ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁς. τῆς ἀληθείας in true righteousness and holiness Eph 4:24. ἐν ὁς. ψυχῆς 1 Cl 29:1 (cf. Philo, Abr. 198). ἐν ὁς. καρδίας (3 Km 9:4; Dt 9:5) 32:4; 60:2. M-M.* ὁσίως adv. (Eur., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 306; 310; Philo, Aet. M. 10 εὐσεβῶς κ. ὁς.) devoutly, in a manner pleasing to God, in a holy manner 1 Cl 21:8. δουλεύειν τῷ θεῷ 26:1. ἐπικαλεῖσθαι θεόν 60:4 (acc. to the Lat., Syr. and Coptic versions; the word is lacking in the only Gk. ms. that includes this pass.). θεῷ ὁς. εὐαρεστεῖν 62:2. τὴν ἀγάπην. . . ὁς. παρέχειν τινί 21:7. ὁς. πολιτεύσασθαι 6:1. W. δικαίως (s. ὅσιος 1a and δικαίως 1b): PK 2 p. 15, 2; ἀναστρέφεσθαι 2 Cl 5:6. W. δικ. and ἀμέμπτως: γενέσθαι (cf. 1 Cl 40:3) 1 Th 2:10. ἀμέμπτως καὶ ὁς, προσφέρειν τὰ δῶρα 1 Cl 44:4. M-M.* ὀσμή, ῆς, ἡ (trag., Thu.+; PGM 13, 365; LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 297; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 462) and ὀδμή (Hom.+; later prose [s. L-S-J s.v. ὀσμή; Phryn. p. 89 L.; in our lit. only Papias 3) fragrance, odor.

1. lit.—a. of a pleasant odor: of ointment J 12:3 (cf. Achilles Tat. 2, 38, 3 ὀσμή of the fragrance of ointment and Plut., Alex. 20, 13 ὀδώδει ὐπʼ ἀρωμάτων καὶ μύρων ὁ οἶκος). b. of an unpleasant odor (Tob 6:17 S; 8:3; Job 6:7) Papias 3 (ὀδμή).

2. fig. (Porphyr., Adv. Christ. [ABA 1916] 69, 20 speaks of the ὀσμὴ τῆς λέξεως, the [evil] odor [ὀσμή=stench; s. Artem. below] of the saying J 6:53) ἡ ὀσμὴ τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ the fragrance of the knowledge of him (=of God) 2 Cor 2:14. This fragrance is spread throughout the world by the apostolic preaching and works οἷς μὲν ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εὒς θάνατον, οἷς δὲ ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν vs. 16 (s. on εὐωδία). ἀπὸ τῆς ὀσμῆς ἐλεγχθήσεσθε you will be convicted (or tested) by the odor (whether you have been corrupted or not; Artem. 1, 51 τὰ κρυπτὰ ἐλέγχει διὰ τ. ὀσμήν) IMg 10:2. ὀσμὴ εὐωδίας (Gen 8:21; Ex 29:18; Lev. 1:9, 13 al.) fragrant offering fig., in relation to the Philippians’ gift Phil 4:18, to Jesus’ sacrifice of himself Eph 5:2, to a heart full of praise B 2:10. M-M. B. 1022f.* ὅσος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) correlative w. πόσος, τοσοῦτος (Jos., Ant. 1, 318)as great, how great; as far, how far; as long, how long; as much, how much.

1. of space and time: τὸ μῆκος αὐτῆς (τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν), ὅσον τὸ πλάτος its length is as great as its breadth Rv 21:16.—ἐφʼ ὅς. χρόνον as long as (UPZ 160, 12 [119 BC]) Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον (X., Cyr. 5, 5, 8; Polyaenus 4, 7, 10; UPZ 162 I, 23 [117 BC]; Jos., Ant. 13, 359)Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13. ὅς. χρόνον (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 25; Josh 4:14) Mk 2:19. ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον (Bl-D. §304 w. app.; Rob. 733; JWackernagel, Glotta 4, ’13, 244f; OLagercrantz, Eranos 18, ’18, 53ff) in a very little while Hb 10:37; 1 Cl 50:4 (both after Is 26:20). ὅσον ὅσον a short distance (for ὅσον doubled s. Aristoph., Vesp. 213; Leonidas: Anth. Pal. 7, 472, 3; Hesychius 1421) Lk 5:3 D. 2. of quantity and number: how much (many) , as much (many) as (Aelian, V. H. 1, 4) ὅσον ἤθελον as much as they wanted J 6:11 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 11 §173 ὅσον ἐβούλετο).—W. πάντες (ἅπαντες) all who (Jos., Ant. 18, 370)ἅπαντες ὅσοι all who Lk 4:40; J 10:8; Ac 3:24; 5:36f. πάντα ὅσα everything that (Job 1:12; Philo, Op. M. 40; Jos., Ant. 10, 35)Mt 13:46; 18:25; 28:20; Mk 6:30a; 11:24; 12:44; Lk 18:12, 22.-Even without πάντες, ὅσοι has the mng. all that (Jos., Ant. 12, 399)οἱ πιστοὶ ὅσοι συνῆλθαν τῷ Πέτρῳ all the believers who came with Peter Ac 10:45. ἱμάτια ὅσα all the garments that 9:39. ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησεν all the harm that he has done vs. 13. ὅσοι. . . ,αὐτοῖς all who. . . ,to them J 1:12. ὅσοι. . . , ἐπʼ αὐτούς Gal 6:16. ὅσοι. . . ,οὗτοι all who. . . , (these) (Herm. Wr. 4, 4) Ro 8:14; Gal 6:12. ὅσα. . . , ταῦτα Phil 4:8 (for ὅσα repeated six times cf. Liban., Or. 20 p. 443, 1, where ὅσοι is repeated three times. Also Appian, Liby. 117 §554 ὅσα περιττὰ καὶ μάταια καὶ τρυφερὰ ἦν). W. οὗτοι preceding Hb 2:15.—Abs. ὅσοι all those who Mt 14:36; Mk 3:10; Ac 4:6, 34; 13:48; Ro 2:12a, b; 6:3 al. ὅσα everything that, whatever Mt 17:12; Mk 3:8; 5:19f; 9:13; 10:21; Lk 8:39a, b; Ac 14:27; 2 Ti 1:18 al. W. ἄν (ἐάν) making the expr. more general all those who, whoever, lit. as many as ever (pap., LXX) ὅσοι w. ind. foll. Mk 6:56; w. subjunctive foll.

Mt 22:9; Lk 9:5; Ac 2:39. ὅσα ἐάν (PGM 12, 71 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλω) Mt 18:18a, b, or ἄν J 11:22. Likew. πάντα ὅσα ἐάν (or ἄν) w. subj. foll. Mt 7:12; 21:22; 23:3 (s. on this HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 171-9); Ac 3:22.

3. of measure and degree: ὅσον. . . ,μᾶλλον περισσότερον as much as. . . ,so much the more Mk 7:36; cf. Hs 9, 1, 8. ὅσον. . . ,πλειόνως the more. . . ,the more IEph 6:1. πλείονος. . . ,καθʼ ὅσον πλείονα as much more. . . as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον. . . ,κατὰ τοσοῦτο to the degree that. . . ,to the same degree 7:20, 22. καθʼ ὅσον. . . , οὕτως just as. . . ,so 9:27f. τοσούτῳ. . . , ὅσῳ (by) as much. . . ,as 1:4. τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ all the more, as 10:25 (s. τοσοῦτος 2bγ). Without τοσούτῳ to the degree that (Polyb. 4, 42, 5; Plut., Alex. M. 5, 5) 8:6. ὅσα. . . τοσοῦτον to the degree that. . . to the same degree Rv 18:7. ὅσον as far as B 19:8; D 12:2. On ἐφʼ ὅσον s. ἐπί III 3. M-M. ὅσπερ s. ὅς I 10e. M-M. 706

ὀστέον, ου (Hom.+, and again in Hellenistic times, e.g. Plut., Pyrrh. 3, 6) pl. ὀστέα (Dit., Syll.3 624, 7.—Lk 24:39); gen. ὀστέων (Soph., Trach. 769; Pla., Phaedo 47 p. 98c and D; Dionys. Hal. 13, 4, 4; Jos., Bell. 6, 304.-Mt 23:27; Hb 11:22; Eph 5:30 v.l.; 1 Cl 6:3b [Gen 2:23]; IRo 5:3) and contracted ὀστοῦν, οῦ, τό (Att.; J 19:36 [Ex 12:46; Num 9:12]; 1 Cl 6:3a [Gen 2:23]). Pl. ὀστᾶ (Diod. S. 22, 12; Epict. 4, 7, 32; Dit., Or. 599, 1; PLond. 1170 verso, 486; PGM 5, 460; Jos., Ant. 5, 125; 8, 232.—1 Cl 18:8 [Ps 50:10]; 25:3; MPol 18:1) cf. Bl—D. §45; Mlt.—H. 121. The LXX uses the contracted forms in nom. and acc., the uncontracted in gen. and dat. (Thackeray 144) bone; of the above-mentioned places the following are of interest as far as content is concerned σὰρξ καὶ ὀστέα flesh and bone Lk 24:39; Eph 5:30 v.l. (cf. Od. 11, 219; Epict. 4, 7, 32 οὐ σὰρξ οὐδʼ ὀστᾶ; Gen 29:14; Judg 9:2; 2 Km 5:1; Mi 3:2). σκορπισμοὶ ὀστέων scattering (s) of bones (in connection w. violent destruction of the human body) IRo 5:3 (influenced by Ps 21:15). ὀστᾶ τεταπεινωμένα battered bones 1 Cl 18:8 (Ps 50:10). M-M. B. 207.* ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 17, 7al.—On the orthography of ὅ τι cf.

Mlt.—H. 179), in our lit. as well as in the pap. occurring usu. in the nom.

1. generically or generalizing: whoever, every one who α. w. pres. ind. foll. Mt 5:39; 13:12a, b; Mk 4:20; 8:34 v.l.; Lk 14:27; Gal 5:4. Pleonastically πᾶς ὅστις Mt 7:24. b. w. the aor. ind. Ro 11:4; Rv 1:7; 20:4. πᾶς ὅστις Mt 19:29. c. w. fut. ind. Mt 5:41; 18:4; 23:12a, b; πᾶς ὅστις 10:32.—d. w. aor. subj. Mt 10:33 v.l.; Js 2:10. But s. on this Bl—D. §380, 4; Rob. 959; Kühner-G. II 426, 1. e. w. ἄν (ἐάν), by which the indefiniteness of the expr. is heightened;—α. w. the pres. subj. J 2:5; 1 Cor 16:2; Gal 5:10; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).—β. w. the aor. subj. Mt 10:33 (s. 1d above); 12:50; Lk 10:35; J 14:13; 15:16; Ac 3:23.

2. qualitatively—a. to indicate that persons (or things) belong to a certain class (such a one) who ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ a leader who will shepherd Mt 2:6. εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες 19:12a, b, c; γεωργοὶ οἵτινες 21:41. παρθένοι, αἵτινες 25:1. τινὲς τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων, οἵτινες 16:28; Mk 9:1. b. to emphasize a characteristic quality, by which a preceding statement is to be confirmed who (to be sure, by his very nature) , in so far as προοέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν οἵτινες ἔρχονται ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων beware of the false prophets, who come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. βαπτισθῆναι τούτους οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα ἔλαβον who (indeed) Ac 10:47. οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον in so far as they received the word 17:11. οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν since indeed they had exchanged Ro 1:25; cf. vs. 32; 2:15; 6:2. ἀσπάσασθε Mαρίαν ἥτις remember me to Mary, who certainly 16:6; cf. vss. 4, 7, 12. ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον false brethren, the kind who sneaked in Gal 2:4. Cf. Phil 2:20; Eph 4:19; 1 Ti 1:4; Tit 1:11 al. in Paul (Bl—D. §293, 4 w. app.; Rob. 728); Hb 8:5; 10:11; 13:7. Sim. Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν who died, as you know J 8:53. φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε, οἵτινες ἐλάβετε. . . who, to be sure, received. . . Ac 7:53. ἐπιθυμίαι, αἵτινες στρατεύονται καρά τῆς ψυχῆς 1 Pt 2:11. οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν who, to be sure, have not learned Rv 2:24.—Yet many of the passages already mentioned may be classed under the following head (3), and some that are classed there may fit better in this one (2).

3. Quite oft. ὅστις takes the place of the simple rel. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ; this occurs rarely in class. usage (but s. Hdt. 4, 8, 1 and oft.; Thu. 6, 3, 1; Demosth. 38, 6; 17; Kühner—G. II 399f), but much more freq. in later Gk. (W—S. §24, 14d; Bl—D. §293; Mlt. 91f; Rdm.2 75; 77; 226; StBPsaltes, Grammat. d. Byz. Chroniken ’13, 198; POxy. 110, 3; PFay. 108, 7 [both II AD]; Mayser II 3, 57. On the LXX cf. Thackeray 192), esp. in the Lucan writings; to explain a word or a thing εὒς πόλιν ∆αυὶδ ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ Lk 2:4 (Hdt. 2, 99 πόλιν ἥτις νῦν Μέμφις καλέεται). τὴν χώραν τ. Γερας. ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀντιπέρα τ. Γαλιλαίας 8:26. ἄνδρες δύο. . . οἵτινες ἦσαν Μωϋσῆς κ. Ἠλίας 9:30. Cf. 12:1; Ac 16:12; Hb 9:2, 9; Rv 11:8. τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν Mt 27:62 (POxy. 110, 3 αὔριον ἥτις ἐστὶν ιέ). τὸν Βαραββᾶν ὅστις ἦν. . . βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Lk 23:19. μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος οἵτινες. . . φόνον πεποιήκεισαν Mk 15:7. οἰκοδεσπότης ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα Mt 21:33. οἰκοδεσπότης ὅστις ἐξῆλθεν 20:1. Cf. 27:55; Lk 7:39; 8:43; Ac 8:15; 11:20, 28; 12:10; 13:43; 17:10; 21:4; 23:14, 21, 33; 24:1; 28:18; 2 Ti 2:18. βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις ἐλάλει Rv 1:12. τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἔτεκεν 12:13.

4. The use of ὅ τι as an interreogative word in the NT is doubtful, since all the passages where this use might occur are text-critically uncertain (against this PKatz, ThLZ 82, ’57, 114). a. In an indir. quest. λαληθήσεταί σοι ὅ τι σε δεῖ ποιεῖν Ac 9:6 is well attested by ‫א‬ABC but despite that is rejected by Bl—D. §300, 1 app., though not by Rob. 730f. b. As far as the dir. quest. is concerned ὅ τι (N. ὅτι) μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν. . . ἐσθίει; why does he eat with tax-collectors? Mk 2:16 is the reading only of BL (the t.r. reads τί ὅτι w. AC et al.; ‫א‬D have διὰ τί or διατί instead of ὅ τι). Better attested and prob. to be understood as abbreviation of τί ὅ τι (Bl—D. §300, 2; Rob. 730) is the ὅ τι of Mk 9:11, 28 (on this pass. cf. Field, Notes 33; Mlt.-Turner 49; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 119-212.—ὅτι=‘why’ in indir. questions Thu. 1, 90; Jos., Ant. 6, 236; 12, 213; Gen 18:13 A; Black, 119, cites Turner, JTS 27, ’25, 58ff in support of this usage in Mk 8:16f; 14:60).

5. On τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν J 8:25 Cf. ἀρχή 1b, end.—Bl—D. §300, 2; Rob. 730.

6. The prepositional phrases ἀφʼ ὅτου (Diod. S. 2, 31, 9) Lk 13:25 D, ἕως ὅτου (s. ἕως II 1bβ and γ; PGenève 56, 19) and μέχρις ὅτου (s. μέχρι 2) are fixed expressions.-HJCadbury, The Relative Pronouns in Acts and Elsewhere: JBL 42, ’23, 150ff; LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 98-118. M-M. ὀστράκινος, η, ον (Hippocr.+;PLond. 1177, 75; 92; POxy. 1648, 63; LXX made of earth or clay used w. σκεῦος (PLond. 77, 22; Lev 6:21; 11:33 al. Cf. Epict. 3, 9, 18) earthen (ware) vessels (w. those made of other materials) 2 Ti 2:20. As a symbol, denoting breakableness ἔχειν τὸν θησαυρὸν ἐν ὀς. σκεύεσιν 2 Cor 4:7 (cf. Artem. 5, 25 εἶναι 707

ἐν ὀστρακίνῳ σκεύει).—Of idols made of clay θεοὶ. . . ὀστράκινοι Dg 2:7 (Sib. Or. 5, 495; cf. En. 99, 7). M-M.* ὄστρακον, ου, τό (Hom. Hymns+; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 82; 86 [IV BC]; POxy. 234 II, 3; 1450, 4; Ostraka II 1152, 5; LXX; Philo, Somn. 2, 57) baked clay, pottery of pagan gods ὁ δὲ ὄστρακον another is a piece of pottery Dg 2:2.

Collectively ὄς. λεπτόν little pieces of broken pottery Hs 9, 10, 1 (differently EJGoodspeed, JBL 73, ’54, 85f.* ὄσφρησις, εως, ἡ sense of smell (Pla., Phaedo 111B al.; Philo; Test. Reub. 2:5) or the organ of smell, the nose (sing, Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 15, 5; M. Ant 10, 35, 2 w, ἀκοή=‘ear’; Diog. L. 6, 39 as a saying of Diogenes the Cynic; PRyl. 63, 5 [III AD] γλῶσσα ὄσφρησις ἀκοή) 1 Cor 12:17 (ἀκοή 1 a, c). M-M. B. 1022f.* ὀσφῦς (on the accent cf. Bl—D. §13; Mlt.—H. 141f) ύος, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Jos., Ant. 8, 217=3 Km 12:10).

1. waist, loins as the place where a belt or girdle is worn (4 Km 1:8) Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6. Since the garment was worn ungirded about the house, girding denotes preparation for activity, esp. for a journey; freq. used in symbolic lang.: περιζώννυσθαι τὴν ὀς. have a belt around one’s waist (Jer 1:17) Eph 6:14; cf. Lk 12:35 (cf. Ex 12:11). Also ἀναζώννυσθαι τὰς ὀς. 1 Pt 1:13, where the gen. τῆς διανοίας shows the highly symbolic character of the expr. The gen. is lacking Pol 2:1. ‫( א‬cf. Gen 35:11; 2. the loins as the place of the reproductive organs, in line w. the Hebr. phrase ‫׳פ י ֵצ‬ 2 Ch 6:9): ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὀς. τινός come forth from someone’s loins=be someone’s son or descendants Hb 7:5. ἐν τῇ ὀς. τινὸς εἶναι vs. 10. καρπὸς τῆς ὀς. τινός the fruit of someone’s loins=someone’s descendants Ac 2:30 (cf.

Ps 131:11 v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31].—καρπὸς ὀσφύος also Theodor. Prodr. 6, 370 H. Cf. Psellus p. 61, 33 τῆς βασιλείου ὀσφύος=of royal descent). The loins are prob. also thought of as an inmost source of power in αἱ ὀς. ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκλυέσθωσαν do not let your loins become powerless D 16:1 (cf. Test. Napht. 2:8 ὀσφ. εἰς ἰσχύν).

M-M.* ὅταν (since Hom. who, however, always separates it [ὅτʼ ἅν]; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test.

12 Patr.) temporal particle at the time that, whenever, when of an action that is conditional, possible, and, in many instances, repeated.

1. w. the subj., in which case ὅτ. oft. approaches the mng. of ἐάν, since the time-reference also indicates the conditions under which the action of the main clause takes place (Kühner-G. II p. 447f). 1J 2:28 the mss. vary betw. ὅτ. and ἐάν (as e.g. also Judg 6:3). a. w. the pres. subj., when the action of the subordinate clause is contemporaneous w. that of the main clause.

Preferably of (regularly) repeated action whenever, as often as, every time that (PFay. 109, 1 ὅταν θέλῃς=‘every time that you want’; likew. POxy. 1676, 26. Cf. ἄν 3a) ὅταν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην Mt 6:2; cf. 5f, 16; 10:23; Mk 13:11. ὅταν θέλητε 14:7.-Lk 12:11; 14:12f al. W. τότε foll. whenever. . . ,then (Hero Alex. III p. 214, 5) ὅταν ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 2 Cor 12:10. Also without the idea of repetition when 1 Th 5:3.—Looking back upon a preceding time-reference ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν πίνω Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25. b. w. the aor. subj., when the action of the subordinate clause precedes that of the main clause (PLeipz. 104, 16 [96/95 BC]; PRyl. 233, 2; Is 28:19; 57:13): ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν when they (have) revile (d) Mt 5:11. Cf. 12:43 (cf.

KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 285f); 13:32; 23:15; 24:32f; Mk 4:15f, 31f; 13:28; Lk 6:22, 26 and oft. W. τότε foll. when (someth. has happened), then (Sir 18:7; Jos., Ant. 10, 213)Mt 24:15f; 25:31; Mk 13:14; Lk 5:35 (different in the parallels Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20, where ἡμέραι ὅταν days when belong together and τότε is connected w. καί); 21:20; J 8:28; 1 Cor 15:28, 54; Col 3:4.

2. w. the ind. (on this post-class. use s. Bl-D. §382, 4; Rob. 972f). a. w. fut. ind. (1 Km 10:7; Sib. Or. 4, 70; 11, 219) when 2 Cl 12:2 (GEg 2a, b has the aor. subj. in the corresponding pass.); 17:6; B 15:5 (cf. Reinhold 108); Lk 13:28 v.l. (for ὄψησθε). Whenever Rv 4:9. b. w. pres. ind. (Strabo 12, 27 p. 555 ὅταν δείκνυται; Ps.-Lucian, Philop. 26; PHamb. 70, 19 ὅταν τὸν λόγον δίδομεν; Ps 47:4 v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31]; Philo, Poster. Cai. 15 v.l.—ADebrunner, Glotta 11, ’20, 26f) Mk 11:25 (in addition to στήκετε, στήκητε and στῆτε are also found in the mss.). As a v.l. in Lk 11:2; J 7:27.—ὅταν βλέπετε since you see B 4:14 (cf. Reinhold 108f). c. w. impf. ind. (Polyb. 4, 32, 5f ὅταν. . . ἦσαν; inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia I 2, 477 no. 343, 8; Gen 38:9; I Km 17:34; Ps 119:7; Da 3:7 Theod. v.l.) ὅταν αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν Mk 3:11. d. w. aor. ind., in place of ὅτε when (Ex 16:3; Ps 118:32) Rv 8:1 (v.l. ὅτε); whenever (Ex 17:11; Num 11:9) ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο, ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως Mk 11:19 (s. Bl-D. §367. Differently Mlt. 248); Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 17, 3. e. w. the plpf. ind. as soon as Hs 9, 1, 6. M-M. ὅτε (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) temporal particle.

1. lit., as a conjunction when, while, as long as, always w. the ind.—a. impf. Mk 14:12; Ac 12:6; 22:20; as long as, while Mk l5:41; J 21:18; Ro 6:20; 7:5; 1 Cor 12:2; 13:11a; Hv 3, 6, 7 al. b. predom. w. the aor. (Bl-D. §382, 1; Rob. 971) Mt 9:25; 13:48; 21:34; Mk 1:32; 4:10; Lk 2:21, 42; 15:30; J 1:19; 2:22; Ac 1:13; 8:39; Gal 1:15; 2:11; Tit 3:4; Hb 7:10. ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν when we first believed Ro 13:11 al.-W. τότε foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 127) Mt 13:26; 21:1; J 12:16. Mt not infreq. has the transitional formula καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε in narrative passages and (it came about that) when. . . (4 Km 14:5) 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1. c. perf. ὅτε γέγονα ἀνήρ when I became a man 1 Cor 13:11 b.—d. pres. while Hb 9:17. W. historical pres. Mk 708

11:1.

2. as a substitute for a relative pron. after a noun denoting time—a. w. the ind.—α. fut. ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε ἐπιθυμήσετε (the) days will come, in which you will desire Lk 17:22. ἐν ἡμέρα ὅτε κρινεῖ ὁ θεός Ro 2:16 v.l. ἔρχεται ὥρα, ὅτε. . . προσκυνήσετε J 4:21. Cf. vs. 23; 5:25; 16:25. καιρὸς ὅτε 2 Ti 4:3.—β. pres. ἔρχεται νὺξ ὅτε οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργάζεσθαι J 9:4. b. w. the aor. subj. (ὅτε w. subj. Hom.+ in epic [Sib. Or. 8, 50] and lyric poetry; but also Vett. Val. 106, 36 ὅτε ἄρξηται) ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε until the time comes when you say Lk 13:35 (text uncertain; cf. Bl-D. §382, 2; Rob. 971f. M-M. ὁτέ adv. (Hom.+; inscr.) ὁτὲ μὲν. . . ὁτὲ δὲ. . . now. . . now. . . (Aristot., Pol. 2, 2, 16; Parthenius 27, 2; Dio Chrys.

50[67], 5; Polyaenus 5, 22, 4; Dit., Syll.3 679, 83f) B 2:4f (on the text s. Hdb, ad loc.).* ὅτι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) conjunction (Bl-D. §396f; 408; 416; 470, 1 al.; Rob. 1032-6, al. [s. index]; HPernot, Etudes sur la langue des Évang. ’27, 41ff) originally the neuter of ὅστις.

1. that—a. as a substitute for the epexegetical inf. (acc. w. inf.) after a preceding demonstrative (Bl-D. §394; cf.

Rob. 1034) αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν the judgment consists in this, that the light has come J 3:19. ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ ἀγγελία.. . . , ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1J 1:5. Cf. 3:16; 4:9, 10. ἐν τούτῳ. . . ,ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν vs. 13; 5:11. περὶ τούτου. . . ὅτι about this. . . ,that J 16:19. In ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι. . . Rv 2:4, ὅτι is epexegetical to a τοῦτο that remains unexpressed. Cf. vs. 6. b. after verbs that denote mental or sense perception, or the transmission of such perception, or an act of the mind, to indicate the content of what is said, etc. α. after verbs of saying, indicating, etc.: ἀπαγγέλλω, ἀποκρίνομαι, δείκνυμι, δῆλόν (ἐστιν), διδάσκω, εἶπον, ἐμφανίζω, λέγω, μαρτυρέω, ὁμολογέω, φημί etc.; s. the entries in question. Likew. after verbs of swearing, affirming and corresponding formulae: μαρτύρομαι Ac 20:26; Gal 5:3. μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι 2 Cor 1:23. ὀμνύω Rv 10:6. Cf. the sim. exprs. πιστὸς ὁ θεός 2 Cor 1:18. ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 1:20.—2 Cor 11:10. Cf. also φάσις. . . ὅτι Ac 21:31. αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι the Scriptures (which say) that Mt 26:54.—On 1J 2:12-14 s. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236-41. β. after verbs that denote sense perception ἀκούω, θεάομαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 1); s. these entries. γ. after verbs that denote mental perception ἀγνοέω, ἀναγινώσκω, βλέπω (perceive), γινώσκω, γνωστόν ἐστιν, ἐπιγινώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 2a), καταλαμβάνω, μιμνῄσκομαι, μνημονεύω, νοέω, οἶδα, ὁράω (q.v. 1cα), συνίημι, ὑπομιμνῄσκω; s. these entries. δ. after verbs of thinking, judging, believing, hoping: δοκέω (q.v. 1d), ἐλπίζω (q.v. 2; 3), κρίνω, λογίζομαι, νομίζω (q.v. 2), οἶμαι, πέπεισμαι, πέποιθα, πιστεύω (q.v. 1aβ), ὑπολαμβάνω; s. these entries. εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they held that John was a prophet Mk 11:32 (cf. Bl-D. §330; 397, 2; Rob. 1029; 1034). ε. after verbs that denote an emotion and its expression ἀγανακτέω, ἐξομολογέομαι, ἐπαινέω, εὐχαριστέω, θαυμάζω, μέλει μοι, συγχαίρω, χαίρω, χάριν ἔχω τινί; s. these entries. ζ. Very oft. the subj. of the ὅτι-clause is drawn into the main clause, and becomes the object of the latter: ἐπεγίνωσκον αὐτοὺς ὅτι (=ὅτι αὐτοὶ) σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν Ac 4:13. οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ ὅτι (=ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Σ.) ἐστὶν ἀπαρχή 1 Cor 16:15. Cf. Mt 25:24; Mk 12:34; J 8:54; 9:8; Ac 3:10; 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11); 1 Th 2:1; Rv 17:8. Somet. the subj. is repeated by a demonstrative pron. in the ὅτι—clause: ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν, Ἰησοῦν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 9:20.—Pass. εἰ Χριστὸς κηρύσσεται ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται=εἰ κηρύσσεται ὅτι Χρ. ἐκ νεκ. ἐγ. 1 Cor 15:12. c. Ellipses τί ὅτι; what (is it) that? why? Lk 2:49; Ac 5:4, 9; Mk 2:16 v.l.—οὐχ ὅτι (=οὐ λέγω ὅτι) not that, not as if J 6:46; 7:22; 2 Cor 1:24; 3:5; Phil 3:12; 4:11; 2 Th 3:9 (so μὴ ὅτι PLond. 42, 43 [168 BC]).—οὐχ οἷον ὅτι Ro 9:6 s. οἷος.—ὅτι alone is used for εἰς ἐκεῖνο ὅτι with regard to the fact that, in consideration of the fact that (Gen 40:15; Ruth 2:13) ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι; what sort of man is this, (in consideration of the fact) that? Mt 8:27 (but it is possible that in this and sim. passages the causal force of ὅτι [s. 3 below] comes to the fore). τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὅτι; Lk 4:36. Cf. 16:3; Mk 4:41; J 2:18; 8:22; 9:17; 11:47; 16:9-11.—ὅτι=ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι in that Ro 5:8. ὅτι=περὶ τούτου ὅτι concerning this, that Mt 16:8; Mk 8:17.—On ὅτι=why? Mk 9:11, 28 s. ὅστις 4. d. Special uses—α. ὅτι w. acc. and inf. after θεωρεῖν Ac 27:10 (on the mingling of constructions cf. POxy. 237 V, 8 δηλῶν ὅτι. . . δεῖσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα; Ep. Arist. 125; schol. on Clem. of Alex., Protr. p. 296, 11f Stäh.—Bl-D. §397, 6; Rob. 1036; Rdm.2 195; MArnim, De Philonis Byzantii dicendi genere, Diss. Greifswald ’12, 88 [but s. on this Rdm.2 196, 1]). Less irregular is καὶ ὅτι w. a finite verb as the second member dependent on παρακαλεῖν after the inf. ἐμμένειν Ac 14:22.—S. also 2, end, below and cf. HJCadbury, JBL 48, ’29, 412-25. β. ὡς ὅτι is found three times in Pauline letters and simply means ‘that’ in the later vernacular (exx. in Mlt. 212; Bl-D. §396 w. app.; Rob. 1033). But the subjective mng. of ὡς must be conceded for the NT, since the Vulgate renders it twice w. ‘quasi’ and the third time (2 Cor 5:19) w. ‘quoniam quidem’: διʼ ἐπιστολῆς. . . ,ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου by a letter. . . (of such content) that (in the opinion of its writer) the day of the Lord is (now) here 2 Th 2:2. Paul says ironically: κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν I must confess to my shame that we have conducted ourselves as weaklings (as I must concede when I compare my conduct w. the violent treatment you have had fr. others [vs. 20]) 2 Cor 11:21. Likew. 5:19; we are a new creation in Christ (vs. 17). This does not alter the fact that everything has its origin in God, who reconciled us w. himself through Christ (vs. 18), ὡς ὅτι θεὸς ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ that is (acc. to Paul’s own conviction), (that) it was God who 709

was reconciling the world to himself in Christ. γ. consecutive ὅτι so that (Pel.-Leg. p. 20 τί διδοῖς τοῖς ἀμνοῖς σου ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχουσιν; Acta Christophori p. 68, 18 Usener τοιοῦτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἐκινήθησαν. Gen 20:9; Judg 14:3; 1 Km 20:1; 3 Km 18:9) ποῦ οὗτος μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν; J 7:35. τί γέγονεν ὅτι. . . ; what has happened, so that (=to bring it about that). . . ? 14:22 (so Rob. 1001; differently Rdm.2 196 and Bl-D. §480, 6 app.). This is prob. also the place for οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα we have brought nothing into the world, so that (as a result) we can take nothing out of it 1 Ti 6:7. τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ; Hb 2:6 (Ps 8:5).

2. to introduce direct discourse. In this case it is not to be rendered into English, but to be represented by quotation marks (ὅτι recitativum.—Bl-D. §397, 5; 470, 1; EKieckers, IndogF 35, ’15, 21ff; Rob. 1027f. As early as class. Gk. [Pla., Apol. 23 p. 34 D.—Kühner-G. II p. 367]; Arrian, Alex. An. 2, 12, 4; 2, 26, 4; 4, 8, 9; Epict. 1, 9, 16; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 38 p. 40; POxy. 744, 11 [1 BC]; 119, 10; 1064, 5; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 5; 18, 326, Vi. 55) ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ‘βλασφημεῖσʼ ὅτι εἶπον J 10:36. ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ὅτι ‘οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς’ Mt 7:23. So after var. verbs of saying as direct discourse: Mt 26:72-5; 27:43; Mk 1:37; 2:16; 5:28; 12:29; 13:6 (JSundwall, Om bruket av ὅτι recit. i Mk: Eranos 31, ’33, 73-81; MZerwick, Untersuchgen z. Mk-Stil ’37, 39-48); Lk 1:25, 61 (PWinter, HTR 48, ’55, 213-16); 4:41a; 5:26; 15:27a; J 1:20, 32; 4:17; 6:42; 16:17; Ac 5:23; 15:1; Ro 3:8 (Bl-D. §470, 1 app.; Rob. 1033; AFridrichsen, ZNW 34, ’35, 306-8); 2 Th 3:10; 1J 4:20 al. Scripture quotations are also introduced in this way (Appian, Bell. Civ. 62 §260 a saying of Caesar in direct discourse is introduced by ὅτι): Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν ὅτι ‘ἐάν τινος κτλ.’ Mk 12:19.—Mt 2:23; 21:16; Lk 2:23; J 10:34; Ro 8:36; 1 Cor 14:21; Hb 11:18.—On ὅτι foll. by the acc. and inf. in direct discourse Lk 4:43 cf. 1dα above.

3. as a causal conjunction—a. subordinating because, since ὅτι ἑώρακάς με, πεπίστευκας J 20:29.—Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15); 5:3ff; 13:16; Mk 1:34; 5:9; Lk 4:41b; 6:20ff; 8:30; 10:13; 11:42ff; 13:2b; 15:27b; perh. 18:9 (TWManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54, 309); 19:17; J 1:30, 50a; 2:25; 3:18; 5:27; 9:16, 22; Ro 6:15; 1 Cor 12:15f. On 1J 2:12-14 cf. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236-41 (opposes causal mng.).—Used w. demonstr. and interrog. pronouns διὰ τοῦτο. . . ὅτι for this reason. . . , (namely) that J 8:47; 10:17; 12:39; 1J 3:1 al. διὰ τί; ὅτι. . . why? because. . . Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. χάριν τίνος; ὅτι. . . for what reason? because. . . 1J 3:12. Foll. by διὰ τοῦτο because. . . for this reason J 15:19. οὐχ ὅτι. . . ἀλλʼ ὅτι not because. . . but because 6:26; 12:6. b. The subordination is oft. so loose that the transl. for recommends itself (Bl-D. §456, 1; Rob. 962f). Naturally the line betw. the two groups cannot be drawn with certainty: Mt 7:13; 11:29; Lk 7:47; 9:12; 13:31; 16:24; J 1:16f; 9:16; 1 Cor 1:25; 4:9; 10:17; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:8, 14; 1J 3:14.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 70ff. M-M and suppl. ὅτου gen. sing. masc. and neut. of ὅστις (q.v. 6). οὗ really the gen. of ὅς, became an adv. of place (Aeschyl. +; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. where—a. lit., of place.—α. οὗ. . . ,ἐκεῖ where. . . , there Mt 18:20; Ro 9:26. Without ἐκεῖ IPhld 8:1. β. mostly after a noun that denotes a locality, in place of the relative pron., in, at, or on which (Jos., Ant. 8, 349)εἰς Ναζαρά, οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος Lk 4:16. Cf. vs. 17; 23:53; Ac 1:13; 2:2; 7:29; 12:12; 16:13 al.—The place in which: ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον Mt 2:9 (cf. X., An. 1, 7, 6 μέχρι οὗ διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν). b. fig., indicating not the actual place, but the circumstances, someth. like (in a situation) where (Jos., Ant. 2, 272)οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος οὐδὲ παράβασις where no law exists, there is no transgression, either Ro 4:15. Cf. 5:20. οὗ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐλευθερία 2 Cor 3:17.

2. where, to which, (whither) (Dialekt-Inschr. 1758, 8; 1766, 7 [both Delphi]; Dit., Syll.3 374, 25; Bar 2:4, 13; Ep. Arist. 269) εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν. . . οὗ ἤμελλεν αὐτὸς ἔρχεσθαι into every city where he was about to come Lk 10:1. ἐπορεύθησαν. . . εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς to the mountain to which Jesus had directed them (to go) Mt 28:16. εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο Lk 24:28.—οὗ ἐάν w. the pres. subj. of future time (IG IV2 1, 68, 71; 73 [3O2 BC]; PSI 902, 4 [I AD]) ἄπειμι οὗ ἐὰν βούλησθε 1 Cl 54:2. οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι 1 Cor 16:6.

M-M. οὐ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) objective negative adv., denying the reality of an alleged fact; in the NT used w. the ind. (μή serves as the neg. for the other moods, including inf. and ptc.—w. certain exceptions, which will be discussed below. Cf. Bl-D. §426; Rob. 1168f; Mlt.-Turner 281 f). Before vowels w. the smooth breathing it takes the form οὐκ; before those w. the rough breathing it is οὐχ; in the mss. this rule is freq. disregarded (W-S. §5, 10b, c; Bl-D. §14 w. app.; Rob. 224). On its use s. Bl-D. §426-33; Rdm.2 p. 210ff; Rob. 1155-66.

1. οὔ ω. an accent is the neg. answer no Mt 13:29; J 1:21; 7:12; 21:5. ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ οὓ οὔ let your ‘no’ be ‘no’ Js 5:12. Doubled for emphasis (s. ναί 5.—οὒ οὔ Nicetas Eugen. 5, 76 H. Likew. μὴ μή=no, no! [Herodas 3, 71; Meleager (I BC) in Anth. Pal. 12, 80, 3; Psellus p. 268, 15 μὴ μὴ μάγιστρε]) Mt 5:37; 2 Cor 1:17ff.

2. used to negative single words or clauses (class,; s. Kühner-G. II p. 182) not. a. οὐ πᾶς not every one Mt 7:21. οὐ πάντες 19:11; Ro 9:6; 10:16. πάντες οὐ κοιμηθησόμεθα we shall not all fall asleep 1 Cor 15:51 (cf. JHBurn, ET, ’26, 236f; POppenheim, ThQ 112, ’31, 92-135; AVaccari, Biblica 13, ’32, 73-6; Bl-D. §433, 2 app.; Rob. 753). Likew. transposed διατί πάντες οὐ μετενόησαν; why have not all repented?

Hs 8, 6, 2. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Cor 15:39. οὐ πάντως Ro 3:9; 1 Cor 5:10.—καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου λαόν μου those who were not my people I will call my people Ro 9:25a (Hos 2:25b); cf. 1 Pt 2:10. οὐκ ἔθνος no nation at all Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). b. freq. in litotes (cf. Lysias 13, 62 εἰ μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ ἦσαν) οὐ πολλοί, πολλαί J 2:12; Ac 1:5 (οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς 710

ἡμέρας=μετʼ οὐ πολλ. ἡμ. Cf. οὐκ ἐξ ὄντων=ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων 2 Macc 7:28). οὐκ ὀλίγος, ὀλίγη, ὀλίγοι, ὀλίγαι Ac 17:4, 12; 19:23f; 27:20. οὐκ ἄσημος 21:39. οὐχ ἁγνῶς Phil 1:17. οὐ μετρίως Ac 20:12. οὐκ ἐκ μέτρου J 3:34. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon (afterward) Ac 27:14 S. also d below. c. not in a contrast τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις Col 3:23. τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως 1 Cor 9:26. d. as a periphrasis for some concepts expressed by verbs: οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν know quite well 2 Cor 2:11. οὐκ ἐᾶν prevent Ac 16:7; 19:30. οὐ θέλειν refuse 2 Th 3:10. οὐ πταίειν Js 3:2. οὐχ ὑπακούειν be disobedient 2 Th 3:14. οὐ φιλεῖν 1 Cor 16:22.

3. From 2 above are derived the points under which, contrary to the rule given above, the neg. used w. the ptc. is somet. οὐ. In addition, it is poss. that in individual cases class. influence is still at work.-Bl-D. §430 w. app.; Mlt. 231f (w. pap. exx.); Rdm.2 212; Mlt.-Turner 284f. a. to negative a single concept: πράγματα οὐ βλεπόμενα things not seen Hb 11:1. οὐχ ὁ τυχών extraordinary Ac 19:11; 28:2 (cf. Com. Att. Fgm. III 442 no. 178 οὐδὲ τοῖς τυχοῦσι). θλιβόμενοι ἀλλʼ, οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι 2 Cor 4:8; cf. vs. 9. b. in strong emphasis or contrast: ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου (emphasizing the fact that his dress was improper) Mt 22:11. οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν (emphasizing the great heroism of their act) Hb 11:35. In clear emphasis οὐ βλέπων Lk 6:42. οὐκ ἰδόντες 1 Pt 1:8. οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου Ac 7:5.—Contrast: Ac 28:19. τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεὸν. . . νῦν δέ Gal 4:8. καὶ οὐ introducing a contrast is also used w. the ptc. καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες Phil 3:3, καὶ οὐ κρατῶν Col 2:19. ὁ μισθωτὸς καὶ οὐκ ὢν ποιμήν J 10:12. c. In quotations fr. the LXX in the NT we notice the tendency of the OT translators regularly to render ‫אֶרל‬w. the ptc. by οὐ: ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην Ro 9:25b (Hos 2:25a). οἱ οὐκ ἠλεημένοι 1 Pt 2:10 (Hos 1:6). d. τά οὐκ ἀνήκοντα Eph 5:4 t.r, is presumably a mingling of τὰ μὴ ἀνήκοντα and (the rdg. in the text itself) ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν (as early as P46).

4. οὐ in main clauses—a. simple statements w. the indic. οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν Mt 1:25. οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 6:24. οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια Mk 1:34. οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τέκνον Lk 1:7. οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν Ac 1:7. οὐ γάρ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Ro 1:16 and very oft. b. used to negative the prohibitive future (Hebr. ‫ )אֶרל‬w. the impf.—Synes., Ep. 67 p. 211B οὐκ ἀγνοήσεις) οὐ φονεύσεις Mt 5:21; cf. vs. 27; Mt 19:18; Ro 7:7; 13:9 (all commandments fr. the Decalogue: Ex 20:13-17; Dt 5:17-21). Also οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις Mt 5:33. οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον Lk 4:12 (Dt6:16); Ac 23:5 (Ex 22:27); 1 Cor 9:9 (Dt 25:4).—Mt 6:5. c. in direct questions, when an affirmative answer is expected (Bl-D. §427, 2; Rob. 917): οὐκ ἀκούεις, πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; you hear, do you not. . . ? Mt 27:13. οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 6:26. Cf. vs. 30. ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ δίδραχμα; your teacher pays the two-drachma tax, does he not? Mt 17:24.—Mk 6:3; 7:18; 12:24; Lk 11:40; J 4:35; 6:70; 7:25; Ac 9:21 and oft. οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα; does it make no difference to you that we are perishing? Mk 4:38.—The second pers. of the fut. indic. w. οὐ, as an impatient question, functions as an imperative οὐ παύσῃ;=παῦσαι! will you not stop?=stop! Ac 13:10.

5. οὐ in subordinate clauses—a. in relative clauses w. indic. (in the NT, under this hypothesis, μή is found in such clauses only Tit 1:11; 2 Pt 1:9; 1J 4:3 [but cf. Bl-D. §428, 4 w. app. and cf. Rob. 1158]; Ac 15:29 D; Col 2:18 v.l.): Mt 10:38; 12:2; Mk 4:25 (s. 2d above); Lk 6:2; J 6:64; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15); Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26) al. b. in declarative clauses w, ὅτι, likew. in temporal and causal clauses w. indic.: ὅτι οὐ J 5:42; 1 Th 2:1. ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριοτός 1J 2:22 (on the negative here s. ἀρνέομαι 2).—ἐπει οὐ Lk 1:34. ὅτε οὐ 2 Ti 4:3.—εἰ οὐ w. indic.: εί οὐ δώσει αὐτῷ Lk 11:8. εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ ἐγένεσθε 16:12; Mk 11:26; Lk 18:4; J 1:25; 10:37; Ro 8:9b; 11:21; Hb 12:25.—Once actually in a contrary to fact condition: καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη Mt 26:24=Mk 14:21 (Bl-D. §428, 2; Rob. 1160; Mlt.-Turner 284).

6. in combination w. other negatives—a. strengthening the negation (Mel. Chor. Adesp., fgm. no. 11 EDiehl2 [’42] οὐ μήποτε τὰν ἀρετὰν ἀλλάξομαι ἀντ. ἀδικου κέρδεος) Mt 22:16; Mk 5:37; Lk 4:2; 23:53 (οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω); J 6:63; 11:49; 12:19; 15:5; Ac 8:39; 2 Cor 11:9. οὐ μηκέτι (s. μηκέτι 6a) Mt 21:19. b. destroying the force of the negation (class.): Ac 4:20; 1 Cor 12:15 (Bl-D. §431, 1; Rob. 1164).—In questions, if the verb itself is already negatived (by οὐ), the negation can be invalidated by the interrogative particle μή (s. μή C 1), which expects the answer ‘no’, so that the stage is set for an affirmative answer (Aesop, Fab. 404 H. μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=certainly there is grass, is there not?) μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν, surely they have heard, have they not? Ro 10:18; cf. vs. 19. μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν; we have the right, do we not? 1 Cor 9:4; cf. vs. 5. μὴ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε; you have houses, do you not? 11:22. c. On the combination of οὐ and μή s. μή D. d. The combining of οὐδέ and οὐ μή to form οὐδʼ οὐ μή instead of οὐδὲ μή is unclassical (Bl-D. §431, 3 w. app.; Rob. 1175; Mlt.-Turner 286.—Prayer to the god Socnopaeus: Wilcken, Chrest. 122, 2ff εἰ οὐ δίδοταί μοι συμβιῶσαι Ταπεθεῦτι Μαρρείους οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται ἄλλου γυνή [Rdm.2 211f]; LXX) Mt 24:21. οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ οὐδʼ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω Hb 13:5 (Dt 31:6 A, 8 A οὐδ οὐ μή; 1 Ch 28:20 A).—οὐδὲν. . . οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσει instead of οὐδὲν. . . μὴ. . . Lk 10:19. οὐδὲν οὐ μὴ λήψῃ Hm 9:5.

7. w. one of two clauses that are either coordinate or contrasted. a. οὐ. . . ἀλλά s. ἀλλά 1a, b.—1 Th 2:4 the οὐ w. the ptc. is prob. to be explained under this head (s. 3 above). b. οὐ. . . ,. . . δέ Ac 12:9, 14; Hb 4:13, 15.—c.. . . , ἀλλʼ οὐ looking back upon a ‘to be sure’ 1 Cor 10:5, 23.—d. οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ (καί) s. μόνος 2c.—e. οὐ. . . εἰ μή s. εἰ VI 8. M-M. 711

οὐά (Tdf. οὐᾶ; cf. Proleg. p. 101) interjection denoting amazement (Epict. 3, 23, 24 εἰπέ μοι ‘οὐά’ καὶ ‘θαυμαστῶς’; 32; 3, 22, 34; Cass. Dio 63, 20.—Kühner-Bl. II p. 252) aha! As an expression of scornful wonder Mk 15:29. Cf. Mt 11:26 v.l. M-M.* οὐαί interjection denoting pain or displeasure woe, alas! (LXX, En. But also Epict. 3, 19, 1; ibid. and 3, 22, 32 οὐαί μοι; Vi. Aesopi W c. 37 οὐαὶ τῇ ἀτυχίᾳ; POxy. 413, 184f οὐαί σοι, ταλαίπωρε. . . οὐαί σοι, οὐαί μοι. Bl-D. §4, 2a. Loanw. in rabb.).

1. as an exclamation—a. w. dat. of the pers. or thing concerning whom (which) the pain is expressed (s. above; oft.

LXX. Cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 306αἰαὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις) οὐαί σοι Χοραζίν, οὐαί σοι Βηθσαϊδά(ν) Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13 (cf.

Jer 13:27).—Mt 18:7b; 23:13-16, 23, 25, 27, 29; 24:19; 26:24; Mk 13:17; 14:21; Lk 21:23; 22:22; 1 Cl 46:8 (Mt 26:24); Hv 4, 2, 6; D 1:5; GP 7:25.—Doubled for emphasis (Am 5:16.—Procop. Soph., Ep. 36 and 62 ἰοὺ ἰοὺ=alas, alas!): three times w. dat. foll. Rv 8:13 t.r.—οὐαὶ διʼ οὗ ἔρχεται (=τούτῳ διʼ οὗ ἐρχ.) Lk 17:1; cf. 2 Cl 13:2; ITr 8:2.—W. ὅτι foll. to give the reason Lk 6:24f; 11:42-4, 47, 52; also vs. 46, only w. the difference that here οὐαί follows: ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί, ὅτι. Cf. Jd 11; 2 Cl 17:5; B 6:2, 7 (Is 3:9).—W. the prep. ἀπό foll., also to give the reason: οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων Mt 18:7a; w. ὅταν foll. Lk 6:26.—The transition to the next group is marked by: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι vs. 25a. b. w. the nom. and article as a voc.: οὐαὶ οἱ γελῶντες νῦν Lk 6:25b (cf. Am 5:18; Hab 2:6, 12; Zeph 2:5). οὐαὶ οὐαὶ ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Rv 18:10, 16, 19. οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοί B 4:11 (Is 5:21). Also without the art. οὐαὶ τυφλοὶ μὴ ὁρῶντες GOxy 31f (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 36-9, 48). c. w. acc. of the pers, (Bl-D. §190, 2; Rob. 1193) Rv 12:12. οὐαί repeated three times 8:13 (the reason for the ‘woe’ is introduced by ἐκ).

2. as a subst. (Ezk 2:10; 7:26; Kephal. I 105, 3) indecl. (Bl-D. §58; Rob. 302) οὐαί μοί ἐστιν 1 Cor 9:16 (cf.

Hos 9:12). As a fem. ἡ οὐαί woe, calamity Rv 9:12a; 11:14a, b. Pl. ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαί 9:12b (the lack of agreement in number [Bl-D. §136, 5] as Hes., Theog. 321 τῆς δʼ [of the Chimaera] ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί. The schol. on Hes. explains this characteristic as Doric). M-M.* Οὐαλέριος, ου, ὁ Valerius; freq. found as the name of a Roman gens (Diod. S. 11, 41, 1; 11, 60, 1; 13, 76, 1; 16, 46, 1), Valerius w. the cognomen Bito 1 Cl 65:1.* οὐδαμῶς adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 679, 80; PTebt. 24, 53 [117 BC]; 27, 41; 58, 4; Sb 4426, 12; 4512, 76; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 303; 15, 158) by no means Mt 2:6. M-M.* οὐδέ negative conjunction (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. and not, nor joins neg. sentences or clauses to others of the same kind. After οὐ: κλέπται οὐ διορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν Mt 6:20. Cf. vs. 28; 5:15; 7:18; 10:24; 25:13; Mk 4:22; Lk 6:43f; 12:24, 27 P45 P75 et al.; J 6:24; Ac 2:27 (Ps 15:10); Ro 2:28; Gal 1:1; 3:28a, b; 1 Th 5:5; Hb 9:25; 1 Pt 2:22 (cf. Is 53:9); Rv 21:23. οὐ. . . οὐδὲ. . . οὐδέ Mt 6:26; J 1:13, 25; 1 Th 2:3. After οὔπω Mt 16:9; Mk 8:17. After οὐδείς Mt 9:17; 11:27; 22:46; Rv 5:3 (οὐδεὶς. . . οὐδὲ. . . οὐδέ). ἵνα μὴ. . . οὐδὲ. . . οὐδέ 9:4.—οὐδὲ γάρ for. . . not J 8:42; Ac 4:12, 34; Ro 8:7. οὐδὲ γὰρ. . . οὐδένα for. . . not. . . anyone J 5:22. οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ (cf. Is 49:10 A) Rv 7:16.

2. also not, not either, neither ἐὰν μὴ ἀφῆτε. . . , οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν if you do not forgive. . . , your Father will not forgive your transgressions (either) Mt 6:15. Cf. 21:27; 25:45; Mk 16:13; Lk 16:31; J 15:4; Ro 4:15; 11:21; 1 Cor 15:13, 16. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγὼ. . . παρέλαβον αὐτὸ οὔτε (v.l. οὐδέ). . . for I did not receive it. . . nor. . . Gal 1:12. ἀλλʼ οὐδέ and neither Lk 23:15.

3. not even, Lat. ne. . . quidem (Bl-D. §445, 2; Rob. 1185; Libanius, Or. 11 p. 439, 14 F. οὐδὲ συγγνώμη=not even forbearance) οὐδὲ Σολομὼν περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων not even Solomon was dressed like one of them Mt 6:29. Cf. Lk 7:9; 12:26; J 21:25; 1 Cor 5:1. οὐδʼ ἄν (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 3; Herodian 2, 8, 2) Hb 8:4. οὐδʼ οὕτως not even then 1 Cor 14:21. οὐδεὶς. . . οὐδὲ. . . οὐδὲ. . . no one. . . not even. . . and not even. . . Mt 24:36; Mk 13:32. οὐδὲ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; have you never (even) read this passage of Scripture? Mk 12:10. Cf. Lk 6:3.

Likew. in other questions Lk 23:40; 1 Cor 11:14.—καὶ οὐδέ Mk 6:31. καὶ οὐδὲ ἁλύσει (οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι) 5:3.—ἀλλʼ οὐδέ but not even Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3; Gal 2:3.—οὐδὲ εἱς not even one (X., Mem. 3, 5, 21; Dionys. Hal. 1, 73; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 103m, 2 Jac. οὐδὲ εἷς κλέπτει; 2 Km 13:30; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 66; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 66; 2, 141.—Bl-D. §302, 2; Rob. 751) Mt 27:14; J 1:3; Ac 4:32; Ro 3:10 (s. below).—After οὐ, strengthening it (Appian, Liby. 90 §424 οὐ γὰρ οὐδὲ δίδοτε=you do not even allow) οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὁφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι he would not even raise his eyes Lk 18:13; cf. Ac 7:5; Ro 3:10 (s. above).—GValley, Üb. d.

Sprachgebr. des Longus, Diss. Ups. ’26, 36-44: on οὔτε and οὐδέ in later times. M-M. οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.—The forms οὐθείς [Hs 9, 5, 6], οὐθέν [Lk 23:14; Ac 15:9; 19:27; 26:26; 1 Cor 13:2; Hm 4, 2, 1], οὐθενός [Lk 22:35; Ac 20:33 v.l.; 2 Cor 11:9] appear freq. since Aristotle in lit. [Jos., Ant. 5, 250; 6, 47 al.], in inscr. [Meisterhans3-Schw. 258f], and in pap. [Mayser 181f], though they are even older [PStrassb. II 125, 4—c. 400 BC]; on them cf. Bl-D. §33 w. app.; W-S. §5, 27f and note 62; Mlt.-H. 111f; JWackernagel, Hellenistica ’07, 23.—The LXX usage in Thackeray p. 58-62).

1. as an adj. no οὐδεὶς προφήτης Lk 4:24. Cf. 16:13. παροιμία οὐδεμία J 16:29. Cf. 18:38; Ac 25:18; 27:22. οὐδὲν εἴδωλον 1 Cor 8:4a. Cf. J 10:41. οὐδεὶς ἄλλος (UPZ 71, 15 [152 BC]) 15:24.—οὐδεμία ἐκκλησία. . . εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς Phil 4:15.—W. other negatives: οὐ. . . οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν Mk 6:5.

2. as a subst.—a. οὐδείς no one, nobody Mt 6:24; 8:10; 9:16; Mk 2:21f; 5:4; 7:24; Lk 5:36f, 39; J 1:18 (οὐδεὶς 712

πώποτε as PGM 5, 102 Osiris, ὃν οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 124); Ro 14:7b; 1 Cor 2:11; 3:11 and oft.—W. the partitive gen. (Epict 4, 1, 3 οὐδεὶς τ. φαύλων; Jos., Ant. 3, 321οὐδεὶς τ. ἱερέων) οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων no one at all Mk 11:2. Cf. Lk 14:24. οὐδεὶς τ. ἀνακειμένων J 13:28. τῶν λοιπῶν οὐδείς none of the others Ac 5:13. οὐδ. ὑμῶν 27:34 (Diod. S. 14, 65, 2 οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν). Cf. Ro. 14:7a. Instead of the part. gen. we may have ἐκ (Jos., Bell. 7, 398)Lk 1:61; J 7:19; 16:5.—οὐδεὶς. . . εἰ μή no one. . . except Mt 11:27; 17:8; Mk 10:18; Lk 10:22; 18:19; J 14:6; 1 Cor 1:14; 8:4b; Rv 2:17; 14:3; 19:12. οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο εἰ μή J 17:12.—Also οὐδεὶς. . . ἐὰν μή J 3:2; 6:44, 65. Used w. other negatives (Appian, Samn. 11 §4 οὐδένα λαβεῖν οὐδέν, οὔτε. . . οὔτε=nobody accepted anything, neither. . . nor) οὐ. . . οὐδείς (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 19 §80=nobody; Diog. L. 1, 53) Mt 22:16; Mk 3:27; 5:37; 12:14; Lk 8:43; J 8:15; 18:31; Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 6:5. οὓς δέδωκάς μοι οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδένα J 18:9. οὐκέτι. . . οὐδείς Mk 9:8. οὐδεὶς οὔπω no one yet Lk 23:53 (v.l. οὐδέπω); οὐδεὶς οὔπω ἀνθρώπων Mk 11:2. οὐδέπω οὐδείς J 19:41; Ac 8:16. οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι Mk 12:34; Rv 18:11. οὐδὲ ἁλύσει οὐκέτι οὐδείς Mk 5:3.—οὐδενὶ οὐδέν 16:8 (Appian, Liby. 128 §613 οὐδὲν οὐδείς=no one [set fire to] anything [ruling out all exceptions]). Cf. Lk 9:36. οὐδὲ. . . οὐδείς J 5:22. b. οὐδέν nothing—α. lit. οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν Mt 17:20. Cf. 10:26; 26:62; 27:12; Mk 7:15. Foll. by partitive gen. Lk 9:36b; 18:34; Ac 18:17. Foll. by εἰ μή nothing but Mt 5:13; 21:19; Mk 9:29; 11:13. οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς ὧν nothing but what Ac 26:22. Used w. other negatives: οὐ. . . οὐδέν Mk 14:60f; 15:4; Lk 4:2; J 3:27; 5:30; 9:33; 11:49. οὐ. . . οὐδενὶ τούτων 1 Cor 9:15a. οὐ. . . οὐδέν, ἄν (=ἐὰν) μή J 5:19. οὐκέτι. . . οὐδέν Mk 7:12; 15:5; Lk 20:40. οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσει Lk 10:19 (cf. ἀδικέω 2b). β. non-literally worthless, meaningless, invalid (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 8; Diod. S. 14, 35, 5; Dio Chrys. 4, 60; 15[32], 101 οὐδέν ἐστι=it means nothing, is unimportant) ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τ. ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν whoever swears by the temple, (his oath) is worthless Mt 23:16, 18. Cf. J 8:54; 1 Cor 7:19a, b. εί καὶ οὐδέν εἰμι 2 Cor 12:11b. οὐθέν εἰμι 1 Cor 13:2 (on the neut. referring to a masc. subj. cf. Bl-D. §131; Rob. 751).—Ac 21:24; 25:11.—γενέσθαι εἰς οὐδέν 5:36. εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 19:27. Antonym τίς 1bζ. γ. the acc. οὐδέν in no respect, in no way (Dio Chrys. 52[69], 6.—Bl-D. §154; 160; Rob. 751) οὐδὲν διαφέρει he is different in no respect Gal 4:1. οὐθὲν διέκρινεν Ac 15:9. Ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκηκα 25:10; cf. Gal 4:12. οὐδὲν ὑστέρησα 2 Cor 12:11a. οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦμαι 1 Cor 13:3. ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν J 6:63. οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς χρῄζει εἰ μή he needs nothing at all, except 1 Cl 52:1. On οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει Gal 2:6 cf. διαφέρω 2c.—W. the same mng. ἐν οὐδενί Phil 1:20.—Somet. the later usage οὐδέν=οὐ (Aristoph., Eccl. 644; Dionys. Hal. [Rdm. 32, 5]; Epict. 4, 10, 36; POxy. 1683, 13; BGU 948, 13) suggests itself, e.g. Ac 18:17; Rv 3:17. M-M. οὐδέποτε adv. (Hom.+; Epict.; Dit., Syll.3 800, 29 οὐδέποτε μὴ λειφθῇ; PHib. 78, 5 [244/43 BC]; POxy. 1062, 11 [II AD]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 226; Philo, Op. M. 12; Joseph.) never, w. pres. 1 Cor 13:8; Hb 10:1, 11; Hs 4:5. W. a past tense (Diod. S. 14, 6, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 139 §578; Jos., Ant. 13, 311)Mt 7:23; 9:33; Mk 2:12; Lk 15:29a, b; J 7:46; Ac 10:14; 11:8; 14:8; IRo 3:1; Hm 3:3f; s8, 10, 3; D 16:4. W. fut. Mt 26:33; Hm 4, 1, 1.—In questions: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε. . . ; have you never read. . . ? Mt 21:16, 42; Mk 2:25. M-M.* οὐδέπω adv. (Aeschyl., Pla.+; POxy. 275, 8 [66 AD]; 273, 13; PRyl. 178, 7; Ex 9:30; Jos., Ant. 14, 350)not yet J 7:8 P66, 39 (v.l. οὔπω); 20:9; Hm 3:3. οὐ. . . οὐδεὶς οὐδέπω no one ever Lk 23:53 v.l. (for οὔπω). οὐδέπω οὐδείς (Jos., Ant. 6, 91)J 19:41; cf. Ac 8:16. M-M.* οὐθείς s. οὐδείς. M-M. οὐκέτι adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 231; Joseph.) no more, no longer, no further.

1. lit., of time (Jos., Ant. 7, 16)οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου Lk 15:19, 21.—Mt 19:6; Mk 10:8; J 4:42; 6:66; 11:54; 15:15; Ro 6:9b; Gal 2:20; Eph 2:19; Phlm 16; Rv 10:6.—Never. . . again (Jos., Ant. 6, 156; Artem. 3, 13 ἀθάνατοι οἱ ἀποθανόντες, ἐπεὶ μηκέτι τεθνήξονται) Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς. . . οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει Ro 6:9a. Cf. Ac 20:25, 38; 2 Cor 1:23.—W. the pres., of an event in the very near fut.: ὁ κόσμος με οὐκέτι θεωρεῖ the world will see me no longer J 14:19; 16:10, 16; 17:11.—Used w. another negative: οὐ. . . οὐκέτι (Zeph 3:15; En. 100, 5) Ac 8:39, οὐδὲ. . . οὐκέτι Mt 22:46. οὐδὲ. . . οὐκέτι οὐδείς Mk 5:3. οὐκέτι οὐδέν 7:12; 15:5; Lk 20:40. οὐκέτι οὐδείς (UPZ 42, 30 [162 BC]) Mk 9:8. οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι 12:34; Rv 18:11. οὐκέτι οὐ μή never again (Am 9:15) Mk 14:25; Lk 22:16; Rv 18:14. ουκέτι. . . οὐκέτι no longer. . . no longer B 8:2 (Polyaenus 1, 41, 2 οὐκέτι three times).

2. In Paul there is found a usage that takes οὐκέτι not temporally, but logically (Melissus [V BC] B 9, Vorsokrat.5 I 275 εἰ. . . οὐκέτι ἓν εἴη, cf. B 7, 2 p. 270; Empedocles B 17, 31, I 317 εἴτε. . . οὐκέτʼ ἂν ἦσαν; Ocellus c. 2 Harder; Ps.-Aristot., de Melisso etc. [ed. HDiels, ABA 1900] 1, 4; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 498-527a [p. 168, 23] οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ ἦν=then, accordingly, she was not his daughter) then (accordingly) not εἰ δὲ χάριτι οὐκέτι ἐξ ἔργων if by grace, then not by deeds Ro 11:6a. Cf. 7:20; 14:15; Gal 3:18. Likew. νυνὶ οὐκέτι Ro 7:17. M-M. οὐκοῦν adv. (trag., Pla., X,+; 4 Km 5:23 v.l.)—1. inferential therefore, so, accordingly (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 171; 2, 226) B 5:3, 11, 12; 6:16; 7:1, 10; 9:4; 15:4; Dg 2:9; Hs 9, 28, 6.

2. interrogative, when the question has inferential force (Menand., Epitr. 144; 336 J; Epict. 1, 7, 6; 8; 2, 24, 3 al.; PHib. 12, 4 [III BC]), so then οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; so you are a king? J 18:37 (cf. Bl-D. §451, 1 w. app.; Rob. 1175; Kühner-G. II p. 163f). M-M.* Οὐλαμμαούς Lk 24:13 D for Ἐμμαοῦς of the text; influenced by the earlier name of Bethel, Gen 28:19 (s. Rahlfs’ ed.

713

’26, 36).* οὖλος, η, ον (Hom.+) curly of hair (Plut., Cim. 5, 3 οὔλῃ τριχί; Achilles Tat. 1, 4, 3; En. 106, 2; Sib. Or. 13, 105) AP 3:10.* οὐμενοῦν (οὐ μὲν οὖν) adv. (Aristoph., Pla. et al.) not at all, by no means (expressing a strongly negative answer to a question) Dg 7:4.* οὐ μή s. μή D. οὖν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) a particle, never found at the beginning of a sentence. In our lit. it is an inferential and then mainly a transitional conjunction (so Hdt.+[Kühner-G. II p.

326].—Bl-D. §451, 1 w. app.; Rob. 1191f; Mlt.-Turner 337f). Its mng. varies w. the context, and at times it may be left untranslated.

1. inferential, denoting that what it introduces is the result of or an inference fr. what precedes so, therefore, consequently, accordingly, then. a. in declarative sentences Mt 1:17; 7:24; Lk 3:9; 11:35; J 6:13; Ac 1:21; 5:41; Ro 5:1; 6:4; 11:5; 13:10; 16:19; 1 Cor 4:16; 7:26; 2 Cor 3:12; Eph 4:1, 17; Phil 2:28; 1 Pt 2:7; 3J 8 al. b. in commands and invitations ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας Mt 3:8 (s. also 3 below). ἔσεσθε οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι 5:48. μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε 10:31. προσερχώμεθα οὖν μετὰ παρρησίας Hb 4:16. Cf. Mt 6:8, 9, 31; 9:38; Mk 10:9; 13:35; Lk 8:18; 10:2, 40; Ac 2:36; 3:19; 8:22; Ro 6:12 (WNauck, Das οὖν—paräneticum, ZNW 49, ’58, 134f); 1 Cor 10:31; 2 Cor 7:1; Gal 5:1; Phil 2:29; Col 2:16 al. νῦν οὖν πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ Ac 16:36. c. in questions:—α. in real questions θέλεις οὖν; do you want, then? Mt 13:28. σὺ οὖν εἶ; are you, then? Lk 22:70. Cf. J 18:39. νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν; μὴ γένοιτο Ro 3:31. Cf. Gal 3:21.—1 Cor 6:15. τί οὖν; why then?

(Menand., Her. 40, Epitr. 96 J.; Dio Chrys. 2, 9) Mt 17:10; cf. 19:7; J 1:25; what then? (Menand., Epitr. 9, Per. 321) Mt 27:22; Mk 15:12; Lk 3:10; 20:15, 17; J 6:30b. τίς οὖν; (Menand., Epitr. 4) Lk 7:42. διά τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε; Mt 21:25; Mk 11:31. πῶς οὖν; (Menand., Epitr. 224) Mt 22:43; J 9:19; Ro 4:10. πότε οὖν; Lk 21:7. πόθεν οὖν; Mt 13:27, 56; J 4:11. ποῦ οὖν; Ro 3:27; Gal 4:15. β. Certain formulas are favorite expressions, esp. in Paul: τί οὖν; what, then, are we to conclude? (Dio Chrys.

14[31], 55; 60; 17[34], 28; Jos., Bell. 2, 364)J 1:21; Ro 3:9; 6:15; 11:7. τί οὖν ἐστιν; what, then is to be done? Ac 21:22; 1 Cor 14:15, 26. τί οὖν ἐστιν Ἀπολλῶς; what is Apollos, really? 3:5 (s. 3 below). τί οὖν φημι; 1 Cor 10:19. τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; what, then, are we to say? Ro 6:1; 7:7; 9:14, 30. τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; 8:31. τί οὖν ὁ νόμος; Gal 3:19. γ. in rhetorical questions πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου how much more, then, is a man worth than a sheep? Mt 12:12. πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ; how then will his kingdom endure? vs. 26.—26:54; Lk 7:31; Ro 10:14 (s. also 4 below).

2. In historical narrative οὖν serves—a. to resume a subject once more after an interruption so, as has been said ἔλεγεν οὖν τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις Lk 3:7 (connecting w. vs. 3). Cf. 19:12; J 4:6, 28; Ac 8:25; 12:5.—Cf. 1 Cor 8:4 (reaching back to vs. 1); 11:20. b. to indicate a transition to someth. new. So esp. in the Fourth Gospel now, then J 1:22; 2:18, 20; 3:25; 4:33, 46; 5:10, 19; 6:60, 67; 7:25, 28, 33, 35, 40; 8:13, 21, 22, 25, 31, 57; 9:7f, 10, 16 and oft.; Ac 25:1 al. c. to indicate a response (HEDana and JRMantey, Manual Grammar of the Gk. NT ’27, p. 254) where the transl. in reply, in turn (Ex 8:6) is poss. J 4:9, 48; 6:53 al.

3. It may be that some traces of the class. usage in which οὖν is emphatic,=certainly, really, to be sure etc. (s.

L-S-J s.v. 1) remain in the pap. (e.g. PLond. 28, 4 [c. 162 BC]; PTebt. 33, 2) and in the NT (so M-M., s.v. 3 and Dana and Mantey, op. cit. p. 255f) Mt 3:8 (s. also 1b above), 10; J 20:30; of course Ac 26:9; 1 Cor 3:5 (s. also 1cβ above) al.

4. οὖν seems also to be used adversatively (‘slightly adversative sense’—M-M., s.v. 4, w. ref. to PTebt. 37, 15 [73 BC]; so also Dana and Mantey, op. cit. p. 256f; but cf. also Bl-D. §451, 1 app.) in some NT pass., e.g. J 9:18; Ac 23:21; 25:4; 28:5; Ro 10:14 (s. 1cγ above), in the sense but, however.—JRMantey, Newly Discovered Mngs. for οὖν: Exp. 8th Ser. XXII ’21, 205-14.

5. used w. other particles: ἄρα οὖν s. ἄρα 4. ἐὰν οὖν Mt 5:19, 23; 24:26; J 6:62; 2 Ti 2:21; Js 4:4; Rv 3:3b. ἐάν τε οὖν Ro 14:8. εἰ οὖν s. εἰ VI 10. εἰ μὲν οὖν s. εἰ VI 6. εἴτε οὖν. . . εἴτε 1 Cor 10:31; 15:11. ἐπεὶ οὖν s. ἐπεί 2. μὲν οὖν. . . δέ (Jos., Ant. 13, 76f) Mk 16:19f; Lk 3:18f; J 19:24f; Ac 8:4f; 11:19f; 1 Cor 9:25.—Also without the δέ denoting contrast(Jos., Ant. 19, 337)Ac 1:6, 18; 2:41; 5:41; 8:25 al. νῦν οὖν Ac 10:33b; 23:15; also 15:10 (s. νῦν 2).—ὅταν οὖν Mt 6:2; 21:40; 24:15. ὅτε οὖν J 2:22; 4:45; 6:24; 13:12, 31; 19:6, 8, 30; 21:15. τότε οὖν 11:14; 19:1, 16; 20:8. ὡς οὖν (Jos., Vi. 292) 4:1, 40; 11:6; 18:6; 20:11; 21:9. ὥσπερ οὖν Mt 13:40. M-M. οὔπω adv. of time (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) not yet Mt 24:6; Mk 13:7; J 2:4; 6:17; 7:6, 8a (v.l. for οὐκ), b, 30, 39a (Aesop, Fab. 466 P. οἶνος γὰρ οὔπω ἦν [people still drank nectar]), b v.l. (for οὐδέπω); 8:20, 57; 11:30; 20:17; 1 Cor 3:2; 8:2; Phil 3:13 (v.l. οὐ); Hb 2:8; 12:4; 1J 3:2; Rv 17:10, 12; IEph 3:1; Hv 3, 9, 5; s 9, 5, 2. οὐδεὶς οὔπω no one ever (Maximus Tyr. 39, 3i) Mk 11:2 (οὔπω is lacking in t.r.); Lk 23:53 (v.l. οὐδέπω). οὔπω (for οὐδέπω). . . ἐπʼ οὐδενί Ac 8:16 t.r. In questions: Mt 16:9; Mk 4:40 v.l. (for πῶς οὐκ); 8:17, 21. οὔπω γάρ introducing a digression (Jos., Bell. 1, 39;6, 80) J 3:24. M-M.* 714

οὐρά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 228)tail Rv 9:10 (of a scorpion as schol. on Nicander, Ther.

885; Sib. Or. 5, 525), 19a, b (cf. Ael. Dion. α, 109 ὄφις ὁ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς κεφαλὴν ἔχων); 12:4. M-M. B. 209.* οὐράνιος, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.—An adj. of two endings Bl-D. §59, 2; Mlt.-H. 157; Attic wr. predom. form the fem. in-ία) heavenly, belonging to heaven, coming from or living in heaven (Diod. S. 6, 2, 8 τοὺς οὐρανίους θεούς; Hymn to Anubis fr. Kios 1 p. 139 Peek; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 2 [117/8 AD] θεοῦ ἁγίου οὐρανίου; other exx. of οὐ. as a designation of pagan deities: Syria 6, ’25, p. 355, 4; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 130; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 254f τ. οὐρανίους θεούς; Sib. Or. 3, 19; 286 θεὸς οὐ.) ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν (or μου) ὁ οὐράνιος Mt 5:48; 6:14, 26, 32; 15:13; 18:35 (t.r. ἐπουράνιος); 23:9; 1 Cor 15:47 v.l. στρατιὰ οὐράνιος the heavenly host or army ‫א‬ 3 Km 22:19 ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ) Lk 2:13 (v.l. οὐρανοῦ). ἡ οὐράνιος ὀπτασία the heavenly (=‫ם‬ vision Ac 26:19. ἡ οὐράνιος βασιλεία=ἡ βας. τῶν οὐρανῶν MPol 22:3. M-M.* οὐρανόθεν adv. of place (Hom., Hes.; Iambl., Vi. pyth. 32, 216; PGM 2, 95; 4 Macc 4:10; Philo, Somn. 1, 112; Sib. Or. 8, 341; cf. μακρόθεν.—Lob., Phryn. p. 93f) from heaven (Apollon. Rhod. 1, 547=from heaven [as the abode of the divine]) Ac 14:17; 26:13.* οὐρανός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) heaven.

1. as a part of the universe (so mostly in the sing.; cf. Bl-D. §141, 1 w. app.)—a. mentioned w. the earth— α. forming a unity w. it as the totality of creation (Pla., Euthyd. 296D οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ; Gen 1:1; 14:19, 22; Tob 7:17 BA; Jdth 9:12; Bel 5; 1 Macc 2:37 al.; PGM 13, 784 ὁ βασιλεύων τῶν οὐρανῶν κ. τῆς γῆς κ. πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνδιατριβόντων) ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Mt 5:18; 11:25; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 10:21; 16:17; 21:33; Ac 4:24; 14:15; 17:24 (on the absence of the art. s. Bl-D. §253, 3); Rv 14:7; 20:11; Dg 3:4. β. standing independently beside the earth or contrasted w. it: Mt 5:34f; Ac 7:49 (cf. on both Is 66:1). ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ (τῆς) γῆς Mt 6:10; 28:18; Lk 11:2 D t.r.; Rv 5:13.—1 Cor 8:5; Rv 5:3; ISm 11:2. τὸ πρόσωπον τ. γῆς καὶ τ. οὐρανοῦ Lk 12:56. Cf. Hb 12:26 (Hg 2:6); Js 5:12.—τὰ ἔσχατα τ. γῆς as extreme contrast to heaven 1 Cl 28:3. By God’s creative word the heaven was fixed and the earth founded on the waters Hv 1, 3, 4. Neither heaven nor earth can be comprehended by human measure B 16:2 (Is 40:12). On ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 s. under ἄκρον. ὁ πρῶτος οὐρ. καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ will give way in the last times to the οὐρ. καινός and the γῆ καινή Rv 21:1 (cf. Is 65:17; 66:22). b. as the firmament or sky over the earth; out of reach for men Hm 11:18. Hence ἕως οὐρανοῦ Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 or εἰς τὸν οὐρ. Hv 4, 1, 5 as an expr. denoting a great height. Likew. ἀπὸ τ. γῆς ἕως τ. οὐρανοῦ 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin); GP 10:40 (for a supernatural being walking on the earth and touching the sky w. his head, s. Il. 4, 443). Since the heaven extends over the whole earth, ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. under (the) heaven=on earth, throughout the earth (Pla., Tim. 23c, Ep. 7 p. 326c; UPZ 106, 14 [99 BC]; Eccl 1:13; 3:1) Ac 2:5; 4:12; Col 1:23; Hs 9, 17, 4; m 12, 4, 2. ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ throughout the earth 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14). ἐκ τῆς (i.e. χώρας) ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανόν from one place on earth to another Lk 17:24 (cf. Dt 29:19; Bar 5:3; 2 Macc 2:18 ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον).—In the last days there will appear τέρατα ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ ἄνω wonders in the heaven above Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3 v.l.). σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Rv 12:1, 3 (cf. Diod. S. 2, 30, 1 τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ γινόμενα=what takes place in the heavens; Ael. Aristid. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D., where the statue of Asclepius from Pergamum appears ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ). The sky can even be rolled up; s. ἑλίσσω.—The rain falls fr. heaven (X., An. 4, 2, 2) and the heaven must be closed to bring about a drought Lk 4:25.—Rv 11:6; Js 5:18 (cf. 2 Ch 6:26; 7:13; Sir 48:3). Lightning also comes fr. heaven (Bacchylides 17, 55f ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ. . . ἀστραπάν [=Attic-ήν]) Lk 10:18. Likew. of other things that come down like rain to punish sinners: fire Lk 9:54 (cf. 4 Km 1:10); Rv 20:9; fire and brimstone Lk 17:29 (cf. Gen 19:24); apocalyptic hail Rv 16:21. c. as the starry heaven IEph 19:2. τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρ. (cf. ἄστρον and s. Eur., Phoen. 1; Diod. S. 6, 2, 2 ἥλιον κ. σελήνην κ. τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανόν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 13 K.=1 p. 5 D.) Hb 11:12. οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρ. 1 Cl 32:2 (Gen 22:17); cf. 10:6 (Gen 15:5). In the time of tribulation at the end of the world the stars will fall fr. heaven Mt 24:29a; Mk 13:25a; Rv 6:13; 12:4. Cf. 8:10; 9:1. ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. (s. οὐράνιος) the host of heaven of the stars, which the Israelites worshipped idolatrously Ac 7:42 (worship of the στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. in enmity to Yahweh also Jer 7:18; 19:13; Zeph 1:5; 2 Ch 33:3, 5). These are also meant by the δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:29b; Lk 21:26; cf.

Mk 13:25b (cf. δύναμις 5). d. as the place of the atmosphere; the clouds hover in it, the νεφέλαι τοῦ οὐρ. (cf. νεφέλη) Mt 24:30b; 26:64; Mk 14:62; D 16:8. Likew. the birds, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Gen 1:26; Ps 8:9; Jdth 11:7; cf. Bar 3:17) Mt 6:26; 8:20; 13:32; Mk 4:32; Lk 8:5; 9:58; Ac 10:12; 11:6; B 6:12 (Gen 1:26), 18; Hs 9, 24, 1.—πυρράζει ὁ οὐρανός Mt 16:2, 3.—Is perhaps in connection w. τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα Lk 10:18 the atmosphere to be thought of as the abode of the evil spirits? On Satan as the ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, s. ἀήρ. Cf. also the λεγόμενοι θεοὶ εἴτε ἐν οὐρ. εἴτε ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Cor 8:5. In any case Rv 12:7f speaks of the dragon and his angels as being in heaven. e. The concept of more than one heaven (s. 1aα above; the idea is Jewish; but s. FTorm, ZNW 33, ’34, 48-50, who refers to Anaximander and Aristot. Also Ps.-Apollod. 1, 6, 1, 2 ms. and Achilles Tat. 2, 36, 4 and 37, 2 ms. have οὐρανοί; Himerius, Or. 66 [=Or. 20], 4 οὐρανοί as the abode of the gods; also Hesychius Miles. [IV AD] c. 66 JFlach of the ‘godless heathen’ Tribonian.—Schlatter, Mt2 p. 58 on 3:2: ‘The pl. οὐρανοί is found neither in Philo nor Joseph.’ Cf. PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 141-6) is also found in our lit. (s. 1c, end, above); it is not always possible to decide with certainty just where the idea is really alive and where it simply survives in a formula (in the Fourth Gosp.

715

the pl. is entirely absent; Rv has it only 12:12 [fr. LXX]. Eph always has the pl. In others the sing. and pl. are interchanged for no apparent reason [cf. Hb 9:23 w. 24 or Hv 1, 1, 4 w. 1, 2, 1; also GP 10:40f]): the third heaven (cf. Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 12 ἐς τρίτον οὐρανὸν ἀεροβατήσας [s. on ἀνακαινίζω and πνεῦμα 8]; PSI 29, 2ff [IV AD?] ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν καθήμενον ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ οὐρανῷ. . . ἐν τῷ βʹ οὐρ.. . . ἐν τῷ γʹ οὐρ.; Simplicius In Epict. p.

100, 13 Düb. ὀκτὼ οὐρανοί; Test. Levi 3:3. Combination of the third heaven and Paradise, Apoc. of Moses 37. S. on τρίτος 1) 2 Cor 12:2 (s. JohJeremias, Der Gottesberg ’19, 41ff; Ltzm., Hdb.4 ’49, exc. on 2 Cor 12:3f [lit.]). ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν Eph 4:10. τ. πάντα ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς κ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς Col 1:16; cf. vs. 20. ἔργα τ. χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρ. Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26).—4:14; 7:26; 2 Pt 3:5, 7, 10, 12f (of the heavens, their destruction in the final conflagration, and their replacement by the καινοὶ οὐρ.); 1 Cl 20:1; 33:3. τακήσονταί τινες τῶν οὐρανῶν 2 Cl 16:3.

2. as the abode of the divine (the pl. is preferred for this mng.: Bl-D. §141, 1; Rob. 408)—a. as the dwelling-place (or throne) of God (Sappho, fgm. 56 D.2; Solon 1, 22 D.2; Hom. Hymn to Aphrodite 291 [all three οὐρ. in the sing. as the seat of the gods]; Pla., Phaedr. 246E ὁ μέγας ἐν οὐρανῷ Ζεύς; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2; 3, 4 ὁ οὐρ. as οἰκητήριον θεοῦ or θεῶν; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 22 θεῶν μακάρων κατʼ οὐρανόν; Artem. 2, 68 p. 159, 13 ὁ οὐρανὸς θεῶν ἐστὶν οἶκος; Ael. Aristid. 43, 14 K.=1 p. 5 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 11b; inscr. from Saïtaï in Lydia [δύναμις 6]; Isisaretal. v. Kyrene 8 P.—On the OT: GWestphal, Jahwes Wohnstätten ’08, 214-73) Mt 23:22; Ac 7:55f; Hb 8:1; B 16:2b (Is 66:1); Dg 10:7. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρ, Hv 1, 1, 6 (cf. Tob 5:17 S). ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρ. (Gen 24:3) Rv 11:13; 16:11. ὁ κύριος ἐν οὐρανοῖς Eph 6:9; cf. Col 4:1. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν (μου, ἡμῶν) ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρ. (silver tablet fr. Amisos: ARW 12, ’09, 25 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μέγας ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ καθήμενος) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1, 9; 7:11, 21b; 10:33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10b, 14, 19; Mk 11:25f; Lk 11:2 v.l.; D 8:2 (here the sing. ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Cf. PGM 12, 261 τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεῷ). ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the Father who (gives) from heaven Lk 11:13 (Jos., Ant. 9, 73ἐκχέαι τὸν θεὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ). God dwells in τὰ ὕψη τῶν οὐρ. 1 Cl 36:2. Therefore the one who prays looks up toward heaven: ἀναβλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. (s. ἀναβλέπω 1) Mt 14:19; Mk 6:41; 7:34; Lk 9:16; MPol 9:2; 14:1. ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρ. εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ Ac 7:55; ἐπάρας τ. ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρ. J 17:1.—The Spirit of God comes fr. (the open) heaven Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10; Lk 3:21; J 1:32; Ac 2:2 (-4); 1 Pt 1:12. The voice of God resounds fr. it (Maximus Tyr. 35, 7b ∆ιὸς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μέγα βοῶντος, the words follow) Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; J 12:28; Ac 11:9; MPol 9:1, and it is gener. the place where divine pronouncements have their beginning Ac 11:5 and their end vs. 10. The ὀργὴ θεοῦ reveals itself fr. heaven Ro 1:18 (s. Jos., Bell. 1, 630τὸν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δικαστήν). A σημεῖον ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τοῦ οὐρ. is a sign given by God Mt 16:1; Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; cf. 21:11. b. Christ is ἐξ οὐρανοῦ from heaven, of a heavenly nature 1 Cor 15:47 (s. ἄνθρωπος 2d. On this HAAKennedy, St. Paul and the Conception of the ‘Heavenly Man’: Exp. 8th Ser. VII ’13, 97-110; EAGraham, CQR 113, ’32, 226) and has come down from heaven J 3:13b, 31; 6:38, 42, 50, as ὁ ἄρτος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (s. ἄρτος 2). Cf. Ro 10:6. He returned to heaven (on the ascension cf. CHönn, Studien zur Geschichte der Hf. im klass. Altertum: Progr. Mannheim ’10; FPfister, Der Reliquienkult im Altertum II ’12, 480ff; HDiels, Himmels u. Höllenfahrten v. Homer bis Dante: NJklA 49, ’22, 239-53; RHolland, Zur Typik der Hf.: ARW 23, ’25, 207-20; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32, 533 [index: Ascensus]; WMichaelis, Zur Überl. der Hf.s-geschichte: ThBl 4, ’25, 101-9; AFridrichsen, D. Hf. bei Lk: ibid. 6, ’27, 337-41; GBertram, Die Hf. Jesu vom Kreuz: Deissmann-Festschr. ’27, 187-217 [UHolzmeister, ZkTh 55, ’31, 44-82]; HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph ’3O, 1ff; VLarrañaga, L’Ascension de Notre-Seigneur dans le NT ’38 [fr. Spanish]. S. also on ἀνάστασις, end, and on διά A II 1) to live there in glory: Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51 tr.; Ac 1:10f; 2:34; 7:55f; 9:3; 22:6; 1 Pt 3:22; B 15:9. The Christians await his coming again fr. heaven: Ac 1:11; Phil 3:20; 1 Th 1:10; 4:16; 2 Th 1:7.—When the Messianic woes have come to an end, τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ then the sign of the Son of man (who is) in heaven will appear; acc. to the context, the sign consists in this, that he appears visibly in heavenly glory Mt 24:30. c. as the abode of angels (Gen 21:17; 22:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 12) Mt 18:10a; 22:30; 24:36; 28:2; Mk 12:25; 13:32; Lk 2:15; 22:43; J 1:51; Gal 1:8; Rv 10:1; 18:1; 19:14; 20:1. Cf. Eph 3:15. d. The Christian dead also dwell in heaven (cf. Dio Chrys. 23[40], 35 οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ θείων κ. μακαρίων αἰώνιον τάξιν; Libanius, Or. 21 p. 459, 9 F. πόρρω τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκοῦντος χοροῦ; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 33, 5; 12; Artem. 2, 68 p. 160, 25 τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπαλλαγείσας τῶν σωμάτων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνιέναι τάχει χρωμένας ὑπερβάλλοντι; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23: the demon of the dead holds the σῶμα of the dead person, τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ οὐρανός; Quintus Smyrn. 7, 88). Their life, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἐν οὐρανῷ ζῆν, stands in strong contrast to the ὄντως θάνατος, that leads to the everlasting fire Dg 10:7b. Rhoda, who greets Hermas from heaven Hv 1, 1, 4, need not have died (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.), and still she shows us that heaven is open for the godly.

Furthermore, the Christian’s true citizenship is in heaven (s. πολίτευμα) Phil 3:20; cf. Dg 5:9. Their names are enrolled in heaven (s. βίβλος 2) Lk 10:20; Hb 12:23. In heaven there await them their glorified body 2 Cor 5:1f, their reward Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, their treasure Mt 6:20; Lk 12:33, the things they hoped for Col 1:5, their inheritance 1 Pt 1:4; it is a place of peace Lk 19:38.—ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ the New Jerusalem (s. Ἰεροσόλυμα 2) will come down to earth Rv 3:12; 21:2, 10. e. The concept of a heaven in which God, his attendant spirits, and the righteous dead abide, makes it easy to understand the taking over of certain OT expressions in which heaven is personified εὐφραίνεσθε οὐρανοί (cf. Is 44:23; 49:13) Rv 12:12; cf. 18:20; B 9:3 (Is 1:2); 11:2 (Jer 2:12); 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).

3. fig., synonymous with God (s. βασιλεία 3.—Philippides Com. [IV/III BC] 27 νὴ τὸν οὐρανόν. Acc. to Clem.

Alex., Protr. 5, 66, 4 Θεόφραστος πῇ [in some way] μὲν οὐρανὸν, πῇ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοεῖ; Appian, Hann.

56 §233 σημεῖα ἐκ ∆ιός [1. 14 Viereck-R.]=ἐξ οὐρανοῦ [1. 16]). ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. sin against God Lk 15:18, 21. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30f; Lk 20:4f. βασιλεία τῶν οὐρ. in Mt=βασιλεία τοῦ 716

θεοῦ 3:2; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 19f; 7:21; 8:11; 10:7; 11:11f; 13:11, 24, 31, 33, 33f, 44f, 47, 52; 16:19; 18:1, 3f, 23; 19:12, 14, 23; 20:1; 22:2; 23:13; 25:1: J 3:5 v.l.—GvRad and HTraub, TW V 496ff: οὐρανός and related words. M-M. B. 53; 1484. Οὐρβανός, οῦ, ὁ (lead tablet fr. Hadrumetum 13 [Dssm., B 29; 37;—BS 275; 283] τὸν Οὐρβανὸν ὃν ἔτεκεν Οὐρβανά; PSI 27, 7 al. The Lat. Urbanus in inscr. in HDessau, Inscriptiones Latinae no. 7566; 7986 and Lghtf., Phil p.

174) Urbanus, a man to whom a greeting is addressed, described as συνεργὸς ἡμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ro 16:9. M-M.* Οὐρίας, ου, ὁ (‫ ) ָהיּ ִרוּא‬Uriah, husband of Bathsheba who, after his death, married David and bore Solomon to him (2 Km 11; 12:24; Jos., Ant. 7, 131-41; 144; 146; 153f.—The name is also found elsewh. in the OT and Joseph. [gen. Οὐρία: Ant. 7, 141; 144]) ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6.* οὖς, ὠτός, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 165, Philo, Joseph.) ear.

1. lit. Mk 7:33. δεξιόν Lk 22:50 (MRostovzeff, ZNW 33, ’34, 196-9 after PTebt. 793 XI, 1ff [183 BC] Ἡσίοδος. . . τὸν ∆ωρίωνος δεξιὸν ὦτα εἰς τέλος ἐξέτεμεν. Also Leo Gramm. 118, 10 IBekker [1842] ἀπετμήθη τὸ δεξιὸν ὦς=[οὗς]; cf. JWDoeve, Die Gefangennahme Jesu, Studia Evangelica 73, ’59, 457-80: connects w. Am 3:12; for another view s. SHall, ibid. 501f); 1 Cor 12:16. ἃ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν in the apocr. saying of unknown origin (s. Hdb. z.

NT6 [J]3 ’33, 4f) 1 Cor 2:9; 1 Cl 34:8; 2 Cl 11:7; MPol 2:3. πρὸς τὸ οὖς λαλεῖν τι say someth. into someone’s ear, i.e. secretly or in confidence, whisper (Plut., Demetr. 14, 3; Jos., Ant. 6, 165; cf. Diog. L. 9, 26 εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ οὖς) Lk 12:3. εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούειν (Eur., Or. 616, Andr. 1091) Mt 10:27. Differently λαλεῖν εἰς τὸ ὦτα τῶν ἁγίων, where there is no suggestion of secrecy (cf. 2 Km 3:19) Hv 3, 8, 11; 4, 3, 6. ὦτα κυρίου εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν the ears of the Lord are open to their prayer 1 Pt 3:12; cf. 1 Cl 22:6 (both Ps 33:16). συνέχειν τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν hold their ears shut Ac 7:57. βύειν τὰ ὦτα stop the ears IEph 9:1 (cf. βύω). εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τά ὦτά τινος come to someone’s ears (Paroem. Gr.: Zenob. [II AD] 3, 49 εἰς θεῶν ὦτα ἦλθεν; Ps 17:7) Js 5:4 (cf. Is 5:9); also γίνεσθαι Lk 1:44. ἠκούσθη τι εἰς τὰ ὦτά τινος someth. came to someone’s ears (Is 5:9) Ac 11:22. ἐν τοῖς ὠσί τινος in someone’s hearing (Dt 5:1; 2 Km 3:19; Bar 1:3f) Lk 4:21. If Mt 13:16 is to be intepreted fr. the vantage point of vs.

17, it belongs here. If, on the other hand, it is to be explained on the basis of what precedes, it belongs under 2.

2. transferred fr. sense perception to mental and spiritual understanding: τοῖς ὠσὶ βαρέως ἀκούειν be hard of hearing=comprehend slowly (or, rather, not at all) Mt 13:15a; Ac 28:27a (both Is 6:10a); cf. Mt 13:15b; Ac 28:27b (both Is 6:10b). θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους receive the following words into your ears, i.e. take them to heart Lk 9:44 (cf. Ex 17:14 δὸς εἰς τὰ ὦτα Ἰησοῖ). ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν Ro 11:8 (cf. Dt 29:3). W. ἔχειν (Hermocles [IV/III BC] p. 174, 16 Coll. [=Athen. 6, 63 p. 253E] images of the gods οὐκ ἔχουσιν ὦτα) ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε; Mk 8:18 (cf. Jer 5:21; Ezk 12:2). ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; cf.

13:9. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω Mt 11:15; 13:9, 43. ὃς (εἴ τις) ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω Mk 4:9, 23; 7:16. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω Lk 8:8; 14:35 (MDibelius, ‘Wer Ohren hat zu hören, der höre’: StKr 83, ’10, 461-71. Cf. Heraclitus [Vorsokrat.5 22B 34] ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσιν ἐοίκασιν). ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν uncircumcised in hearts and ears i.e., impervious to moral instruction Ac 7:51 (ἀπερίτμητος 2). JHorst, TW V 543-58: οἶς and related words. M-M. B. 226.* οὐσία, ας, ἡ property, wealth (so Eur., Hdt.+; incr., pap.; Tob 14:13 BA; 3 Macc 3:28; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 241, Ant. 7, 114) Lk 15:12f (Diog. L. 9, 35 three brothers, one of whom wishes to move to a distant land, divide the οὐσία among them).—HHBerger, Ousia in de dialogen van Plato, ’61. M-M. B. 769.* οὔτε adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr. In the mss. freq. exchanged w. οὐδέ. The latter is found beside οὔτε in the text or as v.l. Mk 5:3; Lk 12:26; 20:36; J 1:25; Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 3:2; Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:3; Js 3:12; Rv 5:3, 4; 9:20; 12:8; 20:4. Likew. in several places only οὐδέ is attested, where one should expect οὔτε: Rv 7:16; 9:4; 21:23.—Mayser p. 177; Bl-D. §445, 1 app.; Valley s.v. οὐδέ, end.—Dit., Syll.3 747, 27 [73 BC] οὔτε stands for οὐδέ; cf. Rv 12:8; 20:4; 7:16; 5:4) and not. οὔτε. . . οὔτε neither. . . nor (Jos., Ant. 3, 16; 15, 182) ὅπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει Mt 6:20. Cf. 22:30; Mk 12:25; 14:68; Lk 12:24, 27 (οὐ. . . οὐδέ P47 P75 et al.); 14:35; 20:35; J 4:21; 5:37; 8:19; 9:3; Ac 2:31; 15:10; 19:37; 28:21; 1 Cor 3:7; 8:8; 11:11; Gal 5:6; 6:15; Rv 3:15f. οὔτε. . . οὔτε. . . οὔτε neither. . . nor. . . nor (Xenophon Eph. 335, 28-30 six members) Ac 25:8; Ro 8:38f (οὔτε ten times); 1 Cor 6:9f (οὔτε seven times, continued and concluded by οὐ three times); 1 Th 2:5f (οὔτε three times, then twice in a new series: οὔτε ἀφʼ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπʼ ἄλλων); Rv 9:20.—οὔτε several times after οὐ vs. 21; before (and after) οὔ 21:4. In Ac 24:12f οὔτε three times neither. . . nor. . . nor is continued by οὐδέ and. . . not at all. οὐδὲ γάρ. . . οὔτε for. . . not,. . . nor Gal 1:12 (v.l. has οὐδέ twice). οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τ. αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τ. μέλλοντι Mt 12:32 (the second οὔτε here is perhaps felt as intensifying. Cf. Arrian, Anab. 7, 14, 3 οὔτε βασιλεῖ οὔτε Ἀλεξάνδρῳ=neither for a king nor especially for Alex.). οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον οὔτε βλέπειν αὐτό Rv 5:4.—οὔτε. . . (very rare in class. Gk. [Kühner-G. II 291, 3a]. More freq. later: Plut., Mor. 1115B; Polyaenus 1, 30, 8; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 5, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, ∆ωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ; Aelian, N.A. 1, 57; 11, 9; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Jos., Bell. 2, 403;463.—Bl-D. §445, 3 app.; cf. Rob. 1189) οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶν βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11. οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 3J 10.—Js 3:12 οὔτε can scarcely be correct, and perh. the text is faulty (s. Bl-D. §445, 1 app.; cf. Rob. 1189). M-M.** οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) demonstrative pron., 717

used as adj. and subst.: this, referring to someth. comparatively near at hand, just as ἐκεῖνος refers to someth. comparatively farther away; cf. Lk 18:14; Js 4:15; Hm 3:5. On its use s. Bl-D. §290 al.; Rob. 697-706; Mlt.-Turner 192f.

1. subst.—a. gener.—α. w. ref. to someth. here and now, directing attention to it (Appian, Liby. 62 §276 οὗτος=this man here [referring to one who is present]. Cf. Pherecrates Com. 134 K. οὗτος πόθεν ἦλθες;=you there, where did you come from?) οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου Mt 3:17; 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 7:44ff; J 1:15, 30; Ac 2:15; 4:10 (οὗτος); 2 Pt 1:17 and oft. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου this is my body Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19; 1 Cor 11:24. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου Mt 26:28; Mk 14:24.—W. a connotation of contempt (Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 628 D.: ὦ οὗτος=O you poor fellow! Likew. Maximus Tyr. 37, 8d) Lk 5:21; 7:39, 49; J 6:42, 52. The contexts of Mt 13:55f; Mk 6:2f; J 7:15 suggest a similar connotation.—W. a connotation of wonder or amazement Mt 21:10; Ac 9:21. β. w. ref. to someth. that has immediately preceded this one (who has just been mentioned) Lk 1:32; J 1:2; 6:71; 2 Ti 3:6, 8; Jd 7.—At the beginning of a narrative concerning a pers. already mentioned Mt 3:3; Lk 16:1; , J 1:41; 3:2; 12:21; 21:21a; Ac 21:24.—Emphasizing a pers. already mentioned this (very) one J 9:9; Ac 4:10 (ἐν τούτῳ); 9:20; 1J 5:6; 2 Pt 2:17. καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον and him as the crucified one 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου avoid such people (as I have just described) 2 Ti 3:5. καὶ οὗτος this one (just mentioned) also Hb 8:3. γ. w. ref. to a subject more remote in the paragraph, but closer to the main concept under discussion (W-S. §23, 2; Rob. 702f) Ac 4:11; 7:19; 2J 7. δ. w. ref. to what follows: w. a relative foll. οὗτος ὅς Lk 5:21. οὗτοί εὒσιν οἵτινες 8:15. οὗτοί εὒσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι, οἳ. . . these are the ones sowed on the rocky ground, who. . . Mk 4:16. ταύτην. . . εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Pt 5:12. οὗτοι. . . ὅπου Mk 4:15 s. ὅπου 1aα.—W. ὅτι foll.: αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι J 3:19; cf. 1J 1:5; 5:11, 14.-W. ἵνα foll.: αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα J 15:12; cf. 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3; 2J 6a, b. τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἔργον, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα J 6:29, 39f.—W. inf. foll. Js 1:27.—W. ptc. foll. οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας J 11:37. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον ἀκούσαντες these are the ones who have heard the word Mk 4:18. ἀδελφοί μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ. . . ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες Lk 8:21.—W. subst. foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ νίκη. . . ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1J 5:4. ε. Resuming someth. previously mentioned, w. special emphasis: a subst.: Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο. . . τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς. . . Moses, whom they rejected,. . . is the very one whom God Ac 7:35 (Ps.—Callisth. 2, 16, 10 ∆αρεῖος. . . , οὗτος). τῶν ἀνδρῶν. . . ἕνα τούτων of the men. . . one of these (very men) Ac 1:21f. οὐ τὰ τέκνα τ. σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα τ. θεοῦ Ro 9:8; cf. vs. 6. ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει ᾗ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω in this (very one) 1 Cor 7:20. Cf. J 10:25; Ac 2:23; 4:10; Ro 7:10; Gal 3:7.—A relative clause: ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος. . . Mt 5:19.—Mk 3:35; 6:16; Lk 9:24b, 26; J 3:26; Ro 8:30. ὃ. . . , τοῦτο Ac 3:6; Ro 7:15f, 19f; Gal 6:7. ἃ. . . , ταῦτα J 8:26; Gal 5:17b; Phil 4:9; 2 Ti 2:2. ὅστις. . . ,οὗτος Mt 18:4. ἅτινα. . . ,ταῦτα Phil 3:7. ὅσοι.. . . ,οὗτοι Ro 8:14; Gal 6:12.—A ptc.: ὁ ὑπομείνας, οὗτος σωθήσεται Mt 10:22.—13:20, 22; 24:13; 26:23; Mk 12:40; Lk 9:48; J 6:46; 15:5; Ac 15:38; 1 Cor 6:4.—After εἴ τις Ro 8:9; 1 Cor 3:17; 8:3; Js 1:23; 3:2.—ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα. . . (ὅσα six times altogether), εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε Phil 4:8.—After ἐάν τις J 9:31. After ὅταν Ro 2:14. After καθώς J 8:28.—After the articular inf. εἰ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο. . . Phil 1:22. ζ. used w. αὐτός: αὐτὸς οὗτος he himself Ac 25:25. Pl. 24:15, 20. η. As a subject, the demonstr. can take on the gender of its predicate (W-S. §23, 5; Rob. 698): τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας Mt 13:38. Cf. Lk 8:14f.—Mt 7:12; Lk 2:12; 8:11; 22:53; J 1:19; Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21); 1 Cor 9:3; Gal 4:24. b. In particular, the neut. is use—α. w. ref. to what precedes: Lk 5:6; J 6:61; Ac 19:17. As the obj. of a verb of saying (Jos., Ant. 20, 123al.) Lk 24:40; J 6:6; 7:9; 8:6; 12:33; 18:38 al.—Freq. w. preposition (cf. Johannessohn 383 [index]): διὰ τοῦτο cf. διά B II 2. εἰς τοῦτο cf. εἰς 4f. ἐκ τούτου cf. ἐκ 3f (=‘for this reason’ also PRyl. 81, 24). ἐν τούτῳ for this reason J 16:30; Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4; 2 Cor 5:2; by this 1J 3:19. ἐπὶ τούτῳ cf, ἐπί II 2. μετὰ τοῦτο cf. μετά B II 3. τούτου χάριν (PAmh. 130, 6 [I AD]) Eph 3:14.—The pl. summarizes what precedes: Lk 8:8; 11:27; 24:26; J 5:34; 15:11; 21:24 and oft.—On Midrashic use in Ac, s. EEEllis, BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 303-12. β. w. ref. to what follows, esp. before clauses that express a statement, purpose, result, or condition, which it introduces: τοῦτο λέγω w. direct discourse foll. this is what I mean Gal 3:17; in ellipsis τοῦτο δέ the point is this 2 Cor 9:6; w. ὅτι foll. 1 Cor 1:12. τοῦτό φημι ὅτι 7:29 t.r.; 15:50. τοῦτο γινώσκειν, ὅτι Lk 10:11; 12:39; Ro 6:6; 2 Ti 3:1; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. λογίζῃ τοῦτο, ὅτι. . . ;Ro 2:3; ὁμολογῶ τοῦτο, ὅτι Ac 24:14. εὒδὼς τοῦτο, ὅτι understanding this, that 1 Ti 1:9. τοῦτο ἔχεις, ὅτι Rv 2:6.—W. ἵνα foll.: πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ. . . ; Lk 1:43. Cf. J 6:29, 39.—W. a prep. ἐν τούτῳ, ὅτι Lk 10:20; J 9:30 (P66 τοῦτο); 1J 3:16, 24; 4:9, 10. περὶ τούτου, ὅτι J 16:19. διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that 5:16, 18; 8:47. εὒς τοῦτο, ἵνα J 18:37; Ac 9:21; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9 al. διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. ἐν τούτῳ, ἵνα J 15:8; 1J 4:17. ἐν τούτῳ ἐάν J 13:35; 1J 2:3. ἐν τούτῳ, ὅταν 5:2.—Before an inf. τοῦτο κέκρικεν. . . ,τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον 1 Cor 7:37. Cf. 2 Cor 2:1.

Before an inf. w. acc. Eph 4:17. Even introducing a foll. subst.: τοῦτο εὐχόμεθα, τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν 2 Cor 13:9.—On αὐτὸ τοῦτο cf. αὐτός 1h. γ. καὶ τοῦτο and at that, and especially (Bl—D. §290, 5; 442, 9; Rob. 1181f) Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα (class.; cf. Kühner-G. I 647) passing over fr. and at that to although (Jos., Ant. 2, 266)Hb 11:12. δ. indicating a correspondence: τοῦτο μὲν. . . τοῦτο δέ sometimes. . . sometimes, not only. . . but also (Att.) Hb 10:33. ε. τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, τουτέστι[ν](on the orthography cf. Bl—D. §12, 3; 17) that is or means (Bl—D. §132, 2; Rob. 705. Cf. also εἰμί II 3) Mt 27:46; Mk 7:2; Ac 1:19; 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 7, 8; Phlm 12. Hb 2:14 al. Cf. Ro 1:12 (w. δέ). ζ. An unfavorable connotation (this tone is noticed by Ps.—Demetr. c. 289 in the Κρατερὸν τοῦτον [in Demetrius of Phalerum]) is assumed (after GBernhardy, Wissenschaftl. Syntax der griech. Sprache 1829, 281, by Heinrici; 718

JWeiss; EFascher, V. Verstehen d. NT ’30, 126 al. ad loc. Differently W—S. §23, 9; cf. Rob. 704) καὶ ταῦτά τινες ἦτε and that is the sort of people you were, at least some of you 1 Cor 6:11.

2. as an adj.—a. coming before a subst. (or subst. expr.) with the article (Bl—D. §292; Rob. 700f) ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι Mt 12:32. Cf. 16:18; 20:12; Mk 9:29; Lk 7:44; J 4:15; Ac 1:11; Ro 11:24; 1 Ti 1:18; Hb 7:1; 1J 4:21; Rv 19:9; 20:14 al. W. a touch of contempt Lk 18:11; cf. 14:30; 15:30. b. following the subst. that has the art.: ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων Mt 3:9. Cf. 5:19; Mk 12:16; Lk 11:31; J 4:13, 21; Ac 6:13; Ro 15:28; 1 Cor 1:20; 2:6; 11:26; 2 Cor 4:1, 7; 8:6; 11:10; Eph 3:8; 5:32; 2 Ti 2:19; Rv 2:24. (Freq. the position of οὗτος varies, somet. before, somet. after the noun, in the mss.; s. the apparatus in Tdf. on Mk 14:30; J 4:20; 6:60; 7:36; 9:24; 21:23 al.) Somet. another adj. stands w. the noun ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης Ac 2:40. ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχή Lk 21:3. Cf. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 2:19, 51 v.l. c. When the art. is lacking there is no real connection betw. the demonstrative and the noun, but the one or the other belongs to the predicate (Bl—D. §292; Rob. 701f) ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων J 2:11 (s. J 4:54 below). τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 4:18.—So esp. in combination w. numerical concepts; the noun without the art. is to be taken as part of the predicate: οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστίν this is the sixth month Lk 1:36. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο this was the first census 2:2. τοῦτο πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν J 4:54 (s. J 2:11 above). τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν this is the third day Lk 24:21 (Achilles Tat. 7, 11, 2 τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν γέγονεν ἀφανής; Menand., Epitr. 26f; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 13, 3). τοῦτο τρίτον ἐφανερώθη this was the third time that he appeared J 21:14. τρίτον τοῦτο ἔρχομαι this will be the third time that I am coming 2 Cor 13:1; cf. 12:14 (cf. Hdt. 5, 76 τέταρτον δὴ τοῦτο; Gen 27:36 δεύτερον τοῦτο.—Num 14:22; Judg 16:15).—More difficult: οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not many days from now Ac 1:5 (Alciphr. 1, 14, 2; Achilles Tat. 7, 14, 2 ὡς ὀλίγων πρὸ τούτων ἡμερῶν; POxy. 1121, 12 [295 AD]; Bl—D. §226 w. app.; Rob. 702). Most difficult of all περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς Ac 24:21 (cf.

POxy. 1152, 5 βόηθι ἡμῖν καὶ τούτῳ οἴκῳ. Bl—D. §292; Rob. 702). M-M. οὕτω and οὕτως adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.); the latter form is most used, before consonants as well as before vowels; the former (En. 98, 3 before a vowel; Ep. Arist. only before consonants) in the NT only Ac 23:11; Phil 3:17; Hb 12:21; Rv 16:18 w. really outstanding attestation; taken into the text by W-H. also Mt 3:15; 7:17; Mk 2:7; Ac 13:47; Ro 1:15; 6:19 (Bl—D. §21; Mlt—H. 112f; W-H. appendix 146f.

Also in inscr. [cf. ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen der magn. Inschr. ’03, 112], pap. [Mayser 242f; Crönert 142] and LXX [Thackeray p. 136] οὕτως is predominant) in this manner, thus, so.

1. referring to what precedes—a. w. a correlative word καθάπερ. . . οὕτως (cf. καθάπερ)(just) as. . . so Ro 12:4f; 1 Cor 12:12; 2 Cor 8:11. καθὼς. . . οὕτως (just) as. . . so Lk 11:30; 17:26; J 3:14; 12:50; 14:31; 15:4; 2 Cor 1:5; 10:7; Col 3:13; 1 Th 2:4. ὡς. . . οὕτως as. . . so Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15, 18; 1 Cor 7:17a; 2 Cor 7:14. ὥσπερ. . . οὕτως (Jos., Vi. 1) Mt 12:40; 13:40; Lk 17:24; J 5:21, 26; Ro 5:12, 19, 21; 6:4. καθʼ ὅσον. . . οὕτως as. . . so Hb 9:27f. ὃν τρόπον. . . οὕτως 2 Ti 3:8. b. w. ref. to what precedes, absolutely Mt 5:19; 6:30; Ro 11:5; 1 Cor 8:12 al. ταῦτα οὕτως so much for that B 17:2. οὐδὲ οὕτως not even thus Mk 14:59. Pointing the moral after figures of speech, parables, and examples (Aristot., Rhet. 1393b [II, 20]) Mt 5:16; 12:45; 13:49; 18:14; 20:16; Lk 12:21; 15:7, 10; J 3:8.—οὕτως can take on a specif. mng. fr. what precedes: so shamelessly J 18:22; so basely 1 Cor 5:3; so intensely (of love) Dg 10:3; unmarried 1 Cor 7:26, 40. ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως if we let him (go on) this way (performing miracle after miracle) J 11:48.

Cf. Ro 9:20.—οὕτως καί Mt 17:12; 18:35; 24:33; Mk 13:29; Lk 17:10. οὐχ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἐν ὑμῖν it is not so among you Mt 20:26; Mk 10:43. Elliptically (Bl—D. §480, 5) ὑμεῖς οὐχ οὕτως you (are) not (to act) in this way, Lk 22:26 (ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ οὕτως [v.l. οὕτως μὴ ποιεῖτε] Test. Napht. 3:4). Summarizing a thought expressed in what precedes: Mt 11:26; Ac 7:8; 1 Cor 14:25; I Th 4:17; 2 Pt 1:11.—Drawing an inference fr. what precedes so, hence (Horapollo 1, 34 οὕτω ὀνομασθήσεται; En. 98, 3) Ro 1:15; 6:11. οὕτως ὅτι as it is, since Rv 3:16.—Introducing a question so Mt 26:40; Mk 7:18; J 18:22 (s. also above); 1 Cor 6:5.—Summarizing the content of a preceding participial constr. (class.; Jos., Bell. 2, 129;Bl—D. §425, 6) Ac 20:11; 27:17.—ὁ μὲν οὕτως, ὁ δὲ οὕτως the one in one way, the other in another 1 Cor 7:7.

2. referring to what follows in this way, as follows J 21:1. Of spoken or written words: what is so introduced follows immediately after οὕτως γέγραπται Mt 2:5. Cf. 6:9; Ac 7:6; 13:34, 47; Ro 10:6; Hb 4:4; w. ὅτι recit. Lk 19:31; Ac 7:6; 13:34. W. inf. foll. (Gen 29:26) 1 Pt 2:15. Correlatively: οὕτως. . . καθώς Lk 24:24; Ro 11:26; Phil 3:17. οὕτως. . . ὃν τρόπον Ac 1:11; cf. 27:25. οὕτως. . . ὡς thus. . . as (Jos., Ant. 12, 304)Mk 4:26; J 7:46; 1 Cor 3:15; 4:1; 9:26a, b; Eph 5:33; Js 2:12. οὕτως. . . ὥστε (Hdt. 7, 174; Epict. 1, 11, 4; 4, 11, 19; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 57 [w. aor. indic.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 206; 9, 255) J 3:16 (cf. Bl—D. §391, 2 app.; Mlt. 209; Rob. 1000); Ac 14:1. οὕτως. . . ἵνα: οὕτως τρέχετε ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 Cor 9:24.

3. to denote degree, so, before adj. and adv. (class.) σεισμὸς οὕτω μέγας an earthquake so great Rv 16:18. οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε; Gal 3:3 (s. ἀνόητος 1). οὕτως φοβερόν Hb 12:21.-οὕτως ταχέως (Jos., Vi. 92) Gal 1:6.—Before a verb so intensely (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 11) 1J 4:11.

4. οὕτως without further ado, just, simply (Soph., Phil. 1067 ἀλλʼ οὕτως ἄπει; ‘then will you go away without further ado?’; Ael. Aristid. 51, 49 K.=27 p. 546 D.; Aesop, Fab. 308 P.=Babr. 48 Cr.; Jos., Ant. 14, 438)Ἰησοῦς. . . ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (cf. Ammonius, Catena in ev. S. Ioa. p. 216, 21 Cramer τὸ δὲ ‘οὕτως’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ὡς ἁπλῶς’ καὶ ‘ὡς ἔτυχε’). Likew. 8:59 t.r. and prob. ἀναπεσὼν ἐκεῖνος οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ J 13:25 (but here οὕτως can also refer to what precedes accordingly=following Peter’s nod).

5. used as an adj. (Bl—D. §434, 1 w. app.) ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν (=τοιαύτη ἦν) Mt 1:18.—19:10; Ro 4:18 (Gen 15:5). Cf. Rv 9:17.—Also subst. something like this as subj. Mt 9:33; as obj. Mk 2:12. οὕτως ποιεῖν τινι do thus 719

and so to or for someone Lk 1:25; 2:48. M-M. οὐχ s. οὐ. οὐχί (a strengthened form of οὐ. Hom.+; Attic wr.;(Dit., Syll.3. 646, 41 [170 BC]; 834, 18; PSI 499, 4 [257/6 BC]; Zen.-P. 111 [=Sb 6994], 27; LXX; En.; Jos., Ant. 17, 312al.) not (Bl-D. §432; 427, 2; Rob. 296; 917 al.).

1. as a simple negative (so in the pass. mentioned above) οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε J 13:11; cf. vs. 10 (ἀλλʼ οὐχί as Jos., Ant. 8, 279); 14:22; 1 Cor 6:1. οὐχὶ μή Lk 18:30. οὺχὶ μᾶλλον not rather 1 Cor 5:2. Foll. by ἀλλά not. . . but 10:29; 2 Cor 10:13 v.l. (for οὐκ); B 12:10; IMg 3:2.

2. as an answer: no, by no means w. ἀλλά foll. (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 4 codd.; Gen 18:15; 19:2; 42:12) Lk 1:60; 16:30; J 9:9; Ro 3:27. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλά no, I tell you, but rather Lk 12:51; 13:3, 5.

3. as an interrogative word in questions that expect an affirmative answer (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 46; PGrenf. I 1 I, 25 [II BC]; Gen 40:8; Judg 4:6) οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν; Mt 5:46. Cf. vs. 47; 6:25; 10:29; Lk 6:39; 12:6; 15:8; 17:17 v.l. (for οὐχ); 24:26; J 11:9; Ro 3:29; I Cor 1:20; Hb 1:14; 1 Cl 31:2; D 1:3. ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ. . . ; will he not rather say to him. . . ? Lk 17:8. ἢ οὐχὶ. . . ; 1 Cl 46:6.-διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε; 1 Cor 6:7a; cf. b. πῶς οὐχὶ. . . ;(1 Esdr 4:32) Ro 8:32. M-M. ὀφειλέτης, ου, ὁ (Soph.+; BGU 954, 22; En. 6, 3 ἐγὼ μόνος ὀφειλέτης ἁμαρτίας μεγάλης).

1. lit. debtor (Pla., Leg. 5 p. 736D; Plut. et al.) w. the amount of the debt given in the gen. ὀφ. μυρίων ταλάντων who owed ten thousand talents Mt 18:24.

2. fig.—a. debtor πάντες ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν ἁμαρτίας we are all debtors in the matter of sin Pol 6:1. b. one who is obligated to do someth. ὀφειλέτην εἶναι be under obligation w. the gen. or dat. of the pers. or thing to whom (which) one is obligated (Bl-D. §190, 1 app.; Rob. 537 al.): w. the gen. of the pers. obligated to someone Ro 15:27. W. the dat. of the pers. 1:14; 8:12. That which one is obligated to do stands in the gen. ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν οὐ τ. σαρκὶ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν we are under obligation but not to the flesh, to live according to its demands Ro 8:12 (cf. Bl-D. §400, 2; Rob. 1076). The simple inf. (Soph., Aj. 590) is found instead of the articular inf. in the gen.: ὀφ. ἐστὶν ὅλον τὸν νόμον ποιῆσαι Gal 5:3. c. one who is guilty of a misdeed, one who is culpable, at fault—α. in relation to men, w. the gen. of the one against whom the misdeed was committed ἀφήκαμεν τοῖς ὀφ. ἡμῶν we have forgiven our debtors, those who are guilty of sin against us Mt 6:12; cf. D 8:2. β. in relation to God, sinner (cf. Lk 13:4 w. vs. 2 ἁμαρτωλοί) abs. ὅτι αὐτοὶ ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους that they were sinners to a greater degree than all the other people Lk 13:4. M-M.* ὀφειλή, ῆς, ἡ debt—1. lit. (so oft. in pap. and ostraca [since III BC]) Mt 18:32.

2. fig.—a. gener. obligation, duty, one’s due τὴν ὀφειλήν τινι ἀποδιδόναι give someone his (her) due of conjugal duties 1 Cor 7:3. Pl., of taxes, etc. Ro 13:7. b. in a relig. sense: debt, guilt ἄφες ἡμῖν τὴν ὀφ. ἡμῶν forgive us our debt D 8:2. M-M.* ὀφείλημα, ατος, τό (Thu.+; incr., pap., LXX)—1. debt—what is owed, one’s due (Pla., Leg. 4 p. 717B; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 8, 15p. 1162b, 28; 9, 2 p. 1165a, 3; Dit., Syll.3 1108, 10 [III/II BC]; PHib. 42, 10 [262 BC]; PLond. 1203, 4; POxy. 494, 10 ὀφειλήματα; Dt 24:10; I Esdr 3:20; 1 Macc 15:8) of wages for work done οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα it is considered not as a favor, but as his due Ro 4:4 (on the contrast χάρις—ὀφείλημα cf. Thu. 2, 40, 4 οὐκ ἐς χάριν, ἀλλʼ ἐς ὀφείλημα). ‫וֹח‬in rabb. lit.; cf. MBlack, Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 140) ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ 2. in a relig. sense: debt=sin (as Aram. ‫א‬ ὀφ. ἡμῶν forgive us our debts (=sins) Mt 6:12 (the parallel Lk 11:4 has τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν). M-M.* ὀφείλω impf. ὤφειλον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.); our lit. has only the pres. and impf.; owe, be indebted.

1. lit., of financial debts: τινί τι owe someth. to someone Mt 18:28a; Lk 16:5. W. acc. of the debt (Appian, Bell.

Civ. 2, 8 §26; Jos., Ant. 13, 56)Mt 18:28b; Lk 7:41; 16:7; Phlm 18. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον the sum that is owed (Χ.; Pla.; PRainer 228, 5. In pap. the pl. is more freq. found in this mng.) Mt 18:30. πᾶν τὸ ὀφ. αὐτῷ the whole amount that he owed him vs. 34.

2. fig.—a. gener.—α. owe, be indebted τινί τι (to) someone (for) someth. (Alciphr. 4, 13, 1 Νύμφαις θυσίαν ὀφ.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 295) πόσα αὐτῷ ὀφείλομεν ὅσια; for how many holy deeds are we indebted to him? 2 Cl 1:3. μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν owe nothing to anyone except to love each other Ro 13:8 (AFridrichsen, StKr 102, ’30, 294-7). τὴν ὀφειλομένην εὔνοιαν the goodwill that one owes, a euphemism for marital duties 1 Cor 7:3 t.r. εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον τόπον τῆς δόξης to the glorious place that he deserved 1 Cl 5:4. εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον αὐτοῖς τόπον εἰσὶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Pol 9:2,—Subst. τὰ ὀφειλόμενα (s. 1 above) duties, obligations ποιεῖν. fulfill GP 12:53. β. be obligated. w. inf. foll. one must, one ought (class.; inscr., pap.; 4 Macc 11:15; 16:19; Philo, Agr. 164, Spec. Leg. 1, 101; Test. Jos. 14:6) ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν Lk 17:10. κατὰ τ. νόμον ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν J 19:7. Cf. 13:14; Ro 15:1, 27; 1 Cor 7:36; 9:10; 11:10; Eph 5:28; 2 Th 1:3; 2:13; Hb 2:17; 5:3, 12; 1J 2:6; 3:16; 4:11; 3J 8; 1 Cl 38:4; 40:1; 48:6; 51:1; 2 Cl 4:3; B 1:7; 2:1, 9f; 4:6; 5:3; 6:18; 7:1, 11; 13:3; Pol 5:1; 6:2; Hs 8, 9, 4; 9, 13, 3; 9, 18, 2; 9, 28, 5. Negat. one ought not, one must not (Jos., Vi. 149) Ac 17:29; 1 Cor 11:7; 1 Cl 56:2; Hm 4, 1, 3; 8; s 5, 4, 2; 9, 18, 1. Cf. 2 Cl 4:3. οὐκ ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τ. γονεῦσι θησαύριζειν children are 720

under no obligation to lay up money for their parents 2 Cor 12:14.—ἐπεὶ ὠφείλετε ἄρα ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελθεῖν then you would have to come out of the world altogether 1 Cor 5:10. ἐγὼ ὤφειλον ὑφʼ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι I ought to have been recommended by you 2 Cor 12:11 (Bl-D. §358, 1; Rob. 920). b. Rabbinic usage has given rise to certain peculiarities α. ὀφ. used absolutely [‫] ָביּ ַח‬: ὀφείλει he is obligated, bound (by his oath) Mt 23:16, 18. β. commit a sin (s. ὀφείλημα 2; but cf. also Dit., Syll.3 1042, 15 ἁμαρτίαν ὀφιλέτω Μηνὶ Τυράννῳ) w. dat. against someone ἀφίομεν παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν Lk 11:4. FHauck, ὀφείλω etc.: TW V 559-65. M-M. B. 641.* ὄφελον (prob. not the first pers. 2 aor. of ὀφείλω [ὤφελον] without the augment [so most scholars, incl. Mlt. 201, n.

1; Mlt.-H. 191], but a ptc., originally w. ἐστίν to be supplied [JWackernagel, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Homer ’16, 199f; Bl-D. §67, 2; so also L-S-J s.v. ὀφείλω, end]. ὄφελον: Dit., Or. 315, 16 [164/3 BC]; Epict. 2, 18, 15 v.l. Sch.; 2, 22, 12 as a correction in ms. S; LXX; En. 104, 11) a fixed form, functioning as a particle to introduce unattainable wishes (Bl-D. §359, 1; Rob. 1003f) O that, would that w. the impf. to express present time (Epict. 2, 22, 12; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 47 vArnim [ed. Budé has ὤφελον]) Rv 3:15; 2 Cor 11:1. καὶ ὄφελον ἐμιμοῦντο ISm 12:1. W. the opt. (Ps 118:5) Rv 3:15 t.r.—W. the aor. indic. to express past time (Epict. 2, 18, 15; Charito 4, 4, 2; Achilles Tat. 2, 24, 3; 5, 15, 5; Ex 16:3; Num 14:2; 20:3) 1 Cor 4:8.—W. the fut. indic. (acc. to Lucian, Soloec. 1, end, ὄφελον. . . δυνήσῃ is a solecism) ὄφ. καὶ ἀποκόψονται Gal 5:12 (s. ἀποκόπτω 2 and Bl-D. §384; Rob. 923). M-M.* ὄφελος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 519, 26 οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἡμεῖν; POxy. 118 verso, 30 οὐδὲν ὄφ.; 1468, 6; Job 15:3; Jos., Ant. 17, 154)benefit, good τί τὸ ὄφ.; what good does it do? Js 2:16 (Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 14 p. 451 M.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 55 τὶ γὰρ ὄ.;). W. ἐάν foll. (cf. Ael. Aristid. 53 p.640 D.; M. J. Brutus, Ep. 4) vs. 14; 2 Cl 6:2 (a saying of Jesus; in Mt 16:26 τί ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν. . . ;). τί μοι τὸ ὄφ.; what good is it to me? 1 Cor 15:32. τί μοι ὄμελος ταῦτα ἑωρακότι καὶ μὴ γινώσκοντι. . . ; how does it benefit me to have seen this and not to understand. . . ? Hv 3, 3, 1 (τί μοι ὄφελος; Charito 7, 4, 10). M-M.* ὀφθαλμοδουλία, ας, ἡ (Bl-D. §115, 1; cf. Mlt.-H. 271; FWGingrich, JBL 52, ’33, 263; Achmes p. 18, 12 says of a slave κατʼ ὀφθαλμὸν δουλεύειν) eye-service, i.e. service that is performed only to attract attention (CFDMoule, ET 59, ’47/’48, 250), not for its own sake nor to please God or one’s own conscience (s. Theodoret III p. 437 Schulze on Eph 6:6f ὀφθαλμοδουλείαν δὲ καλεῖ τὴν οὐκ ἐξ εἰλικρινοῦς καρδίας προσφερομένην θεραπείαν, ἀλλὰ τῷ σχήματι κεχρωσνένην) κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν Eph 6:6. Pl., of more than one occurrence of this kind of service ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλίαις Col 3:22.* ὀφθαλμός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) eye.

1. lit., as an organ of sense perception Mt 5:29, 38 (Ex 21:24; s. DDaube, JTS 45, ’44, 177-89.—The principle ἐάν τίς τινος ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκόψῃ, ἀντεκκόπτεσθαι τὸν ἐκείνου in early Gk. legislation in Diod. S. 12, 17, 4; Diog.

L. 1, 57 [Solon]); 6:22; 7:3ff (s. δοκός); Mk 9:47; Lk 6:41f; 11:34; J 9:6; 1 Cor 12:16f; Rv 1:14; 2:18; 7:17; 19:12; 21:4; 1 Cl 10:4 (Gen 13:14) and oft. More than two eyes in the same creature (Artem. 1, 26 p. 28, 13ff) Rv 4:6, 8 (after Ezk 1:18; 10:12); 5:6 (cf. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3 and 20, 8: Argus w. the many eyes, who sees w. his whole body, and never sleeps).—εἶδον οἱ ὀφ. μου (cf. Sir 16:5) Lk 2:30; cf.4:20; 10:23; 1 Cor 2:9 (=1 Cl 34:8; 2 Cl 11:7; MPol 2:3. On possible Gnostic associations s. UWilcken, Weisheit u. Torheit, ’59, 77-80 and Hippolytus 5, 26, 16); Rv 1:7.—ἰδεῖν τοῖς ὀφ. Dg 2:1 (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 24). ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφ. ἡμῶν 1J 1:1 (cf. Zech 9:8 A). ὀφ. πονηρός an evil eye i.e., one that looks w. envy or jealousy upon other people (Sir 14:10; Maximus Tyr. 20:7b) Mt 6:23 (opp. ἁπλοῦς; s. this entry, the lit. s.v. λύχνος 2 and πονηρός 1aα, and also PFiebig, Das Wort Jesu v. Auge: StKr 89, ’16, 499-507; CEdlund, Das Auge der Einfalt: Acta Sem. Neot. Upsal. 19, ’52; HJCadbury, HTR 47, ’54, 69-74). Cf. 20:15. By metonymy for envy, malice Mk 7:22 (but the mng. stinginess, love for one’s own possessions is upheld for all the NT pass. w. ὀφ. πον. by CJCadoux, ET 53, ’41/’42, 354f, esp. for Mt 20:15, and w. ref. to Dt 15:9 al. Envy, etc. is preferred by CRSmith, ibid. 181f; 54, ’42/’43, 26 and JDPercy, ibid. 26f).—ἐν ῥιπῄ ὀφθαλμοῦ in the twinkling of an eye 1 Cor 15:52. ἀγαπήσεις ὡς κόρην τοῦ ὀφ. σου you are to love as the apple of your eye B 19:9 (s. κόρη).—Used w. verbs: αἴρω ἄνω (αἴρω 1b). ἀνοίγω (ἀνοίγω 1eβ). ἐξαιρέω (q.v. 1). ἐξορύσσω (q.v.). ἐπαίρω (q.v. 1). κρατέω (q.v. 2d). ὑπολαμβάνειν τινὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφ. τινός take someone up out of sight of someone Ac 1:9.—ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1J 2:16 (Maximus Tyr. 19, 21 m the ἐπιθυμία goes through the ὀφθαλμοί). ὀφθαλμοὶ μεστοὶ μοιχαλίδος 2 Pt 2:14 (s. μεστός 2b).—It is characteristic of the OT (but s. also Hes., Op. 265 πάντα ἰδὼν ∆ιὸς ὀφθαλμός; Polyb. 23, 10, 3 ∆ίκης ὀφ.; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 19 at the beginning, the pl. of the eyes of Tyche. ὄμματα is also found of a divinity: Alciphr. 3, 8, 2; 4, 9, 4) to speak anthropomorphically of the eyes of God Hb 4:13; 1 Pt 3:12; 1 Cl 22:6 (the last two Ps 33:16).

2. transferred fr. sense perception to mental and spiritual understanding: ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ βλέπετε Mk 8:18.—Mt 13:15b; J 12:40b; Ac 28:27b (all three Is 6:10); Mt 13:16. ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν the kind of eyes with which they do not see (cf. Bl-D. §393, 6; 400, 2; Rob. 1061; 1076) Ro 11:8 (cf. Dt 29:3). οἱ ὀφ. τῆς καρδίας the eyes of the heart (s. καρδία 1bβ and cf. Herm. Wr. 7, 1 ἀναβλέψαντες τοῖς τῆς καρδίας ὀφθαλμοῖς; 10, 4 ὁ τοῦ νοῦ ὀφθαλμός.—Sir 17:8) Eph 1:18; 1 Cl 36:2; 59:3; MPol 2:3. Cf. also the entries καμμύω, σκοτίζω, τυφλόω.—W. a prep.: ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφ. τινος s. ἀπέναντι 1b. ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου it is hidden from the eyes of your mind Lk 19:42 (cf. Sir 17:15). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς (LXX; cf. Thackeray 43): ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν it is marvelous in our sight (=in our judgment; but Lucian, Tox. 39 ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν means ‘before our eyes’ Likew. Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1619 τέρας ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδόντες=gaze with their eyes 721

on the portent; Diod. S. 3, 18, 5 ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς=before their eyes) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). κατʼ ὀφθαλμούς τινος before someone’s eyes, in someone’s sight (2 Km 12:11; 4 Km 25:7; Jer 35:5; Ezk 20:14, 22, 41; 21:11; 22:16; 36:23) οἷς κατʼ ὀφθαλοὺς Ἰ. Χριστὸς προεγράφη before whose eyes Jesus Christ was portrayed Gal 3:1. πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν before (someone’s) eyes (Hyperid. 6, 17; Dit., Syll.3 495, 120 [c. 230 BC]; BGU 362 V, 8; LXX; Ep. Arist. 284): πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαμβάνειν (Polyb.; Diod. S. 26, 16b [cf. FKrebs, Die Präp. bei Polyb. 1882, 38]; 2 Macc 8:17; 3 Macc 4:4) place before one’s eyes 1 Cl 5:3. πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχειν (Lucian, Tyrannicida 7; Dit., Or. 210, 8; PGiess. 67, 10) keep one’s eyes on someth. MPol 2:3. πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τινος εἶναι (Dt 11:18) be before someone’s eyes 1 Cl 2:1; 39:3 (Job 4:16). M-M. B. 225. ὀφθείς, ὀφθήσομαι s. ὁράω. ὄφις, εως, ὁ (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 113 of the snake that functioned in healings in the temple of Asclepius at Epidaurus; PGM 8, 11; 13, 261; 881; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 41; 2, 287) snake, serpent.

1. lit. Mt 7:10 (s. BHjerl-Hansen, RB 55, ’48, 195-8); Mk 16:18; Lk 11:11; 1 Cor 10:9 (Diod. S. 5, 58, 4 ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων διαφθαρῆναι); Rv 9:19 (cf. Achilles Tat. 1, 3, 4 ὄφεις αἱ κόμαι). ὄφεις καὶ σκορπίοι (Procop. Soph., Ep. 136; Sb 6584, 6; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 177, 21; Dt 8:15; Philo, Praem. 90) Lk 10:19. Symbol of cleverness (cf.

Gen 3:1; symbol of another kind Hyperides, fgm. 80) Mt 10:16; IPol 2:2. Of the brass serpent in the desert (Num 21:6-9; Wsd 16:5f) χαλκοῦς ὀφ. (Num 21:9; cf. 4 Km 18:4) B 12:6. This serpent, raised aloft, as a type of Jesus J 3:14; B 12:5-7 (a typological evaluation of Num 21:6-9 also in Philo, Leg. All. 2, 77ff, Agr. 95.—Appian, Mithrid. 77 §335 tells of a χαλκοῦς ὄφις in memory of Philoctetes; Diod. S. 2, 9, 5 of ὄφεις ἀργυροί on the temple of Zeus in Babylon).

2. fig., of depraved men (cf. Sib. Or. 5, 29 of Nero) ὄφεις γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν Mt 23:33.

3. as a symbolic figure, frequent in mythology (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 128 the dragon guarding the golden fleece; 4, 1434 the Lernaean Hydra.—WGrafBaudissin, Studien zur semitischen Religionsgesch. I 1876, 257ff, RE V 1898, 3ff; XVII ’06, 580ff; HGunkel, Schöpfung u. Chaos 1895, 29ff; 320ff; JGFrazer, The Golden Bough3 IV 1, ’19, 80ff; Pauly—W. 2nd Series II 1, 508f; EKüster, D. Schlange in der griech. Kunst u. Religion ’13; EUlback, The Serpent in Myth and Scripture: Bibliotheca Sacra 90, ’33, 449-55; PGM 4, 1638 the sun-god as ὁ μέγας ὄφις), as a designation for the devil (s. δράκων) Rv 12:14f; Dg 12:3, 6, 8 (here in vs. 6 the serpent of Paradise is clearly the devil). ὁ ὄφ. ὁ ἀρχαῖος (s. ἀρχαῖος 1) Rv 12:9; 20:2. In speaking of the serpent that seduced Eve, Paul evidently has the devil in mind 2 Cor 11:3 (cf. 4 Macc 18:8.—Ltzm. and Windisch on 2 Cor 11:3; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 50f; SReinach, La Femme et la Serpent: L’Anthropologie 35, ’05, 178ff). JFichtner and WFoerster, TW V 566-82. M-M. B. 194.* ὀφλισκάνω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.) w. the rare and unclassical 1 aor. ὤφλησα (Lysias 13, 65 ms.; Hippocr., Ep. 27 ed. Littré IX p. 426; Ael. Aristid. [s. below]) become a debtor w. acc. incur the charge of, become guilty of a thing (Soph., Oed. R. 512 κακίαν; Eur., Heracl. 985 δειλίαν, Ion 443 ἀνομίαν; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 732 D.: αἰσχύνην ὀφλῆσαι; Philo, Agr. 93 γέλωτα ὀφ.=be laughed at) συμφέρει ἡμῖν ὀφλῆσαι μεγίστην ἁμαρτίαν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μή it is better for us to become guilty of the greatest sin before God, than GP 11:48.* ὀφρῦς (on the accent s. Mlt.-H. 141f), ύος, ἡ lit. eyebrow (so Hom.+; PPetr. I 11, 17 [220 BC]; PFay. 107, 15; Lev 14:9; Ep. Arist. 98; Philo), then brow, edge of a cliff or hill (I1. 20, 151; Polyb. 7, 6, 3; Diod. S. 22, 13, 4; Plut., Numa 10, 8; Strabo 5, 3, 7; PAmh. 68, 9; 34 [I AD]) ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἕως ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους they led him to the brow of the hill Lk 4:29. On the situation cf. MBrückner, Pj 7, ’11, 82. M-M. B. 219.* ὀχετός, οῦ, ὁ (Pind.+; Sym.) canal, water-course (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 13, Poster. Cai. 50), then drain, sewer (Antonin, Liberal. 24, 3; Herodian 5, 8, 9; 7, 7, 3; Acta S. Apollonii §21 a Klette); so Mk 7:19 D (for ἀφεδρῶνα [q.v.]). The mng. intestinal canal (quotable since Hippocr.; X., Mem. 1, 4, 6) is not applicable here because of the proximity of κοιλία. M-M.* ὀχλέω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., ostraca, LXX) trouble, disturb (so mostly) pass. (Jos., Ant. 6, 217, Vi. 275 [ὀχ. ὑπό τινος]) ὀχλούμενος ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων tormented by unclean spirits Ac 5:16. Cf. Lk 6:18 t.r.

(Tob 6:8 BA ἐάν τινα ὀχλῇ δαιμόνιον ἢ πνεῦμα πονηρόν; Act. Thom. 12 ὑπὸ δαιμονίων ὀχλούμενοι). M-M.* ὀχλοποιέω 1 aor. ptc. ὀχλοποιήσας (not found elsewh. But cf. Hippocr., Mul. 1, 14 ed. Littré VIII p. 52 ὄχλον ποιέει) form a mob Ac 17:5.* ὄχλος, ου, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.—In the NT only in the gospels, Ac, and Rv).

1. crowd, throng, (multitude) of people Mt 9:23, 25; 15:35; Mk 2:4 (s. DDaube, ET 50, ’38, 138f); 3:9; Lk 5:1; J 5:13; 6:22; Ac 14:14; 21:34f and oft. τὶς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου someone from the crowd Lk 12:13; cf. 11:27. ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχ. 9:38. τινὲς τῶν Φαρισαίων ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου some of the Pharisees in the crowd 19:39. ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου away from the crowd Mk 7:17, 33. οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3 (s. ἀπό V 1). οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου without a crowd (present) Ac 24:18 (cf. vs. 12). This is equivalent in mng. to ἄτερ ὄχλου (s. ἄτερ) when there was no crowd present Lk 22:6 (cf. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Evangelien nach ihrer Eigenart ’25, 190), unless ὄχ. means disturbance (Hdt.+) here (so Gdspd.).—πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος (Aelian, V. H. 2, 6) the whole crowd, all the people Mt 13:2b; Mk 2:13; 4:1b; 9:15; Lk 13:17; Ac 21:27; MPol 9:2; 16:1.—πολὺς ὄχ. (Jos., Vi. 133; 277 Mt 722

14:14; Mk 6:34. ὄχ. πολύς (Cebes 1, 2; IG IV2 1, 123, 25; several times LXX) Mt 20:29; Mk 5:21, 24; 9:14; Lk 8:4; J 6:2. ὁ πολὺς ὄχ. Mk 12:37. ὁ ὄχ. πολύς J 12:9, 12.—ὄχ. ἱκανός a considerable throng Mk 10:46; Lk 7:12; Ac 11:24, 26; cf. 19:26. ὄχ. τοσοῦτος Mt 15:33. ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχ. the great throng or greater part of the crowd (the verb in the pl. with a collective noun as Memnon [I BC/I AD]: 434 fgm. 1, 28, 6 Jac. εἷλον. . . ἡ Ῥωμαίων δύναμις, Cf. Bl-D. §134, 1) 21:8. Cf. Mk 4:1 a. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχ. the greater part of the throng Hs 8, 1, 16; τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ὄχ. 9, 4, 4; αἱ μυριάδες τοῦ ὄχ. the crowd in myriads Lk 12:1.—The pl. is common in Mt, Lk, and Ac (acc. to later usage: X., Mem. 3, 7, 5; Dionys. Hal.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 47 K.=50 p. 564 D.; Jos., Ant. 6, 25al.) οἱ ὄχλοι the crowds, the people (the latter plainly Posidon.: 87 fgm. 36, 51 Jac. συλλαλήσαντες αὐτοῖς οἱ ὄχ.; Diod. S. 1, 36, 10; 1, 83, 8 ἐν ταῖς τῶν ὄχλων ψυχαῖς; 1, 72, 5 μυριάδες τῶν ὄχλων; 4, 42, 3; 14, 7, 2 ὄχλων πλῆθος=a crowd of people; 36, 15, 2 οἱ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ὄχλοι=the people in the city; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 2; Ps.-Aeschines, Ep. 10, 4 ἡμεῖς ἅμα τ. ἄλλοις ὄχλοις; Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. p. 7, 11; Dit., Or. 383, 151 [I BC]; Jos., Ant. 9, 3)Mt 5:1; 7:28; 9:8, 33, 36 and oft. Lk 3:7, 10; 4:42; 5:3; 8:42, 45 and oft. Ac 8:6; 13:45; 14:11, 13, 18f; 17:13. Mk only 6:33 t.r. J only 7:12a (v.l. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ). MPol 13:1. Without the art. Mk 10:1. ὄχ. πολλοί (s. πολύς I 1aβ) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2a; 15:30; 19:2; Lk 5:15. 14:25. πάντες οἱ ὄχ. Mt 12:23.—A linguistic parallel to the pl. ὄχλοι and a parallel in content to the scene in Mk 15:15 (ὁ Πιλᾶτος βουλόμενος τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας ἵνα σταυρωθῇ) is offered by PFlor. 61, 59ff [85 AD], where, according to the court record, G. Septimius Vegetus says to a certain Phibion: ἄξιος μὲν ἦς μαστιγωθῆναι. . . χαρίζομαι δέ σε τοῖς ὄχλοις (cf. Dssm., LO 229 [LAE 266f], and on the favor of the ὄχλοι PGM 36, 275).

2. the (common) people, populace (PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 27, ’37, 618f) in contrast to the rulers: Mt 14:5; 15:10; 21:26; Mk 11:18; 12:12. Likew. the pl. οἱ ὄχ. (Ep. Arist. 271) Mt 21:46. The lower classes (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21, Hier. 2, 3 al.) ἐπίστασις ὄχλου a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. Contemptuously rabble J 7:49 (Bultmann ad loc. [w. lit.]).

3. a large number, (company) w. gen. (Eur., Iph. A. 191 ἵππων al.; Jos., Ant. 3, 66)ὄχ. τελωνῶν a crowd of tax-collectors Lk 5:29. ὄχ. μαθητῶν 6:17. ὄχ. ὀνομάτων Ac 1:15. ὄχ. τῶν ἱερέων 6:7.

4. the pl. ὄχλοι as a synonym beside λαοί and ἔθνη Rv 17:15 (cf. Da 3:4). RMeyer and PKatz, TW V 582-90.

M-M. B. 929. Ὀχοζίας, ου, ὁ (‫הָי‬ Mt 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:23ff D.*

) Ahaziah, a Hebrew king (4 Km 8:24; 9:16; 2 Ch 22:1; Joseph.) in the genealogy of Jesus

ὀχυρός, ά, όν (Hes.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 89; Test. Jud. 9:4) strong, firm, sturdy μακροθυμία Hm 5, 2, 3.* ὀχύρωμα, ατος, τό stronghold, fortress, also prison (in the literal sense since X., Hell. 3, 2, 3; Dit., Syll.3 502, 39 [III BC], Or. 455, 14 [39 BC]; PPetr. II 13[3], 2 [III BC]; PStrassb. 85, 23; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 27)fig. (Hybreas [I BC] in Seneca Rhet., Suas. 4, 5; Pr 21:22 καθεῖλεν τὸ ὀχύρωμα ἐφʼ ᾧ ἐπεποίθεισαν; 10:29 ὀχύρωμα ὁσίου φόβος κυρίου) of spiritual weapons; they are δυνατὰ. . . πρὸς καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων powerful. . . to tear down fortresses, i.e., to destroy λογισμοί, sophistries, and everything that opposes the γνῶσις θεοῦ 2 Cor 10:4 (cf. Philo, Conf. Lingu. 129; 130 τὴν τοῦ ὀχ. τούτου καθαίρεσιν). M-M.* ὀψάριον, ου, τό dim. of ὄψον (Hom.+; Tob 2:2 BA; 7:8 BA)=‘cooked food’ eaten w. bread. ὀψάριον also has this mng. (PRyl. 229, 21; s. below). As food eaten w. bread ὀψάριον can mean ‘tidbit’ in general (so Tob 2:2 S; Plut., De Sanit. Tuenda 7 p. 126A; Philemo Com. fgm. 98, 5 K.; POxy. 531, 18; PFay. 119, 31) or specif. fish (cf. Num 11:22 πᾶν τὸ ὄψος τῆς θαλάσσης; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 21, 98 θαλασσίων ὄψων.—Suidas: ὀψάριον, τὸ ἰχθύδιον.

This mng. of ὀψάριον is found in: several comic wr. in Athen. 9, 35 p. 385f; Lucian, Jupp. Conf. 4; Cyranides p. 109, 4; 5; Griech. Dialekt-Inschr. 4706, 191 [Thera]; Dit., Or. 484, 12; 16; BGU 1095, 16 [57 AD] λαγύνιον ταριχηροῦ [=ῶν] ὀψαρίων=preserved fish; PLond. 483, 77 ὀψάρια ἐκ τῶν παντοίων ὑδάτων. In Mod. Gk. ψάρι=fish). It has the latter mng. in our lit., where it occurs only in the Fourth Gosp.: δύο ὀψάρια J 6:9 (the synoptic parallels have δύο ἰχθύας: Mt 14:17, 19; Mk 6:38, 41; Lk 9:13, 16. Cf. PRyl. 229, 21 [38 AD] τ. ἄρτους κ. τὸ ὀψάριον); vs. 11; 21:9f, 13.—JEKalitsunakis, Ὄψον und ὀψάριον: PKretschmer-Festschr. ’26, 96-106. M-EBoismard, RB 54, ’47, 478 n.

2. M-M. B. 184.* ὀψέ adv. (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or.J 11:44; AP 3:7a; τὸ κάλλος τῆς ὄψ. AP 3:7b. Perh. Rv 5, 51)—1. late w. gen. ὀψὲ τῆς ὥρας at a late hour (Demosth. 21, 84; Charito 1, 14, 5; UPZ 6, 15 [163 BC]; Jos., Ant. 16, 218)MPol 7:1.

2. late in the day, i.e. in the evening Mk 13:35. ὀψὲ οὔσης τῆς ὥρας (cf. Bl-D. §129) 11:11 (v.l. ὀψίας). As a predicate (Bl-D. §434, 1; cf. Rob. 973) ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο when it became evening, when evening came 11:19.—Used almost like an indecl. subst. (Thu. 3, 108, 3 al. ἐς ὀψέ) μέχρις ὀψέ until evening Hs 9, 11, 1; also ἕως ὀψέ (PLond. 1177, 66 [113 AD]) 9, 11, 2.

3. used as an improper prep. w. gen. after ὀψὲ σαββάτων after the Sabbath Mt 28:1 (Aelian, V.H. 2, 23; Polyaenus 5, 2, 5 ὀψὲ τῆς ὥρας=later than the hour [decided upon]; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 18 p. 138, 8 ὀψὲ μυστηρίων; 6, 10 p. 213, 24 ὀψὲ τούτων, Her. 12 p. 190, 10 ὀψὲ τῆς μάχης.—Bl-D. §164, 4; Rob. 645f; ETobac, Revue d’Hist. eccl. 20, ’24, 239-43; JMaiworm, ThGl 27, ’35, 210-16; Gdspd., Probs. 43-5; JMGrintz, JBL 79, ’60, 32-47). M-M. B. 961.* ὀψία, ας, ἡ s. ὄψιος 2.

723

ὄψιμος, ον (Hom.+; pap., LXX) late in the season ὑετὸς ὄψιμος (w. πρόϊμος, as Dt 11:14; Jer 5:24 al.) late rain (in the spring; the early rain came in the fall; s. Dalman, Arbeit I 122ff; 302ff al.) Js 5:7 t.r. The text has the subst. (ὁ) ὄψιμος in the same mng. S. πρόϊμος. M-M.* ὄψιος, α, ον late—1. adj. (Pind.+; Thu. 8, 26, 1; PTebt. 304, 5 ὀψίας τῆς ὥρας γενομένης; BGU 380, 3) ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας since the hour was already late Mk 11:11 v.l. (s. ὀψέ 2).

2. In our lit. mostly subst. ἡ ὀψία (sc. ὥρα; Bl-D. §241, 3) evening (Ael. Aristid. 48, 50 K.=24 p. 478 D.; POxy. 475, 16 [182 AD] ὀψίας ‘in the evening’; 528, 5 καθʼ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας καὶ ὀψίας; PGM 1, 69; Jdth 13:1 ὡς ὀψία ἐγένετο) usu. in the combination ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης when evening came (Syntipas p. 49, 11; Jos., Ant. 5, 7)Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 20:8; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32 (the expr. ὀψ. γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυσεν ὁ ἥλ. is like Herm. Wr. 1, 29); Hs 9, 11, 6. ὀψίας γενομένης in the evening Mt 16:2; Mk 4:35; 6:47; 14:17. ἤδη ὀψ. γενομένης 15:42. Also οὔσης ὀψίας (Jos., Ant. 5, 140)J 20:19. ὡς ὀψ. ἐγένετο (s. Jdth above) 6:16. The context oft. makes it easier to decide just what time is meant, whether before or after sundown. M-M. B. 997.* ὄψις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. seeing, sight (Paus. 3, 14, 4 ὄψις ὀνείρατος=the seeing of a dream; PFay. 133, 11; Jos., Ant. 3, 38)ἡ ὄψις ὑμῶν the sight of you B 1:3 (cf. Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 ἐν ὄψει πάντων; Wsd 15:5 ὧν ὄψις).

2. outward appearance, aspect (Thu. 6, 46, 3; Timaeus Hist. [IV/III BC] 566 fgm. 13b Jac.; Diod. S. 4, 54, 5; Appian, Liby. 96 §454; Polyaenus 7, 6, 6; Gen 24:16; Ep. Arist. 77) τὴν ὄψιν νεωτέραν ἔχειν look younger Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1. ἀνήρ τις ἔνδοξος τῇ ὄψει a man of splendid appearance 5:1 (cf. Dit., Syll.3 1169, 30 ἔδοξε τὰν ὄψιν εὐπρεπὴς ἀνήρ). Perh. Rv 1:16 (s. 3 below).—κατʼ ὄψιν κρίνειν judge by the outward appearance J 7:24 (cf. Lysias, Orat. 16, 19 p. 147 οὐκ ἄξιον ἀπʼ ὄψεως, ὦ βουλή, οὔτε φιλεῖν οὔτε μισεῖν οὐδένα, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων σκοπεῖν; POxy. 37 II, 3; 1 Km 16:7; Jos., Bell. 3, 79).

3. face, countenance (Pla., Phaedr. 254B; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 3 Jac.; Diog. L. 6, 91f; PGiess. 22, 5; PAmh. 141, 12; BGU 451, 13; PGM 4, 746; 774; Jos., Ant. 6, 189)J 11:44; AP 3:7a; τὸ κάλλος τῆς ὄψ. AP 3:7b. Perh.

Rv 1:16 (s. 2 above). Of the face of God (cf. POxy. 1380, 127 of Isis τὴν ἐν Λήθῃ ἱλαρὰν ὄψιν; BGU 162, 4; 8 ὄψις θεοῦ Σοκνοπαίου; 590, 19) 1 Cl 36:2.—Also the pl. αἱ ὄψεις, chiefly the eyes (Pla., Theaet. p. 156B; Musonius p. 106, 8 H.; Vett. Val. 228, 6; 268, 1; 279, 30; POxy. 911, 6; Tob 14:2 BA), prob. means more gener. face (Jos., Ant. 12, 81; Test. Reub. 5:5) ἐνέπτυον αὐτοῦ ταῖς ὄψεσι GP 3:9. M-M.* ὄψομαι s. ὁράω. ὀψώνιον, ου, τό (since Menand., fgm. 1051; freq. used fr. Polyb. on, in sing. and pl.; oft. in inscr.; pap.; ostraca; only three times in LXX, all pl. The Atticists rejected it [Lob., Phryn. p. 420]).

1. ration- (money) paid to a soldier, then pay, wages (cf. Dit., Syll.3 410, 19). The more general mng. provisions may fit 1 Macc 14:32 (cf. Dit., Syll.3 700, 25) and all NT occurrences (CCCaragounis NovT 16, ’74, 35-37). a. lit. ἀρκεῖσθε τ. ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν (said by J. the Baptist to the στρατευόμενοι) Lk 3:14. στρατεύεσθαι ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις serve as a soldier at one’s own expense 1 Cor 9:7. b. symbolically of the Christians as soldiers (on the Christian life as military service s. πανοπλία 2), whose wages are paid by the heavenly General: ἀρέσκετε ᾧ στρατεύεσθε, ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ τὰ ὀψώνια κομίζεσθε IPol 6:2.—The military viewpoint seems to pass over into a more general one in λαβὼν ὀψώνιον πρὸς τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν accepting support so that I might serve you 2 Cor 11:8 (on λαμβάνειν ὀψώνιον cf. Polyb. 6, 39, 12; Dit., Or. 266, 7 [III BC]; PPetr. II 13[17], 6 [258-3 BC]; PLond. 23[a], 26; POxy. 744, 7).—Ro 6:23 is still further fr. the military scene, and it is prob. better to class it under the foll.

2. compensation (Inschr. von Priene 121, 34 [I BC], public services χωρὶς ὀψωνίων; 109, 94; 106 [II BC] ἄτερ ὀψωνίου) τὰ ὀψώνια τ. ἁμαρτίας θάνατος the compensation paid by sin (for services rendered to it) is death Ro 6:23. HWHeidland, TW V, 591f. M-M.*

724

Π παγιδεύω 1 aor. subj. παγιδεύσω (LXX) a hunting term (Eccl 9:12) set a snare or trap, entrap fig. (1 Km 28:9; Test. Jos. 7:1) ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ in order that they might entrap him with something that he said (s. λόγος 1 aγ) Mt 22:15 (cf. Graec. Venet. Pr 6:2 τοῖς λόγοις. Also in the same, Dt 7:25; 12:30). M-M.* παγίς, ίδος, ἡ (Aristoph.+; pap., LXX; En. 103, 8) trap, snare—1. lit. (Aristoph., Aves 527, Ranae 115; Anth. Pal. 6, 109; Pr 6:5; 7:23; Eccl 9:12) ὡς π. like a trap, i.e. unexpectedly Lk 21:35. As a piece of equipment for a bird-catcher (Aesop, Fab. 323 P.=152 Babr.) Mt 10:29 v.l.

2. fig. (Aristoph.+; LXX), of things that bring danger or death, suddenly and unexpectedly γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα let their table become a snare (to them) Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23). παγὶς θανάτου a deadly snare (Tob 14:10a; Ps 17:6): of being double-tongued D 2:4; B 19:7 Funk; of the mouth gener. B 19:8 (cf. Pr 11:9; 18:7). ἐμπίπτειν εἰς παγίδα fall into the snare (Tob 14:10b; Pr 12:13; Sir 9:3): abs. εἰς πειρασμὸν καὶ παγίδα καὶ ἐπιθυμίας 1 Ti 6:9. τοῦ διαβόλου 3:7. ἀνανήφω ἐκ τῆς διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26; cf. the entry ἀνανήφω.—IScheftelowitz, Das Schlingen u. Netzmotiv ’12. JSchneider, TW V 593-6. M-M.* πάγκαρπος, ον (Pind.+; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 13 p. 371C; Ep. Arist. 63) bearing much fruit π. ξύλον a tree laden with fruit fig. Dg 12:1.* πάγος s. Ἄρειος πάγος. M-M. παθει̂ν, παθών s. πάσχω. πάθημα, ατος, τό (Soph., Hdt.+; Philo, Joseph.)—1. that which is suffered or endured, suffering, misfortune, in our lit. almost always in pl. (which is also predom. in secular wr.: Plut., Mor. 360D; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 64 §269; 4, 1 §2; Jos., Ant. 2, 299)τὰ π. τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ what we suffer at the present time Ro 8:18.—2 Cor 1:6f (on παθ. . . . πάσχειν cf. Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri ’15 p. 16, 4 [IV/III BC]). τὰ παθήματα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν the sufferings (that I, Paul, am enduring) for you (the Colossians) Col 1:24 (JSchneider [s. below] 54-61; JSchmid, BZ 21, ’33, 330-44; GKittel, ZsystTh 18, ’41, 186-91; SHanson, The Unity of the Church, ’46, 119f). W. διωγμοί 2 Ti 3:11. ἄθλησις παθημάτων a struggle w. suffering Hb 10:32. Of the sufferings of persecuted Christians gener. 1 Pt 5:9; ISm 5:1.—Of the sufferings of Christ Hb 2:10. They are ever before the eyes of the Christians 1 Cl 2:1. τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ Christ’s sufferings 2 Cor 1:5; 1 Pt 4:13; 5:1 (θεοῦ P72). παθήματα αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ Χρ.) Phil 3:10. τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα the sufferings of Christ 1 Pt 1:11 (s. εἰς 4h; CAScott, Exp. 6th Ser. XII ’05, 234-40). The suffering Christian stands in close relation to the suffering Christ. He suffers as Christ did, or for Christ’s sake, or in mystic unity w. Christ. Cf. ASteubing, Der paul. Begriff ‘Christusleiden’, Diss. Heidelb. ’05; TrSchmidt, Der Leib Christi ’19, 210ff; RPaulus, Das Christusproblem der Gegenwart ’22, 24f; RLiechtenhan, ZThK 32, ’22, 368-99; OSchmitz, Das Lebensgefühl d. Pls, ’22, 50ff, 105ff; J Schneider, D. Passionsmystik des Pls ’29; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls ’30, 141-58 (The Mysticism of Paul the Ap., tr. WMontgomery ’31, 141-59); BAhern, CBQ 22, ’60, 1-32, al.—The sing. (Arrian, Anab. 4, 22, 2=suffering, misfortune; 6, 11, 2; 3 of the wounding of Alexander) only Hb 2:9 of Christ διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου (epexegetic gen.) because of the death he suffered.

2. passion (like πάθος, but less frequently than the latter. Pla., Phaedo 79D al.; Aristot. [HBonitz, Index Aristot.

1870, 554]; Plut., Pomp. 8, 6) in a bad sense (Plut., Mor. 1128E) in our lit. only in Paul and only in the pl. τὰ π. τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν (the) sinful passions Ro 7:5. W. ἐπιθυμίαι Gal 5:24. M-M. B. 1089f.* παθητός, ή, όν (Aristot.+) verbal adj. fr. πάσχω (Bl-D. §65, 3; Rob. 1097) subject to suffering (Plut., Mor. 765B; 1026D, Pelop. 16, 5, Numa 8, 7, oft. in contrast to ἀπαθής; Herm. Wr. 6, 2a, b; 10, 17; Sallust. 4 p. 8, 7; Philo, Spec.

Leg. 3, 180) of the Messiah Ac 26:23. Opp. ἀπαθής (s. above, also Proclus, Theol. 80 p. 74, 32) IEph 7:2; IPol 3:2.

M-M.* πάθος, ους, τό (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.)—1. that which is endured or experienced, suffering (trag., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 1, 97, 4 τὰ πάθη τῶν θεῶν [various painful experiences of the gods: the battle against the Titans, etc.]; Jos., Ant. 15, 57; 16, 315), so in our lit. only in Ign., but freq. in his wr., and always in the sing., w. ref. to the physical sufferings of Christ. The same things are true also of the only place in which πάθος in this sense is found elsewh., namely B 6:7. IEph 20:1; IMg 5:2; ITr inscr.; 11:2; IPhld 9:2. τὸ θεομακάριστον π. ISm 1:2. τὸ π. τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. By his own baptism and by his suffering Christ consecrated the baptismal water for the Christians IEph 18:2. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι ἐν τῷ π. τοῦ κυρίου rejoice in the Passion of the Lord IPhld inscr. μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ π. change the mind about the suffering ISm 5:3. Of the church ἐκλελεγμένη ἐν πάθει ἀληθινῷ chosen by the real Passion IEph inscr. Used beside ἀνάστασις, so that it is equivalent to θάνατος (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 28 §129 the death of Nonius; 1, 38 §169 of Drusus; 5, 59 §250. S. πάσχω 3aα) IMg 11: ISm 7:2; 12:2. τῷ π. συγκατατίθεσθαι agree with, have a share in the Passion (of Christ) IPhld 3:3.

2. passion (Pla.+, oft. 4 Macc; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 214), esp. of a sexual nature (Pla.; PMich 149 VI, 30 [II AD] π. αἰσχρόν; Ps.-Phoc. 194; Jos., Ant. 2, 53)ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας in lustful passion 1 Th 4:5. Abs. (w. other vices, 725

some of which are also sexual in character) Col 3:5. Of an adulterous woman: ἐπιμένειν τῷ π. τούτῳ persist in this passion Hm 4, 1, 6. Pl. πάθη ἀτιμίας disgraceful passions Ro 1:26.—Also of the passion of anger Hs 6, 5, 5.—S. on πάσχω, end. M-M. B. 1089f.* παιδαγωγός, οῦ, ὁ (since Eur.; Hdt. 8, 75; Plut.; inscr. [reff. in Dit., Syll.3 1253 n. 1]; pap., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 56; 18, 202, Vi. 429. Common as a loanw. in rabb. [SKrauss, Griech. u. lat. Lehnwörter im Talmud usw. II 1899, 421]) attendant (slave), custodian, guide, lit. ‘boyleader’, the man, usu. a slave (Plut., Mor. 4A, B), whose duty it was to conduct the boy or youth (Plut., Mor. 439F) to and from school and to superintend his conduct gener.; he was not a ‘teacher’ (despite the present mng. of the derivative ‘pedagogue’ [cf. Murray, New (Oxford) Engl. Dict. s.v. 1a as opposed to 2]; παιδαγωγός and διδάσκαλος are differentiated: X., De Rep. Lac. 3, 2; Pla., Lys. 208C [JSCallaway, JBL 67, ’48, 353-5]; Diog. L. 3, 92; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 53). When the young man became of age the π. was no longer needed (cf. JMarquardt2-AMau, D. Privatleben der Römer 1886, 114; WABecker-HGöll, Charikles II3 1878, 46ff [Eng. transl. FMetcalfe, 1889, 226f]; ABaumeister, Denkmäler d. klass. Altertums 1885-88 II, 1125f). As a pers. to whom respect is due, beside the father (as Plut., Lyc. 17, 1) 1 Cor 4:15. The law as a π. (so Plut., Mor. 645B, C τοῦ νόμου καθάπερ παιδαγωγοῦ). Paul evaluates the Mosaic law as a παιδ. εἰς Χριστόν Gal 3:24. Humankind remains under its authority, ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν vs. 25, until God declares, by sending his Son, that it has come of age.—ESchuppe: Pauly-W. 18, part 2, 2375-85. M-M.* παιδάριον, ου, τό (Aristoph., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 13)dim. of παῖς.

1. little boy, boy, child (even a female: Hyperid., fgm. 164; Menand., fgm. 428)—a. playing about Mt 11:16 t.r. b. a youth, who is no longer a child (Gen 37:30 cf. w. vs. 2; Tob 6:3; Proseuche Aseneth 27 Batiffol 1889/90 of Benjamin, aged nineteen); so perh. J 6:9. But this pass. could also belong under 2. young slave (Callixenus [III BC]: 627 fgm. 2 p. 173, 14 Jac.; X., Ag. 1, 21; Diog. L. 6, 52. Oft. pap. 1 Km 25:5; Ruth 2:5, 9) MPol 6:1; 7:1. M-M.* παιδεία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. act. upbringing, training, instruction, in our lit. chiefly as it is attained by discipline, correction (LXX), of the holy discipline of a fatherly God 1 Cl 56:16. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline Hb 12:11. τὰ λόγια τῆς παιδείας τοῦ θεοῦ the oracles of God’s teaching 1 Cl 62:3. ἐκτρέφειν τινὰ ἐν π. καὶ νουθεσίᾳ κυρίου bring someone up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord (=Christian disc. and instr.) Eph 6:4. μισεῖν παιδείαν hate discipline 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:17; cf. Pr 5:12). ὀλιγωρεῖν παιδείας κυρίου Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). ἀναλαμβάνειν παιδείαν accept correction (cf. λαμβάνειν παιδείαν Pr 8:10; Jer 39:33; 42:13) 1 Cl 56:2. παιδεύειν τινὰ παιδείαν (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 37; Aeschines, Or. 3, 148; Ps.-Demosth. 35, 42. S. also παιδεύω 2a): παιδεύειν τινὰ τὴν π. τοῦ φόβου τοῦ θεοῦ bring someone up with a training that leads to the fear of God 21:6=Pol 4:2. παιδεύειν παιδείᾳ (Pla., Leg. 5 p.

741A; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 6): παιδεύεσθαι παιδείᾳ δικαίᾳ be corrected with just discipline Hv 2, 3, 1. παραδίδοσθαί τινι εἰς ἀγαθὴν π. be handed over to someone for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6. τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ παιδείας μεταλαμβάνειν share in a Christian upbringing 1 Cl 21:8. ὠφέλιμος πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ useful for training in righteousness 2 Ti 3:16. Of discipline by God (Cyrill. Scyth. p. 38, 8; 23): χωρὶς παιδείας εἶναι be (left) without (divine) discipline Hb 12:8. εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε you must endure (your trials) as (divine) discipline vs. 7 (GBornkamm, Sohnschaft u. Leiden, ’60, 188-98). π. εἰρήνης ἡμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτόν the chastisement that brought peace to us came upon him 1 Cl 16:5 (Is 53:5).

2. pass., the result of the upbringing, the state of being trained, etc., training (Diod. S. 12, 13, 4; 12, 20, 1; Dit., Or. 504, 8 ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ τε καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ ἀρετῇ; Sir 1:27; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 73) μὴ ἔχειν παιδείαν have no training Hv 3, 9, 10. The word could have this mng. in some of the places dealt w. under 1.—WJaeger, Paideia I-III ’34-’47 (Engl. tr. by GHighet, ’39-’44); HvArnim, Leb. u. Werke des Dio v. Prusa mit e. Einleitung: Sophistik, Rhetorik, Philosophie in ihrem Kampf um d. Jugendbildung 1898; GBertram, Der Begriff d. Erziehung in d. griech. Bibel: Imago Dei (GKrüger-Festschr.) ’32, 33-52; WJentzsch, Urchristl. Erziehungsdenken ’51. M-M.* παιδευτής, οῦ, ὁ (Pla.+; inscr.; Sb 5941, 2; LXX) instructor, teacher (Pla., Leg. 7 p. 811D; Plut., Lyc. 12, 4, Camill. 10, 3, De Liber. Educ. p. 4c; Diog. L. 7, 7; inscr.; Sir 37:19; 4 Macc 5:34; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 143) π. ἀφρόνων Ro 2:20.—Somet. the emphasis is upon the idea of correcting or disciplining corrector, one who disciplines (s. παιδεύω 2 and cf. Hos 5:2; PsSol 8, 29) Hb 12:9. M-M.* παιδεύω impf. ἐπαίδευον; 1 aor. ἐπαίδευσα, pass. ἐπαιδεύθην; pf. pass. ptc. πεπαιδευμένος.

1. bring up, instruct, train, educate (trag.+; Pla.; X.; inscr., pap., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 22γράμμασιν ἐπαιδεύθησαν) ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων Moses was educated in all the culture of the Egyptians Ac 7:22. πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου educated strictly according to the law of our fathers 22:3 (cf. Jos., Bell. 7, 343). CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 168f would put a comma after πεπαιδ.

2. practice discipline—a. correct, give guidance (LXX) τινά (to) someone (Aelian, V.H. 1, 34) τοὺς ἀντιδιατιθεμένους 2 Ti 2:25. τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς, ἀλλήλους Hv 3, 9, 10. διʼ οὗ ἡμᾶς ἐπαίδευσας through whom (i.e.

Christ) thou (i.e. God) hast led us to the right way 1 Cl 59:3. παιδευθῆναι παιδείᾳ δικαίᾳ Hv 2, 3, 1. παιδεύειν τὴν παιδείαν (Ammonius, Vi. Aristot. p. 10, 20 Westerm. S. also παιδεία 1) 1 Cl 21:6=Pol 4:2. W. ἵνα foll. lead to Tit 2:12. b. discipline w. punishment—α. mostly of divine discipline (Cyrill. Scyth. p. 37, 23; 73, 3 παιδευόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; LXX) Hb 12:6; 1 Cl 56:4 (both Pr 3:12). W. ἐλέγχειν (Ps 6:2; 37:2) 1 Cl 56:5 (Ps 140:5); Rv 3:19 (cf. Pr 726

3:12 w. v.l.). παιδεύων ἐπαίδευσέν με ὁ κύριος 1 Cl 56:3 (Ps 117:18). Cf. also Hb 12:10b.—Pass. (Laud. Therap.

19 τὸ σῶμα παιδεύεται=is disciplined [by God]) 1 Cor 11:32; 2 Cor 6:9; 1 Cl 56:16. παιδευθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν accept correction so as to repent 57:1. Wholesome discipline can be exerted even through Satan; pass. w. inf. foll.

(Bl-D. §392, 2) 1 Ti 1:20. β. of discipline by human fathers (Pr 19:18; 28:17a; 29:17) Hb 12:7, 10a.—γ.=discipline by whipping or scourging (Vi. Aesopi I c. 61; 3 Km 12:11, 14; 2 Ch 10:11, 14) Lk 23:16, 22 (ANSherwin-White, Rom. Society and Rom. Law in the NT, ’63, 27f). παιδεύω and related words: GBertram, TW V 596-624. M-M. B. 1446f.* παιδιόθεν adv. from childhood ἐκ π. (Gen 47:3 A; Sb 5294, 8 [III AD]; Martyr. Petri et Pauli 39.—Bl-D. §104, 3 w. app.; Rdm.2 32; Mlt.-H. 164) Mk 9:21.—MLejeune, Les adverbes grecs en- θεν ’39. S. παιδόθεν. M-M.* παιδίον, ου, τό (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 248; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 219al.) dim. of παῖς (Bl-D. §111, 3; Mlt.-H. 345).

1. very young child, infant, used of boys and girls. Of a new-born child (Diod. S. 4, 20, 3) Lk 2:21 v.l. (eight days old, as Gen 17:12); J 16:21. Infants are fed honey, then milk B 6:17 (cf. Diod. S. 5, 70, 3 αὗται [αἱ Νύμφαι] δὲ μέλι καὶ γάλα μίσγουσαι τὸ παιδίον [τὸν ∆ία] ἔθρεψαν.—HUsener [on γάλα 2]). Those who are born again have ὡς παιδίων τὴν ψυχήν a soul like that of new-born children B 6:11.—Mt 2:8, 9, 11, 13f, 20f; Lk 1:59, 66, 76, 80; 2:17, 27, 40; Hb 11:23 (cf. Ex 2:2f).

2. child—a. w. ref. to age: Mt 18:2, 4f; Mk 9:36f; 10:15; Lk 9:47f; 18:17; 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:2). Pl. Mt 11:16; 19:13f; Mk 7:28; 10:13f; Lk 7:32; 18:16 (on Mk 10:14, 15 and parallels cf. JBlinzler, Klerusblatt ’44, 90-6). γυναῖκες καὶ παιδία (Num 14:3; Jdth 7:23; 4 Macc 4:9; cf. Jos., Bell. 4, 115)Mt 14:21; 15:38. παιδία. . . πατέρες. . . νεανίσκοι 1J 2:14.—B 8:1a, b. Of girls Mk 5:39-41; 7:30. b. w. ref. to relationship; the father is indicated by a gen. (μου; cf. Epict. 4, 1, 141 σου) J 4:49. Pl. Lk 11:7. The child indicated by a gen., w. the father ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ παιδίου Mk 9:24.

3. fig.—a. w. ref. to the intellect: παιδία ταῖς φρεσίν children as far as the mind is concerned 1 Cor 14:20.—W. ref. to their attitude toward the truth (Artem. 2, 69 p. 162, 7: τὰ παιδία ἀληθῆ λέγει, οὐδέπω γὰρ οἶδε ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν) Mt 18:3. b. of the children of God Hb 2:13f (vs. 13 after Is 8:18, but understood in a NT sense). c. as a form of familiar address on the part of a respected pers., who feels himself on terms of fatherly intimacy w. those whom he addresses (Cornutus 1 p. 1, 1 ὦ π.; Athen. 13, 47 p. 584c) 1J 2:18; 3:7 v.l. Used by the risen Christ in addressing his disciples J 21:5. M-M. B. 92.* παιδίσκη, ης, ἡ dim. of παῖς girl, in our lit. always of the servant class maid, servant-girl, female slave (so Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 1=Gen 16:1 [PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 36]; Jos., Ant. 18, 40; Test. 12 Patr.) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:66, 69; Lk 22:56; Ac 12:13; 16:16, 19 D. ἡ π. ἡ θυρωρός the maid who kept the door J 18:17. W. παῖς (Lev 25:44; Dt 12:12, 18; Pel-Leg. 12, 24f) Lk 12:45. W. δοῦλος (2 Esdr [Ezra] 2:65; Eccl 2:7) B 19:7; D 4:10; also of God’s maidservants 1 Cl 60:2. In contrast to ἐλευθέρα of Hagar Gal 4:22f (Gen 16:1ff; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 244); w. a turn in the direction of a more profound sense vss. 30a, b (=Gen 21:10a, b), 31.—JWackernagel, Glotta 2, ’09, 1-8; 218f; 315. M-M.* παιδόθεν adv. (Ibycus [VI BC] 1, 10 Bergk [=ed. Diehl2 6, 12 v.l.]; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 19; Themist., Or. 25 p.

310D) from childhood ἐκ π. (Laud. Therap. E, 1. 8) Mk 9:21 v.l. S. παιδιόθεν.* παιδοφθορέω fut. παιδοφθορήσω (Christian usage: Justin., Dial. 95, 1; Tatian 8, 1) commit sodomy, be a practicing homosexual, lit. corrupt boys B 19:4; D 2:2.* παιδοφθόρος, ου, ὁ (Physiogn. I 327, 16; Test. Levi 17:11) a practicing homosexual, pederast, lit. corrupter of boys B 10:6.* παίζω (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 362, 5; BGU 1024 VII, 26; PGM 7, 428; LXX; Ep. Arist. 284; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 157)play, amuse oneself, dance (w. πίνειν Ion of Chios [V BC], Eleg. 1, 16; 2, 7 Diehl2; Appian, Syr. 26 §125 παίζοντας καὶ μεθύοντας) 1 Cor 10:7 (Ex 32:6). π. μετά τινος play with someone (Gen 21:9; 26:8) Hs 9, 11, 4f. παίζω and related words: GBertram, TW V 625-35. M-M.* παι̂ς, παιδός, ὁ or ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) child.

1. ὁ παῖς—a. w. ref. to a relation betw. one human being and another—α. fr. the viewpoint of age boy, youth (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Op. M. 105; Jos., Ant. 12, 210)Mt 17:18; Lk 9:42; Ac 20:12. Ἰησοῦς ὁ παῖς Lk a loanw. in rabb.) Mt 2:16; 21:15; B 8:3f.—ἐκ παιδός from childhood (Diod. S. 1, 54, 5; 1, 73, 2:43.—Pl. (as ‫ָאיּ‬ 9; 1, 92, 5; 19, 40, 2 al. Simplicius in Epict. p. 129, 26 Düb.) Mk 9:21 D. β. fr. the viewpoint of descent son (Hom.+; Diod. S. 20, 22, 1 οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 140al.) ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ J 4:51 (=υἱός vss. 46f, 50; υἱός P66 et al. in vs. 51). This sense is also poss. in Mt 8:6, 8, 13, but these pass. prob. belong to the foll. γ. fr. the viewpoint of social position servant, slave (since Hipponax [VI BC] 16 D.2; Aeschyl., Cho. 652. Also HUsener, Epicurea 1887 p. 168, 10; Plut., Alcib. 4, 5, Mor. 65c; 70E; Dit., Syll.3 96, 26. Oft. pap. and LXX. Jos., Ant. 18, 192, Vi. 223.—Even an especially trusted servant is termed ὁ παῖς: Diod. S. 15, 87, 6 Epaminondas’ 727

armor-bearer; Appian, Iber. 27 §107 Scipio’s groom; Gen 24:2ff Abraham’s chief servant, vs. 5 ὁ παῖς) Lk 7:7 (=δοῦλος vss. 2f, 10); 15:26. W. παιδίσκη (q.v.) 12:45.—Of those at a ruler’s court οἱ παῖδες courtiers, attendants (Diod. S. 17, 36, 5; Gen 41:10, 37f; 1 Km 16:17; Jer 43:31; 44:2; 1 Macc 1:6, 8) Mt 14:2. b. in relation to God—α. men as God’s servants, slaves (Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 152 D.: θεῶν παῖδες [or ‘sons of gods’ as Polyb. 3, 47, 8; Charito 2, 1, 5 and Diog. L. 9, 72]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 10, 215)Israel (Is 41:8f) Lk 1:54. David (Ps 17:1; Is 37:35) 1:69; Ac 4:25; D 9:2a. β. angels as servants of God κατὰ παίδων αὐτοῦ οὐ πιστεύει he does not trust his servants 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18). γ. of Christ in his relation to God. In this connection it has the mng. servant, because of the identification of the ‘servant of God’ of certain OT pass. w. the Messiah (Is 52:13 et al.) Mt 12:18 (cf. Is 42:1); B 6:1; 9:2 (on the last two cf. Is 50:10). So prob. also D 9:2b (because of the immediate proximity of ∆αβὶδ ὁ παῖς σου 9:2a); 9:3; 10:2f.—In other places the mng. son is certainly to be preferred (παῖς was so understood in secular Gk., when it expressed a relationship to a divinity: Il. 2, 205 Κρόνου παῖς; Sappho 1, 2 Diehl; Alcaeus 1; Bacchylides 17, 70 Minos, a παῖς of Zeus; Hermocles [IV/III BC] p. 174 Coll.=Athen. 6, 63 p. 253D: Demetrius Poliorcetes as π. Ποσειδῶνος θεοῦ; Diod.

S. 17, 51, 1 the god Ammon has his prophet address Alexander thus χαῖρε, ὦ παῖ; what follows makes it clear that procreation is meant; Plut., Mor. 180D; Maximus Tyr. 14, 1d; Paus. 2, 10, 3 Ἄρατος Ἀσκληπιοῦ π.; Diogenes, Ep. 36, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 24 p. 279, 4; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 2, 10; IG IV2 128, 50 [280 BC] and oft.; Sb 8314, 9 Hermes conducts the dead man to the Elysian fields ἅμα παισὶ θεῶν. S. above 1bα the παῖδες θεῶν. Cf. also Herm. Wr. 13, 2 ὁ γεννώμενος θεοῦ θεὸς παῖς; 13, 4; 14; Rtzst., Poim. 223f.—Celsus 7, 9) παῖς αὐτοῦ ὁ μονογενὴς Ἰησοῦς Χρ. MPol 20:2. God as ὁ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ κ. εὐλογητοῦ παιδὸς Ἰησοῦ Χρ. πατήρ 14:1.

Corresp. Christ as God’s ἀγαπητὸς παῖς 14:3; Dg 8:11. The same is true of the other pass. in Dg 8:9; 9:1.—In the case of the rest of the pass. it is hardly poss. to decide which mng. is better: Ac 3:13, 26; 4:27, 30 (unless the παῖς σου thy servant of 4:25 should demand the same transl. for the other pass. as well; JEMénard, CBQ 19, ’57, 83-92 [Acts]); 1 Cl 59:2-4 (but here the word ἠγαπημένος repeated in vss. 2 and 3 [cf. a magical pap. of c. 300 AD in ThSchermann, TU 34, 2b, ’09, 3: Christ as ἠγαπημένος παῖς] could suggest the transl. son).—WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 56f; AvHarnack, Die Bezeichnung Jesu als ‘Knecht Gottes’ u. ihre Geschichte in d. alten Kirche: SAB ’26, 212-38; JoachJeremias, ZNW 34, ’35, 115-23; KFEuler, D. Verkündigung v. leidenden Gottesknecht aus Jes 53 in d. griech. Bibel ’34; PSeidelin, D. ‘Ebed J. u. d. Messiasgestalt im Jesajatargum: ZNW 35, ’36, 194-231; HWWolff, Jes 53 im Urchristent. ’502; EAMcDowell, Son of Man and Suffering Servant ’44; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u.

Davidssohn ’45, esp. 2-8; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 268f; OCullmann, Dieu Vivant 16, ’50, 17-34; HHegermann, Jes 53 in Hexapla, Targum u. Peschitta ’54; ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht ’55; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes: ZNW 47, ’56, 113-33; OCullmann, Die Christologie des NT ’57; JLPrice, Interpretation 12, ’58, 28-38 (Synoptics); MornaD Hooker, Jesus and the Servant ’59; BvanIersel, ‘D. Sohn’ in d. synopt. Jesusworten, ’61, 52-65 (bibliog.); HOrlinsky, The So-called Suffering Servant in Isaiah 53, ’64 (cf. review in CBQ 27, ’66, 147); EKränkl, Jesus der Knecht Gottes, ’72 (Acts); FWDanker, Luke ’76, 70-88. παῖς θεοῦ TW V 653-713 by WZimmerli and JoachJeremias.

2. ἡ παῖς girl (Pind., fgm. 122, 7 ὦ παῖδες=girls!; Hyperid., fgm. 144; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1; Charito 1, 8, 2; Philostrat., Her. 19, 11 p. 204, 31; Gen 24:28; 34:12; Jos., Ant. 1, 254; 5, 266 al.) Lk 8:51. ἡ παῖς (my) child (nom. w. art. for voc.; cf. Bl-D. §147, 3; Rob. 465f; 769) vs. 54. παῖς and related words: AOepke, WZimmerli and JoachJeremias TW V 636-713; the same authors: The Servant of God (tr. HKnight), ’65=Studies in Bibl. Theol. 20.

M-M. B. 87f.* παίω 1 aor. ἔπαισα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX)—1. lit. strike, hit w. acc. of the pers. (Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 10, 6; PSI 168, 15 [II BC] ἔπαισάν με; 2 Km 14:6; Jos., Bell. 2, 176)Mt 26:68; Lk 22:64. W. weapons strike, wound τινά (X., Cyr. 8, 5, 12; Diod. S. 11, 69, 5 παίει τῷ ξίφει τὸν Ἀρταξέρξην; 2 Km 20:10; Jos., Ant. 4, 153)Mk 14:47; J 18:10. Of scorpions sting (Aelian, N.A. 10, 23; Ael. Dion. ε, 8) w. acc. of the pers. Rv 9:5.

2. fig., of divine punishment (in quotations fr. Job in 1 Cl) ἔπαισεν αὐτοὺς σητὸς τρόπον 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:19).

Abs. ἔπαισεν, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ ἰάσαντο 56:7 (Job 5:18). M-M. B. 553.* Πακατιανός, ή, όν Pacatian, in Pacatia a later (post-Constantine) name for a part of Phrygia, used in the subscription to 1 Ti (from 47 Tdf. [=1908 Gregory=Oπ 103 vSoden] al. KL have Καπατιάνης for it. Still other forms of the word are attested). The capital of this district was Laodicea where, acc. to the subscr., 1 Ti was written.* πάλαι adv. denoting past time (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. designating a point of time in the past long ago, formerly (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 134 πάλαι, νῦν, αὖθις, ἀεί; Jos., Ant. 16, 40π.—νῦν) πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν they would have repented long ago Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13; Hb 1:1. ταῦτα πάλαι ἠκούσαμεν these things we heard long ago 2 Cl 11:2 (prophetic quot. of unknown origin). ἐκεῖνοι οἱ π. ἠρνημένοι those who denied in time past Hs 9, 26, 6. ἄνθρωποι οἱ π. προγεγραμμένοι Jd 4 (mng. 2a is also poss.). αἱ π. ἁμαρτίαι the former sins, sins committed in time past 2 Pt 1:9 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 124 §521 ὁ πάλαι Καῖσαρ; BGU 747, 9 [II AD] οἱ πάλαι στρατιῶται). οἱ π. θεῖοι ἄγγελοι angels who were originally holy Papias 4.

2. covering a period of time, looking back fr. the present to a point of time in the past. a. for a long time (Pla., Phaedo 8 p. 63D; Esth 3:13g; Jos., Vi. 226) πάλαι δοκεῖτε you imagine all along 2 Cor 12:19 (v.l. πάλιν). Perh. Jd 4 (s. 1 above) and Mk 6:47 t.r. (s. ‘b’ below). b. already (Appian, Syr. 66 §348) Mk 6:47 v.l. (looks back to the moment of departure.—Mng. a is also poss.). εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν (looks back to the moment of crucifixion) whether he was already dead Mk 15:44 (v.l. ἤδη).

728

πάλαι and related words: HSeesemann, TW V 713-17. M-M.* παλαιός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 388, Ant. 10, 44, Vi. 192; loanw. in rabb.) old=in existence for a long time, oft. w. the connotation of being antiquated or outworn (so Soph., Oed. R. 290; Lysias, fgm. 6 Thalh.; Diod. S. 3, 46, 4).

1. lit. PK 2 p. 15, 7. μυθεύματα IMg 8:1. βασιλεία IEph 19:3. διαθήκη 2 Cor 3:14 (s. διαθήκη 2). ἐντολὴ (ἡ) π.

1J 2:7a, b (cf. Pla., Leg. 1 p. 636B π. νόμιμον; 2 p. 659B, Lys. 6, 51; PGiess. 4, 9 [118 AD] παλαιὸν πρόσταγμα). οἶνος (opp. νέος) Lk 5:39a, b (Od. 2, 340; Diod. S. 2, 14, 4; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 26; PSI 191, 2; 193, 3). ἱμάτιον Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21a; Lk 5:36a; w. ἱμάτιον to be supplied, ibid. b. ἀσκοί (Josh 9:4) Mt 9:17; Mk 2:22; Lk 5:37. Of the old rock, which is interpreted to mean Christ in Hermas s 9, 2, 2; 9, 12, 1. Of the υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ himself 9, 12, 2. Of the Logos οὗτος ὁ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ὁ καινὸς φανεὶς καὶ παλαιὸς εὑρεθεὶς καὶ πάντοτε νέος ἐν ἁγίων καρδίαις γεννώμενος Dg 11:4 (καινός and π. contrasted as Hdt. 9, 26).—Subst. (Hippocr., Ep. 12, 5) τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ the new from the old Mk 2:21b. παλαιά (opp. καινά: Hdt. 9, 27 παλαιὰ κ. καινὰ λέγειν; Socrat., Ep. 28[30], 9; Procop. Soph., Ep. 122 μίγνυσι παλαιὰ καινοῖς) Mt 13:52.

2. fig. ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος the old (i.e. earlier, unregenerate) man (ἄνθρωπος 2cβ) Ro 6:6; Eph 4:22; Col 3:9. ἡ π. ζύμη the old yeast (s. ζύμη 2) 1 Cor 5:7f (opp. νέον φύραμα). π. πράγματα old (i.e. Jewish) ways of life (παλ. πράγματα oft. in Vett. Val.; s. index) IMg 9:1 (opp. καινότης ἐλπίδος).—OLinton, ‘Gammalt’ och ‘nytt’: Svensk Ex. Årsbok 5, ’40, 43-55. M-M. B. 958.* παλαιότης, ητος, ἡ (Eur., Aeschin., Pla. et al.) age, obsoleteness δουλεύειν. . . παλαιότητι γράμματος serve the old letter (of the law; opp. καινότης πνεύματος) Ro 7:6.* παλαιόω pf. πεπαλαίωκα; 1 aor. pass. ἐπαλαιώθην (Pla.+; pap., LXX; outside the Bible only in the pass.).

1. act. (La 3:4; Is 65:22; Da 7:25 Theod.) make old, declare or treat as obsolete τὴν πρώτην (i.e. διαθήκην) treat the first covenant as obsolete Hb 8:13a.

2. pass. become old (oft. w. the connotation of becoming useless: Pla., Symp. 208B; Diog. L. 7, 159; Sb 5827, 11 [69 BC]; APF 2, ’03, 441 no. 55, 4 τείχη παλαιωθέντα ‘walls that have become ruinous’; LXX; En. 104, 2; Philo, Sobr. 56) βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα purses that do not wear out Lk 12:33. ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιοῦσθαι (Dt 29:4; Josh 9:5; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 21; Sir 14:17; Is 51:6) Hb 1:11 (Ps 101:27); B 6:2 (Is 50:9). ζύμη παλαιωθεῖσα yeast that has become old (cf. 1 Cor 5:7) IMg 10:2. παλαιοῦσθαι ταῖς λύπαις be made old by sorrows Hv 3, 11, 3. τὸ παλαιούμενον (w. γηράσκον) what has become obsolete Hb 8:13b (inscr. [218 BC]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34 p. 179, 14 παλαιούμενα=things that have become useless). M.M.* πάλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sb 678, 6) struggle, lit. ‘wrestling’; the opponent is introduced by πρός w. the acc. against (Philo, Sobr. 65 πρὸς πάθη π.). Fig. (Longus 3, 19, 2 of love) of the Christians’ struggle against the powers of darkness Eph 6:12. M-M.* παλιγγενεσία, ας, ἡ (Plut., Mor. 722D does not assign the use of this word to Democritus; it is found first in Neanthes [200 BC]: 84 fgm. 33 Jac.; Memnon [I BC/I AD]: 434 fgm. 1, 40, 2 Jac.; Cicero, Ad Attic. 6, 6, also a t.t. of the Pythagoreans and Stoics [EZeller, Philosophie der Griechen I5 1892, 442; III 14 ’02, 158; HDiels, Doxographi Graeci 1879, p. 469, 11ff] as well as of the Mysteries of Dionysus [Orph. Fragmente 205 p. 225 OKern ’22] and of Osiris [Plut., De ει apud Delph. 9 p. 389A, De Isid. et Osir. 35 p. 364F; 72 p. 379E, De Def. Orac. 51 p. 438D, De Esu Carn. 1, 7 p. 996C; 2, 4 p. 998C. Cf. Lucian, Encom. Musc. 7]. It is found in the Herm. Wr. [3, 3; 13, 1 ὁ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας λόγος; 13, 3 al.—JKroll, Die Lehren des Hermes Trismegistos ’14, 360ff; Prümm 559-61]; Fluchtaf.

4, 18 ὁ θεὸς ὁ τῆς παλινγενεσίας Θωβαρραβαυ; PLond. 878 δῶρον παλινγενεσίας; Philo, Cher. 114, Poster.

Caini 124, Leg. ad Gai. 325; Jos., Ant. 11, 66)rebirth, regeneration.

1. of the world—a. after the Deluge (so Philo, Mos. 2, 65, while the idea of the παλιγγενεσία of the κόσμος is gener. Stoic and originated w. the Pythagoreans: M.Ant. 11, 1, 3; Philo, Aet. M. 47; 76) Νῶε παλ. κόσμῳ ἐκήρυξεν 1 Cl 9:4. b. eschatol., of the renewing of the world in the time of the Messiah (Schürer II4 636ff; Bousset, Rel.3 280ff) ἐν τῇ παλ. in the new (Messianic) age or world Mt 19:28.

2. of the rebirth of a redeemed person (cf. Heraclit., Ep. 4, 4 ἐκ παλιγγενεσίας ἀναβιῶναι; Herm. Wr., loc. cit. and PGM 4, 718 where the initiate calls himself πάλιν γενόμενος): λουτρὸν παλιγγενεσίας καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου bath of regeneration and renewal by the Holy Spirit Tit 3:5 (MDibelius, Hdb., exc. ad loc.; EGSelwyn, I Pt ’46, 306f; ADNock, JBL 52, ’33, 132f).—PGennrich, Die Lehre v. d. Wiedergeburt in dogmengeschichtl. und religionsgeschichtl. Beleuchtung ’07; AvHarnack, Die Terminologie der Wiedergeburt: TU 42, 3, ’18, p. 97-143; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie ’03, 157ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 indices; HRWilloughby, Pagan Regeneration ’29; VJacono, La παλιγγενεσία in S. Paolo e nel ambiente pagano: Biblica 15, ’34, 369-98; JDey, Παλιγγενεσία (on Tit 3:5) ’37; JYsebaert, Gk. Baptismal Terminology, ’62, 90ff; FBüchsel, TW I 685-8. M-M.* πάλιν adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr. On the spelling s. Bl-D. §20, end; Mlt.-H. 113).

1. back—a. w. verbs of going, sending, turning, calling etc. πάλιν ἄγειν go back, return J 11:7. ἀναβαίνειν Gal 2:1. ἀναχωρεῖν J 6:15. ἀποστέλλειν send back Mk 11:3. διαπερᾶν 5:21. ἔρχεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 2, 106; 11, 243) Mt 26:43; Mk 11:27; J 4:46; 2 Cor 1:16. ἀπέρχεσθαι Mk 14:39; J 4:3. εἰσέρχεσθαι Mk 2:1. ἐξέρχεσθαι 7:31.

729

ἐπιστρέφειν turn back Gal 4:9a. παραγίνεσθαι J 8:2, etc. πάλιν λαβεῖν take back (X., An. 4, 2, 13) J 10:17f. παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς δώδεκα he brought the twelve back (after he had been separated fr. them for a time, and had preceded them) Mk 10:32. ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν ἅπαντα εἰς τ. οὐρανόν everything was drawn back into heaven Ac 11:10.—ἡ ἐμὴ παρουσία πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς my return to you Phil 1:26.—Also pleonastically w. verbs that already include the concept ‘back’ (Eur., Ep. 1, 1 ἀναπέμπω πάλιν) πάλιν ἀνακάμπτειν (Bacchylides 17, 81f πάλιν ἀνακαμπτετʼ; Synes., Kingship p. 29B) Ac 18:21. πάλιν ὑποστρέφειν Gal 1:17 (s. Bl-D. §484; cf. Rob. 1205). b. In expressions that denote a falling back into a previous state or a return to a previous activity. In Engl. mostly again. εἰ ἃ κατέλυσα ταῦτα πάλιν οὒκοδομῶ Gal 2:18. ἵνα πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἦτε 1 Cor 7:5. διψήσει πάλιν J 4:13. πάλιν εἰς φόβον Ro 8:15. Cf. 11:23; Gal 5:1; Phil 2:28; Hb 5:12; 6:6; 2 Pt 2:20.

2. again, once more, anew when someone repeats someth. he has already done (Jos., Ant. 12, 109), or an event takes place in the same (or a similar) manner as before, or a state of being recurs in the same (or nearly the same) way as at first (Dicaearch., fgm. 34 W. Pythagoras flees first to Καυλωνία. . . ἐκεῖθεν δὲ πάλιν εἰς Λοκρούς). πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς ὄρος Mt 4:8 (cf. vs. 5). πάλιν ἐξελθών 20:5 (cf. vs. 3).—21:36 (cf. vs. 34); 26:44 (cf. vs. 42), 72; 27:50; Mk 2:13; 3:1; 4:1. πάλιν πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος 8:1 (cf. 6:34).—8:25; 10:1, 24; Lk 23:20 (cf. vs. 13); J 1:35 (cf. vs. 29); 8:8; 20:26; Ac 17:32; Gal 1:9; Phil 4:4; Js 5:18; Hv 3, 1, 5 al.—Somet. w. additions which, in part, define πάλιν more exactly: πάλ. δεύτερον (cf. P. Argentor. Gr. 53, 5: Kl. T. 135 p. 47 τὸ δεύτερον πάλιν) J 21:16. πάλ. ἐκ δευτέρου (Ctesias, Pers. 31; Maspéro 24, 12) Mt 26:42; Ac 10:15. Also pleonastically πάλ. ἄνωθεν Gal 4:9b (s. ἄνωθεν 3). πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς (Mnesimachus Com. [IV BC] 4, 24 (Diod. S. 17, 37, 5) B 16:8.—εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2 (on this s. WSchmid, Der Attizismus 1887-1897, I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625).

3. furthermore, thereupon connecting things that are similar (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 11 p. 397A καὶ π. with a series of examples): very oft. in a series of quotations fr. scripture (cf. Diod. S. 37, 30, 2 καὶ πάλιν. . . καὶ. . . followed both times by a poetic quotation; a third one had preceded it. All three deal with riches as the highest good and probably come from a collection of quotations; Ps.-Demetr. c. 184 καὶ πάλιν. . . καὶ π. with one quotation each. Cf. also Diod.

S. 1, 96, 6; Diog. L. 2, 18; 3, 16; Athen. 4, 17 p. 140c; 14 p. 634D; Plut., Mor. 361A καὶ πάλιν. . . καὶ. . . ; a quotation follows both times) J 12:39; 19:37; Ro 15:10-12; 1 Cor 3:20; Hb 1:5; 2:13a, b; 4:5; 10:30; 1 Cl 10:4; 15:3f; 16:15; 17:6; 26:3; B 2:7; 3:1; 6:2, 4, 6, 14, 16 and oft. In a series of parables (Simplicius In Epict. p. 111, 13-34 Düb., connects by means of π. two stories that are along the same lines as the Good Samaritan and the Pharisee and the publican; Kephal. I 76, 34; 77, 8 [a series of proverbs]) Lk 13:20 (cf. vs. 18). Also a favorite expr. when a speaker takes up a formula previously used and continues: πάλιν ἠκούσατε Mt 5:33 (cf. vs. 27). πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία 13:45 (cf. vs. 44), 47.—18:19 (cf. vs. 18); 19:24 (cf. vs. 23).

4. on the other hand, in turn (Pla., Gorg. 482D; Theocr. 12, 14; Polyb. 10, 9, 1; Diod. S. 4, 46, 3; Charito 7, 6, 9; Wsd 13:8; 16:23; 2 Macc 15:39) πάλιν γέγραπται on the other hand, it is written Mt 4:7. πάλ. Ἀνδρέας Andrew in turn J 12:22 t.r.—1 Cor 12:21. τοῦτο λογιζέσθω πάλ. ἐφʼ ἐαυτοῦ let him remind himself, on the other hand 2 Cor 10:7; on the other hand Lk 6:43; 1J 2:8.

5. A special difficulty is presented by Mk 15:13, where the first outcry of the crowd is reported w. the words οἱ δὲ πάλιν ἔκραξεν. Is it simply a connective (so δὲ πάλιν Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 22; POxy. 1676, 20 ἀλλὰ καὶ λυποῦμαι πάλιν ὅτι ἐκτός μου εἶ)? Is it because a different source is here used? Or is the meaning they shouted back? (so Gdspd.) cf. 1a. Or is this really a second outcry, and is the first one hidden behind vs. 11? Acc. to the parallel Mt 27:21f, which actually mentions several outcries, one after the other, the first one may have been: τὸν Βαραββᾶν. The πάλιν of J 18:40 is also hard to explain (Bultmann 502; 509, 3). Could there be a connection here betw. Mk and J?—Another possibility would be to classify Mk 15:13 and J 18:40 under 4 above, with the meaning in turn (Aristoph., Acharn. 342 et al.; s. L-S-J). On a poss. Aram. background s. JTHudson, ET 53, ’41/’42, 267f; Mlt.-H. 446; Mlt.-Turner 229; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 112f. M-M. B. 989. παλινγενεσία s. παλιγγενεσία. παμβότανον, ου, τό all the herbage π. τοῦ ἀγροῦ all the plants of the field 1 Cl 56:14 (Job 5:25).* παμμεγέθης, ες (Pla., X. et al.; Polyb. 5, 59, 4; Lucian, Charon 20; Herm. Wr. 2, 4a; Dit., Or. 619, 6; Ps 67:31 Sym.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 364)superl. παμμεγεθέστατος (Suidas on Γολιάθης) infinitely great, transcendent τὸ παμμεγεθέστατον κράτος (of God.—π. is a divine attribute also in Aberciusinschr. 14: ἰχθὺς π.) 1 Cl 33:3. Subst. τὸ παμμέγεθες by far the greatest 33:4 (on κατὰ διάνοιαν here s. διάνοια 3).* παμπληθεί adv. (Cass. Dio 75, 9, 1) all together ἀνέκραγον παμπληθεί Lk 23:18.* παμπληθής, ές (X.; Diod. S. 4, 33, 5 and 6; 14, 13, 4; Plut., Sull. 35, 1; 2 Macc 10:24; Ep. Arist. 90; Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 461)in full abundance, a vast amount of τὴν π. τροφήν 1 Cl 20:4.* πάμπολυς, παμπόλλη, πάμπολυ (Aristoph., Pla.+; Plut.; inscr.; BGU 731 II, 8 [II AD]; 836, 3; POxy. 718, 11; Sym.; Philo, Aet. M. 119; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 107) very great π. ὄχλος (used w. πλῆθος: Pla., Leg. 3 p. 677E; Paradoxogr. Flor. 39; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 45f) Mk 8:1 t.r. M-M.* Παμφυλία, ας, ἡ (Strabo 14, 3, 1; Appian, Mithrid. 56 §226; Cass. Dio 69, 14; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 281; Joseph.

[Niese index]; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23.—On the use of the art. s. Bl-D. §261, 6 app.) Pamphylia, a province in the 730

southern part of Asia Minor, along the Mediterranean seacoast. Visited by Paul several times. Ac 2:10; 13:13; 14:24; 15:38; 16:6 v.l.; 27:5 (cf. Jos., Ant. 2, 348Παμφύλιον πέλαγος).—KGrafLanckoronski, Städte Pamphyliens u.

Pisidiens 1890/92; OBenndorf and GNiemann, Reisen in Lykien u. Karien 1884.* πανάγιος, ον (Iambl., in Nicomach. p. 126, 23 Pistelli; 4 Macc 7:4; 14:7) all-holy ὁ π. of God 1 Cl 35:3. τὸ π. ὄνομα 58:1.* πανάρετος, ον (Philod., Rhet. 2, 203 Sudh.; Lucian, Philops. 6; Philo, Migr. Abr. 95; Dit., Or. 583, 8; Sb 330; 331) most excellent, most (lit. all) virtuous ὄνομα (of God) 1 Cl 45:7; 60:4 (w. παντοκρατορικός). πίστις 1:2 (w. βέβαιος). πολιτεία 2:8 (w. σεβάσμιος). Of the wisdom of God, speaking in the book of Proverbs: 1 Cl 57:3.* πανδοκει̂ον s. πανδοχεῖον. πανδοκεύς s. πανδοχεύς. πανδοχει̂ον, ου, τό (Strabo 5, 3, 9; 12, 8, 17; Epict., Ench. 11; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 39 p. 157, 28; Test. Jud. 12:1; PSI 99, 3.—The older form πανδοκεῖον in Aristoph., Ran. 550, but also in Theophr., Char. 11, 2; Polyb. 2, 15, 5; Epict. 2, 23, 36; 4, 5, 15; Plut., Crass. 22, 4; Palaeph. 45; Aelian, V.H. 14, 14; Polyaenus 4, 2, 3; inscr.

[ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen der magn. Inschr. ’04, 81]. Phrynichus rejects the form with χ, p. 307 Lob. Cf. Bl-D. §33; Mlt.-H. 108. Though lacking in Philo and Joseph., the word was taken over by the Jews as a loanw. [Billerb. II 183; Dalman, Gramm.2 187] and has survived to the pres. day in Arabic) inn, where a traveler may find a night’s lodging Lk 10:34; UGosp l. 35=AHuck9-HLietzmann, Synopse ’36, p. 37 note (Eng. transl., Gospel Parallels, ed.

Cadbury et al. ’49, p. 32 note). AHug, Pauly-W. 36, 3, ’49, 520-9. M-M.* πανδοχεύς, έως, ὁ (Polyb. 2, 15, 6 and Plut., Mor. 130E in mss.; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 238 [LDeubner, SAB ’39 XIX p. 15]. The Att. πανδοκεύς in Pla., Leg. 11 p. 918B et al.; Epict. 1, 24, 14; Polyb. [Büttner-W.] and Plut.

[Paton—Wegehaupt ’25], loc. cit. in the text. Taken over by the Jews [Billerb. II 183f], but not found in Philo and Joseph.—Bl-D. §33; Mlt.-H. 108) inn-keeper Lk 10:35. M-M.* πανήγυρις, εως, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, In Flacc. 118; Jos., Ant. 2, 45)festal gathering (w. ἐκκλησία) Hb 12:22. M-M.* πανθαμάρτητος, ον altogether sinful; subst. pl. men steeped in sin B 20:2; D 5:2.* πανθαμαρτωλός, όν utterly sinful 2 Cl 18:2.* πανοικεί or πανοικί (Tdf., W-H., N. have the former spelling, Lachm. and Tregelles the latter; it is hardly poss. to decide which is right. S. Kühner-Bl. II p. 303; Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 279) adv. (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 392C; PRyl. 434, 12; PIand. 8, 15; PFay. 129, 9; 130, 20; Ex 1:1 v.l.; Philo, De Jos. 251, Mos. 1, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 300; 5, 11) with one’s whole household Ac 16:34; MPol 20:2. M-M.* πανοπλία, ας, ἡ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Polyb. 3, 62, 5; 4, 56, 3; Diod. S. 20, 84, 3; inscr., LXX) full armor of a heavy-armed soldier, panoply.

1. lit. (2 Km 2:21; 2 Macc 3:25; Jos., Ant. 7, 104; 20, 110) Lk 11:22 (on vss. 21f cf. 4 Macc 3:12 A τὰς πανοπλίας καθωπλίσαντο [s. SLegasse, NovT 5, ’62, 5-9]).

2. IPol 6:2 marks a transition in the direction of a non-literal mng.; here endurance is compared with πανοπλία in a context that uses many concepts fr. the life of a soldier, and specif. mentions separate parts of his equipment. Purely metaphoric is πανοπλία τοῦ θεοῦ Eph 6:11, 13 (fig. use of πανοπλία also Wsd 5:17; Sir 46:6; Philo, Somn. 1, 103; 108). On ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν πανοπλίαν vs. 13 cf. ἀναλαμβάνω 2.—On the ‘military service’ and ‘warfare’ of the Christian cf. AHarnack, Militia Christi ’05; MMeinertz, D. Ap. Pls und d. Kampf: Internat. Monatsschr. 11, ’17, 1115-50; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Eph 6:10 and 1 Ti 1:18; AVitti, Militum Christi Regis arma iuxta S. Paulum: Verbum Domini 7, ’27, 310-18; Cumont3 ’31, XIIf; 207f; HEmonds: Hlg. Überliefg. (ed. by OCasel) ’38, 21-50 (anc. philos.); EFavier, L’armure du soldat de dieu d’après s. Paul ’38; CLBond, Winning w. God (on Eph 6:10-18)’40; AOepke and KGKuhn, TW V 295-301. M-M. B. 1398.* πανουργία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; Polyb. 29, 8, 8; Plut., Mor. 91B [w. ἀπάτη]; Herodian 2, 9, 11 [w. δόλος]; Dit., Or. 515, 47 [w. κακουργία]; POxy. 237 VIII, 12 [II AD]; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 503al.; Test. 12 Patr.) quite predom., and in our lit. exclusively, in an unfavorable sense (evil) cunning, craftiness, trickery, lit. ‘readiness to do anything’ Lk 20:23; 1 Cor 3:19 (in Job 5:12, 13, which is basic to this pass., vs. 12 has the adj. πανοῦργος); 2 Cor 4:2; 11:3 (in Gen 3:1 Aq. and Sym. have the adj. πανοῦργος); Eph 4:14. πανουργία and-ος: OBauernfeind, TW V 719-23. M-M.* πανοῦργος, ον (trag., Pla.+; first, and in general predom., in a bad sense—so also Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 223;later—Aristot.+ occasionally, also LXX—in a good sense as well) in our lit. never without an unfavorable 731

connotation clever, crafty, sly lit. ‘ready to do anything’. Paul says, taking up an expr. used by his opponents, ὑπάρχων πανοῦργος crafty fellow that I am 2 Cor 12:16. Hermas is called πανοῦργος (w. αὐθάδης), because he is crafty enough to want to pry into secret things Hv 3, 3, 1; s 5, 5, 1. M-M.* πανούργως adv. (Aristoph., Equ. 317; Pla., Soph. 239C et al.; Sb 8026, 14; Ps 82:4 Sym.; Philo, Poster. Cai. 82) deceitfully πάντοτε πανούργως ἐλάλησα μετὰ πάντων Hm 3:3 (on the play on words cf. Bl-D. §488, 1; Rob. 1201).* πανπληθεί (so Tdf., W-H.) s. παμπληθεί. M-M. πανπληθής s. παμπληθής. πάνσεμνος, ον (Lucian, Vit. Auct. 26, Anach. 9) greatly revered πνεῦμα Hv 1, 2, 4 (the text is not certain; s.

MDibelius ad loc.).* πανταχῇ (for the spelling cf. Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 84; Meisterhans3-Schw. p. 145) adv. (Hdt.+; Pla., Ep. 7 p.

335c πάντως π.; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 149)everywhere πάντας π. διδάσκων who is teaching everyone everywhere Ac 21:28. μετὰ πάντων π. τῶν κεκλημένων with all those everywhere who are called 1 Cl 65:2.

M-M.* πανταχόθεν adv. (Hdt., Thu., Pla.; Diod. S. 17, 82, 3; Strabo 8, 6, 15; Jos., Ant. 4, 133; 12, 353; inscr., pap.; 4 Macc 13:1; 15:32) from every direction Mk 1:45 t.r. (for πάντοθεν). M-M.* πανταχοῦ adv. (Soph., Thu.+; pap.; Is 42:22; Jos., Ant. 14, 137).

1. everywhere (so almost always) Mk 16:20; Lk 9:6; Ac 28:22; 1 Cl 41:2. πάντῃ τε καὶ π. in every way and everywhere (Bl-D. §103; cf. Rob. 300) Ac 24:3. Used in consonance w. πᾶς (Bl-D. §488, 1a; Dio Chrys. 11[12], 19; Philo, Aet. M. 68; Jos., Ant. 17, 143)ἀπαγγέλλει. . . πάντας π. μετανοεῖν 17:30. π. ἐν πάσῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Cor 4:17.

2. in all directions (Aristoph., Lys. 1230; Lucian, Bis Accus. 27) Mk 1:28. M-M.* παντελής, ές (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; 3 Macc 7:16) (quite) complete, perfect, absolute εἰς τὸ π. for the adv. παντελῶς (Philo, Joseph., Aelian). It can mean 1. the same thing as παντελῶς, i.e. completely, fully, wholly. The Armen. version understands σῴζειν εἰς τὸ π. δύναται Hb 7:25 in this sense; so also many more recent interpreters, such as Bengel, Bleek, Riggenbach. μὴ δυναμένη ἀνακῦψαι εἰς τὸ π. Lk 13:11 is also understood in this sense by many: she could not fully straighten herself (RSV; εἰς τὸ π. in this mng. Aelian, N.A. 17, 27; Cyranides 57, 4; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 144; Jos., Ant. 1, 267; 3, 264; 274; 6, 30; 7, 325).

2. at all; so Lk 13:11, if εἰς τὸ π. is taken w. μὴ δυναμένη instead of w. ἀνακῦψαι she could not straighten herself up at all (Gdspd.; so the Vulg., but the ancient Syriac gospel transl. [both Sinaitic and Curetonian] permits both this sense and mng. 1.—Ael. Aristid. 26, 72 K.=14 p. 351 D.: παράδειγμα εἰς τὸ π. οὐκ ἔχει).

3. of time: forever, for all time (Aelian, V.H. 7, 2; 12, 20 [parall. to διὰ τέλους]; Dit., Or. 642, 2 εἰς τὸ παντελὲς αἰώνιον τειμήν; PLond. 1164f, 11. Perh. Jos., Ant. 3, 274); Hb 7:25 is understood in this sense by the Vulg., Syr. and Copt. versions, and many moderns, including Rohr, Windisch, Strathmann4 ’47, RSV. M-M.* παντελῶς adv. (trag., Hdt.+; Polyb., Epict., inscr., pap.; 2 Macc; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 121)fully, completely, altogether in answers (cf. Pla., Rep. 2 p. 379B.; 3 p. 401A; 6 p. 485D al.) οὐ παντελῶς not at all; by no means (Lucian, Catapl. 4) Hs 7:4.* παντεπόπτης, ου, ὁ one who sees all, all-seeing (Sb 4127, 18 Ἥλιον τὸν παντεπόπτην δεσπότην; Vett. Val. 1, 4; 331, 20 [Ἥλιος]; magical pap. [ThSchermann, Griech. Zauberpap. ’09, 28f]; 2 Macc 9:5; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 14; 23; 5, 27; 8, 19; Sib. Or., fgm. 1, 4 v.l.—The Greeks call Zeus ὁ πανόπτης or παντόπτης) of God ὁ π. δεσπότης 1 Cl 55:6. ὁ π. θεός 64; Pol 7:2.* πάντῃ (on its spelling s. Mlt.-H. p. 84; Bl-D. §26 app.) adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Sir 50:22; 3 Macc 4:1; Jos., Ant. 14, 183)altogether π. τε καὶ πανταχοῦ in every way and everywhere (Bl.-D. §103; Rob. 300) Ac 24:3. M-M.* πάντοθεν adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 14, 442)from all directions Mk 1:45; Lk 19:43; Hb 9:4 (here we say on all sides, entirely; cf. PAmh. 51, 27 [88 BC]; 3 Macc 3:25; Ep. Arist. 69; 115; 142; esp. 57; Jos., Bell. 4, 587). M-M.* παντοκρατορικός, όν (formed fr. παντοκράτωρ as a result of the feeling that this noun, since it denotes an agent [cf. EFraenkel, Geschichte der griech. Nomina agentis auf- τήρ, -τωρ,-της, ’10/’12], can not be used w. a neuter [s. παντοκράτωρ]) almighty in relation to God τὸ π. βούλημα αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 8:5. τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ (conjecture for the παντοκράτορι of the ms.) καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀνόματί σου 60:4.* 732

παντοκράτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Anth. Graec. IV p. 151 no. 169 Jacobs; Porphyr., Philos. Ex. Orac. ed. GWolff 1856, p.

145 l. 157=Theosophien 27 p. 174, 4; CIG 2569, 12; Sb 4127, 19 of the Egypt. sun-god Mandulis; PGM 7, 668 Hermes; likew. Epigr. Gr. 815; PMich. 155, 3 [II AD]; PLeipz. 40 II, 13; PGM 4, 272; 969; HGraillot, Les Dieux tout-puissants, Cybèle et Attis: Rev. archéol. 58, ’04 I 331ff; Cumont3 230f.—Much more freq. in Jewish [LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Sib. Or. 1, 66, fgm. 1, 8.—Not in Joseph.] and Christian wr.) the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent (One) only of God (as transl. of ‫תוֹא‬ and ‫ )י ַדַּ שׁ‬π. θεός (3 Macc 6:2) 1 Cl inscr. ὁ π. θεός (2 Macc 8:18) 2:3; 32:4; 62:2; ὁ θεὸς ὁ π. Rv 16:14; 19:15; θεὸς π. (Jer 3:19) Pol inscr. ὁ π. καὶ παντοκτίστης καὶ ἀόρατος θεός Dg 7:2; κύριος π. (oft. LXX) 2 Cor 6:18. ὁ κύριος ὁ π. (Zeph 2:10) Hs 5, 7, 4 v.l. (ὁ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π. (= ‫יֵחֶרלֱא י״י‬ ‫תוֹא‬ .—Hos 12:6; Am 3:13; 4:13; 5:14) Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22; MPol 14:1; κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὁ π.

Rv 19:6; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ π. MPol 19:2. God is addressed in the eucharistic prayer as δέσποτα π. D 10:3 (cf. 3 Macc 2:2 μόναρχε παντοκράτωρ).—νουθέτημα παντοκράτορος 1 Cl 56:6 (Job 5:17).—We find the gen. and dat. (sing.), which is the same in all genders, used w. the neut. ὄνομα. This becomes possible (s. παντοκρατορικός) because of the fact that God’s name is almost equivalent to God himself (s. ὄνομα 4). τῷ ῥήματι τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐν δόξου ὀνόματος Hv 3, 3, 5. The ms. rdg. τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀνόματί σου 1 Cl 60:4 (s. παντοκρατορικός) is more difficult, since here the name and God are separated by σου.—FKattenbusch, Das apostolische Symbol II ’00, 520ff; Dodd 19; HHommel, ThLZ 79, ’54, 283f. Pantokrator: Theologia Viatorum 5, ’53/’54; OMontevecchi, Studi in Onore di ACalderini e RParibeni II, ’56, 401-32. M-M.* παντοκτίστης, ου, ὁ creator of the universe w. παντοκράτωρ Dg 7:2.* πάντοτε adv. of time (Hellenist. and Mod. Gk.; Dionys. Hal.+; Peripl. Eryth. c. 29; Epict., Ench. 14, 1; Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 37; Herodian 3, 9, 8; Artem. 4, 20; Plut.; Athen.; Diog. L.; Dit., Or. 458, 76 [I BC], Syll.3 814, 37 [67 AD]; BGU 1123, 8 [I BC]; PGiess. 17, 4; 72, 11 [II AD]; Wsd 11:21; 19:18; Jos., Bell. 3, 42;Test. 12 Patr.—The Atticists preferred ἑκάστοτε, διαπαντός, or ἀεί [Phryn. 103 Lob.]) always, at all times Mt 26:11a, b; Mk 14:7a, b; Lk 15:31; 18:1; J 6:34; 7:6 (seven times in J); Ro 1:10; 1 Cor 1:4; 15:58; 2 Cor 2:14 (27 times in Paul); Hb 7:25 (not found in Ac and Cath. Epistles; Bl-D. §105; cf. Rob. 300); Dg 11:4; IEph 4:2; Hv 1, 1, 7 (17 times in Hermas). M-M. B. 984. πάντως adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. by all means, certainly, probably, doubtless (Pla., Gorg. 527A; Herodas 7, 89; Diod. S. 20, 29, 3; Ps.-Demetr. 84; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 32, 3; Dit., Syll.3 762, 30; BGU 248, 12; PFlor. 262, 11; POxy. 1676, 15; Tob. 14:8 BA; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 140) πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Ac 28:4. πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι Lk 4:23. Cf. Ac 18:21 t.r.; 21:22 (on all these except Ac 18:21 t.r. see 3 below). ἢ διʼ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει; or is he (not) certainly speaking in our interest? 1 Cor 9:10. πάντως διὰ πειρασμόν τινα. . . βραδύτερον λαμβάνεις surely it is on account of some temptation. . . that you receive slowly Hm 9:7. πάντως θέλει ὁ δεσπότης by all means the Master wishes s 9, 9, 4. Cf. 7:5.

2. altogether, above all Hs 1:5; B 1:4.—3. of course Hs 5, 7, 4 v.l.; 7:4 (but perhaps [Lat. fortasse in both Hs passages] acc. to HJCadbury, JBL 44, ’25, 223ff who suggests the same transl. for Lk 4:23; Ac 21:22; 28:4; s. 1 above).

4. at least ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω in order to save at least some 1 Cor 9:22 (though by [any and] all means is also poss. here).

5. w. a negative—a. not at all (Theognis 305 Diehl οἱ κακοὶ οὐ πάντως κακοὶ ἐκ γαστρὸς γεγόνασι) πάντως οὐκ ἦν θέλημα he was quite unwilling 1 Cor 16:12. Cf. Dg 9:1. Also in answer to a question not at all (so PVat. A, 15=Witkowski2 p. 65) Ro 3:9 (the text is not certain; cf. Bl-D. §433, 2; Rob. 423). b. by no means (Bl-D. §433, 2 and 3 with ref. to Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 8; 19, 9; 20, 5) 1 Cor 5:10. M-M.* πάνυ adv. of πᾶς (Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., pap., 2 Macc, Philo, Joseph.) altogether, very.

1. used w. verbs (Aeschyl.+; Dit., Syll.3 798, 5; PGenève 74, 23; PFlor. 252, 12; Test. Gad 1:5) π. σωφρονεῖν show good sense in all respects 1 Cl 1:3.

2. w. adjectives (Aeschyl.+; Dit., Syll.3 890, 15; PHib. 27, 19 [III BC]; 2 Macc 15:17; Philo, Aet M.; Jos., Bell. 3, 367;Test. Jos. 9:5) πάνυ ἱλαρός very well pleased Hs 6, 1, 6.

3. w. adv. (Aristoph., X. et al.; 2 Macc 9:6; 12:43; 13:8; Jos., Vi. 91) π. σαφῶς καὶ ἐπιμελῶς Dg 1.* παρά (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. On elision cf. Bl-D. §17 w. app.; Rob. 208) prep. w. three cases (Kühner-G. §440; Bl-D. §236-8; Rob. 612-16. Further lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also HRau, De Praepositionis παρά usu: GCurtius, Studien usw. III 1870).

I. W. gen. which nearly always, as in class. Gk., denotes a pers., and indicates that someth. proceeds fr. this pers.

(Hs 2:3 is an exception): from (the side of).

1. w. the local sense preserved, used w. verbs of coming, going, sending, originating, going out, etc. (Lucian, Demon. 13 ἀπιὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ) ἐκπορεύεσθαι J 15:26b. ἐξέρχεσθαι 16:27; 17:8; Lk 2:1; 6:19. ἔρχεσθαι 8:49. παραγίνεσθαι Mk 14:43. πέμπειν τινὰ παρά τινος J 15:26a. εἶναι παρά τινος be from someone (cf. Job 21:2, 9) J 6:46; 7:29; 9:16, 33; 17:7.

2. to denote the one who originates or directs (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 100 §420 παρὰ τ. θεῶν) παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη this was the Lord’s doing Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). W. a double negative: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τ. θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (s. ἀδυνατέω) Lk 1:37. τὰ λελαλημένα αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου what was said to 733

her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command vs. 45. ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ John the Baptist was not, like Jesus, sent out fr. the very presence of God, but one whose coming was brought about by God J 1:6 (cf. 2 Macc 11:17). παρʼ ἑαυτῆς φέρει καρπὸν καὶ παρὰ τῆς πτελέας it (i.e. the vine) bears fruit which comes both from itself and from the elm Hs 2:3.

3. gener. denoting the point fr. which an action originates—a. after verbs of asking, demanding αἰτεῖν and αἰτεῖσθαι (cf. X., An. 1, 3, 16, Hell. 3, 1, 4; Dit., Syll.3 785, 9f; PFay. 121, 12ff; Tob 4:19 BA al.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 92)Mt 20:20 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); J 4:9; Ac 3:2; 9:2; Js 1:5; 1J 5:15 v.l. (for ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); Hm 9:2, 4; Dg 1. ζητεῖν (Tob 4:18; Sir 7:4; cf. 1 Macc 7:13) Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; 12:48. b. after verbs of taking, accepting, receiving λαμβάνειν (class.; Appian, Mithrid. 88 §397; Dit., Syll.3 546 B, 23 [III BC]; Jdth 12:15; Sus 55 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:8; 11:34; 4 Macc 12:11) Mk 12:2; Lk 6:34; J 5:34, 41, 44; 10:18; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 17:9; 20:24; 26:10 (Jos., Ant. 14, 167λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν παρά σου [=τ. ἀρχιερέως]; 11, 169); Js 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 4; Rv 2:28; Hs 1:8; 8, 3, 5. ἀπολαμβάνειν (Dit., Syll.3 150, 20 [IV BC]; 4 Macc 18:23) Hv 5:7. παραλαμβάνειν (Hdt. et al.; oft. inscr.; POxy. 504, 14 al. in pap.) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 4:1; 2 Th 3:6. δέχεσθαι (Thu. 1, 20, 1 al.; 1 Macc 15:20) Ac 22:5; Phil 4:18a. κομίζεσθαι (Dit., Syll.3 244 I, 5ff [IV BC]; Gen 38:20; 2 Macc 7:11) Eph 6:8. εὑρεῖν (Dit., Syll.3 537, 69; 1099, 25. Cf. εὑρίσκω 3, end) 2 Ti 1:18. ἔχειν τι παρά τινος have received someth. fr. someone (1 Esdr 6:5) Ac 9:14; cf. Hv 3, 9, 8. γίνεταί μοί τι παρά τινος I receive someth. from someone (Att.) Mt 18:19. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις. . . παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ 2J 3 (cf. X., An. 7, 2, 25). οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον those who were entrusted by God with a task 1 Cl 43:1 (cf. Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1207, 12f). παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s wealth fr. the Lord Hs 2:10.—Sim. in the case of a purchase the seller is introduced by παρά: buy fr. someone ἀγοράζειν (s. ἀγοράζω 1, end) Rv 3:18. ὠνεῖσθαι Ac 7:16. ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος let oneself be supported by someone 2 Th 3:8. c. after verbs of learning, coming to know, hearing, asking ἀκούειν (cf. ἀκούω 1bβ and 2) J 1:40; 6:45; 7:51; 8:26, 40; 15:15; Ac 10:22; 28:22; 2 Ti 1:13; 2:2. ἀκριβοῦν Mt 2:7, 16. ἐξακριβάζεσθαι Hm 4, 2, 3. ἐπιγινώσκειν Ac 24:8. μανθάνειν (since Aeschyl., Ag. 858; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sir 8:8f; 2 Macc 7:2 v.l.; 3 Macc 1:1) 2 Ti 3:14. πυνθάνεσθαι (Hdt. 3, 68; X., Cyr. 1, 6, 23; Pla., Rep. 5 p. 476E; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31) Mt 2:4; J 4:52 (without παρά P75 B); B 13:2 (Gen 25:22).

4. adj. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ παρά τινος made, given etc. by someone a. w. a noun (functioning as a gen.: Pla., Symp. 197E ὁ παρά τινος λόγος ‘the expression made by someone’; X., Hell. 3, 1, 6 δῶρον παρὰ βασιλέως, Mem. 2, 2, 12 ἡ παρά τινος εὔνοια, Cyr. 5, 5, 13 τὸ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα ‘the crime committed by me’; Polyb. 3, 69, 3 ἡ παρʼ αὐτοῦ σωτηρία; Dit., Syll.3 543, 25; Ex 4:20; 14:13; Philo, Plant. 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 400)ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21).—Ac 26:12 t.r.; 22 t.r. b. subst.—α. τὰ παρά τινος what someone gives, someone’s gift’s (X., Mem. 3, 11, 13; Jos., Ant. 8, 175)Lk 10:7; Phil 4:18b. τὰ παρʼ αὐτῆς her property, what she had Mk 5:26 (cf. Inschr. v. Priene 111, 177). β. οἱ παρά τινος someone’s envoys (class.; Bl-D. §237, 2) οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως (1 Macc 2:15; 1 Esdr 1:15) 1 Cl 12:4.—The Koine also uses this expr. to denote others who are intimately connected w. someone, e.g. family, relatives (PGrenf. II 36, 9 [II BC]; POxy. 805 [I BC]; 298, 37 [I AD]; PRainer 179, 16; 187, 7; Sb 5238, 19 [I AD]; Sus 33; 1 Macc 13:52; Jos., Ant. 1, 193.Further exx. fr. pap. in Mlt. 106f; Rossberg [s. ἀνά, beg.] 52) Mk 3:21 (cf.

ChBruston et PFarel: Revue de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 18, ’09, 82-93; AWabnitz, ibid. 221-5; SMonteil, ibid. 19, ’10, 317-25; JHMoulton, Mk 3:21: ET 20, ’09, 476; GHartmann, Mk 3:20f: BZ 11, ’13, 248-79; FZorell, Zu Mk 3:20, 21: ZkTh 37, ’13, 695-7; JEBelser, Zu Mk 3:20f: ThQ 98, ’16, 401-18; Rdm.2 141; 227.—S. also on ἐξίστημι).

II. W. the dat. (nearly always of the pers.) it denotes nearness in space at or by (the side of), beside, near, with, acc. to the standpoint fr. which the relationship is viewed.

1. lit.—a. near, beside—α. w. things (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 262A; Epigr. Gr. 703, 1; POxy. 120, 23; 2 Km 10:8; 11:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 196)εἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ J 19:25. κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ πύργῳ Hv 3, 5, 5. β. w. persons ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ he had him (i.e. the child) stand by his side Lk 9:47. b. in someone’s house, city, company etc.—α. house: ἀριστᾶν Lk 11:37. καταλύειν 19:7 (Pla., Gorg. 447B; Demosth. 18, 82). μένειν (Jos., Ant. 1, 298; 299) J 1:39; Ac 9:43; 18:3; 21:8. ξενίζεσθαι 10:6; 21:16 (ξενίζω 1).

So prob. also ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ each one at home 1 Cor 16:2 (cf. Philo, Cher. 48 παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς, Leg. ad Gai. 271). ὃν ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρῳάδι παρὰ Κάρπῳ 2 Ti 4:13. β. city: Rv 2:13. So prob. also ἦσαν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί Mt 22:25.—J 4:40; Col 4:16 (where the church at Laodicea is contrasted w. the one at Col.). γ. other uses: παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις among the Jews Mt 28:15. παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι remain with them Ac 28:14; cf. 21:7. οἱ παρʼ ὑμῖν πρεσβύτεροι the elders among you 1 Cl 1:3.—παρὰ τῷ πατρί with (of spatial proximity) the Father Mt 6:1; J 8:38a; cf. 17:5 (Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31D: philosophy has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ and if the world refuses to receive her when she descends to earth, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί). Of Jesus: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένων while I was with you (on earth) J 14:25. Of the Spirit: παρʼ ὑμῖν μένει vs. 17. Of the Father and Son in their relation to the true Christian: μονὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα we will take up our abode with him vs. 23.

2. fig. παρά τινι—a. before someone’s judgment seat (Demosth. 18, 13 εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι παρά τινι; Appian, Maced. 11 §8 παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐς κρίσιν) 2 Pt 2:11. Closely related is b. in the sight or judgment of someone (Soph., Hdt.; PSI 435, 19 [258 BC] παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ) παρὰ τῷ θεῷ: δίκαιος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13 (cf. Job 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 205).—Cf. 1 Cor 3:19; Gal 3:11; 2 Th 1:6; Js 1:27; 1 Pt 2:4; 2 Pt 3:8. θυσία δεκτὴ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 3, 8. ἔνδοξος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ m 2:6; s 5, 3, 3; 8, 10, 1; 9, 27, 3; 9, 28, 3; 9, 29, 3.—9, 7, 6.—Acc. to the judgment of men (Jos., Ant. 7, 84)Hs 8, 9, 1. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; Ac 26:8. ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι Ro 11:25 v.l.; cf. 12:16 (s. Pr 3:7 μὴ ἴσθι 734

φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ).—‘In the judgment’ passes over into a simpler with (Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 10 παρὰ θεοῖς=with the gods) εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι find favor with someone (Ex 33:16; cf. Num 11:15) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10. τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ θεῷ 1 Pt 2:20. χάριν ἔχειν (Ex 33:12) m 5, 1, 5. προέκοπτεν ἐν τῇ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρά θεῷ δύναται how strong humility is before God, what pure love before God can do 1 Cl 21:8. c. almost equivalent to the dat. (Ps 75:13): δυνατόν or ἀδύνατον παρά τινι possible or impossible for someone Mt 19:26a, b; Mk 10:27a, b, c; Lk 1:37 t.r.; 18:27a, b; 1 Cl 27:2.—AFridrichsen, Symb. Osl. 14, ’35, 44-6. d. (οὐκ) ἔστιν τι παρά τινι someth. is (not) with or in someone, someone has someth. (nothing) to do w. someth. (Demosth. 18, 277 εἰ ἔστι καὶ παρʼ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία; Gen 24:25; Job 12:13; Ps 129:4 παρὰ σοι ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν) οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τ. θεῷ Ro 2:11. Cf. 9:14; Eph 6:9; Js 1:17. Sim. Mt 8:10; 2 Cor 1:17. e. παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς among themselves (Philo, Cher. 48) διαλογίζεσθαι Mt 21:25 v.l. (cf. Demosth. 10, 17 γιγνώσκειν παρʼ αὑτῷ; Epict., Ench. 48, 2).—In ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ θεῷ 1 Cor 7:24, the mng. of παρὰ θεῷ is not certain: let him remain in that position (to which he was called) before God; it is prob. meant to remind the Christian of the One fr. whom he received a call to his earthly occupation, whatever it may be, and before whom therefore he cannot even have the appearance of inferiority (inscr.: Wilcken, Chrest. 4, 4 [13 BC] παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Ἑρμῇ=‘before, in the sight of’; Sb 7616 [II AD] τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σαράπι=‘before the Lord S.’; 7661, 3 [c. 100 AD]; 7932, 7992, 6 [letter II/III AD]).

III. W. acc. of the pers. or the thing—1. of space (w. no difference whether it answers the question ‘where?’ or ‘whither?’ S. Bl-D. §236, 1; Rob. 615). a. by, along περιπατεῖν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (Pla., Gorg. 511E. Cf. Dit., Syll.3 1182; Jos., Ant. 2, 81)Mt 4:18; cf.

Mk 1:16. b. at the edge or to the edge of—α. παρὰ (τὴν) θάλασσαν by the sea (or lake) , at the shore Mt 13:1; Mk 4:1; 5:21; Ac 10:6, 32; cf. Lk 5:1, 2. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν by the side of the road (X., An. 1, 2, 13; Plut., Lysander 29, 4 a tomb παρὰ τ. ὁδόν=beside the road) Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (but on the road is also poss. in these three places; s. d below). β. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν to (the side of) the sea (lake) Mt 15:29; Mk 2:13. παρὰ ποταμόν to the river Ac 16:13. c. gener. near, at παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός at someone’s feet (sit, fall, place etc.) Mt 15:30; Lk 7:38; 8:35, 41; 10:39 t.r.; 17:16; Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2; 7:58; 22:3 (cf. ET 30, ’19, 39f. παρὰ τὸν πὺργον beside the tower Hs 9, 4, 8; 9, 6, 5; 8; 9, 7, 1; 9, 11, 6.—παρὰ τὴν ἰτέαν 8, 1, 2. d. on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν on the road (w. motion implied; Aesop, Fab. 226 P.=420 H.: πεσὼν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν; Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I p. 222, 22] πίπτουσι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν) Mt 13:4, 19; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; on the road (w. no motion implied; Theophr., Hist. Pl. 6, 6, 10: the crocus likes to be trodden under foot, διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς κάλλιστος; Phot. p. 222, 29 H. [s. above]) Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. Perh. also Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (s. bα above).—παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης on the seashore Hb 11:12.

2. of time (Lucian, Catapl. 24 παρὰ τ. βίον=during his life; POxy. 472, 10) παρʼ ἐνιαυτόν from year to year (Plut., Cleom. 15, 1. Cf. ἐνιαυτός 1) B 10:7.

3. in a comparative sense: in comparison to, more than, beyond ἁμαρτωλοί, ὀφειλέται π. πάντας Lk 13:2, 4 (PSI 317, 6 [95 AD] παρὰ πάντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234παρὰ τ. ἄλλους ἅπαντας). κρίνειν ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν (s. κρίνω 1) Ro 14:5. π. πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν B 11:9 (prophetic quot. of unknown orig.). π. πάντα τὰ πνεύματα more than all other spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. ἐλαττοῦν τινα π. τινα make someone inferior to someone Hb 2:7, 9 (s. ἐλαττόω 1 and cf. PGrenf. I 42, 12 [II BC] ἐλαττουμένων ἡμῶν παρὰ τοὺς δεῖνα). εἶδος ἐκλεῖπον π. τὸ εἶδος τῶν ἀνθρώπων (s. ἐκλείπω) 1 Cl 16:3.—After a comp. (Thu. 1, 23, 3) Lk 3:13; Hb 1:4; 3:3; 9:23; 11:4; 12:24; B 4:5 (cf.

Da 7:7); Hv 3, 12, 1; s 9, 18, 2.—When a comparison is made, one member of it may receive so little attention as to pass fr. consideration entirely, so that ‘more than’ becomes instead of, rather than, to the exclusion of (Plut., Mor. 984C; PsSol 9:9; Ep. Arist. 134) λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα serve the creation rather than the Creator Ro 1:25 (cf. Ep. Arist. 139: the Jews worship τὸν μόνον θεὸν παρʼ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν). δεδικαιωμένος παρ ἐκεῖνον justified rather than the other Lk 18:14. ἔχρισέν σε. . . παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους he has anointed thee and not thy comrades Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν Ro 12:3 (Plut., Mor. 83F παρʼ ὅ δεῖ). παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας Hb 11:11 (Plut., Rom. 25, 6 παρʼ ἡλικίαν. Cf. ἡλικία 1cα).—παρὰ δύναμιν beyond their means (s. δύναμις 2) 2 Cor 8:3.—After ἄλλος (Pla., Lach. 178B, Leg. 3 p. 693B; X., Hell. 1, 5, 5; Demosth. 18, 235) another than 1 Cor 3:11.

4. παρὰ μικρόν except for a little, almost (s. μικρός 3a) Hs 8, 1, 14. Likew. παρά τι (cf. Vett. Val. 228, 6) Lk 5:7 D; Hs 9, 19, 3.

5. causal because of (Pind., Olymp. 2, 65; Demosth. 4, 11; 9, 2; PRyl. 243, 6; POxy. 1420, 7) παρὰ τό w. acc. foll. because (Dit., Syll.3 495, 130; UPZ 7, 13 [163 BC] παρὰ τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι.—Mayser II 1, ’26, 331; Gen 29:20; Ex 14:11) 1 Cl 39:5f (Job 4:20f). π. τοῦτο because of this (Kühner-G. I 513, 3; Synes., Ep. 44 p. 185A; 57 p.

192D) ITr 5:2; IRo 5:1 (quot. fr. 1 Cor 4:4, where Paul has ἐν τούτῳ). οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ (double neg. as a strengthened affirmative) not for that reason any the less 1 Cor 12:15f.

6. adversative against, contrary to (class.; incr., pap., LXX) π. τὴν διδαχήν Ro 16:17. παρʼ ἐλπίδα against hope (s. ἐλπίς 1) in a play on words w. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι 4:18. π. φύσιν (Thu. 6, 17, 1; Pla., Rep. 5 p. 466D) 1:26; 11:24. π. τὸν νόμον (X., Mem. 1, 1, 18 παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; PMagd. 16, 5 [222 BC] παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233) Ac 18:13. παρʼ ὅ contrary to that which Gal 1:8f.

7. subtracting less (Hdt. 9, 33; Plut., Caesar 30, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 176; POxy. 264, 4 [I AD]) τεσσεράκοντα π. μίαν forty less one=thirty-nine (i.e. lashes) 2 Cor 11:24 (cf. Makkoth 3, 10 p. 369ff; SKrauss: Die Mischna IV 4; 5, 735

’33).—On παρʼ αὐτά ITr 11:1 cf. παραυτά.—HRiesenfeld, TW V 724-33. M-M. παραβαίνω 2 aor. παρέβην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. intr. go aside fig. ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ deviate from the way 1 Cl 53:2 (Ex 32:8; Dt 9:12). Turn aside fr. an office ἀποστολή, ἀφʼ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας Ac 1:25 (on the constr. w. ἀπό cf. Dt 9:16; 17:20).

2. trans. transgress, break—a. w. acc. τὶ someth. (Aeschyl.+; Thu. 4, 97, 2; oft. in inscr., pap., LXX) τὸν νόμον (Eur., Ion 231; Pla., Crito 53E; Sir 19:24; 1 Esdr 8:24, 84; 3 Macc 7:12; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sib. Or. 3, 599f) Hs 8, 3, 5. τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ (Epict. 3, 5, 8; Tob 4:5; 4 Macc 13:15; 16:24) Mt 15:3. τὴν παράδοσιν vs. 2. b. abs. (w. ‘commandments’ to be supplied) παρέβησαν they became transgressors B 9:4. Ptc. ὁ παραβαίνων the transgressor 2J 9 t.r. (Aristot., Pol. 1325b; pl.: POxy. 34 III, 12 [II AD]; Sir 40:14; Philo, Mos. 2, 49; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 215).—παραβαίνω and related words: JSchneider, TW V 733-41. M-M.* παραβάλλω fut. παραβαλῶ; 2 aor. παρέβαλον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. trans.—a. throw to, esp. of throwing fodder to animals (Il. 5, 369 al.; Pla., Phaedr. 247E; Cass. Dio 59, 14) of the martyrs: τούτοις (i.e. τοῖς θηρίοις) σε παραβαλῶ MPol 11:1. Pass. (cf. παραβληθῆναι τοῖς θηρίοις: Cass. Dio 59, 10; Athen. 3 p. 84E) Dg 7:7. b. give up (Aristoph. et al.; Polyb. 40, 4, 2; POxy. 533, 13 [II AD]; Ep. Arist. 281.-Likew. the mid.) κινδύνῳ ἑαυτόν expose oneself to danger 1 Cl 55:6. c. compare (Hdt.+; PFlor. 312, 8 [I AD]; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 249 al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 150; 279) ἐν (instrumental) ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν; what parable can we use in comparing it (i.e. the Kgdm. of God)? Mk 4:30 t.r.

2. intr. approach, come near to someone or someth. (Pla. et al.; oft. pap.; w. εἰς Polyb. 12, 5, 1; 16, 37, 7; 21, 8, 13; Diod. S. 1, 46, 7; 8; Plut., Demetr. 39, 2; PRyl. 153, 5), specif. as a t.t. in seaman’s speech come near by ship, cross over (Hdt. 7, 179; Ep. Phil. in Demosth. 12, 16; Jos., Ant. 18, 161εἰς Ποτιόλους παραβαλών) παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον Ac 20:15. M-M.* παράβασις, εως, ἡ (Strabo et al.; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) overstepping, transgression w. objective gen. (Plut., Mor. p. 122D, Ages. et Pomp. 1, 5; 2 Macc 15:10) ἡ π. τοῦ νόμου the violation of the law (Porphyr., Abst. 2, 61 Nauck ἡ τοῦ νόμου παράβασις; Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. II 1 p. 158, 37 δικαίων π.=violation of the laws.—Philo, Somn. 2, 123; Jos., Ant. 8, 129τ. νομίμων π.; 13, 69 ἡ τ. νόμου π. 18, 263; 340) Ro 2:23. W. the subjective gen. (Wsd 14:31) ἡ π. Ἀδάμ Adam’s transgression 5:14. ἡ π. αὐτῶν B 12:5b. Pl. αἱ π. τοῦ οἴκου σου the transgressions of your family Hv 2, 3, 1. Abs. (Plut., Mor. p. 209A; 746C; Ps 100:3; 4 Km 2:24 v.l.; En 98, 5) Ro 4:15; Hb 9:15; B 12:5a W. παρακοή Hb 2:2. Among many other vices in a catalogue of vices B 20:1. ἐν π. γίνεσθαι become a transgressor 1 Ti 2:14. τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν because of transgressions i.e. to make them poss. and numerous Gal 3:19. M-M.* παραβάτης, ου, ὁ (in secular wr. mostly a warrior beside the charioteer, or a certain kind of foot-soldier) in our lit. only transgressor (so Aeschyl., Eum. 553 παρβάτης; παραβ. so Pythag., Ep. 3, 7 παραβάται τᾶν ὁμολογιᾶν γινόμεθα; Polemo [Macrobius, Saturnalia 5, 19, 29] π. θεῶν; Suidas on Ἀμάχιος; Sym.) (τοῦ) νόμου Ro 2:25, 27; Js 2:11; Lk 6:5 D. Abs. sinner (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 39) Gal 2:18 (WMundle, ZNW 23, ’24, 152f); Js 2:9. M-M.* παραβιάζομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. παρεβιασάμην (Epicurea p. 36, 5 Us.; Polyb., Plut. et al.; LXX; s. Anz 359f) use force to accomplish someth. (Polyb. 24, 8, 3; Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat. 125; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233); w. acc. (‘do violence to’ Plut., Mor. 19F μύθους, Cleom. 16, 2 τ. Ἀχαιούς; Gen 19:9) urge strongly, prevail upon Lk 24:29; Ac 16:15. Foll. by acc. and inf. ὁ παραβιασάμενος ἑαυτόν τε καί τινας προσελθεῖν ἑκοντάς the one who prevailed upon himself and others to come forward of their own free will MPol 4. M-M.* παραβλέπω (Aristoph.+; LXX; Philo, Virt. 173) overlook, neglect, despise (Polyb. 6, 46, 6 τὰς διαφοράς; Sir 38:9) τινά someone of needy persons, widows and orphans Hs 1:8.* παραβολεύομαι (Sb 7562 [II AD]) 1 aor. παρεβολευσάμην expose to danger, risk (Inscr. Orae Sept. Ponti Euxin.

I2 39, 26-28 Latyschev: ἀλλὰ καὶ [μέχρι] περάτων γῆς ἐμαρτυρήθη τοὺς ὑπὲρ φιλίας κινδύνους μέχρι Σεβαστῶν συμμαχίᾳ παραβολευσάμενος=‘but also to the ends of the earth witness was borne to him that in the interests of friendship he exposed himself to dangers by his aid in [legal] strife, [taking his clients’ cases] even up to the emperors’. Dssm., LO 69 [LAE 84]) τινί someth. (on the dat. s. Mlt. 64 and cf. παραβάλλεσθαι τοῖς ὅλοις ‘risk everything’ Polyb. 2, 26, 3; 3, 94, 4) τῇ ψυχῇ one’s life (cf. Diod. S. 3, 36, 4 ταῖς ψυχαῖς παραβάλλεσθαι; Dit., Syll.3 762, 39 ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι παραβαλλόμενος) Phil 2:30. M-M.* παραβολή, ῆς, ἡ (Pla., Inocr.+; inscr., pap., LXX.—JWackernagel, Parabola: IndogF 31, ’12/’13, 262-7) comparison.

1. type, figure παραβολὴ εὒς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα a symbol (pointing) to the present age Hb 9:9. ἐν παραβολῇ as a type (of the violent death and of the resurrection of Christ) 11:19. λέγει ὁ προφήτης παραβολὴν κυρίου B 6:10, where the mng. may be the prophet is uttering a parable of the Lord (Gdspd.), or the prophet speaks of the Lord in figurative language (Kleist), or the prophet speaks in figurative language given him by the Lord. W. αἴνιγμα PK 4 p. 15, 31. The things of the present or future cannot be understood by the ordinary Christian 736

διὰ τὸ ἐν παραβολαῖς κεῖσθαι because they are expressed in figures B 17:2.

2. In the synoptics the word denotes a characteristic form of the teaching of Jesus (in Mt 17 times, in Mk 13 times, in Lk 18 times) parable, illustration (cf. Euclides [400 BC] who, acc. to Diog. L. 2, 107, rejected ὁ διὰ παραβολῆς λόγος; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 2ff; Περὶ ὕψους 37; Vi. Aesopi II p. 307, 15; Biogr. p. 87 Ὁμήρου παραβολαί; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 99; Jos., Ant. 8, 44.The Gk. OT also used παραβολή for various words and expressions that involve comparison, even riddles [cf. Jülicher—s. 2 below—I2 32-40].—En. 1, 2; 3). A parable is a short discourse that makes a comparison; it often expresses a (single) complete thought. The evangelists considered that it needed interpretation because it sometimes presented teaching in obscure fashion. λέγειν, εἰπεῖν παραβολήν: Lk 13:6; 16:19 D; 19:11. τινί to someone 4:23 (here and in the next passage π.=proverb, quoted by Jesus); 6:39; 18:1; 21:29. πρός τινα to someone 5:36; 12:16, 41; 14:7; 15:3; 18:9; 20:9; with reference to someone Mk 12:12; Lk 20:19. παραβολὴν λαλεῖν τινι Mt 13:33. παραβολὴν παρατιθέναι τινί put a parable before someone vss. 24, 31. τελεῖν τὰς παραβολάς finish the parables vs. 53. διασαφεῖν τινι τὴν παραβολήν vs. 36. φράζειν τινὶ τὴν παρ. explain the parable ibid. v.l.; 15:15. ἀκούειν Mt 13:18; 21:33, 45. γνῶναι and εἰδέναι understand Mk 4:13b et al. μαθεῖν τὴν παρ. ἀπό τινος learn the parable from someth. Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; (ἐπ)ἐρωτᾶν τινα τὴν παρ. ask someone the mng. of the parable Mk 7:17; cf. 4:10. Also ἐπερωτᾶν τινα περὶ τῆς παρ. 7:17 t.r.; ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν τίς εἴη ἡ παρ. they asked him what the parable meant Lk 8:9; the answer to it: ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παρ. but the parable means this vs. 11.—παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν τινί τι Mk 4:33. W. the gen. of that which forms the subj. of the parable ἡ παρ. τοῦ σπείραντος Mt 13:18. τῶν ζιζανίων vs. 36.—W. a prep. εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς Lk 8:4.—χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς Mt 13:34b; Mk 4:34.—Mostly ἐν: τιθέναι τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν παραβολῇ present the Kgdm. of God in a parable vs. 30. ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν τινι Mt 13:10, 13; Mk 12:1. ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγειν τινί Mt 22:1; Mk 3:23. λαλεῖν τινί τι ἐν παραβολαῖς Mt 13:3, 34a. διδάσκειν τινά τι ἐν παραβολαῖς Mk 4:2. ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου Mt 13:35 (Ps 77:2). γίνεταί τινί τι ἐν παραβολαῖς someth. comes to someone in the form of parables Mk 4:11; cf. Lk 8:10.—AJülicher, Die Gleichnisreden Jesu I2 1899; II 1899 [the older lit. is given here I 203-322]; GHeinrici, RE VI 688-703, XXIII 561f; ChABugge, Die Hauptparabeln Jesu ’03; PFiebig, Altjüdische Gleichnisse und d. Gleichnisse Jesu ’04, D. Gleichnisse Jesu im Lichte der rabb. Gleich. ’12, D. Erzählungsstil der Ev. ’25; LFonck, Die Parabeln des Herrn3 ’09 (w. much lit. on the individual parables), The Parables of the Gospel3 ’18; JKögel, BFChTh XIX 6, ’15; MMeinertz, Die Gleichnisse Jesu ’16;4’48; HWeinel, Die Gleichnisse Jesu5 ’29; RBultmann, D. Geschichte der synoptischen Tradition2 ’31, 179-222; MDibelius, D. Formgeschichte des Ev.2 33; EBuonaiuti, Le parabole di Gesù: Religio 10-13, ’34-’37; WOEOesterly, The Gospel Parables in the Light of their Jewish Background ’36; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 267-85; CHDodd, The Parables of the Kgdm.3 ’36; BTD Smith, The Par. of the Syn. Gosp. ’37; WMichaelis, Es ging e. Sämann aus. zu säen ’38; OAPiper, The Understanding of the Syn. Par.: Evangelical Quarterly 14, ’42, 42-53; ChMasson, Les Paraboles de Marc IV ’45; Joach Jeremias, D. Gleichn. Jesu4 ’56 (Eng. transl. ’55); ELinnemann, Jesus of the Parables, tr. JSturdy, ’66; AWeiser, D. Knechtsgleichnisse der synopt. Evv. ’71; JKingsbury, The Parables of Jesus in Mt 13, ’69; FWDanker, Fresh Persp. on Mt, CTM 41, ’70, 478-90; JKingsbury, ibid. 42, ’71, 579-96; TWManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 57-86.

3. Apart fr. the syn. gospels, παρ. is found in our lit. freq. in Hermas who, however, is not independent of the synoptic tradition. But Hermas uses παρ. only once to designate a real illustrative (double) parable, in m 11:18. Elsewh παρ. is for Hermas an enigmatic presentation that is somet. seen in a vision, somet. expressed in words, but in any case is in need of detailed interpretation: w. gen. of the content (s. 2 above) τοῦ πύργου about the tower Hv 3, 3, 2. τοῦ ἀγροῦ about the field s 5, 4, 1. τῶν ὀρέων s 9, 29, 4. δηλοῦν τὴν παραβολήν s 5, 4, 1. ἀκούειν τὴν παραβολήν v 3, 3, 2; 3, 12, 1; s 5, 2, 1. παραβολὰς λαλεῖν τινι s 5, 4, 2a. τὰ ῥήματα τὰ λεγόμενα διὰ παραβολῶν 5, 4, 3b; γράφειν τὰς παρ. v 5:5f; s 9, 1, 1; συνιέναι τὰς παρ. m 10, 1, 3. γινώσκειν s 5, 3, 1a; 9, 5, 5. νοεῖν m 10, 1, 4; s 5, 3, 1b. ἐπιλύειν τινὶ παρ. s 5, 3, 1c; 5, 4, 2b; 3a. συντελεῖν s 9, 29, 4. ἡ ἐπίλυσις τῆς παρ. explanation, interpretation of the parable s 5, 6, 8; αἱ ἐπιλύσεις τῶν παρ. s 5, 5, 1. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς δούλου τρόπον κεῖται ἐν τῇ παρ. the Son of God appears in the parable as a slave s 5, 5, 5. ἡ παρ. εἰς τοὺς δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ κεῖται the par. refers to the slaves of God s 2:4.—S. also the headings to the various parts of the third division of Hermas (the Parables) and on Hermas gener. cf. Jülicher, op. cit. I 204-9.—FHauck, TW V 741-59. M-M. B. 1262.* παραβουλεύομαι 1 aor. παρεβουλευσάμην (Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 188, 27; Hesychius, prob. w. ref. to Phil 2:30) be careless τινί in relation to someth. τῇ ψυχῇ have no concern for one’s life Phil 2:30 t.r.* παραβύω 1 aor. παρέβυσα (Hippocr. et al.) plunge into π. ξιφίδιον plunge a dagger into (a body) MPol 16:1 (Lucian, Toxar. 58 παραβύειν ἐς τὴν πλευρὰν τὸν ἀκινάκην).* παραγγελία, ας, ἡ (X.+; Diod. S. 4, 12, 3; pap., Philo, In Flacc. 141; Jos., Ant. 16, 241)order, command, precept, advice παραγγελίαν λαμβάνειν receive an order Ac 16:24; 1 Cl 42:3. παραγγελίᾳ παραγγέλλειν τινί (Bl-D. §198, 6; Rdm.2 128; Rob. 531) foll. by μή and the inf. give someone strict orders Ac 5:28. Of apostolic instructions παραγγελίας διδόναι τινί 1 Th 4:2; παρατίθεσθαί τινι 1 Ti 1:18. As instruction it is almost=preaching vs. 5.—GMilligan, St. Paul’s Epistles to the Thess. ’08 p. 47. M-M.* παραγγέλλω impf. παρήγγελλον; 1 aor. παρήγγειλα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) give orders, command, instruct, direct of all kinds of persons in authority, worldly rulers, Jesus, the apostles.

Abs. παραγγέλλων in giving my instructions 1 Cor 11:17. W. the pres. inf. foll. Ac 15:5. W. the acc. and aor. inf. foll. 1 Ti 6:13f. τὶ direct, urge, insist on (Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 80) 2 Th 3:4; 1 Ti 4:11; 5:7. τινί (Jos., Ant. 2, 737

311)direct, command someone καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν 1 Th 4:11. Pass. τὰ παρηγγελμένα τινί what someone was told (to do) short ending of Mk; τινί w. λέγων and dir. discourse foll. Mt 10:5. τινί τι w. ὅτι and dir. disc. foll. 2 Th 3:10.—τινί w. aor. inf. foll. (Philo, Poster. Cai. 29; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 244) Mt 15:35; Mk 8:6; Lk 8:29; Ac 10:42; 16:18 (cf. Mlt. 119). τινί w. pres. inf. foll. (1 Km 23:8) Ac 16:23; 23:30; 1 Cl 1:3; IPol 5:1. παραγγέλλειν w. an inf. and μή comes to mean forbid to do someth.: π. τινί w. aor. inf. Lk 5:14; 8:56; without the dat., which is easily supplied fr. the context Ac 23:22. π. τινί w. pres. inf. (cf. an inscr. fr. Dionysopolis [Ramsay, ET 14, ’03, 159] παραγγέλλω πᾶσι, μὴ καταφρονεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 98) Lk 9:21; Ac 1:4 (for the transition from indirect discourse to direct cf. Arrian, Anab. 5, 11, 4: Alexander παρηγγέλλετο Κρατέρῳ μὴ διαβαίνειν τὸν πόρον. . . ἢν Πῶρος ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἄγῃ [the last clause is spoken by Alexander]); 1 Ti 1:3; 6:17; without dat. (Jos., Ant. 19, 311)1 Cl 27:2, which can be supplied fr. the context Ac 4:18; 5:40. παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσκειν vs.

28.—τινί w. acc. and 1 aor. inf. foll. 1 Cor 7:10; 1 Ti 6:13f v.l. (παραγγέλλω σοι); the pres. inf. Ac 17:30 t.r.; 23:30 v.l.; 2 Th 3:6.—W. ἵνα foll. (s. ἵνα II 1aδ) 2 Th 3:12. παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν he forbade them to take anything Mk 6:8. OSchmitz, TW V 759-62. M-M.* παράγγελμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 985, 12; 34; PAmh. 50, 5; PLond. 904, 36; PGM 4, 749; 1 Km 22:14; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 178) order, direction, instruction, precept, esp. of the edict of a ruler (Jos., Bell. 6, 383)1 Cl 13:3 (w. ἐντολή). ποιεῖν τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ π. follow the precepts of Christ 49:1. M-M.* παραγίνομαι impf. 3 pl. παρεγίνοντο; 2 aor. παρεγενόμην; plpf. 3 sing. παραγεγόνει (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. come, arrive, be present (Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) foll. by εἰς and the acc. of place (Hdt.; POxy. 743, 23 [2 BC]; PRyl. 232, 3; Ex 16:35; Josh 24:11; Philo, Mos. 1, 86) Mt 2:1; J 8:2; Ac 9:26; 13:14 (w. ἀπὸ τ. Πέργης; cf. Jos., Ant. 18, 110); 15:4. Also ἐν w. the dat. of place (POxy. 1185, 26; BGU 286, 6) Ac 9:26 v.l.; ITr 1:1. Foll. by ἐπί τινα come against someone, mostly w. hostile purpose (Thu. 2, 95, 3; 2 Macc 4:34; 8:16; 11:2; 12:6; 15:24.—ἐπί III 1aε) Lk 22:52. Foll. by πρός τινα (Lucian, Philops. 6; Zen.-P. 59 214, 5 [254 BC] πρὸς ἡμᾶς; PSI 341, 4; PEleph. 9, 4; Ex 2:18; Judg 8:15; Jos., Ant. 6, 131)Lk 7:4, 20; 8:19; 22:52 v.l.; Ac 20:18. φίλος παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με Lk 11:6 (παραγίνεσθαι ἐκ as Dit., Syll.3 663, 4; PMagd. 1, 10 [III BC]; Gen 35:9; 1 Macc 5:14; Jos., Vi. 248 ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ παρεγενόμην). παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 3:13 (π. ἐπί w. acc. of place as Dit., Syll.3 474, 10; 633, 85; Sb 3925, 4; Jdth 6:11; 14:13; Bel 15). π. ἀπὸ τ. ἀληθείας proceed from the truth Papias 2:3. Absol. Mk 14:43; Lk 14:21; 19:16; J 3:23; Ac 5:21f, 25; 9:39; 10:33; 11:23; 14:27; 17:10; 18:27; 21:18; 23:16, 35; 24:17, 24; 25:7; 28:21; 1 Cor 16:3; 1 Cl 12:6; IRo 6:2; Hs 9, 5, 7. Somet. the coming has rather the sense 2. appear, make a public appearance, of J. the Baptist Mt 3:1. Of Jesus, w. inf. of purpose foll. (cf. 1 Macc 4:46) Lk 12:51. Χριστὸς παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεύς Hb 9:11.

3. stand by, come to the aid of (trag.; Thu. 3, 54, 4; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 368B) οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 2 Ti 4:16.

M-M.* παράγω impf. παρῆγον (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.).

1. trans.—a. act. (BGU 1139, 19 [5 BC]; 1 Km 16:9f; Jos., Ant. 5, 97; 20, 200) bring in, introduce παράγουσι φόβους ἀνθρωπίνους 2 Cl 10:3 (s. φόβος 2aα). b. pass. be brought past, pass away, disappear (cf. 2 Esdr [Ezra] 9:2 παρήχθη σπέρμα τὸ ἅγιον ἡ σκοτία παράγεται the darkness is passing away 1J 2:8; cf. vs. 17.

2. intr.—a. pass by—α. lit. (Polyb. 5, 18, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 62 §259 θεοῦ παράγοντος=as though a god passed by [and struck Labienus with blindness]; Coll. Alex Lyr. Adesp. 37, 25 ἐὰν. . . μνήματα κωφὰ παράγῃς; Menand., Epitr. 188; 194, Dyscol. 556 al.; CIG 2129, 2; PTebt. 17, 4; 2 Km 15:18; Ps 128:8; 3 Macc 6:16) Mt 20:30; Mk 2:14; 15:21; J 9:1. π. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν pass by along the lake Mk 1:16. Cf. ELohmeyer, ‘Und Jesus ging vorüber’: NThT 23, ’34, 206-24.—β. fig. pass away (Ps 143:4) 1 Cor 7:31. b. go away παρῆγεν οὕτως so he went away J 8:59 t.r. (for the t.r., the παράγων of 9:1 [s. 2aα above] belongs here). ἐκεῖθεν Mt 9:9, 27. M-M.* παραδειγματίζω 1 aor. inf. παραδειγματίσαι (Polyb. et al.; LXX. Mostly=‘make a public example of’ by punishment [Polyb. 2, 60, 7; 29, 19, 5; LXX]; then also without the idea of punishment) expose, make an example of (Plut., Mor. 520B) τινά someone Mt 1:19 t.r. (s. δειγματίζω); hold up to contempt w. ἀνασταυροῦν Hb 6:6.

M-M.* παράδεισος, ου, ὁ (Old Persian pairidaêza=‘enclosure’; Hebr. ‫ ֵםדְּ ַרפּ‬. In Gk. since X.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 347; 12, 233; Sib. Or.) in our lit. not of any formal garden or park, but only paradise.

1. of the garden of Eden (Gen 2f; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 37; Sib. Or. 1, 24; 26; 30), lit. Dg 12:3, and in the same connection fig., of those who love God, οἱ γενόμενοι παράδεισος τρυφῆς, in so far as they allow fruit-laden trees to grow up within them 12:1 (cf. PsSol 14:3; Gen 3:24).

2. a place of blessedness above the earth (ὁ παράδεισος τῆς δικαιοσύνης appears as such En. 32, 3; cf. 20, 7; Test. Levi 18:10; Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 48 and other passages in the OT Pseudepigrapha not preserved in Gk., as well as other sources in the lit. given below.—Dssm., B 146 [BS 148]) Lk 23:43 (JPWeisengoff, Eccl. Review 103, ’40, 163-7). More fully ὁ π. τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen 13:10; Ez 28:13; 31:8; PGM 4, 3027 ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ ἑαυτοῦ [=τ. θεοῦ] 738

παραδείσῳ) Rv 2:7. ἁρπάζεσθαι εἰς τὸν π. be caught up into Paradise 2 Cor 12:4.—S. on οὐρανός 1e and τρίτος 1. Further, Bousset, Rel.3 282ff; 488ff; PVolz, D. Eschatologie der jüd. Gemeinde im ntl. Zeitalter ’34, 417f; Billerb. IV 1118-65; Windisch on 2 Cor 12:4; AWabnitz, Le Paradis du Hadès: Rev. de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 19, ’10, 328-31; 410-14; 20, ’11, 130-8; JoachJeremias, TW V 763-71. M-M.* παραδέχομαι fut. παραδέξομαι; 1 aor. παρεδεξάμην, pass. παρεδέχθην; 1 fut. pass. παραδεχθήσομαι (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) accept, receive.

1. w. a thing as obj. in the acc. accept, acknowledge (as correct) (Epict. 3, 12, 15; BGU 1119, 54 [I AD] τὴν συντίμησιν; PRyl. 229, 16; PFay. 125, 10; Ex 23:1; 3 Macc 7:12) τὸν λόγον Mk 4:20 (Diocles 112 p. 163, 18 παραδ. τὸν λόγον; Plut., Mor. 47E; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 199). ἔθη Ac 16:21. μαρτυρίαν 22:18. κατηγορίαν 1 Ti 5:19 (Sextus 259 διαβολὰς κατὰ φιλοσόφου μὴ παραδέχου). Receive false teachings IEph 9:1. (Opp. παραιτεῖσθαι) τὰ κτισθέντα Dg 4:2.

2. w. a pers. as obj. in the acc. (POxy. 492, 8; 14; 1676, 28; BGU 27:10; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 256; 258) receive, accept heretics ISm 4:1. θεὸν τὸν παραδεχόμενον ἡμάς (w. καλεῖν) 2 Cl 16:1. Pass. (2 Macc 4:22 Cod. V) Ac 15:4. Take back a wife who was dismissed for adultery Hm 4, 1, 8a; pass. 4, 1, 7; 8b. Of a citizen who wishes to receive favorably=love (Pr 3:12) return to his home city after living in a strange land, pass. s 1:5.—Corresp. to ‫ה‬ Hb 12:6; 1 Cl 56:4. M-M.* παραδιατριβή, ῆς, ἡ useless occupation pl. 1 Ti 6:5 t.r. M-M.* παραδίδωμι (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) pres. subj. 3 sing. παραδιδῷ and παραδιδοῖ 1 Cor 15:24 (Bl-D. §95, 2; Mlt.-H. 204); impf. 3 sing. παρεδίδου Ac 8:3; 1 Pt 2:23, pl. παρεδίδουν Ac 16:4 v.l.; 27:1 and παρεδίδοσαν 16:4 (Bl-D. §94, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 202); fut. παραδώσω; 1 aor. παρέδωκα; 2 aor. indic. παρέδοσαν Lk 1:2; 2 aor. subj. 3 sing. παραδῷ and παραδοῖ Mk 4:29; 14:10, 11; J 13:2 (Bl-D. §95, 2; Mlt.-H. 210f), imper. παράδος, ptc. παραδούς; pf. παραδέδωκα, ptc. παραδεδωκώς Ac 15:26; plpf.

3 pl. παραδεδώκεισαν Mk 15:10 (on the absence of augment cf. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190). Pass.; impf. 3 sing. παρεδίδετο 1 Cor 11:23b (-δίδοτο is also attested; Bl-D. §94, 1; Mlt.-H. 206), perf. 3 sing. παραδέδοται Lk 4:6, ptc. παραδεδομένος Ac 14:26; 1 aor. παρεδόθην; 1 fut. παραδοθήσομαι.

1. hand over, give (over) , deliver, entrust—a. a thing τινί τι (Jos., Ant 4, 83) τάλαντά μοι Mt 25:20, 22. αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ vs. 14. ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν 1 Cl 12:5. τινὶ τὴν κτίσιν Hv 3, 4, 1; λίθους s 9, 7, 1; ἀμπελῶνα s 5, 6, 2. Also in the sense give back, restore, give up (X., Hell. 2, 3, 7 τινί τι) αὐτῷ τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἣν ἔλαβον Hm 3:2.—Pass., w. the thing easily supplied fr. the context ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται Lk 4:6.—παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα J 19:30 needs no dat.: he gave up his spirit voluntarily. ἄνθρωποι παραδεδωκότες τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου men who have risked (pledged Field, Notes 124) their lives for the name of the Lord Ac 15:26. καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι and if I give up my body to be burned 1 Cor 13:3 (Maximus Tyr. 1, 9i τῇ Αἴτνῃ αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς σῶμα; Syntipas p. 60, 11 πυρὶ σεαυτὴν παραδίδως). ὅταν παραδιδοῖ τ. βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ when he (i.e. Christ) delivers the kingship to God 15:24. b. hand over, turn over, give up a person (as a t.t. of police and courts ‘hand over into (the) custody (of)’ Dit., Or. 669, 15; PHib. 92, 11; 17; PLille 3, 59 [both III BC]; PTebt. 38, 6 [II BC] al.) τινά someone Mt 10:19; 24:10; 27:18; Mk 13:11; Ac 3:13. Pass. Mt 4:12; Mk 1:14; Lk 21:16. τινά τινι Mt 5:25 (fr. one official to another, as UPZ l24, 19f [II BC]); 18:34; 27:2; Mk 10:33b; cf. 15:1; Lk 12:58; 20:20; J 18:30, 35; Ac 27:1; 28:16 v.l.; Hs 7:5; 9, 10, 6; Pass.

Lk 18:32; J 18:36; Hv 5:3f; m 4, 4, 3; s 6, 3, 6b; 9, 11, 2; 9, 13, 9; 9, 20, 4; 9, 21, 4. τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν Lk 23:25.—Esp. of the betrayal of Jesus by Judas, w. acc. and dat. ἐγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν Mt 26:15. Cf. Mk 14:10; Lk 22:4, 6; J 19:11. Pass. Mt 20:18; Mk 10:33a. Without a dat. Mt 10:4; 26:16, 21, 23; Mk 3:19; 14:11, 18; Lk 22:48; J 6:64, 71; 12:4; 13:21. Pass. Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21; Lk 22:22; 1 Cor 11:23b (to be sure, it is not certain that when Paul uses such terms as ‘handing over’, ‘delivering up’, ‘arrest’ [so clearly Posidon.: 87 fgm. 36, 50 Jac. παραδοθείς] he is thinking of the betrayal by Judas; cf. Ac 3:13 παρεδώκατε). ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν (παραδιδούς με) his (my) betrayer Mt 26:25, 46, 48; Mk 14:42, 44; Lk 22:21; J 13:11; 18:2, 5. Cf. Mt 27:3, 4; J 21:20.—τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος deliver someone into someone’s hands (a Semitic construction, but paralleled in Lat., cf. Livy 26, 12, 11; Dt 1:27; Jer 33:24; Jdth 6:10; 1 Macc 4:30; 1 Esdr 1:50. Pass. Jer 39:4, 36, 43; Sir 11:6; Da 11:11; cf. Jos., Ant. 2, 20)Ac 21:11. Pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; 14:41; Lk 9:44; 24:7 (NPerrin, JoachJeremias—Festschr., ’70, 204-12); Ac 28:17. ἡ γῆ παραδοθήσεται εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ D 16:4b. Also ἐν χειρί τινος (Judg 7:9; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 9:7; cf. 2 Ch 36:17; 1 Macc 5:50) 1 Cl 55:5b.—W. indication of the goal, or of the purpose for which someone is handed over: in the inf. (Jos., Bell. 1, 655)παραδιδόναι τινά τινι φυλάσσειν αὐτόν hand someone over to someone to guard him (X., An. 4, 6, 1) Ac 12:4. W. local εἰς (Dit., Or. 669, 15 εἰς τὸ πρακτόρειόν τινας παρέδοσαν; PGiess. 84 II, 18 [II AD] εἰς τ. φυλακήν): εἰς συνέδρια hand over to the local courts Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9. εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς hand someone over to the synagogues and prisons Lk 21:12. εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3; cf. 22:4. Also εἰς δεσμωτήριον (of a place of punishment outside the present visible world: cf. PGM 4, 1245ff ἔξελθε, δαῖμον,. . . παραδίδωμί σε εἰς τὸ μέλαν χάος ἐν ταῖς ἀπωλείαις) Hs 9, 28, 7. ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δεσμά give oneself up to imprisonment 1 Cl 55:2a. W. final εἰς (En. 97, 10 εἰς κατάραν μεγάλην παρα[δο]θήσεσθε): ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δουλείαν give oneself up to slavery 55:2b. εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι hand over to be crucified Mt 26:2. εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι κτλ. 20:19. εἰς θλῖψιν 24:9. εἰς κρίμα θανάτου Lk 24:20. εἰς κρίσιν 2 Pt 2:4. εἰς θάνατον hand over to death (POxy. 471, 107 [II AD]; Mt 10:21 (Joach Jeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 68 n. 3); Mk 13:12; Hm 12, 1, 2f; pass.: ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 9; 2 Cor 4:11; 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12); B 12:2; Hs 9, 23, 5. π. ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον give oneself up to death 1 Cl 55:1; fig. hand oneself over to 739

death Hs 6, 5, 4. εἰς θλῖψιν θανάτου παραδίδοσθαι be handed over to the affliction of death B 12:5. π. τὴν σάρκα εὒς καταφθοράν give up his flesh to corruption 5:1.—ἵνα stands for final εὒς: τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ he handed Jesus over to be crucified Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15; cf. J 19:16.—π. alone w. the mng. hand over to suffering, death, punishment, esp. in relation to Christ: κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Cl 16:7 (cf. Is 53:6).—Ro 8:32. Pass. 4:25; cf. B 16:5. π. ἑαυτὸν ὑπέρ τινος Gal 2:20; Eph 5:25. παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ he gave himself to God for us as a sacrifice and an offering vs.

2.—π. τινὰ τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for the destruction of his physical body 1 Cor 5:5. οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα whom I have turned over to Satan, in order that 1 Ti 1:20 (cf. the exorcism PGM 5, 334ff νεκυδαίμων,. . . παραδίδωμί σοι τὸν δεῖνα, ὅπως. . . and s. the lit. s.v. ὄλεθρος; also ChBruston, L’abandon du pécheur à Satan: Rev. de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 21, ’12, 450-8; KLatte, Heiliges Recht ’20; LBrun, Segen u. Fluch im Urchr. ’32, 106ff). The angel of repentance says: ἐμοὶ παραδίδονται εἰς ἀγαθὴν παιδείαν they are turned over to me for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6a (Demetr. Phaler. [IV/III BC] fgm. 164 FWehrli ’49: Demosthenes παραδίδωσι ἑαυτὸν τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ to be initiated into dramatic art).—ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ they gave themselves over to debauchery Eph 4:19. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τ. αἰῶνος τούτου Hs 6, 2, 3. ταῖς τρυφαῖς καὶ ἀπάταις 6, 2, 4. παρεδώκατε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἀκηδίας Hv 3, 11, 3 (s. ἀκηδία). Of a God who punishes evil-doers: παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν he abandoned them to impurity Ro 1:24 (for the thought cf.

IQH 2, 16-19. See also EKlostermann, ZNW 32, ’33, 1-6 [retribution]). εὒς πάθη ἀτιμίας to disgraceful passions vs. 26. εὒς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν vs. 28. παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ac 7:42. God, the All-Gracious One, is the subject of the extraordinary (s. lit. on διδαχή 2) expression εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς=τῷ τύπῳ δ. εἰς ὃν π. (obedient) to the form of teaching, for the learning of which you were given over i.e. by God Ro 6:17 (cf. the inscr. fr. Transjordania in Nabataean times NGG Phil.-hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I, 1, ’36, p.

3, 1 Abedrapsas thanks his paternal god: παρεδόθην εἰς μάθησιν τέχνης=‘I was apprenticed to learn a trade’.

AFridrichsen, Con. Neot. 7, ’42, 6-8; FWBeare, NTS 5, ’59, 206-10; UBorse, BZ 12, ’68, 95-103; FWDanker, FWGingrich-Festschr., ’72, 94).

2. give over, commend, commit w. dat. (cf. PFlor. 309, 5 σιωπῇ παραδ. ‘hand over to forgetfulness’) παραδίδοσθαι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπό τινος be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord Ac 15:40. Ἀντιόχεια, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον from which (city they had gone out) commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26.—παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι he committed his cause to the one who judges 1 Pt 2:23.

3. of oral or written tradition hand down, pass on, transmit, relate, teach (Theognis 1, 28f passes on what he himself learned as παῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Pla., Phil. 16C, Ep. 12 p. 359D μῦθον; Demosth. 23, 65; Polyb. 7, 1, 1; 10, 28, 3; Diod. S. 12, 13, 2 π. τινί τι pass on someth. to future generations εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Plut., Nic. 1, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60τὴν κατὰ νόμους παραδεδομένην εὐσέβειαν; PMagd. 33, 5 of a report to the police concerning the facts in a case) Lk 1:2. παραδόσεις Mk 7:13 (of the tradition of the Pharisees, as Jos., Ant. 13, ); 1 Cor 11:2. ἔθη Ac 6:14. ὁ ἡμῖν παραδοθεὶς λόγος the teaching handed down to 297; cf. the rabbinic term ‫ַרמ‬ us Pol 7:2. ἡ παραδοθεῖσα αὐτοῖς ἁγία ἐντολή 2 Pt 2:21. ἡ παραδοθεῖσα τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστις Jd 3. τὰ παραδοθέντα (Philo, Fuga 200) Dg 11:1. παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4.—(In contrast to παραλαμβάνειν [the same contrast in Diod. S. 1, 91, 4; 3, 65, 6; 5, 2, 3; PHermopol. 119 III, 22; BGU 1018, 24; PThéad. 8, 25]) pass on 1 Cor 11:23a; 15:3; Epil Mosq 1. W. a connotation of wonder and mystery (of mysteries and ceremonies: Theo Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραδιδόναι; Diod. S. 5, 48, 4 μυστηρίων τελετὴ παραδοθεῖσα; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Wsd 14:15 μυστήρια καὶ τελετάς. Cf. Herm. Wr. 13, 1 παλιγγενεσίαν; PGM 4, 475) πάντα (πᾶς 2aδ) μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ. πατρός μου Mt 11:27; Lk 10:22 (cf. Herm. Wr. 1, 32 πάτερ. . . παρέδωκας αὐτῷ [ὁ σὸς ἄνθρωπος is meant] τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν; in Vett. Val. 221, 23 astrology is ὑπὸ θεοῦ παραδεδομένη τ. ἀνθρώποις.—For lit. on the saying of Jesus s. under υἱός 2b).—S. on παράδοσις, end.

4. allow, permit (Hdt. 5, 67; 7, 18 [subj. ὁ θεός]; X., An. 6, 6, 34 [οἱ θεοί]; Isocr. 5, 118 [οἱ καιροί]; Polyb.

22, 24, 9 τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης) ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29.—On the whole word: WPopkes, Christus Traditus, ’67. M-M.** παράδοξος, ον (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 175; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 53al. Loanw. in rabb.) contrary to opinion or expectation, strange, wonderful, remarkable. κατάστασις τῆς πολιτείας Dg 5:4. σημεῖον 1 Cl 25:1.

Subst. in pl. παράδοξα wonderful things (Lucian, Somn. 14; Aelian, V.H. 13, 33; Celsus 1, 6; Philo, Mos. 1, 212; Jos., Bell. 4, 238)Lk 5:26.—OWeinreich, Antike Heilungswunder ’09, 198f. M-M.* παράδοσις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) handing down or over.

1.=betrayal, arrest (Diod. S. 11, 33, 4) UGosp 29.—2. tradition, of teachings, commandments, narratives et al., first in the act. sense (Pla., Leg. 7 p. 803A; Ps.-Pla., Def. 416; Epict. 2, 23, 40; Philo, Ebr. 120; Jos., Vi. 361), but in our lit. only pass., of that which is handed down (Dit., Syll.3 704E, 12 εἰσαγαγὼν τὴν τῶν μυστηρίων παράδοσιν; Herm. Wr. 13, 22b τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τὴν παράδοσιν): of the tradition preserved by the scribes and Pharisees. They themselves called it ἡ παράδοσις τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Mt 15:2; Mk 7:5; cf. vs. 3. In conversation w. them Jesus calls it ἡ παράδοσις ὑμῶν Mt 15:3, 6; Mk 7:9, 13 or even ἡ παράδοσις τῶν ἀνθρώπων vs. 8. Paul uses the latter term to characterize the Colossian heresy Col 2:8. In looking back upon his Jewish past he calls himself a ζηλωτὴς τῶν πατρικῶν παραδόσεων Gal 1:14 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 297τὰ ἐκ παραδόσεως τῶν πατέρων; 408. By this is meant the tradition of the rabbis [‘fathers’; cf. Pirqe Aboth], accepted by the Pharisees but rejected by the Sadducees). Of Christian teaching ὁ τῆς π. ἡμῶν κανών 1 Cl 7:2. Of Paul’s teaching 2 Th 3:6 (used w. παραλαμβάνειν).

740

ἀποστόλων π. Dg 11:6. Pl. of individual teachings 1 Cor 11:2 (w. παραδιδόναι); 2 Th 2:15 (cf. ASeeberg, D. Katechismus d. Urchristenheit ’03, 1ff; 41f).—WGKümmel, Jesus u. d. jüd. Traditionsgedanke: ZNW 33, ’34, 105-30; ADeneffe, D. Traditionsbegriff ’31, 1ff; JRanft, D. Ursprung des kath. Traditionsprinzips ’31; LGoppelt, Tradition nach Paulus, Kerygma u. Dogma 4, ’58, 213-33; BGerhardsson, Memory and Manuscript, etc. ’61 (rabb.

Judaism and Early Christianity); PFannon, The Infl. of Trad. in St. Paul, TU 102, ’68, 292-307. M-M.* παραζηλόω fut. παραζηλώσω; 1 aor. παρεζήλωσα (Hesychius=παροξύνω) provoke to jealousy, make jealous (LXX) τινὰ ἐπί τινι someone of someone Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). τινά someone (3 Km 14:22; Sir 30:3) 11:11. τὴν σάρκα (brothers in the) flesh vs. 14. It is this mng., rather than a more general one such as make angry, that we have 1 Cor 10:22 ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τ. κύριον or shall we provoke the Lord to jealousy? i.e., by being untrue to him and turning to demons. M-M.* παραθαλάσσιος, ία (Bl-D. §59, 1; Mlt.-H. 158), ον (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX.—Bl-D. §123, 1; Mlt.-H. 320) (located) by the sea or lake of places (Hdt. 7, 109; Polyb. 1, 20, 6; 22, 11, 4; Ezk 25:9; 1 Macc 7:1; 11:8; 2 Macc 8:11; Jos., Bell. 1, 257)Καφαρναοὺμ ἡ παραθαλασσία Mt 4:13; cf. Lk 4:31 D. M-M.* παραθαρσύνω (Thu. 4, 115, 1; Diod. S. 14, 115, 3; Plut., Fab. 17, 7, Crass. 27, 1; Herodian 3, 12, 4; 4 Macc 13:8; Jos., Ant. 12, 290; 14, 440. The later Attic wr. have παραθαρρύνω) encourage, embolden, w. acc. of the pers. to be encouraged (X., An. 3, 1, 39; 4 Macc 13:8; Jos., Ant. 12, 305)AP 2:5.* παραθεωρέω (X.+) overlook, leave unnoticed, neglect (so Hero Alex. I p. 410, 5; Diod. S. 40, 5; Dionys. Hal., De Isae. 18; Sb 1161, 38f [57/6 BC]=Wilcken, Chrest. 70, 24; BGU 1786, 5 [50 BC]) τινά someone pass. Ac 6:1.

M-M.* παραθήκη, ης, ἡ (Hdt.+; Plato Comicus [V/IV BC], fgm. 158 K.; Polyb. 33, 6, 4; 9; Sext. Emp., Hyp. 3, 25, 189; Vett. Val. 39, 16; 67, 24; inscr., pap., LXX; Ps.-Phoc. 135.—Instead of this Attic prose has παρακαταθήκη; cf.

Phryn. p. 312 Lob.; Nägeli 27) deposit, property entrusted to another fig. (so as early as Hdt. 9, 45 ἔπεα; also Sextus 21, the soul), in our lit. only in the pastorals and always used w. φυλάσσειν, of the spiritual heritage entrusted to the orthodox Christian. τὴν π. φυλάσσειν guard what has been entrusted (acc. to CSpicq, S. Paul et la loi des dépôts: RB 40, ’31, 481-502, a legal t.t.) 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 1:12, 14 (in the first and last passages the t.r. has παρακαταθήκη, q.v.). JRanft, art. ‘Depositum’ in RAC III, 778-84; RLeonhard, art. ‘Depositum’, Pauly-W. V 1, 233-6; WBarclay, ET 69, ’58, 324-7. M-M.* παράθου, παραθῶσιν s. παρατίθημι. παραινέω impf. παρῄνουν (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Gad 6:1) advise, recommend, urge τινά (instead of the class. dat.; cf. Bl-D. §152, 3; Rob. 475; and s. Ps.-Callisth. 3, 4, 16 παρῄνουν τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον οἱ Μακεδόνες; IG I2 7, 51, 11 [III AD] al.) w. inf. foll. (Jos., Bell. 5, 87f, Ant. 1, 201.—Bl-D. §392, 1d; 409, 5; Rdm.2 121; 226) Ac 27:22. Abs. (Dit., Syll.3 89, 40) w. direct disc. foll. IMg 6:1; foll. by λέγων αὐτοῖς and direct disc. Ac 27:9 (on the impf. παρῄνει cf. Bl-D. §328). τινί τι recommend someth. to someone (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 25, 1; Philo, Poster. Cai. 13) ISm 4:1. τὶ (Chio, Ep. 16, 1 παρῄνουν ταῦτα) Lk 3:18 D.—KWeidinger, Die Haustafeln: Ein Stück urchristlicher Paränese, ’28. M-M.* παραιτέομαι mid. dep.; imper. παραιτοῦ; impf. παρῃτούμην; 1 aor. παρῃτησάμην; pf. pass. ptc. παρῃτημένος (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 106, 7; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. ask for, request (for oneself), also in the sense intercede for τινά someone (Polyb. 4, 51, 1; Plut., Demetr. 9, 8, Thes. 19, 9. Cf. BGU 625, 7) δέσμιον Mk 15:6 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 Σκαῦρον τοῦ πλήθους παραιτουμένου=the crowd interceded for Scaurus).—If π. is used in connection w. an invitation, it takes on the mng. excuse (Polyb. 5, 27, 3) pass. ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (cf. ἔχω I 5) Lk 14:18b, 19; as a reflexive excuse oneself (Jos., Ant. 7, 175; 12, 197) vs. 18a (for the various excuses used for declining an invitation, cf. Aristot., fgm. 554 [VRose 1886]=Paus. Att., τ. 37:1: my wife is sick; 2: the ship is not ready to sail).

2. decline (Diod. S. 13, 80, 2 abs.)—a. w. acc. of the pers. reject, refuse someone or refuse to do someth. to someone (Ep. Arist. 184; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 38; Jos., Ant. 7, 167)Hb 12:25a, b (to hear someone). νεωτέρας χήρας παραιτοῦ refuse (to enroll) widows who are younger (than 60 years of age), when they apply for help 1 Ti 5:11. αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον παραιτοῦ Tit 3:10; but here perh. the word has the sense discharge, dismiss, drive out (cf. Diog. L. 6, 82 οἰκέτην; Plut., Mor. 206A γυναῖκα). b. w. acc. of the thing reject, avoid (Pind., Nem. 10, 30 χάριν; Epict. 2, 16, 42; PLond. 1231, 3 [II AD]; Philo, Poster. Cai. 2 τὴν Ἐπικούρειον ἀσέβειαν; Jos., Ant. 3, 212; 5, 237) Dg 4:2; 6:10. γραώδεις μύθους παραιτοῦ 1 Ti 4:7. ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ 2 Ti 2:23 (cf. Herm. Wr. in Stob. I 277, 21 W.=p. 432, 20 Sc. τὰς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁμιλίας παραιτοῦ).—οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν I am not trying to escape death Ac 25:11 (cf. Jos., Vi. 141). c. foll. by inf. w. the neg. μή (Thu. 5, 63, 3; cf. Bl-D. §429; Rob. 1094) παρῃτήσαντο μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον they begged that no further message be given them Hb 12:19 (μή is omitted in the v.l.). M-M.* παρακαθέζομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. pass. ptc. παρακαθεσθείς (Aristoph., Pla., X.+) sit beside (Jos., Ant. 8, 241)παρακαθεζόμενοι as they sat beside (him) MPol 8:2. The aor. pass. w. reflexive mng. (as Jos., Ant. 6, 235)have 741

seated oneself beside, have taken one’s place beside ἣ καὶ παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ κυρίου ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ who, after she had taken her place at the Lord’s feet, kept listening to what he said Lk 10:39. W. dat. of the pers. beside whom one sits down (Charito 3, 3, 17; Jos., Ant. 6, 235αὐτῷ; 16, 50) GP 12:53.

M-M.* παρακάθημαι (Aristoph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX) sit beside τινί (so mostly; the acc. is rare) sit beside someone Hs 5, 1, 1; 6, 1, 2.* παρακαθίζω (Pla.+, mostly in the mid., as Jos., Ant. 19, 264)in our lit. only in act. sit down beside τινί someone (Diod. S. 23, 9, 5; Plut., Mar. 17, 3, Cleom. 37, 16, Mor. p. 58D; Job 2:13) Hv 5:2. πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τινός Lk 10:39 t.r.* παρακαθίστημι (Isocr.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 12:3; Jos., Ant. 14, 438)place or station beside φύλακας Dg 2:7 (cf. Diod. S. 4, 63, 3 φύλακας; Demosth. 4, 25; Plut., Fab. 7, 4 φυλακήν).* παρακαλέω impf. παρεκάλουν; 1 aor. παρεκάλεσα. Pass.: pf. παρακέκλημαι; 1 aor. παρεκλήθην; 1 fut. παρακληθήσομαι (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. call to one’s side, summon—a. τινά w. inf. foll., to indicate the purpose of the call; so perh. παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν I have summoned you to see you Ac 28:20 (but s. 3 below). b. invite τινά someone w. inf. foll. (this can be supplied fr. context) παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν οἶκον Lk 8:41. παρεκάλει αὐτόν (i.e. εἰσελθεῖν) 15:28 (but s. 5 below). παρεκάλεσεν τὸν Φίλιππον καθίσαι Ac 8:31 (cf.

Jos., Ant. 12, 172).The content of the invitation follows in direct discourse 9:38; introduced by λέγουσα 16:15. Cf. ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις ἦν παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων. . . βοήθησον ἡμῖν vs. 9. Pass., w. inf. foll. παρακληθέντες δειπνῆσαι when you are invited to dine Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22. c. summon to one’s aid, call upon for help (Hdt.+) so esp. of God, upon whom one calls in time of need (Thu. 1, 118, 3; Pla., Leg. 2 p. 666B; 11 p. 917B; X., Hell. 2, 4, 17; Epict. 3, 21, 12; Jos., Ant. 6, 25; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 30f in an account of a healing: περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν. Cf. the restoration in the pap. letter of Zoilus, servant of Serapis, in Dssm., LO 121, 11 [LAE 153, 4]; POxy. 1070, 8) τινά: τὸν πατέρα μου Mt 26:53. ὑπὲρ τούτου τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα 2 Cor 12:8.

2. appeal to, urge, exhort, encourage (X. et al.; LXX) w. acc. of the pers. Ac l6:40; 2 Cor 10:1; 1 Th 2:12 (but s.

5 below); 5:11; Hb 3:13; ITr 12:2; IRo 7:2. The acc. is found in the immediate context Ac 20:1; 1 Ti 5:1 (but s. 5 below). Pass. 1 Cor 14:31. τινὰ λόγῳ πολλῷ someone with many words Ac 20:2; also τινὰ διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ 15:32. τινὰ διʼ ὀλίγων γραμμάτων IPol 7:3. W. acc. of the pers. and direct discourse 1 Cor 4:16; 1 Th 5:14; Hb 13:22; 1 Pt 5:1; direct discourse introduced by λέγων (Bl-D. §420) Ac 2:40. W. acc. of the pers. and inf. foll. (Dit., Syll.3 695, 43 [129 BC]) 11:23; 27:33f; Ro 12:1 (EKäsemann, Gottesdienst im Alltag, ’60 [Beih. ZNW], 165-71); 15:30; 16:17; 2 Cor 2:8; 6:1; Eph 4:1; Phil 4:2; Tit 2:6; 1 Pt 2:11 (ELohse, ZNW 45, ’54, 68-89); Jd 3 (the acc. is found in the immediate context, as Philo, Poster Cai. 138); ITr 6:1; IPhld 8:2; IPol 1:2a; Pol 9:1 al. W. the inf. (acc. in the context), continued by καὶ ὅτι (cf. Bl-D. §397, 6; Rob. 1047) Ac 14:22. W. acc. of the pers. and ἵνα foll. (PRyl. 229, 17 [38 AD]; Ep. Arist. 318; Jos., Ant. 14, 168.—Bl-D. §392, 1c; Rob. 1046) 1 Cor 1:10; 16:15f; 2 Cor 8:6; 1 Th 4:1 (π. w. ἐρωτάω as BGU 1141, 10; POxy. 294, 29) 2 Th 3:12; Hm 12, 3, 2. The ἵνα-clause expresses not the content of the appeal, as in the pass. referred to above, but its aim: πάντας παρακαλεῖν, ἵνα σῴζωνται IPol 1:2b.—Without the acc. of the pers.: w. direct discourse foll. ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος διʼ ἡμῶν, δεόμεθα κτλ. since God as it were makes his appeal through us: ‘We beg’ etc. 2 Cor 5:20; w. inf. foll. 1 Ti 2:1. Abs. Ro 12:8 (mng. 4 is also poss.); 2 Ti 4:2; Tit 1:9; Hb 10:25; 1 Pt 5:12 (w. ἐπιμαρτυρεῖν); B 19:10.—W. acc. of the thing impress upon someone, urge, exhort πολλὰ ἕτερα Lk 3:18. ταῦτα δίδασκε καὶ παρακάλει 1 Ti 6:2. ταῦτα λάλει καὶ παρακάλει καὶ ἔλεγχε Tit 2:15. In the case of several of the passages dealt with in this section, it is poss. that they would better be classed under 3. request, implore, appeal to, entreat (H. Gk: Polyb., Diod. S., Epict., Plut., inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 143; 11, 338) w. acc. of the pers. Mt 8:5; 18:32; Mk 1:40; 2 Cor 12:18. πολλά implore urgently (4 Macc 10:1) Mk 5:23. τινὰ περί τινος someone concerning someone or for someone Phlm 10 (for the constr. w. περί cf. POxy. 1070, 8). Acc. w. direct discourse foll. (s. BGU 846, 10 παρακαλῶ σαι [=σε], μήτηρ, διαλλάγηθί μοι; PGiess. 12, 4), introduced w. λέγων: Mt 8:31; 18:29; Mk 5:12; Lk 7:4 (v.l. ἠρώτων). W. acc. of the pers. and inf. foll. (PTebt. 12, 21 [II BC]; 1 Macc 9:35; Jos., Ant. 6, 25)Mk 5:17; cf. Ac 19:31. Pass. Ac 28:14. W. acc. of the pers. (easily supplied fr. the context, if not expressed) and ὅπως foll. (Plut., Demetr. 38, 11; Dit., Syll.3 563, 4; 577, 44f [200/199 BC]; UPZ 109, 9 [98 BC]; PFlor. 303, 3; 4 Macc 4:11; Jos., Ant. 13, 76)Mt 8:34 (v.l. ἵνα); Ac 25:2; IEph 3:2. W. acc. of the pers. and ἵνα foll. (Epict. 2, 7, 11; PRyl. 229, 17; Ep. Arist. 318.-Bl-D. §392, 1c; Rob. 1046) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:31f; 2 Cor 9:5. πολλά τινα, ἵνα beg someone earnestly to (cf. Test. Napht.

9:1) Mk 5:10; 1 Cor 16:12. W. acc. of the pers. and μή w. subj. foll. IRo 4:1. W. acc. and inf. foll. Ac 24:4; pass.

13:42. Foll. by the subst. inf. w. acc. (Bl-D. §400, 7; 409, 5; Rob. 1068; 1085) Ac 21:12. παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν I have requested to be permitted to see you 28:20 (but s. 1a above). Abs., but in such a way that the acc. is easily restored fr. the context Phlm 9.

4. comfort, encourage, cheer up (Plut., Otho 16, 2; Gen 37:35; Ps 118:50; Job 4:3) w. acc. of the pers. (Sir 48:24; Jos., Bell. 1, 667;Test. Reub. 4:4) 2 Cor 1:4b; 7:6a; 1 Cl 59:4; B 14:9 (Is 61:2); Hm 8:10. παρακαλεῖν τινα ἔν τινι comfort someone with someth. 2 Cor 7:6b. π. τινα ἐπί τινι comfort someone w. regard to someth. 1:4a. π. τινα ὑπέρ τινος encourage someone in someth. 1 Th 3:2. παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις 742

comfort one another w. these words 4:18.—Pass. be comforted, receive comfort through words, or a favorable change in the situation Mt 5:4; Lk 16:25; Ac 20:12; 2 Cor 1:6; 7:13; 13:11; let oneself be comforted Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15 v.l.). παρεκλήθημεν ἐφʼ ὑμῖν we have been comforted concerning you 1 Th 3:7. ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφʼ ὑμῖν 2 Cor 7:7. διά τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἧς (on attraction, for ἧ, cf. Bl-D. §294, 2; Rob. 716) παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοί by the comfort with which we ourselves are comforted 1:4c.—W. acc. of the thing τὰς καρδίας Eph 6:22; Col 4:8; 2 Th 2:17; pass. Col 2:2.—Abs. 2 Cor 2:7; Ro 12:8 (but s. 2 above). παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ encourage (others) with the teaching Tit 1:9.

5. In several places it is poss. that παρ. can mean try to console or conciliate, speak to in a friendly manner, apologize to (cf. 2 Macc 13:23) Lk 15:28 (but s. 1b); Ac 16:39; 1 Cor 4:13; 1 Th 2:12 (s. 2 above); 1 Ti 5:1 (s. 2 above).—OSchmitz and GStählin, TW V 771-98. M-M. παρακαλύπτω pf. pass. ptc. παρακεκαλυμμένος (Pla., Plut., LXX, Philo) hide, conceal fig. (as Ezk 22:26; Philo, Decal. 91 τ. ἀλήθειαν) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν it was hidden from them Lk 9:45 (Bl-D. §155, 3).

M-M.* παρακαταθήκη, ης, ἡ (Hdt.+. This is the real Attic form [cf. παραθήκη], but is also found in Aristot., Eth. Nicom.

5, 8, 5 p. 1135b, 4; Polyb. 5, 74, 5; Diod. S. 4, 58, 6; 15, 76, 1; Plut., Anton. 21, 4; Aelian, V.H. 4, 1; Vett. Val. p.

60, 21; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 285; inscr., pap., LXX) deposit 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 1:14, both t.r. (for παραθήκην. Used w. φυλάσσω as Socrat., Ep. 28, 6); Hm 3:2. M-M.* παράκειμαι (X., Pla.; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo) be at hand, ready (so Hom. et al.) in our lit. only twice in Ro 7, w. dat. of the pers. (Περὶ ὕψους p. 6, 10 V.; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 26; PSI 542, 12 [III BC] ἐμοὶ οὔπω παράκειται κέρμα=‘I do not yet have any money at hand’) vss. 18, 21.—JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70 (lit. p. 30, n. 1). M-M.* παρακέκλημαι, παρακληθῶ s. παρακαλέω. παρακελεύω 1 aor. παρεκέλευσα (as a mid. dep. Hdt.+; pap.; Pr 9:16; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 300.—The act. Hippocr.+; Plut., Mor. 195A; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 89 §372; 4 Macc 5:2) encourage, exhort τινά someone (Polyb. 16, 20, 8) IMg 14.* παράκλησις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. encouragement, exhortation (Thu. 8, 92, 11; Ps.-Pla., Def. 415E; Polyb. 1, 67, 10; 1, 72, 4; 22, 7, 2; Diod. S. 15, 56, 2; 2 Macc 7:24; Philo, Vi. Cont. 12; Jos., Vi. 87) 1 Th 2:3; 1 Ti 4:13; Hb 12:5. W. οἰκοδομή: λαλεῖν παράκλησιν speak words of exhortation 1 Cor 14:3. παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ Christian exhortation Phil 2:1 (mng.

3 is also poss.). Likew. interpretation varies betw. 1 and 3 for Ro 12:8 (s. παρακαλέω 2 and 4).—2 Cor 8:17 could stand under 1, but prob. may better be classed w. 2. λόγος τῆς π. word of exhortation (cf. 2 Macc 15:11 ἡ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις παράκλησις; 7:24; Dio Chrys. 1, 9) Hb 13:22; cf. Ac 13:15. ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχειν be greatly encouraged Hb 6:18.

2. appeal, request (Strabo 13, 1, 1; Appian, Liby. 51 §221; PTebt. 392, 26; 36 [II AD]; PLond. 1164d, 10; in pap. VI AD oft. w. δέησις; 1 Macc 10:24; Jos., Ant. 3, 22)μετὰ πολλῆς π. δεόμενοι beg earnestly 2 Cor 8:4 (μετὰ παρακλήσεως as Astrampsychus p. 28 Dek. 53, 5). παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο he has accepted (my) appeal vs. 17 (Jos., Vi. 193; s. 1 above).

3. comfort, consolation (Epict. 3, 23, 28; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 6; Phalaris, Ep. 103, 1; Jer l6:7; Hos 13:14; Na 3:7; Job 21:2) Ac 9:31; 2 Cor 1:4-7; 7:4, 13; Phil 2:1 (s. 1 above); Phlm 7. παράκλησις αἰωνία everlasting=inexhaustible comfort 2 Th 2:16. ἡ π. τῶν γραφῶν the consolation that the sciptures give Ro 15:4 (cf. 1 Macc 12:9 παράκλησιν ἔχοντες τὰ βιβλία τὰ ἅγια). ὁ θεὸς τῆς π. vs. 5; cf. 2 Cor 1:3. Of comforting circumstances, events, etc. Lk 6:24; Ac 15:31; 2 Cor 7:7.—In the eschatol. sense (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 26 ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι) προσδεχόμενος π. τοῦ Ἰσραήλ looking for the consolation of Israel (i.e. Messianic salvation; cf. Is 40:1; 61:2) Lk 2:25 (cf. Dalman, Worte 89f; Billerb. II 124-6.—In later times the Jews occasionally called the Messiah himself ‫םֵח‬ =‘comforter’; cf. Billerb. I 66; Bousset, Rel.3 227).—Ac 4:36 The name Barnabas is translated υἱὸς παρακλήσεως (s. the entry Βαρναβᾶς and cf. also Dalman, Gramm.2, 178, 4). M-M.* παράκλητος, ου, ὁ originally meant in the passive sense (BGU 601, 12 [II AD] παράκλητος δέδωκα αὐτῷ=‘when I was asked I gave to him’, but π. is restored from πάρακλος, and the restoration is uncertain), ‘one who is called to someone’s aid’. Accordingly the Latin translators commonly rendered it, in its NT occurrences, with ‘advocatus’ (Tertullian, Prax. 9; Cyprian, De Domin. Orat. 3, Epist. 55, 18; Novatian, De Trin. 28; 29; Hilary, De Trin. 8, 19; Lucifer, De S. Athanas. 2, 26; Augustine, C. Faust. 13, 17, Tract. in Joh. 94; Tractatus Orig. 20 p. 212, 13 Batiffol.

Likew. many Bible mss.: acemq J 14:16; amq 14:26; eqr 15:26; emq 16:7. Euseb., H.E. 5, 1, 10 παράκλητος=advocatus, Rufinus. Field, Notes 102f). But the technical mng. ‘lawyer’, ‘attorney’ is rare (e.g. Bion of Borysthenes [III BC] in Diog. L. 4, 50). In the few places where the word is found in pre-Christian and extra-Christian lit. it has for the most part a more general mng.: one who appears in another’s behalf, mediator, intercessor, helper (Demosth. 19, 1; Dionys. Hal. 11, 37, 1; Heraclit. Sto. 59 p. 80, 19; Cass. Dio 46, 20, 1; POxy. 2725, 10 [71 AD]).

The pass. idea of παρακεκλῆσθαι retreated into the backgound, and the active idea of παρακαλεῖν took its place (on the justification for equating παράκλητος with παρακαλῶν s. Kühner-Bl. II 289). So the Jews adopted it as a loanw.

743

(‫טי ֵל‬ . Pirqe Aboth 4, 11.—SKrauss, Griech. u. latein. Lehnwörter in Talmud, Midrasch u. Targum 1898/99 I 210; II 496; Dalman, Gramm.2 185; Billerb. II 560-2). In Job 16:2 Aq. and Theod. translate ‫םי ִמ‬ (=comforters) as παράκλητοι; LXX has παρακλήτορες. In Philo our word somet. means ‘intercessor’ (De Jos. 239, Vi. Mos. 2, 134, Spec. Leg. 1, 237, Exsecr. 166, Adv. Flacc. 13; 22), somet. ‘adviser’, ‘helper’ (Op. M. 23; 165). The Gk. interpreters of John’s gosp. understood it in the active sense=παρακαλῶν or παρακλήτωρ (Euseb., Theol. Eccl. 3, 5, 11 p. 161, 26 Kl.; Theodore of Mopsuestia in the comm. on John p. 307f Chabot; Ammonius in the Corderius-Catena 365), and so did Ephraem the Syrian (Evang. Concord. Expos., ed. Aucher-Moesinger 1876, 225=RHarris, Fragments of the Comm. of Ephrem S. 1895, 86). In our lit. the act. sense helper, intercessor is suitable in all occurrences of the word (so Gdspd., Probs. 110f). τίς ἡμῶν παράκλητος ἔσται; 2 Cl 6:9. πλουσίων παράκλητοι advocates of the rich B 20:2; D 5:2.—In 1J 2:1 (as Acta Jo. in a damaged fragment: POxy. 850, 10) Christ is designated as παράκλητος: παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον we have Jesus Christ the righteous one, who intercedes for us. The same title is implied for Christ by the ἄλλος παράκλητος of J 14:16. It is only the Holy Spirit that is expressly called παρ.=Helper in the Fourth Gosp.: 14:16, 26; 15:26; 16:7.—HUsener, Archiv für lat.

Lexikographie 2, 1885, 230ff; HSasse, Der Paraklet im J: ZNW 24, ’25, 260-77; HWindisch, Johannes u. die Synoptiker ’26, 147f, Die fünf joh. Parakletsprüche: Jülicher-Festschr. ’27, 110-37; RAsting, ‘Parakleten’ i Johannes-evangeliet: Teologi og Kirkeliv. Avh. etc. ’31, 85-98; SMowinckel, D. Vorstellungen d. Spätjudentums v. Hl. Geist als Fürsprecher u. d. joh. Paraklet: ZNW 32, ’33, 97-130 (supported now by IQS 3, 24f; IQM 17, 6-8); JMusger, Dicta Christi de Paracleto ’38; EPercy, Untersuchgen, üb. den Ursprung d. joh. Theol.’39; Bultmann, J ’40, 437-40; NJohansson, Parakletoi: Vorstellgen. v. Fürsprechern f. d. Menschen vor Gott in d. atl. Rel., im Spätjudent. u.

Urchristent. ’40.; NHSnaith, ET 57, ’45, 47-50 (Convincer); WFHoward, Christianity acc. to St. John ’47, 71-80; WMichaelis, Con. Neot. 11, ’47, 147-62; GBornkamm, RBultmann-Festschr. ’49, 12-35; CKBarrett, JTS, n. s. 1, ’50, 8-15; JGDavies, ibid. 4, ’53, 35-8; TPreiss, Life in Christ, ’54, 19-25; OBetz, Der Paraklet, ’63; MMiguens, El Paraclito (reviewed CBQ 26, ’64, 115f); GJohnston, The Spirit-Paraclete in J, ’70; REBrown, The Paraclete in Modern Research, TU 102, ’68, 158-65.—JBehm, TW V 798-812. M-M.* παρακοή, ῆς, ἡ (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 341B; Galen: CMG V 4, 2 p. 178, 14, Suppl. III p. 30, 2) unwillingness to hear, disobedience (so Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 31; Synes., Ep. 67; Syntipas p. 97, 2; Photius, Bibl. p. 503, 5; PLond. 1345, 36; 1393, 51 [both VIII AD]) Ro 5:19; 2 Cor 10:6; Dg 12:2. W. παράβασις Hb 2:2. M-M.* παρακολουθέω fut. παρακολουθήσω; 1 aor. παρηκολούθησα; pf. παρηκολούθηκα (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., 2 Macc, Philo, Joseph.) follow in our lit. only fig.

1. follow, accompany, attend w. dat. of the pers. (τύχη ἡμῖν π. Demosth. 42, 21; Plut., Mor. 207E; πυρετοί μοι π. Demosth. 54, 11; βλάβη μοι π. PReinach 18, 15 [II BC]; 19, 12; PTebt. 28, 2; PStrassb. 22, 20. Cf. 2 Macc 8:11; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 70) σημεῖα τοῖς πιστεύσασιν ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει these signs will attend those who have come to believe Mk 16:17 (v.l. ἀκολουθήσει). π. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις, τῷ κυρίῳ of direct discipleship Papias 2:4, 15.

2. follow with the mind, understand, make one’s own (Demosth. et al.; esp. a t.t. of the Stoics) w. dat. of the thing (Polyb. 3, 32, 2; Epict. 1, 6, 13; Vett. Val. 276, 23; Dit., Syll.3 718, 9 [c. 100 BC]), but also follow faithfully, follow as a rule (Dit., Syll.3 885, 32 π. τῇ περὶ τὸ θεῖον τῆς πόλεως θεραπείᾳ; PTebt. 124, 4 [I BC] τῇ αὐτῶν π. πίστει; 2 Macc 9:27 π. τῇ ἐμῇ προαιρέσει) διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Ti 4:6; 2 Ti 3:10.

3. follow a thing, trace or investigate a thing w. dat. of the thing (Demosth. 18, 172; 19, 257; UPZ 71, 20 [152 BC] τῇ ἀληθείᾳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 53; 218) ἐμοὶ παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς to me having investigated everything carefully from the beginning Lk 1:3 (cf. HJCadbury, Beginn. vol. 2, 501f and Exp. 8th ser., 144, ’22, 401-20: having been familiar with, and M-M.; JH Ropes, JTS 25, ’24, 67-71.—GHWhitaker, Exp. 8th ser. 118[’20] 262-72; 119[’20] 380-4; 121[’21] 239ff; BW Bacon, Le témoignage de Luc sur lui-même: RHPhr 8, ’28, 209-26. S. also s.v. ἀνατάσσομαι). M-M.* παρακούω fut. παρακούσομαι; 1 aor. παρήκουσα (Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. hear what is not intended for one’s ears, overhear (Aristoph., Frogs 750; Pla., Euthyd. 300D) τὶ someth. Ἰησοῦς π. τὸν λόγον Jesus overheard what was said Mk 5:36. But perh. the next mng. is also poss.

2. pay no attention to, ignore τὶ someth. (Plut., Philop. 16, 1 καὶ παριδεῖν τι καὶ παρακοῦσαι τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων, De Curios. 14 p. 522B ἔνια παρακοῦσαι κ. παριδεῖν) Jesus ignored what they said (s. 1 above).

3. refuse to listen to, disobey w. gen. of the pers. or thing (Polyb. 24, 9, 1; Epict. 2, 15, 4 τῶν λόγων; Lucian, Prometh. 2; PHib. 170 [247 BC] ἡμῶν; Esth 3:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 190; 6, 141) Mt 18:17a, b. τῶν ἐντολῶν (Tob 3:4; cf.

UPZ 110, 130 [164 BC]) 2 Cl 3:4; 6:7. Abs. (Test. Dan 2:3) 2 Cl 15:5; Hv 4, 2, 6. M-M.* παρακύπτω 1 aor. παρέκυψα (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; pap., LXX, En., Philo) bend over (to see someth. better. Field, Notes 80f).

1. lit. (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 3 Jac.; POxy. 475, 23 [II AD]; LXX) εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον she stooped to look into the tomb J 20:11 (on π. εἴς τι cf. Lucian, Tim. 13; Pr 7:6; Sir 21:23). ἐκεῖ GP 13:55. Abs. (Epict. 1, 1, 16; Aesop, Fab. 145 P.=251 H.) παρακύψας βλέπει Lk 24:12; J 20:5. Cf. GP 13:56.

2. fig. look (in) εἴς τι into someth. (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 56) εἰς νόμον τέλειον Js 1:25 (here the expr. is suggested by the figure of the man who looks at himself in a mirror vss. 23f). Of the angels (cf. En. 9, 1), who strive to παρακύπτειν into the gospel of the suffering and glorified Christ, either: gain a clear glance, or: steal a glance at it (so 744

POxy. loc. cit.; cf. Demosth. 4, 24) 1 Pt 1:12. M-M.* παραλαμβάνω (Eur., Hdt.+ inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) fut. παραλήμψομαι (on the spelling with μ cf. Mayser p. 194f; Thackeray p. 108ff; Bl-D. §101 p. 46; Mlt.-H. 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the mid. s. Bl-D. §77; Rob. 356); 2 aor. παρέλαβον, 3 pl. παρελάβοσαν 2 Th 3:6 v.l. (Bl-D. §84, 2; Mlt.-H. 209); 1 fut. pass. παραλημφθήσομαι Lk 17:34f.

1. take (to oneself) , take with or along w. acc. of the pers. (Gen 47:2; 2 Macc 5:5; Jos., Vi. 66) Mt 2:13f, 20f; 17:1; 26:37; Mk 4:36; 5:40; 9:2; Lk 9:28; Ac 15:39; 16:33; 21:24, 26, 32 (v.l. λαβών); 23:18; GOxy 7; Hs 6, 3, 3. παραλαμβάνει ἕτερα πνεύματα ἑπτά he brings along seven other spirits (to help him) Lk 11:26 (Menand., Col. 109 ἑξήκονθʼ ἑταίρους παραλαβών). Pass. (Diod. S. 2, 40, 2) εἷς παραλαμβάνεται καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται the one is taken (by the angels), the other is left Mt 24:40; cf. vs. 41; Lk 17:34f. π. τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (μετὰ σοῦ, μετʼ αὐτοῦ.

Cf. Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. W. acc. of the pers., and w. the goal indicated by εἰς take (along) to, into (Aelian, V.H. 2, 18; Num 23:27) Mt 4:5, 8; 27:27. παραλήμψομαι ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυτόν I will take you to myself J 14:3 (cf. Dssm., LO 144 [LAE 166]; with me to my home ALHumphries, ET 53, ’41/’42, 356). π. τινὰ κατʼ ἰδίαν take someone aside Mt 20:17. Also without κατʼ ἰδίαν w. the same purpose of private instruction Mk 10:32; Lk 9:10 (here κατʼ ἰδίαν does not belong grammatically with παραλ.); 18:31.—Of one’s wife: take her into one’s home Mt 1:20, 24 (cf. Hdt. 4, 155; Lucian, Toxar. 24; SSol 8:2; Jos., Ant 1, 302; 17, 9).—Take into custody, arrest Ac 16:35 D. Pass., GP 1:2 (if it is correctly restored).

2. take over, receive—a. τινά someone, a prisoner J 19:16b (cf. παρέδωκεν ibid. a.—Both verbs in this sense in Appian, Bell. Civ. 6, 76 §310f). b. τὶ someth.—α. τὴν διακονίαν Col 4:17 (Dit., Syll.3 663, 12 [c. 200 BC] the office of priest). τὶ ἀπό τινος Hs 6, 2, 6. β. βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον receive a kingship that cannot be shaken Hb 12:28 (βας. π.: Hdt. 2, 120; Dit., Or. 54, 5ff [III BC]; 56, 6; 90, 1; 8; 47; 2 Macc 10:11; Da 6:1, 29; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 145.Of the ἅγιοι ὑψίστου Da 7:18). γ. of a mental or spiritual heritage (Hdt., Isocr., Pla. et al., esp. of mysteries and ceremonies that one receives by tradition [s. παραδίδωμι 3]: Theo. Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραλ. Cf. Plut., Demetr. 26, 1; Porphyr., Abst. 4, 16; Herm. Wr. 1, 26b; CIA III 173; also the rabbinic term ‫ ) ֵל ִבּק‬τὶ someth. 1 Cor 15:3 (w. παραδίδωμι, as Jos., Ant. 19, 31).B 19:11; D 4:13. παρʼ ὃ παρελάβετε (=παρὰ τοῦτο ὅ) Gal 1:9. τὰ νόμιμα τοῦ θεοῦ Hv 1, 3, 4. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον s 9, 25, 2. ἃ παρέλαβον κρατεῖν things that have come down to them to observe Mk 7:4. τί παρά τινος (Pla., Lach. 197D, Euthyd. 304C σοφίαν παρά τινος. The constr. w. παρά is common in inscr. and pap.; cf. Philo, Cher. 68) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 2 Th 3:6 (παράδοσιν παραλ.). παρελάβετε παρʼ ἡμῶν τὸ πῶς δεῖ περιπατεῖν you have learned from us how you ought to walk 1 Th 4:1. ὡς παρέλαβεν παρὰ τοῦ αγίου Epil Mosq 1 (w. παραδίδωμι). παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν 1 Cor 11:23 (s. ἀπό V 4).—παραλ. τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰης. accept Christ Jesus, i.e. the proclamation of him as Lord Col 2:6.

3. Somet. the emphasis lies not so much on receiving or taking over, as on the fact that the word implies agreement or approval a. w. regard to persons: οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον his own people did not accept him J 1:11. b. w. regard to teaching and preaching accept: τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὃ εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ παρελάβετε 1 Cor 15:1. ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε Phil 4:9. M-M.* παραλέγομαι impf. παρελεγόμην nautical t.t. sail past, coast along (Strabo 13, 1, 22) w. acc. of the place that one sails past (Hanno [IV BC], Periplus 11: CMüller, Geogr. Gr. Min. I [1855] p. 9; Diod. S. 13, 3, 3 τὴν Ἰταλίαν; 14, 55, 2) αὐτήν Ac 27:8. τὴν Κρήτην vs. 13. M-M.* παραλείπω 2 aor. παρέλιπον; pf. παραλέλοιπα leave to one side, neglect, then esp. in speech or writing leave out, omit (Eur., Hel. 773; 976; Thu. 2, 51, 1; Pla., Meno 97B; Strabo 1, 1, 23; Plut., Mor. 114B) τὶ someth. (Diod. S. 3, 66, 5; Jos., Vi. 261) B 17:1; Papias 2:15.* παραλημφθήσομαι s. παραλαμβάνω. παράλιος, ον (Aeschyl.+; inscr., LXX; Philo, Agr. 81; Joseph.—Also of three endings: Sib. Or. 3, 493) (located) by the sea subst. ἡ παράλιος, sc. χώρα (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60) the seacoast (Polyb. 3, 39, 3; Diod. S. 3, 15, 41; Arrian, Anab. 1, 24, 3; 2, 1, 1; Dt 33:19; Jos., Bell. 1, 409;Test. Zeb. 5:5 w. v.l.—ἡ παραλία as early as Hdt. 7, 185 and predom. in Polyb.; Diod. S. 20, 47, 2; Arrian, Anab. 3, 22, 4; 6, 15, 4; LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 292)ἀπὸ τῆς παραλίου Τύρου καί Σιδῶνος from the seacoast district of Tyre and Sidon Lk 6:17 (cf. Diod. S. 11, 14, 5 ἡ παράλιος τ. Ἀττικῆς; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 61ἡ παράλιος τ. Φοινίκης). M-M. B. 32.* παραλλαγή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; 4 Km 9:20; Ep. Arist. 75. Rarely as an astronom. t.t. [Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 3, 113]) change, variation Js 1:17. M-M.* παραλλάσσω pf. pass. ptc. παρηλλαγμένος (trag., Hdt.+; PHib. 27, 50 [III BC]; Sb 4947, 4; LXX) change παρηλλαγμένος strange, extraordinary, peculiar (Polyb. 2, 29, 1; 3, 55, 1; Diod. S. 14, 70, 4; 17, 90, 1; Plut., Thes. 34, 3, Them. 24, 3; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 10, 2; Philo, Poster. Cai. 9) διάλεκτος παρηλλαγμένη a peculiar language Dg 5:2.* 745

παραλογίζομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. παρελογισάμην (Isocr., Demosth.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. w. acc. of the pers. (Aeschin. et al.; Epict. 2, 20, 7; Dio Chrys. 10[11], 108; PMagd. 29, 5 [III BC]; PAmh. 35, 12; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 275)deceive, delude Col 2:4; IMg 3:2. ἑαυτόν deceive oneself Js 1:22.

2. w. acc. of the thing reckon fraudulently, defraud, perh. distort (Dit., Or. 665, 15 of costs fraudulently reckoned; Gen 31:41 τὸν μισθόν) τὰς ἐντολὰς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2 Cl 17:6. M-M.* παραλόγως adv. (Thu., Aristot.+; Dit., Or. 665, 33; Jos., Bell. 4, 49)in an unreasonable manner (Polyb. 1, 74, 14; Celsus 5, 14) Dg 11:1.* παραλυτικός, ή, όν (Diosc. 1, 16; Vett. Val. 110, 34; 127, 21; Hippiatr. I 433, 6) lame only subst. (ὁ) π. the lame person, paralytic (Rufus [II AD] in Oribas. 8, 39, 8; Geopon. 8, 11) Mt 4:24; 8:6; 9:2a, b, 6; Mk 2:3-5, 9f; Lk 5:24 v.l.; J 5:3 D.—PWSchmidt, Die Geschichte Jesu II ’04, 205ff; 261. M-M.* παράλυτος, ον lame (Artem. 4, 67 p. 244, 2), only subst. ὁ π. the paralytic (Artem. 4, 67 p. 244, 4) Mk 2:9 D.* παραλύω pf. pass. ptc. παραλελυμένος (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 168; Jos., Bell. 3, 386)undo, weaken, disable (Hdt.+.-Diod. S. 20, 72, 2 παραλελυμένος by old age) τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα the weakened knees Hb 12:12 (Is 35:3; Sir 25:23; cf. PsSol 8:5.—Diod. S. 18, 31, 4 παραλελυμένος of a man who was lamed by a blow at the back of the knee). ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος Lk 5:18; Ac 9:33 (Artem. 5, 51 ἐνόσησε κ. παρελύθη; 1, 50 p. 48, 11). Subst. ὁ παραλελυμένος the paralytic Lk 5:24 (v.l. τῷ παραλυτικῷ); Ac 8:7.

M-M.* παραμένω fut. παραμενῶ; 1 aor. παρέμεινα, imper. παράμεινον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 97, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 309)remain, stay (at someone’s side).

1. lit. remain, stay (on)—a. abs. εὔχομαι παραμεῖναι αὐτόν I wish him to stay on IEph 2:1 (cf. FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden d. ägypt. Mus. in Kairo ’11 no. 15, 9). b. w. dat. of the pers. stay or remain with someone (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1209, 24f; 1210, 7f; PPetr. III 2, 21 [III BC]; PTebt. 384, 21; 32; POxy. 725, 43f; Gen 44:33) μενῶ καὶ παραμενῶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν I will remain and continue with you all Phil 1:25 (παραμ. has the sense remain alive, go on living Hdt. 1, 30; Dio Chrys. 3, 124; Artem. 2, 27; 67. For the sense serve in Phil 1:25 s. 2 below). παρέμειναν τὰ πνεύματα αὐτοῖς the spirits remained with them Hs 9, 15, 6.—W. a prep.: παραμ. πρός τινα stay with someone 1 Cor 16:6 v.l. παραμ. εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον endure to eternal life Hv 2, 3, 2.

2. continue in an occupation or office (Diod. S. 2, 29, 5) abs., of the priests in the earthly sanctuary, who are prevented by death fr. remaining in office Hb 7:23 (cf. Jos., Ant. 9, 273).Of the one who has concerned himself w. the perfect law Js 1:25 (perh. w. the connotation of serving; s. Vitelli on PFlor. 44, 19 and M-M.).—Continue in a state of being or quality παραμένουσα πραεῖα καὶ ἡσύχιος it remains meek and quiet Hm 5, 2, 3. παράμεινον ταπεινοφρονῶν continue to be humble-minded s 7:6. M-M.* παράμονος, ον—1. of things or circumstances lasting, constant, enduring (Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apollon. 26 p.

114F πένθος; Vett. Val. p. 292, 30; Geopon. 1, 12, 5) δόξα (w. ἄτρεπτος) IEph inscr.; (w. αἰώνιος) χαρά IPhld inscr.; ἀφροσύνη Hs 6, 5, 2.

2. of pers. (Hesychius=καρτερός) steadfast, constant in our lit. in an unfavorable sense stubborn, persistent Hs 5, 5, 1. W. the dat. of that in which someone is persistent παράμονοι ταῖς καταλαλιαῖς αὐτῶν stubborn slanderers s 9, 23, 3.* παραμυθέομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 15:9; Jos., Ant. 6, 38)encourage, cheer up τινά someone (Thu. 2, 44, 1 al.) 1 Th 2:12. τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους 5:14 (Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 7 consolation for Alexander when he was depressed).—Esp. in connection w. death or other tragic events console, comfort w. acc. of the pers. (Thu. 2, 44, 1 al.; Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apollon. 104c; Dit., Syll.3 796B, 13; 39f; 889, 20; IG V 2 no. 517, 13.—KBuresch, Consolationum a Graecis Romanisque scriptarum historia critica: Leipz. Studien z. klass. Phil. 9, 1886; FWDanker, Threnetic Penetration in Aeschylus and Sophocles, Diss. Chicago, ’63) J 11:31. τινὰ περί τινος console someone concerning someone vs. 19.—PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 28, ’38, 311-14. GStählin, TW V 815-22. M-M.* παραμυθία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) encouragement, esp. comfort, consolation (Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 365A; Dio Chrys. 77 [27], 9 [the philosopher is sought out as a comforter]; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 15, 3; Aelian, V.H. 12, 1 end; Dit., Syll.3 796B, 44; PFlor. 382, 65; Sb 4313, 11; Wsd 19:12; Philo, Mos. 1, 137; Jos., Ant. 20, 94)λαλεῖν παραμυθίαν (w. οἰκοδομή, παράκλησις) 1 Cor 14:3. M-M.* παραμύθιον, ου, τό encouragement, esp. as consolation, means of consolation, alleviation (Soph., El. 129; Thu. 5, 103, 1; Appian, Mithrid. 28 §110 πενίας τὴν σοφίαν ἔθεντο παραμύθιον=‘they used philosophy [only] as a means of consoling themselves for their poverty’, or ‘to alleviate their poverty’; Epigr. Gr. 951, 4; PFlor. 332, 19; Wsd 3:18; Philo, Praem. 72; Jos., Bell. 6, 183;7, 392) εἴ τι π. ἀγάπης if there is any solace afforded by love Phil 2:1.

M-M.* 746

παράνοια, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; Plut., Cato Min. 68, 6; Ps.-Lucian, Macrob. 24; Philo, Cher. 69 al.) madness, foolishness 2 Pt 2:16 v.l. (Vulg. has ‘vesania’, w. the same mng.).* παρανομέω (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 317;7, 34, Ant. 11, 149; Test. 12 Patr.) break the law, act contrary to the law abs. (Thu. 3, 67, 5; Pla., Rep. 1 p. 338E; Dit., Syll.3 218, 21f; POxy. 1106, 9; LXX) παρανομῶν κελεύεις in violation of the law you order Ac 23:3. οἱ παρανομοῦντες those who violate the law, the evil-doers (Diod. S. 1, 75, 2; Artem. 1, 54 p. 51, 21; Ps 25:4; 74:5; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 155) 1 Cl 14:4 (cf. Ps. 36:38). M-M.* παρανομία, ας, ἡ (Thu.+; Diod. S. 20, 101, 2 [punished by a god]; PSI 222, 6; BGU 389, 8; POxy. 1119, 8; 10; 18; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 314; Test. 12 Patr.) lawlessness, evil-doing ἔλεγξιν ἔχειν ἰδίας π. be rebuked for his evil-doing 2 Pt 2:16. M-M.* παράνομος, ον (trag., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 240; Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 38, Vi. 26; 80) contrary to the law, lawless. In our lit. only of pers., and subst. in pl. οἱ παράνομοι the evil-doers (Menand., Per. 66; Socrat., Ep. 28, 6; Job 27:7; Ps 36:38; Pr 2:22 al.) 1 Cl 45:4 (w. ἄνομοι, ἀνόσιοι); Hs 8, 7, 6 (w. διχοστάται).* παραπικραίνω 1 aor. παρεπίκρανα, pass. παρεπικράνθην (LXX, Philo, Hesychius).

1. w. acc. of the pers. embitter, make angry, provoke (oft. LXX w. an acc. referring to God. Also Philo, Somn.

2, 177 παραπικραίνειν καὶ παροργίζειν θεόν). Pass. become embittered, be made angry (La 1:20 v.l.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 114) Hs 7:2f.

2. also without an acc., almost like an intransitive be disobedient, rebellious (toward God; cf. Dt 31:27; Ps 67:7; 105:7; Ezk 3:9; 12:9 al.) Hb 3:16 (KJV, Moffatt provoke). M-M.* παραπικρασμός, οῦ, ὁ (1 Km 15:23 Aq.; Job 7:11 Sym.; Pr 17:11 Theod.; Achmes 238, 5) embitterment, then revolt, rebellion against God (s. παραπικραίνω 2) ἐν τῶ π. in the rebellion (referring to the story of the Exodus, e.g.

Ex 15:23; 17:7; Num 14; 20:2-5) Hb 3:8, 15 (both Ps 94:8).—EbNestle, ET 21, ’10, 94. M-M.* παραπίπτω 2 aor. παρέπεσον, 1 pl. παρεπέσαμεν (Bl-D. §81, 3; cf. Mlt.-H. 208f) (trag., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 285.In the pap. mostly=become lost) fall beside, go astray, miss (Polyb. 3, 54, 5 τῆς ὁδοῦ; fig. 12, 12, 2 τῆς ἀληθείας; 8, 11, 8 τοῦ καθήκοντος) abs. (X., Hell. 1, 6, 4; Polyb. 18, 36, 6=make a mistake) fall away, commit apostasy (Wsd 6:9; 12:2; Ezk 22:4) Hb 6:6 (s. KBornhäuser, Empfänger u. Verf. des Hb ’32). Also w. acc. of the inner content (cognate; Bl-D. §154; Rob. 477f) ὅσα παρεπέσαμεν whatever sins we have committed 1 Cl 51:1. M-M.* παραπλέω 1 aor. inf. παραπλεῦσαι sail past (so Thu. 2, 25 end; X., An. 6, 2, 1, Hell. 1, 3, 3; Pla., Phaedr. 259A; Jos., Bell. 1, 456.—The word is found in the sense ‘steer toward’ Thu.+, also Wilcken, Chrest. 1 II, 2 [c. 246 BC]) w. acc. of the place (Diod. S. 3, 40, 1 π. τοὺς τόπους=sail past the places 3, 45, 1) τὴν Ἔφεσον sail past Ephesus Ac 20:16. M-M.* παραπλήσιος, ία, ιον (Hdt.+; PTebt. 5, 240 [II BC]; 27, 72 [II BC]; PSI 491, 13; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Aet. M. 23; 90; Jos., Bell. 3, 82;6, 388, Ant. 13, 63.—Also of two endings, as Polyb. 9, 41, 2; 18, 54, 2) coming near, resembling, similar (w. ὅμοιος, as Demosth. 19, 196 παρ. τούτῳ κ. ὅμοιον) ὅσα τούτοις π. Hm 6, 2, 5 (Polyb. 3, 111, 11 ταῦτα κ. τούτοις παραπλήσια). Neut. used as an adv. (Thu. 7, 19, 2; Polyb. 3, 33, 7; 4, 40, 10; PTebt. 5, 71 [II BC]=‘similarly’) ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ he was so ill that he nearly died Phil 2:27 (v.l. θανάτου. Polyb.

1, 23, 6; LRydbeck, Fachprosa ’67, 46-50.—Bl-D. §184; Rob. 646. Cf. PMich. 149, 4, 27 [II AD] παραπλήσιον νεκρῷ.). M-M.* παραπλησίως adv. (Hdt.+) similarly, likewise Hb 2:14. The word does not show clearly just how far the similarity goes. But it is used in situations where no differentiation is intended, in the sense in just the same way (Hdt. 3, 104; Diod. S. 1, 55, 5; 4, 48, 3; 5, 45, 5; Dio Chrys. 67[17], 3; Maximus Tyr. 7, 2a; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 18 p. 138, 21; Jos., Vi. 187, 233]. Cf. Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 151 τὸ παραπλήσιον, Abr. 162; Arrian, Exped. 7, 1, 6 of Alexander the Great ἄνθρωπος ὢν παραπλήσιος τοῖς ἄλλοις). M-M.* παραποιέω pf. pass. ptc. παραπεποιημένος (Thu.+) imitate, falsify, counterfeit (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 2, 30 p. 72, 12) παραπεποιημένος (w. ἄδικος) falsified 1 Cl 45:3.* παραπόλλυμι destroy, mid. παραπόλλυμαι 2 aor. subj. παραπόλωμαι perish, be lost (so Aristoph.+; Lucian, Nigrin, 13; PSI 606, 3 [III BC]; BGU 388 II, 10; POxy. 705, 73; Philo, Ebr. 14; Jos., Ant. 11, 293)2 Cl 17:1.* παραπορεύομαι mid. dep.; impf. παρεπορευόμην (Aristot.+; pap., LXX).

1. go or pass by (Polyb. 10, 29, 4; 10, 30, 9 al.; PPetr. II 13, 5, 3 [III BC]; PSI 354, 13; LXX) abs. Mt 27:39; Mk 11:20; 15:29.

2. go (through) (Dt 2:14, 18; Josh 15:6) w. διά and the gen. (Dt 2:4; Zeph 2:15 v.l.) διὰ τῶν σπορίμων go through the grain-fields 2:23. διὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 9:30. M-M.* 747

παράπτωμα, ατος τό (Polyb.+; Diod. S. 19, 100, 3; PTebt. 5, 91 [118 BC]; LXX) false step, transgression, sin (Polyb. 9, 10, 6; LXX).

1. of transgressions against men Mt 6:14, 15a v.l.; 18:35 t.r.

2. as a rule of sins against God—a. sing.—α. of Adam’s one transgression (Wsd 10:1) Ro 5:15a, b, 17f.—προλαμβάνεσθαι ἔν τινι π. be detected in some trespass Gal 6:1. οἱ ἔν τινι π. ὑπάρχοντες those who are involved in any transgression 1 Cl 56:1. ἐλέγχειν τινὰ ἐπὶ παραπτώματι rebuke someone for a transgression B 19:4 (s. D 4:3 below). W. πειρασμός Hm 9:7. β. collectively ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ π. Ro 5:20. Of ‘the’ sin of Israel, i.e. unbelief 11:11f. b. mostly pl. Mt 6:15b; Mk 11:25, 26; Ro 4:25; 5:16; 2 Cor 5:19; Eph 1:7; 2:5; Col 2:13a, b; Js 5:16 t.r.; 1 Cl 2:6; 51:3; 60:1; Hm 4, 4, 4; D 4:3 (s. 2aα above), 14; 14:1. παραπτώματα κ. ἁμαρτίαι Eph 2:1. M-M.* παράπτωσις, εως, ἡ (Aristot.+) misstep, transgression, sin (Polyb. 15, 23, 5 al.) abs. (Polyb. 16, 20, 5; Jer 22:21) 1 Cl 59:1.* παραρρέω (Soph., X., Pla.+; LXX) 2 aor. pass. subj. παραρυῶ (Pr 3:21; Plut., Mor. 754A.—W-S. §5, 26b; Rob. 212) flow by, slip away fig. be washed away, drift away μήποτε παραρυῶμεν lest we drift away Hb 2:1 (CSpicq, L’Epître aux Hébreux, II ’35, 25 disclaims a nautical metaphor, but s. EHilgert, The Ship and Related Symbols in the NT, ’62, 133f). M-M.* παράσημον, ου, τό s. παράσημος 2. παράσημος, ον (trag.+; Philo; cf. Jos., Ant. 18, 241) 1. extraordinary, peculiar βίος Dg 5:2.

2. distinguished, marked ἐν πλοίῳ. . . Ἀλεξανδρινῷ παρασήμῳ ∆ιοσκούροις in an Alexandrian ship that was marked by the Dioscuri i.e., that had the Dioscuri (twin sons of Zeus, Castor and Pollux) as its insignia Ac 28:11 (on the dat. cf. Plut., Mor. p. 823B ἐπιφθόνοις παράσημος=making oneself noticed by hateful deeds). Yet it is hard to escape the suspicion that the text here, as so oft. in Ac, is damaged, and that it originally contained the noun τὸ παράσημον emblem, insignia situated on both sides of the prow of a ship (Plut., Mor. 162A τῆς νεὼς τὸ παράσημον; PLond. 256a, 2; PTebt. 486; Wilcken, Chrest. 248, 19; Sb 423, 5. Note esp. CIL 3=ILS 4395 [22 AD] navis parasemo sopharia=a ship with sopharia as insignia). LCasson, Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World, ’71, 344f.—Bl-D. §198, 7 app.; M-M. (dat. absolute).* παρασκευάζω fut. mid. παρασκευάσομαι; pf. mid. and pass. παρεσκεύασμαι (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) prepare.

1. act., abs. (sc. τὸ δεῖπνον, which is used w. the verb Hdt. 9, 82; Athen. 4, 15 p. 138C; Jos., Ant. 1, 269; 7, 347; cf. also παρασκ. συμπόσιον Hdt. 9, 15; 2 Macc 2:27) Ac 10:10. π. ἑαυτὸν εἴς τι prepare oneself for someth.

(Horapollo 1, 11 p. 17) 1 Pt 2:8 v.l.

2. mid. prepare (oneself) εἰς πόλεμον (Diod. S. 18, 2, 4; Jer 6:4; 27:42.—Hdt. 3, 105; 9, 96; 99 παρασκευάζεσθαι ἐς μάχην, ἐς ναυμαχίην, ἐς πολιορκίην; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 105 §434 ἐς μάχην; Brutus, Ep. 29) 1 Cor 14:8. Perf. be ready 2 Cor 9:2f. M-M.* παρασκευή, ῆς, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) lit. preparation (Polyaenus 7, 21, 6 τοῦ δείπνου; 7, 27, 3 πολέμου), in our lit. only of a definite day, as the day of preparation for a festival; acc. to Jewish usage (Jos., Ant. 16, 163; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 161D) it was Friday, on which day everything had to be prepared for the Sabbath, when no work was permitted Mt 27:62 (CCTorrey, ZAW 65, ’53, 242=JBL 50, ’31, 234 n. 3, ‘sunset’.

Against Torrey, SZeitlin, JBL 51, ’32, 263-71); Mk 15:42; J 19:31. ἡμέρα παρασκευῆς Lk 23:54 (v.l. ἡμ. προσαββάτου, cf. Mk 15:42). παρασκευὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 19:42. παρασκευὴ τοῦ πάσχα day of preparation for the Passover (or Friday of Passover Week) vs. 14. For the Christians as well παρασκευή served to designate the sixth day of the week (ESchürer, ZNW 6, ’05, 10; 11f) Friday MPol 7:1, and so in Mod. Gk. For Christians it is a fast day, as the day of Jesus’ death D 8:1.—M-M. B. 1008.* παραστάτις, ιδος, ἡ (Soph., X. et al.; inscr., Philo) fem. of παραστάτης a (female) helper Ro 16:2 v.l.* παρασχών s. παρέχω. παράταξις, εως, ἡ (Aeschin., Isocr., Demosth.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 341 al.).

1. array, procession (lit. of soldiers: Lat. agmen. As a military term Diod. S. 1, 18, 5) π. ἀνδρῶν Hs 9, 6, 1.—2. pl. (w. ἀγροί and οἰκοδομαί) παρατάξεις πολυτελεῖς costly establishments or furnishings Hs 1:1. (W. ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν) αἰ παρατάξεις πᾶσαι all your furnishings, perh. even more gener. all your possessions 1:8.* παρατείνω 1 aor. παρέτεινα (Hdt.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 105χρόνον) extend, prolong τὸν λόγον the speech Ac 20:7 (Aristot. Poet. 17, 5 p. 1455b, 2 λόγους; 9, 4 p. 1451b, 38 μῦθον). M-M.* παρατηρέω impf. παρετήρουν, mid. παρετηρούμην; 1 aor. παρετήρησα (X.+; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Sacr.

748

Abel. 98; Joseph.) watch closely, observe carefully (act. and mid. are used side by side w. the same mng.; Bl-D. §316, 1; cf. Rob. 804-6).

1. watch someone to see what he does (X., Mem. 3, 14, 4 w. indirect question foll.). Fr. the context this can take on the mng. watch maliciously, lie in wait for. a. τινά someone—α. act. (Polyb. 11, 9, 9; UPZ 64, 9 [156 BC]; Sus 16 Theod.) foll. by indirect question Mk 3:2; Lk 6:7 t.r.—β. mid. (Ps 36:12) Lk 14:1. W. indirect question foll. 6:7. b. abs. (Vett. Val. 205, 13) watch one’s opportunity (Field, Notes 74) Lk 20:20 (v.l. ἀποχωρήσαντες).

2. watch, guard τὰς πύλας the gates—a. act. Ac 9:24 t.r.—b. mid. Ac 9:24. 3. observe scrupulously, mid. w. acc. (Cass. Dio 53, 10, 3 ὅσα προστάττουσιν οἱ νόμοι; Ep. Arist. 246.—Pass. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 282) ἡμέρας καὶ μῆνας καὶ καιρούς Gal 4:l0 (cf. the act. Jos., Ant. 3, 91παρατηρεῖν τὰς ἑβδομάδας; 14, 264 παρατηρεῖν τὴν τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέραν; 11, 294). The use of the verb in LJ 2:6 seems to belong here also, but the badly damaged state of the text permits no certainty in interpretation. M-M.* παρατήρησις, εως, ἡ (since Pythag., Ep. 5, 1; Polyb., inscr.; Aq. Ex 12:42).

1. observation (Polyb. 16, 22, 8; Diod. S. 1, 9, 6; 1, 28, 1 [both τῶν ἄστρων]; 5, 31, 3 [observ. of the future by certain signs]; Περὶ ὕψους 23, 2 [observ. in the field of language]; Epict. 3, 16, 15; Plut., Mor. 266B; M. Ant. 3, 4, 1; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 40, 2 Pasqu.; Medical wr. of the observ. of symptoms [Heraclit. Sto. 14, p. 22, 10; Hobart 153]; IG IV2 1, 687, 14 [II AD]; Jos., Bell. 1, 570)μετὰ παρατηρήσεως with observation (schol. on Soph., Ant. 637 p. 249 Papag.) οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως the Kingdom of God is not coming with observation i.e., in such a way that its rise can be observed Lk 17:20 (HJAllen, Exp. 9th ser. IV ’25, 59-61; s. also under ἐντός, esp. BNoack ’48; AStrobel, ZNW 49, ’58, 157-96, after AMerx, Die 4 kanonischen Evangelien II, 2, ’05, 345: cf. Ex 12:42).

2. observance of legal prescriptions (Jos., Ant. 8, 96παρατήρησις τῶν νομίμων), esp. of festivals Dg 4:5 (παρατηρέω 3). M-M.* παρατίθημι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 255; Joseph.; Test. 12 Patr.) fut. παραθήσω; 1 aor. παρέθηκα; 2 aor. subj. παραθῶ, inf. παραθεῖναι Mk 8:7 t.r.; Lk 9:16; 2 aor. mid. παρεθέμην, imper. παράθου 2 Ti 2:2; 1 aor. pass. παρετέθην place beside, place before.

1. act.—a. of food set before (Hom.+; LXX; Abercius—inschr. 13 τροφήν) τινὶ someone (Gen 18:8) Mk 6:41; 8:6b; Lk 9:16. τὶ someth. (Gen 43:31) Mk 8:7. τινί τι someth. to someone (Theophr., Char. 10; 30 ἄρτους ἱκανούς; Gen 24:33; 2 Km 12:20) Lk 11:6. Abs. Mk 8:6a; π. τράπεζαν set food before the one who is being entertained (Od. 5, 92; 21, 29; Jos., Ant. 6, 338)Ac 16:34. Pass. αὐτοῖς ἐκέλευσε παρατεθῆναι φαγεῖν κ. πιεῖν MPol 7:2. τὰ παρατιθέμενα the food that is served or set before (X., Cyr. 2, 1, 30; Aristot., Pol. 1, 6; Bel 21; cf.

18; Pr 23:1) τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν Lk 10:8; cf. the sing. 1 Cor 10:27. b. put before in teaching τὶ someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 14; Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 9 παραδείγματα al.; Ex 19:7; 21:1) παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς Mt 13:24, 31.—c. do βλάβην τινὶ ITr 5:1.

2. mid.—a. set, spread τράπεζαν (Diod. S. 34+35, fgm. 2, 35; Jos., Bell. 7, 264)Dg 5:7. b. give over, entrust, commend (Ps.-X., Rep. Ath. [the Old Oligarch] 2, 16; Polyb. 33, 12, 3; Plut., Num. 9, 10; oft. pap.; Tob 1:14; 4:1, 20; 1 Macc 9:35). α. τί τινι entrust someth. to someone ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ Lk 12:48. For safekeeping or transmission to others 1 Ti 1:18; 2 Ti 2:2. β. τινά τινι entrust someone to the care or protection of someone (Diod. S. 16, 2, 2; 17, 23, 5; PGiess. 88, 5 Ἀπολλωνοῦν παρατίθεμαί σοι; PSI 96, 2; Tob 10:13; Jos., Ant. 7, 387)Hs 9, 10, 6. Of divine protection παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 14:23; cf. 20:32. Sim. εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Lk 23:46 (cf. Ps 30:6.—With this saying of Jesus cf. the subject matter of Ps.-Callisth. 3, 30, 15: in the face of death, Alexander prays: ‘ὦ Ζεῦ, δέχου κἀμέ’); cf. 1 Pt 4:19 and GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua [tr. PLevertoff, ’29, 209f. c. demonstrate, point out (POxy. 33 vers. III, 12; Jos., Vi. 6) διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος ὅτι Ac 17:3.—28:23 v.l. M-M.* παρατυγχάνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Jos., Ant. 3, 100)happen to be near or present (PTebt. 703, 242 [III BC]; POxy. 113, 14; 76, 11; Jos., Ant. 2, 226; 17, 37 al.) ὁ παρατυγχάνων anyone who comes by (Polyb. 10, 15, 4) pl. οἱ παρατυγχάνοντες those who happened to be there Ac 17:17. M-M.* παραυτά adv. (Aeschyl., Demosth.+; Vett. Val. 152, 10; PTebt. 13, 15 [II BC]; PLeipz. 36, 6; PGM 4, 2071 al. in pap.) on the spot, at once ITr 11:1.—KSKontos in Ἀθηνᾶ 6, 1894, 369.* παραυτίκα adv. (trag., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 495, 62; 68; oft. pap.; Tob. 4:14; Ps 69:4; Jos., Ant. 9, 147; 12, 138; Sib. Or. 13, 143. On the spelling s. Bl-D. §12, 3 app.; Rob. 297) on the spot, immediately, for the present used w. the art. preceding, as an adj. (Thu. 8, 82, 1 τὴν παραυτίκα ἐλπίδα; X., Cyr. 2, 2, 24 αἱ π. ἡδοναί; Pla., Phaedr. 239A τὸ π. ἡδύ; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 127 §531 ἡ π. ὀργή=the anger of the moment; Philo, Praem. 103; POxy. 1381, 191f τ. π. καιρόν) τὸ π. ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως slight momentary trouble 2 Cor 4:17. M-M.* παραφέρω (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 316; Joseph.) impf. παρέφερον; 2 aor. παρήνεγκον, inf. παρενέγκαι Lk 22:42 v.l. (cf. Bl-D. §81, 2; cf. Mlt.-H. 211). Pass.: 1 aor. παρηνέχθην; pf. ptc. παρενηνεγμένος Hs 9, 4, 6. Carry beside or to the side.

749

1. bring up (pap.; Judg 6:5 A; Jos., Ant. 7, 168)λίθους Hv 3, 2, 5; 3, 4, 2; s 9, 4, 4; 8a. Pass. s 9, 4, 5f; 8b.

2. take or carry away—a. lit. (of being carried off by the force of the wind or a stream of water: Diod. S. 18, 35, 6; Plut., Timol. 28, 9; Lucian, Hermot. 86; M. Ant. 4, 43; 12, 14) Pass. νεφέλαι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι Jd 12. b. fig. lead or carry away fr. the path of truth (Pla., a Phaedr. 265B; Plut., Timol. 6, 1) pass. be carried away διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις (instrum. dat.) μὴ παραφέρεσθε Hb 13:9. c. take away, remove (Theophr., C. Pl. 2, 9, 9) τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. from someone παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ remove this cup from me Mk 14:36; Lk 22:42. M-M.* παραφρονέω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 16, 78, 5; Wilcken, Chrest. 14 III, 14; Zech 7:11) be beside oneself, conduct oneself in an irrational manner (Aristoxenus, fgm. 35 a disgrace for an old man) παραφρονῶν λαλῶ I am talking as if I were beside myself or irrational 2 Cor 11:23. M-M.* παραφρονία, ας, ἡ (hapax legomenon) madness, insanity of Balaam 2 Pt 2:16. M-M.* παραφροσύνη, ης, ἡ (Hippocr., Pla., Plut., Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 284)madness, insanity 2 Pt 2:16 v.l.* παραφυάδιον, ου, τό (Hesychius s.v. ἑρμαῖ; Sib. Or. 3, 396-400) dim. of παραφυάς (q.v.) a little offshoot μικρὸν κέρας παραφυάδιον a little horn as an offshoot B 4:5 (cf. Da 7:8).* παραφυάς, άδος, ἡ (Hippocr., Aristot. et al.; LXX; En. 26, 1) offshoot, side growth.

1. lit. (Theophr., H. Pl. 2, 2, 4; Nicander, fgm. 80 π. of the palm tree; Philo, Plant. 4) Hs 8, 1, 17f; 8, 2, 1f; 8, 3, 7; 8, 4, 6; 8, 5, 2; 5f.

2. fig. (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 1, 4 p. 1096 al.; 4 Macc 1:28) of sectarians who, as side growths of the plant created by God, can bear nothing but death-dealing fruit ITr 11:1.* παραχαράσσω (fig.=‘counterfeit’, ‘debase’ Plut., Mor. 332B; Lucian, Demon. 5; Herm. Wr. 488, 12 Sc.; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 4 v.l.; Jos., Bell. 1, 529, Ant. 15, 315; Third Corinthians 3:3.—Maspéro 353, 20) debase or counterfeit (money) lit. (Dio Chrys. 14[31], 24 οἱ παραχαράττοντες τὸ νόμισμα; Cecaumenus p. 51, 22) Hs 1:11.* παραχειμάζω fut. παραχειμάσω; 1 aor. παρεχείμασα; pf. ptc. παρακεχειμακώς (since Hyperid., fgm. 260; Demosth.; Polyb. 2, 64, 1; Diod. S. 19, 34, 8; Plut., Sertor. 3, 5; Cass. Dio 40, 4; Dit., Or. 544, 30) winter, spend the winter abs. Ac 27:12. W. the place given: πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Cor 16:6. ἐκεῖ Tit 3:12; of a ship ἐν τῇ νήσῳ Ac 28:11.

M-M.* παραχειμασία, ας, ἡ (Polyb. 3, 34, 6; 3, 35, 1; Diod. S. 19, 68, 5; Jos., Ant. 14, 195; Dit., Syll.3 762, 16 [48 BC]) wintering ἀνεύθετος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν not suitable for wintering Ac 27:12. M-M. * παραχέω inf. παραχέειν; impf. παρέχεον (Hdt.+; PMagd. 33, 2 [III BC]) pour near or on ὕδωρ (Plut., Mor. 235A) w. dat. pour water on someth. Hs 8, 2, 7f.* παραχράομαι 1 aor. παρεχρησάμην (Hdt.+; PRyl. 144, 17 [I AD]) misuse (Arist. in Plut., Mor. 527A) w. dat. of the thing αὐτῇ (of human σάρξ) Hs 5, 7, 2 (cf. Polyb. 13, 4, 5 τῷ σώματι). Abs. misuse it (Philo, De Jos. 144) 1 Cor 7:31 v.l.* παραχρῆμα adv. (Hdt., Thu., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 22; Jos., Ant. 15, 65.On the spelling cf. Bl-D. §12, 3; Rob. 297; on its use §102, 2 app.; Rob. 550) at once, immediately Mt 21:19f. Elsewh. in the NT only in Lk and Ac: Lk 1:64; 4:39; 5:25; 8:44, 47, 55; 13:13; 18:43; 19:11; 22:60; Ac 3:7; 5:10; 12:23; 13:11; 16:26, 33; 22:29 v.l.—B 12:7; MPol 13:1. Pleonastically εὐθέως παραχρῆμα (class.; PStrassb. 35, 17 εὐθὺς καὶ παραχρῆμα) Ac 14:10 D (Bl-D. §484 app.; cf. Rob. 1205).—DDaube, The Sudden in Scripture ’64, 38-46 (but s. LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 174-6). See εὐθέως. M-M.* πάρδαλις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr. 510, 2 Sc.; PGM 7, 783; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 146; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 737; 789; loanw. in rabb.) leopard; an apocalyptic θηρίον ὅμοιον παρδάλει Rv 13:2 (cf. Da 7:6). M-M.* παρέβην s. παραβαίνω. παρεγγυάω 1 aor. παρηγγύησα (trag., Hdt.+; pap.; not LXX) command (so X.+) Papias 4.* παρεδρεύω (Eur.+; inscr., pap.; Pr 1:21; 8:3; Ep. Arist. 81) sit beside, wait on, then apply oneself to, concern oneself with τινί someth. (Athen. 7 p. 283C οἱ ταῖς κητείαις παρεδρεύοντες ἄνδρες) of the Jews π. ἄστροις καὶ σελήνῃ watch the stars and moon closely Dg 4:5. τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ π. serve regularly at the altar i.e. do the work of a priest (παρεδρεύω in cultic use Diod. S. 4, 3, 3 π. τῷ θεῷ; Vett. Val. 210, 3 ἐν ἱεροῖς τόποις ἢ ναοῖς παρεδρεύειν; Dit., Syll.3 633, 20 [180 BC] τοῦ ταμίου τοῦ παρεδρεύοντος ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ θυσίας ποιήσασθαι; 695, 27f; παρεδρευέτωσαν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὴν ἐπιβάλλουσαν τιμὴν καὶ παρεδρείαν ποιούμεναι τῆς θεοῦ) 1 Cor 9:13.

750

M-M.* πάρεδρος, ον (Pind.+; Wsd 6:14; 9:4) sitting beside subst. πάρεδρος, ου, ὁ attendant, assistant (Hdt.+; inscr.; PGM 1, 54; 96; 4, 1841; 1850; 7, 884 al.) of the believers θεοῦ (οἰκονόμοι καὶ) πάρεδροι (καὶ ὑπηρέται) IPol 6:1 (Sextus 230a the pious man as πάρεδρος θεῷ; cf. PGM 4, 1347 supernatural beings as πάρεδροι τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ; Ael. Aristid. 37, 5 K.=2 p. 14 D.: Athena as π. of Zeus; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 201).* παρει̂δον s. παροράω. παρειμένος s. παρίημι. πάρειμι (fr. εἰμί) ptc. παρών; impf. 3 pl. παρῆσαν; fut. 3 sing. παρέσται Rv 17:8.—(Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. be present—a. of pers. J 11:28; Rv 17:8; GP 10:38. ἰδοὺ πάρειμι here I am (En. 106, 8) 2 Cl 15:3; B 3:5 (both Is 58:9). παρών (opp. ἀπών; Wsd 11:11; 14:17) (being) present (Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 1 παρὼν μόνῳ τῷ σώματι) 1 Cor 5:3a, b; 2 Cor 10:2, 11; 13:2, 10; ISm 9:2; IRo 7:2; IMg 15:1. ἀκούσας αὐτοὺς παρόντας when he heard that they were present MPol 7:2. μηδεὶς τῶν παρόντων ὑμῶν none of you who are present IRo 7:1.—W. a prep.: ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν we are here in the presence of God Ac 10:33. ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι be here before you 24:19. π. πρός τινα be present with someone (UPZ 71, 18 [152 BC])2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20. οἱ παρόντες those (who were) present (Appian, Hann. 39 §166; Dit., Syll.3 665, 38; 1044, 43 τῶν τε παρόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπόντων; 1047, 19; 3 Macc 1:13) MPol 9:1.—The pres. ‘be here’ can take on the perfect sense have come (Bl-D. §322; Rob. 881; cf. 1 Macc 12:42 v.l., 45; 2 Macc 3:9; Jos., Ant. 3, 84πάρεστι εἰς, Vi. 115) τίς ἡ αἰτία διʼ ἣν πάρεστε; why have you come? Ac 10:21. οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν these men have come here too 17:6. πάρεστιν ἀπʼ ἀγροῦ has come from the country Lk 11:6 D.—Hv 5:3; s 7:1. On ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὃ πάρει (Jos., Bell. 2, 615John ἐφʼ ὃ παρῆν διεπράττετο) Mt 26:50 cf. ὅς I 2bβ. παρὼν ἤγειρεν αὐτούς he came and raised them from the dead IMg 9:3.—The impf. παρῆν he had come, or he came (Diod. S. 19, 59, 1 παρῆν=he came) Hs 9, 11, 8. Pl. παρῆσαν they had come, they came Lk 13:1 (Diod. S. 17, 8, 2 παρῆσαν=they came; Plut., Mor. 509C; an indication of time w. π. by means of ἐν as X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4); πρός τινα (Jos., Ant. 14, 451)Ac 12:20. b. of impersonals: τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς of the gospel that has come to you Col 1:6 (π. εἰς as X., An. 1, 2, 2; Jos., Ant. 1, 285; 337). Of time (Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 700, 10 ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ; La 4:18 πάρεστιν ὁ καιρὸς ἡμῶν; Hab 3:2) ὁ καιρὸς πάρεστιν the time has come J 7:6. ἡ καταστροφὴ πάρεστιν 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:27). τὸ παρόν the present (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; 3 Macc 5:17; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 175) πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present, for the moment (Thu. 2, 22, 1; 3, 40, 7; Pla., Leg. 5 p. 736A; Lucian, Epist. Sat. 2, 28; Cass. Dio 41, 15; Herodian 1, 3, 5; PGiess. 47, 15; Sb 5113, 28; Jos., Ant. 6, 69)Hb 12:11. κατὰ τὸ π. (Diod. S. 15, 47, 4; Dit., Syll.3 814, 46f; PTebt. 28, 9; POxy. 711, 2; 3 Macc 3:11) for the present MPol 20:1. τὰ παρόντα the present situation (Hdt. 1, 113; Pla., Theaet. 186A; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 334; PYale 42, 34) ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν under the present circumstances B 1:8.

2. πάρεστίν τί μοι someth. is at my disposal, I have someth. (trag., Hdt.+; Wsd 11:21) ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 2 Pt 1:9. ἡ παροῦσα ἀλήθεια the truth that you have vs. 12. τὰ παρόντα what one has, one’s possessions (X., Symp. 4, 42 οἷς τὰ παρόντα ἀρκεῖ, Cyr. 8, 4, 6, An. 7, 7, 36. Further exx. under ἀρκέω 2) Hb 13:5. M-M.* παρεισάγω fut. παρεισάξω (Isocr.+; Polyb. 3, 63, 2; UPZ 162 VIII, 4 [117 BC]; Ep. Arist. 20) bring in, w. the connotation that it is done secretly or maliciously (Polyb. 1, 18, 3; 2, 7, 8; Diod. S. 12, 41, 4 οἱ προδόται τοὺς στρατιώτας παρεισαγαγόντες ἐντὸς τῶν τειχῶν κυρίους τῆς πόλεως ἐποίησαν), but also without such connotation (Diod. S. 1, 96, 5 of the introduction of Egyptian doctrines into Greece; Heraclit. Sto. 30 p. 45, 7; 43 p.

64, 17) of false teachers οἵτινες παρεισάξουσιν αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας who will bring in destructive opinions 2 Pt 2:1 (of heretics also, Hegesippus in Euseb., H.E. 4, 22, 5; Hippolytus, Refut. 5, 17 end; 7, 29 beg.). M-M.* παρείσακτος, ον (Strabo 17, 1, 8 p. 794 as the nickname of Ptolemy XI. In some mss. the prologue of Sir is called πρόλογος παρείσακτος ἀδήλου. Hesychius=ἀλλότριος) secretly brought in, smuggled in, sneaked in παρείσακτοι ψευδάδελφοι of Judaizers who, as Paul felt, had come into Gentile Christian congregations in a dishonorable fashion, in order to spy on them Gal 2:4. Cf. WSchmithals, D. Häretiker in Galatien: ZNW 47, ’56, 25-67.* παρεισδύ(ν)ω (mostly in the mid., Hippocr.+; Plut., Herodian, Philo) slip in stealthily, sneak in (Plut., Agis 3, 1, Mor. 216B; in the same sense Jos., Bell. 1, 468παραδύνομαι) Jd 4. The form παρεισεδύησαν in Nestle’s text is 2 aor. pass. w. intrans. mng. (cf. W-S. §13, 11; Bl-D. §76, 2; Rob. 1214 s.v. δύνω; Helbing p. 96f). Beside this the act. παρεισέδυσαν is attested; the first pers. sing. of this could be either the 1 aor. παρεισέδυσα or the 2 aor. παρεισέδυν (cf. δύνω). M-M. * παρείσδυσις, εως, ἡ slipping in stealthily, sneaking in (Theophr., C. Pl. 1, 7, 1; Chrysippus: Stoic. III 199; Plut., Mor. 476C; 879E) ὁ πονηρὸς παρείσδυσιν πλάνης ποιήσας ἐν ἡμῖν the evil one, having caused error to creep in among us B 2:10. παρείσδυσιν ἔχειν (Vett. Val. 345, 8) have opportunity to slip in, find a loophole ἵνα μὴ σχῇ παρείσδυσιν ὁ μέλας 4:9 (cf. PStrassb. 22, 30 [I AD] οὐδεμίαν παρείσδυσιν ἔχεις). M-M. s.v. -δύω.* 751

παρεισενέγκας s. παρεισφέρω. παρεισέρχομαι mid. dep.; 2 aor. παρεισῆλθον (Epicurus +; Diod. S. 17, 105, 1; Vett. Val. 357, 9; Sb 5761, 3 [91-96 AD]).

1. slip in, come in as a side issue, of the law, which has no primary place in the Divine Plan Ro 5:20.

2. slip in w. unworthy motives, sneak in (Polyb. 1, 7, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 55, 3; Plut., Popl. 17, 2; Lucian, Dial. Mer. 12, 3; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 15 εἰ λύκος παρεισέλθοι; Philo, Op. M. 150, Abr. 96; Test. Jud. 16:2) of the Judaizing false brethren Gal 2:4. M-M. * παρεισφέρω Hellenistic aor. παρεισήνεγκα (Bl-D, §81, 2; Rob. 338) (Demosth. et al.; PTebt. 38, 12; 14 [113 BC]) apply, bring to bear σπουδήν make an effort 2 Pt 1:5 (σπουδὴν εἰσφέρειν is a favorite expr. in the Koine: Dit., Syll.3 [index s.v. σπουδή]; Jos., Ant. 20, 204).M-M.* παρεκβαίνω (Hes.+; Dit., Or. 573, 17) go beyond, transgress only fig. τὶ someth. (Ep. Arist. 112) τὸν ὡρισμένον τῆς λειτουργίας κανόνα 1 Cl 41:1. Of the sea οὐ παρεκβαίνει τὰ περιτεθειμένα αὐτῇ κλεῖθρα 20:6.* παρέκβασις, εως, ἡ (Theophr., Aristot. et al.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 57; 183, Vi. 367) deviation fr. a prescribed course 1 Cl 20:3.* παρεκτός adv.—1. used as an adv. besides, outside χωρὶς τῶν π. (sc. γινομένων) apart from what I leave unmentioned or what is external (i.e. sufferings, etc.) 2 Cor 11:28.

2. as (improper) prep. w. gen. apart from, except for (Dositheus 45, 3 παρεκτὸς ἐμοῦ, Lat. praeter me; Cyrill.

Scyth. p. 34, 4 π. σαββάτου=except on the Sabbath; Geopon. 13, 15, 7; Etym. Magn. p. 652, 18; Test. Zeb. 1:4; Aq. Dt 1:36) Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (AOtto, Die Eheschdg. im Mt ’39; KStaab, D. Unauflöslichkeit d. Ehe u. d. sog.

‘Ehebruchsklauseln’ b. Mt 5:32 u. 19:9: EdEichmann-Festschr. ’40, 435-52, ZkTh 67, ’43, 36-44. S. also πορνεία 1); Ac 26:29. π. θεοῦ without God, leading away from God D 6:1. M-M.* παρεκφέρω (Plut., Mor. 102C; Dit., Syll.3 834, 18) bring to a place λίθους Hs 9, 4, 8.* παρεμβάλλω fut. παρεμβαλῶ (Aristoph., Demosth.+; pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 229).

1. The word is used freq. (even in the LXX) as a military t.t., but w. var. mngs. παρεμβαλοῦσιν οἱ ἐχθροί σου χάρακά σοι your enemies will throw up a palisade against you Lk 19:43 (acc. to ‫א‬L. But AB have περιβαλοῦσιν; D has βαλοῦσιν ἐπὶ σέ).

2. fig., of anger παρεμβάλλει ἑαυτὴν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν it insinuates itself into the heart Hm 5, 2, 2. M-M.* παρεμβολή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschin.+). Mostly used as a military t.t. (Polyb. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 1, 4; Test. 12 Patr.); so always in our lit.

1. a (fortified) camp (Polyb. 3, 75, 5; 9; Diod. S. 13, 87, 2; 15, 84, 1 al.; Dit., Syll.3 700, 20; POxy. 736; LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 110; 20, 152) ἡ παρεμβολὴ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων 1 Cl 55:4 (cf. ἀλλόφυλος). Of the Israelite camp (LXX) ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς (Ex 29:14.—Lev 4:12, 21; 10:4f al.) Hb 13:11; 1 Cl 4:11.—To the ἔξω τῆς π. Hb 13:11, vs.

13 adds the appeal ἐξερχώμεθα ἔξω τῆς π., giving as a reason that we have no ‘lasting city’ here. In this pass. the words ἔξω τῆς π. seem to refer to separation fr. worldly things in general (cf. Philo, Gig. 54 Μωϋσῆς ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς καὶ τοῦ σωματικοῦ παντὸς στρατοπέδου πήξας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν); but cf. GABarton, JBL 57, ’38, 204f, Rome.—HKoester, HTR 55, ’62, 299-315. Of Jerusalem Hb 13:12 v.l. (for πύλης).—ἡ παρεμβολὴ τῶν ἁγίων Rv 20:9 is also to be understood fr. the OT use of the word.

2. of the barracks or headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32. Also of the barracks in Rome where the soldiers who accompanied Paul were quartered Ac 28:16 v.l.

3. an army in battle array, battle line (Polyb.; Aelian, V.H. 14, 46; Ex 14:19f; Judg 4:16; 8:11; 1 Km 14:16) Hb 11:34.—FCFensham, ‘Camp’ in the NT and Milḥamah, Rev. de Qumran 4, ’63, 557-62. M-M.* παρεμπλέκω (Diphilus the physician [III BC] in Athen. 2, 49 p. 57C; Hero Alex. I p. 20, 11; Oribasius, Ecl. 40: CMG VI 2, 2 p. 202, 7 π. τῷ ποτῷ τὴν τροφήν; schol. on Pind., Eustath., Prooem. 9; PTurin 8, 28 [116 BC]) med. t.t. mix, mingle, blend with of false teachers ἑαυτοῖς παρεμπλέκουσιν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν they mingle Jesus Christ with themselves (=their teaching) ITr 6:2.* παρέμπτωσις, εως, ἡ (Aristot.+) intrusion, insidious plot διά τινας παρεμπτώσεις 1 Cl 51:1 (the word is not found in the Gk. ms. trad., but Clem. Alex. has it, Strom. 4, 113, 1, in a paraphrase of our pass., and the Lat. and Copt. versions of 1 Cl agree w. him).* παρεμφέρω (Galen, Vett. Val. in various mngs.) bring Hs 9, 4, 8 v.l. (for παρεκ-).* παρένεγκε s. παραφέρω. παρενθυμέομαι 1 aor. pass. παρενεθυμήθην (M. Ant. 5, 5, 5; 6, 20, 2; Iambl., In Nicom. p. 83, 15 Pistelli; Tituli As. Minor. II 1 [ed. EKalinka ’20] 245, 13; POxford [ed. EPWegener ’42] 3, 12 [142 AD]; Sb 7404, 39 [II AD]; 752

Philo) disregard, neglect, forget τὶ someth. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 53) of commands Hm 5, 2, 8 (τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην); 12, 3, 6 (ταύτας, i.e. ἐντολάς). Referring to a good thought (τὸ καλόν) and w. αὐτό to be supplied make light of s 5, 2, 7. W. ref. to the sins of the members of Hermas’ family, w. αὐτάς to be supplied v 2, 3, 1.* παρενοχλέω (Hippocr.+; inscr., pap., LXX) cause difficulty (for) , trouble, annoy w. dat. of the pers. (Polyb. 1, 8, 1; Plut., Timol. 3, 1; Epict. 1, 9, 23; PGenève 31, 4; LXX) Ac 15:19. M-M.* παρεπιδημέω 1 aor. ptc. παρεπιδημήσας (Polyb. 27, 6, 3; Diod. S. 1, 83, 8; 19, 61, 1; Aelian, V.H. 8, 7 p. 90, 29; inscr.; PPetr. II 13, 19 [258-53 BC]; UPZ 196 I, 13; 19 [119 BC]; Ep. Arist. 110; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 76, Agr. 65) stay for a short time in a strange place, visit πρός τινα (with) someone 1 Cl 1:2.* παρεπίδημος, ον (Polyb. 32, 6, 4; Athen. 5 p. 196A; Dit., Or. 383, 150; PPetr. I 19, 22 [225 BC]; III 7, 15; LXX.—Dssm., B 146f [BS 149]) staying for a while in a strange place, sojourning in our lit. subst. ὁ παρεπίδημος stranger, exile, sojourner, resident alien of the Christians, who are not at home in this world ἐκλεκτοὶ π. chosen exiles 1 Pt 1:1. (w. πάροικοι [cf. Gen 23:4; Ps 38:13) 2:11. (W. ξένοι) π. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς exiles on the earth Hb 11:13 (cf. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 365B παρεπιδημία τίς ἐστιν ὁ βίος.—MMeister, De Axioho Dial., Diss. Breslau ’15, 86ff).

M-M.* παρέρχομαι mid. dep.; fut. παρελεύσομαι; 2 aor. παρῆλθον, imper. in H. Gk παρελθάτω Mt 26:39 (Bl-D. §81, 3; Mlt.-H. 209); pf. παρελήλυθα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. go by, pass by—a. lit.—α. of persons, w. acc. someone or someth. (Aelian, V.H. 2, 35; Lucian, De Merc.

Cond. 15) an animal Hv 4, 1, 9; 4, 2, 1. Of Jesus and his disciples on the lake: ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς Mk 6:48 (cf. HWindisch, NThT 9, ’20, 298-308; GAvdBerghv Eysinga, ibid. 15, ’26, 221-9 al.; Lohmeyer s.v. παράγω 2aα). διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης pass by along that road Mt 8:28 (constr. w. διά as PAmh. 154, 2; Num 20:17; Josh 24:17). παρὰ τὴν λίμνην GEb 2. τὸν τόπον Papias 3. Absol. (X., An. 2, 4, 25) Lk 18:37; 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:36). β. of time: pass (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν the time is already past Mt 14:15. Of a definite period of time (SSol 2:11 ὁ χειμὼν π.; Jos., Ant. 15, 408)διὰ τὸ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι because the fast was already over Ac 27:9. ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος the time that is past 1 Pt 4:3 (cf. Isocr. 4, 167 χρόνος. . . ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ παρεληλυθώς, ἐν ᾧ τί τῶν δεινῶν οὐ γέγονεν; PMagd. 25, 3 παρεληλυθότος τοῦ χρόνου). τὰ παρεληλυθότα (beside τὰ ἐνεστῶτα and τὰ μέλλοντα; cf. Herm. Wr. 424, 10ff Sc.; Demosth. 4, 2; Jos., Ant. 10, 210)things past, the past (Demosth. 18, 191; Sir 42:19; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 334, Leg. All. 2, 42) B 1:7; 5:3. b. fig.—α. pass away, come to an end, disappear (Demosth. 18, 188 κίνδυνον παρελθεῖν; Theocr. 27, 8; Ps 89:6; Wsd 2:4; 5:9; Da 7:14 Theod.) of men ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύσεται Js 1:10. ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Mt 5:18a; 24:35a; Mk 13:31a; Lk 16:17; 21:33a; cf. 2 Pt 3:10; Rv 21:1 t.r. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος D 10:6. ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη Mt 24:34; Mk 13:30; Lk 21:32. αἱ γενεαὶ πᾶσαι 1 Cl 50:3. ἡ ὀργή vs. 4 (Is 26:20). τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 2 Cor 5:17.— Pass away in the sense lose force, become invalid (Ps 148:6; Esth 10:3b τῶν λόγων τούτων, οὐδὲ παρῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν λόγος) οἱ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν (or οὐ [μὴ] παρελεύσονται) Mt 24:35b; Mk 13:31b; Lk 21:33b. ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου Mt 5:18b. οὐδὲν μὴ παρέλθῃ τῶν δεδογματισμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 27:5. β. pass by, transgress, neglect, disobey τὶ someth. Hes., Theog. 613; Lysias 6, 52 τὸν νόμον; Demosth. 37, 37; Dionys. Hal. 1, 58; Dt 17:2; Jer 41:18; Jdth 11:10; 1 Macc 2:22; Jos., Ant. 14, 67)Lk 11:42; 15:29. γ. of suffering or misfortune: pass without touching (Jos., Ant. 5, 31)ἀπό τινος from someone (for the constr. w. ἀπό cf. 2 Ch 9:2) Mt 26:39; Mk 14:35. Abs. Mt 26:42. δ. get by unnoticed, escape (Theognis 419; Sir 42:20) Hs 8, 2, 5a, b.

2. go through, pass through (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 68 §288 ὁ Ἀντώνιος μόλις παρῆλθεν=Antony made his way through [to the Forum] with difficulty; 1 Macc 5:48 διελεύσομαι εἰς τὴν γῆν σου, τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἡμων, καὶ οὐδεὶς κακοποιήσει ὑμᾶς, πλὴν τοῖς ποσὶν παρελευσόμεθα) παρελθόντες τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα Ac 16:8 (lack of knowledge of this mng., and recognition of the fact that passing by is impossible in this case, gave rise to the v.l. διελθόντες D); cf. 17:15 D. 3. come to, come here, come (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 176; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 337)Lk 12:37; 17:7; Ac 24:7 t.r. M-M.* πάρεσις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr.+; BGU 624, 21 [cf. Dssm., NB 94-BS 266]; Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 236)passing over, letting go unpunished (Dionys. Hal. 7, 37 ὁλοσχερῆ πάρεσιν οὐχ εὕροντο, τὴν δὲ εἰς χρόνον ἀναβολὴν ἔλαβον; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 19 πάρεσίν τινα ἔχειν ἐκ τ. θεοῦ.—Corresp. the verb παριέναι means ‘leave unpunished’: X., Hipp. 7, 10; Dionys. Hal. 2, 35; Sir 23:2; Jos., Ant. 15, 48παρῆκεν τὴν αμαρτίαν.—The verb is also used of ‘remitting’ debts and other obligations: Phalaris, Ep. 81, 1 χρημάτων; Dit., Syll.3 742, 33; 39, Or. 669, 50.—JMCreed, JTS 41, ’40, 28-30; SLyonnet, Biblica 38, ’57, 35—61) διὰ τὴν π. τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων Ro 3:25.—WGKümmel, Πάρεσις u. ἔνδειξις: ZThK 49, ’52, 154-67. See s.v. ἔνδειξις. M-M.* παρέχω impf. παρεῖχον, 3 pl. παρεῖχαν Ac 28:2 W-H. (H.Gk.; cf. Bl-D. §82 app.; Mlt.-H. 194); fut. παρέξω; 2 aor. παρέσχον; pf. παρέσχηκα. Mid.: impf. παρειχόμην; fut., 2 sing. παρέξῃ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. act.—a. give up, offer, present (schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 204 παρέχειν πίνειν=offer to drink) τί τινι 753

someth. to someone τὴν σιαγόνα Lk 6:29. τὸν πλοῦτον Hs 2:7. b. grant, show τινί τι someth. to someone (Vi. Aesopi I c. 124 οὐδὲν αὐτῷ παρεῖχον; Aesop, Fab. 396 P.=170 H.; Jos., Ant. 2, 329; 11, 2) Dg 12:1. ἀγάπην 1 Cl 21:7. φιλανθρωπίαν Ac 28:2. πλέον anything greater IRo 2:2. Of God (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 65 §265 ἢν οἱ θεοὶ παρέχωσιν εὐπραγεῖν; Alex. Aphr., Quaest. 1, 14 Bruns) ἡμῖν πάντα 1 Ti 6:17; cf. Dg 8:11. ὧν (attraction of the rel. fr. ἅ) τοῖς οἰομένοις διδόναι παρέχει αὐτός which he himself supplies to those who think they are giving Dg 3:4. πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν Ac 17:31 s. on πίστις 1 c.—Without a dat. (Pind., Paeanes 4, 24 μοῖσαν) νοῦν grant understanding Dg 11:5. ἡσυχίαν Ac 22:2 (cf. Jos., Ant. 5, 235).δεῖγμά τινος Dg 3:3 (s. δεῖγμα 2 and 1).—Without the acc., which is to be supplied fr. the context Dg 3:5; ISm 11:3.—W. dat. and inf. foll. MPol 18:2. c. cause, bring about τινί τι someth. for someone (Hdt. 1, 177 πόνον; Socrat., Ep. 14, 1 κακά; Arrian, Anab.

2, 21, 3 φόβον; Ep. Arist. 96 ἔκπληξιν ἡμῖν π.; Jos., Ant. 18, 175ὄχλον [=annoyance] μοι π.) κόπους cause trouble (s. κόπος 1) Mt 26:10; Mk 14:6; Lk 11:7; 18:5 (κόπον, as Sir 29:4); Gal 6:17 (κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω in connection w. PGM 14b [ἐάν μοι ὁ δεῖνα κόπους παράσχῃ] is taken as a formula of adjuration by Dssm., B 262ff [BS 352-60], LO 256 [LAE 301]); Hv 3, 3, 2 (περί τινος about someth.). χαρὰν ἡμῖν π. give us joy 1 Cl 63:2. ἐργασίαν πολλήν bring great gain Ac 16:16 (Jos., Ant. 15, 332πλείστην ἐργασίαν παρασχόν).—Without the dat. (s. ref. to Hdt. above.—Sir 29:4 v.l.) Hm 11:20. ξενισμόν cause astonishment IEph 19:2. ἐκζητήσεις give rise to speculations 1 Ti 1:4.

2. mid. (Bl-D. §316, 3; Rob. 810)—a. ἑαυτόν τι show oneself to be someth. (X., Cyr. 8, 1, 39; Dit., Syll.3 333, 10f [306 BC]; 442, 8f; 620, 5f; 748, 31f; 1068, 6f; 1104, 18f; UPZ 144, 15[164/3 BC]; POxy. 281, 13; PRainer 27, 14.—Dssm., NB 81f [BS 254]; Thieme 24; Rouffiac 52. In class. Gk. the act. would be used, as it is Jos., C. Ap. 2, 156) σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον Tit 2:7. b. grant τινί τι someth. to someone (Diod. S. 20, 62, 1 παρείχετο τοῖς ἐμπόροις τὴν ἀσφάλειαν; Jos., Ant. 9, 255; cf. τὰ ἑαυτῶν δίκαια παρέσχοντο=they submitted their claims: letter of MAurelius 1. 33 in ZPE 8, ’71, 170f) τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα what is just and fair Col 4:1. ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he deserves that you grant him this Lk 7:4. Offer 1 Cl 20:10. c. get for oneself, among others τοῖς τεχνίταις ἐργασίαν Ac 19:24. M-M.* παρηγορία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; 4 Macc 5:12; 6:1) comfort (Aeschyl., Ag. 95; Plut., Per. 34, 3, Mor. 599B; Vett.

Val. 183, 9f; 209, 25; Philo, Deus Imm. 65, Somn. 1, 112; Jos., Ant. 4, 195; Epigr. Gr. 204, 12 [I BC]) of pers. ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία they have become a comfort to me Col 4:11. M-M.* παρθενία, ας, ἡ (Sappho, Pind., trag.+; Plut.; Aelian, V.H. 13, 1 p. 143, 17; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 248al.) virginity as a state of being (Callim., Hymn. 3, 6 of Artemis: παρθενίη αἰώνιος; Aristocritus [III BC]: 493, fgm.

5 Jac. of Hestia; Diod. S. 5, 3, 4) ἡ π. Μαρίας IEph 19:1. Of the time of virginity ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῆς Lk 2:36 (ἀπό II 2a. Also ἐκ παρθενίας in Charito 3, 7, 5; cf. cum quo vixit ab virginitate sua ad finem vitae suae, CIL 10, 3720).

M-M.* παρθένος, ου, ἡ and ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 98, 2; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 244, Vi. 414; Sib. Or. 3, 357).

1. virgin Mt 25:1, 7, 11; 1 Cor 7:25 (FStrobel, NovT 2, ’58, 199-227), 28, 34; Pol 5:3; Hv 4, 2, 1; s 9, 1, 2; 9, ‫ה‬ ; on this ASchulz, BZ 23, ’35, 229-41; WHBrownlee, 2, 3; 5; 9, 3, 2; 4f; 9, 4, 3; 5f; 8 a1. After Is 7:14 (‫הָר‬ The Mng. of Qumran for the Bible, esp. Is, ’64, 274-81) Mt 1:23 (cf. Menand., Sicyonius 372f παρθένος γʼ ἔτι, ἄπειρος ἀνδρός). Of Mary also Lk 1:27a, b; ISm 1:1 and prob. Dg 12:8 (the idea that the spirit of a god could father a child by a woman, specifically a virgin, was not foreign to Egyptian religion: Plut., Numa 4, 6, Mor. 718B; Philo, Cher.

43-50 [on this ENorden, D. Geburt des Kindes 78-90]. Cf. further the lit. on Ἰωσήφ 4 and OBardenhewer, Mariä Verkündigung ’05; EPetersen, Die wunderbare Geburt des Heilandes ’09; HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 ’11; ASteinmann, D. jungfräul. Geburt des Herrn3 ’26, D. Jungfrauengeburt u. die vergl. Religionsgeschichte ’19; GHBox, The Virgin Birth of Jesus ’16; OECrain, The Credibility of the Virgin Birth ’25; JG Machen, The Virgin Birth of Christ2 ’32 [on this FKattenbusch, StKr 102, ’30, 454-74]; EWorcester, Studies in the Birth of Our Lord ’32; KLSchmidt, D. jungfrl. Geb. J. Chr.: ThBl 14, ’35, 289-97; FXSteinmetzer, Empfangen v. Hl. Geist ’38; RGBratcher, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 98-125 [Heb., LXX, Mt]; TBoslooper, The Virg. Birth ’62; Hv Campenhausen, D. Jungfrauengeburt in d.

Theol. d. alten Kirche ’62.—RJCooke, Did Paul Know the Virg. Birth? ’27; PRBotz, D. Jungfrausch. Mariens im NT u. in der nachap. Zeit, Diss. Tüb.’34; DEdwards, The Virg. Birth in History and Faith ’43.-Clemen2 114-21; ENorden, D. Geburt des Kindes2 ’31; MDibelius, Jungfrauensohn u. Krippenkind ’32. As a contrast to Dibelius’ Hellenistic emphasis cf. OMichel and OBetz, Beih, ZNW 26, ’60, 3-23, who stress Qumran parallels.). Of the daughters of Philip παρθένοι προφητεύουσαι Ac 21:9. Of the virgins who were admitted to the church office of ‘widows’ ISm 13:1 (cf.

AJülicher, PM 22, ’18, 111 f. Differently LZscharnack, Der Dienst der Frau ’02, 105ff).—On 1 Cor 7:36-8 cf. γαμίζω 1 and s. also PKetter, Trierer Theol. Ztschr. 56, ’47, 175-82 (παρθ. often means [virgin] daughter: Apollon. Rhod. 2, 86 παρθ. Αἰήτεω and the scholion on this has the following note: παρθένον ἀντὶ ποῦ θυγατέρα; Lycophron vss.

1141, 1175; Diod. S. 8, 6, 2; 16, 55, 3; 20, 84, 3 [pl. beside υἱοί]. Likewise Theod. Prodr. 1, 293 H. τὴν σὴν παρθένον=‘your virgin daughter’; in 3, 332 τ. ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον refers to one’s ‘sweetheart’; likew. 6, 466, as well as the fact that παρθ. can mean simply ‘girl’ [e.g., Paus. 8, 20, 4]). RHSeboldt, Spiritual Marriage in the Early Church, CTM 30, ’59, 103-19; 176-86.—The Christian Church as παρθένος ἁγνή (ἁγνός 1) 2 Cor 11:2 (on this subj. s.

FCConybeare, Die jungfräul. Kirche u. die jungfräul. Mutter: ARW 8, ’05, 373ff; 9, ’06, 73ff; Cumont3 283, 33).

2. Also used of men who have had no intercourse w. women; in this case it is masc. gender chaste man (CIG IV 8784b; Proseuche Aseneth 6 and 8 Batiffol uses π. of Joseph; Pel.—Leg. 27, 1 uses it of Abel; Suidas of Abel and 754

Melchizedek; Nonnus of the apostle John, who is also called ‘virgo’ in the Monarchian Prologues [Kl. T. 12 ’08, p. 13, 13]) Rv 14:4.— JMFord, The Mng. of ‘Virgin’, NTS 12, ’66, 293-9; GDelling, TW V 824-35. M-M. B. 90.** Πάρθοι, ων, οἱ (since Hdt 3, 93; Dit., Or. 544, 32; Joseph. index; Sib. Or., index of names) Parthians (successors to the Persians. Parthia was southeast of the Caspian, but in NT times its empire extended to the Euphrates) Ac 2:9 (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 4, 9. . . Πάρθων καὶ Ἐλυμαίων καὶ Βαβυλωνίων καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν. . . χώραν. Cf. 1, 2, 2 Σκύθαι καὶ Ἄραβες καὶ. . . ; 14 names in all).—Lit. in Schürer I4 447, 44; JABrinkman, CBQ 25, ’63, 418-27.* παρίημι 2 aor. inf. παρεῖναι; pf. pass. ptc. παρειμένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. leave undone, neglect (Pind., Hdt.+; 4 Macc 5:29) τὶ someth. (Jos., Ant. 8, 218)ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι Lk 11:42.

2. let fall at the side, slacken, weaken pf. pass. ptc.—a. weakened, listless, drooping (Eur.+; Pla., Leg. 11 p.

931D; Diod. S. 14, 105, 2 τὰ σώματα παρειμένοι; Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apollon. 1 p. 102A; LXX; Philo, In Flacc.

10 διανοίας παρειμένης; Jos., Ant. 6, 35)παρειμέναι χεῖρες (Sir 2:12; cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 343; Cornutus 16 p. 23, 18): w. παραλελυμένα γόνατα (as Is 35:3; Sir 25:23) Hb 12:12. b. careless, indolent w. νωθρός (as Sir 4:29) 1 Cl 34:1. (W. ἀργός) π. ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν careless in every good work 34:4. M-M.* παριστάνω s. παρίστημι. παρίστημι and παριστάνω (Hom.+; the later form παριστάνω, which is the only one found in our lit. [Ro 6:13, 16] Polyb.+; Epict. 3, 22, 87; Dit., Syll.3 589, 46 [196 BC]; 814, 36 [67 AD]; 1109, 76.—Bl-D. §93; Mlt.-H. 202) fut. παραστήσω; 1 aor. παρέστησα; 2 aor. παρέστην; pf. παρέστηκα, ptc. παρεστηκώς or παρεστώς; plpf. παρειστήκειν; 1 fut. mid. παραστήσομαι; 1 aor. pass. παρεστάθην.

1. trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.)—a. place beside, put at someone’s disposal τινά or τί τινι someone or someth. to someone (Socrates of Rhodes [I BC] in Athen. 4 p. 148B; Lucian, D. Mar. 6, 2) παραστήσει μοι λεγιῶνας Mt 26:53. τὶ someth. (cf. 2 Macc 12:3 v.l. σκάφη) κτήνη provide riding animals Ac 23:24. Here belongs παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ put yourselves at God’s disposal Ro 6:13b. W. dat. and double acc. (of the obj. and the pred.) ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους (εἰς ὑπακοήν) to whomever you yield yourselves as slaves (to obey him; w. acc., followed by εὒς=to or for [s. MTreu, Alkaios ’52, p. 12]) vs. 16; μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ vs. 13a; cf. vs. 19a, b. b. present, represent—α. lit. τινά τινι someone to someone παρέστησαν τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ Ac 23:33. παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ 2 Cor 11:2. Of the ‘presentation’ of Jesus in the Temple Lk 2:22 (Billerb.

II 120-3. Cf. also Olympiodorus, Life of Plato, ed. AWestermann 1850 p. 1: of Plato, said to be of supernatural origin λαβόντες οἱ γονεῖς βρέφος ὄντα τεθείκασιν ἐν τῷ Ὑμηττῷ βουλόμενοι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐκεῖ θεοῖς. . . θῦσαι).

W. dat. of the pers., acc. of the obj., and pred. acc. οἷς παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα to whom he presented himself alive Ac 1:3; without a dat., which is supplied fr. the context παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν 9:41. β. fig. παραστήσω σε κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου I will show you to yourself face to face 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps 49:21). c. ‘present’ becomes almost equivalent to make, render (Plut., Mor. 676C [ἡ πίσσα] τὸν οἶνον εὔποτον παρίστησι) ἵνα παραστήσῃ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν that he might render the church glorious before him Eph 5:27. σπούδασον σεαυτὸν δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ 2 Ti 2:15. παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ to make you holy before him Col 1:22. ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ that we may make everyone complete in Christ vs. 28. d. as a t.t. in the language of sacrifice offer, bring, present (παριστάναι θυσίαν, θύματα etc.: Epici p. 19; Polyb.

16, 25, 7; Diod. S. 3, 72, 1; Lucian, De Sacrific. 13; Jos., Ant. 4, 113; Dit., Syll.3 589, 46 [196 BC]; 694, 49; 736, 70, Or. 456, 20; 764, 23; 38. The mid. is also used in this way since X., An. 6, 1, 22) fig. παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα θυσίαν ζῶσαν offer the bodies as a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. e. as a legal t.t. bring before (a judge) (Sb 4512, 82 [II BC]; Dit., Or. 669, 49; BGU 163, 3; 341, 14; 747 II, 26; 759, 22; 1139, 18). Some would prefer to understand 1 Cor 8:8 in this sense: βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ food will not bring us before (the judgment seat of) God. Likew. ἡμᾶς ἐγερεῖ καὶ παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν he will raise us and bring us, together with you, before him (=before his judgment seat) 2 Cor 4:14. But the forensic mng. is not certain in either of these places, and the sense is prob. bring before God=bring close to God (cf. Rtzst., ZNW 13, ’12, 19f). f. prove, demonstrate (Lysias 12, 51; X., Oec. 13, 1; Epict. 2, 23, 47; 2, 26, 4; Jos., Ant. 4, 47, Vi. 27; PLeipz.

64, 34) οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου nor can they prove to you the accusations they are now making against me Ac 24:13.—The 1 aor. pass. Hs 8, 4, 1 occupies a peculiar middle ground betw. 1 and 2: κἀγὼ παρεστάθην αὐτῷ and I was placed beside him=took my place beside him.

2. intrans. (mid., and perf., plpf., 2 aor. act.)—a. pres., fut., aor.—α. approach, come τινί (to) someone (Philo, De Jos. 94) Ac 9:39; 27:23 (Plut., Lysander 20, 7 αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους παραστῆναι τὸν Ἄμμωνα).—Also as a t.t. of legal usage (s. 1e above.—Charito 6, 6, 4 παρέστην δικαστηρίῳ) Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι you must stand before the Emperor (as judge) Ac 27:24; cf. 2 Ti subscr. πάντες παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 14:10. πάντας δεῖ παραστῆναι τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ Pol 6:2 (τοῦ Χριστοῦ is the rdg. of the t.r. in Ro 14:10). β. of appearing with hostile intent, (Appian, Illyr. 17 §51) abs. παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2). γ. come to the aid of help, stand by τινί someone (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 5, 3, 19 al.; Mitteis, Chrest. 372 VI, 7; 12; 755

Jos., Bell. 2, 245;Sib. Or. 8, 407) Ro 16:2. ὁ κύριός μοι παρέστη 2 Ti 4:17 (cf. PHermopol. 125B, 8 [III AD] θεὸς παρίσταταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 1, 341; Sib. Or. 3, 705). b. perf. and plpf.—α. of personal beings stand (near or by) , be present τινί (with) someone (LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 281)Ac 1:10; 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10 Theod.). ἐνώπιόν τινος stand before someone (1 Km 16:21) οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής Ac 4:10.—Mostly in the ptc.: modifying a noun and followed by an indication of place: ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ Mk 15:39 (cf. 1 Macc 11:68 S). Γαβριὴλ ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 1:19 (cf. Jdth 4:14; Tob 12:15 S). Without indication of place (Diod. S. 17, 66, 7 παρεστὼς Φιλώτας=Philotas, who stood nearby; Diog. L. 2, 102; Abercius—inschr. 17; Ep. Arist. 19) εἷς παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν one of the servants who was standing by J 18:22. ἰδὼν τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα when he saw the disciple standing near 19:26. (ἄγγελοι) λειτουργοῦσιν παρεστῶτες 1 Cl 34:5. παρεστὼς ὁ κύριος MPol 2:2. οἱ παρεστῶτες αὐτῷ those standing near him Ac 23:2.—Subst. οἱ παρεστηκότες (PPetr. II 4, 6, 13 [III BC]) or οἱ παρεστῶτες (Diog. L. 9, 27) the bystanders, the spectators, those present Mk 14:47, 69f; 15:35 (v.l. ἑστηκότων); Lk 19:24; Ac 23:2‫א‬, 4; in vs. 2 the more widely attested rdg., found in Nestle’s text, adds a dat.: τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ (cf. POxy. 1204, 13 ὁ παρεστώς σοι). β. of a point of time be here, have come (Il. 16, 853; Demosth. 18, 90) παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός the time for the harvest is here Mk 4:29. γ. as an agricultural t.t. (cf. Dit., Or. 56, 68 ὅταν ὁ πρώϊμος σπόρος παραστῇ; PLille 8, 5) someth. like be fully grown σταφυλὴ παρεστηκυῖα a ripe grape (in contrast to ὄμφαξ) 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (quot. of unknown orig.).

BReicke and GBertram, TW V 835-40. M-M.* Παρμενᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ acc.-ᾶν (Sb 2489) Parmenas (short form of Παρμενίδης, Παρμενίων, Παρμενίοκος etc.—Bl-D. §125, 1; Rob. 173) one of the seven ‘deacons’ in Jerusalem Ac 6:5. M-M.* παροδεύω 1 aor. ptc. παροδεύσας (Theocr. 23, 47; Heraclit. Sto. 68, p. 88, 6; Plut., Mor. 973D; Lucian, Scyth. 10; Dit., Or. 544, 32; Epigr. Gr. 810, 11; PMich. 149, 12, 21; Wsd; Jos., Ant. 19, 331)pass, pass by ἔγνων παροδεύσαντάς τινας ἐκεῖθεν I learned to know certain people who had passed by on their way from that place IEph 9:1. Subst. (Anton. Lib. 23, 6) ὡς παροδεύοντα as one who is passing by IRo 9:3.* παρόδιος, ον (Hyperid., fgm. 261; Plut., Mor. 521D al.; PTebt. 45, 22; 47, 14 [113 BC]) staying (somewhere) in the course of a journey; subst. ὁ π. one who is travelling by (otherw. παροδίτης or πάροδος.—Thackeray, The LXX and Jewish Worship ’21, 26-8) D 12:2.* πάροδος, ου, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Praem. 112; Joseph.).

1. passage, thoroughfare (X., An. 4, 7, 4 al.; Diod. S. 20, 23, 2; Ep. Arist. 118; Jos., Ant. 14, 46)πάροδός ἐστε τῶν. . . you are the highway for those. . . IEph 12:2. ἡ πάροδος μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων the way to the angels Hv 2, 2, 7; s 9, 25, 2.

2. passing by ἐν π. (Thu. 1, 126, 11; Polyb. 5, 68, 8; Cicero, Ad Att. 5, 20, 2; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 24, 2; PSI 354, 8; PLond. 1041, 2; Jos., Ant. 14, 38)ἰδεῖν τινα see someone in passing 1 Cor 16:7. M-M.* παροικέω 1 aor. παρῴκησα (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 121).

1. In LXX mostly of strangers, who live in a place without holding citizenship (so also PSI 677, 2 [III BC]; Diod. S. 13, 47, 4). Also of persons who live as strangers on earth, far fr. their heavenly home (Philo, Cher. 120, Rer. Div. Her. 267 al.). a. inhabit (a place) as a stranger w. acc. of the place (Isocr. 4, 162; Gen 17:8; Ex 6:4) 1 Cl inscr. a, b; MPol inscr. a.—In Lk 24:18 we prob. have a rhetorical use σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλήμ; someth. like are you the only one so strange in Jerusalem? But s. 2 below.—Prob. Pol inscr. belongs here too, since Φιλίπποις is certainly to be changed to Φιλίππους w. Lghtf. and Bihlmeyer (π. w. dat. means live beside, be a neighbor: Thu. 1, 71, 2; 3, 93, 2; Plut., Mor. 4A; Lucian, Catapl, 16; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 44; Dit., Or. 666, 13 [I AD]). b. live as a stranger, w. ἐν (Gen 20:1; 21:34; 26:3 al.; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 78) Lk 24:18 t.r.; MPol inscr. b. Χριστιανοὶ παροικοῦσιν ἐν φθαρτοῖς Dg 6:8.—c. migrate w. εἰς to Hb 11:9.

2. also simply inhabit, live in without the connotation of being strange (Ps.-Scylax, Peripl. §93 at the beg. [ed.

BFabricius 1878] π. τὰ ἔξω τῆς Σύρτιδος; Sus 28 LXX) perh. Lk 24:18 (s. 1a[b] above). M-M.* παροικία, ας, ἡ (PdeLabriolle, Paroecia: Rech de Sc rel 18, ’28, 60-72).

1. the stay or sojourn of one who is not a citizen in a strange place, also the foreign country itself. a. lit. (2 Esdr [Ezra] 8:35; prol. to Sir l. 34; 3 Macc 7:19) of the stay of the Israelites in Egypt (Wsd 19:10) ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου Ac 13:17. b. fig., of the Christian’s earthly life, far fr. his heavenly home (Ps 118:54; 119:5. Cf. παροικέω 1) ὁ τῆς π. ὑμῶν χρόνος the time of your stay here in a strange land 1 Pt 1:17. καταλείπειν τὴν π. τοῦ κόσμου τούτου give up their stay in the strange land of this world 2 Cl 5:1 (cf. CIG 9474; IG Sic. It. 531, 7 τούτου τοῦ βίου τὴν παροικίαν; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 80 ἡ ἐν σώματι παροικία).

2. congregation, parish (which is derived fr. π.) in so far as it represents a community of such ‘strangers’ (Euseb., H.E. 4, 23, 5 Sch. τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τῇ παροικούσῃ Γόρτυναν ἅμα ταῖς λοιπαῖς κατὰ Κρήτην παροικίαις; Irenaeus in Euseb. 5, 24, 14; Apollonius in Euseb. 5, 18, 9. παροικία means a community of persons in PsSol 17:17) MPol inscr.

756

M-M.* πάροικος, ον (Aeschyl., Thu.+) strange, in our lit. almost always subst. πάροικος, ου, ὁ stranger, alien, one who lives in a place that is not his home (oft. inscr. [Dit., Or. and Syll.3 indices; Dssm., NB 54-BS 227f]; LXX; Philo, Cher.

121; Jos., Ant. 8, 59).

1. lit., w. the place indicated by ἐν Ac 7:6 (adj., after Gen 15:13), 29 (cf. Ex 2:22 πάροικός εὒμι ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ).

2. fig., of the Christians, whose real home is in heaven Dg 5:5. W. ξένοι (this combination twice in Diod. S. 20, 84, 2) Eph 2:19. W. παρεπίδημοι 1 Pt 2:11. KLSchmidt, Israels Stellung zu d. Fremdlingen u. Beisassen usw.: Judaica 1, ’46, 269-96.—KL and MASchmidt and R Meyer, πάροικος and related words: TW V 840-52. M-M.* παροιμία, ας, ἡ—1. proverb, maxim (so Aeschyl.+; Socrat., Ep. 36 παροιμίαι κ. παραβολαί; Sir 6:35; Philo, Abr. 235, Vi. Mos. 1, 156; 2, 29, Exsecr. 150) τὸ τῆς παροιμίας (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 6, 2; 8, 1) what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22.—LBieler, Die Namen d. Sprichworts in den klass. Sprachen: RhM n.s. 85, ’36, 240-7; GDalman, Jesus (Engl. transl.) ’29, 223-36.

2. in Johannine usage dark saying, figure of speech, in which esp. lofty ideas are concealed (Suidas: παροιμία=λόγος ἀπόκρυφος; Sir 39:3 ἀπόκρυφα παροιμιῶν ἐκζητήσει. Acc. to 47:17 ἑρμηνεία belongs to the παροιμίαι) J 10:6; 16:25a, b, 29.—JQuasten, CBQ 10, ’48, 8f; FHauck, TW V 852-5. M-M.* πάροινος, ον (Lysias 4, 8; Menand., Per. 444; Diog. L. 1, 92; Lucian, Tim. 55; it is used of people in all these exx.) drunken, addicted to wine 1 Ti 3:3; Tit 1:7. M-M.* παροίχομαι mid. dep.; pf. ptc. παρῳχημένος pass by, be gone of time (Hom.+; Dionys. Hal. 11, 5 χρόνος; Dit., Syll.3 885, 5 διὰ τῶν παρῳχημένων χρόνων; PRainer 10, 6; PRyl. 153, 35; Jos., Ant. 8, 301)ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς Ac 14:16. M-M.* παρομοιάζω (only Christian wr.) be like τινί someth. Mt 23:27 (v.l. ὁμοιάζετε). M-M.* παρόμοιος, (α), ον (Hdt.+) like, similar παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε you do many such things Mk 7:8 t.r., 13. M-M.* παρόν, τό s. πάρειμι lb. παροξύνω impf. pass. παρωξυνόμην (trag., Thu.; Dit., Or. 48, 15; BGU 588, 7; LXX) urge on, stimulate, esp. provoke to wrath, irritate (Eur., Thu. et al.; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) pass. become irritated, angry (Thu. 6, 56, 2 et al.; M. Ant. 9, 42, 7; Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 2; Sb 8852, 15 [III BC] παροξυνόμενοι οἱ νεώτεροι; Hos 8:5; Zech 10:3; Jos., Ant. 7, 33)of love 1 Cor 13:5. παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ his spirit was aroused within him (by anger, grief, or a desire to convert them) Ac 17:16. M-M.* παροξυσμός, οῦ, ὁ (Demosth. et al.; LXX)—1. stirring, up, provoking (so the verb παροξύνω in act. and pass.; X., Mem. 3, 3, 13 πρὸς τὰ καλά, Oec. 13, 9; Isocr., Ad Demonic. 46) εἰς π. ἀγάπης for encouragement in love, i.e. to encourage someone in love Hb 10:24.

2. in an unfavorable sense irritation, sharp disagreement (Demosth. 45, 14; Ael. Aristid. 37 p. 709 D.; 52 p.

600; Dt 29:27; Jer 39:37) ἐγένετο π. a sharp disagreement arose Ac 15:39.

3. attack of fever, esp. at its high point; paroxysm (Hippocr., Aph. 1, 11; 12; 2, 13; Galen XIII p, 210; Artem. 3, 56; PTebt. 272, 6.—Hobart 233) IPol 2:1. M-M.* παροράω 2 aor. παρεῖδον (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) overlook, take no notice of (Aristot. et al.; BGU 1140, 23 [I BC]; Wsd 11:23 παρορᾷς ἁμαρτήματα ἀνθρώπων εἰς μετάνοιαν; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 109) Ac 17:30 D.* παροργίζω Att. fut. παροργιῶ; 1 aor. παρώργισα make angry (so in the pass. in Theophr., H. Pl. 9, 16, 6; Strabo 7, 2, 1; Dit., Or. 610, 4) τινά someone (LXX; Philo, Somn. 2, 177; Test. Levi 3:10) Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21); Eph 6:4; Col 3:21 v.l.; Hv 3, 6. 1. M-M.* παροργισμός, οῦ, ὁ (LXX mostly act. ‘provoking to anger’: 3 Km 15:30; 4 Km 23:26 or ‘an action that calls forth anger’ in someone: 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 18) pass. angry mood, anger (Jer 21:5 w. θυμός and ὀργή) Eph 4:26 (cf. the Pythagorean saying Plut., Mor. 488B, C; also IQS 5, 26-6, 1; CD 9, 6-8). M-M.* παρορίζω overstep, transgress (a boundary) (so Ammianus Epigr. [II AD]: Anth. Pal. 11, 209, 1; Anecd. Gr. p.

293, 16. As ‘move the boundary’ Inschr. v. Priene 37, 142 [II BC]; BGU 616, 4; PTebt. 410, 5 [I AD]) pass. οἷς (by whom) ὅρια παρορίζεται Dg 11:5.* παροτρύνω 1 aor. παρώτρυνα arouse, incite, encourage τινά someone (Pind., Ol. 3, 38; Lucian, Tox. 35, Deor.

Concil. 4; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 633 D.; Jos., Ant. 7, 118)Ac 13:50. M-M.* 757

παρουσία, ας, ἡ (trag., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. presence (Aeschyl.+; Herm. Wr. 1, 22; Dit., Or. 640, 7, Syll.3 730, 14) 1 Cor 16:17; Phil 2:12 (opp. ἀπουσία). ἡ π. τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενής his bodily presence is weak i.e., when he is present in person, he shows himself weak 2 Cor 10:10.—Of God (Jos., Ant. 3, 80; 203; 9, 55) τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ δείγματα the proofs of his presence Dg 7:9 (cf. Diod. S. 3, 66, 3 σημεῖα τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ θεοῦ; 4, 24, 1).

2. coming, advent as the first stage in presence (Soph., El. 1104; Eur., Alc. 209; Thu. 1, 128, 5. Elsewh. mostly in later wr.: Polyb. 22, 10, 14; Diod. S. 15, 32, 2; 19, 64, 6; Dionys. Hal. 1, 45, 4; inscr., pap.; Jdth 10:18; 2 Macc 8:12; 15:21; 3 Macc 3:17; Jos., Vi. 90). a. of human beings, in the usual sense 2 Cor 7:6f. ἡ ἐμὴ π. πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς my coming to you again, my return to you Phil 1:26.—RWFunk, JKnox-Festschr., ’67, 249-68. b. in a special technical sense (differently JFWalvoord, Biblioth. Sacra 101, ’44, 283-9 on παρ., ἀποκάλυψις, ἐπιφάνεια) of Christ (and the Antichrist). The use of π. as a t.t. has developed in two directions. On the one hand the word served as a cult expr. for the coming of a hidden divinity, who makes his presence felt by a revelation of his power, or whose presence is celebrated in the cult (Diod. S. 3, 65, 1 ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ π. of Dionysus upon earth; 4, 3, 3; Ael. Aristid. 48, 30; 31 K.=24 p. 473 D.; Porphyr., Philos. Ex Orac. Haur. II p. 148 Wolff; Iambl., Myst. 2, 8; 3, 11; 5, 21; Jos., Ant. 3, 80; 203; 9, 55; report of a healing fr. Epidaurus: Dit., Syll.3 1169, 34).—On the other hand, π. became the official term for a visit of a person of high rank, esp. of kings and emperors visiting a province (Polyb. 18, 48, 4; CIG 4896, 8f; Dit., Syll.3 495, 85f; 741, 21; 30; UPZ 42, 18 [162 BC]; PTebt. 48, 14; 116, 57 [both II BC]; Ostraka II 1372; 1481.—Wilcken, Ostraka I 274ff; Dssm., LO 314ff [LAE 372ff; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after the expl. of 1 Th 2:20). These two technical expressions can approach each other closely in mng., can shade off into one another, or even coincide (Inschr. von Tegea: Bull. de corr. hell. 25, ’01 p. 275 ἔτους ξθʹ ἀπὸ τῆς θεοῦ Ἁδριανοῦ τὸ πρῶτον ἰς τὴν Ελλάδα παρουσίας).—Herm. Wr. 1, 26 uses π. of the advent of the pilgrim in the eighth sphere. α. of Christ, and nearly always of his Messianic Advent in glory to judge the world at the end of this age: Mt 24:3 (PLSchoonheim, Een semasiolog. onderzoek van π. ’53); 1 Cor 1:8 v.l.; 15:23; 2 Th 2:8; 2 Pt 3:4; 1 J 2:28; Dg 7:6; Hs 5, 5, 3. ἡ π. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου Mt 24:27, 37, 39. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Th 4:15; Js 5:7f. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 Th 3:13; cf. 2:19. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 5:23; 2 Th 2:1; 2 Pt 1:16 (δύναμις w. παρουσία as Jos., Ant. 9, 55; cf. Ael. Aristid. 48, 30 K. [both passages also b above]).—This explains the expr. ἡ π. τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμέρας the coming of the Day of God 2 Pt 3:12.—EvDobschütz, Zur Eschatologie der Ev.: StKr 84, ’11, 1-20; FTillmann, D. Wiederkunft Christi nach den paulin. Briefen ’09; FGuntermann, D. Eschatol. des hl. Pls ’32; BBrinkmann, D. Lehre v. d. Parusie b. hl. Pls u. im Hen.: Biblica 13, ’32, 315-34; 418-34; EHaack, E. exeg.-dogm.

Studie z. Eschatol. über 1 Th 4:13-18: ZsystTh 15, ’38, 544-69; OCullmann, Le retour de Christ, 2’45. WGKümmel, Verheissg. u. Erfüllg. 2’53; TFGlasson, The Second Advent ’45; AFeuillet, CHDodd-Festschr. ’56 (Mt and Js).—On delay of the Parousia WMichaelis, Wikenhauser-Festschr. ’53, 107-23; EGrässer, D. Problem der Parousieverzögerung (synopt and Ac), ’57.—JATRobinson, Jesus and His Coming, ’57. β. in our lit. prob. only in a few late pass. of Jesus’ advent in the Incarnation (so Test. Levi 8:15, Jud. 22:2; Justin, Apol. I 52, 3, Dial. 14, 8; 40, 4; 118, 2 ἐν τῇ πάλιν παρουσίᾳ; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 52; 8, 5) τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος, κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν IPhld 9:2; PK 4 p. 15, 33. But 2 Pt 1:16 (s. α above) can hardly be classed here. γ. Mng. α gave rise to an opposing use of π. to designate the coming of the Antichrist (s. ἄνομος 4) in the last times οὗ ἐστιν ἡ π. κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ whose coming results from Satan’s power 2 Th 2:9. AOepke, TW V, 856-69 (w. πάρειμι). M-M.* παροψίς, ίδος, ἡ (since Magnes Com. [V BC] 2; Pherecrates Com. [V BC] 147; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 4 in the sense ‘sidedish’ [food]) dish (=vessel. Antiphanes+; Plut., Mor. 828A; Epict. 2, 20, 30; Artem. 1, 74 p. 67, 6; Alciphr. 2, 17, 3; BGU 781, 2; 6; 14 [I AD]. This mng. is rejected by the Atticists: Phryn. p. 176 L.; Moeris p. 297 et al.) Mt 23:25, 26 v.l. M-M.* παρρησία, ας, ἡ (Eur., Pla.+; Stob., Flor. III 13 p. 453 H. [a collection of sayings περὶ παρρησίας]; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.—On the spelling s. Bl-D. §11, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 101).

1. outspokenness, frankness, plainness of speech, that conceals nothing and passes over nothing (Demosth. 6, 31 τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας ἐρῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι; Diod. S. 4, 74, 2; 12, 63, 2; Pr 1:20; a slave does not have such a privilege: Eur., Phoen., 390-2) παρρησίᾳ plainly, openly (Ep. Arist. 125) Mk 8:32; J 7:13; 10:24; 11:14; 16:25 (opp. ἐν παροιμίαις—On the subject matter cf. Artem. 4, 71 οἱ θεοὶ πάντως μὲν ἀληθῆ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ μἐν ἁπλῶς λέγουσι, ποτὲ δὲ αἰνίσσονται=the gods always speak the truth, but sometimes in simplicity, sometimes in riddles), 29 t.r. (opp. παροιμία); Dg 11:2. Also ἐν παρρησίᾳ J 16:29. μετὰ παρρησίας (s. Demosth. above; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 571 D.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, §15 λέγω μετὰ π.; 3 Macc 4:1; 7:12; Philo; Jos., Ant 6, 256) plainly, confidently Ac 2:29 μετὰ παρρησίας ἄκουε MPol 10:1. This is also the place for πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ χρώμεθα (opp. Moses’ veiling of his face) 2 Cor 3:12 (παρρησίᾳ χράομαι as Appian, Maced. 11 §3; Cass. Dio 62, 13; Philo, De Jos. 107; Jos., Ant. 2, 116).—RM Pope, ET 21, ’10, 236-8; HWindisch, exc. on 2 Cor 3:12.

2. ‘Openness’ somet. develops into openness to the public, before whom speaking and actions take place (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 321 τοῖς τὰ κοινωφελῆ δρῶσιν ἔστω παρρησία) παρρησίᾳ in public, publicly J 7:26; 11:54; 18:20. δειγματίζειν ἐν παρρησίᾳ make a public example of Col 2:15. ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι to be known publicly J 7:4 (opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ). This is prob. also the place for παρρησίᾳ Ac 14:19 v.l. and μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως quite openly and unhindered Ac 28:31. Also ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ Phil 1:20.

3. courage, confidence, boldness, fearlessness, esp. in the presence of persons of high rank.

758

a. in association with men (Socrat., Ep. 1, 12; Cass. Dio 62, 13; Ep. Arist. 125 παρρησίᾳ; Philo, De Jos. 107; 222, Rer. Div. Her. 5f; Jos., Ant. 9, 226; 15, 37; Test. Reub. 4, 2f. Cf. also Dit., Or. 323, 10; POxy. 1100, 15; PGM 12, 187; OEger, Rechtsgeschichtliches zum NT: Rektoratsprogr. Basel ’19, 41f) Ac 4:13. πολλή μοι παρρησία πρὸς ὑμᾶς (sc. ἐστίν and cf. Diod. S. 14, 65, 4 πρὸς τύραννον π.) 2 Cor 7:4 (but mng. 2 is also poss.: I am perfectly frank with you, NEB). πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι Phlm 8 (π. ἔχω as Dio Chrys. 26[43], 7). ἐν παρρησίᾳ fearlessly Eph 6:19 (DSmolders, L’audace de l’apôtre: Collectanea Mechlinensia 43, ’58, 16-30; 117-33). μετὰ παρρησίας (Aristoxenus, fgm. 32; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 42 §178; Jos., Ant. 6, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 11; 5, 18) Ac 2:29 (cf. Chio 16, 7 ἀνέξῃ γὰρ μετὰ παρρησίας μοῦ λέγοντος); 4:31; 1 Cl 34:1. μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης (Jos., Ant. 16, 379)Ac 4:29; 6:10 D; 16:4 D. b. in relation to God (Job 27:10; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 5-7; Jos., Ant. 5, 38)w. προσαγωγή Eph 3:12. Here joyousness, confidence is the result or the accompaniment of faith, as 1 Ti 3:13; Hb 10:35. W. καύχημα 3:6; 1 Cl 34:5. παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν (Jos., Ant. 2, 52)1J 3:21; cf. 5:14. μετὰ παρρησίας with joyful heart Hb 4:16; 2 Cl 15:3. ἀλήθεια ἐν παρρησίᾳ 1 Cl 35:2. ἔχοντες παρρησίαν εἰς τὴν εἴσοδον τῶν ἁγίων since we have confidence to enter the sanctuary Hb 10:19.—W. expressly eschatol. coloring (as Wsd 5:1) παρρησίαν ἔχειν 1J 2:28 (opp. αἰσχύνεσθαι); 4:17.—EPeterson, Z. Bedeutungsgesch. v. π.: RSeeberg-Festschr. I ’29, 283-97; WCvUnnik, The Christian’s Freedom of Speech: Bulletin of JRylands Library, ’62, 466-88; HJBCombrink, Parresia in Handelinge: Nederduits Gereformeerde Teologiese Tydskrif, ’75, 56-63; HSchlier, TW V, 869-84. M-M.* παρρησιάζομαι mid. dep. (Pla.+; LXX, Philo) impf. ἐπαρρησιαζόμην; fut. παρρησιάσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπαρρησιασάμην (on the augment s. Bl-D. §69, 4 app.; Mlt.-H. 192, n. 3).

1. speak freely, openly, fearlessly, express oneself freely abs. (X., Ages. 11, 5; Aeschines 1, 172; 2, 70; Diod. S. 14, 7, 6; Jos., Ant. 16, 377)Ac 18:26; 19:8; likew. in the ptc. w. a verb of saying foll. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 56 §247 παρρησιαζόμενον καὶ λεγοντα) παρρησιασάμεοι εἶπαν 13:46.—26:26. π. πρός τινα speak freely to or with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; Diod. S. 23, 12, 1; Lucian, Adv. Indoctum 30) 1 Cl 53:5. W. ἐν the reason for the παρρησία is given, and at the same time the object of the free speech: π. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Ac 9:27; cf. vs. 28; Eph 6:20. Likew. w. ἐπί and dat. (Phalaris, Ep. 139 ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς π.—Bl-D. §235, 2) π. ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 14:3.

2. When used w. the inf. π. gains (on the analogy of τολμᾶν, cf. Bl-D. §392, 3) the sense have the courage, venture 1 Th 2:2 (so w. the ptc., Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 17).

3. The quot. fr. Ps 11:6: παρρησιάσομαι ἐν αὐτῷ is unique, someth. like I will deal openly (or boldly) with him 1 Cl 15:7. M-M.* πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cf. Rob. 219-21) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. adj., used w. a noun—a. w. the noun in the sing. without the art.—α. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28a, b, d; Js 1:19. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phaedr. 249E) 2:43; 3:23 (cf. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24. πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4. πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (cf. γραφή 2a).—In the OT, also En. (1, 9) and Test. Gad 7:2, but not in Ep. Arist., Philo, nor Joseph., is πᾶσα σάρξ ‫ ) ־ל‬all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En. 14, 21; 17, 6) οὐ (or μή). . . πᾶσα σάρξ no (‫ר‬ flesh=no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16. Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (cf.

Bl-D. §302, 1; Mlt.-H. 433f) οὐ. . . πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cf. PRyl. 113, 12f [133 AD] μὴ. . . πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cf. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς. . . οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GMLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt.-Turner 196f). β. including everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun every kind of, all sorts of, for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27. πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cf. 7:22; 13:10a, b; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cf. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8b, c; 10:5a, b; Eph 1:3, 8, 21 a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cf. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cf. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1 a, b; Rv 8:7 al. γ. every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αὒτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cf. 4:4=Lk 4:4 t.r. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 1cβ below). δ. to denote the highest degree full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9 p. 575A; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; LXX) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cf. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cf. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11a, b; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ἀσκεῖν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν 759

practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1 (Kleist). ε. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (cf. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (cf. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt.-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; Dit., Or. 383, 86ff). b. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18a, b; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43. Cf. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί). c. w. a noun in the sing., w. the art.—α. the whole, all (the), preceding a noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cf. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cf. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2b, c. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19.

Cf. Hb 9:19b, c.—W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εὒς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν. . . πᾶσαν Rv 13:12. β. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 1aγ above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῆ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. γ. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cf. vs. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. γ below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1 J 2:23, 29 al.; 2 J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cf. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. γ above and cf. Bl-D. §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122-4), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὃς ἐάν, after Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὃς ἄν, after Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211πᾶν ὅ=πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23 (ὃν ἄν); Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅτι ἐάν). d. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all—α. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cf. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26a, b; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a.

Cf. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς cf. NTurner, Vetus T V ’55, 208-13. β. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cf. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cf. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7. γ. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied: πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cf. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cf. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cf. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a. e. π. used w. pronouns.—α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7a, b, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἵ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10. β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; l Th 4:6. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11. γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242)Mk 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. f. πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cf. Kühner-G. I 632f). α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμός=the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470E ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the 760

whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18. β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204A τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JMBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411-34.

2. subst.—a. without the art.—α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.—β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A II 1a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194A; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cf. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18. γ. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved=both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cf. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς I 2aα; FWDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cf. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cf. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but cf. Bl-D. §164, 1). δ. πάντα all things, everything. In the absolute sense (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ ∆ιὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 2bβ below]; PGM 5, 139) Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (cf. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2b. At present the word πάντα is understood for the most part not of power [so most recently Bousset, Schlatter; also Arvedson 154], but of knowledge and teaching: HHoltzmann, PSchmiedel, JWeiss, Norden, Zahn, Harnack, Wlh., EKlostermann, OHoltzmann, Schniewind); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28c, d (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys.

54[71], 1) Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cf. Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2).—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cf. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1 J 2:27. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cf. 22 (Plut., Cic. 25, 4 πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog.

L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cf. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (Bl-D. §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom.+; Aelian, V. H. 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; Sib. Or. 3, 205) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρεσκω 1) 10:33; 11:2. Cf. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 2bβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm.

6 p. 158A, Leg. 5 p. 738A; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiess. 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]) 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά II 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Wilcken, Chrest. 6, 9; Sib. Or. 1, 198) 3 J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PReinach 18:27 [II BC]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh. 135, 2) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8. b. w. the art.—α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32a, b; 1 Cor 9:22 (cf. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261-75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13. β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6 p. 323D τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 2aδ above]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus in Diog. L. 1, 3 ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cf. Norden, Agn. Th. 240-50); 1 Cor 8:6a, b; 15:28a, b; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16a, b, 17>b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10a, b; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PK 2 p. 13 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiess. 2, 14 [II BC] in a bill: τὰ π.=‘everything taken together’) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the preaching) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cf. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EugWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cf. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. c. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. πάντα 2aδ above).—As a summation of what precedes all this (Zen.-P. 59 741, 16; 59 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III BC])2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶτας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt.-Turner 199-201; BReicke, TW V 885-95. B. 919. πάσχα, τό indecl. (Aram. ‫א‬

or ‫א‬

for Hebr. ‫ ַח ֶמפּ‬.—LXX, Philo, Joseph.) the Passover.

1. A Jewish festival, celebrated on the 14th of the month Nisan, and continuing into the early hours of the 15th (Jos., Ant. 3, 284f). This was followed immediately by the Feast of Unleavened Bread (Mazzoth; ἄζυμος 1b) on the 15th to 21st. Popular usage merged the two festivals and treated them as a unity, as they were for practical purposes (s. Lk 22:1 and Mk 14:12 below.—So also Philo and Joseph.: Grace Amadon, ATR 27, ’45, 109-15). τὸ π. the Passover 761

(Festival) Mk 14:1; J 2:23; 11:55b; 12:1; 18:39; Ac 12:4. τοῦτο τὸ π. on this Passover GEb 6b (a rewording of Lk 22:15 fr. the Encratite point of view). τὸ π. τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 2:13; 11:55a. τὸ π., ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 6:4; ἡ ἑορτὴ τοῦ π. Lk 2:41; J 13:1. παρασκευὴ τοῦ π. (s. παρασκευή) J 19:14. ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν ἀζύμων ἡ λεγομένη πάσχα Lk 22:1 (Jos., Ant. 14, 21τῆς τῶν ἀζύμων ἑορτῆς, ἣν πάσχα λέγομεν; 17, 213; 18, 29, Bell. 2, 10. HSchürmann, Der Paschamahlbericht, Lk 22:7-14, 15-18, ’53). τὸ π. γίνεται the Passover is being celebrated Mt 26:2. .—Ex 12:21; Dt 16:2, 6; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 6:20) kill the Passover lamb 2. the Paschal lamb θύειν τὸ π. (‫ַח ֶמ ַפּה טַח‬ Mk 14:12a; Lk 22:7; fig. of Christ and his bloody death 1 Cor 5:7 (ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht, ’55, 141-6). .—2 Ch 30:18 [φασεκ]; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 6:21) eat the Passover Mt 26:17; Mk 14:12b, 14; φαγεῖν τὸ π. (‫ַח ֶמ ַפּה לַב‬ Lk 22:11, 15; J 18:28; GEb 6a (here the word ἑτοιμάζειν is found, taken fr. Passover terminology [s. 3], but π. still retains its specific sense ‘Paschal lamb’).—For lit. s. ἐσθίω 1a.

3. the Passover meal ἑτοιμάζειν τὸ π. prepare the Passover meal Mt 26:19; Mk 14:16; Lk 22:8, 13, ποιεῖν τὸ π. (oft. LXX) hold or celebrate the Passover Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28.

4. in later Christian usage the Easter festival τὸ κυρίου π. Dg 12:9.—GBeer, Pesachim ’12 (p. 1, 1 lit.); Elbogen3 ’31; HGuthe, Z. Passah der jüd. Religionsgem.: StKr 96/97, ’25, 144-71; Billerb. IV ’28, 41-76: D. Passamahl; JoachJeremias, D. Passahfeier der Samaritaner ’32, D. Abendmahlsworte Jesu2 ’49, 3’60; Eng. tr., The Eucharistic Words of Jesus, OEhrhardt ’55, 86-184, also 3 tr. NPerrin, ’64; Dalman, Jesus 80-160; JPedersen, Passahfest u.

Passahlegende: ZAW 52, ’34, 161-75; PJHeawood, ET 53, ’41/’42, 295-7; FBussby, ibid. 59, ’47/’48, 194f; GWalther, Jesus, d. Passalamm ’50; ESchweizer, ThLZ 79, ’54, 577-91; AJaubert, La date de la Cène ’57; JBSegal, The Hebrew Passover to AD 70, ’63; HGrass Ostergeschehen u. Osterberichte, 2’62; NFüglister, Die Heilsbedeutung des Pascha, ’63; ERuckstuhl, Die Chronologie des letzten Mahles usw., ’63 (Eng. tr. VJDrapela, ’65); RLeDéaut, La nuit pascale, ’63; JvGoudoever, Studia Evangelica III, ’64, 254-9. The work of AJaubert above has been transl. as The Date of the Last Supper by IRafferty, ’65; Jaubert’s thesis rejected by EKutsch, Vetus T 11, ’61, 39-47.—JoachJeremias, TW V 895-903. M-M.* πάσχω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 214; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. 3 sing. παθεῖται (2 Cl 7:5 cod.

A; C has πείσεται. Cf. Reinhold p. 74; Bl-D. §74, 3); 2 aor. ἔπαθον; pf. πέπονθα, ptc. πεπονθώς; experience, be treated (π. expresses the passive idea corresponding to the active idea in ποιέω) of everything that befalls a person, whether good or ill. Yet its usage developed in such a way that π. came to be used less and less frequently in a good sense, and never without some clear indication, at least fr. the context, that the good sense is meant. In our lit. it is found 1. only once of pleasant experiences experience (Antiphanes 252, 2b ἀγαθὸν πάσχει; Diod. S. 20, 102, 2 εὖ πάσχειν; Dionys. Hal. 7, 51; Plut., Mor. 1110D; Arrian, Ind. 34, 1, Peripl. 2, 4; Jos., Ant. 3, 312; POxy. 1855, 8; 10; 14 πάσχω ἀπόκρισιν of favorable information) τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; have you had such remarkable experiences in vain? Gal 3:4 (Procop. Soph., Ep. 18 τοσοῦτον παθών; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 112 τὸ αὐτὸ πάσχει=he experiences the same thing.—Differently Zahn et al.; in their opinion this pass. belongs to 3b; in support of their view s. τοσαῦτα παθών Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 16]).

2. Likew. there is only one place in which π. has a neutral mng. Even here the addition of κακῶς gives it an unfavorable connotation: κακῶς πάσχειν be badly off, in an evil plight (Hom+; Hdt. 3, 146 et al.; Wsd 18:19; Philo, In Flacc. 124, Spec. Leg. 4, 3) Mt 17:15 v.l.

3. In all other places, as always in LXX, in an unfavorable sense suffer, endure. a. suffer—α. abs. (also in the sense suffer death, be killed, [have to] die: Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 70 §321; 3, 87 §359; Arrian, Anab. 6, 10, 3; Paroem. Gr.: Zenob. 4, 60 the crow ἔπαθε from the scorpion’s poison; Herodian 1, 17, 7; sim. Callinus [VII BC], fgm. 1, 17 D.2 ἤν τι πάθῃ=if he fell; Demosth. 4, 11f; Strato of Lamps. in Diog. L. 5, 61 ἐάν τι πάσχω=‘if anything happens to me’. Diod. S. 13, 98, 2; Lucian, Dial. Mer. 8, 3; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 238; Jos., Ant. 15, 65; 18, 352; Ramsay, Phryg. I 2 p. 391 no. 254) πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν before I suffer Lk 22:15. Cf. 24:46; Ac 1:3; 3:18; 17:3; 1 Cor 12:26; Hb 2:18 (on ἐν ᾧ; s. ἐν IV 6d); 9:26; 1 Pt 2:20, 23; 3:17; B 17:2a. The expr. γῆ πάσχουσα B 6:9 seems to transfer the philosoph. concept of suffering matter to the γῆ (Hefele, Hilgenfeld, Veil); earth capable of suffering (Gdspd.), earth capable of being molded into a human being (Kleist, note ad loc.). β. w. additions: ὑπό τινος at the hands of someone denotes the one who caused the suffering (Antipho Rhet., fgm.

34; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 134 D.; PAmh. 78, 4; Jos., Ant. 10, 92; Bl-D. §315) Mt 17:12 (s. also b below). Also ὑπὸ χειρός τινος B 5:5b. ὑπέρ τινος for someone or someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 15 §63 π. ὑπέρ τινος=suffer for someone) Phil 1:29; 2 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 2:21 (περί τινος P72 al.), ὑπὲρ τ. ὀνόματος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 28, 2a. ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόμου 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας, ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτωλῶν MPol 17:2. ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ISm 7:1.

Also περί τινος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν. . . παθεῖν) περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Pt 3:18 v.l. περι τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν B 5:5a. διά w. acc. for the sake of: διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 Pt 3:14. διὰ τὸ ὄνομα (αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1; s 9, 28, 3. διʼ ἡμᾶς B 7:2b. διὰ τὸν θεόν Hs 9, 28, 6a. εἵνεκα or ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος v 3, 1, 9; 3, 5, 2; s 9, 28, 5; 6b. κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Pt 4:19. ἔξω τῆς πύλης Hb 13:12. ἐπὶ ξύλου on the tree B 5:13b.—Used w. an instrumental dat.: αἰκίαις καὶ βασάνοις π. 1 Cl 6:1. πολλαῖς πράξεσι Hs 6, 3, 4.

W. dat. to denote manner 1 Pt 4:1a, b (in b the t.r. has ἐν σαρκί).—Used w. an adverb: ἀδίκως 1 Pt 2:19. ἀληθῶς ISm 2b. δικαίως (Test. Sim. 4:3) Hs 6, 3, 6a. ἡδέως 8, 10, 4. προθύμως 9, 28, 2b; 4. οὕτω GP 4:13; B 5:13a. ὀλίγον (s. ὀλίγος 3a) 1 Pt 5:10. τὸ δοκεῖν (δοκέω 2a) in semblance, seemingly ITr 10; ISm 2c.—ὡς φονεύς undergo punishment (cf. Dit., Syll.3 1016, 7 π. ὡς ἱεροσυλος) as a murderer 1 Pt 4:15. b. endure, undergo τί someth. παθήματα π. endure sufferings 2 Cor 1:6 (ὧν by attraction of the rel. fr. ἅ). αἰκίσματα 1 Cl 6:2. πολλὰ π. (Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 27:19; Mk 8:31; 9:12; Lk 9:22 (s. further below); 17:25; B 7:11. τὰ ὅμοιά τινι the same things as someone GOxy 3. οὐδὲν κακόν suffer no harm Ac 28:5. οὐδὲν τῶν πονηρῶν Hs 6, 3, 6b. ὡς οὐδὲν πεπονθώς as if nothing had happened to him MPol 8:3. ταῦτα Lk 13:2; 24:26; 2 762

Ti 1:12; 1 Cl 45:5. τί παθεῖται; what will he have to endure? 2 Cl 7:5 (πάσχειν τι=endure punishment, as Pla., Leg. 10, 1 p. 885AB). μὴ φοβοῦ ἃ μελλεις πάσχειν do not be afraid of what you are about to undergo Rv 2:10. W. attraction ἔμαθεν ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν=ἔμαθεν τὴν ὑπακοὴν ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ ἔπαθεν he learned obedience from what he endured Hb 5:8. π. τι ὑπό τινος endure someth. at someone’s hands (X., Hiero 7, 8, Symp. 1, 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 209; 12, 401; s. 3aβ above) Mk 5:26; 1 Th 2:14; B 7:5. Also π. τι ἀπό τινος (Dio Chrys.

67[17], 11; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 4) Mt 16:21; perh. Lk 9:22. π. τι ἕνεκά τινος endure someth. for someone’s sake 2 Cl 1:2. Also π. τι διά τινα ISm 2a. ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν Ac 9:16 (π. τι ὑπέρ τινος as Jos., Ant. 13, 199).—WWichmann, D. Leidenstheologie, e. Form der Leidensdeutung im Spätjudentum ’30; HVondran, D. Leidensgedanke im Spiegel d. Selbstbewusstseins Jesu: NKZ 43, ’32, 257-75; RLiechtenhan, D. Überwindung d. Leidens b. Pls. u. in d. zeitgen. Stoa: ZThK n.s. 3, ’22, 368-99; WMichaelis, Herkunft u. Bed. des Ausdrucks ‘Leiden u. Sterben J. Chr.’ ’45; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré, ’47, 314-17 (Le Messie Souffrant. . . ); ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht (Sühntod Jesu Christi), ’55; EGüttgemanns, D. leidende Apostel, ’66.-—KH Schelkle, Die Passion Jesu etc., ’49.—WMichaelis, πάσχω and related words (incl.—παθ-): TW V 903-39. M-M.** Πάταρα, ων, τά neut. pl. Patara (Hdt. 1, 182; Strabo 14, 3, 3; Dit., Or. 441, 209; Sib. Or. 3, 441; 4, 112.—On the spelling s. Bl-D. §42, 3 app.; Rob. 183) a city in Lycia, on the southwest coast of Asia Minor. Paul stopped there on his journey fr. Corinth to Jerusalem Ac 21:1.* πατάσσω fut. πατάξω; 1 aor. ἐπάταξα (Hom.+; inscr., pap. LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 203[Hecataeus]; Test. Levi) strike, hit.

1. lit.—a. of a light blow or push τὶ someth. (Aesop, Fab. 246 P. τὸ στῆθος) τὴν πλευράν τινος strike someone’s side in order to waken him Ac 12:7. Abs., but w. the acc. easily supplied fr. the context, of touching w. a staff Hs 9, 6, 4. b. of a heavy blow; w. acc. of the pers. (Demosth. 21, 33 τὸν ἄρχοντα; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 17 §64 δᾳδοῦχον ἐπάταξε ξίφει) π. τὸν δοῦλον Mt 26:51; Lk 22:50. Abs. strike ἐν μαχαίρῃ Lk 22:49. c. specif. strike down, slay τινά someone (PHal. 1, 196; UPZ 19, 8[159BC]; BGU 1024 III, 17) Mt 26:31; Mk 14:27; B 5:12 (all three after Zech 13:7; for the subject-matter s. Jos., Ant. 8, 404); Ac 7:24 (Ex 2:12).

2. fig., of heavenly beings; here it cannot be determined whether any actual touching or striking is involved, nor how far it goes (cf. Gen 8:21; Ex 9:15; 12:23; Num 14:12; Dt 28:22; 4 Km 6:18; 2 Macc 9:5 and oft. in LXX; cf. also Dit., Syll.3 1240, 11; PHamb. 22, 7) ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου an angel of the Lord struck him Ac 12:23. Used w. instrumental ἐν and dat.: of the two witnesses π. τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ Rv 11:6 (PGM 12, 368 θεόν, τὸν πατάξαντα γῆν; 2 Macc 9:5 π. πληγῇ). Of the Logos as Judge of the World ἐν αὐτῇ (i.e. the ῥομφαία proceeding fr. his mouth) π. τὰ ἔθνη 19:15. M-M.* πατέω fut. πατήσω; 1 aor. pass. ἐπατήθην (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 1, 4; Philo) tread (on) w. the feet.

1. trans.—a. lit.—α. tread τὶ someth. (Herodas 8, 74) τὴν ληνόν (s. ληνός) Rv 19:15; pass. 14:20. Of a stone ὁ πατούμενος what is trodden under foot Dg 2:2. β. set foot on, tread of a place (Aeschyl.+; LXX) τὴν αὐλήν the court B 2:5 (Is 1:12). τὸ ἁγνευτήριον GOxy 12; τὸ ἱερόν ibid. 17; 20. γ. tread on, trample (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 31, 193) of the undisciplined swarming of a victorious army through a conquered city. Its heedlessness, which acknowledges no limits, causes π. to take on the concepts ‘mistreat, abuse’ (so πατέω in Plut., Tim. 14, 2; Lucian, Lexiph. 10 al.; Philo, In Flacc. 65) and ‘tread contemptuously under foot’ (s. 1b below). In Heliod. 4, 19, 8 π. πόλιν actually means plunder a city. τὴν πόλιν πατήσουσιν Rv. 11:2; pass. (Jos., Bell.

4, 171πατούμενα τὰ ἅγια) Lk 21:24 (ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν). b. fig. trample in contempt or disdain (Il. 4, 157 ὅρκια; Soph., Aj. 1335, Antig. 745 al.; Herodian 8, 5, 9; Jos., Bell. 4, 258τ. νόμους) τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἔνδυμα πατεῖν despise (=throw away w. disdain) the garment of shame (s. αἰσχύνη 1) GEg 2.

2. intr. walk, tread (since Pind., Pyth. 2, 157) πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Lk 10:19 (ἐπάνω 2a and cf. Test. Levi 18:12.—Diod. S. 3, 50, 2f speaks of the danger of death in πατεῖν on ὄφεις). HSeesemann, TW V 940-6. M-M.* πατήρ, πατρός, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) voc. πάτερ; for this the nom. w. the art. ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26; Mk 14:36; Lk 10:21b; Ro 8:15; Gal 4:6.—πατήρ without the art. for the voc., in J 17:11 B, 21 BD, 24 and 25 AB is regarded by Bl-D. §147, 3 app. as a scribal error (but as early as II AD BGU 423, 11 has κύριέ μου πατήρ. Perh. even PPar. 51, 36 [159 BC]). Cf. also W-S. §29, 4b and Mlt.-H. 136; father.

1. lit.—a. of the immediate (male) ancestor Mt 2:22; 4:21f; 8:21; 10:21; Mk 5:40; 15:21; Lk 1:17 (after Mal 3:23); J 4:53; Ac 7:14; 1 Cor 5:1; B 13:5 al. οἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡνῶν πατέρες our physical fathers Hb 12:9a.—οἱ πατέρες parents (Pla., Leg. 6 p. 772B; Dionys. Hal. 2, 26; Diod. S. 21, 17, 2; Xenophon Eph. 1, 11; 3, 3; Epigr. Gr. 227) Hb 11:23.—Eph 6:4; Col 3:21 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1089 of parents who are inclined to become λίην δύσζηλοι toward their children). b. gener. forefather, ancestor, progenitor: of Abraham (Jos., Ant. 14, 255Ἀ., πάντων Ἑβραίων πατήρ) Mt 3:9; Lk 1:73; 16:24; J 8:39, 53, 56; Ac 7:2b. Of Isaac Ro 9:10. Jacob J 4:12. David Mk 11:10; Lk 1:32. οἱ πατέρες the forefathers, ancestors (Hom.+; oft. LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 297)Mt 23:30, 32; Lk 1:55; 6:23, 26; 11:47f; J 4:20; 6:31; Ac 3:13, 25; Hb 1:1; 8:9 (Jer 38:32); B 2:7 (Jer 7:22); 5:7; 14:1; PK 2 p. 15, 6 (Jer 38:32).

763

2. fig.—a. of spiritual fatherhood (Epict. 3, 22, 81f: the Cynic superintends the upbringing of all men as their πατήρ; Procop. Soph., Ep. 13; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 425 D.: Pla. as τῶν ῥητόρων π. καὶ διδάσκαλος; Aristoxenus, fgm. 18: Epaminondas is the ἀκροατής of the Pythagorean Lysis and calls him πατήρ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 8 p. 10, 4 the διδάσκαλος as πατήρ) ἐαν μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας 1 Cor 4:15 (on the subject matter ADieterich, Mithraslit. ’03, 52; 146f; 151; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 40: ‘he [the "mystes"] by these teachings becomes the father of the novice. We find undoubted examples of πατήρ as a title in the Isis cult in Delos, in the Phrygian mystery communities, in the Mithras cult, in the worshippers of the θεὸς ὕψιστος and elsewh.’). b. as an honorary title or a form of respectful address (Diod. S. 21, 12, 2; 5; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 14, 2 πάτερ; 4 Km 2:12; 6:21; 13:14; Jos., Ant. 12, 148; 13, 127. Also FGenève 52, 1; 5 κυρίῳ καὶ πατρὶ Ἀμινναίῳ Ἀλύπιος; UPZ 65, 3 [154 BC]; 70, 2; BGU 164, 2; POxy. 1296, 15; 18; 1592, 3; 5; 1665, 2) Mt 23:9a; specif. in addressing the members of the High Council Ac 7:2a; cf. 22:1. c. as a designation of the older male members of a church (as respectful address by younger people to their elders Hom.+. S. also b above) 1J 2:13, 14b. d. in some places the πατέρες are to be understood as the generation(s) of deceased Christians 2 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 23:3=2 Cl 11:2 (an apocryphal saying, at any rate interpreted in this way by the Christian writers). Christians of an earlier generation could also be meant in 1 Cl 30:7; 60:4; 62:2; 2 Cl 19:4. Yet it is poss. that these refer to e. the great religious heroes of the OT, who are ‘fathers’ even to the Gentile Christians, the ‘true Israel’. In 1 Cor 10:1 Paul calls the desert generation of Israelites οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν (the ‘philosophers’ of earlier times are so called in Kleopatra 114f). Likew. Ro 4:12b Abraham ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν (on this s. f below). The latter is also so referred to Js 2:21; 1 Cl 31:2; likew. the patriarch Jacob 4:8. f. the fatherhood can also consist in the fact that the one who is called ‘father’ is the prototype of a group or the founder of a class of persons (cf. Pla., Menex. 240E οὐ μόνον τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων πατέρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας; 1 Macc 2:54). Abraham who, when he was still uncircumcised, received the promise because of his faith, and then received circumcision to seal it, became thereby πατὴρ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων διʼ ἀκροβυστίας father of all those who believe, though they are uncircumcised Ro 4:11 and likew. πατὴρ περιτομῆς father of those who are circumcised vs. 12a, in so far as they are not only circumcised physically, but are like the patriarch in faith as well.

Cf. 4:16, 17 (Gen 17:5).

3. of God—a. as the originator and ruler (Pind., Ol. 2, 17 Χρόνος ὁ πάντων π.; Pla., Tim. 28C; 37C; Stoa: Epict.

1, 3, 1; Diog. L. 7, 147; Maximus Tyr. 2, 10a; Galen XIX p. 179 K. ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἐν θεοῖς; Job 38:28; Mal 2:10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 96 τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρί; 2, 6 τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων, Ebr. 30; 81, Virt. 34; 64; 179; 214; Jos., Ant. 1, 20πάντων πατήρ; 230; 2, 152; 7, 380 πατέρα τε καὶ γένεσιν τῶν ὅλων; Herm. Wr. 1, 21 ὁ πατὴρ ὅλων. . . ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ; 30 al., also p. 476, 23 Sc. δεσπότης καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ποιητής; PGM 4, 1170; 1182) ὁ πατὴρ τῶν φώτων the father of the heavenly bodies Js 1:17 (cf. Apc. Mosis 36 [MCeriani, Monumenta Sacra et Profana V 1, 1868] ἐνώπιον τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ὅλων, τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων; 38). b. as ὁ πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9b (cf. Num 16:22; 27:16 and in En. the fixed phrase ‘Lord of the spirits’). c. as Father of mankind (since Hom. Ζεύς is called πατήρ or πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε; Diod. S. 57, 2, 2 πατέρα δὲ [αὐτὸν προσαγορευθῆναι] διὰ τὴν φροντίδα καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν εἰς ἅπαντας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν ὥσπερ ἀρχηγὸν εἶναι τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; Dio Chrys. 36[53], 12 Zeus as π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων, not only because of his position as ruler, but also because of his love and care [ἀγαπῶν κ. προνοῶν]. Cf. Plut., Mor. 167D; Jos., Ant. 4, 262πατὴρ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. In the OT God is called ‘Father’ in the first place to indicate his relationship to the Israelite nation as a whole, or to the king as the embodiment of the nation. Only in late writers is God called the Father of the pious Jew as an individual: Sir 23:1, 4; Tob 13:4; Wsd 2:16; 14:3; 3 Macc 5:7.—Bousset, Rel.3 377ff; EDBurton, ICC Gal ’21, 384-92; RGyllenberg, Gott d. Vater im AT u. in d. Predigt Jesu: Studia Orient. I ’25, 51-60; JLeipoldt, D. Gotteserlebnis Jesu ’27; ALWilliams, ‘My Father’ in Jewish Thought of the First Century: JTS 31, ’30, 42-7; TWManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 89-115; HW Montefiore, NTS 3, ’56/’57, 31-46 [synoptics]; BIersel, ‘D. Sohn’ in den synopt. Ev., ’61, 92-116). α. as a saying of Jesus ὁ πατήρ σου Mt 6:4, 6b, 18b. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν Mt 6:15; 10:20, 29; 23:9b; Lk 6:36; 12:30, 32; J 20:17c. ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν=τῶν δικαίων) Mt 13:43. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς (the synagogue also spoke of God as ‘Father in Heaven’; Bousset, Rel.3 378) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1; 7:11; Mk 11:25. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος Mt 5:48; 6:14, 26, 32. Cf. 23:9b. ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Lk 11:13. ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ (or κρυφαίῳ) Mt 6:6a, 18a.—For the evangelist the words πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mt 6:9 refer only to the relation betw. God and men, though Jesus perh. included himself in this part of the prayer. The same is true of πάτερ ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου Lk 11:2 (for invocation in prayer cf. Simonides, fgm. 13, 20 Ζεῦ πάτερ).—ELohmeyer, D. Vaterunser erkl. ’46 (Eng. tr. JBowden, ’65); TWManson, The Sayings of Jesus, ’54, 165-71; EGraesser, Das Problem der Parusieverzögerung in den synopt. Ev. usw., Beih. ZNW 22, ’57, 95-113; AHamman, La Prière I, Le NT, ’59, 94-134; JoachJeremias, Das Vaterunser im Lichte der neueren Forschung, ’62 (Eng. tr., The Lord’s Prayer, JReumann, ’64); WMarchel, Abba, Père! La Prière, ’63. β. as said by Christians (Sextus 59=222; 225 God as π. of the pious. The servant of Serapis addresses God in this way: Sb 1046; 3731, 7) in introductions of letters ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν: Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3, cf. vs. 4; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; the word ἡμῶν is lacking 2 Th 1:2 (where a v.l. adds it); 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; 2J 3a (here b shows plainly that it is not ‘our’ father, but the Father of Jesus Christ who is meant).—πατὴρ ἡμῶν also Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 2:16; D 8:2; 9:2f. τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ εὔσπλαγχνον πατέρα ἡμῶν 1 Cl 29:1. Likew. we have the Father of the believers Ro 8:15; 2 Cor 1:3b (ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν; cf. οἰκτιρμός); 6:18 (cf. 2 Km 7:14); Gal 4:6; Eph 4:6 (πατὴρ πάντων, as Herm. Wr. 5, 10); 1 Pt 1:17. ὁ οἰκτίρμων καὶ εὐεργετικὸς πατήρ 1 Cl 23:1. Cf. 8:3 (perh. fr. an unknown apocryphal book). πάτερ ἅγιε D 10:2 (cf. 8:2; 9:2f).

764

γ. as said by Jews ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν J 8:41 b. Cf. vs. 42. d. as Father of Jesus Christ—α. in Jesus’ witness concerning himself ὁ πατήρ μου Mt 11:27a; 20:23; 25:34; 26:29, 39, 42, 53; Lk 2:49 (see ὁ II 7 and Gdspd., Probs. 81-3); 10:22a; 22:29; 24:49; J 2:16; 5:17, 43; 6:40 and oft. in J; Rv 2:28; 3:5, 21. ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ πατρός μου 2 Cl 12:6 in an apocryphal saying of Jesus. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς Mt 7:21; 10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 15:13; 18:35. Jesus calls himself the Son of Man, who will come ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 16:27; Mk 8:38. Abs. ὁ πατήρ, πάτερ Mt 11:25, 26; Mk 14:36; Lk 10:21a, b; 22:42; 23:34, 46 (all voc.); J 4:21, 23a, b; 5:36a, b, 37, 45; 6:27, 37, 45, 46a, 65 and oft. in J. Father and Son stand side by side or in contrast Mt 11:27b, c; 24:36; 28:19; Mk 13:32; Lk 10:22b, c; J 5:19-23, 26; 1J 1:3; 2:22-4; 2J 9; B 12:8. WFLofthouse, Vater u. Sohn im J: ThBl 11, ’32, 290-300. β. in the confession of the Christians π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3a; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. π. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 2 Cor 11:31. Cf. 1 Cor 15:24; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14); Rv 1:6; 1 Cl 7:4; IEph 2:1; ITr inscr. 12:2; MPol 14:1. e. Oft. God is simply called (ὁ) πατήρ (the) Father (on the presence or absence of the art. cf. Bl-D. §257, 3 w. app.; Rob. 795) Eph 2:18; 3:14; 5:20; 6:23; 1J 1:2; 2:1, 15; 3:1; B 14:6; Hv 3, 9, 10; IEph 3:2; 4:2; IMg 13:2; ITr 13:3; IRo 2:2; 3:3; 7:2; 8:2; IPhld 9:1; ISm 3:3; 7:1; 8:1; D 1:5; Dg 12:9; MPol 22:3. θεὸς π. Gal 1:1 (on Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ θεὸς πατήρ cf. Diod. S. 4, 11, 1: Heracles must obey τῷ ∆ιὶ καὶ πατρί; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 35, 3 Λοξίας [=Apollo] καὶ Ζεὺς πατήρ); Phil 2:11; Col 3:17; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Pt 1:17; Jd 1; IEph inscr. a; ISm inscr.; IPol inscr.; MPol inscr. ὁ θεὸς καὶ π. Js 1:27; MPol 22:1; ὁ κύριος καὶ π. Js 3:9.—Attributes are also ascribed to the πατήρ (Zoroaster acc. to Philo Bybl. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 10, 52: God is π. εὐνομίας κ. δικαιοσύνης) ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης Eph 1:17. πατὴρ ὕψιστος IRo inscr. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ παντοκράτωρ MPol 19:2.

4. of Christ, in a statement which, to be sure, is half comparison ὡς πατὴρ υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς προσηγόρευσεν as a father he called us (his) sons 2 Cl 1:4 (cf. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 19).

5. of the devil—a. as father of the Jews J 8:44a, b.—b. as father of lies (Celsus 2, 47 as π. τῆς κακίας) vs. 44c (on πατήρ in the sense of ‘originator’ cf. Caecil. Calact., fgm. 127 ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου=the author of the book). On the view that in 44a and c there might be a statement about the father of the devil cf. Hdb.3 ad loc. (NDahl, EHaenchen-Festschr. ’64, 70-84 [Cain]).—πατήρ and related words: GSchrenk and GQuell, TW V 946-1024. M-M. B. 103. Πάτμος, ου, ὁ (Thu. 3, 33, 3; Strabo 10, 5, 13; Pliny, H.N. 4, 23; CIG 2261; 2262; Dit., Syll.3 1068, 2) Patmos, a small rocky island in the Aegean Sea, famous for the tradition that John had his ‘revelation’ here Rv 1:9. His exile to Patmos (cf. Artem. 5, 21 εἰς νῆσον κατεδικάσθη) is an old tradition: Clem. Alex., Quis Div. Salv. 42; Origen, In Matth. vol. 16, 6; Euseb., H.E. 3, 18, 1-3; Tertullian, De Praescr. Haer. 36. Cf. JFrings, D. Patmosexil des Ap. Joh. nach Apk 1:9: ThQ 104, ’23, 23-30 and commentaries ad loc.* πατραλῴας s. πατρολῴας. πατριά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hdt.+; Dialekt-Inschr. 5501, 7 [Miletus]; Jos., Ant. 7, 365; 11, 68; LXX)—1. family, clan, relationship (so, as subdivision of the φυλή Tob 5:12; Jdth 8:2, 18 al. LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 51)ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς ∆αυίδ from the house and family of David Lk 2:4.

2. more inclusively people, nation; αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν Ps 21:28; 1 Ch 16:28) πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς Ac 3:25.

3. a division of a nation (Hdt. 1, 200 al.; Dit., Syll.3 438a, 26; 2, 60) ἐξ οὗ (i.e. τοῦ πατρός) πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται from whom every family in heaven and on earth receives its name Eph 3:15 (on the idea of families of angels cf. En. 69, 4; 71, 1; 106, 5).—On this and the following entry see JWackernagel, Kl. Schr. 468-93: Über einige lat. u. griech. Ableitungen aus den Verwandschaftswörtern. M-M.* πατριάρχης, ου, ὁ (LXX) father of a nation, patriarch of the Hebr. patriarchs, so of Abraham (cf. 4 Macc 7:19) Hb 7:4. Of the 12 sons of Jacob Ac 7:8f; ancestor of David 2:29. M-M.* πατρικός, ή, όν (since Soph., Ichneutae [POxy. 9, 40f col. 3, 12]; Thu.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 109; Wackernagel, Kl. Schr. 480) derived from or handed down by one’s father, paternal (Cratinus Com. 116 ἐν πατρικοῖσι νόμοις) αἱ πατρικαί μου παραδόσεις the traditions of my forefathers, prob. of the traditions of his father’s house, adhering strictly to the law Gal 1:14. M-M.* πατρίς, ίδος, ἡ (really fem. of πάτριος ‘of one’s fathers’, but used as subst. even in Hom. So also inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist. 102; Philo, Joseph.).

1. fatherland, homeland (Hom.+; 2 Macc 8:21; 13:14; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 233)Dg 5:5. Of Galilee as Jesus’ homeland J 4:44. Fig., of the heavenly home (cf. Ael. Aristid. 43, 18 K.=1 p. 7 D.: τὴν πρώτην πατρίδα τὴν οὐράνιον; Anaxagoras in Diog. L. 2, 7; Epict. 2, 23, 38; Philo, Agr. 65) Hb 11:14. ἀγάπη τῆς πατρίδος love of one’s country 1 Cl 55:5.

2. home town, one’s own part of the country (oft. inscr., pap.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 48 §207; 210; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 3, 14 Jac.; Herodian 8, 3, 1; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 278; Jos., Ant. 6, 67; 10, 114) Mt 13:54; Mk 6:1; Lk 2:3 D; 4:23; Ac 18:25 D, 27 D. As a proverb: οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εὒ μὴ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ (Dio Chrys.

30[47], 6 πᾶσι τοῖς φιλοσόφοις χαλεπὸς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι ὁ βίος; Ep. 44 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 354, 765

12] ἡ πατρὶς ἀγνοεῖ; Epict. 3, 16, 11 the philosopher avoids his πατρίς) Mk 6:4; cf. Mt 13:57; Lk 4:24; LJ 1:6. Also J 4:44; s. 1 above. M-M. B. 1303.* Πατροβᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (CIG 6864.—Short form of Πατρόβιος.—Bl-D. §125; Rob. 173) Patrobas recipient of a greeting Ro 16:14. M-M.* πατρολῴας, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., Pla.+; Jos., Ant. 16, 356.On the formation of the word see s.v. μητραλῴας) one who kills one’s father, a patricide (w. μητρολῴας) 1 Ti 1:9 (M. Ant. 6, 34 in a list of the grossest sins). M-M.* πατροπαράδοτος, ον inherited, handed down from one’s father or forefathers (Dionys. Hal. 5, 48; Diod. S. 4, 8, 5 [εὐσέβεια]; 15, 74, 5 [εὔνοια]; 17, 4, 1; Dit., Or. 331, 49; PGM 33, 23) ἡ ματαία ἀναστροφὴ π. the futile way of life inherited from your forefathers 1 Pt 1:18 (WCvUnnik, The Critique of Paganism in 1 Pt 1:18, Neotestamentica et Semitica [MBlack-Festschr.], ’69, 129-42). M-M.* πατρώνυμος, ον named after the father (Quarterly of Dept. of Antiquities in Palestine 1, ’31, 155 [Gaza, III AD]) IRo inscr. (on the subject matter perh. one might cf. Eph 3:14f; s. Lghtf. on IRo inscr.), where God the Father is meant.* πατρῷος, α, ον (since Hom. [πατρώϊος]; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) paternal, belonging to one’s father, inherited or coming from one’s father (or forefathers) ὁ πατρῷος νόμος Ac 22:3 (Aelian, V.H. 6, 10; 3 Macc 1:23; 4 Macc 16:16; Jos., Ant. 13, 54v.l.) τὰ ἔθη τὰ πατρῳα 28:17 (Aelian, V.H. 7, 19 v.l.; Justin, Dial. c. Tr. 63 end). ὁ π. θεός (Aeschyl.+ oft., in sing. and pl.—Dit., Or. 194, 6 τὰ τῶν μεγίστων καὶ πατρώιων θεῶν ἱερά; 654, 8, Syll.3 711 L, 13 τὸν πατρῶιον Ἀπόλλω; PLond. 973b, 6; POxy. 483, 24; 715, 28; PHermopol. 125 B, 7 ὁ πατρῷος ἡμῶν θεὸς Ἑρμῆς; 4 Macc 12:17; Ezech. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 14 p. 444D; Jos., Ant. 9, 256)the God of my forefathers Ac 24:14. M-M.* Παῦλος, ου, ὁ Paul, a Roman surname (never a praenomen), found in lit. (e.g., Diod. S. 14, 44, 1; 15, 76, 1), inscr., pap.—1. Sergius Paulus s. Σέργιος.

2. Paul, the apostle of Jesus Christ; fr. the beginning he bore the Jewish name Saul as well as the Graeco-Roman Paul (differently e.g. HDessau, Her 45, ’10, 347-68 and EMeyer III 197; s. GHHarrer, HTR 33, ’40, 19-33.—Σαούλ 2 and Σαῦλος), prob. born in Tarsus (s. Ταρσός), at any rate brought up there (but cf. WCvUnnik, Tarsus or Jerusalem, ’62), born a Roman citizen. He was rabbinically trained, but was not untouched by the syncretistic thought-world in which he lived. At first he was a zealous Pharisee and as such a vehement foe of the Christians, but was converted by a vision of Christ (OKietzig, D. Bekehrg. d. Pls ’32; EPfaff, Die Bekehrg. d. hl. Pls in d. Exegese des 20. Jahrh. ’42; CBurchard, Der Dreizehnte Zeuge, ’70, 126 n. 278 [lit. since ’54]). Most prominent of the apostles to the Gentiles. As such he worked in Nabataean Arabia, Syria, and Cilicia, traveled through Cyprus, Asia Minor, Macedonia, and Greece, and planned a missionary journey via Italy to Spain (s. Σπανία). He was prevented fr. carrying out this plan (at least at this time) by his subsequent arrest in Jerusalem and the lawsuit connected w. it (NGVeldhoen, Het Proces van den Ap. Pls ’24; ESpringer, D. Proz. des Ap. Pls: PJ 218, ’29, 182-96; HJCadbury, Roman Law and the Trial of Paul: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 297-338). He reached Rome only as a prisoner (on the journey FLDavies, St. Paul’s Voyage to Rome ’31), and was martyred there. Ac chapters 9 and 13-28; Ro 1:1; 1 Cor 1:1, 12f; 3:4f, 22; 16:21; 2 Cor 1:1; 10:1; Gal 1:1; 5:2; Eph 1:1; 3:1; Phil 1:1; Col 1:1, 23; 4:18; 1 Th 1:1; 2:18; 2 Th 1:1; 3:17; 1 Ti 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:1; Phlm 1, 9, 19; 2 Pt 3:15; Pol 9:1; (11:2, 3). ὁ μακάριος Π. ὁ ἀπόστολος 1 Cl 47:1. Π. ὁ ἡγιασμένος, ὁ μεμαρτυρημένος, ἀξιομακάριστος IEph 12:2. ὁ μακάριος καὶ ἔνδοξος Π. Pol 3:2. Mentioned w. Peter 1 Cl 5:5; IRo 4:3.—CClemen, Paulus ’04, where the older lit. is given. More recent lit. in RBultmann, Theol. Rundschau n.s. 6, ’34, 229-46; 8, ’36, 1-22; WNLyons and MMParvis, NT Literature 1943-5, ’48, 225-39; GBornkamm, RGG3 V, ’61, 189f.—Fr. the recent works: ADeissmann, Pls2 ’25 [Eng. tr. WEWilson ’26]; EvDobschütz, Der Ap. Pls I ’26; LMurillo, Paulus ’26; KPieper, Pls., Seine missionarische Persönlichkeit u. Wirksamkeit2,3 ’29; EBaumann, Der hl. Pls ’27; PFeine, Der Ap. Pls ’27; RLiechtenhan, Pls ’28; HLietzmann, Gesch. d. Alten Kirche I ’32, 102-31; JSStewart, A Man in Christ ’36; CAAScott, St. Paul, the Man and the Teacher ’36; ADNock, St. Paul ’38; TR Glover, Paul of Tarsus ’38; CYver, S. Paul ’39; VGrønbech, Paulus ’40; WvLoewenich, Pls ’40; DWRiddle, Paul, Man of Conflict ’40; EBuonaiuti, San Paolo ’41; JMBover, San Pablo ’41; EBAllo, Paul ’42; JKlausner, Fr. Jesus to Paul ’43; EJGoodspeed, Paul ’47; JKnox, Chapters in a Life of Paul ’50; MDibelius, Paulus ’51; 2’56, with WGKümmel (Eng. tr. FClarke ’53); EFascher, Pauly-W. Suppl. VIII 431-66, ’57.—FPrat, La théologie de S. Paul ’24f (Eng. tr.

JLStoddard ’57); CAAScott, Christianity Acc. to St. Paul ’28; OMoe, Apostolen Pls’ Forkyndelse og Laere ’28; AKristoffersen, Åpenbaringstanke og misjonsforkynnelse hos Pls, Diss. Upps. ’38; RGuardini, Jes. Chr. I (in Paul) ’40; ChGuignebert, Le Christ ’43, 3 (Paulinisme).—A Schweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls ’30 (Eng. tr. WMontgomery ’31); MGoguel, La Mystique Paulin.: RHPhr 11, ’31, 185-210; MDibelius, Pls u. d. Mystik ’41; AFaux, L’ Orphisme et St. Paul: Rev. d’Hist. eccl. 27, ’31, 245-92; 751-91; HWindisch, Pls u. Christus, E. bibl.-rel. gesch. Vergleich ’34.—EEidem, Det kristna Livet enligt Pls I ’27; MSEnslin, The Ethics of Paul ’30; LHMarshall, The Challenge of NT Ethics ’46; DWhiteley, The Theol. of St. Paul, ’64.—AFPuukko, Pls u. d. Judentum: Studia Orientalia 2, ’28, 1-86; HWindisch, Pls u. d. Judentum ’35; NMansson, Paul and the Jews ’47; WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39.—ASteinmann, Z. Werdegang des Pls. Die Jugendzeit in Tarsus ’28; EBarnikol, D. vorchristl. u. früchristl.

Zeit des Pls ’29; AOepke, Probleme d. vorchristl. Zeit des Pls: StKr 105, ’33, 387-424; GBornkamm, D. Ende des Gesetzes, Paulusstudien ’52.—WKümmel, Jes. u. Pls: ThBl 19, ’40, 209-31; ASchlatter, Jes. u. Pls ’40; WDDavies, 766

Paul and Rabbinic Judaism 2’67. 2’55.—GRicciotti, Paul the Apostle (Eng. transl. AlZizzamia) ’53; JNSevenster, Paul and Seneca, ’61; H-JSchoeps, Paulus ’59 (Engl. transl. HKnight, ’61); BMMetzger, Index to Periodical Lit. on Paul ’60; Wv Loewenich, Paul: His Life and Works (transl. GEHarris), ’60; WSchmithals, Paul and James (transl.

DMBarton), ’65; EGüttgemanns, D. Leidende Apostel, ’66; HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT ’66, 165-80. M-M.* παύω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) 1 aor. ἔπαυσα, imper. 3 sing. παυσάτω. Mid.: impf. ἐπαυόμην; fut. παύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπαυσάμην, imper. παῦσαι; pf. πέπαυμαι. Pass.: 2 aor. inf. παῆναι (Hv 1, 3, 3; 3, 9, 1.—Reinhold p. 78; StBPsaltes, Gramm. der Byz. Chroniken ’13, 225; Bl-D. §76, 1; 78; W-S. §13, 9).

1. act. stop, cause to stop, quiet, relieve (Jos., Ant. 20, 117στάσιν, Vi. 173) τὶ ἀπό τινος hinder, keep someth. from someth. τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ keep the tongue from evil 1 Pt 3:10; 1 Cl 22:3 (both Ps 33:14). Relieve, cure (Dit., Syll.3 1168, 72) τί τινι someth. with someth. τοὺς παροξυσμοὺς ἐμβροχαῖς IPol 2:1.

2. mid. stop (oneself), cease (on the syntax cf. DCHesseling, ByzZ 20, ’11, 147ff) w. pres. act. ptc. foll. (Hom. +; Gen 11:8 a1.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 131; Jos., Vi. 298) ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν (Gen 18:33; Num 16:31; Judg 15:17 B) he stopped speaking Lk 5:4. μετʼ ἐμοῦ λαλοῦσα Hv 3, 10, 1. ἐπαυσάμην ἐρωτῶν I stopped asking v 3, 8, 1; cf. v 3, 1, 6. π. τύπτων τινά stop beating someone Ac 21:32. ἀναβαίνων Hs 9, 4, 4a.—οὐ π. foll. by pres. act. ptc. not to stop doing someth., do someth. without ceasing (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 2; Herodian 1, 6, 2; Philostrat., V.S. 2, 1, 6 οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο μισοῦντες; Jos., Ant. 9, 255)διδάσκων Ac 5:42. λαλῶν 6:13. διαστρέφων 13:10. νουθετῶν 20:31. εὐχαριστῶν Eph 1:16. Followed by the pres. mid. ptc. (cf. Himerius, Or. 74 [=Or. 24], 5 μὴ παύονται ἐργαζόμενοι). προσευχόμενος Col 1:9. αἰτούμενος Hv 3, 3, 2. Foll. by pres. pass. ptc. (Antiphon Or. 5, 50 Thalheim; Pla., Rep. 9 p. 583D) ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι (i.e. αἱ θυσίαι); otherwise would they not have ceased to be offered? Hb 10:2.—W. gen. of the thing (Hom.+; Ex 32:12; Philo, Dec. 97; Jos., Ant. 7, 144)cease from, have done with someth. τῶν ἀρχαίων ὑποδειγμάτων leave the old examples, i.e., mention no more 1 Cl 5:1. πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας he has done with sin 1 Pt 4:1. W. gen. of the inf. (Jos., Ant. 3, 218)π. τοῦ θύειν GEb 5. π. ἀπό τινος cease from, leave (Ps 36:8) ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16). ἀπὸ τῆς πονηρίας Hv 3, 9, 1. π. ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἡ ὀργή the wrath will cease from you GEb 5.—Abs. stop, cease, have finished, be at an end (Hom.+; Ep. Arist. 293; Sib. Or. 5, 458) of Jesus at prayer ὡς ἐπαύσατο when he stopped Lk 11:1. ἐπαύσαντο οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες μικρόν the builders stopped for a little while Hs 9, 4, 4b. οὐ παύσεται ὁ ζητῶν, ἕως ἂν εὕρῃ (for the constr. cf. Sir 23:17) the one who seeks will not give up until he has found GH 27; cf. LJ 2:2. Of the raging wind and waves ἐπαύσαντο they stopped Lk 8:24 (cf. Od. 12, 168; Hdt. 7, 193; Arrian, Ind. 22, 1 ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπαύσατο).

Of an uproar Ac 20:1. Of speaking in tongues, which will come to an end 1 Cor 13:8. Also of time elapse, come to an end (Herodian 1, 16, 2; PGrenf. II 69, 21 τῆς πεπαυμένης τριετηρίδος) τῆς ἑορτῆς παυσαμένης since the festival was over GP 14:58. μετὰ τὸ παῆναι αὐτῆς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα after these words of hers had come to an end Hv 1, 3, 3. M-M. B. 981.* Πάφος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sib. Or. 4, 128; 5, 451) Paphos, a city on the west coast of Cyprus, seat of the Rom. proconsul. Paul visited the city on his so called first missionary journey Ac 13:6, 13.—Lit. s.v. Κύπρος and JHS 9, 1889, 158ff.* παχύνω 1 aor. pass. ἐπαχύνθην (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; PTebt. 273, 31; Philo, Aet. M. 103) in our lit. only in OT quotations.

1. lit. make fat, well-nourished (Pla., X. et al.). Pass. become fat (X., Conv. 2, 17; Plut., Sol. 20, 8; LXX) ἔφαγεν καὶ ἔπιεν καὶ ἐπλατύνθη καὶ ἐπαχύνθη 1 Cl 3:1 (Dt 32:15).

2. fig. make impervious (orig. to water), make gross, dull (Plut., Mor. 995D τὰς ψυχάς; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 8 νοῦν). Pass. become dull (Herm. Wr. in Stob.=508, 32 Sc. of the ψυχή; Sib. Or. 7, 106; Synes., Dreams 6 p.

136D; 137A ‘become dull’ [of eyes]) ἐπαχύνθη ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Mt 13:15; Ac 28:27 (both Is 6:10). KL and MASchmidt: παχύνω, πωρόω etc., TW V 1024-32. M-M. B. 887.* πεδάω pf. pass. ptc. πεπεδημένος (Hom.+; LXX) bind the feet with fetters, then gener. bind, fetter, shackle (En. 21, 4; Philo, Aet. M. 129; Sib. Or. 1, 371) B 14:7 (here the word πεπεδημένους, which occurs in sim. LXX passages [e.g. Ps 67:7 ἐξάγων πεπεδημένους] has come into the context of Is 42:7).* πέδη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; PSI 406, 24; PGM 5, 488; LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 295)fetter, shackle in pl. w. ἁλύσεις (ἅλυσις 1) Mk 5:4a, b; Lk 8:29. M-M.* πεδινός, ή, όν (Hdt.+; LXX) flat, level either as opposed to ‘steep’, ‘uneven’ (Aristot. a Probl. 5, 1; Cass. Dio 68, 16; Dt 4:43; Jos., Ant. 13, 217)or in contrast to ‘high’, ‘elevated’ (Aristot, Hist. An. 9, 32; Jer 17:26; Ep. Arist. 107) τόπος π. a level place Lk 6:17. M-M. B. 893. * πεδίον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist 23; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 1; Jos., Ant. 5, 63, Vi. 207; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 2, 337) level place, plain, field Hs 6, 1, 5; 7:1; 8, 4, 2; 9, 1, 4; 9, 2, 1; 9, 6, 6f; 9, 9, 4; 9, 29, 4; 9, 30, 1. πεδία καὶ ὄρη plains and mountains Hs 8, 1, 1; 8, 3, 2.—1 Cl 4:6a, b (Gen 4:8a, b). B. 26.* πεζεύω travel by land in contrast to a sea-journey (so X., An. 5, 5, 4; Polyb. 16, 29, 11; 10, 48, 6; Plut., Cato Maj. 9, 9 al.; Dit., Or. 199, 14; PBrem. 15, 22; Philo, Ebr. 158 πεζ. κ. πλεῖν) Ac 20:13. But the orig. mng. travel on foot is not impossible here (Aristot. De Part. An. 3, 6; cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 208; Sib. Or. 4, 78). M-M. * 767

πεζῇ adv. (Hdt.+; PTebt. 5, 28; PSI 446, 13; 2 Km 15:17. On the spelling s. Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 163) by land (opp. ἐν πλοίῳ.—So since Hdt., Thu.; Sb 7600, 10 [16 AD]; Jos., Bell. 4, 659;orig. ‘on foot’) Mt 14:13 (v.l. πεζοί); Mk 6:33. M-M.* πεζός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) going by land (Hom.+; Jos., Bell. 3, 8)(opp. ἐν πλοίῳ, as Pind., Pyth. 10, 29 ναυσί) Mt 14:13 v.l. πεζοὺς πέμπειν send messengers (who travel on the highway) IPol 8:1. M-M.* πειθαρχέω 1 aor. ptc. πειθαρχήσας (Soph., Hdt.+; M. Ant. 5, 9; inscr., pap., LXX. Oft. in Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 293τ. νόμοις) obey θεῷ Ac 5:29 (cf. Pla., Apol. 17 p. 29D πείσομαι μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν; Socrat., Ep. 1, 7 ὧ [=τ. θεῷ πειστέον μᾶλλον; Jos., Ant. 17, 159), 32. τῷ λόγῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης obey the word of righteousness Pol 9:1. ἔδει μὲν. . . πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι you ought to have followed my advice and not to have sailed Ac 27:21 (cf. Polyb. 3, 4, 3.—On the subject matter cf. the unavailing protest of the passenger Ael. Aristid. 48, 47f K.=24 p. 483 D.). Fig. of the heavenly bodies that obey the Creator Dg 7:2. Abs. (as Dit., Or. 483, 70f) be obedient Tit 3:1 (w. ἀρχαῖς ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσσεσθαι).—ENachmawon, D. Konstruktionen v. πειθαρχεῖν in d. κοινή: Eranos 10, ’10, 201-3. M-M.* πειθός, ή, όν persuasive ἐν πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις in persuasive words of wisdom 1 Cor 2:4. The word is found nowhere but here; its attestation is extremely good (as early as P46), though it is in a context that is subject to considerable variation in detail (the situation is well reviewed in Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). The word is formed quite in accordance w. Gk. usage (cf. φειδός ‘sparing’ fr. φείδομαι), and the Gk. Fathers let it pass without comment (so Ltzm., Bachmann, Sickenberger, HermvSoden; Mlt.-H. 78). Despite this at the present time many (e.g. Heinrici, Schmiedel, JWeiss) reject this word because of its rarity and prefer the explanation that it originated in dittography of the ς (or perh. an error in hearing the passage dictated): ἐν πειθοῖ σοφίας, s. πειθώ; Bl-D. §47, 4; 112 app.; W-S. §16, 3 n. 20; Rob. 157; GZuntz, The Text of the Epistles ’53, 23-5.—Rdm.2 p. 63 takes πειθοῖς as a rare genitive formation from πειθώ, influenced by the dat. πειθοῖ; the mng. then would be ‘words of persuasion from wisdom (herself)’. M-M.* πειθώ, οῦς, ἡ persuasiveness, (the gift or art of) persuasion (Aeschyl., Thu.+; Ps.-Phoc. 78; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 186; 223) ἐν πειθοῖ σοφίας (without λόγοις, which is lacking as early as P46; cf. JWeiss ad loc.) with the persuasiveness of wisdom 1 Cor 2:4 (in case this rdg. is the correct one; s. πειθός. On the ‘persuasive power’ of words cf. Περὶ ὕψους 17, 1 πειθὼ τῶν λόγων; Philo, Virt. 217 τοῖς λόγοις πειθώ; Jos., Ant. 2, 272).M-M. s.v. πειθός.* πείθω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἔπειθον; fut. πείσω; 1 aor. ἔπεισα, imper. πεῖσον; 2 pf. πέποιθα; plpf. ἐπεποίθειν Lk 11:22; impf. mid. and pass. ἐπειθόμη ν. Pass.: pf. πέπεισμαι; 1 aor. ἐπείσθην; 1 fut. πεισθήσομαι.

1. act., except for 2 perf. and plpf.—α. convince w. acc. of the pers. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 45 al.) ISm 5:1. ἔπειθεν Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας he tried to convince Jews and Gentiles Ac 18:4. πείθων αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ trying to convince them about Jesus 28:23 (π. τινὰ περί τινος as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 153). Without acc. πείθων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας 19:8; the two last-named passages have the acc. of the thing as v.l. τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ or τῆς βασιλείας (on the acc. of the thing cf. Hdt. 1, 163; Pla., Apol. 27 p. 37a). Abs. (Jos., Vi. 19) πείθων, οὐ βιαζόμενος convincing, not compelling Dg 7:4.—Also of convincing someone of the correctness of the objectionable teachings, almost=mislead (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 22) Ac 19:26. τινά τινι someone with someth. Hs 8, 6, 5. b. persuade, appeal to, also in a bad sense cajole, mislead (so Jos., C. Ap. 2, 201) τινά someone ἀνθρώπους (Ael. Aristid. 34, 19 K.=50 p. 552 D.) 2 Cor 5:11; perh. also Gal 1:10 (but s. 1c below). Cf. MPol 3; 8:2, 3. τινά w. inf. foll. (X., An. 1, 3, 19; Polyb. 4, 64, 2; Diod. S. 12, 39, 2; 17, 15, 5; Herodian 2, 4, 2; Jos., Ant. 8, 256)Ac 13:43; MPol 4; 5:1. ἔπειθεν (sc. αὐτὸν) ἀρνεῖσθαι he tried to induce him to deny 9:2. Perh. this is the place for the textually uncertain and obscure pass. Ac 26:28 ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι (so ‫א‬B et al.). In EHLP and most minuscules this difficult wording is simplified by replacing ποιῆσαι with γενέσθαι in a short time you are persuading (or trying to persuade) me to become a Christian (cf. Jos., Vi. 151 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπείθοντο=‘they were nearly persuaded’), prob. meant ironically. The other rdg. is prob. to be understood as a combination of the two expressions ‘in a short time you are persuading me to become a Christian’ and ‘in a short time you will make me a Christian’, so that the sense is someth. like you are in a hurry to persuade me and make a Christian of me (so Gdspd., Probs. 137f. S. the lit. s.v. ὀλίγος 3b and under 3a below, also AFridrichsen, Symb. Osl. 14, ’35, 49-52.

Con. Neot. 3, ’39, 13-16 [on the last cf. PBenoit, RB 53, ’46, 303]; DCHesseling, Neophilol. 20, ’37, 129-34; JE Harry, ATR 28, ’46, 135f; EHaenchen, AG ’56 ad loc.). Instead of the inf. we have ἵνα (Plut., Mor. 181A πείθωμεν ἵνα μείνῃ) Mt 27:20 (Bl-D. §392, 1e; Rob. 993). c. win over, strive to please (X., Cyr. 6, 1, 34; 2 Macc 4:45) Ac 12:20. τοὺς ὄχλους 14:19. So perh. also Gal 1:10 (s. 1 b above.—π. τὸν θεόν=persuade God: Jos., Ant. 4, 123; 8, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 64). d. conciliate, pacify, set at ease or rest (Hom.+) τὸν δῆμον (cf. X., Hell. 1, 7, 7 τοιαῦτα λέγοντες ἔπειθον τὸν δῆμον) MPol 10:2. τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν 1J 3:19 (but the text is not in good order). Conciliate, satisfy Mt 28:14 (unless π. ἀργυρίῳ bribe is meant: schol. on Pla. 18B; 2 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 281; 490).

2. The 2 pf. (w. plpf.) has pres. mng. (Bl-D. §341; Rob. 881)—a. depend on, trust in, put one’s confidence in w. dat. of the pers. or thing (Hom.+; 4 Km 18:20; Pr 14:16; 28:26; Sir 32:24; Wsd 14:29; Is 28:17) τίνι θεῷ (in) which 768

God Dg 1 (here πέπ. w. dat. almost=believe in, a sense which πέπ. also approximates in the LXX; cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 122).τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου Phil 1:14. τῇ ὑπακοῆ σου Phlm 21. ἐπί τινι (in) someone or someth. (PSI 646, 3 ἐπὶ σοὶ πεποιθώς; LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 545; Syntipas p. 52, 5) Mt 27:43 v.l.; Mk 10:24 v.l.; Lk 11:22; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:17); B 9:4; 1 Cl 57:7; w. ὅτι foll. (Syntipas p. 32, 6; 35, 7) Lk 18:9. ἐπί τινα (Ps 117:8; Acta Christophori [ed.

HUsener 1886] 68, 10) Mt 27:43; 1 Cl 60:1, cf. 58:1; Hm 9:6; s 9, 18, 5; w. ὅτι foll. 2 Cor 2:3; 2 Th 3:4. ἔν τινι (Jdth 2:5) (in) someone or someth. Phil 3:3f; w. ὅτι foll. 2:24. εἴς τινα (Wsd 16:24 v.l.) w. ὅτι foll. Gal 5:10. b. be convinced, be sure, certain foll. by acc. and inf. Ro 2:19. W. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18 t.r. πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι being sure of this very thing, that Phil 1:6. τοῦτο πεποιθὼς οἶδα ὅτι convinced of this, I know that 1:25. εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ Χριστοῦ εἶναι if anyone is convinced in his own mind that he belongs to Christ 2 Cor 10:7 (cf. BGU 1141, 17 [14 BC] πέποιθα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ).

3. pass., except for the pf.—a. be persuaded, be convinced, come to believe, believe abs. (Pr 26:25) Lk 16:31; Ac 17:4; Hb 11:13 t.r. μὴ πειθομένου αὐτοῦ since he would not be persuaded Ac 21:14. W. dat. of the thing by which one is convinced (opp. απιστεῖν) τοῖς λεγομένοις (Hdt. 2, 146; Jos., Bell. 7, 415)28:24. πείθομαι I believe w. ὅτι foll. Hb 13:18; Hs 8, 11, 2. Ac 26:28 (s. 1b above), construed w. the inf., would belong here if the rdg. of A should prove to be right: ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθῃ Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι in too short a time you believe you are making a Christian of me (so Bachmann, Blass). οὐ πείθομαι w. acc. and inf. I cannot believe Ac 26:26. b. obey, follow w. dat. of the pers. or thing (Hom.+; Diod. S. 4, 31, 5 τῷ χρησμῷ=the oracle; Maximus Tyr. 23, 2d τῷ θεῷ; 36, 6g τ. νόμῳ τοῦ ∆ιός; Appian, Iber. 19 §73 θεῶ; pap.; 4 Macc 10:13; 15:10; 18:1) Ro 2:8 (opp. ἀπειθεῖν, as Himerius, Or. 69[=Or. 22], 7); Gal 3:1 t.r.; 5:7; Hb 13:17; Js 3:3; 2 Cl 17:5; Dg 5:10; IRo 7:2a, b; Hm 12, 3, 3; s 8, 9, 3. c. Some passages stand betw. a and b and permit either transl., w. dat. be persuaded by someone, take someone’s advice or obey, follow someone Ac 5:36f, 39; 23:21; 27:11 (objection of a passenger, to which the crew paid no attention, and suffered harm as a result: Chio, Ep. 4, 1 οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἐπείθοντο).

4. perf. pass. πέπεισμαι be convinced, certain (Pla.+; pap., LXX) πεπεισμένος τοῦτο convinced of this B 1:4. πέπεισμαί τι περί τινος be convinced of someth. concerning someone Hb 6:9. περί τινος be sure of a thing IPol 2:3. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Diod. S. 12, 20, 2 πεπεῖσθαι θεοὺς εἶναι; PPetr. II 11, 4 [III BC]; Ep. Arist. 5) Lk 20:6. W. περί τινος and acc. w. inf.: περί ὡν πέπεισμαι ὑμᾶς οὕτως ἔχειν concerning this I am certain that it is so with you ITr 3:2. W. ὅτι foll. (X., Oec. 15, 8) Ro 8:38; 14:14 (w. οἶδα); 2 Ti 1:5, 12; Pol 9:2. πέπεισμαι περὶ ὑμῶν ὅτι Ro 15:14.—RBultmann, TW VI 1-12. M-M. B. 1206; 1339.* Πειλᾶτος s. Πιλᾶτος. M-M. πει̂ν s. πίνω. πεινάω (Hom.+; PFlor. 61, 54; LXX; Philo, Joseph.) fut. πεινάσω; 1 aor. ἐπείνασα (on the forms in α, which our lit. shares w. the LXX, in contrast to class. Gk., s. Bl-D. §70, 2; 88; Mlt.-H. 195; 253) hunger, be hungry.

1. lit. Mt 4:2; 12:1, 3; 21:18; 25:35, 37, 42, 44; Mk 2:25; 11:12; Lk 4:2; 6:3, 25; Ro 12:20 (Pr 25:21); 1 Cor 11:34; B 10:3. Opp. μεθύειν 1 Cor 11:21. Opp. χορτάζεσθαι Phil 4:12. ὁ πεινῶν, οἱ πεινῶντες he who is hungry, those who are hungry Lk 1:53 (cf. Ps 106:9); 6:21; 1 Cl 59:4; B 3:3 (Is 58:7), 5 (Is 58:10); Hv 3, 9, 5. W. διψᾶν (διψάω 1) 1 Cor 4:11; Rv 7:16 (Is 49:10); ISm 6:2.

2. fig. hunger for someth.=desire someth. strongly (X., Pla.+, but w. gen. of the thing. For the acc. cf. διψάω 3 and Zosimus: Hermet. IV p. 111, 3 πεῖν τὴν σὴν ψυχήν) w. acc. of the thing Mt 5:6 (w. διψᾶν, as Plut., Mor. 460B; Jer 38:25). Of the longing for spiritual food J 6:35 (also w. διψᾶν). Goppelt, TW VI 12-22. M-M.* πει̂ρα, ας, ἡ (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. act. attempt, trial, experiment (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 183) πεῖραν λαμβάνειν make an attempt or make trial of (trag.+; POxy. 1681, 10; Dt 28:56) τινός someone or someth. (X., Cyr. 6, 1, 54, Mem. 1, 4, 18; Pla., Protag. 342A, Gorg. 448A; Polyb. 2, 32, 5; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 574, 21 [III AD]; UPZ 110, 129 [164 BC]) ἧς πεῖραν λαβόντες when they attempted (to do) it Hb 11:29. On θεοῦ ζῶντος πεῖραν ἀθλῶμεν 2 Cl 20:2 cf. ἀθλέω.

2. pass. experience won by attempting someth. (X. et al.; Inschr. v. Magn. 115, 21; Philo; Test. Gad 5:2 ἐκ πείρας) πεῖράν τινος λαμβάνειν have experience with or simply experience someth. (Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; Diod. S. 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπεκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; Vett. Val. 74, 23; 82, 1; 84, 28 al.; Jos., Vi. 160) μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον they experienced scourgings Hb 11:36. HSeesemann, TW VI 23-37.

M-M.* πειράζω impf. ἐπείραζον; fut. πειράσω; 1 aor. ἐπείρασα, mid. 2 pers. sing. ἐπειράσω. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπειράσθην; pf. ptc. πεπειρασνένος (Hom., then Apollon. Rhod. 1, 495; 3, 10. In prose since Philo Mech. 50, 34; 51, 9; also Polyb.; Plut., Cleom. 7, 3, Mor. 230A; Vett. Val. 17, 6; schol. on Aristoph., Pl. 575; PSI 927, 25 [II AD]; LXX, Joseph.—Bl-D. §101 p. 47; Mlt.-H. 387 n. 1; 404).

1. try, attempt w. inf. foll. (Polyb. 2, 6, 9; Dt 4:34.—Bl-D. §392, 1a) Ac 9:26; 16:7; 24:6; Hs 8, 2, 7. Foll. by acc. w. inf. IMg 7:1.

2. try, make trial of, put to the test, to discover what kind of a pers. someone is—a. gener. τινά someone (Epict.

1, 9, 29; Ps 25:2) ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε εὒ ἐστὲ ἐν τῇ πίστει 2 Cor 13:5 (π. εἰ as Jos., Bell. 4, 340). ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους Rv 2:2. προφήτην οὐ πειράσετε οὐδὲ διακρινεῖτε D 11:7. b. in a good sense of God or Christ, who put men to the test (Ps.-Apollod. 3, 7; 7, 4 Zeus puts τὴν ἀσέβειαν of 769

certain people to the test), so that they may prove themselves true J 6:6; Hb 11:17 (Abraham, as Gen 22:1). Also of painful trials sent by God (Ex 20:20; Dt 8:2 v.l.; Judg 2:22; Wsd 3:5; 11:9; Jdth 8:25f) 1 Cor 10:13; Hb 2:18a, b; 4:15; 11:37 (lacking in P46, Pesh., several minuscules and Fathers); Rv 3:10 (SBrown, JBL 85, ’66, 308-14 π.=afflict).

Likew. of the measures taken by the angel of repentance Hs 7:1. c. in a bad sense, in order to bring out someth. to be used against the one who is being ‘tried’. Jesus was so treated by his opponents Mt 16:1; 19:3; 22:18, 35; Mk 8:11; 10:2; 12:15; Lk 11:16; 20:23 t.r.; J 8:6. d. in a bad sense also of enticement to sin, tempt Gal 6:1; Js 1:13a (s. ἀπό V 6), b, 14. Above all the devil works in this way; hence he is directly called ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5b. He tempts men 1 Cor 7:5; 1 Th 3:5a; Rv 2:10. But he also makes bold to tempt Jesus Mt 4:1; Mk 1:13; Lk 4:2. On the temptation of Jesus (s. also Hb 2:18a; 4:15; 2b above) cf. HWillrich, ZNW 4, ’03, 349f; KBornhäuser, Die Versuchungen Jesu nach d. Hb: MKähler-Festschr. ’05, 69-86; on this Windisch, Hb2 ’31, 38 exc. on Hb 4:15; AHarnack, Sprüche u. Reden Jesu ’07, 32-7; FSpitta, Zur Gesch. u. Lit. des Urchristentums III 2, ’07, 1-108; AMeyer, Die evangel. Berichte üb. d.

Vers. Christi: HBlümner-Festschr. ’14, 434-68; DVölter, NThT 6, ’17, 348-65; EBöklen, ZNW 18, ’18, 244-8; PKetter, D. Versuchg. Jesu ’18; BViolet, D. Aufbau d. Versuchungsgeschichte Jesu: Harnack-Ehrung ’21, 14-21; NFreese, D. Versuchg. Jesu nach den Synopt., Diss. Halle ’22, D. Versuchlichkeit Jesu: StKr 96/7, ’25, 313-18; SEitrem-AFridrichsen, D. Versuchg. Christi ’24 Clemen2 ’24, 214-18; HJVogels, D. Versuchungen Jesu: BZ 17, ’26, 238-55; SelmaHirsch [s. on βαπτίζω 2a]; HThielicke, Jes. Chr. am Scheideweg ’38; PSeidelin, Dt. Theol. 6, ’39, 127-39; HPHoughton, On the Temptations of Christ and Zarathustra: ATR 26, ’44, 166-75; EFascher, Jesus u. d.

Satan ’49; RSchnackenburg, ThQ 132, ’52, 297-326; K-PKöppen, Die Auslegung der Versuchungsgeschichte usw.’61; EBest, The Temptation and the Passion (Mk), ’65; JDupont, RB 73, ’66, 30-76. e. The Bible (but s. the Pythia in Hdt. 6, 86, 3 τὸ πειρηθῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ κ. τὸ ποιῆσαι ἴσον δύνασθαι) also speaks of a trial of God by men. Their intent is to put him to the test, to discover whether he really can do a certain thing, esp. whether he notices sin and is able to punish it (Ex 17:2, 7; Num 14:22; Is 7:12; Ps 77:41, 56; Wsd 1:2 al.) 1 Cor 10:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9). τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου Ac 5:9. In Ac 15:10 the πειράζειν τὸν θεόν consists in the fact that after God has clearly made his will known by granting the Spirit to the Gentiles (vs. 8), some doubt him and make trial of him to see whether he really will make his will operative.—ASommer, D. Begriff d. Versuchung im AT u. Judentum, Diss. Breslau ’35. HSeesemann, TW VI 23-37. Cf. πειράω. M-M. B. 652f.* πειρασμός, οῦ, ὁ (in extra-Biblical usage only Diosc., Mat. Med. Praef. 5; Cyranides; Syntipas [s. 2b].—LXX).

1. test, trial (Sir 6:7; 27:5, 7) πρὸς πειρασμόν to test you 1 Pt 4:12. διὰ πειρασμόν τινα because you are being tried in some way Hm 9:7. Perh. Js 1:2 and 1 Pt 1:6 also belong here.

2. temptation, enticement to sin—a. act. tempting συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν ὁ διάβολος when the devil had exhausted every way of tempting Lk 4:13. b. pass. being tempted Js 1:12. Temptation, fr. without or fr. within, that can be an occasion of sin to a person (Sir 33:1; 44:20; 1 Macc 2:52) μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν Mt 6:13; Lk 11:4; D 8:2; cf. Pol 7: 2.—KKnoke, Der ursprüngl. Sinn der sechsten Bitte: NKZ 18, ’07, 200-20; AHarnack, Zur sechsten Bitte des Vaterunsers: SAB ’07, 942-7; AKleber, CBQ 3, ’41, 317-20; GBVerity, ET 58, ’46/’47, 221f; FCGrant, Introd. to NT Thought, ’50, 208.—(εἰσ-)έρχεσθαι εἰς πειρασμόν Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38 (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, p. 59 n. 1 and s. the agraphon fr. Tertullian, pp. 57-9); Lk 22:40 (HNBate, JTS 36, ’35, 76f), 46. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Ti 6:9. ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ in a time of temptation Lk 8:13. ἡ ὥρα τοῦ π. Rv 3:10. ἐκ πειρασμοῦ ῥύεσθαι 2 Pt 2:9. Cf. also Ac 15:26 D; 1 Cor 10:13a, b; 2 Cl 18:2.—Also in the pl. temptations (Cyranides p. 40, 24 πειρασμοὶ ἐν γῇ κ. θαλάσσῃ; Syntipas p. 124, 18; Test. Jos. 2, 7) Lk 22:28. μετὰ ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν Ac 20:19. ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; cf. Js 1:2 (trial is also possible in the last two passages).—2 Pt 2:9 v.l.—On the difficult saying τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε Gal 4:14 s. on ἐξουθενέω 1 and 2 and cf. JdeZwaan, ZNW 10, ’09, 246-50.

3. in the sense of πειράζω 2e testing of God by men (cf. Dt 6:16; 9:22) Hb 3:8 where vs. 9 shows that it is God who is being tested, and not the Israelites (Ps 94:8f).—HJKorn, ΠΕΙΡΑΣΜΟΣ. Die Versuchg. des Gläubigen in der griech. Bibel, ’37; MEAndrews, Peirasmos, A Study in Form-Criticism, ATR 24, ’42, 229-44; KGKuhn, πειρασμός im NT, ZThK 49, ’52, 200-22, New Light on Temptation, etc., in The Scrolls and the NT, ed. Stendahl, ’57, 94-113.

M-M.* πειράω in our lit. only πειράομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) as a mid., in one place perh. as pass.: impf. 3 sing. ἐπειρᾶτο; pf. ptc. πεπειραμένος.

1. try, attempt, endeavor w. inf. foll. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., 2 Macc 2:23; 10:12; 3 Macc 2:32; 4 Macc 12:2; Ep. Arist. 297; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 123; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 70; 2, 283) Ἰουδαῖοί με ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι Ac 26:21. Cf. 9:26 t.r.; 2 Cl 17:3; MPol 13:2.

2. The sense of the wording is difficult in Hb 4:15 t.r., which describes Christ as πεπειραμένος κατὰ πάντα.

Starting fr. the mng. ‘put someone or someth. to the test, in order to know him or it better’, the mid. can=go through an experience and learn someth. by it (Aesop, Fab. 105 H.) and the perf. mid.=have experienced, know from experience, know (Hes., Hdt.+; X., Hiero 1, 2; 2, 6; Pla., Ep. 6 p. 323A). For our pass. this would result in the mng. who was experienced in all respects. The pass. sense tried, tested, tempted is hardly in accord w. Gk. usage. Cf. πειράζω 2b and d ad loc. M-M. B. 652f.* πεισμονή, ῆς ἡ (Apollon. Dysc.=Gramm. Gr. II 2 p. 429, 9 U.; 299, 17; Eustathius on Hom. several times; Justin, Apol. I 53, 1; Irenaeus 4, 33, 7 al. in Church Fathers) persuasion (Apollon.; Justin, loc. cit.; PLond. 1674, 36 [VI 770

AD]) οὐ πεισμονῆς τὸ ἔργον, ἀλλὰ μεγέθους ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστιανισμός Christianity is not a matter of persuasiveness, but of (true) greatness IRo 3:3. ἡ π. οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος that persuasion, that draws you away fr. the truth, does not come from him who calls you Gal 5:8 (EDBurton, ICC Gal ’20, 282f). Bl-D. §488, 1b app. favor the mng. ‘obedience’ (Folgsamkeit) here (also §109, 6), but must depart fr. the Gk. text as handed down by the great majority of witnesses. M-M.* πέλαγος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 74, 3; IG XII 2, 119; 2 Macc 5:21; Ep. Arist. 214; Philo; Joseph.; Test. Napht.

6:5; loanw. in rabb.).

1. the open sea, the depths (of the sea) (Aristot., Probl. Sect. 23 Quaest. 3 p. 931b, 14f. ἐν τῷ λιμένι ὀλίγη ἐστὶν ἡ θάλασσα, ἐν δὲ τῷ πελάγει βαθεῖα; Jos., Bell. 1, 409)τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θαλάσσης (Apollon. Rhod. 2, 608.

Cf. also Eur., Tro. 88 πέλαγος Αἰγαίας ἁλός. Hesychius: πέλαγος. . . βυθός, πλάτος θαλάσσης): ἐν τῷ π. τῆς θαλάσσης in the open (deep) sea Mt 18:6 (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 307of lepers ἵνα καθῶσιν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος).

2. sea, mostly of an independent part of the whole (Aeschyl.+; Diod. S. 4, 77, 6 τὸ πέλ. Ἰκάριον; Philo, Op. M. 63; Jos., Ant. 2, 348)τὸ π. τὸ κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν the sea along the coast of Cilicia Ac 27:5. M-M.* πέλας adv. (Hom.+) near ὁ π. the neighbor (so Alcaeus 137 D.2; trag., Hdt.; Sextus 17; POxy. 79 II, 9; Pr 27:2) MPol 1:2 (after Phil 2:4 where, however, it reads τὰ ἑτέρων instead of τὸ κατὰ τοῦ πέλας).* πελεκίζω pf. pass. ptc. πεπελεκισμένος behead (with an ax—πέλεκύς) (Polyb. 1, 7, 12; 11, 30, 2; Diod. S. 19, 101, 3; Strabo 16, 2, 18; Plut., Ant. 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 20, 117; loanw. in rabb.) Rv 20:4. M-M. B. 561.* πεμπται̂ος, α, ον, (Hom.+; pap.; Ep. Arist. 175) on the fifth day ἤλθομεν πεμπταῖοι we came in five days Ac 20:6 D (Diod. S. 14, 103, 2 π.=‘on the fifth day’; Arrian, Anab. 1, 29, 1 ἀφικνεῖται πεμπταῖος).* πέμπτος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 48; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fifth Rv 6:9; 9:1; 16:10; 21:20; Hv 3, 1, 2; s 9, 1, 7; 9, 22, 1. ἡ πέμπτη, i.e. ἡμέρα the fifth day (Hes., Aristoph.+; Jos., Vi. 47) σαββάτων πέμπτῃ on the fifth day of the week i.e. on Thursday acc. to the Judaeo-Christian reckoning D 8:1. M-M.* πέμπω fut. πέμψω; 1 aor. ἔπεμψα; pf. πέπομφα (IEph 17:2); 1 aor. pass. ἔπέμφθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) send.

1. human beings and other beings of a personal character τινά someone J 1:22; 13:16; 20:21b; Phil 2:23, 28; ISm 11:3. δοῦλον Lk 20:11; cf. vs. 12f. τ. ἀδελφούς 2 Cor 9:3. ἄνδρας πιστούς 1 Cl 63:3. ὑπηρέτην Dg 7:2. ἐπισκόπους IPhld 10:2. W. double acc. π. τινὰ κατάσκοπον send someone out as a spy B 12:9; w. acc. of a ptc. π. τινὰ κρίνοντα send someone as a judge Dg 7:6. π. τινὰ πρεσβεύσοντα send someone to be a representative Pol 13:1. W. the destination indicated, in which case the acc. can be omitted as self-evident, like the Engl. ‘send to someone’=‘send a messenger to someone’: π. (τινὰ) εἴς τι send (someone) to, into (X., Hell. 7, 4, 39; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 271εἰς Ἰερος.) Mt 2:8; Lk 15:15; 16:27; Ac 10:5, 32 (without acc.); 15:22; IEph 6:1. W. the point of departure and the destination given ἀπὸ τῆς Μιλήτου εἰς Ἔφεσον Ac 20:17 (without acc.). W. indication of the pers. to whom someone is sent π. (τινὰ) πρός τινα send (someone) to someone (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 4; Diod. S. 20, 72, 1 π. τινὰ εἰς Συρακούσας πρὸς τ. ἀδελφόν; PHib. 127 descr. 3 [III BC] π. τινὰ πρός τινα; Sb 6769, 5; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 5:17; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 241) Lk 7:19 (αὐτούς them is supplied by the immediate context); Ac 10:33 (without acc.); 15:25; 19:31 (without acc.); 23:30 (the acc. αὐτόν him is supplied by the context.—S. further below, where this pass. is cited again); Eph 6:22; Phil 2:25; Col 4:8; Tit 3:12 (ἔπεμψεν P75 et al.). In several of these places π. is used w. another verb that tells the purpose of the sending. This verb can be in the ptc.: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent to ask (cf. Gen 38:25; 2 Km 14:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 262) Lk 7:19; cf. vs. 6. Or the verb w. π. is in a finite mood and π. stands in the ptc. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 9 §34 πέμψας ἀνεῖλε=he sent and had [her] put to death; 5, 118 §489 ἤρετο πέμπων=he sent and asked; Gen 27:42; Jos., Ant. 7, 149)πέμψαντες παρεκάλουν they sent and advised Ac 19:31; cf. πέμψας ἀπεκεφάλισεν he sent and had (John) beheaded Mt 14:10.—22:7. Differently πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν he sent them and said Mt 2:8. W. indication of the one who is to receive someone, in the dat. π. τινά τινι send someone to ‫ חַל‬1 Km 16:20; 2 Km 11:14; 3 someone 1 Cor 4:17; Phil 2:19.—π. διά τινος could come fr. the OT (=‫׳פּ ד‬ Km 2:25) and could have given rise to the expr. πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπεν αὐτῷ he sent word by his disciples and said to him Mt 11:2 (yet a similar expr. is found in Appian, Mithrid. 108 §516 ἔπεμπεν διʼ εὐνούχων.—With the v.l. ὁ Ἰω. πέμψας δύο τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ=‘sent two of his disciples and had them say to him’ cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 96 §449 πέμψας τινὰς ὁ Πομπήιος συνέλαβεν [Κάρβωνα]=Pompey sent certain men and had Carbo taken into custody). W. purpose indicated by the inf. Lk 15:15; 1 Cor 16:3; cf. also J 1:33; Rv 22:16. Subst. inf. w. εἰς 1 Th 3:2, 5. By εἰς (Appian, Mithrid. 108 §516 ἔπεμπεν τὰς θυγατέρας ἐς γάμους=in order to marry them [to Scythian princes]) εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν 1 Pt 2:14. W. εἰς twice: εἰς θεοῦ τιμὴν εἰς Σμύρναν IEph 21:1. W. purpose indicated by ἵνα Lk 16:24.—Esp. of sending forth of God’s representatives (Aberciusinschr. 7; Philosophenspr. p. 497, 8 Mullach I 1860, the wise man is ἀποσταλείς, his πέμψας is God) Moses 1 Cl 17:5; Elijah Lk 4:26. The angel of repentance Hs 8, 11, 1. Above all the Father sends the Son (upon the earth) Ro 8:3; IMg 8:2. πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν Lk 20:13 (cf. Hdt. 1, 119, 2f ἦν οἱ παῖς εἷς μοῦνος. . . τοῦτον ἐκπέμπει. . . ἐς Ἀστυάγεος. . . Ἀστυάγης σφάξας αὐτόν). John’s gospel is dominated by the thought that Jesus is sent by God fr. heaven (s. Hdb. exc. on J 3:17) 4:34; 5:23f, 30, 37; 6:38f, 44; 7:16, 28, 33; 8:16, 18, 26, 29; 9:4; 12:44f, 49; 13:20; 14:24; 15:21; 16:5. Jesus, or God in his name, will send the Paraclete or Holy Spirit 771

J 14:26; 15:26 (ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός); 16:7. Sim. πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης God sends them a deluding influence 2 Th 2:11.—The idea of moving from one place to another, which is inherent in ‘sending’, can retreat into the background, so that π. takes on the mng. instruct, commission, appoint: ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι J 1:33. Cf. 7:18 and the pass. 1 Pt 2:14. Elsewh., too, π. takes on a particular mng. fr. the context: πέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους let us go among the swine Mk 5:12. Of one under arrest: have him transported to his destination Ac 25:25, 27; cf. 23:30.—Abs. οἱ πεμφθέντες those who were sent Lk 7:10.—In several of the places already mentioned (Ac 23:30; Eph 6:22; Phil 2:28; Col 4:8) ἔπεμψα is an epistolary aorist (Thu. 1, 129, 3; Chio, Ep. 15, 3 ἔπεμψα δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον; POxy. 937, 21.—Bl-D. §334; Rob. 845f).

2. things: τινί τι send someth. to someone Rv 11:10; Hv 2, 4, 3a; s 5, 2, 9; 5, 5, 3. The thing that is the object of the sending can remain unmentioned if it is easily supplied fr. the context πέμψον ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις, είς Ἔφεσον καὶ εἰς. . . send (the book) to the seven churches, to Ephesus and to. . . Rv 1:11. πέμψει Κλήμης εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις Clement is to send (it=his copy or rescripts of it) to the cities abroad Hv 2, 4, 3b. ὥρισαν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they decided to send (someth.) to the brethren for their support Ac 11:29. εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε you have sent me (what was necessary) to satisfy my needs Phil 4:16.—On π. τὸ δρέπανον Rv 14:15, 18 s. δρέπανον.—π. abs. means send, write a document, letter, etc. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 18, 4; PGiess. 13, 5 [II AD] Ἀρσινόη μοι ἔπεμψε περὶ τῶν δύο ταλάντων; 17, 8; 13; 27, 8 οὗ ἕνεκα πρὸς σὲ ἔπεμψα ἵνα ἐπιγνῶ; 81, 6; 14 πέμψον μοι οὖν περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας σου and oft. in pap.) ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμπειν I have taken pains to write to you briefly B 1:5.—KHRengstorf, TW I 397-405. M-M.** πένης, ητος (Soph., Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 14, 31)poor, needy in our lit. only subst. ὁ π. the poor man (Pla., X. et al.; PRyl. 62, 11; PReinach 47, 11; LXX; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 149; Test. 12 Patr.) 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps 111:9); 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6. On the juxtaposition here and elsewhere in the LXX of πένης and πτωχός Aristoph., Plut. 553 πτωχοῦ βίος ζῆν ἐστι μηδὲν ἔχοντα, τοῦ δὲ πένητος ζῆν φειδόμενον καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις προσέχοντα. Ammonius Gr. [100 AD] p. 108 Valck.; PFlor. 296, 18). Opp. ὁ πλούσιος (X., An. 7, 7, 28; Pla., Prot. 319D; Plut., Pericl. 7, 3; PSI 120, 47; 2 Km 12:1; 1 Esdr 3:19; Pr 23:4; Ep. Arist. 249; Test. Reub. 4:7) Hs 2:5ff; B 20:2; D 5:2. W. χήρα, ὀρφανός Pol 6:1.—JHemelrijk, Πενία en Πλοῦτος, Diss. Utrecht ’25; JJvanManen, Πενία en Πλοῦτος in de periode na Alexander, Diss. Utrecht ’31; FHauck, TW VI 37-40. M-M. B. 782.* πενθερά, ᾶς, ἡ (Demosth.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 323)mother-in-law Mt 8:14; Mk 1:30; Lk 4:38. W. νύμφη (Mi 7:6) Mt 10:35; Lk 12:53. M-M. B. 124.* πενθερός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 120; 14, 71; Test. Jud. 13:4) father-in-law J 18:13.

M-M. B. 124.* πενθέω fut. πενθήσω; 1 aor. ἐπένθησα (Hom.+; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 206; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. intr. be sad, grieve, mourn (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1219, 5; 8; POxy. 528, 9; LXX in most occurrences) in contrast to joy, inward and outward Mt 9:15. παρακαλέσαι πάντας τοὺς πενθοῦντας B 14:9 (Is 61:2). Of sorrow for sins one has committed 1 Cor 5:2 (in the OT of sorrow for the sins of others: 1 Esdr 8:69; 9:2; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:6. Test.

Reub. 1:10 has πενθῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ μου, but this has no counterpart in the LXX). Also, the πενθοῦντες Mt 5:4 (al. 5) mourn not for their own sins, but because of the power of the wicked, who oppress the righteous. W. κλαίειν (POxy. 528, 9; 2 Km 19:2; 2 Esdr 18 [Neh 8]: 9) Mk 16:10; Lk 6:25; Js 4:9; Rv 18:15, 19; GP 7:27. π. ἐπί τινι mourn over someth. ἐπὶ τοῖς παραπτώμασιν τῶν πλησίον ἐπενθεῖτε 1 Cl 2:6 (cf. Aeschines 3, 211; Epict. 3, 3, 15; 1 Esdr 8:69 ἐμοῦ πενθοῦντος ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:6). ἐπί τινα over someone (2 Ch 35:24) Rv 18:11.

2. trans. (Bl-D. §148, 2; Rob. 475) mourn over w. acc. of the pers. (Hom.+; Lysias 2, 66; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 14, 1; Gen 37:34; 50:3; 1 Esdr 1:30; Bel 40; 1 Macc 12:52; 13:26; Jos., Bell. 2, l) 2 Cor 12:21. M-M.* πένθος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 285; 15, 57; Test. 12 Patr.) grief, sadness, mourning (opp. ὁ γέλως) Js 4:9. (W. θάνατος and λιμός) Rv 18:8. (W. κραυγή and πόνος) 21:4. (W. βασανισμός) 18:7a. π. ἰδεῖν see, have, experience sorrow 18:7b. Pl. (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 9, 5; in contrast to ἑορταί=joyful feasts, as Philo, Exsecr. 171) times of mourning Dg 4:5. RBultmann, TW VI 40-4. M-M. B. 1118.* πενιχρός, ἄ, όν (Hom.+; Plut., Pyrrh. 34, 1, Mor. 242B; Vett. Val. 166, 18; PPetr. III 36a, 6; BGU 1024 VIII, 12; Ex 22:24; Pr 28:15; 29:7; Philo, Somn. 2, 213; Jos., Ant. 13, 72)poor, needy χήρα π. Lk 21:2. M-M. * πεντάκις adv. five times (Pind.+; inscr., pap.; 4 Km 13:19) 2 Cor 11:24.* πεντακισχίλιοι, αι, α (Hdt., Pla. et al.; inscr., LXX; Ep. Arist. 82; Jos., Vi. 212) five thousand Mt 14:21; 16:9; Mk 6:44; 8:19; Lk 9:14; J 6:10.—GerhKittel, Rabbinica: Arbeiten z. Religionsgesch. herausgeg. v. JLeipoldt I 3, ’20, 39ff.* πεντακόσιοι, αι, α (Hom.+; inscr.; PRyl. 129, 13; LXX; Ep. Arist. 104; Jos., Ant. 11, 16; Test. Jud. 9:8) five hundred Lk 7:41; 1 Cor 15:6; 1 Cl 25:2. M-M.* πεντακοσιοστός, ή, όν (Aristoph., Lysias et al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 316) five hundredth ἔτος 1 Cl 25:5.* 772

πέντε indecl. (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) five Mt 14:17, 19; 16:9 and oft. πέντε ἄνδρας ἔσχες J 4:18 (acc. to Lycophron vs. 143; 146ff Helen had five husbands).—GerhKittel (under πεντακισχίλιοι) and EHommel, ZNW 23, ’24, 305-10. M-M. πεντεκαιδέκατος, η, ον (Aristot.; Diod. S. 12, 81, 5; Plut., Mor. 1084D; inscr.; PAmh. 131, 7; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 89)fifteenth Lk 3:1. M-M.* πεντήκοντα indecl. (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 11, 15)fifty Lk 7:41; 16:6; J 8:57; 21:11; Ac 13:20. ὡσεὶ ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα Lk 9:14 s. ἀνά 2. κατὰ π. Mk 6:40 s. κατά II 3a. M-M.* πεντηκόνταρχος, ου, ὁ (Ps.-X., Rep. Athen. 1, 2 al.; pap., LXX) commander of 50 men, lieutenant 1 Cl 37:3.* πεντηκοστή, ῆς, ἡ (the subst. fem. of πεντηκοστός fiftieth [this Pla.+; LXX], found in Hyperides, fgm. 106; Andoc. 1, 133; Demosth. 14, 27 al., also in inscr. and ostraca as t.t. in taxation ἡ πεντηκοστή [i.e. μερίς] ‘the fiftieth part’=two per cent) in our lit. Pentecost (really ἡ π. ἡμέρα, because it means the festival celebrated on the fiftieth day ‫‘גַח‬feast of weeks’ Dt 16:10]; rabb. ‫שׁמ‬ ִ ִ ‫םוֹי םי‬ ‫‘גַח‬feast of 50 days’.—Tob 2:1; 2 Macc after Passover [=‫תוֹע‬ 12:32; Philo, Decal. 160, Spec. Leg. 2, 176; Jos., Bell. 1, 253;2, 42; 6, 299) ἕως τῆς π. until Pentecost 1 Cor 16:8. ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς π. the Day of Pentecost Ac 2:1; 20:16.—WHRoscher, Die Zahl 50: Abh. der Sächs. Ges. d. Wiss.

XXXIII 5, ’17; Billerb. II 597ff; CRErdman, The Mng. of Pentecost: Bibl. Review 15, ’30, 491-508; KLake, Gift of the Spirit on the Day of Pentecost: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111-21; NAdler, D. erste chr. Pfingstfest ’38. Lohse, TW VI 44-53; EHaenchen, AG ’56, 133ff. M-M.* πέπειρος, ον (Soph.+) ripe (Theophr., C. Pl. 3, 6, 9; Artem. 2, 25) τὸ πέπειρον ripeness (Herm. Wr. 1, 17: Rtzst., Poim. 333) εἰς πέπειρον καταντᾶν come to ripeness of the fruit of the vine (cf. Gen 40:10) 1 Cl 23:4.* πέποιθα s. πείθω. πεποίθησις, εως, ἡ (a word of later Gk. rejected by Phryn. p. 294 L.: LXX only 4 Km 18:19, somewhat more freq. in the other Gk. translations of the OT; Philo, Virt. 226; Jos., Ant. 1, 73; 3, 45; 10, 16; 11, 299; Philod., Περὶ παρρησίας p. 22 Ol.; Hermogenes, De Ideis 1, 9 p. 265 Rabe; 2, 7 p. 355; Sext. Emp., Hypotyp. 1, 14, 60; 23, 197; Syntipas p. 125, 12 ἡ ἐπὶ τ. θεῷ π.; Simplicius In Epict., Ench. 79 p. 329; Eustath., In Od. p. 114; 717) trust, confidence.

1. of trust or confidence in others. In men, abs. 2 Cor 1:15. Esp. of trust in God (occasionally almost=faith) μετʼ εὐσεβοῦς πεποιθήσεως with devout confidence 1 Cl 2:3. ἐν π. πίστεως ἀγαθῆς 26:1; πίστις ἐν π. 35:2; cf. 45:8; ἔχειν προσαγωγὴν ἐν π. have access (to God) in confidence Eph 3:12.—W. prep.: π. εἴς τινα trust, confidence in someone 2 Cor 8:22. Also ἔν τινι: ἔχειν πεποίθησιν ἐν σαρκί put one’s trust in physical matters Phil 3:4.

2. of trust or confidence in oneself θαρρῆσαι τῇ πεποιθήσει be bold with confidence (in his position as an apostle) 2 Cor 10:2. πεποίθησιν τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν such (as explained in what precedes) is the self-confidence we have through Christ toward God (who, acc. to what follows, is the real basis for the apostle’s self-confidence) 3:4. ἡ κενὴ π. vain self-confidence Hs 9, 22, 3.

3. confidence in the outcome of affairs μετὰ πεποιθήσεως with confidence 1 Cl 31:3. ποίᾳ πεποιθήσει είσελευσόμεθα εἰς τὸ βασίλειον; what basis for confidence (=prospect) do we have for getting into the Kingdom? 2 Cl 6:9. M-M.* πέπονθα s. πάσχω. πέπρακα s. πιπράσκω. πέπτωκα s. πίπτω. πέπωκα s. πίνω. περ enclitic particle, w. intensive and extensive force (Bl-D. §107; Rob. 1153); s. the words compounded w. it: διόπερ, ἐάνπερ (s. ἐάν I 3c), εἴπερ (s. εἰ VI 11), ἐπειδήπερ, ἐπείπερ, ἤπερ (s. ἤ 2eβ), καθάπερ, καίπερ, ὅσπερ (s. ὅς I 10e), ὥσπερ (ὡσπερεί). Πέραια, ας, s. πέραν 2c. περαιτέρω (Aeschyl., Thu.+; Jos., Ant. 18, 301; 19, 141; BGU 372 II, 12 [154 AD]) adv. of περαίτερος, α, ον, the comp. of πέρα: further, beyond εἰ δέ τι π. ἐπιζητεῖτε if there is anything further that you want to know (cf. Pla., Phaedo 107B οὐδὲν ζητήσετε περαιτέρω) Ac 19:39. M-M.* πέραν adv. of place (Hom. [πέρην]+; inscr., pap., LXX) on the other side.

1. used as adv., and subst. w. the art. τὸ πέραν the shore or land on the other side (X., An. 4, 3, 11; Sb 7252, 773

19) εἰς τὸ πέραν (Pla.; Polyb.; Dit., Syll.3 495, 84; 619, 27; 709, 6; BGU 1022, 25; 1 Macc 9:48) Mt 8:18, 28; 14:22; 16:5; Mk 4:35; 5:21; 6:45; 8:13.

2. as improper prep. w. gen. (Bl-D. §184; Rob. 646)—a. answering the question ‘whither?’ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης Jesus went away to the other side of the lake J 6:1. ἤρχοντο πέραν τ. θαλάσσης εἰς Καφαρναούμ vs. 17. Cf. 10:40; 18:1. b. answering the question ‘where?’ ταῦτα ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου this took place in Bethany on the other side of the Jordan J 1:28 (PParker, JBL 74, ’55, 257-61 [not ‘beyond’=west, but ‘across from’=east]). τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου Mt 19:1. Cf. J 3:26; 6:22, 25.—πέραν w. gen. can also be used w. the art. as a subst. (X., An. 3, 5, 2 εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ; Jos., Ant. 7, 198)ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης they came to the (land on the) other side of the lake Mk 5:1. Cf. Lk 8:22. c. In a number of places πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (Is 8:23; cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 222)functions as an indecl. name for the territory on the other (eastern) side of the Jordan, i.e. Peraea (Περαία, ας [oft. in Joseph.] is found in our lit. only as v.l.: Lk 6:17.—The expression is by no means limited to Palestine. ἐν τῇ περαίᾳ in Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 42 §168 refers to the land on the other side of the river. In addition, the region of the Carian mainland opposite the island of Rhodes was called Peraea: Appian, op. cit. 4, 72 §305; also Livy 32, 33; 33, 18). ἀπὸ τ. Γαλιλαίας καὶ Ἰουδαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου from Galilee and Judaea and Peraea Mt 4:25. ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου Mk 3:8. Cf. Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23); Mk 10:1 (here the t.r. has διὰ τοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου).—Meistermann (Κ αφαρναούμ, end) 93ff. M-M.* πέρας, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) end, limit, boundary.

1. of place, pl. τὰ πέρατα the ends, limits τῆς γῆς of the earth (Alcaeus [c. 600 BC] 50, 1 Diehl; Thu. 1, 69, 5; X., Ages. 9, 4; Inscr. Orae Sept. Ponti Euxini I 21, 26 Latyschev μέχρι περάτων γῆς; Ps 2:8; 21:28; Da 4:21; En. 1, 5; 31, 2; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 262;Test. Napht. 6:7) Mt 12:42; Lk 11:31 (on both these passages cf. Apollon. Rhod. 2, 165 ἐκ περάτων); Ac 13:33 D (Ps 2:8); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); IRo 6:1; Hs 8, 3, 2; D 9:4. τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης (Diod. S. 3, 53, 1 τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης; 1, 19, 6 τὸ πέρας τῆς οἰκ.; Jos., Ant. 8, 116)Ro 10:18 (Ps 18:5).

Also τὰ πέρατα abs. in the same sense (Vett. Val. 226, 18; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 18; 173; Ps 64:9) οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, οἱ κατὰ τὰ πέρατα ὁρισθέντες the bishops who are appointed in the most distant lands IEph 3:2.—JGeyer, Vetus T 20, ’70, 87-90, replying to MTreves, ibid. 19, ’69, 235.

2. of ceasing, bringing to an end: end, conclusion (Aeschyl., Pers. 632 τῶν κακῶν; Demosth. 18, 97 πέρας τοῦ βίου ὁ θάνατος; Polyb. 5, 31, 2; 7, 5, 5; Epict. 3, 26, 37; 4, 1, 106; Dit., Or. 669, 40; PGiess. 25, 7; BGU 1019, 7; POxy. 237 VIII, 16; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 5:8; 3 Macc 5:5; Philo, Op. M. 150 al.; Jos., Ant. 7, 374)πάσης ἀντιλογίας πέρας (as) an end to all disputing Hb 6:16. Cf. IRo 1:2 v.l. Funk.

3. as adv. πέρας finally, in conclusion, further (more) (since Aeschin. 1, 61; Polyb. 2, 55, 6; Alciphr. 4, 17, 3; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 77; Jos., Ant. 16, 352)B 5:8; 10:2; 12:6; 15:6, 8; 16:3; MPol 16:1. M-M.* Πέργαμος, ου, ἡ (X., Hell. 3, 1, 6; Paus. 7, 16, 1) or Πέργαμον, ου, τό (Polyb. 4, 48, 11; Diod. S. 28, 5; Strabo 13, 4, 1; 2; Appian, Mithrid. 52 §210; Jos., Bell. 1, 425τὸ κατὰ Μυσίαν Πέργαμον.—In the NT, as in many other cases [e.g. Dit., Or. ind. II p. 595a] the gender cannot be determined) Pergamus or Pergamum, an important city in Mysia, in northwest Asia Minor. It was the center of several cults: Zeus Soter, Asclepius Soter and Athena Nicephorus had famous temples here. It was also a center of the imperial cult; as early as 29 BC the provincial assembly erected a sanctuary to Augustus and Roma. Christians seem to have been persecuted here at an early date (s. Ἀντίπας). Rv 1:11; 2:12.—Altertümer von Pergamon I-VIII 1885-1930; of this vol. VIII=D. Inschr. v. P. edited by MFränkel 1890/95; EPontremoli and MCollignon, Pergame ’00; VSchultze, Altchristliche Städte u. Landschaften II 2, ’26; AvSalis, D. Altar v. P. ’12. M-M.* Πέργη, ης, ἡ (Callim., Hymn to Diana 187; Strabo 14, 4, 2; Philostrat., V. S. 2, 6; inscr.; coins) Perga, a city in Pamphylia, near the south coast of Asia Minor. Visited by Paul on his so-called first missionary journey Ac 13:14; 14:25. Π. τῆς Παμφυλίας 13:13.—WRuge, Pauly-W. XIX 1, ’37, 694-704.* περί (Hom.+; inscr. pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) prep. w. gen. and acc., in our lit. not (Bl-D. §203; Rob. 617) w. dat.—See the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.

1. w. the gen. to denote the object or pers. to which (whom) an action refers or relates—a. after verbs that denote an oral or written expression or its reception, a mental action, knowing, thinking, recognizing, etc. about, concerning; s. the entries ἀκούω (1c; 3c), ἀναγγέλλω (2, end), ἀπαγγέλλω (1), ἀπολογέομαι, γνωρίζω (1), γογγύζω, γράφω (2d), δηλόω, διαβεβαιόομαι, διαλέγομαι (1), διδάσκω (2c), διηγέομαι, εἶπον (1). ἐντέλλω, ἐπιστέλλω, κατηχέω, λαλέω (2aδ), λέγω (I 4); λόγον αἰτεῖν, ἀποδιδόναι, διδόναι, ποιεῖσθαι (s. λόγος 2a); μαρτυρέω (1a), μνημονεύω (1c), ὁμιλέω, πυνθάνομαι, προκαταγγέλλω, προφητεύω, ὑπομιμνῄσκω, χρηματίζομαι, ἀγνοέω (1), ἀπορέω, ἐπινοέω, ἐπίσταμαι (2), οἶδα (1h), πέπεισμαι (s. πείθω 4), πιστεύω (1aβ). Also used w. the substantives belonging to these verbs or verbs w. similar mngs.: ἀπολογία (2a), γογγυσμός (2). διήγησις, εὐαγγέλιον, ἦχος (2), πρόφασις, φήμη; s. these entries. γινώσκω J 7:17. συμφωνέω Mt 18:19. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; what do you think of the Christ? 22:42. b. after verbs that express considering, asking, examining, charging, judging, censuring, punishing, praising etc. on account of, because of, for, concerning. S. the entries ἀποστοματίζω, ἀπορέω, διαπορέω, ἐγκαλέω, εἶδον 4 deliberate concerning, ἐκζητέω (1), ἐλέγχω (2 and 3), ἐξετάζω (1a), ἐπιζητέω (1b), ἐρωτάω (1), ζητέω (1c), κατηγορέω, παραμυθέομαι.—διαλογίζομαι Lk 3:15. κρίνω J 8:26. λιθάζω 10:33. θεὸν αἰνέω Lk 19:37. περὶ οὗ.

774

. . οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον his accusers brought no charge of this kind Ac 25:18 (BWeiss, Preuschen take περὶ οὗ w. σταθέντες, which immediately follows it, and understand it to mean ‘around him’, ‘near him’ [περί τινος in this sense IG XIV 2508, 4]).—S. also the entry ζήτημα. c. after verbs that denote emotion. S. the entries ἀγανακτέω, θαυμάζω (1aβ), καυχάομαι, σπλαγχνίζομαι. d. after verbs of caring (for). S. the entries μέλει (2), μεριμνάω, προβλέπω. e. after other verbs and expressions, mostly with regard to, with reference to, in relation to, w. respect to εὐλογεῖν Hb 11:20. ἀναβαίνειν περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος go up in relation to the question Ac 15:2. ἐντολὰς λαμβάνειν Col 4:10. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν 1 Cor 7:37 (s. ἐξουσία 1). περὶ πάντων εὐοδοῦσθαι be well off in all respects 3J 2 (περὶ π.=‘in all resp.’: Pla., Gorg. 23 p. 467D.—Others take it as ‘above all’; cf. Il. 1, 287; 21, 566). f. w. certain verbs and nouns such as ‘ask’, ‘pray’, ‘prayer’ etc. περί introduces the pers. or thing in whose interest the petition is made. Thus it takes the place of ὑπέρ (Bl-D. §229, 1; Rob. 618; WSchulze, Zeitschr. für vergl.

Sprachforschung 44, ’11, 359: Callim., Epigr. 55, 3.—Dit., Syll.3 1170, 30 περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν; POxy. 1298, 4; 1494, 6; Ep. Arist. 273) for. S. the entries δέομαι (4), δέησις, ἐρωτάω (2), παρακαλέω (3). προσεύχεσθαι (Gen 20:7; 1 Km 7:5; 2 Macc 1:6; 15:14) Lk 6:28; Col 1:3 (v.l. ὑπέρ); 4:3; 1 Th 5:25; 2 Th 1:11; 3:1; Hb 13:18. προσευχὴ γίνεται Ac 12:5. Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη περὶ ὑμῶν; 1 Cor 1:13 v.l. (for ὑπέρ). τὸ αἷμα τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον Mt 26:28 (cf. Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 730, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν. . . παθεῖν). ἀγῶνα ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν Col 2:1 t.r. (for ὑπέρ). g. when used w. ἁμαρτία the word ‘for’ has the sense to take away, to atone for περὶ ἁμαρτίας (Num 8:8) Ro 8:3 (differently TCThornton, JTS 22, ’71, 515-17). Ἰ. Χρ. τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν Gal 1:4 v.l. (for ὑπέρ). περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 Pt 3:18. Cf. Hb 5:3c. προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 10:18. θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν vs. 26. εὒσφέρεται τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας 13:11. τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας (i.e. προσφερόμενον) the sin-offering (Lev 6:23; 14:19) Hb 10:6, 8 (both Ps 39:7). h. περί τινος abs. at the beginning of a sentence concerning, with reference to (Dit., Syll.3 736, 1; PEleph. 13, 4f; BGU 246, 13; 17; 1097, 5 [c. 50 AD]; 1095, 9 [57 AD]) περὶ ὧν (=περὶ τούτων ἃ) ἐγράψατε concerning the things that you wrote (to me) 1 Cor 7:1 (s. γράφω 2d). Cf. 8:1; 16:1, 12. In other, seemingly similar, places it is to be connected w. the verb that follows: Mt 22:31; 24:36; Mk 12:26; 13:32; 1 Cor 7:25; 8:4; 12:1; 2 Cor 9:1; 1 Th 4:9; 5:1. i. w. the art. τὰ περί τινος what concerns someone or someth., his or its circumstances, situation, condition (X., An. 2, 5, 37 ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου; Sir 19:30) τὰ περὶ (τοῦ) Ἰησοῦ the reports about Jesus, concerning his miracles Mk 5:27; of Jesus’ passion experiences Lk 24:19; of the preaching about Jesus Ac 18:25; cf.

28:31. τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ (αὐτοῦ, ἐμοῦ, ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν) Lk 24:27; Ac 23:11, 15; 24:10; 28:15; Eph 6:22; Phil 1:27; 2:19f; Col 4:8.—τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ the things concerning the Kgdm. of God Ac 1:3; 19:8 v.l. (the text omits the art.). τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 24:22 (ὁδός 2c).

2. w. the acc.—a. of place around, about, near— α. (all) around ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ αὐτήν until I dig (all) around it Lk 13:8. περιαστράψαι φῶς περὶ ἐμέ Ac 22:6b. β. of a part of the body around which someth. goes: (Heraclid. Pont. fgm. 55 W. περὶ τὸ μέτωπον) a belt περὶ τὴν ὀσφύν around the waist Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6; cf. Rv 15:6. A millstone περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2; cf. Mt 18:6. γ. of nearby places: αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις the towns near them (Sodom and Gomorrah) Jd 7. τὰ περὶ τὸν τόπον the region around the place Ac 28:7 (Diod. S. 1, 50, 6 τὰ π. τὴν Μέμφιν; Strabo 12, 7, 3). Without the art. περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα the neighborhood of T. and S. Mk 3:8. δ. of persons who are standing, sitting, working or staying close to someone ὄχλον περὶ αὐτόν Mt 8:18; cf. Mk 9:14. τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθημένους Mk 3:34; cf. vs. 32. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν those about him, his followers Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49. The central person in the group can be included: οἱ περὶ Παῦλον Paul and his companions Ac 13:13; 21:8 t.r. οἱ περὶ [τὸν] Πέτρον Peter and those with him short ending of Mark; ISm 3:2; cf. GH 22 (class.; Diod. S. 11, 40, 3; 11, 61, 3 οἱ περὶ τὸν Κίμωνα=Cimon and his men; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 1:33; 8:30; 4 Macc 2:19; Jos., Ant. 18, 354al.; Bl-D. §228; Rob. 620). οἱ περὶ τὸν κεντυρίωνα the centurion and his men GP 11:45. πρὸς τὰς περὶ Μάρθαν καὶ Μαριάμ J 11:19 v.l. prob. means only the two sisters to Martha and Mary (cf. Phalaris, Ep. 136; Polyb. 4, 36, 6; 21, 11, 2; Diod. S. 1, 16, 1; 1, 37, 3; 16, 85, 2 οἱ περὶ Χάρητα καὶ Λυσικλέα=Chares and Lysicles [are made generals]; Plut., Tiber. Gracch. 2, 3 οἱ περὶ ∆ροῦσον=∆ροῦσος, Pyrrh. 20, 1 οἱ περὶ Γάϊον Φαβρίκιον=Γάϊος Φαβρίκιος; Diog. L. 2, 43 οἱ περὶ Αἰσχύλον=Aeschylus; 2, 105; Ep. Arist. 51; Philo, Vi. Cont.

15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 17). οἱ π. τὸν Παῦλον Ac 27:1a v.l.=Παῦλος 1b. b. of time about, near (class.; PGenève 17, 10; PGiess. 70, 7; Gen 15:12; Ex 11:4) περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182; Jos., Vi. 239; cf. 243; PSI 184, 5 χθὲς περὶ ἕκτην ὥραν) about the third hour Mt 20:3.

Likew. w. the hour given vs. 5f, 9; 27:46; Ac 10:3 (ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην), 9; cf. Mk 6:48; Ac 22:6a. c. of being occupied with περισπᾶσθαι (q.v. 2), θορυβάζεσθαι περί τι Lk 10:40f. οἱ π. τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάται the workers who were occupied with such things (s. ἐργάτης 1a) Ac 19:25. d. with regard or respect to (Diod. S. 2, 18, 2 ἡ περὶ αὐτὴν ἀρετή=her valor; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 17, οἱ περὶ μοιχείαν νόμοι; Jos., Ant. 5, 259)ἀστοχεῖν 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 2:18. ναυαγεῖν 1 Ti 1:19. νοσεῖν have a morbid craving for someth. (s. νοσέω) 6:4. περὶ πάντα in all respects Tit 2:7.—Pol 4:3. On 2 Cl 17:2 s. ἀνάγω 4.—τὰ περὶ ἐμέ my situation, how I am getting along (Menand., Sam. 278; UPZ 68, 6 [152 BC] τὰ περὶ Ἀπολλώνιον; Jos., Ant. 2, 60)Phil 2:23. αἱ π. τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι desires for other things Mk 4:19. HRiesenfeld, TW VI 53-6.

M-M. 775

περιάγω impf. περιῆγον (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo)—1. trans. lead around (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX, Joseph.) τινά take someone about or along with oneself, have someone with oneself (constantly) or accompany oneself (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 28; Demosth. 36, 45 τρεῖς παῖδας ἀκολούθους π.; Diod. S. 2, 38, 6 γυναικῶν πλῆθος περιάγειν; 17, 77, 6 codd. τὰς παλλακίδας=‘the concubines’) ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα π. take about a sister (i.e., a Christian woman) as wife 1 Cor 9:5 (Diog. L. 6, 97 Crates the Cynic takes his like-minded wife with him on his philosophical journeys).

2. intr. go around, go about (Cebes 6, 3 codd.; rare in this sense, but s. L-S-J (lex.) s.v. II [Bl-D. §150 app.; 308; Rob. 477].—Intr. also Is 28:27) perh. go around κύκλῳ τοῦ πύργου Hs 9, 11, 4. Go about of a blind man feeling his way Ac 13:11. W. the place given: of wanderings go about ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ Mt 4:23. W. acc. of the district travelled through (Zen.-P. 59 033, 3 [257 BC] π. πάντας τοὺς παραδείσους) τὰς πόλεις πάσας in all the cities 9:35. τὰς κώμας κύκλῳ in the nearby villages Mk 6:6. τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηράν travel about on sea and land Mt 23:15. M-M.* περιαιρέω 2 aor. inf. περιελεῖν, ptc. περιελών; impf. pass. 3 sing. περιῃρεῖτο (Hom.+; pap., LXX).

1. lit. take away someth. that is found around someth. (τείχη: Hdt. 3, 159; 6, 46; Thu. 1, 108, 3; δέρματα σωμάτων Pla., Polit. 288E; τὸν χιτῶνα Aristot., H.A. 5, 32), also gener. take away (PTebt. 5, 146; 165 [118 BC]; Jos., Ant. 20, 212)περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα the veil is removed 2 Cor 3:16 (cf. Ex 34:34). τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες they cast off or slipped the anchors (on both sides of the ship) Ac 27:40.—In Ac 28:13 περιελόντες abs. is a v.l. But this rdg. cannot be correct, even if τὰς ἀγκύρας is supplied (s. Blass ad loc.).

2. take away, remove (Ex 8:4, 27) ἁμαρτίας Hb 10:11 (the ‘removal’ of sin by God is also mentioned: 1 Ch 21:8; Zeph 3:11, 15. Cf. Zen.-P. 59 147, 3 [256 BC] π.=cancel an entry, a right, and for the fig. use also M. Ant. 12, 2 τὸν πολὺν περισπασμὸν σεαυτοῦ περιαιρήσεις; Alciphr. 2, 25, 2 φόβον; Diog. L. 6, 7: to make it unnecessary to unlearn [anything]). Pass. περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα all hope was gradually abandoned (impf.) Ac 27:20. M-M.* περιάπτω 1 aor. ptc. περιάψας (Pind.+; PTebt. 735, 11 [II BC]; 3 Macc 3:7; Ep. Arist. 159; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 260)kindle πῦρ (Phalaris, Ep. 122, 2 Herch. v.l.) Lk 22:55. M-M.* περιαστράπτω 1 aor. περιήστραψα (Galen: CMG V 9, 1 p. 392, 2; 4 Macc 4:10; Christian wr., as well as Rhet. Gr. I 616, 1).

1. trans. shine around τινά someone Ac 9:3; 22:6 D. 2. intr. shine (around) (Psellus p. 37, 19) περί τινα around someone 22:6. M-M.* περιβάλλω fut. περιβαλῶ; 2 aor. περιέβαλον, imper. περίβαλε, inf. περιβαλεῖν; 2 aor. mid. περιεβαλόμην; fut. mid. περιβαλοῦμαι; pf. pass. ptc. περιβεβλημένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) throw, lay, or put around.

1. lit.—a. of an encircled city (περιβ. of the walling of a city by its inhabitants: Aelian, V.H. 6, 12; Palaeph. 17; Dit., Syll.3 344, 14; Pr 28:4. Of a piece of ground that is fenced in: POxy. 707, 32) περιβαλοῦσιν οἱ ἐχθροί σου χάρακά σοι throw up an embankment around you Lk 19:43 v.l. (cf. Nearchus of Crete [c. 300 BC]: 133 fgm. 1, 33, 10 Jac.; Arrian, Anab. 5, 23, 6 Ἀλέξανδρος χάρακι περιβάλλει τ. πόλιν; Ezk 4:2). b. esp. of articles of clothing put on—α. τί τινι someth. on someone (Test. Levi 8:7; cf. Plut., Popl. 5, 3 ἱμάτια τοῖς τραχήλοις; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 22); hence (or fr. δ below) the mid. περιβάλλομαί τι put someth. on (oneself) (Hom.+; 1 Km 28:8; 4 Km 19:1; Jon 3:8; Is 37:1) τί περιβαλώμεθα; Mt 6:31. Cf. Ac 12:8; Rv 19:8. περιβέβλημαί τι have put someth. on, wear as a garment (EpJer 11; Da 12:6f; Jos., Ant. 8, 207)νεανίσκον περιβεβλημένον στολὴν λευκήν Mk 16:5 (Lucian, Philops. 25 of a messenger from heaven: νεανίας λευκὸν ἱμάτιον περιβεβλημένος). Cf. Rv 7:9, 13; 11:3; 17:4; 18:16; 19:13; GP 13:55. ἄγγελον περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην Rv 10:1. γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον 12:1. περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ who wore (nothing but) a linen cloth on his naked body Mk 14:51. β. τινά τινι clothe someone in someth. (Eur.+) περιβεβλημένη πορφυρᾷ καὶ κοκκίνῳ Rv 17:4 t.r. (cf. Pla., Critias 116C περιβεβλημένος περιβόλῳ χρυσῷ; 3 Km 11:29). γ. περιβάλλεσθαι ἔν τινι clothe oneself in or with someth. (Dt 22:12; 1 Ch 21:16; Ps 44:10, 14) Rv 3:5; 4:4. δ. w. a double acc. τινά τι put someth. on someone (Ezk 27:7.—Bl-D. §155, 5; Rob. 483) ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν J 19:2. Cf. GP 3:7. The acc. of the pers. is easily supplied Lk 23:11. ε. with no mention of the garment περιβάλλω τινά clothe someone (Ezk 18:7, 16) Mt 25:36, 43; B 3:3 (Is 58:7); w. the acc. supplied Mt 25:38. Mid. περιβάλλομαι dress oneself (Hg 1:6; Lev 13:45) Mt 6:29; Lk 12:27; Rv 3:18.

2. fig. of plunging someone into torture, involving him in misfortunes (Eur.+; PSI 330, 7 [258/7 BC]; 3 Macc 6:26 τοὺς. . . περιέβαλεν αἰκίαις; Jos., Ant. 2, 276; cf. Ep. Arist. 208; 167) τοὺς δουλεύοντας τῷ θεῷ αἰκίαν περιβαλεῖν 1 Cl 45:7. M-M.* περιβλέπω (Soph., X., Pla.+; BGU 1097, 3; LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 627al.) in our lit. only mid. περιβλέπομαι (Polyb.; Περὶ ὕψους 55, 18 V. al.; LXX; Test. Jos. 7:1. Cf. Bl-D. §316, 1; Rob. 809; 813) impf. 3 sing. περιεβλέπετο; 1 aor. ptc. περιβλεψάμενος.

1. look around (at) abs. (Diod. S. 16, 32, 2; Plut., Cato Min. 37; 8; Ex 2:12; 3 Km 21:40) Mk 9:8; 10:23. W. final inf. foll. (Bl-D. §392, 3; cf. Rob. 989f) περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν he looked (or kept looking) around to see Mk 5:32.

W. acc. of the pers. (Polyb. 9, 17, 6; Job 7:8) περιβλεψάμενος τοὺς περί αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθημένους he looked around at those etc. Mk 3:34. Cf. vs. 5; Lk 6:10. περιβλεψάμενος πάντα when he had looked around at 776

everything Mk 11:11.

2. w. loss of the literal mng. look for, hunt (w. acc. Epict. 3, 22, 65; M. Ant. 7, 55; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 12) περιβλέπονται τίνα ἐκδύσωσιν they are looking for someone to plunder B 10:4. M-M.* περιβόητος, ον (Soph., Thu.+) well known, far famed, celebrated (so Demosth. 34, 29; Menand., fgm. 402, 3; Plut., Ages. 24, 5, Themist. 15, 4; 2 Macc 2:22; Philo, Mos. 2, 284 εὐσέβεια; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 315) φιλαδελφία 1 Cl 47:5. (W. σεμνός and πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἀξιαγάπητος) ὄνομα 1:1.* περιβόλαιον, ου, τό (Eur.+; PStrassb. 91, 9 [I BC]; LXX; En. 14, 20; Ep. Arist. 158) covering, wrap, cloak, robe of an article of clothing (Diod. S. 36, 2, 4; Dionys. Hal. 3, 61, 1; PStrassb. [s. above]; Dt 22:12; Is 50:3) someth. like a cloak or mantle ὡσεὶ π. ἑλίσσειν roll up as a cloak Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:27). ἡ κόμη ἀντὶ περιβολαίου δέδοται αὐτῇ her (the woman’s) hair is given to her as a covering 1 Cor 11:15 (cf. OMotta, ET 44, ’33, 139-41 and s. on κατακαλύπτω, end). M-M.* περιγίνομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 102, 6; Philo, Op. M. 155; Test. 12 Patr.) become master of, overcome w. gen. (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Aelian, V.H. 1, 3; Vett. Val. p.38, 20; 4 Macc 13:3; Jos., Ant. 7, 165)Hv 1, 3, 2.* περιδέω plpf. pass. 3 sing. περιεδέδετο (Hdt., Aristoph. +; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 62) bind or wrap around τί τινι someth. w. someth. (Plut., Mor. 825E; Job 12:18) ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ π. his face was wrapped in a cloth J 11:44. M-M.* περιελαύνω impf. περιήλαυνον (since Hom. [where it is found in tmesis]; pap.; Jos., Bell., 3, 17; 4, 115) drive about of livestock (Palaeph. p. 26, 9; PTebt. 53, 18 [II BC]) ὧδε κἀκεῖσε περιήλαυνεν αὐτά (i.e. τὰ πρόβατα) he was driving them about, here and there Hs 6, 2, 7.* περιελει̂ν,-ών s. περιαιρέω. περιεργάζομαι mid. dep. (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Test. 12 Patr.) do someth. unnecessary or useless, be a busybody (Hdt. 3, 46; Pla., Apol. 3 p. 19B; Demosth. 26, 15; 32, 28; Polyb. 18, 51, 2; IG III 1, 74, 14ff. PLond.

1912, 58ff [=HIBell, Jews and Christians in Egypt ’24]; Sir 3:23; Ep. Arist. 315; Philo, In Flacc. 5; Jos., Ant. 12, 112.W. πολυπραγμονέω e.g. Aelian, V.H. 12, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1042, 15) abs. (in a play on words w. ἐργάζεσθαι, as Demosth., Phil. 4, 72 ἐργάζῃ καὶ περιεργάζῃ) 2 Th 3:11. Also concern oneself (Himerius, Or. 64 [=Or. 18], 3) περί τινος about someth. περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μὴ περιεργάζου do not concern yourself about the rest Hs 9, 2, 7. M-M.* περίεργος, ον (Lysias+; Menand., Epitr. fgm. 2, 45 J.; Philo, Joseph.)—1. of persons paying attention to things that do not concern one, meddlesome, curious, subst. a busybody (X., Mem. 1, 3, 1; Epict. 3, 1, 21; Herodian 4, 12, 3; POsl. 49, 7 [c. 100 AD]; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 16; Test. Iss. 3:3) 1 Ti 5:13 (w. φλύαρος). περίεργος εἶ περὶ τοιούτων πραγμάτων you are inquisitive about such things Hv 4, 3, 1.

2. of things belonging to magic (cf. Plut., Alex. 2, 5; Vett. Val. index; Aristaenet., Ep. 2, 18, 2; Dssm., B p. 5, 5 [BS 323, 5]; περιεργάζεσθαι in this sense: PGM 12, 404) τὰ περίεργα πράσσειν practice magic Ac 19:19. M-M.* περιέρχομαι 2 aor. περιῆλθον (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 397 al.) w. a personal subj. go around GP 5:18; go from place to place (Cornutus 31 p. 63, 16) of wandering exorcists Ac 19:13. π. ἐν μηλωταῖς wander about in sheepskins Hb 11:37. W. acc. of the place (X., Ages. 9, 3 πᾶσαν γῆν; Pla., Phaedo 112D; PGenève 49, 8; POxy. 1033, 12; Job 1:7; Jos., Ant. 9, 2)π. ὅλην τὴν νῆσον Ac 13:6 D. π. τὰς οἰκίας go about from house to house 1 Ti 5:13 (cf. Appian, Mithrid. 59 §242 τὰς σκηνὰς περιῄει=he ran about from tent to tent; POxy. 1033, 12 περιερχόμενοι τὴν πόλιν; Job 2:9d οἰκίαν ἐξ οἰκίας περιερχομένη). Of the passengers on a ship περιελθόντες we sailed around, made a circuit (along the east coast of Sicily) Ac 28:13 (but s. EHaenchen, AG ad loc. On the v.l. περιελόντες s. περιαιρέω). M-M.* περιέχω 2 aor. περιέσχον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. surround, encircle—a. lit. α. of things, one of which surrounds the other (Pla. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 685, 75; 1169, 20 τόπον κύκλῳ πέτραις περιεχόμενον; Job 30:18) of water τὴν γῆν flow around the earth 1 Cl 33:3. β. of persons, encircle w. hostile intent (Hdt.+; oft. LXX) περιέσχεν με συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων B 6:6 (Ps 21:17). b. fig., of circumstances, emotions, moods, that seize, come upon or befall someone w. acc. of the pers. (PTebt.

44, 8 [114 BC] χάριν τῆς περιεχούσης με ἀρρωστίας; 2 Macc 4:16; 3 Macc 5:6; Jos., Bell. 4, 585;6, 182) θάμβος περιέσχεν αὐτόν amazement seized him, i.e. he was amazed Lk 5:9 (cf. Da 7:28 ἐκστάσει περιειχόμην).

2. contain of a document—a. trans., w. acc. (Diod. S. 2, 1, 1; Plut., Demosth. 1, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 39; 2, 37; 276; Dit., Syll.3 683, 12f [140 BC] ἐπιστολὰν περιέχουσαν τὰν κρίσιν; BGU 1047 III, 11; PGiess. 57, 1) ἐπιστολὴν περιέχουσαν τάδε Ac 15:23 D. ἐπιστολὴν περιέχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον 23:25 t.r. Cf. Pol 13:2. b. intr. (Dit., Syll.3 685 [139 BC], 21 καθότι τὰ γράμματα περιέχει; 41; 730, 31 [I BC]; 820, 11; POxy. 95, 33 [95 BC]; BGU 19, 10 περιέχων οὕτως; 191, 8; 10; 1 Macc 15:2; 2 Macc 11:16 τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον=οὕτως 2 Macc 11:22; Test. Levi 10:5) περιέχει ἐν γραφῇ it stands or says in the scripture 1 Pt 2:6 (ἐν as Jos., Ant. 11, 104; 777

the quot. foll. as Dit., Syll.3 685, 51).—Bl-D. §308; Rob. 800. M-M.* περιζώννυμι and περιζωννύω 1 fut. mid. περιζώσομαι; 1 aor. mid. περιεζωσάμην, imper. περίζωσαι; pf. pass. ptc. περιεζωσμένος (since Theopompus [s. 2 below] and Aristoph; LXX) gird about.

1. act. (Jos., Ant. 6, 184)w. double acc. gird someone (about) with someth. (Ps 17:33, 40; 29:12; Sir 45:7). The pass. w. acc. of the thing can be understood as a development of this be girded with someth. (Diod. S. 1, 72, 2 σινδόνας; 4 Km 3:21 ζώνην; PGM 5, 157 ὄφιν) περιεζωσμένον ζώνην χρυσᾶν with a gold belt around him Rv 1:13; cf. 15:6 (but s. 2b below). Certainly pass. is the abs. ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι let your waists or loins be well-girt Lk 12:35 (Ex 12:11; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 63). The abs. perf. ptc. can also be understood as a pass. in Hv 3, 8, 4; s 8, 4, 2; 9, 9, 5 and περιεζωσμέναι εὐπρεπῶς 9, 2, 4 (s. εὐπρεπῶς). But the passages in Rv and Hermas can also be taken as 2. mid. gird oneself (since the comic wr. Theopompus [V BC], fgm. 37 K.: περιζωσάμενος ᾤαν [sheepskin]; oft.

LXX). a. abs. (Polyb. 30, 13, 10; Paus. 1, 44, 1; Ps 92:1; Jo 1:13; 1 Macc 3:58) Lk 12:37; 17:8; Ac 12:8 t.r. b. w. acc. of the thing girded about one gird oneself w. someth., bind someth. about oneself (Theopompus [s. above]; Aristoph., Pax 670; Plut., Rom. 16, 4, Coriol. 9, 3; 2 Km 3:31; Is 3:24; Jer 4:8; Jos., Ant. 11, 177)περίζωσαι ὠμόλινον Hs 8, 4, 1a; cf. b. This may also be the place for Rv 1:13; 15:6 (s. 1 above). c. w. acc. of the part of the body that is girded τὴν ὀσφῦν (Jer 1:17; Is 32:11) gird one’s waist; that with which one is girded is added w. ἐν (1 Ch 15:27), fig. περιζωσάμενοι τὴν ὀσφὺν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ after you have girded your waists with truth Eph 6:14. M-M.* περίθεσις, εως, ἡ (Arrian, Anab. 7, 22; Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 3, 15; Jos., Ant. 19, 30; Sym. Ps 31:9) putting around, putting on π. χρυσίων the putting on or wearing of gold ornaments 1 Pt 3:3.* περιίστημι 2 aor. περιέστην; pf. ptc. περιεστώς; pres. mid. imper. 2 sing. περιίστασο (W-S. §15; Bl-D. §93; Mlt.-H. 207) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. act. place around (Jos., Bell. 3, 148)—a. 2 aor. stand around abs. Ac 25:7 t.r. W. acc. of the pers. (Appian, Hann. 28 §118 περιστάντες τὸ βουλευτὴριον=they stood about the Senate-house; Jos., Ant. 7, 16; 13, 169) περιέστησαν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι the Jews stood around him 25:7. b. pf. stand around (2 Km 13:31; Jdth 5:22; Jos., Vi. 109) ὁ ὄχλος ὁ περιεστώς the crowd standing by (Appian, Hann. 19 §84 ἡ στρατιὰ περιεστῶσα) J 11:42. οἱ π. the bystanders MPol 2:2.

2. mid. go around so as to avoid, avoid, shun (Philod., Rhet. I 384 S. τὰς ἁμαρτίας; M. Ant. 3, 4, 2; Sext.

Emp., Math. 11, 93; Lucian, Herm. 86 κύνας; Diog. L. 9, 14; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 31, 189 τὸ παράνομον; Philo, Ebr. 205; Jos., Ant. 1, 45; 10, 210) τὶ someth. τὰς κενοφωνίας 2 Ti 2:16. μάχας νομικάς Tit 3:9. M-M.* περικαθαίρω (Pla.+; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 11 Jac. [περικαθαίρεσθαι=have oneself purified by rites of propitiation]; LXX; Philo, Plant. 112) purify completely περικαθαίρων (w. οἰωνοσκόπος, ἐπαοιδός, μαθηματικός) one who performs purificatory rites of propitiatory magic for gain, magician D 3:4 (s. WLKnox, JTS 40, ’39, 146-9, who proposes the transl. ‘the one who performs circumcision’).* περικάθαρμα, ατος, τό fr. περικαθαίρω=‘cleanse all around’ or ‘on all sides’; that which is removed as a result of a thorough cleansing, i.e. dirt, refuse, off-scouring, also as a designation of the ‘off-scouring’ of mankind (Epict.

3, 22, 78; Vi. Aesopi I c. 14; cf. IQH 5, 21). Since purification is achieved by the removal of the περικάθαρμα, the word can take on the mng. propitiatory offering, ransom (Pr 21:18). ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν we have become like the off-scourings of the world or, since it is pl. in contrast to the foll. περίψημα, it is prob. better to transl. scapegoats for the world 1 Cor 4:13. Cf. περίψημα and κάθαρμα.—FrHauck, TW III 434. M-M.* περικαθίζω (Diod. S. 20, 103, 5 Fischer v.l.; Wilcken, Chrest. 11 B. Fr. a, 10 [123 BC]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 151; Test. Jud. 9:4, but mostly in a hostile sense=‘besiege’) sit around (Maximus Tyr. 21, 6d περικαθίσαντες ἐν κύκλῳ τῇ πυρᾷ) Lk 22:55 D. M-M.* περικαλύπτω 1 aor. ptc. περικαλύψας; pf. pass. ptc. περικεκαλυμμένος (Hom.+; LXX; En. 13, 9 τὴν ὄψιν; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 62; Jos., Bell. 2, 148)cover, conceal τὶ someth. (3 Km 7:5) περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον Mk 14:65 (s. on προφητεύω 2); shortened περικαλύψαντες αὐτόν Lk 22:64. Pass. ἡ κιβωτὸς περικεκαλυμμένη πάντοθεν χρυσίῳ the ark, covered on all sides with gold Hb 9:4 (cf. Ex 28:20).* περίκειμαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Mos. 2, 182)—1. lie or be placed around—a. lit. περίκειται μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ a millstone is hung about his neck Mk 9:42; cf. Lk 17:2. b. fig., of a crowd of people surrounding someone (Herodian 7, 9, 1 τὸ περικείμενον πλῆθος) τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων Hb 12:1 (s. νέφος).

2. περίκειμαί τι (for περιτέθειμαί τι as pass. of περιτίθημί τινί τι put someth. on someone) wear someth., have someth. on. a. lit. (Hdt. 1, 171; Dionys. Hal. 2, 19; Strabo 15, 3, 15; Plut., Arat. 17, 6; Polyaenus 1, 20, 2; Herodian 2, 13, 8 ἐσθῆτας στρατιωτικάς; Dit., Or. 56, 66; EpJer 23; Jos., Ant. 14, 173, Vi. 334.—Bl-D. §159, 4; Rob. 485) δέρμα 778

λευκόν wear a white (goat) skin Hv 5:1; cf. s 6, 2, 5. Of fetters (4 Macc 12:2 τὰ δεσμά) τὴν ἄλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι I am bearing this chain Ac 28:20. b. fig. (Sib. Or. 5, 228) νέφος be clothed in or surrounded by a cloud 2 Cl 1:6b.—ἀσθένειαν be subject to weakness Hb 5:2 (cf. Theocr. 23, 14 ὕβριν). ἀμαύρωσιν 2 Cl 1:6a.

3. The rdg. τοῦ κλήρου, οὗ περίκειμαι ἐπιτυχεῖν ITr 12:3 suggests the lot which is incumbent upon me to obtain (Gdspd. cf. Hdb. ad loc.), but s. CIKStory, Vigiliae Christianae 33, ’79, 319-23 (οὖ πέρι κεῖμαι [to obtain the lot] for which I am appointed). M-M.* περικεφαλαία, ας, ἡ (Aeneas Tact. 1376; Philo Mech. 93, 46; Polyb. 3, 71, 4; 6, 23, 8; Diod. S. 14, 43, 2; Dit., Syll.3 958, 29 [III BC]; PPetr. III 140a [III BC]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 184)helmet in our lit. only in a figure of speech, in which Christian virtues are compared to pieces of armor ἡ πίστις ὡς περικεφαλαία IPol 6:2. ἡ π. τοῦ σωτηρίου the helmet of salvation Eph 6:17 (after Is 59:17). Sim. ἐνδυσάμενοι περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 Th 5:8. M-M. B. 1401.* περικόπτω 2 aor. pass. περιεκόπην, ptc. περικοπείς (Thu.+; pap.) in our lit. only in Hermas in the allegory of the tower; pass.

1. hew all around (Plut., Mor. 74D) Hs 9, 7, 5.—2. cut away, take away τὶ someth. (Pla., Rep. 7 p. 519A al.) ὅταν περικοπῇ αὐτῶν ὁ πλοῦτος when the wealth is cut off from them (i.e. fr. the stones, which represent a class of people) Hv 3, 6, 6 (for the fig. use cf. Diod. S. 20, 77, 3 of hopes that were cut off; Porphyr., Antr. Nymph. c. 34 ὅπως τὰ ἐπίβουλα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ περικόψῃ; Sb 6787, 23 [257 BC] of plundering property; Philo, Cher. 95).* περικρατής, ές having power, being in command (Simias [III BC] 1, 11 [ed. HFränckel ’15=Coll. p. 109]) τινός (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 4, 3; Sus 39 Theod. A ἐκείνου οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι) over or of a thing ἰσχύσαμεν μόλις περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης we were scarcely able to get the boat under control Ac 27:16. M-M.* περικρύβω (κρύβω is a new formation in H. Gk fr. the Hellenistic aor. ἐκρύβην. Kühner-Bl. II p. 467; Bl-D. §73; Mlt.-H. 245; Thackeray §19, 3 p. 227; Lob. on Phryn. p. 317.—The compound verb in Lucian, D. Mort. 10, 8; Eunap., Hist. Fgm. 55 p. 248f [LDindorf, Hist. Gr. Min. I 1870]; mid., Diog. L. 6, 61) impf. περιέκρυβον hide, conceal (entirely) περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτήν she kept herself hidden Lk 1:24. M-M. s.v.-κρύπτω.* περικυκλόω fut. περικυκλώσω (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 282, mostly used in the mid. In the act. in Aristot., H.A. 4, 8 p. 533b, 11; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 55 §238; PLond. 681, 9; LXX; En. 24, 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68) surround, encircle w. acc. of a beleaguered city (Josh 6:13; 4 Km 6:14) Lk 19:43. M-M.* περιλάμπω 1 aor. περιέλαμψα (Diod. S. 3, 69, 3; Lucian et al.) in our lit. only trans. shine around τινά someone (Plut., Artax. 13, 1 φωτὶ πολλῷ περιλαμπόμενος; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 117 §486) Lk 2:9; Ac 26:13. τὶ someth.

(Plut., Cic. 35, 5 τὴν ἀγοράν; Synes., Calvit. 11 p. 74D; Philo, Somn. 1, 90; Jos., Bell. 6, 290)τὸν τόπον GEb 3.* περιλείπομαι occurs only in pass. (Hom. [in tmesis]+; Eur.; Pla.; IG XII 3, 326, 24; Dit., Syll.3 852, 46; BGU 1132, 12 [13 BC]; PSI 409, 12; 571, 14; LXX) remain, be left behind of pers. (Eur., Hel. 426; Plut., Ages. 22, 8; Herodian 2, 1, 7; PGiess. 82, 23 ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἔτι περιλειπομένους; 4 Macc 12:6; 13:18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 35) 1 Th 4:15, 17. Cf. AvVeldhuizen, ThSt 29, ’11, 101-6; JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 64-7. M-M.* περιλείχω (Aristoph.+) lick all around, lick off Lk 16:21 v.l. (Hippiatr. I 251, 19 ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ γλώσσῃ περιλείχων τὰ ἕλκη).* περίλυπος, ον (Hippocr.; Isocr.; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 4, 7 p. 1124a, 16; Plut.; LXX) very sad, deeply grieved περίλυπον γενέσθαι (Isocr. 1, 42; Plut., Mor. 634C; Da 2:12) Mk 6:26; Lk 18:23; 1 Cl 4:4 (Gen 4:6). περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (cf. Plut., Mor. 1101E; Ps 41:6, 12; 42:5) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34 (JHéring, Cullmann-Festschr. ’62, 64-9 [Gethsemane]). π. εἶναι περί τινος be very unhappy about someth. Hv 3, 10, 6 (here π. is further strengthened by λίαν).* περιμένω 1 aor. περιέμεινα, imper. περίμεινον (Soph., Hdt.+; pap., LXX, Joseph.) wait for w. acc. τινά someone (Aristoph., Plut. 643; Thu. 5, 64, 4; X., An. 2, 1, 3; 2, 4, 1; POxy. 1762, 10; PGiess. 73, 4; Wsd 8:12; Jos., Ant. 12, 193)Hs 9, 11, 1. τὶ someth. (Pla., Phaedo 63 p. 115A, Ep. 7 p. 327E; Gen 49:18; Jos., Ant. 1, 219; 2, 69, Vi. 176) Ac 1:4. Foll. by ἵνα wait to MPol 1:2. Abs. wait (Appian, Syr. 9 §35; Jos., Ant. 6, 100)Ac 10:24 D. M-M.* πέριξ adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 11, 19τὰ π. ἔθνη; Dit., Syll.3 880, 43f ἐκ τῶν π. κωμῶν; PSI 317, 5) (all) around αἱ π. πόλεις the cities in the vicinity Ac 5:16 (as Dio Chrys. 17[34], 27; Jos., Vi. 81). M-M.* περιοικέω live around, in the neighborhood of w. acc. of the pers. (Hdt. 5, 78; Aristoph., Equ. 853; Jos., Bell. 1, 63)οἱ περιοικοῦντες αὐτούς their neighbors Lk 1:65.* περίοικος, ον living around, in the neighborhood; subst. in pl. οἱ περίοικοι the neighbors (Hdt. 1, 175; 4, 161; 779

Thu. 1, 101, 2; Jos., Ant. 16, 272; Dt 1:7) Lk 1:58 (w. συγγενεῖς).* περιούσιος, ον chosen, especial (PGenève 11, 17 the married man is called ὁ περιούσιος ‘the chosen one’. Herm. ‫םַצ‬Ex 19:5; 23:22 (here only in the LXX); Dt 7:6; 14:2 Wr. 1, 19: Rtzst., Poim. 334; LXX) λαὸς π., a transl. of ‫ה‬ (λ. π. ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν or παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη); 26:18; following these, Tit 2:14; 1 Cl 64 a chosen people (Bl-D. §113, 1; Mlt.-H. 322; Lghtf., On a Fresh Revision of the Engl. NT 1891, 260ff). M-M.* περιοχή, ῆς, ἡ (Theophr.+; Herm. Wr. 8, 5; pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Bell. 5, 169;203) ἡ π. τῆς γραφῆς Ac 8:32 can mean either 1. content or wording of the scripture passage (περιοχή in this sense, schol. on Thu. 1, 131 ἡ περ. τῶν γραμμάτων; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4 superscr. Cf. also Suidas s.v. Ὅμηρος Σέλλιος)—or 2. the portion of scripture (Dionys. Hal., de Thu. c. 25; Cicero, Ad Attic. 13, 25, 3).—Blass on Ac 8:32. M-M.* περιπατέω impf. περιεπάτουν; fut. περιπατήσω; 1 aor. περιεπάτησα; plpf. 3 sing. περι(ε)πεπατήκει (Ac 14:8 v.l.; on augm. in the plpf. s. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190f) (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) go about, walk around.

1. lit.—a. go about, walk around w. an indication of the place where one walks about (Demosth. 54, 7 ἐν ἀγορᾷ; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 117ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) ἐν τριβόλοις γυμνοῖς ποσὶ περιπατεῖν walk among thistles barefoot Hs 9, 20, 3.

In several places one might almost translate stay, spend some time, be, though without the idea of remaining on the same spot (Chio, Ep. 13, 1 ἐν τῷ Ὠιδείῳ; 2 Km 11:2; Da 3:92 of the men in the fiery furnace; 4:29; En. 17, 6; Jos., Ant. 7, 130): ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (Cebes 1, 1.—Diog. L. in the temple of Asclepius) Mk 11:27; J 10:23; GOxy 9. ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ J 7:1a; cf. b. ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν Rv 2:1. π. ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις appear among the Jews J 11:54. ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ Papias 3. b. go about w. indication of the way one is clothed ἐν στολαῖς Mk 12:38; Lk 20:46. ἐν λευκοῖς clothed in white Rv 3:4 (Epict. 3, 22, 10 ἐν κοκκίνοις περιπ.). ἐν δέρμασιν αἰγείοις 1 Cl 17:1. c. gener. walk, go π. διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk in the light Rv 21:24. π. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν (go for a) walk in the country Hs 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης (ἐπί I 1aα and cf. Job 9:8.—GBertram, Le chemin sur les eaux: Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I ’28, 137-66) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Mt 14:25; J 6:19 P75. ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα vs. 29 (ἐπί III 1aα). παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 4:18 (παρά III 1a). π. μετά τινος go about w. someone J 6:66; walk with someone Hs 9, 6, 2a; 9, 10, 1. π. περί τι walk around someth. s 9, 12, 7; also κύκλῳ τινός s 9, 6, 2b. μετά τινος κύκλῳ τινὸς π. walk with someone around someth. s 9, 11, 5. π. ἐπάνω walk over Lk 11:44 (ἐπάνω 1a). More closely defined ὁμαλῶς π. καὶ ἀπροσκόπως Hm 6, 1, 4. γυμνὸν π. go naked Rv 16:15. μόνον π. walk alone Hv 4, 1, 3 (cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 281). περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες you used to go where you pleased J 21:18 (En. 17, 6 ὅπου πᾶσα σὰρξ οὐ περιπατεῖ).—Abs. walk (about) (Diocles 141 p. 180, 19f; Diod. S. 1, 70, 10; Ep. Arist. 175) Mt 9:5; 11:5; 15:31; Mk 2:9; 5:42; 8:24; Lk 5:23; 7:22; J 5:8f, 11f; 11:9f; Ac 3:6, 8a, b, 9, 12; 14:8, 10; 1 Pt 5:8; Rv 9:20 (cf. Ps 113:15); Hv 2, 1, 3; (go for a) walk, be out walking Mk 16:12; Lk 24:17; walk by J 1:36. περιπατῶν ἀφύπνωσα as I walked along I fell asleep Hv 1, 1, 3. περιπατῶν ἀνεμνήσθην as I was walking along I remembered 2, 1, 1. d. symbolically, and far on the way toward the nonliteral use of the word: doubters are περιπατοῦντες ἐν ταῖς ἀνοδίαις Hv 3, 7, 1. Esp. in John: περιπατεῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ J 8:12; 12:35b; 1J 2:11; cf. 1:6. Corresp. ἐν τῷ φωτί vs.

7; ἐν αὐτῇ (=ἐν τῇ ὁδῶ τοῦ φωτός) B 19:1 (but it may also refer to ἡ γνῶσις; then the pass. would belong under 2aδ below). Abs. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε walk while you have the light J 12:35a.

2. fig.—a. of the walk of life (Philod., περὶ παρρ. p. 12 Ol.; Epict. 1, 18, 20; Simplicius in Epict. p. 125, 52 Düb.

Esp. acc. to OT models: 4 Km 20:3 ἐν ἀληθείᾳ; Pr 8:20 ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης.—Eccl 11:9). In the NT this use of the word is decidedly Pauline (the pastoral epp. do not have the word at all); elsewh. it is reasonably common only in the two small Johannine letters, live, conduct oneself, walk, always more exactly defined. α. by an adv. ἀξίως τινός Eph 4:1; Col 1:10; 1 Th 2:12; Pol 5:1. ἀτάκτως 2 Th 3:6, 11. εὐσχημόνως Ro 13:13; 1 Th 4:12. β. by the dat. to denote attendant circumstance, kind, and manner (Test. Iss. 5:8 ἁπλότητι.—Bl-D. §198, 5; cf.

Rob. 528-32) κώμοις καὶ μέθαις Ro 13:13. τοῖς ἔθεσιν Ac 21:21; cf. 15:1 D; πνεύματι π. Gal 5:16. τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι 2 Cor 12:18. γ. by a comparison ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν ὁ θεός, οὕτως περιπατείτω 1 Cor 7:17. περιπατεῖν καθὼς τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ Eph 4:17; ὡς τέκνα φωτός 5:8.—Phil 3:17; 1J 2:6. The comparison is implied fr. the context (ὡς ἐχθροὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ) Phil 3:18.—πῶς (καθὼς) περιπατεῖτε Eph 5:15; 1 Th 4:1a, b. δ. by a prepositional expr. The state in which one lives or ought to live is designated by ἐν: pl. in sins Eph 2:2; Col 3:7; in good deeds Eph 2:10; in the ordinances of the Lord B 21:1 (Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 87 π. ἐν ταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσεσι κ. προστάξεσιν). Cf. Hb 13:9. Sing. ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς Ro 6:4. ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ Eph 5:2. ἐν σοφίᾳ Col 4:5. ἐν (τῇ) ἀληθείᾳ 2J 4; 3J 3f; ἐν ἀκεραιοσύνῃ B 10:4; cf. 19:1 (s. 1d above). ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ γνώμῃ IPhld 3:3. ἐν ἀμώμῳ. . . συνειδήσει Pol 5:3. ἐν αὐτῇ (=ἐν τῇ ἐντολῇ) 2J 6b, ἐν αὐτῷ (=ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ) Col 2:6.—The norm of conduct is designated by κατὰ w. acc. (s. κατά II 5bβ) κατὰ ἄνθρωπον like ordinary (unregenerate) men 1 Cor 3:3. κατὰ σάρκα according to the flesh, on the physical level Ro 8:4; 2 Cor 10:2. κατὰ ἀγάπην Ro 14:15. κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Mk 7:5. κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ 2J 6a.—BSEaston, NT Ethical Lists: JBL 51, ’32, 1-12; SWibbing, D. Tugend-u. Lasterkataloge im NT, ’59; EKamlach, Die Form der katalogischen Paränese im NT, ’64; HBraun, Qumran u. das NT II, ’66, 286-301. b. rarely of physical life gener.: ἐν τούτῳ τῶ κόσμῳ περιπατεῖν B 10:11. ἐν σαρκί 2 Cor 10:3. διὰ πίστεως 780

περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 5:7. M-M. B. 690.* περιπείρω 1 aor. περιέπειρα pierce through, impale (lit. in Diod. S.; Lucian; Plut., C. Gracch. 17, 5 κεφαλὴ περιπεπαρμένη δόρατι; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 296)fig. ἐαυτὸν π. ὀδύναις πολλαῖς pierce oneself through with many a pang 1 Ti 6:10 (Philo, In Flacc. 1 ἀθρόους ἀνηκέστοις περιέπειρε κακοῖς). M-M.* περίπικρος, ον (Philod., Ira p. 6 Wilke; Vi. Aesopi I c. 38 and other later wr.) very bitter fig., of a glance βλέμμα π. a very bitter look Hs 6, 2, 5.* περιπίπτω 2 aor. περιέπεσον (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) fall in with, encounter, fall into esp. misfortunes; w. dat. answering the quest. ‘whither?’ (Bl-D. §202 app.; cf. Rob. 528f).

1. lit. λῃσταῖς fall among or into the hands of robbers Lk 10:30 (Diod. S. 14, 93, 4 λησταῖς περιέπεσον; Conon [I BC/I AD]: 26 fgm. 1, 22 Jac. λῃσταῖς περιπ.; Diog. L. 4, 50 λῃσταῖς περιέπεσε; Artem. 3, 65; cf. 1, 5; 2, 22; Simplicius In Epict. p. 111, 13 Düb. δύο εἰς ∆ελφοὺς ἀπιόντες λῃσταῖς περιπεπτώκασι). εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον strike a reef Ac 27:41.

2. fig. (as oft. since Hdt. 6, 106, 2; Thu. 8, 27, 3 κινδύνῳ. Also in inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 77; Jos., Ant. 10, 25; 20, 48; Test. Dan 4:5) πειρασμοῖς ποικίλοις become involved in various trials Js 1:2. αἰκίαις π. suffer tortures 1 Cl 51:2 (Diod. S. 1, 74, 7 περιπίπτει τιμωρίαις=he incurs [lit. falls into] punishment). M-M.* περιπλέκω impf. περιέπλεκον (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Poster. Cai. 156) weave or twine around fig. (schol. on Soph., Ant. 244 p. 230 Papag. τὸν λόγον) of the tongue περιέπλεκεν δολιότητα (s. δολιότης) 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:19).—Perh. the pass. embrace τινί someone (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 7)is to be read in Hs 9, 11, 4a, b.* περιποιέω (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 121) in our lit. only mid. (Thu.+; LXX, Joseph.) fut. περιποιήσομαι; 1 aor. περιεποιησάμην.

1. save or preserve (for oneself) τί someth. τὴν ψυχήν preserve one’s own life Lk 17:33 (cf. X., Cyr. 4, 4, 10 τὰς ψυχάς=his life).

2. acquire, obtain, gain for oneself (Thu. 1, 9, 2; X., Mem. 2, 7, 3; Polyb. 3, 6, 13; 24, 9, 6; Is 43:21; Jos., Bell.

1, 180)τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον Hv 1, 1, 8. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου Ac 20:28 (s. EHaenchen, AG, ad loc.).—Oft. w. a reflexive pron. pleonastically added (X., An. 5, 6, 17 ἑαυτῷ δύναμιν περιποιήσασθαι. Demosth. 19, 240; Pr 7:4) βαθμὸν ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν περιποιοῦνται 1 Ti 3:13. Cf. ἑαυτῷ μέγα κλέος 1 Cl 54:3. σεαυτῷ ζωήν Hm 3:5. ἑαυτῷ τιμήν 4, 4, 2. θάνατον ἑαυτοῖς s 6, 5, 7c. Also without an acc., which is easily supplied ἑαυτοῖς π. enrich oneself Hs 9, 26, 2.

3. bring (about) τινί τι someth. for someone (Aristot., Pol. 3, 16; PAmh. 34d, 2 [II BC] πλεῖόν τι περιποιούμενοι τῷ βασιλεῖ; 2 Macc 15:21; Jos., Ant. 14, 386.—Mayser II 1, ’26 p. 101) αὕτη ἡ τρυφὴ ζωὴν περιποιεῖται τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Hs 6, 5, 7a. τιμωρίας αὐτοῖς περιποιοῦνται ibid. b. σεαυτῷ π. δόξαν s 5, 3, 3. M-M.* περιποίησις, εως, ἡ (since Ps.-Pla., Defin. 451C; PTebt. 317, 26 [174/5 AD]; PReinach. 52, 2).

1. keeping safe, preserving, saving (s. περιποιέω 1. So Ps.-Pla., loc. cit. σωτηρία, π. ἀβλαβής; 2 Ch 14:12; Test. Zeb. 2:8) εἰς π. ψυχῆς Hb 10:39 (opp. εἰς ἀπώλειαν).

2. gaining, obtaining (περιποιέω 2) w. obj. gen. foll. (Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. p. 164, 17 Bruns [1887]) 1 Th 5:9; 2 Th 2:14.

3. possessing, possession, property (PTebt. loc. cit.) λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν a people that has become (God’s own) possession 1 Pt 2:9 (cf. Mal 3:17). ἀπολύτρωσις τῆς π. Eph 1:14 (s. ἀπολύτρωσις 2a). M-M.* περίπτωσις, εως, ἡ (Stoic. II p. 29; Ammonius Gr. [100 AD] p. 60 Valck.: ‘misfortune’; M. Ant. 6, 41, 1 π. τοῦ κακοῦ al.) experience, in this case an unpleasant one, calamity (w. συμφορά) 1 Cl 1:1.* περι(ρ)ραίνω (Aristoph.+; inscr.; Lev; Num; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 123; 13, 243) pf. pass. ptc. περιρεραμμένος (on the reduplication s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 23; Bl-D. §68; Rob. 211f) sprinkle around, on all sides (Diogenes the Cynic is of the opinion [Diog. L. 6, 42] that no matter how extensive the περιῇραίνειν, it is impossible to get rid of the ἁμαρτήματα) ἱμάτιον περιρεραμμένον αἵματι a robe sprinkled on all sides with blood Rv 19:13 v.l. (for βεβαμμένον; other vv. ll. ῥεραντισμένον, περιρεραντισμένον, ἐρραμμένον). M-M.* περι(ρ)ρήγνυμι (Aeschyl.+) 1 aor. ptc. περιρήξας (t.r. περιρρήξας, s. Bl-D. §11, 1) tear off (all around) τὶ someth., esp. clothes (Aeschyl., Sept. 329; Demosth. 19, 197 τὸν χιτωνίσκον; Polyb. 15, 33, 4; Diod. S. 17, 35, 7; 2 Macc 4:38 τοὺς χιτῶνας; Philo, De Jos. 16 [mid.]; cf. Jos., Ant. 6, 357)περιρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια Ac 16:22. M-M.* περισπάω (Eur., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; s. Phryn. p. 415 L.) in our lit. only pass.; impf. 3 sing. περιεσπᾶτο.

1. be pulled or dragged away (the act. in Polyb., Diod. S., Dionys. Hal., Plut. et al. The pass. Cebes 33, 3; PTebt.

124, 39 [I BC] εἰς ἑτέρας λειτουργίας; Jos., Ant. 5, 46)περισπώμενος ὧδε κἀκεῖσε ἀπὸ τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν πονηρῶν Hm 5, 2, 7 (on the constr. w. ἀπό cf. Epict. 1, 8, 5). Closely related to it is mng.

2. become or be distracted, quite busy, overburdened (Polyb. 4, 10, 3; Diod. S. 2, 29, 5; Epict. 3, 9, 19; Jos., Bell. 1, 232al.; UPZ 59, 30 [168 BC]; PTebt. 37, 15 [I BC]; POxy. 743, 36 [I BC]) περί τι with or by someth. (Polyb.

781

3, 105, 1; Diod. S. 1, 74) περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν Lk 10:40. περὶ τὸν πλοῦτον Hs 2:5. περὶ τὰς πράξεις 4:5. M-M. and suppl.* περισσεία, ας, ἡ (Herodian, Gr. I 291, 9 al.; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 266) surplus, abundance (IG V 1, 550 π. χρημάτων; VII 3221 ἐκ τῆς περισσήας; inscr. fr. Syria: Bull. de corr. hell. 21, 1897 p. 65. In LXX only several times in Eccl.-Dssm., LO 66 [LAE 80]) ἡ π. τῆς χάριτος Ro 5:17. ἡ π. τῆς χαρᾶς 2 Cor 8:2. μεγαλυνθῆναι εἰς π. be greatly enlarged 10:15. π. κακίας all the evil prevailing (around you) Js 1:21. M-M.* περίσσευμα, ατος, τό—1. abundance, fulness (Eratosth. [III BC], Cat. 44 Olivieri; Plut., Mor. 310C; 962F.—The LXX of Eccl 2:15 has the word in line 6, but this line is lacking in the Hebr. text, and hence is prob. a Christian addition: AHMcNeile, An Introd. to Eccl ’04, 157; PKatz, ThLZ 63, ’38, 34) 2 Cor 8:14a, b (opp. ὑστέρημα). ἐκ (τοῦ) περισσεύματος (τῆς) καρδίας from the abundance of the heart, what the heart is full of Mt 12:34; Lk 6:45.

2. what remains, scraps (Artem. 3, 52) περισσεύματα κλασμάτων pieces that were left Mk 8:8.* περισσεύω impf. ἐπερίσσευον; fut. περισσεύσω; 1 aor. ἐπερίσσευσα (on the augment Bl-D. §69, 4 app.; Mlt.-H. 192); 1 fut. pass. περισσευθήσομαι (Hes., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. intr.—a. of things—α. be more than enough, be left over (Dit., Syll.3 672, 19 [II BC]; Theophil. in Alex.

Polyhist.: Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 34, 19; Jos., Vi. 333) τὰ περισσεύσαντα κλάσματα J 6:12. ὁ χρόνος ὁ περισσεύων εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ the time that remains before his coming Hs 5, 5, 3. οἱ περισσεύοντες the others, the remainder 9, 8, 7; w. gen. οἱ π. αὐτῶν vs. 4; strengthened οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ περισσεύσαντες 9, 9, 4. τὸ περισσεῦον what was left over τῶν κλασμάτων Mt 14:20; 15:37 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 55).περισσεύει μοί τι I leave someth. (cf.

Tob 4:16) J 6:13. τὸ περισσεῦσαν αὐτοῖς κλασμάτων what they left in the way of fragments Lk 9:17. β. be present in abundance (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 30; PFlor. 242, 2; PLond. 418, 4 ἵνα περισεύῃ ὁ φόβος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν σοί) 2 Cor 1:5b; Phil 1:26 ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων unless your righteousness greatly surpasses that of the scribes Mt 5:20 (for the omission of ‘that’ in the Gk. text cf. Maximus Tyr. 15, 8d: their life is different in no respect σκωλήκων=fr. ‘that’ of the worms). περισσεύει τί τινι (cf. Thu. 2, 65, 13) someone has someth. in abundance (Tob 4:16) ISm 9:2. τὸ περισσεῦον τινι (opp. ὑστέρησις) someone’s abundance Mk 12:44. (Opp. ὑστέρημα) Lk 21:4. ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν τινί in this, namely that one has an abundance 12:15. περισσεύει τι εἴς τινα someth. comes or is available to someone in great abundance: ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν Ro 5:15. περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς we share abundantly in Christ’s sufferings 2 Cor 1:5a. γ. be extremely rich or abundant, overflow 2 Cor 9:12. εἰ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτου if by my falsehood the truthfulness of God has shown itself to be supremely great, to his glory Ro 3:7. The thing in which the wealth consists is added in the dat. (Philistion [IV BC] in Athen. 3, 83 p. 115E πάσαις τ. ἀρεταῖς περιττεύει) π. δόξῃ be extremely rich in glory 2 Cor 3:9 (t.r. ἐν δόξῃ). In oxymoron ἡ πτωχεία αὐπῶν ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν their poverty has overflowed into the wealth of their liberality 8:2. δ. grow αἱ ἐκκλησίαι ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθʼ ἡμέραν Ac 16:5. ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει Phil 1:9. b. of persons—α. have an abundance, abound, be rich τινός of or in someth. (Bl-D. §172; Rob. 510) ἄρτων Lk 15:17 v.l. (the text has the mid. περισσεύονται [in case it should be pass., s. 2b below], but that is prob. not orig.; cf. Jülicher, Gleichn. 346). παντός χαρίσματος IPol 2:2. Also ἔν τινι Dg 5:13 (opp. ὑστερεῖσθαι). ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι Ro 15:13. Abs. (opp. ὑστερεῖσθαι) περισσεύομεν we have more (divine approval) 1 Cor 8:8. ζητεῖτε ἵνα περισσεύητε strive to excel 14:12. Cf. Phil 4:12a (opp. ταπεινοῦσθαι), b (opp. ὑστερεῖσθαι). ἀπέχω πάντα καὶ περισσεύω I have received full payment, and have more than enough vs. 18. π. εἰς πᾶν ἔργον have ample means for every enterprise 2 Cor 9:8b. β. be outstanding, be prominent, excel (1 Macc 3:30) ἔν τινι in someth. ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 15:58.

Cf. 2 Cor 8:7a, b; Col 2:7. Abs. w. μᾶλλον added progress more and more 1 Th 4:1, 10.

2. trans. (Athen. 2 p. 42B) cause to abound, make extremely rich—a. of things, that one greatly increases τὴν εὐχαριστίαν 2 Cor 4:15. τὶ εἴς τινα grant someth. to someone richly 9:8a; Eph 1:8 (ἧς by attraction of the relat. for ἥν). Pass. w. dat. of the pers. δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται to him (more) will be given, and he will have a great abundance Mt 13:12. Cf. 25:29. b. of persons who receive someth. in great abundance ὑμᾶς ὁ κύριος περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ may the Lord cause you to abound in love 1 Th 3:12. πόσοι μίσθιοι περισσεύονται ἄρτων Lk 15:17 how many day laborers get more than enough bread (s. 1bα above).—FHauck, TW VI. 58-63. M-M.* περισσός, ή, όν (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) exceeding the usual number or size.

1. extraordinary, remarkable, of that which is not usually encountered among men (Pla., Apol. 20c οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων περισσὸν πραγματεύεσθαι; BGU 417, 22 περισσὸν ποιήσω=I am going to do someth. extraordinary; En. 102, 7) τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; what are you doing that is remarkable? Mt 5:47 (cf. Plut., Mor. 233A τί οὖν μέγα ποιεῖς; what, then, are you doing that is so great?—ELombard, L’Ordinaire et l’Extraordinaire [Mt 5:47]: RThPh 15, ’27, 169-86). Subst. τὸ περισσόν the advantage (WSchubart, Der Gnomon des Idios Logos ’19, 102 [II AD]) τὸ π. τοῦ Ἰουδαίου the advantage of the Jew Ro 3:1. LCerfaux, Le privilège d’Israël sel. s. Paul: Ephem. theol. Lov. 17, ’40, 5-26.

782

2. abundant, profuse—a. going beyond what is necessary περισσὸν ἔχειν have (someth.) in abundance J 10:10 (cf. X., Oec. 20, 1 οἱ μὲν περισσὰ ἔχουσιν, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα δύνανται πορίζεσθαι; Plut., Mor. 523D). περισσότερον J 10:10 P75. b. superfluous, unnecessary (trag.+; cf. 2 Macc 12:44) περισσόν μοί ἐστιν τὸ γράφειν ὑμῖν it is unnecessary for me to write to you 2 Cor 9:1 (Wilcken, Chrest. 238 II, 4 περισσὸν ἡγοῦμαι διεξοδέστερον ὑμῖν γράφειν). περισσὸν ἡγοῦμαι I consider it superfluous (Appian, Prooem. c. 13 §50; Jos., Ant. 3, 215; cf. Philo, Agr. 59) Dg 2:10. W. ἄχρηστος 4:2.

3. in the comparative sense; περισσός together w. its adv. and comp, is a colloquial substitute for μᾶλλον, μάλιστα as well as for πλείων, πλεῖστος (Bl-D. §60, 3; Rob. 279; KKrumbacher, ByzZ 17, ’08, 233). τό περισσὸν τούτων whatever is more than this, whatever goes beyond this Mt 5:37 (on the gen. s. Bl-D. §185, 1; Rob. 660).—ἐκ περισσοῦ (Περὶ ὕψους 34, 2; Vi. Aesopi I c. 43; Dositheus 40, 4; Da 3:22 Theod.) Mk 6:51 s. ἐκ 6c and λίαν 1.

M-M.* περισσότερος, τέρα, ον comp. of περισσός (Hdt.+; PFlor. 127, 22; Da 4:36 Theod. μεγαλωσύνη περισσοτέρα) greater, more.

1. used w. a subst. ἀγαθά 1 Cl 61:3 (s. ἀγαθός 2bα). τιμή 1 Cor 12:23a, 24; Hm 4, 4, 2. δόξα s 5, 3, 3. κρίμα more severe punishment Mt 23:13 v.l.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47. εὐσχημοσύνη 1 Cor 12:23b. λύπη excessive sorrow 2 Cor 2:7.

2. περισσότερον even more (=more than the πολύ that was entrusted to him) Lk 12:48. W. gen. of comparison περισσότερον αὐτῶν ἐκοπίασα 1 Cor 15:10.—περισσότερόν τί someth. more or further (Lucian, Tyrannicida 3) Lk 12:4 (s. on this KKöhler, ZNW 18, ’18, 140f); 2 Cor 10:8. W. gen. of comparison (Jos., Ant. 5, 23; 8, 410) περισσότερόν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων is much more than all whole burnt offerings Mk 12:33. περισσότερον προφήτου Mt 11:9; Lk 7:26 might be taken as a neut. someth. greater than a prophet. But it may be understood as a masc. one who is more than a prophet (cf. Plut., Mor. 57F περιττότερος φρονήσει; Sym. Gen 49:3 οὐκ ἔσῃ περισσότερος).

3. the neut. sing. as adv. (Hdt. 2, 129 al.; Vett. Val. p. 74, 6; PFlor. 127, 22; BGU 380, 10; PGM 13, 12) ζωὴν π. ἔχωσιν J 10:10 P75. π. ἐπιδεῖξαι point out even more clearly Hb 6:17. π. ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν it is even more evident 7:15. Strengthened so much more Mk 7:36. M-M. s.v. περισσός. B. 924.* περισσοτέρως adv. (Diod. S. 13, 108; Athen. 5 p. 192F; PGiess. 25, 12 [II AD]).

1. comp. (even) more Mk 15:14 t.r.; to a much greater degree, far more, far greater (than Paul’s opponents) 2 Cor 11:23; (than those of his own age) Gal 1:14. (Opp. ἧσσον) 2 Cor 12:15 (ἀγαπάω 1aα). Intensifying so much (the) more Phil 1:14; Hb 2:1; 13:19.

2. elative especially 2 Cor 1:12; 2:4; 7:15; (all) the more 1 Th 2:17. Strengthened περισσοτέρως μᾶλλον even much more 2 Cor 7:13. M-M.* περισσῶς adv. exceedingly, beyond measure, very (Eur., Hdt.+; Polyb. 1, 29, 7; 32, 15, 4; Athen. 11 p. 501D; PTebt. 488; LXX; Theod.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 15 al.; Jos., Ant. 1, 258)Ac 26:11.—Comp. (περισσός 3) more, even more περισσῶς ἔκραζον they cried out even louder Mt 27:23; cf. Mk 15:14. π. ἐξεπλήσσοντο they were even more astounded 10:26. M-M.* περιστέλλω fut. περιστελῶ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr. 492, 21 Sc.; PGM 4, 3138; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 269) surround, clothe τινά someone (Diod. S. 19, 11, 7 τὸν ἄνδρα περιέστειλεν; Jos., Ant. 17, 59)B 3:4 (Is 58:8).* περιστερά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 145; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 184; 3, 230) pigeon, dove used for sacrifice, hence sold in the temple Mt 21:12; Mk 11:15; J 2:14, 16. Dalman, Arbeit VII (s. οἰκία 1).—On the δύο νοσσοὶ περιστερῶν Lk 2:24 s. on νοσσός. The dove which, fr. the viewpoint of natural science in ancient times, has no bile, was for the early Christians the symbol of all kinds of virtues (cf. WBauer, D. Leben Jesu ’09, 117): ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί Mt 10:16; cf. IPol 2:2. Hence the Holy Spirit, in appearing at Jesus’ baptism, took the form of a dove (WTelfer, The Form of a Dove: JTS 29, ’28, 238-42; LEKeck, NTS 17, ’70/’71, 41-67 ‘dove-like descent’) Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10; Lk 3:22; J 1:32; GEb 3.—HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 ’11, 56ff; HGressmann, Die Sage v. d. Taufe Jesu und d. vorderoriental. Taubengöttin: ARW 20, ’20/’21, 1-40; 323-59.—In MPol 16:1 Wordsworth has inserted περὶ στύρακα ‘around the sword-handle’ by conjecture and thereby gained undeserved approval. The Gk. mss. have περιστερὰ καί (but s. JAKleist, tr. ’48, note ad loc.). The concept of the dove as representing the soul underlies this (cf., in a way, Quint. Symyrn. 8, 202f ψυχὴ διʼ ἕλκεος ἐξεποτήθη ἐκ μελέων=the soul flew out of his body through the wound).—GWeicker, D. Seelenvogel ’02, 26f; HGünter, Die christl.

Legende des Abenlandes ’10, 13; 45; 86; 142; 148; 191; FSühling, D. Taube als. relig. Symbol im christl. Altertum ’30; HGreeven, TW VI ’56, 63-72. M-M.* περιτειχίζω 1 aor. περιετείχισα; pf. pass. περιτετείχισμαι (Thu., Aristoph.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 323)surround with a wall.

1. lit., of a city περιτετειχισμένη κύκλῳ walled around Hs 9, 12, 5 (BGU 993 III, 1 [II BC] τόπος περιτετειχισμένος).

2. fig. surrounded τούτοις (i.e. ἀγγέλοις) περιτετείχισται ὁ κύριος s 9, 12, 6. Of the sea of flames coming fr.

783

the pyre κύκλῳ περιετείχισε τὸ σῶμα τοῦ μάρτυρος completely surrounded the martyr’s body MPol 15:2 (w. κύκλῳ as Thu. 2, 78).* περιτέμνω 2 aor. περιέτεμον. Pass.: pf. ptc. περιτετμημένος; 1 aor. περιετμήθην (Hom.+) cut (off) around, in our lit. and the LXX, somet. fig., only in the sense circumcise the foreskin (so somet. as act., somet. as mid. [‘circumcise oneself’], since Hdt. 2, 36, 2; 2, 104, 1 [of the Egyptians and several other peoples], also Diod. S. 1, 28, 3; 1, 55, 5; 3, 32, 4 [Egyptians, Colchians, Ἰουδαῖοι]; Ptolemaeus, περὶ Ἡρῳδου [I AD]: 199 fgm. 1 Jac.; Strabo 17, 2, 5; Philo Bybl. [c. 100 AD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 10, 33; Sallust. 9 p. 18, 17; PLond. 24, 3 [163 BC]; PTebt. 291, 33; 292, 7; 20; 293, 12; 14; 19; Wilcken, Chrest. 77 I, 11; III, 11; Philo Alex.; Joseph.; Test. Levi 6:3) in our lit. prob. only in act. and pass.

1. lit., w. acc. of the pers. Lk 1:59; 2:21; J 7:22; Ac 7:8; 15:5; 16:3; 21:21; B 9:8 (Gen 17:23ff). Pass. be circumcised, have oneself circumcised (Bl-D. §314 app.) Ac 15:1, 24 t.r.; 1 Cor 7:18b; Gal 2:3 (Ptolemaeus, περὶ Ἡρῴδου τ. βασιλέως: no. 199 Jac. [I AD] Ἰδουμαῖοι ἀναγκασθέντες περιτέμνεσθαι. S. SBelkin, JBL 54, ’35, 43-7); 5:2f; 6:12, 13b. οἱ περιτεμνόμενοι those who have themselves circumcised vs. 13a. περιτετμημένος circumcised, in the state of being circumcised 1 Cor 7:18a; Gal 6:13a v.l.

2. fig.—a. of baptism περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ Col 2:11 (OCullmann, D. Tauflehre des NT ’48, 50-63). b. Barnabas maintains strongly that the scripture does not require a physical circumcision: περιέτεμεν ἡμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 9:1a. The κύριος says περιτμήθητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν vs. 1b. Obviously Jer 4:4 (cf. Dt 10:16) is meant; B comes closer to it in περιτμήθητε τῷ κυρίῳ ὑμῶν let yourselves be circumcised for your Lord 9:5a, and in the explanation of it περιτμήθητε τὸ σκληρὸν τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν vs. 5b. What is true of the heart is also true of the ears περιέτεμεν ἡμῶν τὰς ἀκοάς 9:4. Cf. 10:12. In 9:6 it is acknowledged that circumcision is somet. justified thus: περιτέτμηται ὁ λαὸς εἰς σφραγῖδα, and it is explained that Ἀβραὰμ ἐν πνεύματι προβλέψας εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιέτεμεν vs. 7.—Schürer I (Eng. tr. rev. ed.) ’73, 536ff; Dssm., B 149ff [BS 151-3]; UWilcken, HGunkel and PWendland, APF 2, ’03, 4-31; WOtto, Priester u. Tempel im hellenist. Ägypten I ’05, 213ff; JCMatthes, De Besnijdenis: Teylers Theol. Tijdschrift 6, ’08, 163-91; FJDölger, Sphragis ’11, 51ff; Billerb. IV ’28, 23-40; FBryk, D. Beschneidung b. Mann u. Weib ’31. JMSasson, JBL 85, ’66, 473-76.-RMeyer, TW VI 72-83. M-M.* περιτίθημι 1 aor. περιέθηκα; 2 aor. imper. 2 pl. περίθετε, ptc. περιθείς. Pass.: impf. περιετιθέμην; pf. ptc. περιτεθειμένος; 1 aor. περιετέθην (Hom. [in tmesis]+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 98, 2; Philo, Joseph.).

1. put or place around, on τί τινι someth. around someone or someth. φραγμὸν αὐτῷ (=τῷ ἀμπελῶνι) περιέθηκεν a fence around a vineyard Mt 21:33; Mk 12:1 (the dat. is to be supplied here, as Is 5:2.—Dit., Syll.3 898, 7f. τὸν περίβολον ὃν περιέθηκε τῷ τεμένει). αὐτῷ περιετίθετο τὰ ὄργανα the wooden instruments (or firewood) were placed around him MPol 13:3 (Appian, Iber. §132 ξύλα περιθέντες αὐτῇ. Likew. Appian, Mithrid.

108 §512 ξύλα περιθέντες in order to ignite someth.). The bars or limits set for the sea 1 Cl 20:6 (cf. Job 38:10). σπόγγον καλάμῳ put a sponge on a reed Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36; cf. J 19:29. Put or lay pieces of clothing around, on someone (Herodian 3, 7, 5 χλαμύδα; Dit., Or. 383, 137; PSI 64, 17 [I BC]; Job 39:20; Jos., Ant. 6, 184; Test. Levi 8:5, 6) χλαμύδα περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ Mt 27:28. Esp. of headbands, wreaths etc. (Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 2 p. 151A στέφανόν τινι. Several times LXX; Philo, Mos. 2, 243) Mk 15:17. κρεῖττον ἦν αὐτῷ περιτεθῆναι μύλον 1 Cl 46:8.—Var. prep. constrs. take the place of the dat.: π. τὸ ἔριον ἐπὶ ξύλον put the wool on a stick B 8:1 (cf. Gen 41:42). π. τὸ ἔριον περὶ τὴν κεφαλήν 7:8 (a quot. that cannot be identified w. certainty.—On π. περὶ τὴν κεφ. cf. Pla., Rep. 3 p.

406D).

2. fig. put on or around τί τινι=invest someone w. someth., grant, bestow someth. to or on someone (Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 985, 50; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 41) τιμὴν π. w. the dat. show honor (Dit., Or. 331, 23; BGU 1141, 19 [14 BC]; Esth 1:20. Cf. also Thu. 6, 89, 2 ἀτιμίαν τινὶ π.) 1 Cor 12:23. περιθεὶς τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τῇ κτίσει αὐτοῦ Hv 1, 3, 4. M-M.* περιτομή, ῆς, ἡ circumcision of the foreskin (Agatharchides [II BC] 61; Timagenes [I BC]: 88 fgm. 5 Jac.; Strabo 16, 2, 37 [in the pl.]; PTebt. 314, 5 [II AD]) Gen 17:13; Ex 4:25f; Artapanus [II BC] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 27, 10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 8; 9; Jos., Ant. 1, 192; 214 [here in pl.], C. Ap. 2, 137; 143; Test. Levi 6:6).

1. circumcision as a religious rite, lit., J 7:22. διαθήκη περιτομῆς covenant or decree of circumcision Ac 7:8. εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω Gal 5:11.—B 9:4a, 7. Cf. Phil 3:5 (s. ὀκταήμερος); Dg 4:1 which, however, can also be classed under 2. pass. the state of having been circumcised=τὸ περιτετμῆσθαι (Diod. S. 3, 32, 4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137) Ro 2:25a, b, 26; 3:1; 1 Cor 7:19; Gal 5:6; 6:15. ἡ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή Ro 2:28. διὰ περιτομῆς vs. 27 (s. διά A III 1c). περιτομὴν ἔχειν IPhld 6:1. περιτομὴν λαμβάνειν J 7:23. εἶναι ἐν περιτομῇ Ro 4:10a; cf. b, where ὄντι is to be supplied. On vs. 11 cf. σημεῖον 1. οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐν π. εἰσίν B 9:6.

3. fig., of spiritual circumcision (cf. περιτέμνω 2) περιτομὴ. . . οὐ σαρκὸς. . . B 9:4b. περιτομὴ καρδίας (s. περιτέμνω 2b) Ro 2:29 (cf. Ode of Solomon 11, 1f). περιτομὴ ἀχειροποίητος Col 2:11a=περ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ b, by which baptism is meant (s. vs. 12).

4. abstr. for concr. (cf. e.g., Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 61 §249 ἐπεξέρχεσθαι τὸν φόνον=proceed against the murder [i.e., the murderers]) those who are circumcised a. lit., of the Jews Ro 3:30; 4:9; Col 3:11 (opp. ἀκροβυστία=‘Gentiles’ in all three).—Ro 4:12a; 15:8; Gal 2:7-9. οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου those who are called the 784

‘uncircumcision’ by the so-called circumcision (whose circumcision is) a purely physical one (and is) made by hands Eph 2:11. οἱ οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον who not only belong to the ‘circumcised’ Ro 4:12b.—οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί those of the ‘circumcised’ who believe=the Jewish Christians Ac 10:45. Likew. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς (ὄντες) 11:2; Gal 2:12; Col 4:11; Tit 1:10. EEEllis, TU 102, ’68, 390-99. b. fig. of the Christians (as the truly circumcised people of the promise) ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή Phil 3:3.—For lit. s. under περιτέμνω. M-M.* περιτρέπω (Lysias, Pla. et al.; Wsd 5:23; Philo) turn from one state to its opposite τινὰ εἴς τι (BGU 1831, 8 [51 BC] εἰς ἄπορον; Vett. Val. 250, 9f; Jos., Ant. 9, 72τοὺς παρόντας εἰς χαρὰν περιέτρεψε.—Niese reads the simplex in 2, 293) τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει Ac 26:24 (s. μανία and cf. the expression εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπειν in Lucian, Abdic. 30 and Vi. Aesopi I c. 55). M-M.* περιτρέχω impf. περιέτρεχον; 2 aor. περιέδραμον, ptc. περιδραμών (Hom.+).

1. run or move around w. the acc. of the thing or pers. one moves around (Hdt. 8, 128; Aristoph., Ran. 193 τὴν λίμνην κύκλῳ; Athen. 5 p. 208B; PFlor. 120, 7) ἄγγελοι περιέτρεχον αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖσε angels were moving about them there AP 5:18. ὧδε κἀκεῖσε περιτρ. κύκλῳ τῆς πύλης run here and there around the gate Hs 9, 3, 1.

2. run about, go about in (Cebes 14, 1; Am 8:12; Jer 5:1 ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς) w. acc. (Aristoph., Thesmoph. 657 τὴν πύκνα πᾶσαν) ὅλην τὴν χώραν Mk 6:55. ἐν τοῖς προβάτοις π. run about among the sheep Hs 6, 1, 6. M-M.* περιφέρω carry about, carry here and there—1. lit., w. acc. (Eur., Pla.+; Plut., Mor. 331C; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 65f, a spearhead in the face; Josh 24:33a; 2 Macc 7:27) the sick Mk 6:55. τὰ δεσμά the chains IEph 11:2; cf. IMg 1:2; ITr 12:2. τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι π. 2 Cor 4:10 (s. νέκρωσις 1).

2. fig. (Epict. 2, 8, 12 θεὸν π.=carry God about within oneself; 2, 16, 33; Philo, Omnis Prob. Lib. 117 τὴν ἀρετήν; POxy. 1664, 7 a dear person in one’s heart) τὸ ὄνομα carry the name (of Christ, or of a Christian) about (prob. as wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. The pass., fig. (Jos., Ant. 19, 46διὰ λογισμῶν περιφερόμενος) περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας carried here and there by (any and) every wind of doctrine Eph 4:14 (or does περιφέρεσθαι mean turn around here, and is the idea of a weathervane in the background?); cf. Hb 13:9 v.l. M-M.* περιφρονέω disregard, look down on, despise (so since Thu. 1, 25, 4; POxy. 71 II, 16; Jos., Ant. 4, 260)w. gen.

(Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 372A τοῦ ζῆν; Plut., Thes. 1, 5, Per. 31, 1, Mor. 762E; 4 Macc 6:9; 7:16; 14:1) Tit 2:15. M-M.* περιχαρής, ές (Soph., Hdt.+; 3 Macc 5:44; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 3; Jos., Ant. 7, 206)very glad π. γενέσθαι (Diod.

S. 20, 76, 6 π. γενόμενος; Charito 6, 5, 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 50 K.=26 p. 517 D.; Job 3:22; 29:22; Jos., Ant. 1, 284; 16, 358; PSI 887, 5 [VI AD]) Hv 3, 12, 2; foll. by the inf. in the gen. v 3, 8, 1.* περίχωρος, ον neighboring (Gen 19:28) quite predom. used as a subst. (οἱ περίχωροι ‘the neighbors’ Demosth.

19, 266; Plut., Cat. Maj. 25, 3, Eum. 15, 13; Aelian, N.A. 10, 46; Cass. Dio 36, 33) ἡ π. (sc. γῆ; Bl-D. §241, 1) region around, neighborhood (LXX, which also has τὸ περίχωρον and τὰ περίχωρα. Loanw. in rabb.) Mt 14:35; Mk 6:55 t.r.; Lk 4:14, 37; 7:17; Ac 14:6; 1 Cl 11:1; GP 9:34. Used w. gen.: of a river, whose neighboring region to the right and left is designated as ἡ π.: ἡ π. τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (Gen 13:10f) Mt 3:5 (s. below); Lk 3:3. ἡ περίχωρος τῶν Γερασηνῶν the Gerasenes and the people living around them Lk 8:37. ὅλη ἡ π. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mk 1:28 is either epexegetic gen. the whole region around, that is, Galilee or the region around Galilee (Mt understands it so, and 4:24 inserted ὅλη ἡ Συρία for it). By metonymy for the inhabitants Mt 3:5. M-M.* περίψημα, ατος, τό (Vi. Aesopi I c. 35; from περιψάω=‘wipe all around, wipe clean’) that which is removed by the process of cleansing, dirt, off-scouring (Sym. Jer 22:28) πάντων περίψημα the off-scouring of all things 1 Cor 4:13. But reflection on the fact that the removal of the περίψ. cleanses the thing or the pers. to which (whom) it was attached, has given the word the further mng. ransom, scapegoat, sacrifice (cf. Tob 5:19. Hesychius equates it w. περικατάμαγμα and ἀντίλυτρα, ἀντίψυχα. Photius p. 425, 3 explains περίψ. w. ἀπολύτρωσις and then continues, referring to the custom of making a human sacrifice every year for the benefit of the rest of the people [s. on this Ltzm. and JWeiss on 1 Cor 4:13]: οὕτως ἐπέλεγον τῷ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐμβαλλομένῳ τῇ θαλάσσῃ νεανίᾳ ἐπʼ ἀπαλλαγῇ τῶν συνεχόντων κακῶν, περίψημα ἡμῶν γενοῦ, ἤτοι σωτηρία καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις. καὶ οὕτως ἐνέβαλον τῇ θαλάσσῃ ὡσανεὶ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι θυσίαν ἀποτίννυντες). But it must also be observed in this connection that περίψ. had become more and more a term of polite self-depreciation, common enough in everyday speech (Dionys. of Alex. in Euseb., H.E. 7, 22, 7 τὸ δημῶδες ῥῆμα. S. also the grave-inscription [in WThieling, D. Hellenismus in Kleinafrika ’11, p. 34] in which a wife says w. reference to her deceased husband ἐγώ σου περίψημα τῆς καλῆς ψυχῆς); the sense would then be someth. like most humble servant. So certainly in περίψ. τοῦ σταυροῦ IEph 18:1. But prob. also 8:1; B 4:9; 6:5 (s. HVeil: EHennecke, Hdb. zu den ntl. Apokryphen ’04, 218).—GStählin, TW VI 83-92. M-M.* περπερεύομαι (M. Ant. 5, 5, 4; Etym. Mag. p. 665, 37; Hesychius=κατεπαίρομαι. The compound ἐμπερπερεύομαι is more common: Epict. 2, 1, 34; Cicero, Ad Attic. 1, 14, 4) behave as a πέρπερος (‘braggart, windbag’: Polyb. 32, 2, 5; 39, 1, 2; Epict. 3, 2, 14), boast, brag 1 Cor 13:4. M-M.* Περσίς, ίδος, ἡ (Palest. inscr.: IPPeters and HThiersch, Painted Tombs of Marissa ’05, nos. 38 and 41 [II BC]; esp.

785

for female slaves: BGU 895, 29; 31 [II AD]; IG VII 2074; CIL V 4455) Persis, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:12.

M-M.* πέρυσι before vowels πέρυσιν Hv 2, 1, 3 (on the ν cf. Lex. Rhet. in RReitzenstein, Index Lect. Rostock 1892/93 p.

6; Bl-D. §20 w. app.—Mlt.-H. 279) adv. of time (Simonides +) last year, a year ago (Aristoph., Pla. et al.; Plut., Mor. 155F; Philostrat., Her. 33 p. 139, 14 K.; inscr., pap.) Hv 2, 1, 1; 3. ἀπὸ π. (BGU 531 II, 1 [70-80 AD]; Dssm., NB 48f [BS 221]) a year ago, since last year 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2. M-M.* περυσινός, ή, όν (Aristoph., Pla., X.+; PSI 560, 8 [III BC]; PTebt. 112, 19 [II BC]; al. in pap.) of last year ἡ περυσινὴ ὅρασις the vision of the previous year Hv 2, 1, 1; cf. 3, 10, 3. M-M. s.v. πέρυσι.* πεσει̂ν,-ών, πεσοῦμαι s. πίπτω. πετάομαι (doubtful form for the older πέτομαι [q.v.].— Lob. on Phryn. p. 581; Bl-D. §101 p. 47; Helbing p. 83f; Reinhold p. 100.—The act. πετάω=‘fly’ in Achmes 236, 6. πετάομαι in Aristot., Metaph. 1009b, 38 [WChrist ’38] v.l.; Syntipas 79, 28 v.l.) in our lit. only in Rv, and in the pres. ptc. πετώμενος, as the rdg. of the t.r. in 4:7; 8:13; 14:6; 19:17.* πετεινόν, οῦ, τό subst. neut. of πετεινός, ή, όν (Theognis, trag., Hdt. et al.; Jos., Ant. 2, 245; 3, 137; Test. Levi 9:13) bird B 11:3 (Is 16:2). Mostly pl. (Hdt.; Ostraka II 1523 [127 BC]; LXX; En. 7, 5; Jos., Ant. 8, 40; Sib. Or. 3, 224) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 12:24. W. κτήνη (Gen 8:17; Lev 7:26) Hs 9, 1, 8; 9, 24, 1. W. τετράποδα, ἑρπετά Ac 10:12; Ro 1:23. W. τετράποδα, θηρία, ἑρπετά (Herm. Wr. 1, 11b) Ac 11:6; w. still others PK 2 p. 14, 17. W. θηρία, ἑρπετά, ἐνάλια Js 3:7. W. θηρία, ἰχθύες B 6:12, 18 (cf. ἑρπετόν on these combinations). τὰ π. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (s. οὐρανός 1d) the birds of the air Mt 6:26; 8:20; 13:32 (cf. IQH 8, 9); Mk 4:32; Lk 8:5; 9:58; 13:19; Ac 10:12; 11:6; B 6:12 (Gen 1:28), 18; Hs 9, 24, 1. Of birds of prey B 10:10. M-M.* πέτομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Gig. 6; Hecataeus in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 203.S. on πετάομαι) fly Rv 4:7; 8:13; 12:14; 14:6; 19:17. M-M. B. 682.* πέτρα, ας, ἡ (Hom. [πέτρη]+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 114; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. rock—a. lit., of the rock in which a tomb is hewn (s. λατομέω 1) Mt 27:60; Mk 15:46. The rocks split apart during an earthquake Mt 27:51 (cf. PGM 12, 242). αἱ πέτραι w. τὰ ὄρη (PGM 13, 872; all the elements are in disorder) Rv 6:16; likew. vs. 15, where πέτρα rather takes on the mng. rocky grotto (as Il. 2, 88; 4, 107; Soph., Phil.

16 al.; Judg 15:13; 1 Km 13:6; Is 2:10; Pr 30:26. Cf. Diod. S. 5, 39, 5 ἐν ταῖς κοίλαις πέτραις καὶ σπηλαίοις). πέτρα rocky ground Lk 8:6, 13 (Maximus Tyr. 20, 9g ἐπὶ πετρῶν σπείρεις; Pla., Leg. 8 p. 838E; Ael. Aristid. 46 p.

302 D.; PSI 433, 6 [260 BC] οὐκ ἐφυτεύθη ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας). It forms a suitable foundation for the building of a house Mt 7:24f; Lk 6:48a, b t.r.—Used w. an adj.: of Sinai π. ἔρημος a barren rock B 11:3 (Is 16:1). στερεὰ πέτρα 5:14; 6:3 (both Is 50:7). π. ἰσχυρά 11:4 (Is 33:16). π. ἀκίνητος IPol 1:1.—The rock in the vision of Hermas: Hs 9, 2, 1f; 9, 3, 1; 9, 4, 2; 9, 5, 3; 9, 9, 7; 9, 12, 1 (the interpretation); 9, 13, 5; 9, 14, 4.—The rock at various places in the desert fr. which Moses drew water by striking it (Ex 17:6; Num 20:8ff; Ps 77:15f, 20; Philo, Mos. 1, 210; Jos., Ant. 3, 86.—Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1444-46: Heracles, when thirsty, struck a πέτρη at the suggestion of a divinity, and a great stream of water gushed forth at once). Paul calls it πνευματικὴ πέτρα 1 Cor 10:4a and identifies it w. the preexistent Christ vs. 4b (EEEllis, JBL 76, ’57, 53-6; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 86 πέτρα=σοφία, Det. Pot. Ins. 118=λόγος θεῖος). b. in a play on words w. the name Πέτρος (GGander, RThPh n.s. 29, ’41, 5-29). The apostle so named, or the affirmation he has just made, is the rock upon which Christ will build his church (for the figure s. Od. 17, 463.—Arrian, Anab. 4, 18, 4ff; 4, 21, 1ff; 4, 28, 1ff πέτρα is a rocky district [so also Antig. Car. 165] as the foundation of an impregnable position or a rocky fortress; 4, 28, 1; 2 this kind of a πέτρα could not be conquered even by Heracles.—Diod. S. 19, 95, 2 and 4; 19, 96, 1; 19, 97, 1 and 2; 19, 98, 1 al. ἡ πέτρα [always with the article] is the rock [Petra] that keeps the Nabataeans safe from all enemy attacks; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Στάσις: πόλις ἐπὶ πέτρης μεγάλης of a city that cannot be taken) Mt 16:18 (cf. ADell, ZNW 15, ’14, 1-49; 17, ’16, 27-32; OImmisch, ibid. 17, ’16, 18-26; Harnack, SAB ’18, 637-54; ’27, 139-52; RBultmann, ZNW 19, ’20, 165-74, ThBl 20, ’41, 265-79; FKattenbusch, Der Quellort der Kirchenidee: Festgabe für Harnack ’21, 143-72, Der Spruch über Pt. u. d. Kirche bei Mt: StKr 94, ’22, 96-131; SEuringer, D. Locus Classicus des Primates: AEhrhard-Festschr. ’22, 141-79; HDieckmann, Die Verfassung der Urkirche ’23; JoachJeremias, Αγγελος II ’26, 108-17; ECaspar, Primatus Petri ’27; KGGoetz, Pt. als Gründer u. Oberhaupt der Kirche ’27; JGeiselmann, D. petrin. Primat (Mt 16:17ff) ’27; BBartmann, ThGl 20, ’28, 1-17; HKoch, Cathedra Petri ’30; TEngert, ‘Tu es Pt’: Ricerche relig. 6, ’30, 222-60; FXSeppelt, Gesch. d. Papsttums I ’31, 9-46; JTurmel, La papauté ’33, 101ff; VBurch, JBL 52, ’33, 147-52; JHaller, D. Papsttum I ’34, 1-31; ACCotter, CBQ 4, ’42, 304-10; WGKümmel, Kirchenbegr. u. Gesch.-bewusstsein in d. Urgem. u. b.

Jesus: Symb. Bibl. Ups. 1, ’43; OJFSeitz, JBL 69, ’50, 329-40. OCullmann, TWManson mem. vol., ’59, 94-105; OBetz, ZNW 48, ’57, 49-77; cf. IQH 6, 26-8; HClavier, Bultmann-Festschr., ’54, 94-107.—OCullmann, TW VI ’56, 94-9: πέτρα. S. also the lit. under Πέτρος, end).

2. stone (in an OT quot., where πέτρα is used in parallelism w: λίθος) π. σκανδάλου Ro 9:33; 1 Pt 2:8 (both Is 8:14). M-M. B. 51.* Πέτρος, ου, ὁ (ὁ πέτρος=‘stone’ Hom.+; Jos., Bell. 3, 240, Ant. 7, 142.—Π. as a name can scarcely be 786

pre-Christian, as AMerx, D. vier kanon. Ev. II 1, ’02, 160ff, referring to Jos., Ant. 18, 156[Niese did not accept the v.l. Πέτρος for Πρῶτος], would have it. S. on the other hand ADell [πέτρα 1b] esp. 14-17. Fr. the beginning it was prob. ‫=י ֵכּ‬Κηφᾶς: J 1:42; cf. Mt 16:18 and JWackernagel, Syntax II2 ’28, thought of as the Gk. equivalent of the Aram. ‫א‬ 14f, perh. formed on the analogy of the Gk. male proper name Πέτρων: UPZ 149, 8 [III BC]; 135 [78 BC]; Plut., Mor. 422D.—A Gentile named Πέτρος in Damasc., Vi. Isid. 170. S. also the Praeses Arabiae of 278/79 AD Aurelius P.: Publ. Princeton Univ. Arch. Expedition to Syria III A, ’13, 4 no. 546) Peter, surname of the head of the circle of Twelve Disciples, whose name was orig. Simon. His father was a certain John (s. Ἰωάννης 4) or Jonah (s. Ἰωνᾶς 2).

Acc. to J 1:44 he himself was from Bethsaida, but, at any rate, when he met Jesus he lived in Capernaum (Mk 1:21, 29). Fr. that city he and his brother Andrew made their living as fishermen (Mk 1:16). He was married (Mk 1:30; cf. 1 Cor 9:5), but left his home and occupation, when Jesus called, to follow him (Mk 1:18; 10:28). He belonged to the three or four most intimate of the Master’s companions (Mk 5:37; 9:2; 13:3; 14:33). He stands at the head of the lists of the apostles (Mt 10:2; Mk 3:16; Lk 6:14; Ac 1:13). Not all the problems connected w. the conferring of the name Cephas-Peter upon Simon (s. Σίμων 1) have yet been solved (the giving of a new name and the reason for it: Plato [s. ὀνομάζω 1] and Theophrastus [Prolegom. 1 in CFHermann, Pla. VI 196 Θεόφραστος, Τύρταμος καλούμενος πάλαι, διὰ τὸ θεῖον τῆς φράσεως Θ. μετεκλήθη]; CRoth, Simon-Peter HTR 54, ’61, 91-7). He was at least not always a model of rock-like (πέτρος is a symbol of imperturbability Soph., Oed. Rex 334; Eur., Med. 28 al.) firmness (cf. Gethsemane, the denial, the unsuccessful attempt at walking on the water; his conduct at Antioch Gal 2:11ff which, however, is fr. time to time referred to another Cephas; cf. KLake, HTR 14, ’21, 95ff; AMVöllmecke, Jahrbuch d.

Missionshauses St. Gabriel 2, ’25, 69-104; 3, ’26, 31-75; DWRiddle, JBL 59, ’40, 169-80; NHuffman, ibid. 64, ’45, 205f; PGaechter, ZkTh 72, ’50, 177-212). Despite all this he was the leader of Jesus’ disciples, was spokesman for the Twelve (e.g. Mt 18:21; 19:27; Mk 8:27ff; Lk 12:41; 18:28) and for the three who were closest to Jesus (Mk 9:5); he was recognized as leader even by those on the outside (Mt 17:24). He is especially prominent in the scene pictured by Mt 16:17-19. Only in the Fourth Gospel does Peter have a place less prominent than another, in this case the ‘disciple whom Jesus loved’ (s. Hdb. exc. on J 13:23). In connection w. the miraculous events after Jesus’ death (on this ELohmeyer, Galiläa u. Jerusalem ’36; WMichaelis, D. Erscheinungen d. Auferstandenen ’44; MWerner, D. ntl.

Berichte üb. d. Erscheinungen d. Auferstandenen: Schweiz. Theol. Umschau ’44) Pt. played a unique role (1 Cor 15:5; Lk 24:34; Mk 16:7). He was one of the pillars of the early church (Gal 2:9). Three years after Paul was converted, on his first journey to Jerusalem as a Christian, he established a significant contact w. Peter (Gal 1:18). At least until the time of the Apostolic Council (Gal 2:1-10[?]; Ac 15:7) he was the head of the early church. He was also active as a missionary to the Jews (Gal 2:8; 1 Cor 9:5.—MGoguel, L’apôtre Pierre a-t-il joué un role personnel dans les crises de Grèce et de Galatie?: RHPhr 14, ’34, 461-500). In 1 Pt 1:1 and 2 Pt 1:1 he appears as author of an epistle. It is very probable that he died at Rome under Nero, about 64 AD.—In the NT he is somet. called Σίμων (s. this; in Ac 15:14 ); except for Gal 2:7f Paul always calls him Κηφᾶς (q.v.). Both names Σίμων and 2 Pt 1:1 more exactly Συμεών=‫ןוֹע‬ Π. Mt 16:16; Lk 5:8; J 1:40; 6:8, 68; 13:6, 9, 24, 36; 18:10, 15, 25; 20:2, 6; 21:2f, 7b, 11, 15. Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Π.

Mt 4:18; 10:2. Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Π. Ac 10:18; 11:13. Σίμων ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Π. 10:5, 32.—Outside the NT it is found in our lit. GEb 2; GP 14:60 (Σίμων Πέτρος); 1 Cl 5:4 (Paul follows in 5:5); 2 Cl 5:3f (a piece fr. an apocr. gosp.); IRo 4:3 (Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος); ISm 3:2=GHeb 22; Papias 2:4 (w. other disciples), 15 (w. Mark as his ἑρμηνευτής).—Zahn, Einl. II §38-44; KErbes, Petrus nicht in Rom, sondern in Jerusalem gestorben: ZKG 22, ’01, 1ff; 161ff (against him AKneller, ZkTh 26, ’02, 33ff; 225ff; 351ff); PWSchmiedel, War der Ap. Petrus in Rom?: PM 13, ’09, 59-81; HLietzmann, Petrus u. Pls in Rom2 ’27; GEsser, Der hl. Ap. Petrus ’02; CGuignebert, La primauté de St. Pierre et la venue de Pierre à Rome ’09; FJFoakes-Jackson, Peter, Prince of Apostles ’27; HDannenbauer, D. röm. Pt-Legende: Hist. Ztschr. 146, ’32, 239-62; 159, ’38, 81-8; KHeussi, War Pt. in Rom? ’36, War Pt. wirklich röm. Märtyrer? ’37, Neues z. Pt.-frage ’39, ThLZ 77, ’52, 67-72; HLietzmann, Pt. röm. Märt.: SAB ’36, XXIX; DFRobinson, JBL 64, ’45, 255-67; HSchmutz, Pt. war dennoch in Rom: Benedikt. Monatsschr. 22, ’46, 128-41; EFascher, Pauly-W. XIX ’38, 1335-61.—On Mt 16:17-19 s., in addition to the lit. on κλείς and πέτρα 1b: JSchnitzer, Hat Jesus das Papsttum gestiftet? ’10, Das Papsttum eine Stiftung Jesu? ’10; FTillmann, Jesus u. das Papsttum ’10; AKneller, ZkTh 44, ’20, 147-69; OLinton, D. Problem der Urkirche ’32, 157-83; KPieper, Jes. u. d.

Kirche ’32; AEhrhard, Urkirche u. Frühkatholizismus I 1, ’36.—JMunck, Pt. u. Pls in der Offenb. Joh. ’50 (Rv 11:3-13).—OCullmann, Petrus2, ’60 (Eng. transl. Peter, FVFilson2, ’62), L’apôtre Pierre: NT Essays (TWManson memorial vol.), ’59, 94-105; OKarrer, Peter and the Church: an examination of the Cullmann thesis, ’63; RTO’Callaghan, Vatican Excavations and the Tomb of Peter: Bibl. Archeologist 16, ’53, 70-87; AvGerkan, D. Forschung nach dem Grab Petri, ZNW 44, ’52/’53, 196-205, Zu den Problemen des Petrusgrabes: Jahrb. f. Antike u.

Christent. ’58, 79-93; GF Snyder, Bibl. Archaeologist 32, ’69, 2-24; JGwynGriffiths, Hibbert Journal 55, ’56/’57, 140-9; TDBarnes, JTS 21, ’70, 175-9; GSchulze-Kadelbach, D. Stellung des P. in der Urchristenheit: ThLZ 81, ’56, 1-18 (lit.); PGaechter, Petrus u. seine Zeit, ’58; EKirschbaum, The Tombs of St. Peter and St. Paul (transl. JMurray) ’59; EHaenchen, Petrus-Probleme, NTS 7, ’60/’61, 187-97; SAgourides, Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ Εὐαγγελίῳ, Thessalonike, ’66; DGewalt, Petrus, Diss. Hdlbg, ’66; RBrown, KDonfried, JReumann edd., Peter in the NT, ’73.—OCullmann, TW VI, ’56, 99-112. M-M. πετρώδης, ες (Soph.+) rocky, stony (so Hippocr., Aristot.; Jos., Vi. 187) subst. τὸ πετρῶδες Mk 4:5 and τὰ πετρώδη (Aristot., Hist. An. 5, 17) Mt 13:5, 20; Mk 4:16 rocky ground, over which a thin layer of soil is spread (ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν). GDalman, Pj 22, ’26, 124ff.* Πετρώνιος, ου, ὁ rather freq. name (cf. e.g. Dit., Or. 538, 4; pap.; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 209; Jos., Ant. 15, 307)Petronius, the centurion who commanded the guard at the grave GP 8:31.—LVaganay, L’Évang. de Pierre ’30, 787

283f.* πεφίμωσο s. φιμόω. πήγανον, ου, τό (Aristoph.+; Theophr., Hist. Pl. 1, 3, 4; Diosc. 3, 45 al.; POxy. 1675, 4; PTebt. 273 introd.; CWessely, Stud. z. Paläographie u. Papyruskunde 20[’21], 27, 5; Jos., Bell. 7, 178;loanw. in rabb.) rue (ruta graveolens), mentioned among the garden herbs that are tithed Lk 11:42 (the parallel Mt 23:23 has ἄνηθον, hence EbNestle, ZNW 7, ’06, 260f suspects an interchange of ‫ארבי‬and ‫)אתבי‬. Acc. to the Mishna (Shebi’ith IX 1; cf. Billerb.

II 189) it was not necessary to tithe it.—RStrömberg, Griech. Pflanzennamen ’40, 144; EEFBishop, ET 59, ’47/’48, 81; DCorrens, ΧΑΡΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΣΟΦΙΑ (KRengstorf-Festschr.), ’64, 110-2. M-M.* πηγή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 89; Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 2, 318; loanw. in rabb.) spring of water, fountain.

1. lit. Js 3:11, 12 t.r.; Hs 9, 1, 8; 9, 25, 1. (αἱ) πηγαὶ (τῶν) ὑδάτων (the) springs of water (cf. Lev 11:36; Num 33:9; 3 Km 18:5; Jdth 7:7; Ps 17:16; Jos., Ant. 2, 294)Rv 8:10; 14:7; 16:4. ἀέναοι πηγαί everflowing springs 1 Cl 20:10 (ἀέναος 1). As typical of sinners πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι (s. ἄνυδρος) 2 Pt 2:17. Of a specific well (called φρέαρ in J 4:11f; cf. Mod. Gk. πηγάδι=‘well’.—WRHutton, ET 57, ’45/’46, 27) π. τοῦ Ἰακώβ, at the foot of Mt Gerizim (on the location of Jacob’s well s. Dalman, Orte3 226ff) J 4:6a; cf. b (Paus. 8, 23, 4 ὀλίγον ὑπὲρ τ. πόλιν π. ἐστιν καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ π. . . . ).—ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς (Lev 12:7) Mk 5:29 (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 40, 2 Bruns πηγὴ τ. αἵματος. Cf. πηγη; δακρύων: Soph., Ant. 803; Charito 1, 3, 6; 2, 3, 6; 6, 7, 10; Achilles Tat. 7, 4, 6).

2. Quite symbolic (s. Hdb. exc. on J 4:14 and cf. Dio Chrys. 15[32], 15 τὸ σῷζον [ὕδωρ] ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐκ δαιμονίου τινὸς πηγῆς κάτεισι. In schol. on Pla. 611C ἀθάνατος πηγή is a spring whose water bestows immortality) is its usage in some NT pass.: ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς the spring of the water of life Rv 21:6; in the pl. ζωῆς πηγαὶ ὕδάτων 7:17; πηγὴ ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον a spring of water welling up for eternal life J 4:14 (Essenes apply this figure to the Torah, e.g., CD 6, 4; also s. Hdb. ad loc.).

3. fig., of the place of origin or the cause of a full abundance of someth. (Pind.+; Epict. 3, 1, 18 Apollo as πηγὴ τῆς ἀληθείας [πηγὴ ἀληθ. also in Himerius, Or. 48 [Or. 14], 35; Maximus Tyr. 12, 6c; 13, 9c; Philo, Mos. 1, 84) πηγὴ ζωῆς source of life (Pr 10:11; 13:14; 14:27) of God B 11:2 (Jer 2:13 and 17:13. Cf. Ps 35:10); cf. B 1:3 Funk.-WMichaelis, TW VI 112-17. M-M. B. 44.* πήγνυμι 1 aor. ἔπηξα, ptc. πήξας (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 5, 210).

1. make firm, fix of God’s creative activity (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 [θεὸς] γῆν ἐφʼ ὕδατος ἔπηξεν) τὸν οὐρανόν the heaven Hv 1, 3, 4 (cf. Is 42:5). Pass., of milk curdle (Aristot., Part. An. 3, 15 p. 676a, 14 γάλα πήγνυται; Cyranides p. 63, 13) AP fgm. 2 p. 12, 24f.

2. put together, build σκηνήν pitch a tent (Pla., Leg. 7 p. 817C; Polyb. 6, 27, 2; 6 al.; Gen 26:25; 31:25; Num 24:6; Judg 4:11; Jos., Ant. 3, 247)GP 8:33. Of the tabernacle (Ex 33:7; 38:26; Josh 18:1; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 54) set up Hb 8:2. M-M.* πηδάλιον, ου, τό (Hom.+; POxy. 1449, 14; 1650, 11) steering paddle, rudder Js 3:4 (w. χαλινός vs. 3; cf. the combination of rudder and bridle Plut., Mor. 33F καθάπερ ἱππεὺς διὰ χαλινοῦ καὶ [διὰ] πηδαλίου κυβερνήτης [HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 132f]; cf. Aristot., Mech. 5, 850b). Pl. (as PLond. 1164h, 8) Ac 27:40, since each ship had two rudders, connected by a crossbar and operated by one man. M-M. B. 734.* πηδάω (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, In Flacc. 162) leap, spring of a bolt of fire (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 341c) ἀπό τινος from someone AP fgm. 1 p. 12, 15. B. 688.* πηλίκος, η, ον (Pla.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 52; Jos., Ant. 13, 1)correlative pron. how large? but in our lit., in both places where it occurs, in an exclamation (for class. ἡλίκος; cf. Bl-D. §304; Rob. 741).

1. lit. ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα see with what large letters I am writing to you Gal 6:11 (Dssm., B 264 [BS 358]. Against him KLClarke, ET 24, ’13, 285 and JSClemens, ibid. 380.—CStarcke, D. Rhetorik des Ap. Pls im Gal u. die ‘πηλίκα γράμματα’: Progr. Stargard i. P. ’11).

2. fig. how great of Melchizedek θεωρεῖτε πηλίκος οὗτος consider how great this man must have been Hb 7:4. M-M.* πήλινος, η, ον (Demosth.+; PPetr. III 48, 9 [241 BC]; LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 589) made of clay οἰκίας π. houses of clay 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:19).* πηλός, οῦ, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 483, 61; PRainer 232, 17; POxy. 1450, 4; LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. clay—a. used in making pottery (trag.+; Polyb. 15, 35, 2 [the potter deals with ὁ τροχός=potter’s wheel and ὁ πηλός]; Is 29:16; 41:25; Jer 18:6; Sir 33:13) Ro 9:21 (cf. esp. Wsd 15:7).—In a comparison that has allegorical traits mankind is called πηλὸς εὒς τὴν χειῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου 2 Cl 8:2 (=ἐν τῇ χειρί, s. εἰς 9a). b. Like the pliable material which the artist uses (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 252), clay is also the material fr. which man is made (cf. Aristoph., Av. 686 πηλοῦ πλάσματα of men; Herodas 2, 28f; Epict. 4, 11, 27; Lucian, Prometh. 13; Themist., Or. 32 after Aesop; Job 10:9) 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:19).

788

2. mud, mire (Pla., Parm. 130C π. καὶ ῥύπος; Plut., Marius 16, 7, Mor. 993E; 1059F οἱ πηλὸν ἢ κονιορτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος ἔχοντες), esp. of the soft mass produced when the ground is wet, e.g. on the roads (Aeneas Tact. 1421; Herodas 1, 14; Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 2 Km 22:43; Zech 9:3; 10:5; Jos., Ant. 1, 244).Jesus ἔπτυσεν χαμαὶ καὶ ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος J 9:6a (π. ποιεῖν like Charito 1, 3, 2); cf. b, 11, 14, 15. For the use of πηλός in the healing art of ancient times, even on the part of benevolent divinities s. Hdb. ad loc. and KHRengstorf, Die Anfänge der Auseinandersetzung zw. Christusglaube u. Asklepiosfrömmigkeit ’53, p. 39f, note 61, also TW VI ’56, 118f. M-M. B. 20.* πήρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; Jdth 10:5; 13:10, 15; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 6, 15) knapsack, traveler’s bag which Jesus’ disciples were directed not to take w. them when they were sent out, since it was not absolutely necessary (s. on ὑπόδημα) Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3; 10:4; 22:35; cf. vs. 36. But perh. this pass. has in mind the more specialized mng. beggar’s bag (Diog. L. 6, 33; Gk. inscr. fr. Syria: Bull. de corr. hell. 21, 1897 p. 60; PGM 4, 2381; 2400. Cf. Const. Apost. 3, 6.

Such a bag was part of a Cynic itinerant preacher’s equipment [PWendland, D. hellenist.-röm. Kultur2,3 ’12, 84. Crates the Cynic wrote a piece entitled Πήρα: HDiels, Poetae Philosophi ’02 fgm. 4 p. 218. Cf. Dio Chrys. 49(66), 21; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 1, 3; Alciphr. 3, 19, 5].—Acc. to Diog. L. 6, 13 Antisthenes the Cynic was the first one to fold his cloak double [so he could sleep on it]—6, 22—and take a staff and πήρα with him—Dssm., LO 87 [LAE 108ff]; SKrauss, Αγγελος I ’25, 96ff; KHRengstorf, Jebamot ’29, 214f).—Such a bag was also used by shepherds (Ammon.

Gramm. [I/II AD], Diff. 112 πήρα. . . φέρουσιν οἱ ποιμένες; Longus 1, 13, 1; 3, 15, 3; Aesop 31b H.; Babr. 86, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 185π. ποιμενική; s. the statue of the Good Shepherd in the Lateran) Hv 5:1; s 6, 2, 5; 9, 10, 5.—WMichaelis, TW VI 119-21. M-M.* πηρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; pap., Philo; Sib. Or. 3, 793) maimed, disabled, weakened in any part of the body; w. ref. to the eyes blind (Appian, Samn. 9 §5; Aesop, Fab. 37 P.=57 H.), fig. (Philo, Somn. 1, 27 πρὸς αἴσθησιν πηροί; Ps.-Lucian, Am. 46 πηροὶ οἱ τῆς διανοίας λογισμοί) πηροὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ blind in mind 2 Cl 1:6.* πηρόω (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; Job 17:7 v.l.; 4 Macc 18:21; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 15) disable, maim in our lit. in several places as v.l. for πωρόω (the witnesses also vary in the same way in Job 17:7) ἐπήρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν J 12:40 v.l. Pass. (M. Ant. 5, 8, 13) Mk 8:17 v.l. οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπηρώθησαν Ro 11:7 v.l. (here the mng. is surely to blind, which πηρόω signifies as early as Aristot., Hist. An. 620a, 1 and Ephorus [IV BC]: 70, fgm. 1 Jac.; likew. schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, introd. and 2, 182). On Ac 5:3 v.l. see πληρόω 1a.* πήρωσις, εως, ἡ (since Democr. 296; Hippocr.; Maximus Tyr. 29, 2f; Dt 28:28 Aq.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 267)disabling, esp. also shortsightedness, blindness (Dio Chrys. 47[64], 6; Artem. 2, 36 p. 134, 28 ὀφθαλμῶν π.; Lucian, Dom. 29) fig. (Manetho 4, 518 π. ψυχῆς; Philo, Ebr. 160, Omn. Prob. Lib. 55 λογισμοῦ π.) π. τῆς καρδίας Mk 3:5 v.l. (s. πώρωσις).* πηχυαι̂ος, α, ον (Hdt.+; inscr.) a cubit (about 18 inches) long of sticks Hs 8, 1, 2.* πῆχυς, εως, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.) gen. pl. πηχῶν (Hellenistic: Polyb.; Diod. S.; Hero Alex.; Plut.; Dit., Syll.3 1231, 14; pap. [Mayser p. 267]; LXX [cf. Thackeray p. 151, 21]; En. 7, 2; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 119; Sib. Or. 5, 57.—Phryn. p. 245 L.; Dssm., B 152 [BS 153f]; Bl-D. §48; Mlt.-H. 140f) orig. forearm, then cubit or ell as a measure of length (about 18 inches, or.462 of a meter.—KFHermann, Lehrb. der griech. Antiquitäten IV3 1882, 438ff; FHultsch, APF 3, ’06, 438ff) Rv 21:17 (Lucian’s marvelous city [Ver. Hist. 2, 11] is measured not by the ordinary human cubit, but by the πῆχυς βασιλικός). ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about a hundred yards away (s. ἀπό III) J 21:8. προσθεῖναι πῆχυν (Epicharmus in Diog. L. 3, 11): προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ π. (ἔνα) add a single hour to his life (s. ἡλικία 1a and cf. Mimnermus 2, 3 Diehl2 πήχυιον ἐπὶ χρόνον=‘for only a cubit of time.’ This is a small matter, but a πῆχυς of bodily stature is monstrously large. Alcaeus, fgm. 50 D.2 gives the measurement of an enormous giant as less than 5 cubits) Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25 (Damasc., Vi. Isid. 166 of spiritual growth: αὔξεσθαι κατὰ πῆχυν; Epict. 3, 2, 10 γέγονέ σου τὸ ψυχάριον ἀντὶ δακτυλιαίου δίπηχυ=your little soul, as long as a finger, has become two cubits in length [because you were praised]). M-M. B. 236f.* πιάζω (Alcman 28 D.2; Theocr. 4, 35; Sethianische Verfluchungstafeln 49, 58; 59 Wünsch [1898]; POxy. 812, 5 [5 BC]; PHamb. 6, 16; LXX [cf. Thackeray 282.—Bl-D. §29, 2; 101 p. 48; Mlt.-H. 69; 254; 405]; Test. Napht. 5:2, 3) Doric and colloq. for Attic πιέζω (cf. Thumb 67 note) 1 aor. ἐπίασα, pass. ἐπιάσθην, only in the sense take hold of, seize, grasp.

1. neutral take (hold of) τινά τῆς χειρός someone by the hand Ac 3:7 (cf. Theocr. 4, 35 τὸν ταῦρον ὁπλᾶς).

2. w. hostile intent—a. of men seize, arrest, take into custody (cf. BGU 325, 2 λῃστοπιαστής) τινά someone (PGM 5, 172 κλέπτην) J 7:30, 32, 44; 8:20; 10:39; 11:57; UGosp 26; 28; 2 Cor 11:32. ὃν πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν Ac 12:4. b. of animals catch (SSol 2:15) of fish (PLond. II p. 328, 76) J 21:3, 10. Pass. ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον Rv 19:20.

M-M. B. 575; 744.* πίε, πιει̂ν, πίεσαι s. πίνω. πιέζω pf. pass. ptc. πεπιεσμένος (Hom.+; Hero Alex. I p. 58, 4; Dit., Syll.3 904, 7; pap.; Mi 6:15 πιέσεις ἐλαίαν; 789

Philo, Migr. Abr. 157, Aet. M. 129; Jos., Ant. 17, 28.Cf. πιάζω) press μέτρον πεπιεσμένον a measure that is pressed down Lk 6:38. M-M. B. 575; 744.* πιθανολογία, ας, ἡ persuasive speech, art of persuasion (so Pla., Theaet. 162E) in an unfavorable sense in its only occurrence in our lit. ἐν πιθανολογίᾳ by plausible (but false) arguments Col 2:4 (cf. PLeipz. 40 III, 7 διὰ πιθανολογίας). M-M.* πίθηκος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., Pla.+; Lucian, Philops. 5; Plut., Mor. 52B; pap. [Sb 2009]; 2 Ch 9:21; Jos., Ant. 8, 181)ape PK 2 p. 14, 20.* πιθός the spelling preferred by W-H. for πειθός (q.v.). πικραίνω fut. πικρανῶ; 1 aor. pass. ἐπικράνθην make bitter—1. lit. (Hippocr. et al.) πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν (κοιλία 1) Rv 10:9. Pass., of the stomach ἐπικράνθη ἡ κοιλία vs. 10. Of someth. that has been swallowed: (τὰ ὕδατα) ἐπικράνθησαν 8:11 (prob. not of οἱ ἄνθρωποι, who were ‘made bitter’=poisoned). Of honey when wormwood is mixed w. it Hm 5, 1, 5.

2. fig. make bitter, embitter (Pla.+; LXX) pass. become bitter or embittered abs. (Demosth., Ep. 1, 6; Ep. 6 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I 346, 19; Is 14:9; Philo, Mos. I, 302) Hm 10, 2, 3. π. πρός τινα be embittered against someone Col 3:19 (πρός τινα as Lynceus in Athen. 6 p. 242B). M-M.* πικρία, ας, ἡ (Demosth., Aristot.+; pap., LXX) bitterness—1. lit. (Theophr., C. Pl. 6, 10, 7; Plut., Mor. 897A), but used symbolically, of a βοτάνη πικρίαν ἔχουσα a plant that has a bitter taste GEg 1d (Diog. L. 9, 80 πικρός is ‘inedible’ in contrast to ἐδώδιμος. Likew. Jos., Ant. 3, 30πικρία=‘inedibility’). A reprehensible pers. is called χολὴ πικρίας=χολὴ πικρά (on the close connection of χολή w. πικρία s. Vett. Val. 249, 16; Dt 29:17; La 3:19; Test.

Napht. 2:8) bitter gall Ac 8:23. ῥίζα πικρίας a bitter root, a root that bears bitter fruit Hb 12:15 (cf. Dt 29:17; Hippocr., Ep. 16, 4 τ. πικρὴν ῥίζαν ἐκκόψαι).

2. fig. bitterness, animosity, anger, harshness (Demosth.+; Bion of Borysthenes [III BC] in Diog. L. 4, 46 [of the inhuman cruelty of a slaveholder]; LXX, Philo); it arises from ὀξυχολία Hm 5, 2, 4; 5, 2, 8; 6, 2, 5. ἐν π. γίνεσθαι become embittered m 5, 2, 2. ἐπιτάσσειν τινὶ ἐν π. give an order to someone harshly B 19:7; cf. D 4:10. W. θυμός, ὀργή al. (cf. Philo, Ebr. 223; Jos., Ant. 17, 148)in a list of vices Eph 4:31. τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει the mouth is full of curses and of bitter words Ro 3:14 (Ps 13:3; cf. 9:28. π. γέμειν as Philo, Migr. Abr. 36).

M-M.* πικρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Test. 12 Patr.) bitter 1. lit. (opp. γλυκύς; cf. Pla., Theaet. 166E πικρῷ γλυκὺ μεμιγμένον; Pr 27:7) of water that is not potable (as Appian, Iber. 88, 385; Ex 15:23; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 208; Jos., Bell. 4, 476;7, 186 [opp. γλυκύς]) Js 3:11 (τὸν θυμόν P74).

2. fig. bitter, embittered, harsh ζῆλον π. ἔχειν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have bitter jealousy in one’s heart Js 3:14. Of ὀξυχολία (πικρία 2) Hm 5, 1, 6. Of the commandments of the devil m 12, 4, 6. Of persons (trag. et al.; Diod. S. 14, 65, 4 π. τύραννος; Aelian, fgm. 74 p. 222, 27; 103 p. 235, 24; Alciphr. 1, 15, 5; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 106; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277) harsh (w. ὀξύχολος and ἄφρων) m 6, 2, 4; (w. ἄσπλαγχνος) s 6, 3, 2. Of patience μηδὲν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἔχουσα πικρόν it has no bitterness in it m 5, 2, 3.—WMichaelis, TW VI 122-7: πικρός and related words. M-M. B. 1033.* πικρῶς adv. (Aeschyl.+; pap., LXX) bitterly, fig. (Diod. S. 3, 71, 3 of the painful oppression of Cronus’ rule; Appian, Liby. 100 §472 π. κολάζειν=punish severely; Jos., Ant. 9, 118βλασφημεῖν) κλαίειν (Is 22:4; 33:7) weep bitterly Mt 26:75; Lk 22:62. M-M.* Πιλᾶτος, ου, ὁ (on the form Πειλᾶτος, which is preferred by Tdf. and W-H., s. Tdf., Proleg. 84f; W-H., app. 155.

On the use of the art. w. it W-S. §18, 6d) Pilate (Pontius P.), prefect of Judaea 26-36 AD (s. PLHedley, s. lit cited s.v. Φῆλιξ). He played the decisive role in Jesus’ trial and gave the order for his crucifixion. Mt 27:2ff; Mk 15:1ff; Lk 3:1; 13:1 (this is the only place in our lit. where a detail is given fr. his life outside the Passion Narrative. SEJohnson, ATR 17, ’35, 91-5; JBlinzler, NovT 2, ’58, 24-49); 23:1ff; J 18:29ff; 19:1ff; Ac 3:13; 4:27; 13:28, 29 D; 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1d); IMg 11; ITr 9:1; ISm 1:2; GP 1:1; 2:3-5; 8:29, 31; 11:43, 45f, 49.—Non-Christian sources, esp.

Tacitus, Ann. 15, 44; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 299-305 based on a letter of Agrippa I; Jos., Ant. 18, 35; 55-64; 85-9; 177.—Schürer I4 487ff; HPeter, Pontius Pilatus: NJklA 19, ’07, 1-40; KKastner, Jesus vor Pilatus ’12; MDibelius, ‘Herodes u. Pilatus’: ZNW 16, ’15, 113-26; BSEaston, The Trial of Jesus: AJTh 19, ’15, 430-52; RWHusband, The Prosecution of Jesus ’16; FDoerr (attorney), Der Prozess Jesu in rechtsgesch. Beleuchtung ’20; GBertram, Die Leidensgesch. Jesu u. der Christuskult ’22, 62-72; GLippert (attorney), Pil. als Richter ’23; PRoué, Le procès de Jésus ’24; GRosadi, D. Prozess Jesu ’26, Il processo di Gesù14 ’33; GAicher, D. Proz. Jesu ’29; MRadin, The Trial of Jes. of Naz. ’31; SLiberty, The Importance of P. P. in Creed and Gosp.: JTS 45, ’44, 38-56; JBlinzler, D. Prozess Jesu ’51, Münchener Theol. Ztschr. 5, ’54, 171-84.—On Pilate’s wife: E Fascher, ThLZ 72, ’47, 201-4; AOepke, ibid. 73, ’48, 743-6.—S. also s.v. ἀποκτείνω 1a, and Feigel, Weidel and Finegan s.v. Ἰούδας 6.—EStauffer, Zur Münzprägung u. Judenpolitik des Pontius Pilatus: La Nouvelle Clio 9, ’50, 495-514; EBammell, Syrian Coinage and Pilate: Journ. of Jewish Studies 2, ’51, 108-10. M-M. s.v. Πειλ.* 790

πίμπλημι 1 aor. ἔπλησα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπλήσθην; 1 fut. πλησθήσομαι (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 311.—On the spelling Bl-D. §93; 101; Thackeray p. 110; Mlt.-H. 106).

1. fill, fulfill—a. lit.—α. of external, perceptible things τὶ someth. Lk 5:7 τί τινος someth. with someth. (Hom.+; PLond. 453, 6; LXX) a sponge w. vinegar Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36 D; J 19:29 t.r. Pass. (Jos., Ant. 3, 299)ἐπλήσθη ὁ νυμφὼν ἀνακειμένων Mt 22:10. ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως Ac 19:29.—ἡ οἰκία ἐπλήσθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς J 12:3 v.l. (Hom. Hymns, Dem. 280 αὐγῆς ἐπλήσθη δόμος). β. of man’s inner life (Hom.+; Diod. S. 15, 37, 2 φρονήματος [with enthusiasm] ἐπίμπλαντο; PGM 13, 234 πλησθεὶς τῆς θεοσοφίας; LXX) pass. ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 48 §204) Lk 5:26; ἀνοίας 6:11; θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως Ac 3:10; ζήλου 5:17; 13:45; θυμοῦ (Da 3:19) Lk 4:28. Of the Holy Spirit (cf. Sir 48:12A; Pr 15:4.—Dio Chrys. 55[72], 12 the Pythia is ἐμπιμπλαμένη τοῦ πνεύματος): πνεύματος ἁγίου πλησθήσεται Lk 1:15; cf. vs. 41, 67; Ac 2:4; 4:8, 31; 9:17; 13:9. b. fig.—α. of prophecies, pass. be fulfilled Lk 1:20 v.l.; 21:22.—β. of a period of time that passes or comes to an end, pass. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι the days came to an end Lk 1:23. A gen. added denotes the event that follows upon the expiration of the time: ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν the time for her to be delivered came to an end Lk 1:57. Cf. 2:6, 21, 22. γ. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι αὐτῶν the measure of their iniquities has become full Hv 2, 2, 2.

2. satiate pass. be satiated, have one’s fill τινός with or of someth. (Soph., Ant. 121; Epigram of Ptolemaeus: Anth. Pal. 9, 577 πίμπλαμαι ἀμβροσίης) τῆς ἀσεβείας 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31).—GDelling, TW VI 127-34: πίμπλημι and related words. M-M.* πίμπρημι pass.: πίμπραμαι, inf. πίμπρασθαι; 1 aor. ptc. πρησθείς (Hom.+; inscr., LXX.—On the spelling s. Bl-D. §93; 101; Mlt.-H. 106; Thackeray p. 110) a medical term (Hobart 50), but by no means confined to that profession.

The pass. means either 1. burn with fever (Pherecrates Com. [V BC], fgm. 80, 4 Kock; Dit., Syll.3 1179, 15 [cf. note 6]; 1180, 3) or 2. become distended, swell up (Hippocr. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 123; Num 5:21, 27; Jos., Ant. 3, 271.Field, Notes 149). Of Judas, Papias 3. Either mng. is poss. in προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι Ac 28:6. M-M. B. 75.* πινακίδιον, ου, τό (Hippocr., Aristot. et al.) dim. of πίναξ little (wooden) tablet, esp. of a writing-tablet for notes (Epict. 3, 22, 74; Sym. Ezk 9:2) Lk 1:63. M-M.* πινακίς, ίδος, ἡ little (wooden) writing tablet (Macho [III BC] in Athen. 13 p. 582C al.; WSchubart, Der Gnomon d. Idios Logos ’19 [=BGU V] 36; PRyl. 144, 19 [38 AD]; Sym. Ezk 9:11; Artapanus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 27, 26) Lk 1:63 v.l. S. πινακίδιον.* πίναξ, ακος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.) platter, dish (Hom. +; BGU 781 V, 16; CWessely, Stud. z. Paläographie u.

Papyruskunde 20[’21] 67, 22; Jos., Ant. 8, 91; loanw. in rabb.) ἐπὶ πίνακι on a platter (s. φέρω 4aα) Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. W. ποτήριον Lk 11:39. M-M. B. 345; 599.* πίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 102, 9 φαγεῖν κ. πεῖν; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 4, 26 al.) impf. ἔπινον; fut. πίομαι (Bl-D. §74, 2; 77; Rob. 354), 2 sing. πίεσαι (Ruth 2:9; Bl-D. §87; Thackeray p. 218; 282; Rob. 340; Mlt.-H. 198); 2 aor. ἔπιον (on ἔπιαν 1 Cor 10:4 D cf. Bl-D. §81, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 208), imper. πίε, πιέτω, inf. πιεῖν (contracted πεῖν [πῖν]; cf. Bl-D. §101 p. 48; §31, 2; Rob. 72; 204; Mayser 365; Thackeray p. 63f; W-H., app.

170); perf. πέπωκα (W-S. §13, 15; Bl-D. §83, 1) drink.

1. lit., w. acc. of the thing Mt 6:25; 26:29b; Mk 16:18; Lk 1:15 (cf. Dt 29:5); 5:39; 12:29; J 6:53f, 56 (cf. the picture in Jos., Bell. 5, 344ἐσθίειν. . . καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως αἷμα πίνειν); Ro 14:21 (Is 22:13) al. τί πίωμεν; what will we have to drink? Mt 6:31. ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν τὰ παρά τινος eat and drink what someone sets before one Lk 10:7. Foll. by ἀπό τινος drink (of) someth. (Ctesias in Sotion [I/II AD], fgm. 17 in the Παραδοξογρ. p. 183-91 Westerm. π. ἀπʼ αὐτῆς [a spring]; Ael. Aristid. 39, 4 K.=18 p. 409 D.; Jer 28:7) 22:18. μηδεὶς φαγέτω μηδὲ πιέτω ἀπὸ τῆς εὐχαριστίας D 9:5. Foll. by ἔκ τινος (of) someth. (Gen 9:21; Syntipas p. 43, 15 ἐκ τοῦ δηλητηρίου πίομαι) Mt 26:29a; Mk 14:25a; J 4:13f. Foll. by acc. of the vessel fr. which one drinks, in which case the vessel and its contents are identified (ποτήριον 1) ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν 1 Cor 10:21; cf. 11:26f. The vessel can also be introduced by ἐκ (Hipponax [VI BC] 16 and 17 D.2; Aristoph., Equ. 1289; Pla., Rep. 417A; X., An. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ ποτηρίων; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 80) ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω (s. 2 Km 12:3) 1 Cor 11:28; cf. Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23.

Likew. ἐξ αὐτοῦ (=ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος.—Paus. Attic. κ, 56 κρήνη, ἐξ ἧς ἔπινον; Num 21:22; Philo, Deus Imm. 155) from it J 4:12. ἐκ πέτρας 1 Cor 10:4b.—On the acc. κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει 11:29b cf. κρίμα 4b.—Abs. Mt 27:34b. W. ἐσθίειν 11:18f; Lk 5:33; 12:19, 45 and oft. τρώγειν καὶ π. Mt 24:38. ἐσθίειν καὶ π. μετά τινος eat and drink w. someone Mt 24:49; Mk 2:16 v.l.; Lk 5:30. δοῦναί τινι πιεῖν (τι) give someone someth. to drink (numerous exx. of δοῦναι πιεῖν in ADKnox and WHeadlam, Herodas ’22 p. 55f; Jos., Ant. 2, 64)Mt 27:34a; Mk 15:23 t.r.; J 4:7 (δὸς πεῖν as POxy. 1088, 55 [I AD] and Cyranides p. 49, 16. Cf. Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed.

AOlivieri ’15 p. 12 σοι δώσουσι πιεῖν θείης ἀπὸ κρήνης [IV/III BC]), 10. πῶς παρʼ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς, how can you ask me for a drink? vs. 9.

2. fig.—a. of the earth: γῆ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ὑετόν Hb 6:7 (this figure and corresp. exprs. trag.+; cf. Hdt. 3, 117; 4, 198; Anacreontea 21, 1; Dt 11:11; Sib. Or. 3, 696).

791

b. of persons—α. πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον w. added words that make the sense clear drink the cup=submit to a severe trial, or death (ποτήριον 2) Mt 20:22f; Mk 10:38f; J 18:11; cf. Mt 26:42 (for the fig. use cf. Herodas 1, 25 π. ἐκ καινῆς=from the new cup. Then, as Mt 20:22f; Mk 10:38f of those who suffer the same fate: Aristoph., Eq. 1289 οὔποτʼ ἐκ ταὐτοῦ μεθʼ ἡμῶν πίεται ποτηρίου=he will never drink from the same cup as we do; Libanius, Ep. 355, 4 F. μνήμη τῶν ἐκ ταὐτοῦ κρατῆρος πεπωκότων). Sim. πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Rv 14:10; cf. 18:3 (θυμός 1; 2). β. In J, Jesus calls those who are thirsty to him, that they may drink the water he gives them and never thirst again (cf. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 5 πίνειν τῆς ἀθανασίας) J 4:14 (s. 1 above); 7:37.—LGoppelt, TW VI 135-60: πίνω and related words. M-M. B. 331. Πιόνιος, ου, ὁ Pionius, one of those who gathered and edited accounts of Polycarp’s martyrdom MPol 22:3; Epil Mosq 4.—PCorssen, ZNW 5, ’04, 266ff; ESchwartz, De Pionio et Polycarpo, Progr. Göttingen ’05.* πιότης, τητος, ἡ (Hippocr.; LXX, Philo) fatness, richness of plants (Theophr., H. Pl. 9, 1, 3; Jos., Bell. 3, 516)ἡ ῥίζα τῆς πιότητος the rich root of the cultivated olive tree (cf. Test. Levi 8:8; Judg 9:9) Ro 11:17. M-M.* πιπράσκω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 22; Philo, De Jos. 15; 16; Jos., Ant. 12, 169; Test. 12 Patr.—Bl-D. §101 p. 48; cf. Mlt.-H. 254) impf. ἐπίπρασκον; pf. πέπρακα (Mt 13:46 and Hv 1, 1, 1 it has aorist mng.; cf. Bl-D. §343, 1; Rob. 900). Pass.: pf. ptc. πεπραμένος; 1 aor. ἐπράθην; sell, w. acc. of the thing Mt 13:46; Ac 2:45. Pass. 4:34; 5:4. W. gen. of the price (Isaeus 7, 31; Lysias 18:20; Dt 21:14) Mt 26:9; J 12:5; πραθῆναι ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων Mk 14:5 (cf. ἐπάνω 1b). W. acc. of the pers. sell someone (as a slave) Hv 1, 1, 1.

Pass. Mt 18:25. As a symbol (Ps.-Demosth. 17, 13 τοῖς πεπρακόσιν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τἀναντία=‘to those who have sold themselves to what is opposed’ [to their country’s interests]) of a man who is sold as a slave to sin πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν Ro 7:14 (sim. 3 Km 20:25; 4 Km 17:17; 1 Macc 1:15 ἐπράθησαν ποιῆσαι πονηρόν). M-M.* πίπτω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἔπιπτον; fut. πεσοῦμαι (Bl-D. §77; Rob. 356); 2 aor. ἔπεσον and ἔπεσα (Bl-D. §81, 3; Mlt.-H. 208; W-H., app. p. 164; Tdf., Prol. p. 123); pf. πέπτωκα, 2 sing. πέπτωκες Rv 2:5 (Bl-D. §83, 2; Mlt.-H, 221), 3 pl. πέπτωκαν Rv 18:3 v.l. (W-S. §13, 15; Mlt.-H. 221); fall, the passive of the idea conveyed in βάλλω.

1. lit.—α. fall (down) from a higher point, w. the ‘point from which’ designated by ἀπό (Hom.+) ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης from the table Mt 15:27; Lk 16:21. ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Mt 24:29. ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς Ac 27:34 t.r. (of the falling out of hair, as Synes., Calv. 1, p. 63B). The direction or destination of the fall is expressed by an adv. ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω down from the third story Ac 20:9. ἀπὸ τοῦ κεράμου χαμαί from the roof to the ground Hm 11:20. ἔκ τινος from someth.: ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Sallust. 4 p. 8, 19; Job 1:16; 3 Km 18:38.—Sib. Or. 5, 72 ἐξ ἄστρων) Mk 13:25; of lightning (Ps.-Plut., Hom. 111 εἰ ἐκπίπτοι ἡ ἀστράπη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 5; 6) Lk 10:18 (Lycophron, vs. 363 of the image of the goddess ἐξ οὐρανοῦ πεσοῦσα. Cf. σατάν; be thrown is also possible here); Rv 8:10a; the destination is added ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν 9:1 (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 10, 10 ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος πεπτωκότες). W. only the destination given ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν among the thorns Lk 8:7. ἐπί τι on someth. Rv 8:10b. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (Aeschyl., Ag. 1019; Am 3:5) Mt 10:29 (with the v.l. εἰς παγίδα cf. Am 3:5 and Aesop, Fab. 193 P.=340 H. of a bird: ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς βρόχους); 13:8; Hm 11:21 (here the ‘place from which’ is designated by an adv.: ἄνωθεν).—ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cf. Mk 4:5 (ἐπί III 1aβ). ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας Mt 13:7 (ἐπί III 1aγ). A man falls down ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον on the stone Mt 21:44a; Lk 20:18a. Conversely the stone falls on the man Mt 21:44b; Lk 20:18b. Likew. ἐπί τινα 23:30; Rv 6:16 (cf. on both Hos 10:8). εἴς τι (Hes., Op. 620) εἰς τὴν γῆν (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 5 Jac. πίπτειν εἰς τὴν γῆν) Mk 4:8; Lk 8:8; J 12:24; Rv 6:13; 1 Cl 24:5. εἰς τὴν ὁδόν Hv 3, 7, 1. εἰς βόθυνον Mt 15:14; cf. Lk 14:5. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας Mk 4:7; Lk 8:14. εἰς τὸ πῦρ Hv 3, 7, 2. παρὰ τι on someth. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν (Iambl. Erot. p. 222, 22) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5. ἐγγύς τινος near someth. ἐγγὺς (τῶν) ὑδάτων Hv 3, 2, 9; 3, 7, 3. b. of someth. that, until recently, has been standing (upright) fall (down) , fall to pieces—α. of persons—‫א‬. fall to the ground, fall down (violently) εἰς τὸ πῦρ καὶ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ Mt 17:15 (but HZimmern, Die Keilinschriften u. d. AT3 ’03, 366; 363f, and JWeiss ad loc. take the falling into fire and water to mean fever and chills). ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (Sib. Or. 4, 110; 5, 100) Mk 9:20 (π. under the infl. of a demon, as Jos., Ant. 8, 47).ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (Sib. Or. 4, 110 v.l.) Ac 9:4; cf. 22:7 (s. ἔδαφος). χαμαί (Job 1:20; Philo, Agr. 74) J 18:6. ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός Rv 1:17.

Abs. fall down GP 5:18 v.l. Fall dead (Paradox. Vat. 37 Keller πίπτει) Ac 5:5, 10; 1 Cor 10:8 (cf. Ex 32:28); Hb 3:17 (Num 14:29). Specifically fall in battle (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 233 D.; Appian, Hann. 56 §236; Jos., Vi. 341; 354) Lk 21:24 (cf. στόμα 2 and Sir 28:18). ‫ב‬. fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion, before high-ranking persons or divine beings, esp. when one approaches w. a petition (LXX), abs. Mt 2:11; 4:9; 18:26, 29; Rv 5:14; 19:4; 22:8 (in all these places [except Mt 18:29] π. is closely connected w. προσκυνεῖν [as Jos., Ant. 10, 213after Da 3:5]. Sim. in many of the places already mentioned). W. var. words added (Jos., Ant. 10, 11πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τ. θεὸν ἱκέτευε; Gen 17:3, 17; Num 14:5) ἐπὶ πρόσωπον (αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16 (ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ); 1 Cor 14:25; ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν Rv 7:11; 11:16; ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Mk 14:35. Further, the one to whom devotion is given can be added in var. ways: ἐνώπιόν τινος (cf. 2 Km 3:34) Rv 4:10; 5:8; 7:11. ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τινος 19:10. εἰς τοὺς πόδας τινός (Diog. L. 2, 79) Mt 18:29 t.r.; J 11:32 t.r. ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας Ac 10:25 (v.l. adds αὐτοῦ). παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός Lk 8:41; 17:16 (s. above). πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τινός Mk 5:22; J 11:32; Hv 3, 2, 3. β. of things, esp. structures fall, fall to pieces, collapse, go down (Appian, Iber. 54 §228; Jos., Ant. 16, 18)of the 792

σκηνὴ ∆αυίδ (σκηνή, end) Ac 15:16 (Am 9:11). Of a house fall (in) (Diod. S. 11, 63, 2 τῶν οἰκιῶν πιπτουσῶν; Dio Chrys. 6, 61; 30[47], 25; Aristeas Hist. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 25, 3; Job 1:19) Mt 7:25, 27; Lk 6:49 t.r. (Diod. S. 15, 12, 2 τῶν οἰκιῶν πιπτουσῶν because of the influx of the ποταμός). τὰ τείχη Ἰεριχὼ ἔπεσαν Hb 11:30 (cf. Josh 6:5, 20.—Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §524; Ael. Aristid. 25, 42 K.=43 p. 813 D.: τὰ τείχη π.). ἐφʼ οὓς ἔπεσεν ὁ πύργος upon whom the tower fell Lk 13:4 (of a πύργος X., Hell. 5, 2, 5; Arrian, Anab. 6, 7, 5; Polyaenus 6, 50; Jos., Bell. 5, 292;Sib. Or. 11, 12.—π. ἐπί τινα Job 1:19). οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει house falls upon house 11:17 (Jülicher, Gleichn. 221f). Of a city (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 25, 6) LJ 1:7; cf. Rv 11:13; 16:19.

2. fig. and symbol.—a. of persons—α. fall, be destroyed ἔπεσεν ἔπεσεν Βαβυλών (cf. Is 21:9; Jer 28:8.—Repetition of the verb for emphasis as Sappho, fgm. 131 D.2 οὐκέτι ἴξω, οὐκέτι ἴξω; Aristoph., Equ. 247; M. Ant. 5, 7; Ps.-Libanius, Char. Ep. p. 33, 5 ἐρῶ, ἐρῶ. This is to remove all possibility of doubt, as Theod. Prodr. 5, 66 εἶδον, εἶδον=‘I have really seen’; Theocr. 14, 24 ἔστι Λύκος, Λύκος ἐστί=it really is a wolf) Rv 14:8; 18:2. β. fall in the relig. or moral sense, be completely ruined (Polyb. 1, 35, 5; Diod. S. 13, 37, 5; Pr 11:28; Sir 1:30; 2:7; Test. Gad 4:3)=fall from a state of grace Ro 11:11 (fig. w. πταίω [q.v. 1]), 22; Hb 4:11 (perh. w. ref. to the final judgment). Also in a less severe sense=go astray morally τοὺς πεπτωκότας ἔγειρον 1 Cl 59:4.—In a play on words ‘stand and fall’ (cf. Pr 24:16) Ro 14:4; 1 Cor 10:12; 2 Cl 2:6. μνημόνευε πόθεν πέπτωκες remember (the heights) from which you have fallen Rv 2:5. γ. ὑπὸ κρίσιν π. fall under condemnation Js 5:12 (on π. ὑπό τι cf. Diod. S. 4, 17, 5 π. ὑπʼ ἐξουσίαν; Herodian 1, 4, 2; 2 Km 22:39). δ. fall, perish (Philo, Aet. M. 128) πίπτοντος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ B 12:5. οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν the five have perished, disappeared, passed from the scene Rv 17:10 (cf. also π.=‘die’ Job 14:10). b. of things—α. ὁ ἥλιος π. ἐπί τινα the (heat of the) sun falls upon someone Rv 7:16 (Maximus Tyr. 4, 1a ἡλίου φῶς πίπτον εἰς γῆν; Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. p. 146, 9 Br. τὸ φῶς ἐπὶ πάντα πίπτει). β. ὁ κλῆρος π. ἐπί τινα (κλῆρος 1) Ac 1:26.—γ. come (upon) ἐπί τινα someone ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος Ac 13:11. φόβος Rv 11:11 t.r. δ. become invalid, come to an end, fail (Pla., Euthyphr. 14D; Philostrat., Ep. 9) Lk 16:17 (cf. Josh 23:14 v.l.; Ruth 3:18); 1 Cor 13:8.—WMichaelis, TW VI 161-74: πίπτω and related words. M-M. B. 671.* Πισιδία, ας, ἡ (Strabo 12, 8, 14 Ἀντιόχεια ἡ πρὸς Πισιδίᾳ; Ptolemaeus 5, 4, 11; 5, 5, 4; Dit., Or. 535, 5 al. in inscr.) Pisidia, a mountainous region in central Asia Minor, west of the Taurus Mts., traversed by Paul, Ac 14:24. Ἀντιόχεια τῆς Πις. Ac 13:14 t.r.—Zahn, Einl.3 I 130ff; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte und Landschaften II 2, ’26. S. also on Παμφυλία.* Πισίδιος, ία, ιον Pisidian εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν Ac 13:14. Since, however, the adj. Πισίδιος is found nowhere else (s. also FBlass ad loc.), and ‘Pisidian’ is rather expressed by Πισιδικός, ή, όν (Diod. S. 18, 25, 6; 18, 44, 1; 18, 45, 3; Strabo), this reading must probably be abandoned in favor of the v.l. (D, t.r.) εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τῆς Πισιδίας. M-M.* πιστεύω (trag.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190). Pass.: pf. πεπίστευμαι; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3 J, Rv, MPol, or D. On the other hand it is a special favorite of J and 1 J, where it is found 96 times and six times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1 J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in the relig. sense, or at least w. relig. coloring).

1. believe— a. believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) added—α. in the acc. of the thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23 p. 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/1 BC] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cf. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cf. Aristot., Eth. Nic. 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20). β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210D; Aelian, V.H. 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond. 897, 12 [I AD]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 3b).—Mk 11:23; cf. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; s 2:5.—π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=‘believe, w. respect to what he says, that he thinks in this way’.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267). γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524A; PTebt. 314, 3 [II AD]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11.—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1. δ. by means of the dat. of the thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phaedo 88c, Leg. 7 p. 798D; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En. 104, 13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., Ant. 10, 39τ. λόγοις) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20. τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cf. 4:50; 5:47a, b. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 793

24:14 (Diod. S. 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod. S. 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cf. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3. ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν Christianity did not believe in Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) IMg 10:3a; cf. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὃν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. Cf. Bl-D. §187, 6 w. app.; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I ’07, 430; 434; Wlh., JWeiss, PDausch, EKlostermann, JSchniewind ad loc.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τούτῳ by this J 16:30.—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25. b. w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib. 72, 18; POxy. 898, 29; PTebt. 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; Philo, Praem. 49) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cf. Mt 21:25, 32a, b, c; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2a, b.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that he accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 t.r.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 (κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ=κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. c. w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εὒκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of the pers. and ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a.

Cf. 4:21; Ac 27:25. d. abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cf. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12a, b; 10:25f; 12:47 t.r.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25, 29a, b (πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed [it=the fact of the Resurrection]); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 (πιστεύω I believe [it=that there are divisions among you]); 15:11; Js 2:19b (even the demons believe this); Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10. e. believe=let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1. f. πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod. S. 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται men believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). Cf. 3 below.

2. believe (in), trust of relig. belief in a special sense, as faith in the Divinity that lays special emphasis on trust in his power and his nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that he exists and that his revelations or disclosures are true. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this faith. The obj. is a. given—α. in the dat. (cf. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980C πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 BC]: 138 fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., App. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς ∆ιονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 BC] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo cf.

Bousset, Rel.3 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 ’27; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie ’08, 2’25; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos ’09, 23ff; HAWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143-56, esp. II, 215-8]; Jos., Bell. 3, 387[cf. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d.

Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; s 5, 1, 5. Cf. m 1:2. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) v 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ s 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cf. s 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 t.r. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν=τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cf. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181B; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12. Cf. Bl-D. §312, 1; cf. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23. β. w. εἰς (cf. Hippolyt., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cf. ET 21, ’10, 53-7; 68-70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 t.r.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 t.r.; J 2:11; 3:15 t.r., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 t.r.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εὒς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (cf. ὄνομα I 4b and s. 2aα above, end). π. εὒς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εὒς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1. γ. w. ἐπί and the dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16 ‫א‬AQ); 1 Ti 1:16.

794

δ. w. ἐπί and the acc. (Wsd 12:2) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19. ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is not found in our lit. at all, except J 3:15 (B, al.; Nestle); Eph 1:13 if ἐν ᾧ is connected w. πιστεύσαντες; it is possible to hold that π. stands abs. both times.

But s. 1aε above π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15. b. not expressed at all (Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17 p. 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170F; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10a, b ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cf. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=Pap. Berol. 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus ’26, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64a, b, perh.

69 (MSEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121-31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:4; 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2.—The participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians Ac 2:44 t.r.; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22a, b (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who became Christians, (the) Christians, believers Ac 2:44; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20.—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. b. c. A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help the suppliant out of his distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cf. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.

3. entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519E; Athen. 8 p. 341A; Lucian, Dial.

Deor. 25, 1; Dit., Syll.2 845, 7, cf. for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cf. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; Jos., Bell. 4, 492)τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὑτόν τινι trust oneself to someone (Lysias 30, 7; Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181D ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ; Ep. Arist.

270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396)J 2:24 (EStauffer, CHDodd-Festschr., ’56, 281-99.—Diod. S. 34+35 fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1 p. 309A; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod. S. 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; inscr., pap.; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137. Cf. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cf.

1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cf. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1a, b. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.

4. A unique use is found in ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one trusts himself to eat anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘he is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘he is convinced that he may’. Cf. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). Another possibility is the sense think or consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cf. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. M-M.** πιστικός, ή, όν (since Pla., Gorg. 455A) only as modifying νάρδος, w. πολυτελής or πολύτιμος Mk 14:3; J 12:3; variously interpreted.

1. In later writers π. means that which belongs to πίστις, faithful, trustworthy (Artem. 2, 32; Vett. Val. p. 10, 14; pap. ‘trusted man’; Celsus 1, 39 λόγος πιστικός). Fr. this as a basis the word has been interpreted to mean genuine, unadulterated (Euseb., Dem. Ev. 9, 8, 9 τοῦ πιστικοῦ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης κράματος. Given as a possibility by Theophyl. Sim., s. 3 below. Cf. Bl-D, §113, 2; Mlt.-H. 379f).

2. The derivation fr. πίνω (so L-S-J), w. the sense drinkable, liquid, is very improbable, 3. It is more nearly poss. that π. is derived from a name of some kind (Theophyl. Sim. [Patr. Gr. 123, 645B] πιστικὴν νάρδον νοεῖ ἤτοι εἶδος νάρδου οὕτω λεγόμενον πιστικὴν ἢ τὴν ἄδολον νάρδον); e.g., it may be the Gk. form of the Lat. spicatum (Galen XII 604 K. τὰ πολυτελῆ μύρα τῶν πλουσίων γυναικῶν ἃ καλοῦσιν αὗται σπίκατα.—EbNestle, ZNW 3, ’02, 169ff), or it may be derived fr. πιστάκια ‘pistachio tree’ (AMerx on Mk 14:3; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 223-5)) or the East-Indian pic̦ita, the name of the plant Nardostachys Jatamansi.—UvWilamowitz, Reden u. Vorträge2 ‘O2, 204; ANJannaris, ClR 16, ’02, 9; RKöbert, Biblica 29, ’48, 279-81. W-S, §16, 3b note 24. Cf. also νάρδος. M-M.* πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap. LXX; Ep. Arist. 37; Philo, Joseph,) faith, trust.

1. that which causes trust and faith—a. faithfulness, reliability (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2 p.

1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; Dit., Syll.3 675, 22, Or. 557, 16; PTebt. 27, 6; 51 [II BC]; POxy. 494, 9; 705, 32; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; Test. Ash, 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness of God (cf. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith (fulness) Tit 2:10 (cf. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίσπις, πραΰτης cf. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121;6, 345; 795

Dit., Or, 339, 46f; Gk. Inscr. Brit. Mus. III 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262-LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below. b. solemn promise, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod. S. 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382)τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1a and cf. CIA App. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). c. proof, pledge (Pla., Phaedo 70B; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85; πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους p. 24, 11 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69)πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed the Man Jesus to be Judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all men by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cf. Jos., Ant. 2, 218πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security) Ac 17:31 (others would class it under 2dα below). JMTBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878-84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7=bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ‘H Πίστις in den Papyri, Diss. Cologne, ’64.

2. trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in relig. usage (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12 p, 966D, E; Plut. Mor. 402E; 756B; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Pophyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 16, 1 and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234f, among them Aberciusinschrift 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid. a. God: πίσπις θεοῦ (cf. Jos., Ant. 17, 179)faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cf. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the Divine Spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου s 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cf. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11-13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4-33, 39.—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cf. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 ’27, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb ’05, 109-18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWTh 45, ’02, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. Cf. ὑπόστασις, end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12. b. Christ—α. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cf. also ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9. β. The faith is clearly designated as faith in Christ by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16a, b, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cf. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Son of Man); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161-82 and GottfrKittel, StKr 79, ’06, 419ff. Cf. also Schläger, ZNW 7, ’06, 356-8.—ADeissmann, most recently Paulus2 ’25, 125f [Paul, tr. WEWilson, ’26, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HEWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, ’20, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik ’24, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi ’21; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. ’24, 91-134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata ’30, 11-25; GMTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58-76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee).—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5.—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (cf. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; cf. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cf. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2. c. The πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13. d. πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith—α. as true piety, genuine religion (Sextus 7a and 7), which for our lit. means being a Christian: Lk 18:8 (s. on this Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 t.r.; cf. 11:24.-6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17a, b (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e., fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], it merely expresses in a rhetorical way the thought that πίστις is the beginning and the end; cf. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-inscr. [ADNock, Sallust. p. xxxiii 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτος=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, Coniect. Neot. 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even 796

in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest from the viewpoint of language. Cf., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it), 30f; 4:5-20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6; 14:1, 23a, b (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24a, b; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7-26; 5:5, 6 (cf. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος 2); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19a, b; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; s 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (cf. also θύρα 2c). ἀκοὴ πίοτεως Gal 3:2, 5 (cf. ἀκοή 2b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (cf. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίοτεως the men of faith (cf. ἐκ 3d) Gal 3:7, 9.—If Christianity is essentially faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5. β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων the assurance of what we hope for, the proving of (or a conviction about) what we cannot see (s. 2a above). Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (cf. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit2 ’21, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2. γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; ISm inscr.; 6:1; 13:2. W. ἀγάπη and other concepts of a sim. nature 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cf. v 3, 8, 2-5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cf. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη I 1a). W. ἐλπίς only (cf. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια 1 Ti 2:7; 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other concepts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cf. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1. δ. faith as recognition and acceptance of Christian teaching as such. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14a, b, 17, 18a, b, c, 20, 22a, b, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; s 8, 9, 1a, b. ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. gains fr. the context the mng. freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that is the possession of a select few 1 Cor 12:9. In this category he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid men with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cf. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith is what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cf. vs. 6.

3. That which is believed, body of faith or belief, doctrine (Diod. S. 1, 23, 8 ὒσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the πίστις-concept is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα, end, above) and perh. Gal 3:23-5 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit ’03, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cf. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many; perh. 1 Ti 6:21 belongs here.—EDBurton, ICC Gal ’21, 475-86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 ’27; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben ’15; ANairne, The Faith of the NT ’20; RGyllenberg, Pistis ’22; WGKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209-21; Dodd 65-8; TFTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111-4; CFDMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3-6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte ’14; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul ’17; WHPHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion ’17; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls ’22; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, ’23, 43-57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls ’26; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683-99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi-xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZsystTh 13, ’37, 612-30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270-7; 298-300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310-26 (Engl. transl. KGrobel I ’51, 314-30; for the Johannines II, 70-92, ’55); MOMassinger, Bibliotheca Sacra 107, ’50, 181-94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3, end.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JOBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: Bibl. Sacra 80, ’23, 28-37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: Rech de Sc rel 21, ’31, 385-421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., Diss. Breslau ’37; WHPHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century ’26.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, ’12, 61-140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit (to Peripatetics), Diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLühremann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19-38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.3 534a (index). On the ‘Hellenistic concept πίστις’ Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234-6.—On the whole word RBultmann and AWeiser, TW VI ’56, 797

174-230: πίστις and related words. M-M.** πιστός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. pass. trustworthy, faithful, dependable, inspiring trust or faith (Hom.+). a. of pers.—α. of human beings (and Christ) δοῦλος (1 Km 22:14; 2 Macc 1:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 256; Dit., Syll.3 910 A, 5 [Christian]; PLond. 251, 14 [IV AD] δούλους πιστοὺς καὶ ἀδράστους): δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ Mt 25:21a, 23a; cf. 24:45; Hs 5, 2, 2. οἰκονόμος Lk 12:42; 1 Cor 4:2. μάρτυς (Pind., Pyth. 1, 88; 12, 27; Pr 14:5, 25; Ps 88:38; Jer 49:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 17) ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου Rv 2:13 (μάρτυς 3); in this ‘book of martyrs’ Christ is ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς (καὶ ὁ ἀληθινός) 1:5; 3:14; cf. 19:11 (the combination of ἀληθινός and πιστός in the last two passages is like 3 Macc 2:11). Cf. Rv 17:14. πιστὸς ἀρχιερεύς a faithful or reliable high priest Hb 2:17 (of Christ); cf. 3:2 (ἀρχιερέα. . . πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν). σύμβουλοι πιστοί B 21:4. πιστοὶ ἄνθρωποι reliable men 2 Ti 2:2 (cf. Is 8:2; sing. Tob 5:3 S; 10:6 S). Paul honors his co-workers w. π. as a designation: Timothy 1 Cor 4:17.

Tychicus Eph 6:21; Col 4:7 (both πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ). Onesimus Col 4:9. Epaphras 1:7 (πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ). Cf. 1 Pt 5:12 (διὰ Σιλουανοῦ τ. πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ).—Moses was πιστὸς ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ Hb 3:5 (Num 12:7). πιστόν τινα ἡγεῖσθαι consider someone trustworthy (Aristoph., Plut. 27) 1 Ti 1:12 (cf.

Hb 11:11; s. β below); s. PK 3 p. 15, 18. γίνου πιστός (γίνομαι II 1 and cf. Jos., Ant. 19, 317)Rv 2:10.—πιστὸς ἔν τινι faithful, reliable, trustworthy in someth. (Test. Jos. 9:2 π. ἐν σωφροσύνῃ) ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ in the things of the unrighteous Mammon Lk 16:11. ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ in connection with what belongs to someone else vs. 12. ὁ π. ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ ἐν πολλῷ π. ἐστιν he who is trustworthy in a very small matter is also trustworthy in a large one vs. 10; 2 Cl 8:5; cf. Lk 19:17. π. ἐν πᾶσιν trustworthy in every respect 1 Ti 3:11. Also ἐπί τι in (connection w.) someth. Mt 25:21b, 23b.—When Paul explains in 1 Cor 7:25 that the Lord graciously granted him the privilege of being πιστός, and uses this as a basis for his claim to be heard w. respect, πιστός can hardly mean ‘believing’ (s. 2 below); the apostle rather feels that in a special sense he has been called and commissioned because of the confidence God has in him (πιστός is almost like a title=‘trusted man, commissioner’, oft. in inscr.: PhLeBas-WHWaddington, Voyage III 1870, 2022a; 2029; 2034; 2045f; 2127f; 2130; 2219; 2238-40; 2243; 2394.—Corresp. πίστις=‘position of trust’: Achilles Tat. 8, 15, 1 οἱ ἄρχοντες οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν πίστιν). β. of God as the One in whom we can have full confidence (Pind., Nem. 10, 54; Dt 7:9; 32:4; Is 49:7; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 93, Sacr. Abel. 93, Leg. All. 3, 204) 1 Cor 1:9; 10:13; 2 Cor 1:18; 1 Th 5:24; Hb 10:23; 11:11; 1 Pt 4:19; 1J 1:9; 1 Cl 60:1; ITr 13:3. π. ἐν ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις 1 Cl 27:1 (cf. Ps 144:13a πιστὸς κύριος ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ). πιστός ἐστιν ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος he is trustworthy, who has promised 2 Cl 11:6.—Also of the ‘Lord’ (Christ), who is spoken of in the same way as God 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 2:13. b. of things, esp. of words (Hdt. 8, 83; Pla., Tim. 49B; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 1 p. 1377B, 23; Polyb. 3, 9, 4; 15, 7, 1; Plut., Mor. 160E; Cass. Dio 37, 35; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Aberciusinschr. 6 γράμματα πιστά [of a divine teacher]) πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (Dionys. Hal. 3, 23, 17; Dio Chrys. 28[45], 3) it is a trustworthy saying 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cf. 1:9 (JMBover, Biblica 19, ’38, 74-9). οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί Rv 21:5; 22:6, Opp. ψευδής Hm 3: 5a, b. On τὰ ὅσια, ∆αυὶδ τὰ πιστά Ac 13:34 cf. ὅσιος 2a.—Of water dependable (i.e. not likely to dry up suddenly; cf. Dt 28:59 νόσοι πισταί), unfailing, plentiful B 11:5 (Is 33:16). πιστὸν ποιεῖν τι act loyally 3J 5.

2. act. trusting, cherishing faith or trust (Aeschyl., Pers. 55, Prom. 916; Soph., Oed. Col. 1031; Pla., Leg. 7 p.

824; Cass. Dio 37, 12, 1) also believing, full of faith, faithful (cf. POxy. 1380, 152 ὁρῶσί σε [=Isis] οἱ κατὰ τὸ πιστὸν ἐπικαλούμενοι [on this s. AMFestugière, RB 41, ’32, 257-61]; Sextus 1; 8; Wsd 3:9; Sir 1:14, 24 v.l.; Ps 100:6; Sib. Or. 3, 69; 724) of OT worthies: Abraham (who is oft. called πιστός; cf. Philo, Post. Cai. 173 Ἀβρ. ὁ πιστὸς ἐπώνυμος; 2 Macc 1:2; 1 Macc 2:52; Sir 44:20) Gal 3:9; 1 Cl 10:1; (Noah) 9:4; (Moses) 17:5; 43:1 (both Num 12:7) and cf. 1aα above (Hb 3:5). Of believers in contrast to doubters Hm 11:1a, b. Of belief in the resurrection of Jesus μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος ἀλλὰ πιστός J 20:27. Of one who confesses the Christian faith believing or a believer in the Lord, in Christ, in God πιστ. τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 16:15. Also π. ἐν κυρίῳ Hm 4, 1, 4. π. ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Eph 1:1. πιστοὶ ἀδελφοὶ ἐν Χρ. Col 1:2. διʼ αὐτοῦ (=Χριστοῦ) πιστοὶ (πιστεύοντες P72 et al.) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21.—The abs. πιστός also means believing (in Christ) , a (Christian) believer and is used both as adj. and as subst. Ac 16:1; 2 Cor 6:15; 1 Ti 4:10; 5:16; 6:2a, b; Tit 1:6; 1 Cl 48:5; 62:3; 63:3; Hm 9:9; s 8, 7, 4; 8, 9, 1; 8, 10, 1; 9, 22, 1. οἱ πιστοί the believers=the Christians Ac 12:3 D; 1 Ti 4:3, 12; IEph 21:2; IMg 5:2 (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); MPol 12:3; 13:2. οἱ ἅγιοι καὶ πιστοὶ αὐτοῦ ISm 1:2. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί the Jewish Christians Ac 10:45. Without the art. Dg 11:2, 5. νέοι ἐν τῇ πίστει καὶ πιστοί young in the faith, but nevertheless believers Hv 3, 5, 4.—πιστὸς εἶναι be a believer IRo 3:2. ἐὰν ᾖ τις πιστότατος ἀνήρ even though a man is a firm believer Hm 6, 2, 7.—LPFoley, CBQ 1 ’39, 163-5. M-M. B. 1167.* πιστόω 1 aor. pass. ἐπιστώθην (Hom.+; inscr., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 213, Ant. 15, 85.—Apart fr. our lit. mostly mid., rarely pass., and act. only Thu. 4, 88; 2 Km 7:25; 1 Ch 17:14; 2 Macc 7:24; 12:25; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 206) in our lit. only pass., and 1 aor.

1. show oneself faithful ἔν τινι prove oneself faithful to someth. 1 Cl 15:4 (Ps 77:37).

2. feel confidence, be convinced (so the 1 aor. pass. Od. 21, 218; Soph., Oed. Col. 1039; Ep. Arist. 91) σὺ μένε ἐν οἷς (=τούτοις, ἃ) ἔμαθες καὶ ἐπιστώθης but you must stand by what you have learned and become convinced of 2 Ti 3:14. πιστωθέντες ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ (w. πληροφορηθέντες διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ.) full of faith in or by the word of God 1 Cl 42:3. M-M.* πιστῶς adv. (since Antipho Or. 2, 47; inscr., pap.; 4 Km 16:2; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 44) faithfully στηρίζεσθαι 1 Cl 35:5. φυλάσσειν Dg 7:2.* 798

πίων, πι̂ον gen. πίονος (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 100; Jos., Bell. 4, 468;Sib. Or. 3, 639) fat θυσία MPol 14:2 (w. προσδεκτή).* πλανάω fut. πλανήσω; 1 aor. ἐπλάνησα. Pass.: perf. πεπλάνημαι; 1 aor. ἐπλανήθην (Hom., Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 721).

1. act.—a. lead astray, cause to wander τινά someone (Aeschyl., Prom. 573; Hdt. 4, 128 et al.) as a symbol π. τινὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ cause someone to wander from the right way D 6:1 (for πλ. ἀπὸ τ. ὁδοῦ cf. Dt 11:28; Wsd 5:6). b. fig. mislead, deceive τινά someone (Pla., Prot 356D, Leg. 655D al.; pap., LXX) Mt 24:4f, 11, 24; Mk 13:5f; J 7:12; 1 J 2:26; 3:7; Rv 2:20; 12:9; 13:14; 19:20; 20:3, 8, 10; IMg 3:2; IPhld 7:1 a. π. ἑαυτόν deceive oneself 1J 1:8.

Abs. 2 Ti 3:13a.—S. 2cδ below.

2. pass. go astray, be misled, wander about—a. lit. (since I1. 23, 321; Gen 37:15; Jos., Bell. 7, 160)ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι Hb 11:38. Of sheep who have become lost (Ps 118:176) Mt 18:12a, b, 13. ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενα 1 Pt 2:25 t.r. b. as a symbol, of men who had strayed fr. the right way, ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 Pt 2:25. ὡς πρόβατα ἐπλανήθημεν 1 Cl 16:6a (Is 53:6a; cf. also Ps 118:176). καταλείποντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν 2 Pt 2:15. ἄνθρωπος τῇ ὁδῷ αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη everyone went astray in his (own) path 1 Cl 16:6b (Is 53:6b). πλανῶνται καὶ ταλαιπωροῦσιν περιπατοῦντες ἐν ταῖς ἀνοδίαις they wander about and are miserable as they go through trackless country Hv 3, 7, 1 (ἐν as Lucian, Calumn. 1 ἐν σκότῳ; Hb 11:38 v.l.). c. fig., without preserving the symbolism—α. go astray, be misled, deluded (Cebes 6, 3; 24, 2) Tit 3:3 (Dio Chrys.

4, 115 πλανῶνται. . . δεδουλωμέναι ἡδοναῖς); Hb 5:2; 1 Cl 39:7 (Job 5:2); 59:4; 2 Cl 15:1 (of the ψυχή as Pr 13:9a; Wsd 17:1); B 2:9; 16:1. πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ their minds are going astray Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10). β. wander away ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας Js 5:19 (cf. Wsd 5:6).—γ. be mistaken in one’s judgment, deceive oneself (Isocr., Ep. 6, 10 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 19; PFlor. 61, 16; 2 Macc 7:18) Mt 22:29; Mk 12:24; Hv 2, 4, 1. πολὺ πλανᾶσθε you are very much mistaken Mk 12:27. μὴ πλανᾶσθε make no mistake (Epict. 4, 6, 23) 1 Cor 6:9; Gal 6:7; Js 1:16. ἐν πᾶσιν πεπλανήμεθα we are wholly mistaken B 15:6 (cf. Hero Alex. III p. 214, 2 ἐν μηδενὶ πλανᾶσθαι). δ. as the pass. of 1b: be deceived, be misled πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι deceivers (of others) and (themselves) deceived 2 Ti 3:13 (cf. Herm. Wr. 16, 16 ὁ πλανώμενος κ. πλανῶν).—Let oneself be misled, deceived (Bel 7 Theod.) Mt 24:24 v.l.; Lk 21:8; J 7:47; Rv 18:23. μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Cor 15:33; IEph 16:1; IMg 8:1; IPhld 3:3. μηδεὶς πλανάσθω IEph 5:2; ISm 6:1. τὸ πνεῦμα οὐ πλανᾶται the Spirit is not led into error IPhld 7:1b. ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως πλανᾶται he is deceived by the serpent or he lets himself be misled by the serpent Dg 12:6 (UPZ 70, 28 [152/1 BC] πλανώμενοι ὑπὸ τ. θεῶν; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 12 p. 180, 25 Br. ὑπὸ τ. φύσεως).—HBraun, TW VI 230-54: πλανάω and related words. M-M.* πλάνη, ης, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; BGU 1208, 6 [27/6 BC]; LXX; En. 99, 7; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 276; Test. 12 Patr.) wandering, roaming, in our lit. only fig. of wandering fr. the path of truth, error, delusion, deceit, deception to which one is subject (Pla. et al., also Diod. S. 2, 18, 8; Herm. Wr. 1, 28 οἱ συνοδεύσαντες τῇ πλάνῃ; Tob 5:14 BA; Pr 14:8; Jer 23:17) Mt 27:64. Of a false concept of God, the idolatry of the heathen (Wsd 12:24) Ro 1:27; cf. τερατεία καὶ πλάνη τῶν γοήτων Dg 8:4 (Jos., Ant. 2, 286κατὰ γοητείαν κ. πλάνην).—Eph 4:14 (s. μεθοδεία); 1 Th 2:3; 2 Th 2:11 (opp. ἀλήθεια vs. 10). ἡ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλ. the error of unprincipled men 2 Pt 3:17; τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν B 12:10. Cf. IEph 10:2. ἡ τῆς πλ. ἀνομία B 14:5 (ἀνομία 1). ἡ πλ. τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ 4:1. παρείσδυσιν πλάνης ποιεῖν 2:10 (s. παρείσδυσις). W. ἀπάτη Dg 10:7. W. ἀπώλεια 2 Cl 1:7. ἡ κενὴ ματαιολογία καὶ ἡ τῶν πολλῶν πλάνη Pol 2:1. μῦθος καὶ πλάνη a myth and a delusion 2 Cl 13:3. οἱ ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφόμενοι 2 Pt 2:18. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης (Test. 12 Patr.—Opp. to τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας: Test. Judah 20:1) the spirit of error 1J 4:6. ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ Js 5:20 (ὁδός 2b). τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν for gain they have wholly given themselves up to Balaam’s error Jd 11 (s. μισθός 1 and ἐκχέω 3).—πλάνη τοῦ ὄφεως Dg 12:3 is prob. not act., meaning deceiving by the serpent, but the deceit or error originated by it; cf. 12:8. M-M. B. 1185.* πλάνης, ητος, ὁ (Soph.+; X., Mem. 4, 7, 5; Dio Chrys. 30[47], 8; Vett. Val. 64, 6; Philo; loanw. in rabb.) Jd 13 v.l.

The word is equivalent in mng. to πλανήτης, q.v.* πλανήτης, ου, ὁ (Soph.+; Vett. Val. 65, 4; Hos 9:17; Jos., Ant. 3, 145)wanderer, roamer used as subst. and adj. in our lit. only in the combination ἀστέρες πλανῆται (Aristot., Meteor. 1, 6; Plut., Mor. 604A; 905Cf; Ps.-Lucian.

Astrol. 14, Salt. 7 al.; PGM 7, 513, mostly of the planets) wandering stars Jd 13 (the v.l. πλάνητες [s. πλάνης] is by no means rare in secular writers in just this combination).—S. ἀστήρ, end. M-M.* πλάνος, ον (trag.+; LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only in the mng. leading astray, deceitful.

1. adj. (so Menand., fgm. 288; Theocr. 21, 43; Moschus 1, 28; 5, 10; Jos., Bell. 2, 259)πνεύματα πλάνα deceitful spirits 1 Ti 4:1.

2. subst. ὁ πλάνος deceiver, impostor (Diod. S. 34+35, fgm. 2, 14; Vett. Val. 74, 18; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 2) of Jesus Mt 27:63 (cf. Test. Levi 16:3). W. ὁ ἀντίχριστος 2J 7b; pl. ibid. α. ὡς πλάνοι καὶ ἀληθεῖς considered impostors, and (yet are) true 2 Cor 6:8. M-M.* 799

πλάξ, πλακός, ἡ (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Test. 12 Patr.) flat stone, tablet, table in our lit. of the tables of the law (LXX; Philo, Migr. Abr. 85; Jos., Ant. 3, 90; Sib. Or. 3, 257; on the custom of putting inscriptions on πλάκες of stone cf. Wilcken, Chrest. 54, 1ff [III BC]; Dit., Or. 672, 12) B 14:2 (cf. Ex 31:18; 34:4). πλάκες λίθιναι γεγραμμέναι τῷ δακτύλῳ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ κυρίου 4:7 (Ex 31:18). αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης (διαθήκη 3) Hb 9:4.

Thrown to the ground and broken in pieces by Moses (Ex 32:19; Dt 9:17) B 4:8; 14:3. Paul speaks, w. Ex 32:16; 34:1 in mind and alluding to Ezk 11:19; 36:26, of an ἐπιστολὴ. . . ἐγγεγραμμένη οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις ἀλλʼ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις (the t.r. has the easier καρδίας) σαρκίναις 2 Cor 3:3 (cf. Theodor. Prod. 8, 353 Hercher ζωγραφεῖν πρὸς καρδίας πινακίῳ). M-M.* πλάσις, εως, ἡ (Theophr.+; pap.) formation, molding, creation (w. gen. Polyb. 6, 53, 5; Plut., Cic. 4, 4; PSI 712, 5 πλάσις ὀπτῆς πλίνθου; π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων Third Corinthians 1:13) ἡ π. τοῦ Ἀδάμ B 6:9. δευτέρα π. of the spiritual new creation through Christ vs. 13.* πλάσμα, ατος, τό (Aristoph., Pla.+; PGM 4, 212; 304; 5, 378; LXX; En. 104, 10; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 254; 2, 122; Third Corinthians 3:12) that which is formed or molded, image, figure μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα τῷ πλάσαντι; can what is molded say to its molder? Ro 9:20 (Is 29:16; Ro 9:21 proceeds to mention κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ; cf.

Aristoph., Av. 686 πλάσματα πηλοῦ). The account of the creation (Gen 1:26) is interpreted w. ref. to regeneration, and the Christians speak of themselves as τὸ καλὸν π. ἡμῶν our beautiful creation B 6:12. The words φθορεῖς πλάσματος θεοῦ B 20:2 need not be understood fr. this as a background; as the parallel D 5:2 shows, it comes fr. a different complex of ideas. Beside φονεῖς τέκνων it means perh. those who destroy what God has formed in the womb, by abortion (but s. φθορεύς). M-M.* πλάσσω 1 aor. ἔπλασα; pf. ptc. πεπλακώς; 1 aor. pass. ἐπλάσθην (Hes.+; inscr. [e.g. Isishymn. v. Andros 94]; pap., LXX; En. 104, 10; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 293; Sib. Or. 4, 6) form, mold.

1. lit.—a. of the manufacture of certain objects Ro 9:20 (cf. πλάσμα); Dg 2:3. b. esp. of God’s creative activity in forming man (cf. Semonides of Amorgos 7, 21 of a woman as obj. πλάσαντες γηίνην Ὀλύμπιοι; Babrius 66, 2f πλάσσασθαι ἄνθρωπον ἐκ γῆς. Cf. Cornutus 18 p. 31, 20).—Artem. 3, 17 it is said of Prometheus πλ. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. α. of Adam (Gen 2:7f, 15; cf. 2 Macc 7:23; Philo, Op. M. 137; Jos., Ant. 1, 32; Sib. Or. 3, 24) ἄνθρωπον ταῖς ἱεραῖς χερσὶν ἔπλασεν he formed man with his holy hands 1 Cl 33:4. Pass. 1 Ti 2:13 (also Eve). β. In Adam men were created of whom it is said οὓς (i.e. the men) ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας εἰκόνος ἔπλασεν whom he formed in his own image Dg 10:2 (Himerius, Or. 64 [=Or. 18], 4 πλ. of the forming of figures by the sculptor). γ. of mankind gener., with no special ref. to Adam (oft. LXX; Third Corinthians 3:7) 1 Cl 38:3; B 19:2. Specif. the heart of man was formed by God B 2:10 (cf. Ps 32:15).

2. fig., of mental things, in the difficult pass. δεῖξαι αὐτῷ φῶς καὶ πλάσαι τῇ συνέσει show him light and form him with understanding (?) 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11 LXX, without support in the orig. text as handed down to us.—For the figurative meaning cf. Pla., Rep. 377C πλάττειν τὰς ψυχάς [through education], Leg. 671 C παιδεύειν καὶ πλάττειν; Theocr. 7, 44).—HBraun, TW VI 254-63: πλάσσω and related words. M-M. B. 617.* πλαστός, ή, όν (Hes.+) made up, fabricated, false (so since Eur., Bacch. 218; Hdt. 1, 68; Lycophron v. 432 ἐν πλασταῖς γραφαῖς, also PSI 494, 13 [III BC]; POxy. 237 VIII, 14 [II AD]; Philo, Somn. 2, 140; Jos., Vi. 177; 337) π. λόγοι 2 Pt 2:3 (Ael. Aristid. 36, 91 K.=48 p. 474 D.: ὁ λόγος πέπλασται). M-M.* πλατει̂α, ας, ἡ (really the fem. of πλατύς, w. ὁδός to be supplied: Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 1, 188 ὅταν λέγωμεν πλατεῖαν, δυνάμει λέγομεν πλατεῖαν ὁδόν) wide road, street (Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 283; Diod. S. 12, 10, 7; 17, 52, 3; Plut., Dio 46, 2, Thes. 27, 4; Dit., Or. 491, 9; Lyc. inscr. [Hauser 96]; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 148; loanw. in rabb.)

Mt 12:19 (Is 42:2); Mk 6:56 v.l.; Lk 10:10; 13:26; Ac 5:15 (Maximus Tyr. 6, 2 people put their sick out in the street so that passersby can advise them or influence them for good); Rv 11:8; 21:21; 22:2. W. ῥύμη (Tob 13:17, 18 BA; Is 15:3) Lk 14:21. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν π. at or on the street-corners Mt 6:5. M-M. B. 720.* πλάτος, ους, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 21, 7; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Bell. 7, 312, Ant. 8, 65, C. Ap. 2, 119.—ὁ πλάτος only as an oversight Eph 3:18 P46) breadth, width.

1. lit., w. τὸ μῆκος Rv 21:16a as well as τὸ μῆκος and τὸ ὕψος vs. 16b. On τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος καὶ ὕψος καὶ βάθος Eph 3:18cf. βάθος 1.—τὸ πλάτος τῆς γῆς Rv 20:9 comes fr. the OT (Da 12:2 LXX. Cf. Hab 1:6; Sir 1:3).

But the sense is not clear. Breadth=the broad plain of the earth is perh. meant to provide room for the countless enemies of God vs. 8, but the ‘going up’ is better suited to Satan (vs. 7) who has recently been freed, and who comes up again fr. the abyss (vs. 3).

2. The fig. sense (cf. Procop. Soph., Ep. 65; Nicetas Eugen. 2, 10 H. καρδίας πλάτος) is given the word in the OT expr. (cf. Pr 7:3; 22:20; 3:3 A) τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ τὰ πλὰτη τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν ἐγέγραπτο the ordinances of the Lord had been written on the (broad) tables of your heart 1 Cl 2:8. M-M. * πλατύνω pass.: pf. 3 sing. πεπλάτυνται; 1 aor. ἐπλατύνθην (X.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 206)make broad, enlarge.

1. lit. τὶ someth. τὰ φυλακτήρια Mt 23:5 (s. φυλακτήριον). Pass. (w. παχύνεσθαι. S. παχύνω 1) be enlarged 1 Cl 3:1 (Dt 32:15).

800

2. fig. ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται my heart is open wide 2 Cor 6:11 (the expr. also occurs Dt 6:12 v.l.; 11:16; Ps 118:32. Cf. Epict., fgm. Stob. 60 τὰς ψυχὰς αὔξειν) πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς you must open your hearts (wide) , too vs. 13. M-M.* πλατύς, ει̂α, ύ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) broad, wide Mt 7:13 of a road, in case the correct rdg. is πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδός (cf. X., Cyr. 1, 6, 43 ἤ στενὰς ἢ πλατείας ὁδούς; Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 8 ὁδὸς πλατεῖα; Dit., Syll.3 57, 25 [V BC]; 313, 19f; Jos., Bell. 6, 149), of a gate if the rdg. is πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ. . . (cf.

Plut., Caes. 33, 1 πλατεῖαι πύλαι; PFlor. 333, 11 μέχρι πλατείας πύλης; Jos., Bell. 3, 81). M-M. B. 885.* πλατυσμός, οῦ, ὁ (Diosc. 5, 6 al.; LXX; Philo, Somn. 2, 36).—1. extension, enlargement, expansion (schol. on Pind., Eustath., Prooem. 4) of a church (w. δόξα) 1 Cl 3:1.—2. broad space, extent (2 Km 22:20; Ps 17:20; 118:45) Hm 5, 2, 3 (εὐθηνέω 2).* πλέγμα, ατος, τό anything entwined, woven, braided (of the most diverse kinds, since Eur., Pla., X.; Is 28:5 Aq. and Theod.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 220.Cf. πλέκω) of hair 1 Ti 2:9.* πλείων, πλειόνως, πλει̂στος s. πολύς II and III. M-M. πλέκω 1 aor. ἔπλεξα; pf. pass. ptc. πεπλεγμένος (Hom.+; POsl. 159, 10; 19 [III AD]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 70; Philo, Aet. M. 105; Jos., Ant. 3, 170)weave, plait στέφανον a wreath (Epici p. 23, Cypria fgm. 4, 2; Pind.+) Mk 15:17. τὶ ἔκ τινος (Alciphr. 2, 35, 1; Paus. 2, 35, 5 στεφ. ἐκ) Mt 27:29; J 19:2; pass. AP 3:10. M-M. B. 622.* πλέον s. πολύς II (πλείων). πλεονάζω 1 aor. ἐπλεόνασα (Thu., Hippocr.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 295 [conject. by Wendl.]).

1. intr. (Thu.+)—a. be or become more, be or become great, be present in abundance, grow. increase (Strabo 4, 1, 13; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 89 §370; Ael. Aristid. 33 p. 616 D.; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 553; 2 Ch 24:11; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 245; Jos., Ant. 19, 319)2 Pt 1:8. Increase in number, multiply Dg 6:9; cf. 7:8. Of sin (cf. Sir 23:3 ὅπως μὴ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι μου πλεονάσωσι) Ro 5:20a (cf. Philistion [IV BC] 4 p. 110, 8 Wellmann [s. Diocles] ἐπειδάν πλεονάσῃ τὸ θερμόν), b. Of grace 6:1; 2 Cor 4:15. Of love 2 Th 1:3. ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα I seek the fruit that increases Phil 4:17. b. have more than is necessary, have too much (Diod. S. 2, 54, 7; 11, 59, 4; 19, 81, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 108 §454 of legions with more than the usual number of men) 2 Cor 8:15 (Ex 16:18).

2. trans.—a. increase, bring forth in abundance τὶ someth. (Ps 70:21; Jos., Ant. 1, 32)τὸ στόμα σου ἐπλεόνασεν κακίαν 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:19). b. cause to increase, become rich τινά τινι someone in someth. (w. περισσεύειν) ὑμᾶς ὁ κύριος πλεονάσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ may the Lord cause you to increase in love 1 Th 3:12.—GDelling, TW VI 263-6. M-M.* πλεονεκτέω 1 aor. ἐπλεονέκτησα, pass. ἐπλεονεκτήθην (since Hdt. 8, 112; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 270; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 66; 2, 260 al.; Test. 12 Patr.; predom. intr., cf. Bl-D. §148, 1; Mlt. 65). In our lit. only trans.

1. take advantage of, outwit, defraud, cheat τινά someone (Dionys. Hal. 9, 7; Dio Chrys. 67[17], 8 τὸν ἀδελφόν; Plut., Marc. 29, 7; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 27). a. of men, who take advantage of others 2 Cor 7:2 (w. ἀδικεῖν and φθείρειν); 12:18. πλ. τινὰ διά τινος take advantage of someone through someone vs. 17. πλ. τινὰ ἐν τῷ πράγματι 1 Th 4:6 (s. πρᾶγμα). b. of Satan, pass. (Demosth. 41, 25 πλεονεκτεῖσθαι χιλίαις δραχμαῖς; Dit., Or. 484, 27 πλεονεκτεῖσθαι τοὺς ὀλίγους ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀνθρώπους) ἵνα μὴ πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ that we may not be outwitted by Satan 2 Cor 2:11 (‘robbed’ by Satan of a member of our group: BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 98f).

2. increase the number of τὶ someth. (Maspéro 3, 9 πλεονεκτῆσαι τὰ πράγματα) of the hare κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν πλ. τὴν ἀφόδευσιν B 10:6 (cf. ἀφόδευσις). M-M.* πλεονέκτης, ου, ὁ (since Hdt. [7, 158 adj.]; PMagd. 5, 7 [221 BC]; Sir 14:9; Philo, Mos. 1, 56) one who is greedy for gain, a covetous person, whose ways are judged to be extremely sinful by the Christians and many others (s. πλεονεξία and JWeiss on 1 Cor 5:11). Among the sinners of the ‘two ways’ B 19:6; D 2:6. Also elsewh. w. those who are burdened w. serious vices (as M. Ant. 11, 18, 6; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 32) 1 Cor 5:10f; 6:10; Eph 5:5 (here characterized as είδωλολάτρης; s. on πλεονεξία); Hs 6, 5, 5 (Thu. 1, 40, 1; X., Mem. 1, 2, 12 [both w. βίαιος; 1, 5, 3, Cyr. 1, 6, 27 [w. κλέπτης and ἅρπαξ]; Aristot., Eth. Nicom. 5, 2 [w. ὁ παράνομος and ὁ ἄνισος]; Diod. S. 20, 106, 4; Plut., Ages. 20, 6 [w. ἐν ταῖς ἐξουσίαις πονηρός], Mor. 57c [w. κακοῦργος]; Vett. Val. 42, 28 [w. ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμητής]). M-M.* πλεονεξία, ας, ἡ greediness, insatiableness, avarice, covetousness, lit. ‘a desire to have more’ (so Hdt., Thu.+; Aristoxenus, fgm. 50 p. 23, 36ff [πλ. as the vice pure and simple]; Diod. S. 21, 1, 4 [πλ. as the μητρόπολις τῶν ἀδικημάτων]; Musonius 72, 9; 90, 10 H.; Dio Chrys., Or. 67[17] περί πλεονεξίας: 6 μέγιστον κακῶν αἴτιον; 7 μέγιστον κακόν; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 733 D.: πλ. is among the three most disgraceful things; Herm. Wr. 13, 7; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 277; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 173, Praem. 15 al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Jos., Ant. 3, 67; 7, 37 al.) B 10:4; w. other vices (as Diod. S. 13, 30, 4 in catalogues of vices. On these s. AVögtle, Die Tugend-u. Lasterkataloge im NT 801

’36) Ro 1:29; 1 Cl 35:5; B 20:1; D 5:1; Pol 2:2; Hm 6, 2, 5; 8:5. Used w. ἀκαθαρσία Eph 4:19; 5:3. Characterized as εἰδωλολατρία, Col 3:5 (s. εἰδωλολατρία, πλεονέκτης and cf. Test. Judah 19:1. Chaeremon the Stoic, Nero’s teacher, in Porphyr., Abst. 4, 6 contrasts πλεονεξία with θεία γνῶσις). Of false teachers 2 Pt 2:3, 14 (s. γυμνάζω, end). πρόφασις πλεονεξίας (subj. gen.) pretext for avarice 1 Th 2:5 (cf. Philostrat. I 362, 14 πρόσχημα τ. πλεονεξίας). φυλάσσεσθαι ἀπὸ πάσης πλ. guard against every form of greed Lk 12:15.—The pl. of the individual expressions of greed (Bl-D. §142.—X., Cyr. 1, 6, 29; Plut., Pomp. 39, 6; 2 Macc 4:50; Philo, Agr. 83, Vi. Cont. 70; Jos., Ant. 17, 253)Mk 7:22.—In 2 Cor 9:5 the context calls for the pregnant mng. a gift that is grudgingly granted by avarice (εὐλογία 5); extortion (Plummer, ICC ad 10c.).—WBSedgwick, ET 36, ’25, 478f; TWManson, JTS 44, ’43, 86f; EKlaar, Πλεονεξία, -έκτης,-εκτεῖν ThZ 10, ’54, 395-7; GDelling, TW VI 266-74: πλεονεκτέω and related words. M-M.* πλευρά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 403)side, mostly of the human body Mt 27:49 v.l.; J 19:34 (on both s. νύσσω); 20:20, 25, 27; Ac 12:7 (s. πατάσσω 1a).—Of the flat side of a stone Hs 9, 4, 1. M-M. B. 862.* πλέω impf. 1 pl. ἐπλέομεν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Ebr. 158; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 4, 78) travel by sea, sail abs. (X., An. 5, 1, 4; Herodian 8, 2, 3) Lk 8:23; Ac 27:24. W. the destination given (X., Hell. 1, 1, 8; Jos., Ant. 18, 111εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην) εἰς Συρίαν 21:3. εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 27:6. εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους vs. 2. W. the point of departure given as well as the destination (Appian, Liby. 113 §535 ἀπὸ Σικελίας ἐς Ἰτύκην [Utica]) ἀπὸ Τρῳάδος εἰς Νεάπολιν IPol 8:1. πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων Rv 18:17 is uncertain in mng. and the rdg. varies. The majority prefer to interpret it as every one who sails along the coast (de Wette, HHoltzmann, Bousset, more recently Lohmeyer, Hadorn, Behm, IRohr. For π λ. ἐπί w. acc. of the place cf. Thu. 1, 53, 2; 4 Macc 7:3. In Philosophenspr. p. 489, 28 Mull. we have πλέοντες παρὰ τόπον. On the v.l. ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων πλέων cf. Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 34; Dit., Syll.3 409, 5f ἔπλευσεν ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν. Ms. 469 has ἐπὶ πόντον, partially supported by Primasius’ ‘super mare’. Cf. EbNestle, Einführung in das Griech. NT3 ’09, 182; AFridrichsen, K. Hum. Vetensk.-Samf. i Upps. Årsb. ’43, 31 note ὁ ἐπίτοπον πλέων=one who sails occasionally, a passenger.—S. also IHeikel, StKr 106, ’34/’35, 317). M-M. B. 680f.* πληγή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) blow, stroke 1. lit. (Diod. S. 4, 43, 3 [blow of a whip]; Jos., Vi. 335) Lk 12:48 (on the omission of πληγάς with πολλάς, ὀλίγας vs. 47f, s. δέρω and cf. Pla., Leg. 9 p. 854D; 879E; Demosth. 19, 197; Herodas 3, 77; 5, 33; Diod. S. 36, 8, 3 τρίτην [i.e., πληγὴν] λαβών; Bl-D. §241, 6; Rob. 653); 2 Cor 6:5; 11:23. ἐπιθεῖναί τινι πληγάς (ἐπιτίθημι 1aβ) Ac 16:23; cf. Lk 10:30.

2. wound, bruise as the result of a blow (Diod. S. 15, 55, 4; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 26 p. 410, 24 Jac.; Appian, Iber. 74 §314 al.; schol. on Pla., Rep. 566A; Jos., Ant. 7, 128; 10, 77) Ac 16:33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 26 §98 πλ.= weal, scar caused by being beaten with rods). ἡ πλ. τῆς μαχαίρης the sword-wound (cf. Philosophenspr. p.

496, 151 Mull. ξίφους πληγή) Rv 13:14 (πλ. alone=fatal wound: Diod. S. 16, 12, 3; Jos., Ant. 9, 121.—πλ. ἔχειν: Anaxandrides Com. 72). ἡ πλ. τοῦ θανάτου mortal wound (cf. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 14, 2; Plut., Anton. 76, 10 πλ. εὐθυθάνατος) vss. 3, 12. The sing. collectively ἡ πληγή wounding=wounds B 5:12; 7:2.

3. fig. blow in the sense ‘a blow of fate’, etc. (Aeschyl. +; Polyb. 14, 9, 6; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 72 §295; LXX; En. 10, 7; Philo, Joseph.) plague, misfortune (sent by God: ∆ιὸς πλ. Aeschyl., Ag. 367; Soph., Aj. 137. πληγαὶ θεοῦ Plut., Mor. 168C.—Ex 11:1 and oft.; Jos., Ant. 6, 94; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 306; 519) Rv 9:18, 20; 11:6; 15:1, 6, 8; 16:9, 21a, b; 18:4, 8; 21:9; 22:18. Of the suffering Servant of God ἐν πληγῇ εἶναι be struck down with misfortune 1 Cl 16:3, 4 (Is 53:3, 4); καθαρίσαι αὐτὸν τῆς πλ. free him from misfortune vs. 10 (Is 53:10). M-M. B. 305.* πλῆθος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.—In our lit. it is lacking in Mt, the Pauline epp., the catholic epp. [except Js and 1 Pt], Rv, and D [B has it only in a quot. fr. the OT]; in the NT the large majority of occurences are in Lk and Ac).

1. quantity or number καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει Hb 11:12 (cf. Josh 11:4; Da 3:36 v.l.—S. also Hdt. 6, 44 al.).

2. concrete: large number, multitude—a. of things, w. gen. (Diod. S. 15, 3, 3 σίτου; 15, 9, 3; Polyaenus 8, 28, Exc. 15, 9; Suppl. Epig. Gr. VIII 467, 15f [217 BC] πολὺ πλ. χρυσίου κτλ.) πλ. ἰχθύων (Eparchides [III BC]: 437 fgm. 1 Jac.; Diod. S. 3, 44, 8; 5, 19, 4) πολύ Lk 5:6; cf. J 21:6. πλ. ἁμαρτιῶν a host of sins (cf. Sir 5:6; Ezk 28:17f; Jos., Ant. 12, 167)Js 5:20; 1 Pt 4:8; 1 Cl 49:5; 2 Cl 16:4. φρυγάνων πλ. a bundle of sticks Ac 28:3. πλ. αἵματος a great quantity of blood MPol 16:1. πλ. τῶν θυσιῶν B 2:5 (Is 1:11). τὸ πλ. τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν σου the abundance of thy compassion 1 Cl 18:2 (Ps 50:3). τὸ πλ. τῶν σχισμάτων the large number of cracks Hs 9, 8, 3. b. of persons—α. gener. crowd (of people) , throng, host, also specif. a disorganized crowd (as Maximus Tyr. 39, 2e; h) πολὺ πλ. Mk 3:7f. W. gen. of the pers. (Jos., Ant. 18, 61; Diod. S. 15, 14, 4 στρατιωτῶν; Cebes 1, 3 γυναικῶν; Appian, Bell. Civ, 1. 81 §370 στρατιᾶς πολὺ πλ.=a large number of military men) πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ a great throng of people Lk 6:17; 23:27 (a πλ. at an execution Jos., Ant. 19, 270).τὸ πλ. τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 21:36 (πλῆθος. . . κράζοντες is constructio ad sensum as Diod. S. 13, 111, 1 συνέδριον. . . λέγοντες; Polyb. 18, 9, 9 σύγκλητος. . . ἐκεῖνοι and similar expressions). τὸ πλ. τοῦ ὄχλου Hs 9, 4, 4. πλ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων a large number of sick people J 5:3. Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλ. Ac 14:1; 17:4. πλῆθός τι ἀνδρῶν a large number of (other) men Hs 9, 3, 1 (Diod. S. 15, 76, 2 and Appian, Iber. 59 §248 πλ. ἀνδρῶν, Bell. Civ. 2, 67 §276 πολὺ πλ. ανδρῶν). πολὺ πλ. ἐκλεκτῶν 1 Cl 6:1.—Of angels πλ. στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου a throng of the heavenly army Lk 2:13 (πλ. of 802

military men Diod. S. 20, 50, 6; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 81 §370 στρατιᾶς πλ.; Jos., Ant. 14, 482).τὸ πᾶν πλ. τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 34:5.—Pl. (cf. Socrat., Ep. 1, 2; Diod. S. 1, 64, 5; 1, 85, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 120 §503; 2 Macc 12:27; 3 Macc 5:24; Ep. Arist. 15; 21. S. Mayser II 1, ’26, 38f) πλήθη ἀνδρῶν large numbers of men Ac 5:14. β. a (stated) meeting, assembly ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλ. Ac 23:7. πᾶν τὸ πλ. MPol 3. ἅπαν τὸ πλ. αὐτῶν Lk 23:1 (the verb is in the pl. as Polyaenus 7, 1; 8, 46; Xenophon Eph. 1, 3, 1 ἦλθον ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος. Cf. Herodian 8, 7, 8 ὁ δῆμος ὑπεδέχοντο). γ. people, populace, population (Diod. S. 5, 15, 2; Appian, Samn. 4 §14; Dit., Syll.3 581, 95 [c. 200 BC] τὸ πλῆθος τὸ Ῥοδίων; 695, 20 [II BC] τὸ πλ. τὸ Μαγνήτων; IG XII 1, 846, 10; 847, 14 [cf. Dit., op. cit. 765 note 5]; 1 Macc 8:20; 2 Macc 11:16; Ep. Arist. 308, the last three: τὸ πλ. τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Jos., Vi. 198 τὸ πλ. τῶν Γαλιλαίων) τὸ πλῆθος the populace abs. (as Polyaenus 8, 47; 50) Ac 2:6; 1 Cl 53:5 (=ὁ λαός vss. 3, 4). ὅλον τὸ πλ. Ac 14:7 D. W. gen. τὸ πλ. τῆς πόλεως (Sir 7:7) Ac 14:4. τὸ πλ. τῶν πέριξ πόλεων 5:16. ἅπαν τὸ πλ. τῆς περιχώρου Lk 8:37. ἅπαν τὸ πλ. τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ac 25:24; cf. MPol 12:2. δ. in the usage of relig. communities as a t.t. for the whole body of their members, fellowship, community, church (cf. IQS 5, 2; 9; 22; 6, 19; IG XII 1, 155, 6; 156, 5; Dit., Syll.3 1023, 16f τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μετεχόντων τοῦ ἱεροῦ; Lucian, Syr. Dea 50) abs. τὸ πλ. the community, the church Ac 15:30; 19:9; 21:22 v.l.; 1 Cl 54:2; ISm 8:2; Hm 11:9. πᾶν τὸ πλ. the whole community, group Ac 6:5; 15:12. Also τὸ πᾶν πλ. IMg 6:1. τὸ ἐν θεῷ πλ. ITr 8:2. W. gen. τὸ πᾶν πλ. ὑμῶν 1:1. πᾶν το πλ. τοῦ λαοῦ Lk 1:10. ἅπαν τὸ πλ. τῶν μαθητῶν the whole community of his disciples Lk 19:37; cf. Ac 6:2. τὸ πλ. τῶν πιστευσάντων 4:32.—Dssm., NB 59f [BS 232f]. GDelling, TW VI 274-82: πλῆθος and πληθύνω. M-M. B. 929.* πληθύνω fut. πληθυνῶ; 1 aor. opt. 3 sing. πληθύναι (Gen 28:3; 2 Cor 9:10 t.r.). Pass.: impf. ἐπληθυνόμην; 1 aor. ἐπληθύνθην (Aeschyl.+; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 139al.; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. trans.—a. act. increase, multiply (En. 16, 3), in our lit. always of God: τὶ someth. τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 2 Cor 9:10. ἔθνη 1 Cl 59:3. Of God’s promise to Abraham πληθύνων πληθυνῶ σε I will surely multiply you Hb 6:14 (Gen 22:17). κύριος ἐπλήθυνεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς κόποις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν the Lord has given them abundance in the works of their hands Hs 9, 24, 3. ὁ θεὸς κτίσας τὰ ὄντα καὶ πληθύνας καὶ αὐξήσας v 1, 1, 6. b. pass. be multiplied, grow, increase (En. 5, 5; 9) in number ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν Ac 6:7. ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη 7:17 (cf. Ex 1:7).—9:31; D 16:3. αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε (Gen 1:28. Cf. Sib. Or. 1, 57; Herm. Wr. 3, 3 εἰς τὸ αὐξάνεσθαι ἐν αὐξήσει καὶ πληθύνεσθαι ἐν πλήθει) 1 Cl 33:6; B 6:12; cf. vs.

18.—Of the growth of Christian preaching, expressed in the number of converts ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο Ac 12:24. Of the spread of godlessness τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν Mt 24:12. As a formula in devout wishes (cf. Da 4:1 Theod., 37c; 6:26 Theod.) χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη may grace and peace be yours in ever greater measure 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2. Cf. Jd 2; 1 Cl inscr.; Pol inscr.; MPol inscr. Cf. also Dg 11:5.

2. intr. (Herodian 3, 8, 8; Jos., Bell. 5, 338;Ex 1:20; Sir 16:2; 23:3; 1 Macc 1:9. Cf. Anz 296f; Thackeray 282) grow, increase πληθυνόντων τ. μαθητῶν when the disciples were increasing (in number) Ac 6:1; 19:20 D. M-M.* πλήκτης, ου, ὁ (Aristot., Eth. Eud. 2, 3; Plut., Dio 30, 4, Marcell. 1, 2; Diog. L. 6, 38; Sym. Ps 34:15) pugnacious man, bully in a list of qualities for a bishop 1 Ti 3:3; Tit 1:7.* πλημμέλεια, ας, ἡ (Democr., Pla.+; LXX) fault, error, sin (lit. ‘false note’ in music) (Aristot. 1251a, 31 ἀσέβεια ἡ περὶ θεοὺς πλ.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 250) θυσίαι περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ πλημμελείας sin and trespass offerings (LXX, esp.

Lev 7:37) 1 Cl 41:2. Pl. (Plut., Mor. 168D ἁμαρτίαι κ. πλημμέλειαι; Philo, Mos. 2, 230; Jos., Bell. 5, 392)60:1 (w. ἀνομίαι, ἀδικίαι, παραπτώματα).—Dodd 76.* πλήμμυρα, ης (on the form of the gen. s. Bl-D. §43, 1; Mlt.-H. 118; on the spelling Mlt.-H. 101; 274), ἡ (Dionys.

Hal. 1, 71; Crinagoras no. 33, 1; Plut., Rom. 3, 6, Caes. 38, 4, Mor. 897 B and C; Arrian, Ind. 21, 3; 6; POxy. 1409, 17; Job 40:23 ἐὰν γένηται πλήμμυρα; Philo, Op. M. 58, Leg. All. 1, 34, Abr. 92, Mos. 1, 202; 2, 195) high water, flood πλημμύρης γενομένης Lk 6:48.—The spelling with one μ, which belongs to the older period of the language, is found in mss. D W P75 et al. On this see Mlt.-H. p. 101; 274f; JWackernagel, Kl. Schr. ’53, 1164, 1. M-M.* πλήν—1. adv. used as conjunction (trag.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.), coming at the beginning of a sentence or clause. a. adversative but: μὲν—πλήν (indeed)—but (cf. Bl-D. §447, 6; Rob. 1187) Lk 22:22. b. only, nevertheless, however, but (πλήν is the real colloq. word for this idea [Schmid I 133]), so in the First and Third Gospels (Bl-D. §449, 1 w. app.—Cf. L-S-J s.v. B III 2) πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν nevertheless I tell you Mt 11:22, 24 (ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν in the corresp. pass. Mt 10:15); 26:64 (Mt 17:12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν; Mk 9:13 ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑμῖν). πλὴν οὐαί Mt 18:7; cf. Lk 17:1 οὐαὶ δὲ (πλὴν οὐαί P75 et al.). πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλʼ ὡς σύ Mt 26:39; cf. Lk 22:42 (Mk 14:36 ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω).—Lk 6:24, 35; 10:11, 14, 20; 11:41; 13:33; 18:8; 19:27; 22:21.—Also looking back at a neg.: μὴ κλαίετε ἐπʼ ἐμέ, πλὴν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε do not weep for me, but (rather) weep for yourselves Lk 23:28. μὴ ζητεῖτε. . . πλὴν ζητεῖτε 12: (29-)31. c. only, in any case, however, but, breaking off a discussion and emphasizing what is important (UPZ 110, 207 [164 BC]; Sb 6994, 28; Bl-D. §449, 2; Rob. 1187; s. L-S-J loc. cit.), so in Paul 1 Cor 11:11; Eph 5:33; Phil 3:16; 4:14. Perh. 1:18 τί γάρ; πλὴν ὅτι. . . what then? In any case. . . (but the text is not certain; s. also d); Rv 2:25.

803

d. πλὴν ὅτι except that (class.; Hero Alex. I p. 188, 1; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 14, end; Plut., Cato Maj. 23, 6) Ac 20:23. Perh. also Phil 1:18 (s. c above) τί γὰρ πλὴν ὅτι. . . ; what then will come of it, except that. . . ? e. breaking off and passing to a new subject only, however (exx. in L-S-J πλήν B III 2.—Polyb. 2, 17, 1; Plut., Pericl. 34, 1 begin new sections with πλήν) πλὴν ἰδοὺ ἡ χεὶρ κτλ. but here is (my betrayer’s) hand with mine on the table (the narration passes from the institution of the Lord’s Supper to a prediction of the betrayal) Lk 22:21.

2. improper prep. w. gen. except (since Od. 8, 207; inscr., pap., LXX [Johannessohn 342-4]; Bl-D. §216, 2; Rob. 646) mostly after neg. statements: Mk 12:32 (οὐκ ἄλλος πλήν as Jos., Ant. 1, 182); J 8:10 t.r.; Ac 15:28; 20:23; 27:22. After a positive statement (Thu. 4, 54, 2; X., An. 2, 4, 27; Appian, Liby. 14 §59; Jos., Ant. 12, 422ἔφυγον πάντες πλὴν ὀκτακοσίων) Ac 8:1. M-M.** πλήρης, ες (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Vi. 165 al.).

1. filled, full—a. of things—α. τινός with or of someth. (Diod. S. 2, 4, 2 λίμνη πλήρης ἰχθύων; Appian, Hann.

15 §66; PSI 422, 14 [III BC] ἡ γῆ ῥηγμῶν [fissures] πλ. ἐστίν; Num 7:26; Dt 6:11; Diog. L. 6, 37 πάντα ἐστὶ αὐτοῦ [=θεοῦ] πλήρη) baskets κλασμάτων πλ. full of pieces Mk 8:19; cf. 6:43 t.r. A vineyard βοτανῶν πλ. full of weeds Hs 5, 2, 3. Of a mountain ἀκανθῶν καὶ τριβόλων πλ. s 9, 1, 5; πηγῶν πλ. vs. 8. Trees καρπῶν πλ. s 9, 28, 1. πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις τ. δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 34:6 (Is 6:3). εἰς συναγωγὴν πλήρη ἀνδρῶν δικαίων Hm 11:14. β. abs. ἑπτὰ σπυρίδες πλήρεις Mt 15:37; cf. 14:20. Of jars Hm 12, 5, 3a, b.—ἐκ πλήρους (Dit., Syll.3 1104, 20 ἐποίησεν ἐκ πλήρους τὰ δίκαια; PTebt. 106, 20 [II BC]; 281, 22; BGU 584, 6 and oft. in pap.=‘in [the] full [amount]’. Acc. to CHTurner, JTS 21, ’20 p. 198, 1 this is a Latinism for ‘in pleno’) in full, in all fullness τι ἐκ πλ. Hv 2, 2, 6. b. of persons, w. gen. ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας Lk 5:12 (=all covered w. it, as 4 Km 7:15; Is 1:15). Mostly full of a power, gift, feeling, characteristic quality, etc. (class.; Jos., Vi. 192 πλ. συνέσεως; LXX.—Procop. Soph., Ep. 68 πλ. τοῦ θεοῦ) πλ. πνεύματος ἁγίου Lk 4:1; Ac 7:55. πλ. πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως 11:24; cf. 6:5. πλ. πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας vs. 3. πλ. χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας J 1:14 (s. at the end of this entry). πλ. χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. πλ. τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ MPol 7:2. πλ. ἔργων ἀγαθῶν rich in good deeds Ac 9:36. πάσης κακίας πλ. 1 Cl 45:7 (Maximus Tyr. 34, 3a πλ. κακῶν. Similarly Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 19 §69, who calls the murderers of Caesar φόνου πλήρεις). πλ. παντὸς δόλου Ac 13:10 (πλήρης δόλου Sir 1:30; 19:26; Jer 5:27). γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ 19:28 (cf. Petosiris, fgm. 21, l. 29 πλῆρες τὸ ἀγαθὸν γενήσεται). πλ. ἁμαρτιῶν (cf. Is 1:4) Hs 9, 23, 4. πλ. πάσης ἁπλότητος Hv 1, 2, 4.—Of a heart (cf. 2 Ch 15:17; 1 Esdr 1:21) πλ. εἰδωλολατρίας B 16:7.—Surfeited (with) πλ. εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων I am surfeited with whole burnt offerings B 2:5 (Is 1:11).

2. complete, w. nothing lacking, full, in full (Hdt. et al.; LXX) μισθὸς πλ. (X., An. 7, 5, 5; Ruth 2:12. πλ. is a favorite word in the pap. for a sum that is complete) 2J 8. πλ. σῖτος fully ripened grain (cf. the ‘fully developed’ στάχυες Gen 41:7, 22, 24) Mk 4:28. νηστεία πλ. a complete fast Hs 5, 1, 3. πλ. πνεύματος ἔκχυσις a full outpouring of the Spirit 1 Cl 2:2.—Of persons who are complete in a certain respect or who possess someth. fully πλ. ἔν τινι: ἐν τούτοις πλ. 2 Cl 16:4. πλ. ἐν τῇ πίστει Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4.—In some of the passages already mentioned πλήρης is indecl., though never without v.l., and almost only when it is used w. a gen. In Nestle’s text τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ. . . πλήρης (referring to αὐτοῦ) χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας J 1:14 (cf. CHTurner, JTS 1, ’00, 120ff; 561f).

It is found as a v.l. in Mk 8:19; Ac 6:3, 5; 19:28, and without a gen. 2J 8. Examples of this use of πλήρης are found fr. the second century BC, and fr. the first century AD on it is frequently found in colloq. H.Gk.: PLeid. C II, 14 (160 BC).

Wooden tablet fr. Egypt fr. the time of Augustus in Revue Archéol. 29, 1875, 233f=Sb 3553, 7; BGU 707, 15; POxy. 237 IV, 14 (all three II AD); Wilcken, Chrest. 499, 9 (II/III AD); En. 21, 7. S. the exx. in Crönert 179, 4 and cf. also Mayser 63f (w. lit.); 297; Dssm., LO 99f (LAE 125ff); Thackeray 176f; Reinhold 53; Bl-D. §137, 1 w. app.; Mlt. 50; Rob. 275f.—GDelling, TW VI 283-309: πλήρης and related words. M-M. B. 931.* πληροφορέω 1 aor. imper. πληροφόρησον, inf. πληροφορῆσαι. Pass.: 1 aor. inf. πληροφορηθῆναι, ptc. πληροφορηθείς; pf. πεπληροφόρημαι, ptc. πεπληροφορημένος (Ctesias, fgm. 29, 39; elsewh. since LXX Eccl 8:11; Test. Abr. [NTS 1, ’54/’55, 223]; BGU 665 II, 2 [I AD]; APF 5, ’13, 383 no. 69B, 5 [I/II AD]; BGU 747 I, 22 [139 AD]; PAmh. 66 II, 42; POxy. 509, 10 [both II AD]; Vett. Val. 43, 18; 226, 20.—Dssm., LO 67f [LAE 82f]).

1. fill (completely) , fulfill, a synonym of πληρόω, which occasionally appears as v.l. for it. In our lit. only fig. a. w. a thing as obj. τὶ someth., adding to someth. that which it lacks, someth. like fill out, complement, aid τὸν πλοῦτον Hs 2:8a. τὰς ψυχάς 8b.—τὴν διακονίαν σου πληροφόρησον fulfill your ministry 2 Ti 4:5. Also the pass. ἵνα διʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ vs. 17.—Of a request that is fulfilled Hm 9:2 (the pap. use the word mainly in the sense ‘fully satisfy a demand’).—Accomplish τὰ πεπληροφορημένα ἐν ἡμῖν πράγματα the things that have been accomplished among us Lk 1:1 (cf. M-JLagrange, Le sens de Luc 1:1 d’après les papyrus: Bull. d’ancienne Litt. et Arch. chrét. 2, ’12, 96-100; OAPiper, Union Sem. Rev. 57, ’45, 15-25: Lk [and Ac] as ‘fulfilment’ of the OT.—S. also the lit. given s.v. παρακολουθέω, end). Some (e.g. KHRengstorf, Das NT Deutsch ’37 ad loc.) would here transl. on which there is full conviction among us, and put the pass. under 2. b. of pers. πεπληροφορημένος τινός filled w. someth. ἀγάπης love 1 Cl 54:1 (w. εὔσπλαγχνος). Perh. also ἔν τινι (πληρόω 1b) πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τ. θεοῦ full of everything that is (in accord with) God’s will Col 4:12 (s. also 2 below).

2. convince fully (Act. Phil. 9 p. 5, 20B; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 20 al.) pass. be fully convinced, assured, certain (cf. Test. Gad 2:4 ἐπληροφορήθημεν τῆς ἀναιρέσεως αὐτοῦ=‘we were quite filled w. the intention to kill him’.—Hegesippus in Euseb., H.E. 2, 23, 14; Martyr. Pionii 4, 17) foll. by ὅτι be fully convinced that (Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 9, 22 Lag.) Ro 4:21; IMg 8:2. Have perfect faith (i.e. limited by no doubt at all) εἰς τὸν κύριον in the Lord 804

ISm 1:1. ἔν τινι in someth. IMg 11; IPhld inscr.—Abs. (in case ἐν παντὶ κτλ. [s. 1b above] belongs to σταθῆτε) be fully assured τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι Col 4:12 (but in that case it may also mean here complete, finished). πληροφορηθέντες διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου be fully assured by the Lord’s resurrection 1 Cl 42:3. ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ πληροφορείσθω every one must be fully convinced in his own mind Ro 14:5.—Ltzm., Hdb. on Ro 4:21. M-M. and suppl.* πληροφορία, ας, ἡ full assurance, certainty (PGiess. 87, 25 [II AD]; Rhet. Gr. VII 108, 3; Hesychius=βεβαιότης.

S. πληροφορέω 2); this mng. is poss. in the word’s occurrences in our lit. πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως a wealth of assurance, such as understanding brings Col 2:2. ἐν. . . πλ. πολλῇ, with full conviction 1 Th 1:5. ἡ πλ. τῆς ἐλπίδος Hb 6:11. πλ. πίστεως 10:22. πλ. πνεύματος ἁγίου the assurance that the Holy Spirit gives 1 Cl 42:3. But at least in Col 2:2; Hb 6:11; 10:22; 1 Cl 42:3 the mng. fulness is also poss. Likew. Ro 15:29 D* G. M-M.* πληρόω impf. 3 sing. ἐπλήρου; fut. πληρώσω; 1 aor. ἐπλήρωσα; pf. πεπλήρωκα; plpf. 3 sing. πεπληρώκει (on the omission of the augm. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190). Pass.: impf. ἐπληρούμην; pf. πεπλήρωμαι; plpf. 3 sing. πεπλήρωτο (cf. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190); 1 aor. ἐπληρώθην; 1 fut. πληρωθήσομαι (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. make full, fill (full)—a. of things τὶ someth. τὴν γῆν B 6:12 (Gen 1:28; cf. Ocellus [II BC] c. 46 Harder [’26] τὸν πλείονα τῆς γῆς τόπον πληροῦσθαι with their descendants). The marks left by stones Hs 9, 10, 2. Pass., of a net ἐπληρώθη Mt 13:48. πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη a ship’s sail filled out by the wind MPol 15:2.—τόπον πληρῶσαι fill a space Hs 9, 7, 5.—Also of sounds and odors (as well as light: schol. on Pla. 914B) ἦχος ἐπλήρωσεν τὸν οἶκον a sound filled the house Ac 2:2 (Diod. S. 11, 24, 4 αἱ οἰκίαι πένθους ἐπληροῦντο=with cries of grief). ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς the house was filled with the fragrance J 12:3 (cf. Diod. S. 4, 64, 1 τὴν οἰκίαν πληρώσειν ἀτυχημάτων; Ael. Aristid. 36, 84 K.=48 p.

471 D.: ὅταν οἴκημα πληρωθῇ).—Also in other ways of the filling of impers. objects with real but intangible things or qualities: τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (i.e. of the martyr Polycarp) χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 (χάρις 1 and 4). πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Ac 5:28. ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε (aor. imper. as a rhetor. demand. B has πληρώσετε; D has ἐπληρώσατε) τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν of filling the measure of sins (cf. Da 8:23) Mt 23:32; cf. ἐπεὶ πεπλήρωτο ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀδικία Dg 9:2. θεὸς πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν Phil 4:19 (cf. Thu. 1, 70, 7). πλ. τὴν καρδίαν τινός fill someone’s heart, i.e., take full possession of it (cf. Eccl 9:3) ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τ. καρδίαν J 16:6. διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τ. καρδίαν σου; Ac 5:3 (Ad’ Alès, Rech de Sc rel 24, ’34, 199f; 474f prefers the v.l. ἐπήρωσεν. Against him LSt.-Paul Girard, Mém. de l’inst. franc. du Caire 67, ’37, 309-12). ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης πληροῖ τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν Hm 11:2.—Of Christ, who passed through all the cosmic spheres ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα Eph 4:10 (cf. Jer 23:24; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 4 πάντα πεπλήρωκεν ὁ θεός, Vita Mos. 2, 238, Conf. Lingu. 136). The mid. in the sense of the act.

(Bl-D. §316, 1; Rob. 805f. Cf. X., Hell. 6, 2, 14; 35 al.; Plut., Alc. 35, 6) τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου Eph 1:23 (πλήρωμα 2). b. of persons fill w. powers, qualities, etc. τινὰ someone ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ προφητικοῦ πνεύματος πληροῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον Hm 11:9a. τινά τινος someone with someth. (Bl-D. §172 w. app.; Rob. 510) πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11). Cf. Ro 15:13. τινά τινι someone with someth. (Bl-D. §195, 2) ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτόν τῷ αὐτοῦ πνεύματι Hm 11:3.—Mostly pass., in pres., impf., fut., aor. become filled or full; in the perf. have been filled, be full: w. gen. of the thing (Diod. S. 20, 21, 3 τῶν βασιλείων πεπληρωμένων φόνων=when the palace was full of murderous deeds; Diog. L. 5, 42 τὸ πάσης ἀρετῆς πεπληρῶσθαι) Lk 2:40 v.l.; Ac 13:52 (Jos., Ant. 15, 421ἐπληρώθη χαρᾶς); Ro 15:14; 2 Ti 1:4; Dg 10:3; IRo inscr.; GOxy 40f.—W. dat. of the thing (Aeschyl., Sept.

464 al.; Parthenius 10, 4 ἄχει ἐπληρώθη; 2 Macc 7:21; 3 Macc 4:16; 5:30. Cf. BGU 1108, 12 [I BC]) Lk 2:40; Ro 1:29; 2 Cor 7:4; Hm 5, 2, 7; 11:9b.—W. acc. of the thing (the pap. use the act. and pass. w. the acc. of the thing in the sense ‘settle in full by [paying or delivering] someth,’: PLond. 243, 11; 251, 30; POxy. 1133, 8; 1134, 6; PFlor. 27, 3 al.; Bl-D. §159, 1; Rob. 510) πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης Phil 1:11. Cf. Col 1:9.—W. ἐν and dat. of the thing ἐν πνεύματι with the Spirit Eph 5:18. ἐν πίστει καί ἀγάπῃ ISm inscr. Cf. Col 4:12 t.r., in case ἐν κτλ. here belongs to πεπληρωμένοι (s. πληροφορέω 1b); however, mng. 3 is also poss. ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι Col 2:10 is prob. different, meaning not ‘with him’, but in him or through him.—Abs. Eph 3:19 (εἰς denotes the goal; s. πλήρωμα 3b). πεπλήρωμαι I am well supplied Phil 4:18 (cf. Diod. S. 14, 62, 5 πληροῦν τινα=supply someone fully).

2. of time, fill (up) . complete a period of time, reach its end (Pla., Leg. 9 p. 866A, Tim. 39D; Plut., Lucull. 35, 8; POxy. 275, 24 [66 AD] μέχρι τοῦ τὸν χρόνον πληρωθῆναι; 491, 6; PTebt. 374, 10; BGU 1047 III, 12 al. in pap.; Gen 25:24; 29:21; Lev 8:33; 12:4; 25:30; Num 6:5; Tob 10:1; 1 Macc 3:49 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 78; 6, 49) in our lit. only pass. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 17, 39; 41 πεπλήρωται τὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἔτη) πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός Mk 1:15; cf. J 7:8. χρόνος instead of καιρός Hs 6, 5, 2; cf. πληρωθέντος τοῦ χρόνου when the time has elapsed 1 Cl 25:2. πεπλήρωνται αἱ ἡμέραι the days are over, have come to an end Hv 2, 2, 5.—Ac 9:23. πεπλήρωται ὁ ὅρος τῶν ἐτῶν ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 6f. πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσερακοντα when forty years had passed Ac 7:30.—24:27; 1 Cl 25:5. ὡς ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος when he had become 40 years old Ac 7:23 (PFlor. 382, 6; 11 ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη ἐπλήρωσας).

3. bring someth. to completion, finish someth. already begun (X., Hell. 4, 8, 16; Herodian 1, 5, 8; Olympiodorus, Life of Plato p. 2 Westerm.: the hymn that was begun; Himerius, Or. 6[2], 14 πληρῶσαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν=fully gratify the desire, in that the Persians wished to incorporate into their great empire a small piece of the west, i.e., Greece) τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ bring (the preaching of) the gospel to completion by proclaiming it in the most remote 805

areas Ro 15:19; sim. πλ. τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Col 1:25. πληρώσατέ μου τ. χαράν Phil 2:2. Cf. 2 Th 1:11.—Pass. 2 Cor 10:6; Col 4:12 t.r. (s. 1b above). ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται Gal 5:14 because of its past tense is prob. to be translated the whole law has found its full expression in a single word (but perh. this passage belongs under 4b). οὐχ εὕρηκά σου ἔργα πεπληρωμένα Rv 3:2. Johannine usage speaks of joy that is made complete (the act. in Phil 2:2, s. above) J 3:29; 15:11; 16:24; 17:13; 1J 1:4; 2J 12.

4. fulfill, by deeds, a prophecy, an obligation, a promise, a law, a request, a purpose, a desire, a hope, a duty, a fate, a destiny, etc. (Pla., Gorg. 63 p. 507E ἐπιθυμίας; Herodian 2, 7, 6 ὑποσχέσεις; Epict. 2, 9, 3; 8 ἐπαγγελίαν; Plut., Cic. 17, 5 τὸ χρεών [=destiny]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 68 τ. ἐλπίδας; Spartan inscr. in Annual of the Brit. School of Athens 12, ’05/’06, p. 452 [I AD] τὰ εἰθισμένα; pap., LXX; Philo, Praem. 83 τὰς θείας παραινέσεις μὴ κενὰς ἀπολιπεῖν τῶν οἰκείων πράξεων, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι τοὺς λόγους ἔργοις ἐπαινετοῖς; Jos., Ant. 5, 145; 14, 486). α. of the fulfillment of divine predictions or promises. The word stands almost always in the passive be fulfilled (Polyaenus 1, 18 τοῦ λογίου πεπληρωμένου; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31, II 2 p. 202, 21 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης δρᾶμα; 3 Km 2:27; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4) and refers mostly to the Scripture and its words: τοῦτο γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (cf. 2 Ch 36:21) Mt 1:22; cf. 2:15, 17, 23; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17; 13:35; 21:4; 26:54, 56; 27:9 (PNepper-Christensen, D. Mt-evangelium, ’58, 136-62); Mk 14:49; 15:28 v.l.; Lk 1:20; 4:21; 21:22 t.r.; 24:44; J 12:38; 13:18; 15:25; 17:12; 19:24, 36; Ac 1:16 (cf. Test. Napht. 7:1 δεῖ ταῦτα πληρωθῆναι); Js 2:23. A vision MPol 12:3.—The OT type finds its fulfilment in the antitype Lk 22:16 (cf. MBlack, ET 57, ’45/’46, 25f, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 229-36). At times one of Jesus’ predictions is fulfilled: J 18:9, 32.

The act. bring to fulfilment, partly of God, who brings his prophecies to fulfilment Ac 3:18; MPol 14:2, partly of men who, by what they do, help to bring the divine prophecies to realization (Vi. Thu. I 8 οὗτος ἐπλήρωσε τὰ μεμαντευμένα) Ac 13:27. Jesus himself fulfills his destiny by dying, as God’s messengers Moses and Elijah foretell Lk 9:31.—GP 5:17. b. a prayer (Charito 8, 1, 9 πεπληρώκασιν οἱ θεοὶ τὰς εὐχάς; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 16 the god πεπλήρωκε τ. εὐχήν [=prayer]; Inscr. Brit. Mus. 894) πληρῶσαί μου τὴν αἴτησιν answer my prayer ITr 13:3 (cf. Ps 19:5). A command(ment) (Herodian 3, 11, 4 τὰς ἐντολάς; POxy. 1252A, 9 πλήρωσον τὸ κεκελευσμένον; 1 Macc 2:55; Sib. Or. 3, 246) πεπλήρωκεν ἐντολὴν δικαιοσύνης Pol 3:3. νόμον (Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. p. 12, 9; cf. Hdt. 1, 199 ἐκπλῆσαι τὸν νόμον) Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (but s. 3 above and cf. Aeschyl., Ag. 313). τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου Ro 8:4. πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνη (cf. 4 Macc 12:14 πλ. τὴν εὐσέβειαν) Mt 3:15 (cf. AFridrichsen: Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I ’28, 167-77; OEissfeldt, ZNW 61, ’70, 209-15 and s. βαπτίζω 2a, end); pass. ISm 1:1 (cf. δικαιοσύνη 2a). Also ἐστὶ πρέπον πληρωθῆναι πάντα it is fitting that all things should be fulfilled GEb 3 (cf. APF 3, ’06, 370 II, 7 [II AD] ἕως ἅπαντα τὰ κατʼ ἐμὲ πεπληρῶσθαι).—A duty or office βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν. . . ,ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς pay attention to your duty. . . and perform it Col 4:17 (cf. CIG 2336 πλ. πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν κ. λειτουργίαν; PFlor. 382, 40 πληρῶσαι τὴν λειτουργίαν).—LRobert, Nouvelles Inscr. de Sardes, 1, ’64, 39, n. 5.—Abs., in the broadest sense and in contrast to καταλύειν (s. καταλύω 1c): οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17; depending on how one prefers to interpret the context, πληρόω is understood here either as fulfill=do, carry out, or as bring to full expression=show it forth in its true mng., or as fill up=complete (s. AKlöpper, ZWTh 39, 1896, 1ff; AHarnack, Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II ’11, 225ff, SAB ’12, 184ff; JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu ’19, 155ff; Dalman, Jesus 56-66 confirm; WHPHatch, ATR 18, ’36, 129-40; HLjungman, D. Gesetz Erfüllen, ’54; WGKümmel, Verheissung u. Erfüllung3, ’56; JO’ Rourke, The Fulfilment Texts in Mt, CBQ 24, ’62, 394-403).

5. complete, finish, bring to an end (1 Macc 4:19) πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Lk 7:1. τὴν διακονίαν Ac 12:25. τὸν δρόμον 13:25; cf. the abs. ἕως πληρώσωσιν until they should complete (their course) Rv 6:11 v.l. (s. 6 below). τὸ ἔργον Ac 14:26. τὴν εὐχήν MPol 15:1. τὰ κυνηγέσια 12:2 (another possibility here is the quite rare [Hdt. 2, 7 al.] intrans. sense be complete, be at an end). Pass. be accomplished, be finished, at an end (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 24, 9 as a saying of Philip as he lay dying: ἐμοῦ τὸ πεπρωμένον πεπλήρωται=my destiny has been fulfilled) ὡς ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα Ac 19:21. ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν Lk 21:24. αἱ ἀποκαλύψεις αὗται τέλος ἔχουσιν, πεπληρωμέναι γάρ εἰσιν these revelations have attained their purpose, for they are completed Hv 3, 3, 2.

6. complete a number, pass. have the number made complete (since Hdt. 7, 29) ἕως πληρωθῶσιν οἱ σύνδουλοι Rv 6:11 (s. 5 above).—CFDMoule, Fulfilment Words in the NT, NTS 14, ’68, 293-320. M-M.* πλήρωμα, ατος, τό (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo).

1. that which fills—a. that which fills (up), content (s) (Eur., Ion 1051 κρατήρων πληρώματα; Hippocr., Aër.

7 τὸ πλ. τῆς γαστρός. Esp. oft. of the crew or cargo of ships since Thu. 7, 12, 3; 14, 1) ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλ. αὐτῆς the earth and everything that is in it 1 Cor 10:26; 1 Cl 54:3 (both Ps 23:1). ἦραν κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα they gathered (enough) pieces to fill twelve baskets, twelve basketfuls of pieces Mk 6:43; cf. 8:20 (s.

Eccl 4:6; cf. EFFBishop, ET 60, ’48, 192f). b. that which makes someth. full or complete, supplement, complement (Appian, Mithr. 47 §185 τὰ τῶν γυναικῶν πάντα ἐς τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν δισχιλίων ταλάντων συνέφερον) lit. of the patch on a garment Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21 (FCSynge, ET 56, ’44/’45, 26f).—Fig., perh., of the church which, as the body, is τὸ πλ., the complement of Christ, who is the head Eph 1:23 (so Chrysostom. The word could be understood in a similar sense Pla., Rep. 2 p. 371E πλ. πόλεώς εἰσι καὶ μισθωτοί). Much more probably the Eph passage belongs under 2. that which is full of someth. (Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 37; 38 and Polyaenus 3, 9, 55 the manned and loaded ship itself [s. 1a above]; Philo, Praem. 65 γενομένη πλ. ἀρετῶν ἡ ψυχὴ. . . οὐδὲν ἐν ἑαυτῇ καταλιποῦσα κενόν; Herm.

Wr. 12, 15 God is called πλήρωμα τῆς ζωῆς; 6, 4 ὁ κόσμος πλήρωμά ἐστι τῆς κακίας, ὁ δὲ θεὸς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ; 16, 3 τ. πάντων τὸ πλ. ἔν ἐστι.—Rtzst., Poim. 25, 1) (that) which is full of him who etc. (so as early as Severian of Gabala [KStaab, Pls-Kommentare ’33, 307] and Theodoret, who consider that it is God who fills the church.—Cf. 806

CLMitton, ET 59, ’47/’48, 325; 60, ’48/’49, 320f; CFDMoule, ibid. 53 and Col and Phil ’57, 164-9).

3. that which is brought to fulness or completion—a. full number (Hdt. 8, 43; 45 of ships; Aristot., Pol. 2, 7, 22 of citizens) τὸ πλ. τῶν ἐθνῶν Ro 11:25 (cf. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 262 D.: πλήρωμα ἔθνους). For 11:12, which is also classed here by many, s. 4 below. b. sum total, fulness, even (super) abundance (Diod. S. 2, 12, 2 καθάπερ ἔκ τινος πηγῆς μεγάλης ἀκέραιον διαμένει τὸ πλήρωμα=as if from a great source the abundance [of bitumen] remains undiminished) τινός of someth. πλ. εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ the fullness of Christ’s blessing Ro 15:29. πᾶν τὸ πλ. τῆς θεότητος the full measure of deity (s. θεότης) Col 2:9; without the gen., but in the same sense 1:19.—W. gen. to denote the one who possesses the fulness: θεοῦ πατρὸς πλ. IEph inscr. (s. Hdb. ad loc.). εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλ. τοῦ θεοῦ that you may be filled with all the fulness of God Eph 3:19 (s. πληρόω 1b). Of Christ: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ J 1:16 (s. Bultmann 51, 7).—Abs. ἀσπάζομαι ἐν τῷ πληρώματι I greet in the fulness of the Christian spirit ITr inscr.—On εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Eph 4:13 s. μέτρον 2b.

4. fulfilling, fulfilment (=πλήρωσις, as Eur., Tro. 824; Philo, Abr. 268 π. ἐλπίδων) τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν their (the Jews’) fulfilling (the divine demand) Ro 11:12 (opp. παράπτωμα and ἥττημα). But this pass. is considered by many to belong under 3 above. πλ. νόμου ἡ ἀγάπη 13:10.

5. the state of being full, fulness of time (πληρόω 2) τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου Gal 4:4 (cf. American Studies in Papyri VI, 587, 34 [24/25 AD], ’70 τοῦ δὲ χρόνου πληροθέντος). τὁ πλ. τῶν καιρῶν Eph 1:10.—Lghtf., Col and Phlm 255-71; ARobinson, Eph ’04, 255ff; HMaVallisoleto, Christi ‘Pleroma’ iuxta Pli conceptionem: Verbum Domini 14, ’34, 49-55; FRMontgomery-Hitchcock, The Pleroma of Christ: Church Quart. Rev. 125, ’37, 1-18; JGewiess: MMeinertz-Festschr. ’51, 128-41; PBenoit, RB 63, ’56, 5-44 (prison epp.); AFeuillet, Nouvelle Revue Theol.

(Tournai) 88, ’56, 449-72; 593-610 (Eph 1:23); GMünderlein NTS 8, ’62, 264-76 (Col 1:19); HSchlier, D. Brief an die Epheser4, ’63, 96-9. M-M.* πλήσας, πλησθείς s. πίμπλημι. πλησίον (in form, the neut. of πλησίος, α, ον, an adj. that goes back to Hom.) adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. as adv. near, close by—a. abs. (Diod. S. 11, 4, 1 πλησίον εἶναι; Dionys. Byz. §102; Dit., Syll.3 344, 83; 888, 127; Wilcken, Chrest. 11, 6; 2 Macc 6:11) πλ. ἑκάτερον πεφύτευται they were planted close to each other Dg 12:4. b. subst. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor, the one who is near or close by, the fellow man (Theognis et al.; X., Mem. 3, 14, 4; Pla., Theaet. 174B ὁ πλησίον καὶ ὁ γείτων; Polyb. 12, 25, 5); Plut., Mor. 40c; 57D; Ael. Aristid. 23, 28 K.=42 p. 777 D. al.; Epict. 4, 13, 2; 9; M. Ant. 4:18 al.; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 16 ἐὰν κτάνῃς τὸν πλησίον, θανατωθήσῃ παρὰ τ. δίκης; LXX; En. 99, 15; Philo, Virt. 116; Jos., Bell. 7, 260)with and without gen., of a fellow-countryman Ac 7:27 (cf. Ex 2:13). Of fellow-Christians Ro 15:2; Eph 4:25 (Zech 8:16); Js 4:12; 1 Cl 38:1; Dg 10:6; IMg 6:2; ITr 8:2; Pol 3:3. In the teaching about the Two Ways: B 19:3, 5f, 8; D 1:2 (cf. Lev 19:18); 2:2 (cf. Ex 20:17), vs. 6. Quite freq. as a quot. from or in close connection with the OT: B 2:8 (Zech 8:17). Esp. oft. the passage involved is Lev 19:18 (Philosophenspr. p. 489, 27 M. warns against λυπεῖν τὸν πλησίον) Mt 5:43 (here the NT introduces the contrast ὁ πλησίον—ὁ ἐχθρός); 19:19; 22:39; Mk 12:31, 33; Lk 10:27; Ro 13:9; cf. vs. 10; Gal 5:14; Js 2:8. Without the art., as pred. (cf. Bl-D. §266; Rob. 547 and SSol 5:16) καὶ τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον; and who is my neighbor? Lk 10:29; cf. vs. 36.—Pl. ὁ πλησίον (Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. p. 162, 19 Br.) of fellow Christians 1 Cl 2:6; 51:2; Dg 10:5.—Billerb. I 353-68, Nathanael 34, ’18, 12ff; JChrGspann, Die Nächstenliebe im NT: Der Katholik 87, ’07, 376-91; MRade, Der Nächste: Jülicher-Festschr. ’27, 70-9; RBultmann, Aimer son prochain: RHPhr 10, ’30, 222-41; EFuchs, ThBl 11, ’32, 129-40; HWeinel, D. Nächstenliebe: Arch. f. d. gesamte Psychol. 86, ’33, 247-60; ATNikolainen, D. Nächste als rel. Frage im NT ’37 (cf. Theol. Fennica 1, ’39, 13-22); HPreisker, D. Ethos des Urchristentums ’49, 68-81; JBowman, ET 59, ’47/’48, 151-3; 248f.—HGreeven, TW VI, ’56, 309-16.

2. as an improper prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; Dionys. Hal. 9, 35, 2; 4; Plut., Mor. 148E πλ. τοῦ ἀνδρός; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 181; Jos., Ant. 5, 225; 13, 333 al.) near, close to someth. πλ. τοῦ χωρίου (Menand., Epitr. 25 πλ. τῶν χωρίων) J 4:5. πλ. τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου AP 11:26. πλ. ἐκείνων 13:28.—ANissen, Gott u. der Nächste im Antiken Judentum, ’74. M-M. B. 867.* πλησμονή, ῆς, ἡ (Eur., Pla., X.+; Plut., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 34)satiety esp. w. food and drink, but also w. other types of enjoyment, satisfaction, gratification (cf. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 15 πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν πλησμονήν). In our lit. the word is found only Col 2:23 in a difficult saying (Theodore of Mops. I 296 Swete) πρὸς πλησμονὴν τ. σαρκός, The Gk. exegetes understood this to mean for the gratification of physical needs. But σάρξ, acc. to vs. 18, is surely to be taken in a bad sense, and the transl. should be for the indulgence of the flesh.—BGHall, ET 36, ’25, 285; PLHedley, ZNW 27, ’28, 211-16; GBornkamm, ThLZ 73, ’48, 18. M-M.* πλήσσω impf. ἔπλησσον; 2 aor. pass. ἐπλήγην (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 662;6, 138, Ant. 8, 389; Sib. Or. 5, 530) strike.

1. lit., of flames of fire (Lucian, Jupp. Conf. 15 of lightning) τινὰ κατὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν (κατά I 1b) AP 11:26.

2. fig., of ‘blows’ that come to persons or things (Ex 9:31f; Ps 101:5; Test. Reub. 1:7 ἔπληξέ με πληγῇ μεγάλῃ); pass. (Diod. S. 17, 117, 2 ὑπό τινος πληγῆς πεπληγμένος; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 206 D.: ἐκ θεοῦ πληγείς; Ep. Arist.

313 ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ) of heavenly bodies, which lose one third of their light as the result of a blow Rv 8:12. M-M.* 807

πλοιάριον, ου, τὁ (Aristoph., X.+; Diod. S. 14, 30; Zen.-P. 39 [=Sb 6745], 3 [253/2 BC]; BGU 812, 5; PGenève 14, 8; Ostraka II 1051, 4) dim. of πλοῖον, small ship, boat, skiff Mk 3:9 (πλοῖον is used for the same kind of vessel 4:1; hence it is prob. no longer thought of as a dim.; this is plainly the case in Ael. Aristid. 50, 35 K.=26 p. 512 D., where there are nothing but πλοιάρια in the harbor); 4:36 t.r.; Lk 5:2 (πλοῖα P75 et al.); J 6:22, 23 (v.l. πλοῖα), 24. οἱ μαθηταί τῷ πλοιαρίῳ (comitative-instrum. dat.; cf. Kühner-G. I 430ff. Loc., perh. instrum.: Rob. 520f; 533) 21:8.

M-M.* πλοι̂ον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; esp. freq. in later times, when ναῦς [in our lit. only Ac 27:41; on the differentiation s. Didymus p. 321 MSchmidt] became rare; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 101, 4; Ep. Arist. 214; Joseph.; Test. Napht. 6:2f) ship of any kind, though esp. a merchant ship.

1. of rather large sea-faring ships Ac 20:13, 38; 21:2f, 6; 27:2-44 (on vs. 44 s. FZorell, BZ9, ’11, 159f); 28:11; Js 3:4; Rv 8:9; 18:19.

2. boat of the small fishing vessels on Lake Gennesaret (Jos., Vi. 163; 165) Mt 4:21f; Mk 1:19f; Lk 5:2 (v.l.) f, 7; J 6:19, 21a, b, 23 (P75 B al.); ἐμβαίνειν εἰς πλ. get into a boat Mt 9:1; 13:2; Mk 4:1; Lk 8:22, 37. ἐμβαίνειν εἰς τὸ πλ. Mt 14:22 (v.l. without τό); 15:39; Mk 5:18; 8:10; J 21:3; ἀναβαίνειν εἰς τὸ πλ. Mt 14:32; Mk 6:51. συνεισέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸ πλ. J 6:22. ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ πλ. get out of the boat Mk 6:54. κατάγειν τὰ πλ. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (s. κατάγω) Lk 5:11.

3. quite gener. ὀθόνη πλοίου the sail of a ship MPol 15:2.—EHilgert, The Ship and Related Symbols in the NT, ’60. M-M. B. 727; 729. πλόκαμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+) braid or lock of hair predom. of women (so in pl. since Il. 14, 176; also 3 Macc 1:4) AP 9:24.* πλοκή, ῆς, ἡ (Eur., Pla.+; pap.; Ex 28:14; Ep. Arist.) braiding, braid ὁ ἐκ πλοκῆς τριχῶν κόσμος 1 Pt 3:3 v.l.* πλόος (Hom.+) or contracted πλοῦς (Att.; inscr., pap., Wsd 14:1; Philo, Joseph.), ὁ orig. belonging to the second declension. In Hellenistic times it passed over to the third decl. and is declined like βοῦς (cf. Bl-D. §52; W-S. §8, 11, end; Mlt.-H. 127; 142. Our lit.—i.e., Ac—has the gen. πλοός (Peripl. Eryth. c. 61; Xenophon Eph. 1, 14; 5, 12; Dit., Or. 572, 21 [c. 200 AD]) and the acc. πλοῦν (Jos., Bell. 2, 40, Ant. 8, 181); voyage, navigation (so Hom.+) Ac 27:9f. τὸν πλ. διανύειν (s. διανύω 1) 21:7. M-M.* πλούσιος, ία, ιον (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 295)rich, wealthy.

1. lit., of earthly possessions ἄνθρωπος πλ. a rich man (i.e. one who does not need to work for a living) Mt 27:57; Lk 12:16; cf. 16:1, 19 (here, in P75, the rich man’s name is given as νευης, q.v. as a separate entry); 18:23; 19:2. γείτονες πλ. wealthy neighbors 14:12.—Subst. ὁ πλ. the rich man (oft. in contrast to the poor.—Cf. PHFurfey, CBQ 5, ’43, 241-63) Lk 16:21f; Js 1:10f; 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22); 38:2; Hs 2:5-7 (vs. 4 εἰς πτωχὸν καὶ πλούσιον the art. is omitted after the prep.). Pl. οἱ πλ. (Menand., fgm. 281, 1) Lk 6:24; 21:1; 1 Ti 6:17; Js 2:6; 5:1; Rv 6:15; 13:16; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9); Hs 2:8; 9, 20, 1f. Without the art. πλούσιος a rich man Mt 19:23f; Mk 10:25; Lk 18:25 (cf.

Sextus 193 χαλεπόν ἐστιν πλουτοῦντα σωθῆναι). Pl. Mk 12:41; B 20:2; D 5:2.—For lit. s. under πλοῦτος 1.

2. fig. (Menand., fgm. 1094 and Ep. Arist. 15 πλουσία ψυχή) rich ἔν τινι in someth. of God ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; of men ἐν πίστει Js 2:5. πλ. τῷ πνεύματι (analogous, but not in contrast to πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3) rich in the Spirit B 19:2. Abs., of those who are rich in a relig. sense Rv 2:9; 3:17. Of the preëxistent Christ διʼ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν πλούσιος ὤν for your sake he became poor, though he was rich 2 Cor 8:9. ἀπὸ τοῦ πλουσίου τῆς ἀγάπης κυρίου from the Lord, who is rich in love B 1:3 (on the text which, perhaps, is damaged, s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). The text is also uncertain in vs. 2, where μεγάλων ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς is prob. to be rendered: since the righteous deeds of God toward you are great and generous. M-M.* πλουσίως adv. (since Eur.; Hdt. 2, 44; Dit., Or. 767, 18; Philo) richly, abundantly ἐκχέειν Tit 3:6. ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. ἐπιχορηγεῖν 2 Pt 1:11. μανθάνειν B 9:7. παρέχειν 1 Ti 6:17. Comp. πλουσιώτερον (X., Oec. 9, 13) more richly, more abundantly (w. ὑψηλότερον) B 1:7. M-M.* πλουτέω 1 aor. ἐπλούτησα; pf. πεπλούτηκα (Hes., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1268, 30; PGiess. 13, 19; LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) be rich; aor. become rich; pf. have become rich.

1. lit., abs. (Artem. 4, 59; En. 97, 8 πλούτῳ πεπλουτήκαμεν; Philo, Virt. 166; Jos., Ant. 4:14) Lk 1:53; 1 Ti 6:9; 2 Cl 20:1; Dg 10:5; Hv 3, 6, 7; AP 15:30. οἱ πλουτοῦντες ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι those who have riches in this age Hv 3, 6, 6.—Aor. Hs 8, 9, 1. The source fr. which the wealth comes is indicated by ἀπό τινος (Aristoph., Plut. 569; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 16, 1; Sir 11:18) οἱ ἔμποροι οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15. Also ἔκ τινος (Lysias 32, 25) vss. 3, 19.

2. fig. be rich ἔν τινι in someth. (Synes., Ep. 130 p. 265B; Ode of Solomon 11, 9) ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς 1 Ti 6:18. ἐν ἐντεύξει Hs 2:7. εἰς θεὸν πλ. be rich in God or toward God, in any case, in the things that are worthy in the sight of God Lk 12:21. The εἰς-constr. in Ro 10:12 is different: κύριος πλουτῶν εὒς πάντας the Lord, who is rich (and generous) toward all, i.e., who gives of his wealth generously to all (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 4, 8 p. 129, 16 εὒς τὸ κοινόν).—Abs., of being rich in a relig. sense 1 Cor 4:8; 2 Cor 8:9 (τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ is dat. of instrument or of cause); Rv 3:18. Pf. πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα vs. 17 (cf. also Hos 12:9). M-M.* 808

πλουτίζω 1 aor. ἐπλούτισα, pass. ἐπλουτίσθην (Aeschyl., X.+; inscr., LXX; Anz 297) make rich.

1. lit. τινά someone (Gen 14:23; Sir 11:21; Jos., Ant. 17, 147)Hs 1:9. Abs. (w. πτωχίζω) of God 1 Cl 59:3 (cf. 1 Km 2:7). Pass. παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s riches from the Lord Hs 2:10.

2. fig., of spiritual riches τινά someone, of the apostle Paul, to whom alone the pl. prob. refers in ὡς πτωχοὶ πολλοὺς πλουτίζοντες as poor, though making many rich 2 Cor 6:10; cf. of the Christians πτωχεύουσι καὶ πλουτίζουσι πολλούς Dg 5:13. Pass. ὁ υἱός, διʼ οὗ πλουτίζεται ἡ ἐκκλησία 11:5. πλουτίζεσθαι ἔν τινι be made rich in someth. ἐν παντί in everything 1 Cor 1:5; it is resumed w. ἐν παντί λόγῳ and given content. The ἐν αὐτῷ in the same verse denotes that this rich possession is dependent upon a close relationship to Christ. ἐν παντὶ πλουτιζόμενοι εἰς πᾶσαν ἀπλότητα being made rich in every way for every (demonstration of) generosity i.e. so that you might demonstrate generosity in every way 2 Cor 9:11. M-M.* πλοῦτος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 97, 10; 100, 6; Ep. Arist. 321; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 186al.; Test.

Benj. 6:3); Paul, who also uses the masc., on eight occasions (2 Cor 8:2; Eph 1:7; 2:7; 3:8, 16; Phil 4:19; Col 1:27; 2:2) has in the nom. and acc. the neuter τὸ πλοῦτος (Act. Phil. 109 p. 42, 5 B.; Is 29:2 [acc. to SA; cf. Thackeray 159]); s.

Tdf., Proleg. 118; W-H., App. 158; Bl-D. §51, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 127; wealth, riches.

1. lit., of the possession of many earthly goods Mt 13:22; Mk 4:19; Lk 8:14; 1 Ti 6:17; Js 5:2; Rv 18:17; 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22); Hv 3, 6, 5b; 6b; m 10, 1, 4; s 1:8; 2:5, 7f; AP 15:30. Leading souls (astray) Hv 3, 6, 6a. πλ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου v 3, 6, 5a. πολυτέλεια πλούτου m 8:3; 12, 2, 1. γαυριᾶν ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ glory in wealth Hv 1, 1, 8. Also γαυροῦσθαι ἐν τῷ πλ. 3, 9, 6.—OSchilling, Reichtum u. Eigentum in der altkirchl. Lit. ’08 (p. ix-xii for lit.); ETroeltsch, D. Soziallehren der christl. Kirchen u. Gruppen ’12; MWeber, D. Wirtschaftsethik der Weltreligionen: Archiv f. Sozialwissensch. 44, ’18, 52ff; FHauck, Die Stellung des Urchristentums zu Arbeit u. Geld ’21; ELohmeyer, Soziale Fragen im Urchristentum ’21; HGreeven, D. Hauptproblem der Sozialethik in der neueren Stoa u. im Urchristentum ’35 (slavery, property, marriage); KBornhäuser, D. Christ u. s. Habe nach dem NT ’36; HvCampenhausen, D. Askese im Urchristentum ’49. Cf. πτωχός 1 a.

2. fig. a wealth or abundance of someth., w. gen. of the thing (Pla., Euthyphr. 12A π. τῆς σοφίας) τῆς ἁπλότητος 2 Cor 8:2. τῆς δόξης Ro 9:23; Eph 1:18; 3:16; Col 1:27. τῆς πληροφορίας 2:2. τῆς χάριτος Eph 1:7; 2:7. τῆς χρηστότητος Ro 2:4 (Simplicius In Epict. p. 12, 7 πλοῦτος τῆς αὐτοῦ [God] ἀγαθότητος). The gen. in Ro 11:12, πλ. κόσμου, πλ. ἐθνῶν are different: (an) abundance (of benefits) for the world, for the Gentiles. Of that which God or Christ possesses in boundless abundance: βάθος πλούτου vs. 33 (s. βάθος 2 and cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 442ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ βαθύς).—Phil 4:19.—Eph 3:8; Rv 5:12 (w. δύναμις, σοφία, ἰσχύς, τιμή, δόξα, εὐλογία. Cf. Crantor [IV/III BC]: Fgm. Phil. Gr. III 148 Mullach πλοῦτος κ. δόξα; Diod. S. 4, 74, 1 πλ. κ. δόξα).—μείζονα πλ. ἡγησάμενος τῶν, Αἰγύπτου θησαυρῶν τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ he considered the reproach suffered on behalf of the Christ to be greater wealth than the treasures of Egypt Hb 11:26.—For lit. s. on πένης. Also FHauck and WKasch, TW VI 316-30: πλοῦτος and related words. M-M. B. 772.* πλύνω impf. ἔπλυνον; fut. πλυνῶ; 1 aor. ἔπλυνα, imper. πλῦνον (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 483, 169 ἱμάτια; PStrassb. 91, 8; PSI 599, 7; PLond. 1695, 18; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 144; 147) wash.

1. lit. τὶ someth. τὰ δίκτυα wash the nets Lk 5:2. Washing of clothes as a symbol of cleansing fr. sins ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν Rv 7:14 (on πλύνειν τ. στολ., at times w. ἔν τινι, cf. Gen 49:11.—Appian, Samn. 7 §6 of a defiled garment ἐκπλυνεῖτε τοῦτο αἵματι πολλῷ=you will wash this out with a great deal of blood); cf. 22:14. This affords an easy transition to 2. fig. in the sense free from (Artem. 2, 4) i.e. from the impurity of sin; the original mng. of πλ., however, is still felt. πλῦνόν με ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας μου 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4) and in the continuation of the quot. πλυνεῖς με vs. 7 (Ps 50:9).

M-M. B. 579.* πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).

1. blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod. S. 5, 7, 3)—a. wind (Aeschyl.+; LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; Sib. Or. 8, 297) τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But cf. TMDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4). b. the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl.+; Pla., Tim. 79B; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος, Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cf. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

2. breath, (life-) spirit, soul, that which gives life to the body (Aeschyl.+; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib. 5, 54 [III BC]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; Sib. Or. 4, 46) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini c. 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:30. Of the return of the (life-) spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cf. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into thy hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cf. Epicharm. in HDiels, Fragm. der Vorsokrat.5 I ’34 no. 23 [=4 13], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα. . . εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cf. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of the beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, his πν.

809

lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cf. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the underworld (cf. En. 22:3-13; Sib. Or. 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead in hell (so Usteri, BWeiss, Kühl, HermvSoden, Windisch, Bigg, HHoltzmann [Ntl. Theologie2 II ’11, 358f], Vrede, Feine, JA McCulloch [The Harrowing of Hell, ’30] et al.), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returued to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: Con. Neot. 11, ’47, 1-14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten ’00; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers ’05; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers ’06; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, ’08, 285-97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt ’11; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: ThT 47, ’13, 145-62; JHBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. VIII 11, ’16, 241-74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, ’19, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, ’26, 75-88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X 2, ’19, 2359-449; Clemen2 89-96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SEJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48-51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 ’30, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; EGSelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι, ἐν ᾧ καὶ. . . 1 Pt 3:18f (P72 reads πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement); πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; cf. ἐν IV 6e. Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα—κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cf. 1 Ti 3:16.

3. the spirit as a part of the human personality—a. when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr inscr.; 12:1; IRo inscr.; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1.—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3-5; 7:34.—The inner life of man is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cf. Ps.Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370C τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34.S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630) Hb 4:12. Cf. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. ’08, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 ’09, 230ff; EDBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh ’18; AMFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: Rech de Sc rel 20, ’30, 385-415; ChMasson, RThPh 33, ’45, 97-102; FCGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161-6). b. as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of the inner life of man (cf.

PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 t.r., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 t.r.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Ac 19:21. προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cf. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul.

His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other men, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize the inner being of the believer gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cf. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cf. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cf. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cf. 1 Cor 2:11a.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (it has a secular counterpart in Pla., Ep. 7 p. 335A πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a Pharisaic pride in their own spiritual riches (cf. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWTh 37, 1894, 175-91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195-215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl.

Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, ’18, 157-92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, ’23, 11-16, Teol. Tidsskrift [Copenhagen] 4, ’24, 195-207, JBL 45, ’26, 298-304; WMMacgregor, ET 39, ’28, 293-7; VMacchioro, Journ. of Rel. 12, ’32, 40-9; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55-60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion ’22, 134ff). c. spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cf. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (cf. νοῦς 3a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

4. a spirit as an independent being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42). a. God himself: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (on God as a Spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/’49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός). b. good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cf. CIG III 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En. 15, 4; 6; 8; 10; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cf. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351-5 (LAE 423ff)=Dit., Syll.3 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap.: PWarr. 21, 24; 810

26 [III AD]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. The intermediary beings that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; cf. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1-24; 113-40.—Ghost Lk 24:37, 39. c. evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160), esp. in the accounts of healings in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (Test. Benj. 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 3.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En. 99, 7; Test. Sim. 4:9; 6:6, Judah 16:1) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cf. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cf. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) 4:3. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (on the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cf. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. demon Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to demonic powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT ’03, 72f; WBousset, most recently ZNW 19, ’20, 50-66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse ’19, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54-6, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cf. Test. Dan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2-4; 5, 2, 5-8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον—ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. m 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία m 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία m 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη m 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas cf. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after Hm 5, 2, 7.

5. the spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in his life. This spirit also serves to distinguish the Christians fr. all unbelievers (cf. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit enters a man and, in accordance w.

God’s will, separates him fr. himself, i.e. fr. the purely human part of his nature). a. the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; Sib. Or. 3, 701; Test. Sim. 4:4. Cf. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a; τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; 9:2. τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cf. IQS iv. 21); 1 Cor 2:10a t.r.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the border-line betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’ [Diod. S. 3, 60, 3, Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι]). Cf. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, ’19, 19ff; OCullmann, Theol.

Zeitschr. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2. b. the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. (τὸ) πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c; 1 Pt 1:11. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among men, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (cf. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CFDMoule, OCullmann-Festschr., ’72, 231-7. c. Because of his heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cf. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239). α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cf. Sus 45 Theod.) Mt 12:32=Mk 3:29 (=Lk 12:10 [τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα]. On the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ cf. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion ’22, 96-112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPhr 3, ’23, 367-72); Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 t.r.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5-7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas cf. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, ’13, 133-44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572-6).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 t.r. As the mother of Jesus GH 5 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion ’22, 64ff; Selma Hirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. ’27. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis ’07, 9ff). β. without the art. (cf. Bl-D. §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX. S. also Theod.

Da 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19-23] ’39.—Cf. also IQS iv, 20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2a, b; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12; 1 Cl 2:2.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cf. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Euseb., Pr. Ev. 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cf. Aristoxenus, fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2. ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cf. IQS 3, 7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 811

Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν P72 et al.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cf. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 (v.l.). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5. d. abs.—α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. Bl-D. §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cf. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cf. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cf. a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b, 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 2, end), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 2b); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6a, b (‫א‬A et al. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HermvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CHDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TWManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25-33), 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, 7=D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω 2). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (lead) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul equates this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est ’08; JBNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZkTh 40, ’16, 617-75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter-Festschr. ’22, 35-46; Ch Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II ’28, 7-22; E Fuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HMHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187-9; DRGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81-3; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]); JDDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309-20). β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 t.r. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly men, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἔν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17. e. The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of the thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (Test. Judah 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as Test. Jud. 20:1; cf. IQS 4, 23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of Life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17. πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. Test. Jud. 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cf. 1 Cl 46:6. f. Of Christ: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς, Cf. on the other hand Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc. g. The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cf. Eph 2:2; 1 Ti 4:1a, b. α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material: J 3:6; Ro 8:4-6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17a, b; 6:8. Cf. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3, β. in contrast to the σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to the σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cf. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556C=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cf. Ro 8:11b, γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of his will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6a, b, 8 (cf. vs. 7).—δ. in contrast to the wisdom of men 1 Cor 2:13.

6. The Divine Spirit reveals his presence in the persons whom he fills, in various ways (cf. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33). α. πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις Spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cf. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cf. vs. 10 (cf. Test. Reub. 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5. χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἄγ.

13:52. b. Unless he is frustrated by man in his natural condition, the Spirit produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία). c. The Spirit inspires the men of God B 12:2; 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856E of the μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 4 τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὃ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται. Cf. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας. . . διαλέγεσθαι). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cf. Ac 15:29 v.l.

Cf. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cf. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cf. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10a, b.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. d. The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of his life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cf. vs. 13a, b.—Vss. 8-10 enumerate the individual gifts of the 812

Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8 a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9a, b. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter cf. Rv 22:6 and 19:10. e. One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand, and do so under the influence of the Pneuma: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια 1 Cor 14:2. Cf. vss. 14-6 and s. νοῦς 1. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cf. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (cf. γίνομαι II 4a, ἐν I 5d and EMoering, StKr 92, ’20, 148-54). On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 cf.

KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111-21. f. The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, N.A. 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cf. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων).

7. Only rarely do we read in our lit. of persons who are possessed by a spirit that is not fr. God: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cf. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1-3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely God gives a spirit that is not his own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

8. The Spirit appears as an independent personality in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cf.

Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν. The whole context is influenced by Christianity): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2bβ; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, ’24, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cf. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 4. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, ’03, 1ff; 161 ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116-47 (also Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 92-100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum ’22; Clemen2 125-8; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist ’09; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I ’22; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit ’05, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung ’10, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFChTh XXV 4, ’20; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 ’27; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott ’29.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, ’19; EDBurton, ICC Gal. ’21, 486-95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT ’10; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, ’25, 210-25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden ’26; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb.

Legende: ARW 28, ’30, 286-303; NHSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229-37; FWDillistone, Bibl.

Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/’47, 486-97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341-6; ESchweizer, CHDodd-Festschr., ’56, 482-508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202-93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT ’08; HBSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT ’09, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church ’12; EFScott, The Spirit in the NT ’23; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT ’26; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, ’24, 228ff; FJBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218-21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151-62 (Eng. transl. KGrobel, ’51, I 153-64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Interpretation 6, ’52, 259-78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien ’18; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik ’22; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist ’24; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon ’28, 209-36; FCSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: ChQR 120, ’35, 205-17; CKBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls ’03; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls ’12; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. ’12, 209-59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls ’13; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls ’18; HRHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul ’28; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZkTh 53, ’29, 345-408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls ’30, 159-74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160-76 al. πνεῦμα bij Pls, Diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167-200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften ’26; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit ’02; JGSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th Ser. IV ’25, 292-9; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris-Festschr.) ’33, 303-18; WFLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/’41, 334-6; CKBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 new series, ’50, 1-15; FJCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, Diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GWH Lampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159-200; NQHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls: Flesh and Spirit, in The Scrolls and the NT, ed.

KStendahl, ’57, 157-82.—GJohnston, ‘spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit., in NT Sidelights (AC 813

Purdy-Festschr.) ’60, 27-42; JPryke, ‘spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, Revue de Qumran 5, ’65, 346-60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150-64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202-93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann-Festschr. ’72, 251-9.—HKleinknecht, ESchweizer et al., TW VI 330-453: πνεῦμα and related words. M-M. B. 260; 1087.** πνευματικός, ή, όν (Pre-Socr.+, mostly in the sense ‘pertaining to the wind or breath’; Strabo 1, 3, 5; Cleomedes [II AD] 1, 8 p. 84, 22 HZiegler 1891; Vett. Val. p. 1, 11; 231, 20; PGM 5, 25; Philo) predom. in Paul in our lit. (elsewh. only 1 Pt, 2 Cl, B, Ign., D) pertaining to the spirit, spiritual.

1. referring to the inner life of a human being (s. πνεῦμα 3.—Plut., Mor. 129C πν. stands in contrast to σωματικόν; Hierocles 27 p. 483 τὸ πνευματικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ὄχημα=the spiritual vehicle of the soul; cf. also Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 242); so perh. IPol 1:2 (cf. ἐπιμέλεια); 2:2; IMg 13:2; ISm 12:2; 13:2. But mng. 2 is not imposs.

2. In the great majority of cases it refers to the divine πνεῦμα (s. πνεῦμα 5); caused by or filled with the (divine) Spirit, pertaining or corresponding to the (divine) Spirit (Philo, Abr. 113; PGM 4, 1778; Zosimus [2aγ below, end]). a. adj.—α. of Jesus; in his preëxistence 2 Cl 14:2. σαρκικός τε καὶ πνευματικός of flesh and (at the same time) of spirit IEph 7:2. Of the δεύτερος ἄνθρωπος 1 Cor 15:47 P46. β. as a rule it is used of impersonal things: the law given by God Ro 7:14. χάρισμα πν. 1:11. τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν B 1:2 (s. δωρεά). εὐλογία πν. Eph 1:3 (s. εὐλογία 3bα). ᾠδαι πν. spiritual songs 5:19; Col 3:16. σύνεσις πν. understanding given by the Spirit 1:9. The Christians are to let themselves be built up into an οἶκος πν. 1 Pt 2:5a and they are to bring πν. θυσίαι vs. 5b (EGSelwyn, 1 Pt, ’46 p. 281-5). Using the same figure, B 16:10 characterizes the believer as πν. ναός. Ign. calls his bonds πν. μαργαρῖται IEph 11:2; the fellowship that binds him to the Ephesian bishop is συνήθεια οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνη ἀλλὰ πνευματική 5:1; the presbytery he calls ἀξιόπλοκος πνευματικὸς στέφανος a worthily woven spiritual wreath IMg 13:1.—Of the Lord’s Supper and its OT counterpart: πνευματικὸν βρῶμα 1 Cor 10:3 and πν. πόμα vs. 4a, the former in the manna granted fr. heaven (cf. βρῶμα 1), the latter in the water ἐκ πν. πέτρας vs. 4b (s. πέτρα 1a). πνευματικὴ τροφὴ καὶ (πνευματικὸν is supplied) ποτόν D 10:3.—That which belongs to the supernatural order of being is described as πν.: accordingly, the resurrection body is a σῶμα πν. (the expr.: Kleopatra p. 24 l. 24) 1 Cor 15:44a; cf. vs. 44b. Of the preëxistent church 2 Cl 14:1, 2, 3. γ. ὁ πνευματικὸς (w. ἄνθρωπος to be supplied) 1 Cor 2:15 stands in contrast to ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος of vs. 14.

The latter is a person who has nothing more than an ordinary human soul; the former possesses the divine πνεῦμα, not beside his natural human soul, but in place of it; this enables him to penetrate the divine mysteries. This treatment of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in contrast to each other is also found in Hellenistic mysticism (s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 70f; 325ff; 333ff; JWeiss, exc. on 1 Cor 15:44a. Cf. Zosimus in MBerthelot, Collection des anciens Alchimistes grecs 1887 II 230 οὐ δεῖ τὸν πνευματικὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν ἐπιγνόντα ἑαυτὸν κτλ.=Hermetica IV p. 105, 25 Sc.; also p. 107, 7.—HFMüller, Plotinos u. der Ap. Pls: Her. 54, ’19, 109f). b. subst.—α. neut. τὰ πνευματικά spiritual things or matters (in contrast to τὰ σαρκικά earthly things) Ro 15:27; 1 Cor 9:11; it is characteristic of the orthodox people, as τὰ σαρκ. is of the heretics IEph 8:2 (s. β below).—τὰ πν. spiritual gifts 1 Cor 12:1 (the gen. here may also be masc. those who possess spiritual gifts); 14:1. In πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 Cor 2:13 the dat. is either to be taken as a neut. (Lghtf., BWeiss, Bachmann, Ltzm., Rtzst. op. cit. 336, H-DWendland) or as a masc. (Schmiedel, Heinrici, JWeiss, Sickenberger); s. συγκρίνω and πνευματικῶς 2.—τὸ πνευματικόν (in contrast to τὸ ψυχικόν [s. 2aγ above]) 1 Cor 15:46. β. masc. (ὁ) πνευματικός possessing the Spirit, the one who possesses the Spirit (w. προφήτης) 1 Cor 14:37. (οἱ) πνευματικοί (the) spirit-filled people 3:1 (opp. σάρκινοι and νήπιοι ἐν Χριστῷ); Gal 6:1; B: 4, 11; IEph 8:2 (of the orthodox people in contrast to the σαρκικοί, the heretics; s. 2bα above). Perh. also 1 Cor 2:13 (s. 2bα above) and 12:1 (2bα).

3. pertaining to (evil) spirits (s. πνεῦμα 4c) subst. τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας the spirit-forces of evil Eph 6:12. M-M.* πνευματικῶς adv. (Hermogenes [II AD], Inv. 4, 1 in the sense ‘in one breath’-s. L-S-J) spiritually, in a spiritual manner, in a manner caused by or filled with the Spirit.

1. w. ref. to the inner life of a man (s. πνευματικός 1) μένετε ἐν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ σαρκικῶς καὶ πνευματικῶς remain in Jesus Christ both in body and in spirit, i.e. w. one’s whole personality (s. πνεῦμα 3a) IEph 10:3. On the other hand μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς ὡς σαρκικὸς καίπερ πνευματικῶς ἡνωμένος τῷ πατρί ISm 3:3 at least marks the transition to 2. w. ref. to the divine πνεῦμα (s. πνευματικός 2) πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται it must be examined in a manner consistent with the (divine) Spirit 1 Cor 2:14.—Vs. 13 (s. πνευματικός 2bα) has πνευματικῶς as a v.l. for πνευματικοῖς. It is said of Paul when he wrote 1 Cor that πνευματικῶς ἐπέστειλεν ὑμῖν full of the (divine) Spirit he wrote to you 1 Cl 47:3.—This is also the place for ἥτις (i.e. the city of Jerusalem) καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα Rv 11:8: if one follows the spiritual (the opp. is σαρκικῶς Justin, Dial. 14) understanding of scripture (cf. Is 1:9f), Jerusalem lies concealed beneath the name Sodom.* πνευματοφόρος, ον (on similar formations s. Hdb. Ergänzungsband 189-91 on Θεοφόρος) bearing the (divine) Spirit within oneself, subst. (Herm. Wr. 13, 19) a bearer of the Spirit of Christian prophets Hm 11:16 (adj. of OT prophets Hos 9:7; Zeph 3:4).* 814

πνέω 1 aor. ἔπνευσα (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. abs.—a. blow of the wind (Hom.+; Ptolem., Apotel.

1, 11, 4 οἱ πνέοντες ἄνεμοι; PHib. 27, 59; Sir 43:20; EpJer60; Jos., Ant. 7, 76; Sib. Or. 5, 375) Mt 7:25, 27; Lk 12:55; J 3:8 (Diod. S. 24, 1, 2 πνεύματος πνεύσαντος=when a wind blew); 6:18; Rv 7:1. τῷ ἀνέμῳ ἐπιδόντες τῷ πνέοντι Ac 27:15 v.l.—Subst. ἡ πνέουσα (sc. αὔρα; this word is added by Arrian, Peripl. 3, 2) the wind that was blowing (Lucian [ἐπιδίδωμι 2]) Ac 27:40. b. breathe out, give forth an odor ὠς λιβανωτοῦ πνέοντος MPol 15:2.

2. w. acc. (Hom.+; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 308 δυσωδίαν πνεοντες; 2 Macc 9:7; En. 29, 2) breathe something (out). The anointing of Jesus had for its purpose ἵνα πνέῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀφθαρσίαν that he might breathe immortality upon and therefore into the church IEph 17:1 (on πνέω τινί τι=‘instill someth. into someone’ cf.

Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 19). M-M. B. 260; 684.* πνίγω impf. ἔπνιγον; 1 aor. ἔπνιξα (trag., Hdt.+; Lind. Tempelchr. B, 111; PTebt. 278, 40; 1 Km 16:14f; Jos., Ant. 10, 121).

1. lit.—a. choke, strangle (since Sophron Com. [V BC] 68; Pla., Gorg. 522A; cf. Vett. Val. 127, 1; 1 Km 16:14) κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγεν he seized him and tried (conative impf.) to strangle him Mt 18:28 (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 22, 2 uses the synonym ἄγχω for the treatment of a debtor). b. Anger chokes out the Holy Spirit within the human personality: τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. . . πνίγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ πνεύματος Hm 5, 1, 3 (cf. 1 Km 16:14f). c. of weeds in relation to the good seed choke (X., Oec. 17, 14) Mt 13:7 v.l. ὁ ἀμπελὼν μὴ ἔχων βοτάνας πνιγούσας αὐτόν the vineyard without the weeds that were choking it Hs 5, 2, 4b; cf. ibid. a. d. pass. be choked, intr. choke (Themistocl., Ep. 12), drown (X., An. 5, 7, 25; Plut., Mor. 599B; Jos., Ant. 10, 121; 20, 248) Mk 5:13.

2. fig. (Lysippus Com. [V BC], fgm. 7, 9 [I p. 702 Kock] πνίγομαι ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς=I choke with disgust at them) πνίγεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πράξεων be choked by one’s work Hs 9, 20, 2. M-M.* πνικτός, ή, όν (in secular Gk. only w. another mng.: Pherecrates Com. [V BC] 175 and Alexis Com. 124, 2=‘steamed, stewed, baked’; Galen VI p. 707, 1 al. It is restored in an inscr. fr. the Asclepiaeum on Cos A 26f; 41 by RHerzog: ARW 10, ’07, 402; 408f.—Not in LXX nor in Hellenistic Jewish wr.) in Ac it plainly means strangled, choked to death (so also Ps.-Clem., Hom. 7, 8; 8, 19) of animals killed without having the blood drained fr. them, whose flesh the Jews were forbidden to eat (Lev 17:13f. In this connection Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 122 opposes those who are ἄγχοντες and ἀποπνίγοντες animals.—Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 26 p. 480 M. the Pythagorean dietary laws forbid τῶν ἀθύτων σαρκῶν μετάληψις=of meat fr. animals that have not been properly slaughtered) Ac 15:20, 29; 21:25 (D omits it in all three places).—On the questions raised by this word cf. Harnack, SAB 1899, 150ff (=Studien I 1f) and w. another result in: Die Apostelgeschichte ’08, 189ff and Neue Untersuchungen zur AG ’11, 22ff; GResch, D. Aposteldekret: TU n.s. XIII, ’05; ASeeberg, Die beiden Wege u. d. Aposteldekret ’06; HvanOort, ThT 40, ’06, 97ff; HCoppieters, RB 4, ’07, 31ff; 218ff; WSanday, The Apostolic Decree, Acts 15:20-9: Theol. Studien, ThZahn dargebr. ’08, 317-38, The Text of the Apost. Decr.: Exp. 8th Ser. VI ’13, 289-305; HDiehl, ZNW 10, ’09, 277-96; KLake, ChQR 71, ’11, 345ff, Jew. Stud. in Mem. of IAbrahams ’27, 244ff, Beginn. I 5, ’33, note 16, esp. p. 206ff; KSix, Das Aposteldekret ’12; FDibelius, StKr 87, ’14, 618ff; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 213ff; LBrun, Apostelkonzil u.

Aposteldekret: Norsk Teol. Tidsskrift 21, ’20, 1-52; JHRopes, The Text of Acts (=Beginn. I 3) ’26, 265ff; HLietzmann, Amicitiae Corolla ’33, 203-11; HWaitz, D. Problem des sog. Aposteldekrets: ZKG 55, ’36, 227-63; MDibelius, D. Apostelkonzil: ThLZ 72, ’47, 193-8; OCullmann, Petrus ’52, 47ff; WGKümmel, KKundsin-Festschr. ’53, 83ff; EHaenchen, Ac ’56, 395-419. M-M.* πνοή, ῆς, ἡ—1. wind (Hom.+; Job 37:10; Sib. Or. 5, 375 [πνοιή]) πν. βιαία a strong wind Ac 2:2.

2. breath (trag.+; LXX) with ζωή (cf. Gen 2:7; 7:22; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 123 πνοὴ ζωῆς and Pr 24:12 ὁ πλάσας πνοὴν πᾶσιν) Ac 17:25 (cf. TCMitchell, The OT Usage of NeSama, Vetus T 11, ’61, 177-87). Abstr. for concr. πᾶσα πν. everything that breathes (Ps 150:6) Pol 2:1. It passes over to the mng. πνεῦμα (PGM 12, 331; 333) of God’s πνοή 1 Cl 21:9 (Knopf, Hdb. ad loc.); 57:3 (Pr 1:23). M-M. B. 260.* ποδαπός s. ποταπός. ποδήρης, ες reaching to the feet (Aeschyl.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 96; Philo, Fuga 185) subst. ὁ ποδ. (sc. χιτών; used w. χιτών X., Cyr. 6, 4, 2; Paus. 5, 19, 6; Ex 29:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 153.Without χιτ. Appian, Liby. 66, §296; Ex 25:7; 28:4; Ezk 9:3; Ep. Arist. 96; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 56; Jos., Bell. 5, 231;Test. Levi 8:2) a robe reaching to the feet Rv 1:13; B 7:9. M-M.* ποδονιπτήρ, ῆρος, ὁ (Stesichorus in Athen. 10 p. 451D; Plut., Mor. 151E; Phryn. p. 689 L.) basin for washing the feet J 13:5 P66 (ed. VMartin, Geneva ’56). More commonly found in the spelling ποδανιπτήρ (Hdt. 2, 172; Aristot., Pol. 1, 12 al.; Dialekt-Inschr. 3340, 33 [Argolis]; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 33 [III BC]).* πόθεν interrog. adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) from where, from which, whence? in direct and indir. questions.

1. locally from what place? from where? (Hom.+; Gen 16:8; 29:4; Tob 7:3; Jos., Ant. 9, 211; 11, 210) Mt 15:33; Mk 8:4 (QQuesnell, The Mind of Mark ’69, 164-8); Lk 13:25, 27; J 3:8 and sim. IPhld 7:1 (cf. EvdGoltz, Ign. v. Ant. 1894, 134-6); J 4:11; 8:14a, b (πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγω. Cf. GPWetter, Eine gnost. Formel im vierten 815

Ev.: ZNW 18, ’18, 49-63); 9:29f; 19:9; Rv 7:13.—As a symbol μνημόνευε πόθεν πέπτωκες remember from what (state) you have fallen Rv 2:5. γινώσκομεν πόθεν ἐλυτρώθημεν we realize from what (state) we have been redeemed B 14:7.

2. of origin from what source? brought about or given by whom? born of whom? (Hom.+; Jos., Vi. 334) Mt 13:27, 54, 56; 21:25; Mk 6:2; Lk 20:7; J 2:9; Js 4:1a, b; 2 Cl 1:2; 4:5; B 10:12; IEph 19:2. πόθεν ἐστίν J 7:27a, b could be interpreted in accordance w. 6:42, and then would mean of what kind of parents he was born. But a more general sense is also poss.

3. of cause or reason how, why, in what way? (Aeschyl. +) Mk 12:37. In a question expressing surprise (Att.; Jer 15:18) Lk 1:43 (πόθεν ἐμοί Plut., Mor. 526F); J 1:48; 6:5 (Field, Notes 91 ‘with what’). M-M.* ποθέω 1 aor. ἐπόθησα (Hom.+; LXX) desire, wish (for) , be anxious, strive after τὶ someth. (Philo, De Jos. 90 ἀλήθειαν; Jos., Ant. 2, 65; Test. Iss. 2:5; Sib. Or. 5, 420) Dg 10:1; D 4:3 Lake. Foll. by the aor. inf. (Philo, Fuga 8 μαθεῖν; Jos., Vi. 204) B 16:10; Dg 3:1. τὰ παρὰ θεῷ ποθούμενα what is desirable in the sight of God 12:8.* ποθητός, ή, όν (Aelian, N.A. 7, 3; Alciphr. 3, 39, 2; IG VII 3434; Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 p. 386 l. 3 τέκνα π.) longed-for, (dearly) beloved IRo 10:1; ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3.* πόθος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 242; 15, 18) longing, wish, desire ἀκόρεστος π. εἰς ἀγαθοποιίαν an insatiable longing to do good 1 Cl 2:2 (π. εἰς like Aq. Ps 9:24; Sib. Or. 2, 112).* ποι̂ interrog. adv. (Theognis+; Celsus 6, 11; Jos., Ant. 1, 197; 16, 373) where? whither? 1 Cl 28:4.* ποία, ας, ἡ (Doric form, quotable since Pind., also Dit., Syll.3 1169, 121 [III BC]; Mal 3:2 v.l.; Jer 2:22 v.l. for Att. πόα, Ion. and epic ποίη. Cf. Lob., Phryn. p. 496) grass, herb, weed; this mng. was formerly assumed at times for Js 4:14 (Exp. 7th Ser. X, 566); it is better taken as the fem. of ποῖος. M-M.* ποιέω impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as Inschr. v. Magn.

93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. Bl-D. §66, 1; Mlt.-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; Bl-D. §315) pf. ptc. πεποιημένος Hb 12:27; 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

I. active—1. do, make—a. of external things make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.). α. of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσερα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18 [Neh 8]: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79)Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cf. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cf. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., Hist. Pl. 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21. β. of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων πων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1, In LXX oft. for ‫אָר‬ 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 12; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; Sib. Or. 3, 28 and fgm. 3, 3; 16) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cf. Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cf. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PK 2 p. 13, 26 (s. Ael. Aristid. β above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν Hb 3:2 (cf. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 BC] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς he created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l. b. of actions that one undertakes, of events or states of being that one brings about do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare etc. α. ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sing.: τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cf. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).-ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to miraculous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (miraculous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cf. b, c. This illustrates the transition to β. do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11; sing. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cf. Sir 31:9). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11. γ. of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cf. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. Bl-D. §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17.—W. the dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the brethren Ac 15:3. δ. used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. II 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as 816

Inschr. v. Priene 8, 63 [c. 328 BC], also Plut., Crass. 13, 6; s. ἑορτή, end) διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cf.

Is 28:15). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cf. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (q.v. 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 1b). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1 v.l. συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cf. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cf. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι s. ἱκανός 1c. ε. what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cf. Dit., Syll.3 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cf.

Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22. πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cf. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὃ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὃ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TKAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137-52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370-86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. ’04], and KG Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 ’07]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cf. J 18:35. τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (cf. Bl-D. §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth.

55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (Bl-D. §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping?

Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὃ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18). ζ. of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. 2) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2.—Keep, celebrate (PFay. 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cf. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια). η. of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., PlAnt. 1, 4 p. 819b, 31; 2, 10 p. 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1a]) Mt 3:10; 7:17a, b, 18 v.l., 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43a, b; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also as a symbol Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cf. Jos., Ant. 11, 50ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of the person who operates w. the capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l. θ. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom.+; inscr. [s. Dit., Syll.3 IV p. 510a index]; pap., LXX) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cf. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 (force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cf. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12. ι. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (class.; LXX), make someone or someth. (into) someth. The predicate acc. is a noun: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cf. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cf. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cf. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and Bl-D. §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10.—The predicate acc. is an adj.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36.

Cf. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 (ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν); Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18. c. do, keep, carry out, practice, commit—α. do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ al. (θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; Eb Ev 4. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cf. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cf. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cf. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a. β. do, practice virtues: π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cf. IQS 1, 5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 2b) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 2a), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a, 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη); cf. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (s. ἔλεος 1 and μετά II 1cγ). γ. do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15. ἁμάρτημα (q.v.) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cf. Mt 12:2. d. π. τι do someth., w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to 817

the advantage or disadvantage of this person: α. neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. Also τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4. Cf. Mk 15:12.—Bl-D. §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2. β. to his advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod. S. 18, 51, 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cf. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49 (ἐποίησέν μοι μεγάλα ὁ δυνατός); 8:39a, b; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος Ac 14:27; 15:4 (on the constr. w. μετά s. I 1cβ above and cf. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8). γ. to his disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6).—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I BC] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. e. specialized expressions—α. get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cf. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1. β. assume, suppose, take as an example (class.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197D) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cf. b. γ. ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα take someone out (side) (colloq. put out; cf. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34. δ. w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/0 BC]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor. 137, 7 [III AD] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGenève 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Tob. 10:7 BA; Jos., Ant. 6, 18μῆνας τέσσαρας.

Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50D are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina ’01, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13.

2. do, act, proceed—a. The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). α. καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a; κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. γ below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Charito 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς. . . οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the hypocrites do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as he (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cf. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b. β. w. dat. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cf. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 t.r.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—[ποιεῖν] καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς [to do] as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8. γ. καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.=please (s. καλῶς 4a and cf. Dit., Syll.3 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 BC]; POxy. 300, 5 [I AD]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; Dit., Syll.3 598E, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; please 3J 6; GEg 1 b.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ. . . Js 2:8 (cf. PPetr. II 11[1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι). b. The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr.—α. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (Dit., Syll.3 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III BC]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II BC] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47. β. w. dat. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cf. vs. 26. c. abs. work, be active (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f; 1 Th 5:24.

II. middle make or do someth. for oneself or of oneself 1. mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. I 1bδ above) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 t.r. λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2) 1:1a; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1aζ; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2. ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cf. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571E; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb.

4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, V.H. 12, 56. Oft. in inscr. and pap.; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 9) Ro 13:14. προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager or anxious (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιεύμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304E, Leg. 1, 628E; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ. περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod. S. 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. p. 4E; Dit., Syll.3 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ. ποιούμενος; PHib. 71, 9 818

[III BC] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10. συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; Dit., Syll.3 526, 16) Ac 23:13.

2. w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. es in Verb. 6 p. 34 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; Dialekt-Inschr. 4629 II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. I 1bι above) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10.—HBraun, TW VI 456-83: ποιέω and related words. M-M. B. 538. ποίημα, ατος, τό (Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 532, 5; LXX) what is made, work, creation in our lit. only of the works of divine creation (Aesop, Fab. 444 P.=142 H. ποιήματα; Ps 142:5; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 125 θεοῦ ποιήματα. Cf. Aelian, N.A. 1, 53 π. Προμηθέως; Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. II 1 p. 112, 1 of the creations of Nus) τὰ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται his (God’s) invisible nature is perceived with the mind’s eye by the things he has created Ro 1:20 (on this s. the lit. under ἀόρατος and γνωστός 2). Of the Christians αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν π. we are his creation, i.e. he has made us what we are Eph 2:10. M-M.* ποίησις, εως, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. doing, working (Pla., Soph. 266D θείας ἔργα ποιήσεως, Charm.

163E; Jos., Ant. 17, 94)μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται he will be blessed in his doing Js 1:25. Of God: ποίησις χειρῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).

2. work, creation of the artist (Aristoph., Pla.+; Ep. Arist. 57; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 12), in our lit. of the Divine Artist (Proclus on Pla., Cratylus p. 21, 18f Pasqu.): God is merciful ἐπὶ τὴν ποίησιν αὐτοῦ (Da 9:14 Theod.) Hm 4, 3, 5; 9:3. M-M.* ποιητής, οῦ, ὁ—1. one who does someth., maker, then specif. poet (so Aristoph., Ran. 96; 1030; Pla., Phaedo 61B al.; oft. inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 IV 510b index, Or. II 694b ind.]; PHermopol. 125B, 6; POsl. 189, 13 [III AD]; Ep. Arist. 31; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 38; 110 al.) Ac 17:28.

2. one who does someth. prescribed, a doer w. obj. gen. (cf. 1 Macc 2:67) Ro 2:13; Js 4:11. (Opp. ἀκροατής) π. λόγου 1:22f. π. ἔργου a doer that acts (opp.: a forgetful hearer) vs. 25. M-M. B. 1299.* ποικιλία, ας, ἡ (Pla., X.+; inscr., PTebt. 703, 93 [III BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 56; Philo) many-colored appearance, variety, diversity τῶν ὀρέων ἡ π. Hs 9, 18, 5. Pl. (Isocr. 5, 27) αἱ ποικιλίαι τοῦ νοὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν the diversity of mental attitudes among the nations 9, 17, 2. αἱ ποικιλίαι τῶν λίθων the various appearances of the stones 9, 6, 4.* ποικίλος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. of various kinds, diversified, manifold (Pind.+; 2 Macc 15:21; Ep. Arist. 78; Philo; Jos., Ant. 10, 142)ἄνθη (Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 13 p. 371C) AP 3:10. ἀρνήσεις Hs 8, 8, 4. ἀσθένειαι s 6, 3, 4c. βάσανοι many, various kinds of torments Mt 4:24; Hs 6, 3, 4b; of torture MPol 2:4. βοτάναι Hm 10, 1, 5. δυνάμεις Hb 2:4. ἔθνη Hs 9, 17, 2b; ἐπιθυμίαι 2 Ti 3:6; cf. Tit 3:3. ὒδέαι Hs 9, 17, 1. καρποί 9, 28, 3; Dg 12:1. νόσοι (Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 58 νοσήματα) Mt 4:24; Mk 1:34; Lk 4:40. ὄρη Hs 9, 17, 2a, c, 3. πειρασμοί Js 1:2; 1 Pt 1:6 (πολλοῖς P72). πονηρίαι Hs 9, 18, 3. πραγματεῖαι (cf. Philo, In Flacc. 3) s 9, 20, 1. τιμωρίαι s 6, 3, 3; 4a. τρυφαί m 6, 2, 5. π. χάρις θεοῦ the grace of God, that manifests itself in various ways 1 Pt 4:10. χρόαι Hs 9, 4, 5a, c. W. ξένος: διδαχαί Hb 13:9 (s. also 3 below). W. πολύς (Diod. S. 5, 62, 1 πολλοὶ κ. ποικίλοι λόγοι=many and varied reports; 17, 13, 1; Maximus Tyr. 11, 11e; Ps.-Plut., Hom. 122) Hm 4, 2, 3; s 9, 20, 2. ἐν πάσαις θλίψεσι π. in all kinds of afflictions s 7:4.

2. many-colored, variegated (Hom.+; Polyaenus 6, 1, 4; Lucian, Deor. Conc. 10; PGM 4, 2709; LXX [Gen 37:3 al.]; Jos., Ant. 11, 235; Test. Zeb. 1:3). This mng. is to be preferred in οἱ λίθοι οἱ π. the many-colored stones (IG IV2 1, 106 I, 96; 113 [IV BC]) Hs 9, 4, 5b.

3. also in the sense of fault-finding ambiguous, crafty, sly, deceitful of persons, ways of thinking, words, actions (Hes.+; trag.; Pind., Nem. 5, 52 βουλεύματα; Aristoph., Thesm. 438 λόγοι; Polyb. 8, 18, 4 Κρὴς ὑπάρχων καὶ φύσει ποικίλος) Hb 13:9 (s. also 1 above). M-M.* ποιμαίνω fut. ποιμανῶ; 1 aor. ἐποίμανα Ps 77:72, imper. 2 pl. ποιμάνατε 1 Pt 5:2 (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) herd, tend, (lead to) pasture.

1. lit., w. acc. (Jos., Ant. 2, 264)π. ποίμνην tend a flock 1 Cor 9:7. Abs. (Jos., Ant. 1, 309)δοῦλος ποιμαίνων a slave tending sheep Lk 17:7.—Dalman (under ἀμφιβάλλω).

2. fig., of activity that protects, rules, governs, fosters a. in the sense ‘lead’, ‘guide’, ‘rule’ (Eur., fgm. 744 στρατόν; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 54 τ. ἀμαθεῖς). α. w. the symbol prominently in mind: of the direction of a congregation ποιμαίνειν τὸ ποίμνιον τοῦ θεοῦ tend God’s flock 1 Pt 5:2 (PsSol 17:40 ποιμαίνων τὸ ποίμνιον κυρίου ἐν πίστει κ. δικαιοσύνῃ). ποίμαινε τὰ προβάτιά μου J 21:16. β. w. the symbol retreating into the background (cf. 1 Ch 11:2; Mi 7:14; Jer 23:2): of the administration of a congregation ποιμ. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:28.—Of the Messiah ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου Ἰσραήλ (cf. 2 Km 5:2; 7:7.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 8 Ἀττικὴ Μοῦσα ποιμαίνει τὴν πόλιν, i.e., Thessalonica) Mt 2:6. Of death: θάνατος ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 Cl 51:4 (Ps 48:15). The latter pass. forms a transition to several others in which γ. the activity as ‘shepherd’ has destructive results (cf. Jer 22:22 and s. ELohmeyer, Hdb. on Rv 2:27) ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ (after Ps 2:9) Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (cf. Heraclitus fgm. 11 πᾶν ἑρπετὸν πληγῇ νέμεται=everything that creeps is shepherded by a blow [from God]. Pla., Critias 109B alludes to this).

819

b. protect, care for, nurture (Aeschyl., Eumen. 91 ἱκέτην; Pla., Lys. 209A τὸ σῶμα) αὐτούς Rv 7:17 (cf. Ps 22:1; Ezk 34:23). π. ἑαυτόν look after oneself i.e. care for oneself alone (cf. Ezk 34:2) Jd 12. M-M. B. 146.* ποιμενικός, ή, όν (Pla.+; poets since Theocr. 1, 23. In prose: Maximus Tyr. 20, 6b; 38, 2a; Philostrat., Imag. 2, 18 p. 370, 9; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 185)pertaining to a shepherd (Vi. Aesopi W c. 75 τὸ ποιμενικὸν σχῆμα) σχήματι ποιμενικῷ in the garb of a shepherd Hv 5:1.* ποιμήν, ένος, ὁ (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 404al.) shepherd, sheep-herder.

1. lit. Mt 9:36=Mk 6:34 (Num 27:17); Mt 25:32. Of the shepherds at Jesus’ birth Lk 2:8, 15, 18, 20 (cf.

HGressmann, Das Weihnachtsevangelium ’14 [on this CClemen, StKr 89, ’16, 237-52]; JGeffcken, D. Hirten auf dem Felde: Her. 49, ’14, 321-51 [against him JKroll, Her. 50, ’15, 137ff]; Clemen2 ’24, 195; 203ff; IHarrie, Die Anbetung der Hirten: ARW 23, ’25, 369-82; RBultmann, Gesch. d. syn. Trad.2 ’31, 323-6; GErdmann, D. Vorgesch. d. Lk u.

Mt ’32; ADeissmann, D. Anbetung d. Hirten u. d. Anbetung d. Weisen: Lutherring 16, ’35, 377-82).—Used as a symbol: πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (cf. Zech 13:7) Mt 26:31 (P37 D t.r. have the more correct form διασκορπισθήσεται); Mk 14:27; B 5:12. Of Christ in an extended allegory J 10:2, 7 (P75 al.), 16; (opp. ὁ μισθωτός) vs. 12; ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός vs. 11a, b, 14 (Maximus Tyr. 6, 7d Cyrus is called ποιμὴν ἀγαθός, because he protects the Persian ‘flock’ fr. the barbarian ‘wolves’).

2. fig. (Diog. L. 9, 40 Democritus is called ποιμὴν [=guardian] μύθων)—a. esp. freq. in Hermas—α. as the angel of repentance and bearer of a revelation (MDibelius, Der Offenbarungsträger im ‘Hirten’ des H.: Harnack-Ehrung ’21, 105-18; Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst. ’21, 149) Hv 5:3, 8; s 2:1; 5, 1, 1; 8, 1, 4; 18; 8, 2, 5f; 8; 8, 4, 1; 8, 5, 1; 6; 8, 6, 1; 9, 1, 1; 9, 2, 6; 9, 5, 2; 7; 9, 7, 1; 3f; 9, 8, 1; 9, 9, 5-7; 9, 10, 1; 4; 6; 9, 11, 1; 8. β. in the vision of the shepherds Hs 6, 1, 5f; 6, 2, 1; 5f; 6, 3, 2; 7:1. b. of those who lead the Christian churches—α. God (Philo, Agr. 51; Aberciusinschr. 3 π. ἁγνός) IRo 9:1. β. Christ τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν Hb 13:20 (RGyllenberg, D. Christol. des Hb: Ztschr. f. syst.

Theol. 11, ’34, 662-90). τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 Pt 2:25 (cf. Philo, Mut. Nom. 116 of the θεῖος λόγος; Ezk 34:23). ποιμ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας MPol 19:2. S. above 1, end, and Hdb. exc. after J 10:21; Bultmann 276-93; JQuasten, Hlg. Überliefg. (edited by OCasel) ’38, 51-8 (Hellenistic and early Christian); WJost, Poimen. D. Bild v. Hirten in d. bibl. Überl. u. s. christol. Bed., Diss. Giessen ’39; ThKKempf, Christus der Hirt ’42; VMuller, Prehistory of the Good Shepherd: Jour. of Near East. Stud. 3, ’44, 87-90. γ. of human leaders (on ‘shepherds’ as the founders and temporary thiasarchs [leaders] of Gk. religious guilds s.

EMaass, Orpheus 1895, 181; Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15] when greeting his newly arrived students, compares the teachers to shepherds [ἀγελάρχαι] and the pupils to the flock [ἀγέλη alternating with ποίμνιον §2]. S. also Jer 2:8; 3:15; Ezk 34:2) pastor Eph 4:11 (w. other church leaders). ὅπου ὁ ποιμήν (i.e. the bishop) ἐστιν, ἐκεῖ ὡς πρόβατα ἀκολουθεῖτε IPhld 2:1. Cf. also IRo 9:1 (Ign. as ‘shepherd’ of the Syrian church).—EHatch-AHarnack, D. Gesellschaftsverf. der christl. Kirchen im Altertum 1883, 230; HBruders, D. Verfassung der Kirche bis zum Jahr 175 n.

Chr. ’04, 190f; 371f; Harnack, D. Mission4 I ’23, 350f; NCavatassi, De Munere Pastoris in NT: Verb. Domini 29, ’51, 215-27; 275-85.—On the whole word JoachJeremias, TW VI 484-501: ποιμήν and related words. M-M. B. 149.* ποίμνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; PAmh. 127, 39; Gen 32:17; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 295; Test. Gad) flock, esp. of sheep (Diod.

S. 4, 26, 2 ποίμνας προβάτων; 5, 65, 2; 20, 8, 4) Lk 2:8; 1 Cor 9:7b. ποιμαίνειν ποίμνην vs. 7a.—As a symbol: w. ref. to Jesus’ disciples Mt 26:31; B 5:12 (both=Zech 13:7 A); to the church and to Jesus as its head μία ποίμνη εἷς ποιμήν J 10:16 (Maximus Tyr. 35, 2g ἐν ἀγέλῃ μιᾷ ὑπὸ ποιμένι ἑνί; Philo, Agr. 51 God as ποιμήν leads the whole world as ποίμνη). M-M.* ποίμνιον, ου, τό (Soph., Hdt.+; PRyl. 114, 20; LXX, Philo) flock, esp. of sheep (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 7, 5, 8; Tzetzes on Lycophron 344; Ep. Arist. 170; Jos., Ant. 8, 404; 18, 316; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. lit. MPol 14:1.—2. fig. (Hippocr., Ep. 1, 2; Themist., Or. 23 p. 289)—a. in the vision of the shepherds (ποιμήν 2aβ) Hs 6, 1, 6. b. of the Christian church (as of the people of Israel in the OT: Jer 13:17 τὸ π. κυρίου; Zech 10:3 al.) Ac 20:28f; 1 Pt 5:3. τὸ π. τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 2. τὸ π. τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cl 44:3; 54:2; 57:2; cf. 16:1. Of Jesus’ disciples (Liban., Or. 58, 36 of a sophist’s pupils; Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 2 of the hearers) τὸ μικρὸν π. (nom. w. art. for voc. Bl-D. §147 app.; Rob. 465) Lk 12:32. M-M.* ποι̂ος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 7, 265f al.) interrog. pron., in direct and indir. interrog. sentences.

1. of what kind?—a. used w. a noun (Bl-D. §298, 2; cf. Rob. 740)—α. beside τίς (Hdt. 7, 21, 1; Herodas 6, 74f; Maximus Tyr. 33, 5a τίνα καὶ ποῖον τύραννον; PTebt. 25, 18 [117 BC]; BGU 619, 8) εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρόν to what time or what kind of time 1 Pt 1:11 (cf. UPZ 65, 52 [154 BC] ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου=since what time). ποῖον οἶκον. . . ἢ τίς τόπος. . . ; Ac 7:49; B 16:2 (both Is 66:1; s. ed. JZiegler). β. in a direct question (3 Km 22:24) διὰ ποίου νόμου; by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ποίῳ σώματι; with what kind of a body? 1 Cor 15:35. ποῖον κλέος; ironically what kind of credit? 1 Pt 2:20; sim. ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; Lk 6:32, 33, 34; cf. D 1:3.—1 Cl 28:2; 2 Cl 1:5; 6:9; Hv 1, 2, 1; m 12, 1, 3a; s 6, 5, 5.—For Js 4:14 see γ below. γ. in an indir. quest. (Archimed. II 416, 6 Heib. ποῖαι γωνίαι) ποίῳ θανάτῳ (by) what sort of death J 12:33; 18:32; 21:19.—Lk 9:55 v.l.; Js 4:14 (this is possibly to be taken as a direct quest.; s. Windisch ad loc.); 1 Cl 38:3a; Hm 4, 2, 3; 12, 1, 3b.

820

b. without a noun ποῖοι καὶ τίνες 1 Cl 38:3b.

2. (=τίς) which, what?—a. w. a noun—α. in a dir. question (Theopomp. [IV BC]: 115 fgm. 263a Jac.; 2 Km 15:2; 3 Km 13:12; Jon 1:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 137)ποία ἐντολή; which commandment? Mt 22:36; cf. Mk 12:28; J 10:32. ποίῳ τρόπῳ; in what way? Hv 1, 1, 7. β. in an indir. quest. (Aeschin., In Ctesiph. c. 24; Tob 5:9) Mt 24:42f; Lk 12:39; Rv 3:3. ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχίας ἐστίν Ac 23:34.—Hv 4, 3, 7. γ. In some cases π. takes the place of the gen. of the interrog. τίς (in dir. as well as indir. questions. Cf. Charito 4, 4, 3 Blake ποίᾳ δυνάμει πεποιθώς;) ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι; by whose power or by whose name? Ac 4:7. ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ (;) Mt 21:23, 24, 27; Mk 11:28, 29, 33; Lk 20:2, 8. b. without a noun—α. which can, however, be supplied fr. the context (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 254ποίους;): ποίας (i.e. ἐντολάς) Mt 19:18. ποῖα; (i.e. γενόμενα) Lk 24:19. β. gen. of place, w. ellipsis (Bl-D. §186, 1; Mlt. 73) ποίας (i.e. ὁδοῦ) by what way Lk 5:19. M-M.** πολεμέω fut. πολεμήσω; 1 aor. ἐπολέμησα; 1 fut. pass. πολεμηθήσομαι (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. lit.—a. act. make war, fight μετά τινος on or with (against) someone (μετά A II 3a) Rv 12:7a; 13:4; 17:14. π. μετά τινος ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ war against someone with the sword 2:16 (for πολ. ἐν τῇ ῥομφ. cf. 1 Macc 3:12). πολ. κατά τινος war against someone Rv 12:7a t.r. Abs. 12:7b; (w. κρίνειν) 19:11. διὰ τὸ πολεμεῖν αὐτούς because they went to war B 16:4. b. pass. be warred upon, be fought against ὑπό τινος (Demosth. 9, 9; Jos., Ant. 9, 255)B 12:2a. Abs. (Thu. 1, 68, 3; X., Hell. 7, 4, 20) ibid. b.

2. fig., of the hostile attitude of the Jews toward the Christians ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ὡς ἀλλόφυλοι πολεμοῦνται Dg 5:17 (of perpetrating hostile actions Vi. Aesopi I c. 127; Jos., Vi. 244); Gal 1:13 G, 23 G.—The impenitent Jews εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα πολεμηθήσονται B 12:2c. Of the disputes of the Christians among themselves Js 4:2 (Diod. S. 13, 84, 4; Sb 4317, 12).—τὸ ζῆλος ἐμὲ πολεμεῖ the passionate desire (for martyrdom) is pressing me hard ITr 4:2 (the acc. as Dinarchus 1, 36; Diod. S. 2, 37, 3; Charito 7, 5, 3).—Of the hostile attitude of the σάρξ toward the ψυχή Dg 6:5 (Herm. Wr. 392, 3 Sc. of the ψυχή: αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ πολεμῆσαι δεῖ). M-M. B. 1370.* πόλεμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 273; Philo, Joseph.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 5, 13; loanw. in rabb.).

1. lit. armed conflict—a. war Hb 11:34. πόλεμοι καὶ ἀκοαὶ πολέμων wars and rumors of wars Mt 24:6; Mk 13:7. W. ἀκαταστασίαι Lk 21:9. W. λιμός 1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20). συμβαλεῖν τινι εἰς πόλεμον make war on someone Lk 14:31 (συμβάλλω 1b). ποιεῖν πόλεμον μετά τινος (s. μετά A II 3a) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. AFridrichsen, Krig och fred i Nya Testamentet ’40. b. of a single engagement battle, fight (Hom., Hes.; Diod. S. 22, 13, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 67 §278; Polyaenus, Exc. 13, 3; 9; 3 Km 22:34; 1 Macc 4:13; 10:78; Jos., Bell. 3, 189)παρασκευάζεσθαι εἰς π. prepare for battle 1 Cor 14:8. Of horses (Dio Chrys. 46[63], 4) ἑτοιμάζεσθαι εἰς π. be made ready for battle Rv 9:7. τρέχειν εἰς π. rush into battle vs. 9. Cf. 12:7; 16:14; 20:8.

2. fig. strife, conflict, quarrel (since Soph., El. 218; Pla. [e.g. Phaedo 66c]; Epict. 3, 20, 18; Philo, Praem. 91, Gig. 51; Test. Gad 5:1) of earthly and heavenly powers IEph 13:2 (opp. εἰρήνη).—Of the situation in Corinth 1 Cl 3:2; 46:5. Pl. (w. μάχαι; cf. Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 78; Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 3, 7) Js 4:1. M-M. B. 1374.* πολιά, ᾶς, ἡ (fem. subst. of the adj. [in use since Hom.] πολιός, ά, όν ‘gray’) old age (Cornutus 23 p. 44, 19; Lucian, Philops. 23; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 12; Themist. p. 163D; 182B; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 238) ἀγαθὴ πολ. (cf.

Judg 8:32 A πολιὰ ἀγαθή) MPol 13:2 v.l. (for πολιτεία).* πολιορκία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr.; Sb 3776, 4 [I BC]; LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 183, Vi. 329; Test. Jud. 23:3) siege, later also distress, tribulation (Plut., Sulla 25, 4 Z. v.l.) w. θλῖψις 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:27).* πόλις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) city, city-state.

1. lit. Mt 5:14; Lk 10:8, 10. Pl. Mt 11:20; Lk 5:12; 19:17, 19. ἡ πόλις the city designated in the context Mt 8:33; 21:17f; 26:18; Mk 11:19; 14:13, 16; Lk 4:29a; 7:12a, b; J 4:8, 28, 30; Ac 8:9; 14:4; Rv 11:13; B 16:5. Likew. αἱ πόλεις Ac 16:4. ἡ πόλις the city can also be the capital city, the main city (Mayser II 2 p. 28; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 125) Ac 8:5; cf. Mk 5:14 (s. vs. 1); Lk 8:27 (s. vs. 26). ἡ πόλις ἐκείνη Mt 10:14f; Lk 9:5; 10:12; 18:3; J 4:39; Ac 8:8; Hs 9, 12, 5b. ἡ πόλ. αὕτη Mt 10:23a; Ac 4:27; 18:10; 22:3; Hs 1:3. ἔν τινι πόλει in a certain city Lk 18:2; cf. Hs 9, 12, 5a. εἰς τήν δε τὴν πόλιν Js 4:13 (s. ὅδε 3). πᾶσα πόλις Lk 10:1. αἱ πόλεις πᾶσαι Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40; cf. Mk 6:33.—πόλις (πόλεις) beside κώμη (κῶμαι) Mt 9:35; 10:11; Lk 8:1; 13:22. W. κῶμαι and ἀγροί Mk 6:56. ἡ πόλις καὶ οἱ ἀγροί 5:14; Lk 8:34. W. τόπος 10:1. In contrast to the open plain or the desert, where no cities are found Mt 14:13; Mk 1:45; 2 Cor 11:26; to the interior of a building Ac 12:10.—Used w. the gen.: to denote the region in which it is located πόλ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Lk 1:26; 4:31. πόλ. Ἰούδα (Ἰούδας 1c) 1:39. Cf. J 4:5; Ac 14:6; 21:39; to denote the inhabitants (Diod. S. 34 and 35 fgm. 23 ἡ τῶν Γαλατῶν πόλις; Jos., Ant. 1, 200)ἡ πόλ. ∆αμασκηνῶν 2 Cor 11:32. π. Σαμαριτῶν Mt 10:5; Lk 9:52 v.l. Cf. 23:51; Ac 19:35; Epil Mosq 3. αἱ πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραήλ the cities in which the people of Israel live Mt 10:23b (Ἰσραήλ 2).—Rv 16:19b. ἡ πόλ. αὐτῶν Mt 22:7; Lk 4:29b.—2:39. Also w. the gen. sing. πόλ. ∆αυίδ city of David Lk 2:4b, 11; ἡ ἑαυτοῦ πολ. his own city vs. 3.—J 1:44. Also ἡ ἰδία πόλ. (s. ἴδιος 2) 821

Mt 9:1; Hs 1:2b (symbol., s. 2 below). Pl. 1 Cl 55:1. The πόλεις ἴδιαι of the Christians Dg 5:2 are those inhabited by them alone; they are contrasted w. πόλεις Ἑλληνίδες Greek cities (cf. Dit., Syll.3 761, 15 [48/7 BC]; 909, 2), π. βάρβαροι Dg 5:4.—π. μεγάλαι great cities 1 Cl 6:4. In Rv ἡ πόλ. ἡ. μεγάλη is almost always ‘Babylon’ (s. Βαβυλών) 16:19a; 17:18; 18:16, 18f, 21; ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, Βαβυλών ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχυρά 18:10. On the other hand ἡ πόλ. ἡ μεγάλη 11:8 is clearly Jerusalem (as Sib. Or. 5, 154; 226). Elsewh. Jerus. is called ἡ πόλ. ἡ ἠγαπημένη 20:9; ἡ ἁγία πόλ. Mt 4:5; 27:53; Rv 11:2 (ἅγιος 1aα); πόλ. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως the city of the Great King Mt 5:35 (βασιλεύς 2b).—The name of the city that goes w. πόλις stands either in the epexegetic gen. (class.) πόλις Θυατίρων Ac 16:14; πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 2 Pt 2:6 or in the case in which πόλις itself is found, ἐν πόλει Ἰόππῃ Ac 11:5.—27:8. A special place is necessary for the uses w. indecl. place names Lk 2:4a, 39. πόλις λεγομένη or καλουμένη w. the name following Mt 2:23; Lk 7:11; 9:10. Cf. J 11:54.—ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν (Aesop, Fab. 228 P. μεταβαίνουσιν ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν) Mt 23:34. κατὰ τὴν πόλιν (anywhere) in the city Ac 24:12. Cf. Lk 8:39 (κατά II 1a). κατὰ πόλιν from city to city IRo 9:3; pl. Lk 13:22; in every city (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 39 §177) Ac 15:21, 36 (κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν); 20:23; Tit 1:5 (Diod. S. 5, 78, 2 Crete has, indeed, ‘not a few’ cities). Cf. Lk 8:1, 4 (κατά II 1d). αἱ ἔξω πόλεις Ac 26:11 (ἔξω 1aγ). αἱ πέριξ πόλεις 5:16 (s. πέριξ). αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς (i.e. Sodom and Gomorrah) πόλεις Jd 7. πρὸ τ. πόλεως (Jos., Ant. 10, 44)Ac 14:13.

2. of the heavenly city, the New Jerusalem (Bousset, Rel.3 283ff; RKnopf, GHeinrici-Festschr. ’14, 213-19; McQueen, Exp. 9th ser. II ’24, 220-6; FDijkema, NThT 15, ’26, 25-43) Hb 11:10, 16. πόλ. θεοῦ ζῶντος 12:22 (Sib. Or. 5, 250 θεοῦ π. of Jerus.). ἡ μέλλουσα (opp. οὐ. . . μένουσα πόλις) 13:14. Esp. in Rv: ἡ πόλις ἡ ἁγία Ἰερουσαλὴμ (καινή) 21:2, 10 (CBouma, Geref. Theol. Tijdschr. 36, ’36, 91-8). Further vss, 14-16, 18f, 21, 23; 22:14, 19; also 3:12. (S. Lucian’s description of the wonder-city in Ver. Hist. 2, 11f: ἡ πόλις πᾶσα χρυσῆ, τὸ τεῖχος σμαράγδινον. πύλαι. . . ἑπτά, πᾶσαι μονόξυλοι κινναμώμιναι. . . γῆ ἐλεφαντίνη. . . ναοὶ βηρύλλου λίθου. . . βωμοὶ. . . ἀμεθύστινοι. . . ποταμὸς μύρου τοῦ καλλίστου. . . οἶκοι ὑάλινοι. . . οὐδὲ νὺξ οὐδὲ ἡμέρα).—Hs 1:1, 2.

3. fig., city for its inhabitants (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 25; Herodian 3, 2, 7; Jos., Ant. 5, 357)Lk 4:43; Ac 14:21; 16:20 (cf.

Jos., Bell. 7, 41). πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (Diod. S. 18, 70, 2; Appian, Numid. 1) Mt 8:34; 21:10 (w. λέγουσα foll.); Ac 13:44; ὅλη ἡ π. (Diod. S. 10, 3, 2) Mk 1:33; Ac 21:30. πόλις μερισθεῖσα καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25.—HStrathmann, TW VI 516-35: πόλις and related words. M-M. B. 1308. πολιτάρχης, ου, ὁ civic magistrate, politarch. A number of politarchs (five or six in Thessalonica) formed the city council in Macedonian cities, and occasionally in others (cf. EDBurton, The Politarchs in Macedonia and Elsewhere: AJTh 2, 1898, 598-632 w. exx. fr. the inscr.; s. also Dit., Syll.3 700, 1; 48 [the Maced. city of Letae, 118/17 BC]; POxy. 745, 4 [I BC/I AD]; Sb 5765, 7) specif. in Thessalonica (CIG II 1967; Bull. de corr. hell. 18, 1894, 420; 21, 1897, 161 al.) Ac 17:6, 8. M-M.* πολιτεία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; 2, 3, 4 Macc; Philo, Joseph.)—1. citizenship (Hdt. 9, 34; X., Hell. 1, 1, 26; 1, 2, 10; 4, 4, 6; Polyb. 6, 2, 12; Diod. S. 14, 8, 3; 14, 17, 3; Kyr.-Inschr. l. 57; 59; Gnomon [=BGU V 1] 47; 3 Macc 3:21, 23; Jos., Ant. 12, 119)lit., of Roman citizenship (Dio Chrys. 24[41], 2 Ῥωμαίων π.; Ael. Aristid. 30, 10 K.=10 p. 117 D.; IG IV2 1, 84, 33 [40/42 AD]; Jos., Bell. 1, 194and Vi 423 π. Ῥωμαίων.—WM Ramsay, The Social Basis of Roman Power in Asia Minor ’41) πολιτείαν ἐκτησάμην Ac 22:28.—In a fig. sense, this transl. is poss. (EHaupt, PEwald, Henle, Lueken et al.) for Eph 2:12, but not very probable (s. 2 below).

2. commonwealth, state, body politic (Thu. 1, 127, 3; Pla., Rep. 10 p. 619C; Diod. S. 5, 45, 3; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 2, 19 §68) ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τ. πολτείας τοῦ Ἰσραήλ alienated from the commonwealth of Israel Eph 2:12 (so HermvSoden, Klöpper, Belser, Meinertz, MDibelius, RSV et al.; s. 1 above).

3. way of life, conduct (Athen. 1 p. 19A; Herm. Wr. in Stob. p. 486, 24 Sc. ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄγριος πολιτεία; Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 34, 2; 47, 8; 10; Biogr. p. 261) Dg 5:4; ἀγαθὴ πολ. MPol 13:2; ἡ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνεπίληπτος πολ. 17:1; ἡ πανάρετος καὶ σεβάσμιος πολ. 1 Cl 2:8. οἱ πολιτευόμενοι τὴν ἀμεταμέλητον πολιτείαν τοῦ θεοῦ those who follow God’s way of life, that brings no regrets 54:4 (πολιτεύεσθαι πολιτείαν in Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 126 Jac. and in the Synagogue inscr. fr. Stobi [c. 100 AD] l. 6f: ZNW 32, ’33, 93f). M-M.* πολίτευμα, ατος, τό (Pla.+; inscr., pap.) commonwealth, state (so Polyb. 1, 13, 12; 35, 5; Diod. S. 19, 75, 4; inscr.; 2 Macc 12:7; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 257; fig. Philo, Agr. 81 τῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐγγεγραμμέναι πολιτεύματι, Conf.

Lingu. 78 πατρίδα τὸν οὐράνιον χῶρον ἐν ᾧ πολιτεύονται.—Schürer III 71f; PCBöttger, ZNW 60, ’69, 244-53) ἡμῶν τὸ πολ. ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει our commonwealth is in heaven Phil 3:20 (πολίτευμα oft. denotes a colony of foreigners or relocated veterans CIG 5361, III add. 5866c; PTebt. 32, 9; 17 [II BC]; Ep. Arist. 310. Cf. Dit., Or. 737, 2m; note 2 and the lit. in MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; JdeZwaan, Philippenzen 3:20 en de Κοινή: ThSt 31, ’13, 298-300; LFuchs, D. Juden in Ägypten ’24, 89; MEngers, Πολίτευμα: Mnemosyne 54, ’26, 154-61; WRuppel, Politeuma: Philol. 82, ’27, 268-312; 433-52; EPeterson s.v. ἐκκλησία, end; ‘Our home is in heaven, and here on earth we are a colony of heavenly citizens’ MDibelius.—The sense seems to be more general in Menand. Rhet. [II AD] III 421, 16 Spengel: the deceased, so the word of consolation goes, πολιτεύεται μετὰ τῶν θεῶν; Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 3, 2 p.

424 Mullach: angels convey the souls of the righteous πρὸς τὴν θείαν πολιτείαν. Olympiodorus In Platonis Phaedonem, ed. WNorvin ’13 p. 122, 8 [on Pla., Phaedo p. 69c] of the philosopher: συμπολιτεύεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ συνοικονομεῖν). M-M.* πολιτεύομαι (the mid., which is the only voice found in our lit., since Thu., Aristoph.; inscr., pap., LXX) 1 aor. ἐπολιτευσάμην, subj. 1 pl. πολιτευσώμεθα; pf. πεπολίτευμαι.

822

1. have one’s citizenship or home (Philo, Conf. Lingu. 78 [s. πολίτευμα]) of the Christians ἐν οὐρανῷ Dg 5:9 (Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23 of a deceased person: μετὰ θεῶν πολιτεύεσθαι).

2. rule or govern the state abs. (Thu. 2, 15, 1 al.; Jos., Ant. 14, 91π. ἐν Ἱερος.) of God ἐν οὐρανοῖς πολιτεύεται he rules in heaven 10:7.—Also of the work of church officials 1 Cl 44:6.

3. live, conduct oneself, lead one’s life (UPZ 144, 14 [164/3 BC] ὁσίως κ. δικαίως; Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 11 p.

444 M.; Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 31, 5 σεμνῶς; 34, 1; 2 Macc 6:1; 11:25; 3 Macc 3:4; 4 Macc 2:8 al.; Philo, Virt.

161, Spec. Leg. 4, 226; Jos., Vi. 12) καλῶς κ. ἁγνῶς Hs 5, 6, 6. ὁσίως 1 Cl 6:1. ἀξίως τινός Phil 1:27 (RRBrewer, JBL 73, ’54, 76-83: ‘discharge your obligations as citizens’); 1 Cl 21:1; Pol 5:2. μετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης 1 Cl 51:2.

(W. πορεύεσθαι) πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ τὸ καθῆκον τῷ Χριστῷ 3:4 (πολ. κατά τι as Dit., Syll.3 618, 12 [188 BC]; 2 Macc 11:25; 4 Macc 2:23; Ep. Arist. 31; Jos., Ant. 12, 142); π. πολιτείαν 54:4 (πολιτεία 3). W. a double dat. συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ I have lived my life with a clear conscience before God Ac 23:1 (for the dat. τῷ θεῷ cf. PHib. 63, 10 [III BC] εἰ οὕτως πολιτευσόμεθα ἀλλήλοις). M-M.* πολίτης, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. citizen of one who lives in or comes fr. a city or country πόλεως Ac 21:39. τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης Lk 15:15. (Opp. ξένοι, as Philo, Poster. Cai. 109) Dg 5:5.

2. fellow-citizen, fellow-townsman (Pla., Apol. 37c, Prot. 339F; Diod. S. 11, 47, 3; 11, 62, 1 al.; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 4 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 127 §531 al.; Chio, Ep. 15, 1; Pr 11:9; 24:28; Jos., Vi. 274) Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34). The (fellow-) countrymen or subjects of a ruler are likew. so called (Jos., Ant. 12, 162)1 Cl 55:1. Cf. Lk 19:14. M-M.* πολλά s. πολύς I 2b. πολλάκις adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 42; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 175) many times, often, frequently Mt 17:15; Mk 5:4; 9:22; J 18:2; Ac 26:11; Ro 1:13; 15:22 v.l.; 2 Cor 11:23, 26, 27a, b; Phil 3:18; 2 Ti 1:16; Hb 6:7; 9:25f; 10:11; Hv 3, 1, 2. In paronomasia (Dio Chrys. 11[12], 50; 71; Theodor. Prodr. 6, 93 H. πολλοῖς πολλαχοῦ κ. πολλάκις; Dit., Syll.3 888, 138f πολλοὶ πολλάκις στρατιῶται; Esth 8:12e πολλάκις δὲ καὶ πολλοὺς κτλ.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 219; 231) ἐν πολλοῖς πολλάκις often in many ways 2 Cor 8:22 (πολύ and πολλῇ follow in the same sentence). M-M. B. 986.* πολλαπλασίων, ον, gen. ονος (Isocr. 15, 177; Archimed. II 134, 13 Heib.; Polyb. 35, 4, 4; Philodem., II. σημ. 9, 32; Plut., Mor. 215B; Ael. Aristid. 27, 20K.=16 p. 390 D. for class. πολλαπλάσιος [so Philo, Somn. 1, 53; Jos., Bell.

5, 553]) neut. pl. πολλαπλασίονα many times as much, manifold λαμβάνειν (Jos., Bell. 1, 514;Test. Zeb. 6:6) Mt 19:29; Lk 18:30.—ESchwyzer, Museum Helveticum 2, ’45, 137-47. M-M.* πολυαγάπητος, ον (Hesychius s.v. πολύθεστος) much-loved ὄνομα IEph 1:1.* Πολύβιος, ου, ὁ (Dit., Syll.3 686; 1115, 30) Polybius, bishop of Tralles ITr 1:1.* πολυευσπλαγχνία, ας, ἡ richness in mercy π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 8, 6, 1.* πολυεύσπλαγχνος, ον rich in compassion of God Js 5:11 v.l.; Hs 5, 4, 4.* πολυεύτακτος, ον very well ordered or disciplined; subst. ὑμῶν τὸ π. τῆς κατὰ θεὸν ἀγάπης how well-ordered your God-like love is IMg 1:1.* Πολύκαρπος, ου, ὁ (references for the name in the Hdb. on Pol inscr.) Polycarp, bishop of Smyrna, acc. to tradition a pupil of John, whom as early a writer as Irenaeus (3, 3, 4) considered to be John the apostle. He died as a martyr, prob. Feb. 22, 156 AD (so ESchwartz, De Pionio et Polycarpo ’05, Christl. und jüd. Ostertafeln: AGG n.s.

VIII 6 [’05] 125ff). Other calculations conclude that the date is Feb. 23 of 155 or 166 AD (s. Harnack, Chronologie I 1897, 325ff; PCorssen, ZNW 3, ’02, 61ff; NBonwetsch, RE XV ’04, 535ff). We possess a letter to the Philippians written by him (Pol—Cf. PNHarrison, Polycarp’s Two Epistles to the Philippians ’36 [rich bibliogr.]); MPol is a contemporary report of his martyrdom. IEph 21:1; IMg 15; IPol inscr.; 7:2; 8:2; Pol inscr.; MPol 1:1 al.—RMGrant, Polycarp of Smyrna: ATR 28, ’46, 137-48. πολύλαλος, ον (Cleobulus [VI BC] in Stob. III p. 112, 3 H.; Ael. Dion. κ, 8; Vi. Aesopi I c. 26; schol. on Soph., Ant. 324 p. 234 Papag.; Plotinus 6, 2, 21; Sym. Job 11:2) talkative, garrulous w. ἀναιδής Hm 11:12. De Sande Bakhuizen suspects that πολύλαλοι was once read Js 3:1 (Bl-D. §115, 1).* πολυλογία, ας, ἡ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Pla., Leg. 1 p. 641E; Plut., Mor. 6C; 519C; Vett. Val. 108, 8; 23; Herm. Wr. 14, 5; Sextus 155; Pr 10:19) much speaking, wordiness ἐν τῇ π. αὐτῶν with their many words Mt 6:7; Lk 11:2 D (Ael. Aristid. 45, 8 K.=8 p. 85 D.: θεοὺς ἄνευ μέτρων προσαγορεύοντες οὐκ αἰσχυνόμεθα). M-M.* πολυμερῶς adv. (Diod. S. 5, 37, 2; Plut., Mor. 537D; several times in Vett. Val. [index III]; Jos., Ant. 12, 54)of πολυμερής, ές (Aristot.; Plut., Mor. 427B; 757D; PGM 13, 304; Wsd 7:22) in many ways w. πολυτρόπως (the two words together also Maximus Tyr. 1, 2b; 11, 7a) Hb 1:1 (on the alliteration cf. the beginning of Philo, περὶ μετανοίας).

823

M-M.* πολυπλήθεια, ας, ἡ (Hippocr. et al.; Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1 p. 56, 5 V.; Ps.-Plut., Hom. 85; Dit., Syll.3 880, 40; 2 Macc 8:16) large crowd Ac 14:7 (in an addition in codex E; codex D has πλῆθος). τὴν π. (πολυπληθία is to be rejected, w. Lghtf., and πολυπλήθεια, which is also attested, is to be inserted) ὑμῶν ἀπείληφα I have received your whole (large) congregation IEph 1:3.* πολυπλοκία, ας, ἡ (Theognis 67) cunning, craftiness τοῦ διαβόλου Hm 4, 3, 4.* πολυποίκιλος, ον (Eur.+) (very) many-sided (so Orph. Hymn., 6, 11; 61, 4 [λόγος]; Sib. Or. 8, 120 [ὀργή]) σοφία Eph 3:10. M-M.* πολύπους, ποδος, ὁ octopus (Hom.+; Ps.-Phoc. 49; Philo, Ebr. 172) w. sea-eel and cuttle-fish B 10:5 (vGebhardt’s edition has πώλυπα [s. πῶλυψ]. πολύποδα is also attested; Bihlmeyer ad loc.).* πολυπραγμοσύνη, ης, ἡ (Thu., Aristoph.+, mostly in an unfavorable sense) inquisitiveness, meddlesomeness. fussiness, officiousness ἡ Ἰουδαίων πολυπρ. Dg 4:6.* πολυπράγμων, ον, gen. ονος (since Eupolis Com. [V BC] 222, Lysias, Aristoph.; Philo Bybl. [100 AD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev 1, 9, 24; Philo Alex., Abr. 20, Spec. Leg. 1, 69; Jos., Ant. 15, 182)inquisitive π. ἄνθρωποι Dg 5:3.* πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, οῦ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

I. positive much, many—1. adj., preceding or following a noun—a. used w. a noun (or ptc. or adj. used subst.) in the pl. α. many, numerous δυνάμεις πολλαί many mighty deeds Mt 7:22b. δαιμονιζόμενοι πολλοί 8:16. Cf. vs. 30; 9:10; 13:17; 24:11; 27:52, 55; Mk 2:15a; 6:13; 12:41; Lk 4:25, 27; 7:21b; 10:24; J 10:32; 14:2; Ac 1:3; 2:43; 8:7b; 14:22; Ro 4:17f (Gen 17:5); 8:29; 12:4; 1 Cor 8:5a, b; 11:30; 12:12a, 20; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2; Hb 2:10; 1J 4:1; 2J 7; Rv 5:11; 9:9; 10:11; 1 Cl 55:3a, b. ἔτη πολλά many years: Lk 12:19b (εἰς ἔτη π.); Ac 24:10 (ἐκ π. ἐτῶν); Ro 15:23 v.l. (ἀπὸ π. ἐτῶν).—αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πολλαί Lk 7:47a. αἱ εὐεργεσίαι αἱ π. 1 Cl 21:1.-πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα many serious charges Ac 25:7 (cf. Ps.-Pla., Sisyph. 1 p. 387A πολλά τε καὶ καλὰ πράγματα; Bl-D. §442, 11; Rob. 655). πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα J 20:30 (on the form X., Hell. 5, 4, 1 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν κ. ἄλλα Ἑλληνικά; Dionys. Hal. 2, 67, 5; Ps.-Demetr. c. 142 πολλὰς κ. ἄλλας χάριτας; Jos., Ant. 3, 318.On the subject-matter Bultmann 540, 3; also Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 28 after a miracle-story: μυρία δʼ ἕτερα θαυμαστότερα κ. θειότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς. . . εἴρηται κτλ.).—ἄλλοι πολλοί many others IRo 10:1. ἄλλαι πολλαί Mk 15:41. ἄλλα πολλά (Jos., Ant. 9, 242)J 21:25. ἔτεροι πολλοί Ac 15:35. ἕτερα πολλά (Jos., Vi. 39) Lk 22:65.—Predicative: πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐισερχόμενοι Mt 7:13.—Mk 5:9; 6:31; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1).—οὐ πολλοί not many=(only) a few οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι (Jos., Vi. 309) Lk 15:13; J 2:12; Ac 1:5. οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοί not many wise (people) 1 Cor 1:26a; cf. b, c. οὐ πολλοί πατέρες not many fathers 4:15. β. many, large, great, extensive, plentiful ὄχλοι πολλοί great crowds or probably better many people (as Diod. S. 20, 59, 2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 3. For the corresponding mng. of ὄχλοι s. ὄχλος 1) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30a; 19:2; Lk 5:15; 14:25. κτήματα πολλά a great deal of property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cf. Da 11:28 χρήματα π.). ὕδατα πολλά much water, many waters (Maximus Tyr. 21, 3g of the Nile ὁ πολὺς ποταμός, likew. Procop.

Soph., Ep. 111) J 3:23; Rv 1:15; 14:2; 17:1; 19:6b. θυμιάματα πολλά a great deal of incense 8:3. τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα Ac 26:24. πολλοὶ χρόνοι long periods of time (Plut., Thes. 6, 9). πολλοῖς χρόνοις for long periods of time (Dit., Syll.3 836, 6; pap.) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 44:3. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων (Diod. S. 3, 47, 8; Jos., Ant. 14, 110; 17, 204) 42:5. b. used w. a noun in the sing.—α. to denote quantity much, large, great πολὺς ἀριθμός Ac 11:21. W. words that in themselves denote a plurality: (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 80 §338 στρατὸς πολύς) πολὺς ὄχλος (s. ὄχ. 1) Mt 14:14; 20:29; 26:47; Mk 5:21, 24; 6:34a; 8:1; 9:14; 12:37 (ὁ π. ὄχ.); Lk 5:29; 6:17a; 8:4; J 6:2, 5 (for the expression ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, in which π. follows the noun, J 12:9, 12, cf. Arrian, Anab. 1, 9, 6 ὁ φόνος πολύς); Ac 6:7; Rv 7:9; 19:1, 6. πολὺ πλῆθος (s. πλ. 2bα) Mk 3:7f; Lk 5:6; 6:17f; 23:27; Ac 14:1; 17:4; 1 Cl 6:1. λαὸς πολύς many people Ac 18:10. Of money and its value, also used symbolically μισθὸς πολύς Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, 35 (all three predicative, as Gen 15:1). ἐργασία π. Ac 16:16. π. κεφάλαιον 22:28.—Of things that occur in the mass or in large quantities (Diod. S. 3, 50, 1 πολλὴ ἄμπελος) γῆ πολλή Mt 13:5; Mk 4:5; θερισμὸς π. Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2 (both pred.). χόρτος π. J 6:10; καρπὸς π. (Cyranides p. 121, 11) 12:24; 15:5, 8.—λόγος π. a long speech (Diod. S. 13, 1, 2) Ac 15:32; 20:2. περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11 (cf. Pla., Phaedo 115D).—Of time: πολὺς χρόνος a long time (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28) J 5:6 (cf. ἔχω I 2f); Hs 6, 4, 4 (pred.). μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον (Jos., Ant. 12, 324)Mt 25:19. Differently ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54) Mk 6:35a, b. β. to denote degree much, great, strong, severe, hard, deep, profound (Diod. S. 13, 7, 4 πολὺς φόβος; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 58 p. 265, 3 πολλὴ δικαιοσύνη; Eccl 5:16 θυμὸς π.; Sir 15:18 σοφία) ἀγάπη Eph 2:4. ἀγών 1 Th 2:2. ἄθλησις Hb 10:32. ἁπλότης Hv 3, 9, 1. ἀσιτία Ac 27:21. βία 24:7 t.r. γογγυσμός J 7:12. διακονία Lk 10:40. δοκιμή 2 Cor 8:2. δόξα Mt 24:30; Hv 1, 3, 4; 2, 2, 6. δύναμις Mk 13:26. ἐγκράτεια strict self-control Hv 2, 3, 2. εἰρήνη (Diod. S. 3, 64, 7; 11, 38, 1) Ac 24:2. ἔλεος 1 Pt 1:3. ἐπιθυμία 1 Th 2:17. ζημία Ac 27:10. ζήτησις 15:7. θλῖψις 2 Cor 2:4a; 1 Th 1:6. καύχησις 2 Cor 7:4b (pred.). μακροθυμία Ro 9:22. ὀδυρμός Mt 2:18.

824

παράκλησις 2 Cor 8:4. παρρησία (Wsd 5:1) 3:12; 7:4a (pred.); 1 Ti 3:13; Phlm 8. πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22c. πλάνη 2 Cl 1:7. πληροφορία 1 Th 1:5. πόνος Col 4:13. σιγή a great hush (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 25; Arrian, Anab. 5, 28, 4) Ac 21:40. στάσις 23:10. τρόμος 1 Cor 2:3. φαντασία Ac 25:23. χαρά 8:8; Phlm 7.

2. subst.—a. πολλοί many i.e. persons—α. without the art. Mt 7:22; 8:11; 12:15; 20:28; 24:5a, b; 26:28; Mk 2:2; 3:10 (Mt 12:15 has πάντας; other passages to be compared in this connection are Mk 10:45=Mt 20:28 πολλῶν and 1 Ti 2:6 πάντων. Cf. the double tradition of the saying of Bias in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 61, 3 πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τ. ἀνθρώπων κακοί.—On Mk 10:45 s. OCullmann, Theol. Ztschr. 4, ’48, 471-3); 11:8; Lk 1:1 (cf. Herm. Wr. 11, 1, 1b and see JBauer, NovT 4, ’60, 263-6), 14; J 2:23; 8:30; Ac 9:42; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 11:18; Gal 3:16 (πολλοί=a plurality); Tit 1:10; 2 Pt 2:2. Opp. ὀλίγοι Mt 22:14; 20:16 v.l. (cf. Pla., Phaedo 69C ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι=the thyrsus-bearers [officials] are many, but the truly inspired are few)—W. a partitive gen. πολλοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 3:7. π. πῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:16.—J 4:39; 12:11; Ac 4:4; 8:7a; 13:43; 18:8; 19:18; 2 Cor 12:21; Rv 8:11.—W. ἐκ and gen. (Jos., Ant. 11, 151)πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν J 6:60, 66 v.l.—10:20; 11:19, 45; 12:42; Ac 17:12. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου πολλοί J 7:31 (Appian, Iber. 78 §337 πολλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους). β. w. the art. οἱ πολλοί the many, of whatever appears in the context Mk 6:2 (the many people who were present in the synagogue); 9:26b (the whole crowd). Opp. ὁ εἷς Ro 5:15a, c, 19a, b; the many who form the ἓν σῶμα the one body 12:5; 1 Cor 10:17. Paul pays attention to the interests of the many rather than to his own vs. 33 (cf. Jos., Ant. 3, 212).—The majority, most (X., An. 5, 6, 19; Appian, Maced. 7, Bell. Civ. 4, 73 §309; 2 Macc 1:36; En. 104, 10; Jos., Ant. 17, 72)Mt 24:12; Hb 12:15. W. a connotation of disapproval most people, the crowd (Socrat., Ep. 6, 2; Dio Chrys. 15[32], 8; Epict. 1, 3, 4; 2, 1, 22 al.; Plut., Mor. 33A; 470B; Plotinus, Enn. 2, 9, 9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42) 2 Cor 2:17; Pol 2:1; 7:2.—JoachJeremias, The Eucharistic Words of Jesus3, tr. NPerrin, ’66, 179-82; 226-31, and TW VI 536-45: πολλοί. b. πολλά—α. many things, much without the art.: γράφειν write at length B 4:9. διδάσκειν Mk 4:2; 6:34b. λαλεῖν Mt 13:3. μηχανᾶσθαι MPol 3. πάσχειν (Pind., Ol. 13, 90 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 16:21; Mk 5:26a; 9:12; Lk 9:22; 17:25; B 7:5, 11. ποιεῖν Mk 6:20 t.r. United w. another neut. by καί (Lucian, Icar. 20 πολλὰ κ. δεινά; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 345 D.: πολλὰ κ. καλά; Ps.-Demetr., El. 70 πολλὰ κ. ἄλλα; likew. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §53; Arrian, Anab. 6, 11, 2) πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα many other things Lk 3:18. πολλὰ ἂν κ. ἄλλα εἰπεῖν ἔχοιμι Dg 2:10 (Eur., Ep. 3, 2, πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχω; Diod. S. 17, 38, 3 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα:. . . διαλεχθείς). ἐν πολλοῖς in many ways (Diod. S. 26, 1, 2; Dit., Or. 737, 7 [II BC]) 2 Cor 8:22a. ἐπὶ πολλῶν (opp. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα) over many things Mt 25:21, 23.—W. the art. (Pla., Apol. 1 p. 17A) τὰ πολλὰ πράσσειν transact a great deal of business Hs 4:5b. β. The acc. is used as an adv. greatly, earnestly, strictly, loudly, often, etc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 14; Diod. S. 13, 41, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 19, 2; Aelian, V.H. 1, 23; 4 Km 10:18; Is 23:16; Jos., Ant. 14, 348)ἀλαλάζειν πολλά Mk 5:38 (s. ἀλαλάζω). πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν Hs 4:5c. π. ἀνακρίνειν Ac 28:18 v.l. π. ἀπορεῖν Mk 6:20 (Field, Notes 29). π. ἀσπάζεσθαι (ἀσπάζομαι 1) 1 Cor 16:19. δεηθῆναι π. (Jos., Vi. 173; 343) Hs 5, 4, 1. διαστέλλεσθαι Mk 5:43 (s. διαστέλλω). π. ἐπιτιμᾶν 3:12. π. ἐρωτᾶν earnestly pray Hv 2, 2, 1. κατηγορεῖν π. Mk 15:3 (s. κατηγορέω 1a). κηρύσσειν π. talk freely 1:45. κλαίειν bitterly Ac 8:24 D. κοπιᾶν (CIG IV 9552, 5. . . μοι πολλὰ ἐκοπίασεν, cf.

Dssm., LO 266, 5 [LAE 317]) work hard Ro 16:6, 12; 2 Cl 7:1b. νηστεύειν π. fast often Mt 9:14a v.l. παρακαλεῖν Mk 5:10, 23; Ac 20:1 D; 1 Cor 16:12. π. πταίειν make many mistakes Js 3:2. π. σπαράσσειν convulse violently Mk 9:26a.—W. the art. ἐνεκοπτόμην τὰ πολλά I have been hindered these many times (cf. Ro 1:13 πολλάκις) Ro 15:22 (P46 BD have πολλάκις here too). c. πολύ—α. much ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολὺ κτλ. Lk 12:48. Cf. 16:10a, b; 2 Cl 8:5; καρποφορεῖν π. bear much fruit Hs 2:3. πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον much in every way Ro 3:2 (Ael. Aristid. 34, 43 K.=50 p. 562 D. gives answer to a sim. quest. asked by himself: πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα).—Js 5:16.—As gen. of price πολλοῦ for a large sum of money (Menand., fgm. 197; PRyl. 244, 10) Mt 26:9.—Of time: ἐπὶ πολύ (for) a long time (ἐπί III 2b) Ac 28:6. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon afterward 27:14 (μετά B II 3).—ἐπὶ πολύ more than once, often (Is 55:7) Hm 4, 1, 8.—Before the comp. (class.; Bl-D. §246; Rob. 664) in the acc. πολὺ βέλτιον much better Hs 1:9. π. ἐλάττων v 3, 7, 6. π. μᾶλλον much more, to a much greater degree (Dio Chrys. 2, 10; 17; 64 al.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 9 K.=50 p. 549 D.) Hb 12:9, 25 (by means of a negative it acquires the mng. much less. Cf. Diod. S. 7, 14, 6 πολὺ μᾶλλον μὴ. . . =even much less); Dg 2:7b. π. πλέον 2:7a. π. σπουδαιότερος 2 Cor 8:22b. Cf. 1 Pt 1:7 t.r.; in the dat. of degree of difference πολλῷ μᾶλλον (Thu. 2, 51, 4; UPZ 42, 48 [162 BC]; Ep. Arist. 7; 24 al.; Sir prol. 1. 14; Jos., Ant. 18, 184)Mt 6:30; Mk 10:48b; Lk 18:39; Ro 5:9f, 15b, 17; 1 Cor 12:22; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; Phil 2:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρείσσον 1:23 (P46 without μᾶλλον). πολλῷ πλείους J 4:41.—W. the art. τὸ πολύ (opp. τὸ ὀλίγον as X., An. 7, 7, 36) 2 Cor 8:15 (cf. Ex 16:18). β. the acc. as adv. greatly, very much, strongly (Da 6:15, 24 Theod.) ἀγαπᾶν πολύ love greatly Lk 7:47b. κλαίειν π. weep loudly Rv 5:4.—Mk 12:27; Ac 18:27. d. πολύς (Diod. S. 14, 107, 4 πολὺς ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ=he was strongly inclined toward punishing) μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασιν γίνου do not be profuse in speech, do not gossip 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).

II. comparative πλείων, πλει̂ον (18 times in the NT, 4 times in the Apost. Fathers) or πλέον (Lk 3:13; J 21:15; Ac 15:28 and 14 times in the Apost. Fathers), ονος; pl. πλείονες, contracted πλείους, neut. πλείονα and πλείω (Bl-D. §30, 2; Mlt.-H. 82; Thackeray p. 81f; Mayser p. 68f) more (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.).

1. adj.—a. w. a plural (Diod. S. 14, 6, 1 μισθοφόρους πλείους=many mercenaries) πλείονας πόνους (opp. οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο) 1 Cl 5:4. ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277; cf.

Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 29 πλείονας ἡμ.) Ac 13:31.—21:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 15); 24:17; 25:14; 27:20. οἱ μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν γεγονότες ἱερεῖς the priests of former times existed in greater numbers Hb 7:23. ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν in many more words (than have been reported) Ac 2:40. ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα MPol 12:1.—W. a gen.

825

of comparison ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων other slaves, more than (he had sent) at first Mt 21:36. πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν more signs than those which J 7:31. Also w. ἤ: πλείονας μαθητὰς ἤ more disciples than 4:1.

After πλείονες (-α) before numerals the word for ‘than’ is omitted (Bl-D. §185, 4; Kühner-G. II 311; Rob. 666) ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man was more than 4O years old Ac 4:22. πλείους τεσσεράκοντα 23:13, 21. Cf. 24:11; 25:6 (Jos., Ant. 6, 306δέκα οὐ πλείους ἡμέρας).—The ref. is to degree in τὰ ἔργα σου τὰ ἕσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων your deeds, the latter of which are greater than the former Rv 2:19. b. w. a singular καρπὸν πλείονα more fruit J 15:2, 8 P66; Hs 5, 2, 4. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχλου the greater part of the throng 8, 1, 16. ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον for a longer time (PTebt. 6, 31 [II BC]) Ac 18:20. Foll. by gen. of comparison: πλείονα τιμήν more honor Hb 3:3b.—IPol 1:3a. Foll. by παρά τινα for comparison Hb 3:3a; 11:4; Hs 9, 18, 2. ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 1 Cl 41:4.—τὸ πλεῖον μέρος as adv. acc. for the greater part Hv 3, 6, 4a.

2. subst.—a. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους—α. the majority, most (Diog. L. 1, 20; 22; Jos., Ant. 10, 114)Ac 19:32; 27:12. W. ἐξ: ἐξ ὧν οἱ πλείονες most of whom 1 Cor 15:6. W. gen. and a neg. (litotes) οὐκ ἐν τ. πλείοσιν αὐτῶν ηὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός God was pleased with only a few of them 10:5. This is perh. (s. γ below) the place for 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6; 9:2. Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1. β. (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23. πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν many more came to believe J 4:41.—διὰ τῶν πλειόνων to more and more people=those who are still to be won for Christ 2 Cor 4:15. γ. In contrast to a minority οἱ πλείονες can gain the sense the others, the rest (so τὰ πλείονα Soph., Oed. Col. 36; τὸ πλέον Thu. 4, 30, 4; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; Bl-D. §244, 3 w. app.). So perh. (s. α above) ἵνα τ. πλείονας κερδήσω (opp. the apostle himself) 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6 (opp. the one who has been punished too severely.—In this case [s. α above] his punishment would have been determined by a unanimous vote of the church, rather than by a majority). Cf. 9:2; Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1. b. πλείονα more Mt 20:10 t.r.; various things Lk 11:53. ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα 1 Cl 24:5. c. πλεῖον, πλέον more τὸ πλεῖον the greater sum (cf. Diod. S. 1, 82, 2=the greater part; Ps 89:10); Lk 7:43. πλεῖον λαμβάνειν receive a larger sum Mt 20:10. W. the partitive gen. ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας they will arrive at an ever greater measure of godlessness=become more and more deeply involved in godlessness 2 Ti 2:16. W. a gen. of comparison πλεῖον τῆς τροφῆς someth. greater (more important) than food Mt 6:25; Lk 12:23. πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; cf. vs. 42; Lk 11:31f. ἡ χήρα πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν the widow put in more than all the rest Mk 12:43; Lk 21:3. μηδὲν πλέον nothing more (Jos., Bell. 1, 43); the words than, except following are expressed by παρά and the acc. Lk 3:13 or by πλήν w. gen. Ac 15:28.—The acc. is used as an adv. more, in greater measure, to a greater degree (Herm. Wr. 13, 21 Nock after the mss.) Lk 7:42; IRo 1:1; w. a gen. of comparison Mt 5:20 (περισσεύω 1aβ); J 21:15; IPol 5:2 (cf. Ad’Alès, Rech de Sc rel 25, ’35, 489-92). τριετίαν ἢ καὶ πλεῖον for three years or even more Ac 20:18 D.—ἐπὶ πλεῖον any farther (of place) Ac 4:17 (ἐπί III 1aα); (of time) at length Ac 20:9 (ἐπί III 2b) or any longer, too long 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1 (ἐπί III 2b); any more, even more (ἐπί III 3) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). Strengthened πολὺ πλέον much more, much rather (4 Macc 1:8; cf. X., An. 7, 5, 15; BGU 180, 12f [172 AD] πολλῷ πλεῖον) Dg 2:7; 4:5.—Also w. indications of number (s. 1a above) πλεῖον ἢ ἄρτοι πέντε Lk 9:13 (the words πλ. ἤ outside the constr. as X., An. 1, 2, 11). In πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων more than twelve legions of angels Mt 26:53 the text is uncertain (Bl-D. §185, 4 app.; cf. Rob. 666).—The adv. can also be expressed by πλειόνως (Aeneas Tact. 237; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; Leontios 24, p. 52, 10) more ὅσον—πλειόνως the more—the more IEph 6:1.

III. superlative πλει̂στος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. adj.—a. w. a plural most of αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις Mt 11:20. b. w. the singular—α. superlative proper τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος the greatest part w. partitive gen. Hs 8, 2, 9; 9, 7, 4.

As adv. acc. for the greatest part 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1 (s. μέρος 1d). β. elative (cf. Mayser II 1, ’26, 53) very great, very large (ὁ) πλεῖστος ὄχλος Mt 21:8 (ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος could also be the greatest part of the crowd, as Thu. 7, 78, 2; Pla., Rep. 3 p. 397D); Mk 4:1.

2. subst.—a. οἱ πλεῖστοι the majority, most Ac 19:32 D. b. the neut. acc. as adv. (sing. Hom.+; pl. Pind.+)—α. pl. πλεῖστα in the formula of greeting at the beginning of a letter πλεῖστα χαίρειν (POxy. 742; 744; 1061 [all three I BC] and fr. there on very oft. in pap.—Griech. Pap. ed.

Ltzm.: Kl. Texte 142, ’10, p. 4, 5, 6, 7 al.) heartiest greeting (s) IEph inscr.; IMg inscr.; ITr inscr.; IRo inscr.; ISm inscr.; IPol inscr. β. sing. τὸ πλεῖστον at the most (Aristoph., Vesp. 260; Diod. S. 14, 71, 3 πεμπταῖοι ἢ τὸ πλ. ἑκταῖοι; POxy. 58, 17) κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ πλ. τρεῖς (word for word like Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1) 1 Cor 14:27. M-M. B. 922f.* πολυσπλαγχνία, ας, ἡ sympathy, compassion, mercy as a divine attribute Hv 1, 3, 2; 2, 2, 8; 4, 2, 3; m 9:2.* πολύσπλαγχνος, ον sympathetic, compassionate, merciful (Clem. Alex., Quis Div. Salv. 39, 6; Act. Thom. 119) of God Js 5:11; Hm 4, 3, 5; s 5, 7, 4.* πολυτέλεια, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 5, 42, 6; inscr.; Ep. Arist. 80; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234) extravagance, luxury, richness Hs 1:10f. π. ἐδεσμάτων πολλῶν luxury of many (kinds of) food (s) Hm 6, 2, 5. π. πλούτου extravagance of wealth (i.e. such as wealth affords) m 8:3; 12, 2, 1.* πολυτελής, ές (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) (very) expensive, costly (so Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 191) of an ointment Mk 14:3. Of clothing (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Diod. S. 4, 53, 3; 17, 35, 2; Polyaenus 6, 1, 4; Philo, 826

Sacr. Abel. 21; Jos., Bell. 1, 605)1 Ti 2:9. Of stones (Diod. S. 1, 33, 3; 2, 16, 4; Dit., Or. 90, 34; 132, 8 [s. note 7]; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 467, 16 [217 BC]; PGM 5, 239. So mostly LXX; En. 18, 6; Ep. Arist. 60 al.) λίθος π. B 6:2 (Is 28:16); pl. MPol 18:1. παρατάξεις π. costly establishments (s. παράταξις 2) Hs 1:1.—Symbolically, of true adornment ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 Pt 3:4. M-M.* πολυτελῶς adv. (since Eupolis Com. 335 [V BC]; Lysias 7, 31; Diod. S. 5, 41, 2; Dit., Or. 524, 7; Philo, Mos. 2, 95; Jos., Ant. 8, 95; 18, 92) abundantly, lavishly τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. ἐργάζεσθαι do good lavishly Hm 4, 2, 2.* πολύτιμος, ον (Cornutus 16 p. 21, 16; Plut., Pomp. 5, 2; Alciphr. 3, 10, 4; Herodian 1, 17, 3; POxy. 1121, 20 [II AD]; PHermopol. 9, 7; Jos., Ant. 7, 161)very precious, valuable of a pearl Mt 13:46. Of an ointment 26:7 v.l.; J 12:3.

Comp. τὸ δοκίμιον τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου the genuineness (δοκίμιον 2) of (your) faith which is more precious than gold 1 Pt 1:7. M-M.* πολυτρόπως adv. (Philo, Aet. M. 129; Geopon. 9, 11, 4; 4 Macc 3:21 v.l.) fr. πολύτροπος (Hom.+; PFlor. 33, 15; Job 5:13 v.l.; 4 Macc; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 117, Dec. 83; Jos., Ant. 10, 142)in various ways (w. πολυμερῶς, q.v.) Hb 1:1. M-M.* πόμα, ατος, τό (so Pind., Hdt. and later writers, also Epigr. Gr. 244, 10; LXX; Philo for class. πῶμα. Kühner-Bl. II p. 286) a drink—1. pl., of the usual things to drink (w. βρώματα; s. βρῶμα 1) Hb 9:10.

2. symbolically (Ael. Aristid. 28, 114 K.=49 p. 528 D.: π. ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πηγῶν; Philo, Somn. 2, 248 θεῖον π.; Sib. Or. 5, 240) ἓν πόμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 Cor 12:13 v.l., prob. w. ref. to the Lord’s Supper. The typological predecessor of the Lord’s Supper in the OT is seen (beside manna as the πνευματικὸν βρῶμα) as τὸ πνευματικὸν πόμα the spiritual drink (fr. the spiritual rock that followed them) 1 Cor 10:4. Ign. describes the joys of communion w.

Christ that accompany martyrdom by means of expressions taken fr. the liturgy of the Eucharist, among them πόμα IRo 7:3 (Hdb. ad loc.). M-M.* πονέω (Pind.+ [the mid. as dep. as early as Hom.]; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; 15, 33) toil, be troubled ἐπί τινι about or in behalf of someone ἐπὶ καταπονουμένῳ (s. καταπονέω) B 20:2; D 5:2. πονεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων LJ 1:3 (of the ψυχή as Philo, Somn. 1, 255).* πονηρεύομαι mid. dep.; fut. πονηρεύσομαι be wicked and act wickedly (Heraclit.+; Demosth. 19, 32; Menand., Epitr. 133; Plut., Pomp. 39, 5, Cic. 7, 4, Cato Maj. 9, 10; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 745 D.; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 11; 4, 76; Jos., Ant. 15, 348; Test. 12 Patr.) , do wrong, commit sin Hm 10, 3, 2a, b. Opp. ἀγαθοποιεῖν Hs 9, 18, 1f. π. εἴς τινα act wickedly toward someone, do harm to someone m 4, 3, 4; 9:9; s 9, 22, 4. π. ἔν τινι (commit) sin with someth. (Mi 3:4): w. the tongue Hv 2, 2, 3. μηδὲν πονηρεύσῃ you must do no evil s 5, 1, 5. οἱ πονηρευόμενοι ποικίλαις πονηρίαις doers of various kinds of wickedness=sinners of every description 9, 18, 3.—The subst. ptc. in the pl. οἱ πονηρευόμενοι the evil-doers, the sinners (Dit., Or. 515, 58; LXX; Philo, Virt. 227) B 5:13; 6:6 (cf. on both Ps 21:17).* πονηρία, ας, ἡ (Soph., Hippocr.+) in our lit. only in the ethical sense wickedness, baseness, maliciousness, sinfulness (Soph.; Lysias 22, 16 et al.; Dit., Or. 519, 10; PLeipz. 119A, B I, 7; LXX; Philo, De Jos. 212; Jos., Ant. 10, 37; 13, 120; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) Mt 22:18; Hv 3, 5, 4; 3, 6, 1. W. ἁρπαγή Lk 11:39; w. ἄνοια 2 Cl 13:1; w. δολιότης Hs 8, 6, 2; w. κακία 1 Cor 5:8. In the Lord’s Prayer Mt 6:13 v.l. In a catalogue of vices (s. Philo, Ebr. 223) Ro 1:29; 1 Cl 35:5. Cf. Hs 9, 15, 3, where Πονηρία and other vices are personified. πονηρία μεγάλη Hv 2, 2, 2a. Of children μὴ γινώσκοντα τὴν πονηρίαν τὴν ἀπολλύουσαν τὴν ζωήν who know nothing of the wickedness that ruins the life Hm 2:1.—In the objective gen. κόλασις τῆς π. punishment for wickedness Hs 9, 18, 1; ὁ μισθὸς τῆς π. B 4:12. In the gen. of quality (to be rendered as an adj.) ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς π. evil desire Hv 1, 1, 8; m 11:2. συμφυρμοὶ πονηρίας v 2, 2, 2b. διδάσκαλοι πονηρίας evil teachers or obj. gen. teachers of wickedness s 9, 19, 2; τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς π. Eph 6:12 (cf. πνευματικός 3). ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς πονηρίας (opp. ἄγγ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης) Hm 6, 2, 1; 4f; 7; 9f (cf. IQS 3, 18f). πλείονα πονηρίαν ποιεῖν act more wickedly Hs 9, 18, 2.—The pl., of the various kinds of evil-mindedness and individual expressions of it (Demosth. 21, 19; Aristot. 1389a, 18; Jer 39:32; Bl-D. §142; cf. Rob. 408) Mk 7:22 (malicious acts); Ac 3:26; 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16); Hv 3, 7, 2; m 8:3. αἱ π. ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἐμμένουσιν wickedness remains in their hearts Hv 3, 6, 3 (here the pl. could refer to the plurality of persons involved, since basically only one kind of wickedness is meant). On πονηρεύεσθαι ποικίλαις πονηρίαις s 9, 18, 3 cf. πονηρεύομαι.—S. also ἁγιάζω (4), ἀποβάλλω (1bα), ἀφαιρέω (1), κατισχύω (2), παύω (2). M-M.** πονηρός, ά, όν (Hes., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) comp. πονηρότερος Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26; superl. πονηρότατος (Diod. S. 14, 4, 2; Catal. of the Gk. and Lat. Pap. in the JRyl. Libr. III ’38, no. 493, 89) Hm 3:5.

1. adj.—a. in the physical sense—α. in poor condition, sick (Pla., Prot. 313A σῶμα; πονηρῶς ἔχειν ‘be badly off’, ‘be ill’ since Thu. 7, 83, 3) of the eye (cf. Pla., Hipp. Min. 374D πονηρία ὀφθαλμῶν) Mt 6:23; Lk 11:34 (Weizsäcker, BWeiss, HHoltzmann, Gdspd., RSV. But see s.v. ἁπλοῦς, λύχνος 2, ὀφθαλμός 1, also 1bβ below and the four articles ET 53, ’42, 181f; 354f; 54, ’42, 26; 26f). β. painful, virulent, serious (since Theognis 274) ἕλκος sore, ulcer (Dt 28:35; Job 2:7) Rv 16:2. γ. bad, spoiled, worthless (X., Pla.+) καρποί (Ael. Aristid. 23, 57K.=42 p. 787 D.) Mt 7:17f (cf. Jer 24:8 τὰ 827

σῦκα τὰ πονηρά). b. in the ethical sense wicked, evil, bad, base, worthless, vicious, degenerate—α. of persons (since trag. and Ps.-X., Rep. Ath. [‘the Old Oligarch’] 1, 1; Is 9:16; Sir 25:16, 25; Philo, Joseph.) ὁ πον. ἄνθρωπος (Plut., Alcib. 13, 4; cf. Philo, Exsecr. 149; Jos., Ant. 7, 291)Mt 12:35a; Lk 6:45a (where ἄνθρωπος is to be supplied); cf. 2 Th 3:2; 2 Ti 3:13. δοῦλος πον. (Philemo Com. 167; Jos., Ant. 2, 55; 16, 296) Mt 18:32; 25:26; Lk 19:22; ἄνδρες πον. Ac 17:5; γενεὰ πον. Mt 12:39, 45b; 16:4; Lk 11:29.—Mt 12:34. Men are called πονηροί in contrast to God Mt 7:11; Lk 11:13 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 18, 82 ἀληθέστατον. . . πονηροὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι).—Of demons τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν (Cat. Cod. Astr. X 180, 16; 186, 4) Ac 19:15f. Pl. (Cyranides p. 51, 14) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f. Of the evil spirit which contends w. the Holy Spirit for a place in the human soul (cf. 1 Km 16:14-23) Hm 5, 1, 2; 3. ἄγγελος πον. B 9:4 (Paus. Attic. τ, 18 πονηροὶ δαίμονες; Julian p. 371, 5; 11 Hertlein δαίμονες πονηροί; PLeipz. 34, 8 π. δαίμων). ὁ πονηρὸς ἄρχων 4:13 (ἄρχων 3). β. of things βουλή (Menand., Mon. 568) B 6:7 (Is 3:9); 19:3; D 2:6; Hv 1, 2, 4a (βουλή 2a). διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Js 2:4 (διαλογισμός 1). διδαχή Hm 6, 2, 7 (παντὶ ἔργῳ is dat. of disadvantage). δόλος (Dit., Syll.3 693, 6 [129 BC]) IEph 7:1. ἐπιθυμία (-αι: Dio Chrys. 4, 89) 2 Cl 16:2; Hv 1, 1, 8b; 1, 2, 4c; s 6, 2, 1 and oft. ἔργον 2 Ti 4:18; Hv 1, 2, 4b. ἔργα J 3:19; 7:7; Col 1:21; 1J 3:12b; 2J 11; Hv 3, 7, 6; 3, 8, 4 al. θησαυρός Mt 12:35b; Lk 6:45b (here θης. is to be supplied fr. the context). καρδία (cf. Menand., fgm. 540, 8 ψυχή) 1 Cl 3:4; καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας (gen of characteristic; cf. Bl-D. §165; definition Mlt. 74) Hb 3:12. καταλαλιά Hm 2:3. Arrogant καύχησις Js 4:16; λόγοι π. malicious words (Menand., Mon. 542) 3J 10. Of the ὁδὸς τοῦ θανάτου D 5:1; cf. B 4:10. ὀφθαλμὸς π. (ὀφθαλμός 1 and s. 1aα above) Mt 20:15; Mk 7:22. πρᾶγμα (Menand., Epitr. 673, fgm. 784) Hv 1, 1, 8a; ῥᾳδιούργημα π. Ac 18:14. ῥῆμα π. slanderous, evil word (Dit., Syll.3 1175, 16; Jdth 8:8, 9) Mt 5:11 t.r.; Hs 5, 3, 6; συνείδησις π. evil, guilty conscience Hb 10:22; B 19:12; D 4:14; Hm 3:4; ὑπόνοιαι π. 1 Ti 6:4. Cf. Ac 25:18 v.l. τὸ πονηρότατον ψεῦσμα the most wicked sin of lying Hm 3:5. Of a Christian’s name ἐκβάλλειν τὸ ὄνομα ὡς πονηρόν spurn the name as vile (i.e as held only by worthless persons) Lk 6:22.—In the judgment of Christians a close connection w. sin is the chief characteristic of this age: ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ Gal 1:4. Cf. αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν Eph 5:16.—B 2:1. Sing. Eph 6:13.

2. subst.—a. wicked or evil-intentioned person, evildoer (Dt 21:21; Esth 7:6) ὁ πονηρός (the art. is generic) Mt 5:39; 1 Cor 5:13 (Dt 17:7); B 19:11 (but τὸ πον. Lake).—Pl. πονηροὶ καὶ ἀγαθοί (cf. Philo, Praem. 3; Jos., Ant. 6, 307; 8, 314 God ἀγαπᾷ τ. ἀγαθούς, μισεῖ δὲ τ. πονηρούς) Mt 5:45; 22:10. Opp. οἱ δίκαιοι 13:49. W. οἱ ἀχάριστοι (s. ἀχάριστος. Also Lucian, Timon 48, perh. fr. comedy [III p. 654 Kock]) Lk 6:35. W. ἁμαρτωλοί B 4:2. b. ὁ πονηρός the evil one=the devil (Third Corinthians 3:15) Mt 13:19; J 17:15; Eph 6:16; 1J 2:13f; 5:18, 19 (κεῖμαι 2d); B 2:10; 21:3; MPol 17:1. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ εἶναι be a child of the evil one (ἐκ 3a, end) 1J 3:12a; cf. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ Mt 13:38, in case πον. is masc. here.—The gen. τοῦ πονηροῦ Mt 5:37; 6:13 can also be taken as masc. (it is so taken by Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 55 p. 51, 19; 21; Tertullian, Cyprian, Origen, Chrysostom; KAFFritzsche, JWeiss; more recently Schniewind on Mt 6:13; Weymouth, Gdspd.;—it is taken as a neut. by Augustine: WMangold, De Ev. sec. Mt 6:13, 1886; BWeiss, Zahn, Wlh.; Harnack SAB ’07, 944; EKlostermann, Dausch; PFiebig, D. Vaterunser ’27, 92; Mft., RSV); Lk 11:4 t.r.; 2 Th 3:3; D 8:2. It is poss. that these passages belong under c. τὸ πονηρόν (that which is) evil Lk 6:45c; Ro 12:9; 1 Th 5:22 (εἶδος 2). πᾶν πον. all kinds of evil Mt 5:11; ποιεῖν τὸ πονηρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ κυρίου (cf. Dt 17:2; 4 Km 21:2, 20) Hm 4, 2, 2; cf. Ac 5:4 D; 1 Cl 18:4 (Ps 50:6). ἀγρυπνεῖν εἰς τὸ π. D 5:2 and ἐπὶ τὸ π. B 20:2 s. ἀγρυπνέω 2. ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν Ac 28:21.—Pl. wicked thoughts, evil deeds (Gen 6:5; 8:21) Mt 9:4; 12:35c; Mk 7:23; Lk 3:19; J 3:20 P66 et al.; Ac 25:18; 2 Cl 8:2. δύο καὶ πονηρά two evil things B 11:2 (Jer 2:13 v.l.).—πονηρόν ἐστίν τινι it is bad for someone Hm 5, 1, 4.—S. Lofthouse s.v. κακός, end; WBrandt, ZNW 14, ’13, 189ff. GHarder, TW VI 546-66: πονηρός and related words. M-M.** πονηρόφρων, ον, gen. ονος evil-minded w. αὐθάδης D 3:6 (the word is found only here and in Apost. Constit. 7, 7, which is dependent upon this pass.).* πονηρῶς adv. (Thu., Aristoph. et al.) basely, wickedly w. ἀφρόνως Hv 5:4.* πόνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. (hard) labor, toil (Onesicritus [c. 310 BC]: 134 fgm. 17a Jac.: because of the ὕβρις of men, Zeus brought the utopian state of affairs in India to an end, and sent πόνος into the life of men; Ps 89:10; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 49; 18, 244) πόνον ἔχειν ὑπέρ τινος Col 4:13 (πόνον ἔχειν: Il. 15, 416; Hes., Shield 305; Paus. 4, 16, 3.—Theocr. 7, 139 has it in the sense ‘take pains’ with a ptc.). μετὰ πόνου with diffculty, laboriously, painstakingly (Pla., Soph. 230A μετὰ πολλοῦ πόνου) Dg 11:8.

2. pain, distress, affliction (X., Mem. 2, 2, 5; Aelian, N.A. 7, 30 p. 190, 9; Dit., Syll.3 708, 11; POxy. 234 II, 24; 37; Is 65:14; Job 4:5) w. πένθος and κραυγή Rv 21:4. εἶναι ἐν πόνῳ (cf. Gen 34:25) 1 Cl 16:3f (Is 53:4). ἀφαιρεῖν ἀπὸ τ. πόνου τῆς ψυχῆς (ἀφαιρέω 1.—πόνος τ. ψυχῆς: Maximus Tyr. 1, 4b) vs. 12 (Is 53:10f). Of the Crucified One ὡς μηδὲ πόνον ἔχων as though he felt no pain at all GP 4:10. Of a hailstone πῶς πόνον παρέχει how much pain it causes, how much it hurts Hm 11:20. ἐκ τοῦ π. in pain (Appian, Iber. 97 §423) Rv 16:10; pl.

(Gen 41:51; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 146; Test. Jud. 18:4) ἐκ τῶν π. (Eur., fgm. 364 Nauck2) because of their sufferings vs.

11. πόνους ὑποφέρειν undergo hardships 1 Cl 5:4.—HT Kuist, Biblical Review 16, ’32, 415-20 (πόνος, μόχθος).

M-M. B. 540.* Ποντικός, ή, όν from Pontus (s. Πόντος) (Hdt.+) subst. (Socrat., Ep. 30, 14) of Aquila Π. τῷ γένει a native of Pontus Ac 18:2.* 828

Πόντιος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S. 14, 116, 3; Plut.; Dit., Syll.3 797, 2 [37 AD], Or. 656, 4) Pontius, the name of a Roman, originally Samnite gens, going as far back as the Samnite Wars (Cic., De Off. 2, 21, 75; Livy 9, 1), the nomen (middle, gentile, or tribal name) of Pilate (s. Πιλᾶτος) Mt 27:2 v.l.; Lk 3:1; Ac 4:27; 1 Ti 6:13. WSchulze, Zur Geschichte latein.

Eigennamen: GGAbh. V 5, ’04; JOllivier, Ponce Pilate et les Pontii: RB 5, 1896, 247-54; 594-600.* πόντος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; Arrian, Anab. 6, 19, 4; 5; Ex 15:5) the (high) sea ὁ ἐπὶ πόντον πλέων Rv 18:17 v.l. (cf.

Diod. S. 20. 25, 2 οἱ πλέοντες τὸν Πόντον=those who sail the Pontus).* Πόντος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Philo, Deus Imm. 174; Joseph.; inscr.) Pontus, orig. the name of a sea (the Euxine, or Black Sea), then the abbreviated designation of an empire founded by the Achaemenid Persians in northeast Asia Minor, extending fr. the Black Sea to the Caucasus. After Pompey’s conquest a part of it was made a Roman province.

Acc. to Appian, Mithrid. 15 §53 many Ἕλληνες had settled there. Ac 2:9; 1 Pt 1:1 (on the address Ps.-Callisth. 2, 11, 2, an encyclical letter of Alexander [s. Καππαδοκία]). JMarquardt, Römische Staatsverwaltung I2 1881, 349ff; EMeyer and Brandis, Pauly-W. III 507ff; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte u. Landschaften II 1, ’22.* Πόπλιος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S. 11, 41, 1; 13, 7, 1; 14, 47, 1 al.; Plut.; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 333; Jos., Ant. 14, 236; inscr., pap.) Publius, a Roman praenomen (first or personal name; cf. AWalde, Latein. etymolog. Wörterbuch2 ’10 s.v. poplicus; Bl-D. §41, 2; cf. Mlt.-H. 155). Ac 28:7f mentions a Π. as πρῶτος τῆς νήσου for the island of Malta. The title is also attested elsewh. for Malta: IG XIV 601 Λ. Καστρίκιος Κυρ(είνᾳ) Προύδηνς ἱππεὺς Ῥωμ(αίων), πρῶτος Μελιταίων καὶ πάτρων, ἄρξας καὶ ἀμφιπολεύσας θεῷ Αὐγούστῳ; CIL X 7495 municipi Melitensium primus omnium. As a rule it is taken for granted that it was a designation for the highest Roman official on the island (Felten, Belser, HHoltzmann, Wendt, Preuschen, Knopf, Hoennicke). More recently it has been thought to refer to any office that was non-Roman in origin (AMayr, Die Insel Malta im Altertum ’09, 116; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 345f).

M-M.* πορεία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) going—1. lit. journey, trip πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι (X., An. 5, 6, 11; Diod. S. 14, 39, 4; Cornutus 19 p. 33, 20; Plut., Mor. 162F; 2 Macc 3:8; Jos., Ant. 7, 49; 14, 128) w. the destination given (Jos., Ant. 14, 358εἰς M.) εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Lk 13:22. In the judgment of the majority (Herder, Mayor, HermvSoden, Spitta, Hollmann, Belser, Windisch, Meinertz; RSV et al.) Js 1:11 also belongs here: ὁ πλούσιος ἐν ταῖς πορείαις αὐτοῦ the rich man on his (business) journeys or more gener. in his undertakings or pursuits. The pl. is a strong indication that this transl. is correct; nevertheless, the pl. may be thought of as parallel to vs. 8 ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ, so that we cannot finally exclude the sense 2. way of life, conduct (Pr 2:7.—Of the ‘way’ that one should take: Socrat., Ep. 27, 5) Hs 5, 6, 6. κατευθύνοντες τὴν πορείαν αὐτῶν ἐν ὁσιότητι 1 Cl 48:4. Cf. 62:1 v.l. Funk. Fr. this point of view Js 1:11 would be translated in all his ways (so Gebser, Weizsäcker, Beyschlag, Ropes, MDibelius, FHauck, JBPhillips). M-M.* πορεύω (Pind.+) in our lit. only as mid. and pass. πορεύομαι (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἐπορευόμην; fut. πορεύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπορεύθην; pf. ptc. πεπορευμένος. On the fut. mng. of the pres. s. Bl-D. §323, 3; Rob. 869. On the durative sense of the pres. imper. πορεύου in contrast to the aor. πορεύθητι s. Bl-D. §336, 1; cf. Rob. 855f; 890; go, proceed, travel.

1. lit., w. indication of the place from which: ἀπό τινος begone, depart from someone (X., An. 4, 4, 17) Mt 25:41; Lk 4:42b. ἐντεῦθεν 13:31. ἐκεῖθεν Mt 19:15. W. indication of the place to which: εἴς τι (X., Hell. 7, 4, 10; Is 22:15 εἴς τι πρός τινα) to, in, into, toward Mt 2:20; 17:27; Mk 16:12; Lk 1:39; 4:42a; 9:56 (εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην, cf.

Jos., Vi. 231); 22:33 (εἰς φυλακήν); J 7:35b; Ac 1:11; 19:21; 20:1, 22 (πορεύομαι=I am going, I am about to go); 22:5, 10; Ro 15:24, 25 (I am going, am about to go); IPol 7:2; 8:2; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 1. Of fish π. εἰς τὸ βάθος dive into the depth B 10:10b. Also of passing into the beyond, in a good sense of Paul and Peter: π. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον 1 Cl 5:7; εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον (ὀφείλω 2aα) τόπον τῆς δόξης 5:4 (so of Peter in Ac 12:17: WMSmaltz, JBL 71, ’52, 211-6), and in a bad sense of Judas the traitor εἰς τὸ τόπον τὸν ἴδιον Ac 1:25. εἰς τὰ ἔθνη to the heathen 18:6. ἐπὶ Καίσαρα π. go to Caesar, appear before the Emperor (ἐπί III 1 aγ) 25:12. πρός τινα to someone (Soph., Ant. 892; Pla., Clit. p. 410C; Theophr., Char. 2, 1; Diog. L. 8, 43; Gen 26:26) Mt 25:9; 26:14; Lk 11:5; 15:18; 16:30; J 14:12, 28; 16:28 (in the three J pass. I am about to go); Ac 27:3; 1 Cl 31:4. σύν τινι with someone Lk 7:6; Ac 10:20; 26:13; 1 Cor 16:4b. ἐπί τι after someth. (ἐπί III 1 aδ) Lk 15:4; (up) to someth. (ἐπί III 1aβ) Mt 22:9; Ac 8:26; 9:11, also ἕως ἐπί τι Ac 17:14. W. ἕως and gen. of the place Ac 23:23. W. διά and gen. of the place through (X., An. 4, 7, 15) Mt 12:1; Mk 9:30 v.l. ποῦ (instead of ποῖ) J 7:35a. οὗ (instead of ὅποι, as 1 Macc 13:20) Lk 24:28a; 1 Cor 16:6. π. τῇ ὁδῷ go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey 1 Cl 12:4; also ἐπορεύετο τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ Ac 8:39 (cf. Josh 3:4; Jos., Ant. 1, 282).π. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ go along the road Lk 9:57; also π. κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν Ac 8:36.—W. the purpose indicated by the inf. (Gen 37:25) Lk 2:3; 14:19, 31; J 14:2. Also ἵνα 11:11.—Somet. the place fr. which or to which is easily supplied fr. the context: θέλετε πορεύεσθαι you wish to go (i.e. to the house of the non-Christian who has invited you) 1 Cor 10:27. πορ. (i.e. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ) 16:4a. πορ. (i.e. εἰς ∆αμασκόν) Ac 22:6.—The aor. ptc. of πορ. is oft. used pleonastically to enliven the narrative (Bl-D. §419, 2.—4 Km 5:10; Josh 23:16; Jos., Ant. 7, 318); in any case the idea of going or traveling is not emphasized Mt 9:13; 11:4; 18:12; 21:6; 22:15; 25:16; 27:66; 28:7; Mk 16:10; Lk 7:22; 9:13; 13:32; 14:10 al.—Abs. (X., An. 5, 3, 2) ἐπορεύθησαν they set out Mt 2:9. πορεύθητι καὶ πορεύεται go, and he goes (cf. PGM 1, 185 πορεύου καὶ ἀπελεύσεται) 8:9; Lk 7:8 (opp. ἔρχεσθαι, as Epict. 1, 25, 10 Ἀγαμέμνων λέγει μοι ‘πορεύου. . . ’ πορεύομαι. ‘ἔρχου’. ἔρχομαι).—Lk 829

10:37; be on the way, be journeying Lk 10:38; 13:33; Ac 9:3.—ἔμπροσθέν τινος (UPZ 78, 15 [159 BC] ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν ἐπορευόμην; Josh 3:6): ἔ. αὐτῶν πορεύεται he goes in front of them J 10:4 (schol. on Apollon.

Rhod. 1, 577 προπορεύεται ὁ ποιμήν); cf. B 11:4 (Is 45:2). μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν do not go after them Lk 21:8 (ὀπίσω 2aβ). προθύμως μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐπορεύετο he walked on quickly and eagerly MPol 8:3.—πορεύου=go your way (Diog. L. 4, 11): πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Lk 7:50; 8:48 or ἐν εἰρήνῃ Ac 16:36 s. εἰρήνη 2.

2. fig.—a. as a euphemism, go to one’s death (cf. Lk 22:33 εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι), die Lk 22:22. b. πορ. ὀπίσω τινός in the sense ‘seek a close relation with’ (cf. Judg 2:12; 3 Km 11:10; Sir 46:10) οἱ ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευόμενοι follow (i.e. indulge) their physical nature in desire that defiles 2 Pt 2:10. ὀπίσω τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν Hv 3, 7, 3. c. conduct oneself, live, walk (Soph., Oed. R. 884; LXX) w. ἔν τινι foll.: (En. 99, 10 ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης; Test. Reub. 1:6; 4:1 ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας, Iss. 3:1, Ash. 4:5) ἐν ὁδῷ θανάτου B 19:2. ἐν αληθείᾳ (Tob 3:5 BA; Pr 28:6) Hm 3:4. ἐν ἀκακίᾳ καὶ ἁπλότητι v 2, 3, 2. ἐν ἀσελγείαις κτλ. 1 Pt 4:3. ἐν τῇ ἁγνότητι ταύτῃ Hm 4, 4, 4. ἐν ὁσιότητι 1 Cl 60:2. ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ κυρίου (cf. Ps 118:1 ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου) Lk 1:6; cf. Pol 2:2; 4:1; Hs 6, 1, 1-4. ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασιν s 5, 1, 5.—κατά τι (Num 24:1; Wsd 6:4) κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας according to the passions 2 Pt 3:3; Jd 16, 18.—τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδῷ πορ. follow the straight way Hm 6, 1, 2 (on the dat. cf. Bl-D. §198, 5; Rob. 521 and Dit., Syll.3 313, 20; LXX [reff. in MJohannessohn, Der Gebr. der Kasus in LXX, Diss. Berlin ’10, 57f]). ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν Ac 14:16. τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν Jd 11. τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου live in the fear of the Lord Ac 9:31. d. of life gener. (Dio Chrys. 58[75], 1 διὰ τ. βίου); abs. πορευόμενοι as they pass by (Jülicher, Gleichn. 529) Lk 8:14.—GDKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 61-3 (in synopt. gosp.). M-M. πορθέω impf. ἐπόρθουν; 1 aor. ἐπόρθησα (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 201, 17; BGU 588, 3 πορθοῦντες ὑμᾶς; 4 Macc 4:23; 11:4; Jos., Ant. 10, 135τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα) pillage, make havoc of, destroy, annihilate τὶ someth. ἐπόρθουν αὐτήν (i.e. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ) I tried to destroy the church of God Gal 1:13. τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει the faith which he once tried to destroy vs. 23. τινά someone (Aeschyl.+; Diod. S. 11, 32, 1; s. BGU above) π. τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο Ac 9:21.—P-HMenoud, EHaenchen-Festschr., ’64, 178-86 (Ac, Gal).

M-M.* πορία s. πορεία. πορίζω (trag., Thu.+; inscr., pap., Wsd 15:12) procure, provide ἑαυτῷ τὴν τροφήν food for oneself (Horapollo 1, 42 αἱ τροφαὶ πορίζονται; PGrenf, II 14a, 11 [III BC] πόρισόν μοι εἰς τὴν τροφήν; Aelian, V.H. 13, 26 and Jos., Ant. 8, 13π. αὑτῷ τι) B 10:4.* πορισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Polyb. et al.; Wsd 13:19; 14:2; Ep. Arist. 111; Philo, Op. M. 128; Jos., Bell. 2, 603)means of gain (so Plut., Cato Maj. 25, 1 δυσὶ μόνοις πορισμοῖς, γεωργίᾳ καὶ φειδοῖ; Test. Iss. 4:5 v.l.) 1 Ti 6:5, 6. M-M.* Πόρκιος, ου, ὁ (Polyb., Plut.; Jos., Ant. 20, 182)Porcius, name of a Roman gens to which, among others, the Catos belonged. Festus the procurator belonged to it (s. Φῆστος) Ac 24:27.* πορνεία, ας, ἡ (Demosth.+; LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr.) prostitution, unchastity, fornication, of every kind of unlawful sexual intercourse.

1. lit. Ro 1:29 t.r.; 1 Cor 5:1a, b; 6:13; Hm 4, 1, 1. W. ἀκαθαρσία 2 Cor 12:21; Gal 5:19; Eph 5:3; Col 3:5.

Differentiated fr. μοιχεία (Philo, Mos. 1, 300) Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21 (WGabriel, Was ist ‘porneia’ im Sprachgebr. Jesu?: Ethik 7, ’31, 106-9; 363-9); Hm 8:3; D 5:1 (the pl. denotes individual acts). On the other hand μοιχεία appears as πορνεία (cf. Sir 23:23) Hm 4, 1, 5. Of the sexual unfaithfulness of a married woman Mt 5:32; 19:9 (most recently JSickenberger, ThQ 123, ’42, 189-206, ZNW 42, ’49, 202ff; KStaab [παρεκτός 2]; AAllgeier, Angelicum 20, ’43, 128-42. Uniquely AFridrichsen, Sv. Exeg. Årsbok 9, ’44, 54-8; AIsaksson, Marriage and Ministry in the New Temple, ’65, 127-42 [lit.]). Caused by lust D 3:3. διὰ τὰς πορνείας 1 Cor 7:2 (the pl. points out the various factors that may bring about sexual immorality). BMalina, Does Porneia Mean ‘Fornication’? NovT 14, ’72, 10-17. φεύγειν τὴν π. 6:18. Also ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς π. 1 Th 4:3 (cf. Tobit 4:12). ἐκ π. γεννηθῆναι be an illegitimate child, a bastard (cf. Cephalio [II AD]: 93 fgm. 5 p. 444, 5 Jac. ἐγέννησε ἐκ πορ.; Gen 38:24) J 8:41. On ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς πορνείας καὶ πνικτοῦ Ac 15:20 (cf, vs. 29; 21:25) s. the lit. s.v. πνικτός and in BWBacon, The Apost. Decree against πορνεία: Exp. 8th Ser. VII ’14, 40-61.

2. fig., in accordance w. an OT symbol of apostasy fr. God, of idolatry; fr. the time of Hosea the relationship betw.

God and his people was regarded as a marriage bond. This usage was more easily understandable because some Semitic and Graeco-Roman cults were at times connected w. sexual debauchery (cf. Hos 6:10; Jer 3:2, 9; 4 Km 9:22) Rv 19:2, μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς π. αὐτῆς repent of her immorality 2:21; cf. 9:21, ὁ οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς π. the wine of her passionate immorality 14:8; 18:3 (on these passages s. θυμός 1 and 2). ὁ οἶνος τῆς π. 17:2. τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς π. vs. 4 (ἀκάθαρτος 2). M-M.* πορνεύω fut. πορνεύσω; 1 aor. ἐπόρνευσα (Hdt.+; LXX, Test. 12 Patr.) to prostitute, practice prostitution or sexual immorality gener.

1. lit. 1 Cor 10:8a, b. Distinguished fr. μοιχεύειν ‘commit adultery’ D 2:2; B 19:4; Mk 10:19 v.l. Regarded as a sin against one’s own body 1 Cor 6:18. W. φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα ‘eat meat offered to idols’ Rv 2:14, 20.

830

2. fig. (Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1) in the sense ‘practice idolatry’ (πορνεία 2 and cf. Hos 9:1; Jer 3:6; Ezk 23:19; 1 Ch 5:25; Ps 72:27; En. 8, 2) Rv 17:2; 18:3, 9. M-M.* πόρνη, ης, ἡ (since Aristoph. and X., Mem. 1, 5, 4; PSI 352, 4 [254/3 BC]; POxy. 528, 18 [II AD]; BGU 1024 VI, 4; LXX, Philo. Loanw. in rabb.) prostitute, harlot.

1. lit. (since Alcaeus 109+110, 26 D.2) Lk 15:30 (cf. Pr 29:3; Test. Levi 14:5 μετὰ πορνῶν); 1 Cor 6:15. Of Rahab (Josh 2:1; 6:17, 23, 25) Hb 11:31; Js 2:25; 1 Cl 12:1 (a πόρνη rewarded for a rescue also in Neanthes [200 BC]: 84 fgm. 9 Jac.). W. tax-collectors as the lowest class of people, morally speaking Mt 21:31f. W. flute-girls GOxy 36. κολλᾶσθαι τῇ π. have to do with a prostitute (Sir 19:2) 1 Cor 6:16.

2. fig. (s. πορνεία 2 and πορνεύω 2; Is 1:21; 23:15f; Jer 3:3; Ezk 16:30f, 35) as the designation of a government that is hostile to God and his people Rv 17:15f. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη vs. 1; 19:2. Βαβυλὼν (q.v.) ἡ μεγάλη ἡ μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν 17:5.—For the woman sitting on the beast cf. Cebes 5, 1, a beautifully adorned woman sitting on a throne. She is called Ἀπάτη, ἡ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ ἔχει ποτήριόν τι, from which she gives men to drink (ποτίζει Cebes 5, 2 as Rv 14:8), in order to lead them astray (πλανάω as Rv 18:23).—FHauck and SSchulz, TW VI 579-95: πόρνη and related words. M-M. B. 1368.* πόρνος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., X.+ in the sense ‘male prostitute’, etc.; Sir 23:17; Philo, Leg. All. 8) in our lit. quite gener. fornicator, one who practices sexual immorality 1 Cor 5:9, 11; Hb 12:16. οἱ π. τοῦ κόσμου τούτου the (sexually) immoral persons in this world 1 Cor 5:10. W. other sinners Eph 5:5; 1 Ti 1:10; Rv 21:8; 22:15. Differentiated fr. an adulterer 1 Cor 6:9; Hb 13:4. Excluded fr. the Kgdm. of God, w. others guilty of grave sins 1 Cor 6:9 (=Pol 5:3).

M-M.* πόρρω adv. (Pla., X.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 31.—Thackeray p. 123; Bl-D. §34, 2) far (away).

1. used as an adv. 1 Cl 3:4; Hv 3, 6, 1. π. εἶναι be far away (Bl-D. §434, 1; Rob. 546) Lk 14:32. π. ἀπό (En. 32, 4; Jos., Vi. 281): π. γίνεσθαι ἀπό τινος be or remain far from someone or someth. fig. (cf. Bar 3:21) 1 Cl 23:3; 30:3; 39:9 (Job 5:4). π. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος be far removed fr. someone, fig. Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6; 1 Cl 15:2; 2 Cl 3:5 (all four Is 29:13).

2. used as an improper prep. w. gen. (Isocr., Ep. 6, 13 κινδύνων π.; Περὶ ὕψους p. 34, 15 V.; Ael Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.: π. θεῶν; Philo, Op. M. 63; Jos., Vi. 167) ὧν μακρὰν καὶ πόρρω πραΰτης B 20:2.—As comp. of the adv. we have in the text of Lk 24:28 πορρώτερον (Aristot.+), and as v.l. πορρωτέρω (X., Pla.; Jos., Bell. 4, 108, Vi. 326.—Thumb 77): πορρ. πορεύεσθαι go farther. M-M. B. 868.* πόρρωθεν adv. (Pla.+; LXX; KDieterich, Untersuchungen zur Gesch. der griech. Sprache 1898, 183f) from a distance (Aeneas Tact. 540; 1199; Diod. S. 1, 83, 4; Jos., Ant. 3, 9)Hb 11:13. W. substitution of one concept for another from a distance=at a distance (Herodian 2, 6, 13 π. ἑστῶτες) οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν who stood at a distance (ἵστημι II 1a) Lk 17:12 (Aesop, Fab. 1 P.=5 H. πόρρωθεν στᾶσα). οἱ πόρρωθεν those who are at a distance (Jos., Bell. 3, 394)B 9:1 (Is 33:13). M-M.* πορρώτερον and πορρωτέρω s. πόρρω, end. πορφύρα, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 117; Jos., Bell. 6, 390;Test.

Levi 8:7. Loanw. in rabb.) the purple fish (a shell-fish, murex), then a purple dye obtained fr. it, finally the cloth, clothing, etc. In our lit. only in the last-named sense (so Aeschyl.+; Aristot., Polyb., Lucian; Jos., Ant. 8, 185; Ep. Arist. 320; LXX) purple (cloth) w. βύσσος (q.v.) Lk 16:19. Purple garment (Appian, Liby. 66, 297) w. τὸ βύσσινον (s. βύσσινος and cf. Joseph and Aseneth 5, 6 πορφύρα ἐκ βύσσου χρυσοϋφής) Rv 18:12. Cf. 17:4 t.r. Of the red garment which the soldiers put on Jesus Mk 15:17, 20; GP 3:7 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 150 the Roman soldier’s cloak is called ἡ πορφύρα; cf. χλαμύς.—Dio Chrys. 4, 71 and Jos., Ant. 11, 256; 257 of a royal purple garment; cf. 1 Macc 10:62).—Lit. s. on κόκκινος, also RGradwohl, Die Farben im AT, Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 66-73 and lit. M-M.* πορφυρόπωλις, ιδος, ἡ (the fem., found in CIG 2519 [where it is restored, but is surely correct], and PFlor. 71, 641 [IV AD] of πορφυροπώλης, ου, ὁ [e.g. Inschr. v. Hierap. 156; Sb]=dealer in purple [woolen] cloth [cf.

WASchmidt, Forschungen aus dem Gebiete des Altertums I 1842, 163ff]) a merchant dealing in purple cloth, of Lydia of Thyatira (s. Θυάτιρα) at Philippi Ac 16:14. M-M.* πορφυροῦς, ᾶ, οῦν (the form preferred in Attic Gk., also in LXX, Joseph. [e.g. Bell. 7, 124, Ant. 10, 235; Schmidt 492] for the older [Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 999, 5; Sib. Or. 3, 659] πορφύρεος, έα, εον) purple in color ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν (Diod. S. 2, 59, 4; Num 4:14; EpJer 11; cf. PRyl. 151, 14 [40 AD] χιτῶνα πορφυροῦν) a purple cloak J 19:2, 5. Subst. τὸ πορφυροῦν (i.e. ἱμάτιον) purple clothing w. κόκκινον (s. κόκκινος) Rv 17:4; cf.

18:16.—GEuler, πορφυροῦς, purpureus, Progr. Weilburg ’07. M-M.* ποσάκις adv. (Pla.+; POxy. 528, 24; LXX; Test. Jos. 3:1) how many times? how often? Mt 18:21; 23:37; Lk 13:34. M-M.* πόσις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; BGU 1191, 3 [I BC]; Theban Ostraca ’13, no. 3, 1) in our lit. always w. βρῶσις (as Da 1:10).

831

1. drinking, the act of drinking (Hdt. 1, 172; Pla., Leg. 1 p. 637D al.) lit. βρῶσις καὶ πόσις (βρῶσις 1) Ro 14:17; Col 2:16.

2. a drink, that which one drinks (Aeneas Tact. 589; Da 1:10; Philo, Op. M. 38) of Jesus’ blood ἀληθής ἐστιν πόσις J 6:55. M-M.* πόσος, η, ον (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) a correlative pron. in dir. and indir. questions.

1. how great (?) in the sing. Ac 22:28 D (indir.); 1 Cl 56:16 (indir.). Placed after the word τὸ σκότος πόσον; how great must the darkness be? Mt 6:23. πός. χρόνος ἐστίν; how long is it? Mk 9:21 (on πός. χρόν. cf. Soph., Oed. R. 558; Pla., Rep. 7 p. 546A). In an exclamation (Appian, Mithrid. 58 §237 πόσην ὠμότητα, πόσην ἀσέβειαν!—Bl-D. §304; Rob. 741) πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν how much zeal it has called forth in you!

2 Cor 7:11. πόσῳ; to what degree? how much? πόσῳ διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου; Mt 12:12. W. a comp. foll.

(Polyaenus 3, 9, 25 πόσῳ φοβερώτεροι;) πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας; how much greater a punishment do you think one will deserve? Hb 10:29. πόσῳ μᾶλλον; how much more? (PFlor. 170, 8 [III AD] εἰ. . . πόσῳ μᾶλλον=if. . . how much more; Syntipas 19, 15; Jos., Bell. 2, 365;Diod. S. 1, 2, 2 [Loeb]) Mt 7:11; 10:25; Lk 11:13; 12:24, 28; J 13:14 v.l.; Ro 11:12, 24; Phlm 16; Hb 9:14; B 19:8; D 4:8; IEph 5:1f; 16:2. πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὐ; how much less? (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 20) 2 Cl 17:1.—JBonsirven, Exégèse rabbinique et exégèse paulinienne ’39; HMüller, Der rabbinische Qal-Wachomer-Schluss in paul. Typologie (Ro 5), ZNW 58, ’67, 73-92.

2. how much, how many (?)—a. w. a noun in the pl. (Aeschin. 2, 95; X., Mem. 1, 2, 35; 2 Km 19:35) πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; how many loaves do you have? Mt 15:34; Mk 6:38; 8:5. Cf. Mt 16:9, 10; Mk 8:19, 20; Lk 15:17 (exclam. like Ps 118:84); Ac 21:20 (Jos., Ant. 7, 318πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶ τοῦ λαοῦ); 2 Cl 1:3. b. without a noun—α. in the pl. πόσοι how many? (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 18; 10, 23) Hs 8, 6, 1.—πόσα; how many things? (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 18) Mt 27:13; Mk 15:4. β. in the sing. πόσον; how much? (BGU 893, 26 ἐπύθετο, πόσον ἔχει) πόσον ὀφείλεις; Lk 16:5, 7. M-M.* ποσότης, ητος, ἡ (Aristot., Metaph. 1028a, 19; Polyb. 16, 12, 10 al.; inscr., pap., Philo) greatness in degree or number, quantity, amount w. καλλονή 1 Cl 35:3. συμψηφίζειν τὴν π. τῆς δαπάνης estimate the amount of the cost Hs 5, 3, 7.* ποταμός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) river, stream.

1. lit., of the Jordan (Jos., Ant. 20, 97, Vi. 399; Sib. Or. 6, 5) Mt 3:6; Mk 1:5. Of the Euphrates (s. Εὐφράτης) Rv 9:14; 16:12. Of the Tiber (Sib. Or. 5, 170) Hv 1, 1, 2a, b; on the other hand, the ποταμός of 1, 1, 3 cannot be identified (cf. Hdb. ad loc.). ἦν π. ἕλκων ἐκ δεξιῶν (ἕλκω 2)B 11:10. Cf. Ac 16:13; 2 Cor 11:26; Rv 8:10; 12:15f; 16:4.—Lk 6:48f ὁ ποταμός means a river near the house in question. On the other hand, in the parallel Mt 7:25, 27 οἱ ποταμοί are to be understood as the mountain torrents or winter torrents which arise in ravines after a heavy rain and carry everything before them (so the pl. in Heraclit. Sto. 38 p. 55, 9; Quint. Smyrn. [400 AD] 8, 384; 14, 5). The river of living water in the heavenly Jerusalem Rv 22:1; cf. vs. 2.

2. The pl. of large amounts of flowing water. Fig. ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος streams of living water will flow from his (the Redeemer’s—s. κοιλία 3) body J 7:38 (scripture quot. of unknown orig. Cf. Hdb. ad loc.; Bultmann 229, 2; LKöhler, Kleine Lichter ’45, 39-41; CGoodwin, JBL 63, ’54, 72f). M-M. B. 42.* ποταμοφόρητος, ον (PAmh. 85, 16 [78 AD]; PTebt. 610; PStrassb. 5, 10; PFlor. 368, 12 al. in pap.) swept away by a river, overwhelmed by a stream ἵνα αὐτὴν π. ποιήσῃ that he might sweep her away with the stream i.e. drown her Rv 12:15.—AWikenhauser, BZ 6, ’08, 171; 7, ’09, 48. M-M.* ποταπός, ή, όν a substitute for the older ποδαπός (the latter occurs Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; Jos., Ant. 6, 345; so D Mk 13:1; Lk 1:29; 7:39; s. Lob., Phryn. p. 56f), but only in the sense quotable for ποδαπός Demosth.+) of what sort or kind (Dionys. Hal.; Lucian; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 255al.; POxy. 1678, 16 [III AD]; Sus 54 LXX; Bl-D. §298, 3; Rob. 741) of persons Mt 8:27; 2 Pt 3:11; Hs 8, 6, 3. τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνή who and what kind of woman Lk 7:39 (cf.

Jos., Ant. 7, 72).ποταποὶ τὴν μορφήν what kind of form they have AP 2:5.—Of things Lk 1:29; Hv 3, 4, 3; s 4:3; 6, 3, 4. Somet. the context calls for the mng. how great, how wonderful Mk 13:1a, b; how glorious 1J 3:1.—In ποταπαὶ. . . εἰσὶν αἱ πονηρίαι; Hm 8:3 ποταπαί is simply=τίνες: what are the vices? M-M.* ποταπῶς adv. of ποταπός (q.v.) in what way, how Ac 20:18 D.* πότε interrog. adv. of time (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 374) when (?) predom. in direct questions, but also in indirect: Mt 24:3 (perh. indir.); 25:37-9, 44; Mk 13:4 (perh. indir.), 33 (indir.), 35 (indir.); Lk 12:36 (indir.); 17:20 (indir.); 21:7; J 6:25; 2 Cl 12:2 (indir.; apocryphal saying of Jesus); B 12:1 (prophetic quot. of uncertain orig.); Hv 1, 1, 7; 3, 6, 6. Elliptic (indir.) εἴρηκεν πότε he has told (us) when (it will happen) B 6:19. ἕως π.; (LXX.—Jos., Ant. 2, 309ἄχρι π.) how long?, lit. until when? Mt 17:17a, b; Mk 9:19a, b; Lk 9:41; J 10:24; Rv 6:10; Hv 3, 6, 5. ἀπὸ πότε since Mk 8:2 D (Bl-D. §203). M-M.* ποτέ enclitic particle (Hom.+; pap., LXX)—1. of time at some time or other of the past once, formerly (Jos., Bell.

7, 112)J 9:13; Ro 7:9; 11:30; Gal 1:13, 23; Eph 2:2f al.—Of the future (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 63 §257=at last; Jos., Bell. 5, 19)σύ ποτε ἐπιστρέψας when once you (will) have turned Lk 22:32.—ποτὲ μὲν—ποτὲ δέ now—now, at 832

times—at times (X., Mem. 4, 2, 32; Pla., Theaet. 170C; Diod. S. 1, 32, 2; 2, 59, 5; Wsd 16:18f) B 10:7 (on ποτὲ—νῦν [νυνί] δέ, s. νῦν 1). On ἤδη ποτέ now at last Ro 1:10; Phil 4:10; 2 Cl 13:1 s. ἤδη 1c.—After negatives ever οὐ. . . ποτέ not . . . ever, never 2 Pt 1:21; IRo 2:1. οὔτε. . . ποτὲ. . . οὔτε 1 Th 2:5; MPol 17:2. οὐδείς ποτε Eph 5:29 (X., Mem. 1, 4, 19 μηδέν ποτε) οὐ μὴ. . . ποτέ 2 Pt 1:10. On μή ποτε s. μήποτε. In rhetorical questions that expect a neg. answer τίς. . . ποτέ; 1 Cor 9:7. Cf. Hb 1:5, 13.

2. indicating a supposition I presume ἐν τῇ φιλοξενίᾳ εὑρίσκεται ἀγαθοποίησίς ποτε Hm 8:10. Cf. s 6, 5, 4.

3. generalizing, after relatives ever ὅσοι ποτέ whatever, whoever Hs 9, 6, 7; 9, 28, 3. On ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν Gal 2:6 s. ὁποῖος and cf. Epict. 2, 20, 5 τίνες ποτέ;—οἱ Ἀκαδημαϊκοὺς αὑτοὺς λέγοντες=who were they then?—Those who call themselves Academics. M-M. πότερος, α, ον (Hom.+) in our lit. (and in the LXX where, however, it is found only in Job; Thackeray p. 192) only in the fixed form πότερον as an interrog. word (Bl-D. §64, 6; 298, 1; Rob. 741; 1177) in a disjunctive question πότερον—ἤ whether—or whether (Pind.; X., Mem. 2, 7, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 53 §220; Dit., Syll.3 977, 24; 29 ἐπερωτᾷ πότερον—ἤ; 987, 14; 19; PTebt. 289, 6 [23 AD]; Job 7:12; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 120)J 7:17; B 19:5; D 4:4; Hs 9, 28, 4. M-M.* ποτήριον, ου, τό (Alcaeus, Sappho, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 293; Jos., Ant. 8, 48)cup, drinking-vessel.

1. lit. Mt 23:25f; Mk 7:4, 8 v.l.; Lk 11:39. π. χρυσοῦν (Lind. Tempelchr. B, 42) Rv 17:4. W. gen. of its contents: π. ὕδατος Mk 9:41. π. ψυχροῦ a cup of cold water Mt 10:42 (on the ellipsis cf. Bl-D. §241, 7; Rob, 1202). Oft. in the language of the Lord’s Supper λαβὼν ποτήριον Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; cf. Lk 22:17, [20a]; 1 Cor 11:25a; IPhld 4; D 9:2.—The cup stands, by metonymy, for what it contains (Pr 23:31) [Lk 22:20b]; 1 Cor 11:25b, 26 (τὸ ποτ. corresponds to τὸν ἄρτον).—ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πίνειν vs. 28 (Alcaeus 34 D.2). τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας (εὐλογία 4) 1 Cor 10:16. W. gen. of the pers. who bestows the drink (τὸ) ποτήριον (τοῦ) κυρίου πίνειν vs. 21a; 11:27. Opp. ποτήριον δαιμονίων 10:21b (FJDölger, D. Kelch der Dämonen: Antike u. Christentum IV ’34, 266-70).

2. fig. (in the OT ποτήριον is an expr. for destiny in both good and bad senses, On the concept of drinking a cup of suffering cf. Is 51:17, 22; La 4:21; Ps 10:6; 74:9.—WLotz, D. Sinnbild des Bechers: NKZ 28, ’17, 396-407; F-JLeenhardt, Le Sacrement de la Sainte Cène ’48, 43-5) of undergoing a violent death; first of Christ himself τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink the cup which the Father has given me? J 18:11. Cf. Mt 20:22; 26:39, 42 t.r.; Mk 10:38; 14:36 (CEB Cranfield, ET 59, ’47/’48, 137f; DDaube, A Prayer Pattern in Judaism, Studia Evangelica 73, ’59, 539-45); Lk 22:42. The martyrdom of a Christian is corresp. described as a λαβεῖν μέρος ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ share in the cup of Christ MPol 14:2. Cf. Mt 20:23; Mk 10:39 (s. on these pass. ESchwartz, Über den Tod der Söhne Zebedaei: GGAbh. n.s. VII 5, ’04, NGG ’07, 266ff, ZNW 11, ’10, 89-104; FSpitta, ibid. 39-58; ChBruston, Revue de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 19, ’10, 338-44, RHPhr 5, ’25, 69-71; VWeber, Der Katholik 92, ’12, 434-45; JHBernard, ET 39, ’28, 456-8).—On τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ Rv 16:19 cf. θυμός 1 and 2. On the pass. belonging w. it, i.e. Rv 14:10; 18:6 cf. κεράννυμι 1. M-M. B. 348.* ποτίζω impf. ἐπότιζον; 1 aor. ἐπότισα; pf. πεπότικα. Pass.: impf. ἐποτιζόμην B 7:3 (Hs 9, 1, 8; 9, 25, 1 are prob. mid., s. 4 below); 1 aor. ἐποτίσθην; pf. ptc. πεποτισμένος (Hippocr., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) make it possible for someone or someth. to drink.

1. of persons give to drink τινά to someone Mt 25:35, 37, 42; 27:48; Mk 15:36; Ro 12:20 (Pr 25:21). W. double acc. cause someone to drink someth., τινά τι π. give someone someth. to drink (Pla., Phaedr. 247E; Gen 19:32; Judg 4:19a; 1 Km 30:11 al.; Bl-D. §155, 7; Rob. 484) water (ποτίζειν τινὰ ποτήριον as Jer 16:7) Mt 10:42; Mk 9:41. χολὴν μετὰ ὄξους GP 5:16; B 7:5. As a symbol π. τινὰ γάλα give someone milk to drink 1 Cor 3:2 (οὐ βρῶμα is added in zeugma; Bl-D. §479, 2; Rob. 1200f). Instead of the acc. of the thing we have ἔκ τινος Rv 14:8 (symbol.). Pass. be given (someth.) to drink w. dat. of the thing (for the act. w. the dat. of the thing s. Dit., Or. 200, 16; Cebes 5, 2; 3 Macc 5:2) ἐποτίζετο ὄξει καὶ χολῇ he was given vinegar and gall to drink B 7:3. Also acc. of the thing (Bl-D. §159, 1; Rob. 485) symbol. (cf. e.g. Sir 15:3; Is 29:10) πάντες ἓν πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν we have all been made to drink (or been imbued with) the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13.

2. of animals water (Diod. S. 19, 94, 9; Polyaenus 6, 4, 2; Dit., Or. 483, 169; oft. LXX) Lk 13:15.—3. of plants water (X., Symp. 2, 25 al.; Ezk 17:7; Kleopatra l. 93 τ. βοτάνας. The sense ‘irrigate’ a field, garden, etc. is much more common; oft. so in pap., LXX) τὰς ῥάβδους the sticks that have been planted Hs 8, 2, 9a. Pass. 8, 2, 9b (ὕδατι); 8, 3, 8. Abs., symbolically of the founding of a church, w. φυτεύειν (as Hs 8, 3, 8) 1 Cor 3:6-8.

4. mid. water oneself, drink πᾶν γένος τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ κυρίου ἐποτίζοντο ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν Hs 9, 1, 8; cf. 9, 25, 1. M-M.* Ποτίολοι, ων, οἱ (Strabo 5, 4, 6; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 2; Jos., Ant. 18, 161, Vi. 16; inscr. [Dit., Or. II 595b index]; on the spelling cf. Bl-D. §41, 1; Mlt.-H. 76) Puteoli, a city on the Gulf of Naples in Italy. Paul landed there on his journey to Rome, and stayed for a week w. the Christians there Ac 28:13. M-M.* ποτόν, οῦ, τό (Hom.+; PSI 64, 21 [I BC]; PGiess. 19, 6; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 183, Ant. 1, 245f; Sib. Or. 3, 746. Subst. neut. of ποτός, ή, όν=drinkable) drink w. τροφή (food and) drink (Longus 2, 7, 4; Jos., Ant. 7, 159)gener. D 10:3a, then of the Eucharist πνευματικὴ τροφὴ καὶ ποτόν 3b. Pl. βρώματα καὶ ποτά (βρῶμα 1 and cf.

PSI loc. cit. μήτε ἐν ποτοῖς μήτε ἐν βρωτοῖς; Ep. Arist. 128 al.) ITr 2:3. Also σιτία καὶ ποτά (cf. Hdt. 5, 34, 1; X., 833

An. 7, 1, 33; oft. Philo) Dg 6:9.* πότος, ου, ὁ (X., Pla. et al.; LXX; Ep. Arist. 262; Philo, Vi. Cont. 46; Jos., Ant. 5, 289; Test. Jud. 8:2) drinking, esp. a drinking party, carousal pl. (Aristoph., Pla. et al.; Pr 23:30) w. κῶμοι (q.v. and Synes., Providence 1, 14 p.

107c) 1 Pt 4:3. M-M.* ποῦ interrog. adv. of place (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 10, 156al.; Sib. Or. 5, 67 al.).

1. where (?) , at which place (?)—a. in direct questions Mt 2:2; 26:17; Mk 14:12, 14; Lk 17:17, 37; 22:9, 11; J 1:38; 7:11; 8:10, 19; 9:12; 11:34. In rhetorical questions that expect a neg. answer where is? (Il. 5, 171; Diod. S. 14, 67, 1 ποῦ. . . ; ποῦ. . . ; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 4) Lk 8:25; Ro 3:27; 1 Cor 1:20a, b, c (ποῦ in several direct questions consecutively as Libanius, Or. 61 p. 337, 18 F.); 12:17a, b, 19; 15:55a, b (Hos 13:14a, b); Gal 4:15; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); 2 Pt 3:4. b. in indir. questions instead of ὅπου w. indic. foll. (En. 12, 1b) Mt 2:4; Mk 15:47; J 1:39; 11:57; 20:2, 13, 15; Rv 2:13. W. subj. foll.: οὐκ ἔχειν ποῦ (Epict. 2, 4, 7) have no place, have nowhere Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58; 12:17.

2. (for ποῖ, which is not found in Bibl. Gk.; s. it) where (?) , whither (?) , to what place (?) (Antiphon 2, 4, 8; X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16; Epict. [index Sch.]; Vett. Val. 137, 35; 341, 6; Alciphr. 4, 13, 2; Gen 16:8; Judg 19:17; Jdth 10:12; 1 Macc 3:50; En.—Kühner-G. I 545, 4; Bl-D. §103; Rob. 298; AMaidhof, Z. Begriffsbestimmung der Koine: Beiträge zur histor. Syntax der Griech. Sprache 20, ’12, 298ff). a. in direct questions (Cebes 6, 2; 20, 1; En. 102, 1) J 7:35; 13:36; 16:5 (cf. the pagan amulet in ABarb, Der Österreich. Limes XVI 54f ποῦ ὑπάγεις; also Rtzst., ARW 24, ’26, 176-8); 1 Cl 28:2, 3 (Ps 138:7), 4. b. in indir. questions (En. 12, 1a) J 3:8; 8:14a, b; 12:35; 14:5; Hb 11:8; 1J 2:11; IPhld 7:1; Hm 12, 5, 4. M-M.** πού enclitic adv. (Hom.+; pap., LXX)—1. of place somewhere w. quotations (Diod. S. 1, 12, 10 ‘the poet’ [=Homer] says που κατὰ τὴν ποίησιν=somewhere in his poem. Of Cercidas [III BC] [ed. Diehl2 fgm. 11a, 4] ὀρθῶς λέγει που Κερκίδας [quot. follows]. Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 42 φησὶ γάρ που κἀκεῖνος [i.e. Antimachus IV BC], then a quot.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 97 §452 [with a quot.]; Philo, Ebr. 61 εἶπε γάρ πού τις, and Gen 20:12 follows; Plut., Mor. 553B) Hb 2:6; 4:4; 1 Cl 15:2; 21:2; 26:2; 28:2; 42:5. Cf. Papias 2:4.—After a neg.=nowhere Dg 5:2.

2. indicating a supposition about, approximately w. numbers (Paus. 8, 11, 14 περὶ εἴκοσί που σταδίους; Aelian, V.H. 13, 4; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 104) Ro 4:19.—On δή π., μή π. s. δήπου, μήπου. M-M.* Πούδης, εντος, ὁ (BGU 455, 4 [I AD] al. in pap.; Jos., Bell. 6, 172)Pudens, Roman personal name (the n was lost, as on Rom. inscr., because it was nasalized in pronunciation: Bl-D. §41, 2; 54; cf. Mlt.-H. 134). An otherw. unknown Christian 2 Ti 4:21 (the identification w. the husband of Claudia mentioned CIL VI 15066 is uncertain).—Lghtf., St. Clement I 1890, 76ff; GEdmundson, The Church in Rome ’13, 244-9. M-M.* πούς, ποδός, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 187; Sib. Or. 5, 264; Test. 12 Patr.) foot.

1. of persons or (rarely in our lit.) animals, or the strange creatures of Rv—a. lit. Mt 4:6 (Ps 90:12); 7:6; Mk 9:45a, b al. W. κεφαλή J 20:12; 1 Cor 12:21; 1 Cl 37:5a, b. W. χείρ or χεῖρες (Ps 21:17) Mt 18:8a, b; 22:13; Lk 24:39, 40 v.l.; J 11:44; 1 Cor 12:15 (for the speculation by foot and hand concerning their relation to the whole body cf. Epict. 2, 10, 4). ὑποδήσασθαι τοὺς π. put shoes on the feet Eph 6:15 (the whole expr. is symbolic here). Of listeners and pupils καθῆσθαι παρὰ τοὺς π. τινός sit at someone’s feet Lk 8:35; cf. 10:39. W. at least more than half symbolic mng. ἀνατεθραμμένος παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ Ac 22:3 (schol. on Pla. 467B παρὰ πόδας τοῦ Σωκράτους).

Also half symbolic (Synes., Ep. 17 p. 175C παρὰ πόδας ἀποδίδως τὴν χάριν) ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 4:35; cf. vs. 37; 5:2. πίπτειν (q.v. 1bα‫ )ך‬εἰς τοὺς πόδας τινός Mt 18:29 t.r.; J 11:32 t.r.; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τινος Rv 19:10; ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδ. Ac 10:25; παρὰ τοὺς π. τινός Lk 8:41; 17:16. πρὸς τοὺς π. τινός Mk 5:22; 7:25 (προσπίπτειν πρὸς κτλ.); J 11:32; Ac 5:10; 10:25 D (the gen. is easily supplied); Rv 1:17; Hv 3, 2, 3. προσπίπτειν πρὸς τοὺς π. τινί Ac 16:29 D. προσκυνεῖν ἐνώπιον (or ἔμπροσθεν) τῶν ποδῶν τινος Rv 3:9; 22:8.

To wash feet (Gen 18:4; 19:2): J 13:5f, 8-10, 12, 14a, b (λούω 2aβ); 1 Ti 5:10; cf. Lk 7:44a.—Cf. HAlmqvist, Plutarch u. d. NT ’46, 75. Anoint feet (Anaxandrides Com. [IV BC] 40 μύρῳ. . . ἀλείφει τ. πόδας Καλλιστράτου; Eubulus Com. [IV BC] 90, 5f) Lk 7:46; cf. vs. 38c; J 12:3a; cf. 11:2. Kiss feet: Lk 7:38c, 45.—In Rv 10:1 πούς clearly means leg (cf. Lucian, Zeuxis 4, Pseudomant. 59 ποὺς μέχρι τοῦ βουβῶνος [groin]; Achilles Tat. 1, 1, 10; Aëtius p.

86, 2; PGiess. 43, 14; PFlor. 42, 9 and s. Charles, ICC ad loc.). b. fig.: the one who is vanquished lies beneath the victor’s feet (Diod. S. 17, 100, 8 ῥιφέντος ἐπὶ γῆν ἐπιβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῷ ποδί=[the victor] placed his foot on the neck of his foe, who had been thrown to the ground) τιθέναι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου Mt 22:44; Mk 12:36; here Ps 109:1 is quoted; its wording acc. to the LXX is quoted more exactly as ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; 10:13; 1 Cl 36:5; B 12:10. For this in the same Ps.-quot. τιθ. ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας (αὐτοῦ) 1 Cor 15:25 (Plut., Mor. 1197C ὑπὸ πόδας τιθ.). πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Cor 15:27; Eph 1:22; these passages quote Ps 8:7, the exact wording of which in the LXX appears in ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ Hb 2:8.—συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν Ro 16:20.—The earth as God’s footstool (Is 66:1) ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ (or, as LXX, μου) Mt 5:35; Ac 7:49; B 16:2.—Acc. to a usage common also in the OT (Eur., Hipp. 661, Or. 1217) the feet represent the person who is in motion: οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων those who have buried Ac 5:9. ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα they are quick to shed blood Ro 3:15 (cf. Is 59:7). τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης to guide us in the way of peace Lk 1:79. Cf. Ro 10:15 (cf. Is 52:7).

834

2. of the legs of a couch (so Aristoph.+; Arrian, Anab. 6, 29, 5; Dit., Syll.3 996, 9f; PLond. 402 II, 27; 30; POxy. 520, 17) Hv 3, 13, 3.

3. the foot as a measure of length (Hdt., also inscr., pap.) Hv 4, 1, 6; 4, 2, 1; cf. Ac 7:5. KWeiss, TW VI 624-32.

M-M. B. 243. πρᾶγμα, ατος, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. that which is done, deed, thing, event, occurrence (Jos., Ant. 16, 376; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 5) περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων πραγμάτων concerning the events that have come about Lk 1:1 (cf. Jos., Vi. 40 τ. ἱστορίαν τ. πραγμάτων τούτων ἀναγράφειν, C. Ap. 1, 47). τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο this deed Ac 5:4. ἁγνοὶ τῷ πράγματι guiltless in the matter under discussion 2 Cor 7:11. διὰ δύο πραγμάτων ἀμεταθέτων through two unchangeable things (i.e. the promise and the oath) Hb 6:18.

2. that which is to be done, undertaking, occupation, task (Appian, Mithrid. 103 §477 μεγάλα πράγματα=great undertakings; Lucian, Nav. 41; Eccl 3:1) βιωτικὰ πράγματα the tasks of every-day life Hv 3, 11, 3; m 5, 2, 2. ἐν ᾧ ἂν ὑμῶν χρῄζῃ πράγματι in whatever undertaking she may need you Ro 16:2. πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 Th 4:6 (but s. 6 below). ἄξιον πρᾶγμα a task that is worthy ISm 11:3.—3. doing, deed, thing IMg 5:1; Hv 1, 2, 4.

4. gener. thing, matter, affair (Fgm. Iamb. Adesp. 12 Diehl οὐκ ἔστʼ ἐμὸν τὸ πρ.; Dio Chrys. 13[7], 53; 16[33], 36; 19[36], 18) περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything at all Mt 18:19. Cf. Hb 10:1; 11:1 (ROPTaylor, ET 52, ’40/’41, 256-9: ‘affair’); Hv 3, 4, 1; m 9:10; 10, 2, 3; s 5, 6, 6; 9, 29, 2. Pl. Hv 3, 3, 1; 4, 1, 4; 4, 3, 1. μέγα π. something great Hv 3, 2, 4; cf. s 9, 2, 5; πονηρὸν π. an evil thing Hv 1, 1, 8; s 5, 1, 5; 7:5; πᾶν φαῦλον π. every evil thing, everything that is evil Js 3:16. περιγίνεσθαι τοῦ π. master the thing Hv 1, 3, 2. τὰ πρ. relationships, ways, circumstances (Diod. S. 14, 97, 3; 19, 50, 2; 19, 52, 1; 6; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 3 §12; Artem. 4, 27; Jos., Bell.

4, 318)ἐν παλαιοῖς π. ἀναστραφῆναι live in old, obsolete ways IMg 9:1. Also w. an unfavorable connotation difficulties, troubles (Soph., Aj. 314; X., An. 2, 1, 16; 7, 6, 24, Mem. 2, 7, 2; Socrat., Ep. 3; Diod. S. 13, 12, 1; 13, 97, 6; Jos., Ant. 13, 7)1 Cl 1:1 (s. ἐπιζητέω 1c).

5. law-suit, dispute (X., Mem. 2, 9, 1 al.; Polyaenus 6, 36; Kyr.—Inschr. l. 54; 67; 123. Oft. pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 177) πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα have a law-suit with someone (POxy. 743, 19 [I BC]; 706, 4; BGU 22, 9) 1 Cor 6:1 (LVischer, Die Auslegungsgeschichte von 1 Cor 6:1-11, ’55).

6. perh. as a euphemism for illicit sexual conduct 1 Th 4:6. M-M and suppl. B. 634.* πραγματεία, ας, ἡ (Hippocr., X., Pla.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 5; 14, 218; loanw. in rabb.) activity, occupation, in our lit. only pl. undertakings, business, affairs Hm 10, 1, 4; s 9, 20, 1f. αἱ τοῦ βίου π. the affairs of everyday (civilian) life 2 Ti 2:4 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 65 αἱ περὶ βίον π.). π. πονηραί Hv 2, 3, 1. Under persecution, leading to denial of Christ v 3, 6, 5; s 8, 8, 2. Enticing people to lie m 3:5. Separating fr. the saints s 8, 8, 1. M-M.* πραγματεύομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. ἐπραγματευσάμην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 149; 16, 180 al.) conduct or be engaged in a business (so Plut., Sull. 17, 2, Cato Min. 59, 3; Zen.-P.32 [=Sb 6738], 11 [255 BC]; UPZ 106, 5 [99 BC]; BGU 246, 8; PLond. 1674, 84; 1855, 3), also gener. do business, trade (Philo, In Flacc. 57) Lk 19:13. M-M. B. 819.* πραθείς, πραθῆναι s. πιπράσκω. πραιτώριον, ου, τό (Lat. loanw.: praetorium. Attested in Gk. in inscr. and pap. Cf. CWessely, Wiener Studien 24, ’02, 144; UWilcken, APF 2, ’03, 138; 4, ’08, 116; 121; Bl-D. §5, 1; Rob. 109) the praetorium, orig. the praetor’s tent in camp, w. its surroundings. In the course of its history (sketched by MDibelius, exc. on Phil 1:13) the word also came to designate the governor’s official residence (IG XIV 2548 τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ πραιτωρίου; Dit., Syll.3 880, 63; BGU 288, 14; POxy. 471, 110). This is the mng. of the word in the gospels Mt 27:27; Mk 15:16; J 18:28a, b, 33; 19:9. But it is a matter of dispute whether it refers to the Palace of Herod in the western part of the city (Schürer I4 457 [Engl. tr. I, ’73, 361]; REckardt, Das Praetorium des Pilatus: ZDPV 34, ’11, 39-48. More recently EKlostermann, FHauck; JBlinzler, Der Prozess Jesu3, ’60, 183-6) or to the fortress Antonia northwest of the temple area (so the later trad. and more recently, to some extent, ASchlatter; SMeistermann, Le Prétoire de Pilate et la forteresse Antonia ’02; CSachsse, ZNW 19, ’20, 34-8; CLattey, JTS 31, ’30, 180-2). Cf. also Dalman, Orte3 355-63; HVincent, L’Antonia et le Prétoire: RB 42, ’33, 83-113, Autour du Prétoire: ibid. 46, ’37, 563-70. In Caesarea, at any rate, the Palace of Herod served as the ‘praetorium’. Paul was imprisoned ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου Ac 23:35. ELohmeyer (Phil ’30, 3; 40f) places Phil 1:13 here; this conclusion is variously regarded, depending on one’s conception of the place where Paul was imprisoned. If the letter was written fr. Rome, the words ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ are best taken to mean in the whole praetorian (or imperial) guard (EHaupt, PEwald, FTillmann). If it belongs to a non-Roman imprisonment, τὸ πραιτώριον beside οἱ λοιποί includes those who live in the governor’s palace (s. PFeine [s.v. Φίλιπποι] p. 72f; 88 and the other lit. given there). M-M.* πράκτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Aeschyl.+; Is 3:12) a t.t. designating certain officials, esp. tax-collectors and other finance officials (Antiphon+; inscr., pap. [Dssm., B 152-BS 154; BGU 530, 36 al.]. Also oft. Sb [word-list sect. 8 p. 339]). In Lk 12:58a, b, the only place where it occurs in our lit., the word refers to a court functionary who is under the judge’s orders, someth. like a bailiff or constable, who is in charge of the debtor’s prison (πρακτόρειον: Dit., Or. 669, 15; 835

17. In UPZ 118, 15; 24 πρ. is the constable; it is his duty, after sentence is passed, to collect [by force, if necessary] debts, under orders fr. the judge. The τοῦ κριτηρίου ὑπηρέτης ‘servant of the court’ l. 18 is differentiated fr. him).

M-M.* πρᾶξις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. acting, activity, function κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ in accordance with his activity or what he did Mt 16:27. τὰ μέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν the parts do not all have the same function Ro 12:4. ἐν πάσῃ πράξει αὐτοῦ Hm 5, 2, 7; cf. 7:1; s 4:4.

2. way of acting, course of action αὕτη ἡ πρᾶξις ἐπὶ γυναικὶ καὶ ἀνδρὶ κεῖται this is the proper course of action for the wife and for the husband Hm 4, 1, 8; cf. 11.

3. plan of action, undertaking (Jos., Vi. 271) περὶ πράξεώς τινος concerning any undertaking Hm 11:4.

4. act, action, deed—a. gener. (Diod. S. 10, 19, 5=deed) Hm 10, 2, 2; 10, 2, 4b. ἡ ἀγαθὴ πρᾶξις 1 Cl 30:7. μεγάλαι καὶ ἔν δοξοι πράξεις great and glorious deeds 19:2.—This is also the place for the title of Ac πράξεις (ἀποστόλων); cf. 2 Ch 12:15; 13:22; 28:26 and the transl. of Res Gestae Divi Augusti: Inscr. Rom. III 159 πράξεις τε καὶ δωρεαὶ Σεβαστοῦ Θεοῦ; Socrat., Ep. 28, 1 Ἀντίπατρος. . . γράφει τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις; Diod. S. 3, 1, 1 of the first two books of Diodorus ἡ πρώτη contains the πράξεις τῶν βασιλέων; 16, 1, 1 πόλεων ἢ βασιλέων πράξεις=the story of cities or kings; Jos., Ant. 14, 68οἱ τὰς κατὰ Πομπήιον πράξεις ἀναγράψαντες. Also the exx. in AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 94-104: D. antike Praxeis-Lit. The sing., πρᾶξις (ἀποστόλων), which is also attested, views the deeds collectively, work.—For lit. on Ac s. EGrässer, Theolog. Rundschau 26, ’60, 91-167. b. evil or disgraceful deed (Polyb. 2, 7, 9; 2, 9, 2; 4, 71, 6; Diod. S. 3, 57, 4; 4, 49, 3; 4, 63, 4) Lk 23:51; Hm 4, 2, 2. Pl. Ro 8:13; Col 3:9; Hm 4, 2, 1.—In Ac 19:18, because of the context, it is poss. that πρᾶξις is specif. a t.t. for certain magical practices (PGM 4, 1227 πρᾶξις γενναία ἐκβάλλουσα δαίμονας. Cf. PGM 1, 276; 4, 159; 1317 and oft.; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 26; Acta Pil. A 1, 1; πράσσειν=‘practice magic’ PGM 3, 125).

5. undertaking, business (so Aesop, Fab. 236 P.=312 H.; very oft. in Vett. Val., s. index; PGM 4, 2366; loanw. in rabb.) pl. Hm 6, 2, 5; 10, 1, 4; s 6, 3, 5. αἱ βιωτικαὶ πρ. the affairs of every day living Hv 1, 3, 1 (Lucian, Halc. 5 αἱ κατὰ τὸν βίον πρ.).

6. state, condition, situation (Pind., Hdt.+) τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἣν ἕχουσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς Hs 9, 26, 8; also in the pl.

(Soph., Ant. 1305 κακαὶ πράξεις) ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων αὐτοῦ πράξεων from his former condition Hv 3, 12, 2. ἑτέραις πολλαῖς πράξεσι πάσχοντες suffering in many other situations s 6, 3, 4. M-M.** πρᾶος (without ι subscr.; s. W-S. §5, 11 a; Mlt.-H. 84; Mayser 121) s. πραΰς. πραότης s. πραΰτης. πρασιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.[πρασιή]+; PTebt. 703, 198 [III BC—πρασιά]; BGU 530, 27 [πρασεά]; Sir 24:31) lit. garden plot, garden bed fig. πρασιαὶ πρασιαί group by group, picturing the groups of people contrasted w. the green grass Mk 6:40 (on the distributive force of the repetition s. Bl-D. §493, 2; Mlt. 97; Rob. 673). M-M.* πράσσω impf. ἔπρασσον; fut. πράξω; 1 aor. ἔπραξα; pf. πέπραχα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπράχθην; pf. ptc. πεπραγμένος (Hom.+ [the Attic form πράττω only Ac 17:7 t.r.]; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. trans.—a. do, accomplish (oft. used without distinction betw. itself and ποιεῖν, as Diod. S. 16, 27, 1 ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ πράττειν ὃ βοὺλεται. Cf. Ro 1:32; 2:3; IMg 7:1). τὶ someth. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς. . . τί μέλλετε πράσσειν Ac 5:35; πάντα πρ. IMg 4; 6:1; cf. 7:1; ITr 2:2 al. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν (s. also farther below) do a deed, do someth. Hs 5, 2, 11; τὰ πνευματικὰ πρ. do spiritual things IEph 8:2a. ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πρ. do deeds that are consistent with repentance, act in a manner consistent etc. Ac 26:20. τὴν δικαιοσύνην 2 Cl 19:3 (cf. Xenophanes 1, 16 Diehl2 τὰ δίκαια πρήσσειν). εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον 2 Cor 5:10; cf. Ro 9:11.—1 Cor 9:17; Eph 6:21; Phil 4:9.—Pass. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο Ac 26:26.—Mostly of actions that are not praiseworthy do, commit τὶ someth. Lk 22:23; 23:15, 41a; Ro 1:32a, b; 2:1-3; 7:15; 2 Cor 12:21 (ἧ by attraction for ἥν); Gal 5:21; 1 Cl 35:6; 2 Cl 4:5; 10:5; Hm 3:3; D 1:5 (περὶ ὧν=περὶ τούτων ἅ). τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο πρ. 1 Cor 5:2 (Herodas 3, 62; cf.

82 ἔργα πράσσειν=commit evil deeds; τὸ ἔργον πρ. as Jos., Vi. 47). τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ἐθνῶν πρ. Hs 1:10; ἄτοπον τι πρ. Lk 23:41b (ἄτοπος 2). (τὸ) κακόν (Pr 13:10 κακά; Jos., Ant. 19, 193)Ro 7:19; 13:4. τὸ πονηρόν Hm 10, 2, 4. πονηρά 2 Cl 8:2; 19:2. πονηρὰ ἔργα Hs 6, 3, 5; cf. 6. πονηρίαν s 8, 8, 2. προπετές τι Ac 19:36. (τὰ) φαῦλα J 3:20; 5:29. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν commit a (n evil) deed (πρᾶξις 4b) Hm 4, 2, 2; 10, 2, 3 (ἧ by attraction for ἥν); pl. Hs 8, 9, 4; 8, 10, 4. ἄλλα τινὰ πράσσοντες ἀνάξια θεοῦ while doing certain other things unworthy of God IEph 7:1. ἄξιον θανάτου πράσσειν τι do someth. worthy of death Ac 25:11, 25; 26:31; pass. οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ (by him, Bl-D. §191; Rob. 534; cf. Demosth. 29, 1 τὰ τούτῳ πεπραγμένα; Diod. S. 17, 1, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 44 §180 τὰ Καίσαρι πεπραγμένα; Charito 2, 5, 8 πέπρακταί σοί τι δεινόν=a terrible deed has been committed by you; Syntipas p. 17, 1 τὰ πραχθέντα μοι; PTebt. 23, 8 [119 or 114 BC] πέπρακταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 14, 161τὰ. Ἡρῴδῃ πεπραγμένα. Other exx. in Mlt.-H. 459; Schmid IV 612) Lk 23:15. πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι Ac 26:9 (ἐναντία πρ. as X., Cyr. 8, 7, 24). μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν do yourself no harm 16:28.—Ign. is fond of combinations w. κατά and the acc. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν πρ. IPhld 8:2; κατὰ θεόν τι πρ. 4; κατὰ σάρκα τι πρ. do someth. in the (physical) body IEph 8:2b; likew. 16:2 do someth. as a mortal man, i.e. without sinning against the teaching of the church, as the false teachers do.—More in the sense practice, busy oneself with, mind τὶ someth. τὰ περίεργα magic Ac 19:19. τὰ ἴδια one’s own affairs 1 Th 4:11 (ἴδιος 3 and Soph., El. 678 σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσε; X., Mem. 2, 9, 1 τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πρ.). τὰ πολλὰ πρ. busy oneself 836

with many things Hs 4:5; νόμον πρ. observe the law Ro 2:25. b. of taxes, duties, interest collect (Hdt.+; Theophr., Char. 6, 10; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 233al.) τὶ someth. Lk 19:23. W. a slight connotation in the direction of ‘exhort’ 3:13 (cf. Dit., Or. 519, 22 τὰ μὴ ὀφειλόμενα αὐτοῖς παραπράσσουσιν).

2. intr.—a. act κατὰ ἄγνοιαν πρ. Ac 3:17; ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων πρ. act contrary to the decrees 17:7. καθὰ πράσσομεν in our actions IMg 10:1. εὖ πράσσειν act rightly, do well (cf. POxy. 1067, 3 [III AD] καλῶς πρ. and Appian, Hann. 2, §3 πρ. κακῶς) IEph 4:2; ISm 11:3; perh. also Ac 15:29 (s. εὖ and b below). b. be, be situated (Pind., Hdt.; pap.) εὖ πρ. be well off (cf. εὖ) so perh. Ac 15:29 (s. 2a above). ἵνα εἰδῆτε. . . τί πράσσω in order that you may know. . . how (lit. ‘in respect to what’) I am getting along Eph 6:21 (Soph., Oed. R. 74 τί πράσσει; Pla., Theaet. 174B; BGU 93, 32 δήλωσόν μοι, τί ἔπραξας; 821, 8; Jos., Ant. 6, 176; 19, 239).—CMaurer, TW VI 624-32: πρ. and related words. M-M. B. 537f.** πραϋπάθεια, ας, ἡ (Philo, Abr. 213; Hesychius explains it by using the words ἡσυχία and πραΰτης as synonyms) gentleness 1 Ti 6:11 (t.r. πραότητα); ITr 8:1. On the spelling πραϋπαθία, which is poss., cf. κακοπάθεια,-ία Kühner-Bl. II 276, 1; so W-H. See also ADebrunner, Griech. Wortbildungslehre ’17, §299. M-M.* πραΰς, πραει̂α, πραΰ (Hom.+; Crinagoras [I BC/I AD] 8, 4, 46, 4; 51, 6 Rubensohn; PGM 4, 1046; LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 330; Sib. Or. 4, 159 with v.l.) pl. πραεῖς (on πραΰς and πρᾶος Kühner-Bl. I 532f; Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 160; Thackeray 180f; Crönert 290, 2.—But in our lit. πρᾶος [2 Macc 15:12; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 267] occurs only Mt 11:29 t.r.) gentle, humble, considerate, meek in the older favorable sense (cf. Murray, New [Oxford] Engl. Dict. s.v. 1b), unassuming D 3:7a; Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9). W. ταπεινός (Is 26:6) Mt 11:29 (ThHaering, Schlatter-Festschr. ’22, 3-15; MRist, Journ. of Religion 15, ’35, 63-77). W. ἡσύχιος (and occasionally other characteristics) 1 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 13:4 (cf. Is 66:2); B 19:4; Hm 5, 2, 3; 6, 2, 3; 11:8. Among the qualities required of church officials D 15:1. πρὸς τὰς ὀργὰς αὐτῶν ὑμεῖς πραεῖς gentle in the face of their wrath IEph 10:2 (cf. PLond. 1912 εἵνα [sic] Ἀλεξανδρεῖς πραέως καὶ φιλανθρόπως [sic] προσφέροντε [=προσφέρωνταἲ Ἰουδαίοις [letter of Claudius, 41 AD]).—οἱ πραεῖς (Ps 36:11) Mt 5:5 (WKLowther Clarke, Theology 47, ’44, 131-3); D 3:7b.—LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 80ff; 300ff. M-M.* πραΰτης, ητος, ἡ (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 123 §518 διὰ πραΰτητα; Aesop, Fab. 168 P.; CIG 2788; LXX [Thackeray p. 91; 181]; Sextus 545) and the class. (Thu.+; also Appian, Basil. 1 §5; PLond. 1912, 101 [41 AD]; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 334)πραότης, ητος, ἡ (so in Ign. and Hermas, while in the NT πραΰτης is the predom. form and πραότης appears as v.l. For the lit. s. πραΰς) gentleness, humility, courtesy, considerateness, meekness in the older favorable sense (s. πραΰς) w. ἐπιείκεια (Plut., Caesar 57, and, occasionally, other qualities, as Lucian, Somn. 10) 2 Cor 10:1 (RLeivestad, NTS 12, ’66, 156-64); 1 Cl 30:8; Dg 7:4; cf. Tit 3:2; 1 Cl 21:7. W. other virtues (Ps 44:5) Gal 5:23; Col 3:12; Eph 4:2; B 20:2; D 5:2; Hm 12, 3, 1. ἐν π. with or in gentleness (Sir 3:17; 4:8) 2 Ti 2:25; IPol 2:1; 6:2; with humility Js 1:21; 3:13 (ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας in wise gentleness. Cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 79 §323 ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ τε καὶ πραότητι); ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ π. 1 Cl 61:2. Also μετὰ π. (so in PLond. above) 1 Pt 3:16; Hm 5, 2, 6. As a characteristic of a bishop ITr 3:2. The devil is thwarted by humility 4:2. πνεῦμα πραΰτητος 1 Cor 4:21; Gal 6:1.—AvHarnack, ‘sanftmut, Huld und Demut’ in der alten Kirche: JKaftan-Festschr. ’20, 113ff; CSpicq, RB 54, ’47, 321-39 (χρηστότης, πραΰτης, ἠπιότης, ἐπιείκεια).—FHauck and SSchulz, TW VI 645-51. M-M.* πρέπω (Hom.+) be fitting, be seemly or suitable (Pindar+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 143) impf. 3 sing. ἔπρεπεν.—τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεύς it was fitting that we should have such a high priest Hb 7:26. Cf. 1 Ti 2:10; Tit 2:1. μηδὲν ὑμῖν πρεπέτω let nothing be pleasing to you IEph 11:2.—The impers. constr. πρέπει τινί it is fitting for someone (X., Hell. 4, 1, 37) καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις Eph 5:3. ὡς πρέπει ἀγαπῶντι B 4:9. W. dat. and inf. foll. (Charito 7, 6, 12; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 48 πρέπει τῷ θεῷ φυτεύειν) Hb 2:10; IEph 4:1; IMg 3:1; ITr 12:2; IPol 5:2.

W. inf. foll., in which case the dat. is to be supplied ISm 11:2; IPol 7:2.—πρέπον ἐστίν it is fitting, proper, right (POxy. 120, 24 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν; 1 Macc 12:11; 3 Macc 7:13) w. dat. of the pers. and inf. foll. (Isocr., Ep. 5, 3) Mt 3:15; IRo 10:2; IPhld 10:1. W. inf. foll. and dat. to be supplied IEph 2:2; IMg 3:2; 4:1; ISm 7:2. W. acc. and inf. foll.

(Lysias 19, 59) 1 Cor 11:13.—MPohlenz, Τὸ πρέπον: NGG ’33, 53-92. M-M. B. 641.* πρεσβεία, ας, ἡ embassy, abstract for concrete ambassador, ambassadors (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap.) π. ἀποστέλλειν (Dit., Syll.3 412, 6 al. [index IV p. 526a]; cf. 2 Macc 4, 11; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 239; Jos., Ant. 4, 296)Lk 14:32; 19:14. πρεσβεύειν θεοῦ πρεσβείαν travel as an ambassador of God IPhld 10:1 (πρεσβεύειν πρεσβείαν as Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 111). M-M.* πρεσβευτής, οῦ, ὁ (Thu.+; Pla., inscr., pap.) ambassador cj. in place of πρεσβύτης (q.v.) Phlm 9.* πρεσβεύω fut. πρεσβεύσω; 1 aor. ἐπρέσβευσα (trag., Hdt.+) be an ambassador or envoy, travel or work as an ambassador (so Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 163f, Vi. 65. Used esp. of the emperor’s legates: Magie 89; Dssm., LO 320 [LAE 378f]) πέμπειν τινὰ πρεσβεύσοντα περί τινος send someone as a representative for someone Pol 13:1. πρεσβεύειν θεοῦ πρεσβείαν IPhld 10:1 s. πρεσβεία. Paul speaks of his apostolic work as ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πρεσβεύειν work as an ambassador for Christ 2 Cor 5:20; cf. Eph 6:20 (πρεσβεύειν ὑπέρ τινος: Dit., Or. 339, 6, Syll.3 591, 5; 656, 19; 805, 7ff). M-M.* 837

πρεσβυτέριον, ου, τό council of elders—1. of the highest Jewish council in Jerusalem, in our lit. usu. called συνέδριον (Schürer II4 245) τὸ πρεσβυτέριον τοῦ λαοῦ Lk 22:66. ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρ. Ac 22:5.

2. as a Christian church council, including all the πρεσβύτεροι (s. πρεσβύτερος 2b), presbytery. So, except for 1 Ti 4:14 (JoachJeremias, ZNW 48, ’57, 127-32: ‘honor’ or ‘privilege of an elder’; cf. Sus 50 [Theodotion] and rabb.), in our lit. only in Ign.: w. bishop and deacons IMg 13:1; ITr 7:2; IPhld 4; 7:1; ISm 12:2. W. the bishop IEph 2:2; 20:2; IMg 2; ITr 13:2. Bishop and π. belong together as the strings to the harp IEph 4:1. The π. is to be obeyed as the apostles ITr 2:2; ISm 8:1. The apostles are described as π. ἐκκλησίας IPhld 5:1.* πρεσβύτερος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph. Comp. of πρέσβυς).

1. of age—a. of an individual person older of two ὁ υἱὸς ὁ π. (cf. Aelian, V.H. 9, 42) Lk 15:25; of Manasseh (w.

Ephraim) B 13:5. In contrast to the younger generation οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the older ones J 8:9. Opp. οἱ νεανίσκοι Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1). Opp. νεώτεροι (s. νεός 2bβ) 1 Ti 5:1 (similar advice, containing a contrast betw. πρ. and νεώτ., from inscr. and lit. in MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.); 1 Pt 5:5 (though here the πρεσβύτεροι are not only the older people, but at the same time, the ‘elders’; s. 2b below). The same double mng. is found for πρεσβύτεροι in 1 Cl 1:3 beside νέοι, while in 3:3; 21:6, beside the same word, the concept of being old is the dominant one (as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206). On the disputed pass. Hv 3, 1, 8 (οἱ νεανίσκοι—οἱ πρεσβύτεροι) cf. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.—Fem. πρεσβυτέρα old (er) woman (opp. νεωτέρα, as Gen 19:31) 1 Ti 5:2.—With no ref. to younger persons, w. complete disappearance of the comparative mng.: πρεσβύτερος an old man (Jos., Ant. 13, 226; 292 [as a witness of events in the past, as Ps.-Pla., Virt. 3 p. 377B; 4 p. 377c]) Hv 3, 12, 2; cf. 3, 11, 3. The personified church is called λίαν πρεσβυτέρα very old Hv 3, 10, 3; cf. 3, 11, 2. She appears as ἡ πρ. the elderly woman Hv 2, 1, 3; 3, 1, 2; 3, 10, 6; 9 and has τὰς τρίχας πρεσβυτέρας the hair of an old woman v 3, 10, 4; 5; 3, 12, 1. b. of a period of time (Petosiris, fgm. 3 and 4 mention οἱ πρεσβύτεροι and οἱ νεώτεροι. In both instances the context shows that the reference is to astrologers from earlier and more recent times) οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the men of old, our ancestors Hb 11:2. ἡ παράδοσις τῶν πρεσβυτέρων the tradition of the ancients (cf. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 253 τῶν π. συγγράμματα) Mt 15:2; Mk 7:3, 5 (ELohse, D. Ordination im Spätjudentum u. NT, ’51, 50-6: scholars).

2. as designation of an official (cf. Lat. senator) elder, presbyter—a. among the Jews (the congregation of a synagogue in Jerusalem used πρεσβύτεροι to denote its officers before 70 AD: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 170, 9; cf.

Dssm., LO 378-80). α. for members of local councils in individual cities (cf. Josh 20:4; Ruth 4:2; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:14; Jdth 8:10; 10:6) Lk 7:3; 1 Cl 55:4.—Schürer II4 224. β. for members of a group in the Sanhedrin (Schürer II4 251ff; JoachJeremias, Jerusalem z. Zt. Jesu II B 1: Die gesellschaftl. Oberschicht ’29, 88ff). They are mentioned together w. (the) other groups: ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:5 has ἄρχοντες for this), γραμματεῖς, πρεσβύτεροι (the order is not always the same) Mt 16:21; 26:3 t.r.; 27:41; Mk 8:31; 11:27; 14:43, 53; 15:1; Lk 9:22; 20:1.—Only ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:8 has for this ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ) and πρεσβύτεροι (τοῦ λαοῦ: cf. Ex 19:7; Num 11:16b, 24; 1 Macc 7:33; 12:35) Mt 21:23; 26:3, 47, 59 t.r.; 27:1, 3, 12, 20; 28: (11), 12; Lk 22:52 (here, as an exception, οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ); Ac 4:23; 23:14; 25:15; cf. 24:1. Also οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς GP 7:25 (for this combination cf. Jos., Ant. 11, 83; 12, 406).—Only πρεσβύτεροι and γραμματεῖς Mt 26:57; Ac 6:12.—The use of πρεσβύτερος as a title among the Jews of the Diaspora appears quite late, except for the allusions in the LXX (cf. Schürer III4 89f; Monumenta As. Min. antiqua III ’31 [Cilicia] No. 344; 448 [cf. ZNW 31, ’32, 313f. Whether πρεσβύτερος is to be understood in the older Roman inscriptions [CII 378] as a title [so JBFrey, CII p. LXXXVI], remains doubtful). b. among the Christians (for their use of the word as a title one must bear in mind not only the Jewish custom, but also its use as a t.t. among the ἔθνη, in connection w. associations of the ‘old ones’ [FPoland, Geschichte des griech.

Vereinswesens ’09, 98ff] and to designate civic as well as religious officials [Dssm., B 153ff [BS 154-7], NB 60ff [BS 233-5], LO 315, 5; HHausschildt, ZNW 4, ’03, 235ff; MLStrack, ibid. 213ff; HLietzmann, ZWTh 55, ’14, 116-32 [=Kl. Schr. I ’58, 156-69]; MDibelius, exc. on 1 Ti 5:17ff].—BGU 16, 6 [159 AD] πρεσβύτεροι ἱερεῖς θεοῦ Σοκνοπαίου; 347, 6; PWien Bosw. 1, 31 [87 AD].—The Engl. word ‘priest’ comes fr. πρεσβύτερος; later Christian usage is largely, if not entirely, responsible for this development; cf. Murray, New [Oxford] Engl. Dict. s.v. priest B). α. Ac 11:30; 14:23; 15:2, 4, 6, 22f; 16:4 (in all the places in Ac 15 and 16 mention is made of οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι in the Jerusalem church); 20:17; 21:18; 1 Ti 5:17, 19 (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 103a Jac. νεωτέρῳ πρεσβυτέρου καταμαρτυρεῖν οὐκ ἔξεστι); Tit 1:5; Js 5:14; 1 Pt 5:1, 5 (s. 1a above); 1 Cl 44:5; 47:6; 54:2; 57:1.

WWrede, Untersuchungen zum 1 Cl 1891, 8ff.—Acc. to 2 Cl 17:3, 5 exhortation and preaching in the church services were among their duties.—In Ign. the πρεσβύτεροι come after the bishop, to whom they are subordinate IMg 2; 3:1; 6:1, or betw. the bishop and the deacons IPhld inscr.; 10:2; IPol 6:1, or the higher rank of the bishop in comparison to them is made plain in some other way ITr 3:1; 12:2 (s. πρεσβυτέριον 2).—Polycarp—no doubt as bishop—groups himself w. the presbyters in Pol inscr., and further takes the presence of presbyters in Philippi for granted (beside deacons, though no ἐπίσκοπος is mentioned; cf. Hdb. on Pol inscr.) Pol 5:3. β. Just how we are to understand the words ὁ πρεσβύτερος, applied to himself by the author of the two smallest Johannine letters 2J 1; 3J 1, remains in doubt. But in any case it is meant to indicate a position of great dignity the elder.—HWindisch, exc. on 3 J, end; ESchwartz, Über den Tod der Söhne Zebedaei ’04, 47; 51; HHWendt, ZNW 23, ’24, 19; EKäsemann, ZThK 48, ’51, 292-311.-ὁ πρ. and οἱ πρ. are mentioned by Papias in these much-discussed passages: 2:3, 4, 5, 7, 14, 15. For some of the lit. s. the note on JAKleist’s transl. ’48, p. 207 n. 18. γ. In Rv there are 24 elders sitting on thrones about the throne of God; they form a heavenly council of elders (cf. Is 24:23) 4:4, 10; 5:5-14; 7:11, 13; 11:16; 14:3; 19:4. The elders have been understood as glorified human beings of 838

some kind (so e.g. HHoltzmann, Swete, Schlatter, Lohmeyer, Rohr) or astral deities (or angels) (e.g. Spitta, Bousset, Calmes, Allo, Zahn, Hadorn, OHoltzmann, Behm; JMichl, D. 24 Ältesten in d. Apk. d. hl. J. ’38); the number 24 has been referred to the following: the 24 priestly classes of the Jews (1 Ch 24:7-18; Jos., Ant. 7, 365-7) whose heads were called ‘elders’ (Yoma 1, 5; Tamid 1, 1; Middoth 1, 8); the 24 stars which, according to Babylonian belief, stood half on the north and half on the south of the zodiac (Diod. S. 2, 31, 4; POsl. 4, 19: HGunkel, Z. religionsgesch.

Verständnis des NT ’03, 42f; Boll 35f); the 24 hours of the day, represented as old men w. shining garments and w. crowns (acc. to the Test. of Adam [ed. CBezold, ThNöldeke-Festschr. ’06, 893-912]: JWellhausen, Analyse der Offb.

Joh. ’07, p. 9, 1; NMorosof, Offb. Joh. ’12, 32); the 24 Yazatas in the state of the gods in heaven, acc. to Persian thought (Bousset). It is certainly an open question whether, or how far, the writer of Rv had any of these things in mind.—On the presbyters, and esp. on the question how ἐπίσκοπος and πρεσβύτερος were originally related to each other (a question which is raised particularly in the pastorals; cf. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after 1 Ti 3:7 section 2 [w. lit.] and before 5:17), s. the lit. s.v. ἐπίσκοπος.—BSEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 188-97; WMichaelis, Das Ältestenamt ’53; GBornkamm, πρεσβύτερος: TW VI 651-83. M-M. B. 1472.** πρεσβύτης, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; IG IV2 1, 123, 120; pap.; LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 312)old man, aged man (Philo, Op. M. 105, after Hippocr.: a man of 50-56 years; Dio Chrys. 57[74], 10 πρεσβύτης immediately follows the series παῖς, μειράκιον νεανίσκος; Aristoxenus fgm. 35 has the steps νήπιος, παῖς, νεανίσκος, ἀνήρ, πρεσβύτης) Lk 1:18; Tit 2:2; Phlm 9 (where many accept Bentley’s conjecture πρεσβευτής ambassador, i.e. of Christ: Lghtf.; W-H., app.; EHaupt; Lohmeyer; RSV; Gdspd., Probs. 185-7; against this point of view HermvSoden, MDibelius, Meinertz. On this pass. cf. also RSteck, PM 18, ’14, 96-100; 192f; PSchmidt, ibid. 156-8.—Polyaenus 8, 9, 1 πρεσβύτης and πρεσβευτής are found as variants); MPol 7:2 (used attributively w. ἀνήρ: πρ. ἀνήρ as Theophyl.

Sim., Ep. 60); Hm 8:10.—FBoll (s. νεανίας) 116f. M-M.* πρεσβῦτις, ιδος, ἡ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Diod. S. 4, 51, 1; 4 Macc 16:14; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 33; Jos., Ant. 7, 142; 186) old (er) woman, elderly lady Tit 2:3; Hv l, 2, 2 (γυνὴ πρ., as Aeschines 3, 157). M-M.* πρηνής, ές, gen. οῦς (Hom.+; PGM 4, 194; LXX.—X. has πρανής, which is found in later Attic usage beside πρηνής) forward, prostrate, head first, headlong πρηνὴς γενόμενος falling headlong Ac 1:18 (Posid.: 87 fgm. 5 Jac. πρ. προσπεσών; Diod. S. 34+35, fgm. 28a πρηνὴς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν; Appian, Celts 10 κατέπεσε πρηνής; Philo, Op. M. 157 πρηνὲς πεπτωκός; Jos., Bell. 1, 621and Vi. 138 πρ. πεσών, Bell. 6, 64, Ant. 18, 59; Sib. Or. 4, 110).

The mng. swollen, distended was first proposed by FH Chase, JTS 13, ’12, 278-85; 415, and has been accepted by Harnack, ThLZ 37, ’12, 235-7; EbNestle, ZNW 19, ’20, 179f; HHWendt and GHoennicke, ad loc.; JMoffatt, transl. ’13; RHarris, AJTh 18, ’14, 127-31; Gdspd., Probs. 123-6; L-S-J lex. gives it as a possibility s.v. πρανής; in this case it would be derived fr. the root πρη-, πίμπρημι (q.v.), which is linguistically possible. Other exx. of πρηνής in the sense ‘swollen’ are lacking, unless the word be given this mng. in Wsd 4:19 (so Gdspd.).—Bursting as a result of a violent fall is also found Aesop, Fab. 177b H. κατακρημνισθεὶς διερράγη.—S. further Zahn, Forsch. VI ’00, 126; 153-5; IX ’16, 331-3; AD Knox, JTS 25, ’24, 289f; HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 192f; KLake, Beginn. I 5, ’33, 22-30; Beyer and Steinmann ad loc.; RSV. M-M.* πρίζω ([Ps.-?] Pla., Theag. 124B; Diod. S. 3, 27, 3; 4, 76, 5; PHermopol. 28, 11 φοίνικες πεπρισμένοι; Am 1:3; designated as unattic by Pollux 7, 114) or πρίω (trag., Thu.+) 1 aor. pass. ἐπρίσθην saw (in two) as a method of execution (Sus 59 Theod.); acc. to tradition (Martyr. of Is. 5, 2; 4; Justin, Dial. 120 et al.; MGaster and BHeller, Monatsschr. f. Gesch. u. Wissensch. des Judent. 80, ’36, 32-44) Isaiah met his death in this manner, Hb 11:37.

M-M.* πρίν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) lit. an adv. of time before, formerly; then a 1. temporal conjunction before (the ms. tradition oft. varies betw. πρίν, which is predom. Attic, and πρὶν ἤ [s. ἤ 2d], which is Ionic, and predominates in the Koine). a. w. the aor. subj. (Plut., Caes. 58, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 18) or opt. (Bl-D. §383, 3; Rob. 977) πρὶν ἀκουσθῶσι τὰ ῥήματα Hs 5, 7, 3. Lk 2:26 is text-critically uncertain πρὶν ἢ ἂν ἴδῃ, but ἤ is omitted (cf. Kyr.-Inschr. l.

123 πρὶν ἄν w. aor. subj.) as well as ἄν in some mss., and ‫ *א‬has ἕως ἂν ἴδῃ. Likew. in 22:34 ἕως, ἕως οὗ, ἕως ὅτου are also attested intead of πρὶν ἤ; the corrector has been at work in all these passages, so that the original rdg. can no longer be determined w. certainty.—Only once w. the opt., in indirect discourse after a past tense (Bl-D. §386, 4; Rob. 970) πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος ἔχοι Ac 25:16 (cf. Jos., Ant. 20, 210). b. foll. by the acc. and the aor. inf. (Bl-D. §395; Rob. 977.—Plut., Lysander 27, 1 πρὶν ἐπανελθεῖν τὸν Ἀγησίλαον; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 16 πρίν; Jos., Ant. 11, 1πρὶν ἤ) Mt 1:18 (πρὶν ἤ); J 8:58; Ac 7:2 (πρὶν ἤ); 1 Cl 38:3: Dg 2:3 (πρὶν ἤ); 8:1; Hs 9, 16, 3. Also of future things (Arrian, Ind. 24, 6 πρὶν ταχθῆναι τὴν φάλαγγα=before the phalanx will have been drawn up) πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι before the cock will have crowed Mt 26:34, 75; Mk 14:30 (πρὶν ἤ), 72; Lk 22:61. Cf. J 4:49; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Hs 9, 26, 6.—Without the acc., which is understood fr. the context (Menand., Epitr. 47; 291; Diod. S. 13, 10, 1; 14, 52, 1; Chio, Ep. 4, 4; Ps.-Apollod. 3, 3, 2; Jos., Bell. 6, 213)J 14:29; Hv 3, 1, 3.

2. (improper) prep. w. gen. before (since Pind., Pyth. 4, 43, also Plut., Mor. 883B; Arrian, Anab. 3, 18, 6; PGM 7, 418; 420 πρὶν ἡλίου ἀνατολῆς; En. 14, 6; Jos., Ant. 4, 269πρὶν ἡλίου δυσμῶν; Sus 35a LXX=42 Theod.) πρὶν ἀλεκτοροφωνίας Mt 26:34 v.l.; πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ ἐγὼ εἰμί J 8:58 v.l.—Even πρίν w. the acc. occurs as v.l. πρὶν τὸ πάσχα J 11:55 v.l. πρὶν σάββατον Mk 15:42 v.l. (cf. Bl-D. §395 app.; JWackernagel, Syntax II2 ’28, 839

215).—AlTschuschke, De πρίν particulae apud scriptores aet. August. prosaicos usu, Diss. Bresl. ’13. M-M.* Πρίσκα (Πρῖσκα? s. Bl-D. §41, 3 app.; cf. Mlt.-H. 155) and its dim. Πρίσκιλλα, ης, ἡ (s. Preisigke, Namenbuch. A priestess of Zeus named Πρίσκιλλα is mentioned in an honorary inscr. fr. the city of Olbasa: Ramsay, Phrygia I p. 309 no. 122) Prisca, Priscilla, tentmaker (s. Ἀκύλας and the lit. there), named before her husband in the majority of cases (Harnack [s.v. Ἀκ.] concludes fr. this that she was a more important pers. than her husband and that she may have played the major part in the writing of Hb: ZNW 1, ’00, 16ff.—In Ramsay, op. cit. p. 637 no. 530 [70-80 AD] Julia Severa is named before her husband Tyrronius Rapon, prob. because she was of higher rank) Ac 18:2, 18, 26. The forementioned passages have the name Πρίσκιλλα (likew. Ro 16:3 t.r.; 1 Cor 16:19 t.r.). On the other hand, Πρίσκα is the predominant form in the Pauline letters Ro 16:3; 1 Cor 16:19; 2 Ti 4:19. M-M.* πρίω s. πρίζω. πρό prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.—S. the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.) before.

1. of place before, in front of, at πρὸ τῆς θύρας at the door Ac 12:6, 14; cf. 5:23 t.r.; perh. J 10:8 belongs here (Jesus is the door, vs. 7). πρὸ τῆς πόλεως (Jos., Bell. 1, 234, Ant. 10, 44): ὁ ἱερεὺς τοῦ ∆ιὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως the priest of (the temple of) Zeus just outside the city (gate) 14:13 (CIG 2963c τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος πρὸ πόλεως ἱερεῖς. Cf. the sim. inscriptions w. πρὸ πόλεως 2796; 3194; 3211; Bull. de corr. hell. 11, 1887 p. 464 no. 29 ὁ πρὸ πόλεως Ἀπόλλων [Thyatira]; ThWiegand, SAB ’06, 259 Ἀσκληπιοῦ πρὸ πόλεως [Miletus]).—Symbolically ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν Js 5:9. Fig.: πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχειν, λαμβάνειν and ; cf. Johannessohn πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τινος εἶναι; on these s. ὀφθαλμός 2.—πρὸ προσώπου τινός (=‫׳פ י‬ 184f) before someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three compare Mal 3:1; Ex 23:20); 1:76 v.l.; 9:52; 10:1; 1 Cl 34:3 (cf. Is 62:11); IEph 15:3. W. transition to a temporal mng. προκηρύξαντος Ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ after John had preached as his forerunner before his (i.e. Jesus’) appearance Ac 13:24.

2. of time πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου before the meal (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 21) Lk 11:38. πρὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος D 7:4a. πρὸ χειμῶνος 2 Ti 4:21. πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα J 11:55. πρὸ τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ πάσχα 13:1. πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ Mt 24:38. πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20. πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης 2 Cl 14:1 (s. ἥλιος). πρὸ πάντων Col 1:17; cf. πρὸ τούτων πάντων Lk 21:12. πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων (Ps 54:20) 1 Cor 2:7; cf. IEph inscr.; IMg 6:1. πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 1:2. πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος Jd 25. πρὸ καιροῦ before the proper time or the last times (καιρός 4; cf. Sir 51:30; Theod. Prodr. 1, 281 H.) Mt 8:29; 1 Cor 4:5. π. τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν Ac 5:36; 21:38; Hm 4, 3, 4. πρὸ ἐτῶν 2 Cor 12:2. πρὸ τῆς μεταθέσεως Hb 11:5. Latinizing (on the use of the Rom. calendar among the Gks. s. Hahn 245) πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Σεπτεμβρίων on August twenty-fourth IRo 10:3. πρὸ ἑπτὰ καλανδῶν Μαρτίων on February twenty-third MPol 21 (cf. Inschr. v. Priene 105, 23 πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Ὀκτωβρίων).—On the expr. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα J 12:1 s. ἡμέρα 2 and cf. Am 1:1; 4:7. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ συλληφθῆναι αὐτόν MPol 5:2. πρὸ μιᾶς τῶν ἀζύμων one day before the feast of unleavened bread GP 2:5 (Plut., Lucull. 27, 9 πρὸ μιᾶς νωνῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, Publicola 9, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 115 §479 πρὸ μιᾶς τοῦδε τοῦ βουλευτηρίου). πρὸ μιᾶς (sc. ἡμέρας [Polyaenus 7, 10 πρὸ μιᾶς ἡμέρας]; cf. Lucian, Alex. 46; Dositheus 40, 2; PGM 13, 350) one day before D 7:4b; the day before Hs 6, 5, 3.—LRydbeck, Fachprosa ’67, 62-77; Mlt.-Turner 260.—W. the gen. of the personal pron. (PTebt. 61b, 384 [118/17 BC]) πρὸ ὑμῶν (Lev 18:28) Mt 5:12; cf. Ac 7:4 D. πρὸ ἐμοῦ (1 Macc 15:5) J 5:7; 10:8 (s. also 1 above); Ro 16:7; Gal 1:17. Cf. 1 Cl 19:1.—πρὸ τοῦ w. acc. and inf.

(Bl-D. §403; Rob. 1074f) πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι Mt 6:8. Cf. Lk 2:21; 22:15; J 1:48; 13:19 (here the acc. is missing, but can easily be supplied); 17:5; Ac 23:15; Gal 2:12; 3:23; B 16:7.

3. of precedence, rank, advantage (class.; pap.; Jos., Ant. 16, 187πρὸ ἐκείνων) πρὸ παντός above all, especially Pol 5:3. Also πρὸ πάντων (POxy. 292, 11; 294, 30) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8; D 10:4. M-M.** προαγαπάω 1 aor. προηγάπησα love before, love first τινά someone Dg 10:3.* προάγω impf. προῆγον; fut. προάξω; 2 aor. προήγαγον (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph.).

1. trans. lead forward, lead or bring out τινά someone προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω after he had led them out Ac 16:30 (Diod. S. 4, 44, 3 τῆς φυλακῆς προαγαγεῖν=lead out of the prison). αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 17:5 (Jos., Ant. 16, 320εἰς τὸ πλῆθος). Cf. 12:6 (Jos., Ant. 2, 105al.).—In the language of the law-court bring before (Jos., Bell. 1, 539, Ant. 16, 393.—ἐπί I 1aδ) Ac 25:26.

2. intr. go before, lead the way, precede—a. in place τινά go before someone (2 Macc 10:1; Bl-D. §150; Rob. 477) Mt 2:9; 21:9. Abs. (Diod. S. 17, 19, 1 προῆγε=he pushed on; Jos., Ant. 14, 388)Mt 21:9 t.r.; Mk 11:9 (opp. ἀκολουθεῖν); Lk 18:39. Walk ahead of those who are going slowly and w. hesitation ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. . . οἱ δὲ ἀκολουθοῦντες Mk 10:32. κατὰ πόλιν με προῆγον they went before me from city to city IRo 9:3.—As a symbol πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ anyone who goes too far and does not remain in the teaching 2J 9. Of πίστις (cf. Aberciusinschr. 12 πίστις προῆγε), which is followed by ἐλπίς (ἐπακολουθεῖν), προαγούσης τῆς ἀγάπης love leads the way Pol 3:3. b. in time go or come before someone w. acc. of the pers. προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν go before him to the other shore Mt 14:22. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν I will go before you to Galilee 26:32; Mk 14:28 (CFEvans, JTS 5, ’54, 3-18); cf. Mt 28:7; Mk 16:7. Without the acc. (which can be supplied fr. the ἕωσ-clause [cf.

Dit., Syll.3 684, 25]) προάγειν εἰς τὸ πέραν πρὸς Βηθσαϊδάν Mk 6:45. οἱ τελῶναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν 840

βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ the tax-collectors will get into the kingdom of God before you Mt 21:31. Symbolically of sins προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν they go before (the sinners) to judgment 1 Ti 5:24 (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 24, 1 εἰς τ. κρίσιν προαγειν=‘come before the court’).—πάντα τὰ προάγοντα everything that had gone before MPol 1:1. κατά τὰς προαγούσας προφητείας in accordance with the prophecies that were made long ago 1 Ti 1:18 (IG XII 3, 247 τὰ προάγοντα ψαφίσματα; PFlor. 198, 7 [III AD] κατὰ τὸ προάγον ἔθος; POxy. 42, 3 ἡ πανήγυρις προάγουσα). ἀθέτησις προαγούσης ἐντολῆς Hb 7:18 (ἀθέτησις 1). M-M.* προαδικέω (since Aeschin. and Menand., Her. Pr. 7; Diod. S. 4, 53, 1; 13, 30, 2; Plut., Dio 47, 8, Mor. 1090E; Wsd 18:2; Philo, Mos. 1, 303) be first in wrong-doing, injure beforehand. It appears in a mutilated context at the beginning of GOxy, where its meaning cannot be determined w. certainty.* προαθλέω pf. ptc. προηθληκώς (schol. on Pind., Ol. 8, 71) contest in former times of the martyrs of earlier ages (opp. οἱ μέλλοντες) MPol 18:2.* προαιρέω (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX) 2 aor. προεῖλον; 2 aor. mid. προειλόμην, 3 pl. προείλαντο (Bl-D. §80; 81, 3; cf. Mlt.-H. 212; Dit., Or. 383, 46 [I BC] προειλάμην); pf. mid. προῄρημαι, ptc. προῃρημένος.

1. act. bring or take out (Aristoph., Thu.+; PTebt. 112, 31 [II BC]; PFay. 119, 21; Jdth 13:15) τὶ someth. 1 Cl 43:5.

2. mid. choose (for oneself) , prefer (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου οὐ προείλαντο they did not choose the fear of the Lord 1 Cl 57:5 (Pr 1:29). πρ. τι μᾶλλον ἤ τι prefer one thing to another (X., Mem. 2, 1, 2) 2 Cl 10:3. Undertake, determine, decide, make up one’s mind (Pla. et al.; Diod. S. 2, 54; inscr., pap.; Pr 21:25; 2 Macc 6:9; 3 Macc 2:30; 7:2; Ep. Arist. 33; 45 al.) w. inf. foll. (Diod. S. 3, 55, 3; Ael. Aristid. 38 p. 721 D.; Philo, Mos. 1, 325; Jos., Vi. 103) IMg 1:1. Abs. (Demosth. 18, 190) καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ as he has made up his mind 2 Cor 9:7. M-M.* προαιτιάομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. προῃτιασάμην accuse beforehand followed by the acc. and inf. (Bl-D. §397, 3; Rob. 1036) προῃτιασάμεθα we (=I) have already charged that Ro 3:9. M-M.* προακούω 1 aor. προήκουσα (Hdt.+; Philo, Ebr. 160) hear beforehand τὶ someth. (Nicol. Dam. 90 fgm. 66, 24 Jac. τὶ παρά τινος) ἐλπίδα ἣν προηκούσατε what you hope for (ἐλπίς 4), about which you have heard before (i.e. before you receive it or before you received this letter) Col 1:5 (Diod. S. 16, 66, 4 Τιμολέων προακηκοὼς ἦν=he had heard before it happened; 19, 38, 6 πρ. τὸ μέλλον; Jos., Ant. 8, 301Βασάνης προακηκοὼς τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ συμβήσεσθαι).* προαμαρτάνω pf. ptc. προημαρτηκώς (Dit., Or. 751, 10 [II BC] w. μετανοεῖν; Herodian 3, 14, 4; Jos., Bell. 1, 481;Justin, Apol. I 61, 10) sin beforehand πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων (prob. for πολλοὺς τοὺς προημαρτηκότας, Ltzm. ad loc.) many who sinned before 2 Cor 12:21; cf. 13:2. M-M.* προαύλιον, ου, τό (Themist., Or. 33 p. 443, 13 symb. τὸ π, τοῦ λόγου) the place in front of the house, forecourt, gateway (Pollux 1, 77; 9, 16; Suidas) Mk 14:68.* προβαίνω 2 aor. προέβην, ptc. προβάς; pf. ptc. προβεβηκώς (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 22, 5; Joseph.) go ahead, go on, advance.

1. lit. go on (X., Ages. 6, 7; Herodian 7, 12, 4) ὀλίγον a little (distance) Mk 1:19. Also μικρόν Hv 4, 1, 5; s 6, 2, 5. ἐκεῖθεν Mt 4:21.

2. fig. προβεβηκέναι ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις be advanced in years Lk 1:7, 18; cf. 2:36 (ἡμέρα, end; also Lysias 24:16 προβεβηκὼς τῇ ἡλικίᾳ; Diod. S. 12, 18, 1; 13, 89, 2; UPZ 161, 61 [119 BC] π. τοῖς ἔτεσιν; Mitteis, Chrest. 31 VII, 29 [116 BC]; Jos., Ant. 7, 182).M-M.* προβάλλω impf. προέβαλλον; 2 aor. προέβαλον (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 212; Philo, Joseph.) throw or put before.

1. put forward, cause to come forward (cf. Jos., Bell. 4, 230)τινά someone (Demosth. 18, 149; Vi. Aesopi I 85 push someone forward to speak in the theater; 86) Ac 19:33. τὴν γλῶσσαν πρ. thrust out the tongue (schol. on Nicander, Ther. 206 πρ. τ. γλ. of a serpent thrusting out its tongue; 2 Macc 7:10) Hv 4, 1, 9.

2. of plants put out foliage or fruit (w. acc. Epict. 1, 15, 7 τὸν καρπόν; likew. Jos., Ant. 4, 226.Cf. SSol 2:13 Aq.) abs. (though D et al. add τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν) ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη when they (i.e. the trees) put out (their leaves) Lk 21:30. M-M.* προβάς s. προβαίνω. προβατικός, ή, όν pertaining to (a) sheep (PGoodspeed 30, 6, 5; 31, 9 al. [II AD]; 2 Esdr [s. below]) ἡ προβατική (sc. πύλη, as Vita Polyc. per Pionium ed. Lghtf. 3 on ἐπὶ τὴν καλουμένην Ἐφεσιακήν [after c. 20]. The Christian POxy. 1151 [V AD]=PGM II p. 192 and the ostrakon 3 p. 210 add κολυμβήθρα: sheep pool) sheep gate, a gate in the north city wall of Jerusalem ([ἡ] πύλη ἡ προβατική 2 Esdr 13 [Neh 3]: 1, 32; 22 [Neh 12]: 39; s. HGuthe, RE VIII 680, 24ff) J 5:2 (s. Hdb. ad loc. and on Βηθζαθά; also JoachJeremias, D. Wiederentdeckung v. Bethesda 841

’49). M-M.* προβάτιον, ου, τό (Aristoph., Pla.+; Plut., Fab. 1, 4; PTebt. 793, 1; 28 [183 BC]) dim. of πρόβατον; lamb, though it is oft. used without dim. sense=sheep (Menand., Her. 26; Plut., Popl. 11, 4 Z. v.l., interchanged w. πρόβατον; Philostrat., Her. p. 133, 5; Celsus 4, 43) J 21:16f (for the juxtaposition of βόσκειν, ἀρνία, ποιμαίνειν and προβάτια cf. Inschr. v. Priene 362, 17f [IV BC] φέρειν τοὺς τὰ πρόβατα βόσκοντας ἀπὸ τῆς ποίμνης ἄρνα). 10:3 P66.* πρόβατον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 93; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 295; 18, 317; Test. 12 Patr.) sheep (cf. on this mng. Wilcken, Ostraka I 286; Bl-D. §126, 1aα; L-S-J lex. s.v. I. The more general senses ‘cattle’ or ‘small cattle’ scarcely merit serious attention for our lit., though they are barely poss. in certain passages).

1. lit. Mt 12:11f; 18:12; Lk 15:4, 6 (on this parable: GONordberg, Svensk exeg. Årsbok 1, ’37, 55-63); Rv 18:13.

As a sacrificial animal 1 Cl 4:1 (Gen 4:4); J 2:14f. πρόβατα σφαγῆς sheep to be slaughtered Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23).

Defenseless in the midst of wolves Mt 10:16. In danger without a shepherd Mt 9:36; Mk 6:34 (both Num 27:17; cf.

Ezk 34:5 and Jdth 11:19); Mt 26:31; Mk 14:27; B 5:12 (the three last Zech 13:7); 1 Cl 16:6f (Is 53:6f); B 5:2 (Is 53:7). ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων (cf. ἔνδυμα 2. Proverbia Aesopi 123 P. κρύπτειν τὸν λύκον προβάτου δορᾷ) Mt 7:15. The firstfruits of the sheep belong to the prophets D 13:3. Jesus ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη. . . ἄφωνος (after Is 53:7) Ac 8:32 (cf. Vi. Aesopi I c. 48 a dispute over the question: διὰ τί τὸ πρόβατον ἐπὶ θυσίαν ἀγόμενον οὐ κέκραγεν).

2. The lit. usage passes over to the non-literal, or the sheep appear for the most part as symbols of certain people: in the great allegory of the Good Shepherd and the sheep J 10:1-16, 26f (in vs. 3 P66 reads προβάτια). Jesus is ὁ ποιμὴν τῶν προβάτων ὁ μέγας Hb 13:20. Cf. 1 Pt 2:25. The bishop is the shepherd, the church members the sheep IPhld 2:1. Cf. J 21:16 v.l., 17 v.l. (Porphyr., Adv. Chr. fgm. 26: the ἀρνία are the catechumens, but the προβάτα are οἱ πιστοὶ εἰς τὸ τῆς τελετώσεως προβάντες μυστήριον). The Christians are called πρόβατα τῆς νομῆς σου (=God’s) 1 Cl 59:4 (cf. Ps 78:13; 94:7; 99:3); B 16:5 (En. 89, 56; 66f). In the last times under the influence of lying prophets τὰ πρόβατα will be turned εἰς λύκους D 16:3. At the Last Judgment men will be divided as the shepherd separates τὰ πρόβατα from οἱ ἔριφοι (Mt 25:32f.—S. ἔριφος. PAmh. 73, 6 [129/30 AD] differentiates πρόβ. and αἶγες), and the πρόβατα, representing those blessed by the Father, will stand at the right hand of the Son of Man vs. 33 (HGraffmann, D. Gericht nach d. Werken im Mt: KBarth-Festschr. ’36, 124-36). Jesus knows that he is sent Mt 15:24, and sends his disciples 10:6 πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ.—In Hermas sheep appear (w. shepherds) as symbolic of all kinds of persons Hs 6, 1, 5f; 6, 2, 3f; 6f; 6, 3, 2; 9, 1, 9; 9, 27, 1. M-M. B. 144.* προβεβηκώς s. προβαίνω. προβιβάζω 1 aor. προεβίβασα, pass. ptc. προβιβασθείς bring forward, cause to come forward (Soph., Oed. Col. 180) ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου προεβίβασαν Ἀλέξανδρον they made Alexander come out from the crowd Ac 19:33 t.r. ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρός but she, put forward by her mother Mt 14:8 (here many prefer the mng. ‘incite, urge on [beforehand], prompt’. But προβιβ. εἴς τι in places like X., Mem. 1, 5, 1 εἰς ἐγκράτειαν, Pla., Prot. 328B εἰς ἀρετήν, Musonius p. 60, 5 H. νέους εἰς φιλοσοφίαν means ‘lead on to’, ‘train in’. It would be better to refer to the LXX, where the word=‘instruct, teach, inculcate’: Ex 35:34; Dt 6:7). M-M.* προβλέπω impf. προέβλεπον; 1 aor. προέβλεψα (Dionys. Hal. 11, 20; somet. in Vett. Val. [index]; Epig. Gr. 326; Ps 36:13) see beforehand, foresee ὧν (=τούτων, οὓς) προέβλεπεν τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου B 6:14. ἐν πνεύματι προβλέψας εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν looking forward in the spirit to Jesus 9:7. προβλέψας, ὡς foreseeing that 3:6. Mid. τὶ περί τινος select or provide someth. for someone Hb 11:40. M-M.* προγενής, ές gen. οῦς born in early times, primeval comp. προγενέστερος, α, ον older (Hom.+; Theodot. [II BC] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 22, 3) τινός than someth. of the Son of God πάσης τῆς κτίσεως αὐτοῦ προγενέστερος older than his whole creation Hs 9, 12, 2.* προγίνομαι pf. ptc. προγεγονώς (Hom.+) originate, be born earlier in time, happen or be done before (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) τὰ προγεγονότα ἁμαρτήματα the sins that were committed in former times, i.e. when God showed forbearance Ro 3:25 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 411-13 τὰ προγεγενημένα ἁμαρτήματα; Diod. S. 19, 1, 3 τὰ προγεγενημένα ἀδικήματα. Cf. X., Mem. 2, 7, 9 τ. προγεγονυῖαν χάριν). τὰ προγεγονότα πονηρά Hv 1, 3, 1. ὁ προγεγονώς the former one (i.e. the Phoenix), predecessor 1 Cl 25:3. M-M.* προγινώσκω 2 aor. προέγνων, ptc. προγνούς; pf. pass. ptc. προεγνωσμένος (Eur., X., Pla.+; BGU 1141, 39 [14 BC]; Wsd) know beforehand, in advance, have foreknowledge (of) τί someth. (Philo, Somn. 1, 2; Jos., Vi. 106) affliction Hs 7:5. Abs. (Jos., Ant. 2, 86)προγινώσκοντες since you know this (i.e. what the context makes clear) in advance 2 Pt 3:17. Of God (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 1, 7 Br. τὰ μέλλοντα, Fat. 30 p. 200, 29) πάντα Hm 4, 3, 4.

Choose beforehand τινά someone Ro 8:29. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 11:2 (EWeber, D. Problem der Heilsgesch. nach Ro 9-11, ’11; ThHoppe, D. Idee d. Heilsgesch. b. Pls ’26; FWMaier, Israel in d. Heilsgesch. nach Ro 9-11, ’29; EvDobschütz, Prädestination: StKr 106, ’35, 9-19; JMunck, Christus u. Israe1: Ro 9-11, ’56; EDinkler, Prädestination bei Paulus, GDehn-Festschr., ’57, 61-102. S. also on προορίζω). Pass. of Christ προεγνωσμένος πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 Pt 1:20.—Know from time past (Jos., Bell. 6, 8)προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν Ac 26:5. M-M.* 842

πρόγλωσσος, ον (Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 14, 31 Boll-B.; Polemo Physiognom. 37 Förster et al.) hasty in speech, talkative B 19:8.* πρόγνωσις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr.+ as a medical t.t.; Plut., Mor. 399D; 982C; Phlegon of Tralles [time of Hadrian] in Orig., C. Cels. 2, 14; Lucian, Alex. 8; Vett. Val. 220, 9; 221, 25; 355, 9; Jos., Ant. 15, 373πρόγνωσιν ἐκ θεοῦ τῶν μελλόντων ἔχων; 17, 43; PGM 7, 294; Jdth 11:19) foreknowledge πρ. λαμβάνειν τελείαν receive exact foreknowledge 1 Cl 44:2. Of God’s omniscient wisdom and intention (so Alex. Aphr., Fat. 30 p. 200, 31 Br.; Proverbia Aesopi 131 P.; Jdth 9:6) w. βουλή Ac 2:23. κατὰ πρόγνωσιν θεοῦ πατρός according to the predestination of God the Father 1 Pt 1:2 (WFArndt, Theological Monthly 9, ’29, 41-3). M-M.* προγνώστης, ου, ὁ (PGM 5, 410) one who knows someth. beforehand of God (Justin, Apol. I 44, 11, Dial. 16, 3; 23:2; Theophil., Ad Autolyc. 2, 15.—Of Apollo: Tatian, Orat. ad Graec. 19 p. 21, 21 Schwartz) πρ. τῶν πάντων one who knows everything beforehand 2 Cl 9:9.* πρόγονος, ον (Hom.+) born early or before in our lit. only subst. in the pl. οἱ πρόγονοι (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 19; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 157) parents, forefathers, ancestors 1 Ti 5:4. ἀπὸ προγόνων from my ancestors=as my ancestors did (Dit., Or. 485, 3; 529, 1; Inschr. v. Magn. 163, 2; 164, 3) 2 Ti 1:3. M-M. B. 119.* προγράφω 1 aor. προέγραψα. Pass.: 2 aor. προεγράφην; pf. ptc. προγεγραμμένος (Aristoph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.).

1. write before (hand)—a. in the same document in which the word is found (so oft. pap.) καθὼς προέγραψα as I have written above Eph 3:3 (Inschr. v. Sinuri no. 46, 17 LRobert ’45 καθότι προγέγραπται). τὰ προγεγραμμένα what I have written above (PPetr. III p. 179 [III BC]; BGU 1107, 30; 1131, 55 al.) Hv 4, 3, 6. ὁ προγεγραμμένος, τὸ προγεγραμμένον the person or thing mentioned above (POxford [ed. EPWegener ’42] 8, 13 [104/5 AD] ὁ πρ. μου ἀνήρ; 10, 10; 16) τὰ προγεγραμμένα πρόσωπα the persons mentioned above IMg 6:1 (cf. also Da 3:3). τὸ πρ. (ἀντίγραφον) the afore-mentioned copy MPol 22:3. b. What is written before, is found in an older document (by another author, as well; cf. Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 12, 31 Lag.) ὅσα προεγράφη what was written in earlier times (in the γραφή) Ro 15:4.—εἴς τι mark out, designate for someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 1 §2 τ. ἐχθροὺς ἐς θάνατον πρ.) of false teachers: οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα who for a long time have been marked out (or written about) for this judgment (described in what follows) Jd 4.

2. show forth or portray publicly, proclaim or placard in public (γράφω=‘draw, paint’ Hdt., Aristoph.+; here and there in Pla.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 252; PGM 2, 47; 36, 265.—PGM 2, 60 προγράφω of a figure ‘drawn above’) οἷς κατʼ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰ. Χρ. προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος before whose eyes Jesus Christ was portrayed on the cross Gal 3:1 (many would prefer to transl. placard publicly, set forth in a public proclamation so that all may read: Aristoph., Demosth.+; Plut., Demetr. 46, 10, Mor. 408D; IG X 4, 24; PFlor. 99, 11).—GSchrenk, TW I 771f.

M-M.* πρόδηλος, ον (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 237 VII, 9; LXX; Ep. Arist. 133; Philo, Gig. 39; Jos., Vi. 22; 212; Sib. Or. 5, 37) clear, evident, known to all 1 Ti 5:24f; 1 Cl 51:3. προδήλων ἡμῖν ὄντων τούτων since this is quite plain to us 40:1. πρόδηλον ποιεῖν foll. by ὅτι reveal, make clear 11:1; 12:7. πρόδηλον (sc. ἐστίν) foll. by ὅτι it is known to all (X., Hell. 6, 4, 9; Hero Alex. III p. 312, 17) Hb 7:14 (Bl-D. §397, 4; Rob. 1034). M-M.* προδηλόω 1 aor. προεδήλωσα; pf. pass. ptc. προδεδηλωμένος (Thu. 6, 34, 7; inscr., pap.; 3 Macc 4:14; Philo, Decal. 45; 50) reveal, make known beforehand τὶ someth. (Diod. S. 20, 37, 1; Plut., Pomp. 32, 6; Jos., Bell. 2, 629)τὴν θλῖψιν Hs 7:5. Pass. οἱ προδεδηλωμένοι πατέρες the fathers, whom we have previously mentioned (cf.

IG XII 7, 239, 23; 3 Macc 4:14) 1 Cl 62:2.* προδημιουργέω 1 aor. προεδημιούργησα (Philoponus [VI AD], Generat. Anim. 61, 14 Hayduck) create beforehand 1 Cl 33:3.* προδίδωμι 1 aor. προέδωκα; 2 aor. ptc. προδούς—1. give in advance (X.; Aristot.; Polyb. 8, 18, 7; inscr., pap.) τινί to someone Ro 11:35 (Job 41:3; cf. Is 40:14 v.l., which is taken from Ro 11:35).

2. hand over, betray (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr.; PThéad. 17, 16; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 263) τινά someone Mk 14:10 D. Of betrayal in persecutions MPol 4 v.l. Funk; 6:1f; Hv 2, 2, 2a, b. M-M.* προδότης, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; 2 and 3 Macc; Ep. Arist. 270; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 10, Spec. Leg. 3, 164; Jos., Vi. 133) traitor, betrayer in a catalogue of vices 2 Ti 3:4. W. φονεύς Ac 7:52. W. blasphemers Hs 9, 19, 3b. W. apostates and blasphemers (for the gen. cf. Diod. S. 11, 3, 1 τῆς ἐλευθερίας; cf. Sextus 365 προδότης θεοῦ) προδόται τῆς ἐκκλησίας Hs 8, 6, 4 or προδόται τῶν δούλων τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 19, 1; cf. 3a. ἤκουσαν προδόται γονέων they were called or were known to be betrayers of their parents Hv 2, 2, 2. Of Judas Lk 6:16 (πρ. γίν. as Diod. S. 8, 6, 3; Jos., Ant. 19, 61; on the betrayer s. the lit. s.v. Ἰούδας 6). M-M.* πρόδρομος, ον going (lit. running) before, also subst. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Ael. Aristid. 38, 21 K.=7 p. 78 D.; inscr. fr.

843

Delos [Bull. de corr. hell. 29, ’05 p. 448, 7]; LXX) of Jesus, who entered the Holy of Holies as the forerunner of his followers Hb 6:20. M-M.* προει̂δον s. προοράω. πρόειμι ptc. προών (from εἰμί. Cf. Il. 1, 70 τά τʼ ἐόντα τά τʼ ἐσσόμενα πρό τʼ ἐόντα; Hes., Theog. 32 τὰ τʼ ἐσσόμενα πρό τʼ ἐόντα and later wr.; pap., Ep. Arist.) be preëxistent (Herm. Wr. 422, 25 Sc. ὁ προὼν θεός) of the Holy Spirit Hs 5, 6, 5.* προει̂πον defective verb, used as 2 aor. of προλέγω; fut. προερῶ (M-M.); pf. προείρηκα; pf. pass. ptc. προειρημένος (Hom. [in tmesis], Hdt., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph.). On προεῖπον and προεῖπα Bl-D. §81, 1; Mlt.-H. 208. Foretell, tell before (hand).

1. foretell, tell or proclaim beforehand of prophetic utterances concerning future events and circumstances, of a scripture pass. (Jos., Bell. 6, 109)τὴν γραφήν, ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Ac 1:16. τινί τι tell someone someth. beforehand (Dio Chrys. 28[45], 4 τ. θεοῦ προεῖπόντος τ. ἡγεμονίαν αὐτῷ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 11, 3 πρ. αὐτῷ ταῦτα. Cf. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 191 D.: ὁ θεὸς πρ. τῇ μητρὶ. . . ) Mk 13:23; cf. Mt 24:25, where the context supplies the acc. Pass. (Jos., Ant. 2, 17τὰ προειρημένα) τὰ ῥήματα τὰ προειρημένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων Jd 17; cf.

2 Pt 3:2; 1 Cl 58:1. W. a quot. foll. καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἠσαΐας (Is 1:9 follows) Ro 9:29.

2. the aor. or pf. in contrast to the present—a. have said someth. before or previously (Appian, Samn. 10 §11 προεῖπε Κινέας=Cineas had said previously) w. ref. to a previous visit (cf., in a way, Sb 8247, 17 [I AD] ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ εἶπα ὑμῖν καὶ νῦν τὸ αὐτὸ λέγω) ὡς προειρήκαμεν καὶ ἄρτι πάλιν λέγω Gal 1:9. καθὼς προείπαμεν ὑμῖν as we have told you before 1 Th 4:6. W. ὅτι foll. προλέγω ὑμῖν, καθὼς προεῖπον Gal 5:21. προείρηκα καὶ προλέγω 2 Cor 13:2. In the four last passages πρ. connotes warning. μετὰ τὸ προειρηκέναι (i.e. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον) is followed by Jer 38:33, and in such a way that λέγει κύριος (in the LXX φησὶν κύριος) introduces the main clause after he (the Holy Spirit) said. . . , the Lord said (as follows) Hb 10:15 t.r. Of the act of baptism ταῦτα πάντα προειπόντες βαπτίσατε after you have repeated all these things (the prescribed admonitions), baptize D 7:1. b. have already said (in the same document), have mentioned previously (Appian, Syr. 66, §349 προεῖπον=I have mentioned earlier; Artem. 4, 69; oft. pap.) προείρηκα ὅτι I have already said 2 Cor 7:3 (cf. 3:2; 6:12).

Tautologically προειρήκαμεν ἐπάνω B 6:18 (cf. vs. 12). Pass. καθὼς προείρηται (cf. Diod. S. 2, 32, 5 and PTebt.

27, 74 [II BC] καθότι προείρηται) Hb 4:7 (cf. 3:15).—The pf. pass. ptc. already mentioned, aforementioned (Polyb. 1, 20, 7; 3, 51, 8 al.; Diod. S.4, 66, 1; 11, 20, 3 al.; Ps.-Demetr. c. 264; 288; 2 Macc 3:28; 4:1; 3 Macc 6:35b; Jos., Vi. 45) with and without a name 1 Cl 41:2; 43:1; 44:2; Dg 3:2; Hm 9:4; 10, 1, 5; s 6, 5, 7; 8, 11, 3; 9, 29, 3; D 11:1. M-M.* προείρηκα, προείρημαι s. προεῖπον. προελπίζω pf. προήλπικα (Posidippus [III BC] in Athen. 9 p. 377C; Simplicius In Epict. p. 29, 51) hope before, be the first to hope ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ Eph 1:12 (if ἡμεῖς here refers to the Jewish Christians, as most scholars [fr.

Chrysostom to MDibelius2 ’27; this interpr. opposed by EPercy, D. Probleme der Kolosser u. Epheserbriefe, ’46, 266f] prefer to take it, then προ would suggest ‘before the Gentiles’ or even ‘before Christ appeared’. If the ἡμεῖς are the Christians as a whole [EHaupt; PEwald; Meinertz; HRendtorff; HGreeven in Dibelius3 ’53], then προ looks forward to the fulfilment of the hope in the future).* προενάρχομαι 1 aor. προενηρξάμην (hapax legomenon) begin (beforehand) so that the beginning lies in the past as contrasted w. the present τὶ someth. 2 Cor 8:10 (where προ is explained by ἀπὸ πέρυσι, and νυνί vs. 11 forms the contrast). Abs. (opp. ἐπιτελεῖν) vs. 6.* προεξομολογέομαι 1 aor. προεξωμολογησάμην (an emendation by AvHarnack; see the apparatus in Funk) confess (one’s sins) beforehand D 14:1 (i.e. before the Lord’s Supper; the ms. has προσεξομολογησάμενοι [=at the same time confessing your sins]).* προεπαγγέλλω (the act. in Cass. Dio) 1 aor. mid. προεπηγγειλάμην in our lit. only mid. and pass. promise before (hand) , previously (so mid. in Cass. Dio 42, 32; 46, 40) τὶ someth. Ro 1:2. Pf. pass. ptc. (Inschr. v. Priene 11, 71 [84 BC] τὰ προεπηγγελμένα) ἡ προεπηγγελμένη εὐλογία the bountiful gift which was (previously) promised 2 Cor 9:5. M-M.* προεπικαλέω Pol 3:1 v.l.; s. προεπιλακτίζω.* προεπιλακτίζω 1 aor. mid. προεπελακτισάμην. The word προεπελακτίσασθε=‘you have forced me’ Pol 3:1 is Zahn’s restoration of the text on the basis of four different Gk. readings that are alike in that they yield no sense. Until now the word is not attested lexically; neither is ἐπιλακτίζειν or προλακτίζειν. The form προεπεκαλέσασθε, preferred by Lghtf., Funk, Hilgenfeld, Krüger, Bihlmeyer means you have invited, but it has no more lexical attestation than Zahn’s conjecture. But ἐπικαλεῖν and προκαλεῖν were in current use and the ‘provocastis’ of the Latin version seems to presuppose it.* 844

προέρχομαι dep.; impf. προηρχόμην; 2 aor. προῆλθον; fut. προελεύσομαι (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist.

235 π. εἰς=‘go over to’; Philo, Joseph.).

1. go forward, advance, proceed w. acc. of the degree or the way (Pla., Rep. 1 p. 328E; 10 p. 616B ὁδόν) μικρόν a little (Plut., Thes. 11, 1; cf. Jos., Vi. 304 π. ὀλίγον) Mt 26:39 (v.l. προσελθών); Mk 14:35 (v.l. προσελθών). ῥύμην μίαν go along one street or go one block farther Ac 12:10. πρ. ὡσεὶ πόδας λʹ Hv 4, 2, 1.—Of time advance, come on (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 251) τὸ κυρίου πάσχα προέρχεται Dg 12:9.

2. go before as forerunner or leader προελεύσεται (v.l. προσελεύσεται) ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ Lk 1:17 (cf. Gen 33:3, 14). W. acc. of the pers. (Plut., Brut. 25, 4 ὁ Βροῦτος πολὺ προῆλθε τοὺς κομίζοντας τὸ ἄριστον=Brutus went before the bearers) Ἰούδας προήρχετο αὐτοὺς Lk 22:47; the t.r. has αὐτῶν for this (for the gen. cf. X., Cyr. 2, 2, 7; Jdth 2:19).

3. come or go before someone, go on before or ahead (cf. Sir 32:10) abs. (Herodian 1, 5, 2) Ac 20:5 (v.l. προσελθόντες). πρ. ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον go on board the ship beforehand vs. 13 (v.l. προσελθόντες). πρ. εἰς ὑμᾶς go on to you before (me) 2 Cor 9:5. οἱ προελθόντες με ἀπὸ Συρίας εἰς Ῥωμην those who have gone before me from Syria to Rome IRo 10:2; cf. εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ Third Corinthians 3:6.—Arrive at a place before τινά someone προῆλθον αὐτούς Mk 6:33.

4. come out, proceed (2 Macc 4:34; Philo, Op. M. 161; Jos., Bell. 4, 651)—a. of human beings, abs. come out of the house (Ps.-Lucian, De Asin. 47; POxy. 472, 5 [II AD]) Ac 12:13 v.l. (for προσῆλθεν). b. of Christ come forth, proceed ἀπό from (π. ἀπό as 2 Macc 10:27 v.l.) ἀφʼ ἑνὸς πατρός IMg 7:2. ἀπὸ σιγῆς 8:2 (Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 67, 9 Pasqu.: God ἀπʼ ἄλλου προῆλθεν; 100, 6). M-M.* προετοιμάζω 1 aor. προητοίμασα, mid. προητοιμασάμην (Hdt.+; Wsd 9:8; Is 28:24; Philo, Op. M. 77; Jos., Ant. 17, 121)prepare beforehand; the act. is used in our lit. only of God; τὶ someth. τὰς εὐεργεσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 38:3. W. indication of the goal: ἃ προητοίμασεν εὒς δόξαν Ro 9:23. οἷς (by attraction for ἃ) προητοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς ἵνα Eph 2:10. The martyr speaks of himself as a sacrifice prepared by God acc. to his good pleasure. In this sense the context fills out the expr. καθὼς προητοίμασας MPol 14:2.—1 Cl 33:3 Funk; IEph 9:1 v.l. Funk.—Mid. prepare oneself w. μετανοεῖν Hv 4, 2, 5.* προευαγγελίζομαι 1 aor. προευηγγελισάμην proclaim good news in advance (schol. on Soph., Trach. 335 p.

299 Papag.; Philo, Op. M. 34, Mut. Nom. 158) τινί to someone, foll. by direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Gal 3:8.

M-M.* προέχω (Hom.+; pap.; Job 27:6 Swete v.l.)—1. act., intr. jut out, excel, be first (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 186) w. gen. of the thing that is exceeded (Memnon [I BC/I AD]: 434 fgm. 1, 34, 7 Jac.; Cebes 34, 1; Dio Chrys. 44[61], 11; Ael. Aristid.

30 p. 581 D.; Ep. Arist. 235) πάντων προέχουσα ἐπιθυμία above all there is (the) desire Hm 12, 2, 1.

2. mid. In Ro 3:9, which is text-critically uncertain, the mid. either has the same mng. as the act. (the act. is so used in X., Cyr. 2, 1, 16; Jos., Ant. 7, 237)have an advantage (Vulgate)—a mng. not found elsewh. for the mid.—or its customary sense hold someth. before oneself for protection (so also En. 99, 3). In that case, if the ‘we’ in προεχόμεθα refers to the Jews, then the οὐ πάντως that follows vigorously rejects the idea that they possess anything that might shield them fr. God’s wrath. However, if the ‘we’ in 9a must of necessity be the same as in 9b, i.e. Paul himself, he is still dealing w. the opponents whom he has in mind in vss. 7, 8, and he asks ironically: am I protecting myself?, am I making excuses? He is able to answer this question w. a flat ‘no’, since his explanation in vs. 9b is no less clear and decisive than his earlier statements (for προέχεσθαι=‘put up as a defense’ cf. Soph., Ant. 80; Thu. 1, 140, 4). S. 3 below.

3. pass. It is also poss. to take προεχόμεθα Ro 3:9 as a pass., meaning are we excelled?, then are we in a worse position (than they)? (so Field, Notes 152f; Gdspd.; RSV mg.; Plut., Mor. 1038D οὐθὲν π. ὑπὸ τοῦ ∆ιός). M-M.* προηγέομαι mid. dep.; fut. προηγήσομαι (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Op. M. 28) go before and show the way τινός (to) someone (X., Hipparch. 5, 4; 2 Macc 11:8) symbolically of righteousness that goes before the good man to judgment B 4:12. Preside (Dit., Syll.3 1109, 87; PLeipz. 63, 6) οἱ προηγούμενοι the officials (cf. Dt 20:9; 1 Esdr 5:8f; 9:12 [τοῦ πλήθους]) of the Christian churches 1 Cl 21:6. More definitely οἱ πρ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας Hv 2, 2, 6. W. πρωτοκαθεδρῖται 3, 9, 7. The difficult passage τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι Ro 12:10 is understood by the versions (It., Vulg., Syr., Armen.) to mean try to outdo one another in showing respect. Others would take ἡγεῖσθαι=consider, esteem and prefer the sense consider better, esteem more highly for προηγ.: as far as honor is concerned, let each one esteem the other more highly (than himself); cf. Bl-D. §150 app. M-M.* πρόθεσις, εως, ἡ—1. setting forth, putting out, presentation (Pla.+; inscr.; Sb 5252 [pap. of 65 AD regarding the farming out of the fees fr. a temple of Isis: 1. 19 φαγεῖν ἐκθέτου οὔσης τῆς προθέσεως]. On the relig. use of the verb προτίθημι in Diocles [Athen. 3, 110b] cf. Dssm., B 155f [BS 157]; on πρόθεσις τ. ἄρτων s. UPZ 149, 21, vol.

I p. 638-40) of the sacred bread, lit. loaves of presentation οἱ ἄρτοι τῆς προθέσεως (ἄρτος 1b) Mt 12:4; Mk 2:26; Lk 6:4 (all three 1 Km 21:7). ἡ πρ. τῶν ἄρτων in a concrete usage, the furniture for the presentation of the bread, the table for the sacred bread, despite the presence of τράπεζα in the immediate context, with which it is identical (cf. Ex 25:23-30; Lev 24:6) Hb 9:2. Some exegetes here take π. in the abstract sense=presentation of the showbread.

2. plan, purpose, resolve, will (Aristot.+; Polyb. 1, 26, 1 and oft.; Plut., Mor. 960F; inscr., pap.; 2 and 3 Macc; Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 272; 19, 190).

845

a. of men 2 Ti 3:10 (here perh. w. a turn toward the mng. way of thinking; cf. Polyb. 4, 73, 2 ἡ πρ., ἣν ἔχει πρός τινα). ὁσία καὶ ἄμωμος πρ. 1 Cl 45:7. ἡ πρ. τῆς καρδίας purpose of heart, i.e. devotion Ac 11:23. τῆς πρ. κρατεῖν obtain one’s purpose 27:13. κατὰ πρόθεσιν according to the purpose (Polyb.; PTebt. 27, 81 [II BC]; 3 Macc 5:29; Ep. Arist. 199) w. gen. κατὰ πρόθεσιν εὐνουχίας in accordance with the resolve to remain unmarried Agr 18. b. of the divine purpose (s. lit. s.v. προγινώσκω) οἱ κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοὶ ὄντες those who are called in accordance with his purpose Ro 8:28 (ECBlackman, ET 50, ’39, 378f). ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ God’s purpose of (s) election 9:11. κατὰ πρόθεσιν (Philo, Mos. 2, 61) according to the design Eph 1:11. Cf. 2 Ti 1:9. κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων according to the eternal purpose Eph 3:11 (cf. αἰών 1b). M-M. B. 1240f.* προθεσμία, ας, ἡ (Lysias, Pla.+; inscr. [e.g. the inscr. in JZingerle, Hlg. Recht: Jahreshefte des Österr. Arch. Instit.

23, ’26, col. 23f οὐκ ἐτήρησε τὴν προθεσμίαν τῆς θεοῦ]; pap. [e.g., POxy. 2732, 19 (154 AD); 2754, 6 (III AD) πάλαι τοῦ διαλογισμοῦ τὴν προθεσμίαν εἰδότες=having known long ago the time fixed for the circuit court]; Sym.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 201.Loanw. in rabb.—Subst. fem. of προθέσμιος, α, ον; ἡμέρα is to be supplied) appointed day, fixed or limited time, of the day when a son reaches his majority ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός until the time set by the father Gal 4:2. It is uncertain whether Paul is referring here to certain legal measures which gave the father the right to fix the date when his son would come of age, or whether he is rounding out his comparison w. details that occur to him at the moment, as he so oft. does (though there was a προθεσμία τοῦ πατρός for the coming of age of mankind in general; the parallel phrase, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, vs. 4 is used oft. in the pap. of contractual termination; see s.v. πληρόω 2).—Lghtf. and Zahn ad loc. M-M.* προθυμία, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Sir 45:23; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) willingness, readiness, good will 2 Cor 8:19; 9:2; Dg 1. W. ἐκτένεια 1 Cl 33:1; ἐν ἀγαθῇ πρ. 2:3. μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας (as Hdt. 4, 98; Pla., Rep. 412E; Philo, Abr. 246; Jos., Ant. 15, 124; Dit., Syll.3 532, 6f; Inschr. v. Magn. 97, 74; Inscr. fr. Gerasa [CHKraeling, Gerasa ’38] no. 192; Dit., Or. 229, 98) Ac 17:11 here w. emphasis on goodwill and absence of prejudice (FWDanker, NTS 10, ’64, 366f). εἰ ἡ πρ. πρόκειται if willingness is present, i.e. if a man is willing 2 Cor 8:12. προθυμίαν ἔχειν have zeal (Hdt. et al.) Hs 5, 3, 4b; foll. by gen. for someth. 5, 3, 4a. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν (as Pla., Leg. 3 p.

697D) 2 Cor 8:11. M-M.* πρόθυμος, ον (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 94; Philo, Joseph.) ready, willing, eager of the spirit (opp. ἡ σὰρξ ἀσθενής) Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38=Pol 7:2. πρ. εἴς τι (Thu. et al.; Dit., Or. 221, 61; Hab 1:8) prompt in someth. 1 Cl 34:2. πρόθυμον εἶναι w. inf. foll. Hm 12, 5, 1. Gener. willing, eager w. ἱλαρός Hs 9, 2, 4.—The subst. neut. τὸ πρόθυμον desire, eagerness (Eur., Med. 178; Thu. 3, 82, 8; Pla., Leg. 9 p. 859B; Herodian 8, 3, 5; Jos., Ant. 4, 42; 213; 3 Macc 5:26) τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness (κατά II 7b) Ro 1:15. M-M.* προθύμως adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 133; 18, 374) willingly, eagerly, freely opp. αἰσχροκερδῶς 1 Pt 5:2. μάλιστα προθύμως with the greatest eagerness MPol 13:1. Readily πάσχειν Hs 9, 28, 2; 4. Eagerly MPol 8:3. M-M.* προϊδών s. προοράω. προΐημι fut. mid. προήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only mid. bring forth, express (Demosth. 19, 118 ῥῆμα; Ps.-Pla., Tim. Locr. p. 100C λόγον; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 43ῥῆμα) τινί τι someth. to someone (Alciphr. 3, 18, 3) προήσομαι ὑμῖν ἐμῆς πνοῆς ῥῆσιν 1 Cl 57:3 (Pr 1:23).* πρόϊμος, ον (this is most likely the correct form of the word, derived as it is fr. πρό; its opp. is ὄψιμος ‘late in the year’. The spelling πρώϊμος [X., Oec. 17, 4 al.; Dit., Or. 56, 68 πρώϊμος σπόρος—III BC; PTebt. 27, 25; 76—113 BC] derives it fr. πρωΐ and clearly confuses it w. πρωϊνός [opp. ἑσπερινός]. The LXX keeps the two forms carefully separate [Thackeray p. 90].—Bl-D. §35, 1; Mlt.-H. 73). The subst. (cf. Bl-D. §241, 5) πρόϊμος Js 5:7 (opp. ὄψιμος) is usu. understood to mean early rain in line w. the t.r., which adds ὑετός (Hollmann, Windisch, MDibelius, Meinertz, OHoltzmann, FHauck, w. ref. to Dt 11:14; Hos 6:3; Jo 2:23; Zech 10:1; Jer 5:24. So Engl. transl.). Others think of the early crops (Spitta, Belser; cf. Petosiris, fgm. 6, 1. 45 πρώϊμοι καρποί; Geopon. 1, 12, 32 οἱ πρώϊμοι καρποὶ κ. οἱ ὄψιμοι).—In B 3:4, τότε ῥαγήσεται πρόϊμον τὸ φῶς σου is quoted fr. Is 58:8. The LXX might better have translated the Hebr. orig. w. πρωϊνός. But it seems likely that the translator meant ‘early’=soon. M-M.* προϊνός Rv 2:28 v.l.; 22:16 v.l. is prob. a faulty spelling of πρωϊνός (q.v.).* προΐστημι 2 aor. inf. προστῆναι; pf. 3 pl. προεστᾶσιν (Dg 5:3); (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.). In our lit. only intr. (pres. and impf. mid., also 2 aor., pf., plpf.).

1. be at the head (of) , rule, direct w. gen. of the pers. or the thing (Hdt., Thu. et al.; inscr., pap.; Am 6:10; 1 Macc 5:19) manage, conduct τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου 1 Ti 3:4f. τέκνων, οἴκων vs. 12. Of officials and administrators in the church (cf. Diod. S. 40, 3, 4 of suitable men δυνησομένους τοῦ σύμπαντος ἔθνους [Jewish people] προΐστασθαι; Jos., Ant. 8, 300πρ. τοῦ πλήθους, Vi. 168). So perh. (s. 2 below) οἱ προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Th 5:12 and the abs. ὁ προϊστάμενος (cf. Jos., Vi. 93) Ro 12:8 (s. 2 below). Certainly οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι 1 Ti 5:17 (s.

Nicol. Dam.: fgm. 130, 28 p. 414, 2 Jac. τοῦ κοινοῦ προεστῶτες τῆς πολιτείας). οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ προϊστάμενοι 846

τῆς ἐκκλησίας Hv 2, 4, 3.—HGreeven, ZNW 44, ’52/’53, 31-41.

2. be concerned about, care for, give aid (Demosth. 4, 46; Epict. 3, 24, 3; PFay. 13, 5; PTebt. 326, 11 τοῦ παιδίου; BGU 1105, 6; Ep. Arist. 182; Jos., Ant. 14, 196τ. ἀδικουμένων) w. gen. δόγματος ἀνθρωπίνου Dg 5:3.

So perh. (s. 1 above) οἱ προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν (betw. κοπιῶντες and νουθετοῦντες) 1 Th 5:12 and ὁ προϊστάμενος (betw. μεταδιδούς and ἐλεῶν) Ro 12:8 (cf. vDobschütz on 1 Th 5:12 and the exc. after vs. 13. Against him vHarnack, ZNW 27, ’28, 7-10). Busy oneself with, engage in w. gen. (Soph., Elect. 980 φόνου; Athen. 13 p. 612A τέχνης; Ep. 53 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 358, 8] προϊστάμενοι φιλοσοφίας; Pr 26:17; Jos., Ant. 5, 90)καλῶν ἔργων Tit 3:8, 14. M-M.* προκάθημαι (Hdt.+; inscr.) preside (over), lead (Pla.+; Polyb. 12, 16, 6; Plut., Rom. 14, 5; Cass. Dio 49, 40 al.; Dit., Syll.3 663, 12 [c. 200 BC] προκαθήμενος ταῖς θεραπείαις; UPZ 110, 165 [164 BC]; 1 Esdr).

1. lit. of the bishop IMg 6:1. Of the other church officials beside the bishop οἱ προκαθήμενοι the leaders 6:2. Of the Roman church προκάθηται ἐν τόπῳ (s. τύπος, end) χωρίου Ῥωμαίων it holds the presidency in the land of the Romans IRo inscr. a (s. on this Lghtf. and Hdb. ad loc.; Harnack, SAB 1896, 111-31; JChapman, Rev. Bénéd. 13, 1896, 385ff; FXFunk, Kirchengeschichtl. Abhandlungen u. Untersuchungen I 1897, 1-23; HAchelis, Das Christentum in den ersten drei Jahrhunderten ’12, I 210ff).

2. fig., of the Roman church προκαθημένη τῆς ἀγάπης preëminent in love IRo inscr. b (cf. AJülicher, GGA 1898, 4).* προκαλέω mostly mid. (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 8:11; Jos., Ant. 7, 315; 18, 369) provoke, challenge τινά someone Gal 5:26 (Diod. S. 4, 17, 4 προκαλεῖσθαί τινα εἰς μάχην; Arrian, Cyneg. 16, 1; Lucian, Conv. 20 ἐς ἀγῶνα προκαλέσασθαι αὐτόν). M-M.* προκαταγγέλλω 1 aor. προκατήγγειλα; pf. pass. ptc. προκατηγγελμένος (Jos., Ant. 1, 219; 2, 218) announce beforehand, foretell of prophetic utterance τὶ someth. (Jos., Ant. 10, 67)Ac 3:24 t.r. Acc. of the thing foll. by the aor. inf. (Bl-D. §350; 397, 3; Rob. 1036) 3:18. περί τινος give information concerning someth. beforehand, i.e. foretell someth. 7:52. Pass. 2 Cor 9:5 t.r. M-M.* προκαταρτίζω 1 aor. subj. προκαταρτίσω (Hippocr.+) get ready or arrange for in advance τὶ someth. (Suppl.

Epigr. Gr. IV 449, 13 [II BC] λίθους) 2 Cor 9:5.* προκατέχω (Hom. Hymns, Thu.+; pap.; Jos., Bell. 4, 503)gain possession of or occupy previously τὶ someth. fig. (cf. Polyb. 8, 33, 3 προκατέχεσθαι τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίᾳ; 27, 4, 9) ἀπὸ τῶν προκατεχόντων σου τὴν διάνοιαν λογισμῶν Dg 2:1. The word is also found Ro 3:9 DG προκατέχομεν περισσόν; do we have a previous advantage?* πρόκειμαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) defective dep. be set before.

1. be exposed to public view (of corpses lying in state Aeschyl., Sept. 965 al.) of Sodom and Gomorrha πρόκεινται δεῖγμα they are exhibited as a (n) (horrible) example Jd 7 (cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 103καλὸν ὑπόδειγμα πρόκειται).

2. lie before, be present (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 51) ἡ προθυμία πρόκειται willingness is present 2 Cor 8:12. ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς instead of (ἀντί 1) the joy that was set before him, i.e. was within his grasp, he endured the cross Hb 12:2 (ERiggenbach; JBNisius, Zur Erklärung v. Hb 12:2: BZ 14, ’17, 44-61); s. also 3 below. ἡ προκειμένη ἐλπίς the hope that is set before 6:18 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 14εὐδαιμονία πρόκειταί τινι παρὰ θεοῦ). πρόκειται it lies before (us), i.e. that is the question at issue (Diod. S. 8, 11, 4; Περὶ ὕψους p. 4, 11; 31, 22 V.) IPhld 8:2.

3. of a goal or destination, w. dat. of the pers. lie or be set before someone (Ael. Aristid. 31, 2 K.=11 p. 127 D.: μητρὶ πένθος πρόκειται) ὁ προκείμενος ἡμῖν σκοπός the goal that is set before us 1 Cl 63:1 (s. σκοπός). ὁ προκείμενος ἡμῖν ἀγών (s. ἀγών 1) Hb 12:1. Without a dat. (Diod. S. 4, 42, 7) IMg 5:1. τὸ προκείμενον ζῆν the life that is set before (you) IEph 17:1.—Also be in prospect (Jos., Ant. 1, 14; 8, 208.—Diod. S. 15, 60, 1 [a prize] and Περὶ ὕψους p. 66, 20 V. of wages that have been allowed); so perh. (s. 2 above) Hb 12:2: for (ἀντί 3) the joy that was in prospect for him (so Windisch2, Strathmann; cf. Moffatt; RSV). M-M.* προκηρύσσω 1 aor. ptc. προκηρύξας; pf. pass. ptc. προκεκηρυγμένος (since Soph.; X., De Rep. Lac. 11, 2; inscr., pap., Philo, Joseph.) proclaim publicly; in our lit. the prefix προ-obviously gives the word the sense proclaim beforehand (Lucian, Tyrannic. 9; Alex. Aphr., An. p. 1, 6 Br.; Jos., Bell. 6, 385)τὶ someth. of John the Baptist βάπτισμα μετανοίας Ac 13:24. Of the OT prophets (Jos., Ant. 10, 79Ἰερεμίας τὰ μέλλοντα τῇ πόλει προεκήρυξε) τὴν ἔλευσιν τοῦ κυρίου Pol 6:3. Pass. Ac 3:20 t.r. M-M.* προκοιμάομαι pf. pass. ptc. προκεκοιμημένος fall asleep before, earlier (Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 3, 110; Leontios 45 p. 94, 18) Hs 9, 16, 5f.* προκοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Polyb.+; Bion in Diog. L. 4, 50; Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 91; Diod. S. 16, 6, 3; Epict. [index Sch.]; Dit., Or. 627, 2; PRyl. 233, 16; PGiess. 27, 7; Sir 51:17; 2 Macc 8:8; Ep. Arist. 242; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 59; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb. Rejected by the Atticists: Phryn. p. 85 Lob.) progress, advancement, furtherance Phil 847

1:25; 1 Ti 4:15. εἰς πρ. τινος ἔρχεσθαι tend to advance someth. Phil 1:12. M-M.* προκόπτω (Eur., Hdt.+) in our lit. only intr. go forward, make progress, prosper (Polyb. et al.; inscr., pap., Philo, Joseph.) impf. προέκοπτον; fut. προκόψω; 1 aor. προέκοψα.

1. of time be advanced, be far gone (Charito 2, 3, 9; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 78 §325 ἡ ἡμέρα προύκοπτεν) ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν (Jos., Bell. 4, 298)Ro 13:12.

2. progress, advance in what is good or in what is bad τινί in someth. (Diod. S. 11, 87, 5; Dit., Syll.3 708, 18 [II BC] ἡλικίᾳ προκόπτων; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 7) Lk 2:52 v.l. Also ἔν τινι (Diod. S. 17, 69, 4; Epict. 2, 17, 4; Lucian, Hermot. 63; M. Ant. 1, 17, 8; Vett. Val. 60, 15; 19) Lk 2:52. ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ Gal 1:14. ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς 2 Cl 17:3; ἐπὶ πλεῖον πρ. (Diod. S. 14, 98, 3) make further progress 2 Ti 3:9; w. gen. foll. (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 405 D. τ. σοφίας) ἐπὶ πλεῖον πρ. ἀσεβείας 2:16 (cf. Jos., Ant. 20, 205).πρ. ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον go on from bad to worse 3:13 (Paroem. Gr.: Zenob. 3, 82 τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον προκοπτόντων; Jos., Bell. 6, 1τὰ πάθη προύκοπτεν καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον, Ant. 4, 59; 18, 340; Test. Jud 21:8 v.l. ἐπὶ τὸ κακόν; schol. on Soph., El. 875 p. 142 Papag. ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον). M-M.* πρόκριμα, ατος τό (as a legal t.t. IG V [1], 21 II, 7 [II BC]; Mitteis, Chrest. 88 II, 30) prejudgment, discrimination χωρὶς πρ. (PFlor. 68, 13; 16f three times) 1 Ti 5:21. M-M.* προκρίνω pf. pass. προκέκριμαι (Eur., Hdt.; inscr. , pap., Wsd 7:8) prefer τινός to someth. (Herm. Wr. 4, 8a) pass. be preferred (Arrian, Anab. 1, 16, 4; Wilcken, Chrest. 27, 6 [II AD] προκρίνονται παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν οἱ νόμοι; Philo, Cher. 46; Jos., Ant. 11, 196; 18, 46) of faith and love ὧν οὐδὲν προκέκριται to which nothing is preferred or superior ISm 6:1 (Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias, who surpassed the others of the seven [wise men]); cf. IMg 1:2.* προκυρόω pf. pass. ptc. προκεκυρωμένος make valid or ratify previously (Suppl. Epigr. Gr. III 674A, 28 [II BC]) διαθήκη προκεκυρωμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ a will or covenant (διαθήκη 1) previously ratified by God Gal 3:17.* προλαμβάνω 2 aor. προέλαβον; 1 aor. pass. προελήμφθην (on the spelling s. Bl-D. §101 p. 46; Mlt.-H. 246f) (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 3, 569) take before (hand).

1. in uses where the temporal force of προ- is still felt α. πρ. τι do someth. before the usual time, anticipate someth. (cf. Theophr., Hist. Pl. 8, 1, 4 πρ. ταῖς εὐδίαις τὴν αὔξησιν ‘begin the growth beforehand in favorable weather’; IG Sic. It. 2014, 1; Philo, Somn. 1, 2) w. inf. foll.

(Jos., Ant. 6, 305; Bl-D. §392, 2; Rob. 1120) προέλαβεν μυρίσαι τὸ σῶμά μου she had anointed my body beforehand Mk 14:8. b. take it upon oneself, undertake (in the sense ‘anticipate mentally’ in Polyb., Plut.; Ep. Arist. 206; w. inf. foll.

Hippocr., Ep. 27, 41) προέλαβον παρακαλεῖν ὑμᾶς IEph 3:2.

2. in uses where the temporal sense of προ- is felt very little, if at all—a. take, get of a meal (Dit., Syll.3 1170, 7; 9; 15 of the taking of food [ἄρτον, γάλα et al.] in the temple of Asclepius in Epidaurus. Cf. also vWilamowitz in note 4 to the inscr.) ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν in eating, everyone takes his own supper 1 Cor 11:21 (s. ἴδιος 1aβ). b. detect, overtake, surprise τινά someone pass. (POxy. 928, 8; Wsd 17:16) ἐὰν προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι Gal 6:1. Cf. Field, Notes 190; JDRobb, ET 57, ’45/’46, 222. M-M.* προλέγω pf. pass. 3 sing. προλέλεκται (Aeschyl., Hdt. +; inscr.; Is 41:26; Ep. Arist. 8).

1. tell beforehand or in advance of the event (Demetr. of Phal. [300 BC]: 228 fgm. 39 Jac. τὶς θεῶν αὐτοῖς προὔλεγε τὸ μέλλον; Apollon. Paradox. 3 τὰ μέλλοντα; Jos., Ant. 7, 226; cf. προεῖπον 1) w. ὅτι foll. (Pla., Rep. 1 p. 337A) 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 5:21 (corresponding to the words προλέγω καθὼς προεῖπον, Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 139 §579 has the doublet προλέγομεν. . . καὶ προεροῦμεν); 1 Th 3:4 (in the above-mentioned passage from Appian, Brutus says προλέγομεν ‘we’, as Paul says προελέγομεν). Of a prophetic saying προλέγει ἡμῖν (a quot. fr. Is follows) 1 Cl 34:3 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 71 §326 the priests in charge of the sacrifices foretell what is to happen).

2. pf. pass. be said above (προεῖπον 2b) ῶς προλέλεκται as has been stated above (Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. 89) Epil Mosq 4. M-M.* προμαρτύρομαι mid. dep. (PLond. 1356, 32 [710 AD]) bear witness to beforehand, predict τὶ someth. 1 Pt 1:11 (the form in the v.l., προμαρτυρέομαι, is found PLond. 1343, 27 [709 AD]). M-M.* προμελετάω (Aristoph.; Ps.-X., Rep. Ath. 1, 20; Pla. et al.; Philo, Fuga 36) practice beforehand, prepare (t.t. for practicing a speech Aristoph., Eccl. 116) w. inf. foll. (Bl-D. §392, 2) πρ. ἀπολογηθῆναι prepare one’s defense (in court) Lk 21:14.* προμεριμνάω concern oneself or be anxious beforehand w. indir. quest. foll. Mk 13:11.* προνηστεύω 1 aor. προενήστευσα (Hdt. 2, 40; Hippocr. ed. Littré VII p. 412; VIII 178) fast beforehand D 7:4.* 848

προνοέω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) think of beforehand, take care—1. care for, provide for τινός someone or someth. (X.+; Maximus Tyr. 5, 4c [προνοεῖ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ὅλου]; inscr., pap.; Wsd 13:16; Philo, Virt. 216) τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων his own people and especially the members of his family 1 Ti 5:8 (Horapollo 2, 108 ὑπὸ τ. οἰκείων προνοούμενος); the mid. in the same sense (Horap., loc. cit. προνοούμενος ἑαυτοῦ) ibid. v.l.

2. take thought for, take into consideration have regard for w. gen. foll. (Jos., Ant. 1, 53ἀρετῆς) ἁγνείας Pol 5:3. τοῦ καλοῦ ἐνώπιον θεοῦ Pol 6:1. W. acc. καλὰ ἐνώπιον κυρίου (cf. Pr 3:4 for this and Pol 6:1) 2 Cor 8:21.

Foll. by πῶς so that D 12:4.—The mid. in the same sense (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 3; 19, 309 al.), w. acc. (X., Mem. 4, 3, 12) καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων Ro 12:17; cf. 2 Cor 8:21 v.l. M-M.* πρόνοια, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) foresight.

1. of God providence, forethought (trag.; Hdt, 3, 108, 1; X., Mem. 1, 4, 6; 4, 3, 6; Pla., Tim. 30B; 44C; Polyb.

23, 17, 10; Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Diod. S. 1, 1, 3; 3, 57, 5; 4, 47, 1 θεῶν πρόνοια al.; Diog. L. 3, 24; Plut., Mor. 425F; 436D; Achilles Tat. 7, 10, 1; Herm. Wr. 1, 19; 12, 14; 21; in Stob. p. 514, 24; 516, 5 Sc. ἡ ἄνω πρόνοια; p. 418, 28 Sc.; Dit., Syll.3 700, 29 [117 BC] μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν προνοίας; POsl. 148 [II/I BC] τῇ τ. θεῶν προνοίᾳ; POxy. 1682, 6; Wsd; 3 and 4 Macc; Ep. Arist. 201. Philo wrote a work entitled Περὶ προνοίας [Euseb., H.E. 2, 18, 6, Praep. Ev. 7, 20, 9; 8, 13, 7]; Jos., Bell. 3, 391;7, 453, Ant. 2, 60; 349 al.; Sib. Or. 5, 227; 323; Third Corinthians 3:19) 1 Cl 24:5. W. σοφία (Ael. Aristid. 36, 123 K.=48 p. 488 D.) Hv 1, 3, 4.

2. of men foresight, care Ac 24:2. πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαί τινος make provision for someth., be concerned for or about someth. (Demosth.; Polyb.; Dionys. Hal. 10, 1; Plut.; Dit., Syll.3 734, 5 τᾶς εὐσεβείας and oft. [s. index]; POxy. 899, 17; PFlor. 2, 207; PLond. 1912 [letter of Claudius], 103 [41 AD] and oft.; Da 6:19; Ep. Arist. 80; Jos., Vi. 62) τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας Ro 13:14 (Philo, Ebr. 87 σαρκῶν ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν). ἑνὸς ἐποιήσατο πρ. Papias 2:15.—JAmann, D. Zeusrede d. Ail. Arist. ’31, 73ff. M-M.* προοδοιπορέω 1 aor. ptc. προοδοιπορήσας (Lucian, Hermot. 27; Diog. L. 7, 176; Jos., Ant. 3, 2)travel or go on before euphemist. for die before now οἱ προοδοιπορήσαντες πρεσβύτεροι 1 Cl 44:5.* προοδοιπόρος, ον (late and rare; s. Hesychius s.v. ὁδουρός) going before, subst. ὁ, ἡ προοδοιπόρος of vice as (ἡ) προοδοιπόρος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν the forerunner of our sins 2 Cl 10:1.* πρόοιδα (Hdt.+; Epict. 2, 10, 5; PSI 349, 8 [III BC]; Wsd 19:1; 4 Macc 4:25) defective perf. w. pres. mng., ptc. προειδώς; plpf. προῇδειν know beforehand, previously τὶ someth. (Menand., Per. 222 J; Polyb. 5, 13, 5 τὸ μέλλον; Herodian 7, 1, 9) Ac 2:31 v.l.; IPhld 7:2 v.l. (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.). Foll. by acc. and inf. 1 Cl 43:6.* προοράω (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) 2 aor. προεῖδον (Hom.+); pf. προεώρακα; impf. mid. προορώμην (on this form Bl-D. §66, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 190).

1. see previously looking back fr. the present (Hdt.; Aristot.) ἦσαν προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ they had previously seen Trophimus in the city with him Ac 21:29.

2. foresee, see in advance w. an eye to the future τὶ (X., Cyr. 2, 4, 21 τοῦτο προϊδὼν ὡς; Jos., Ant. 10, 142)ITr 8:1. W. ὅτι foll. Gal 3:8. Abs. (Jos., Bell. 2, 619)προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν Ac 2:31.

3. mid. see before one, have before one’s eyes w. acc. (Menand., Per. 12 J; Dit., Syll.3 569, 13; UPZ 42, 22 [162 BC]; Philo) τινά someone προορώμην τὸν κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8). M-M.* προορίζω 1 aor. προώρισα, pass. προωρίσθην (Demosth. 31, 4 codd.; Heliod. 7, 24, 4; Sopater Rhet. [V AD]: Rhet. Gr. V p. 152, 20. Pap. fr. VI AD in secular usage) decide upon beforehand, predestine of God τινά someone Ro 8:30. Foll. by inf. Ac 4:28. W. final εἰς foll.: τὶ someth. 1 Cor 2:7; τινά someone Eph 1:5. τινά τι someone as someth., to be someth. Ro 8:29. Pass. w. inf. foll. IEph inscr. Foll. by εἰς τὸ εἶναι Eph 1:11 (12).—RLiechtenhan, D. göttl. Vorherbestimmung bei Pls u. in d. Posidonianischen Philosophie ’22; HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT II, ’66, 243-50.

S. also s.v. προγινώσκω.* προπάσχω 2 aor. προέπαθον (Soph., Hdt.+; Appian, Liby. 51 §223; 52 §225; Jos., Vi. 250) suffer previously προπαθόντες after we had already suffered 1 Th 2:2. M-M.* προπάτωρ, ορος, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; Cass. Dio 44, 37; Lucian, Alex. 43; Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apoll. 10 p. 106F; Dit., Or. 446, 3; PGiess. 25, 16 [II AD]; 3 Macc 2:21 [of God]; Philo, Op. M. 145; Jos., Ant. 4, 26; 19, 123) forefather of Abraham (Jos., Bell. 5, 380)Ro 4:1 (the Cynics call Diogenes προπάτωρ: ADieterich, E. Mithrasliturgie ’03, p. 161, 1). M-M.* προπέμπω impf. προέπεμπον; 1 aor. προέπεμψα, pass. προεπέμφθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. accompany, escort (Soph., Hdt.+; PFlor. 206, 2; LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 50)προέπεμπον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον they accompanied him to the ship Ac 20:38. ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως escort outside the city 21:5.

2. help on one’s journey with food, money, by arranging for companions, means of travel, etc., send on one’s way (1 Macc 12:4; 1 Esdr 4:47; Ep. Arist. 172) τινά someone 1 Cor 16:11. W. δέχεσθαι Pol 1:1. σπουδαίως Tit 3:13. ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ 3J 6. W. the destination given οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι 1 Cor 16:6. Pass. w. ὑπό τινος Ac 15:3. Also w. the destination: εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 2 Cor 1:16; ἐκεῖ Ro 15:24. M-M.* 849

προπετής, ές gen. οῦς (Pind.+) in our lit. only fig. rash, reckless, thoughtless (Isocr., Pla.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 43 §176; et al.; Pr 10:14; 13:3; Sir 9:18; Jos., Vi. 170) 2 Ti 3:4. W. αὐθάδης 1 Cl 1:1. μηδὲν π. πράσσειν do nothing rash Ac 19:36 (schol. on Soph., Aj. 32 p. 5 Papag. μὴ προπετές τι πράσσειν; Menand., 439 προπετὲς ποιεῖν μηδέ; 441 τὶ πράξω προπετές; Jos., Ant. 15, 82).M-M.* προπορεύομαι fut. προπορεύσομαι (X.+; POxy. 1144, 3; 5; 9 [I/II AD]; LXX) go on before τινός someone (Aristot. 844b, 5; LXX) Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23). ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 1:76 shows the influence of OT usage, though the v.l. πρὸ προσώπου τινός is also found in the LXX.—The fig. προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθέν σου ἡ δικαιοσύνη B 3:4 (Is 58:8) also has an OT background (but cf. X., Cyr. 4, 2, 23 πορεύεσθε ἔμπροσθεν). M-M.* πρός prep. w, gen., dat., or acc. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά. beg.) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

I. w. the gen. to the advantage of, advantageous for (Thu. 3, 59, 1 οὐ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης τάδε; Hdt. 1, 75; Dionys. Hal. 10, 30, 5; Diod. S. 18, 50, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 3; Bl-D. §240; Rob. 623f) οἱ πρ. ζωῆς μαζοί the life-giving breasts 1 Cl 20:10. πρ. τῆς σωτηρίας necessary for safety Ac 27:34 (πρὸς τῆς ς. as Jos., Ant. 16, 313).* II. w. the dat.—1. of place near, at, by (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Ant 8, 349; 381) Mk 5:11; around Rv 1:13. πρ. τῇ θύρᾳ ἑστηκέναι stand at the door (Menand., fgm. 420, 1; 830 K.) J 18:16; cf. 20:11. ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ πρ. τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους when he came close to the slope of the mountain Lk 19:37 (s. κατάβασις). πρ. τῇ κεφαλῇ, τοῖς ποσίν at the head, at the feet J 20:12. τὰ πρ. ταῖς ῥίζαις the parts near the roots Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1. In geographical designations Μαγνησία ἡ πρ. Μαιάνδρῳ Magnesia on the Maeander IMg inscr.

2. in addition to (Hom.+; Polyb., inscr.) πρὸς τούτοις (Dit., Syll.3 495, 105; 685, 70; 100; 796B, 30; 888, 35 al.; UPZ 26, 18; 25 [163BC]; 2 Macc 4:9; 5:23; 9:17, 25; 14:4, esp. 12:2; Philo, Aet. M. 67 al.) 1 Cl 17:1.* III. w. the acc.—1. of place toward (s), to w. acc. of the place, the pers., or the thing, after verbs— a. of going; cf. ἄγω 5, ἀναβαίνω 1aα, ἀνακάμπτω 1a, ἀπέρχομαι 2, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι 1c, ἐκπορεύομαι 1c, ἐπισυνάγομαι Mk 1:33, ἔρχομαι I 1aβ, ἥκω 1b et al.—προσαγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Eph 2:18. εἴσοδος 1 Th 1:9a. b. verbs of sending; cf. ἀναπέμπω Lk 23:7, 15; Ac 25:21, ἀποστέλλω 1bα, πέμπω. c. of motion gener.; cf. βληθῆναι (βάλλω 1b), ἐπιστρέφω 1bα, β, 2b, κεῖμαι 1, πίπτω 1bα ‫א‬and ‫ב‬, προσκολλάω 1, προσκόπτω 1a, προσπίπτω. d. of leading, guiding; cf. ἄγω 1a, ἀπάγω 2a and 4, ἕλκω J 12:32, κατασύρω, etc. e. of saying, speaking; cf. ἀποκρίνομαι 1, δημηγορέω Ac 12:21, εἶπον 1, λαλέω 2aδ and 2b, λέγω I 1a, 3 et al.

Hebraistically λαλεῖν στόμα πρὸς στόμα speak face to face (Jer 39:4) 2J 12b; 3J 14 (cf. PGM 1, 39 τὸ στόμα πρὸς τὸ στόμα πρὸς ἀλλήλους to one another, with each other, among themselves: s. ἀντιβάλλω, διαλαλέω, διαλέγομαι Mk 9:34, διαλογίζομαι 8:16; Lk 20:14, εἶπον 24:32; J 16:17; 19:24, λαλέω, λέγω et al. πρὸς ἑαυτούς to themselves, to each other: s. διαλογίζομαι 1, εἶπον Mk 12:7; J 7:35, λέγω (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 7 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν) Mk 10:26; 16:3. διαθήκην ὁ θεὸς διέθετο πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ God made a covenant Ac 3:25 (διατίθημι 1). ὅρκον ὀμνύναι πρ. τινα (ὀμνύω, end) Lk 1:73. f. of asking, praying δέομαι Ac 8:24. εὔχομαι (cf. 2 Macc 9:13) 2 Cor 13:7. προσεύχομαι (cf. 1 Km 12:19; 2 Esdr 12 [Neh 2]: 4; 2 Macc 2:10) Hv 1, 1, 9. γνωρίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Phil 4:6 (γνωρίζω 1).—Also after nouns like δέησις, λόγος et al. Ro 10:1; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:18 al.

2. of time—a. denoting approach toward (X., Pla. et al.) πρὸς ἑσπέραν toward evening Lk 24:29 (s. ἑσπέρα). b. of the duration of a period of time for πρὸς καιρόν for a time, for a while (καιρός 1) Lk 8:13; 1 Cor 7:5. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας (καιρός 1) 1 Th 2:17. πρὸς ὥραν for an hour, i.e. for a short time J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5a; Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας Hb 12:10. Also πρὸς ὀλίγον Js 4:14 (ὀλίγος 3b). πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present Hb 12:11 (πάρειμι 1b).

3. of the goal aimed at or striven toward—a. with conscious purpose for, for the purpose of, on behalf of οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος this was the one who sat (and begged) for alms Ac 3:10. πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ Ro 3:26. τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν σύμφορον λέγω 1 Cor 7:35a; cf. b. ἐγράφη πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν 10:11. Cf. Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 6:5; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:3; 11:8; Eph 4:12.—W. the acc. of the inf. (Polyb. 1, 48, 5; PRyl. 69, 16; BGU 226, 22; Jer 34:10; 2 Macc 4:45; Jos., Ant. 14, 170; 15, 148 al.) πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by men Mt 23:5; cf. 6:1. πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά 13:30. πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 26:12. πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς Mk 13:22. πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 2 Cor 3:13. Cf. Eph 6:11 a; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Js 3:3 t.r. b. of the result that follows a set of circumstances (so that) πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω everything is to be done in such a way that it contributes to edification 1 Cor 14:26; cf. vs. 12; Col 2:23 (but see 4a below); 1 Ti 4:7. ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτήν the one who looks at a woman in such a way that desire for her is aroused in him Mt 5:28. λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν they (the fields) are white, so that the harvest may begin J 4:35. αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον this disease is not of the kind that will lead to death 11:4. Cf. ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1J 5:16f. c. gener. of purpose, destiny (Jos., Bell. 4, 573τὸ πρ. σωτηρίαν φάρμακον) τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν for the glory of God 2 Cor 1:20 (on πρὸς δόξαν cf. Dit., Syll.3 456, 15; 704E, 21; 3 Macc 2:9). τῇ πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 Pt 4:12.—After adjectives and participles for ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομήν Eph 4:29 (ἀγ. 1 aβ). ἀδόκιμος Tit 1:16. ἀνεύθετος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν Ac 27:12. γεγυμνασμένος Hb 5:14. δυνατός 2 Cor 10:4. ἐξηρτισμένος 2 Ti 3:17. ἕτοιμος (q.v. 2) Tit 3:1; 1 Pt 3:15. ἱκανός (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 2:16. ὠφέλιμος 1 Ti 4:8a, b; 2 Ti 850

3:16.

4. denoting a hostile or friendly relationship—α. hostile against, with after verbs of disputing, etc.; cf. ἀνταγωνίζομαι, γογγύζω, διακρίνομαι (διακρίνω 2a), διαλέγομαι 1, πικραίνομαι (s. πικραίνω 2), στασιάζω, ἔστην (ἵστημι II 1c). ἐστίν τινι ἡ πάλη πρός Eph 6:12. ἔχειν τι πρός τινα have anything (to bring up) against someone Ac 24:19. μομφὴν ἔχειν πρός τινα Col 3:13. πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα 1 Cor 6:1 (πρᾶγμα 5). ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἐ͂λληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους Ac 6:1. τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 2 Cor 6:11 (ἀνοίγω 2). ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 23:12. βλασφημίαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Rv 13:6. ἀσύμφωνοι πρ. ἀλλήλους unable to agree among themselves Ac 28:25; cf. the parallel structure in Col 2:23. b. friendly to, toward, with, before ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν Gal 6:10a, b (ἐργάζομαι 2a). μακροθυμεῖν 1 Th 5:14. εἰρήνην ἔχειν πρ. τὸν θεόν Ro 5:1 (s. εἰρήνη 3). παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 1J 3:21; cf. 5:14. πίστιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰ. Phlm 5. πεποίθησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 2 Cor 3:4. ἔχειν χάριν πρ. ὅλον τὸν λαόν Ac 2:47 (FPCheetham, ET 74, ’63, 214f). πραΰτητα ἐνδείκνυσθαι Tit 3:2. ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖν Col 4:5. ἤπιον εἶναι πρὸς πάντας 2 Ti 2:24.—After substantives πίστις 1 Th 1:8 (cf. 4 Macc 15:24). παρρησία 2 Cor 7:4. κοινωνία 6:14. συμφώνησις vs. 15 (cf. Is 7:2).

5. to indicate a connection—a. with reference to (Ocellus Luc. c. 42 πρὸς ἡμᾶς=with reference to us) ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν they recognized that he had spoken the parable with reference to them Mk 12:12; Lk 20:19; cf. 12:41. ἔλεγεν παραβολὴν πρὸς τὸ δεῖν προσεύχεσθαι he told them a parable about the need of praying 18:1. οὐδεὶς ἔγνω πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ nobody understood with respect to what (=why) he said (this) to him J 13:28. πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν with reference to (i.e. because of) your perversity Mt 19:8; Mk 10:5. Cf. Ro 10:21a; Hb 1:7f. οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα he did not answer him a single word with reference to anything Mt 27:14 (s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1). ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα Lk 14:6 (s. ἀνταποκρίνομαι). ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν have a clear conscience with respect to God Ac 24:16. b. as far as—is concerned, with regard to (Maximus Tyr. 31, 3b) πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος Hb 6:11. συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων we are recommending ourselves as far as every human conscience is concerned=to every human conscience (πρός w. acc. also stands simply for the dative; s. Mayser II 2 p. 359) 2 Cor 4:2. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν that which concerns God or as adverbial acc. with reference to what concerns God (Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Ps.-Isocr. 1, 13 εὐσεβεῖν τὰ πρὸς τ. θεούς; Dit., Syll.3 204, 51f; 306, 38; Wilcken, Chrest. 109, 3 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236)Ro 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1. τὰ πρός τι that which belongs to someth.; that which is necessary for someth. (Plut., Mor. 109B; Jos., Ant. 12, 405τὰ πρὸς τὴν μάχην; 14, 27) τὰ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμόν Lk 14:28 t.r. τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (Test. Jud. 9) vs. 32; what makes for peace 19:42. Cf. Ac 28:10; 2 Pt 1:3. c. elliptically τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς (sc. ἐστιν); what is that to us? Mt 27:4. τί πρὸς σέ; how does it concern you? J 21:22f (cf. Epict. 4, 1, 10 τί τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; Plut., Mor. 986B; Vi. Aesopi I c. 14 p. 265, 4 τί πρὸς ἐμέ;). d. in accordance with ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν Gal 2:14. πρὸς τὸ κένωμα in accordance with the emptiness Hm 11:3. πρὸς τὸ θέλημα in accordance w. the will Lk 12:47; Hs 9, 5, 2. πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν 2 Cor 5:10. πρὸς ὅ Eph 3:4.—In comparison with, to be compared to (Pind., Hdt.+; Ps.-Pla., Alcyon c. 3 πρὸς τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα=[life is short] in comparison to all eternity; Sir 25:19) ἄξια πρός Ro 8:18 (RLeaney, ET 64, ’52f; 92 interprets Col 2:23 in the light of this usage). Cf. IMg 12. e. expressing purpose πρὸς τό w. inf. in order to, for the purpose of Mk 13:22; Ac 3:19.

6. adverbial expressions (cf. πρὸς ὀργήν=ὀργίλως Soph., Elect. 369; Jos., Bell. 2, 534.πρὸς βίαν=βιαίως Aeschyl., Prom. 210, 355, Eum. 5; Menand., Sam. 214; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 3. πρὸς ἡδονήν Jos., Ant. 7, 195; 12, 398) πρὸς φθόνον prob.=φθονερῶς jealously Js 4:5 (s. φθόνος, where the lit. is given).

7. by, at, near πρός τινα εἶναι be (in company) with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; 9:19a; 14:49; Lk 9:41; J 1:1f; 1 Th 3:4; 2 Th 2:5; 3:10; 1J 1:2. διαμένειν Ac 10:48 D; Gal 2:5b. ἐπιμένειν 1:18; 1 Cor 16:7. καταμένειν 16:6. μένειν Ac 18:3 D. παρεῖναι 12:20; 2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20; cf. παρουσία πρὸς ὑμᾶς Phil 1:26. παρεπιδημεῖν 1 Cl 1:2. πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα Mt 26:18b. Cf. also 2 Cor 1:12; 7:12; 12:21; 2 Th 3:1; Phlm 13; 1J 2:1; Hm 11:9b.—πρὸς ἑαυτούς among or to themselves Mk 9:10 (in case πρὸς ἑ. belongs w. τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν; Bl-D. §239, 1 app.). πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο he uttered a prayer to himself Lk 18:11. Cf. 24:12.—δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν tied at a door Mk 11:4. πρὸς τ. θάλασσαν by the sea-side Mk 4:1b. On πρὸς τὸ φῶς at the fire Mk 14:54; Lk 22:56 cf. Bl-D. §239, 3; Rob. 625 (perh. w. the idea of turning toward the fire; cf. also 4 Km 23:3). πρὸς ἓν τῶν ὀρέων on one of the mountains 1 Cl 10:7. τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν the place near the door Mk 2:2. πρὸς γράμμα letter by letter Hv 2, 1, 4. M-M. προσάββατον, ου, τό (Jdth 8:6; Ps 91:1 S; Ps 92:1; Bull. de l’Inst. franç. d’Archéol. orient. 30, ’31, p. 4-6) the day before the Sabbath, i.e. Friday, used to explain the word παρασκευή Mk 15:42. Also in the fgm. of the Diatessaron fr. Dura (CHKraeling, A Gk. Fgm. of Tatian’s Diatessaron fr. Dura: Studies and Documents [ed. KLake and Silva Lake] III ’35=AHuck9-HLietzmann, Synopse ’36, 206 [Eng. transl., Gospel Parallels ’49, 184]) l. 6. M-M.* προσαγορεύω 1 aor. προσηγόρευσα, pass. προσηγορεύθην—1. greet (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 771, 48; oft. in pap.; Dt 23:7) τινά someone MPol 20:2a, b.

2. call, name, designate (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) w. double acc. of the obj. and predicate (X., Mem. 3, 2, 1; Plut., Aem. 8, 3; inscr.; Wsd 14:22; 2 Macc 1:36) of God υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς προσηγόρευσεν he called us sons 2 Cl 1:4.

Pass. (Pla. et al.; Diod. S. 1, 4, 7; 13, 98, 3; 40, 3, 3; 1 Macc 14:40; 2 Macc 4:7; 14:37; Philo, Agr. 66, Abrah. 121, 851

Mos. 2, 109; 112; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 250) Hb 5:10. Of Abraham φίλος προσηγορεύθη τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cl 17:2; cf. 10:1 (s. Ἀβραάμ and φίλος 2aα). M-M.* προσάγω 2 aor. προσήγαγον, imper. προσάγαγε, inf. προσαγαγεῖν. Pass.: impf. προσηγόμην; 1 aor. προσηχθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. trans. bring (forward)—a. lit. τινά someone Ac 12:6 v.l.; B 13:5a. Pass. MPol 9:1f. προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν Lk 9:41. W. the acc. to be supplied Ἰωσὴφ προσήγαγεν (αὐτόν) εἰς. . . B 13:5b (π. τινὰ εἴς τι Herodian 1, 5, 1). τινά τινι bring someone to someone Ac 16:20; B 13:4 (Gen 48:9); pass. Mt 18:24. b. fig.—α. of Christ, who brings men to God (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 8 of admission to an audience with the Great King) ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ θεῷ 1 Pt 3:18 (Jos., Ant. 14, 272the mid. has the mng. ‘negotiate peace’, ‘reconcile’). β. as a t.t. of sacrificial procedure (Hdt. 3, 24 et al.; LXX; Ep. Arist. 45 π. θυσίας) bring, present of Isaac προσήγετο θυσία 1 Cl 31:3. τὴν θρησκείαν πρ. αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) offer (cultic) worship to God Dg 3:2 (cf. Tob 12:12).

2. intr. come near, approach (Theocr. et al.; Plut., Mor. 800A, Pomp. 46, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1042, 2f; PTebt. 47, 15; Josh 3:9; 1 Km 9:18; 3 Km 18:30a, b; Sir 12:13; 2 Macc 6:19; Ep. Arist. 59; Jos., Ant. 6, 52.—Anz 335). a. lit. ὑπενόουν προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν they suspected that land was near (lit. ‘approaching them’) Ac 27:27. b. fig., of men approaching God B 2:9. προσάγειν τῷ φόβῳ αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) approach (the fear of) God 1:7, unless πρ. here means bring an offering (so Lghtf. et al.). M-M.* προσαγωγή, ῆς, ἡ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Ep. Arist. 42) intr. approach, access (the intr. mng. is certain in Polyb. 10, 1, 6; Plut., Aem. Paul. 13, 3) abs. Eph 3:12. εἴς τι to someth. Ro 5:2. πρός τινα to someone Eph 2:18. M-M.* προσαιτέω (Pind.+; PSI 349, 6) abs. beg (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; Plut., Mor. 471A, 1058D; Job 27:14) Mk 10:46 t.r.; Lk 18:35 t.r.; J 9:8. M-M.* προσαίτης, ου, ὁ (Plut., Mor. 294A; Diog. L. 6, 56; Lucian, Navig. 24) beggar Mk 10:46; J 9:8.* προσαναβαίνω 2 aor. προσανέβην, imper. προσανάβηθι (since Plato Com. [V/IV BC], fgm. 79 K.; X.; pap., LXX) go up, move up ἀνώτερον move up (higher) to one of the places of honor at the table Lk 14:10. M-M.* προσαναλαμβάνω (Polyb. et al.; Diod. S. 13, 3, 3; pap.) take in besides, welcome πάντας ἡμᾶς us all to the fire Ac 28:2 v.l.* προσαναλίσκω or προσαναλόω 1 aor. ptc. προσαναλώσας (Kühner-Bl. II p. 367. X., Pla.+; Dit., Syll.3 497, 7) spend lavishly (in addition) τί τινι someth. on someth. or someone (Diog. L. 6, 98; Cass. Dio 43, 18; cf. Philo, Agr. 5 τί ὑπέρ τινος) ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον who had spent all her property on physicians Lk 8:43 v.l. M-M.* προσαναπληρόω 1 aor. προσανεπλήρωσα (Aristot.; Diod. S. 5, 71, 1; 14, 2, 4; Athen. 14 p. 654D; Wsd 19:4; Philo, Praem. 103. The mid. as early as Pla., Meno 84D) fill up or replenish besides τὶ someth. τὰ ὑστερήματά (or τὸ ὑστέρημά) τινος supply someone’s wants 2 Cor 9:12; 11:9 (schol. on Soph., El. 32 p. 100 Papag.: διὰ τ. διηγήσεως ταύτης τὸ λεῖπον τ. ἱστορίας προσανεπλήρωσεν ἡμῖν). M-M.* προσανατίθημι 2 aor. mid. προσανεθέμην (X.+; inscr.; PTebt. 99, 5 [II BC]) in our lit. only mid.—1. add or contribute τινί τι someth. to someone (cf. X., Mem. 2, 1, 8) Gal 2:6. Another possibility is simply lay before, submit (Vi. Aesopi W c. 37 αὐτῷ προσανάθου τὸ ζήτημα=submit the question to him; c. 83-5).

2. τινί consult with someone (Clearchus, fgm. 76b ὀνειροκρίτῃ; Chrysipp.: Stoic. II 344; Diod. S. 17, 116, 4 τοῖς μάντεσι; Lucian, Jupp. Tragoed. 1) Gal 1:16. M-M.* προσανέχω (Polyb.; Jos., Ant. 1, 15)rise up toward τινί someone (Synes., Ep. 82 p. 229A τῷ θεῷ) Ac 27:27 v.l.

M-M.* προσαπειλέω 1 aor. mid. ptc. προσαπειλησάμενος (Demosth. 21, 93; Synes., Ep. 47 p. 186D; Sir 13:3 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 14, 170)threaten further or in addition Ac 4:21.* προσαχέω (Doric form for προσηχέω [Plut. et al.]; cf. Mlt.-H. 71) resound of the surf, indicating that land is near by Ac 27:27 v.l.; s. προσάγω 2a. M-M.* προσβιάζομαι mid. dep.; fut. προσβιάσομαι; 1 aor. ptc. προσβιασάμενος (Aristoph., Pla.) compel, use force in our lit. only of the conduct of a martyr in the arena toward animals which show no inclination to attack him; abs. προσβιάσομαι I will use force IRo 5:2. προσβιασάμενος by force MPol 3.* προσβλέπω look upon, look at—1. w. the acc. (Aeschyl., Pla., X.+; Vett. Val. 114, 25; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 44; Philo, Op. M. 152) τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ὡς αὐτὸν τὸν κύριον προσβλέπειν look upon the bishop as the Lord himself IEph 6:1.

852

2. w. the dat. (X., Symp. 3, 14; Plut., Cato Min. 65, 11; Lucian, Alex. 42, Dial. Mer. 11, 4; Philo, Abr. 76) look at τοῖς ἁγίοις σκεύεσιν GOxy 29.* προσδαπανάω 1 aor. προσεδαπάνησα spend in addition (Lucian, Epist. Sat. 4, 39; Dit., Syll.3 661, 10; 691, 8f; Inschr. v. Priene 118, 11) Lk 10:35. M-M.* προσδεκτός, ή, όν (Pr 11:20; 16:15; Wsd 9:12) acceptable ἐνώπιον τοῦ ποιήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 Cl 7:3. θυσία MPol 14:2. ἔντευξις Hs 2:6.* προσδέομαι (Hdt.+) pass. dep. need in addition or further (so Thu.+; inscr., pap.; Pr 12:9; Sir; Jos., Ant. 7, 340—but the force of προσ- is no longer felt e.g. in Epict. 1, 16, 1; Dit., Syll.3 313, 11 [IV BC]; UPZ 110, 154 [164 BC]; PTebt. 59, 8 [99 BC]) w. gen. of what is needed (Thu. 2, 41, 4 al.; Ep. Arist. 11; 113) Dg 3:4a. Of God, who has need of nothing 3:5; Ac 17:25; cf. Dg 3:3, 4b (προσδέομαι in this sense of God in Pla., Tim. 34B; Aristot., Eth. Eud. 7, 12; ‘Onatas’ the Pythagorean in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 39 vol. I 49, 20 W. [Norden, Agn. Th. 14]; Philo, Op. M. 13; 46).

M-M.* προσδέχομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) mid. dep.; impf. προσεδεχόμην; 1 aor. προσεδεξάμην, pass. προσεδέχθην.

1. take up, receive, welcome (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Ep. Arist. 257)—a. w. acc. of the pers. (Pla., Leg. 4 p. 708A; Jos., Ant. 6, 255; Test. Levi 16:5) ἁμαρτωλούς Lk 15:2. τινὰ ἐν κυρίῳ welcome someone in the Lord, i.e. as a Christian brother or sister (cf. 1 Ch 12:19) Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. ἵνα ἡμᾶς προσδέξηται ὡς υἱούς 2 Cl 9:10 (Diod. S. 17, 37, 4 Ἀλέξανδρον ὡς θεὸν προσεδέξαντο). Pass. MPol 14:2. b. w. acc. of the thing (Jos., Ant. 14, 30)receive οἱ δὲ ὡς περὶ βρώσεως προσεδέξαντο (i.e. τὰ δόγματα) they took (the decrees) as if they really dealt with food B 10:9.—Receive willingly, put up with (Hdt.+; cf. Pla., Phileb.

15B ὄλεθρον) τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Hb 10:34. τὰ ἐνεργήματα ὡς ἀγαθά B 19:6; D 3:10.—W. a negative refuse to accept, reject (Jos., Ant. 6, 42)τὸ βάπτισμα B 11:1. τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν Hb 11:35 (ἀπολύτρωσις 1).

2. wait for, expect (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 14, 451)— a. w. acc. of the pers. (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 22) Lk 1:21 D; Ac 10:24 D. τὸν κύριον Lk 12:36. b. w. acc. of the thing (X., Hiero 1, 18, Apol. Socr. 33; Herodian 3, 1, 1; Dit., Syll.3 1268 [Praecepta Delphica III BC] II 21 καιρὸμ προσδέχου=wait for the [right] time) τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 15:43; Lk 23:51. λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 2:38. παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ vs. 25. τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν (ἐπαγγελία 1) Ac 23:21. ἐλπίδα wait for a hope Tit 2:13 (cf. Job 2:9a); anticipate (the realization of) Ac 24:15. τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ κυρίου Jd 21. τὴν ἐσχάτην ἡμέραν Hv 3, 12, 2; cf. 3, 13, 2. ἀφθαρσίαν Dg 6:8. c. abs. wait ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας wait day after day 2 Cl 11:2 (prophetic saying of unknown origin). M-M.* προσδέω 1 aor. προσέδησα tie, bind—1. lit. (Hdt.; Diod. S. 17, 41; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 5; Ps.-Lucian, Asinus 38; Plut., Pericl. 28, 2; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 41; 4 Macc 9:26) τινά MPol 14:1.

2. fig., pass. (Jos., Ant. 5, 135ἡδονῇ προσδεδεμένοι) be bound securely τινί to someone 1 Cl 27:1.* προσδηλόω fut. προσδηλώσω (Aristot., Anal. Post. 2, 7 p. 92b, 23) explain further (in a second letter) IEph 20:1 (w. a rel. clause foll.).* προσδίδωμι (trag., Isocr., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) give (over) Lk 24:30 D.* προσδοκάω impf. προσεδόκων, pass. προσεδοκώμην; 1 aor. προσεδόκησα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) wait for, look for, expect, in hope, in fear, or in a neutral state of mind.

1. w. acc. of the pers. (Jos., Bell. 5, 403)Mt 11:3; Lk 1:21; 7:19f; 8:40; Ac 10:24; 1 Cl 23:5 (Mal 3:1); IMg 9:3; IPol 3:2.

2. w. acc. of the thing (La 2:16; Ps 118:166; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 528φαῦλον, Ant. 7, 114 τὰ βελτίω) 2 Pt 3:12-14; Dg 8:11; 12:6; Hv 3, 11, 3. Pass. (Appian, Illyr. 17 §51 προσδοκωμένου τοῦ πολέμου=since the war was to be expected) θάνατος προσεδοκᾶτο death was to be expected Dg 9:2 (Achilles Tat. 3, 2, 1 τ. θάνατον πρ.).

3. abs., though the obj. is to be supplied fr. the context (Himerius, Or. 62 [Or. 16], 8; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 43) Mt 24:50; Lk 3:15; 12:46; Ac 27:33; 28:6b.

4. foll. by acc. and inf. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 51 §220; 2 Macc 12:44; Jos., Ant. 5, 340; 7, 213) Ac 28:6a.—5. w. inf. foll. (Jos., Ant. 15, 358)Ac 3:5; Dg 4:6; Hs 1:2 (Bl-D. §350; 397, 2; Rob. 1036). M-M.* προσδοκία, ας, ἡ (Thu., X., Pla. et al.; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 58al.) expectation w. obj. gen. (cf. for the obj. gen. and use w. φόβος Plut., Anton. 75, 4 φόβος καὶ προσδοκία τοῦ μέλλοντος, Demetr. 15, 4; Philo, Abr. 14; Jos., Ant. 3, 219κακοῦ πρ.) τῶν ἐπερχομένων Lk 21:26. W. subj. gen. πρ. τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 12:11. M-M.* προσδραμών s. προστρέχω. προσεάω (PLond. 1790, 7) permit to go farther τινά someone Ac 27:7. M-M.* 853

προσεγγίζω 1 aor. προσήγγισα approach, come near (Polyb. 38, 7, 4; Diod. S. 3, 16, 4; Hero Alex. III p. 218, 22; Leonidas of Tarentum [300 BC]: Anth. 7, 442, 6; LXX; Test. 12 Patr.) Mk 2:4 t.r.; Ac 27:27 v.l.; εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν 10:25 D.* προσεδρεύω (Eur.+; 1 Macc 11:40) attend, serve, wait upon, lit. ‘sit near’ w. dat. (Aristot., Pol. 8, 4, 4 p. 1338b, 25; Demosth. 1, 18; Diod. S. 5, 46, 3 πρ. ταῖς τῶν θεῶν θεραπείαις; Ael. Aristid. 48, 9 K.=24 p. 467 D.: τ. θεῷ.

Also inscr., pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 30τῇ θεραπείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ; Archäolog.-epigr. Mitteilungen aus Österreich 6, 1882 p.

23 no. 46: an association of Σαραπιασταί has as officials οἱ προσεδρεύοντες τῷ ἱερῷ) τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Cor 9:13 t.r.* I. πρόσειμι (from εἰμί. Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; Sir 13:24 v.l.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 61) belong to, be present τινί (with) someone, be an attribute or custom of someone (Nicolaus Com. 1, 41 πάντα πρόσεστί μοι; Herodas 1, 19; Diog. L. 2, 37; Dio, Ep. 2 τὰ προσόντα αὐτῷ) βία οὐ πρόσεστι τῷ θεῷ Dg 7:4.* II. πρόσειμι (from εἶμι. Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 4 Macc; Jos., Bell. 2, 324)approach, come forward MPol 4.* προσενήνοχα s. προσφέρω. προσεξομολογέομαι D 14:1 s. προεξομολογέομαι.* προσεργάζομαι 1 aor. προσηργασάμην or προσειργασάμην—Bl-D. §67, 3 w. app.; cf. Mlt.-H. 189f (Eur., Hdt.+; pap.) make more, earn in addition (X., Hell. 3, 1, 28; Zen.-PCairo 509, 13) ἡ μνᾶ σου δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς your mina has made ten minas more Lk 19:16. M-M.* προσέρχομαι mid. dep. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. προσηρχόμην; fut. προσελεύσομαι; 2 aor. προσῆλθον (also προσῆλθα Bl-D. §81, 3 w. app.; cf. Mlt.-H. 208); pf. προσελήλυθα; come or go to, approach.

1. lit. (esp. oft. in Mt, about 50 times) w. dat. of the pers. (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 27; Aelian, V.H. 9, 3, end; En. 14, 25; Jos., Ant. 12, 19)Mt 5:1; 8:5; 9:14 al.; Lk 23:52; J 12:21; Ac 9:1; 18:2; MPol 16:1. W. dat. of the place (Herodian 2, 6, 5) Hb 12:18, 22. Abs. Mt 4:11; Lk 9:42; Ac 8:29; 20:5 v.l. (s. ChMaurer, ThZ, 3, ’47, 321-37). MPol 4. The ptc. is freq. used w. verbs denoting an activity, to enliven the narrative προσελθὼν εἶπεν (cf. BGU 587, 2 [II BC]; Jos., Ant. 9, 194)Mt 4:3; 8:19; 18:21; cf. 13:10; 15:12; 25:20, 22, 24; Mk 6:35; 14:45; Lk 9:12. πρ. προσεκύνει Mt 8:2; 9:18. πρ. ἔπεσεν 26:39 v.l.; cf. Mk 14:35 v.l., et al. Foll. by inf. denoting purpose (1 Macc 2:23) προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι his disciples came up to show Mt 24:1. προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι Ac 7:31. Cf. 12:13.

2. fig.—a. of coming to, approaching a deity (Cass. Dio 56, 9, 2 τοῖς θεοῖς προσερχώμεθα; PGiess. 20, 24=Wilcken, Chrest. no. 94; Jer 7:16; Sir 1:28 μὴ προσέλθῃς αὐτῷ [=τῷ κυρίῳ] ἐν καρδίᾳ δισσῇ; Philo, Plant. 64, Deus Imm. 8) πρ. τῷ θεῷ Hb 7:25; 11:6; cf. 1 Cl 23:1; 29:1. W. dat. of the place τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος Hb 4:16.

Also abs. προσέρχεσθαι means come to God 10:1, 22 (πρ. in Hb may connote ‘appear in court’: POxy. 40, 4 [II/III AD]; 2783, 25 [III AD]; PRyl. 234, 6 [II AD]). This prob. furnishes the clue to the abs. πυκνότερον προσερχόμενοι 2 Cl 17:3.—To Jesus 1 Pt 2:3 (of proselytes, FWDanker, ZNW 58, ’67, 95f; w. πρός as Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 28; Ex 34:32; Josh 14:6). b. turn to or occupy oneself with a thing (Diod. S. 1, 95, 1 τοῖς νόμοις; Plut., Cato Min. 12, 2; Epict. 4, 11, 24; pap.; Sir 4:15 v.l.; 6:19, 26; Philo, Agr. 123, Migr. Abr. 86 ἀρετῇ; PYale 83, 15) οὐ προσελεύσῃ ἐπὶ προσευχήν σου D 4:14.—Also in the sense agree with, accede to εἴ τις μὴ προσέρχεται ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις 1 Ti 6:3 (v.l. προσέχεται, q.v. 2). πρ. τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) 1 Cl 33:8. c. also of inanimate things (Soph. et al.; cf. Eur., Or. 859 προσῆλθεν ἐλπίς; BGU 614, 21) πρ. τινί someth. comes upon or over someone φρίκη μοι προσῆλθεν Hv 3, 1, 5. ὑμῖν ἰσχυρότης 3, 12, 3. Without a dat., which is easily supplied fr. the context m 5, 1, 3. M-M. προσευχή, ῆς, ἡ—1. prayer (pagan pap. BGU 1080, 4 [III AD] κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἡμῶν εὐχὰς καὶ προσευχάς; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 388, perh. C. Ap. 2, 10 and Ant. 14, 258; Test. 12 Patr.) IEph 1:2; 5:2; 10:2; 11:2; IPhld 5:1; ISm 11:1, 3. αἱ πρ. τῶν ἁγίων Rv 5:8; 8:3f.—1 Pt 3:7. W. δέησις Ac 1:14 t.r.; Eph 6:18; Phil 4:6; IMg 7:1; cf. 1 Ti 2:1; 5:5 (s. δέησις). W. εὐχαριστία ISm 7:1. W. ἐλεημοσύναι Ac 10:4; διὰ τὴν πρ. IPol 7:1; διὰ τῶν πρ. Phlm 22; ἐν (τῇ) πρ. through prayer Mk 9:29; IEph 20:1; IPhld 8:2; in prayer IRo 9:1; ἐν ταῖς πρ. in the prayers IMg 14:1; ITr 13:1; Col 4:12. W. the same mng. ἐπὶ τῶν πρ. Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4; κατὰ τὴν πρ. IPhld 10:1. ἡ πρ. τοῦ θεοῦ prayer to God Lk 6:12. Also πρ. γινομένη πρὸς τὸν θεόν Ac 12:5 (π. πρός as Ps 68:14). W. νηστεία Mt 17:21; Mk 9:29 v.l. Fasting called better than prayer 2 Cl 16:4a. Prayer fr. a good conscience saves fr. death, ibid. b; drives out demons Mk 9:29 τὰς πρ. ἀναφέρειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν (s. ἀναφέρω 2) 2 Cl 2:2; προσκαρτερεῖν τῇ πρ. Ac 1:14; Ro 12:12; Col 4:2; cf. Ac 2:42; 6:4 (w. τῇ διακονίᾳ). σχολάζειν τῇ πρ. 1 Cor 7:5 (on prayer and abstinence s. Test. Napht. 8:8); cf. IPol 1:3. νήφειν εἰς προσευχάς 1 Pt 4:7; καταπαύειν τὴν πρ.

MPol 8:1; αὒτεῖν ἐν τῇ πρ. Mt 21:22. προσευχῇ προσεύχεσθαι pray earnestly Js 5:17. In a kneeling position or prone on the ground; hence ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. Lk 22:45; ἐγείρεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. Hv 2, 1, 3; εἰσηκούσθη ἡ πρ.

854

Ac 10:31. Public, communal prayer ἡ μετʼ ἀλλήλων πρ. ITr 12:2. αἱ πρ. ὑπέρ τινος πρὸς τὸν θεόν intercessions to God on behalf of someone Ro 15:30; ὥρα τῆς πρ. Ac 3:1 (s. ἔνατος and the lit. there.—On a fixed time for ‫־תי ֵבּ‬Is 56:7) prayer s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 24 καιρὸς τῶν εὐχῶν; also 22, end). οἶκος προσευχῆς (=‫ה‬ house of prayer Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. On προσέρχεσθαι ἐπὶ προσευχήν D 4:14 s. προσέρχομαι 2b. Cf. B 19:12.—For lit. s. προσεύχομαι, end.

2. place of (or for) prayer, chapel Ac 16:13, 16. Esp. used among Jews, this word is nearly always equivalent to συναγωγή (q.v. and cf. SKrauss, Pauly-W. 2. R. IV, ’32, 1287f). But many consider that the πρ. in Ac 16:13, 16 was not a regular synagogue because it was attended only by women (vs. 13), and because the word συν. is freq. used elsewh. in Ac (e.g. 17:1, 10, 17); the πρ. in our passage may have been an informal meeting place, perh. in the open air.

S. the handbooks.—In the rare cases in which a pagan place of prayer is called πρ., Jewish influence is almost always poss. (reff. fr. lit., inscr. and pap. in Schürer II4 499f; 517f; Mayser I 32 ’36 p. 19. Cf. also 3 Macc 7:20 al.; Suppl.

Epigr. Gr. VIII 366 [II BC]; Dssm., NB 49f [BS 222f]; MLStrack, APF 2, ’03, 541f; Elbogen2 445; 448; 452; SZarb, De Judaeorum προσευχή in Act. 16:13, 16: Angelicum 5, ’28, 91-108; also συναγωγή 2). But such infl. must be excluded in the case of the inscr. fr. Epidaurus of IV BC (IG IV2 1, 106 I, 27), where the Doric form of προσευχή occurs in the sense ‘place of prayer’: ποτευχὰ καὶ βωμός. Hence it is also improbable in Inscr. Or. Sept. Pont. Eux., ed. BLatyschev I2 176, 7 and in Artem. 3, 53 p. 188, 27; 189, 2.—MHengel, Proseuche u. Synagoge, KGKuhn-Festschr., ’71, 157-84. M-M.* προσεύχομαι impf. προσηυχόμην; fut. προσεύξομαι; 1 aor. προσηυξάμην (on the augment s. W-H., App. 162; Tdf., Prol. 121; Bl-D. §67, 1 app.; Mlt.-H. 191f) mid. dep. pray (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Zen.-P. 7 [=Sb 6713], 10 [257 BC]; Sb 3740 [I AD] Ἄττηος προσεύχεται τοῖς ἐν Ἀβύδῳ θεοῖς; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) abs.

(Demochares [300 BC]: 75 fgm. 2 Jac.; Dio Chrys. 35[52], 1) Mt 6:5-7; 14:23; 26:36; Mk 1:35; 6:46; Lk 1:10; 5:16; Ac 1:24; 6:6; 1 Cor 11:4f; 14:14b; Js 5:13, 18; MPol 5:2; 12:3; Hv 1, 1, 4; 3, 1, 6; s 9, 11, 7a; D 8:2. Followed by a prayer introduced by λέγων (Is 44:17) Mt 26:42; Lk 22:41; cf. Mt 26:39; Lk 11:2 (on the Lord’s Prayer cf.

TWManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54, 165-71; EGrässer, D. Problem der Parusieverzögerung, ’57, 95-113). W. dat. of the pers. to whom the prayer is addressed (so predom. in secular usage; cf. Bl-D. §187, 4; cf. Rob. 538) πρ. τῷ θεῷ pray to God (Diod. S. 13, 16, 7 τοῖς θεοῖς; Charito 3, 10, 6 θεῷ; Athen. 13, 32 p. 573D τῇ θεῷ; Philostrat., Vi. Apollon. 5, 28 p. 186, 9 πρ. τοῖς θεοῖς; Jos., Ant. 10, 252; cf. 256) 1 Cor 11:13; τῷ κυρίῳ πρ. (Test. Jos. 3:3; 7:4) Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2; τῷ πατρὶ πρ. Mt 6:6b. Also πρὸς τὸν θεόν (LXX) Hv 1, 1, 9. W. dat. of manner πρ. γλώσσῃ, τῷ πνεύματι, τῷ νοΐ pray in a tongue, in the spirit, with the understanding 1 Cor 14:14a, 15; ἐν πνεύματι πρ.

Eph 6:18; cf. Jd 20; προσευχῇ πρ. pray earnestly Js 5:17. ἀδιαλείπτως 1 Th 5:17; IEph 10:1; Hs 9, 11, 7b. ἀδεῶς MPol 7:2a. πρ. ὑπέρ τινος pray for someone or someth. (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 26 p. 340, 5; LXX) Mt 5:44; Col 1:9; IEph 10:1; 21:2; ISm 4:1; D 1:3. Also πρ. περί τινος (LXX; s. περί 1f) Lk 6:28; Col 1:3; 1 Th 5:25; Hb 13:18; ITr 12:3; MPol 5:1; D 2:7. Foll. by ἵνα (Bl-D. §392, 1c) Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 13:18; 14:38. τοῦτο πρ. ἵνα Phil 1:9. περί τινος ἵνα Col 4:3; 2 Th 1:11; 3:1. περί τινος ὅπως Ac 8:15. ὑπέρ τινος ὅπως Js 5:16. Foll. by the gen. of the inf. w. the art. (Bl-D. §400, 7; Rob. 1094) τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι Js 5:17. πρ. ἐπί τινα (ἐπί III 1 aζ) vs. 14 (cf. Marinus, Vi. Procli 20B: Proclus, on his death-bed, has his friends recite hymns to him). W. acc. foll., which refers to the content or manner of the prayer (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 18 p. 229, 32) ταῦτα πρ. Lk 18:11. μακρὰ πρ. make long prayers Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47.—W. the acc. of the thing prayed for πρ. τι pray for someth. (X., Hell. 3, 2, 22 νίκην) Mk 11:24; Ro 8:26 (on the ability of the ordinary person to pray cf. Philosophenspr. p. 497, 7 μόνος ὁ σοφὸς εἰδὼς εὔχεσθαι=only the wise man knows how to pray).—FHeiler, Das Gebet5 ’23 (lit.); FJDölger, Sol Salutis: Gebet u.

Gesang im christl. Altert.2 ’25 (material fr. history of religions); JDöller, Das G. im AT in rel.-gesch. Beleuchtung ’14; AGreiff, Das G. im AT ’15; JHempel, G. u. Frömmigkeit im AT ’22, Gott u. Mensch im AT2 ’36; Elbogen2 353ff; 498ff.-EvdGoltz, Das G. in der ältesten Christenheit ’01; IRohr, Das G. im NT ’24; JMarty, La Prière dans le NT: RHPhr 10, ’30, 90-8; JMNielen, G. u. Gottesdienst im NT ’37; HGreeven, G. u. Eschatologie im NT ’31. LRuppoldt, D. Theol. Grundlage des Bittgebetes im NT, Diss. Leipzig ’53; AHamman, La Prière, I (NT), ’59.-JoachJeremias, D. Gebetsleben Jesu: ZNW 25, ’26, 123-40; AJuncker, Das G. bei Pls ’05, Die Ethik des Ap. Pls II ’19, 55-72; CSchneider, Αγγελος IV ’32, 11-47 (Paul); EOrphal, Das Plsgebet ’33; J-AEschlimann, La Prière dans S. Paul ’34; GHarder, Pls u. d. Gebet ’36; AKlawek, Das G. zu Jesus ’21; AFrövig, D. Anbetung Christi im NT: Tidskr. for Teol. og Kirke 1, ’30, 26-44; EDelay, A qui s’adresse la prière chr.? RThPh 37, ’49, 189-201.—OHoltzmann, Die tägl.

Gebetsstunden im Judentum u. Urchristentum: ZNW 12, ’11, 90-107, HWagenvoort, Orare: Precari: Verbum, HWObbink-Festschr., ’64, 101-11 (prayer among the Romans). On the whole subject JHerrmann and HGreeven, TW II 774-808. M-M. B. 1471. προσέχω impf. προσεῖχον; 2 aor. προσέσχον (1 Cl 4:2=Gen 4:5); pf. προσέσχηκα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. act. turn one’s mind to (so in the phrase πρ. τὸν νοῦν τινι Aristoph.+, but also freq. without τὸν νοῦν X.+, likew. Wsd 8:12; 1 Macc 7:11; 4 Macc 1:1). a. pay attention to, give heed to, follow—α. w. dat. of the pers. (Polyb. 6, 37, 7; Cass. Dio 58, 23, 2; Diog. L. 1, 49; Jos., Ant. 8, 34; 264) τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ IPhld 7:1; IPol 6:1. τοῖς προφήταις ISm 7:2. Cf. Ac 8:10f. πρ. τοῖς φυσιοῦσίν με pay heed to those who puff me up ITr 4:1. πρ. πνεύμασι πλάνοις 1 Ti 4:1. β. w. dat. of the thing (Mnesimachus Com. [IV BC] 4, 21 πρόσεχʼ οἷς φράζω; Plut., Is. et Os. 29 p. 362B; PPetr.

II 20 II, 1 τῇ ἐπιστολῇ; 1 Macc 7:11; Jos., Ant. 8, 241τ. λόγοις; Test. Zeb. 1:2) πρ. τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου pay attention to what was said by Philip Ac 8:6 (λέγω I 10); cf. 16:14. πρ. μύθοις (Ps.-Plut., Pro 855

Nobilitate 21, end τοῖς Αἰσωπικοῖς μύθοις προσέχοντες) 1 Ti 1:4; Tit 1:14.—Hb 2:1; 2 Pt 1:19. ἐμαῖς βουλαῖς 1 Cl 57:5 (Pr 1:30); cf. 57:4 (Pr 1:24; w. the dat. τοῖς λόγοις to be supplied).—1 Cl 2:1; 2 Cl 19:1; MPol 2:3. (τούτοις) ἃ ἐνετείλατο προσέχετε B 7:6. γ. abs. pay attention, be alert, notice (Demosth. 21, 8; Diod. S. 20, 21, 2 οὐδεὶς προσεῖχεν; PMagd. 22, 5 [221 BC]; Sir 13:13) 2 Cl 17:3; B 4:9; 7:9. προσέχετε ἀκριβῶς pay close attention 7:4. Foll. by indir. question: πῶς 7:7. τί 15:4. προσέχετε ἵνα see to it that 16:8.—προσέχετε as v.l. for προσεύχεσθε Mt 5:44. δ. ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις αὐτοῦ οὐ προσέσχεν he (God) took no notice of his (Cain’s) sacrifices 1 Cl 4:2 (Gen 4:5). b. be concerned about, care for, pay attention to w. dat. χήρᾳ, ὀρφανῷ B 20:2. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ Ac 20:28 (Sb IV, 7353, 9 [200 AD]).—προσέχειν ἑαυτῷ be careful, be on one’s guard (Plut., Mor. 150B νήφων καὶ προσέχων ἑαυτῷ; Gen 24:6; Ex 10:28; 34:12; Dt 4:9; 6:12 al.) Lk 17:3; B 4:6. W. inf. foll. 2:1. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν take care what you propose to do with these men Ac 5:35 (on the function of ἐπί here, see ἐπί II 1bδ). Foll. by μήποτε take care that. . . not Lk 21:34. Foll. by ἀπό τινος beware of, be on one’s guard against someth. (Test. Levi 9:9, Dan 6:1.—Bl-D. §149 app.; Rob. 577) 12:1.—The reflexive pron. can also be omitted (cf. UPZ 69, 7 [152 BC] προσέχω μή; 2 Ch 25:16; Sir 13:8) προσέχωμεν μήποτε B 4:14. προσέχετε μήπως GOxy 2 (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 93f). προσέχειν ἀπό τινος beware of someone or someth. (Sir 6:13; 11:33; 17:14; 18:27; Syntipas p. 94, 28 πρόσεχε ἀπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν) Mt 7:15; 10:17; 16:6, 11f; Lk 20:46; D 6:3; 12:5. Foll. by μή and the inf. take care not Mt 6:1. c. occupy oneself with, devote or apply oneself to w. dat. (Hdt.+; Demosth. 1, 6 τῷ πολέμῳ; Herodian 2, 11, 3 γεωργίᾳ καὶ εὒρήνῃ; POxy. 531, 11 [II AD] τοῖς βιβλίοις σου) τῇ ἀναγνώσει κτλ. 1 Ti 4:13. τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, officiate at the altar Hb 7:13. οἴνῳ πολλῷ πρ. be addicted to much wine 1 Ti 3:8 (Polyaenus, Strateg. 8, 56 τρυφῇ καὶ μέθῃ).

2. mid. cling τινί to someth. (lit. and fig. trag., Hdt.+) εἴ τις μὴ προσέχεται ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις 1 Ti 6:3 v.l.

M-M.* προσήκω fut. προσήξω (Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 29; Philo; Jos., Bell. 7, 450).

1. lit. come to, approach w. dat. of the pers. (Dio Chrys. 65[15], 2) IRo 9:3.—ἐπὶ προσευχήν come to prayer B 19:12.

2. be fitting, suitable, proper, be one’s duty (trag., Thu. et al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 432τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα) κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον as is fitting (Plut., Mor. 122A; Dit., Or. 90, 18 [196 BC]; Maspéro 167, 16) MPol 10:2.* προσηλόω 1 aor. προσήλωσα (Pla.+; inscr.; 3 Macc 4:9; Philo, De Prov. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 24; Jos., Ant. 5, 208)nail (fast) τί τινι someth. to someth. (Diod. S. 4, 47, 5) a bond to the cross Col 2:14 (cf. Dibelius, Lohmeyer ad loc.; FJDölger, Die Sonne der Gerechtigkeit und d. Schwarze ’18, 129ff.—πρ. σταυρῷ=‘crucify’ Diod. S. 2, 18, 1; Artem. 2, 56; Jos., Bell. 2, 308;Galen, De Usu Part. II 214, 8 Helmr.). Nail the condemned man fast to the pyre MPol 13:3 (the more general sense ‘fasten’ [Jos., Bell. 5, 232] is excluded by the specific mention of nails). Perh. it is used in the sense chain fast (Lucian, Prometh. 2 κατάκλειε καὶ προσήλου, Dial. Deor. 1, 1). M-M.* προσήλυτος, ου, ὁ proselyte, i.e. ‘one who has come over’ (fr. paganism to Judaism), convert (so Gdspd., Probs.

36f), a designation for a Gentile won for Judaism by Jewish missionary efforts, who became a Jew by undergoing circumcision (the word is found in Apollon. Rhod. 1, 834 [μετοίκους καὶ προσηλύτους] and in the LXX. Plainly in a technical sense in Philo; cf. Spec. Leg. 1, 51 τούτους δὲ καλεῖ προσηλύτους ἀπὸ τοῦ προσεληλυθέναι καινῇ καὶ φιλοθέῳ πολιτείᾳ; Sb 1742 Σάρρα προσήλυτος. Roman grave inscriptions also contain ‘proselytus’ or ‘proselyta’ [Schürer III4 168, 54].—Perh. πρ. was used as a t.t. in the Isis cult [=Lat. ‘advena’ in Apuleius, Metam. 11, 26; cf.

Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 193]). W. Ἰουδαῖοι Ac 2:11. Of Nicolaus of Antioch 6:5. Of Jewish efforts to proselytize Mt 23:15. They are to be differentiated fr. the σεβόμενοι τὸν θεόν, who had obligated themselves only to follow certain commandments; in a mixed expr. Ac 13:43 speaks of σεβόμενοι πρ.—ABertholet, Die Stellung der Israeliten u. der Juden zu den Fremden 1896, 257ff; KAxenfeld, Die jüd. Propaganda als Vorläuferin der urchristl. Mission: Missionswissenschaftl. Studien für GWarneck ’04, 1-80; ILevi, Le Prosélytisme juif: Rev. des Études juives 50, ’05, 1ff; 51, ’06, 1ff; 53, ’07, 56ff; Schürer III4 150ff; HGressmann, ZMR 39, ’24, 10ff; 169ff; MMeinertz, Jesus u. die Heidenmission2 ’25; Bousset, Rel.3 76ff; Billerb. I 924ff; II 715ff; Harnack, Mission I4 ’23, 1-23 (Eng. tr., JMoffatt2, ’08, 1-23); GRosen, Juden u. Phönizier ’29; GFMoore, Judaism I, ’27, 323-53; FMDerwacter, Preparing the Way for Paul ’30; HLietzmann, Gesch. d. Alten Kirche 1, ’32, 68-101; CSchneider, Ntl. Zeitgeschichte ’34, 173-5; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 290-3; BJBamberger, Proselytism in the Talmudic Period ’39; WGBraude, Jewish Proselyting in the First Five Centuries of the Common Era ’40; SLieberman, Greek in Jewish Palestine ’42: Gentiles and Semi-Proselytes, 68-90; JKlausner, From Jesus to Paul (tr. WFStinespring)’43, 31-49; EM Simon, Verus Israel ’48; ELerle, Proselytenwerbung u. Urchristentum ’60; SZeitlin, Proselytes and Proselytism, etc.: HAWolfson-Festschr. ’65, 871-81.—KGKuhn, TW VI 727-45.—S. also lit. s.v. σέβω. M-M.* προσηνῶς (Theophr.; Diod. S. 5, 44, 6 et al.) adv. of προσηνής, ές (Pind., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 783, 29; Pr 25:25; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 507)kindly, gently, lovingly w. ἠπίως of God (Orph. Hymns 2, 5; 40, 12; 60, 7 Qu. use the adj. to characterize goddesses) 1 Cl 23:1.* πρόσθεν adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Jos., Ant. 14, 370; 463; Sib. Or. 3, 391) in our lit. only of time earlier, former ὁ πρόσθεν χρόνος the former time (X.; Dit., Syll.3 85, 11; 136, 6; 165, 13) Dg 9:1, 6.* 856

πρόσθεσις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, in every case in a different sense than in the NT, such as ‘application’, etc.; e.g. Polyaenus 2, 3, 8 πρόσθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ=‘God’s help’) ἄρτοι τῆς προσθέσεως (for προθέσεως) Mt 12:4 D=Mk 2:26 D=Lk 6:4 D.* πρόσκαιρος, ον (Strabo 7, 3, 11; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 218 D. al.; Dit., Or. 669, 14 [I AD], Syll.3 1109, 44; pap.; 4 Macc 15:2, 8, 23; Jos., Ant. 2, 51)lasting only for a time, temporary, transitory (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 43, §179) opp. αἰώνιος (Dionys. Hal., Ars Rhet. 7, 4; 6 ἀθάνατος; Cass. Dio 12 fgm. 46, 1 ἀΐδιος) of the things in the visible world 2 Cor 4:18 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 15 ὁ μὲν παρὼν κόσμος πρόσκαιρος, ὁ δὲ ἐσόμενος ἀΐδιος; Pel.-Leg. p. 12, 26; Joseph and Aseneth 12, 12 ἰδοὺ γὰρ πάντα τὰ χρήματα τοῦ πατρός μου Πεντεφρῆ πρόσκαιρά εἰσι κ. ἀφανῆ, τὰ δὲ δώματα τῆς κληρονομίας σου, κύριε, ἄφθαρτά εἰσι κ. αἰώνια). πρ. ἀπόλαυσις (s. ἀπόλαυσις) Hb 11:25.

Of persecutions τὸ πῦρ τὸ πρ. Dg 10:8. Of a pers.: πρ. ἐστιν he lasts only a little while (Dalman, Pj 22, ’26, 125f) Mt 13:21; Mk 4:17. M-M.* προσκαλέω (Soph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in secular Gk. predom., in LXX and our lit. exclusively mid.; 1 aor. προσεκαλεσάμην; pf. προσκέκλημαι; summon.

1. lit.—a. summon, call on, call to oneself, invite τινά someone (Gen 28:1; Esth 4:5; Sir 13:9; Ep. Arist. 182; Jos., Ant. 1, 271, Vi. 110; Test. Reub. 4:9) Mt 10:1; 15:10; Mk 3:13, 23; 6:7; 7:14; 15:44; Lk 7:18; 15:26; Ac 6:2; 23:17f, 23; Js 5:14; Hv 1, 4, 2; s 5, 2, 2; 6; 9, 7, 1; 9, 10, 6. b. as a legal t.t. (so Aristoph., Lysias+; pap.) call in, summon Ac 5:40. Perh. Mt 18:32.

2. fig., of a divine call—a. call (to) God or Christ, to faith, etc. Ac 2:39 (cf. Jo 3:5). πρ. διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου call through the Holy Spirit (i.e. through inspired scripture) 1 Cl 22:1. Of Christ διʼ οὗ (i.e. τοῦ σταυροῦ) ἐν τῷ πάθει αὐτοῦ προσκαλεῖται ὑμᾶς by which (i.e. the cross) in his suffering he calls you ITr 11:2. b. call to a special task or office εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ (=εἰς ὃ) προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς Ac 13:2. τινά foll. by the inf. εὐαγγελίσασθαι 16:10. M-M. προσκαρτερέω (Demosth.+; Dit., Syll.3 717, 84, Or. 383, 130; 168 al.; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 27)adhere to, persist in.

1. w. dat. of the pers. attach oneself to, wait on, be faithful to someone (Ps.-Demosth. 59, 120; Polyb. 23, 5, 3; Diog. L. 8, 11, 14; PGiess. 79 II, 9 [II AD]; PLond. 196, 3) Ac 8:13; 10:7. Of a boat, that always stands ready for someone Mk 3:9.

2. w. dat. of the thing—a. busy oneself with, be busily engaged in, be devoted to (τῇ πολιορκίᾳ Polyb. 1, 55, 4; Diod. S. 14, 87, 5; ταῖς θήραις Diod. S. 3, 17, 1; τῇ καθέδρᾳ Jos., Ant. 5, 130; τῇ γεωργίᾳ PAmh. 65, 3; BGU 372 II, 15; PLond. 904, 27.—POxy. 530, 9; PHamb. 34, 9 [all the pap. II AD]) τῇ προσευχῇ Ac 1:14; Ro 12:12; Col 4:2; cf. Ac 6:4. νηστείαις Pol 7:2.—Instead of the dat. εἴς τι Ro 13:6. b. hold fast to someth., continue or persevere in someth. (Polyb. 1, 59, 12 τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ) τῇ διδαχῇ κτλ.

(Posidon.: 87 fgm. 36, 48 Jac. τοῖς λόγοις=the teaching) Ac 2:42 (mng. 2a is also poss.). τῇ ἐλπίδι Pol 8:1.

3. foll. by local ἐν spend much time in (Sus 6 Theod. ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 2:46. On προσκαρτερέω in Ac s. ESchürer, SAB 1897, 214f.—On the whole word W Grundmann, TW III 620-2. M-M.* προσκαρτέρησις, εως, ἡ (Philod., Rhet. I 11 S.; Inscr. Antiqu. Orae Septentr. Ponti Eux. ed. Latyschev II 1890 no. 52; 53 [both end of I AD]; ELHicks, JTS 10, ’09, 571f; Dssm., LO 80 [LAE 100f]) perseverance, patience Eph 6:18. M-M.* πρόσκειμαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 225)defective dep.; w. dat. of the thing be involved or absorbed in, be devoted to (Soph., Ajax 406; Thales in Diog. L. 1, 44; Paus. 4, 9, 3 μαντικῇ; Thu. 7, 50, 4 and Plut., Nic. 4, 1 θειασμῷ; Jos., Ant. 12, 363)Hm 10, 1, 4.* προσκεφάλαιον, ου, τό pillow (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; Diod. S. 13, 84, 6; Diog. L. 4, 37; pap.; 1 Esdr 3:8; Ezk 13:18, 20) MPol 5:2; 12:3. Perh. the word has this mng. in Mk 4:38 as well. But here the mng. sailor’s cushion is just as likely (Cratinus Com. [V BC] 269; Dit., Syll.3 736, 23 [92 BC]). M-M.* προσκληρόω 1 aor. pass. προσεκληρώθην (Plut., Mor. 738D; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 3) allot, assign pass. be attached to, join w. dat. someone (cf. Dit., Or. 257, 5 [109 BC] τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν προσκληθέντας [s. Dittenberger’s note]; UPZ 144, 18 [II BC]; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 6, Exsecr. 162, Leg. ad Gai. 3; 68 τῶν μὲν τούτῳ τῶν δὲ ἐκείνῳ προσκληρουμένων; Jos., Bell. 2, 567)Ac 17:4. M-M.* πρόσκλησις s. πρόσκλισις. M-M. προσκλίνω 1 aor. pass. προσεκλίθην (Hom.+; inscr.; Jos., Ant. 5, 193)cause to lean against pass. intr. incline toward w. dat. of the pers. attach oneself to, join someone (Sext. Emp., Math. 7, 324; schol. on Aristoph., Plut.

1027 τοῖς δικαίοις προσεκλίθη; 2 Macc 14:24) Ac 5:36; 1 Cl 47:4; 63:1. M-M.* πρόσκλισις, εως, ἡ (Polyb. 5, 51, 8; 6, 10, 10; Diod. S. 3, 27, 2; Diog. L., Prooem. 20 al.) inclination, in our lit.

857

only in an unfavorable sense κατὰ πρόσκλισιν in a spirit of partiality 1 Ti 5:21 (v.l., as Ep. Arist. 5, πρόσκλησιν summons, invitation); cf. 1 Cl 21:7. δίχα προσκλίσεως ἀνθρωπίνης free from human partisanship 50:2. προσκλίσεις ποιεῖσθαι engage in partisan strife 1 Cl 47:3; cf. 4. M-M.* προσκολλάω 1 fut. pass. προσκολληθήσομαι; in our lit. only pass.; fig. adhere closely to, be faithfully devoted to, join τινί someone (Pla., Phaedo 82E, Leg. 5 p. 728B; Sir 6:34; 13:16) Ac 5:36 t.r.—Of the attachment felt by a husband for his wife (after Gen 2:24) τῇ γυναικί (LXX v.l.) Mt 19:5 v.l.; πρὸς τὴν γυν. (LXX, text; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 49) Mk 10:7 t.r.; Eph 5:31 (of a wife in relation to her husband POxy. 1901, 26; 41; 43; 63). M-M.* πρόσκομμα, ατος, τό (Plut., Mor. 1048C; Athen. 3 p. 97F; LXX) stumbling, offense.

1. the stumbling itself—α. λίθος προσκόμματος a stone that causes men to stumble (Sir 31:7 ξύλον προσκόμματος; Is 8:14 λίθου πρόσκομμα) symbolically, of Christ Ro 9:32f; 1 Pt 2:8.—b. fig. διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίειν Ro 14:20 (διά A III 1c).

2. the opportunity to take offense or to make a misstep a. lit. obstacle, hindrance of a rough road ἔχει ἀνοδίας καὶ προσκόμματα πολλά Hm 6, 1, 3. b. fig. τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ give the brother an occasion to take offense, put an obstacle in the brother’s way Ro 14:13 (w. σκάνδαλον). βλέπετε μή πως ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν πρόσκομμα γένηται τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν take care that your freedom does not somehow become a hindrance to the weak, or cause the weak to stumble 1 Cor 8:9. σεμνότης, ἐν ᾗ οὐδὲν πρόσκομμά ἐστιν πονηρόν reverence, in which there is no evil cause for offense Hm 2:4.—JLindblom, Z. Begriff ‘Anstoss’ im NT: Strena Philologica Upsaliensis ’22, 1-6. Cf. σκανδαλίζω, end.* προσκοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Polyb.)=πρόσκομμα 2b (q.v.) an occasion for taking offense or for making a misstep, fig. διδόναι προσκοπήν 2 Cor 6:3.* προσκόπτω 1 aor. προσέκοψα (Aristoph., X.+; Dit., Syll.3 985, 41; pap., LXX; En. 15, 11).

1. lit.—a. trans. strike τὶ someth. (against) (Aristoph., Vesp. 275 πρ. τὸν δάκτυλον ἐν τῷ σκότῳ) πρός τι against someth. πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου (Ps 90:12) Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (in symbolic usage). b. intr. beat against, stumble (of the blind Tobit, Tob 11:10; Pr 3:23; Jer 13:16) ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει J 11:9; cf. vs. 10. Of winds προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ they beat against the house Mt 7:27 (preferred to προσέπεσαν for vs. 25 by JPWilson, ET 57, ’45, 138).

2. fig.—a. take offense at, feel repugnance for, reject (Polyb. 1, 31, 7; 5, 7, 5; 6, 6, 3; 6; Diod. S. 4, 61, 7 p.

306 Vogel διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς λύπης προσκόψαντα τῷ ζῆν; 17, 30, 4; Epict. 1, 28, 10; 3, 22, 89; M. Ant. 6, 20; 10, 30) in a quite non-literal use προσέκοψαν τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος (προσκομμα 1. προσκόπτω of ‘striking one’s foot against a stone’ Vi. Aesopi I c. 66) Ro 9:32; cf. 1 Pt 2:8 (cf. also Diod. S. 15, 6, 3 προσκόπτειν τοῖς ῥηθεῖσι=take offense at the words). ἔν τινι Ro 14:21 (on πρ. ἐν cf. Sir 32:20). b. give offense (Polyb. 5, 49, 5; 7, 5, 6; Epict. 4, 11, 33; Sir 31:17) w. dat. of the pers. (Posidippus Com., fgm.

36 K. προσέκοψε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ; Diod. S. 6, 7, 6 ∆ιί; 17, 77, 7 al.; Aesop, Fab. 417b H. πρ. ἀνθρώποις) μᾶλλον ἀνθρώποις προσκόψωμεν ἢ τῷ θεῷ 1 Cl 21:5.—Lit. s.v. πρόσκομμα, end. M-M.* προσκυλίω 1 aor. προσεκύλισα (Aristoph., Vesp. 202 al.; Polyaenus 2, 31, 3) roll (up to) τὶ someth. λίθον τῇ θύρᾳ a stone to the opening Mt 27:60; also ἐπὶ τὴν θ. Mk 15:46; Lk 23:53 v.l.* προσκυνέω impf. προσεκύνουν; fut. προσκυνήσω; 1 aor. προσεκύνησα (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 10, 21; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) used to designate the custom of prostrating oneself before a person and kissing his feet, the hem of his garment, the ground, etc.; the Persians did this in the presence of their deified king, and the Greeks before a divinity or someth. holy; (fall down and) worship, do obeisance to, prostrate oneself before, do reverence to, welcome respectfully, in Attic Gk., and later (e.g. Appian, Mithrid. 104 §489), used w. the acc. (so Mt 4:10 and Lk 4:8 [Dt 6:13 v.l.]; J 4:22a, b, 23b, 24a v.l.; Rv 9:20.—Gen 37:9; Ex 11:8; Judg 7:15 A; Ep. Arist. 137; 138; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 13; 7, 250); beside it the Koine uses the dat. (Phryn. p. 463 L.; JWittmann, Sprachl.

Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopl., Diss. Munich ’13, 16; KWolf, Studien z. Sprache des Malalas II, Diss. Munich ’12, 34; Bl-D. §151, 2; Rob. 455; 476f); the LXX and our lit. prefer the dat. (s. also Ep. Arist. 135; Jos., Ant. 6, 55.—6, 154 πρ. τῷ θεῷ immediately after τὸν θεὸν πρ.). This reverence or worship is paid 1. to human beings who, however, are to be recognized by this act as belonging to a superhuman realm (Appian, Mithrid. 104 §489: Pompey; Galen, Protr. 5 p. 12, 2ff John: Socrates, Homer, Hippocrates, Plato): to a king (so Hdt.+; cf. 2 Km 18:28; 24:20; 3 Km 1:16, 53. On proskynesis in the Hellenistic ruler cults s. LRTaylor, JHS 47, ’27, 53ff, The Divinity of the Rom. Emperor ’31, esp. 256-66; against her WWTarn, Alexander the Great II, ’50, 347-73) ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει αὐτῷ Mt 18:26 (of a female slave toward her κύριος PGiess. 17, 11f=Wilcken, Chrest. 481; cf.

Jos., Ant. 2, 11); to Peter fr. Cornelius Ac 10:25 (cf. Apollonius [c. 197 AD] in Euseb., H.E. 5, 18, 6).—The church at Philadelphia προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου Rv 3:9 (on πρ. ἐνώπιόν τινος cf. Ps 21:28; 85:9; Is 66:23).

2. to God (Aeschyl.+; X., An. 3, 2, 9; 13; Pla., Rep. 3 p. 398A; Polyb. 18, 37, 10; Plut., Pomp. 14, 4; Lucian, Pisc, 21 τῇ θεῷ; PGM 4, 649. Of various divinities in the inscr. [cf. Dit., Or. II 700a index VIII; Sb 7911ff]; PFlor.

332, 11 θεούς; LXX; Philo, Gig. 54 τὸν θεόν al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 154; 20, 164 al.).

858

a. of the God worshipped by monotheists (Christians, Jews, Samaritans) κύριον τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις (Dt 6:13 v.l.) Mt 4:10; Lk 4:8. πρ. τῷ πατρί J 4:21, 23a; cf. b. τῷ θεῷ (Jos., Ant. 6, 55; 9, 267) Rv 19:4 (w. πίπτειν), 10b, 22:9. Cf. Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43 LXX). τῷ ζῶντι Rv 4:10. τῷ ποιήσαντι τὸν οὐρανόν 14:7. πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον προσκυνήσει τῷ θεῷ he will fall down and worship God (s. 2 Km 9:6) 1 Cor 14:25; cf. Rv 7:11; 11:16. ἐνώπιόν σου (s. 1, end) 15:4. Abs. (Dit., Syll.3 1173, 2; PTebt. 416, 7; LXX) J 4:20a, b, 24a, b; Ac 8:27. Used w. ἀναβαίνειν (UPZ 62, 33 [161 BC] ἐὰν ἀναβῶ κἀγὼ προσκυνῆσαι; Jos., Ant. 20, 164)J 12:20; Ac 24:11; cf. Rv 11:1. W. πίπτειν (s. Jos., Ant. 8, 119)Rv 5:14. προσεκύνησεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς ῥάβδου αὐτοῦ he bowed in worship (or prayed) over the head of his staff Hb 11:21 (Gen 47:31). b. of the idol-worship of polytheism (LXX) προσκυνεῖν τοῖς νεκροῖς θεοῖς 2 Cl 3:1 or λίθους καὶ ξύλα κτλ.

1:6 (cf. Ep. Arist. 135. . . οἷς πρ.). Cf. Ac 7:43; Dg 2:5. τὰ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν προσκυνούμενα the things that are worshipped by you 2:4. Abs., w. θύειν MPol 12:2.

3. to the devil and Satanic beings Mt 4:9; Lk 4:7 (on πρ. ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ s. 1 above). τὰ δαιμόνια Rv 9:20. τῷ δράκοντι 13:4a. τῷ θηρίῳ 13:4b. τὸ θηρίον vss. 8, 12; 20:4. τῇ εἰκόνι (Da 3:5 al.) τοῦ θηρίου 13:15; cf. 16:2; 19:20. τὸ θηρίον καὶ τ. εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ 14:9, 11. Cf. θηρίον 1b; also PTouilleux, L’Apocalypse et les cultes de Domitien et de Cybèle ’35.—4. to angels Rv 22:8; cf. 19:10a.

5. to Jesus, who is revered and worshipped as Messianic King and Divine Helper: Mt 2:2, 8, 11.—8:2; 9:18; 14:33; 15:25; J 9:38.—Mt 20:20. The demons ask a favor of him Mk 5:6.—Mock worship on the part of soldiers 15:19 (στέφανος 1).—The Risen Lord is esp. the object of worship: Mt 28:9, 17; Lk 24:52 P75 et al. Likewise the exalted Christ MPol 17:3.—Lit. s.v. προσεύχομαι, end; Bolkestein [δεισιδαιμονία, end] 23ff; JHorst, Proskynein: Z. Anbetung im Urchristentum nach ihrer religionsgesch. Eigenart ’32; BertheMMarti, Proskynesis and adorare: Language 12, ’36, 272-82; BReicke, Some Reflections on Worship in the NT: TWManson mem. vol. ’59, 194-209. M-M. B. 1469.* προσκυνητής, οῦ, ὁ (pre-Christian Syrian inscr. in Dit., Or. 262, 21 [Dssm., LO 79f-LAE 99]; Byz. pap.) worshiper ἀληθινοὶ πρ. J 4:23. M-M.* προσλαλέω 1 aor. προσελάλησα speak to or with, address τινί (Antiphanes Com. 218, 3 Kock; Heniochus Com. 4, 3; cf. Ex 4:16; Wsd 13:17; Jos., Bell. 1, 444)Ac 13:43; IEph 3:1; IMg 1:1; IPol 5:1. Abs. (Theophr., Char. 7, 5; pap.) Ac 28:20. M-M.* προσλαμβάνω 2 aor. προσέλαβον; pf. προσείληφα; 2 aor. mid. προσελαβόμην (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 2; Joseph.).

1. act.—α. take, partake of food (X., Mem. 3, 14, 4 ἄρτον) w. the partitive gen. Ac 27:34 t.r. b. take advantage of (Demosth. 2, 7 τὴν ἄνοιαν) τὴν νεωτερικὴν τάξιν the youthful appearance (of the bishop) IMg 3:1.

2. mid.—a. take aside τινά someone Mt 16:22; Mk 8:32. So prob. also Ac 18:26: Priscilla and Aquila take Apollos aside to teach him undisturbed. b. receive or accept in one’s society, in (to) one’s home or circle of acquaintances τινά someone (2 Macc 10:15) of one Christian receiving another Ro 14:1; 15:7a. Of God or Christ accepting the believer (cf. Charito 8, 2, 13 θεῶν προσλαμβανομένων) 14:3; 15:7b; 1 Cl 49:6 (cf. Ps 26:10; 64:5; 72:24).—Ac 28:2; Phlm 12 t.r.; 17 (PTebt.

61a, 2 [II BC] πρ. εὒς τὴν κατοικίαν; BGU 1141, 37 [14 BC] προσελαβόμην αὐτὸν εὒς οἶκον παρʼ ἐμέ). c. take along w. oneself as companion or helper (PFay. 12, 10 [103 BC] πρ. συνεργὸν Ἀμμώνιον; PAmh. 100, 4; POxy. 71 II, 9 προσελαβόμην ἐμαυτῇ εἰς βοήθειαν Σεκοῦνδον; 2 Macc 8:1; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 241) ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηρούς Ac 17:5. d. take of food μηθέν Ac 27:33. W. partitive gen. τροφῆς vs. 36 (s. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 21). M-M.* προσλέγω (Hom.+, but almost always in the mid. The act. is found now and then in the pap. [Mayser 494]) answer, reply w. dat. of the pers., and foll. by direct discourse introduced by ὅτι, ending of Mark in the Freer Ms. 6.* πρόσλημψις or πρόσληψις (t.r.; Bl-D. §101 s.v. λαμβάνειν; likew. Mlt.-H. 247), εως, ἡ (Pla.+; PTebt. 64b, 6; 72, 246 [II BC]; Jos., Ant. 18, 353)acceptance (by God) Ro 11:15.* προσμένω 1 aor. προσέμεινα (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr.; UPZ 60, 16 [168 BC]; LXX; Jos., Vi. 62; 63; Sib. Or. 5, 131).

1. remain or stay with τινί someone or someth.—a. w. dat. of the pers.—α. lit. Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2.—β. fig. τῷ κυρίῳ remain true to the Lord Ac 11:23 (Jos., Ant. 14, 20τῷ Ἀριστοβούλῳ). b. w. dat. of the thing continue in ταῖς δεήσεσιν 1 Ti 5:5. τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 13:43. τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας πρ. ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ 11:23 v.l.

2. remain longer, further (Herodas 8, 3) ἡμέρας ἱκανάς Ac 18:18. ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 Ti 1:3. M-M.* προσομιλέω 1 aor. inf. προσομιλῆσαι (Eur., Thu.+) speak to, converse with τινί someone (Theognis 1, 31 κακοῖσι μὴ προσομίλει ἀνδράσιν; Pla., Gorg. 502E; Vett. Val. 353, 1; Philo, Agr. 60) of communication by letter IEph 9:2.* 859

προσονομάζω (since Hdt. 2, 52; Plut., Alex. 54, 6, Thes. 36, 6; Cass. Dio 57, 5; 59, 4; Diog. L. 2, 85; 3, 50; 7, 135; 147; Dit., Or. 56, 22; 24 [III BC] ἣ προσονομασθήσεται πέμπτη φυλή; 90, 39; 2 Macc 6:2; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Abr. 57) name pass. be named, be called 1 Cl 25:2.* προσορμίζω 1 aor. pass. προσωρμίσθην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.); the act., which is rare, means ‘bring a ship into harbor’, the middle (Philo, Agr. 64, cf. Somn. 2, 143) or passive (Arrian, Anab. 6, 4, 6; 20, 7; Aelian, V.H. 8, 5; Cass.

Dio 41, 48; 64, 1) aorist come into (the) harbor, come to anchor Mk 6:53. M-M.* προσοφείλω (Thu.+; inscr., pap.) owe besides, though it is oft. scarcely poss. to find any special force in the prep. and to differentiate the compound fr. the simple verb τινί τι someth. to someone (PHib. 63, 14 ὃ προσοφείλεις μοι) σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις you owe me your very self (besides) Phlm 19. M-M.* προσοχθίζω 1 aor. προσώχθισα be angry, offended, provoked (LXX; Test. Jud. 18:5; Sib. Or. 3, 272) w. dat. of the pers. at someone (Cass. Dio 7, 21, 3; Test. Dan 5:4) Hb 3:17. W. dat. of the thing (Sib. Or. 3, 272) τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ vs. 10 (Ps 94:10). Abs. Hs 9, 7, 6. M-M.* πρόσοψις, εως, ἡ appearance (so pass. Pind.+; Polyb. 9, 41, 2; Diod. S. 1, 91, 6; 13, 27, 6; Lucian, Tim. 41; Epigr. Gr. 376, 8; LXX; Ep. Arist. 59) Hs 9, 1, 10.* προσπαίω 1 aor. προσέπαισα (Soph., fgm. 310 v.l.; schol. on Aeschyl., Prom. 885) strike or beat against τινί someth. substituted by Lachmann for προσέπεσαν in Mt 7:25; favored by SANaber, Mnemosyne 9, 1881, 276 and EbNestle, ZNW 9, ’08, 252f. Bl-D. §202 app. M-M.* πρόσπεινος, ον (Demosthenes Ophthalmicus [I AD] in Aëtius p. 74, 26 εἰ πρόσπεινοι γένωνται) hungry πρόσπεινον γενέσθαι become hungry Ac 10:10. M-M.* προσπήγνυμι 1 aor. προσέπηξα (Eur., fgm. 679 Nauck2; Philo Mech. 74, 10; Cass. Dio 40, 9; 63, 2) fix or fasten to, abs. nail to (a cross) Ac 2:23.* προσπίπτω impf. προσέπιπτον; aor. προσέπεσον or προσέπεσα—Bl-D. §81, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 208 (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 180; Philo, Joseph.).

1. fall down before or at the feet of (Soph.+) w. dat. of the pers. someone (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 349A; Polyb. 10, 18, 7; Plut., Marc. 23, 2, Pyrrh. 3, 4; PPetr. II 1, 4 [III BC]; Ps 94:6; Jos., Bell. 3, 201;454) Mk 3:11; 5:33; Lk 8:28, 47; Ac 16:29; GEb 3.—Before God τῷ δεσπότῃ 1 Cl 48:1; abs. 9:1.—πρ. τοῖς γόνασίν τινος fall at someone’s feet (Eur., Or. 1332 al.; Plut., Pomp. 5, 2, Mor. 1117B; Charito 3, 2, 1; Achilles Tat. 5, 17, 3; Jos., Ant. 19, 234)Lk 5:8, unless the ref. here is to the clasping of a person’s knees by a suppliant, as perh. in the Eur. pass. above (cf. L-S-J lex. s.v. γόνυ I 1, but also s.v. προσπίπτω 3). πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τινός (Esth 8:3; cf. Ex 4:25 and Zen.-P. 59 210, 1 [254 BC] πρὸς τὰ γόνατα) Mk 7:25.

2. fall upon, strike against (cf. Thu. 3, 103, 2 et al.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 113 §472; Arrian, Anab. 3, 13, 6; Sir 25:21; Pr 25:20; Jos., Bell. 4, 343)τινί someth. of the winds (Ael. Aristid. 36, 8 K.=48 p. 440 D.) that beat upon a house w. great force Mt 7:25 (s. προσπαίω and προσκόπτω 1b).—Come (suddenly) upon ὀξυχολία προσπίπτει τινί bad temper comes over someone Hm 6, 2, 5 (Menand., Epitr. 497 J. χολὴ μέλαινα πρ.). M-M.* προσποιέω 1 aor. mid. προσεποιησάμην (Eur., Hdt.+; pap., LXX) in our lit. only mid.

1. make or act as though, pretend (Thu., Pla. et al.; Diod. S. 1, 94, 1; 15, 46, 2; Plut., Timol. 5, 2; Aelian, V.H. 8, 5; Zen.-P. 59 534, 44; 61 [III BC]; Philo, In Flacc. 40; 98; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 5, Vi. 319; Test. Jud. 7:2) w. inf. foll. (so mostly in the passages cited, also Jos., Ant. 13, 102; Test. Jos. 3, 7) προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι he made as though he were going farther Lk 24:28. προσποιεῖ ἀγνοεῖν με you are pretending that you do not know me MPol 10:1.

2. take notice (of) abs. (Zeno the Eleatic in Diog. L. 9, 29 ἐὰν μὴ προσποιῶμαι=if I do not notice [it].—The thing that one notices is added in the acc.: Diog. L. 1, 20 τὶ; Job 19:14 με) μὴ προσποιούμενος taking no notice J 8:6 v.l.

M-M.* προσπορεύομαι dep. (Aristot., Polyb.; Dit., Syll.3 344, 112; PEleph. 18, 5 [223/2 BC]; PMagd. 27, 6; PAmh. 33, 17; UPZ 79, 3 [159 BC] προσπορεύεταί μοι; LXX) come up to, approach τινί Mk 10:35. M-M.* προσρήσσω (on the relationship betw. ῥήσσω and ῥήγνυμι s. EFraenkel, Gesch. der griech. Nomina agentis II ’12, 40f; Bl-D. §101 under ῥηγνύναι; Mlt.-H. 403) 1 aor. προσέρηξα (on the form w. -ρρ- s. W-S. §5, 26b; Mlt.-H. 193).

1. trans. break to pieces, shatter (Jos., Ant. 6, 182; 9, 91) pass. (schol. on Soph., Trach. 821 Papag.) w. dat. of the thing be broken or wrecked on or against someth. (M. Ant. 4, 49, 1 ἄκρᾳ, ᾗ τὰ κύματα προσρήσσεται; Etym.

Mag. p. 703, 20 προσρησσομένου τῇ γῇ ὕδατος) ἵνα μὴ προσρησσώμεθα τῷ ἐκείνων νόμῳ that we might not 860

be wrecked on their law B 3:6.

2. intr., w. dat. of the thing burst upon someth. προσέρηξεν ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ οἱκίᾳ Lk 6:48; cf. vs. 49; Mt 7:27 v.l.

M-M.* πρόσταγμα, ατος, τό (Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 220; loanw. in rabb.) order, command (ment), injunction, in our lit. only of divine precepts (πρόσταγμα of a divine command: Dio Chrys. 16[33], 9; Ael. Aristid. 48, 51 K.=24 p. 478 D.; Ptolem., Apotel. 1, 3, 6 θεῖον πρ.; Dit., Syll.3 1127, 8; 1129; 1131; 1138; IG XI 1263; Zen.-P. 7 [=Sb 6713], 19 [257 BC] τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προστάγματα; Sb 685 [II BC] τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσταγμα ἔχων; UPZ 20, 27; PGM 5, 138; 13, 268; LXX; En. 18, 15; Ep. Arist. 279; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 231τὰ τοῦ νόμου πρ., Ant. 2, 291 θεοῦ πρ.) Dg 12:5. Elsewh. always pl. 1 Cl 20:5. τὰ ἄμωμα πρ. αὐτοῦ 37:1; τὰ λαϊκὰ πρ. rules for laymen 40:5. W. δικαιώματα 2:8; 58:2. τὰ πρ. τοῦ θεοῦ ποιεῖν keep the commandments of God 50:5. πορεύεσθαι ἐν τοῖς πρ. αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 1, 5. ἐν τοῖς νομίμοις τῶν προσταγμάτων αὐτοῦ πορεύεσθαι walk according to the laws of his commandments 1 Cl 3:4. ὑπακούειν τοῖς πρ. obey the instructions 2 Cl 19:3.* προστάσσω 1 aor. προσέταξα. Pass.: pf. προστέταγμαι, ptc. προστεταγμένος; 1 aor. προσετάχθην; 2 aor. προσετάγην (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 258) command, order w. dat. of the pers. Mt 1:24; 21:6 v.l. W. acc. of the thing order, prescribe someth. Mt 8:4; Mk 1:44; PK 4 p. 16, 5. πρ. τὰ περί τινος give orders concerning someone Hs 7:1. τινί τι pass. Ac 10:33 (cf. Dit., Or. 664, 15 τὰ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προσταχθέντα). τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τόπος προστέτακται an office is assigned to the priests 1 Cl 40:5. Foll. by the acc. and inf. (Eur., X.; PTebt. 7, 1; 1 Esdr 8:10; 3 Macc 7:8; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 130; Jos., Ant. 10, 213)Ac 10:48; 1 Cl 20:11. Pass., w. inf. foll. (Jos., Bell. 1, 488)Hm 4, 1, 10. ποιεῖν τὰ προστασσόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους 1 Cl 54:2. Abs. καθὼς προσέταξεν (cf. Gen 47:11; Jos., Ant. 8, 267)Lk 5:14; Hs 7:5; cf. IPol 8:1. (οἱ) προστεταγμένοι καιροί (the) fixed times Ac 17:26; 1 Cl 40:4 (καιρός 3, end.—Jos., Ant. 3, 30τὸ προστεταγμένον μέτρον). M-M.* προστάτης, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 111; Jos., Bell. 1, 385)defender, guardian, of gods (Soph., Oed. Rex 881, Trach. 208; Cornutus 27 p. 51, 15 πρ. κ. σωτήρ; Heraclit. Sto. 11 p. 18, 9; 38 p. 55, 11; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 33, 2 K.=51 p. 572 D.: Ἀσκληπιὸς πρ. ἡμέτερος; schol. on Pind., Isthm.

1, 11c πρ. ὁ θεός; Jos., Ant. 7, 380)of Christ, in each case w. ἀρχιερεύς, 1 Cl 64. πρ. καὶ βοηθός 36:1. προστάτης τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 61:3.* προστάτις, ιδος, ἡ (Cornutus 20 p. 37, 20; Lucian, Bis Accus. 29 θεὰ προστάτις ἑαυτῶν; Cass. Dio 42, 39 al.; PGM 36, 338) protectress, patroness, helper προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ she has been of great assistance to many, including myself Ro 16:2 (Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc. The masc. προστάτης took on a technical sense and is found w. this mng. in Jewish [Schürer III4, 89] as well as in pagan [Dit., Or. 209, Syll.3 1109, 13; CIG I, 126; GHeinrici, ZWTh 19, 1876, 516ff.—EZiebarth, Das griech. Vereinswesen 1896, index s.v.; WOtto, Priester u. Tempel im hellenist. Ägypten II ’08 p. 75, 1] religious circles). M-M.* προστίθημι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. 3 sing. προσετίθει Ac 2:47; fut. προσθήσω; 1 aor. προσέθηκα; 2 aor. subj. προσθῶ, imper. πρόσθες, inf. προσθεῖναι, ptc. προσθείς; 2 aor. mid. προσεθέμην. Pass.: impf. 3 pl. προσετίθεντο; 1 aor. προσετέθην; 1 fut. προστεθήσομαι.

1. add, put to—a. of things that are added to someth. already present: abs. (opp. ἀφαιρεῖν; cf. Isocr. 12, 264; Pla., Leg. 5 p. 742D al.; Epict. 1, 6, 10; Dt 4:2; 13:1) add (someth.) B 19:11; D 4:13. Pass. Mk 4:24. τὶ someth. Hs 5, 3, 3; D 11:2. Of the addition of a word, sentence, etc. (Demosth. et al.; Mitteis, Chrest. 372 v., 11 [the statement follows in direct discourse]; PStrassb. 41, 21) 1 Cl 8:2; of an addition to a written document (Ep. Arist. 26; Jos., Ant. 1, 17)ῥήματα Hv 2, 4, 2. Pass. (ὁ νόμος) προσετέθη (the law) was added to the promise Gal 3:19.—π. λόγον τινί speak a further message to someone (Dionys. Hal. 6, 88, 3; 8, 9, 1) Hb 12:19 (παραιτέομαι 2c).—τί τινι someth. to someth. ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν τὰς ἀσελγείας Hv 2, 2, 2.—It is oft. used w. the dat. alone, fr. which the acc. is easily supplied. In these cases it may be translated add to, increase πρ. ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν Hv 5:7; cf. m 4, 3, 7; 12, 6, 2; s 6, 1, 4; 6, 2, 3; 8, 11, 3. προσθεῖναι τῷ δρόμῳ σου to press on in your course IPol 1:2.—τὶ ἐπί τι someth. to someth. (4 Km 20:6) Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25. τὶ ἐπί τινι (Sir 3:27) προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν he added this to all (his) other (misdeeds) 3:20 (Bl-D. §461, 2; Rob. 605). b. of persons who are added to a group already existing, or who are attached to an individual, to whom they henceforth belong: add, associate (Diod. S. 5, 45, 3) πρ. τινὰ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Ac 2:47 t.r. The same dat. is to be supplied in the text which is preferred by the critical editions in this pass.; likew. vs. 41 and 5:14 (if τῷ κυρίῳ is to be taken w. πιστεύοντες here, another dat. is to be supplied w. προσετίθεντο).—προστίθεσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ be brought to the Lord 11:24. Also 5:14 (s. above), in case τῷ κυρ. here belongs w. προσετίθ. (προστίθεσθαι hardly means ‘attach oneself to’ as in Demosth. 18, 39 al.; 1 Macc 2:43; Jos., Vi. 87, 123]).—Of one deceased πρ. πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ be gathered to his forefathers (Judg 2:10; 4 Km 22:20; 1 Macc 2:69) Ac 13:36. c. In accordance w. Hebr. usage (but s. Helbing p. IV, contradicted by AWifstrand, Svensk Teol. Kvartalskrift 16, ’40, 257) the adverbs again, further and sim. expressions are paraphrased w. πρ. (Bl-D. §392, 2; 419, 4; 435a w. app.; Mlt.-H. 445f). προσθεὶς εἶπεν παραβολήν again he told a parable, or he proceeded to tell a parable Lk 19:11 (Gen 38:5 προσθεῖσα ἔτεκεν υἱόν). οὐ μὴ προσθῶ πεῖν I shall never again drink Mk 14:25 v.l. προσθήσω τοῦ ἐπερωτῆσαι Hm 4, 3, 1. It is usu. found in the mid. w. the inf. foll. (Gen 8:12; Ex 9:34 Φαραὼ προσέθετο τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν; 1 Km 18:29) Lk 20:11f. προσέθετο συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον he proceeded to have Peter arrested Ac 861

12:3. Cf. 1 Cl 12:7; B 2:5 (Is 1:13).

2. provide, give, grant, do (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 18 τὰς τιμὰς ἑκάστῳ; PRyl. 153, 27) τινί τι someth. to someone πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν grant us faith Lk 17:5. W. dat. of the thing προσέθηκε τῷ ἀμπελῶνι ἔργον καλόν he did good work in the vineyard Hs 5, 2, 7.—Pass. ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν Mt 6:33; Lk 12:31. Cf. Agr 10a, b (JoachJeremias, The Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 87-9). M-M.* πρόστιμον, ου, τό penalty (Hippocr.; Polyb. 1, 17, 11; Diod. S. 1, 65, 3; Lucian, Anach. 21; Plut., Solon 23, 2; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 7:36; Jos., Ant. 4, 248)θάνατον τὸ πρόστιμον ἔχειν incur the death penalty 1 Cl 41:3.* προστρέχω 2 aor. προσέδραμον (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; POxy. 247, 12 [non-literal]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 249, Vi. 140) run up (to); except for the v.l. J 20:16, it is used in our lit. only in the ptc., combined w. another verb (Menand., Per. 35 J; Num 11:27; Tob 11:9 BA; Jos., Bell. 1, 662;Test. Napht. 5:2) προστρέχοντες ἠσπάζοντο αὐτόν Mk 9:15. Cf. 10:17; Ac 8:30; Hs 9, 6, 2. M-M.* προσφάγιον, ου, τό a relish eaten w. bread (Proverbia Aesopi 98 P. πρ. beside ἄρτος; POxy. 498, 33; 39 ἄρτον ἕνα καὶ προσφάγιον; 736, 46; 89; 739, 7; 10; 12; 14; BGU 916, 22; PGrenf. II 77, 21; Dit., Or. 484, 26. Acc. to Moeris and Hesychius it=ὄψον. But the latter word, as well as its dim. ὀψάριον [q.v.], is oft. simply=‘fish’), fish μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; you have no fish, have you? J 21:5. M-M.* πρόσφατος, ον (Hom.+) new, recent (Aeschyl.+; Inscr., Gr. 1501, 24 [103/2 BC]; POxy. 1088, 25; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 264.Cf. Phryn. p. 374 L.) Hs 9, 2, 2 (opp. παλαιός). Also in the sense ‘not previously existing’ (cf. Eccl 1:9 οὐκ ἔστιν πᾶν πρόσφατον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον; Ps 80:10) ὁδός Hb 10:20. M-M.* προσφάτως adv., of time recently (Macho [III BC] in Athen. 13 p. 581E; Polyb. 3, 37, 11; Alciphr. 4, 14, 2; Dit., Or. 315, 23 [164/3 BC] ἐληλυθότι προσφάτως; UPZ 144, 10 [164BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 5; Jos., Ant. 10, 264)in our lit. used w. ἐληλυθὼς ἀπό Ac 18:2; MPol 4. M-M.* προσφέρω impf. προσέφερον; aor. προσήνεγκον and προσήνεγκα (cf. Bl-D. §81, 2 w. app.; Rob. 338; 363); pf. προσενήνοχα Hb 11:17; 1 aor. pass. προσηνέχθην (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. act. and pass. bring (to)—α. w. acc. of the pers. τινά τινι bring someone to someone, sick people to Jesus or his disciples Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:2, 32; 12:22 v.l. (for the pass.); 14:35; 17:16. The acc. is lacking but easily supplied Mk 2:4. Children to Jesus Mk 10:13a; cf. b v.l.; Lk 18:15. Pass. Mt 19:13. Bring someone before a judge, king, etc. Lk 23:14; cf. 12:11 t.r. Pass. Mt 18:24 v.l. b. w. acc. of the thing bring (to), offer τί τινι someth. (to) someone προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον Mt 22:19.

Cf. Ac 8:18; 1 Cl 43:2. Without a dat., which is supplied by the context Mt 25:20; Hs 8, 1, 12.—Esp. bring someone someth. to drink (Menand., Georg. 61 J. φαγεῖν πρ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 72οἶνον προσφέρεσθαι=‘take wine’, Vi. 225) ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ Lk 23:36. Cf. σπόγγον μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους. . . προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ στόματι they held a sponge full of vinegar to his mouth J 19:29.

2. bring, offer, present of offerings, gifts etc. (Simplicius In Epict. p. 93, 41 Düb. τὰς ἀπαρχάς [τῷ θεῷ]; oft.

LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 231). a. lit. τὶ someth. with or without the dat. of the pers. δῶρον, δῶρα (Jos., Ant. 6, 67), of the gifts brought by the Magi Mt 2:11 (cf. Ps 71:10); of sacrificial gifts 5:23f; 8:4; Hb 8:3f; 9:9 (pass.). θυσίαν, θυσίας (Ep. Arist. 170b; Jos., Ant. 8, 118)Hb 11:4; D 14:3 (cf. Mal 1:11+vs. 13 v.l.).—Hb 10:11; cf. vss. 1, 2 (pass.); PK 2 p. 14, 21. σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι Ac 7:42 (Am 5:25). προσενέγκαι μοι ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας B 2:7 (Jer 7:22f). Cf. 7:6 (cf. Lev 16:7, 9); 8:1—τινά someone of the offering up of Isaac προσενήνοχεν (the pf. to denote what ‘stands written’; cf. Mlt. 129; 142; 238) Ἀβραὰμ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ προσέφερεν (impf., in a conative sense, because the sacrifice was not actually made) Hb 11:17. Cf. Ἰσαὰκ προσενεχθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον B 7:3b (on ἐπὶ τὸ θυς. cf. 1 Esdr 8:15). Of Jesus ἑαυτὸν πρ. Hb 7:27 v.l.; cf. 9:14 (τῷ θεῷ); vs. 25. πρ. αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγήν B 8:2b. Pass. ὁ Χριστὸς προσενεχθείς Hb 9:28; here the purpose is indicated by εἰς τό w. the inf. foll. Elsewh. the purpose is expressed by means of other preps.: πρ. (τι) περί τινος (Lev 16:9; Job 1:5) Mk 1:44; cf. Lk 5:14. περὶ ἑαυτοῦ προσφέρειν περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 5:3. Also ὑπέρ τινος (1 Macc 7:33) Hb 5:1; 9:7; 10:12; B 7:5. Pass. Ac 21:26; B 7:4 (‘scripture’ quot. of unknown origin). W. double acc. offer someone or someth. as a θυσίαν sacrifice 1 Cl 10:7; B 7:3a (w. ὑπέρ τινος). πρ. τινί sacrifice to someone Dg 3:3. Abs. make an offering, sacrifice B 8:2a. ὀρθῶς 1 Cl 4:4 (Gen 4:7). αἷς δοκεῖτε τιμαῖς προσφέρειν by the honors which you think you offer (them) Dg 2:8.

Pass. 1 Cl 41:2b. The pres. ptc. used as a subst. τὸ προσφερόμενον the offering 41:2c—NHSnaith, The Sin-Offering and Guilt-Offering, Vetus T 15, ’65, 73-80. b. fig. (cf. BGU 1024 VII, 25 of a poor girl ζῶσα προσεφέρετο τοῖς βουλομένοις ὡς νεκρά=‘she offered herself’) the killing of Christians will be considered by the Jews as λατρείαν προσφερειν τῷ θεῷ J 16:2 (s. on ἀποκτείνω 1a). δεήσεις καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρ. πρὸς (τὸν θεόν) Hb 5:7 (Achilles Tat. 7:1 προσφέρειν δέησιν; Jos., Bell. 3, 353προσφέρει τῷ θεῷ εὐχήν).—ἁμαρτίαν 1 Cl 47:4 Funk; δῶρα 1 Cl 44:4.

3. pass. meet, deal with w. dat. of the pers. (so oft. Thu.+; Diod. S. 14, 90, 3; Aelian, V.H. 12, 27; Herodian 1, 13, 7; Philo, Ebr. 69, De Jos. 47; Jos., Bell. 7, 254;263; Dit., Or. 456, 64, Syll.3 807, 13 [54 AD]; PLond. 1912, 65 [41 AD]) ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ θεός Hb 12:7. M-M.* 862

προσφεύγω 2 aor. προσέφυγον; pf. προσπέφευγα (Plut., Pomp. 46, 7, Cic. 3, 5; Herodian 3, 9, 2; PMagd. 13, 13 [III BC]; BGU 180, 16; POxy. 488, 23; Sym.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 62; Jos., Ant. 1, 311, Vi. 154) flee for refuge τινί to someth. or someone (Cornutus 20 p. 38, 8) 1 Cl 20:11; IPhld 5:1.* προσφιλής, ές (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX act. and pass.) in our lit. only pass. pleasing, agreeable, lovely, amiable (so also Diod. S. 5, 39, 4; Dit., Or. 331, 9; PSI 361, 9[251/0 BC]; BGU 1043, 24; Sir 4:7; 20:13) abs. Phil 4:8. λόγῳ πρ. pleasing to the λόγος Dg 11:2 (Diod. S. 2, 49, 2; 6, 7, 6 τ. θεοῖς; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 28 τοῖς θεοῖς; 70[20], 21 τῇ θεῷ; Jos., Ant. 1, 258; 17, 149). M-M.* προσφορά, ᾶς, ἡ (Soph.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 170; Joseph.)—1. the act of bringing, presenting, offering (Pla., Aristot., Polyb.), in our lit. in fig. and literal uses sacrificing, offering (Sir 46:16 προσφορὰ ἀρνός) foll. by the obj. gen. διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of Jesus’ body in sacrifice Hb 10:10. Cf. vss. 14, 18 (s. Windisch, Hdb., exc. on Hb 10:18). προσφορὰς ποιεῖν have sacrifices made Ac 24:17; 1 Cl 40:4. W. λειτουργίαι vs. 2. ἀνθρωποποίητος πρ. an offering made by man B 2:6 (mng. 2 is also poss.).

2. that which is brought, gift (Theophr., Char. 30, 19) in our lit. in fig. and literal use offering (Sir 14:11; 34:18, 19 al.; Test. Levi 14:5) w. ὁλοκαύτωμα MPol 14:1. W. θυσία Eph 5:2; Hb 10:5 (Ps 39:7). W. θυσίαι, ὁλοκαυτώματα κτλ. (cf. Da 3:38; Jos., Ant. 11, 77)vs. 8 (Ps 39:7); B 2:4; ἀνθρωποποίητος προσφορά a sacrifice made by man vs. 6 (mng. 1 is also poss.; s. above). προσηνέχθη ἡ προσφορά Ac 21:26 (προσφέρω 2a). Jesus is called ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν προσφορῶν ἡμῶν the High Priest of our offerings in that he brings the prayers of the Christians into God’s presence 1 Cl 36:1. ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν the offering that consists of the Gentiles (who have become Christian) Ro 15:16. M-M.* προσφωνέω impf. προσεφώνουν; 1 aor. προσεφώνησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 306; Joseph.).

1. call out, address (Hom.+, as a rule w. acc. of the pers.) w. dat. of the pers. (Diod. S. 4, 48, 1; Diog. L. 7, 7; PPetr. II 38b, 3 [242 BC]; PTebt. 27, 109; Wilcken, Chrest. 27 verso, 15) Mt 11:16; Lk 7:32; 23:20. τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς Ac 22:2; without the dat. of the pers., ibid. D; 21:40. Likew. abs. Lk 23:20 t.r.

2. call to oneself τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 156)Lk 6:13 (D ἐφώνησεν); 13:12; Ac 11:2 D. M-M.* προσχαίρω (Plut., Ant. 29, 4; Pr 8:30) be glad Mk 9:15 v.l.* πρόσχυσις, εως, ἡ (Justin, Apol. II 12, 5; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 44. From προσχέω [Ex 24:6; 29:21 al.]) pouring, sprinkling, spreading ἡ πρόσχυσις τοῦ αἵματος the sprinkling of the blood (on the doorposts) Hb 11:28 (cf. Ex 12:22).* προσψαύω (Pind.+; Jos., Bell. 7, 348)touch τινί someth. (Herophil. [300 BC] in Galen II p. 570, 12 K.) ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις you do not touch the burdens with one of your fingers Lk 11:46.* προσωπολημπτέω (this word and the two words following, which are closely related, have so far been found only in Christian writers. They are based upon the πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν of the LXX, which in turn is modelled on the Hebr. [s. πρόσωπον 1b, end]. On the spelling with or without μ s. λαμβάνω, beg.) show partiality Js 2:9. M-M.* προσωπολήμπτης, ου, ὁ (s. προσωπολημπτέω.—Leontios 4 p. 10, 14 uses προσωπολήπτης [which is, in the final analysis, a biblical word] apart from a scriptural context, as an element of popular speech) one who shows partiality of God οὐκ ἔστιν πρ. he is not one to show partiality Ac 10:34.* προσωπολημψία, ας, ἡ (s. προσωπολημπτέω) partiality named as a sin, w. other sins Pol 6:1. Not found in God Ro 2:11; Eph 6:9; Col 3:25. Pl. τὴν πίστιν ἔχειν ἐν προσωπολημψίαις hold the faith while showing partiality Js 2:1 (Gdspd., Probs. 142f).* πρόσωπον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 549; 557; 679 [all three w. ref. to the face of God]).

1. face, countenance—a. lit. Mt 6:16f; 17:2; Mk 14:65; Lk 9:29 (s. εἶδος 1); Ac 6:15a, b (Charito 2, 2, 2 θαυμάζουσι τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς θεῖον; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 80 Πρόκλος ἐθαύμαζε τὸ Ἰσιδώρου πρόσωπον, ὡς ἔνθεον ἦν; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23); 2 Cor 3:7 bis, 13 (JMorgenstern, Moses with the Shining Face: Hebr. Union Coll.

Annual 2, ’25, 1-28); cf. vs. 18; 4:6; in the last two passages, however, there is a transition from the face of Moses to a symbolic use of πρ. (s. 1cγ below); Rv 4:7; 9:7a, b; 10:1; MPol 12:1; Hv 3, 10, 1. ἐμβριθεῖ τῷ πρ. MPol 9:2 (s. ἐμβριθής). πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ the face he was born with Js 1:23 (γένεσις 2). ἐμπτύειν εἰς τὸ πρ. τινος spit in someone’s face (s. ἐμπτύω) Mt 26:67. εἰς πρ. δέρειν τινά strike someone in the face 2 Cor 11:20. συνέπεσεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ his face fell or became distorted 1 Cl 4:3; cf. vs. 4 (Gen 4:6 and 5). πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὸ; the art. is usu. lacking; Bl-D. §255, 4; 259, 1; cf. Rob. 792) πρ. αὐτοῦ fall on one’s face as a sign of devotion (=‫ ;וי ָנ לַצ ַלפָנ‬cf. Gen 17:3; Ruth 2:10) Mt 17:6; 26:39; Rv 7:11; 11:16. Without αὐτοῦ (Gen 17:17; Num 14:5; Jos., Ant. 10, 11)Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25. b. fig., in all kinds of more or less symbolic expressions which, in large part, represent OT usage, and in which the face is oft. to be taken as the seat of the faculty of seeing. Βλέπειν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον to see face to face 1 863

Cor 13:12 (cf. Gen 32:31 [Jos., Ant. 1, 334θεοῦ πρόσωπον]; Judg 6:22. Cf. HRiesenfeld, Coniect. Neot. V ’41, 19; 21f [abstracts of four articles]). κλίνειν τὸ πρ. εἰς τὴν γῆν Lk 24:5 (κλίνω 1a). πρ. κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά 1 Pt 3:12; 1 Cl 22:6 (both Ps 33:17). ἐπίφανον τὸ πρ. σου ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς (ἐπιφαίνω 1a) 60:3 (cf. Num 6:25). ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ (ἐμφανίζω la) Hb 9:24. βλέπειν τὸ πρ. τινος, i.e. of God (βλέπω 1a, ὁράω 1aγ and cf. JBoehmer, Gottes Angesicht: BFChTh 12, ’08, 321-47; EGGulin, D. Antlitz Jahwes im AT: Annal. Acad.

Scient. Fenn. 17, 3, ’23; FNötscher, ‘Das Anges. Gottes schauen’ nach bibl. u. babylon. Auffassung ’24) Mt 18:10; cf.

Rv 22:4. ὁρᾶν, ἰδεῖν or θεωρεῖν τὸ πρ. τινος see someone’s face, i.e. see someone (present) in person (UPZ 70, 5 [152/1 BC] οὐκ ἄν με ἶδες τὸ πρόσωπον. Cf. Gen 32:21; 43:3, 5; 46:30 al.) Ac 20:25, 38; 1 Th 2:17b; 3:10; IRo 1:1; cf. IPol 1:1. τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί Col 2:1. τῷ προσώπῳ ἀγνοούμενος unknown by face, i.e. personally Gal 1:22 (ἀγνοέω 2). ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφʼ ὑμῶν προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ (dat. of specification) orphaned by separation from you in person, not in heart or outwardly, not inwardly 1 Th 2:17a. ἐκζητεῖν τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν ἁγίων (ἐκζητέω 1) B 19:10; D 4:2. ἀποστρέφειν τὸ πρ. ἀπό τινος (ἀποστρέφω 1aα) 1 Cl 18:9 (Ps 50:11); 16:3 (Is 53:3).—τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν (s. on στηρίζω 1 and cf. SAntoniades, Neotestamentica: Neophilologus 14, ’29, 129-35) Lk 9:51. τὸ πρ. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ his face was set toward Jerusalem vs. 53 (cf. 2 . Cf. Km 17:11).—θαυμάζειν πρόσωπον flatter Jd 16 (s. θαυμάζω 1bα). λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον (=‫םי ִנ א‬ Sir 4:22; 35:13; 1 Esdr 4:39. Cf. Thackeray p. 43f; Bl-D. p. 4 [Engl. transl. Funk p. 3] note 5; Rob. 94) show partiality or favoritism, lit. ‘lift up the face’ Lk 20:21; B 19:4; D 4:3. λαμβ. πρόσωπόν τινος (cf. Mal 1:8) Gal 2:6. c. governed by prepositions, in usages where πρ., in many cases, can no longer be translated—α. ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός from the presence of someone (Vi. Aesopi W c. 104 v.l. ἐπιστολὴ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Αἰσώπου) Ac 3:20; (away) from someone or someth. (Ctesias, Pers. 2 φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου Κύρου; Herodas 8, 59 ἔρρʼ ἐκ προσώπου=get out of my sight; LXX) 5:41; 7:45; 2 Th 1:9; Rv 6:16 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); 12:14; 20:11 (cf. Ex 14:25; Josh 10:11; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34 and oft.) 1 Cl 4:8 (s. ἀποδιδράσκω), 10 (s. the passages cited for Rv 20:11 above); 18:11 (Ps 50:13; ἀπο[ρ]ρίπτω 1b); 28:3 (Ps 138:7). β. εἰς πρόσωπον: (Aesop, Fab. 302 P. εἰς Ζηνὸς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι=before the face of Zeus) εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν before (lit. ‘in the face of’) the churches 2 Cor 8:24. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον what meets your eye, i.e. the visible world IPol 2:2. βλέπειν εἰς πρόσωπόν τινος Mt 22:16; Mk 12:14 (s. βλέπω 5). To one’s face Hv 3, 6, 3 (cf. POxy. 903, 2; BGU 909, 12). γ. ἐν προσώπῳ (Maximus Tyr. 38, 1a) ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ before the face of Christ that looks down with approval 2 Cor 2:10 (cf. Pr 8:30; Sir 35:4), or as the representative of Christ (NEB); differently 4:6 on the face of Christ (s. 1a above). δ. κατὰ πρόσωπον face to face, (present) in person (Polyb. 24, 15, 2; Diod. S. 19, 46, 2; Plut., Caesar 17, 8; Inschr. v. Magn. 93b, 11; Inschr. v. Priene 41, 6; Dit., Or. 441, 66 [81 BC]; PLond. 479, 6; POxy. 1071, 1) B 15:1.

(Opp. ἀπών) 2 Cor 10:1. Παῦλος, ὃς γενόμενος ἐν ὑμῖν κατὰ πρόσωπον Pol 3:2. πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους Ac 25:16, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην I opposed him to his face Gal 2:11 (cf. Diod. S. 40, 5a of an accusation κατὰ πρόσωπον; 2 Macc 7:6; Jos., Ant. 5, 46; 13, 278).—κατὰ πρόσωπον with partiality, in favoritism B 19:7; D 4:10.—τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον what is before your eyes 2 Cor 10:7.—Used w. the gen. like a prep. (PPetr. III 1 II, 8 κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἱεροῦ; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 144; 9, 8) κατὰ πρ. τινος before or in the presence of someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 235)Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13; 16:9 D. ε. μετὰ προσώπου: πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); μετά A II 1cγ. ζ. πρὸ προσώπου τινός (LXX; cf. Johannessohn 184-6) before someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three cf. Mal 3:1).—Lk 1:76 v.l. (cf. Ex 32:34); 9:52 (cf. Ex 23:20); 10:1; 1 Cl 24:3 (cf. Is 62:11).—πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ Ac 13:24 (εἴσοδος 1). d. external things, appearance opp. καρδία (1 Km 16:7) 2 Cor 5:12. ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (i.e. of grass and flowers) Js 1:11. Of the appearance of the sky Mt 16:3; cf. Lk 12:56 (cf. Ps 103:30). e. face=surface πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς (Gen 2:6; 7:23; 11:4, 8 al.) Lk 21:35; Ac 17:26; B 11:7 (Ps 1:4). B 6:9 prob. belongs here also.

2. person (Polyb. 5, 107, 3; 8, 13, 5; 12, 27, 10; 27, 7, 4; Diod. S. 37, 12, 1; Plut., Mor. 509B; Epict. 1, 2, 7; Vett. Val. cf. index; POxy. 1672, 4 [37-41 AD] ξένοις προσώποις=‘to strangers’; 237 VII, 34; PRyl. 28, 88. Cf. Phryn. p. 379, also Lob. p. 380; KPraechter, Philol. 63, ’04, 155f) ὀλίγα πρόσωπα a few persons 1 Cl 1:1; ἓν ἢ δύο πρ. 47:6. τὰ προγεγραμμένα πρ. the persons mentioned above IMg 6:1. Furthermore, this is surely the place for ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων by many persons 2 Cor 1:11 (Luther, Schmiedel, Ltzm., Windisch, RSV et al.; ‘face’ is preferred

by Heinrici, Kühl, Bachmann, Plummer.—With this expr. cf. Diod. S. 15, 38, 4 ἐκ τρίτου προσώπου=[claims were raised] by a third ‘party’, i.e., Thebes, against Sparta and Athens).—SSchlossmann, Persona u. Πρόσωπον im röm.

Recht u. christl. Dogma ’06; RHirzel, Die Person; Begriff u. Name derselben im Altertum: SB der Bayer. Ak. d. W. ’14, Heft 10; HRheinfelder, Das Wort ‘Persona’; Gesch. seiner Bed. ’28; FAltheim, Persona: ARW 27, ’29, 35-52; ELohse, TW VI 769-81. M.-M. and suppl. B. 216.** προτάσσω (Aeschyl.+; Thu. 3, 52; inscr., pap.; Jos., Ant. 2, 340)fix, determine, allot (beforehand) (Soph., Trach.

164; Aristot., Probl. 30, 11; 2 Macc 8:36) pf. pass. ptc. προτεταγμένοι καιροί t.r. instead of προστετ. κ. Ac 17:26 (s. προστάσσω, end). M-M.* προτείνω 1 aor. προέτεινα (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; LXX nearly always in 2 Macc and always of stretching out the hands; Ep. Arist. 179; Philo; Jos., Vi. 30) stretch out, spread out a criminal who is to be flogged ὡς προέτειναν 864

αὐτον τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν Ac 22:25; the transl. depends on one’s understanding of the dat.; s. ἱμάς. M-M.* πρότερος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) comp. of πρό—1. of time earlier—a. adj. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 1) former, earlier ἡ πρ. ἀναστροφή Eph 4:22. τὰ πρ. ἁμαρτήματα 2 Cl 13:1; Hm 12, 6, 2; s 9, 23, 5. ἡ πρ. ἁμαρτία m 4, 1, 11; pl. Hv 2, 3, 1; m 4, 3, 3; s 6, 1, 4; 8, 11, 3; αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πρ. m 4, 3, 1. τὰ πρ. ἀγνοήματα Hs 5, 7, 3f. τὰ πρ. παραπτώματα m 4, 4, 4. ἡ πρ. ὅρασις v 4, 1, 1. αἱ πρ. λύπαι 3, 13, 2. τὰ πρ. ὁράματα 4, 2, 2. τὰ πρ. χαλεπά Hv 1, 4, 2. οἱ πρ. χρόνοι s 9, 20, 4. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ πρ. s 9, 16, 2. b. the neut. πρότερον as adv. earlier, formerly, in former times (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 19, 201al.). α. without the art.; opp. νῦν (Ael. Aristid. 33, 16 K.=51 p. 576 D.; Procop. Soph., Ep. 88) νῦν καὶ οὐ πρότερον now and not in former times Dg 1. πρότερον—ἔπειτα (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 7, 6. Cf. Artem. 2, 39 p. 144, 27f πρότερον—εἶτα) Hb 7:27. Oft. the time which is later than the one designated by πρ. is not expressed, but is understood fr. the context earlier, beforehand, previously (oft. Pind., Hdt.+) J 7:50 P75 et al., 51 t.r.; 2 Cor 1:15; 1 Ti 1:13 t.r.; Hb 4:6. β. w. the art., used as a subst. οἱ πρότερον the former ones (Hero Alex. I p. 338, 3) Hs 9, 4, 3.—As an adj.

(Hdt. 6, 87; Aristoph., Equ. 1355; Diod. S. 17, 69, 3) αἱ πρότερον ἡμέραι Hb 10:32. αἱ πρ. ἐπιθυμίαι 1 Pt 1:14.—As an adv. τὸ πρότερον before, once, formerly (X., Mem. 3, 8, 1; Menand., Dyscolus 15; Hero Alex. I p.

190, 19; Jos., Ant. 20, 173)J 6:62; 7:50 P66 et al.; 9:8; 1 Ti 1:13; Hv 3, 3, 5. The first time Hv 3, 12, 1; s 9, 1, 3. So prob. also Gal 4:13. But naturally the transl. once is also poss., and fr. a lexical point of view it is not poss. to establish the thesis that Paul wished to differentiate betw. a later visit and an earlier one.

2. of rank superior, preferable, more prominent (Pla., Lach. 183B πρότεροι ἡμῶν; Aristot. p. 14b, 5ff εἰώθασι δὲ καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τοὺς ἐντιμοτέρους καὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαπωμένους ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προτέρους φάσκειν εἶναι; Wsd 7:29) ἄλλοι σου πρότεροί εἰσιν others are superior to you Hv 3, 4, 3. M-M.** προτίθημι 2 aor. subj. προθῶ; 2 aor. mid. προεθέμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.).

1. act. set before τινί someone as a task or duty (Soph., Ant. 216; Hdt. 3, 38; 9, 27) ἐὰν σὺ σεαυτῷ προθῇς ὅτι Hm 12, 3, 5.

2. mid.—a. display publicly (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 26 §101) of Christ ὃν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς ἱλαστήριον Ro 3:25 (s. ἱλαστήριον). But the act., at least, seems to have had the mng. offer as well (cf. Dit., Syll.3 708, 15 w. the editor’s note 5; 714, 16-18, and M-M.; also ZPE 3, ’68, 166 n. 9). b. plan, propose, intend τὶ someth. (Pla., Phaedr. 259D; Polyb. 6, 12, 8; Jos., Vi. 290) Eph 1:9. W. inf. foll.

(Pla., Rep. 1 p. 352D, Leg. 1 p. 638C; Polyb. 8, 13, 3; 11, 7, 3; Jos., Ant. 18, 286; 19, 37) Ro 1:13 (Bl-D. §392, 1a). ὁ καιρὸς ὃν θεὸς προέθετο φανερῶσαι. . . the time that God had appointed to reveal. . . Dg 9:2. M-M.* προτρέπω in our lit. only mid. (this Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) 1 aor. προετρεψάμην; urge (on), encourage, impel, persuade (Soph.+) τινά someone w. inf. foll. (Hyperid. 6, 24; UPZ 110, 165 [164 BC]; PRyl. 77, 48; BGU 164, 17; 450, 15; 2 Macc 11:7; Jos., Ant. 12, 166)1 Cl 34:4. Abs. (Jos., Ant. 5, 171; 7, 262) Ac 18:27.

M-M.* προτρέχω 2 aor. προέδραμον (Antiphon+; LXX) run ahead J 20:4 (cf. X., An. 1, 5, 2 προδραμόντες. . . πολὺ γὰρ τῶν ἵππων ἔτρεχον θᾶττον); Ac 10:25 D. πρ. εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν run on ahead Lk 19:4 (s. ἔμπροσθεν 1a and cf. Tob 11:3; Job 41:14 v.l.; progress Third Corinthians 3:2).* προϋπάρχω impf. προϋπῆρχον intr. exist before (so Thu.+; Diod. S. 16, 82, 6; inscr., pap.; Job 42:18; Philo, Op. M. 130; Jos., Ant. 1, 290)w. ptc. foll. (Bl-D. §414, 1; Rob. 1121) προϋπῆρχεν μαγεύων he had practiced magic Ac 8:9 (Jos., Ant. 4, 125ἅ τε καὶ προϋπῆρξεν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις γενόμενα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις). προϋπῆρχον ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες Lk 23:12 (cf. Diod. S. 19, 7, 2 διὰ τὰς προϋπαρχούσας ἔχθρας; Vett. Val. 283, 24 διὰ τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν ἔχθραν). M-M.* προφανερόω 1 aor. προεφανέρωσα, pass. προεφανερώθην reveal beforehand or in advance τὸ πάθος pass. B 6:7. τινὶ περί τινος reveal someth. to someone in advance 3:6. Without the dat., which is to be supplied fr. the context 11:1. τί τινι someth. to someone 7:1. Abs. (w. προετοιμάζειν and followed by πληροῦν, the ‘fulfilling’ of the revelation) MPol 14:2.* πρόφασις, εως, ἡ (Hom+)—1. actual motive or reason, valid excuse (Pind., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 888, 137; PLeipz.

64, 8 διὰ τὴν πρόφασιν ταύτην=‘for this reason’; Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 427, Vi. 167; Test. Jos. 8:5) πρ. ἔχειν περί τινος have a valid excuse for someth. J 15:22.

2. falsely alleged motive, pretext, ostensible reason, excuse (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 669, 15 προφάσει=‘under the pretext’; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 348, Vi. 79; 282) προφάσει with false motives (opp. ἀληθείᾳ, Thu. 6, 33, 2; cf. Arrian, Anab. 1, 25, 3.—In reality they have other interests) Phil 1:18. For a pretext, for appearance’ sake (as if they felt an inner need) Mt 23:14 v.l.; Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47 (JDerrett, NovT 14, ’72, 1-9: a display of piety to secure confidence in them). προφάσει ὡς under the pretext that, pretending that (Philip in Demosth. 18, 77 πρόφασιν ὡς w. ptc.) Ac 27:30. ἐν πρ. πλεονεξίας with a pretext for (satisfying) greed 1 Th 2:5.—KDeichgräber, Πρόφασις: Quellen u. Stud. z. Gesch. der Naturwissenschaften u. d. Med. III Heft 4, ’33; LPearson, Prophasis and Aitia: Trans.

865

and Proc. of the Amer. Phil. Ass’n, 83, ’52, 205-23. M-M.* προφέρω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) bring out, produce (Appian, Syr. 59 §309; Jos., Bell. 1, 671)τὶ ἔκ τινος (Alciphr. 4, 13, 15; Pr 10:13) Lk 6:45a, b. M-M.* προφητεία, ας, ἡ (Lucian, Alex. 40; 60; Heliod. 1, 22, 7; 1, 33, 2; 2, 27, 1; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 [office of a prophet]; CIG 2880, 4-6; 2881, 4; 5; Dit., Or. 494, 8f; PTebt. 294, 8; 295, 10; LXX, Philo, Joseph.) prophecy.

1. prophetic activity αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν Rv 11:6. μισθοὺς λαμβάνει τῆς προφητείας αὐτοῦ he accepts pay for his activity as prophet Hm 11:12.

2. the gift of prophecy, of prophesying of Rahab 1 Cl 12:8. Of Christians Ro 12:6; 1 Cor 12:10; 13:2, 8 v.l.; 14:22. The pl. of various kinds and grades of prophetic gifts 13:8; 1 Th 5:20 (here mng. 3b is also poss.). τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πρ. the spirit of prophecy Rv 19:10.

3. the utterance of the prophet, prophetic word, prophecy (Jos., Ant. 9, 119)—a. of OT prophecies ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου Mt 13:14. αἱ προφητεῖαι beside ὁ νόμος Μωσέως (Μωϋσέως is better; s. Bihlmeyer XXXVI) ISm 5:1. Gener. of OT sayings 2 Pt 1:20f (but P72 appears to distinguish prophecy and OT writing: προφητεία καὶ γραφή); B 13:4 (Gen 48:11). b. of utterances by Christian prophets ἐν προφητείᾳ in the form of a prophetic saying 1 Cor 14:6; 1 Th 5:20 (s.

2 above); 1 Ti 1:18; 4:14. οἱ λόγοι τῆς πρ. the words of the prophecy Rv 1:3. οἱ λόγοι τῆς πρ. τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου the words of prophecy in this book 22:7, 10, 18. οἱ λόγ. τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφ. ταύτης the words of this book of prophecy vs. 19. M-M.* προφητεύω impf. ἐπροφήτευον; fut. προφητεύσω; 1 aor. ἐπροφήτευσα (on the augment s. Bl-D. §69, 4 app.; Mlt.-H. 192); (Pind., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 17, 51, 1; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 1 p. 391a, 16 ἡ ψυχὴ θείῳ ψυχῆς ὄμματι τὰ θεῖα καταλαβοῦσα τοῖς τε ἀνθρώποις προφητεύουσα; Plut., Mor. 412B; Lucian, V.H. 2, 33; Herodian 5, 5, 10; Dit., Or. 473, 2; 530, 9; Gnomon [=BGU V] 93; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) prophesy.

1. proclaim a divine revelation abs. (Diod. S. 17, 51, 1; Jos., Ant. 5, 348)οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν; Mt 7:22 (cf. Jer 34:15).—Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1); 19:6; 21:9; 1 Cor 11:4f (w. προσεύχεσθαι); 13:9; 14:1, 3-5, 24, 31, 39; Rv 11:3; B 16:9; Hm 11:12. Of sayings fr. scripture B 9:2; Hv 2, 3, 4 (the quot. here fr. the book of Eldad and Modat has no bearing on the future. Naturally that does not exclude the possibility that these ‘prophets’ practiced their art in the sense of mng. 3 below).

2. prophetically reveal what is hidden, of the scornful challenge to Jesus προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, Χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; Mt 26:68; cf. Mk 14:65; Lk 22:64 (cf. the mocking of Eunus the soothsayer in Diod. S. 24, 2 [GRudberg, ZNW 24, ’25, 307-9] and WCvanUnnik, ZNW 29, ’30, 310f; PBenoit, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 92-110). Of Christian pseudoprophets Hm 11:13.

3. foretell the future, prophesy (Sib. Or. 3, 163; 699 al.), of prophets and men of God in times past: Mt 11:13. πρ. περί τινος prophesy about someone or someth. (2 Ch 18:7) Mt 15:7; Mk 7:6; 1 Pt 1:10. πρ. εἴς τινα prophesy with reference to someone B 5:6. Also πρ. ἐπί τινι 5:13. Foll. by direct discourse 12:10. ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων, foll. by dir. disc. Lk 1:67 (John the Baptist’s father); also τινί to someone Jd 14 (Enoch). Of the high priest (cf. Jos., Bell.

1, 68f=Ant. 13, 299f; s. also 282f; CHDodd, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 134-43.—According to Diod. S. 40, 3, 5; 6 the Jews considered the ἀρχιερεύς to be an ἄγγελος τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ προσταγμάτων. Whatever is revealed to him he communicates to the people in their assemblies [κατὰ τὰς ἐκκλησίας]) J 11:51 (w. ὅτι foll.). Of the writer of Rv πρ. ἐπὶ λαοῖς Rv 10:11. M-M.* προφήτης, ου, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 582; 781; 5, 239. Exx. in Fascher, in the work mentioned at the end) prophet as proclaimer and interpreter of the divine revelation (among pagans e.g. Plato Com. [V/IV BC] 184 [Orpheus]; Ephor. [IV BC]: 70 fgm. 206 Jac. of Ammon, likew. Diod. S. 17, 51, 1; Plut., Numa 9, 8 the pontifex maximus as ἐξηγητὴς κ. προφήτης; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 42 πρ. τῶν Μουσῶν; Ael. Aristid. 45, 4 K.=8 p. 83 D.: προφῆται τῶν θεῶν; 45, 7 K.=p. 84 D.; 46 p. 159 D.: οἱ πρ. κ. οἱ ἱερεῖς, likew.

Himerius, Or. 8 [Or. 23], 11; Alciphr. 4, 19, 9 ∆ιονύσου πρ.; Himerius, Or. 38 [Or. 4], 9 Socrates as Μουσῶν καὶ Ἑρμοῦ προφήτης, Or. 48 [Or. 14], 8 προφῆται of the Egyptians; PGM 3, 256).

1. of prophets and prophetic personalities in the OT (cf. GHölscher, Die Profeten v. Israel ’14; BDuhm, Israels Propheten2 ’22; HGunkel, Die Proph. ’17; LDürr, Wollen u. Wirken der atl. Proph. ’26; JSeverijn, Het Profetisme ’26; HWHertzberg, Prophet u. Gott ’23; JHempel, Gott u. Mensch im AT2 ’36, 95-162). Some are mentioned by name: Jeremiah the prophet Mt 2:17; 27:9. Isaiah the prophet 3:3; 4:14; 8:17; Lk 3:4; J 1:23; 12:38; Ac 28:25 al. Joel Ac 2:16. Jonah Mt 12:39. Daniel Mt 24:15. Elijah, Elisha, Ezekiel 1 Cl 17:1. Elisha Lk 4:27. Samuel Ac 13:20; cf. 3:24.

David Ac 2:30 (JAFitzmyer, CBQ 34, ’72, 332-9). Even Balaam 2 Pt 2:16.—Somet. the identity of the prophet is known only fr. the context, or the reader is simply expected to know who is meant, as the Gk. writer says ὁ ποιητής, feeling sure that he will be understood correctly (Antig. Car. 7 [Hom. Hymn to Hermes]; Diod. S. 1, 12, 9; 3, 66, 3 al.

[Homer]; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 452; Ps.-Dicaearchus p. 147 F. [Il. 2, 684]; Steph. Byz. s.v. Χαλκίς [Il. 2, 537]): Mt 1:22 (Isaiah); 2:5 (Micah), 15 (Hosea); 21:4 (Zechariah); Ac 7:48 (Isaiah). Cf. B 6:2, 4, 6f, 10, 13; 11:2, 4, 9; 14:2, 7-9.—The pl. οἱ προφῆται brings the prophets together under one category: Mt 2:23; 5:12; 16:14; Mk 6:15b; Lk 1:70; 6:23; 13:28; J 1:45 (w. Moses); 8:52f; Ac 3:21; 7:52; 10:43; Ro 1:2; 1 Th 2:15; Hb 11:32 (w. David and Samuel); Js 5:10; 1 Pt 1:10 (classed under 5 below by EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, ad loc. and 259-68); 2 Pt 3:2; 1 Cl 43:1 (Μωϋσῆς καὶ οἱ λοιποί πρ.); B 1:7; IMg 9:3; IPhld 5:2; οἱ θειότατοι πρ. IMg 8:2; οἱ ἀγαπητοὶ πρ. IPhld 9:2. οἱ ἀρχαῖοι πρ. (Jos., Ant. 12, 413)D 11:11b.—The prophet also stands for his book ἀνεγίνωσκεν τ. προφήτην 866

Ἠσαΐαν Ac 8:28, 30; cf. Mk 1:2. λέγει (κύριος) ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ B 7:4. ἐν ἄλλῳ πρ. λέγει 11:6. Cf. 6:14; 12:4 and 1. Pl. of the prophets as a division of scripture: οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος (s. 2 Macc 15:9) Mt 11:13. Cf. Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; Ro 3:21; Dg 11:6. Μωϋσῆς κ. οἱ πρ. Lk 16:29, 31. Cf. 24:27; Ac 28:23. πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. Now and then οἱ προφῆται alone may mean all scripture Lk 24:25; J 6:45 (cf. JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu ’19, 21); Hb 1:1 (cf. CBüchel, Der Hb u. das AT: StKr 79, ’06, 508-91).—οἱ πρ. Mt 5:17; 7:12; 22:40 (all three w. ὁ νόμος) unmistakably refers to the contents of the prophetic books.

2. John the Baptist is also called a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26; Mk 11:32; Lk 1:76 (προφήτης ὑψίστου; cf. Dit., Or. 756, 2 τὸν προφήτην τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου θεοῦ ὑψίστου); 20:6, but Jesus declared that he was higher than the prophets Mt 11:9; Lk 7:26.

3. Jesus appears as a prophet (FGils, Jésus prophète [synoptics], ’57 [lit.]) οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς Mt 21:11. Cf. vs. 46; Mk 6:15a; Lk 7:16 (πρ. μέγας), 39; 13:33; 24:19; J 7:52. This proverb is applied to him: οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εὒ μὴ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ Mt 13:57; Mk 6:4; cf. Lk 4:24; J 4:44; LJ 1:6 (EPreuschen, Das Wort v. verachteten Proph.: ZNW 17, ’16, 33-48). He was also taken to be one of the ancient prophets come to life again: Mt 16:14; Mk 8:28. πρ. τις τῶν ἀρχαίων Lk 9:8, 19.—In Ac 3:22f and 7:37 (cf. IQS 9, 11), Dt 18:15, 19 is interpreted w. ref. to the Messiah and hence to Jesus (HJSchoeps, Theol. u. Geschichte des Judenchristentums ’49, 87-98).—For J, Jesus is ὁ προφήτης the Prophet 6:14; 7:40, also 4:19; 9:17, a title of honor which is disclaimed by the Baptist 1:21, 25 (s. exc. in the Hdb. on J 1:21; HAFischel, JBL 65, ’46, 157-74). Cf. also Lk 7:39 v.l.—RMeyer, Der Proph. aus Galiläa ’40; PEDavies, Jesus and the Role of the Prophet: JBL 64, ’45, 241-54; AJBHiggins, Jesus as Proph.: ET 57, ’45/’46, 292-4; FWYoung, Jesus the Proph.: JBL 68, ’49, 285-99.—RSchnackenburg, D. Erwartung des ‘Propheten’ nach dem NT u. Qumran: Studia Evangelica ’59, 622, n. 1; HBraun, Qumran u. das NT, I, ’66, 100-06.

4. also in other senses, without excluding the actual prophets, of men who proclaim the divine message w. special preparation and w. a special mission (1 Macc 4:46; 14:41): Mt 11:9 and parallels (s. 2 above); 13:57 and parall. (s. 3 above); 23:30, 37; Lk 10:24 (on προφῆται καὶ βασιλεῖς cf. Boll 136-42); 13:33f; Ac 7:52. The two prophets of God in the last times Rv 11:10 (s. μάρτυς 2c and Πέτρος, end). In several of the passages already mentioned (I Th 2:15; Mt 23:30, 37; Lk 13:34; Ac 7:52) or still to be mentioned (Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49 [OJFSeitz, TU 102, ’68, 236-40]) various Jews are murderers of the prophets (cf. 3 Km 19:10, 14; Jos., Ant. 9, 265).HJSchoeps, D. jüd. Prophetenmorde ’43.—Jesus also sends to his own people προφήτας καὶ σοφούς Mt 23:34 or πρ. κ. ἀποστόλους Lk 11:49; cf. also Mt 10:41 (πρ. beside δίκαιος, as 13:17). This brings us to the 5. Christians, who are endowed w. the gift of προφητεία Ac 15:32; 1 Cor 14:29, 32, 37; Rv 22:6, 9; D 10:7; 13:1, 3f, 6. W. ἀπόστολοι (Celsus 2, 20) Lk 11:49; Eph 2:20 (though here the ref. could be to the OT prophets, as is surely the case in Pol 6:3. Acc. to PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 15, ’25, 534f, τῶν ἀπ. καὶ πρ. in Eph 2:20 refer to the same persons); 3:5; D 11:3. πρ. stands betw. ἀπόστολοι and διδάσκαλοι 1 Cor 12:28f; cf. Eph 4:11. W. διδάσκαλοι Ac 13:1; D 15:1f. W. ἅγιοι and ἀπόστολοι Rv 18:20. W. ἅγιοι 11:18; 16:6; 18:24. Prophets foretell future events (cf.

Pla., Charm. 173c προφῆται τῶν μελλόντων) Ac 11:27 (f); 21:10 (ff). True and false prophets: τὸν προφήτην καὶ τὸν Ψευδοπροφήτην Hm 11:7; cf. vss. 9 and 15 (the rest of this ‘mandate’ also deals w. this subj.); D 11:7-11.—Harnack, Lehre der Zwölf Apostel 1884, 93ff; 119ff, Mission4 I ’23, 344f; 362ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 236-40; s. EGSelwyn on 1 Pt 1:10 in 1 above; HGreeven, Propheten, Lehrer, Vorsteher b. Pls: ZNW 44, ’52/’53, 3-15.

6. Only in one place in our lit. is a pagan called a ‘prophet’, i.e. the poet whose description of the Cretans is referred to in Tit 1:12: ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης their (the Cretans’) own prophet (s. ἀργός 2).—EFascher, Προφητης. Eine sprach-und religionsgeschichtliche Untersuchung ’27.—GFriedrich et al., TW VI 781-863: πρ. and related words. M-M. προφητικός, ή, όν (Lucian, Alex. 60; Philo, Migr. Abr. 84 al.; PGM 1, 278; 4, 933) prophetic γραφαὶ πρ. the writings of the prophets=the OT Ro 16:26 (cf. Act. Phil. 77 p. 30, 6 B.). ὁ πρ. λόγος (Philo, Plant. 117) 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (the origin of the prophetic word that follows is unknown). ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ πρ. πνεύματος Hm 11:9 (πρ. πνεῦμα, as Philo, Fuga 186). Of Polycarp διδάσκαλος ἀποστολικὸς καὶ προφητικός MPol 16:2.* προφητικῶς adv. prophetically εἰπεῖν speak prophetically (followed by direct discourse) MPol 12:3.* προφῆτις, ιδος, ἡ (Eur., Pla.+; Diod. S. 14, 13, 3 [Pythia]; inscr.: CIG 3796; Inschr. v. Magn. 122d, 3 [in case it is correctly restored]; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 10, 59; Sib. Or. 3, 818; Sextus 441) prophetess, fem. of προφήτης Lk 2:36. Of the Jezebel who was misleading the church at Thyatira ἡ λέγουσα ἑαυτὴν προφῆτιν who calls herself a prophetess Rv 2:20 (cf. Ἰεζάβελ and the lit. there). M-M.* προφθάνω 1 aor. προέφθασα (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Plut., Mor. 806F; pap., LXX)—1. come before, anticipate w. acc. and ptc. foll. (Aristoph., Eccl. 884; Bl-D. §414, 4; Rob. 1120; φθάνω w. the ptc.: Ep. Arist. 137) προέφθασεν αὐτὸν λέγων he spoke to him first Mt 17:25.

2. do before or previously w. inf. foll. (Bl-D. §392, 2; Rob. 1120) ἐὰν προφθάσῃ εἰς τὴν κάμινον αὐτὸ βαλεῖν if he has previously (=already) put it into the furnace 2 Cl 8:2. M-M.* προφυλάσσω (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 730, 15) guard, protect (beforehand) τινά someone ITr 8:1. πρ.

867

τινὰ ἀπό τινος someone against someone ISm 4:1 (on ἀπό τινος cf. 2 Km 22:24).—Mid. be on one’s guard (Hdt., Thu. et al.; 2 Km 22:24; Sib. Or. 3, 733) w. μή and inf. IMg 11 (though because of the analogy of the two passages mentioned above the mid. here could have act. mng. [Diogenianus the Epicurean—II AD—in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 4, 3, 7 end, twice, and Philo, Cher. 34 the mid. means ‘ward someth. off’]; Rdm.3 79).* προχειρίζω in our lit., as mostly, only as mid. dep. προχειρίζομαι 1 aor. προεχειρισάμην; pass. pf. ptc. προκεχειρισμένος choose for oneself, select, appoint τινά someone (Isocr.+; Polyb. 2, 43, 1; 6, 58, 3; Dionys.

Hal., De Orat. Ant. 4; Plut., Galba 8, 3, Caesar 58, 8; Lucian, Tox. 10; Dit., Syll.3 873, 14f, Or. 339, 46; 50; pap.; 2 Macc 3:7; 8:9) foll. by an inf. of purpose Ac 22:14. W. double acc. of the obj. and the pred. (Polyb. 1, 11, 3; Diod. S. 12, 27, 1; PLond. 2710 r., 5; Ex 4:13) προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην 26:16. Pass. (προκεχειρισμένος as UPZ 117 II, 4[II BC]; BGU 1198, 2 [I BC]; PFay. 14, 1) τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν Christ Jesus, who was appointed for you or Jesus who was appointed (or destined) to be your Messiah Ac 3:20 (the dat. like Josh 3:12). M-M.* προχειροτονέω pf. pass. ptc. προκεχειροτονημένος choose or appoint beforehand (so Pla., Leg. 6 p. 765B; C al.; Cass. Dio 50, 4; BGU 1191, 6 [I BC] τῷ προκεχειροτονημένῳ) Ac 10:41. M-M.* Πρόχορος, ου, ὁ (found in later Gk.) Prochorus, one of the seven ‘deacons’ in the church at Jerusalem Ac 6:5.* προχωρέω (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.) go forward, advance fig. of things turn out well, succeed w. dat. of the pers. for whom someth. goes well (Hdt. 5, 62; Thu. 4, 73, 4; Lucian, Icar. 10; PLond. 358, 13 [II AD] προχωρεῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἄνομα; Jos., Vi. 122) οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ὅλως προχωρεῖ nothing at all turns out well for them Hs 6, 3, 5.* πρύμνα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; pap.) the stern (of a ship) ἦν ἐν τῇ πρύμνῃ καθεύδων he was in the stern sleeping Mk 4:38.—Ac 27:29 (WStammler, AG 27 in nautischer Beleuchtung usw., ’31, 3-15; against him FFBruce, Acts, ’51, 463), 41 (w. πρῷρα as X., An. 5, 8, 20; Ael. Aristid. 44, 13 K.=17 p. 405 D.). M-M.* πρωΐ adv. of time (Hom.+—in Attic writers as πρῴ; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 307)early, early in the morning Mt 16:3; 21:18; Mk 1:35; 11:20; 16:9; Hs 9, 11, 2 (opp. ὀψέ). As the fourth watch of the night (after ὀψὲ ἢ μεσονύκτιον ἢ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας) it is the time fr. three to six o’clock Mk 13:35. εὐθὺς πρ. as soon as morning came 15:1. ἅμα πρ. (ἅμα 2, end) Mt 20:1; λίαν πρ. w. dat., of the day very early Mk 16:2. ἀπὸ πρ. ἕως ἑσπέρας from morning till evening Ac 28:23 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 97).πρωῒ σκοτίας ἔτι οὔσης J 20:1. ἦν πρ. it was early in the morning (Bl-D. §129; 434, 1) 18:28. τὸ πρωΐ is likew. an adv. (PSI 402, 10 [III BC] τὸ πρωῒ εὐθέως; LXX; Test. Napht. 1:3; Bl-D. §160; 161, 3) Ac 5:21 D. ἐπὶ τὸ πρωΐ toward morning Mk 15:1 t.r.; for this another v.l. has ἐπὶ τῷ πρ. M-M. B. 960.* πρωΐα, ας, ἡ (Diod. S.; CIG 1122, 16; BGU 1206, 20 [28 BC]; PLond. 131, 16; 401; 1177, 66 ἀπὸ πρωΐας ἕως ὀψέ.; LXX; Ep. Arist. 304; Philo, Vi. Cont. 89; Jos., Ant. 7, 164.—Really the fem. of πρώϊος [Hom.+], sc. ὥρα) (early) morning πρωΐας γενομένης when it was morning (Syntipas p. 49, 17; 53, 6) Mt 27:1; 1 Cl 43:5. Cf. J 18:28 t.r.; 21:4. Gen. of time πρωΐας (early) in the morning Mt 21:18 t.r.; GP 9:34. M-M. B. 994.* πρωΐθεν adv. of time (LXX; Herodian, Gr. I 501, 9) from morning, though the ending -θεν has lost its force and become meaningless (Bl-D. §104, 2; Rob. 300; MLejeune, Les adverbes grecs en-θεν ’39), so that ἀπό can be used before it (Georg. Monach. 179, 16 de Boor 1892) ἀπὸ πρ. ἕως ἑσπέρας 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:20).* πρώϊμος s. πρόϊμος. πρωϊνός, ή, όν (Zen.-P. ed. CCEdgar II ’26, no. 59 207, 36 [III BC]; Babrius, Fab. 124, 17 Crus. w. the v.l. προϊνων fr. cod. V.; Plut., Mor. 726E; Athen. 1, 19 p. 11 C; LXX) early, belonging to the morning ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ πρ. the morning star, Venus Rv 2:28; 22:16. M-M.* πρῷρα (Hom.+; PSI 382, 2 [III BC]; Zen.-P. 9 [=Sb 6715], 15 [257 BC]. On the ι subscript Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 84), ης (PGM 8, 40; Bl-D. §43, 1; Mlt.-H. 118), ἡ, the forepart, bow or prow of a ship Ac 27:30, 41 (s. πρύμνα).

M-M.* πρωτει̂ος, α, ον of the first quality or rank (BGU 950, 4; PLond. 1764, 7; Sym.) the neut. subst. in the pl. (Ael. Aristid. 38 p. 720 D.; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἰδουμαῖοι; Sb 6997, 28; PSI 716, 14 where, unfortunately, the text breaks off after τὰ πρωτεῖα. The sing. is found Epigr. Gr. 560, 3 [I AD]; Jos., Vi. 37; Proclus, Theol. 98 p. 88, 24) περὶ πρωτείων for the first places, about preëminence Hs 8, 7, 4; 6.* πρωτεύω (Pla., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) be first, have first place ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων that he might come to have first place in everything Col 1:18 (ἐν πᾶσιν like Plut., Mor. 9B. The pres. ptc. like PLeipz. 40 II, 16; POxy. 1983, 3; 2 Macc 6:18; 13:15; Ep. Arist. 275; Jos., Ant. 9, 167; 20, 182). M-M.* 868

πρωτοκαθεδρία, ας, ἡ (schol. on Eur., Orest. 93; Theophanes Conf. 163, 26 de Boor) place of honor, best seat desired by the Pharisees in the synagogue Mt 23:6; Mk 12:39; Lk 11:43; 20:46. Likew. by the false prophet θέλει πρωτοκαθεδρίαν ἔχειν Hm 11:12.* πρωτοκαθεδρίτης, ου, ὁ (only in Christian writers) the one who occupies a seat of honor (w. οἱ προηγούμενοι) of the church leaders Hv 3, 9, 7.* πρωτοκλισία, ας, ἡ (inscr. fr. Delos [II BC]: JHS 54, ’34, 142; Suidas) the place of honor at a dinner, beside the master of the house or the host Mt 23:6; Mk 12:39; Lk 14:7f; 20:46. M-M.* πρωτόμαρτυς, υρος, ὁ first martyr of Stephen Ac 22:20 v.l. (cf. Πράξεις Παύλου p. 235 Lips. v.l. in the fem. of Thecla).* πρῶτος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 7, 1; 2; loanw. in rabb.

Superlative of πρό).

1. πρῶτος first of several, but also when only two persons or things are involved (=πρότερος; exx. in Hdb. on J 1:15; Rdm.2 71f; Thackeray 183; s. also Mlt. 79; 245; Bl-D. §62; Rob. 516; 662; and cf. Mt 21:31 t.r.). a. of time first, earliest, earlier adj. ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν Phil 1:5; cf. Ac 20:18 (on the absence of the art. [also Phil 1:5 t.r.] cf. Bl-D. §256; Rob. 793). ἡ πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16 (MMeinertz, Worauf bezieht sich die πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16?: Biblica 4, ’23, 390-4). ἡ πρ. διαθήκη Hb 9:15. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη 20:5f. ἡ πρώτη ὅρασις Hv 3, 10, 3; 3, 11, 2; 4. ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ πρ. 2 Cl 14:1.—Subst. τὰ πρ.—τὰ ἔσχατα (Job 8:7): γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων Mt 12:45; cf. Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20. οἱ πρῶτοι (those who came earlier, as Artem. 2, 9 p. 93, 19 those who appeared earlier) Mt 20:10; cf. vs. 8. ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων 21:36. Cf. 27:64. πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν the first to rise from the dead Ac 26:23. ὁ πρῶτος the first one J 5:4; 1 Cor 14:30. On the self-designation of the Risen Lord ὁ πρ. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος Rv 1:17; 2:8; 22:13 cf. ἔσχατος 3b (πρ. of God: Is 44:6; 48:12).—As a predicate adj., where an adv. can be used in English (Bl-D. §243; Rob. 657), as the first one=first ἦλθεν πρῶτος he was the first one to come=he came first J 20:4; cf. vs. 8. πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει Ro 10:19. Ἀβραὰμ πρῶτος περιτομὴν δούς Abraham was the first to practice circumcision B 9:7. οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες the angels who were created first Hv 3, 4, 1; s 5, 5, 3.—1 Ti 2:13; 1J 4:19.—ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ in me as the first 1 Ti 1:16.—Used w. a gen. of comparison (Manetho 1, 329; Athen. 14, 28 p. 630C codd.) πρῶτός μου ἦν he was earlier than I=before me J 1:15, 30 (PGM 13, 543 σοῦ πρῶτός εἰμι.—Also Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I p. 348, 30 τὸ τῇ τάξει δεύτερον οὐδέποτε τῇ φύσει πρῶτον). So perh. also ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν 15:18 (s. 2a below) and πάντων πρώτη ἐκτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1.—As a rule the later element, that follows the first or earlier one, is of the same general nature as the first one. But it can also be someth. quite different, even its exact opposite: τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12. τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4.—Used elliptically ἡ πρώτη (i.e. ἡμέρα) τῶν ἀζύμων Mt 26:17. πρώτῃ σαββάτου on the first day of the week Mk 16:9. In some of the passages mentioned above the idea of sequence could be predom. b. of number or sequence (the area within which this mng. is valid cannot be marked off w. certainty from the area of mng. a) Mt 21:28; 22:25; Mk 12:20; Lk 14:18; 16:5; 19:16; 20:29; J 19:32; Ac 12:10; 13:33 v.l.; Rv 4:7; 8:7; 21:19; Hs 9, 1, 5. τὸ πρῶτον—τὸ δεύτερον (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 28, 9 Br.) Hb 10:9. On πρώτη τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις Ac 16:12 cf. μερίς 1.—Since πρῶτος can stand for πρότερος (s. 1 above, beg.; cf. Mlt.-Turner 32), it by no means follows from τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον Ac 1:1 that the writer of the Third Gospel and of Ac must have planned to write a third book (Zahn, NKZ 28, ’17, 373ff, Comm. ’19, 16ff holds that he planned to write a third volume; against this view cf. EJGoodspeed, Introd. to the NT ’37, 189f.—Athenaeus 15 p. 701C mentions the first of Clearchus’ two books on proverbs with the words ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν, but 10 p. 457C with ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν. Diod. S. 1, 42, 1 the first half of a two-part work is called ἡ πρώτη βίβλος and 3, 1, 1 mentions a division into πρώτη and δευτέρα βίβ. In 13, 103, 3 the designation for the first of two works varies between ἡ πρώτη σύνταξις and ἡ προτέρα ς. Cf. E Haenchen, AG ’56, 107).—πρῶτος is also used without any thought that the series must continue: τὸν πρῶτον ἰχθύν the very first fish Mt 17:27. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο Lk 2:2, likewise, does not look forward in the direction of additional censuses, but back to a time when there were none at all (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 227 D. παράκλησις αὕτη [=‘challenge to a sea-fight’] πρώτη ἐγένετο).—τὰ τείχη τὰ πρῶτα Hs 8, 6, 6 does not contrast the ‘first walls’ w. other walls; rather it distinguishes the only walls in the picture (Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3) as one edifice, from the tower as the other edifice. c. of rank or degree first, foremost, most important, most prominent—α. of things (Ocellus [II BC] c. 56 Harder [’26] πρώτη κ. μεγίστη φυλακή; Ael. Aristid. 23, 43 K.=42 p. 783 D.: πόλεις; Ezk 27:22) ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή Mt 22:38; cf. Mk 12:29. ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων vs. 28 (OHLehmann, TU 73, ’59, 557-61 [rabb.]; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, cites Joseph and Aseneth, 15, 10; 18, 5). Without superl. force ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ a commandment of the greatest importance, with a promise attached Eph 6:2 (the usual transl. ‘first commandment w. a promise’ loses sight of the fact that Ex 20:4-6=Dt 5:8-10 has an implied promise of the same kind as the one in Ex 20:12=Dt 5:16. πρ. here is best taken in the same sense as in Mk 12:28f above). στολὴν τὴν πρώτην the best robe Lk 15:22.—ἐν πρώτοις among the first=most important things, i.e. as of first importance 1 Cor 15:3 (Pla., Pol. 522C ὃ καὶ παντὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἀνάγκη μανθάνειν; Epict., Ench. 20; Wilcken, Chrest. 14 II, 9 ἐν πρώτοις ἐρωτῶ σε; Josh 9:2d). β. of persons (Dio Chrys. 19[36], 35 πρ. καὶ μέγιστος θεός; Jos., Ant. 15, 398)ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι 869

πρῶτος whoever wishes to be the first among you Mt 20:27; Mk 10:44; cf. 9:35. πρῶτος Σίμων Mt 10:2 is not meant to indicate the position of Simon in the list, since no other numbers follow, but to single him out as the most prominent one of the twelve. W. gen. ὧν (=τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) πρῶτός εἰμι 1 Ti 1:15. Pl. (οἱ) πρῶτοι in contrast to (οἱ) ἔσχατοι Mt 19:30; 20:16; Mk 9:35; 10:31; Lk 13:30; LJ 2:4 (cf. Sallust. 9 p. 16, 21f τοῖς ἐσχάτοις—τοῖς πρώτοις.—ἔσχατος 2).—οἱ πρῶτοι the most prominent men, the leading men w. gen. of the place (Jos., Ant. 7, 230τῆς χώρας) οἱ πρ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mk 6:21; cf. Ac 13:50, or of the group (Strabo 13, 2, 3 οἱ πρ. τῶν φίλων; Jos., Ant. 20, 180)οἱ πρ. τοῦ λαοῦ (Jos., Ant. 11, 141)Lk 19:47; cf. Ac 25:2; 28:17. On ὁ πρῶτος τῆς νήσου vs. 7 (cf. inscr.: Ramsay, Phrygia p. 642 no. 535 ὁ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ πόλει; p. 660 no. 616) cf. Πόπλιος. d. of space outer, anterior σκηνὴ ἡ πρώτη the outer tent, i.e. the holy place Hb 9:2; cf. vss. 6, 8.

2. the neut. πρῶτον as adv.—a. of time first, in the first place, before, earlier, to begin with (Peripl. Eryth. c. 4; Charito 8, 2, 4) πρῶτον πάντων first of all Hv 5:5a. ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι let me first go and bury Mt 8:21. συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια gather the weeds first 13:30. Cf. 17:10, 11 t.r.; Mk 7:27; 9:11f; 13:10; Lk 9:59, 61; 12:1 (first Jesus speaks to his disciples, and only then [vs. 15] to the people. If one prefers to take πρ. w. what follows, as is poss., it has mng. c); 14:28, 31; J 7:51; 18:13; Ac 26:20; Ro 15:24 al. in NT; B 15:7; Hv 3, 1, 8; 3, 6, 7; 3, 8, 11; 5:5b. τότε πρῶτον then for the first time Ac 11:26 D. πρῶτον. . . καὶ τότε first. . . and then (Sir 11:7; Jos., Ant. 13, 187)Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; IEph 7:2. τότε is correlative w. πρῶτον without καί J 2:10 v.l. Likew. πρῶτον—εἶτα (εἶτεν) first—then (εἶτα 1) Mk 4:28; 1 Ti 3:10; B 6:17. πρῶτον—ἔπειτα (ἔπειτα 2a) 1 Cor 15:46; 1 Th 4:16. πρῶτον—μετὰ ταῦτα Mk 16:9, s. 12. πρῶτον—εἶτα—μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Cl 23:4; 2 Cl 11:3 (in both cases the same prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρῶτον—ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Ac 7:12.—Pleonastically πρῶτον πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου Lk 11:38.—W. gen. (Charito 5, 4, 9 cod. πρῶτον τ. λόγων=before it comes to words) ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν it hated me before (it hated) you J 15:18 (but s. 1a above).—W. the art. τὸ πρῶτον (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 402; 14, 205) the first time J 10:40; 19:39; at first (Diod. S. 1, 85, 2; Jos., Ant. 2, 340)12:16; 2 Cl 9:5. τὰ πρῶτα (Hom.+; Appian, Syr. 15 §64; Ps.-Phoc. 8) the first time, at first MPol 8:2. b. of sequence in enumerations (not always clearly distinguished fr. mng. a) first πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον. . . 1 Cor 12:28 (Wilcken, Chrest. 20 II, 10ff [II AD] τὸ πρ. . . . τὸ δεύτερον. . . τὸ τρίτον.

Without the art. 480, 12ff [II AD]; Diod. S. 36, 7, 3). Cf. Hb 7:2; Js 3:17.—Not infrequently Paul begins w. πρῶτον μέν without continuing the series, at least in form (Bl-D. §447, 4 w. app.; Rob. 1152. On πρ. without continuation cf.

Plut., Mor. 87B; Jos., Ant. 1, 182)Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. Cf. also 2 Cl 3:1. c. of degree in the first place, above all, especially (Jos., Ant. 10, 213)ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν Mt 6:33. Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι Ro 1:16; cf. 2:9f.—Ac 3:26; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. Of the Macedonian Christians ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶτον τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν they gave themselves first of all to the Lord, and (then) to us 2 Cor 8:5. παρακαλῶ πρῶτον πάντων first of all I urge 1 Ti 2:1. M-M. B. 939. πρωτοστάτης, ου, ὁ (Thu.+; Job 15:24) leader, ringleader πρ. τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως Ac 24:5. M-M.* πρωτοτόκια, ων, τά (Bl-D. §120, 1; Mlt.-H. 279) the birthright of the first-born son, right of primogeniture (Gen 27:36; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 47, Sacr. Abel. 120 al. in the Esau story) Ἠσαῦ ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ Esau sold his birthright for a single meal Hb 12:16 (Gen 25:33).* πρωτότοκος, ον (Sb 6647 [5 BC; s. WMichaelis below p. 314f]; Epigr. Gr. 460, 4; 730, 3; PLeipz. 28, 16; PGM 36, 312; Anth. 8, 34; 9, 213; LXX; Philo, Cher. 54 al.; Jos., Ant. 4, 71; Sib. Or. 3, 627) first-born.

1. lit. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρ. (PLeipz. loc. cit. υἱὸν γνήσιον καὶ πρωτότοκον; Gen 25:25 al. LXX) Mt 1:25 t.r.; Lk 2:7; cf.

B 13:5 (Gen 48:18). τὰ πρ. the first-born=all the first-born (τὰ πρ. Ex 22:28; Num 18:15 al.) Hb 11:28 (cf. Ex 11:5). τὰ πρ. τῶν προβάτων the first-born of the sheep 1 Cl 4:1 (Gen 4:4).

2. fig.—a. of Christ, as the first-born of a new humanity which is to be glorified, as its exalted Lord is glorified πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς Ro 8:29. Also simply πρωτότοκος Hb 1:6; cf. Rv 2:8 v.l. This expr., which is admirably suited to describe Jesus as the one coming forth fr. God to found the new community of saints, is also used in some instances where it is uncertain whether the force of the element-τοκος is still felt at all (s. the originally pagan Naassene psalm in Hippol., Elench. 5, 10, 1) (ὁ) πρ. (ἐκ) τῶν νεκρῶν Col 1:18; Rv l: 5. πρ. πάσης κτίσεως Col 1:15 (JGewiess, Christus u. d. Heil nach d. Kol. Diss. Breslau ’32; EACerny, Firstborn of Every Creature [Col 1:15]: Diss., Baltimore ’38; Romualdus, Studia Cath. 18, ’42, 155-71; WMichaelis, D. Beitrag d. LXX zur Bedeutungsgeschichte von πρ.: ADebrunner-Festschr. ’54, 313-20, ZsystTh 23, ’54, 137-57; AWArgyle, ET 66, ’54, 61f, cf. 124f, 318f; NKehl, D. Christushymnus im Kol., ’67, 82-98). b. of men—α. of the ‘just men made perfect’ (cf. Ex 4:22) ἐκκλησία πρωτοτόκων Hb 12:23. β. The confirmed heretic is a πρωτότοκος τοῦ Σατανᾶ Pol 7:1 (NADahl, D. Erstgeborene Satans u. d. Vater des Teufels: EHaenchen-Festschr., ’64, 70-84). Specif. of Marcion acc. to a saying of Polycarp, Epil Mosq 2 (cf. Irenaeus 3, 3, 4); s. also the corresp. Hebr. expr. in HZucker, Studien z. jüd. Selbstverwaltg. im Altert. ’36, 135. M-M.* πρώτως adv. (Aristot. et al.; Dit., Or. 602, 4; UPZ 110, 81 [164BC]; POxy. 1023, 3f [II AD]; 1267, 10; Ep. Arist. 4) for the first time (so Polyb. 6, 5, 10; Diod. S. 4, 24, 1; Inschr. v. Priene 117, 39; Dit., Syll.3 797, 16; PRyl. 235, 11; Jos., Bell. 2, 25.Cf. Lob., Phryn. p. 311f; Crönert 193; Bl-D. §102, 5; Mlt.-H. 163) Ac 11:26 (v.l. πρῶτον). M-M.* πταίω 1 aor. ἔπταισα (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only intr. stumble, trip (X., An. 4, 2, 3 πρὸς τὰς πέτρας; Polyb. 31, 11, 5 πρὸς τὸν λίθον; Jos., Bell. 6, 64πρὸς πέτρᾳ), and in the fig. sense (as Aeschyl., Hdt.+).

870

1. in usages in which the lit. sense is clearly discernible. Abs. (Maximus Tyr. 34, 2e) μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν; they did not stumble so as to fall into ruin, did they? Ro 11:11. The ‘stumbling’ means to make a mistake, go astray, sin (Pla., Theaet. 160D al.; abs. Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 6; M. Ant. 7, 22 ἴδιον ἀνθρώπου φιλεῖν καὶ τοὺς πταίοντας; POxy. 1165, 11 εἴτε ἔπταισαν εἴτε οὐκ ἔπταισαν=‘whether they have committed an error or not’; Dt 7:25; Ep. Arist. 239; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 66) ὅσα παρεπέσαμεν καὶ ἐπταίσαμεν 1 Cl 51:1. πολλὰ πταίομεν we commit many sins Js 3:2a. πτ. ἐν ἑνί sin in one respect 2:10. ἐν λόγῳ in what one says 3:2b.

2. be ruined, be lost (Hdt. 9, 101; Aristot., Rhet. 3 al.; Diod. S. 15, 33, 1 et al.; Philo, De Jos. 144; Jos., Ant. 7, 75; 14, 434) of the loss of salvation 2 Pt 1:10. But mng. 1 is also poss. M-M.* πτελέα, ας, ἡ (Hom. [πτελέη]+; Sym. Is 41:19) elm tree as a support for vines Hs 2:1ff.* πτέρνα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 258[after Gen 25:26]; Sib. Or. 1, 63. Cf. Bl-D. §43, 2) heel ἐπαίρειν τὴν π. ἐπί τινα raise one’s heel against someone for a malicious kick J 13:18 (w. some relation to a form of Ps 40:10 which, in the LXX, ends w. ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πτερνισμόν).* πτεροφυέω (get or) grow feathers or wings (Plut., Mor. 751F of Eros; Lucian, Icar. 10; Olympiodorus, Life of Plato p. 2 Westermann; Horapollo 1, 55; Is 40:31.—In fig. sense as early as Pla.) 1 Cl 25:3.* πτερύγιον, ου, τό (Aristot.+; Aeneas Tact. 1440; inscr., LXX) dim. of πτέρυξ ‘wing’; it serves to designate the tip or extremity of anything end, edge τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ someth. like the pinnacle or summit of the temple Mt 4:5; Lk 4:9 (also in Hegesippus: Euseb., H.E. 2, 23, 11. Rufinus has for this ‘excelsus locus pinnae templi’.—Cf. Theod.

Da 9:27 [reading of a doublet; s. ed. JZiegler ’54 p. 191] and M-JLagrange, RB 39, ’30, 190). JoachJeremias, ZDPV 59, ’36, 195-208 proposes: ‘the lintel or super-structure of a gate of the temple.’ But for Greeks the word for this that was most easily understood would be ὑπέρθυρον (Parmenides [VI/V BC], fgm. 1, 12 [28 B Diels]; Hdt. 1, 179; Herodas 2, 65; Artem. 2, 10 p. 97, 26; 4, 42 p. 226, 8.—Jos., Bell. 5, 201in a description of the Jerus. temple).

M-M.* πτέρυξ, υγος, ἡ (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1167, 1-5; POxy. 738, 10; LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 72)wing, of birds Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34; Rv 12:14 (Test. Napht. 5:6 πτ. ἀετοῦ). The four strange creatures of the Apocalypse have six wings apiece (cf. Is 6:2) Rv 4:8. Of the apocalyptic locusts ἡ φωνὴ τῶν πτ. the noise of the wings 9:9. M-M. B. 245.* πτερωτός, (ή), όν (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX) feathered, winged; subst. τὰ πτερωτά winged creatures, birds (Aeschyl., Suppl. 510; Eur., Hel. 747.—Ps 77:27 and 148:10 in the expr. πετεινὰ πτερωτά, πετεινά is clearly the subst. The masc. οἱ πτερωτοί occurs in the same sense: Eur., Bacch. 257) ἐκτείνεται δίκτυα πτερωτοῖς B 5:4 (Pr 1:17).* πτηνός, (ή), όν (Pind.+) feathered, winged; subst. τὰ πτηνά the birds (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Aq. Job 5:7; Ep. Arist.

145; 146; 147; Philo; Sib. Or. 3, 370) 1 Cor 15:39. M-M.* πτοέω 1 aor. pass. ἐπτοήθην (Hom.+; LXX) terrify, frighten; pass. be terrified, be alarmed, frightened, startled (Polyb. 8, 19, 2; 31, 11, 4; Diod. S. 17, 102, 3 πτοηθέντες; LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 591;4, 108; Test. Jos. 2:5; PGM 4, 3093; 13, 199; 765) Lk 12:4 P45; 21:9. W. ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι 24:37 (cf. En. 21, 9 φοβεῖσθαι κ. πτ.); for this passage cf. also the variants θροηθέντες P75 et al.; φοβηθέντες ‫א‬W. M-M.* πτόησις, εως, ἡ (Pla.+; LXX)—1. act., the act of terrifying, intimidation—2. pass. fear, terror (Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 251, end). In μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 Pt 3:6 (Pr 3:25) both mngs. are poss. In the case of mng. 2 πτοησιν would be acc. of the inner obj.* Πτολεμαΐς, ΐδος, ἡ (on the spelling s. Bl-D. §15; 30, 1; 34, 6; Mlt.-H. 81) Ptolemais, a Phoenician seaport city (Polyb. 5, 61f; 71; Strabo 2, 5, 39; also 1 and 2 Macc; Ep. Arist. 115; Joseph.) Ac 21:7.—Schürer II4 141ff (lit.).* πτύον, ου, τό (Hom.+; Artem. 2, 24 p. 117, 28; PFay. 120, 5 [c. 100 AD]; Sym. Is 30:24) winnowing shovel, a fork-like shovel, with which the threshed grain was thrown into the wind; thus the chaff was separated fr. the grain Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17.—S. Dalman s.v. ἀλοάω. M-M. B. 500.* πτύρω frighten, scare, almost always pass. be frightened, terrified, let oneself be intimidated (since Hippocr., Mul. Morb. 1, 25; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 370A; Philo Bybl. [I/II AD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 10, 4; Plut., Mor. 800C; M. Ant. 8, 45, 2) μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενί ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων in no way intimidated by your opponents Phil 1:28.

M-M.* πτύσμα, ατος, τό (Hippocr.+; Polyb. 8, 12, 5; Sib. Or. 1, 365; Pollux 2, 103) saliva, spit(tle) used by Jesus in the healing of a blind man J 9:6.—On this subj. s. EKlostermann, Hdb., exc. on Mk 7:33; Billerb. II 15ff; AJacoby, ZNW 10, ’09, 185-94; OWeinreich, Antike Heilungswunder ’09, 97f; FJDölger, D. Exorzismus im altchr. Taufritual ’09, 118ff; 130ff; JJHess, ZAW 35, ’15, 130f; SEitrem, Some Notes on Demonology in the NT, Symb. Osl. 12, ’50, 46-9.

M-M.* 871

πτύσσω 1 aor. ἔπτυξα (Hom.+) fold up (Jos., Ant. 10, 16ἐπιστολάς; 15, 171. Of the folding of a document PGenève 10, 17 [IV AD]; Sb 5174, 23; 5175, 24) πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον after he had rolled up the scroll Lk 4:20. M-M. B. 544.* πτύω 1 aor. ἔπτυσα (Hom.+; Num 12:14; Sir 28:12) spit, spit out χαμαί on the ground J 9:6. πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ when he had spit on his eyes Mk 8:23 (Jos., Ant. 5, 335πτ. εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον). Abs. 7:33.—Lit. s.v. πτύσμα. M-M. B. 264.* πτῶμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 183; 5, 457; loanw. in rabb.) that which has fallen, (dead) body, corpse, esp. of one killed by violence (used w. νεκροῦ or the gen. of a name as early as trag. Without them in Polyb. 15, 14, 2; Plut., Alex. 33, 8; Vett. Val. 275, 19; Herodian 7, 9, 7; Jos., Ant. 7, 16al.; Dit., Syll.3 700, 17 [118 BC]; Epigr. Gr. 326, 5; LXX) Mt 14:12; 24:28 (gathering-point for vultures as Cornutus 21 p. 41, 15f); Mk 6:29; 15:45; Rv 11:8f (τὸ πτῶμα αὐτῶν in vss. 8 and 9a, τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν 9b).—Mt 14:12 and Mk 15:45 have as v.l. σῶμα, a more dignified word. M-M. B. 290.* πτῶσις, εως, ἡ (Pla.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 71)falling, fall (Diod. S. 5, 31, 3; Lucian, Anach. 28) lit. of the fall or collapse of a house (Manetho, Apot. 4, 617) Mt 7:27. Fig. (Petosiris, fgm. 6 1. 96=downfall, destruction, i.e., of the barbarians; Diogenian. Ep., 8, 2; oft. LXX; En. 100, 6) οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν he is destined to cause the fall and rise of many Lk 2:34 (cf. IQH 2, 8-10).* πτωχεία, ας, ἡ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; PGenève 14, 23; LXX, Test. 12 Patr.) (extreme) poverty, lit. ‘beggarliness’; lit., w. θλῖψις Rv 2:9. ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτ. (βάθος 2) 2 Cor 8:2. Paradoxically τῇ πτ. τινὸς πλουτῆσαι become rich through someone’s poverty vs. 9. In LJ 1:4 the word πτωχία occurs, but the context is lost. M-M.* πτωχεύω 1 aor. ἐπτώχευσα (=‘beg’ Hom.+; LXX) be or become (extremely) poor (Aristot., Rhet. 27 in contrast to πλουτεῖν; Antiphanes Com. 322 Kock; Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 394B) in our lit. only figuratively, of Christ ἐπτώχευσεν πλούσιος ὤν he became poor (ingressive aor. as Tob 4:21; Bl-D. §331; Rob. 834) 2 Cor 8:9. Of the Christians πτωχεύουσι καὶ πλουτίζουσι πολλούς Dg 5:13. ὁ πλούσιος τὰ πρὸς τὸν κύριον πτωχεύει Hs 2:5.* πτωχίζω make (extremely) poor opp. πλουτίζειν 1 Cl 59:3 (cf. 1 Km 2:7).* πτωχός, ή, όν (Hom.+; PPetr. III 36a, 17f; 140a, 1; LXX; Philo in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 7, 6; Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. orig. begging (s. on πένης for a differentiation betw. the two words; note that they are synonymous in Ps 55:1; 69:6 al.), dependent on others for support, but also simply poor (as Mod. Gk. φτωχός)—a. quite literally χήρα πτωχή Mk 12:42; cf. vs. 43; Lk 21:3. Mostly as subst. (Jos., Bell. 5, 570)opp. ὁ πλούσιος (Pla., Theaet. 24 p. 175A; Maximus Tyr. 1, 9a) Lk 6:20 (cf. vs. 24); Rv 13:16; 1 Cl 38:2; Hs 2:4.—Mt 26:11; Mk 14:7; Lk 14:13, 21; 16:20, 22; J 12:6, 8; Ro 15:26 (οἱ πτ. τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, part. gen. On the other hand πτωχοί [in the sense of b, below]=ἅγιοι: KHoll, SAB ’21, 937-9 and Ltzm., exc. on Ro 15:25); 2 Cor 6:10 (in a play on words w. πλουτίζειν); Gal 2:10; Js 2:2f, 6; B 20:2; D 5:2. οἱ πτ. τῷ κόσμῳ those who are poor in the world’s estimation Js 2:5 (opp. πλούσιοι ἐν πίστει). διδόναι (τοῖς) πτ. Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21; Lk 19:8; cf. 18:22; J 13:29; D 13:4. Pass. Mt 26:9; Mk 14:5; J 12:5. b. at times the ref. is not only to the unfavorable circumstances of these people from an economic point of view; the thought is also that since they are oppressed and disillusioned they are in special need of God’s help, and may be expected to receive it shortly (LXX; HBruppacher, D. Beurteilung d. Armut im AT ’24; WSattler, D. Anawim im Zeitalter Jes. Chr.: Jülicher-Festschr. ’27, 1-15; A Meyer, D. Rätsel des Jk ’30, 146ff; HBirkeland, ‘Ani u. ‘anāw in den Psalmen ’33; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 76f; KSchubert, The Dead Sea Community ’59, 85-8; 137-9; AGelin, The Poor of Yahweh, ’64; FWDanker, The Literary Unity of Mk 14:1-25, JBL 85, ’66, 467-72. S. on πλοῦτος 1). The gospel is preached to them (Is 61:1) Mt 11:5; Lk 4:18; 7:22; 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:33); Pol 2:3 (εἶπεν ὁ κύριος διδάσκων). c. expressly fig. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 (s. πνεῦμα 3b and Gdspd., Probs. 16f; MHFranzmann, CTM 18, ’47, 889ff; EBest, NTS 7, ’60/’61, 255-8; SLégasse, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 336-45 (Qumran); HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT I, ’66, 13; LEKeck, The Poor among the Saints in Jewish Christianity and Qumran, ZNW 57, ’66, 54-78). The angel of the church at Laodicea, who says of himself πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα, is termed πτωχός Rv 3:17. In 1 Cl 15:6, Ps 11:6 is quoted w. ref. to the situation in the Corinthian church.

2. poor, miserable, beggarly, impotent (Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 4 νοήματα) of the στοιχεῖα (w. ἀσθενής) Gal 4:9. Of the grace of God πτωχὴ οὐκ ἐγενήθη 1 Cor 15:10 D.—FHauck and EBammel, TW VI 885-915. M-M. B. 782; 784.* πτωχότης, ητος, ἡ poverty (Griech. . . . Ostraka der. . . Bibl. zu Strassburg, ed. PViereck ’23, 794) Hv 3, 12, 2.* πυγμή, ῆς, ἡ—1. fist (so Eur., Hippocr.+; PPetr. III 22 (e) 2 [III BC]; LXX) in a difficult pass. ἐὰν μὴ πυγμῇ νίψωνται τὰς χεῖρας lit. unless they wash their hands with (the) fist Mk 7:3 (where the v.l. πυκνά [s. πυκνός] is 872

substituted for π. in ‫א‬and acc. to the Vulgate [crebro], Goth., and Copt., thus alleviating the difficulty. Itala codex d has ‘primo’ [on this and other Itala readings s. AJülicher, Itala II ’40, p. 59]). This procedure is variously described and interpreted as a washing: ‘in which one clenched fist is turned about in the hollow of the other hand’, or ‘up to the elbow’ or ‘the wrist’, or ‘with a handful’ of water. FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 232f thinks of it simply as a rubbing w. the dry hand.—Palladius, Hist. Laus. 55 νίψασθαι τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας πυγμῇ ὕδατι ψυχροτάτῳ.

CCTorrey, ZAW 65, ’53, 233f.—For lit. s. βαπτίζω 1.—Field, Notes 30f; Gdspd., Probs. 59f; MBlack, Aramaic Approach2, ’53, 8f; PR Weis, NTS 3, ’56/’57, 233-6 (Aramaic); SMReynolds, JBL 85, ’66, 87f (with cupped hands; against him MHengel, ZNW 60, ’69, 182-98; reply by Reynolds ibid. 62, ’71, 295f).

2. fist-fight, boxing (Hom.+; inscr.) more generally (Jos., Ant. 14, 210)ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πυγμῆς in the midst of the fight B 12:2. M-M.* πυθόμενος,-εσθαι s. πυνθάνομαι. πύθων, ωνος, ὁ the Python, acc. to Strabo 9, 3, 12 the serpent or dragon that guarded the Delphic oracle; it lived at the foot of Mt. Parnassus, and was slain by Apollo. Later the word came to designate a spirit of divination, then also a ventriloquist, who was believed to have such a spirit dwelling in his (or her) belly (Plut., De Def. Orac. 9, p. 414E τοὺς ἐγγαστριμύθους νῦν πύθωνας προσαγορευομένους. Sim., Erotiani Vocum Hippocr. Coll. fgm. 21 p. 105, 20 Nachmanson [’18]; Hesychius and Suidas on ἐγγαστρίμυθος, also L-S-J lex. on the same word.—Suidas on Πύθωνος: δαιμονίου μαντικοῦ. τὰς τε πνεύματι Πύθωνος ἐνθουσιώσας καὶ φαντασίαν κυήσεως παρεχομένας τῇ τοῦ δαιμονίου περιφορᾷ ἠξίου τὸ ἐσόμενον προαγορεῦσαι; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 16 καὶ πύθωνες μαντεύονται, ἀλλʼ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ὡς δαίμονες ὁρκιζόμενοι φυγαδεύονται; Syntipas p. 62, 6; 15; 63, 4 πύθωνος πνεῦμα. So as loanw. in rabb.—On the difference betw. ancient and modern ideas of ventriloquism, s. A-JFestugière, RB 54, ’47, 133 and cf. Murray, New [Oxford] Engl. Dict. s.v. ventriloquist) πνεῦμα πύθωνα a spirit of divination or prophecy (in apposition like ἄνθρωπος βασιλεύς) Ac 16:16 (the t.r. has πνεῦμα πύθωνος=‘the spirit of a ventriloquist’).-WEbstein, D. Medizin im NT u. im Talmud ’03; JTambornino, De Antiquorum Daemonismo ’09; FJDölger, Der Exorzismus im altchristl. Taufritual ’09; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 401 ff; TK Oesterreich, D. Besessenheit ’21, esp. 319-30. M-M.* πυκνός, ή, ον frequent, numerous (so as early as Od. 14, 36; 3 Macc 1:28; Ep. Arist. 90; Jos., Ant. 13, 139)ἀσθένειαι 1 Ti 5:23.-Neut. pl. as adv. often, frequently (Hom.+; X., An. 5, 9, 8, De Rep. Lac. 12, 5; Pla., Rep. 6 p. 501 B; Plut., Mor. 228D) Mt 9:14 v.l. (for πολλά); Mk 7:3 v.l. (s. πυγμή); Lk 5:33.—Neut. of the comp. πυκνότερον as adv. more often, more frequently and in an elative sense very often, quite frequently (Pla., Demosth. et al.; PTebt. 41, 3 [II BC]; POxy. 717, 16; 3 Macc 4:12) also as often as possible (POxy. 805 [25 BC] ἀξιῶ δὲ ἀντιφωνεῖν μοι πυκνότερον; PGM 13, 58; 430; Ep. Arist. 318; Bl-D. §244, 1 app.; Rob. 665) Ac 24:26; 2 Cl 17:3; IEph 13:1a; IPol 4:2 (Clidemus [350 BC] no. 323 fgm. 7 Jac. of the Athenians: συνῄεσαν εἰς τὴν Πύκνα ὀνομασθεῖσαν διὰ τὸ τὴν συνοίκησιν πυκνουμένην εἶναι). M-M. B. 888; 986.* πυκνῶς adv. (posthomeric [Hom. has πυκινῶς]) frequently,. often (Ps.-X., Cyneg. 6, 22; Plut., Mor. 229E; Jos., Ant. 7, 22; PGM 4, 2569; 2639) IEph 13:1b; Hm 11:4; D 16:2.* πυκτεύω (X., Pla.+; Dio Chrys. 14[31], 156; Epigr. Gr. 291, 1) fight with fists, box symbolically 1 Cor 9:26.

M-M.* πύλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 158; Joseph.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or.; loanw. in rabb.) gate, door.

1. lit., of the gates of cities (X., Mem. 3, 9, 7; Maximus Tyr. 15, 3a; Polyaenus) 7, 13; Jos., Vi. 108) Lk 7:12; Ac 9:24 (a situation as in Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 12 §48 αἱ πύλαι κατείχοντο in the hunt for proscribed men). ἔξω τῆς πύλης outside the gate, outside the city 16:13; Hb 13:12 (crucifixion outside the city was the usual practice: Artem. 2, 53 p. 152, 17). Of a gate of the temple in Jerusalem ἡ ὡραία πύλη Ac 3:10 (s. on ὡραῖος). The prison has τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 12:10 (cf. Jos., Bell. 7, 245). πύλας χαλκᾶς συντρίψω B 11:4 (Ps 106:16). In the vision of the rock w. a gate(way) Hs 9, 2, 2f; 9, 3, 1f; 4; 9, 4, 1f; 5f; 8; 9, 5, 3; 9, 6, 7; 9, 12, 1-6; 9, 13, 6; 9, 14, 4; 9, 15, 5. On the πύλαι ᾅδου Mt 16:18 s. ᾅδης 1 and cf. the lit. s.v. κλείς 1 and πέτρα 1b, also JHBernard, The Gates of Hades: Exp. 8th ser.

XI ’16, 401-9; REppel, Aux sources de la tradition Chrétienne: MGoguel-Festschr. ’50, 71-3; OBetz, ZNW 48, ’57, 49-77 (Qumran; cf. IQH 6, 24).

2. fig. and symbolically, of the στενὴ πύλη that leads into life Mt 7:13a, 14 (Sib. Or. 2, 150 π. ζωῆς); cf. also vs.

13b; Lk 13:24 t.r. (cf. Cebes 15, 1-3 the difficult road and the narrow gate, which afford an ἀνάβασις στενὴ πάνυ to the ἀληθινὴ παιδεία). π. δικαιοσύνης the gate of righteousness 1 Cl 48:2a; cf. b (Ps 117:19). Also ἡ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ (πύλη) vs. 4b. This gate is also called ἡ πύλη τοῦ κυρίου the gate to the Lord (or of the Lord) vs. 3 (Ps 117:20). πολλῶν πυλῶν ἀνεῳγυιῶν since many gates are open vs. 4a. M-M. B. 466.* πυλών, ῶνος, ὁ (Polyb.; Diod. S. 13, 75, 7; Cebes 1, 2 al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; Test. Zeb. 3:6. Loanw. in rabb.).

1. gate, esp. of the large gate at the entrance of temples and palaces (Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 8; Plut., Tim. 12, 9; inscr., LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 617), at the palace of the rich man Lk 16:20. Of the gates of the heavenly Jerusalem (Berosus in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 140of the magnificent city gates of Babylon; Cephalio [II AD]: 93 fgm. 5 p. 444, 23 Jac., of Thebes πόλιν μεγάλην πάνυ, δωδεκάπυλον) οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν Rv 21:25; cf. vss. 12a, b, 13a, 873

b, c, d, 15, 21a, b; 22:14. Of the gates of a temple or of a city Ac 14:13.

2. gateway, portal, vestibule (Lucian, Nigr. 23) ἡ θύρα τοῦ πυλῶνος (Jos., Bell. 5, 202δύο ἑκάστου πυλῶνος θύραι) Ac 12:13. Cf. vs. 14a, b; 10:17.

3. gateway, entrance separated fr. the house by a court (Inscr. Or. Sept. Pont. Eux. I2 32B, 48 [III BC]; Polyb. 2, 9, 3; 4, 18, 2; Diod. S. 1, 47, 1; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6). Peter leaves (ἐξελθόντα) the court (vs. 69) and enters εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα Mt 26:71, and finally leaves it (vs. 75). M-M.* πυνθάνομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) impf. ἐπυνθανόμην; 2 aor. ἐπυθόμην (on the use of the two tenses s. Bl-D. §328 app.).

1. inquire, ask, seek to learn παρά τινος B 13:2 (Gen 25:22). τὶ παρά τινος (Pla., Gorg. 455C; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 6) J 4:52 (ἐκείνην P75 B). τὶ ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ Ac 23:20 (π. περί τινος as X., An. 5, 5, 25; PHib. 72, 11; POxy. 930, 12; 1064, 4; Esth 6:4.—π. ἀκριβέστερον as PPetr. II 16, 13 [III BC]). π. (καὶ λέγειν) foll. by dir. quest. Ac 17:19 D. Foll. by indir. quest. (Pla., Soph. 216D; 2 Macc 3:9; Jos., Ant. 8, 331πυθ. τίς εἴη; BGU 893, 26 ἐπύθετο, πόσον ἔχει; POxy. 1063, 6) Lk 15:26; 18:36; J 13:24 P66 et al.; Ac 21:33. π. εἰ w. indic. foll. inquire whether. . . 10:18 (cf. 2 Macc 3:9; Jos., Ant. 10, 259).π. παρά τινος w. indir. quest. foll. (Lucian, Nigr. 1; Jos., Ant. 16, 328)Mt 2:4. Foll. by a dir. quest. (Plut., Demetr. 27, 9) Ac 4:7; 10:29; 23:19.

2. learn by inquiry w. ὅτι foll. (X., An. 6, 3, 23; PHamb. 27, 7 [III BC] πυνθανόμενος αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀπῆλθεν) Ac 23:34. π. περί τινος (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 123 §515 περὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ) foll. by indir. quest. Dg 1. M-M.* πυξίς, ίδος, ἡ box made of boxwood, then any kind of box, esp. as a container for medicine (Lucian, Philops. 21; Galen XIII 743 K.; Jos., Bell. 1, 598;BGU 1300, 8 [III/II BC]; PRyl. 125, 26f [I AD]; Sb 4324, 17) of a container for poison (as Jos., Ant. 17, 77)Hv 3, 9, 7.* πύον, ου, τό (Hippocr.+; Antig. Car. 117) pus AP 16:31.* πῦρ, ός, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fire.

1. lit.—a. of earthly fire, as an important element in creation Dg 7:2.—Mt 17:15; Mk 9:22; Ac 28:5; Js 5:3 (cf. 4 Macc 15:15); ITr 2:3. Melting lead 2 Cl 16:3. Necessary for forging metals Dg 2:3. Testing precious metals for purity 1 Pt 1:7; Hv 4, 3, 4; cf. the metaphor Rv 3:18. For ἄνθρακες πυρός Ro 12:20 s. ἄνθραξ. For κάμινος (τοῦ) πυρός 1 Cl 45:7; 2 Cl 8:2 s. κάμινος. For βάλλειν εἰς (τὸ) π. s. βάλλω 1b.—περιάπτειν πῦρ kindle a fire Lk 22:55. κατακαίειν τι πυρί burn someth. (up) with fire pass. Mt 13:40; τινὰ ἐν πυρὶ Rv 17:16 (v.l. without ἐν). Pass. 18:8. ὐπὸ πυρὸς κατακαίεσθαι MPol 5:2 (κατακαίω, end). πῦρ καιόμενον 11:2b (καίω 1a). πυρὶ καίεσθαι Hb 12:18; Rv 8:8 (καίω 1a). Fire is used in comparisons γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός Ac 2:3 (Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 14 ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ φέγγος ὡς πυρὸς ὤφθη ἡμῖν). φλὸξ πυρός a flame of fire (Ex 3:2; Is 29:6): ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός Rv 1:14; cf. 2:18; 19:12.—Of the Christian worker who has built poorly in the congregation it is said σωθήσεται ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved as if through (the) fire, i.e. like a person who must pass through a wall of fire to escape fr. a burning house (Crates, Ep. 6 κἂν διὰ πυρός; Jos., Ant. 17, 264διὰ τοῦ πυρός; Diod. S. 1, 57, 7; 8 διὰ τοῦ φλογὸς. . . σωθείς from a burning tent) 1 Cor 3:15 (s. σῴζω 3). Cf. Jd 23 (ἁρπάζω 2a).—Of the torture of a martyr by fire IRo 5:3; ISm 4:2; MPol 2:3; 11:2a; 13:3; 15:1f; 16:1; 17:2. Cf. Hb 11:34. b. of fire that is heavenly in origin and nature (cf. Diod. S. 4, 2, 3 of the ‘fire’ of lightning, accompanying the appearance of Zeus; 16, 63, 3 τὸ θεῖον πῦρ): an angel appears to Moses ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου in the flame of a burning thorn-bush Ac 7:30 (cf. Ex 3:2; PKatz, ZNW 46, ’55, 133-8). God makes τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα (cf. Ps 103:4, esp. in the v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31]) Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3. Corresp., there burn before the heavenly throne seven λαμπάδες πυρός Rv 4:5 and the ‘strong angel’ 10:1 has πόδες ὡς στῦλοι πυρός. Fire appears mostly as a means used by God to execute punishment: in the past, in the case of Sodom ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ Lk 17:29 (Gen 19:24; cf. IQH 3, 31). Cf. Lk 9:54 (4 Km 1:10, 12; Jos., Ant. 9, 23πῦρ ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ πεσόν). Quite predom. in connection w. the Last Judgment: the end of the world διʼ αἵματος καὶ πυρός Hv 4, 3, 3; cf. Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3. Also Sib. Or. 4, 173; 5, 376f); Rv 8:7. The Judgment Day ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται makes its appearance with fire 1 Cor 3:13a; cf. b (JGnilka, Ist 1 Cor 3:10-15. . . Fegfeuer?, ’55); 2 Pt 3:7. When Jesus comes again he will reveal himself w. his angels ἐν πυρὶ φλογός (cf. Sir 45:19) 2 Th 1:8. Oft. in Rv: fire is cast fr. heaven upon the earth 8:5; 13:13; 20:9 (καταβαίνω 1b). It proceeds fr. the mouths of God’s two witnesses 11:5 and fr. the mouths of the demonic horses 9:17f. Cf. 16:8. For πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τ. ὑπεναντίους Hb 10:27 s. ζῆλος 1, end.—The fire w. which God punishes sinners οὐ σβέννυται (cf. Is 66:24) Mk 9:48; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5. Hence it is called (cf. PGM 5, 147 τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἀθάνατον) (τὸ) πῦρ (τὸ) αἰώνιον (4 Macc 12:12; Test. Zeb. 10:3) Mt 18:8; 25:41; Jd 7; Dg 10:7 (opp. τὸ πῦρ τὸ πρόσκαιρον 10:8). πῦρ ἄσβεστον (ἄσβεστος 1) Mt 3:12; Mk 9:43, 45 t.r.; Lk 3:17; 2 Cl 17:7; IEph 16:2. It burns in the γέεννα (τοῦ) πυρός (s. γέεννα and cf. En. 10, 13 τὸ χάος τοῦ πυρός) Mt 5:22; 18:9 (cf. IQS 2, 7f); Mk 9:47 t.r.; 2 Cl 5:4 (a saying of Jesus not recorded elsewhere). ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρὸς (καὶ θείου) Rv 19:20; 20:10, 14a, b, 15 (cf. Joseph and Aseneth 12, 10 ἄβυσσον τοῦ πυρός); cf. 21:8; 14:10, 18; 15:2.

The fiery place of punishment as ἡ κάμινος τοῦ πυρός Mt 13:42, 50. The fire of hell is also meant in certain parables and allegories, in which trees and vines represent persons worthy of punishment Mt 3:10; 7:19; Lk 3:9; J 15:6. The one whose coming was proclaimed by John the Baptist βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί; whether πῦρ in Mt 3:11; Lk 3:16 refers to the receiving of the Holy Spirit (esp. in Lk 3:16) or to the fire of divine judgment is debatable; for association of πῦρ with πνεῦμα cf. Ac 2:3f; Third Corinthians 3:13 (βαπτίζω 3b). As Lord of Judgment God is called πῦρ καταναλίσκον Hb 12:29 (Dt 4:24; 9:3.—Mesomedes calls Isis πῦρ τέλεον ἄρρητον [Isishymn. p. 145, 14 874

Peek]).—Of a different kind is the pagan idea that fire is to be worshipped as a god (Maximus Tyr. 2, 4b of the Persians: πῦρ δέσποτα; Theosophien 14 p. 170, 11 τὸ πῦρ ἀληθῶς θεός) Dg 8:2.

2. fig. (Charito 2, 4, 7 πῦρ εἰς τ. ψυχήν; Ael. Aristid. 28, 110 K.=49 p. 527 D.: τὸ ἱερὸν κ. θεῖον πῦρ τὸ ἐκ ∆ιός; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 5; PGrenf. I=Coll. p. 177 l. 15 [II BC] of the fire of love) ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ Js 3:6, cf. 5 (γλῶσσα 1a). The saying of Jesus πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν Lk 12:49 seems, in the context where it is now found, to refer to the fire of discord (s. vss. 51-3). πῦρ is also taken as fig. in Agr 3, the sense of which, however, cannot be determined w. certainty (s. JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 54-6) ὁ ἐγγύς μου ἐγγὺς τοῦ πυρός. ὁ δὲ μακρὰν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας (s. ἐγγύς 3. ἐγγὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυρός as someth. dangerous also Charito 6, 3, 9). On the difficult pass. πᾶς πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται Mk 9:49 and its variants s. ἁλίζω and cf., in addition to ἅλας 2, NDColeman, JTS 24, ’23, 381-96, ET 48, ’37, 360-2; PHaupt, Salted with Fire: AJPh 45, ’24, 242-5; AFridrichsen, Würzung durch Feuer: Symb. Osl. 4, ’26, 36-8; JdeZwaan, Met vuur gezouten worden, Mc 9:49: NThSt 11, ’28, 179-82; RHarris, ET 48, ’37, 185f; SEitrem, Opferritus u. Voropfer der Griechen u. Römer ’15, 309-44.

JBBauer, ThZ 15, ’59, 446-50; HZimmermann (Mk 9:49), ThQ 139, ’59, 28-39; TJBaarda (Mk 9:49), NTS 5, ’59, 318-21.—F Lang, TW VI 927-53: πῦρ and related words. M-M. B. 71.** πυρά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.+; PGM 4, 32; LXX; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 157; Sib. Or. 8, 494) in our lit. only of a pile of combustible or even of burning material, a fire ἅπτειν πυράν (Hdt. 1, 86; 2 Macc 10:36) Ac 28:2; cf. Lk 22:55 v.l.; Ac 28:3.—Of a pyre on which someone is burned (of Croesus: Hdt. 1, 86, 2ff; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 13]; of Calanus, the wise man of India: Arrian, Anab. 7, 3, 4ff) of a martyr MPol 13:2f.* πύργος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+ [a Nordic loanw.: PKretschmer, Glotta 22, ’34, 100ff]; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 147al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 11, 10; 12. Loanw. in rabb.).

1. tower ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ Lk 13:4 (Demetr. of Kallatis [200 BC]: 85 fgm. 6 Jac. πεσόντος τοῦ πύργου πεσεῖν κ. αὐτάς [=25 girls]). Of towers such as are built in a vineyard for watchmen (BGU 650, 8 [60/61 AD]: Is 5:2) Mt 21:33; Mk 12:1; perh. also Lk 14:28 (but s. 2 below and cf. C-HHunzinger, ZNW Beiheft 26, ’60, 211-17 [Gospel of Thomas]).—B 16:5 (scripture quot., presumably fr. En. 89, 56). In Hermas the church is symbolically pictured as a tower (cf. Sib. Or. 5, 424) Hv 3; 4, 3, 4; s 8 and 9 (149 times).

2. farm building (cf. FPreisigke, Her. 54, ’19, 93; EMeyer, Her. 55, ’20, 100; AAlt, ibid. 334-6; JHasebroek, Her. 57, ’22, 621-3; PMMeyer, Ztschr. für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft 40, ’22, 207. Rejected by WCrönert, Gnomon 4, ’28, 80) so prob. Lk 14:28 (but s. 1 above). M-M.* πυρέσσω (Eur., Hippocr.+; Epict. [s. index Sch.]; M. Ant. 8, 15; Diog. L. 6, 1, 6; Jos., Vi. 404; POsl. 95, 20 [96 AD]; 152, 4) suffer with a fever Mt 8:14; Mk 1:30. M-M.* πυρετός, οῦ, ὁ fever ([Il. 22, 31]; Aristoph.; Hippocr.; Dit., Syll.3 1239, 20; 1240, 12; Audollent, Defix. Tab. 74, 6; BGU 956, 2; POxy. 924, 6; 1151, 35; Dt 28:22; Philo; Jos., Vi. 48) Lk 4:39. ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν (αὐτὸν) ὁ πυρετός Mt 8:15; Mk 1:31; J 4:52. In the two passages foll. πυρ. is used w. συνέχεσθαι (cf. Diod. S. 36, 13, 3 παραχρῆμα πυρετῷ συνεσχέθη; Jos., Ant. 13, 398πυρετῷ συσχεθείς; POxy. 986, 33 ὄντα πυρετίοις συνεχόμενον), pl.

(Demosth. et al.; Hippocr.: CMG I 1 p. 40, 1; 50, 6; w. δυσεντερία p. 57, 27f; 60, 27) πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον Ac 28:8. συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ suffering with a severe attack of fever Lk 4:38 (cf. Diod. S. 32, 10, 3 τῶν πυρετῶν μεγάλων συνεπιγινομένων; Galen, De Diff. Febr. 1, 1 vol. VII 275 Kühn σύνηθες τοῖς ἰατροῖς ὀνομάζειν τὸν μέγαν τε καὶ μικρὸν πυρετόν; Alexander of Aphrodisias, De Febribus Libell. 31 [JLIdeler, Physici et Medici Graeci Minores I 1841, 105f] μικρούς τε καὶ μεγάλους ὀνομάζομεν πυρετούς; Aulus Cornel.

Celsus 4, 14 magnae febres.—S. on this JSchuster, M.D., BZ 13, ’15, 338ff; HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 194f; 203; 207 note); GDunst, ZPE 3, ’68, 148-53 (fever-cult). M-M.* πύρινος, η, ον fiery, the color of fire (Aristot.+; Epigr. Gr. 987 [95 AD]; PTebt. 1, 16 [I BC]; BGU 590, 1; PGM 4, 589; Sir 48:9 ἐν ἅρματι ἵππων πυρίνων; Ezk 28:14, 16; En. 14, 11) ἀκρίδες πύριναι fiery locusts Hv 4, 1, 6.

Spectral riders wear θώρακας πυρίνους Rv 9:17 (Sib. Or. 3, 673 ῥομφαῖαι πύριναι). M-M.* πυρκαϊά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.+; trag., Hdt., Aristot.) funeral pyre MPol 13:2 v.l. Funk (for πυρά).* πυροειδής, ές (Pla., Leg. 10 p. 895C et al.); Cleanthes: Stoic. fgm. 506) the color of fire, red as fire=bright red (w. αἱματώδης, q.v.) Hv 4, 1, 10; 4, 3, 3.—S. αἷμα 3.* πυρόω pf. pass. ptc. πεπυρωμένος; 1 aor. ἐπυρώθην (Pind.+; inscr., LXX, Philo) set on fire, burn up, in our lit. only pass. (Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 372A of tortures in Tartarus; Philo).

1. burn—a. lit., of the fiery end of the world οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθήσονται 2 Pt 3:12. Symbolically τὰ βέλη τὰ πεπυρωμένα (cf. βέλος) Eph 6:16 (cf. Cicero, Tusc. Disp. 5, 27, 76). b. fig. (act. Cornutus 25 p. 47, 11 πυροῦν τ. ψυχάς; pass., Horapollo 1, 22 ἡ καρδία πυροῦται) burn, be inflamed w. sympathy, readiness to aid, or indignation 2 Cor 11:29 (cf. 2 Macc 4:38; 10:35; 14:45; 3 Macc 4:2; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 84 πεπύρωται ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ θεοῦ. So prob. also the Jewish-Gk. inscr. fr. Tell el Yehudieh ed. Ltzm.

[ZNW 22, ’23, 282] 18, 5 πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ οἱ πυρώμενοι=‘father and mother, who are burning w. grief’; Ltzm. thinks of the burning of the dead, referring to 20, 4 where, however, the act. is used); burn with sexual desire 1 Cor 7:9 (cf. Anacreontea 11, 15 Preis.: Ἔρως εὐθέως με πύρωσον; PGM 4, 2931 βάλε πυρσὸν ἔρωτα; 36, 111; 200 875

πυρουμένη; PBerlin 9909, 48; Hos 7:4; Sir 23:17; SDGordon, ET 21, ’10, 478f).

2. make red hot, cause to glow, heat thoroughly (Lucian, Alex. 21 βελόνην) of metals πεπυρωμένον σίδηρον AP 13:28. By such heating precious metals are tested and refined (Job 22:25; Ps 11:7; 65:10; Pr 10:20) Rv 1:15 (πεπυρωμένης is one of the linguistic peculiarities of Rv [s. καὶ ἔχων which follows soon thereafter]. All the variant readings here are simply corrections. FRehkopf, Joach Jeremias-Festschr., ’70, 214-19); 3:18; MPol 15:2.—Hv 4, 3, 4 makes a comparison betw. the refining influence of fire on metals and the effect that fiery trials have in removing impurities from Christians. M-M.* πυρράζω (only in Byzantine writers [Psaltes 332]; LXX has πυρρίζω) be (fiery) red of the color of the morning or evening sky Mt 16:2f. M-M.* πυρρός, ά, όν (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 18, 7. On the double ρ cf. Bl-D. §34, 2; Mlt.-H. 101) red (as fire) as the apocalyptic color of a horse (Theocr. 15, 53, of a fox standing on its hind legs) Rv 6:4 (τὸ λευκόν, μέλαν, ἐρυθρόν, χλωρόν are the four basic colors [Theophr., Sens. 13, 73-5]. In Rv, prob. because of the influence of the ἵππος πυρρός of Zech 1:8 and 6:2, the word ἐρ. has been changed to its practical equivalent πυρρ.—Cf. Petosiris, fgm. 12 l. 25f: μέλας. . . λοιμὸν [better λιμὸν acc. to l. 187] ποιεῖ, χλωρὸς δὲ νόσους, πυρρὸς δὲ πόλεμον καὶ σφαγάς). RGradwohl, D. Farben im AT, Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 8). Of a dragon Rv 12:3 (in Diod. S. 1, 88, 4 π. is the color of Typhon, the enemy of the gods. Cf. also Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 3, 11 Jac. ὑπὸ λύκου πυρροῦ εὐμεγέθους καταβρωθῆναι). Symbolically of sins πυρρότεραι κόκκου redder than scarlet 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.).—For lit. s. αἷμα 3. M-M.* Πύρρος, ου, ὁ (Gk. lit.; inscr., pap.) Pyrrhus, father of Sopater of Beroea; Sop. accompanied Paul when he took the collection to Jerusalem Ac 20:4. M-M. * πύρωσις, εως, ἡ (Aristot., Theophr. et al.; PGM 2, 110; Am 4:9)—1. lit., pass. the process of burning (Jos., Ant. 1, 203)τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς Rv 18:9, 18.

2. fig. ἡ π. τῆς δοκιμασίας the fiery test D 16:5. π. πρὸς πειρασμὸν γινομένη fiery ordeal to test you 1 Pt 4:12 (cf. the πύρωσις for testing metals Pr 27:21). M-M.* πωλέω impf. ἐπώλουν; 1 aor. ἐπώλησα (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 296 al.; Test. 12 Patr.) sell τὶ someth. Mt 13:44; 19:21; 21:12b (on πωλεῖν in the ἱερόν cf. Leges Graecorum Sacrae II 88, 31 LZiehen [’06]); Mk 10:21; 11:15b; Lk 12:33; 18:22 (PRyl. 113, 8 πάντα τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ πωλήσας); 22:36; J 2:14, 16; Ac 5:1. The obj. is to be supplied 4:34, 37.—Pass. be offered for sale, be sold (Artem. 4, 15) πᾶν τὸ ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25. W. gen. of price (X., Mem. 1, 2, 36; PPetr. II 38(b), 2 [243 BC] τὸ ἔλαιον πωλεῖσθαι τιμῆς. . . ; Jos., Vi. 75.—Bl-D. §179, 1; Rob. 510f) Mt 10:29; Lk 12:6. Abs. (opp. ἀγοράζειν; s. ἀγοράζω 1) Lk 17:28; Rv 13:17. οἱ πωλοῦντες the sellers, dealers Mt 25:9; Lk 19:45. W. οἱ ἀγοράζοντες (cf. Is 24:2) Mt 21:12a; Mk 11:15a. On ascetic practices, s. HvCampenhausen, Tradition and Life in the Church, ’68, 90-122. M-M.* πῶλος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) the colt of a horse (Hom.+; besides, it refers to a horse that is old enough to use: Hipponax 41 Diehl; Anacr. 88 D.; X., De Re Equ. 1, 6 al.; PGM 2, 95), but also young animal, in our lit. only ass’s foal, young donkey (Geopon. 16, 21, 6; PLille 8, 9 [III BC]; BGU 373, 7; Gen 32:15; 49:11a, b) Mt 21:2, 7; Mk 11:2, 4f, 7; Lk 19:30, 33a, b, 35. W. ref. to Zech 9:9; Mt 21:5; J 12:15.—But since the publication of this entry in his fourth ed., WBauer has made more extensive researches, publ. in JBL 72, ’53, 220-9: The ‘Colt’ of Palm Sunday (Der Palmesel); the German original in WBauer, Aufsätze u. Kleine Schriften, ed. G Strecker, ’67, 109-20. Here he shows that π. in Gk. lit. fr. Homer down means young animal when another animal is named in its context (e.g. the donkey in the exx. fr. Geopon., PLille and BGU above), but simply horse (not colt) when no other animal is so found.

W. this as a background Bauer prefers horse for the passages in Mk and Lk.—See PNepper-Christensen, Das Mt-evangelium, ’58, 143-8; HWKuhn, Das Reittier Jesu usw., ZNW 50, ’59, 82-91; OMichel, Einzugsgeschichte, NTS 6, ’59/’60, 81f, TW VI 959-61: πῶλος.—S. also the lit. s.v. ὄνος. M-M. B. 171.* πῶλυψ, πος, ὁ octopus (so Epicharmus in Athen. 7 p. 323F; Diphilus Siphnius [III BC] ibid. 8 p. 356E) B 10:5; s. πολύπους.* πώποτε adv. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.) ever, at any time Dg 8:11; MPol 8:1. Usu. used w. a neg. As a rule the verb w. it stands in a past tense never, not ever οὐδεὶς πώποτε no one ever (X., An. 1, 6, 11; Jos., Ant. 17, 310)Lk 19:30; J 1:18 (Galen II p. 66 K. μηδʼ ἑωρακέναι πώποτε; PGM 5, 102 Osiris, ὃν οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε); 8:33; 1J 4:12. Cf. J 5:37.—Only rarely of the future (Batr. 178; 1 Km 25:28; PGM 4, 291) οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε he will never thirst again J 6:35. M-M.* πωρόω 1 aor. ἐπώρωσα; pf. πεπώρωκα J 12:40 t.r. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπωρώθην; pf. ptc. πεπωρωμένος (Hippocr., Aristot.+; Job 17:7 [of the eyes=become dim]) harden, petrify, in our lit. only fig., mostly of hearts τὴν καρδίαν τινός make dull or obtuse or blind J 12:40 (ἐπήρωσεν P66 P75 et al.); pass. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη Mk 6:52; cf. 8:17; Hm 4, 2, 1; 12, 4, 4.—Of the νοήματα 2 Cor 3:14. Of persons themselves Ro 11:7.—Zahn on Ro, exc. III p.

618-20; Windisch on 2 Cor 3:14; KLSchmidt, D. Verstockung des Menschen durch Gott: ThZ 1, ’45, 1-17. M-M.* 876

πώρωσις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr., Galen; on the history of the word s. JARobinson, JTS 3, ’02, 81-93, Eph ’04, 264ff) hardening, dulling in our lit. only fig. (Test. Levi 13:7 πώρωσις ἁμαρτίας) dullness, insensibility, obstinacy ἡ π. τῆς καρδίας (s. πωρόω and LCerfaux, Muséon 59, ’46, 267-79) Mk 3:5; Eph 4:18. π. τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν insensibility has come over Israel Ro 11:25. M-M.* πῶς interrog. particle (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) how? in what way?—1. in direct questions—a. to determine how someth. has come to be, how someth. is happening, or should happen; w. indic. how? in what? πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; Lk 1:34. πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις; 10:26; cf. Mk 12:26. πῶς οὖν ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; J 9:10.—3:4, 9; 9:19 (π. οὖν), 26; Ro 4:10 (π. οὖν); 1 Cor 15:35 (cf. 1 Ch 13:12); B 5:5 (π. οὖν); IEph 19:2 (π. οὖν); Hm 3:3 (π. οὖν). W. the special mng. with what right? in what sense? πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς υἱὸς ∆αυίδ ἐστιν; Mk 12:35.—Mt 22:43 (π. οὖν), 45; Lk 20:41, 44 (cf.

Gen 39:9); J 12:34.—γέγραπται Mk 9:12. b. in questions indicating surprise how is it (possible) that? I do not understand how (Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 259 a series of questions expressing surprise, introduced again and again by πῶς; Lucian, Deor. Conc. 10 πῶς φέρεις;) πῶς παρʼ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς, J 4:9.—7:15; Ac 2:8; Gal 4:9. W. a neg. πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε; how is it possible that you do not understand? Mt 16:11; Mk 8:21 v.l. πῶς οὐκ ἔχετε πίστιν; how is it that you have no faith? Mk 4:40.—8:21 t.r.; Mt 21:20; Lk 12:56. c. in questions denoting disapproval or rejection with what right? how dare you? πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου; Mt 7:4 (πῶς ἐρεῖς as Jer 2:23). πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε; how is it that you are bold enough to come in here? 22:12. πῶς σὺ λέγεις; how can you say? (cf. Job 33:12) J 14:9.—Lk 6:42; what does he mean by saying? J 6:42; 8:33; 1 Cor 15:12; Gal 2:14. d. in rhetorical questions that call an assumption into question or reject it altogether how (could or should)?=by no means, it is impossible that (Job 25:4) πῶς (οὖν) σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ; Mt 12:26; Lk 11:18. Cf. Mt 12:29, 34; Mk 3:23; 4:13; J 3:12; 5:44, 47; 6:52; 9:16; 14:5 (KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 94f). ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον; otherwise (i.e. if he were unjust) it would be impossible for God to judge the world Ro 3:6. Cf. 6:2; 1 Cor 14:7, 9, 16; 1 Ti 3:5; Hb 2:3; 1J 3:17; 4:20 t.r.; MPol 9:3; Hv 3, 9, 10.—If πῶς is accompanied by a neg., the ‘impossible’ becomes most surely, most certainly (Hyperid. 3, 35; 5, 15; Pr 15:11 πῶς οὐχί; Ep. Arist.

149; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 256) πῶς οὐχὶ τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; Ro 8:32.—2 Cor 3:8.—As an exceptional case the opt. w. ἄν (potential; cf. Bl-D. §385, 1; Rob. 938; 1021f and Ael. Aristid. 29 p. 557 D.) πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην;=it is impossible for me to do so Ac 8:31 (cf. Gen 44:8; Dt 28:67; Sir 25:3). e. in questions of deliberation w. a deliberative subjunctive (Bl-D. §366, 1; Rob. 934f.—Epict. 4, 1, 100; 2 Km 23:3; Sir 49:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 19, 2) πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί; Mt 26:54. πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν; what comparison can we find for the Kingdom? Mk 4:30. πῶς φύγητε; how are you to escape?=you will not escape at all Mt 23:33. πῶς οὖν w. subj. Ro 10:14a, foll. by πῶς δέ and the subj. three times in vss. 14b, c, 15.—Hs 5, 7, 3.

2. in indirect questions—a. w. indic. after verbs of knowing, saying, asking etc. ἀκούειν B 7:3. ἀπαγγέλλειν Lk 8:36; 1 Th 1:9. βλέπειν 1 Cor 3:10; Eph 5:15. διηγεῖσθαι Mk 5:16; Ac 9:27a, b; 12:17. εἰδέναι (X., Mem. 1, 2, 36) J 9:21; Col 4:6; 2 Th 3:7. ἐπέχειν Lk 14:7. ἐπιδεικνύειν B 6:13. ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Ac 15:36. ἐπίστασθαι 20:18. ἐρωτᾶν J 9:15. θεωρεῖν Mk 12:41. καταμαθεῖν Mt 6:28 (on π. αὐξάνουσιν here s. PKatz, JTS 5, ’54; 207-9); ISm 6:2. κατανοεῖν Lk 12:27; 1 Cl 24:1; 37:2. μνημονεύειν Rv 3:3. νοεῖν 1 Cl 19:3. ὁρᾶν 50:1.—The addition of an article gives the indir. question the value of a noun παρελάβετε τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1 (s. also 2b below).—In some of the passages given under 2a πῶς could have the same mng. as ὅτι that, in accordance w. the tendency in later Gk. (Epict.; M. Ant. 9, 40; Jos., Ant. 12, 205; BGU 37, 6 [50 AD]; PRyl. 235, 6 ἐθαύμασα δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἐδήλωσάς μοι. Cf. GNHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 19; Rdm.2 196; Bl-D. §396; Rob. 1032).

That is clearly the mng. in Mt 12:4; Mk 2:26; Ac 11:13; B 11:1; 14:6; 1 Cl 34:5. b. w. deliberative subjunctive μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τίλαλήσητε Mt 10:19.—Mk 11:18; 14:1, 11; Lk 12:11. μεριμνᾷ πῶς ἀρέσῃ 1 Cor 7:32, 33, 34 (t.r. has the fut. in Mk 11:18 and 1 Cor 7:32-4; cf. Herodian 5, 4, 9 ἠγνόουν, πῶς χρήσονται τῷ πράγματι). In this case, too, the article can be added (s. 2a above) Lk 22:2, 4; Ac 4:21.

3. in exclamations how. . . ! (X., An. 6, 5, 19 al.; Epict. 1, 16, 13; 4, 1, 115; 116, Ench. 24, 3 πῶς ἄνισοί ἐστε καὶ ἀγνώμονες; M. Ant. 6, 27.—Bl-D. §436; Rob. 302; OLagercrantz, Eranos 18, ’18, 26ff; KRupprecht, Philol. 80, ’24, 207) πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν Mk 10:24; cf. vs. 23; Lk 18:24. πῶς συνέχομαι 12:50. πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν J 11:36.—Hm 11:20; 12, 4, 2. JBauer, Pōs in der gr. Bibel, NovT 2, ’57, 81-91. M-M.** πώς enclitic particle (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 24) somehow, in some way, perhaps ἐάν πως (cf.

Dit., Syll.3 364, 24 [III BC]; 3 Km 18:5) ISm 4:1. W. a neg. οὐδʼ ἄν πως οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐσώθησαν men could in no way have been saved B 5:10.—In combination w. εἰ and μή s. εἰ VI 12 (also Jos., Ant. 2, 159)and μήπως. M-M.*

877

Ρ ρʹ as a numeral=100 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 134) Hv 4, 1, 6.* ) ἡ indecl. (LXX.—In Joseph. Ῥαάβη [v.l. Ῥαχάβη], ης [Ant. 5, 8]) Rahab, a harlot in Jericho who, acc. to Ῥαάβ (‫ב‬ Josh 2, saved the Israelite spies by hiding them. For this reason she was spared when the city was taken (Josh 6:17, 25). Mentioned as a model of righteousness by faith and of hospitality Hb 11:31; Js 2:25; 1 Cl 12:1, 3. FWYoung, JBL 67, ’48, 339-45. S. also Ῥαχάβ (Bl-D. §39, 3; Mlt.-H. 109).* ῥαββί (also ῥαββεί; on the interchange of ει and ι s. Bl-D. §38 app.; W-S. §5, 13a; cf. Mlt.-H. 76f.—EbNestle, ZNW 7, ’06, 184) rabbi from ‫‘בַר‬lord, master’, ‫‘י ִ ַבּר‬my lord’, properly a form of address, and so throughout our lit., then an honorary title for outstanding teachers of the law Mt 23:7f (here, too, ῥαββί is a form of address). Of John the Baptist, whom his disciples addressed in this manner J 3:26. Otherw. always of Jesus: Mt 26:25, 49; Mk 9:5; 10:51 v.l.; 11:21; 14:45; J 1:49; 4:31; 6:25; 9:2; 11:8. κύριε ῥ. Mk 10:51 D; cf. the apocryphal gospel fgm. ZNW 22, ’23, 153f. With the transl. διδάσκαλε, which paraphrases the sense J 1:38; cf. 3:2.—Schürer II4 375f; The Jewish Encyclopedia X ’05, 294ff; Dalman, Worte 272-80; ThReinach, Revue des Études juives 48, ’04, 191-6 (inscr. fr.

Cyprus: εὐχὴ ῥαββὶ Ἀττικοῦ); Billerb. I 916f. M-M.* ῥαββουνί (also written ῥαββουνεί, ῥαββονί, ῥαββονεί, s. on ῥαββί), properly a heightened form of ‫בַר‬: ‫ן‬ beside it ‫ןוֹ ַבּר‬w. suffix ‫י ִנוֹ ַבּר‬or ‫י ִנוּ ַבּר‬my Lord, my Master. Jesus is so addressed in Mk 10:51 and J 20:16; in the latter pass. διδάσκαλε is added as a transl.—E Kautzsch, Grammatik des Bibl.-Aramäischen 1884, 10; Dalman, Gramm.2 §35, 2, Worte 267; 279, Jesus 12; Schürer II4 377; Billerb. II 25; PKahle, The Cairo Geniza ’47, 129 (exx. fr. Jewish sources); WFAlbright, Recent Discoveries in Palestine and J, in CHDodd-Festschr. ’56, 158 (‘my dear [or] little master’).* ῥαβδίζω (since Pherecrates Com. [V BC] 50; Aristoph.; Theophr.; PRyl. 148, 20; LXX) 1 aor. pass. ἐραβδίσθην (on the quest. whether to spell it ἐρ-or ἐρρ- s. Bl-D. §11, 1; Mlt.-H. 101 f; 192f) beat with a rod (Aristoph., Lys. 587; Diod. S. 19, 101, 3) of the punishment known in Lat. as verberatio; Paul suffered it three times acc. to 2 Cor 11:25; in his case it was prob. a punishment prescribed by city magistrates, cf. Ac 16:22.—ThMommsen, ZNW 2, ’01, p. 89, 1. M-M.* ῥαβδίον, ου, τό (Theophr. et al.; Ezk 21:26 v.l.) dim. of ῥάβδος stick, twig Hs 8, 1, 2f; 8, 2, 9.* ῥάβδος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; PSI 168, 16; PTebt. 44, 20; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 365f, Ant. 5, 284) rod, staff, stick gener. Rv 11:1; 52 times in Hs 8. Of the test involving the rods (Num 17) 1 Cl 43:2-5; Hb 9:4 (Num 17:23). Of the shepherd’s staff (Mi 7:14) Hv 5:1; s 6, 2, 5. Symbolically ποιμαίνειν τινὰ ἐν ῥ. σιδηρᾷ (ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cf.

PGM 36, 109) Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15. Of a traveler’s staff (lit. s.v. ὑπόδημα) Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3. Of the ruler’s staff, the scepter (Pind., Ol. 9, 50; LXX) Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7). Of a ‘magic’ wand (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 7, 4, Dial. Mort.

23, 3) Hv 3, 2, 4; s 9, 6, 3. Of a stick as a means of punishment (Pla., Leg. 3 p. 700C; Plut., Mor. 268D; 693F; Ex 21:20; Is 10:24) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι (opp. ἐν ἀγάπῃ) come with a stick 1 Cor 4:21 (cf. ἐν I 4cβ). ῥάβδοι πυρός fiery rods AP 19:33. Of an old man’s staff Hb 11:21 (Gen 47:31). M-M.** ῥαβδοῦχος, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., Thu.+; inscr., pap.) orig. ‘staff-bearer’, then of the Roman lictor (Polyb.+; Diod. S. 5, 40, 1; Plut., Mor. 280A διὰ τί λικτώρεις τοὺς ῥαβδούχους ὀνομάζουσι; Herodian 7, 8, 5.—Joseph. does not have the word, but ῥάβδοι in Bell. 2, 365f prob. refers to the fasces or bundles of sticks carried by the lictors), roughly equiv. to constable, policeman. The στρατηγοί (q.v.) of Philippi had two lictors in attendance on them (JMarquardt, Röm.

Staatsverwaltung 12 1881 p. 175, 7) Ac 16:35, 38. M-M.* ῥαβιθά. In Mk 5:41 codex D reads ραββι θαβιτα; this is meant for ῥαβιθά, the fem. of râbiâ, girl; accordingly ῥ.=ταλιθά, which is read by the majority of witnesses.—Wlh. ad loc.; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 243 note.* Ῥαγαύ (‫)וּעְר‬, ὁ indecl. (LXX.—In Jos., Ant. 1, 148v.l. Ῥάγαους) Reu, son of Peleg and father of Serug (Gen 11:18-21), in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:35.* ῥᾳδιούργημα, ατος, τό (Dionys. Hal. 1, 77; Plut., Pyrrh. 6, 7, Mor. 860D; Ps.-Lucian, Calumn. 20) prank, roguish trick, but also of more serious misdeeds, knavery, crime (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 26, 2) ῥ. πονηρόν a serious piece of villainy Ac 18:14 (w. ἀδίκημα).* ῥᾳδιουργία, ας, ἡ (X.+) frivolity, but then a somewhat mild expr. for wickedness, villainy, deceit, fraud, unscrupulousness (Polyb. 12, 10, 5; Diod. S. 5, 11, 1; Plut., Cato Min. 16, 3; PMagd. 35, 11 [216 BC]; BGU 226, 14 [99 AD]; POxy. 237 VIII, 15; PStrassb. 40, 30; Philo, Cher. 80) w. δόλος Ac 13:10.—AWikenhauser, BZ 8, ’10, 878

and

273. M-M.* ῥᾳδίως adv. (Att. [Hom.+in the form ῥηιδίως]; Dit., Or. 508, 8; PPetr. II 11, 1; 4; PGiess. 47, 26; POxy. 471, 54; Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 240)easily Hv 4, 1, 2; Papias 3.* ῥᾳθυμέω (X., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 521, 15; pap., LXX; Philo, Migr. Abr. 133; Jos., Ant. 14, 166), better ῥαθυμέω (Zen.-P. 83 [=Sb 6789], 6; PHib. 46, 12 [III BC]), 1 aor. ἐρᾳθύμησα be unconcerned, be idle, relax Hv 1, 3, 2.* ῥαίνω 1 aor. ἔρρανα (Hom.+; inscr.; pap. [Sb 8000, 17—III AD]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 205; 242; 4, 79; 81) sprinkle τὶ someth. ῥ. ὕδωρ sprinkle water (Ezk 36:25) in cleaning a place Hs 9, 10, 3. Pass. Rv 19:13 v.l. (Lucian, Anach.

11 αἵματι ῥαινόμενος).* ῥακά (also written ῥαχά; so as an uncomplimentary, perh. foul epithet in a Zenon pap. of 257 BC: Sb 7638, 7 Ἀντίοχον τὸν ῥαχᾶν [s. on this ECColwell, JBL 53, ’34, 351-4; Gdspd., Probs. 20-3; MSmith, JBL 64, 1945, ‫י ֵר‬or ‫‘י ֵר ה‬empty one’, found (Billerb. I 502f]) Mt 5:22, a term of abuse, as a rule derived fr. the Aramaic ‫א‬ 278f) in the Talmud (EKautzsch, Gramm. des Biblisch-Aramäischen 1884, 10; Dalman, Gramm.2 173f; SIFeigin, Journ. of Near Eastern Stud. 2, ’43, 195f; Mlt.-H. 152 w. note 3) fool, empty-head. Doubt as to the correctness of this derivation is expressed by Wlh. and Zahn ad loc.; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 241-3. Among the ancient interpreters, the Gk. Onomastica, Jerome, Hilary, and the Opus Imperfectum p. 62 (Migne, Gr. 56, 690) take ῥ. as=κενός=Lat. vacuus=empty-head, numbskull, fool, Chrysostom says (VII p. 214 Montf.): τὸ δὲ ῥακὰ οὐ μεγάλης ἐστὶν ὕβρεως ῥῆμα. . . ἀντὶ τοῦ σύ. The same thing in somewhat different words in Basilius, Regulae 51 p. 432C: τί ἐστί ῥακά; ἐπιχώριον ῥῆμα ἠπιωτέρας ὕβρεως, πρὸς τοὺς οἰκειοτέρους λαμβανόμενον. Sim., Hecataeus (in Plut., Mor. 354D) explains the name Ammon as coming fr. a form of address common among the Egyptians: προσκλητικὴν εἶναι τὴν φωνήν.—SKrauss, OLZ 22, ’19, 63; JLeipoldt, CQR 92, ’21, 38; FBussby, ET 74, ’64, 26. S. the lit. s.v. μωρός. M-M.* ῥάκος, ους, τό—1. tattered garment, rag (Hom.+; POxy. 117, 14; Is 64:5) ῥάκη ῥυπαρά filthy rags (Cebes 10, 1; Plut., Mor. 168D) AP 15:30.

2. piece of cloth, patch (Hdt. 7, 76; Hippocr. et al.; Artem. 1, 13; PGM 4, 1082; 3192; 7, 208; 359; Jer 45:11; Jos., Ant. 6, 289)ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου a patch made of a piece of new cloth Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21 (RRLewis, ET 45, ’34, 185). M-M. B. 398.* ), ἡ indecl. (Judg 19:13; 3 Km 15:17.—Jos., Ant. 8, 303f has Ἀρμαθών, ῶνος) Rama, a city in the tribe Ῥαμά (‫ה‬ of Benjamin, about six miles north of Jerusalem Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15). Buhl, Geogr. 172; Dalman, Orte3 29.* ῥαντίζω (Ael. Dion. π. 40 ἐρραντισμένος αἵματι; Athen. 12 p. 521A; Lev 6:20; 4 Km 9:33.—Thumb 223) fut. ῥαντιῶ; 1 aor. ἐράντισα (on the quest. whether to spell it w. one ρ or two s. Bl-D. §11, 1; Mlt.-H. 101f); pf. pass. ptc. ῥεραντισμένος (Bl-D. §68; Mlt.-H. 100; Kühner-Bl. I p. 278, 5).

1. (be) sprinkle w. acc., of the rite of purification (Num 19) τὸν λαὸν ἐράντισεν he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19. Cf. B 8:1 and, without the acc. (supplied fr. the context) 8:3f. τί τινι someth. w. someth. Hb 9:21. ῥαντιεῖς με ὑσσώπῳ 1 Cl 18:7 (Ps 50:9).—Pass. (s. above) ἱμάτιον ῥεραντισμένον αἵματι a garment sprinkled with blood Rv 19:13 v.l. (for βεβαμμένον; there are also other variants). The act. is also used of liquids and of other things that sprinkle someone Hb 9:13.

2. The mid. is found in our lit. w. the mng. cleanse, purify—a. cleanse or wash oneself ἐὰν μὴ ῥαντίσωνται οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν Mk 7:4 (v.l. βαπτίσωνται; s. βαπτίζω 1). b. purify someth. for oneself, fig. ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς after we have purified our hearts of an evil conscience Hb 10:22. M-M.* ῥάντισμα, ατος, τό (Vett. Val. 110, 17) sprinkling ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ῥαντίσματος αὐτοῦ by his sprinkled blood B 5:1.* ῥαντισμός, οῦ, ὁ (LXX) sprinkling. The blood of Jesus is called αἷμα ῥαντισμοῦ blood of sprinkling, i.e. blood that is sprinkled for atonement Hb 12:24 (cf. Num 19:9 al. ὕδωρ ῥαντισμοῦ). The Christians are destined by God’s choice εὒς ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χρ. to be sprinkled with the blood of Christ and thus have their sins expiated 1 Pt 1:2. M-M.* ῥαπίζω (since Xenophanes in Diog. L. 8, 36; Hdt.; LXX) fut. ῥαπίσω; 1 aor. ἐράπισα (on the spelling w. one ρ or two cf. Bl-D. §11, 1; Mlt.-H. 101f) lit., and almost always in secular authors strike with a club or rod; the abs. ἐράπισαν Mt 26:67 could have this mng. But in the other places in our lit. the sense is clearly strike with the open hand, esp. in the face, slap (Suidas: ῥαπίσαι: πατάσσειν τὴν γνάθον ἁπλῇ τῇ χειρί.—Hyperid., fgm. 97 and Plut., Mor. 713C ῥ. τινὰ ἐπὶ κόρρης; Achilles Tat. 2, 24; 5, 23; 6, 20 κατὰ κόρρης; Jos., Ant. 8, 408in retelling the story of 3 Km 22:24 uses ῥαπίζειν instead of πατάσσειν ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα; 1 Esdr 4:30; Hos 11:4 ῥ. ἐπὶ τὰς σιαγόνας; Phryn. p. 175) ῥ. τινὰ εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα αὐτοῦ slap someone on the cheek Mt 5:39 (s. σιαγών). Also τὰς σιαγόνας τινὸς ῥ. GP 3:9. M-M.* 879

ῥάπισμα, ατος, τό lit. a blow with a club, rod, or whip (Antiphanes in Athen. 14 p. 623B; Lucian, Dial. Mer. 8, 2) so perh. οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 (cf. λαμβάνω 1eα). But even here it may have the mng. that is certain for the other passages in our lit., a slap in the face (s. ῥαπίζω and cf. ῥάπισμα Ael. Dion. ε, 55 [ῥάπισμα τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς γνάθου]; Alciphr. 3, 3, 2; schol. on Pla. 508D, also Anth. Pal. 5, 289 [VI AD] ῥ. ἀμφὶ πρόσωπα; Act. Jo. 90 p. 195f B.) διδόναι ῥάπισμά τινι give someone a slap in the face J 18:22 (but s. Field, Notes 105f); pl. 19:3. ἐάν τίς σοι δῷ ῥάπισμα εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα D 1:4. τιθέναι τὰς σιαγόνας εἰς ῥαπίσματα offer the cheeks to slaps B 5:14 (Is 50:6).—PBenoit, Les Outrages à Jésus Prophète, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 92-110.

M-M.* ῥάσσω (Demosth. 54, 8; Achilles Tat. 5, 23, 5; LXX) strike, dash, throw down τινά someone Mk 9:18 D (for ῥήσσω, q.v. 2a).* ῥαφίς, ίδος, ἡ needle, esp. one used for sewing (Hippocr., Morb. 2, 66 al.; POxy. 736, 75) τρῆμα ῥαφίδος the eye of a needle Mt 19:24. Also τρυμαλιὰ ῥα. Mk 10:25; Lk 18:25 t.r.—See s.v. βελόνη, also Field, Notes 196; PSMinear, JBL 61, ’42, 157-69. M-M. B. 412.* ῥαχά s. ῥακά. ) ἡ indecl. Rahab (s. Ῥαάβ.—Jos., Ant. 5, 8; 11; 15 al. has beside Ῥαάβη, ης [Ant. 5, 8], the v.l. Ῥαχάβ (‫ב‬ Ῥαχάβη), in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:5, wife of Salmon and the mother of Boaz.—S. on Θαμάρ. JDQuinn, Biblica 62, ’81, 225-8.* ῥαχή, ἡ s. ῥάχος. Ῥαχήλ (‫) ֵלחָר‬, ἡ indecl. (LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr.—Joseph. has Ῥάχηλα, ας [Ant. 1, 301]) Rachel, Jacob’s wife Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15).* ῥαχία, ας, ἡ name of a berry-bush, perh. the blackberry ἐπὶ φρύγανον τὸ λεγόμενον ῥ. on a bush called the blackberry B 7:8 (but s. the textual tradition in Bihlmeyer).* ῥάχος (ῥαχός?), ου, ἡ thorn-bush (since Hdt. [7, 142 ῥηχός]; inscr.: Leges Graecorum Sacrae II 153 [III BC] LZiehen [’06]; BGU 1466, 4 [I BC]), name of a bush bearing sweet fruits, perh. the blackberry (cf. ῥαχία, w. which the text of Gebh.-Harn.-Zahn interchanges it as an equivalent. Bihlmeyer has ῥαχή in both places) B 7:8 (JRHarris, On the Locality of Pseudo-Barnabas, JBL 9, 1890, 60-70).* Ῥεβέκκα, ας (‫ה‬ 3.*

), ἡ (declined in LXX, Philo, and Joseph.) Rebecca, wife of Isaac Ro 9:10; B 13:2 (Gen 25:21),

ῥέδη, ης, ἡ (acc. to Quintilian 1, 5, 57 orig. a Celtic word [s. also Caesar, Bell. Gall. 1, 51; 6, 30]. It came into Gk. lit, by way of Lat. authors [in the form ‘reda’ or ‘raeda’ in Cicero; Horace, Sat. 1, 5, 86; 2, 6, 42; Suetonius, Jul. 57 al.]. S. on it, as well as on the spelling ῥαίδη, Bl-D. §5, 1d; 41, 1; Mlt.-H. 81; 155; Hahn 263, 5 [lit.]) a (four-wheeled) carriage Rv 18:13 (v.l. ῥαίδη). M-M.* Ῥεμφάν, Ῥεφάν s. Ῥομφά. Ῥέος, ου, ὁ Rheus (s. Hdb. on IPhld 11:1), surnamed Agathopus (s. Ἀγαθόπους) IPhld 11:1; ISm 10:1.* ῥεριμμένος s. ῥίπτω. ῥέω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 105μνήμη ῥέουσα διʼ αἰῶνος; Sib. Or. 3, 54) fut. ῥεύσω (Bl-D. §77; Rob. 355).

1. flow symbolically, of the Redeemer ποταμοὶ ἐκ τ. κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος J 7:38 (Hdb. ad loc., and s. κοιλία 3).

2. fig. (over) flow with, have more than enough of τὶ someth. γῆ ῥέουσα γάλα καὶ μέλι a land flowing w. milk and honey (LXX) B 6:8, 10, 13 (for a more detailed treatment of this pass. s. Windisch, Hdb. on B 6:8.—Cf. also γάλα 1). M-M. B. 677.* Ῥήγιον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr.; Philo, Aet. M. 139; Jos., Ant. 19, 205)Rhegium, a city and promontory in Bruttium, at the ‘toe’ of Italy, opposite the Sicilian city of Messina Ac 28:13. M-M.* ῥῆγμα, ατος, τό (since Archippus Com. [V/IV BC], fgm. 38; Hippocr.; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 337)wreck, ruin, collapse, lit. ‘breaking’ τῆς οἰκίας (this mng. is not found elsewh.; but the pl. w. ref. to bldgs.: Polyb. 13, 6, 8; PSI 456, 11 τοῦ πύργου ῥήγματα; Am 6:11 v.l. πατάξει τὸν οἶκον ῥήγμασιν.—PLond. 131 recto, 45; 60 [78/9 AD] uses the word of a break in a dam on the Nile, i.e. of damage by water) Lk 6:49. M-M.* 880

ῥήγνυμι Mt 9:17 and its by-form ῥήσσω Mt 9:17 D; Lk 5:6 v.l.; fut. ῥήξω; 1 aor. ἔρῇηξα, imper. ῥῆξον; 2 fut. pass. ῥαγήσομαι (Hom.+; LXX).

1. tear (in pieces) , break, burst τινά or τὶ someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 5, 310)of wine τοὺς ἀσκούς burst the wine-skins (Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. 124, 20 Br.) Mk 2:22; Lk 5:37; cf. Hm 11:3. Pass. be torn, burst (Diod. S. 3, 34, 2; Test. Jud. 2:6; PGM 4, 361; 2674; 13, 264) Mt 9:17. ὥστε τὰ δίκτυα ῥήσσεσθαι Lk 5:6 D. Of rabid animals tear in pieces w. their teeth μήποτε ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6 (Aesop, Fab. 408 H. of a swine: τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν ἀναρρήξειν τὴν κύνα).

2. tear or break loose, let loose, break out in (Hdt. 2, 2 and Aelian, fgm. 41 p. 203, 2 φωνήν; Plut., Pericl. 36, 7 κλαυθμόν; LXX; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 194. Cf. also Ps.-Oppian, Cyneg. 1, 226 PBoudreaux [1908] ῥῆξόν ποτε δεσμὰ σιωπῆς) ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον break forth and cry aloud (Is 54:1) Gal 4:27; 2 Cl 2:1.—Pass. break forth (PPetr. II 23, 1, 12 [III BC] ὕδωρ ἐρράγη; Sib. Or. 4, 53) of light B 3:4 (Is 58:8).—S. also ῥήσσω. M-M.* ῥηθείς s. εἶπον. ῥῆμα, ατος, τό (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 14, 7; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 306al.; Test. 12 Patr.—On the mng. of the word s. ADebrunner, TW IV 74f).

1. that which is said, word, saying, expression τὰ ῥήματα the words (opp. τὰ ἔργα) 2 Cl 13:3; Hs 9, 21, 2; cf.

Ac 16:38. πᾶν ῥῆμα every word B 11:8. πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργόν Mt 12:36. πᾶν ῥ. πονηρόν Hs 5, 3, 6; οὐδὲ ἓν ῥ. not even one word Mt 27:14; cf. ῥῆμα ἕν Ac 28:25.—Lk 2:17, 50; 20:26; 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:3). φωνὴ ῥημάτων the sound of words, a voice whose words Hb 12:19; αἰσχρὸν ῥ. Hv 1, 1, 7. ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥ. Lk 24:11. ἄρρητα ῥήματα (s. ἄρρητος) 2 Cor 12:4. ῥ. ἔκφρικτα Hv 1, 3, 3b. ῥ. ἀληθῆ m 11:3; δεινὰ ῥ. MPol 8:3. ῥ. βλάσφημα Ac 6:11. ῥῆμα, ῥήματα ἀκούειν B 16:10; Hv 1, 1, 6; 4, 1, 7; 4, 2, 6 al. τὰ προειρημένα ῥ. (s. προεῖπον 1) 2 Pt 3:2; cf.

Jd 17; Hm 9:4. πολὺν ἐν ῥήμασιν γενέσθαι be profuse in speech, be too talkative 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).—τὸ ῥ., τὰ ῥ. oft. takes a special significance fr. the context: prophecy, prediction Mt 26:75; Mk 9:32; 14:72; Lk 1:38; 2:29; 9:45a, b; 18:34; 22:61 v.l.; Ac 11:16; MPol 16:2. Word of scripture 2 Cl 15:4.—Command (ment) , order, direction Lk 5:5; esp. of God (Dt 1:26) 3:2; Hb 11:3; 1 Cl 10:1; ῥ. τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ Hb 1:3. τὸ ἰσχυρὸν ῥ. the mighty creative word Hv 1, 3, 4; cf. 3, 3, 5. διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ Ro 10:17.—Threat λαλεῖν ῥήματα κατά τινος make threats against someth. Ac 6:13.—τὰ ῥ. speech, sermon, proclamation πάντα τὰ ῥ. αὐτοῦ everything he had to say Lk 7:1. ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου pay attention to what I am proclaiming Ac 2:14.—10:44; J 8:20. τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν their preaching Ro 10:18 (Ps 18:5).—Of the words of (Christian) teaching or of divine understanding πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε; J 5:47. Cf. 6:63; 10:21; 12:47f; 14:10; 15:7; 17:8; Lk 24:8; Ac 10:22. ῥήματα ζωῆς αὒωνίου J 6:68. τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης Ac 5:20. ῥήματα ἀληθείας κ. σωφροσύνης 26:25. ῥήματα ἐν οἷς σωθήσῃ 11:14. τὰ ῥ. τοῦ θεοῦ (Sextus 4, 39 ῥήματα θεοῦ; Marinus, Vi. Procli 32 θεῖα ῥ.) J 3:34; 8:47. ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος θεοῦ (Dt 8:3) Mt 4:4. τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ κυρίου τὰ λεγόμενα διὰ παραβολῶν the Lord’s teachings which were expressed in the form of parables Hs 5, 4, 3. διάσταλμα ῥήματος the special meaning of the teaching B 10:11. Gener. the sing. brings together all the divine teachings as a unified whole, w. some such mng. as gospel, or confession. ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν Ro 10:8a, 9 v.l. (Dt 30:14). MJSuggs, ‘The Word is Near You’ Ro 10:6-10, JKnox-Festschr. ’67, 289-312. Cf. Eph 5:26. τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Pt 1:25b. W. objective gen. τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως Ro 10:8b. W. subjective gen. ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17; Hb 6:5. τὸ ῥ. κυρίου 1 Pt 1:25a (cf. Is 40:8).—GKittel, D. Wort Gottes im NT: Pastoralblätter für Predigt usw. 80, ’37/’38, 345-55.

2. after the Hebrew thing, object, matter, event οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα nothing will be impossible with God Lk 1:37 (Gen 18:14). ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1 (both Dt l9:15). Cf. sing. Lk 2:15 (cf. 1 Km 4:16); Ac 10:37. Pl. Lk 1:65; 2:19, 51; Ac 5:32; 13:42.—ERepo, Der Begriff Rhema im Bibelgriechischen: I Rhema in der LXX, II Rhema im NT, Diss. Helsinki ’51, ’54; adversely reviewed

by GZuntz, L’Antiquité Classique 22, ’53, 106-12. M-M. B. 1262.** Ῥησά, ὁ indecl. Rhesa, in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:27 (GKuhn, ZNW 22, ’23, 212).* ῥῆσις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; pap. [e.g. Kl.T. 135 p. 47, 8]; LXX, Philo; Sib. Or. 5, 258) word, expression ἐμῆς πνοῆς ῥῆσις (πνοή 2) 1 Cl 57:3 (Pr 1:23).* ῥήσσω—1. by-form of ῥήγνυμι, q.v.—2. epic ῥήσσω (s. προσρήσσω and the lit. there)=Att. ῥάττω throw down, dash to the ground (Artem. 1, 60; Wsd 4:19) τινά someone—a. lit., of an evil spirit’s treatment of its victim Mk 9:18; Lk 9:42.—b. fig., of the devil, who tries to cause the righteous man to fall Hm 11:3.* ῥήτωρ, ορος, ὁ public speaker, orator (since Soph.; Thu. 8, 1, 1; inscr., pap.; Philo, Vi. Cont. 31; Jos., Ant. 17, 226; 19, 208), then specif. a speaker in court, advocate, attorney (Dio Chrys. 59[76], 4; POxy. 37 I, 4 [49 AD]; 237 VII, 25; BGU 969 I, 8; 15 al. in pap.; Preisigke, Fachw. ’15) Ac 24:1. M-M.* ῥητῶς adv. expressly, explicitly (Aristot. 1017b, 1; 3; Stoic. III 219, 45; Polyb. 3, 23, 5; Plut., Brut. 29, 4; Diog. L. 8, 71; Dit., Or. 515, 39, Syll.3 685, 77; 83; UPZ 110, 62 [164 BC]; POxy. 237 VII, 7; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 60 al.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 83) τὸ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει 1 Ti 4:1. M-M.* 881

ῥίζα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 174al.).

1. root—a. lit. Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9; Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to its roots, root and branch (Heraclid. Pont., fgm.

50 W.; Plut., Pomp. 21, 3; Job 31:12; Polyaenus 2, 1, 10; Aesop, Fab. 70 P.) Mk 11:20. ῥίζαν ἔχειν have (deep) root (s) Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6 (Theophr., Hist. Pl. 6, 6, 7 πολλὴν ἔχουσα ῥίζαν). b. symbolically and fig. (LXX; oft. Philo; Sib. Or. 3, 396): in the parable οὐκ ἔχειν ῥίζαν (ἐν ἑαυτῷ) have no firm root and hence be easily inclined to fall away Mt 13:21; Mk 4:17; Lk 8:13.—In Paul’s figure of the olive tree, its root and branches Ro 11:16-18. On ῥίζας βάλλειν 1 Cl 39:8 (Job 5:3) s. βάλλω 2c.—Of the beginnings fr. which someth. grows (Socrat., Ep. 14, 2; Herm. Wr. 4, 10): a family or nation (Ael. Aristid. 30, 16 K.=10 p. 120 D.; Dit., Or. 383, 30f [I BC] ἐμοῦ γένους ῥίζα) ἐκκόπτειν ἐκ ῥιζῶν root out, destroy root and branch B 12:9. ῥίζα πικρίας Hb 12:15 (πικρία 1). ῥ. πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 Ti 6:10 (cf. Constantin. Manasseh 2, 9 H.: φθόνος ἡ ῥίζα τῶν κακῶν; Himerius, Ecl. 32, 5 W.: παιδεία ῥίζα τῶν ἀγαθῶν). τῆς πίστεως ῥ. Pol 1:2 (cf. Epicurus in Athen. 12, 67 p.

546f [HUsener, Epicurea 1887 p. 278, 10] ἀρχὴ καὶ ῥίζα παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ; Plut., Mor. p. 4B πηγὴ καὶ ῥίζα καλοκἀγαθίας; Sir 1:6, 20 ῥ. σοφίας; Wsd 15:3 ῥ. ἀθανασίας).

2. shoot or scion growing fr. the root, symbolically descendant (Diod. S. 26, 16a μηδὲ ῥίζαν ἀπολιπεῖν συγγενείας=not a single scion of the family should survive; Ps.-Apollod. 2, 1, 4, 2 Ἀγήνωρ τῆς μεγάλης ῥίζης ἐγένετο γενεάρχης=the progenitor of the strong offshoot; Sir 40:15; 1 Macc 1:10) of the Messiah ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί the Scion from Jesse Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); ἡ ῥίζα ∆αυίδ (cf. Sir 47:22) Rv 5:5; cf. 22:16. ὡς ῥίζα ἐν γῇ διψώσῃ 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:2).

3. Hs 9, 30, 1f speaks of the ῥίζαι τοῦ ὄρους (of a mountain, hill, etc. as its foot: Aeschyl., Prom. 365 [pl.]; Polyb.

2, 66, 10; Diod. S. 20, 41, 3; Plut., Sulla 16, 1). M-M. B. 523.* ῥιζόω (Hom.+; LXX, Philo) pf. pass. ptc. ἐρριζωμένος (w. double ρ; cf. W-S. §5, 26b) cause to take root, mostly fig., fix firmly, put on a firm foundation (Hom.+) pass. be or become firmly rooted or fixed (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 336B ἐξ ἀμαθίας πάντα κακὰ ἐρρίζωται; Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 271; Epigr. Gr. 1078, 7 of a bridge αἰώνιος ἐρρίζωται) ἐρριζωμένοι: ἐν ἀγάπῃ Eph 3:17, ἐν κυρίῳ Col 2:7 (Nicander, Ther. 183 ῥιζοῦσθαι ἐν=be firmly rooted in; Philosophenspr. p. 499, 38 Mull. ῥιζωθέντες ἐκ θεοῦ). M-M.* ῥιπή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; Philo, Somn. 2, 125, Aet. M. 20; Sib. Or. 5, 464) throwing, rapid movement, e.g. of the eyes; the ‘casting’ of a glance takes an extremely short time: ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ in the twinkling of an eye 1 Cor 15:52 (Billerb. II, 156).* ῥιπίζω (Aristoph. et al.) blow here and there, toss of the wind (Da 2:35; Ep. Arist. 70), that sets a wave in motion on the water, pass. (Philo, Aet. M. 125 πρὸς ἀνέμων ῥιπίζεται τὸ ὕδωρ; a quot. in Dio Chrys. 15[32], 23 δῆμος ἄστατον κακὸν καὶ θαλάσσῃ πανθʼ ὅμοιον ὑπʼ ἀνέμου ῥιπίζεται; Cass. Dio 70, 4 ῥιπιζομένη ἄχνη. Cf. also Epict., fgm. F 2 p. 487 Sch.) ὁ διακρινόμενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ Js 1:6.

M-M.* ῥίπτω and ῥιπτέω the latter Demosth. 19, 231; Dio Chrys. 3, 15; Ac 22:23; Hv 3, 5, 5 (the word is found Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 21, 3; Joseph. [ῥίπτω Bell. 1, 150, Ant. 16, 248.—ῥιπτέω Ant. 2, 206; 14, 70]; Sib. Or. 3, 103; 5, 233) impf. ἐῇρίπτουν; 1 aor. ἔῇριψα, imper. ῥῖψον; pf. pass. ptc. ἐῇριμμένος (on the doubling of the ρ s.

W-S. §5, 26b; Bl-D. §11, 1; Mlt.-H. 101f).

1. throw in a manner suited to each special situation: throw away (Achilles Tat. 2, 11, 5) Μωϋσῆς ἔῇριψεν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τὰς πλάκας B 14:3 (Ex 32:19; Dt 9:17); cf. 4:8. ῥ. τι μακρὰν ἀπό τινος throw someth. far away from someth. Hv 3, 2, 7; s 9, 7, 2. Pass. Hv 3, 2, 9; 3, 6, 1; 3, 7, 1.—Throw into the sea, fr. a ship (Charito 3, 5, 5; Achilles Tat. 3, 2, 9) Ac 27:19, 29; fr. dry land, pass. εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν Lk 17:2 (ῥ. εἰς as Polyaenus 8, 48; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 825 [ῥ. εἰς τὴν θαλ.]; Gen 37:20; Ex 1:22; Test. Zeb. 2:7).—ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναόν Mt 27:5 (Diod. S. 27, 4, 8 the temple-robbers, suffering an attack of conscience ἐρρίπτουν τὰ χρήματα; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 2, 23 §86 Πτολεμαίου τὰ χρήματα ῥίψαντος εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; Ps.-Anacharsis, Ep. 6 ῥίψας τὸ ἀργύριον).—Throw off clothing (Aristoph., Eccl. 529; Pla., Rep. 5 p. 474A τὰ ἱμάτια) Ac 22:23 (s. Field, Notes 136).—Throw down to the floor τινά someone Lk 4:35.—Expose new-born infants (Apollod. [II BC]: 244 fgm. 110a Jac.; Diod. S. 2, 58, 5; Epict. 1, 23, 10; Aelian, V.H. 2, 7; cf. Wsd 11:14; Sib. Or. 2, 282) Dg 5:6.

2. w. no connotation of violence put or lay down (Demosth. 19, 231; Crinagoras 2, 1; Gen 21:15; 2 Macc 3:15) ἔῇριψαν αὐτοὺς (the sick people) παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ Mt 15:30. Pass.: pf. ptc. lying down, lying on the ground or floor (X., Mem. 3, 1, 7; Polyb. 5, 48, 2; Plut., Galba 28, 1; Epict. 3, 26, 6 χαμαὶ ἐρριμμένοι; Charito 2, 7, 4 ἐρρ. ὑπὸ λύπης; 3 Km 13:24; Jer 14:16; 1 Macc 11:4; Jos., Ant. 3, 7; 6, 362) the vine, without the support of the elm tree, is ἐῇριμμένη χαμαί Hs 2:3; cf. 4. Of the crowds of people ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐῇριμμένοι ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα Mt 9:36 (of animals lying on the ground Heraclit. Sto. 14 p. 22, 20 τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐρριμμένα ζῷα; Eutecnius 4 p. 42, 25). M-M. B. 673.* ῥίς, ῥινός, ἡ (Hom.+; pap. fr. III BC; LXX) nose; pl. nostrils, i.e. nose (so Hom.+) Papias 3.* ῥιψοκινδύνως (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 103 §482; POxy. 2131, 16 [III AD]) adv. of ῥιψοκίνδυνος (the adj. as early as X., Mem. 1, 3, 10; Vett. Val. 17, 27; BGU 909, 15; PFlor. 36, 2; PSI 686, 5; Philo, Agr. 167; Jos., Bell. 7, 77)rashly, recklessly, in a foolhardy manner 1 Cl 14:2.* 882

Ῥοβοάμ (‫ם‬ ), ὁ indecl. (3 Km 12; 1 Ch 3:10.—Joseph. has Ῥοβόαμος, ου [Ant. 8, 212]) Rehoboam, son and successor of Solomon; in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:7a, b; Lk 3:23ff D.* Ῥόδη, ης, ἡ (in myths and comedy [Menand., fgm. 245, 6; 546, 5; Philemo Com., fgm. 84]; Longus 4, 36, 3; 4, 37, 2; Sb 392 [III BC]; inscr.) Rhoda—1. a maidservant Ac 12:13 (Dalman, Arbeit I 365).—2. Hermas’ owner Hv 1, 1, 1.

M-M.* ῥόδον, ου, τό (Hom. Hymns+; Lucian, Nigrin. 32; inscr.: Bull. de corr. Hell. 10, 461, 101 [364 BC]; Sb 7541, 10 [II AD]; PIand. 66, 7; Sb 1080; a Jewish-Gk. inscr. fr. Tell el Yehudieh: ZNW 22, ’23, 282 no. 19, 7; LXX) rose ἐρυθρότερος παντὸς ῥ. AP 3:8 (cf. En. 106, 2; 10). B. 527.* Ῥόδος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23; Philo, Aet. M. 120; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 3, 444) Rhodes, an island off the southwest point of Asia Minor; its main city bears the same name. Ac 21:1.—FHillervGaertringen, Pauly-W., Suppl. V ’31, 731-840.* ῥοιζηδόν adv. (Lycophron 66; Nicander, Theriaca 556; Polyaenus, Exc. 18, 5; Geopon. 15, 2, 34) with a hissing or crackling sound, w. a roar, w. great suddenness 2 Pt 3:10. M-M.* ῥοι̂ζος, ου, ὁ and ἡ (Hom.+; Isishymn. v. Andr. 150 Peek [I BC]; PGM 2, 96; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 128; Sib. Or. 3, 304) the noise made by someth. passing swiftly through the air ῥοίζῳ with a rush (Cornutus 1 p. 2, 14; Plut., Demetr.

21, 13; Longus 2, 10, 2; 2 Macc 9:7; Jos., Bell. 3, 243.—233 and 488 of the irresistible rush of an attack) Hv 4, 1, 8 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 129: the dragon who is guarding the golden fleece ῥοίζει πελώριον=hisses mightily; the noun follows in 138: ῥοίζῳ=[frightened] by a hissing).* Ῥομφά, ὁ indecl. (the form of the word differs considerably in the mss.: Ῥαιφαν, Ῥεμφαν, Ῥομφαν, Ῥεμφα, Ῥομφα, Ῥεφαν, and the mss. of the LXX are not in full agreement [Ῥαιφαν, Ῥεμφαν. S. ed. JZiegler ’43]) Rephan, Rompha, a pagan deity worshipped by some Israelites, put by the LXX in Am 5:26 in the place of ‫=(ן ַוּ ִוכּ‬Saturn); this is quoted in Ac 7:43.—WGrafBaudissin, RE XVI ’05, 636-49 (lit.). M-M.* ῥομφαία, ας, ἡ a large and broad sword, used by barbaric peoples, esp. the Thracians (Phylarch. [III BC]: 81 fgm.

57 Jac.; Plut., Aemil. 18, 5; Hesychius; Suidas). In our lit. simply sword (so also LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 254; 7, 299; Test.

12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 673 al.—In Philo always of the angel’s flaming sword after Gen 3:24) Lk 21:24 D; Rv 2:16; 6:8; 19:15, 21. ῥ. δίστομος καὶ ὀξεῖα a sharp and double-edged sword Rv 2:12; cf. 1:16. φείδεσθαι τῆς ψυχῆς τινος ἀπὸ ῥ. spare someone’s life from the sword (so that he may die on the cross) B 5:13 (Ps 21:21). Symbolically for pain or anguish (cf. Sib. Or. 5, 260 v.l.) τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία Lk 2:35 (ῥ. διελεύς. symb. as Sib. Or. 3, 316; cf. Ezk 14:17.—Artem. 1, 41 p. 39, 19 τιτρώσκεσθαι κατὰ τὸ στῆθος means ‘receive sad news’). M-M.* ῥοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Herodas 7, 33; Vett. Val. 301, l; Dit., Syll.3 761, 5 [48/7 BC]; UPZ 110, 73 [164 BC]; PTebt. 27, 79; LXX; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 396;4, 367; 5, 88 al.) downward movement (esp. of a scale-pan), inclination ἐν ῥ. ὀφθαλμοῦ in the twinkling of an eye 1 Cor 15:52 D al. (ῥοπή, though without ὀφθαλμοῦ=moment, orig. ‘decisive moment’: Diod. S. 13, 23, 2; 13, 24, 6 [ῥ. καιροῦ]; 20, 34, 2; Plut., Ages. 33, 3; Wsd 18:12 πρὸς μίαν ῥοπήν; 3 Macc 5:49 ὑστάτη βίου ῥοπή; Ep. Arist. 90). M-M.* Ῥουβήν (‫)ן ֵבוּאְר‬, ὁ indecl. (LXX, Philo; Test. 12 Patr. [Ῥουβήμ].—Joseph. has Ῥουβῆλος, ου [Ant. 1, 307]) Reuben, oldest son of Jacob and Leah (Gen 29:32) Rv 7:5.* Ῥούθ (‫)תוּר‬, ἡ indecl. (LXX.—Joseph. has Ῥούθη) Ruth, a Moabitess, heroine of the OT book of the same name. In the genealogy of Jesus as wife of Boaz Mt 1:5.—S. on Θαμάρ.* Ῥοῦφος, ου, ὁ a Latin name found freq. even in its Greek spelling (Diod. S. 11, 60, 1; 14, 107, 1; Ael. Aristid. 48, 15 K.=24 p. 469 D.; Joseph., index; inscr., pap.) Rufus.

1. son of Simon of Cyrene and brother of Alexander Mk 15:21.—2. recipient of a greeting Ro 16:13.—3. a martyr w. Ignatius and Zosimus Pol 9:1 (cf. Euseb., H.E. 3, 36, 13 and s. Lghtf. ad loc.). M-M.* ῥύμη, ης, ἡ (Thu., Aristoph.+, in the sense ‘swing, rush’; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 239)in later Gk. narrow street, lane, alley (Polyb. 6, 29, 1 al.; oft. in pap. since PPetr. II 17, 2, 19 [III BC]; also LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 364) Ac 12:10. W. συναγωγαί Mt 6:2. W. πλατεῖαι (Is 15:3; Tob 13:18 and 17 BA) Lk 14:21. Provided w. a name (cf. the Alexandrian pap. in APF 5, ’13, 37, 1, fr. Augustan times Εὐδαίμων ἐν τῇ Εὐδαίμονος λεγομένῃ ῥύμῃ) Ac 9:11. M-M. B. 720.* ῥύομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 103;6, 120; Test. 12 Patr.—Anz 275f; FHChase, The Lord’s Prayer in the Early Church: Texts and Studies I 3, 1891, 71ff) fut. ῥύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐῇρυσάμην, imper. ῥῦσαι Mt 6:13, pass. ἐῇρύσθην (on the spelling w. one ρ or two s. Bl-D. §11, 1; 101 p. 48; Mlt.-H. 101f; 193) save, rescue, deliver, preserve τινά someone Mt 27:43 t.r. (Ps 21:9); 2 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17); 16:16 (Ps 21:9); 22:8 (Ps 33:20) v.l. Funk; 55:6; 2 Cl 6:8 (Ezk 14:18). τινὰ ἀπό τινος rescue, save, deliver, or preserve someone fr.

883

someone or someth. (Bl-D. §180; cf. Rob. 517f.—Pr 2:12; Is 25:4; Ezk 37:23; 1 Macc 12:15; Test. Reub. 4:10; Sib. Or. 2, 344) Mt 6:13; Lk 11:4 t.r. (on the subject matter cf. Carm. Aur. v. 61 [Hierocl. 25 p. 474 Mull.] Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἦ πολλῶν κε κακῶν λυσείας ἅπαντας); 2 Ti 4:18; 1 Cl 60:3b; D 8:2; 10:5. Pass. Ac 5:15 E; Ro 15:31; 2 Th 3:2; 1 Cl 60:3a. Also τινὰ ἔκ τινος (Anacreon 111 Diehl; Hdt. 5, 49; Diod. S. 12, 53, 1; hymn to Isis: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 548, 27 [I BC]; PBad. 48, 3 [126 BC] ἐκ πολεμίων; LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 407; Test. Sim. 2:8.—Aristoxenus, fgm. 113 ῥύεσθαι καὶ ἐρύεσθαι διαφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ῥύεσθαι ἐκ θανάτου ἕλκειν, τὸ δὲ ἐρύεσθαι φυλάττειν) 2 Ti 3:11; from death (Sib. Or. 2, 81) 2 Cor 1:10a; 1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20); 2 Cl 16:4 (w. acc. to be supplied); fr. the power of darkness Col 1:13; fr. the wrath to come 1 Th 1:10; fr. blood-guiltiness 1 Cl 18:14 (Ps 50:16); fr. all afflictions 22:7 (Ps 33:18); fr. eternal punishment 2 Cl 6:7; fr. temptation 2 Pt 2:9. τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου; who will set me free from this body of death? Ro 7:24. Pass. ῥυσθῆναι ἐκ χειρός τινος be rescued from someone’s power Lk 1:74 (cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 151; Third Corinthians 1:8). ἐκ στόματος λέοντος be saved from the jaws of the lion 2 Ti 4:17. ῥ. τινά τινι save someone by someth. (Diod. S. 13, 64, 6 ἐρρύσατο χρήμασι τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχήν=his life by means of money) 2 Cl 6:9. Also ῥ. τινα διά τινος 1 Cl 55:1. Abs. Mt 27:43 (for a ‘divine’ rescue of a θεοσεβής fr. extreme danger cf. Croesus on the pyre Hdt. 1, 86, 2: Κῦρος βουλόμενος εἰδέναι εἴ τίς μιν δαιμόνων ῥύσεται τοῦ μὴ ζῶντα κατακαυθῆναι. Cf. also Ps 21:9); 2 Cor 1:10b. ὁ ῥυόμενος the Deliverer Ro 11:26 (Is 59:20); 1 Cl 35:11 (Ps 49:22). ῥυσθείητε ἀπὸ τούτων ἁπάντων may you be delivered from all these (men or sins) D 5:2. M-M.* ῥυπαίνω 1 aor. pass. ἐῇρυπάνθην (since Pherecrates Com. [V BC] 228; X.) befoul, soil, (make) dirty fig.

(Aristot.+; Dionys. Hal. 11, 5; Vett. Val. 116, 8; Herm. Wr. 9, 5; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 20; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 220) defile, pollute pass. (Sotacus in Apollon. Paradox. 36; Plut., Mor. 85F) ὁ ῥυπαρὸς ῥυπανθήτω ἔτι let him who is defiled continue to be defiled or be defiled more and more Rv 22:11. M-M.* ῥυπαρεύω (hapax legomenon) befoul, defile Rv 22:11 v.l.* ῥυπαρία, ας, ἡ (since Critias [V BC] in Pollux 3, 116) dirt, filth, fig., in the ethical field moral uncleanness, vulgarity (Pel.-Leg. p. 6, 30 ἀφῆκεν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι πᾶσαν αὐτῆς τὴν ῥυπαρίαν), esp. sordid avarice, greediness (Teles p. 33, 4; 37, 5 H.; Plut., Mor. 60D; Cass. Dio 74, 5, 7) w. κακία Js 1:21. M-M.* ῥυπαρός, ά, όν (Teleclides Com. [V BC], fgm. 3; Hippocr. et al.; pap.; LXX) dirty.

1. lit., Hs 9, 7, 6. Of clothes (Plut., Phoc. 18, 4; Cass. Dio 65, 20; Artem. 2, 3 p. 88, 23; Aelian, V.H. 14, 10; PGiess. 76, 2f [II AD]; Zech 3:3f; Sib. Or. 5, 188; Jos., Ant. 7, 267ῥυπαρὰν τὴν ἐσθῆτα) ἐσθής Js 2:2. ῥάκη ῥ. filthy rags (s. ῥάκος 1) AP 15:30. In a symbolic expr., occasioned by the proximity of ῥύπος: ἡμέραι ῥ. foul days B 8:6.

2. fig., in a moral sense unclean, defiled (Dionys. Hal. et al. use the word for ‘sordidly avaricious’; cf. Vett. Val. 104, 5; 117, 10; Test. Judah 14:3 διαλογισμοὶ ῥ.) Rv 22:11; IEph 16:2. M-M. B. 1081.* ῥύπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX) dirt—1. lit., of a greasy, viscous juice (e.g. ear-wax, Artem. 1, 24; PGM 36, 332) ῥ. ὑσσώπου the foul or dark juice of the hyssop B 8:6 (but JAKleist, transl. ’48, p. 175 note 97, refers it to the mixture of water and heifer’s ashes sprinkled by means of hyssop). σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου removing of dirt from the body 1 Pt 3:21 (on the gen. s. W-S. §30, 12f).

2. fig. (M. Ant. 7, 47 ὁ ῥύπος τοῦ χαμαὶ βίου; Is 4:4), in an ethical sense uncleanness καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου 1 Cl 17:4 (Job 14:4; the Job pass. also in Philo, Mut. Nom. 48). W. ἀμαρτίαι B 11:11. M-M.* ῥυπόω 1 aor. imper. 3 sing. ῥυπωσάτω (Od. 6, 59; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 301-2a; Themist., Or. 7 p. 112, 6; Achmes 63, 8; 118, 2; Pel.-Leg. 9, 9; Pollux 4, 180; Philo, fgm. 9 RHarris) (make) dirty, soil fig. defile, pollute Rv 22:11 t.r. (s. ῥυπαίνω, ῥυπαρεύω). M-M.* ῥύσις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr., Pla.+; pap.; En. 26, 2; Philo; Sib. Or. 1, 315) flowing, flow ῥ. αἵματος flow of blood (Lev 15:25; medical wr. [Hobart 15]; Diod. S. 5, 31, 3; Aelian, V.H. 6, 6 p. 79, 17; Vett. Val. 282, 30 αἵματος πολλὴν ῥύσιν), of a hemorrhage fr. which a woman suffered Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43f. M-M.* ῥυτίς, ίδος, ἡ (Aristoph., Pla.+; Plut., Mor. 789D; Lucian) wrinkle symbolically, of the church μὴ ἔχουσα σπῖλον ἢ ῥυτίδα Eph 5:27. M-M.* Ῥωμαϊκός, ή, όν (Polyb.+; Arrian, Peripl. 10, 1 τὰ Ῥωμαϊκὰ γράμματα=the Latin letter; inscr., pap., Philo, Joseph.) Roman, Latin Lk 23:38 t.r. M-M.* Ῥωμαι̂ος, α, ον Roman subst. ὁ Ῥ. (Polyb.+; inscr., pap., 1 and 2 Macc, Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) the Roman, the Roman citizen, pl. the Romans as a people or Roman citizens in the pl. J 11:48 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 26 §98 Ῥωμαίων πολῖται and Ῥωμαῖοι alternate); Ac 2:10; 16:21, 37f; 22:25-7, 29; 23:27 (on Rom. citizenship s. FSchulz, Rom. Registry of Births, Journ. of Rom. Studies 32, ’42, 78-91; 33, ’43, 55-64); 25:16; 28:17 (on Ac 16:37f; 22:25 cf. μαστίζω). Phlm subscr. In the sense Roman Christians Ro inscr. χωρίον Ῥωμαίων IRo inscr. (cf. Hdb. ad loc.). ἡ Ῥωμαίων πόλις Rome (Jos., Ant. 19, 7)Epil Mosq 3.* 884

Ῥωμαϊστί adv. in (the) Latin (language) (Diosc. I 115, 5; Epict. 1, 17, 16; Jos., Ant. 14, 191ἑλληνιστὶ καὶ ῥωμαϊστί) J 19:20.—Subscr. after Mk in minuscule 13 et al. (the Ferrar group. K and SLake, Studies and Documents XI ’41, p. 116) ἐγράφη ῥωμαϊστὶ ἐν Ῥώμῃ. M-M.* Ῥώμη, ης, ἡ (Aristot., Polyb. et al.; inscr., 1 Macc, Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) Rome Ac 18:2; 19:21; 23:11; 28:14, 16; Ro 1:7 (where the words ἐν Ῥ. are missing in many mss.; s. Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 1:7; Zahn, comm., exc. I p.

615; Harnack, ZNW 3, ’02, 83ff; RSteinmetz, ZNW 9, ’08, 177ff), 15 (here, too, the words ἐν Ῥώμῃ are omitted in a few isolated mss.); 2 Ti 1:17; 1 Cl inscr.; IEph 1:2; 21:2; IRo 5:1; 10:2; Epil Mosq 1; Hv 1, 1, 1. Also 1 Pt 5:13 v.l. and the subscr. of Gal, Eph, Phil, Col, 2 Th, 2 Ti, Phlm, Hb.* ῥώννυμι pf. pass. ἔρρωμαι be strong (so since Eur., Thu.; also LXX) perf. pass. imper. ἔρρωσο, ἔρρωσθε (always w. double ρ: Bl-D. §11, 1; Mlt.-H. 101f; ῥώννυμι was obsolete in NT times) farewell, goodbye in the conclusions of letters (Hippocr., X., Pla.+; inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 IV p. 549b index]; pap. [very oft.; cf. FXJExler, The Form of the Ancient Gk. Letter ’23, 74ff; HLietzmann, Kl. Texte 14,2 ’10, nos. 3; 4; 6; 7; 8 al.] 2 Macc 11:21, 33; 3 Macc 7:9; Ep. Arist.

40; 46; Jos., Vi. 227; 365) Ac 15:29; 23:30 t.r.; IEph 21:2; IMg 15; ITr 13:2; IRo 10:3; IPhld 11:2; ISm 13:1f; IPol 8:3b (in Ign. the greeting is combined w. various additions fr. Christian usage). Periphrastically ἐρρῶσθαι ὑμᾶς εὔχομαι (oft. pap.) IPol 8:3a; MPol 22:1. M-M. and suppl.*

885

Σ σαβαχθάνι (Tdf., W-H. σαβαχθανεί) Aram. ‫יִנַתּ‬ instead of the Hebr. ‫י ִנ‬ Ps 22:2; fr. ‫קַב‬ forsake: thou hast forsaken me Mt 27:46; Mk 15:34.—EKautzsch, Gramm. des Bibl.-Aram. 1884, 11; Dalman, Gramm.2 147 note 4; 156; 221, Jesus ’22, 185f; DSidersky, Rev. de l’Hist. des Rel. 103, ’31, 151-4. On the accent s. Wlh. on Mk 15:34.* Σαβαώθ indecl. Sabaoth (LXX; Sib. Or.; PGM 4, 1235; 15, 14; 18a, 1; 35, 20; Fluchtaf. 2; 3, 27; 4, 15) Greek , pl. of ‫א‬ =army, in a name applied to God κύριος Σ.=‫תוֹא‬ ‫הוהי‬Yahweh or Lord of the transcription of ‫תוֹא‬ Armies, Lord of Hosts (on the mng. EKautzsch, RE XXI ’08, 620-7 [lit.]; here 626f a short treatment of the usage in the LXX. Also XXIV ’13, 661f. More exact information in Thackeray 9. PKatz, Philo’s Bible, 146-9) Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9); 1 Cl 34:6 (Is 6:3); Js 5:4. M-M.* σαββατίζω 1 aor. ἐσαββάτισα (LXX; Byz. chron. in Psaltes p. 329) keep the Sabbath ἐὰν μὴ σαββατίσητε τὸ σάββατον, οὐκ ὄψεσθε τὸν πατέρα LJ 1:2 (LEWright, JBL 65, ’46, 180). On the other hand, the Jews who have become Christians give up the celebration of the Sabbath in favor of the Lord’s Day, Sunday IMg 9:1.* σαββατισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Plut., Mor. 166A) Sabbath rest, Sabbath observance fig. Hb 4:9 (CKBarrett, CHDodd-Festschr., ’56, 371f [eschat.]).—S. on κατάπαυσις. M-M.* ) dat. pl. σάββασιν (Meleager [I BC]: Anth. Pal. 5, 160; 1 Macc 2:38; Jos., Ant. 16, σάββατον, ου, τό (‫ת‬ 163)always in NT except that a v.l. at Mt 12:1 and 12 acc. to B has σαββάτοις (so usu. LXX [Thackeray 35]; Jos., Ant. 3, 294.Cf. W-S. §8, 12; Bl-D. §52; Mlt.-H. 128; MBlack, BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 60f).—The word is found Plut. et al.; pap., LXX; En. 10, 17; Philo, Joseph.

1. Sabbath, the seventh day of the week in the Jewish calendar, marked by rest fr. work and by special religious ceremonies. a. sing. (τὸ) σάββατον (Neptunianus [I AD] ed. W Gemoll, Progr. Striegau 1884, 53; LXX; Philo, Cher. 87; Jos., Ant. 3, 143; 255) Mt 12:8; Mk 2:27f (Alex. Aphr., Eth. Probl. 10, II 2 p. 130, 34ff ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῶν ἀρετῶν χάριν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔμπαλιν [=vice versa]); 6:2; 15:42 v.l.; 16:1; Lk 6:5; 23:54; J 5:9f; 9:14; B 15:1a; GP 2:5 al. ἁγιάζειν τὸ ς.

B 15:1b (cf. 2 Esdr 23 [Neh 13]: 22). βεβηλοῦν τὸ ς. Mt 12:5b; λύειν τὸ ς. J 5:18 (s. λύω). τηρεῖν τὸ ς. 9:16. σαββατίζειν τὸ ς. (cf. Lev 23:32) LJ 1:2. φυλάσσειν τὸ ς. (cf. Ex 31:13f; Lev 19:3) B 15:2, cf. 3. On the Sabbath (cf. Bl-D. §200, 3; Rob. 523): ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ (2 Esdr 23 [Neh 13]: 15a, 16) Lk 6:7; J 19:31a; ἐν σαββάτῳ (2 Esdr 20:32b [Neh 10:31b]) Mt 12:2; Lk 6:1; J 5:16; 7:22f; τῷ σαββάτῳ Lk 6:5 D (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 49-54); 6:9; 13:14a, 15; 14:3; σαββάτῳ (Jos., Bell. 2, 456)Mt 24:20 (s. Boll 134, 1); Lk 14:1; J 6:59 v.l.; ἐν ἑτέρῳ ς. Lk 6:6; τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ς. Ac 13:44; ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ ς. (cf. Jer 17:21f) Lk 14:5 t.r.; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ ς. (2 Esdr 20:32a [Neh 10:31a]; 23 [Neh 13]: 15b; cf. Cyranides p. 79, 11 ἐν ἡμ. σαββάτου) Lk 14:5; τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ ς. Lk 13:14b, 16. In the acc. of duration of time (Bl-D. §161, 2) τὸ σάββατον throughout the Sabbath Lk 23:56. κατὰ πᾶν ς. (on) every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21; 18:4; εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ ς. on the following Sabbath Ac 13:42. ἡ ἡμέρα πρὸ σαββάτου Lk 23:54 D.—σάββατον μέγα Great Sabbath MPol 8:1; 21:1; cf. J 19:31b (s.

ESchwartz, Christl. u. jüd. Ostertafeln: AGG VIII 6, ’05, 127). ς. τὸ λεγόμενον πρῶτον the so-called first Sabbath PK 2, p. 14, 28.—On σαββάτου ὁδός a Sabbath day’s journey Ac 1:12 cf. ὁδός 1. b. pl.—α. of more than one Sabbath (2 Ch 31:3; Ezk 46; 3; Jos., Ant. 13, 252)σάββατα τρία Ac 17:2; B 15:8a (Is 1:13), b. β. τὰ σάββατα for a single Sabbath day (Zen.-P. Cairo 762, 6 [III BC]; Plut., Mor. 169C; 671E τὴν τῶν σαββάτων ἑορτήν; 672A; Ex 20:10; Lev 23:32 al.; Philo, Abr. 28 τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἣν Ἑβραῖοι σάββατα καλοῦσιν; Jos., Ant. 1, 33; 3, 237; 12, 259; 276.—Bl-D. §141, 3 w. app.; Rob. 408; ESchwyzer, Ztschr. f. vergleich.

Sprachforschung 62, ’35, 1-16; ASchlatter, Mt ’29, 393) ὀψὲ σαββάτων Mt 28:1a (s. ὀψέ 3). Also prob. Col 2:16. ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων (Ex 20:8; 35:3; Dt 5:12; Jer 17:21f; Jos., Ant. 12, 274)Lk 4:16; Ac 13:14; 16:13; Dg 4:3. (ἐν) τοῖς σάββασιν on the Sabbath (Jos., Vi. 279 τοῖς σάββασιν, Ant. 13, 252 v.l. ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν) Mt 12:1, 5, 10-12; Mk 1:21; 2:23, 24; 3:2, 4; Lk 4:31; 6:2; 13:10. ἡ περὶ τὰ σάββατα δεισιδαιμονία superstitious veneration of the Sabbath Dg 4:1 (only extreme danger to human life can cause the Sabbath law to be suspended: Synes., Ep. 4 p.

162B, C). τὰ σάββατα the Sabbath feasts B 2:5 (Is 1:13).-JMeinhold, Sabbat u. Woche im AT ’05, Sabbat u.

Sonntag ’09; JHehn, Siebenzahl u. Sabbat bei den Babyloniern u. im AT ’07, Der israelit. Sabbat ’09, Zur Sabbatfrage: BZ 14, ’17, 198-213; EMahler, Der Sabbat: ZDMG 62, ’08, 33-79, Handbuch der jüd. Chronologie ’16; GBeer, Schabbath ’08; WNowack, Schabbat ’24; MWolff, Het ordeel der helleensch-romeinsche schrijvers over. . . den Sabbath: ThT 44, ’10, 162-72; ELohse, Jesu Worte über den Sabbat, Beih. ZNW 26, ’60, 79-89. S. also κυριακός, end.

2. week—a. sing. δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου two days (in) a week Lk 18:12. πρώτῃ σαββάτου on the first day of the week (Sunday) Mk 16:9. κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου every Sunday 1 Cor 16:2. πρωῒ μιᾶς σαββάτου early on Sunday morning Mk 16:2 D. b. pl. (ἡ) μία (τῶν) σαββάτων (i.e. ἡμέρα) the first day of the week Mt 28:1b (s. Dalman, Gramm. 247; 886

SKrauss, Talm. Archäologie II ’11, 428f; PGardner-Smith, JTS 27, ’26, 179-81); Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; 1 Cor 16:2 t.r. The Jews fast δευτέρᾳ σαββάτων καὶ πέμπτῃ on the second and fifth days of the week (Monday and Thursday) D 8:1 (s. νηστεύω and the lit. there).—ESchürer, Die siebentägige Woche im Gebr. der christl. Kirche der ersten Jahrhunderte: ZNW 6, ’05, 1-66; FH Colson, The Week ’26; FBoll, Hebdomas: Pauly-W. VII 2, ’12, 2547-8; RNorth, The Derivation of ‘sabbath’, Biblica 36, ’55, 182-201; WRordorf, Sunday, tr. AGraham, ’68.—ELohse, TW VII 1-35: σάβ. and παρασκευή. M-M. B. 1005.* σαγήνη, ης, ἡ (Plut., Mor. 169C; Lucian, Pisc. 51, Tim. 22; Artem. 2, 14, p. 107, 13; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 200 D.; Aelian, H.A. 11, 12; LXX) a large dragnet σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν Mt 13:47 (βάλλειν σαγ. as Babrius, Fab. 4, 1; 9, 6). S. ἀμφιβάλλω. M-M.* Σαδδουκαι̂ος, ου, ὁ the Sadducee, always pl. οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι the Sadducees members of a Jewish party in Jerusalem in the time of Jesus and the apostles (s. Joseph.: the passages are printed in Schürer II4 449-52; on pp.

452-4 the evidence fr. the Mishna is added). Ac 5:17 mentions them as equivalent to the High Priest and his adherents.

Acc. to Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:27; Ac 23:8 they denied the resurrection of the dead. Cf. also Mt 3:7; 16:1, 6, 11 f; 22:34; Ac 4:1; 23:6f. Many questions concerning the origin, name, and character of the Sadducees cannot yet be satisfactorily answered.—Wlh., Pharisäer u. die Sadd. 1874; GHölscher, Der Sadduzäismus ’06; Schürer II4 ’07, 475ff; RLeszynsky, Die Sadduzäer ’12; BDEerdmans, Farizeën en Saduceën: ThT 48, ’14, 1-16; MH Segall, Pharisees and Sadducees: Exp. 8th Ser. XIII ’17, 81ff; GHBox, Who Were the Sadducees in the NT: ibid. 401ff; XVI ’18, 55ff; EMeyer II ’21, 290ff; JWLightley, Jewish Sects and Parties in the Time of Jesus ’23; HRasp, Fl. Joseph. u. die jüd. Religionsparteien: ZNW 23, ’24, 27-47; JoachJeremias, Jerusalem z. Zeit Jesu II ’24/’29; Billerb. IV ’28, 334-52: D. Pharis. u. d. Sadd. in d. altjüd. Lit.; TWManson, Sadducee and Pharisee—the Origin and Significance of the Names: Bull. of the JRylands Library 22, ’38, 144-59; WStrawson, Jesus and the Future Life ’59, 203-20; JLeMoyne, Les Sadducéens, ’72.—RMeyer, TW VII 35-54.* ), ὁ indecl., freq. in the OT (Joseph. has Σάδωκος, ου [Ant. 7, 201]) Zadok, in the genealogy of Jesus Σαδώκ (‫קוֹד‬ Mt 1:14a, b; Lk 3:23ff D.* σαίνω at first, of dogs, wag the tail (Hom.+), hence fawn upon, flatter (so trag.+; Antig. Car. 172 σαίνειν φιλοφρόνως; Jos., Bell. 6, 336). It is in this direction that many prefer to take the mng. of the pass. in the only place in our lit. where the word occurs, 1 Th 3:3 τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι (ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις) so that no one might be deceived (PSchmidt, Schmiedel, Wohlenberg, GMilligan, CBWilliams, Frame ad loc., also Zahn, Einl.3 I 158f).

However, a more suitable mng. is the one preferred without exception by the ancient versions and the Gk. interpreters move, disturb, agitate (Soph., Ant. 1214 παιδός με σαίνει φθόγγος; Diog. L. 8, 41 οἱ σαινόμενοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐδάκρυον.—In Stoic. III 231, 8f σαίνεσθαι is=‘be carried away w. someth.’), so that no one might be shaken or disturbed (Bornemann, vDobschütz [p. 133f note 3 the material necessary for understanding the word is brought together], MDibelius, Steinmann, Oepke ad loc., RSV; HChadwick, JTS n.s. 1, ’50, 156ff). On the construction s. Bl-D. §399, 3 app.; Rob. 1059 and cf. also EbNestle, ZNW 7, ’06, 361f; GMercati, ZNW 8, ’07, 242; RPerdelwitz, StKr 86, ’13, 613ff; ADKnox, JTS 25, ’24, 290f; RStJParry, ibid. 405; IAHeikel, StKr 106, ’35, 316. M-M.* σάκκος, ου, ὁ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.—Semit. loanw.: HLewy, Die semit.

Lehnwörter im Griech. 1895, 87 [cf. ‫]קֲצ‬. On the J whether to spell it w. one κ or two s. Mayser 215) sack, sackcloth ὠμόλινον ἐκ σάκκου γεγονός a rough linen towel made of (a) sack (cloth) Hs 8, 4, 1. The fabric from which a sack is made is usu. dark in color ἀμαρτίαι μελανώτεραι σάκκου 1 Cl 8:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). μέλας ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος Rv 6:12 (cf. Is 50:3). Hence sackcloth is esp. suited to be worn as a mourning garment (LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 37al.) περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους Rv 11:3 (cf. 4 Km 19:2; Is 37:2 and s. περιβάλλω 1bα). W. σποδός (Esth 4:2f; Jos., Ant. 20, 123; Test. Jos. 15:2) ἐν ς. καὶ σποδῷ καθῆσθαι sit in sackcloth and ashes Lk 10:13. ἐν ς. καὶ σποδῷ μετανοεῖν Mt 11:21. ἐπὶ ς. καὶ σποδοῦ κόπτεσθαι (κόπτω 2) B 7:5. καὶ σάκκον ἐνδύσησθε καὶ σποδὸν ὑποστρώσητε 3:2 (Is 58:5).—Menand., fgm. 544 Kock, of Syrian penitents, who have sinned against the goddess: ἔλαβον σακίον, εἶτʼ εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκάθισαν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ κόπρου, καὶ τὴν θεὸν ἐξιλάσαντο τῷ ταπεινοῦσθαι σφόδρα; Plut., Superst. 7 p. 168D: ἔξω κάθηται σακκίον ἔχων καὶ περιεζωσμένος ῥάκεσι ῥυπαροῖς, πολλάκις δὲ γυμνὸς ἐν πηλῷ κυλινδούμενος ἐξαγορεύει τινὰς ἁμαρτίας—ὡς τόδε φαγόντος ἢ πιόντος ἢ βαδίσαντος ὁδόν, ἣν οὐκ εἴα τὸ δαιμόνιον. On the rags of a penitent cf. ἐν ἱεροῖς ῥακενδύτας: Hermes Trismeg., Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 4 p. 148, 2; 165, 16. M-M.* Σαλά (‫ ) ַח ֶלשׁ‬ὁ indecl. Shelah, in Luke’s genealogy of Jesus.

1. son of Nahshon and father of Boaz Lk 3:32; here the t.r. has Σαλμών (Mt 1:4f; 1 Ch 2:11; cf. Ruth 4:20f).—EbNestle, Sala, Salma, Salmon: ZNW 11, ’10, 242f.

2. son of Cainan and father of Eber (Gen 10:24; 11:13-15; 1 Ch 1:18 A) Lk 3:35.* ), ὁ indecl. (LXX.—Jos., Ant. 11, 73Σαλαθίηλος) Shealtiel, Salathiel, father of Zerubbabel (l Σαλαθιήλ (‫לֵאי ִתּ‬ Ch 3:19; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 3:2; 5:2; 22 [Neh l2]: 1; Hg 1:1); in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:12 he is a son of Jechoniah (1 Ch 3:17), in Lk 3:27 a son of Neri.* 887

Σαλαμίς, ι̂νος, ἡ (on the v.l. Σαλαμίνῃ cf. Bl-D. §57 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 128) Salamis, a large city on the east coast of the island of Cyprus (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; inscr.; Sib. Or. 4, 128; 5, 452 πόλις μεγάλη) visited by Paul on his ‘first’ missionary journey Ac 13:5.—S. the lit. on Κύπρος. M-M.* σαλεύω 1 aor. ἐσάλευσα. Pass.: pf. ptc. σεσαλευμένος; 1 aor. ἐσαλεύθην; 1 fut. σαλευθήσομαι (Aeschyl., Pla., X.+; Dit., Or. 515, 47; pap., LXX; En. 101, 4; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 136al.; Sib. Or. 3, 675) in our lit. only trans. shake, cause to move to and fro, cause to waver or totter, pass. be shaken, be made to waver or totter.

1. lit. (Diod. S. 12, 47, 2 τ. τείχη) οἰκίαν shake a house (a flood: Sb 8267, 8 [5 BC]) Lk 6:48. τὴν γῆν Hb 12:26.—Pass. κάλαμος ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενος a reed driven to and fro by the wind (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 28 §120 [pass. of a swaying reed]; cf. Is 7:2; Jos., Ant. 4, 51ἐξ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον κῦρα) Mt 11:7; Lk 7:24. Cf. Rv 6:13 v.l. Of a house ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος the place shook, lit. was shaken (cf. Ps 17:8) Ac 4:31 (cf. Lucian, Necyom.

10 ἅπαντα ἐκεῖνα ἐσαλεύετο.—σαλεύεσθαι as a sign of Divine Presence Jos., Ant. 7, 76f). Of foundations shaking in an earthquake (cf. Ps 81:5) 16:26. αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται the armies of heaven will be shaken Mt 24:29; Lk 21:26; cf. Mk 13:25 (PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 29, ’39, 114f). Also of the heavens moving in orderly fashion at God’s command οἱ οὐρανοὶ σαλευόμενοι 1 Cl 20:1. μέτρον σεσαλευμένον a measure that is shaken together Lk 6:38.

2. fig. (Appian, Iber. 102 §442 of wavering in loyalty) ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ that I may not be shaken or disturbed Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); incite 17:13. σαλευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός (Theodor. Prodr. 4, 319 H. τὸν νοῦν σαλευθείς) 2 Th 2:2.—τὰ σαλευόμενα that which is or can be shaken Hb 12:27a forms a contrast (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 38) to τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα that which is not (and cannot be) shaken vs. 27b; the former is the heaven and earth of the world as it now exists (vs. 26), the latter the coming Kingdom (vs. 28). M-M. B. 675.* ), ἡ (LXX; Philo.—Jos., Ant. 1, 180has Σολυμᾶ, also indecl.) Salem. Hb 7:1f, following Gen 14:18, calls Σαλήμ (‫םֵל‬ Melchizedek βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ and interprets it as ‘King of peace’ (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 79 Μελχισεδὲκ βασιλέα τῆς εἰρήνης—Σαλὴμ τοῦτο γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται).—S. on Μελχισέδεκ and Erbes s.v. Βηθανία 2. Σαλίμ, τό indecl. Salim. John baptized ἐν Αἰνὼν ἐγγὺς τοῦ Σαλίμ J 3:23. Acc. to Euseb., Onom. p. 40, 1 this place lay eight Roman miles south of Scythopolis in northern Samaria (so Lagrange and Abel; s. Αἰνών). Today there is a place called Salim about 3 ½ mi. (6 km.) east of Shechem; it is mentioned in Epiph., Haer. 55, 2 (this one is preferred

by WFAlbright, HTR 17, ’24, 193f). Cf. in addition to Αἰνών also EbNestle, ZDPV 30, ’07, 210ff; BWBacon, Biblical World 33, ’09, 223ff; KKundsin, Topolog. Überlieferungsstoffe im J ’25. Erbes s.v. Βηθανία 2.* ), ὁ indecl. Salmon, son of Nahshon and father of Boaz (1 Ch 2:11; cf. Ruth 4:20f [Σαλμάν; but A Σαλμών (‫ןוֹמ‬ reads Σαλμών]), in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:4f; Lk 3:32 t.r. (cf. Σαλά 1).* Σαλμώνη, ης, ἡ (this form of the name is found only in our passage. Elsewh. it is called Σαλμώνιον, Σαμώνιον, Σαμμώνιον, Σαλμωνίς; see the exx. in JWeiss, RE XI 89, l4ff) Salmone, a promontory on the northeast corner of Crete Ac 27:7.* σάλος, ου, ὁ rolling or tossing motion, surge, esp. of the waves in a rough sea (trag.; Plut., Lucull. 10, 3; Lucian, Tox. 19, Hermot. 28; Jon 1:15; Ps 88:10.—Philo, Sacr. Abel. 13 al. as a symbol w. κλύδων. As a symb. also Jos., Ant. 14, 376), but also of an earthquake (Eur., Iph. Taur. 46; Is 24:20 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 4, 51); however, the former is more probable in Lk 21:25. M-M.* σάλπιγξ, ιγγος, ἡ (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 1049, 7; PHermopol. 121, 10; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 359; loanw. in rabb.) trumpet.

1. the instrument itself 1 Cor 14:8; Hb 12:19 (cf. Ex 19:16); Rv 1:10; 4:1; 8:2, 6, 13; 9:14; D 16:6; Epil Mosq 3. μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς μεγάλης with a loud trumpet-call Mt 24:31 t.r. (s. φωνή 1).

2. the sound made or signal given by the instrument trumpet-call, (sound of the) trumpet (Aristoph., Ach. 1001; X., R. Equ. 9, 11, Hipp. 3, 12; Aristot., Rhet. 3, 6; Polyb. 4, 13, 1; Ael. Aristid. 34, 22 K.=50 p. 554 D.: τῇ πρώτῃ ς.) μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης with a loud trumpet-call Mt 24:31. ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the sound of the last trumpet 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ (καταβήσεται ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ) at the call of the trumpet sounded by God’s command 1 Th 4:16. M-M.* σαλπίζω (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 188; Jos., Ant. 5, 23)fut. σαλπίσω (Lob. on Phryn. p. 191); 1 aor. ἐσάλπισα (Aelian, V.H. 1, 26; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 279.—On both forms s. Bl-D. §71; Mlt.-H. 257) sound the trumpet, trumpet (forth) Rv 8:6-13; 9:1, 13; 10:7; 11:15.—Impers. (X., An. 1, 2, 17) σαλπίσει the trumpet will sound 1 Cor 15:52 (Bl-D. §129; Rob. 392). It is prob. to be taken symbolically (cf. Ps.-Lucian, Ocypus v. 114 ἀλέκτωρ ἡμέραν ἐσάλπισεν; Achilles Tat. 8, 10, 10 ὑπὸ σάλπιγγι. . . μοιχεύεται; M. Ant. 5, 6 ἄνθρωπος εὖ ποιήσας οὐκ ἐπιβοᾶται; Synesius, To Paeonius 1 p. 308A τὸ κηρύττειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν ὑπὲρ ἐπιδείξεως οὐ σοφίας ἀλλὰ σοφιστέιας ἐστί=to trumpet one’s own achievements and do everything for the sake of publicity is not the part of wisdom, but of sophistry) in μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου you must not sound a trumpet before you Mt 6:2 (it is taken non-symbolically by EKlostermann ad loc.; ABüchler, JTS 10, ’09, 266ff). M-M.* σαλπιστής, οῦ, ὁ (a later form for the older σαλπι(γ)κτής.—Theophr., Char. 25; Polyb. 1, 45, 13; Dionys. Hal. 4, 888

17, 3; 4, 18, 3; Charito 8, 2, 6 al.; Dit., Syll.3 1058, 4; 1059 II, 20; Sb 4591, 3.—WGRutherford, The New Phrynichus 1881, 279) trumpeter Rv 18:22. M-M.* Σαλώμη, ης, ἡ (Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 197 [I AD; Jerusalem]; Joseph. index and cf. Bl-D. §53, 3; Mlt.-H. 144) Salome, one of the Galilean women who followed Jesus Mk 15:40; 16:1; in case it is permissible to combine Mk 15:40 w. its parallel Mt 27:56, where the name does not occur, she was the wife of Zebedee and mother of James and John.

(The daughter of Herodias mentioned but not named in Mk 6:22ff; Mt 14:6ff was also called Salome, cf. Jos., Ant. 18, 136.—HDaffner, Salome, ‘l2; WSpeyer, D. Tod der Salome, Jahrb. f. Antike u. Christent. 10, ’67, 176-80).* Σαλωμών (LXX; s. Thackeray 165; Christian magical pap. 17, 10 ed. Preisigke II p. 206) Ac 7:47 Tdf. s. Σολομών.* Σαμάρεια, ας, ἡ (to be spelled and accented on the analogy of Ἀλεξάνδρεια etc.; cf. Bl-D. §38 app., but also Rob. 197; Mlt.-H. 147) Samaria (the Gk. form of the name in Polyb. 5, 71, 11; Strabo 16, 2, 34; Diod. S. 19, 93, 7; Pliny , Aram. ‫ן‬ ), though not so in our 5, 13, 17; Joseph. index; LXX), orig. the name of the city (Hebr. ‫ןוֹר‬ lit., then transferred to the whole province which, in NT times, included the region fr. the Plain of Jezreel southward to the border of Judaea. J 4:4 (Jos., Vi. 269 ἔδει διʼ ἐκείνης [=τ. Σαμαρείας] πορεύεσθαι, Ant. 20, 118), 5; Ac 8:9, 14. W. Judaea 1:8; 8:1; w. Judaea and Galilee 9:31; w. Galilee Lk 17:11; w. Phoenicia Ac 15:3. γυνὴ ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας a Samaritan woman J 4:7. ἡ πόλις τῆς Σαμαρείας the (main) city of Samaria (cf. πόλις 1), i.e. the city of Samaria which, since the time of Herod the Great, was known as Sebaste Ac 8:5 (on this s. JBoehmer, ZNW 9, ’08, 216-18).-GHölscher, Palästina in der persischen u. hellenist. Zeit ’03; Baedeker, Palästina u. Syrien7 ’10; HGuthe, RE XVII ’06, 419ff; XXIV ’13, 448f; Schürer4 index; LHaefeli, Gesch. der Landschaft Sam. von 722 BC bis 67 AD ’22; AParrot, Samaria, trans. SHHooke, ’58. M-M.* Σαμαρία s. Σαμάρεια. Σαμαρίτης, ου, ὁ (Joseph. index; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 141. For the spelling s. Bl-D. §38 app.; Rob. 197.—Stephan.

Byz. s.v. Ὠρεός requires Σαμαρείτης and refers s.v. Σαμάρεια to a certain Antiochus as authority.—Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 75 §319 has the form Σαμαρεύς, έως: Ἰδουμαίων καὶ Σαμαρέων) a Samaritan Lk 17:16. Main character in the well-known parable (on this EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 117-25; JCGordon, ET 56, ’45, 302-4; FJLeenhardt, Aux sources de la tradition chrétienne [MGoguel-Festschr.] ’50, 132-8; BGerhardsson, Con. Neot. 16, ’58; JDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 208-27; s. παραβολή 2, end) Lk 10:33. Pl. J 4:39f. Avoided by the Jews vs. 9 (cf. Sir 50:25f; Jos., Ant. 18, 30; 20, 118, Bell. 2, 232f), also despised by them 8:48. πόλις Σαμαριτῶν Mt 10:5; κώμη Σ. Lk 9:52; cf. Ac 8:25.—Lit. s.v. Σαμάρεια, also EKautzsch, RE XVII ’06, 428ff; JAMontgomery, The Samaritans ’07; JEHThomson, The Samaritans ’19; MGaster, The Samaritans ’25; Lightley (Σαδδουκαῖος, end); Billerb. I 538-60; KBornhäuser, ZsystTh 9, ’32, 552-66; JoachJeremias, Jerusalem z. Zeit Jesu II B ’29-’37, 224ff: Die Samaritaner; MSEnslin, Lk and the Samaritans: HTR 36, ’43, 278-97; JBowman, Samaritan Studies: Bulletin of the JRylands Library 40, ’58, 298-329. M-M.* Σαμαρι̂τις, ιδος, ἡ (1 Macc 10:30; 11:28; Ep. Arist. 107; Jos., Bell. 3, 48al.; IG III 2892) fem. of Σαμαρίτης adj. and subst., Samaritan (fem.) ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρῖτις the Samaritan woman J 4:9a; cf. b.* Σαμοθρᾴκη, ης, ἡ (oft. in lit. and inscr.) Samothrace, an island in the northern part of the Aegean Sea Ac 16:11.

M-M.* Σάμος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; oft. in inscr.; 1 Macc 15:23; Sib. Or. 3, 363) Samos, an island off the west coast of Asia Minor, opposite the promontory of Mycale, not far fr. Ephesus. Landing-place for ships on the voyage fr. the Hellespont to Syria (Jos., Ant. 16, 23; 62) Ac 20:15.—CCurtius, Urkunden zur Gesch. von Samos 1873, Inschriften u.

Studien zur Geschichte von S. 1877.* ), ὁ indecl. Samuel (1 Km 1:1-25:1, 28; Jer 15:1; Ps 98:6; 1 Ch 6:13, 18; 9:22; 1 Esdr 1:18 ἀπὸ Σαμουήλ (‫לֵאוּמ‬ τῶν χρόνων Σαμουὴλ τοῦ προφήτου; Sir 46:13; Philo.—Joseph. has Σαμούηλος, ου [Ant. 6, 51]; cf. Ep. Arist. 50; Preisigke, Namenbuch); in our lit. he brings the period of the Judges to an end Ac 13:20, and begins the line of the prophets 3:24. περὶ ∆αυίδ τε καὶ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν Hb 11:32. M-M.* Σαμφουρειν indecl. ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τ. χώραν Σαμφουρειν (=Sepphoris) ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου εἰς Ἐφράιμ λεγομένην πόλιν J 11:54 D. S. the commentaries.* ), ὁ indecl. Samson, a Judge in Israel (Judg 13-16.—Jos., Ant. 5, 290-318 has Σαμψών, ῶνος Σαμψών (‫ןוֹש‬ [297]) Hb 11:32 (Bl-D. §39, 5; 8 app.; Mlt.-H. 103).* σανδάλιον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 5, 46, 2; Lucian, Herod. 5; LXX w. the same mng. as in our lit.) dim. of σάνδαλον (Hom. Hymns+; Jos., Ant. 4, 256; loanw. in rabb.) sandal, a sole made of leather or wood with an upper 889

part, held on the foot by means of thongs. ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου put on your sandals Ac 12:8. ὑποδεδεμένος σανδάλια with (nothing but) sandals on one’s feet Mk 6:9. M-M.* σανίς, ίδος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr.; PFlor. 69, 21; SSol 8:9; Ezk 27:5; Philo, De Prov.: Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 26; Jos., Ant. 8, 134al.) board, plank; beside τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου, the pieces of wreckage fr. the ship, the σανίδες of Ac 27:44 are perh. boards or planks that were used to hold the cargo of grain in place (Breusing 203). M-M.* ), ὁ indecl. Saul—1. son of Kish; first king of Israel (1 Km 9ff; 1 Ch 8:33; 1 Macc 4:30; Philo, Migr. Σαούλ (‫לוּא‬ Abr. 196.—Joseph. has Σαοῦλος, ου [Ant. 6, 74].—Bl-D. §53, 2 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 144) Ac 13:21; 1 Cl 4:13.

2. Jewish name of the Apostle Paul (cf. Παῦλος 2). Ac, which is the only book in our lit. that uses the name Saul for the apostle, has it mostly in its Gk. form (s. Σαῦλος). The OT Σαούλ is found only in the account of his conversion, and as a voc. 9:4, 17; 22:7, 13; 26:14 (cf. Test. Levi 2:6 the call of the angel fr. the opened heavens: Λευί, Λευί, εἴσελθε).* σαπρός, ά, όν (Hipponax [VI BC], Aristoph., Hippocr.+; Dit., Syll.2 587, 24; pap.) decayed, rotten.

1. lit., of spoiled fish (Antiphanes in Athen. 6 p. 225F) Mt 13:48. Of plants and their products (Aristoph., Theophr. et al.; PFay. 119, 4; 6): of decayed trees Mt 7:17f; 12:33a; Lk 6:43b. Of rotten fruits (Theophr., H. Pl. 4, 14, 10 olives; PFlor. 176, 9 figs) Mt 12:33b; Lk 6:43a; of grapes that lie on the ground and rot Hs 2:4. Of stones λίθοι ς. stones that are unsound or crumbling Hs 9, 5, 2. But in 9, 6, 4 the transition to the more general mng. unusable, unfit, bad (Herodas 2, 23 worn-out shoes; PLond. 356, 11 [I AD]) is complete; this mng. also recommends itself for some of the passages dealt w. above (e.g., do ‘rotten’ fish swim into a net, and do ‘rotten’ trees bear any fruit at all?).

2. fig. bad, evil, unwholesome (Menand., Mon. 722; Epict. 3, 22, 61 σαπρὰ δόγματα; Sb 5761, 23 [I AD] ς. ὄνομα; PSI 717, 4 [II AD] ἐὰν κατʼ ἐμοῦ καταψηφίσηταί τι σαπρόν; 312, 13 [IV AD] οὐδὲν σαπρὸν ποιήσει) λόγος σαπρός an evil word, evil speech Eph 4:29 (cf. M. Ant. 11, 15 ὡς σαπρὸς ὁ λέγων).—CLindhagen, Die Wurzel ΣΑΠ im AT u. NT: Upps. Univ. Årsskr. 5, ’50, 27-53. M-M.* Σάπφιρα (Aram. ‫אָרי ִ ַפּשׁ‬. On the spelling and accentuation cf. Bl-D. §38 app.; 39, 7 app.; 40 app.; Mlt.-H. 145; M-M. Both Aramaic and Gk. forms are found on the recently discovered ossuaries near Jerusalem: Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 201 [I BC/I AD]; 184 [I AD]; HJCadbury, Amicitiae Corolla [RHarris-Festschr.] ’33, 54f), gen. ης, dat. ῃ, ἡ (on its declension s. Bl-D. §43, 1; Mlt.-H. 118) Sapphira, wife of Ἁνανίας (q.v. 2 and the lit. s.v. κοινός 1 a.

PHMenoud, La mort d’An. et de Saph.: Aux sources de la tradition chrét. [MGoguel-Festschr.] ’50, 146-54) Ac 5:1.

M-M.* σάπφιρος, ου, ἡ (Semitic loanw., Hebr. ‫רי ִ ַפּמ‬.—Theophr., Lap. 1, 8; 4, 23; 6, 37; Diosc. 5, 157; Aelian, V.H. 14, 34; PGM 3, 515; LXX; En. 18, 8 [σάφφ-]; Jos., Ant. 3, 168)the sapphire, a blue, transparent precious stone (though the ancients prob. understood the σα. to be the lapis lazuli) Rv 21:19 (cf. Tob 13:17; Is 54:11).—RGradwohl, D. Farben im AT Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 33f; other lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* σαργάνη, ης, ἡ (Aeschyl.+, in the sense ‘plait, braid’) basket (so Aeneas Tact. 1348; Timocl. [IV BC] in Athen. 8 p.

339E; 9 p. 407E; Lucian, Lexiph. 6; BGU 417, 14; PFlor. 269, 7; PStrassb. 37, 13) 2 Cor 11:33, where it is ‘clearly a rope-basket’, B. 623.—FJAHort, JTS 10, ’09, 567ff (κόφινος, σφυρίς, σαργάνη).—MSchnebel, D. Landwirtsch. im hellenist. Ägypt. I ’25, 280f. M-M. B., s. above.* Σάρδεις, εων, αἱ (this spelling of the name Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr.; Sib. Or. 5, 289) Sardis, the ancient capital city of Lydia, in western Asia Minor Rv 1:11; 3:1, 4.—Ramsay, Letters ’05. Its inscriptions are found in Sardis: Publications of the American Soc. for the Excav. of Sardis VII ’32. Apollonius of Tyana wrote letters τοῖς ἐν Σάρδεσιν (nos. 38:75f) and τοῖς Σαρδιανοῖς (56): Philostrat. I p. 353; 359; 366; SEJohnson, Christianity in Sardis, HRWilloughby-Festschr. ’61, 81-90.* σάρδινος, ου, ὁ (Anecdot. Gr. Ox. ed. Cramer IV [1837] 229) late form of σάρδιον Rv 4:3 t.r.; s. σάρδιον.* σάρδιον, ου, τό (Aristoph.+; Pla., Phaedo 110D; Theophr., Lap. 1, 8; 4, 23; Diod. S. 3, 53, 6; Dit., Syll.2 588, 3; PHolm. 3, 36; LXX; Jos., Bell. 5, 234)carnelian, sard (ius), a reddish precious stone Rv 4:3 (t.r. σαρδίνῳ); 21:20.—Lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* σαρδόνυξ, υχος, ὁ (Plut., Mor. 1160F; 1163A; Cyranides p. 34, 2; Jos., Ant. 3, 165al.) the sardonyx, a precious stone, a variety of agate Rv 21:20.—Lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* On the spelling s. Bl-D. §39, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 147), ων (declinable in this way at least Ob 20; cf. Σάρεπτα (‫תַ פְר‬ Bl-D. §56, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 147), τά Zarephath, a city on the Phoenician coast betw. Tyre and Sidon (Jos., Ant. 8, 320), where Elijah lived during the famine. Σ. τῆς Σιδωνίας (as 3 Km 17:9 in this same account) Lk 4:26.* σαρκικός, ή, όν (Aristot., H. Anim. 10, 2 p. 635a, 11 ed. LDittmeyer ’07 v.l. acc. to mss.; a verse, perh. by Sotades Lyr. [III BC] 19, p. 244 Coll.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 10e v.l. [for σάρκινος].—σαρκικός means ‘belonging to the σάρξ’ [opp. πνευματικός], ‘fleshly’; on the other hand, σάρκινος is ‘consisting’ or ‘composed of flesh’, ‘fleshy’. Our lit., or 890

at least its copyists, did not observe this distinction in all occurrences of the word. The forms are interchanged in the tradition. Bl-D. §113, 2 w. app.; Rob. 158f) fleshly, in the manner of the flesh, carnal (in older usage).

1. belonging to the order of earthly things, material τὰ σαρκικά Ro 15:27; 1 Cor 9:11. Ign. is fond of using σαρκ. in contrast w. πνευματικός: ἀγάπη σαρκική τε καὶ πνευματική ISm 13:2; cf. ἑνότης 12:2. ἕνωσις IMg 13:2. ἐπιμέλεια IPol 1:2.

2. consisting of flesh, the earthly material: Polycarp is σαρκικὸς καὶ πνευματικός IPol 2:2. Jesus is called σαρκικός τε καὶ πνευματικός, γεννητὸς καὶ ἀγέννητος IEph 7:2. The Risen Lord συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the disciples) ὡς σαρκικός he ate with them as a being made of flesh ISm 3:3 (cf. ἐγείρειν σαρκικούς Third Corinthians 3:6).

3. belonging to the realm of the flesh in so far as it is weak, sinful, and transitory, and in these respects is the opp. of the spirit (Anth. Pal. 1, 107): (ἄνθρωποι) ς. 1 Cor 3:4 t.r.; ὅπλα 2 Cor 10:4. σοφία 1:12. αἱ σαρκικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι 1 Pt 2:11; αἱ σαρκικαὶ καὶ σωματικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι D 1:4. Of immature Christians σαρκικοί ἐστε 1 Cor 3:3a, b. Of heretics in contrast to orthodox believers οἱ σαρκικοὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ πράσσειν οὐ δύνανται, οὐδὲ οἱ πνευματικοὶ τὰ σαρκικά IEph 8:2.—In addition, σαρκικός is found as a v.l. (while σάρκινος is in the text, as Maximus Tyr. 11, 10f; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 63) in Ro 7:14; 1 Cor 3:1; Hb 7:16; in all three places the v.l. is the rdg. of the t.r. M-M.* σαρκικῶς adv. in the flesh, acc. to the flesh w. πνευματικῶς IEph 10:3 (σαρκικός 1).* σάρκινος, η, ον (since Eupolis Com. [V BC] 387; Pla.; PLond. 1177, 169; 172 [II AD]; LXX, En., Philo.—Cf. with σαρκικός).

1. fleshy, (made) of flesh (Theocr., Id. 21, 66; Maximus Tyr. 17, 3f σῶμα; Artem. 2, 35 p. 132, 27) καρδία a heart of flesh (opp. λιθίνη), i.e. a heart capable of feeling B 6: l4 (Ezk 11:19; 36:26); cf. 2 Cor 3:3.

2. fleshly, belonging to the realm of the flesh in so far as it is weak, sinful, and transitory, carnal (in older usage) (Epict., App. D, 4 [p. 479f Sch.] εὐχόμενος θεοῖς αἴτει τὰ θεῖα, ὧν οὐδὲν σάρκινον κ. γήινον ψαύει πάθος; Maximus Tyr. 11, 10f; 29, 7g; Cass. Dio 38, 21, 3; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 63) νόμος ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης (opp. ζωῆς) Hb 7:16. Of men (Hipparchus the Pythagorean in Stob. IV 980, 15 H. θνατοὶ κ. σάρκινοι; Iambl., Protr. 20 p. 104, 10 Pistelli; Sib. Or., fgm. 1, 1) 1 Cor 3:1 (opp. πνευματικός); cf. Ro 7:14.—σάρκινος as v.l. (for σαρκικός) 2 Cor 1:12.

M-M.* σαρκίον, ου, τό dim. of σάρξ piece of flesh (Hippocr. et al.), of the whole body (Plut., Brut. 8, 3; M. Ant. 2, 2, 1; 2) κοινωνῆσαι τῷ ἁγίῳ (κοινωνέω 1bα) MPol 17:1.* σαρκοφάγος, ον (Aristot. et al.; cf. Ep. Arist. 146; Sib. Or. 2, 236) flesh-eating θηρία λεπτὰ ς. of worms AP fgm.

2, p. 12, 27.* σαρκοφόρος, ον (Nicetas Eugen. 3, 319 Hercher; of men Sib. Or. 8, 222; of Christ 1, 325; Clem. of Alex., Strom.

5, 34, 1) flesh-bearing of Christ’s appearing in true human form ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν (=κύριον) σαρκοφόρον confess that he was clothed in flesh (adj. or subst.) ISm 5:2.* σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 6, 3) flesh.

1. lit., of the material that covers the bones of a human or animal body 1 Cor 15:39a, b, c, d; Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1.

The pl. (which denotes flesh in the mass [Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 5], while the sing. rather denotes the substance.—Herodas 4, 61; Gen 40:19; 1 Km 17:44; 4 Km 9:36; Philo) Lk 24:39 v.l.; Rv 19:18, 21 (Quint. Smyrn.

11, 245: the σάρκες of the slain are food for the birds); B 10:4; symbolically Rv 17:16. It decays 1 Cl 25:3. Normally gives forth an evil odor when burned MPol 15:2. W. bones (cf. ὀστέον) 1 Cl 6:3 (Gen 2:23); Lk 24:39; Eph 5:30 v.l. (symbol.). Paul speaks of his illness as a σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί (s. σκόλοψ) 2 Cor 12:7. ἡ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή the physical circumcision Ro 2:28; cf. Eph 2:11b; Col 2:13 (ἀκροβυστία 2); Gal 6:13 (ἡ σάρξ=the flesh that is circumcised); B 9:4. Symbolically: the corrosion on the precious metals of the rich φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ Js 5:3.—Of the flesh as physically attractive: ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας after other kinds of flesh Jd 7. Cf. 2 Pt 2:10.—Ign. describes the elements of the Eucharist as σὰρξ (or αἷμα) Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IRo 7:3; IPhld 4; ISm 7:1. Also J 6:51-6 urges that one must eat the flesh of the Son of Man (and drink his blood) (ThPhilips, Die Verheissung der hl.

Eucharistie nach Joh. ’22; Bultmann 161f; 174-7; AWikenhauser ’48, 105f).—His anti-Docetic position also leads Ign. to use the concept ‘flesh (and blood) of Christ’ in other contexts as well ITr 8:1; IPhld 5:1.

2. the body itself, viewed as substance (Aeschyl., Sept. 622: opp. νοῦς; Ex 30:32; 4 Km 6:30; w. καρδία or ψυχή Alex. Aphr., An. p. 98, 7-10 Br.; Ps 37:8; 62:2; Eccl 2:3; Ezk 11:19; 44:7 a1.; Jos., Ant. 19, 325)οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν Ac 2:31. W. ψυχή 1 Cl 49:6. W. καρδία Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9).—Eph 5:29. ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί they have seen me face to face Col 2:1. Opp. πνεῦμα (PGM 5, 460 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν κτίσαντα πᾶσαν σάρκα κ. πᾶν πνεῦμα) 1 Cor 5:5; 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5; 1 Pt 4:6; Hm 3:1; 10, 2, 6; also in relation to Christ (though this is disputed) J 6:63; Hs 5, 6, 5-7. Cf. 1 Ti 3:16.—ἀσθένεια τῆς σαρκός bodily illness Gal 4:13; cf. vs. 14. ἀσθενὴς τῇ σαρκί weak in the body Hs 9, 1, 2. ὁ ἀλγῶν σάρκα the one who is ill in body B 8:6. πάσχειν σαρκί 1 Pt 4:1b. ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότης the purity of the body Hb 9:13 (opp. καθαρίζειν τὴν συνείδησιν v. 14). σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου 1 Pt 3:21 (s. ῥύπος). Cf. 2 Cor 7:5. The σάρξ is raised fr. the dead 1 Cl 26:3; 2 Cl 9:1. Of the body of Christ during his earthly ministry Eph 2:14 (JHAHart, The Enmity in His Flesh: Exp. 6th Ser. III ’01, 135-41); Hb 10:20; 1 Pt 3:18; 4:1a; 1J 4:2; 2J 7; B 5:1, 10f; 6:7, 9; 7:5; 12:10; IEph 7:2; Pol 7:1. Married couples form μία σάρξ (Gen 2:24.—GAicher, Mann u. Weib ein Fleisch: BZ 5, ’07, 159-65) Mt 19:5f; Mk 10:8a, b; 1 Cor 891

6:16; Eph 5:31 (on these passages, TABurkill, ZNW 62, ’71, 115-20). δικαιώματα σαρκός behind ‘all sorts of ceremonial washings’ there are regulations that concern the physical body Hb 9:10.

3. a man of flesh and blood ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (RSeeberg, Festgabe AvHarnack dargebracht ’21, 263-81.—Artem. 2, 35 p. 132, 27 ἐὰν σάρκινοι οἱ θεοὶ φαίνωνται; Synes., Dio 6 p. 45B). πᾶσα σάρξ every -‫ ל‬s. πᾶς 1aα) Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); J 17:2; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:6); 1 Cl person, everyone (LXX for ‫ר‬ 59:3; 64; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5 (the last two Is 66:24). οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ no person, nobody (En. 14, 21 end.—W-S. §26, 10a; Bl-D. §275, 4; 302, 1; Rob. 752) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20 (cf. Ps 142:2 πᾶς ζῶν); 1 Cor 1:29 (μή); Gal 2:16. σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα (cf. Sir 17:31; Philo, Quis Rer. Div. Her. 57) a human being in contrast to God and other supernatural beings Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12 (here vice versa, αἷ. καὶ ς.). Because they are the opposites of the divine nature σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται 1 Cor 15:50 (JoachJeremias, NTS 2, ’56, 151-9).

4. human or mortal nature, earthly descent Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα Ro 4:1. οἱ συγγενεῖς μου κατὰ σάρκα 9:3. τοὺς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας Hb 12:9. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα the earthly Israel 1 Cor 10:18 (opp. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 6:16). Of natural descent τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός children by natural descent Ro 9:8 (opp. τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας). ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται Gal 4:23; cf. vs. 29. μου τὴν σάρκα my fellow countrymen Ro 11:14 (cf. Gen 37:27).—Of Christ’s physical nature Ro 8:3c; Hb 5:7. Christ is descended fr. the patriarchs and fr. David (τὸ) κατὰ σάρκα according to the human side of his nature, as far as his physical descent is concerned Ro 1:3 (JDDunn, Jesus—Flesh and Spirit [Ro 1:3f], JTS 24, ’73, 40-68); 9:5; 1 Cl 32:2; IEph 20:2. On ὑποτάγητε τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τῷ πατρὶ κατὰ σάρκα IMg 13:2 cf. Hdb. ad loc. and MRackl, Die Christologie des hl. Ignatius v. Ant. ’14, 228.—τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός the children share mortal nature Hb 2:14.

5. corporeality, physical limitation (s) , life here on earth θλῖψιν τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν 1 Cor 7:28. Cf. 2 Cor 4:11; Col 1:24. Of Christ τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ his body with its physical limitations Col 1:22; cf. 2:11—s. 7 below (cf. En. 102, 5 τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν; IQ p Hab 9, 2).—Of human life: ἀποδημεῖν τῆς σαρκός MPol 2:2 (s. ἀποδημέω). ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκί Phil 1:24. ζῆν ἐν σαρκί vs. 22; Gal 2:20. ἐν ς. περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 10:3a. ἐν ς. τυγχάνειν Dg 5:8a. τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ χρόνον 1 Pt 4:2. ἡ ἐπιδημία τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης our sojourn in life.

2 Cl 5:5. ἐν τῇ σαρκί in our earthly life 8:2.

6. the external or outward side of life, as it appears to the eye of an unregenerate person, that which is natural or earthly σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα wise (people) according to human standards 1 Cor 1:26. καυχᾶσθαι κατὰ (τὴν) σάρκα boast of one’s outward circumstances, i.e. descent, manner of life, etc. (cf. vs. 22) 2 Cor 11:18. κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν Christ from a human point of view or as far as externals are concerned 5:16b, cf. a (κατά II 5bβ and 7a; also VWeber, BZ 2, ’04, 178-88; HWindisch, exc. ad loc.; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3, 374-6; FCPorter, Does Paul Claim to Have Known the Historical Jesus [2 Cor 5:16]?: JBL 47, ’28, 257-75; RAMoxon, CQR 108, ’29, 320-8). οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κύριοι those who, according to human standards, are masters Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν ς. κρίνετε you judge by outward things, by externals J 8:15. Of the route that one takes in his earthly life ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ κατὰ σάρκα IRo 9:3.—ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθέναι place one’s trust in earthly things or physical advantages Phil 3:3f. εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί Gal 6:12. Onesimus is a beloved brother to Philemon καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ both as a man (in the external relationship betw. master and slave) and as a Christian Phlm 16. ὑμῶν δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπισκόπῳ IEph 1:3 (cf. IMg 3:2).

7. In Paul’s thought esp., the flesh is the willing instrument of sin, and is subject to sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ Ro 7:18 (cf. Philo, Gig. 29 αἴτιον δὲ τῆς ἀνεπιστημοσύνης μέγιστον ἡ σὰρξ καὶ ἡ πρὸς σάρκα οἰκείωσις; Sextus 317 ἀγαθὸν ἐν σαρκὶ μὴ ἐπιζήτει. The OT lays no stress on a necessary relationship betw. flesh as a substance, and sin. But for Epicurus the σάρξ is the bearer of sinful feelings and desires as well as the means of sensual enjoyment: Ep. in Plut., Mor. 135c; 1087B; F; 1089E; 1096C αἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαι. Also Diog. L. 10, 145. Likew. Plut. himself: Mor. 101B ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς; 672E; 688D; 734A; Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apollon. 13 p. 107F σαρκὶ καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι ταύτης; Maximus Tyr. 33, 7a. Cf. 4 Macc 7:18 τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πάθη; Philo, Deus Imm. 143 σαρκὸς ἡδονή, Gig. 29; Test.

Judah 19:4, Zeb. 9:7); Ro 6:19; 7:25 (opp. νοῦς); 8:3a, 4-9, 12f; Gal 5:13, 24; Col 2:23; Jd 23; Dg 6:5 (opp. ψυχή, as Plut., Mor. 101B). Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4, 5, 6, 9, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17a, b; 6:8a, b; J 3:6; B 10:9. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. σὰρξ ἁμαρτίας sinful flesh Ro 8:3b. ἐπιθυμία (τῆς) σαρκός (cf. Maximus Tyr. 20, 9f σαρκῶν. . . ἐπιθυμίας) Gal 5:16; 1J 2:16; B 10:9. Pl. Eph 2:3a, cf. b; 2 Pt 2:18; cf. Ro 13:14. τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός Gal 5:19 (s. Vögtle on πλεονεξία). τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3b. ὁ νοῦς τῆς σαρκός Col 2:18. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός the body of (sinful) flesh 2:11; cf. 1:22—s. 5 above (cf. Sir 23:17 σῶμα σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ; En. 102, 5 τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν). τὰ τῆς σαρκός what pertains to (sinful) flesh Ro 8:5b. ἐν (τῇ) σαρκὶ εἶναι be in an unregenerate (and sinful) state Ro 7:5; 8:8f. τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί Eph 2:11a. κατὰ σάρκα εἶναι Ro 8:5a; ζῆν vs. 12b; 13; Dg 5:8b; περιπατεῖν Ro 8:4; 2 Cor 10:2; βουλεύεσθαι 2 Cor 1:17; στρατεύεσθαι 10:3b; cf. IRo 8:3 (opp. κατὰ γνώμην θεοῦ). 8. The σάρξ is the source of the sexual urge, without any suggestion of sinfulness connected w. it ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς ἐγεννήθησαν J 1:13.—HWindisch, Taufe u. Sünde ’08; EDBurton, ICC Gal. ’20, 492-5; WSchauf, Sarx ’24; WBieder, Auferstehung des Fleisches od. des Leibes?, ThZ 1, ’45, 105-20. W. special ref. to Paul: Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 7:14 and 8:11; Lohmeyer (ἁμαρτία 3); EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33; RM Grant, ATR 22, ’40, 199-203; RBultmann, Theologie des NTs ’48, 228-49 (Engl. tr. by KGrobel, ’51 I, 227-59); LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 267-70; E Schweizer, Die hellenist.

Komponente im NT sarx-Begriff, ZNW 48, ’57, 237-53; two in KStendahl, The Scrolls and the NT, ’57: KGKuhn, 94-113; WDDavies, 157-82; JPryke, ‘spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, Revue de Qumran 5, ’65, 346-60; DLys, La chair dans l’AT, ’67; ASand, D. Begriff ‘Fleisch’, ’67 (Paul); RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 49-166.

On Ign.: CCRichardson, The Christianity of Ign. of Ant. ’35, esp. 49; 61. S. also the lit. s.v. πνεῦμα, 892

end.—ESchweizer, FBaumgärtel, RMeyer, TW VII 98-151. M-M. B. 202.** σάρος, ου, ὁ (a rare masc. [Hesychius] for the usual neut. σάρον. The gender cannot be determined in Dit., Syll.3 1169, 48 σάρῳ τινὶ ἀποκαθαίρειν and Anth. Pal. 11, 207, 4 σάρον acc.) broom Hs 9, 10, 3.* Σαρούχ t.r. for Σερούχ (q.v.). σαρόω (later form for σαίρω; disapproved by Phryn., see Lobeck) 1 aor. ἐσάρωσα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐσαρώθην; pf. ptc. σεσαρωμένος sweep (clean) (so Artem. 2, 33; Apollon. Dysc. p. 253, 7; Geopon. 14, 6, 5; PGiess. 11, 19 [II AD]) τὶ someth. Lk 15:8. Pass. (cf. Sb 8000, 17 [III AD] συνσαρωθῆναι καὶ ῥανθῆναι τὸν οἶκον) Mt 12:44; Lk 11:25; Hs 9, 10, 2. Abs. Hs 9, 10, 3. M-M. B. 580.* Σάρρα, ας (‫הָר‬ Gen 17:15), ἡ (declined as in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Bl-D. §40 app.; Mlt.-H. 144) Sarah, wife of Abraham, mother of Isaac Ro 4:19; 9:9 (cf. Gen 18:10); Hb 11:11; 1 Pt 3:6. M-M.* Σαρων, ωνος, ὁ (‫ןוֹר‬ Is 33:9.—The accent cannot be determined, though it was probably on the second syllable, as in Hebr. Further, it is not impossible that the form is indecl. Bl-D. §56, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 149) Sharon, a plain along the coast of Palestine fr. Joppa to Caesarea. Ac 9:35.* 3 Km 11:14, the latter Sir 21:27, also Test. 12 σατάν, ὁ indecl. and σατανᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (the former=Hebr. ‫ן‬ Patr.,=Aram. ‫אָנ‬ ; the gen. σατανός Lk 11:18 P75) lit. the adversary, in our lit. only the Adversary in a very special sense, the enemy of God and all of those who belong to God, simply Satan (on the concept of Satan cf. the lit. s.v. διάβολος 2), almost always w. the art. (Bl-D. §254, 1), without it only Mk 3:23; Lk 22:3; 2 Cor 12:7.—Mt 4:10 (here, as well as in the two passages at the very end of this entry, without the art. and in the voc.); Mk 1:13; 3:26; Lk 11:18; 22:31. W. διάβολος of the same being Rv 20:2; cf. 2:9f; Pol 7:1. The Antichrist appears κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ 2 Th 2:9. He incites men to evil Mk 4:15; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 7:5; 2 Cor 2:11; Rv 12:9. Esp. did he instigate Judas’ evil deed by entering into the traitor Lk 22:3; J 13:27. Causing sickness Lk 13:16 (s. δέω 1b, end). Hence driven out in healings Mt 12:26; Mk 3:23. Hindering the apostle in his work 1 Th 2:18 (cf. Julian., Ep. 40[68] p. 46, 19 Bidez-Cumont εἰ μή τι δαιμόνιον γένοιτο κώλυμα). Causing false beliefs to arise 1 Ti 5:15; hence the one who denies the resurrection and judgment is called πρωτότοκος τοῦ ς. Pol 7:1; Polycarp uses the same expr. in speaking of Marcion, Epil Mosq 2. Persecutions of Christians are also inspired by Satan Rv 2:13a, b (on the θρόνος τοῦ ς. cf. θρόνος 1e); hence the Jews who were hostile to the Christians are called συναγωγὴ τοῦ ς. Rv 2:9; 3:9. God will crush him Ro 16:20. Jesus saw Satan fallen (or falling) fr. heaven Lk 10:18 (FSpitta, ZNW 9, ’08, 160-3; CAWebster, ET 57, ’45/’46, 52f: πες. is timeless and means ‘I watched him fall’). Imprisoned, but freed again after the millennium Rv 20:7. ὁ ς. μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός Satan disguises himself as an angel of light 2 Cor 11:14 (s. μετασχηματίζω; on the subject s. Windisch ad loc.). ἄγγελος σατανᾶ 2 Cor 12:7; ἄγγελοι τοῦ ς. B 18:1 (ἄγγελος 2c). αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ ς. IEph 13:1 (δύναμις 6). τὰ βαθέα τοῦ ς. Rv 2:24 (s. βαθύς 2). ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ ς. the power of Satan Ac 26:18; ending of Mk in the Freer ms. l. 7 (ἐξουσία 2); cf. 1. 2. παραδοῦναί τινα τῷ ς. 1 Cor 5:5 (s. ὄλεθρος); 1 Ti 1:20 (cf. on both passages παραδίδωμι 1b).—In Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33 Peter is called Satan by Jesus, because his attempt to turn the Master aside fr. his God-given duty to suffer for mankind has made him a tempter of a diabolical sort, who might thwart the divine plan of salvation.—BNoack, Satanás u. Sotería ’48. M-M.* ‫= א‬Hebr. ‫ה‬ .—Hg 2:16; Jos., Ant. 9, 85ὒσχύει τὸ σάτον μόδιον καὶ ἥμισυ σάτον, ου, τό (Aram. ‫א‬ Ἰταλικόν) seah, a Hebr. measure for grain, equivalent (s. Joseph. above) to a modius and a half, i.e. about a peck and a half (s. μόδιος). ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία three measures of flour Mt 13:33; Lk 13:21. On estimating the size of the measure cf. Billerb. I 669f. M-M.* (Joseph. mentions several Jews w. this name; s. index s.v. Σαοῦλος), Σαῦλος, ου, ὁ Saul, Grecized form of ‫לוּא‬ the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul (s. Παῦλος 2 and Σαούλ) Ac 7:58; 8:1, 3; 9:1, 8, 11, 22, 24; 11:25, 30; 12:25; 13:1f, 7, 9; 22:7 D (Σαῦλε); 26:14 v.l. (Σαῦλε). M-M.* σαφῶς adv. (Hom.[σαφέως]+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 104ς. ἐπίσταμαι, Ant. 4, 41) clearly, exactly, very well εἰδέναι (Pla., Ep. 6 p. 323D, Ep. 7 p. 324A; Diod. S. 19, 9, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 82 §335; Zen.-P. 59 110, 12 [257 BC]) 1 Cl 62:3; PK 3 p. 15, 26. μανθάνειν (Menand., Epitr. 115; Wilcken, Chrest. 6, 4) Dg 11:2. (W. ἐπιμελῶς) πυνθάνεσθαι (Menand., Epitr. 493) Dg 1.* σβέννυμι fut. σβέσω; 1 aor. ἔσβεσα, inf. σβέσαι Eph 6:16; 1 fut. pass. σβεσθήσομαι (Hom.+; Sb 7033, 46; 67; LXX) extinguish, put out τὶ someth.

1. lit., fire (Jos., Bell. 7, 405)Hb 11:34. Symbolically, fiery arrows Eph 6:16; a smoldering wick Mt 12:20 (Is 42:3).

Pass. be extinguished, be put out, go out (Artem. 2, 9; Pr 13:9; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 46; Test. Levi 4:1) of lamps (cf.

PGM 7, 364 σβέσας τὸν λύχνον; Musaeus v. 338) Mt 25:8. Cf. D 16:1. Of a pyre μετʼ ὀλίγον σβεννύμενον MPol 11:2. Of the fire of hell, that οὐ σβέννυται (Is 66:24) Mk 9:44 v.l., 46 v.l., 48; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5; μηδέποτε σβεννύμενον πῦρ MPol 2:3.

2. fig. quench, stifle, suppress (Il. 9, 678 χόλον; Pla., Leg. 8 p. 835D ὕβριν; 10 p. 888A τὸν θυμόν; Herm. Wr. 893

12, 6; SSol 8:7 τὴν ἀγάπην; 4 Macc 16:4 τὰ πάθη; Jos., Bell. 6, 31τ. χαράν, Ant. 11, 40) τὸ πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Th 5:19 (Plut., Mor. 402B τοῦ πνεύματος ἀπεσβεσμένου; Ps.-Plut., Hom. 127 τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ κατασβεννύμενον).

M-M.* σεαυτοῦ (not σαυτοῦ [so Jos., Ant. 18, 336], Bl-D. §31, 1; Mlt.-H. 180f; Rob. 287), ῆς (Alcaeus [c. 600 BC]+; pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.) reflexive pron. of the second pers. sing. (Kühner-Bl. I 596ff; Bl-D. §283; Rob. 687-90) used only in the gen., dat., and acc. (on the replacement of σεαυτοῦ by ἑαυτοῦ s. ἑαυτοῦ 2) yourself 1. gen. Mt 18:16 v.l.; J 1:22; 8:13; 2 Ti 4:11; Hv 3, 6, 7; m 1:2.—2. dat. J 17:5; Ac 9:34; 16:28; Ro 2:5; Hm 3:5; 9:1b; 12, 3, 5f.

3. acc. Mt 4:6; 8:4; Mk 1:44; Lk 5:14; Ro 2:21; Gal 6:1; 1 Ti 4:16b; B 19:3; Dg 2:1; Hm 9:8.—On the quot. fr.

Lev 19:18: Mt 19:19; 22:39; Mk 12:31; Lk 10:27; D 1:2, cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 75 §305: Pansa says to Octavian ‘ἐγὼ τῷ σῷ πατρὶ φίλος ἦν ὡς ἐμαυτῷ’; Vi. Aesopi W c. 31 ed. Perry: θέλω (see θέλω 4b=love) αὐτὴν (his wife) ὡς ἐμαυτόν=ed. Eberh. I c. 8 p. 247, 1 ταύτην ὡς ἐμαυτὸν στέργω. M-M. σεβάζομαι dep. (Hom.+) 1 aor. ἐσεβάσθην=σέβομαι worship, show reverence to (Orph., Argon. 550; oracular saying in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 10, 4 σεβαζόμενοι θεὸν ἁγνῶς; Apol. of Aristid. 12, 7 p. 29, 11 Hennecke, of certain pagans ἐσεβάσθησαν πρόβατον. Cf. Hos 10:5 Aq.) 1 aor. pass. in act. sense (Sib. Or. 5, 405; 8, 46; s. Aristid. above) ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα Ro 1:25. M-M.* σέβασμα, ατος, τό an object of worship, sanctuary (so Dionys. Hal. 1, 30; Wsd 14:20; 15:17; Bel 27 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 18, 344; Sib. Or. 8, 57; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 21; 22) w. θεός 2 Th 2:4. Pl. Ac 17:23. M-M.* σεβάσμιος, ον (Plut.; Vett. Val. 221, 23; Lucian; Herodian; Jos., Ant. 18, 349; inscr.; oft. used w. ὅρκος in the pap.) worthy of veneration, honorable (w. πανάρετος) πολιτεία 1 Cl 2:8.* σεβαστός, ή, όν (Dionys. Hal. 2, 75; Dit., Syll.3 820, 6; pap., Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) revered, worthy of reverence, august, as a transl. of Lat. Augustus and designation of the Roman emperor (Paus. 3, 11, 4 τὸ δὲ ὄνομα εἶναι τούτῳ Αὔγουστος, ὅ κατὰ γλῶσσαν δύναται τὴν Ἑλλήνων σεβαστός; Strabo 3, 3, 8; 12, 13, 14; Lucian, Herodian, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 173al.; CIA III 63 [27 BC] ἱερεὺς θεᾶς Ῥώμης καὶ Σεβαστοῦ σωτῆρος; IG XII 3, 174 [6 BC]; pap.—EBréhier, ByzZ 15, ’06, 161f; 164f; Hahn 116f; Dssm., LO 306 [LAE 358ff]; HDieckmann, Kaisernamen u. Kaiserbez. bei Lukas: ZkTh 43, ’19, 213-34; Gdspd., Probs. 136f) ὁ Σεβαστός His Majesty the Emperor Ac 25:21, 25 (of Nero).—In σπεῖρα Σεβαστή 27:1 (cf. Dit., Or. 421), Σεβαστή is likew. an exact transl. of Lat. Augusta, an honorary title freq. given to auxiliary troops (Ptolem. renders it Σεβαστή in connection w. three legions that bore it: 2, 3, 30; 2, 9, 18; 4, 3, 30) imperial cohort. On the other hand, σπεῖρα Σεβαστή cannot be regarded as equivalent to σπεῖρα Σεβαστηνῶν.—For lit. s. on ἑκατοντάρχης. M-M.* σέβω—1. act. (Pind.+) worship (X., Mem. 4, 4, 19 θεοὺς σέβειν; Epict. 3, 7, 26 θεὸν σέβειν; POxy. 1464, 5; Philo, Virt. 34) θεὸν σέβειν Dg 3:2; cf. 2:7. Elsewh. always 2. mid. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) worship—a. the Deity (Pind.+; Pla., Phaedr. 251A ὡς θεὸν σέβεται, Leg. 11 p. 917B; X., Hell. 3, 4, 18; Diod. S. 1, 35, 6; 2, 59, 2 θεούς; Plut., Is. et Osir. 44 σεβόμενοι τὸν Ἄνουβιν; Dit., Syll.3 611, 24 τοὺς θεούς; 557, 7 [207/6 BC] οἱ σεβόμενοι Ἀπόλλωνα; 559, 6; 560, 17; PTebt. 59, 10 [I BC] σέβεσθαι τὸ ἱερόν; LXX; Ep. Arist. 16 al.; Jos., Ant. 9, 205εἴδωλα; 8, 192 θεούς; Sib. Or., fgm. 1, 15; 3, 28; 30; Test. Jos. 4, 6) w. the acc. of that which is worshipped Mt 15:9; Mk 7:7 (both Is 29:13); Ac 18:13; 19:27; PK 2 four times, once w. the acc. expressed.—σεβόμενοι τὸν θεόν God-fearers, worshippers of God is a term applied to pagans who accepted the ethical monotheism of Judaism and attended the synagogue, but who did not obligate themselves to keep the whole Jewish law; in particular, the males did not submit to circumcision (Jos., Ant. 14, 110πάντων τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίων καὶ σεβομένων τὸν θεόν.—JBernays, Gesammelte Abhandlungen 1885 II 71-80; EvDobschütz, RE XVI 120f; Schürer III4 174f, Die Juden im Bosporanischen Reiche u. die Genossenschaften der σεβόμενοι θεὸν ὕψιστον: SAB 1897, 200-25; FCumont, Hypsistos: Suppl. à la Revue de l’instruction publ. en Belgique 1897; Dssm., LO 391f [LAE 451f]; GFMoore, Judaism I, ’27, 323-53; JKlausner, From Jesus to Paul, tr. WFStinespring, ’43, 31-49). In our lit. it is limited to Ac, where the expr. takes various forms: σεβ. τὸν θεόν 16:14; 18:7. Simply σεβ. 13:50; 17:4, 17. Once σεβόμενοι προσήλυτοι 13:43. S. also s.v. φοβέω 2a and προσήλυτος.—Of the worship of Christ by the faithful MPol 17:2b; cf. a. b. of a reverent attitude toward human beings show reverence or respect for (Aeschyl.+; X., Cyr. 8, 8, 1 Κῦρον ὡς πατέρα, Hell. 7, 3, 12; Pla., Leg. 7 p. 813D; Polyb. 6, 39, 7; Chilo in Stob. III 116, 7 H. πρεσβύτερον σέβου; PSI 361, 9 [III BC] ὅσοι αὐτὸν σέβονται) πρεσβύτας σέβεσθαι Hm 8:10.—WFoerster, TW VII 168-95: σέβομαι and many related words. M-M. B. 1469.* Σεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4 v.l. Late for Θεγρί.* σειρά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom. [σειρή]+; Dit., Syll.2 588, 200; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 170)fr. the beginning w. the mng. cord or rope and chain; σειραῖς ζόφου with chains of hell (ζόφος 2. Cf. also Wsd 17:16 μιᾷ ἁλύσει σκότους ἐδέθησαν; Pythag. in Diog. L. 8, 31: the ψυχαὶ ἀκάθαρτοι after their separation from the σῶμα are bound in hell by the Erinyes ἐν ἀρρήκτοις δεσμοῖς) is the rdg. of P72 KLP, Vulg., Syr., Boh. in 2 Pt 2:4 (cf. σειρός and σιρός). M-M.* σειρός:σειρός: in 2 Pt 2:4 ABC have σειροῖς, which is better spelled σιροῖς; s. σιρός, M-M.* 894

σεισμός, οῦ, ὁ shaking; of a storm on the sea, w. waves caused by high winds σεισμὸς μέγας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Mt 8:24 (cf. vs. 26f where ἄνεμοι is found w. θάλ.; schol. on Pla. 25c τὸ τὸν σεισμὸν ποιοῦν πνεῦμα=ἄνεμος; Artem.

2, 38 σεισμὸς κ. ὄμβρος corresponds to 1, 73 p. 66, 7 χειμὼν κ. ὄμβ.; Diod. S. 26, 8 Rhodes is swallowed up by a σεισμός [as a result of a storm or earthquake at sea]; cf. σείω Maximus Tyr. 9, 6a; 11, 7h.—GBornkamm, D. Sturmstillg. im Mt: Jahrb. d. Theol. Schule Bethel ’48, 49-54).—Mostly earthquake (Soph., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 25, 19 ed.

Dindorf p. 351, l. 17 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο δεινός, ὡς ὄρη διαστῆναι; Dit., Syll.3 505; 1116, 6; LXX; Philo, Op. M. 59; Jos., Ant. 9, 225ς. μέγας) Mt 27:54; Ac 16:35 D; Rv 11:13b. Pl. in the account of the Messianic woes Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; σεισμοὶ μεγάλοι Lk 21:11 (cf. the σεισμοί seen in prospect Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 186, 8; 22; VIII 3, 174, 21; Boll 131). The σεισμός is accompanied by peals of thunder (Esth 1:1d; cf. Is 29:6) Rv 8:5; 11:19. ς. μέγας a severe earthquake (Lucian, M. Peregr. 39; Jer 10:22; Ezk 38:19) Mt 28:2 (CAWebster, ET 42, ’31, 381f); Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13a; 16:18a, b. M-M.* σείω fut. σείσω; 1 aor. pass. ἐσείσθην (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 44)shake, cause to quake, agitate.

1. lit. τὶ someth. τὴν γῆν, τὸν οὐρανόν Hb 12:26 (Hg 2:6.—Cf. X., Hell. 4, 7, 4 ἔσεισεν ὁ θεός). Pass. of the earth be shaken, quake (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 864 σείετο γαῖα; DioChrys. 46[63], 3; 80[30], 11; Judg 5:4; 2 Km 22:8; Ps 67:9) Mt 27:51; ἡ γῆ πᾶσα ἐσείσθη GP 6:21 (cf. Jer 8:16; En. 102, 2; Jos., Ant. 15, 121).—Ps.-Callisth. 1, 12, 9: when Alexander touched the earth, σεισμὸς ἐγένετο, ὥστε τὸν πάντα κόσμον συγκινηθῆναι). Pass., of a tree that is shaken by the wind (cf. Sib. Or. 8, 297) Rv 6:13.

2. fig. stir up, set in motion; pass. be stirred of a city, as a result of a striking event Mt 21:10. Of mental agitation (Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 1, 11 ἐσείσθη τ. καρδίαν; Philo) tremble 28:4. M-M. B. 675.* Σεκοῦνδος (Σέκουνδος is also permissible; Bl-D. §41, 3; cf. Mlt.-H. 59) a name of Latin origin (in the Gk. form e.g.

Dit., Or. 481, 4, Syll.3 1063, 3; pap.), ου, ὁ Secundus of Thessalonica Ac 20:4. M-M.* Σελεύκεια, ας, ἡ (Tdf., W-H. accent Σελευκία) Seleucia, the port city of Antioch in Syria (mentioned in Polyb. 5, 58, 4; Strabo 7, 5, 8 al.; inscr.; 1 Macc 11:8; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 207) Ac 13:4.* σελήνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 31al.; Test. 12 Patr.) moon PK 2 p. 14, 27 (twice).

W. sun and stars (X., Mem. 4, 3, 4; Dit., Syll.3 1267, 18f; Jo 2:10; 4:15; EpJer 59; Test. Napht. 3:2) Lk 21:25; 1 Cor l5:41; Rv 6:12f; 1 Cl 20:3; B 15:5; Dg 7:2; IEph 19:2. W. the sun (oft. in LXX) Rv 12:1; 21:23; 2 Cl 14:1 (cf. ἥλιος, end). W. the stars (Ps 8:4) Dg 4:5. Darkened in the time of tribulation (cf. Is 13:10; Ezk 32:7; Jo 2:10; 4:15) Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24; changed to blood Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); cf. Rv 6:12.—WGrafBaudissin, RE XIII 337-49; ORühle, RGG IV ’30, 161-7 (lit.). M-M. B. 55.* σεληνιάζομαι (Lucian; Vett. Val. 113, 10; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p. 199, 7; Manetho, Apotel. 4, 81; 217, in both cases the act. as v.l.) be moon-struck (here connected w. epilepsy) Mt 17:15. W. δαιμονίζεσθαι 4:24.—JWeiss, RE IV 412, 25ff. M-M.* , freq. in the OT: Ex 6:17; Num 3:18; 2 Km 16:5ff.—Joseph. has Σεμεΐν (v.l. Σεμεΐ, Σεμεεί, Σεμείν), ὁ indecl. (‫י ִצ‬ var. forms [s. index s.v. Σαμούις]) Semein, in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:26.* σεμίδαλις, εως, ἡ (since Hermippus Com. [V BC] 63, 22; Hippocr.; BGU 1067, 15; POxy. 736, 82; PSI 580, 3; LXX; Ep. Arist. 92; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 197; 3, 235; loanw. in rabb., and prob. orig. a Semit. word—s. L-S-J lex., s.v.) fine flour, the finest grade of wheat flour B 2:5 (Is 1:13). W. oil and grain Rv 18:13. M-M.* σεμνός, ή, όν (Hom. Hymns+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. of persons—a. human beings worthy of respect or honor, noble, dignified, serious of deacons 1 Ti 3:8. Of the aged men Tit 2:2. Of the women (cf. X., Mem. 1, 2, 24 and the inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia II p. 656 no. 590) 1 Ti 3:11.

W. δίκαιος (Jos., Bell. 4, 319)and other good qualities Hs 8, 3, 8. b. supernatural beings worthy of reverence, august, sublime, holy (fr. the beginning an epithet of divinities; cf. also Sb 4094, 8 [I AD] ἡ σεμνὴ Ἶσις) ὁ σεμνότατος ἄγγελος the most reverend angel (of repentance) Hv 5:2 (Suppl.

Epigr. Gr. VIII 550, 2 [I BC] Ἶσι σεμνοτάτη); m 5, 1, 7.

2. of characteristics, states of being, and things honorable, worthy, venerable, holy, above reproach (Maximus Tyr. 3, 5c νόμοι; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 221) Phil 4:8 (Lucian, Enc. Patr. 1 ὅσα σεμνὰ κ. θεῖα; cf. Cicero, Tusc. Disp. 5, 23[67]). ἔργα (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 49) Hv 3, 8, 7 (w. ἁγνά [as Ep. Arist. 31] and θεῖα). ἐπιθυμία m 12, 1, 1 (w. ἀγαθή; cf. Sib. Or. 5, 262). ἀγωγή 1 Cl 48:1 (w. ἀγνή). συνείδησις 1:3b (w. ἄμωμος and ἁγνή). κανών 7:2 (w. εὐκλεής). ὄνομα (2 Macc 8:15; Philo, Dec. 136) 1:1 (w. περιβόητον and ἀξιαγάπητον). πνεῦμα Hm 3:4 (w. ἀληθές). κλῆσις (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 163) m 4, 3, 6 (w. μεγάλη).

3. the neut. as subst. (Demosth. 21, 126; BGU 1024 VIII, 7; Philo) τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς φιλαδελφίας ὑμῶν the worthy character of your brotherly love 1 Cl 47:5. Pl. (Menand., Mon. 336; Polyb. 15, 7, 6 τὰ ς. καὶ καλά; Philo, Aet. M. 77) μέτρια καὶ σεμνὰ νοεῖν have moderate and seemly thoughts 1 Cl 1:3a. M-M.* σεμνότης, τητος, ἡ (Eur., X., Pla.+; Dit., Syll.3 807, 8, Or. 567, 19; Ep. Arist. 5; 171; Philo).

895

1. of men reverence, dignity, seriousness, respectfulness, holiness, probity (Diod. S. 17, 34, 6; Philo; Jos., Vi. 258 μετὰ πάσης ς.) 1 Ti 3:4; 1 Cl 41:1; Hm 4, 1, 3. W. εὐσέβεια 1 Ti 2:2. W. ἁγνεία Hm 4, 4, 3; s 5, 6, 5. W. ἁγνεία and other virtues m 6, 2, 3. W. other καλὰ ἔργα Tit 2:7. Loved by the Lord Hm 5, 2, 8; ἐνδύσασθαι τὴν ς. m 2:4. Personified w. other virtues v 3, 8, 5; 7, cf. 3, 9, 1.

2. of God holiness (cf. 2 Macc 3:12; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225) πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ς. τοῦ θεοῦ walk in accordance with the holiness of God Hv 3, 5, 1. M-M.* σεμνῶς adv. (Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; 4 Macc 1:17; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Op. M. 12) reverently, honorably, worthily, in a manner above reproach διακονεῖν κτλ. Hv 3, 5, 1; cf. s 9, 25, 2 (both w. ἁγνῶς). W. καλῶς (Alex.

Aphr., Eth. Probl. 21 p. 142, 9 Br.) Hs 9, 1, 2. τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον σεμνῶς οἰκουργεῖν 1 Cl 1:3.* Σεπτέμβριος, ου, ὁ September, also used as an adj. (Dionys. Hal. 9, 67 περὶ τὰς καλάνδας τοῦ Σεπτεμβρίου μηνός; 6, 48 καλάνδαις Σεπτεμβρίαις; Plut., Popl. 14, 6 εὒδοῖς Σεπτεμβρίαις. On the use of the Rom. calendar by Greeks s. Hahn 245) τῇ πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Σεπτεμβρίων on the twenty-fourth of August IRo 10:3.* Σέργιος, ου, ὁ Sergius, name of a Roman gens (in its Gk. form in Diod. S. 12, 24, 1; 12, 43, 1; 14, 19, 1; Dit., Syll.3 646, 16; pap.). It has been established w. more or less certainty that the name of Sergius Paulus, proconsul of Cyprus, is found on several inscriptions (in Soli on the north coast of Cyprus: Inscr. Rom. III 930 [cf. Groag, Pauly-W. VI ’09, 1781. Rejected by HDessau, ZNW 2, ’01, p. 83, 3; here also on two doubtful passages in Pliny, Nat. Hist.]; terminal stone in the city of Rome CIL VI 31, 545 [cf. Mommsen, ZNW 2, ’01, p. 83, 3]; two inscriptions fr. Pisidian Antioch [Ramsay, Bearing 150; 153f; GLCheesman, Journal of Roman Studies 3, ’13, 262]) Ac 13:7.—ThZahn, NKZ 15, ’04, 23-41; 189-200; Ramsay, Bearing 150-72; Cheesman, loc. cit. 253-66; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 338-41; EHaenchen, AG 58f. M-M.* Σερούχ (‫גוּר‬ ), ὁ indecl. (LXX.—Jos., Ant. 1, 148has Σεροῦγος) Serug, son of Reu and father of Nahor (Gen 11:20-3; 1 Ch 1:26); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:35.* Σήθ (‫)תֵ שׁ‬, ὁ indecl. (LXX, Philo; Test. Benj. 10:6.—Joseph. has Σῆθος, ου [Ant. 1, 68]) Seth, son of Adam and father of Enos (Gen 4:25f; 5:3-8; 1 Ch 1:1; Sir 49:16); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:38.* σηκός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 14:33; Sib. Or. 3, 266; 281) pen, enclosure, of birds nest (Aristot., H.A. 6, 8), also burial-place, sepulcher (Simonides in Diod. S. 11, 11, 6; also Diod. S. 17, 71, 7). In the σηκός which the bird Phoenix prepared for itself 1 Cl 25:2f, the mngs. nest and coffin seem to merge.* Σήμ (‫ ) ֵםשׁ‬ὁ indecl. (LXX; Philo.—Joseph. has Σήμας, ᾳ [Ant. 1, 143]) Shem, son of Noah and father of Arphaxad (Gen 5:32; 9:26f; 10:22; Sir 49:16); in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:36.* σημαίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap.) impf. ἐσήμαινον; 1 aor. ἐσήμανα (X., Hell. 1, 1, 2; BGU 1097, 17; Judg 7:21; s.

Bl-D. §72; Mlt.-H. 214f).

1. make known, report, communicate (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Philo, Post. Cai. 155 al.; Jos., Vi. 206) τὶ someth. Ac 25:27. τινί to someone (En. 106, 13; 107, 2) Rv 1:1.

2. in relation to the future indicate (beforehand) , foretell (Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 6. Cf. Appian, Liby. 104 §491 προσημαίνειν τὰ μέλλοντα of divine prediction of the future) w. acc. and inf. foll. (Jos., Ant. 6, 50; cf.

8, 409) Ac 11:28.—Also of speech that simply gives a vague indication of what is to happen (Heraclitus in Plut., De Pyth. Orac. 21 p. 404E w. ref. to the Delphic oracle οὔτε λέγει, οὔτε κρύπτει, ἀλλὰ σημαίνει; Epict. 1, 17, 18f; Jos., Ant. 7, 214; 10, 241) w. an indirect question foll. J 12:33; 18:32; 21:19.—Mean, signify (Pla., Cratylus 393A; Aristot., Physics 213b, 30, Rhet. 32f; Dionys. Hal., Thucyd. 31) B 15:4 Funk. M-M.* σημει̂ον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.; loanw. in rabb.) sign.

1. the sign or distinguishing mark by which someth. is known, token, indication (Diod. S. 3, 66, 3=evidences τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ θεοῦ; Cornutus 16 p. 21, 9.—Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 4 of marks in the landscape showing direction). τοῦτο ὑμῖν σημεῖον this (will be) a sign for you Lk 2:12 (cf. Is 37:30). ὅ ἐστιν ς. ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ this is the mark of genuineness in every letter 2 Th 3:17 (Ps.-Pla., Ep. 13 p. 360A has at its beginning the words σύμβολον ὅτι παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν). Of a signal previously agreed upon δοῦναί τινι σημεῖον (PFay. 128, 7 ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν σημεῖον=‘he gave us a signal’; Jos., Ant. 12, 404)Mt 26:48; 1 Cl 12:7.—A sign of things to come (Philo, Op. M. 58 σημεῖα μελλόντων; Jos., Bell. 6, 285;296; 297) Mk 13:4; Lk 21:7. The event to be expected is added in the gen. τί τὸ ς. τῆς σῆς παρουσίας; Mt 24:3. τὸ ς. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου the sign by which one can mark the coming of the Son of Man vs. 30 (TFGlasson, JTS 15, ’64, 299f [a military metaphor, ‘standard’; cf. Is 18:3; IQM 3f]). τὰ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν the signs of the (end-) times (καιρός 4) Mt 16:3.-A sign of warning (Plut., Caes. 63, 1; Sib. Or. 3, 457) 1 Cl 11:2. Prob. in like manner αἱ γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖόν εἰσιν τοῖς ἀπίστοις the tongues (γλῶσσα 3) serve as a (warning) sign to the unbelievers 1 Cor 14:22. Likew. the sign of Jonah (cf. Ἰωνᾶς 1) in the Third Gosp.: Lk 11:29, 30. Here the Son of Man is to be a sign to his generation, as Jonah was to the Ninevites; cf. οὗτος κεῖται εἰς σημεῖον ἀντιλεγόμενον (s. ἀντιλέγω 2) 2:34 (cf. Is 11:12).—GRunze, Das Zeichen des Menschensohnes u. der Doppelsinn des Jonazeichens 1897 (against him PWSchmiedel, Lit. Centralblatt 48, 1897, 513-15; Runze again, ZWTh 41, 1898, 171-85; finally PWSchm. ibid. 514-25); PAsmussen, Protestantenblatt 37, ’04, 375-8; SLTyson, 896

Bibl. World 33, ’09, 96-101; CRBowen, AJTh 20, ’16, 414-21; JHMichael, JTS 21, ’20, 146-59; JBonsirven, Rech de Sc rel 24, ’34, 450-5; HM Gale, JBL 60, ’41, 255-60; PSeidelin, Das Jonaszeichen, Studia Theologica 5, ’51, 119-31; AVögtle, Wikenhauser-Festschr. ’53, 230-77; OGlombitza, D. Zeichen des Jona, NTS 8, ’62, 359-66. W-S. §30, 10d.—In the OT circumcision is σημεῖον διαθήκης=a sign or token of belonging to the covenant (Gen 17:11).

For Paul this sign becomes a mark, or seal (so σημεῖον: BPGrenfell, Revenue-Laws of Ptolemy Philadelphus [1896] 26, 5 [III BC]; PReinach 9 introd. [II BC]; 35, 3; BGU 1064, 18) σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς σφραγῖδα he received the mark of circumcision as a seal Ro 4:11. In the difficult pass. B 12:5 ἐν σημείῳ is prob. best taken as by a sign; but it is poss. that the text is defective (cf. the interpretations, most recently Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.; RAKraft, Did. and Barnabas, ’65, 119 note: ‘standard, norm’).—τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12a belongs rather to the next category; the signs of the (true) apostle (cf. Dit., Syll.3 831, 14 [117 AD] ἡγούμην σημεῖα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν) are, as is shown by the verb κατειργάσθη and what follows, the wonders or miracles performed by him.

2. a sign consisting of a wonder or miracle, an event that is contrary to the usual course of nature. a. miracle of divine origin, performed by God himself, by Christ, or by men of God (cf. Diod. S. 5, 70, 4 πολλὰ ς. of the young Zeus; 16, 27, 2 ἐγένετο αὐτῷ σημεῖον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος; Strabo 16, 2, 35 παρὰ τ. θεοῦ ς.; Appian, Ital. 8 §1 σημείων γενομένων ἐκ ∆ιός, Hann. 56 §233; Dit., Syll.3 709, 25 [c. 107 BC] διὰ τῶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γενομένων σαμείων; PGM 1, 65; 74; Jos., Ant. 2, 274; 280): Mt 12:38f; 16:1 (ς. ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ), 4; Mk 8:11 (ς. ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, as Synes., Prov. 1, 7; cf. OLinton, The Demand for a Sign from Heaven, Studia Theologica 18, ’64, 112-29), 12; 16:17, 20; Lk 11:16 (ς. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), 29 (s. 1 above); 23:8; J 2:11, 18, 23; 3:2; 4:54; 6:2, 14, 26, 30; 7:31; 9:16; 10:41; 11:47; 12:18, 37; 20:30 (on σημ. as a designation of Jesus’ miracles in J s. Hdb. on J 2:11 and 6:26; JHBernard, ICC John ’29, I introd. 176-86; CKBarrett, The Gosp. acc. to St. John, ’55, 62-5); Ac 4:16, 22 (τὸ ς. τῆς ἰάσεως the miracle of healing); 8:6; 1 Cor 1:22; Agr 9.—σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα (Polyb. 3, 112, 8 σημείων δὲ καὶ τεράτων πᾶν μὲν ἱερόν, πᾶσα δʼ ἦν οἰκία πλήρης; Plut., Alex. 75, 1 [sing.]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 36 §144 τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα οὐράνια; 4, 4 §14; Aelian, V.H. 12, 57; Philo, Mos. 1, 95, Aet. M. 2; Jos., Ant. 20, 168.Oft. in LXX: Ex 7:3; Dt 4:34; 6:22; 7:19 al.; Is 8:18; 20:3; Jer 39:21; Wsd 8:8; 10:16) J 4:48; Ac 2:43; 4:30; 5:12; 6:8; 7:36; 14:3; 15:12; Ro 15:19; Hb 2:4; 1 Cl 51:5; B 4:14; 5:8. δυνάμεις καὶ τέρατα κ. σημεῖα Ac 2:22; 2 Cor 12:12b. σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις Ac 8:13.—1 Cl 25:1; 2 Cl 15:4. SVMcCasland, JBL 76, ’57, 149-52; MWhittaker, Studia Evangelica 5, ’68, 155-8. b. miracle of a demonic nature, worked by Satan and his agents Rv 13:13f; 16:14; 19:20. σημεῖα κ. τέρατα Mt 24:24; Mk 13:22 (GRBeasley-Murray, A Commentary on Mk 13, ’57; EGrässer, D. Problem der Parusieverzögerung, ’57, 152-70); 2 Th 2:9; D 16:4. c. terrifying appearances in the heavens, never before seen, as portents of the last days Lk 21:11, 25 (Appian, Bell.

Civ. 4, 4 §14 σημεῖα πολλά around the sun); Ac 2:19 (cf. Jo 3:3); cf. D 16:6. Of that which the seer of the Apocalypse sees ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ Rv 12:1, 3; 15:1. Of the portentous signs in heaven and earth at the death of Jesus GP 8:28 (cf. Da 6:28 Theod. σημεῖα κ. τέρατα ἐν οὐρανῷ κ. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; Diod. S. 38+39 fgm. 5: at the end of each one of the eight ages ordained by God there is a σημεῖον ἐκ γῆς ἢ οὐρανοῦ θαυμάσιον).—On miracles cf. Dit., Syll.3 1168-73; RLembert, Das Wunder bei Römern u. Griechen I ’05; RReitzenstein, Hellenist. Wundererzählungen ’06, OWeinreich, Antike Heilungswunder ’09, Gebet u. Wunder: WSchmid-Festschr. ’29, 169ff; PWendland, De Fabellis Antiquis earumque ad Christianos Propagatione ’11; FKutsch, Attische Heilgötter u. Heilheroen ’13; WAJayne, The Healing Gods of Ancient Civilizations ’25; RHerzog, D. Wunderheilungen v. Epidaurus ’31; PFiebig, Jüdische Wundergeschichten des ntl. Zeitalters ’11; ASchlatter, Das Wunder in d. Synagoge ’12.—RLehmann, Naturwissenschaft u. bibl. Wunderfrage ’30; GNaumann, Die Wertschätzung des Wunders im NT ’03; GTraub, Das Wunder im NT2 ’07; KBeth, Die Wunder Jesu ’08; JMThompson, Miracles in the NT ‘ll; LFonck, Die Wunder des Herrn im Ev.2 ’07; LFillion, Les miracles de Jésus-Christ ’09/’10; PDausch, Die Wunder Jesu ’12; SEitrem, Nordisk Tidskrift for Filologie 5, ’19, 30-6; RBultmann, Die Gesch. der synopt. Tradition2 ’31, 223-60; RJelke, Die Wunder Jesu ’22; GRHShafto, The Wonders of the Kingdom ’24; JHBest, The Miracles of Christ in the Light of our Present Day Knowledge ’37; TTorrance, Expository Studies in St. John’s Miracles ’38; ARichardson, The Miracle Stories of the Gospels ’41; AFridrichsen, Le Problème du Miracle dans le Christianisme primitif: Études d’Hist. et de Phil. rel. XII ’25; HSchlingensiepen, Die Wunder des NT ’33; OPerels, D. Wunderüberlieferung der Synoptiker ’34; PSaintyves, Essais de folklore biblique ’23; GMarquardt, D. Wunderproblem in d. deutschen prot. Theologie der Gegenwart ’33; GDelling, D. Verständnis des Wunders im NT, ZSystTh 24, ’55, 265-80, Zur Beurteilung des Wunders durch d.

Antike; Studien zum NT, ’70, 53-71; SVMcCasland, Signs and Wonders, JBL 76, ’57, 149-52; CKBarrett, The Gosp. acc. to John, ’55, 62-5; JPCharlier, La notion de signe (sêmeion) dans J, Revue des sciences philos. et theol. 43, ’59, 434-48; PRiga, Signs of Glory (J), Interpretation 17, ’63, 402-24; HvanderLoos, The Miracles of Jesus, ’65; WNicol, The Sēmeia in the Fourth Gosp., ’72.—Esp. on the healing of demoniacs JWeiss, RE IV 408ff; JJaeger, Ist Jesus Christus ein Suggestionstherapeut gewesen? ‘l8; KKnur, M. D., Christus medicus? ’05; KDusberger, Bibel u.

Kirche ’51, 114-17 (Vorzeichen).—RMGrant, Miracle and Natural Law in Graeco-Roman and Early Christian Thought ’52. S. also the lit. s.v. δαιμόνιον 2.—KHRengstorf, TW VII 199-268: σημεῖον and related words. M-M. B. 914.** σημειόω (since Hippocr. V 672 L.; Theophr.; inscr., pap., Ps 4:7; Ep. Arist., Philo) 1 aor. mid. ἐσημειωσάμην; usu., and in our lit. exclusively, in the mid.

1. note down (for oneself), write (Dit., Or. 629, 168 ὡς καὶ Κουρβούλων ὁ κράτιστος ἐσημειώσατο ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ) τὶ someth. πάντα ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις 1 Cl 43:1.—2. mark, take special notice of τινά someone 2 Th 3:14. M-M.* 897

σημείωσις, εως, ἡ (Chairemon, fgm. 5, p. 32, 8; Plut., Mor. 961C; pap.; Ps 59:6; Ep. Arist.) sign, signal εἰς ς. γίνεσθαί τινι serve as a (sign of) warning to someone 1 Cl 11:2 (σημεῖον 1). M-M. s.v. σημειόω.* σήμερον adv. of time (Hom.+[the Attic τήμερον is not found in our lit.: Bl-D. §34, 1; Mlt.-H. 279]; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 180; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) today Mt 6:11 (BMMetzger, How Many Times Does ἐπιούσιος Occur Outside the Lord’s Prayer? ET 60, ’57, 52-4; see ἐπιούσιος); 16:3; 21:28; Lk 4:21; 23:43 (=before today is over as Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 25, 14); Ac 4:9 and oft.; Lk 3:22 v.l. (Ps 2:7); cf. Hb 1:5; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Opp. αὔριον Js 4:13. ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα (Dio Chrys. 31 [48], 3; Dit., Syll.3 1181, 11=prayer for vengeance fr.

Rheneia: Dssm., LO 351ff, esp. 357 [LAE 414ff]; LXX) today, this very day: Mt 28:15 (μέχρι τὴς ς. ἡμέρας, as 1 Esdr 8:74; Jos., Ant. 10, 265); Ac 20; 26 (ἐν τῇ ς. ἡμέρᾳ, as Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 3, 11 Jac.; Josh 5:9; PGM 4, 1580; 1699; 2062; 5, 187; 194); Ro 11:8 (ἕως τῆς ς. ἡμέρας, as UPZ 57, 3; Gen 19:38 al.); 2 Cor 3:14 (ἄχρι τῆς ς. ἡμέρας, as Jos., Ant. 7, 366).W. ellipsis (BGU 598, 6; POxy. 121, 6; LXX; Bl-D. §241, 2) ἡ σήμερον: Mt 11:23; 28:15 v.l. (both μέχρι τῆς ς. as Jos., Ant. 9, 28); 27:8 (ἕως τῆς ς. as UPZ 5, 5 [163 BC]); Ac 19:40 (περὶ τῆς ς.).—ἕως ς. 2 Cor 3:15.—Since the Jews consider that the day begins at sun-down, the whole night belongs to one and the same 24-hour period: ς. ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί this very night Mk 14:30. Also simply ς. Mt 27:19; Lk 2:11; 22:34.—ς. serves to denote a limited period of time (Appian, Liby. 112 §532): σήμερον—αὔριον=‘now—in a little while’ Mt 6:30; Lk 12:28. The expr. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ (or καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ) refers to a short period of time, the exact duration of which the speaker either cannot or does not wish to disclose Lk 13:32f (JBlinzler, Klerusblatt ’44, 381-3). On ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον Hb 13:8 cf. ἐχθές. Looking fr. the present to the coming judgment ἄχρις οὗ τὸ σήμερον καλεῖται as long as ‘today’ lasts Hb 3:13 (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 25 ὁ αἰὼν ἅπας τῷ σήμερον παραμετρεῖται and s. καλέω 1aδ, end).—Cf. ABonhöffer, Epiktet u. das NT ’11, 329f on σήμερον in the ethical teaching of Epict. M-M. B. 998. σημικίνθιον s. σιμικίνθιον. σηπία, ας, ἡ (Aristoph. et al.) cuttle-fish, sepia w. sea-lamprey and octopus B 10:5 (cf. Lev 11:10).* σήπω 2 pf. σέσηπα (Hom.+; pap., LXX) cause to rot or decay; usu., and in our lit. exclusively, pass. decay, rot (Philo, Aet. M. 125; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 143), 2 pf. act. be decayed ξύλον σεσηπός rotten wood Dg 2:2. σηπομένης τῆς σαρκός as the flesh decays 1 Cl 25:3 (Cyranides p. 7, 21 ἐσέσηπτο ἡ σάρξ; Jos., Bell. 6, 164σηπόμενον σῶμα). οὐ πάντα σηπόμενα; Dg 2:4. Of a vine creeping along on the ground: σεσηπότα φέρειν bear rotten fruit Hs 2:3. Of the treasures of the rich Js 5:2. M-M.* σηρικός s. σιρικός. σής (since Pind., fgm. 222 ∆ιὸς παῖς ὁ χρυσός. κεῖνον οὐ σὴς οὐδὲ κὶς δάπτει; LXX), σητός (so Aristot., H.A. 5, 32; Menand. et al.; LXX; Philo, Abr. 11.—The class. gen. is σεός cf. Kühner-Bl. I 510f), ὁ the moth, whose larvae eat clothing (Menand., fgm. 540, 5 Kock; Lucian, Ep. Sat. 1, 21 ἱμάτια ὑπὸ σητῶν διαβρωθέντα) Mt 6:19f; Lk 12:33. Being eaten by moths as a symbol of feebleness and destruction 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:19); B 6:2 (Is 50:9).—Worms, specific. wood-worms, seem to be meant (cf. Philo, Somn. 1, 77), since the σής is damaging sticks Hs 8, 1, 6f; 8, 4, 5; 8, 6, 4. M-M.* σητόβρωτος, ον (Sb 7404, 28 [II AD]; Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 26; Hesychius) motheaten ἱμάτια (Job 13:28) Js 5:2.

M-M.* σθενόω fut. σθενώσω (Herodian Gramm. 449, 21; Rhet. Gr. VII 260, 20; Hesychius) strengthen, make strong 1 Pt 5:10. M-M.* σιαγών, όνος, ἡ (Soph., X., Pla.+; usu. in its orig. sense ‘jaw, jawbone’, so also LXX [e.g. Judg 15:14-17] and Jos., Ant. 5, 300)cheek (so fr. III BC [s. L-S-J lex. s.v.], pap., LXX [e.g. Is 50:6]) Mt 5:39; Lk 6:29; D 1:4 (on the subject-matter JWeismann, ZNW 14, ’13, 175f; JMoffatt, Exp. 8th. S. VII ’14, 89; VIII ’14, 188f; UHolzmeister, ZkTh 45, ’21, 334ff; HEBryant, ET 48, ’37, 236f); GP 3:9. τιθέναι τὰς ς. εἰς ῥαπίσματα give up one’s cheeks to blows B 5:14 (Is 50:6). M-M. B. 222.* σιαίνομαι (Hippiatr. II 81, 5; POxy. 1837, 2 [VI AD]; 1849, 2; Byz. Chron. [Psaltes p. 333]) be disturbed or annoyed (the act.=‘cause annoyance’ or ‘loathing’: schol. on Lucian p. 261, 22 Rabe) 1 Th 3:3 v.l.—S. vDobschütz ad loc. and the lit. s.v. σαίνω. M-M.* Σίβυλλα, ης, ἡ (Heraclitus and Eur.+; Sib. Or. 3, 815; 4, 22; Jos., Ant. 1, 118)the Sibyl, prophetess (WBousset, RE XVIII 265 [lit.]) Hv 2, 4, 1 (cf. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc., Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 118).* σιγάω 1 aor. ἐσίγησα; pf. pass. ptc. σεσιγημένος—1. intr. be silent, keep still (Hom.+; Sb 7183, 5; LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 44)in the senses: a. say nothing, keep silent (Pind., Nem. 5, 19 τὸ σιγᾶν πολλάκις ἐστὶ σοφώτατον ἀνθρώπῳ) Mk 14:61 D; Lk 19:40 D; 20:26; Ac 12:17; 15:12; 1 Cor 14:28. αἱ γυναῖκες ἐν τ. ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν vs. 34 (s. the lit. s.v. γυνή 898

1. Also RSeeberg, Aus Rel. u. Gesch., Ges. Aufs. I ’06, 128-44; HHöpfl, Bened. Monatsschr. 14, ’32, 63-77.—PWSchmiedel, JWeiss, WBousset ad loc., HWindisch [s. γυνή 1], RBultmann [ThBl 12, ’33, 362] consider vs. 34f a secondary gloss); 1 Cl 35:9 (Ps 49:21); IEph 6:1; 15:1f (opp. λαλεῖν, as Alex. Aphr., Fat. 9 p. 175, 23 Br.); IPhld 1:1 (opp. λαλεῖν). b. stop speaking, become silent (Charito 5, 7, 8; Synes., Kingship 29 p. 32A; Sib. Or. 3, 473) Lk 18:39; Ac 13:41 D; 15:13; 1 Cor 14:30; MPol 7:2.—c. hold one’s tongue, keep someth. (a) secret Lk 9:36.

2. trans. keep secret, conceal τὶ someth. (Pind.+; Charito 3, 10, 1; POxy. 471, 41 [II AD]) pass. μυστήριον χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένον a secret that was concealed for long ages Ro 16:25. M-M. B. 1259.* σιγή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; Wsd 18:14; 3 Macc 3:23; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Vi. 417) silence, quiet in the sense of the absence of all noise, whether made by speaking or by anything else 1 Cl 21:7. πολλῆς σιγῆς γενομένης when they had become silent Ac 21:40 (likew. Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 6; without πολλῆς Arrian, Anab. 4, 12, 2; Vi. Aesopi W c. 87; Jos., Vi. 141, Ant. 5, 236); cf. Rv 8:1 (Clemen2 391; WEBeet, ET 44, ’33, 74-6). σιγὴν ἔχειν be silent (Appian, Hann. 14 §60; Arrian, Anab. 5, 1, 4; Paroem. Gr.: App. 3, 7) Hs 9, 11, 5. Christ is called αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών his Word, proceeding from silence IMg 8:2 (on the text and subj. matter cf. Hdb. ad loc.; H-WBartsch, Gnost. Gut u. Gemeindetradition b. Ign. v. Ant. ’40. On the deity that is silence and that can be rightly worshiped only in silence, s. Mesomedes 1, 1-3, addressing the goddess: Ἀρχὰ καὶ πάντων γέννα, Πρεσβίστα κόσμου μᾶτερ Καὶ νὺξ καὶ φῶς καὶ σιγά; Porphyr., Abst. 2, 34 διὰ σιγῆς καθαρᾶς θρησκεύομεν [θεόν]; Sextus 578 τιμὴ μεγίστη θεῷ θεοῦ γνῶσις ἐν σιγῇ; PGM 4, 558ff λέγε,σιγή, σιγή, σιγή, σύμβολον θεοῦ ζῶντος ἀφθάρτου, φύλαξόν με, σιγή; 1782. Hermes in Iambl., De Myst. 8, 3 ὃ δὴ διὰ σιγῆς μόνης θεραπεύεται. Herm.

Wr. 10, 5 ἡ γὰρ γνῶσις αὐτοῦ βαθεῖα σιωπή ἐστι. Martyr. Petri p. 96, 16ff Lips.—HKoch, Ps.-Dionys. Areop. ’00, 128ff; OCasel, De Philosophorum Graecorum Silentio Mystico ’19, Vom hl. Schweigen: Bened. Monatsschr. 3, ’21, 417ff; GMensching, Das hl. Schweigen ’26). M-M.* σίδηρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) iron Dg 2:3. W. χαλκός (as Diod. S. 1, 33, 3; 2, 16, 4; Ep. Arist. 119; Philo, Aet. M. 20) Rv 18:12; PK 2 p. 14, 14. Destroyed by rust Dg 2:2. Symbolically for sword (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 19, 148)1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20). πεπυρωμένος ς. red-hot iron (Alex. Aphr., Quaest. 2, 17) AP 13:28. M-M. B. 613.* σιδηροῦς, ᾶ οῦν (Hom.+ in the form σιδήρεος, while the Attic Gks. have the contracted form. The word is also found in inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Op. M. 141; Joseph. [in both forms; cf. Schmidt 492]; Sib. Or. 3, 540) (made of) iron of a bar B 11:4 (Is 45:2). Of a prison door (s. πύλη 1) Ac 12:10. Of breastplates Rv 9:9.

Symbolically=‘merciless’ (Hom.+; cf. Περὶ ὕψους 13, 1 after Pla., Rep. 586A σιδηροῖς κέρασι) ῥάβδος σιδηρᾶ (after Ps 2:9) Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (ποιμαίνω 2aγ). M-M.* Σιδών, ῶνος (‫)ןוֹדִ צ‬, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 337; Joseph.; Sib. Or. 14, 83) Sidon, an ancient Phoenician royal city, on the coast betw. Berytus (Beirut) and Tyre. Oft. combined w. Tyre, almost as a formula (Philostrat., Her. 1, 1; Jos., Ant. 8, 320; 15, 95) Mt 11:21f; Mk 3:8; Lk 6:17; 10:13f (written Σιδόνι vs. 13 P75). τὰ μέρη Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος the region around Tyre and Sidon Mt 15:21; also τὰ ὅρια Τ. καὶ Σ. Mk 7:24 v.l.; ἦλθεν διὰ Σιδῶνος εἰς he went by way of Sidon to. . . Mk 7:31. Σάρεπτα τ. Σιδῶνος Zarephath, which belongs to Sidon Lk 4:26 t.r. Visited by Paul on his journey to Rome Ac 27:3.—FCEiselen, Sidon: Columbia Univ. Oriental Studies IV ’07; HGuthe, RE XVIII 280ff; XXIV 503f. M-M.* Σιδώνιος, ία, ιον (Soph., Hdt. et al.; inscr., LXX) Sidonian, from Sidon—1. ἡ Σ. (sc. χώρα) the country around Sidon (Od. 13, 285 [Σιδονία]; LXX) Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας (3 Km 17:9) Zarephath in the region of Sidon Lk 4:26.

2. οἱ Σιδώνιοι (Od. 4, 84 al.; inscr.; Sib. Or. 3, 451; 5, 203 all write Σιδόνιος; but Dit., Syll.3 185, 5 [376-360 BC]; 391, 2; 15; LXX; Jos. [index] Σιδώνιος) the Sidonians mentioned w. Tyrians (as Diod. S. 16, 41, 1; 1 Esdr 5:53) Ac 12:20 (Beginn. ad loc.).* σικάριος, ου, ὁ (Lat. loanw., fr. sica=‘dagger’; cf. Bl-D. §5, 1; Mlt.-H. 347; Rob. 109, and the entry Ἰσκαριώθ.—The word is found several times in Joseph. [s. index].—σικάριον=‘dagger’ POxy. 1294, 8 [II/III AD].—Also as a loanw. in the Talmud; cf. SKrauss, Griech. u. latein. Lehnwörter im Talmud usw. II 1899, 392) sicarius (pl.-ii), dagger man, assassin, name of the most fanatical group among the Jewish nationalists, quite hostile to Rome; they did not hesitate to assassinate their political opponents (Jos., Ant. 20, 186)Ac 21:38.—Schürer I4 575f, rev. ed. ’73, 463; MHengel, Die Zeloten, ’61, 47-54; M-M.* σίκερα (Galen XIX 693 K. [though the tractate in question is strongly interpolated by Christians, acc. to PKatz]; Anecdota Astrologica [ALudwich, Maximi et Ammonis Carmina 1877] p. 120, 23 οἶνος κ. σίκερα; LXX, Hesychius, Suidas) indecl. (Euseb., Pr. Ev. 6, 10, 14 has σίκερος as a gen.—Also 8 the verb σικερατίζω), τό (Aram. ‫אָר‬ =Hebr. ‫ר‬ ; Is 5:11, 22; 24:9 make it certain that the gender is neut. Cf. Bl-D. §58; Rob. 105. Orig. Akkadian; cf. HZimmern, Akkad. Lehnwörter ’15, 39) strong drink, which prob. could include wine (Num 28:7), but as a rule was differentiated fr. wine and mentioned w. it (Lev 10:9; Num 6:3; Dt 29:5; Is 29:9; Test. Reub. 1:10. The Akkadian šikaru=‘barley beer’) Lk 1:15 (cf. Judg 13:4 A). M-M.* Σίλας, α or Σιλᾶς, ᾶ (still other spellings are attested for the NT; s. Bl-D. §53, 2 app.; 125, 2), ὁ (several times in 899

Joseph. as a Semitic name; Dit., Or. 604, 4; Inscr. Rom. III 817, 1. Evidently=‫א י ִא‬ , the Aram. form [in Palmyrene inscriptions] of ‫לוּא‬ Saul) Silas. This name, which occurs only in Ac, is borne by a respected member of the church at Jerusalem who was prophetically gifted 15:22, 27; he was sent to Antioch and stayed there vss. 32, 34; later he accompanied Paul on his so-called ‘second’ missionary journey 15:40-18:5 (mentioned nine times). Despite CWeizsäcker, Das apost. Zeitalter2 1892, 247 et al., incl. LRadermacher, ZNW 25, ’26, 295, it is hardly to be doubted that this Silas is the same pers. as the Σιλουανός who is mentioned in Paul and 1 Pt. See the next entry and cf.

AStegmann, Silvanus als Missionär u. ‘Hagiograph’ ’17. S. also s.v. Ἰωάν(ν)ης 6. M-M.* Σιλουανός, οῦ, ὁ (Diod. S. 11, 27, 1, a Σ. as contemporary with the battle of Salamis [480 BC]; Dit., Or. 533, 50 [time of Augustus] and later inscr. and pap.; Jos., Ant. 20:14; in rabbinic lit. ‫ )יִנָו י ִמ‬Silvanus; surely the same man who appears in Ac as Σίλας (q.v.). Either he had two names (like Paul), one Semit. and one Lat. (Zahn), or Σιλουανός is the Lat. form of the same name that is Grecized in Σίλας (Bl-D. §125, 2; Mlt.-H. 109f; 146). 2 Cor 1:19 (here P46 and other representatives of the v.l. have the form Σιλβανός, which is also found Diod. S. 11, 41, 1); 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:1 (s. also the subscr. of 2 Th); 1 Pt 5:12 (this pass. has given rise to the conclusion that Silvanus was somehow or other [as translator? In Sb 8246, 38 Germanus speaks before the court διʼ Ἀνουβίωνος ἑρμηνεύοντος] connected w. the writing of 1 Pt; e.g., Zahn [Einleitung II3 10f], GWohlenberg [NKZ 24, ’13, 742-62], WBornemann [Der erste Petrusbrief—eine Taufrede des Silvanus?: ZNW 19, ’20, 143ff], Harnack [Mission I4 ’23, 85], LRadermacher [Der 1 Pt u. Silvanus: ZNW 25, ’26, 287ff]; EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 9-17 but s. WGKümmel [Introd. NT; tr. HCKee, ’75, 416-25]). M-M.* Σιλωάμ (‫) ◌ַ חֶר ִלשׁ‬, ὁ indecl. (masc.: Is 8:6 τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ Σιλωάμ; 2 Esdr 13:15 S κολυμβήθρα τοῦ Σιλωάμ; but fem.: Jos., Bell. 5, 505τὴν Σιλωάμ.—Elsewh. Jos. usu. has declinable forms: τοῦ Σιλωᾶ Bell. 2, 340; 6, 363; ἡ Σιλωά, ᾶς, ᾷ, άν 5, 140; 145 [τὴν Σιλωὰν πηγήν]; 252, 410; 6, 401.—Bl-D. §56, 4; cf. Rob. 95) Siloam, name of a system of water supply in Jerusalem, through which the water of the spring Gihon became available for the Fortress of David. ἡ κολυμβήθρα τοῦ Σ. the pool of Siloam was prob. the basin into which the water was conducted J 9:7; cf. vs.

11.—Vincent-Abel, Jérus.: (s. Ἰεροσόλυμα 1b) II chap. 34 §2; GDalman, Jerus. u. s. Gelände ’30, 386 (Sachreg.); CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels tr. RWalls, ’63, 314-20.—ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ Σ. the tower near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. M-M.* . The name is freq. in the OT, but the LXX always renders it differently from 2 Ti, even Σιμαίας, ου, ὁ (‫הָי‬ though the LXX does not always spell it in the same way; Schürer II4 423, 24) Simaias, named in 2 Ti 4:19 v.l. as the son of Aquila.* σιμικίνθιον, ου, τό (Aesop fr. the Cod. Paris. 1277: ChRochefort, Notices et Extraits II 1789 p. 718 no. 18. Latin loanw.: semicinctium; Bl-D. §5, 1d; 41, 1; Rob. 109; 189; 192) an apron, such as is worn by workmen; w. σουδάριον Ac 19:12. It is not certain just what is meant by this ref. Hesychius took it to be a band or bandage of some kind.

Ammonius and Theophylact thought it was a handkerchief, but this does not accord well w. σουδάριον. Suidas combined the two ideas: φακιόλιον (towel) ἢ σουδάριον.—On the indirect mediation of miracle-working fr. one pers. to another s. FPfister, Der Reliquienkult im Altertum I ’09, 331 ff. M-M.* .—The name is found freq. among Greeks [Aristoph.+; inscr., pap. Cf. AFick2-FBechtel, Die Σίμων, ωνος, ὁ (‫ןוֹע‬ griech. Personennamen 1894 p. 30; 251] and Jews [LXX; Ep. Arist. 47; 48; Joseph.; cf. GHölscher, ZAW Beihefte 41, ’25, 150f; 155; MNoth, D. israelit. Personennamen ’28, 38; Wuthnow 113; CRoth, Simon-Peter, HTR 54, ’61, 91-7—first and second century].—On its declension s. Mlt.-H. 146) Simon.

1. surnamed Πέτρος=Κηφᾶς, most prominent of the twelve disciples Mt 4:18; Mk 1:16; Lk 4:38 and oft. Cf. Πέτρος.

2. another of the twelve disciples, called ὁ Καναναῖος Mt 10:4; Mk 3:18, or (ὁ) ζηλωτής (cf. Καναναῖος) Lk 6:15; Ac 1:13; GEb 2 (the two Alexandrian Epicureans named Ptolemaeus are differentiated as ὁ μέλας καὶ ὁ λευκός).—KLake, HTR 10, ’17, 57-63; JSHoyland, Simon the Zealot ’30.—3. name of a brother of Jesus Mt 13:55; Mk 6:3.

4. Simon of Cyrene, who was pressed into service to carry Jesus’ cross to the place of execution Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21; Lk 23:26. There is little basis for the idea that this Simon was a Negro (s. Κυρήνη).—SReinach, S. de Cyrène: Cultes, Mythes et Religions IV ’12, 181ff; on this JHalévy, Revue sémit. 20, ’12, 314-19; ABKinsey, Simon the Crucifier and Symeon the Prophet: ET 35, ’24, 84ff.—5. father of Judas Iscariot J 6:71; 12:4 t.r.; 13:2, 26.

6. Σ. ὁ λεπρός Simon the leper owner of a house in Bethany on the Mount of Olives. Jesus paid him a visit fr.

Jerusalem, and on this occasion the anointing of Jesus took place, acc. to the first two evangelists Mt 26:6; Mk 14:3.-CCTorrey, The Four Gospels ’33, 296; ELittmann, ZNW 34, ’35, 32.

7. name of a Pharisee who invited Jesus to his home and thereby gave a sinful woman the opportunity to anoint the Master Lk 7:40, 43f.

8. a tanner in Joppa, w. whom Peter stayed for a while; fr. here he went to Caesarea to visit Cornelius Ac 9:43; 10:6, 17, 32b.

9. Simon the magician Ac 8:9, 13, 18, 24. He is portrayed as a Samaritan who μαγεύων vs. 9 or ταῖς μαγείαις vs.

11 led his fellow-countrymen to believe that he was the ‘Great Power of God’; the miracles of the apostles surprised and disturbed him to such a degree that he tried to buy the gift of imparting the Holy Spirit fr. them.—HWaitz, RE 900

XVIII ’06, 351ff; XXIV ’13, 518ff (lit. in both vols.); KPieper, Die Simon-Magus Perikope ’11; OWeinreich, ARW 18, ’15, 21ff; Ramsay, Bearing 117ff; MLidzbarski, NGG ’16, 86-93; EdeFaye, Gnostiques et Gnosticisme2 ’25, 216ff; 430f; CSchmidt, Studien zu d. Ps.-Clementinen ’29, 47ff; RPCasey: Beginn. I 5, 151-63; ADNock, ibid.

164-88; L-HVincent, RB 45, ’36, 221-32; HJSchoeps, Theol. u. Gesch. des Judenchristentums ’49, 127-34; MSmith, Simon Magus in Ac 8: HA Wolfson-Festschr., ’65, 735-49; JSelles-Dabadie, Recherches sur Simon le Mage, ’69.

M-M. ‫י ִמ‬.—LXX Σινα: Ex 16:1; Dt 33:2; Judg 5:5; Ps 67:9; Sir 48:7. τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινα: Ex 19:11, 20, 23; Σινά indecl. (‫י‬ 24:16. [τὸ] ὄρος Σινα: Ex 19:16; Lev 7:38; 25:1; 26:46; Num 3:1; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 13; Sib. Or. 3, 256. τὸ Σινʼ ὄρος: En. 1, 4.-Joseph. has Σίναιον ὄρος) Sinai, name of a rocky mountain on the peninsula named after it. Mountain on which the law was given: Ac 7:30 (on ἡ ἔρημος τοῦ ὄρους Σινά cf. ἡ ἔρημος [τοῦ] Σ. Ex 19:1, 2; Num 33:15, 16 al.), 38; B 11:3; 14:2 (cf. Ex 31:18); 15:1. On Gal 4:24f cf. Ἁγάρ. Also SRiva, Il Sinai egizio e cristiano: Ricerche Religiose 9, ’33, 12-31.—Mlt.-H. 148.* σίναπι, εως, τό (Diocles 141 p. 184, 13; PTebt. 9, 13; 18 [III BC]; 11, 19 [IIBC]; PFay. 122, 4; 12; 165; PFlor.

20, 21 al. in pap.) mustard κόκκος σινάπεως mustard seed, popularly viewed as the smallest of all seeds (cf. Antig.

Car. 91 and likew. word for word Diod. S. 1, 35, 2 ὁ κροκόδειλος ἐξ ἐλαχίστου γίνεται μέγιστος) Mt 13:31; 17:20; Mk 4:31; Lk 13:19; 17:6.—ILöw, D. Flora d. Juden I ’28, 516-27. On the parable of the mustard seed s. in addition to the interpr. of the parables and of the synoptic gospels CRBowen, AJTh 22, ’18, 562ff; FJehle, NKZ 34, ’23, 713-19; KWClark, Class. Weekly 37, ’43/’44, 81-3. M-M.* σινδών, όνος, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; IG IV2 1, 118, 70 and 71 [III BC]; Dit., Syll.2 754, 5; PPetr. I 12, 21 [III BC]; PTebt.

182; PPar. 18b, 10; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 153)linen.

1. of the linen cloth in which the body of Jesus was wrapped Mt 27:59 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 112 σινδ. καθαράν of a linen garment for the king; PGM 13, 653 σινδ. καθ.; PJoüon, Mt 27:59 σινδὼν καθ.: Rech de Sc rel 24, ’34, 93-5); Mk 15:46; Lk 23:53; GP 6:24 (JBlinzler, ‘sindon’ in Evangeliis, Verbum Domini 34, ’56, 112f).

2. of the tunic or shirt (cf. Hdt. 2, 95) which was the only garment worn by the youth who tried to follow Jesus after Jesus’ arrest, unless it was simply a sheet that he wrapped about his body (pap.) Mk 14:51f (on περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα cf. 1 Macc 10:64. For the sense ‘in his tunic’ Diog. L. 6, 90.—Appian, Iber. 35 §143: when an unexpected cry from a herald wakened them early in the morning, soldiers run out ἐν χιτῶσι μόνοις, without dressing fully).

M-M.* σινιάζω 1 aor. ἐσινίασα (a late word, for the earlier σήθω; found Syntipas p. 31, 14; 16; Byz. Chron. [Psaltes p.

332]; Hesychius; Suidas; Etym. Mag.; Bl-D. §108, 3; Mlt.-H. 405) shake in a sieve, sift symbolically ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον (ἐξαιτέω 1) Lk 22:31 (for the idea cf. Synes., King. 20 p. 24D καθαρτέον τὸ στρατόπεδον, ὥστε θημῶνα πυρῶν).—CHPickar, CBQ 4, ’42, 135; BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 101f.

M-M.* σιρικός, ή, όν (the spelling attested by the uncials [cf. Peripl. Eryth. c. 39, p. 13, 11; IG XIV 785, 4 σιρικοποιός] for the more usual σηρικός [=‘silken’ Strabo 15, 1, 20; Plut., Mor. 396B; Cass. Dio 57, 15; Jos., Bell. 7, 126].—Bl-D. §41, 1; 42, 4; Mlt.-H. 72; 378; cf. Σῆρες ‘Chinese’. Loanw. in rabb.) silk (en) subst. τὸ σιρικόν silk cloth or garments w. other costly materials Rv 18:12. M-M. B. 403.* σιρός, οῦ, ὁ (Eur., Demosth.+; Longus 1, 11, 2; Dit., Syll.3 83, 10 οἰκοδομῆσαι σιρούς; PLond. 216, 11 [I AD]) pit, cave σιροῖς ζόφου 2 Pt 2:4 ‫(א‬cf. σειρός). On the rdg. of the t.r. cf. σειρά.—Field, Notes 241. M-M.* σιτευτός, ή, όν fattened (X., An. 5, 4, 32; Polyb. 38, 8, 7; pap., LXX) ὁ μόσχος ὁ σιτευτός the calf that has been fattened (Athen. 9, 32 p. 384A; 14, 74 p. 657B; Judg 6:28 A; Jer 26:21) Lk 15:23, 27, 30. M-M.* σιτία, ας, ἡ (Christian wr.; Hesychius.—σιτεία=feeding, fattening is found as early as Zen.-P. 59 534, 1 [III BC]. Is this a different word, from σιτεύω=feed, fatten, or just another spelling?) (a batch of) dough (so Apophtheg. Patrum [c. VI AD]: Migne, Patr. Gr. LXV. l92A; 196B) ς. ποιεῖν D 13:5.* σιτίον, ου, τό (Hdt., Aristoph.+; PGiess. 19, 2; POxy. 1158, 11; Pr 30:22; Philo; Joseph.) dim. of σῖτος; mostly, and in our lit. always in the pl. τὰ σιτία food (made from grain) (oft. in Hdt. et al.; pap.; Jos., Ant. 4, 270; 15, 300) Ac 7:12. σιτία καὶ ποτά food and drink (s. ποτόν and cf. HMørland, Symb. Osl. 13, ’34, 103; LDeubner, SAB ’35, XIX, 71) Dg 6:9. M-M. B. 329.* σιτιστός, ή, όν fattened (Athen. 14 p. 656E ὄρνιθες; Jos., Ant. 8, 40βόες; Sym. Ps 21:13; Jer 46:21) subst. τὰ σιτιστά cattle that have been fattened Mt 22:4. M-M.* σιτομέτριον, ου, τό a measured allowance of grain or food, ration (PPetr. II 33a, 5 [cf. Dssm., B 156, 5 (BS 158, 1); Mayser 431]; inscr. fr. Rhodiapolis in Lycia of 149 AD [RHeberdey, Opramoas 1897 p. 50 XIX A, 8; cf.

Dssm., LO 82, 1 (LAE 104, 1)] σειτομέτριον; Rhet. Gr. VI 226, 29.—σιτομετρία is more common) διδόναι τὸ ς. give out the food-allowance Lk 12:42. M-M.* 901

σι̂τος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 71) wheat, then grain gener. Mt 13:25, 29 (weeds in it as Sib. Or. 1, 397); Lk 16:7; J 12:24; 1 Cor 15:37; Rv 6:6 (on this s. Diod. S. 14, 111, 1 as an indication of severe famine and rising prices πέντε μνῶν γενέσθαι τὸν μέδιμνον τοῦ σίτου; Jos., Ant. 14, 28); 18:13. συνάγειν τὸν ς. εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην Mt 3:12; 13:30; Lk 3:17; cf. 12:18. σινιάσαι τὸν ς. 22:31. As a ship’s cargo Ac 27:38. ς. ὥριμος 1 Cl 56:15 (Job 5:26). For πλήρης σῖτος Mk 4:28 cf. πλήρης 2.—Pl. τὰ σῖτα (Hdt.+; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 19 and LXX, where this form occurs in Job and Pr; however, the pl. is not found in any other book; cf. Thackeray 155.—Bl-D. §49, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 122; 372) Ac 7:12 t.r. Ignatius, in his fervent longing for martyrdom, uses this symbolic language: σῖτός εἰμι θεοῦ I am God’s wheat and will be ground by the teeth of the wild beasts IRo 4:1. M-M. B. 514.* σίφων, ωνος, ὁ (since Hipponax [VI BC] 52 D.2; Eur., Hippocr.; PEleph. 5, 4 [III BC]; PLond. 1177, 129; loanw. in rabb.) water-pump, fire-engine (Hero Alex. I p. 18, 2; 28, 18 al.) Hm 11:18.* σιφωνίζω 1 aor. ἐσιφώνισα (Aristoph., Thesm. 557) squirt Hm 11:18.* Σιχάρ s. Συχάρ. Σιών (‫)ן ַוֹוִצ‬, ἡ indecl. (LXX; on the spelling cf. Bl-D. §38 app.; 56, 3; cf. Mlt.-H. 149) Zion.—1. of Mount Zion, a hill within the city of Jerusalem (Dalman, Pj 11, ’15, 39ff. S. on Ἱεροσόλυμα 1) τὸ ὄρος Σιών, the place where the Lamb is standing w. his people Rv 14:1. As a counterpart to Sinai (cf. Gal 4:24-6; Ps.-Cyprian, De Montibus Sina et Sion: Cyprian III p. 104ff Hartel) Hb 12:22.

2. of the city of Jerusalem, in poetic usage (Jer 3:14 et al.).—a. ἡ θυγάτηρ Σιών of the city of Jerus. and its inhabitants (cf. θυγάτηρ 2e) Mt 21:5; J 12:15 (both Zech 9:9; cf. Sib. Or. 324). b. more gener. of the people of Israel, whose center is Jerus. Ro 9:33; B 6:2 (both Is 28:16); Ro 11:26 (Is 59:20).—c. of the New Jerus. of Christianity 1 Pt 2:6 (Is 28:16). M-M.* σιωπάω impf. ἐσιώπων; fut. σιωπήσω; 1 aor. ἐσιώπησα (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 195; 338) be silent.

1. keep silent, say nothing, make no sound Mt 26:63 (Maximus Tyr. 3, 7e, Socr. before the jury. On the subject matter cf. Diog. L. 3, 19 Plato before the popular assembly on Aegina, on trial for his life: μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν φθέγξασθαι=did not say a single word; Eur. in Plut., Mor. 532F); Mk 3:4; 9:34; 14:61; Ac 18:9 (opp. λαλεῖν as PGM 5, 292); IEph 15:1 (opp. λαλεῖν); IRo 2:1a; GP 4:10. ς. περί τινος be silent concerning someone IEph 3:2. ς. ἀπό τινος be silent and leave someone alone (Gdspd.) IRo 2:1b.

2. stop speaking, be or become quiet—a. of persons (Menand., Georg. 54 J; Plut., Mor. 434F; Herm. Wr. 1, 16; Jos., Ant. 7, 378; Test. Jos. 9:4) Mt 20:31; Mk 10:48; Lk 18:39 t.r.; 19:40; MPol 7:3 Funk.—Be silent in the sense lose the ability to speak Lk 1:20. b. not of human beings: of swine B 10:3 (opp. κραυγάζειν).—Symbolically, of the wind and waves in a storm Mk 4:39 (cf. also the fig. Theocr., Idyll 2, 38 σιγᾷ πόντος). M-M. B. 1259.* σιωπῇ dat. of σιωπή, ῆς, ἡ ‘silence’ (as a noun Soph., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) as adv. (as early as Hom.; X., Cyr. 5, 3, 43; Ps.-Demosth. 48, 31; Dit., Syll.3 1218, 11 [V BC]) quietly, privately J 11:28 D.* σκάμμα, ατος, τό (Pla.+) that which is dug, trench, then arena (surrounded by a trench, or dug up and covered w. sand; CIG 2758), a favorite in symbolic usage (Polyb. 38, 18, 5; Epict. 4, 8, 26) ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ς. εἶναι be in the same arena 1 Cl 7:1.* σκανδαλίζω 1 aor. ἐσκανδάλισα. Pass.: pf. ptc. ἐσκανδαλισμένος; 1 aor. ἐσκανδαλίσθην; 1 fut. σκανδαλισθήσομαι (LXX; Aq.; Sym.; Theod. [but not in Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.]; Cat. Cod. Astr. X 67, 23; Christian authors).

1. cause to be caught or to fall, i.e. cause to sin (the sin may consist in a breach of the moral law, in unbelief, or in the acceptance of false teachings)—a. τινά someone (Mal 2:8 Sym., Theod.; PsSol 16:7 γυναικὸς σκανδαλιζούσης ἄφρονα; Hist. Laus. 5 p. 21 Butler σκανδαλίσαι ψυχήν) Mt 5:29f; 18:6, 8f; Mk 9:42f, 45, 47; Lk 17:2; 1 Cor 8:13a, b; 1 Cl 46:8.—Pass. be led into sin (Sir 23:8; 32:15; Act. Jo. 82 p. 192 B.) so perh. 2 Cor 11:29 (s. 2 below).—The abs. pass. can also mean let oneself be led into sin, fall away (Passio Perpet. 20, 10 vGebh.; Martyr. Petri 3 p. 82, 22 Lips.) Mt 13:21; 24:10; Mk 4:17; 14:27, 29; J 16:1; D 16:5.—ἐσκανδαλισμένοι Hv 4, 1, 3; m 8:10 are people who have been led astray, but who have not altogether fallen away fr. the faith. b. σκανδαλίζεσθαι ἔν τινι (Sir 9:5; 23:8; 32:15) be led into sin, be repelled by someone, take offense at someone, of Jesus; by refusing to believe in him or by becoming apostate fr. him a person falls into sin Mt 11:6; 13:57; 26:31, 33 (cf. Ascensio Isaiae 3, 14 [PAmh. I p. 10f] δώδεκα οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σκανδαλισθήσονται); Mk 6:3; Lk 7:23. ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφὸς σκανδαλίζεται Ro 14:21 t.r.

2. give offense to, anger, shock (Act. Jo. 56 p. 178B; Athanasius, Vita Anton. 81; Histor. Lausiaca 37 p. 115 σκανδαλίζω πολλούς; 46 p. 136) τινά someone Mt 17:27 (JDMDerrett, NovT 6, ’63, 1-15); J 6:61. Pass. Mt 15:12.—τίς σκανδαλίζεται; perh. who has any reason to take offense? 2 Cor 11:29 (s. 1a above).—S. on 902

σκάνδαλον, end. M-M.* σκάνδαλον, ου, τό (secular pap.; PLond. 1338, 25; 1339, 10 [both 709 AD]; LXX; Aq.; Sym.; Theod. [but not in Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.], then Christian wr. Later word for σκανδάληθρον [Aristoph. et al.]; cf.

Hesychius and Photius s.v.).

1. trap w. παγίς, used symbolically (Josh 23:13; Ps 140:9; 1 Macc 5:4; Is 8:14 Sym. and Theod.) Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23).

2. temptation to sin, enticement to apostasy, false belief, etc. (Ezk 7:19 [Aq.; Sym.]; Wsd 14:11) Mt 18:7a, b, c; Lk 17:1; B 4:9. τὸ τέλειον σκ. the final temptation 4:3. βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ entice the sons of Israel to sin Rv 2:14. σκάνδαλα ποιεῖν bring about temptations (to sin) Ro 16:17. τιθέναι τινὶ σκάνδαλον put a temptation in someone’s way 14:13 (on τιθέναι σκ. cf. Jdth 5:1); in place of the dat. κατά τινος 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:20).—Also of persons (PsSol 4:23; 1 Macc 5:4): Jesus censures Peter, as Satan σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ you are tempting me to sin Mt 16:23. In ἀπεχόμενοι σκανδάλων καὶ τῶν ψευδαδέλφων κτλ. Pol 6:3, σκ. is prob. best taken as one who tempts others to sin (cf. Pistis Sophia 105; 106 p. 173-5 CSchmidt ὡς σκάνδαλον καὶ ὡς παραβάτης; Act. Jo. 64 of a woman ἡ σκάνδαλον γενομένη ἀνδρί; 79).—To those who cannot come to a decision to believe on him, Jesus is a σκάνδαλον (σκανδαλίζω 1b). In line w. OT fig. language (Is 8:14, where Aq., Sym., Theod.—in contrast to the LXX—have our word) Jesus is called πέτρα σκανδάλου Ro 9:33; 1 Pt 2:8 (on the relation of these two passages to each other cf. RHarris, Testimonies I ’16, 18f; 26f).

3. that which gives offense or causes revulsion, that which arouses opposition, an object of anger or disapproval, stain etc. (Sir 7:6; 27:23) σκ. ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν in him there is no stain or fault 1J 2:10 (cf. Jdth 5:20). Of the cross ὅ ἐστιν σκάνδαλον τοῖς ἀπιστοῦσιν which is revolting to those who have no faith IEph 18:1.

The crucified Christ is a σκ. to the Jews 1 Cor 1:23. τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ the stumbling-block of the cross, i.e. that which, in the preaching about the cross, arouses opposition Gal 5:11. συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτου πάντα τὰ σκ. they will gather out of his kingdom everything that is offensive Mt 13:41 (this interpr., which refers τὰ σκ. to things, would correspond to the scripture passage basic to this one, i.e. Zeph 1:3, where Sym. has our word in the combination τὰ σκάνδαλα σὺν [τοῖς] ἀσεβέσι. Nevertheless the fact that Mt continues w. καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν could require us to take τὰ σκ. to mean persons; s. 2 above).—WCAllen, Mk ’15, 199ff; ASchmitz, Vom Wesen des ¿rgernisses2 ’25; JLindblom, Skandalon: e. lexikal-exeget. Untersuchung ’21 (s. also πρόσκομμα, end); GStählin, Skandalon ’30; KSchilder, Over het ‘skandalon’: Geref. Theol. Tijdschr. 32, ’32, 49-67; 97-130; RAKnox, Trials of a Translator ’49, 66-73; AHumbert, Biblica 35, ’54, 1-28 (synoptics).—GStählin, TW VII 338-59.

M-M.* σκάπτω fut. σκάψω; 1 aor. ἔσκαψα. Pass.: pf. ptc. ἐσκαμμένος; 2 aor. ἐσκάφην (Hom. Hymns, Thu.+; inscr., pap.; Is 5:6).

1. intr. dig (Aristoph. et al.; BGU 1119, 23 [I BC] σκάπτειν καὶ ποτίζειν) σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω Lk 16:3 (cf. the proverbial expr. Aristoph., Av. 1432 σκάπτειν οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι and Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 1ff John ἰσχύς enough to σκάπτειν. Digging is the hardest kind of work [Charito 8, 8, 2; Appian, Liby. 15 §61]; the uneducated workman must engage in it [Diog. L. 7, 169; Ps.-Phoc. 158]). σκ. καὶ βαθύνειν (s. βαθύνω) 6:48 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἄργιλος: σκάπτειν εἰς τὸ θεμελίους καταβαλέσθαι).—περὶ αὐτήν dig around it (the fig tree) 13:8 (cf. Diod. S. 5, 41, 6 περισκαφείσης τ. γῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ῥιζῶν).

2. trans. dig (up) , spade up τὶ someth. τὸν ἀμπελῶνα (Diod. S. 4, 31, 7; PLond. 163, 33 [I AD]) Hs 5, 2, 4.

Pass. (Is 5:6) 5, 2, 5; 5, 6, 2. M-M. B. 497.* Σκαριώθ is the rdg. of D in Mk 3:19; J 6:71 and Σκαριώτης is the rdg. of D in Mt 10:4; 26:14; Mk 14:10 for Ἰσκαριώθ (-ώτου), q.v.* σκάφη, ης, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Bel LXX 33, Theod. 33; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 11[a quot. fr. Apion w. σκάφη as fem. sing.]; loanw. in rabb.) (small) boat, skiff (so Soph.+; Polyb. 1, 23, 7; PGradenwitz [SA Heidelberg ’14] 9, 5 [III BC]; BGU 1157, 8; 1179) of a ship’s boat (ordinarily in tow, LCasson, Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World, ’71, 248f) Ac 27:16, 30, 32. M-M. B. 730.* σκελοκοπέω (hardly σκελοκοπάω) 1 aor. pass. ἐσκελοκοπήθην break the legs of someone (s. σκέλος) GP 4:14.* σκέλος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 271)leg καταγνύναι τὰ ς. break the legs, of the breaking of leg-bones as a punishment, known in Lat. as crurifragium. Orig. this was a separate form of capital punishment, comparable to torture on the wheel (s. κατάγνυμι and KKohler, Das Verbot d.

Knochenzerbrechens: ARW 13, ’10, 153f) Phlm subscr.—J 19:31-3 it accompanied crucifixion, in order to hasten death (s. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 44 §189 ἑνὸς τὸ σκέλος συντριβέντος= one [of the bearers] broke his leg).—GABarton, ‘A Bone of Him Shall Not Be Broken’ J 19:36: JBL 49, ’30, 13-19. M-M. B. 241.* σκεπάζω 1 aor. ἐσκέπασα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐσκεπάσθην; 1 fut. σκεπασθήσομαι (X., Aristot.; pap., LXX).

1. cover (Jos., Ant. 1, 44)τὶ someth. (X. et al.; Sib. Or. 3, 612) of a tree that covers the earth w. its shade Hs 8, 1, 1; 8, 3, 2; cf. 9, 27, 1. Pass. (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 2, 53) 8, 1, 2.

2. protect, shelter (PSI 440, 14 [III BC]; PTebt. 5, 60 [II BC]; PLond. 897, 6; LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 705) τινά someone of bishops σκ. τὰς χήρας τῇ διακονίᾳ shelter the widows by their ministry Hs 9, 27, 2 (a play on words 903

w. σκεπάζω 9, 27, 1 [s. 1 above]). Pass. (PHib. 35, 10 [III BC]) 1 Cl 60:3; Hs 9, 27, 3. σκ. ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων κριμάτων be protected from the judgments to come 1 Cl 28:1. B. 849.* σκέπασμα, ατος, τό (Pla.+) covering, of anything that serves as a cover and hence as a protection. Chiefly clothing (Aristot., Pol. 7, 17 p. 1336a, 17; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 19; Jos., Bell. 2, 129), but also house (Aristot., Metaph. 7 p.

168, 11 οἰκία σκέπασμα ἐκ πλίνθων κ. λίθων) w. διατροφή 1 Ti 6:8. M-M.* σκέπη, ης, ἡ (Hdt.+; incr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 140; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 237; Jos., Ant. 1, 44)protection, shelter, shade afforded, e.g., by trees (cf. Diod. S. 5, 65, 1; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 25) Hs 8, 1, 1; 8, 3, 2; 9, 1, 9.* Σκευᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (Plut., Caes. 16, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 60 §247 [a centurion: Lat. Scaeva]; Cass. Dio 56, 16, 1; CIG 2889; Bl-D. §125, 2) Sceva a high priest Ac 19:14 (acc. to EHKase, Am. Hist. Review 43, ’38, 437f a misunderstanding due to dittography). M-M.* σκευή, ῆς, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 301; BGU 775, 6; 11) equipment, (household) furnishings, esp. of a ship’s gear or equipment (Diod. S. 14, 79, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 88 §367 [=τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ Jon 1:5]) ἡ σκευὴ τοῦ πλοίου of the equipment of a ship that can be dispensed w. Ac 27:19 (acc. to ChVoigt, Die Romfahrt des Ap. Pls: Hansa 53, ’16, 725-32 the tackle or rigging of a ship; so RSV et al.). M-M.* σκεῦος, ους, τό (Aristoph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. lit.—a. gener. thing, object used for any purpose at all (e.g., a table: Diod. S. 17, 66, 5) Mk 11:16. σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον or ἐκ ξύλου Rv 18:12a, b. Pl. (Diod. S. 13, 12, 6) Dg 2:2-4. Of all one has (Jos., Vi. 68; 69) τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ his property Lk 17:31.—Mt 12:29; Mk 3:27 (both in allusion to Is 49:24f).—By an added statement or through the context σκ. can become an object of a certain specific kind: τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας the equipment used in the services Hb 9:21 (cf. Jos., Bell. 6, 389τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἱερουργίας σκεύη). Also τὰ ἅγια σκεύη GOxy 14; 21; 29f (Jos., Bell. 2, 321;cf. Plut., Mor. 812B σκεῦος ἱερόν; Philo, Mos. 2, 94 σκεύη ἱερά). τὸ σκεῦος Ac 27:17 seems to be the kedge or driving-anchor (Breusing 17ff; Blass ad loc.; Voigt [s. σκευή]. Differently HBalmer, Die Romfahrt des Ap. Pls ’05, 355ff. Cf. FBrannigan, ThGl 25, ’33, 182-4; Zen.-P. 6 [=Sb 6712], 10 [258 BC] ἄνευ τῶν ἀναγκαίων σκευῶν πλεῖν τὰ πλοῖα. Pl. also X., Oec. 8, 11f and elsewh. of ship’s gear; Arrian, Peripl. 5, 2 τὰ σκεύη τὰ ναυτικά. Engl. transl. have ‘gear’, ‘sails’). Ac 10:11, 16; 11:5 represent a transitional stage on the way to sense b. b. vessel, jar, dish, etc. (Aristoph., Thesm. 402; X., Mem. 1, 7, 5; Aelian, V.H. 12, 8; Herodian 6, 7, 7; LXX) Lk 8:16; J 19:29; 2 Ti 2:20 (four kinds as Plut., Caes. 48, 7). τὸ κενὸν σκεῦος Hm 11:13. ποιεῖν σκ. make a vessel 2 Cl 8:2. τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικά Rv 2:27 (s. κεραμικός). σκ. εἰς τιμήν or εἰς ἀτιμίαν (s. τιμή 2b) Ro 9:21; 2 Ti 2:21 (the fig. sense makes itself felt in the latter pass.).

2. fig. (Polyb. 13, 5, 7 ∆αμοκλῆς ὑπηρετικὸν ἦν ς.) for Christ Paul is a σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς a chosen instrument Ac 9:15.—Of the body, in which the Spirit dwells (cf. Test. Napht. 8:6 ὁ διάβολος οἰκειοῦται αὐτὸν ὡς ἴδιον σκεῦος and the magical prayer in FPradel, Griech. u. südital. Gebete ’07, p. 9, 11f ἐξορκίζω σε ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ σκεύους τούτου) Hm 5, 1, 2. Christ’s body as τὸ σκ. τοῦ πνεύματος the vessel of the Spirit B 7:3; 11:9; cf. τὸ καλὸν σκεῦος 21:8 (of the human body). On the human body as ὀστράκινα σκεύη 2 Cor 4:7 cf. ὀστράκινος. Those who are lost are σκεύη ὁργῆς Ro 9:22 (cf. Jer 27:25.—But CHDodd, JTS 5, ’54, 247f: instruments of judgment), those who are saved σκ. ἐλέους vs. 23.—1 Pt 3:7 woman is called ἀσθενέστερον σκεῦος (ἀσθενής 1b). τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος 1 Th 4:4 from antiquity has been interpreted to mean one’s own body (Theodoret, Calvin, Milligan, Schlatter, MDibelius; RAKnox, transl. ’44; CCD transl. ’41, mg.) or one’s own wife (Theodore of Mopsuestia, Schmiedel, vDobschütz, Frame, Oepke; WVogel, ThBl 13, ’34, 83-5; RSV et al.). The former interpr. is supported by the passages cited at the beg. of this section 2, and the latter is in accord w. rabb. usage (Billerb. III 632f. Cf. also κτάομαι 1.—So early a term as the Akkadian ‘lah̬anattu’ combines the meanings (1) vessel, (2) harlot, darling [communication fr. LKoehler]).—Still another possibility for 1 Th 4:4 is membrum virile (so Antistius [I AD] in Anthol. Plan. 4, 243; Aelian, N.A. 17, 11; cf. MPoole, Synopsis Criticorum Ali. Sacrae Script., 1669-76, IV, 2, col. 958; communication fr.

WHPHatch, ’53). In this case κτᾶσθαι must mean someth. like ‘gain control of’, etc.—CMaurer, TW VII 359-68.

M-M.* σκηνή, ῆς, ἡ (trag., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) tent, booth, also gener. lodging, dwelling of the tents of nomads (Gen 4:20; 12:8.—Dalman, Arbeit VI ’39) Hb 11:9. Of a soldier’s tent σκηνὴν πηγνύναι pitch a tent (πήγνυμι 2) GP 8:33. δίαιτα τῆς σκηνῆς (s. δίαιτα) 1 Cl 56:13 (Job 5:24). τρεῖς σκηναί in the account of the Transfiguration (w. ποιεῖν as Jos., Ant. 3, 79)Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33 (lit. s.v. μεταμορφόω 1; esp. ELohmeyer, ZNW 21, ’22, 191 ff; HRiesenfeld, Jésus transfiguré ’47, 146-205).—ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου the Tabernacle or Tent of Testimony (Ex 27:21; 29:4; Lev 1:1; Num 1:1 and oft.) Ac 7:44; 1 Cl 43:2, 5. Also simply ἡ σκηνή (LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 228)Hb 8:5; 9:21; 1 Cl 43:3. οἱ τῇ σκ. λατρεύοντες Hb 13:10 (s. on θυσιαστήριον 2d and OHoltzmann, ZNW 10, ’09, 251-60). σκηνὴ ἡ πρώτη the outer tent, i.e. the Holy Place 9:2; cf. vss. 6, 8 (πρῶτος 1d; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 12has ἡ πρώτη σκηνή of the tabernacle in contrast to Solomon’s temple). Hence σκηνὴ ἡ λεγομένη Ἅγια Ἆγίων the Tabernacle or Tent that is called the Holy of Holies vs. 3, ἡ δευτέρα (σκηνή) vs. 7.

The earthly Tabernacle (cf. RKittel, RE XIX 33-42 and s. GABarton, JBL 57, ’38, 197-201) corresponds in Hb to another σκηνή: Christ as High Priest, taking his own blood (rather than that of goats and calves), goes διὰ τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς ἐφάπαξ εἰς τὰ ἅγια 9:11f. He is τῶν ἁγίων λειτουργὸς καὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς 8:2. Rv 15:5 speaks of a ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. God has his σκ.=dwelling in 904

heaven 13:6, and will some time have it among men 21:3. αἱ αἰώνιοι σκηναί the eternal dwellings of the life to come Lk 16:9 (RPautrel, ‘Aeterna tabernacula’ [Lk 16:9]: Rech de Sc rel 30, ’40, 307-27; LSEby, JBL 58, ’39, p. xi).—ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Μολόχ of a portable sanctuary (cf. ἡ ἱερὰ σκηνή of the Carthaginians in Diod. S. 20, 65, 1) of Moloch (q.v.) Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26). ἡ σκηνὴ ∆αυὶδ ἡ πεπτωκυῖα David’s fallen dwelling of his ruined kingdom 15:16 (Am 9:11). Here σκηνή may perh. mean king’s tent (Diod. S. 17, 36, 4. More precisely 5 ἡ τοῦ ∆αρείου σκηνή; 17, 76, 6 ἡ βασιλικὴ σκηνή) David’s fallen royal tent.—OScherling, De Vocis σκηνή Significatione et Usu, Diss. Marburg ’08; HBornhäuser, Sukka ’35, 126-8: Σκηνή u. verwandte Worte im NT. M-M. B. 461.* σκηνοπηγία, ας, ἡ (Aristot., H.A. 9, 7 of the nest-building of swallows. Elsewh. only as a t.t. of Jewish religious lang.—σκανοπαγέομαι is found as a rel.-technical term in an inscr. of the island of Cos [II BC.—Dssm., LO 92f—LAE 92f]. On σκηνὴν πηγνύναι s. πήγνυμι 2) the building of tents or booths, as a name for the Festival of Booths or Tabernacles (σκ. in this sense, mostly w. ἑορτή: Dt 16:16; 31:10; Zech 14:16, 18, 19; 1 Esdr 5:50; 2 Macc 1:9; Jos., Bell. 2, 515.Jewish inscr. fr. Berenice in the Cyrenaica CIG III 5361 [13 BC]=Schürer III4 79, 20 l. 1f), a festival celebrated Tishri (roughly=October) 15-21, out of doors when poss., in booths made fr. branches of trees ( ‫גַח‬ ּ‫כ◌◌ׂ◌תוֹ‬ ). Joseph., Ant. 15, 50; cf. 8, 123) that it is the most important Jewish festival. J 5:1 v.l.; 7:2 (CWFSmith, NTS 9, ’63, 130-46).—Billerb. II 774-812; HBornhäuser, Sukka ’35, esp. pp. 34-9.—Demetrius of Scepsis in Athen.

4 p. 141EF tells of the τῶν Καρνείων of the Spartans σκηναῖς ἔχοντες παραπλήσιόν τι. They put up for nine days ‘something like a tent’. At times nine men eat together in them.—GWMacRae, The Mng. and Evolution of the Feast of Tabernacles, CBQ 22, ’60, 251-76. M-M.* σκηνοποιός, οῦ, ὁ tentmaker (acc. to Pollux 7, 189 the Old Comedy used the word as a synonym for μηχανοποιός=either a ‘stagehand’ who moved stage properties [as Aristoph., Pax 174] or a ‘manufacturer of stage properties’. In his fifth ed. WBauer, basing his judgment on the latter interpr. of the statement by Pollux, seems to give priority to the sense ‘manufacturer of theatrical properties’ for the word in Ac 18:3. But it is improbable that either Aquila or Paul would, in the face of evident Jewish objection to theatrical productions [cf. Schürer II4, 1907, 60f], have practiced such a trade. Bauer also points out an apparent impediment to the rendering tentmaker in the fact that σκηνή appears freq. as the obj. of ποιέω in the sense ‘pitch’ or ‘erect a tent’ (s. ποιέω I 1aα; act. σκηνοποιέω Sym. Is 13:20; 22:15; mid. σκηνοποιέομαι Aristot., Meteor. 348b, 35; Clearch., fgm. 48 W.; Polyb. 14, 1, 7; Diod. S. 3, 27, 4; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 9, 8; σκηνοποιΐα Aeneas Tact. 8, 3; Polyb. 6, 28, 3; inscr., Rev. Arch. 3, ’34, 40; and acc. to the text. trad. of Dt 31:10 as an alternate expr. for σκηνοπηγία). Analogously σκηνοποιός would then mean ‘one who pitches or erects tents’. However, those living in nomadic areas would not depend on specialists to help in a task that any Jew could learn on his own (cf. Mt 17:4 par.). Moreover, it is clear from Ac 20:34; 1 Cor 4:12; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8 that Paul’s work was of a technical nature and was carried out in metropolitan areas. Therefore, w. respect to the semantic function of-ποιός compounds, it can be noted that the noun in such formations is viewed as the object of actual production (similarly the adjectival form σκηνοποιός Herm. Wr. 516, 10f=Stob. I, 464, 7ff is used to express production of a dwelling appropriate for the soul), and Ex 26:1 offers clear evidence of use of the non-compounded σκηνή+ποιέω in the sense ‘produce’ or ‘manufacture (not pitch) a tent’. The verb ἐπιτελεῖν Hb 8:5 is not an alternate expr. for ‘production’ of a tent, but denotes ‘completion’ of a project, connoting a strong sense of religious commitment; see ἐπιτελέω 2. Early versions and patristic writers (s. the lit. below) display a variety of attempts to connote the particular skill (e.g., weaver of tent-cloth, leather-worker) that Paul brought to the making of his tents, but such interpretations appear to reflect awareness of local practices rather than semantic precision. Absence of any qualification in the NT, lack of unanimity in the tradition, and ambivalence in rabbinic writings respecting the religious and social status of specific crafts or occupations preclude certainty beyond the denotation tentmaker. Adding to the difficulty is the fact that σκηνοποιός is found only once in the Gk. Bible, and nowhere independently of it, except for the passages from Pollux and Herm. Wr. cited above. Synonym σκηνορράφος Aelian 2, 1; Bull. Inst. Arch. Bulg. 8, 69 (s.

L-S-J Suppl. s.v.).—JWeiss, Das Urchristentum ’17, 135; FWGrosheide, Παῦλος σκηνοποιός: ThSt 35, ’17, 241f; Zahn, AG II 632, 10; 634; Billerb. II 745-7; Beginn. IV, 223; JoachJeremias, ZNW 30, ’31, 299; WMichaelis, TW VII, 394-6. M-M.* σκῆνος, ους, τό (Pre-Socr., Hippocr.+; inscr.; Wsd 9:15) tent, lodging only fig. of the body (Democr. [Diels, Fgm. der Vorsokrat. index] et al.; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 365E; 366A; Herm. Wr. 13, 12; 15; Achilles Tat. 2, 36, 3 τὸ οὐράνιον θνητῷ σκήνει δεδεμένον; CIG 1656 σκῆνος μὲν. . . , ψυχὴ δέ; 3123; 6309; PGM 1, 319; 4, 1951; 1970; Wsd 9:15) εἶναι ἐν τῷ ς. be in one’s tent, i.e. be physically alive 2 Cor 5:4. ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ ς. the earthly tent we live in vs. 1 (on the gen.-combination s. Bl-D. §168, 1; Rob. 498).—S. γυμνός 4, end. M-M.* σκηνόω fut. σκηνώσω; 1 aor. ἐσκήνωσα (X., Pla. et al.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 293)live, dwell (X., Demosth. 54, 3; Dit., Syll.3 344, 3; PSI 340, 10; 13 [III BC]; LXX) w. ἐν and the dat. of the place (X., An. 5, 5, 11; Zen.-P. 68[=Sb 6774], 7; Gen 13:12) ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ Rv 13:6; cf. 12:12 ἐν ἡμῖν temporarily among us J 1:14 (Diogenes, Ep. 37, 1 παρὰ τούτοις ἐσκήνωσα=‘I took up residence w. them’). μετʼ αὐτῶν with them Rv 21:3. ἐπʼ αὐτούς over or above them, i.e. shelter them, of God (cf. σκηνή) 7:15. M-M.* σκήνωμα, ατος, τό (Eur., X.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 187)tent, gener. dwelling, lodging, in our lit. only in specialized mngs.

1. of the temple as God’s dwelling-place (Paus. 3, 17, 6; LXX) Ac 7:46 (after Ps 131:5).

905

2. of the body (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 24, 11; Herm. Wr. in Stob., Flor. I 396, 1 W.=p. 476, 3 Sc.; PGM 19a, 49; Sextus 320; cf. σκῆνος) εἶναι ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκ.=remain alive 2 Pt 1:13; opp. ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκ.=death vs. 14. ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν θνητῷ σκηνώματι κατοικεῖ Dg 6:8 (Sext., loc. cit. τὸ ς. τῆς ψυχῆς). M-M.* σκῆπτρον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr.; PGM 13, 182; 187; LXX)—1. scepter as a symbol of the power to rule (Jos., Ant. 17, 197)σκ. τῆς μεγαλωσύνης τοῦ θεοῦ the scepter of the majesty of God 1 Cl 16:2 (cf. Esth 4:17q; Ezekiel Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 5; Philo, Mut. Nom. 136; Sib. Or. 3, 49. The scepter of Zeus Pind., Pyth. 1, 10; Cornutus 9 p. 10, 10; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155; that of Rhea Pind., Nem. 11, 4; that of Isis Is.-Aretal. of Cyrene [WPeek, Is.-Hymn. v. Andros ’30, 129]; that of Selene PGM 4, 2843f.-FJMdeWaele, The Magic Staff or Rod in Graeco-Italian Antiquity ’27, chap. 1).

2. tribe of the tribes of Israel (1 Km 2:28; 9:21; 3 Km 11:31f, 35f al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 61; Test. Judah 25:1, Napht.

5:8) 1 Cl 32:2.* σκιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 28σκιά—σῶμα, Ant. 5, 238; 10, 29).

1. shade, shadow—a. lit. Mk 4:32 (cf. Ezk 17:23); Ac 5:15.—b. fig. (s. σκότος 2b.—Jos., Bell. 1, 215)σκιὰ θανάτου shadow of death (Job 12:22; Ps 22:4; 43:20; Jer 13:16.—So also σκιά by itself of the shadow of death, which stands beside the old man: Herodas 1, 16) Mt 4:16 (Is 9:1); w. σκότος (Job 3:5; Ps 106:10) Lk 1:79. For σκοτία 1J 2:8 A. 2. shadow, foreshadowing (in contrast to reality: Prodicus in X., Mem. 2, 1, 22; Achilles Tat. 1, 15, 6 τὸ ὕδωρ ἦν κάτοπτρον, ὡς δοκεῖν τὸ ἄλσος εἶναι διπλοῦν, τὸ μὲν τ. ἀληθείας, τὸ δὲ τ. σκιᾶς; Phalaris, Ep. 35 λόγος ἔργου σκ. Oft. in Philo: Somn. 1, 206, Plant. 27; Leg. All. 3, 102, Post. Caini 112) σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων a foreshadowing of what is to come Col 2:17 (opp. τὸ σῶμα, as Philo, Conf. Lingu. 190; Jos., Bell. 2, 28;Lucian, Hermot. 79). ὑπόδειγμα καὶ σκιὰ τῶν ἐπουρανίων Hb 8:5 (Synes., Ep. 44 p. 182D τοῦ θείου σκ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον). σκιά forms a contrast to εἰκών (s. εἰκών 2) 10:1. M-M. B. 62.* σκιρτάω 1 aor. ἐσκίρτησα (Hom.+; PGM 3, 200; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 304) leap, spring about as a sign of joy (Jer 27:11; Mal 3:20; Jos., Bell. 5, 120)Lk 6:23. Of sheep gaily skipping about (cf. Dio Chrys. 69[19], 3; Longus 1, 9, l; Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 29; Eutecnius 1 p. 18, 3) Hs 6, 1, 6; 6, 2, 3f; 6. ἐκκλησίας χάρις σκιρτᾷ Dg 11:6.—Of the movements of a child in the womb (Gen 25:22. Cf. ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes ’24 p. 104, 1), which are taken as an expression of joy Lk 1:41, 44. M-M.* σκληροκαρδία, ας, ἡ (Biblical [Dt 10:16; Jer 4:4; Sir 16:10; cf. En. 16, 3; Test. Sim. 6:2; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 305] and ecclesiastical word.—Bl-D. §120, 4; Mlt.-H. 279) hardness of heart, coldness, obstinacy, stubbornness Mt 19:8; Mk 10:5; Hv 3, 7, 6; B 9:5 Funk (Jer 4:4). W. ἀπιστία Mk 16:14.* σκληρός, ά, όν (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) hard (to the touch), rough.

1. of things—a. lit. λίθοι hard (Dit., Or. 194, 28; Wsd 11:4) Hs 9, 6, 8; 9, 8, 6a, b. ῥάβδος rough, of a knotty stick (cf. Pind., Olymp. 7, 29; Diogenes the Cynic [IV BC] in Diog. L. 6, 21 σκληρὸν ξύλον=a hard staff; Aelian, V.H. 10, 16) 6, 2, 5. b. fig.: of words hard, harsh, unpleasant (Demetrius in Stob., Flor. 3, 8, 20 vol. III p. 345 H.; Diogenes, Ep. 21; Gen 21:11; 42:7; Dt 1:17; En.) J 6:60; Jd 15 (after En. 1, 9); cf. Hv 1, 4, 2 (w. χαλεπός). ἐντολαί hard, difficult (Diod. S. 14, 105, 2 σκ. πρόσταγμα; Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 8 προστάγματα) Hm 12, 3, 4f; 12, 4, 4 (w. δύσβατος). ἄνεμοι rough, strong (Aelian, V.H. 9, 14; Pollux 1, 110; Procop., Bell. 3, 13, 5; Pr 27:16) Js 3:4.

2. of persons hard, strict, harsh, cruel, merciless (Soph., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 194, 14; 1 Km 25:3; Is 19:4; 48:4; Ep. Arist. 289) Mt 25:24. Of the devil Hm 12, 5, 1.

3. the neut.—a. subst. τὸ σκληρόν w. gen. (Polyb. 4, 21, 1; Jos., Ant. 16, 151τὸ σκ. τοῦ τρόπου) τὸ σκ. τῆς καρδίας the hardness of the heart B 9:5 (v.l. σκληροκαρδία, q.v.). b. σκληρόν σοι (sc. ἐστίν) it is hard for you w. inf. foll. Ac 9:5 t.r.; 26:14.—On the history of the word s.

KDieterich, RhM, n.s. 60, ’05, 236ff; FWDanker, Hardness of Heart, CTM 44, ’73, 89-100. M-M. B. 1064.* σκληρότης, ητος, ἡ (Antipho, Pla.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 2)hardness (of heart), stubbornness as a human characteristic (Pla., Rep. 3 p. 410D; 10 p. 607B; Aristot., Poet. 15, 11; Dt 9:27; Philo, Spec. Leg. 304) Ro 2:5. Of the spirit of harshness, roughness w. which the Holy Spirit cannot live Hm 5, 2, 6 (cf. Antipho Or. 3, 3, 4 σκλ. τοῦ δαίμονος). M-M.* σκληροτράχηλος, ον (Aesop 318 Halm; Physiogn. I 368, 4; LXX; En. 98, 11.—τράχηλος σκληρός: Hippocr., Coac. Progn. 2, 14, 256 ed. Littré V p. 640) stiff-necked, stubborn Ac 7:51; 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:13). M-M.* σκληρύνω fut. σκληρυνῶ; 1 aor. ἐσκλήρυνα. Pass.: impf. ἐσκληρυνόμην; 1 aor. ἐσκληρύνθην (Hippocr.+; Aristot., Galen; PLeid. X II, 28; LXX) in our lit. only in fig. sense.

1. act. harden (LXX)—a. w. a human subject τὶ something τὴν καρδίαν 1 Cl 51:3a; τὰς καρδίας (Ps 94:8) Hb 3:8, 15; 4:7. τὸν τράχηλον σκλ. stiffen the neck B 9:5 (Dt 10:16). b. w. God as subj. τινά harden the heart of someone (cf. Ex 7:3; 9:12 al.) Ro 9:18. KLSchmidt, D. Verstockung des Menschen durch Gott: ThZ 1, ’45, 1-17.

2. pass. be or become hardened, harden oneself (Sir 30:12) ἐσκληρύνοντο Ac 19:9; cf. Hb 3:13. ἐσκληρύνθη 906

ἡ καρδία (cf. Ex 8:15; 9:35) 1 Cl 51:3b; cf. 5. M-M.* σκολιός, ά όν (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 244, 4; LXX, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 1, 124) crooked—1. lit. (opp. εὐθύς. Cf. Jos., Bell. 3, 118τὰ σκολιὰ τῆς λεωφόρου [=highway] κατευθύνειν) ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (cf. schol. on Nicander, Ther. 478 of the ὁδός in contrast to εὐθύς; Is 40:4; 42:16). Symbolically of τοῦ μέλανος ὁδός B 20:1 (cf.

Pr 21:8; 28:18).

2. fig. crooked, unscrupulous, dishonest, etc. (Hom.+; Dio Chrys. 58[75], 1 w. πονηρός; Lucian, Bis Accus. 16 ῥημάτια; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 179) γενεὰ σκ. (Dt 32:5 γεν. σκ. καὶ διεστραμμένη; Ps 77:8. Also Dionysius Perieg.

[Geogr. Gr. Min. ed. CMüller II 186 p. 127 v. 392 σκολιὸν γένος) Ac 2:40 (differently MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 30); Phil 2:15. δεσπόται harsh, unjust 1 Pt 2:18 (opp. ἀγαθοὶ κ. ἐπιεικεῖς).—σκολιόν τι someth. wrong 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18). M-M. B. 897.* σκολιότης, ητος, ἡ (Hippocr.+; LXX, Aq., Sym.) fig. (Aristaen., Ep. 1, 28) crookedness, perversity, deceit (Ezk 16:5 τῇ σκολ. τῆς ψυχῆς σου) w. πονηρία Hv 3, 9, 1.* σκόλοψ, οπος, ὁ (Hom.+; Artem.; PGM 36, 152; 270; LXX) a (pointed) stake, then thorn, splinter, etc., specif. of an injurious foreign body (Dit., Syll.3 1168, 92; Num 33:55 σκόλοπες ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς; Sext. Emp. in BGU 380, 8 τὸν πόδαν πονεῖς ἀπὸ σκολάπου; Aesop, Fab. 187 P.; 363 P.=Babrius no. 136, 19 Cr.; Artem. 3, 33; Cyranides p. 112, 24 a prescription for removing σκόλοπας κ. ἀκάνθας.—Field, Notes 187). Paul alludes to his illness (s. κολαφίζω 2 and cf. also EMMerrins, St. Paul’s Thorn in the Flesh: Bibliotheca Sacra 64, ’07, 661-92; ChBruston, L’Écharde de St. Paul: Rev. de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 21, ’12, 441ff; PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 15, ’25, 532f; CHNash, Paul’s ‘Thorn in the Flesh’: Review and Expositor 28, ’31, 33-51; PHMenoud, Studia Paulina [JdeZwaan-Festschr.] ’53, 163-71; HClavier, ibid. 66-82; TYMullins, JBL 76, ’57, 299-303; AHisey and JSPBeck, Journ. of Bible and Religion 29, ’61, 125-9; JJThierry, D. Dorn im Fleisch, NovT 5, ’62, 301-10) in ἐδόθη μοι σκ. τῇ σαρκί there was given me a thorn in the flesh 2 Cor 12:7. The fact that Celsus uses the word σκ. (2, 55; 68) w. evident scorn (Origen has σταυρός) to mean the cross of Jesus, can scarcely indicate that Paul is using it in that sense here, since he always says σταυρός elsewh. (against ASchlatter, Pls, d. Bote J. Chr. ’34, 666). Lucian also, in M. Peregr. 13 p. 337, speaks contemptuously of the ἀνεσκολοπισμένος ἐκεῖνος σοφιστής. Cf. 11 p. 334 ἄνθρωπος ἀνασκολοπισθείς. A believer does not use that sort of language. M-M.* σκοπέω (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Esth 8:12g; 2 Macc 4:5; Philo, Joseph.—Bl-D. §101, p. 48; Mlt.-H. 258) look (out) for, notice, keep one’s eyes on w. acc. of the pers. or thing someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 30)σκοπεῖτε τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας notice those who conduct themselves thus, i.e. in order to imitate them Phil 3:17. σκοπεῖν τοὺς τὰς διχοστασίας ποιοῦντας look out for those who cause divisions, i.e. avoid them Ro 16:17.—σκ. τὰ βλεπόμενα keep one’s eyes on what can be seen 2 Cor 4:18. τὰ ἑαυτῶν look out for one’s own interests (Pla., Phaedr. 232D) Phil 2:4. Also τὸ καθʼ ἑαυτούς MPol 1:2. τὸ κοινὸν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Cl 51:1.—σκ. ἑαυτόν foll. by μή look to oneself, that. . . not Gal 6:1. σκόπει μὴ τὸ φῶς σκότος ἐστίν consider whether the light be darkness Lk 11:35 (μή interrog.=Lat. ‘num’ because of the indic.; cf. Epict. 4, 5, 18 ὅρα μὴ Νερωνιανὸν ἔχει χαρακτῆρα).

M-M.* σκοπός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX) goal, mark (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Job 16:12; La 3:12; Wsd 5:12; Ep. Arist. 251; Jos., Ant. 16, 248)ὁ τῆς εἰρήνης σκ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ προκείμενος ἡμῖν σκ. 63:1 (Philo, Mos. 1, 48; Jos., Bell. 4, 555σκοπὸς προύκειτο Ῥωμαίοις). κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκειν press on toward the goal (διώκω 1) Phil 3:14. σκοπὸν τιθέναι set a mark (cf. Pla., Leg. 12 p. 961E; Polyb. 7, 8, 9) 2 Cl 19:1. M-M.* σκορπίζω 1 aor. ἐσκόρπισα, pass. ἐσκορπίσθην—1. scatter, disperse (Hecataeus in Phryn. p. 218; Strabo 4, 4, 6; Ps.-Lucian, Asinus 32; Aelian, V.H. 13, 45; Jos., Ant. 16, 10; LXX) of a wolf τὰ πρόβατα σκορπίζει he chases the sheep in all directions J 10:12. Opp. συνάγειν (Artem. 1, 56 p. 52, 17 συνάγει τοὺς ἐσκορπισμένους τὸ ὄργανον; Tob 13:5 BA) ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετʼ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει, prob. w. ref. to a flock rather than to a harvest Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23 (in Astrampsychus 40 Dek. 83, 8 and Cat. Cod. Astr. II 162 σκ.=‘squander’.—On the idea cf.

Polyaenus 8, 23, 27: Καῖσαρ Πομπηΐου κηρύξαντος ἔχθραν καὶ τοῖς μηδετέρῳ προστιθεμένοις ἀντεκήρυξε καὶ φίλους ἡγήσεσθαι κατʼ ἴσον τοῖς ἑαυτῷ συμμαχήσασιν. In Lat. in Cicero: AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, ’12, 273-80.

Caesar’s point of view resembles that of Mk 9:40=Lk 9:50). Pass. (Plut., Timol. 4, 2; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 116; 1 Macc 6:54 ἐσκορπίσθησαν ἕκαστος εὒς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ) be scattered ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια J 16:32.

2. scatter abroad, distribute (PLond. 131, 421 [I AD] of fertilizer that is spread over the whole field; PFlor. 175, 22 τὰ καμήλια ἐσκορπίσαμεν=‘we have distributed the camels in various places’; Jos., Ant. 16, 10)of God ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps 111:9). M-M.* σκορπίος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Sb 1209 ἐτελεύτησεν ὑπὸ σκορπίου; 1267, 7; LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. lit., the scorpion, a species of vermin (an arachnid, 4 to 5 inches long) common in southern latitudes, much feared because of its sting Rv 9:3, 5, 10 (the κέντρον as Demosth. 25, 52). W. serpents (Dio Chrys. 57[74], 20; Sb 6584, 6; Dt 8:15) Lk 10:19; 11:12 (s. ἀντί 1. HPegg, ET 38, ’27, 468).

2. fig., as a type of extreme harmfulness, of prostitutes ἔνδοθεν πεπλήρωνται σκορπίων καὶ πάσης ἀδικίας GOxy 40 (as a symbol of evil persons in Ps.-Demosth. 25, 52; Artem. 2, 13 p. 107, 11 al. Cf. also Ezk 2:6).—S. Eitrem, Der Sk. in Mythol. u. Religionsgesch.: Symb. Osl. 7, ’28, 53-82. M-M.* 907

σκορπισμός, οῦ, ὁ (M. Ant. 7, 50, 2; Artem. 2, 30 p. 126, 13; Hippiatr. 70, 6 [of the dispersion of fever-heat]; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1, p. 268, 26 σκ. χρημάτων; Aq., Sym., Theod. Jer 25:34; PsSol 17:18; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 86; Sib. Or. 3, 317) scattering σκ. ὀστέων scattering (=wrenching apart?) of bones, one of the many similar tortures accompanying martyrdom, in the unbridled imagination of Ign., IRo 5:3.* σκοτεινός, ή, όν (Aeschyl.+; Cebes 10, 1; Cornutus 17, p. 29, 14; UPZ 78, 19 [159 BC] εἰς σκοτινὸν τόπον; LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 77, Ant. 2, 344.—W-H. σκοτινός) dark opp. φωτεινός (cf. X., Mem. 3, 10, 1; 4, 3, 4; Plut., Mor. 610E; 953c; En. 22, 2): Mt 6:23; Lk 11:34, 36 (cf. Test. Benj. 4:2 σκοτεινὸς ὀφθαλμός; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 92 τὸ σκ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν). Opp. φανερός obscure B 8:7. θησαυροὶ σκ. treasures that lie in darkness 11:4 (Is 45:3).

Of color ἔνδυμα a dark garment AP 6:21. M-M.* σκοτία, ας, ἡ (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1698; Anth. 8, 187; 190; Sb 6648, 4; PGM 4, 2472; Job 28:3; Mi 3:6; Is 16:3; Sib. Or. 5, 349) darkness, gloom.

1. lit. J 6:17. σκοτίας ἔτι οὔσης while it was still dark 20:1. Perh. 12:35b (s. 2 below). Symbolically ἐν τῇ σκ. λέγειν (εἰπεῖν) τι say someth. in the dark, i.e. in secret (opp. ἐν τῷ φωτί) Mt 10:27; Lk 12:3 (cf. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 258-60).

2. fig., of the darkening of the mind or spirit, of ignorance in moral and relig. matters Mt 4:16 (cf. Is 9:1). Esp. in Johannine usage as a category including everything that is at enmity w. God, earthly and demonic J 1:5a, b; 8:12; 12:35a; perh. also b (s. 1 above), 46; 1J 1:5; 2:8f, 11a, b, c.—HBakotin, De Notione Lucis et Tenebrarum in Ev. Jo. ’43.* σκοτίζω (since Polyb. 12, 15, 10; Test. 12 Patr. in act.), in our lit., as well as in LXX [it is not found in En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.], only pass. σκοτίζομαι, pass.: pf. ἐσκότισμαι; 1 aor. ἐσκοτίσθην be or become dark, be darkened.

1. lit. (Cleomedes [II AD] 2, 4 p. 188, 18; 24 [HZiegler 1891]) of the sun which, in times of tribulation, loses its radiance (Eccl 12:2; Is 13:10) Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24; cf. Rv 8:12. Of the darkening of the sun at Jesus’ death Lk 23:45 t.r.

2. fig., of the organs of relig. and moral perception (Polyb. 12, 15, 10 Bütt.-W. v.l.=no. 566 fgm. 124b Jac. in the text [the pass. of moral darkening]; Plut., Mor. 1120E; Test. Reub. 3:8, Levi 14:4, Gad 6:2 τὸν νοῦν): among the heathen ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία Ro 1:21. σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:10 (Ps 68:24). σκοτίζεσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν be darkened in one’s understanding 2 Cl 19:2; cf. Eph 4:18 t.r.

M-M.* σκότος, ους, τό (as a masc. word Hom.+ and so in the Attic writers [EFraenkel, Zeitschr. für vergleichende Sprachforschung 43, ’10, 195ff; σκότος and φῶς], as well as Jos., Ant. 19, 216; 217; as a neut. Pind.+ and H.Gk. gener., also in LXX [Thackeray p. 159]; En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 27; Test. 12 Patr.; PWarr. 21, 25; 30 [III AD].—Bl-D. §51, 2 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 127. Only in Hb 12:18 does ὁ σκ. appear as a v.l. in the t.r.) darkness, gloom.

1. lit., of the darkness in the depths of the sea B 10:10. Of dark clouds AP 10:25. Of the darkening of the sun (σκότος at the death of Aeschyl., acc. to Aristoph.: Ael. Aristid. 32, 32 K.=12 p. 145 D. At the death of Alexander ἐγένετο σκότος: Ps.-Callisth. 3, 33, 26. Others HUsener, RhM n.s. 55, ’00, 286f) Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; GP 5:15; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4.—Here σκ. means ‘bearer of darkness’; s. 2b below, end). Of the darkness of chaos (Gen 1:2) 2 Cor 4:6. Of the darkness of non-existence 1 Cl 38:3 (Sb 8960, 19 [grave-epigram I BC] σκότους πύλας). Of the darkness of the place of punishment far removed fr. the Kingdom (Philo, Exsecr. 152 βαθὺ σκότος. Cf. Wsd 17:20; PsSol 14:9.—σκ. κ. βόρβορος await those who are untrue to the Eleusinian Mysteries, Ael. Aristid. 22, 10 K.=19 p. 421 D. Of the darkness of death and the underworld in Hom. and the trag. As the domain of evil spirits PGM 36, 138) τὸ σκ. τὸ ἐξώτερον the darkness outside Mt 8:12; 22:13; 25:30 (with these three passages cf. Vi. Aesopi W c. 31, where Aesop advises a man: ῥῖψον αὐτὴν [his wife] εἰς τὸ σκότος.—ROPTaylor, Theology 33, ’42, 277-83). Also ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους (ζόφος 2) 2 Pt 2:17; Jd 13.—Of the darkness in which the blind live (Soph., Oed. R. 419; Eur., Phoen. 377; 1534; Dt 28:29) w. ἀχλύς (q.v. 1) Ac 13:11.

2. fig.—a. of the state of being unknown τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους the things that are hidden in darkness and therefore are known to nobody 1 Cor 4:5. b. of religious and moral darkness, of darkening by sin, of the state of unbelievers and of the godless, opp. φῶς (Herm. Wr. 7, 2a; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 101, Somn. 2, 39; Test. Levi 19:1, Napht. 2:10) Mt 4:16 v.l. (Is 9:1); Mt 6:23b; J 3:19; Ac 26:18; Ro 2:19; 2 Cor 6:14; 1 Th 5:4f; 1 Pt 2:9; 1J 1:6; 1 Cl 59:2; B 14:7 (Is 42:7); 18:1. Opp. δικαιοσύνη 5:4. Cf. 14:5f. W. σκιὰ θανάτου (σκιά 1b) Lk 1:79 (schol. on Soph., El. 1079 p. 149 P. ἐν σκότει γενέσθαι τ. θανάτου. For σκότος=darkness of death cf. Plut., Mor. 296AB, an oath ‘by the σκότος near the oak tree, where the men of Priene had been killed in such great numbers’).—Sins are τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους Ro 13:12; Eph 5:11.—On ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους Lk 22:53; Col 1:13 s. ἐξουσία 4b. On οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους τούτου Eph 6:12 s. κοσμοκράτωρ.—In several places σκότος has the sense bearer or victim or instrument of darkness Mt 6:23a; Lk 11:35; Eph 5:8 (cf. KGKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 339f [Qumran]). S. also 1 above. M-M. B. 61.* σκοτόω (Soph., Hippocr., Pla.+; POxy. 1854, 3; LXX) pass.: pf. ptc. ἐσκοτωμένος; 1 aor. ἐσκοτώθην darken, in our lit. only pass. be or become darkened.

1. lit. ἐσκοτώθη ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ὁ ἀήρ Rv 9:2 (cf. Job 3:9). Of the kingdom of the ‘Beast’ 16:10.

2. fig. (schol. on Nicander, Alexiphar. 27 τοῖς ἐσκοτωμένοις τῇ μέθῃ; Test. Dan 2:4 σκ. τὴν διάνοιαν) διάνοια 908

ἐσκοτωμένη darkened understanding 1 Cl 36:2. ἐσκοτωμένος τῇ διανοίᾳ Eph 4:18. M-M.* σκύβαλον, ου, τό refuse, rubbish, leavings, dirt, dung (Plut. et al.; PSI 184, 7; PRyl. 149, 22; PFay. 119, 7; Sir 27:4; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 109; 139; Jos., Bell. 5, 571;Sib. Or. 7, 58.—τὰ σκύβαλα specif. of human excrement: Artem.

1, 67 p. 61, 23; 2, 14 p. 108, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 571[cf. Epict., Fgm. Stob. 19 ἀποσκυβαλίζω].—MDibelius, Hdb. on Phil 3:8) πάντα ἡγεῖσθαι σκύβαλα consider everything rubbish or dung Phil 3:8. M-M.* Σκύθης, ου, ὁ the Scythian, living in what is now southern Russia (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX, Philo, Joseph.), the barbarian or savage ‘par excellence’ (cf. Cicero, In Pis. 8, Nat. Deor. 2, 34; Seneca, In Troad. 1104; 2 Macc 4:47; 3 Macc 7:5) w. βάρβαρος (Philostrat., Ep. 5) Col 3:11.—ThHermann, Barbar u. Sk.: ThBl 9, ’30, 106; WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 175 w. note 4. M-M.* σκυθρωπός, (ή), όν (Aeschyl., Hippocr., X.+; PGM 13, 259; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 229; Test. Sim. 4:1) with a sad, gloomy, or sullen look (X., Mem. 2, 7, 12; Menand., Epitr. 43 J; Jos., Bell. 1, 80)Mt 6:16; Lk 24:17. M-M.* σκύλλω pf. pass. ptc. ἐσκυλμένος (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap.) orig. ‘flay, skin’.

1. weary, harass (Herodian 7, 3, 4; UPZ 110, 25 [164 BC] σκύλλεσθαι μὴ μετρίως; En. 104, 5) pass. ἐσκυλμένοι harassed Mt 9:36.

2. act. trouble, bother, annoy τινά someone (PTebt. 421, 11; POxy. 295, 5; Sb 4317, 22) Mk 5:35; Lk 8:49.

3. pass. trouble oneself (POxy. 1669, 13 σκύληθι καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνθάδε; 123, 10; 941, 3) Lk 7:6. M-M.* σκῦλον, ου, τό (Soph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX) usu., and in our lit. always, pl. τὰ σκῦλα=armor and weapons taken fr. the body of a slain enemy, then gener. booty, spoils (Dit., Syll.3 61, 1 [V BC], Or. 332, 8; PHamb. 91, 4; Jos., Ant. 7, 161)μερίζειν σκῦλα divide the spoils 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12). Also σκῦλα διαδιδόναι Lk 11:22 (in apparent allusion to Is 49:24f; cf. PsSol 5:3; WGrundmann, Der Begriff der Kraft in der NTlichen Gedankenwelt, ’32, 49f; SLegasse, ‘L’Homme Fort’ [Lk 11:21f], NovT 5, ’62, 5-9). M-M. B. 1415.* σκωληκόβρωτος, ον eaten by worms (used of plants Theophr., H. Pl. 3, 12, 6; 4, 11, 1, C. Pl. 5, 9, 1; PSI 490, 14 [III BC]. Not yet found as a medical t.t., but men are spoken of as being eaten by σκώληκες: Lucian, Alex. 59; 2 Macc 9:9; Jos., Ant. 17, 169)Ac 12:23 (for the subject-matter s. Jos., Ant. 19, 346-50 and cf. φθειρόβρωτος=‘eaten by lice’ [Hesychius Miles. 40], as Plato acc. to Diog. L. 3, 40). M-M.* σκώληξ, ηκος, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 30)worm 1 Cl 25:3 (on σκ. and the phoenix s. Artem. 4, 47 p. 229, 14); Papias 3. Symbol of insignificance and wretchedness (Maximus Tyr. 15, 8d; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 27) 1 Cl 16:15 (Ps 21:7; cf. Epict. 4, 1, 142). Acc. to Is 66:24 a never-dying worm shall torment the damned (cf. Jdth 16:17; Sir 7:17) Mk 9:44 v.l., 46 v.l., 48; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5. Cf. the σκώληκες AP 10:25 (s. on σκωληκόβρωτος). M-M. B. 194.* σκωρία, ας, ἡ (Aristot.+; Strabo 9, 1, 23; Sym.) slag, dross, refuse produced when metal is smelted Hv 4, 3, 4.* σμαράγδινος, η, ον (of) emerald (both=‘made of emerald’ [Phylarchus—III BC—81 fgm. 41 Jac.; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 11] and=‘emerald in color’ [Eutecnius 2 p. 29, 30; PRainer 27, 8; PHamb. 10, 25]) ἶρις ὅμοιος ὁράσει σμαραγδίνῳ prob. should have λίθῳ supplied w. it a halo that was like an emerald in appearance Rv 4:3. M-M.* σμάραγδος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr. fr. Delos: Bull. de corr. hell. 14, 1891, 402, 44 [279 BC]; PGM 5, 239; Jos., Ant. 3, 168; in the older period it was fem.; so also Theophr., Lap. 1, 4; 8; 6, 34; LXX. As a masc. first in Strabo 16, 4, 20; Philo, Mos. 2, 133; M. Ant. 7, 15; Lucian, Dom. 15) emerald, a bright green transparent precious stone Rv 21:19 (cf.

Tob 13:17). Lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* σμῆγμα, ατος, τό (Plut.; Aëtius p. 14, 4; 16; schol. on Pla. 429E; 430B; pap.; Sus 17 Theod.) ointment, salve J 19:39 v.l.* σμήχω 1 aor. mid. ἐσμηξάμην (Hom.+) rub off, wash off, then gener. wash, cleanse τὶ someth. GOxy 37. Mid. wash oneself (Hippocr.; Jos., Bell. 2, 123τὸ σῶμα) τὸ ἐκτὸς δέρμα ἐσμήξω you have washed your outer skin 35.* σμίγμα, ατος, τό for μίγμα (q.v.) J 19:39 v.l.* σμύραινα, ης, ἡ (Aristot., Hist. An. 1, 5; 2, 13; 15; Nicander, Ther. 823) the sea eel, which the Jews were forbidden to eat B 10:5 (cf. Lev 11:10).* σμύρνα, ης, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 214, 58; POxy. 234 II; PGM 13, 20 al. [here mostly spelled ζμύρνα, in line w. the tendency for ζ to replace ς in pap. and inscr. after 329 BC: UPohle, D. Sprache des Redners Hypereides ’28, 11f]; Greek Pap. Chiefly Ptolemaic ed. Grenfell 1896 no. 14, 9; 10; 18; 192, 11; 205, 11; Ps 44:9; SSol 3:6 σμ. καὶ λίβανον; Jos., Ant. 3, 197)myrrh, the resinous gum of the bush ‘balsamodendron myrrha’: w. incense and other aromatic substances (Diod. S. 5, 41, 4-6) 1 Cl 25:2. W. gold and incense Mt 2:11. W. aloes (s. ἀλόη) J 19:39 (for embalming a corpse, as Hdt. 2, 40; 86; 3, 107; Theophr., Hist. Pl. 9, 3f).—ILöw, D. Flora d. Juden I ’28, 305-11; 909

RSteuer, Myrrhe u. Stakte ’33; PGrassi, Aromi inutili: Religio 10, ’34, 530-3. M-M.* Σμύρνα, ης, ἡ (on the spelling Ζμύρνα s. that entry and cf. Tdf.8 on Rv 1:11; Lghtf., Ign. II2 1889, 331 note; W-S. §5, 27d; Mlt. 45) Smyrna (Mimnermus, Hdt.+; inscr., Sib. Or.), a prosperous commercial city on the west coast of Asia Minor. Rv 1:11; 2:8; IEph 21:1; IMg 15; ITr 1:1; 12:1; IRo 10:1; ISm inscr.; MPol inscr.; 12:2; 16:2; 19:1; Epil Mosq 3.—JWeiss, RE X 550, 29ff; Ramsay, Letters ’05, chap. 19f; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte u. Landschaften II 2, ’26; CJCadoux, Ancient Smyrna ’38. M-M.* Σμυρναι̂ος, α, ον coming from Smyrna ὁ Σ. the Smyrnaean (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr.) pl. Rv 2:8 t.r.; IMg 15; ITr 13:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 13:2; IPol inscr.* σμυρνίζω (in the sense ‘be like myrrh’ Diosc., Mat. Med. 1, 66, 1 W.) perf. pass. ptc. ἐσμυρνισμένος treat with myrrh (cf. Cyranides p. 89, 13; 97, 20; PGM 36, 313; Cos. and Dam. 33, 115) ἐσμυρνισμένος οἶνος wine flavored with myrrh Mk 15:23 (cf. Pliny, Nat. Hist. 14, 13 vina myrrhae odore condita; Charito 8, 1, 12 οἶνος κ. μύρα). The μυρσινίτης οἶνος (Diosc. 5, 37; Chio, Ep. 6), wine mixed with myrtle juice, was something different.* .—LXX [Thackeray 168]; Test. Napht. 4:1; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 174; Strabo 16, 2, 44; Galen Σόδομα, ων, τά (‫םֶרד‬ XI 694 K.) Sodom, the city which was destroyed by God w. fire and brimstone because of the sinfulness of its inhabitants (Gen 19:24) Lk 17:29; 1 Cl 11:1. As an ex. of extraordinary sinfulness Mt 11:23f; Lk 10:12. As such, and as proof of the terrible power of God to punish, beside Gomorrha (cf. the inscr. fr. Pompeii, ‘sodoma Gomora’: AMau, Pompeji2 ’08, 16) Mt 10:15; Mk 6:11 t.r.; Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9); 2 Pt 2:6; Jd 7.—Jerusalem is called πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος Rv 11:8 (cf. Sib. Or. 6, 21ff). M-M.* Σολομών, ῶνος, ὁ (so predom. in NT and Joseph. [even in quotations fr. Dios (pre-Christian): C. Ap. 1, 114f and Menander of Ephesus (III BC): C. Ap. 1, 120]; Eupolemus the Jew [II BC] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 30, 8ff; Christian magical pap. 10, 30 [II 198 Pr.], rare in the LXX) and Σολομῶν, ῶντος, ὁ (Cass. Dio. 69, 14, 2 τὸ μνημεῖον τοῦ Σολομῶντος; Zosimus: Hermet. IV p. 111, 13; Ac 3:11 and 5:12 as στοὰ Σολομῶντος); only as v.l. the indecl. Σολομών Mt 1:6 ‫א‬and Σαλωμών Ac 7:47 AC (the latter is the normal form in the LXX) or Σαλομών ‫ ;א‬cf. Tdf., Proleg. 104; 110: W-H., App. 158; Bl-D. §53, 1; 55, 2; Mlt.-H. 146f; Thackeray p. 165f (‫הֶרמֶרל‬ ) Solomon, son and successor of David, known for his love of splendor Mt 6:29; Lk 12:27 and for his wisdom Mt 12:42a, b; Lk 11:31a, b. Builder of the first temple in Jerusalem Ac 7:47. There was also a colonnade named for him in Herod’s temple J 10:23; Ac 3:11; 5:12 (cf. Jos., Ant. 20, 221, Bell. 5, 185). In the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:6f. M-M.* σορός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+; pap.) coffin, bier (so Hdt. 2, 78; Aristoph., Plut. 277 al.; Lucian, Hermot. 78; Dit., Or. 526, Syll.3 1236, 5; PGM 4, 1424; 7, 236; Gen 50:26; Test. Reub. 7:2) Lk 7:14. M-M.* σός, σή, σόν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph., Sib. Or.—Bl-D. §285, 1; Rob. 288; 684) possess. adj. of the second pers. sing. your, yours (sing.); in older and formal usage thy, thine. It has more weight than the gen. σοῦ or σεαυτοῦ; it serves to emphasize or to contrast.

1. used w. nouns (Jos., Ant. 2, 67; Sib. Or. 6, 22) τὴν ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς; Mt 7:3. Cf. vs.

22a, b, c; 13:27; Mk 2:18; J 4:42; 18:35; Ac 5:4; 24:2, 4; 1 Cor 8:11; 14:16; Phlm 14; 1 Cl 60:2; Hs 1:5.

2. subst.—a. masc. οἱ σοί your own people (Soph., Pla., X.+; oft. in pap.; Jos., Ant. 7, 218; 8, 54) Mk 5:19. b. neut. τὸ σόν what is yours (Soph., Pla.+) Mt 20:14; 25:25. Likew. the pl. τὰ σά (Hom.+; BGU 1040, 5; POxy. 903, 11) Lk 6:30; J 17:10b.—S. Kilpatrick, s.v. ἐμός, end. M-M. σουδάριον, ου, τό (Lat. loanw.: sudarium [ESchwyzer, NJklA 7, ’01, 242; Hahn 263, 2]; Pollux 7, 71; PRainer 27, 7f [190 AD]; 21, 19 [230 AD]; PGM 36, 269.—Also as a loanw. in Mishna and Talmud [SKrauss, Griech. u. lat.

Lehnwörter im Talmud II 1899, 373; Schürer II4 80]) face-cloth for wiping perspiration, corresp. somewhat to our handkerchief (cf. GustavMeyer, SAWien 132, 3, 1895, 62) Lk 19:20; J 11:44; 20:7; Ac 19:12. M-M.* Σουσάννα, ης (this form of the gen. Sus 27; 28 Theod.) or ας (so Sus 30 LXX.—Thackeray 161), ἡ Susanna Lk 8:3. M-M.* σοφία, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) wisdom.

1. the natural wisdom that belongs to this world σοφία Αἰγυπτίων (Synes., Provid. 1, 1 p. 89A; Jos., Ant. 2, 286)Ac 7:22 (on the subj. cf. Philo, Vita Mos. 1, 20ff; Schürer II4 405). In contrast to God’s wisdom and the wisdom that comes fr. God ἡ σοφία τῶν σοφῶν 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14). ἡ σοφία τοῦ κόσμου (τούτου) vs. 20; 3:19. σοφία τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2:6b. ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία 2:13. ς. ἀνθρώπων vs. 5. Cf. 1:21b, 22; 2:1. σοφία λόγου cleverness in speaking 1:17. On ἐν πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις 2:4 cf. πειθός. σοφία σαρκική 2 Cor 1:12. ς. ἐπίγειος, ψυχική, δαιμονιώδης Js 3:15.—An advantage that is given to certain persons (like strength and riches) 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22); 32:4; 38:2. So perh. also 39:6 (Job 4:21); but mng. 2 is also poss.

2. the wisdom which God imparts to those who are close to him. Solomon (3 Km 5:9; Pr 1:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 168ς. τοῦ Σ.) Mt 12:42; Lk 11:31; Stephen Ac 6:10; Paul 2 Pt 3:15; Pol 3:2; to those believers who are called to account for 910

their faith Lk 21:15. The gift of unveiling secrets (2 Km 14:20; Da 1:17; 2:30. Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 27, 1 ἡ σοφία is necessary for the proper use of the oracles) Ac 7:10; Rv 13:18; 17:9. Good judgment in the face of the demands made by human and specif. by the Christian life, (practical) wisdom Ac 6:3; Col 4:5; Js 1:5; 3:13, 17 (for the view that ς. in Js 1:5; 3:17=πνεῦμα s. WBieder, ThZ 5, ’49, 111). The apostle teaches men ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Col 1:28, and the Christians are to do the same among themselves 3:16 (ἐν πάσῃ ς. also Eph 1:8; Col 1:9).—W. φρόνησις (q.v.

2) Eph 1:8. W. ἀποκάλυψις vs. 17. W. σύνεσις (Jos., Ant. 8, 49): σοφία καὶ σύνεσις πνευματική Col 1:9. σοφία, σύνεσις, ἐπιστήμη, γνῶσις (cf. Philo, Gig. 27) B 2:3; 21:5. σοφία καὶ νοῦς τῶν κρυφίων αὐτοῦ wisdom and understanding of his (i.e. the Lord’s) secrets 6:10.—As a spiritual gift the λόγος σοφίας stands beside the λόγος γνώσεως 1 Cor 12:8 (s. γνῶσις 2 and cf. Aesopica 213, 1 P.: Τύχη ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ λόγον σοφίας). Paul differentiates betw. his preaching to unbelievers and immature Christians and σοφίαν λαλεῖν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις 2:6a; the latter he also calls λαλεῖν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ set forth the wisdom that comes fr. God as a mystery vs.

7 (WBaird, Interpretation 13, ’59, 425-32).—The false teachers of Colossae consider that their convictions are σοφία Col 2:23.—JdeFinance, La σοφία chez St. Paul: Rech de Sc rel 25, ’35, 385-417.

3. wisdom of Christ and of God—a. Christ: of Jesus as a boy (s. ἡλικία 1b) Lk 2:40, 52. Of him as an adult Mt 13:54; Mk 6:2. Of the exalted Christ ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Col 2:3.—Rv 5:12.

By metonymy Χρ. Ἰ., ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ θεοῦ Christ Jesus, who has become a source of wisdom from God for us 1 Cor 1:30. b. wisdom of God (Diog. L. 1, 28 σοφίᾳ πρῶτον εἶναι τὸν θεόν): revealed in his creation and rule of the world 1 Cor 1:21a, or in the measures intended to bring salvation to the believers Ro 11:33 (w. γνῶσις); Eph 3:10; Hv 1, 3, 4 (w. πρόνοια).—Rv 7:12; 1 Cl 18:6 (Ps 50:8); B 16:9 (cf. δικαίωμα 1). Christ is called θεοῦ σοφία the embodiment of the wisdom of God 1 Cor 1:24 (Diog. L. 9, 50 Protagoras is called Σοφία.—Lucian in M. Peregr. 11 speaks ironically of the θαυμαστὴ σοφία τῶν Χριστιανῶν).—UWilckens, Weisheit u. Torheit (1 Cor 1 and 2), ’59; FChrist, Jesus Sophia (synopt.), ’70.

4. In several passages Wisdom is personified (Ael. Aristid. 45, 17 K. as a mediatrix betw. Sarapis and men; perh.=Isis; AHöfler, D. Sarapishymnus des Ail. Aristid. ’35, 50; 53f). In connection w. Pr 1:23-33; 1 Cl 57:3 (λέγει ἡ πανάρετος σοφία), 5 (=Pr 1:29); 58:1. On ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία κτλ. Mt 11:19; Lk 7:35 cf. δικαιόω 2 and Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6 p. 394D ἡ σοφία καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὸ ἀπὸ ταύτης=wisdom and her fruits. ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ εἶπεν 11:49 introduces a statement made by ‘wisdom’ (‘wisdom’ is variously explained in this connection; on the one hand, it is said to refer to the OT, or to an apocryphal book by this title; on the other hand Jesus is thought of as proclaiming a decree of divine wisdom, or Lk is thinking of wisdom that Jesus has communicated to them at an earlier time).—The older lit. is given in Schürer III4 212, 12; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie ’07, 115ff; JMeinhold, Die Weisheit Israels ’08; GHoennicke, RE XXI ’08, 64ff; HWindisch, Die göttl. Weisheit der Juden u. die paulin. Christologie: Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 220ff; PHeinisch, Die persönl. Weisheit des ATs in religionsgesch.

Beleuchtung2 ’23; Bousset, Rel.3 343ff; FAFerrari, Il Progresso religioso 8, ’28, 241-53; MargTechert, La notion de la Sagesse dans les trois prem. siècles: Archiv. f. Gesch. d. Philos. n.s. 32, ’30, 1-27; WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 55-89; BRigaux, NTS 4, ’57/’58, esp. 252-7 (Qumran); HConzelmann, Pls. u. die Weisheit, NTS 12, ’66, 231-44; MJSuggs, Wisdom, Christology, and Law in Mt, ’70.—UWilckens and GFohrer, TW VII 465-529: σοφία κτλ. M-M.* σοφίζω impf. ἐσόφιζον; 1 aor. ἐσόφισα—1. act.—a. make wise, teach, instruct (pass. in Hes., also Diog. L. 5, 90; POxy. 1790, 23 [I BC]. Act., Ps 18:8; 104:22) τινά someone 2 Ti 3:15; ISm 1:1. τινὰ ἔν τινι make someone wise in or for someth. B 5:3 (cf. the pass. w. ἔν τινι Sir 38:31). b. in a bad sense deceive, mislead (so the mid. elsewh.: Philo, Mut. Nom. 240; Jos., Bell. 4, 103)B 9:4.

2. mid. reason out, concoct subtly or slyly, devise craftily (Hdt., X. et al.; PSI 452, 11; Jos., Bell. 3, 222), as it seems, GOxy 1 πάντα σοφίζεται he reasons it all out quite subtly. Pass. (Soph., Phil. 77; Demosth. 29, 28) σεσοφισμένοι μῦθοι 2 Pt 1:16. M-M.* σοφός, ή, όν (Pind., Hdt.+; LXX; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. clever, skilful, experienced (Pind., Nem. 7, 25 κυβερνήτης) ς. ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10 (Is 3:3; cf. Il. 15, 412 σοφία τέκτονος; Eur., Alc. 348 σοφὴ χεὶρ τεκτόνων; Maximus Tyr. 6, 4d ὁ τέκτων ς.; Philo, Somn. 2, 8). Cf. 6:5. σοφὸς ἐν διακρίσει λόγων skilful in the interpretation of discourse 1 Cl 48:5 (ς. ἐν as Maximus Tyr. 24, 6b).

2. wise, learned of human intelligence and education above the average, perh. related to philosophy (Pind. et al.; Jos., Bell. 6, 313): ὁ σοφός beside ὁ ἰσχυρός and ὁ πλούσιος 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22); 38:2. Opp. ἀνόητος Ro 1:14.

The one who is wise acc. to worldly standards, the σοφὸς κατὰ σάρκα 1 Cor 1:26, stands in contrast to God and his wisdom, which remains hidden for him Ro 1:22 (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 34, 10 οἰομένους εἶναι σοφούς); 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14), 20, 27; 3:19 (cf. Job 5:13), 20 (Ps 93:11); IEph 18:1. W. συνετός (Jos., Ant. 11, 57; 58) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21 (GDKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 63f).

3. wise in that the wisdom is divine in nature and origin (opp. ἄσοφος) Eph 5:15. (Opp. μωρός) 1 Cor 3:18a, b. W. ἐπιστήμων (Philo, Migr. Abr. 58) Js 3:13; B 6:10. σοφὸς εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν (opp. ἀκέραιος εἰς τὸ κακόν) Ro 16:19.

Jesus intends to send out προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς κ. γραμματεῖς Mt 23:34.

4. In the abs. sense God is called σοφός (Sir 1:8; cf. 4 Macc 1:12; Sib. Or. 5, 360.—Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 409 D.: σοφώτατον εἶναι θεόν) μόνος σοφὸς θεός (Ps.-Phoc. 54 εἷς θεὸς σοφ.; Herm. Wr. 14, 3. Cf. GRudberg, Coniect.

Neot. 7, ’42, 12) Ro 16:27; 1 Ti 1:17 t.r.; Jd 25 t.r. Cf. 1 Cor 1:25. ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῷ κτίζειν 1 Cl 60:1 (w. συνετὸς ἐν τῷ κτλ.). σοφὴ βουλή God’s wise counsel Dg 8:10. (On 3 and 4 cf. Sb 6307 [III BC] of Petosiris the astrologer: 911

ἐν θεοῖς κείμενος, μετὰ σοφῶν σοφός). M-M. B. 1213.* Σπανία, ας, ἡ (Diod. S. 5, 37, 2; Athen. 8 p. 330F; 13 p. 657F; pap. [CWessely, Wiener. Stud. 24, ’02, 147]; 1 Macc 8:3) Spain, the goal of a journey planned by Paul Ro 15:24, 28 (EBarnikol, Spanienreise u. Römerbrief ’34).

That he reached Spain at some time is maintained w. more or less certainty by BWeiss, FSpitta (Zur Gesch. u. Lit. des Urchristentums I 1893, 1-108), Zahn (Einl. I3 ’07 §33-7), Harnack (Mission I4 ’23, 83), JFrey (Die zweimalige röm.

Gefangenschaft u. das Todesjahr des Ap. Pls ’00, Die letzten Lebensjahre des Pls ’10), EDubowy (Klemens v. Rom über d. Reise Pauli nach Spanien ’14), JWeiss (Das Urchristentum ‘l7, 300), ADeissmann (Paulus2 ’25, 192=Paul ’26, 248) et al.; on the other hand, it is denied by HHoltzmann, AHausrath, OPfleiderer, CWeizsäcker, AJülicher, PWendland (Die urchristl. Literaturformen ’12, 366), FPfister (ZNW 14, ’13, 216ff), EMeyer (III ’23, 131f), FHielscher (Forschungen zur Geschichte des Ap. Pls ’25), EvDobschütz (Der Ap. Pls I ’26, 17) et al.; HLietzmann, Gesch. der Alten Kirche I ’32, 111 and ADNock, St. Paul ’38, 142-4 (Paulus ’40, 112f) leave the question open.

M-M.* σπαράσσω 1 aor. ἐσπάραξα tear, pull to and fro, convulse (Aristoph., Ran. 424 τὰς γνάθους; Diod. S. 8, 32, 3 and 19, 34, 3 τὰς τρίχας; Jos., Ant. 11, 141τὴν κεφαλήν; Charito 3, 10, 4 τὰς κόμας; Da 8:7 ἐσπάραξεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν.—The word in another sense goes back to Aeschyl.; also PPetr. II 17, 4, 2; 6; LXX, Philo) τινά someone (Aristoph., Acharn. 688 ἄνδρα σπαράττων καὶ ταράττων; Herodas 5, 57; cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 233)the unclean spirit convulses the person in whom it dwells (ἄνθρωπος σπαραττόμενος of an attack: Cyranides p. 59, 15) Mk 1:26; 9:20 v.l.; Lk 9:39. W. the acc. of the pers. to be supplied Mk 9:26. M-M. B. 566.* σπαργανόω (Eur., Hippocr.+; Posidon.: 87 fgm. 58a Jac.; Plut.; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 1, 7; Job 38:9; Ezk 16:4) 1 aor. ἐσπαργάνωσα; pf. pass. ptc. ἐσπαργανωμένος (Cornutus 6 p. 7, 7) wrap (up) in σπάργανα= (swaddling-) cloths τινά someone Lk 2:7. Pass. vs. 12 (cf. Gdspd., Probs. 73f). M-M.* σπαρείς s. σπείρω. σπαταλάω 1 aor. ἐσπατάλησα live luxuriously or voluptuously, in indulgence (Polyb. 36, 17, 7; Epigr. Gr. 646a, 5; Ezk 16:49; Sir 21:15) 1 Ti 5:6; Js 5:5; B 10:3. Of sheep in rich pasture be frisky Hs 6, 1, 6; 6, 2, 6. M-M.* σπάω (Hom.+; LXX; Philo) 1 aor. mid. ἐσπασάμην draw, pull, in our lit. (as almost always in the LXX) only mid. in the sense draw a sword (so Od. 22, 74; X., An. 7, 4, 16 al.) τὴν μάχαιραν (PTebt. 48, 19 [113 BC]; 1 Ch 21:5; 1 Esdr 3:22; Ps 151:7; Jos., Vi. 303) Mk 14:47; Ac 16:27. M-M. B. 571.* σπει̂ρα (trag.+), ης (this form of the gen. in inscr. [Dit., Or. index VIII p. 704a]; BGU 462, 5 [150-156 AD]; 142, 10 [159 AD]; 26, 12; PRainer 18, 1; POxy. 477, 3 al.; Bl-D. §43, 1; Mlt.-H. 117f; Mayser 12, 4), ἡ a military t.t.

(Polyb.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 8:23; 12:20; Jdth 14:11; Jos., Vi. 214). This is the Gk. word used to transl. the Lat. ‘cohors’ (Polyb. 11, 23, 1; inscr., pap. [cf. Sb, word-list 10 p. 345; Dit., loc. cit.]; also as loanw. in the Mishna: SKrauss, Griech. u. lat. Lehnwörter im Talmud II 1899, 408; 497), but also Lat. ‘manipulus’ (Polyb. 6, 24, 5; cf. 2, 3, 2; 3, 115, 12 al.; Dionys. Hal. 5, 42, 2; Strabo 12, 3, 18). In our lit. prob. always cohort. the tenth part of a legion (the σπ. thus normally had 600 men, but the number varied; cf. Jos., Bell. 3, 67). Mt 27:27; Mk 15:16; J 18:3, 12; Ac 21:31. On σπεῖρα ἡ καλουμένη Ἰταλική 10:1 cf. Ἰταλικός, on σπεῖρα σεβαστή 27:1 cf. σεβαστός and the lit. there.

On the whole word cf. Schürer I rev. Eng. ed. ’73, 363-5 and the lit. s.v. ἑκατοντάρχης. M-M.* σπείρω 1 aor. ἔσπειρα. Pass.: 2 aor. ἐσπάρην; pf. ptc. ἐσπαρμένος (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 192; Sib. Or. 3, 148 al.).

1. sow seed—a. lit.—α. abs., opp. θερίζω Mt 6:26; Lk 12:24.—Mt 13:3b, 4; Mk 4:3b, 4; Lk 8:5c. ὁ σπείρων a sower Mt 13:3a (cf. Cicero, Tusc. Disp. 2, 5[13]); Mk 4:3a; Lk 8:5a; 2 Cor 9:10 (Is 55:10); 1 Cl 24:5. Also ὁ σπείρας Mt 13:18. On the sower in the parable: UHolzmeister, Verb. Dom. 22, ’42, 8-12; KGrayston, ET 55, ’44, 138f; SKFinlayson, ibid. 306f; DHaugg, ThQ 127, ’47, 60-81; 166-204. β. w. acc. of what is sown (X., Oec. 14, 5) 1 Cor 15:36, 37a, b; (τὸ) καλὸν σπέρμα Mt 13:24, 27, 37. τὸν σπόρον Lk 8:5b. ζιζάνια Mt 13:39. Pass. Mk 4:32. γ. w. indication of the place in which or on which someth. is sown (Pla., Leg. 8, 7 p. 838E εἰς πέτρας κ. λίθους σπ.) εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας Mt 13:22; Mk 4:18. Also ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκ. 4:18 v.l. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ sow in the field Mt 13:24, 31. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Mk 4:31. ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη 4:16; Mt 13:20. ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν vs. 23; cf. Mk 4:20. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν Mt 13:19b (GDalman, Viererlei Acker: Pj 22, ’26, 120-32; gener. Dalman, Arbeit II: D. Ackerbau ’32). But in these passages the lit. usage is already passing over into the metaphorical. b. symbolically and metaphorically—α. in proverbial expressions based on the contrast θερίζειν—σπείρειν (cf. θερίζω 2a and ἐπί II 1bζ) of appropriating the fruits of another’s labor, without doing any work θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας Mt 25:24, 26. Cf. Lk 19:21f. ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων J 4:37. The harvest corresponds to what is sown (Hes., fgm. 174 Rz. εἰ κακὰ σπείραις, κακὰ κέρδεά κʼ ἀμήσαιο) ὃ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει Gal 6:7; cf. vs. 8a, b (here the ‘field’ is given w. εἰς τὴν σάρκα or τὸ πνεῦμα); 2 Cor 9:6a, b.

912

β. The word of God, the gospel et al. are sown (Herm. Wr. 1, 29 ἔσπειρα αὐτοῖς τοὺς τῆς σοφίας λόγους) ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει Mk 4:14; cf. 15a, b; Mt 13:19a; J 4:36. τὰ πνευματικά 1 Cor 9:11. The κακὴ διδαχή of the false teachers IEph 9:1a, b. γ. μὴ σπείρητε ἐπʼ ἀκάνθαις B 9:5 (Jer 4:3). καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην Js 3:18 (σπ. καρπόν as Antiphanes 228, 4; Paus. 1, 14, 2). δ. The body after burial is compared to a seed-grain, which rises fr. the earth. This is the background of the contrast σπείρειν—ἐγείρειν 1 Cor 15:42-4.

2. scatter, disperse (Hdt. et al.) ἔσπαρται κατὰ πάντων τῶν τοῦ σώματος μελῶν ἡ ψυχή the soul is spread throughout all the members of the body Dg 6:2. M-M. B. 505.* σπεκουλάτωρ, ορος (t.r. ωρος), ὁ (Lat. loanw., ‘speculator’: PGoodspeed 30 VII, 31 [II AD]; POsl. 59, 9; POxy. 1193, 1; 1223, 21; Martyr, S. Dasii v. 303: Anal. Bolland. 16, 1897, 15, 5.—Also loanw. in the Mishna: SKrauss, Griech. u. lat. Lehnwörter usw. II 1899, 92; Billerb. II 12) lit. spy, scout; then courier, but also executioner (Seneca, Benef. 3, 25, Ira 1, 18, 4; Syntipas p. 61, 8; 71, 10; Martyr. Pauli 5 p. 115, 17 Lips.) Mk 6:27.—Schürer I rev. Eng. ed. ’73, 371, esp. notes 84 and 85. M-M.* σπένδω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 22; Sib. Or. 7, 81) offer a libation or drink-offering, in our lit. only pass. and fig. (cf. Philo, Ebr. 152 νοῦν σπένδεσθαι θεῷ) of the apostle who is about to be offered up, to shed his blood as a sacrifice 2 Ti 4:6; Phil 2:17 (cf. θυσία 1; 2b and ChBruston, RThPh 42, ’09, 196-228.—In the Apollonaretal., Berl. Gr. Pap. 11 517 [II AD]: Her. 55, ’20, 188-95 l. 26, the putting to death of a prophet of Apollo who was true to his god appears as a σπονδή). M-M.* σπέρμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) seed.

1. lit.—a. of the seeds of plants pl. seeds 1 Cl 24:5; (kinds of) seeds Mt 13:32; Mk 4:31; 1 Cor 15:38 (MEDahl, The Resurrection of the Body [1 Cor 15], ’62, 121-5). Sing., collective (POsl. 32, 15 [1 AD] τὸ εἰς τ. γῆν σπέρμα) Mt 13:24, 27, 37f; 2 Cor 9:10 (Is 55:10). b. of the male seed or semen (Pind. et al.), so perh. Hb 11:11 (cf. καταβολή 2 and s. 2b below, also Cadbury [αἷμα 1a]) and J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 2 Ti 2:8; IEph 18:2; IRo 7:3 (s. also 2b below on these passages).

2. fig.—a. of a few survivors, fr. whom a new generation will arise (cf. Wsd 14:6; 1 Esdr 8:85; Jos., Ant. 11, 144; 12, 303; cf. also Pla., Tim. 23c; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 3 v. 21 Jac. ὅ τί που καὶ σπέρμα λίποιτο) Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9). b. descendants, children, posterity (in Pind. and trag., but mostly of an individual descendant; Pla., Leg. 9 p. 853c ἄνθρωποί τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων σπέρμασιν νομοθετοῦμεν. The pl. also 4 Macc 18:1; Ps.-Phoc. 18; Jos., Ant. 8, 200)in our lit. (as well as Aeschyl.; Soph., Trach. 1147; Eur., Med. 669 and, above all, LXX) collective τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ Lk 1:55. Cf. J 8:33, 37; Ac 7:5, 6 (Gen 15:13); 13:23; Ro 4:13; 11:1; 2 Cor 11:22; Hb 2:16; 11:18 (Gen 21:12); 1 Cl 10:4-6 (Gen 13:15f; 15:5); 16:11 (Is 53:10); 32:2 (cf. Gen 22:17); 56:14 (Job 5:25); B 3:3 (Is 58:7); Hv 2, 2, 2; s 9, 24, 4.—ἀνιστάναι σπ. τινί raise up children for someone Mt 22:24 (cf. ἀνίστημι 1b and Dt 25:5). Also ἐξανιστάναι σπ. Mk 12:19; Lk 20:28 (cf. ἐξανίστημι 1). ἔξειν σπ. Mt 22:25; ἀφιέναι σπ. Mk 12:20, 22. Also καταλείπειν σπ. vs. 21.—Hb 11:11 may belong here(cf. καταβολή 1 and s. 1b above); ἐκ (τοῦ) σπέρματος ∆αυίδ w. ref. to Jesus may be classed here w. considerable certainty (cf. Ps 88:5 and s. 1b above) J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 2 Ti 2:8; IEph 18:2; IRo 7:3.—σπ. is also used w. ref. to the spiritual sons of Abraham, i.e., those who have faith like his Ro 4:16, 18 (Gen 15:5); 9:8; cf. vs. 7a, b (Gen 21:12); Gal 3:29.—It is contrary to normal OT usage (for, even if Gen 4:25; 1 Km 1:11 σπέρμα is used w. ref. to a single individual, he stands as the representative of all the descendants) when one person, i.e. the Messiah, is called σπέρμα and thus is exalted above the mass of Abraham’s descendants. In Ac 3:25 the promise of Gen 22:18 is referred to him. Esp. Gal 3:16, 19 (EDBurton, ICC Gal. ’21, 505-10).—In Rv 12:17 the Christians are called οἱ λοιποὶ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῆς the rest (in addition to the son just born to her) of her (the heavenly woman’s) children. c. the seed of God (acc. to BWeiss=the word of God; acc. to EHaupt, Westcott, HHoltzmann, OBaumgarten, OHoltzmann, HHWendt, FHauck=the beginning or germ of a new life, planted in us by the Spirit of God; acc. to HWindisch and ThHaering, who are uncertain=word or spirit; acc. to WWrede=the grace that makes us holy; RSV et al. nature), that dwells in the one who is γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (γεννάω 1bβ), and makes it ‘impossible for him to sin’ 1J 3:9 (cf. Epict. 1, 13, 3: the slave has, just as you do, τὸν ∆ία πρόγονον, ὥσπερ υἱὸς ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν σπερμάτων γέγονεν; Herm. Wr. 9, 3; 4a; 6 ἀπὸ τ. θεοῦ λαβὼν τὰ σπέρματα; Philo, Ebr. 30 τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σπέρματα al.; Synes., Ep. 151 p. 289B τὸ σπ. τὸ θεῖον.—Musonius p. 8, 1 ἀρετῆς σπ. Maximus Tyr. 10, 4g σπ. ψυχῆς. As early as Pind., Pyth. 3, 15 σπέρμα θεοῦ καθαρόν). M-M. B. 505.* σπερμολόγος, ον lit. picking up seeds (of birds, Alex. of Myndos [I AD] in Athen. 9, 39 p. 388A; Plut., Demetr.

28, 5) subst. of a kind of bird, the rook (Aristoph.; Aristot.; Lynceus fr. Samos [280 BC] in Athen. 8, 32 p. 344C), used non-literally of persons gossip, chatterer, babbler, one who makes his living by picking up scraps, a rag-picker (so Gdspd., Probs. 132f, and cf. the ref. to Eustath. below.-Demosth. 18, 127 σπερμολ. περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς; Dionys. Hal. 19, 5, 3 [=17, 8]; Eustath. on Od. 5, 490 σπερμολόγοι, οἱ περὶ τὰ ἐμπόρια καὶ ἀγορὰς διατρίβοντες διὰ τὸ ἀναλέγεσθαι τὰ ἐκ τῶν φορτίων ἀπορρέοντα καὶ διὰ ζῆν ἐκ τούτων; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 203) Ac 17:18 (Norden, Agn. Th. 333; Beginn. IV, 211). M-M.* σπεύδω impf. ἔσπευδον; 1 aor. ἔσπευσα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. intr.—a. hurry, make haste w. inf. foll.

(Diod. S. 12, 68, 3 ἔσπευδεν κύριος γενέσθαι=hastened to become master [of a city]; Pr 28:22.—Bl-D. §392, 1a; 913

cf. Rob. 1077f) Ac 20:16; 1 Cl 33:1; MPol 6:2. Foll. by acc. w. inf. Hs 9, 3, 2. Abs. (PTebt. 19, 8 [114 BC]; Jos., Vi. 89) σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε make haste and go out, leave as quickly as possible Ac 22:18. In asyndeton σπεῦσον κατάβηθι Lk 19:5 D. ln the ptc. w. a finite verb (1 Km 4:14, 16; Jos., Bell. 1, 222)ἦλθαν σπεύσαντες 2:16. σπεύσας κατέβη 19:6. σπεύσας κατάβηθι vs. 5. b. go in haste, hasten πρός τινα to someone (Herm. Wr. 4, 8b; Jos., Ant. 7, 222; cf. Philo, Aet. M. 30) πρὸς Πιλᾶτον GP 11:45. c. be zealous, exert oneself, be industrious σπεύσῃ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ B 19:1.

2. trans. hasten (POxy. 121, 12 [III AD] σπεῦσον τοῦτο.—Sir 36:7 καιρόν) or strive for (Od. 19, 137; Pind., Pyth. 3, 109 βίον ἀθάνατον; Hdt. 1, 38; Thu. 5, 16, 1, also Is 16:5 δικαιοσύνην) τὶ someth. τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμέρας 2 Pt 3:12. M-M. B. 971.* σπήλαιον, ου, τό (Pla.+; Sb 5295, 7; LXX) cave, as a robbers’ hideout (Jer 7:11; cf. Jos., Ant. 14, 415; 421; Field, Notes 15): Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46 (s. on ἱερόν 2): 2 Cl 14:1. As a place of refuge (Cornutus 27 p. 50, 5; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 292; 300) B 11:4 (Is 33:16); Hb 11:38; Rv 6:15. 0f tombs (Test. Reub. 7:2) J 11:38. M-M.* σπιθαμή, ῆς, ἡ span, as a measure of distance=the space betw. the thumb and little finger of the hand when spread out, about nine inches (Hdt. 2, 106 al.; Diod. S. 3, 47, 2; pap., LXX) B 16:2 (Is 40:12). M-M.* σπιλάς, άδος, ἡ used symbolically in Jd 12. The interpretation depends on which of two possible mngs. is preferred: 1. a rock washed by the sea, a (hidden) reef (Hom.+; Nicander, Alex. 290; Philostrat., Imag. 2, 13 p. 359, 19; Sb 6160, 1; Jos., Bell. 3, 420). Acc. to the Etymol. Magnum it is characteristic of the σπιλάδες that they cannot be seen, and hence a ship can be wrecked on them before any danger is suspected (αἱ ὑπὸ θάλασσαν κεκρυμμέναι πέτραι; Diod. S. 3, 44, 4 σπιλάδας ἐνθαλάττους). This type of interpr. is preferred by deWette, Mayor, Wordsworth, Chase, Weymouth, and conditionally by HermvSoden, Windisch, RSV (mg.).

2. spot, stain (Orpheus, Lithica 614 GHermann=620 Ch-ÉRuelle [1898]: the agate is said to be κατάστικτος σπιλάδεσσι=‘sprinkled w. spots’. Hesychius explains σπιλάδες in our pass. w. μεμιασμένοι. S. also the parall. 2 Pt 2:13 s.v. σπίλος and Bl-D. §45 app.; Mlt.-H. 360f) so Spitta, BWeiss, Kühl, Bigg, Hollmann, Zahn, Wohlenberg, Vrede, Holtzmann, L-S-J lex., RSV (text), and conditionally HermvSoden, Windisch.—ADKnox, Σπιλάδες: JTS 14, ’13, 547-9; 16, ’15, 78 (dirty, foul wind); HSJones, ibid. 23, ’22, 282f. M-M.* σπίλος, ου, ὁ (Dionys. Hal. et al.—On the accent cf. Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57) spot (Jos., Ant. 13, 314)in Hermas in the allegory of the building of the tower, of certain stones, which represent people w. serious faults Hs 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 7; 9, 26, 2. Fig. stain, blemish (Lysis in Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 17, 76 Deubner v.l.; Dionys. Hal. 4, 24, 6) 2 Pt 2:13 (w. μῶμος). Of the church Eph 5:27 (here, beside ῥυτίς, σπίλος means a spot on the body: Diosc. 1, 39; Artem. 5, 67; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 15). M-M.* σπιλόω pf. pass. ptc. ἐσπιλωμένος (Dionys. Hal. et al.; Wsd 15:4; Test. Asher 2:7) stain, defile in our lit. only symbolically (Dositheus 68:3) Js 3:6; Jd 23. M-M.* σπλαγχνίζομαι (Pr 17:5 A; Ex 2:6 Cod. Venet.; 1 Km 23:21; Ezk 24:21 Sym.; Test. Zeb. 4:6, 7, 8; PFlor. 296, 23 [VI AD].—The act.=Att. σπλαγχνεύω 2 Macc 6:8; the pass. so on an inscr. fr. Cos [IV BC]: ABA ’28, 6 p. 12 no. 4, 14) pass. dep., 1 aor. ἐσπλαγχνίσθην; 1 fut. σπλαγχνισθήσομαι have pity, feel sympathy, perh. τινός with or for someone (Bl-D. §176, 1 app.; Rob. 509) Mt 18:27 (the constr. is in doubt; τοῦ δούλου should prob. rather be taken w. ὁ κύριος). Also ἐπί τινι (Bl-D. §235, 2 app.) Mt 14:14; Mk 6:34 t.r.; Lk 7:13; Hs 9, 14, 3; ἐπί τινα (Bl-D. §233, 2; Test. Zeb. 7:1) Mt 14:14 t.r.; 15:32; Mk 6:34; 8:2; 9:22; Lk 7:13 v.l.; Hv 3, 12, 3; m 4, 3, 5; 9:3; s 6, 3, 2; 8, 6, 3.

W. περί τινος (Bl-D. §229, 2) Mt 9:36.—Abs. Mt 18:27 (s. above); 20:34; Mk 1:41; Lk 10:33; 15:20; 2 Cl 1:7; Hs 7:4; 8, 11, 1. M-M.* σπλάγχνον, ου, τό (Hom.+, almost always pl.; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. pl. σπλάγχνα, ων, τά—α. lit. inward parts, entrails (Hom.+; inscr.; PRyl. 63, 6; 2 Macc 9:5f; 4 Macc 5:30; 10:8; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 612)Ac 1:18 (Appian, Bell.

Civ. 2, 99 §410 of Cato’s suicide προπεσόντων αὐτῷ τῶν σπλάγχνων). b. fig., of the seat of the emotions, in our usage heart (Aeschyl.+; Pr 12:10; Sir 30:7; Jos., Bell. 4, 263;Test. Levi 4:4 al. in the Test. 12 Patr.—On Engl. ‘bowels’ in this sense s. Murray, New Engl. [Oxford] Dict. s.v. bowel sb. 3), in our lit. mostly as the seat and source of love (so Herodas 1, 57; Theocr. 7, 99; Dionys. Hal. 11, 35, 4), sympathy, and mercy σπλάγχνα ἐλέους the merciful heart (qualitative gen.; Test. Zeb. 7:3; 8:2) Lk 1:78. Also σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ Col 3:12. σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί affection and sympathy Phil 2:1 (on the constr. s. Bl-D. §137, 2; Rob. 130). τὰ σπλ. αὐτοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐστιν his heart goes out to you 2 Cor 7:15. ἐν τοῖς σπλ. ὑμῶν in your own hearts 6:12. σπλάγχνα ἔχειν ἐπί τινα have compassion for someone 1 Cl 23:1. κλείειν τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπό τινος close one’s heart to someone in need 1J 3:17. ἀναπαύειν τὰ σπλ. τινός (ἀναπαύω 1) Phlm 20; pass., vs. 7.—On τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ ἐνεστερνισμένοι ἦτε τοῖς σπλάγχνοις 1 Cl 2:1 cf. ἐνστερνίζω. c. of the feeling itself love, affection (Wsd 10:5) τὰ σπλ., ἃ ἔχετε ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. IPhld 10:1. ἐπιποθεῖν τινα ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰ. long for someone with the affection of Christ Jesus Phil 1:8.—Love=the object of love (Artem. 1, 44; 5, 57) αὐτόν, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλ. him, my beloved Phlm 12 (or in sense 1b my very heart).

2. sing. (Jos., Ant. 15, 359), fig. (so occasionally since Soph., Aj. 995; BGU 1139, 17 [5 BC]) mercy, love σπλάγχνον ἔχειν ἐπί τινα Hs 9, 24, 2. M-M. B. 1085f.* 914

σπόγγος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; PSI 535, 20 [III BC]; 558, 7; loanw. in rabb.—On the spelling Bl-D. §34, 5; Mlt.-H. 109) sponge (Antig. Car. 158 σπόγγοις πρὸς ξύλοις δεδεμένοις=[water is brought up] by means of sponges tied to poles) Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36; J 19:29. M-M.* σποδός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Ant. 20, 89; 123) ashes w. γῆ as a designation for someth. transitory 1 C1 17:2 (Gen 18:27). On its use w. σάκκος Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13; B 3:2; 7:5 s. σάκκος. The ashes of the red heifer (Num 19:9; cf. IScheftelowitz, Das Opfer der Roten Kuh [Num 19]: ZAW 39, ’24, 113-23) Hb 9:13; B 8:1. M-M.* σπονδίζω (a derivative of σπονδή) 1 aor. pass. ἐσπονδίσθην pour out as an offering pass. IRo 2:2.* σπορά, ᾶς, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Reub. 2:8) means as an activity sowing and fig. procreation, then that which is sown (Eur., Andr. 637; pap.; 1 Macc 10:30; Jos., Ant. 2, 306), and it also comes to mean seed (Dit., Syll.3 826C, 15 [117 BC] μήτε σπορῶν μήτε καρπῶν; Herm. Wr. 13:2; PGM 1, 32; 13, 176), which is generally accepted for 1 Pt 1:23 (cf. θεοῦ σπορά Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10; 13), though EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 307 prefers origin or sowing. M-M.* σπόριμος, ον (X.+; IG XII 3, 344; 345; pap., LXX) sown, subst. τὰ σπόριμα standing grain, grain fields (Ps.-Aeschines, Ep. 9, 1; Sib. Or. 8, 181; Geopon. 1, 12, 37; PLond. 413, 14f ἐπιδὴ τὰ δορκάδια ἀφανίζουσειν τὰ σπόριμα) Mt 12:1; Mk 2:23; Lk 6:1.—BMurmelstein, Jesu Gang durch d. Saatfelder: Αγγελος III ’30, 111-20.

M-M.* σπόρος, ου, ὁ—1. sowing (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Philo, Fuga 171; Jos., Ant. 18, 272)1 Cl 24:4.

2. seed (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 413; 498; Theocr. 25, 25; Diod. S. 5, 68, 2; Plut., Mor. 670B; pap., LXX; En. 10, 19; Philo) Mk 4:27; Lk 8:11. βάλλειν τὸν σπ. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26. Also σπεῖραι τὸν σπ. (cf. Dt 11:10) Lk 8:5 (on the parable cf. GHarder, Theologia Viatorum, ’48/’49, 51-70; JoachJeremias, NTS 13, ’66, 48-53. On the philosopher as sower of seed, AHenrichs, ZPE 1, ’67, 50-3). Cf. 2 Cor 9:10a v.l.—Symbolically πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν he will increase your store of seed (i.e., your store of things to distribute to the needy) 2 Cor 9:10b. M-M.* σπουδάζω (Soph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. σπουδάσω (Polyb. 3, 5, 8; Diod.

S. 1, 58, 4; Ep. Arist. 10; Jos., Ant. 17, 203; Bl-D. §77; Mlt.-H. 259); 1 aor. ἐσπούδασα.

1. hasten, hurry w. inf. foll. (Jdth 13:12 ἐσπούδασαν τοῦ καταβῆναι; Jos., Ant. 8, 202σπ. καταλιπεῖν) 2 Ti 4:9, 21; Tit 3:12; IEph 1:2. διὰ τὸ ἕκαστον σπουδάζειν, ὅστις ἅψηται because each one hastened to touch MPol 13:2.

But mng. 2 is also acceptable in all these places.

2. be zealous or eager, take pains, make every effort w. inf. foll. (X., Ap. 22; Diod. S. 1, 58, 4; Herodian 1, 1, 1; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 116; Test. Dan 6:3, Napht. 3:1) Gal 2:10; Eph 4:3; 1 Th 2:17; 2 Ti 2:15; Hb 4:11; 2 Pt 1:10; 3:14; 2 Cl 10:2; 18:2; B 1:5; 4:9; 21:9; IEph 5:3; 10:2; 13:1; IMg 6:1; 13:1; IPhld 4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (BGU 1080, 14; PFlor. 89, 11; 13; 131) 2 Pt 1:15. W. nom. and inf. (Epict. 2, 22, 34) IEph 10:3.—Bl-D. §392, 1a; cf. Rob. 1077f.

M-M.* σπουδαι̂ος, α, ον (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Ezk 41:25 [σπουδαῖα ξύλα]. Oft. Philo. Jos., Ant. 6, 296v.l., C. Ap. 1, 214) eager, zealous, earnest, diligent ἔν τινι 2 Cor 8:22a; σπ. εἴς τι eagerly intent upon someth. Hv 3, 1, 2. πλέον σπουδαῖος even more diligent IPol 3:2.—Comp. σπουδαιότερος very earnest (Bl-D. §244, 2. Cf. Leges Graecorum Sacrae II [ed. LZiehen ’06] 7, 34 [III AD] εὐσεβέστερος) 2 Cor 8:17. πολὺ σπουδαιότερος much more zealous vs. 22b.—For 2 Ti 1:17 t.r., s. on σπουδαίως. M-M.* σπουδαίως adv. (X., Pla., Aristot. et al.; PSI 742, 6; Wsd 2:6; Joseph.)—1. with haste (Pollux 3, 149) comp. σπουδαιοτέρως with special urgency Phil 2:28.

2. diligently, earnestly, zealously (Diog. L. 6, 27; Jos., Ant. 8, 6; inscr.: Ramsay, Phrygia no. 480) 2 Ti 1:17; Tit 3:13. παρακαλεῖν σπ. urge strongly Lk 7:4.—Comp. very eagerly σπουδαιότερον (Pla., Rep. 7 p. 536C; Jos., Ant. 16, 85)2 Ti 1:17 t.r.; σπουδαιοτέρως (Ps.-Plut., Nobil. 15, ed. Bern. VII 252, 15) ibid. v.l. M-M.* σπουδή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 1, 90)—1. haste, speed μετὰ σπουδῆς in haste, in a hurry (Appian, Iber. 27 §105; 28 §110; Herodian 3, 4, 1; 6, 4, 3; PTebt. 315, 8 [II AD]; Ex 12:11; Wsd 19:2; Jos., Ant. 7, 223)Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39 (BHospodar, CBQ 18, ’56, 14-18 [‘seriously’]); MPol 8:3.

2. eagerness, earnestness, diligence, also zeal in matters of religion (Inschr. v. Magn. 53, 61; 85, 12; 16; cf.

Thieme 31; Herm. Wr. 2, 17 σπουδὴ εὐσεβεστάτη; Jos., Ant. 13, 245)Ro 12:11; 2 Cor 7:11; 8:7, 8 (subj. gen.). μετὰ σπουδῆς diligently, attentively (Polyb. 1, 27, 9; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 1; Dit., Syll.3 611, 5; UPZ 110, 131 [164 BC]; 3 Macc 5:24, 27; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 42) Dg 12:1. Also ἐν σπ. Ro 12:8. σπ. ὑπέρ τινος good will toward, devotion for someone (cf. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 242) 2 Cor 7:12; 8:16. ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρός τι show earnestness in someth. Hb 6:11 (cf. Philo, Somn. 2, 67; Jos., Ant. 12, 134).σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες ἐπιχορηγήσατε make every effort to add 2 Pt 1:5 (πᾶσα σπ. as PTebt. I, 33, 18f; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 338, Sacr.

Abel. 68; Third Corinthians 1:16). πᾶσαν σπ. ποιεῖσθαι (s. ποιέω II 1) be very eager w. inf. foll. (Philostrat., Ep. 1) Jd 3. σπουδὴ τοῦ συλληφθῆναι τοιοῦτον ἄνδρα MPol 7:2. M-M.* 915

σπυρίς, ίδος, ἡ (Hdt., Aristoph.+; pap.; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 160; on the form σφυρίς, which is also attested [Mt 15:37 D; 16:10 BD; Mk 8:8 ‫א‬AD, 20 D; Ac 9:25 ‫א‬C] and which W-H. prefer, in contrast to Tdf., v. Soden and N., cf.

Bl-D. §34, 5; Mlt.-H. 109; Mayser 173; Dssm., B 157, NB 13 [BS 158; 185]) basket, hamper Ac 9:25. In connection w. the miracle of feeding (as a basket for edibles: Hdt. 5, 16; Epict. 4, 10, 21; Athen. 8 p. 365A) Mt 15:37; 16:10; Mk 8:8, 20.—S. κόφινος. M-M. B. 623.* σταγών, όνος, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; inscr., LXX) drop of water Hm 11:20. M-M. B. 672.* στάδιον, ου, τό (Jos., Ant. 15, 415)pl. τὰ στάδια J 6:19 ‫א‬D; Hv 4, 1, 2 and οἱ στάδιοι (both plurals also in Attic Gk.; cf. Kühner-Bl. I 500; Bl-D. §49, 3; Mlt.-H. 122; Mayser 289; Thackeray 155; Helbing 46f; Reinhold 53f) stade, stadium.

1. stade as a measure of distance (Hdt. et al.; inscr., pap.; Da 4:12; 2 Macc; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Bell. 5, 192ἓξ σταδίους; 7, 284, Ant. 18, 60)=600 Greek (625 Roman; c. 607 English) feet=185 meters. Mt 14:24; Lk 24:13 (for the v.l. in ‫א‬Θ cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 35 §140 ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν σταδίους); J 6:19; 11:18; Rv 14:20; 21:16; Hv 4, 1, 2; 5.—S. ASegré, JBL 64, ’45, 369-71.

2. arena, stadium (Pind.+; inscr., pap.; Philo, Op. M. 78; Jos., Bell. 2, 172, Vi. 331 τὸ στ.; loanw. in rabb.) on or in which the foot-races and other public athletic contests were held MPol 6:2; 8:3; 9:1f; 12:1. ἐν στ. τρέχειν run in the race 1 Cor 9:24. ἔξω βάλλεσθαι τοῦ στ. be expelled from the stadium 2 Cl 7:4 (s. μαστιγόω 1). M-M.* στάζω 1 aor. ἔσταξα—1. trans. cause to drop (Hom.+; LXX) symbolically of God στ. τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐπί τινα instill righteousness into someone Hv 3, 9, 1.

2. intr. drip, trickle (since trag.; Hdt. 6, 74; Hippocr.; LXX; Sib. Or. 5, 373) B 12:1 (quot. of uncertain orig.).

M-M.* σταθμός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 144; Test. Napht. 2:3) the mng. in ἀνέμων σταθμοί 1 Cl 20:10 is uncertain; it may be: station (?—so Polyaenus 5, 8, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 308)or weight (?—so Jos., C. Ap. 2, 216; cf. Job 28:25).* στάμνος, ου (Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX), ἡ (so in Attic Gk.; but ὁ in Doric and LXX: Bl-D. §49, 1; Thackeray p.

146; note on PHamb. 10, 35; Mlt.-H. 124) jar, in which the manna was kept (Ex 16:33; Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat.

100) Hb 9:4. M-M.* στασιάζω 1 aor. ἐστασίασα (Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 277)rebel πρός τινα against someone (X., An. 6, 1, 29, Hell. 1, 1, 28; Pla., Rep. 8, p. 545D; 566A al.; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 110; 13, 74) 1 Cl 4:12; 46:7; 47:6; 51:3. Abs. (Menand., Epitr. 641 J.; Diod. S. 18, 39, 3; Polyaenus 5, 26; 8, 23, 21; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 28, 8; Philo, Op. M. 33) 43:2; 49:5; 55:1.* στασιαστής, οῦ, ὁ (Diod. S. 10, 11, 1; Dionys. Hal. 6, 70, 1; Jos., Ant. 14, 8; PSI 442, 4 [III BC]) rebel, revolutionary Mk 15:7. M-M.* στάσις, εως, ἡ—1. existence, continuance στάσιν ἔχειν be in existence, be standing (Polyb. 5, 5, 3; Plut., Mor. 731B ἔχ. γένεσιν καὶ στάσιν) Hb 9:8 (also poss. is place, position [Hdt. 9, 24 al.; Diod. S. 12, 72, 10; 13, 50, 9; LXX; En. 12:4]).

2. uprising, riot, revolt, rebellion (since Alcaeus 46a, 1 D.2 [ἀνέμων στάσις=tumult of the winds]; Aeschyl., Hdt.; Sb 6643, 18 [88 BC]; PLond. 1912, 73 [41 AD]; Philo; Jos., Ant. 20, 117; loanw. in rabb.) against the civil authority Mk 15:7; Lk 23:19 (of an uprising: Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 14 γενομένης στάσεως), 25; Ac 19:40. Against the leaders of a Christian congregation 1 Cl 1:1. W. διχοστασία 51:1. But it is difficult to differentiate in 1 Cl betw. this sense and the foll. one.

3. strife, discord, disunion (Diod. S. 12, 14, 3 στάσεις ἐν τ. οἰκίαις; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 45 §193 ἡ Καίσαρος κ. Ἀντωνίου στάσις; IG IV2 1, 687, 13; PStrassb. 20, 10; Jos., Ant. 18, 374al.) 1 Cl 46:9. W. ἔρις 3:2; 14:2 (στάσεις). W. ἔρις and σχίσματα 54:2. W. σχίσμα 2:6. W. ζήτησις Ac 15:2. τὴν καταβολὴν τῆς στ. ποιεῖν lay the foundation of the discord 1 Cl 57:1. ἡσυχάζειν τῆς ματαίας στ. cease from that futile dissension 63:1. Specif. of a difference in opinion, dispute (Aeschyl., Pers. 738; Diog. L. 3, 51; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 248; Jos., Vi. 143 γίνεται στ.) Ac 23:7, 10 (Polyaenus, Exc. 40, 3 στάσεως γενομένης). κινεῖν στάσεις (t.r. στάσιν) τισί create dissension among certain people Ac 24:5. M-M.* στατήρ, ῆρος, ὁ (as the name of coins Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Aq., Sym., Jos., Ant. 7, 379; loanw. in rabb.) the stater, a silver coin=four drachmas, worth about eighty cents in normal value Mt 17:27 (s. OLZ 40, ’37, 665-70; JDMDerrett, Law in NT, ’70, 248-52; NJMc Eleney, CBQ 38, ’76, 178-92); 26:15 v.l.—Lit. s.v. ἀργύριον 2c.

M-M.* Στάτιος, ου, ὁ Statius, a Roman name, Στάτιος Κοδρᾶτος, Statius Quadratus, proconsul of Asia at the time of Polycarp’s martyrdom MPol 21. The time when he held office is variously estimated; s. on Πολύκαρπος.* 916

στατίων, ωνος (Lat. loanw. statio, found also in rabb., used w. various mngs. in Strabo 17, 3, 2 p. 826; inscr. [Dit., Or. index VIII p. 704b; Hahn 227, 14]; BGU 326 II, 10; PRyl. 78, 23; Wilcken, Ostraka I 294.—Cf. Dit., op. cit.

595 note 4; JSvennung, ZNW 32, ’33, 294-308), ἡ and rarely ὁ (Dit. 755, 4) post, station στατίωνα ἔχειν=Lat. stationem habere do guard duty, stand sentinel; this became part of the ecclesiastical vocabulary and meant symbolically keep a fast (cf. Tertullian, Jejun. 13, Orat. 19, Fuga 1, Ad Uxorem 2, 4) Hs 5, 1, 1f.* σταυρίσκω crucify τινά someone GP 2:3.* σταυρός, οῦ, ὁ the cross (Hom.+ in the sense ‘upright, pointed stake’ or ‘pale’) in our lit. of the instrument by which the capital punishment of crucifixion was carried out (Diod. S. 2, 18, 1; Plut. et al.; Epict. 2, 2, 20; Diog. L. 6, 45; Philo, In Flacc. 84; Jos., Ant. 11, 261; 266f. S. also CSchneider, TW III 414, 4 and JJCollins, The Archeology of the Crucifixion, CBQ 1, ’39, 154-9; JBlinzler, Der Prozess Jesu3, ’60, 278-81), a stake sunk into the earth in an upright position; a cross-piece was oft. (Artem. 2, 53) attached to its upper part, so that it was shaped like a or thus .—MHengel, Crucifixion ’77.

1. lit., w. other means of execution (Diogenes, Ep. 28, 3)IRo 5:3; Hv 3, 2, 1. Used in the case of Jesus Mt 27:40, 42; Mk 15:30, 32; J 19:25, 31; Phil 2:8; GP 4:11; 10:39, 42. ὑπομένειν σταυρόν submit to the cross Hb 12:2. The condemned man himself carried his cross to the place of execution (Plut., Mor. 554A ἕκαστος κακούργων ἐκφέρει τὸν αὐτοῦ σταυρόν; Charito 4, 2, 7 ἕκαστος τ. σταυρὸν ἔφερε; Artem. 2, 56.—Pauly-W. IV 1731) J 19:17; in the synoptics Simon of Cyrene was made to carry the cross for Jesus (Σίμων 4) Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21; Lk 23:26. An inscription on the cross indicated the reason for the execution J 19:19 (s. τίτλος).—WMichaelis, Zeichen, Siegel, Kreuz, ThZ 12, ’56, 505-25.

2. symbolically, of the suffering and death which the believer must take upon himself in following his Lord λαμβάνειν τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ Mt 10:38. ἆραι τὸν στ. αὐτοῦ 16:24; Mk 8:34; 10:21 t.r.; Lk 9:23. βαστάζειν τὸν στ. ἑαυτοῦ 14:27 (cf. on these parallel passages AFridrichsen, Festskrift for Lyder Brun ’22, 17-34.—EDinkler, Jesu Wort v. Kreuztragen: Bultmann-Festschr. ’54, 110-29).

3. the cross of Christ as one of the most important elements of Christian religion and preaching: w. death and resurrection IPhld 8:2 and other details of his life PK 4 p. 15, 33. For the Jews a σκάνδαλον Gal 5:11; cf. IEph 18:1.

Hence an occasion for persecution Gal 6:12 (τῷ σταυρῷ because of the cross; dat. of cause, s. ἀπιστία 2b). For Paul, on the other hand, it was his only reason for boasting vs. 14. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ the message of the cross 1 Cor 1:18, w. its mysterious, paradoxical character, is necessarily foolishness to unbelievers. For this reason any attempt to present this message in the form of worldly wisdom would rob the σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ of its true content vs. 17. τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ σταυροῦ is the testimony rendered by the Passion to the fact of Christ’s bodily existence Pol 7:1.—Christ’s death on the cross brings salvation Eph 2:16; Col 2:14. εὒρηνοποιεῖν διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ make peace through his blood shed on the cross 1:20 (cf. W-S. §30, 12c; Rob. 226). Hence we may ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἐλπίζειν B 11:8b. Paul knows of baptized Christians whom he feels constrained to call ἐχθροὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ because of their manner of life Phil 3:18. On the other hand Ign. speaks of blameless Christians ὥσπερ καθηλωμένους ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χρ. σαρκί τε καὶ πνεύματι as if nailed to the cross of the Lord Jesus Christ both in the flesh and in the spirit ISm 1:1. In the symbolic language of Ign. the cross is called ἡ μηχανὴ Ἰησοῦ Χρ. IEph 9:1 (s. HSchlier, Relgesch. Untersuchungen zu d. Ign.-briefen ’29, 110-24), and the orthodox believers are the κλάδοι τοῦ σταυροῦ branches of the cross ITr 11:2.—B seeks to show in several passages that acc. to the scriptures it was necessary for the Messiah to die on the cross: 8:1 (the ξύλον that plays a part in connection w. the red heifer, Num 19:6, is ὁ τύπος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ); 9:8 (in the case of the 318 servants of Abraham Gen 14:14 the number 300 [represented by the numerical value of the letter Τ] points to the cross; cf. Lucian, Jud. Voc. 12: the letter tau has the form of the σταυρός); 11:1, 8a (the ξύλον of Ps 1:3); 12:1 (scripture quot. of uncertain origin), 2.—WWoodSeymour, The Cross in Tradition, History and Art 1898 (here, p. xx-xxx, lit.); HFulda, D. Kreuz u.

Kreuzigung 1879; VSchultze, RE XI 90ff; HFHitzig, Pauly-W. IV ’01, 1728-31; PWSchmidt, Die Geschichte Jesu II ’04, 386ff; 409ff; UHolzmeister, Crux Domini ’34; GWiencke, Pls über Jesu Tod ’39; HWSchmidt, D. Kreuz Christi bei Paulus: ZsystTh 21, ’50, 145-59; VTaylor, The Cross of Christ, ’56; LMorris, The Cross in the NT, ’65.—Joh Schneider, TW VII 572-84. M-M. B. 902f.* σταυρόω (in the sense ‘fence w. stakes’ Thu.+) fut. σταυρώσω; 1 aor. ἐσταύρωσα. Pass.: pf. ἐσταύρωμαι; 1 aor. ἐσταυρώθην nail to the cross, crucify (Polyb. 1, 86, 4; Diod. S. 16, 61, 2; Epict. 2, 2, 20; Artem. 2, 53; 4, 49; Esth 7:9; Esth 8:12r; Jos., Ant. 2, 77; 17, 295).

1. lit. τινά someone w. ref. to Jesus’ crucifixion Mt 20:19; 23:34; 26:2; 27:22f, 26, 31, 35, 38; 28:5; Mk 15:13ff, 20, 24f, 27; 16:6; Lk 23:21, 23, 33; 24:7, 20; J 19:6a, b (the doubling of the imperative as Anaxarchus [IV BC] in Diog. L. 9, 59 πτίσσε, πτίσσε=pound, pound away [in a mortar]), c, 10, 15f, 18, 20, 23, 41; Ac 2:36; 4:10; 13:29 D; 1 Cor 2:8; 2 Cor 13:4; Rv 11:8; B 7:3, 9; 12:1; IEph 16:2; GP 4:10; 12:52. Χριστὸς ἐσταυρωμένος 1 Cor 1:23; cf.

2:2; Gal 3:1. Also simply ὁ ἐσταυρωμένος MPol 17:2. ὁ σταυρωθείς GP 13:56. ἀληθῶς ἐσταυρώθη he was truly crucified (in contrast to the Docetic view that the Passion was unreal) ITr 9:1. μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν; 1 Cor 1:13.—On the crucifixion of Jesus cf. Feigel, Weidel, and Finegan s.v. Ἰούδας 6; also EBickermann, Utilitas Crucis: Rev. de l’Hist. des Rel. 112, ’35, 169-241.

2. fig. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰ. τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh w. its sinful desires Gal 5:24. Pass.: of the cross of Christ, διʼ οὗ ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται κἀγώ κόσμῳ through which 917

the world has been crucified to me, and I (have been crucified) to it, the believer who is inseparably united to his Lord has died on the cross to the kind of life that belongs to this world Gal 6:14. ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως ἐσταύρωται my desire (for worldly things) has been crucified IRo 7:2. M-M.* σταφυλή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) (a bunch of) grapes Mt 7:16; Lk 6:44 (w. σῦκον as Epict. 3, 24, 86; 91; Jos., Bell. 3, 519); Rv 14:18. στ. παρεστηκυῖα a bunch of ripe grapes (παρίστημι 2bγ) 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (quot. of unknown origin). M-M. B. 378.* στάχυς, υος, ὁ—1. head or ear (of grain) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 63; Philo, Aet. M. 98; Jos., Ant. 5, 213al.) Mk 4:28a, b. τίλλειν (τοὺς) στάχυας pick (the) heads of wheat 2:23; Mt 12:1; cf. Lk 6:1.

2. νάρδου στάχυς (Geopon. 7, 13, 1)=ναρδοστάχυς (spike) nard flower (shaped like a head of grain) AP 3:10.

M-M.* Στάχυς, υος, ὁ (several times in Zen.-P. [III BC]; Wilcken, Chrest. 10, 14 [131/0 BC]; IG III 1080, 37; 1095, 19; XII 3, 624; 749; Inschr. v. Magn. 119, 25; CIL VI 8607) Stachys, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:9. M-M.* στέαρ, ατος, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo) fat 1 Cl 4:1 (Gen 4:4); B 2:5 (Is 1:11).* στέγη, ης, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 14, 17; Jos., Ant. 8, 67f; loanw. in rabb.) roof Mk 2:4 (on uncovering the roof cf. Jos., Ant. 14, 459and FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 220; Hedwig Jahnow, ibid. 24, ’25, 155ff [cf. JDMDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, sv, n. 1]; against Jahnow: SKrauss, ibid. 25, ’26, 307ff; LFonck, Biblica 6, ’25, 450-4 and PGvanSlogteren, NThT 14, ’25, 361-5. Cf. also CCMcCown, JBL 58, ’39, 213-16). On εἰσέρχεσθαι ὑπὸ τὴν στ. (τινός) Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6 s. εἰσέρχομαι 1g. M-M. B. 473.* στέγος, ους, τό (Aeschyl.+; inscr.; EpJer 9 v.l.) roof (Diod. S. 19, 45, 7; Jos., Ant. 7, 130al.) συνάξεις τοὺς σοὺς ὑπὸ τὸ στέγος σου you are to gather your people under your roof 1 Cl 12:6.* στέγω (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap.)—1. cover, pass over in silence, keep confidential (Eur., Electra 273 τἀμὰ ἔπη; Thu. 6, 72, 5; Polyb. 8, 14, 5 τὸν λόγον; Sir 8:17; Jos., Vi. 225; Field, Notes 177f), so perh. ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα στέγει 1 Cor 13:7 of love that throws a cloak of silence over what is displeasing in another person (Harnack, SAB ’11, 147; but s. 2 below).

2. bear, stand, endure (Aeschyl.+; Polyb.; Diod. S.; Plut.; Dit., Syll.3 700, 23; Philo, In Flacc. 64 στέγειν τὰς ἐνδείας) τὶ someth. πάντα 1 Cor 9:12; perh. (s. 1 above) 13:7 (GHWhitaker, ‘Love Springs No Leak’: Exp. 8th Ser. XXI ’21, 126ff). Abs. (PGrenf. I 1, 18[II BC]; POxy. 1775, 10 καὶ ἔστεξα, ἕως ἔλθῃς) μηκέτι στέγων since I could not bear it any longer 1 Th 3:5; cf. vs. 1.—WKasch, TW VII, 585-7. M-M. B. 849.* στει̂ρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; Isishymnus v. Andros 82 Peek; Philo; LXX adj. and subst.) barren, incapable of bearing children Lk 1:7, 36; 23:29; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1); Hb 11:11 P46 D; 2 Cl 2:1 (Is 54:1); B 13:2 (Gen 25:21). M-M.* στέλλω (Hom.+ in the sense ‘make ready, send’, etc.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 43)in our lit., as well as in LXX, only mid.

1. keep away, stand aloof ἀπό τινος (Polyb. 8, 22, 4; cf. Mal 2:5) from someone 2 Th 3:6.

2. avoid, try to avoid (Hippocr., π. ἀρχ. ἰητρ. 5 Heib. acc. to codd. οὔτʼ ἂν ἀπόσχοιντο οὐδενός, ὧν ἐπιθυμέουσιν οὐδὲ στείλαιντο=‘not keep away from. . . nor avoid it’; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. II 615 στέλλεο Περσεφόνας ζᾶλον. Mal 2:5 uses στ. as a parallel to φοβεῖσθαι, which corresponds to Hesychius: στέλλεται, φοβεῖται) στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή τις avoiding or trying to avoid this, lest someone 2 Cor 8:20 (so It., Vulg., Goth., Chrys., Luther, Calvin and many in later times).—KHRengstorf, TW VII, 588-99: στέλλω and related words.

M-M.* στέμμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap.) wreath or garland of flowers (but wool was also necessary for religious purposes: Herodas 8, 11) Ac 14:13 (Inscr. of Cos [s. ἀγαθός 1 bα] no. 37, 29-31: ἱερεύς. . . βοῦς. . . στέμμα in a sacrifice to Zeus; s. Field, Notes 122). M-M.* στεναγμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pind.+; Sb 4949, 12; 5716, 12; PGM 4, 1406; 7, 768; LXX; En. 9, 10; Jos., Bell. 6, 272;Test.

Jos.) sigh, groan, coll. groaning Ac 7:34 (cf. Ex 2:24 [like this Philo, Leg. All. 3, 211]; 6:5) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6); Hv 3, 9, 6. Pl. (Diod. S. 3, 29, 7 στεναγμοὶ μεγάλοι) στεναγμοὶ ἀλάλητοι (cf. ἀλάλητος) Ro 8:26 (WBieder, ThZ 4, ’48, 31-3; JSchniewind, Nachgelassene Reden, ’52, 81-103; ADietzel, ThZ 13, ’57, 12-32 [Hodayoth]; EKäsemann, EHaenchen-Festschr., ’64, 142-55; MDibelius, Formgeschichte des Evangeliums5, ’66, 82f). M-M.* στενάζω fut. στενάξω; 1 aor. ἐστέναξα (trag., Demosth.+; Sb 2134, 14; LXX; En. 12, 6; Philo; Test. Jos. 7:1) sigh, groan because of an undesirable circumstance (Herm. Wr. in Stob. I 395, 5 W.=474, 22 Sc.) 2 Cor 5:2 (ἐν τούτῳ=in this earthly body), 4; Hb 13:17; MPol 2:2; 9:2; Hv 3, 9, 6, στ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ sigh to oneself Ro 8:23 (cf. Lycophron 1462f στ. ἐν καρδίᾳ). στ. κατά τινος groan against, complain of someone Js 5:9.—In connection w. a healing, prob. as an expr. of power ready to act Mk 7:34 (cf. PGM 13, 945). M-M. B. 1131.* 918

στενός, ή, όν (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 118; Jos., Bell. 1, 41)narrow πύλη (q.v. 2) Mt 7:13f. θύρα (Arrian, Anab. 6, 29, 5 of the θυρὶς στενή in the grave of Cyrus ὡς μόλις ἂν εἶναι ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ οὐ μεγάλῳ πολλὰ κακοπαθοῦντι παρελθεῖν) Lk 13:24. στ. ὁδός (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 66, 38 Jac.; Diod. S. 20, 29, 7; Maximus Tyr. 39, 3n μία [ὁδὸς] στενὴ κ. τραχεῖα κ. οὐ πολλοῖς πάνυ ὁδεύσιμος; Appian, Syr. 43 §225; Arrian, Anab. 2, 11, 3; 3, 18, 4; Jos., Ant. 19, 116)Mt 7:14 v.l. M-M. B. 886.* στενοχωρέω (since Macho [III BC]; pap., though intr.) trans. crowd, cramp, confine, restrict (Diod. S. 20, 29, 7); Lucian, Nigr. 13, Tox. 29 al.; LXX) fig., pass. be confined, restricted (Herm. Wr. 2, 11; schol. on Eur., Med. 57 στενοχωρεῖσθαι τῷ κακῷ; Is 28:20; Jos., Bell. 4, 163)οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν you are not restricted in us (i.e. in the open heart of the apostle; cf. vs. 11), but rather in your own hearts 2 Cor 6:12. As the higher degree beside θλίβεσθαι (Epict. 1, 25, 28) θλιβόμενοι ἀλλʼ οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι hard pressed, but not crushed 4:8. Of the Holy Spirit, when anger moves into a person whom he indwells: στενοχωρεῖται he is distressed Hm 5, 1, 3. Of the hardships that the slaves of God, in contrast to the unrighteous, must undergo 2 Cl 20:1. M-M.* στενοχωρία, ας, ἡ (in the lit. sense, ‘narrowness’, Thu.+) fig. distress, diffculty, anguish, trouble (Polyb. 1, 67, 1; Petosiris, fgm. 7 l. 22 [w. πόλεμος]; Plut., Mor. 182B; Artem. 3, 14; Aelian, V.H. 2, 41; Cass. Dio 39, 34; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 169, 21; Sir 10:26; 1 Macc 2:53; 3 Macc 2:10; En. 98, 10) w. θλῖψις (Artem. 1, 68; 82; 2, 3 al.; Dt 28:53; 55; 57; Is 8:22; 30:6; Esth 1:1g; PLond. 1677, 11 [VI AD]. Cf. Epict. 1, 25, 26 στενοχωρία. . . θλίβειν) Ro 2:9; 8:35. W. λύπη Hv 4, 3, 4; m 10, 2, 6. Pl. difficulties (oft. Artem.; 1 Macc 13:3; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p. 165, 2) 2 Cor 6:4; 12:10. M-M.* στέργω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Sir 27:17; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 249; Sib. Or. 4, 25) love, feel affection for τινά someone, of the love of a wife for her husband (Theocr. 17, 130) 1 Cl 1:3; Pol 4:2. BBWarfield, The Terminology of Love in the NT, PTR 16, ’18, 1-45; 153-203. B. 1110.* στερεός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. lit. firm, hard, solid, strong θεμέλιος 2 Ti 2:19. πέτρα (PPetr. II 4, 1, 3 [III BC]; LXX; En. 26, 5) B 5:14; 6:3 (both Is 50:7). (Opp. γάλα) στερεὰ τροφή solid food (Theophr., C. Pl. 3, 16; Diod. S. 2, 4, 5; Epict. 2, 16, 39; Lucian, Lexiph. 23) Hb 5:12, 14.

2. fig., of human character (Hom.+) steadfast, firm (Diog. L. 2, 132 of athletes; Quint. Smyrn. [c. 400 AD] 5, 597; 9, 508 Zimmermann [1891] στερεῇ φρενί=‘w. steadfast mind’) στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει 1 Pt 5:9 (ἑδραῖοι P72). M-M.* στερεόω 1 aor. ἐστερέωσα. Pass.: impf. ἐστερεούμην; 1 aor. ἐστερεώθην (X.+; LXX; En. 103, 15) make strong, make firm.

1. lit., of impotent limbs, pass. become strong, be strengthened ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ Ac 3:7 (X., De Re Equ. 4, 3 τοὺς πόδας; Hippocr., Epid. 2, 3, 17 ed. Littré V p. 118 τὰ ὀστέα; Hippiatr. II 82, 1). On the basis of this passage the act. is used in referring to the same act of healing τοῦτον ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα the name (of Christ) has made this man strong vs. 16.

2. fig. (1 Km 2:1 ἡ καρδία), pass. αἱ ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει the churches were continually (impf.) being strengthened in the faith Ac 16:5. M-M.* στερέω 1 aor. ἐστέρησα (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 93)deprive τινά τινος someone of a thing B 13:4 (Gen 48:11).* στερέωμα, ατος, τό (Aristot.+; Polemo, Decl. I, 45 p. 16, 8 [support]; Herm. Wr. 514, 12 Sc.; PGM 4, 1210; Fluchtaf. 4, 22; LXX).

1. the solid part, firmament, of the sky (Gen 1:6ff; En. 18, 2; Philo, Op. M. 36; Test. Napht. 3:4; Audollent, Defix. Tab. 242, 8 [III AD]) 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).

2. firmness, steadfastness τῆς πίστεως Col 2:5 (cf. 1 Macc 9:14 [military sense]). M-M.* Στεφανᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ (CIG II 3378; Sb 361, 10 [in the gen. Στεφανᾶτος].—Short form of Στεφανηφόρος? or a development of Στέφανος? Bl-D. §125, 1; Rob. 173; 255; W-S. §16, 9; AFick2-FBechtel, Griech. Personennamen 1894, 253f) Stephanas, a member of the church at Corinth who, w. his household, was baptized by Paul himself 1 Cor 1:16 as the ‘firstfruits of Achaia’ 16:15. Acc. to vs. 17 he was w. Fortunatus and Achaicus in Paul’s company at Ephesus. S. also 1 Cor subscr. and Third Corinthians 1:1. M-M.* Στέφανος, ου, ὁ (since Andocides 1, 18 and Demosth.; inscr., pap.; Jos., Bell. 2, 228)a name freq. found, Stephen, one of the seven ‘deacons’ in Jerusalem. Ac relates that he performed miracles and became esp. prominent as a preacher. Religious differences w. certain Jews brought him before the Sanhedrin, where he made a long speech; he was thereupon stoned to death in an outbreak of mob violence, and became the first Christian martyr. Ac 6:5, 8f; 7:1 D, 59; 8:2; 11:19; 22:20.—KPahncke, StKr 85, ’12, 1-38; WMundle, ZNW 20, ’21, 133-47; EMeyer III 154ff; JHRopes, StKr 102, ’30, 307-15; AFridrichsen, Le Monde oriental 25, ’32, 44-52; RSchumacher, Der Diakon Stephanus ’10; MSimon, St. Stephen and the Hellenists in the Primitive Church, ’58; JBihler, D. Stephanusgeschichte 919

usw., ’63; CKBarrett, Stephen and the Son of Man, EHaenchen-Festschr., ’64, 32-8; MHScharlemann, Stephen, a Singular Saint, ’68 (lit.). M-M.* στέφανος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Bell. 7, 14al.; Test. 12 Patr.) wreath, crown.

1. lit., made of palm branches Hs 8, 2, 1a, b. Jesus’ ‘crown of thorns’ Mt 27:29; Mk 15:17; J 19:2, 5; GP 3:8 (on the crowning w. thorns and mocking of Jesus cf. FCumont, Anal. Boll. 16, 1897, 3ff; LParmentier, Le roi des Saturnales: Rev. de Philol., n.s. 21, 1897, 143ff; PWendland, Jesus als Saturnalienkönig: Her. 33, 1898, 175-9; WRPaton, ZNW 2, ’01, 339-41; SReinach, Le roi supplicié: L’Anthropologie 33, ’02, 621ff; HReich, D. König m. der Dornenkrone ’05 [=NJklA 13, ’04, 705-33]; HVollmer, ZNW 6, ’05, 194-8, 8, ’07, 320f, Jesus u. das Sacäenopfer ’05; KLübeck, Die Dornenkrönung Christi ’06; JGeffcken, Her. 41, ’06, 220-9; KKastner, Christi Dornenkrönung u.

Verspottung durch die röm. Soldateska: BZ 6, ’08, 378-92, ibid. 9, ’11, 56; ThBirt, PJ 137, ’09, 92-104; HAllroggen, Die Verspottung Christi: ThGl 1, ’09, 689-708; HZimmern, Zum Streit um die Christusmythe ’10, 38ff, Verh. d. Sächs.

Ges. d. W., phil.-hist. Kl. 70, 5, ’18, Pauly-W. second series II 1, 208; LRadermacher, ARW 28, ’30, 31-5; RDelbrueck, Antiquarisches zu den Verspottungen Jesu: ZNW 41, ’42, 124-45). The wreath for the winner of an athletic contest (Aelian, V. H. 9, 31) 1 Cor 9:25; as a symbol of the heavenly reward 2 Cl 7:3.—In Rv the (golden) crown is worn by beings of high rank (divine beings w. a golden crown: PGM 4, 698; 1027; the high priest w. the στ. χρύσεος: Jos., Ant. 3, 172; the king 17, 197): by the 24 elders 4:4, 10 (perh. the gold crowns or wreaths of the 24 elders simply belong to the usual equipment of those who accompany a divinity. Cf., in a way, Athen. 5 p. 197F the triumphal procession of Dionysus with 40 σάτυροι wearing golden wreaths; also the whole fantastic procession here described); also by the Son of Man 14:14 (who, however, in 19:12 wears the real head-dress of the ruler [s. διάδημα].

But cf. 2 Km 12:30; 1 Ch 20:2; SSol 3:11); s. also 6:2; 9:7; 12:1 (στεφ. ἀστέρων δώδεκα, cf. Boll. 99).—Ign. uses as a symbol of the presbytery the words ἀξιόπλοκος πνευματικὸς στέφανος a worthily-woven spiritual wreath IMg 13:1.

2. fig., though the imagery of the wreath becomes less and less distinct (Lycurgus 50 Bl.; Ael. Aristid. 27, 36 K.=16 p. 397 D.: τῶν ἀθανάτων στ.; PSI 405, 3 [III BC]). a. prize, reward, w. obj. gen. τ. δικαιοσύνης for righteousness (cf. δικαιοσύνη 2b) 2 Ti 4:8. W. epexegetical gen. (this is the sense of στ. δικαιοσύνης Ep. Arist. 280; Test. Levi 8:2) ὁ στέφ. τῆς ζωῆς (cf. ζωή end) Js 1:12; Rv 2:10; cf. 3:11; ὁ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας στ. MPol 17:1; 19:2; ὁ ἀμαράντινος τῆς δόξης στ. 1 Pt 5:4 (cf. Jer 13:18 στ. δόξης; La 2:15; cf. IQS 4, 7; IQH 9, 25). b. that which serves as someone’s adornment, pride (Epigr. ed. DBMonro [1896] 13, 1 ἀνδρὸς μὲν στέφανος παῖδες; Eur., Iphig. Aul. 193 Αἴας τᾶς Σαλαμῖνος στέφ.; Pr 12:4; 17:6.—Expr. denoting tender love: HSwoboda et al., Denkmäler aus Lykaonien etc. 1935 p. 78, no. 168) of the Philippians χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου Phil 4:1. (χαρὰ ἢ) στέφανος καυχήσεως prize to be proud of (Gdspd.) (cf. Pr 16:31) 1 Th 2:19.—JKöchling, De Coronarum apud Antiquos Vi atque Usu ’14; LDeubner, D. Bedeutg. des Kranzes im klass. Altertum: ARW 30, ’33, 70-104 (lit.); KBaus, D. Kranz in Antike u. Christent. ’40; WGrundmann, TW VII, 615-35. M-M.* στεφανόω 1 aor. ἐστεφάνωσα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐστεφανώθην; pf. ptc. ἐστεφανωμένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 256al.; Sib. Or. 1, 12) wreathe, crown.

1. lit. τινά someone (Diod. S. 20, 94, 5) Hs 8, 2, 1. The winner in an athletic contest, pass. (Pind., Ol. 4, 11; Hdt. 8, 59; Zen.-P. Cairo 60, 7 [257 BC]) 2 Ti 2:5; 2 Cl 7:1; cf. 7:2, 3 (where 2 Cl passes over to the crowning of the victor in the immortal contest. Cf. the hymn to Serapis IG XI 4, 1299 l. 9f [c. 200 BC] διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐστεφανώθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ). Hs 8, 3, 6; 8, 4, 6. Pregnant constr. στεφανωθεὶς κατʼ αὐτῆς crowned as victor (in the struggle) against it (i.e., evil desire) Hm 12, 2, 5.—One of the two goats on the great Day of Atonement (Lev 16:5ff) is called ἐστεφανωμένος and is taken to be a type of Christ B 7:9.

2. fig. honor, reward, crown (Pind., Eur.+—Cebes 22, 1 στ. δυνάμει; 23, 4) δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν Hb 2:7 (Ps 8:6); cf. vs. 9 (Windisch, Hdb. ad loc. [lit.]). Of Polycarp the martyr ἐστεφανωμένος τὸν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας στέφανον MPol 17:1 (Diod. S. 16, 13, 1 στεφάνοις ἐστεφανωμένους). Cf. 2 Cl 20:2. M-M.* στῆθος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 97; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 154; Sib. Or. 5, 265) chest, breast Rv 15:6; Hv 1, 4, 2. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ στ. τινος (ἀναπίπτειν 2) J 13:25; 21:20. τύπτειν τὸ στῆθος (αὐτοῦ) beat one’s breast as a sign of grief Lk 18:13 (t.r. εἰς τὸ στῆθος); 23:48. Also κόπτεσθαι τὸ στ. (κόπτω 2) GP 8:28. As the seat of the inner life (as early as Alcaeus [VII/VI BC] p. 6, l. 3 [new-found fgm., since ’41: ed. MTreu, Alkaios ’52]; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 252) 2 Cl 19:2. M-M. B. 247.* στήκω (found first in the NT; in the LXX only as an untrustworthy v.l. [ADebrunner, GGA ’26, 146f], but also occurs Epigr. Gr. 970; Hippiatr. 69, 2 and 4 p. 269, 16; 270, 16; PGM 4, 923; 36, 273. A new formation fr. ἕστηκα, the perf. of ἵστημι, and used beside it; cf. Bl-D. §73; Mlt.-H. 220; 259.—εστηκεν J 8:44 is prob. the perf. of ἵστημι, whether written ἕστ. or ἔστ.; cf. EAbbott, The Authorship of the 4th Gosp. and Other Critical Essays, 1888, 286-93; Bl-D. §14; 73; 97, 1; differently Rob. 224, after W-H.; cf. Mlt.-H. 100. In Rv 12:4 the impf. ἔστηκεν is prob. to be preferred to the perf. ἕστ.).

1. lit. stand Mk 11:25; ἔξω στ. stand outside 3:31. μέσος ὑμῶν στήκει there is one standing in your midst J 1:26. ὁ δράκων ἔστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικός Rv 12:4 v.l. (s. above).

2. fig. stand firm, be steadfast ἔν τινι in someth.: ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 Cor 16:13. ἐν κυρίῳ Phil 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι in one spirit Phil 1:27. τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκειν ἢ πίπτειν stand or fall to the advantage or disadvantage of his own master or to be his own master’s concern whether he stands or falls Ro 14:4. Abs. 2 Th 920

2:15; Gal 5:1 (‘in freedom’ is to be supplied).—WGrundmann, TW VII 635-52: στήκω and ἵστημι. M-M.* στήλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 188; loanw. in rabb.) pillar, w. τάφοι νεκρῶν tombstones (στ. has had this mng. Hom.+) IPhld 6:1. στ. ἁλός a pillar of salt (Gen 19:26) 1 Cl 11:2.* στηριγμός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristot.+ in the sense ‘standing still’) firmness fig. τοῦ στ. ἐκπίπτειν lose one’s firm hold 2 Pt 3:17. M-M.* στηρίζω (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 612, 8; 769, 11; PSI 452, 3; LXX; Philo, Op. M. 84; Jos., Ant. 10, 269[text acc. to Chrysost.]; Sib. Or. 3, 27) fut. στηρίξω (beside στηρίσω Bl-D. §71; Mlt.-H. 259; Rob. 1219 and στηριῶ [s. Ezk 14:8; Sir 6:37]); 1 aor. ἐστήριξα and ἐστήρισα (Bl-D. §71; Mlt.-H. and Rob. as above). Pass.: perf. ἐστήριγμαι; 1 aor. ἐστηρίχθην; set up, fix (firmly), establish, support.

1. lit. τὶ someth. τοὺς οὐρανούς 1 Cl 33:3 (στ. of the creation of the world: Arat., Phaen. 10; Orphica, fgm. 170, 3). Pass., of a city be well established LJ 1:7. Of a chasm ἐστήρικται has been fixed Lk 16:26 (cf. Gen 28:12 κλίμαξ ἐστηριγμένη; En. 24, 2). Hebraistically (=‫ )לֶא םי ִנ םוּשׂ‬στηρίζειν τὸ πρόσωπον set one’s face (Ezk 6:2; 13:17; 14:8; 15:7) to denote firmness of purpose (cf. Jer 21:10) foll. by the gen. of the inf. w. the art. (Bl-D. §400, 7; Rob. 1068) Lk 9:51 (s. πρόσωπον 1b and on 9:51-19:27 HConzelmann, The Theology of St. Luke, tr. GBuswell, ’60, esp. 60-73).

2. fig. confirm, establish, strengthen (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 816 hatred; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 98 τὴν ἀρχήν; Ps 50:14; Sir 3:9; 1 Macc 14:14) w. acc. οὐ τὰ ἑστῶτα στηρίζειν ἀλλὰ τὰ πίπτοντα 2 Cl 2:6 (cf. Sir 13:21).—Lk 22:32; Ac 18:23; Ro 16:25; 1 Th 3:2; 2 Th 3:3; 1 Pt 5:10; Rv 3:2. Pass. Ro 1:11. τὴν καρδίαν τινός (Judg 19:5, 8; Sir 6:37; 22:16) Js 5:8; w. a second acc. στ. ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀμέμπτους I Th 3:13 (cf. Rtzst., Erlösungsmyst. 147, 3). τινὰ ἔν τινι someone in someth. 2 Th 2:17; IPhld inscr. Pass. 2 Pt 1:12. τινά τινι strengthen someone w. someth. 1 Cl 18:12 (Ps 50:14). τινὶ στ. ἑαυτὸν εἴς τι strengthen oneself w. someth. in order to do someth. 13:3; στ. τινί establish (someth.) by someth. 8:5. ἐὰν ἐστηριγμένη ᾖ ἡ διάνοια ἡμῶν πιστῶς πρὸς τὸν θεόν if our mind is firmly fixed on God in faith 35:5. ἐγὼ ὑπὸ κίνδυνον, ὑμεῖς ἐστηριγμένοι I am in danger, you are secure IEph 12:1. M-M.* στιβάζω (exx. in WCrönert, GGA ’09, 656) store (up) εἰς ἀποθήκην οἶνον wine in the cellar Hm 11:15.* στιβαρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; Isishymnus v. Andros 170; Ezk 3:6; Jos., Bell. 6, 161;293; Sib. Or. 3, 39) stout, sturdy (w. ἰσχυρός) δύναμις Hm 5, 2, 3.* στιβάς, άδος, ἡ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., of a kind of bed or mattress made of straw, rushes, reeds, leaves etc.) in the only place where it occurs in our lit. (it is lacking in LXX, Ep. Arist., and Philo, but is a loanw. in rabb.) it obviously means leaves, leafy branches Mk 11:8 (on the spelling στοιβάς in the t.r. cf. W-S. §5, 16; Mlt.-H. 76). M-M.* στίγμα, ατος, τό (Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 48; SSol 1:11) mark, brand (not only did the master put a στίγμα on his slave [Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 15; Ps.-Phoc. 225.—Diod. S. 34 + 35 fgm. 2, 32 expresses this with τὰ στίγματα and 34 + 35, fgm. 2, 1 with the sing. στιγμή], but religious tattooing also played a great role in antiquity: Hdt. 2, 113 στίγματα ἱερά; Lucian, Syr. Dea 59 στιγματηφορεῖν in honor of the goddess.—Dssm., B 265f [BS 349-52]; WHeitmüller, Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 47; FJDölger, Sphragis ’11, 39ff, Antike u. Christentum I ’29, 66ff; II ’30, 102ff; III ’32, 257ff) τὰ στ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω I bear on my body the marks of Jesus Gal 6:17 (Lucian, Catapl. 28: the whole [ὅλος] man is covered with στίγματα; cf. Third Corinthians 3:35). Paul is most likely alluding to the wounds and scars which he received in the service of Jesus (Plut., Mor. 566F and Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 11 p. 445 Mull. στίγματα are the scars left by the divine rod of discipline).—JHMoulton, ET 21, ’10, 283f; TWCrafer, The Stoning of St. Paul at Lystra and the Epistle to the Galatians: Exp. 8th Ser. VI. ’13, 375-84; OSchmitz, Die Christus-Gemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebrauchs ’24, 185ff; UWilcken, Deissmann-Festschr. ’27, 8f; OHoltzmann, ZNW 30, ’31, 82f against EHirsch, ibid. 29, ’30, 196f; EGüttgemanns, D. leidende Apostel, ’66, 126-35; HWindisch, Pls u.

Christus ’34, 187; 251f; OBetz, TW VII, 657-64. M-M.* στιγμή, ῆς, ἡ first point (Aristot.+), then of someth. quite insignificant (Demosth. et al.), finally specif. of time, a moment (Plut.; M. Ant. 2, 17; Vett. Val. 131, 4; 239, 11 ἐν στιγμῇ; Is 29:5; 2 Macc 9:11), more fully στιγμὴ χρόνου (Plut., Mor. 13B; Ps.-Plut., Cons. ad Apollon. 104B from Demetr. Phaler., fgm. 79 [ed. FWehrli ’49]) Lk 4:5. M-M.* στίλβω shine, be radiant of garments (Hom.+; Pla., Phaedo 59 p. 110D. In LXX almost always of the radiance of stars or the luster of metals) at the Transfiguration Mk 9:3 (cf. Hippiatr. I 287, 16 ὀφθαλμοὶ γίνονται στίλβοντες; Odes of Solomon 11, 14). Of a gate ἔστιλβεν ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον Hs 9, 2, 2 (cf. Charito 1, 1, 5 στίλβων ὥσπερ ἀστήρ). M-M.* στοά, ᾶς, ἡ (Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) (roofed) colonnade or cloister, portico J 5:2 (Callicrates-Menecles [before 86 BC]: 370 fgm. 1 Jac. κύκλῳ τοῦ λιμένος στοαὶ πέντε). ἡ στοὰ τοῦ Σολομῶνος (cf. Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 82 Jac. ἡ Πομπηίου στοά) J 10:23 (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 1 p. 392A περιπατοῦντες ἐν τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ ∆ιός); cf. Ac 3:11; 5:12 (s. Σολομών, end). M-M.* 921

στοιβάς s. στιβάς. Στοϊκός (the form Στωϊκός, which is also attested, is more correct, but not necessarily the original one [cf. Bl-D. §35, 1; Mlt.-H. 73 prefers Στω-as the orig.]), ή, όν Stoic (Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 2 p. 7, 3 Us.-Rad.; Diog. L. 4, 67; Philo; Jos., Vi. 12) Στοϊκοὶ φιλόσοφοι, mentioned beside Epicureans Ac 17:18. MPohlenz, Die Stoa ’48; ’49; WBarclay, ET 72, ’61, 5 articles passim, 164-294. M-M.* στοιχει̂ον, ου, τό (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; BGU 959, 2; LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only pl.

1. elements (of learning), fundamental principles (X., Mem. 2, 1, 1; Isocr. 2, 16; Plut., Lib. Educ. 16, 2) or even letters of the alphabet, ABC’s (Pla.+) τὰ στ. τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ the very elements of the truths of God Hb 5:12. This mng. is also poss. for the passages in Gal and Col; s. 3 below.

2. elemental substances, the basic elements fr. which everything in the natural world is made, and of which it is composed (Pla.+; PGM 4, 440; Wsd 7:17; 19:18; 4 Macc 12:13), to disappear in the world conflagration at the end of time 2 Pt 3:10, 12 (lit. s.v. καυσόω). The four elements of the world (earth, air, fire, water) Hv 3, 13, 3 (cf. Diog. L. 7, 137 [Zeno the Stoic] ἔστι δὲ στοιχεῖον, ἐξ οὗ πρώτου γίνεται τὰ γινόμενα καὶ εἰς ὃ ἔσχατον ἀναλύεται. . . τὸ πῦρ, τὸ ὕδωρ, ὁ ἀήρ, ἡ γῆ; Plut., Mor. 875c; Philo, Cher. 127 τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα; Jos., Ant. 3, 183.—JKroll, Die Lehren des Hermes Trismegistos ’14, 178ff). πῦρ. . . ὕδωρ. . . ἄλλο τι τῶν στοιχείων Dg 8:2; cf. 7:2.

3. The mng. of στ. in τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20 (for the expr. στοιχ. τ. κόσμου cf. Sib. Or. 2, 206; 3, 80f; 8, 337) and τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα Gal 4:9 is much disputed. For a survey s. EDBurton, ICC Gal ’21, 510-18. Some (e.g. Burton, Gdspd.) prefer to take it in sense 1 above, as referring to the elementary forms of religion, Jewish and Gentile, which have been superseded by the new revelation in Christ (so also WL Knox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 108f; RMGrant, HTR 39, ’46, 71-3; AWCramer, Stoicheia Tou Kosmou, ’61 [the unregenerate tendencies within men]).—Others (e.g. WBauer, Mft., RSV) hold that the ref. is to the elemental spirits which the syncretistic religious tendencies of later antiquity associated w. the physical elements (Herm. Wr. Κόρη κόσμου in Stob. I 409 W.=Sc. 486ff, esp. 486, 23; 25; 490, 14: the στοιχεῖα, fire, air, water, earth, complain to the god who is over all; Orph. Hymn. 5, 4; 66, 4 Qu.; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 3 [s. below Pfister p. 416f]; Simplicius In Aristot. De Caelo 1, 3 p. 107, 15 Heiberg.-MDibelius, Geisterwelt 78ff; 228ff, Hdb. z. NT2 exc. on Col 2:8; ELohmeyer, Col ’30, 4-8; 103-5; FPfister, Die στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου in den Briefen des Ap. Pls: Philol. 69, ’10, 411-27; GHCMacgregor: ACPurdy-Festschr., ’60, 88-104); they were somet. worshipped as divinities (Vett. Val. 293, 27; Philo, Vita Cont. 3 τοὺς τὰ στοιχεῖα τιμῶντας, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ. Cf. Diels [s. below] 45ff). It is not always easy to differentiate betw. this sense and the next, since heavenly bodies were also regarded as personal beings and given divine honors.

4. heavenly bodies (Diog. L. 6. 102 τὰ δώδεκα στοιχεῖα of the signs of the zodiac; POsl. 4, 18 δώδεκα στ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ; Ps.-Callisth. 13, 1.—PGM 4, 1303 the ‘bear’ is called a στοιχεῖον ἄφθαρτον.—Rtzst., Poim. 69ff, Herr der Grösse 13ff; Diels [s. below] 53f; JvanWageningen, Τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου: ThSt 35, ’17, 1-6; FHColson, The Week ’26, 95ff) Dg 7:2.—Cf. also HDiels, Elementum 1899; ABonhöffer, Epiktet u. das NT ’11, 130ff; OLagercrantz, Elementum ’11 (p. 41 στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου=θεμέλια τοῦ κόσμου); BSEaston, The Pauline Theol. and Hellenism: AJTh 21, ’17, 358-82; KDieterich, Hellenist. Volksreligion u. byz.-neugriech. Volksglaube: Αγγελος I ’25, 2-23; GKurze, D. στοιχεῖα τ. κόσμου Gal 4 and Col 2: BZ 15, ’27, 335; WHPHatch, Τὰ στοιχεῖα in Paul and Bardaisân: JTS 28, ’27, 181f; JHuby, Στοιχεῖα dans Bardesane et dans St. Paul: Biblica 15, ’34, 365-8; LEScheu, Die ‘Weltelemente’ beim Ap. Pls (Gal 4:3, 9 and Col 2:8, 20): Diss., Cath. Univ., Washington ’34; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259-76 (Gal 4:1-11); WHBrownlee, Messianic Motifs of Qumran and the NT, NTS 3, ’56/’57, 195-210.—GDelling, TW VII, 666-87: στοιχεῖον and related words. M-M. B. 1501.* στοιχέω fut. στοιχήσω (X.+; inscr., pap.; Eccl 11:6) orig. ‘be drawn up in line’, in our lit. only fig. be in line with, stand beside a pers. or thing, hold to, agree with, follow w. dat. (Polyb. 28, 5, 6; Dionys. Hal. 6, 65; Dit., Or. 339, 51 [II AD], Syll.3 685, 18; 734, 6; Inscr. Gr. 544, 14 βουλόμενος στοιχεῖν τοῖς πρασσομένοις; pap. not until Byz. times) ὅσοι τῷ κανόνι τούτῳ στοιχήσουσιν all those who will follow this rule Gal 6:16; cf. Phil 3:16 t.r.; στ. τῷ λόγῳ Ἰησοῦ Χρ. MPol 22:1. πνεύματι στ. follow the Spirit Gal 5:25. εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν τῷ αὐτῷ στ. we must hold on to what we have attained Phil 3:16. στ. τοῖς ἴχνεσίν τινος follow in someone’s footsteps (s. ἴχνος) Ro 4:12.—Abs. (so perh. Dit., Or. 308, 21) στοιχεῖς φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον Ac 21:24 (the ptc. tells what it is that Paul adheres to). M-M.* στοι̂χος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 1119, 12; Philo, Op. M. 141; Jos., Ant. 15, 413)row, course of masonry (so Dit., Syll.3 970, 11) Hs 9, 4, 3.* στολή, ῆς, ἡ robe (trag., X., Pla.+) esp. a long, flowing robe (Dit., Syll.3 1025, 10; Zen.-P. 9 [=Sb 6715], 32 [258 BC]; 44 [=Sb 6750], 4 al. in pap.; Ex 28:2; 2 Ch 18:9; Esth 6:8 al. in LXX; Ep. Arist. 319f; Philo; Jos., Ant. 20, 7, Vi. 334; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) Lk 15:22 (πρῶτος 1ca); Rv 7:14; 22:14 (on the symbolic use in both these places cf. πλύνω 1). στολὴ λευκή (PGiess. 20, 17) as worn by angels Mk 16:5 and by glorified believers Rv 6:11; 7:9, 13. στ. λαμπροτάτη GP 13:55 (cf. the priest’s sacred robe Dit., Syll.3 1025, 10). Of the scribes ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν walk about in long robes (M. Ant. 1, 7, 4 ἐν στολίῳ [v.l. στολῇ] περιπατεῖν) Mk 12:38; Lk 20:46 (of priests’ vestments Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 296; Jos., Ant. 3, 151; 11, 80).—KHRengstorf, OMichel-Festschr., ’63, 383-404. M-M.* 922

στόμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 38al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 725; 4, 2; loanw. in rabb.).

1. mouth—a. of humans or of beings whose appearance resembles that of humans: Mt l5:11a, 17; J 19:29; Ac 11:8; 23:2; 2 Th 2:8 (cf. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6); Rv 11:5.—Used in symbolic speech Rv 1:16; 2:16; 3:16; 10:9f (cf. Ezk 3:1ff); 19:15, 21.—As an organ of speech Mt 15:11b, 18 (cf. Num 32:24); 21:16 (Ps 8:3); Lk 4:22; 11:54; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); Eph 4:29; Js 3:10 (cf. Aesop, Fab. 35 P.=64 H.: ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν ἐξιεῖς=out of the same mouth you send forth warm and cold [of the person who blows in his hands to warm them, and on his food to cool it off]); 1 Cl 15:3 (Ps 61:5), 4 (Ps 77:36); 2 Cl 9:10; B 11:8; Hm 3:1. ἀπόθεσθε αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν put away evil speech from your mouth Col 3:8. ἀκούειν τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός τινος Ac 22:14; 2 Cl 13:3; B 16:10; ἀκ. ἀπὸ τοῦ στ. τινος (Polyaenus 8, 36 ἀπὸ στόματος τῆς ἀδελφῆς) Lk 22:71; ἀκ. τι διὰ τοῦ στ. τινος Ac 1:4 D; 15:7.—ἀνεῴχθη τὸ στ. αὐτοῦ (of a dumb man) his mouth was opened (Wsd 10:21) Lk 1:64. ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα τινός open someone’s mouth for him and cause him to speak 1 Cl 18:15 (cf. Ps 50:17). ἀνοίγειν τὸ (ἑαυτοῦ) στόμα open one’s (own) mouth to speak (cf. ἀνοίγω 1eα) Mt 5:2; 13:35 (Ps 77:2); Ac 8:35; 10:34; 18:14; GEb 2. οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στ. αὐτοῦ=he is silent Ac 8:32; 1 Cl 16:7 (both Is 53:7). For ἄνοιξις τοῦ στόματος Eph 6:19 cf. ἄνοιξις. On στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλεῖν speak face to face 2J 12; 3J14 cf. πρός III 1e. On ἵνα πᾶν στ. φραγῇ Ro 3:19 cf. φράσσω.—There is no δόλος or ψεῦδος in the mouth of the upright Rv 14:5; 1 Cl 50:6 (Ps 31:2); 1 Cl 16:10; Pol 8:1.—στόμα stands for the person in his capacity as speaker (3 Km 17:24; 22:22; 2 Ch 36:21f): ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ Mt 12:34 (καρδία—στ. as Test. Napht. 2). διὰ στόματός τινος by (the lips of) someone Lk 1:70; Ac 1:16; 3:18, 21.—By metonymy for that which the mouth utters ἐπὶ στόματός δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρινῶ σε Lk 19:22.—ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι with one voice (ἓν στόμα Aristoph., Equ. 670; Pla., Rep. 364A, Laws 1 p. 634E; Ael. Aristid. 51, 40 K.=I p. 544 D.; PGiess. 36, 12 [161 BC] αἱ τέτταρες λέγουσαι ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος; Pla., Rep. 364A) Ro 15:6; cf. 1 Cl 34:7.—ἐγὼ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν I will give you eloquence and wisdom Lk 21:15. b. of God (Dexippus of Athens [III AD]: 100 fgm. 1, 7 Jac. ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτυρία διὰ στόματος; Theognis 18 Diehl) Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3); 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1, 20). c. of animals and animal-like beings mouth, jaws of a fish (PGM 5, 280ff) Mt 17:27. Of horses Js 3:3; cf. Rv 9:17-9; a weasel B 10:8; lion (Judg 14:8) Hb 11:33; Rv 13:2, symbolically 2 Ti 4:17; an apocalyptic monster (Diod. S. 3, 70, 4 the Aegis: ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκβάλλον φλόγα) Rv 12:15, 16b; 16:13a, b, c; Hv 4, 1, 6; 4, 2, 4 (cf. Da 6:22 Theod.). d. of the earth in which a fissure is opened (cf. Gen 4:11) ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς Rv 12:16a.

2. The sword, like the jaws of a wild animal, devours people; hence acc. to OT usage (but s. Philostrat., Her. 19, 4 στ. τῆς αἰχμῆς; Quint. Smyrn. 1, 194; 813 and on μάχαιρα 1; cf. also στ.=‘point’ of a sword Hom.+) στόμα μαχαίρης the edge of the sword (Josh 19:48; Sir 28:18; cf. also μάχαιρα 1, end) Lk 21:24; Hb 11:34. M-M. B. 228; esp. 860. στόμαχος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+, orig. mng. ‘throat’; Philo; Test. Napht. 2:8; loanw. in rabb.) stomach (so Plut., Mor. 698A, B; Epict. 2, 20, 33; Athen. 3 p. 79E; PGM 13, 830) 1 Ti 5:23. M-M.* στραγγαλιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Ptolem., Apotel. 4, 9, 10 Boll-B.; Hippiatr. 51, 3; 4, vol. I 228, 9; 229, 7; LXX) knot διαλύειν στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων untie the knots of forced agreements B 3:3 (Is 58:6).* στραγγαλόω 1 aor. pass. ἐστραγγαλώθην (Philo Mech. 57, 42; Alex. Aphr., Probl. 1, 76 Ideler) strangle (Tob 2:3 BA), pass., also intrans. choke ITr 5:1.* στρατεία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 343.On the spelling s. Dssm., NB 9f [BS 181f]; Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 78) expedition, campaign fig. (Epict. 3, 24, 34 στρατεία τίς ἐστιν ὁ βίος ἑκάστου; Maximus Tyr. 13, 4d) τὰ ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν the weapons we use in our warfare 2 Cor 10:4 (v.l. στρατιας is itacism: W-S. §5 A. 31). στρατεύεσθαι τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν fight the good fight 1 Ti 1:18 (for στρατεύεσθαι στρ. cf.

Isaeus 10, 25; Aeschin. 2, 169; Plut., Mor. 204A; Epict. 2, 14, 17; Dit., Syll.3 346, 55; 4 Macc 9:24; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 14).—On the Christian life as military service cf. πανοπλία 2. M-M.* στράτευμα, ατος, τό army (so trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 37; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 94)sing. Rv 19:19b. Pl. 19:14, 19a.—Of a smaller detachment of soldiers, sing. Ac 23:10, 27.—τὰ στρατεύματα the troops (4 Macc 5:1; Jos., Ant. 13, 131.Cf. AWVerrall, JTS 10, ’09, 340f) Mt 22:7 (MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 128); Lk 23:11; Rv 9:16. M-M. B. 1377.* στρατεύω mostly (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX), in our lit. always, a mid. dep. στρατεύομαι 1 aor. ἐστρατευσάμην do military service, serve in the army.

1. lit. (X., Mem. 1, 6, 9; BGU 1097, 8 [I AD]; Jos., Vi. 346) 2 Ti 2:4; 1 Cl 37:2. στ. ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις serve as a soldier at one’s own expense 1 Cor 9:7. στρατευόμενοι soldiers (Thu. 8, 65, 3; Plut., Mor. 274A; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 3, 41 §168; 3, 90 §371; Sb 8008, 49 [261 BC]) Lk 3:14 (SVMcCasland, JBL 62, ’43, 59-71).

2. fig. (Lucian, Vit. Auct. 8 ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονάς) of Christians 1 Cl 37:1; IPol 6:2; of the apostle’s activity 2 Cor 10:3.

On στρατεύεσθαι τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 Ti 1:18 cf. στρατεία. Of the struggles of the passions within the human soul Js 4:1; 1 Pt 2:11; Pol 5:3.—OBauernfeind, TW VII, 701-13: στρατεύομαι and related words. M-M.* 923

στρατηγός, οῦ, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 280; Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb. Orig. ‘general’).

1. praetor, chief magistrate pl. of the highest officials of the Roman colony of Philippi. This title was not quite officially correct, since these men were properly termed ‘duoviri’, but it occurs several times in inscr. as a popular designation for them (JWeiss, RE XII ’03, p. 39, 39f.—στρατηγοί governed Pergamum [Jos., Ant. 14, 247] and Sardis [14, 259]) Ac 16:20, 22, 35f, 38.—Mommsen, Röm. Geschichte V 274ff; JMarquardt, Staatsverw. I2 1881, 316ff; Ramsay, JTS 1, ’00, 114-16; FHaverfield, ibid. 434f; Zahn, Einl.3 I 378ff; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 346f.

2. ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ the captain of the temple Ac 4:1; 5:24. Also simply ὁ στρατηγός (Jos., Ant. 20, 131)vs. 26. In the pl. (LXX; s. Schürer II4 321, 14) στρατηγοὶ (τοῦ ἱεροῦ) Lk 22:4, 52.—Schürer II4 320-2 and s.

EBriess, Wiener Studien 34, ’12, 356f (CIG 3151 στ. ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ). M-M. B. 1381f.* στρατιά, ᾶς, ἡ—1. army (so Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 271.Loanw. in rabb.) of Pharaoh’s army 1 Cl 51:5 (cf. Ex 14:4, 9, 17).—στρατιὰ οὐράνιος the heavenly army of angels (cf. 3 Km 22:19; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 6.—Pla., Phaedr. 246E στρατιὰ θεῶν τε καὶ δαιμόνων) Lk 2:13 (for the constr. ad sensum πλῆθος στρατιᾶς. . . αἰνούντων cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 64 §272 ὁ στρατὸς αὒσθανόμενοι εἵλοντο). ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ the host of heaven of the heavenly bodies (cf. Ps.-Demetr. c. 91 after an ancient lyric poet ἄστρων στρατόν; Maximus Tyr. 13, 6e; 2 Ch 33:3, 5; Jer 8:2; PGM 35, 13) Ac 7:42.

2. occasionally (poets, pap.) in the same sense as στρατεία (q.v.) 2 Cor 10:4 v.l. M-M.* στρατιώτης, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 5, 218al. Loanw. in rabb.) soldier.

1. lit. Mt 8:9; 27:27; 28:12; Mk 15:16; Lk 7:8; J 19:2; Ac 10:7; GP 8:30-2 al.

2. fig. στ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ a soldier of Christ Jesus 2 Ti 2:3 (on the idea cf. the lit. s.v. πανοπλία 2 and s. PGM 4, 193). M-M. B. 1380. στρατιωτικός, ή, όν (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., Ep. Arist.; Philo, Virt. 23; Jos., Bell. 1, 340)belonging to or composed of soldiers στρατιωτικὸν τάγμα a detachment of soldiers IRo 5:1.* στρατολογέω 1 aor. ἐστρατολόγησα gather an army, enlist soldiers (Diod. S. 12, 67, 5; 14, 54, 6; Dionys. Hal. 11, 24; Plut., Caesar 35, 1; Jos., Bell. 5, 380)ὁ στρατολογήσας the one who enlisted (him) 2 Ti 2:4. M-M.* στρατοπεδάρχης (Dionys. Hal. 10, 36; Lucian, Hist. 22; Vett. Val. 76, 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 531;6, 238; Dit., Or. 605, 3; Mitteis, Chrest. 87, 5 [II AD]) t.r. or στρατοπέδαρχος v.l., ου, ὁ military commander, commandant of a camp Ac 28:16. On the subject-matter s. Mommsen and Harnack, SAB 1895, 491 ff; Zahn, Einl.3 I 392ff; Hitzig, Pauly-W. IV ’01, 1896ff; AWikenhauser, Die AG ’21, 358f. M-M.* στρατόπεδον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) lit. camp (Jos., Vi. 398), then body of troops, army (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Ep. Arist. 20; Jos., Ant. 14, 271), even specif. legion (Polyb. 1, 16, 2; 1, 26, 6; 6, 20ff; 27ff; BGU 362 XI, 15 [III AD].—Hahn 46) Lk 21:20. M-M. B. 1377.* στρεβλός, ή, όν (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; LXX) crooked of the way of unrighteousness Hm 6, 1, 2f. Of persons perverted (Eupolis Com. [V BC] 182) 1 Cl 46:3 (Ps 17:27). B. 897.* στρεβλόω imper. 2 sing. στρέβλου (Hdt., Aristoph.+; pap., LXX) twist, wrench—1. torture, torment (so very oft., incl. BGU 195, 13 [II AD]; 4 Macc; Jos., Bell. 7, 373)fig. (Diod. S. 16, 61, 3 tortured by anxiety) μὴ στρέβλου σεαυτόν do not trouble yourself (with the solving of a riddle, as Vi. Aesopi W c. 78) Hs 9, 2, 7.

2. twist, distort (2 Km 22:27) τὶ someth., so that a false mng. results (Numenius of Apamea, περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀκαδημαϊκῶν πρὸς Πλάτωνα διαστάσεως 1, 1 ed. KSGuthrie [1917] p. 63) 2 Pt 3:16. M-M.* στρέφω 1 aor. ἔστρεψα; 2 aor. pass. ἐστράφην (Hom. +; pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 400).

1. act.—a. trans.—α. turn (Sib. Or. 5, 497 στ. ψυχάς) τί τινι someth. to someone Mt 5:39; D 1:4.—So perh. also in a non-literal sense ἔστρεψεν ὁ θεός God turned the Israelites toward the heavenly bodies, so that they were to serve them as their gods Ac 7:42 (cf. 3 Km 18:37 σὺ ἔστρεψας τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ὀπίσω. But s. 1b below). β. turn, change τὶ εἴς τι someth. into someth. ὕδατα εὒς αἷμα Rv 11:6 (cf. Ps 113:8; 29:12). Pass. be changed, be turned (1 Km 10:6 εἰς ἄνδρα ἄλλον) στραφήσονται τὰ πρόβατα εἰς λύκους D 16:3a. ἡ ἀγάπη στραφήσεται εἰς μῖσος D 16:3b (cf. La 5:15; 1 Macc 1:39, 40). γ. bring back, return τὶ someth. τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια Mt 27:3. b. intr. turn (away) (X., An. 4, 3, 26; 32, Ages. 2, 3) so perh. ἔστρεψεν ὁ θεός God turned away from them Ac 7:42 (s. 1aα above).

2. pass., w. reflexive mng.—a. turn around, turn toward—α. lit. στραφείς foll. by a finite verb he turned (around) and. . . (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 63). The purpose of the turning can be to attack someone Mt 7:6, or a desire to see or speak w. someone 9:22 (cf. Wilcken, Chrest. 20 I, 6 στραφεὶς καὶ ἱδὼν Ἡλιόδωρον εἶπεν); 16:23; Lk 7:9; 9:55; 14:25; 22:61; J 1:38; 20:16; MPol 5:2. στρ. πρός w. acc. turn to or toward (schol. on Nicander, Ther. 677 πρὸς ἥλιον στρέφεσθαι of the heliotrope): στραφεὶς πρός τινα foll. by a finite verb Lk 7:44; 10:22 t.r., 23; 23:28. στρ.

924

εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω turn around J 20:14 (cf. X., De Re Equ. 7, 12 στρέφεσθαι εἰς τὰ δεξιά). β. fig. στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη we turn to the Gentiles Ac 13:46. ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον in their hearts they turned back to Egypt 7:39. b. turn, change inwardly, be converted (Sib. Or. 3, 625) Mt 18:3 (JDupont, MBlack-Festschr., ’69, 50-60); J 12:40 (Is 6:9.—Field, Notes 99). Also turn to someth. evil, be perverted D 11:2.—GBertram, TW VII 714-29: στρέφω and related words. M-M. B.666.* στρηνιάω 1 aor. ἐστρηνίασα (Antiphanes in Athen. 3 p. 127D; Diphilus in Bekker, Anecdot. p. 113, 25; PMMeyer, Griech. Texte aus Ägypten ’16 no. 20, 23; Sym. Is 61:6; POxy. 2783, 24 of bulls running wild) live in luxury, live sensually Rv 18:7. W. πορνεύειν vs. 9. M-M.* στρῆνος, ους, τό (in Nicostratus [IV BC]: Com. Att. fgm. p. 230 no. 42 Kock; Lycophron 438 al.; also 4 Km 19:28 in a different sense) sensuality, luxury (Palladas [VI AD]: Anth. Pal. 7, 686) ἡ δύναμις τοῦ στρήνους (δύναμις 5) Rv 18:3. M-M.* στρογγύλος, η, ον (Aristoph., Thu., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 57 [opp. τετράγωνος]) round of stones (X., De Re Equ. 4, 4; Cebes 18, 1 [opp. τετράγωνος]) Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 6, 5f; s 9, 6, 7f (opp. τετράγωνος); 9, 9, 1; 2 (opp. τετρ.); 9, 29, 4a, b; 9, 30, 4. B. 904.* στρουθίον, ου, τό (Aristot. et al.; LXX; Jos., Bell. 5, 467)dim. of στρουθός sparrow as an example of an article that has little value Mt 10:29, 31; Lk 12:6f. But Vi. Aesopi I c. 26 expresses the opinion that the στρουθία πολλοῦ πωλεῖται (s. Perry’s note and the saying of Aesop there).—Dssm., LO 234f (LAE 272ff); HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 260-2. M-M.* στρωννύω=στρώννυμι impf. ἐστρώννυον; 1 aor. ἔστρωσα; pf. pass. ptc. ἐστρωμένος (Bl-D. §92; Rob. 318.—Hom. [στορέννυμι, στόρνυμι], Aeschyl., X., Pla.; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 5, 438) spread (out) τὶ someth. ἱμάτια κτλ. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Mt 21:8a, b; also εἰς τὴν ὁδόν Mk 11:8 (for the idea cf. 4 Km 9:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 111ὑπεστρώννυεν αὐτῷ τὸ ἱμάτιον). χιτῶνας χαμαί Hs 9, 11, 7. στρῶσον σεαυτῷ (i.e. τὴν κλίνην; στρ. is used w. this acc. in Eur., Pla., and Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 44, 2 Jac.; Diod. S. 8, 32, 2; Dit., Syll.3 687, 16; 1022, 1f τὴν κλίνην στρῶσαι τῷ Πλούτωνι. Cf. Ezk 23:41; Jos., Ant. 7, 231κλίνας ἐστρωμένας) make your own bed Ac 9:34. ἀνάγαιον ἐστρωμένον may be a paved upper room (στρ. has this mng. in an inscr. APF 2, ’03, 570 no. 150. So Luther to Zahn.—Jos., Ant. 8, 134ἐστρωμένος means ‘floored’ or ‘panelled’). Others prefer to take it as referring to a room furnished w. carpets or couches for the guests to recline on as they ate (EKlostermann, ELohmeyer; Field, Notes 39; somewhat as Plut., Artax. 22, 10; Artem. 2, 57 codd. Also Diod. S. 21, 12, 4; IG II 622 ἔστρωσεν refers to a couch at a meal; Dalman, Arbeit VII 185. Eng. transl. gener. prefer this sense.—PGM 1, 107 χώρημα στρῶσαι means to prepare a room for a banquet) Mk 14:15; Lk 22:12. M-M. B. 573.* στυγητός, ή, όν (Aeschyl., Prom. 592; Philo, Dec. 131; Heliod. 5, 29, 4) hated, hateful Tit 3:3; 1 Cl 35:6; 45:7.

M-M.* στυγνάζω 1 aor. ἐστύγνασα—1. be shocked, appalled (Ezk 27:35; 28:19; 32:10 ἐπί τινα) so perh. στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ Mk 10:22 (s. 2a below).

2. be or become gloomy, dark—a. of a man whose appearance shows that he is sad or gloomy (PGM 13, 177; 494; schol. on Aeschyl., Pers. 470; schol. on Soph., Ant. 526; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 862f; Eustathius Macrembolita [c. 900 AD] 4, 1, 2 Hilberg 1876; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 286 H.) ἐπί τινι at someth., so perh. Mk 10:22 (s.

1 above). b. of the appearance of the sky (s. στυγνός: Heraclit. Sto. 39 p. 56, 18) Mt 16:3 (Cat. Cod. Astr. XI 2 p. 179, 19 is dependent on this). M-M.* στυγνός, ή, όν gloomy, sad (so since Aeschyl.; X., An. 2, 6, 9. Also PSI 28, 1 στυγνοῦ σκότους; LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 318)Hv 1, 2, 3.* στῦλος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 211.On the accent s. KHALipsius, Gramm.

Untersuchungen 1863 p. 43) pillar, column lit. στῦλοι πυρός (En. 18, 11; 21, 7; the sing. Ex 13:21f; 14:24) Rv 10:1.

Symbolically (Philo, Migr. Abr. 124) ποιήσω αὐτὸν στ. ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ I will make him a pillar in the temple of God 3:12 (στῦλοι in the temple 3 Km 7:3=Jos., Ant. 8, 77).Hence fig. of the leaders of the Jerusalem church: James, Cephas, John Gal 2:9 (cf. Eur., Iph. Taur. 57 στῦλοι οἴκων εἰσὶ παῖδες ἄρσενες. Vi. Aesopi I c. 106 Aesop is called ὁ κίων [pillar] τῆς βασιλείας. Cf. CKBarrett, Studia Paulina ’53, 1-19; RAnnand, ET 67, ’56, 178 [‘the markers’ in a racecourse]). In 1 Cl 5:2 the term is applied to the apostles and other leaders of the primitive church.—The church is στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας support (στ. is also used in this general sense Sir 24:4; 36:24) and foundation of the truth 1 Ti 3:15. M-M.* στύραξ, ακος, ὁ (X., Pla.+) lit. the spike at the butt end of a spear-shaft, then the shaft, spear itself; περὶ στύρακα MPol 16:1 as a conjecture instead of the ms. rdg. περιστερὰ καί (s. περιστερά, end).* 925

Στωϊκός s. Στοϊκός. M-M. σύ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) personal pron. of the second pers. σοῦ (σου), σοί (σοι), σέ (σε); pl. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς: you (older and more formal sing. thou).

1. the nominative—a. in contrast to another pers. ἐγὼ—σύ Mt 3:14; 26:39; Mk 14:36; J 13:7; Js 2:18; cf. Lk 17:8. σὺ—ἕτερος Mt 11:3. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος—σύ J 2:10. Μωϋσῆς—σὺ οὖν 8:5. οὐδεὶς—σύ 3:2 and oft. αὐτοὶ—σύ Hb 1:11 (Ps 101:27). ἐγὼ—ὑμεῖς or vice versa J 7:34, 36; 8:15, 22f; 13:15; 15:5 al.; Gal 4:12. ὑμεῖς—ἡμεῖς or vice versa J 4:22; 1 Cor 4:10a, b, c; 2 Cor 13:9.—The contrast is evident fr. the context: Mt 6:6, 17; Ro 2:3. ὑμεῖς Mt 5:48; 6:9, 26b.—On σὺ λέγεις Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 cf. λέγω II 1e. b. for emphasis before a voc. σὺ Βηθλεέμ Mt 2:6 (Mi 5:1). σὺ παιδίον (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 2, 1) Lk 1:76. σὺ κύριε Ac 1:24. σὺ δὲ ὦ ἄνθρωπε θεοῦ 1 Ti 6:11. ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι Lk 11:39. c. used w. a noun or ptc., by which the pron. is more exactly defined σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὤν you as a Jew J 4:9; cf. Gal 2:14. ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11.—Esp. emphasizing the subj.: σὺ τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ you are the very one who will deny me three times Mk 14:30. δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν you yourselves are to give them someth. to eat Mt 14:16. Cf. J 13:6; 17:8; 20:15. εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν Lk 1:42. σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς 24:18. So freq. w. forms of εἰμί: σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός Mt 16:16. σὺ εἶ Πέτρος vs. 18. σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; 27:11. καὶ σύ you, too 26:69, 73; Lk 19:19; 22:58; Gal 6:1. καὶ ὑμεῖς Mt 7:12; 15:3, 16; Lk 17:10. σὺ δέ but you Lk 9:60; Ro 11:17; 2 Ti 3:10. ὑμεῖς δέ Mt 21:13; Js 2:6. d. pleonastically added to forms that are clear enough by themselves (Semitism? Cf. Bl-D. §277, 2; cf. Mlt.-H. 431f) σὺ τί λέγεις Mk 14:68. μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς Mt 28:5. μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις; Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14). ὑμεῖς Mt 5:13f.

2. The accented forms are used in the oblique cases of the sing. when emphasis is to be laid on the pron. or when a contrast is intended σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχήν Lk 2:35. οὐ σὺ ῥίζαν βαστάζεις ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ Ro 11:18. καὶ σέ Phil 4:3. The accented forms also appear without special emphasis when used w. prepositions (Bl-D. §279; Mlt.-H. 180) ἐν σοί Mt 6:23. ἐπὶ σέ Lk 1:35. μετὰ σοῦ vs. 28. σὺν σοί Mt 26:35 (but πρός σε Mt 14:28; 25:39; cf. ἐγώ).

3. σου and ὑμῶν as substitutes for the possessive pron. (as well as for the gen. of the reflexives σεαυτοῦ and ὑμῶν αὐτῶν) come after the word they modify: τὴν γυναῖκά σου Mt 1:20. τὸν πόδα σου 4:6 (Ps 90:12). ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν Ro 1:8; τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 6:19; or before the word they modify: ἆρόν σου τὴν κλίνην Mt 9:6. ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι Lk 7:48. μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Ti 4:12; or betw. the noun and the art.: διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως Phil 1:19. εἰς τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπήν vs. 25.—On τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; cf. ἐγώ, end; on τί ἡμῖν κ. σοί; cf. τίς lb ε. M-M. συγγένεια, ας, ἡ (Eur., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 241; Philo; Jos., Bell. 7, 204ἐκ μεγάλης ς., Ant. 1, 165) relationship, kinship. concr. the relatives (Eur., Pla.+; LXX) Lk 1:61; Ac 7:3; 1 Cl 10:2f (the two last Gen 12:1); Ac 7:14 (Diod. S. 16, 52, 3 μετεπέμψατο ἀμφοτέρους μεθʼ ὅλης τῆς συγγενείας; 34+35 fgm. 23). M-M.* συγγενεῦσιν s. the following entry. συγγενής, ές related, akin to (Pind., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) in our lit. only subst. In the sing., masc. (Jos., Vi. 177) J 18:26 and fem. (Menand., fgm. 929 K.; Jos., Ant. 8, 249)Lk 1:36 t.r. Predom. pl. οἱ συγγενεῖς (the dat. of this form, made on the analogy of γονεῖς—γονεῦσιν, is συγγενεῦσιν [a Pisidian inscr.: JHS 22, ’02, p.

358 no. 118; I Macc 10:89 v.l.] Mk 6:4; Lk 2:44 [both passages have συγγενέσιν as v.l., like Diod. S. 1, 92, 1; Dit., Or. 177, 7 (97/6 BC); UPZ 161, 21 (119 BC); PTebt. 61, 79; 1 Macc 10:89, text; Jos., Ant. 16, 382]; Bl-D. §47, 4 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 138; Thackeray 153) Lk 2:44; 21:16. W. a gen. (Bl-D. §194, 2) Mk 6:4; Lk 1:58; 14:12; Ac 10:24.—In the broader sense fellow-countryman, fellow-citizen of members of the same nation (Jos., Ant. 12, 338)οἱ συγγενεῖς μου κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:3; cf. 16:7, 11, 21. M-M. B. 132.* συγγενικός, ή, όν (Hippocr., Aristot.+; inscr.) related, kindred, of the same kind (Diog. L. 10, 129 [Epicurus]; Plut., Mor. 561B, Pericl. 22, 4, Themist. 5, 2; Vett. Val. index; Herm. Wr. 440, 6 Sc.; Ep. Arist. 147; Philo) τὸ συγγενικὸν ἔργον the task so well suited to you IEph 1:1.* συγγενίς, ίδος, ἡ (Plut., Mor. 267D; Charito 5, 3, 7; Suppl, Epigr. Gr. IV 452, 4; Bull. de corr. hell. 24 [’00] 340, 17; OBenndorf-GNiemann, Reisen I 1884 no. 53 E, 3; Dit., Or. index VIII [of cities]; PAmh. 78, 9 [II AD]; Mitteis, Chrest. 123, 9; StBPsaltes, Gramm. der byz. Chroniken ’13, 152), a peculiar fem. of συγγενής, rejected by the Atticists (Ps.-Herodian in Lob., Phryn, p. 451f): ἡ ς. the (female) relative, kinswoman Lk 1:36.—Bl-D. §59, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 131. M-M.* συγγινώσκω 2 aor. συνέγνων (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 218) think with (someone), have the same opinion, purpose, or wish, agree (Hdt. et al.; BGU 341, 4; 432 III, 8) w. dat. of the pers., esp. of understanding and forbearance for someone (Simonides, fgm. 13, 20f Ζεῦ. . . ὅτι θαρσαλέον ἔπος εὔχομαι. . . , σύγγνωθί μοι=because I am using a bold word in my prayer, grant me your understanding; Philo, Mos. 1, 173; Jos., Vi. 103; Test. Sim. 3, 6) σύγγνωτέ μοι agree with me, understand my position IRo 6:2.—Another possibility is forgive or pardon me (Soph.+; Mod. Gk.).* 926

συγγνώμη, ης, ἡ (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 227) concession, indulgence, pardon συγγνώμην ἔχειν pardon, be indulgent to τινί someone (Soph., Hdt.+; Zen.-P. 81 [=Sb 6787], 36 [257 BC] συγγνώμην ἡμῖν ἔχων; without dat., Himerius, Or. 36, 17 [=Ecl. 36, 14]; Sir Prol. l. 18 and 3:13; Ep. Arist. 295) συγγνώμην μοι ἔχετε IRo 5:3. τοῦτο λέγω κατὰ συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν I say this as a concession (to meet you half way), not as a command 1 Cor 7:6. M-M.* συγγνωμονέω make allowance for, pardon w. dat. (Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 126; Athen. 4 p. 177D; 4 Macc 5:13; Jos., Ant. 11, 144)pardon τινί someone (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 40, 5 συγγνωμονέω ὡς θεὸς ἀνθρώποις) ITr 5:1.* σύγγραμμα, ατος, τό (Hdt.+) writing, book, work (X., Mem. 2, 1, 21; 4, 2, 10; Pla., Ep. 2 p. 314C; Philo, Vi. Cont. 29; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 44; 2, 288) Epil Mosq 1a, b, 3, 4.* συγγραφή, ῆς, ἡ (Heraclitus, fgm. 129; Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 129) document, contract (Thu.+; oft. in inscr., pap.) ἄδικον συγγραφὴν διασπᾶν tear up an unjust contract B 3:3 (Is 58:6).* συγγράφω 1 aor. mid. συνεγραψάμην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.) write down, compose mid. Papias 2:16.* συγκάθημαι (Hdt.+; Sb 6796, 98 [Zen.-P. 258/7 BC]; Jos., Ant. 16, 362)sit with τινί someone (Wilcken, Chrest.

14 II, 5; 13 [I AD] συγκαθημένων αὐτῷ [τῷ Καίσαρι] συγκλητικῶν) ὁ βασιλεὺς. . . καὶ οἱ συγκαθήμενοι αὐτοῖς Ac 26:30. Also μετά τινος (Ps 100:6) Mk 14:54. M-M.* συγκαθίζω 1 aor. συνεκάθισα—1. trans. cause to sit down with ἡμᾶς. . . συνεκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις he (God) made us sit down with (Christ) in heaven Eph 2:6.

2. intr. sit down with others (Gen 15:11; Ex 18:13; 1 Esdr 9:6. The mid. so X.+) Lk 22:55.* συγκακοπαθέω 1 aor. imper. συγκακοπάθησον (schol. on Eur., Hecub. 203) suffer together with someone abs. συγκακοπάθησον ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης suffer hardship (with me) as a good soldier 2 Ti 2:3. συγκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ (dat. of advantage) join with (me, the apostle in prison) in suffering for the gospel 1:8.* συγκακουχέομαι (hapax legomenon) suffer or be mistreated with someone else τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ with God’s people Hb 11:25. M-M.* συγκαλέω 1 aor. συνεκάλεσα, mid. συνεκαλεσάμην call together—1. act. (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1185, 15f; PLond.

1711, 53; LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 363; 18, 279) foll. by acc. (Arrian, An. Alex. 6, 22, 2 ς. τὸ πλῆθος) Mk 15:16; Lk 15:6, 9; Ac 5:21; 1 Cl 43:5.

2. mid. (Hdt. 2, 160; 2 Macc 15:31) call to one’s side, summon (Bl-D. §316, 1) foll. by the acc. Lk 9:1; 15:6 v.l., 9 t.r.; 23:13; Ac 5:21 D; 10:24; 13:7 D; 28:17; Hs 5, 2, 11. M-M.* συγκαλύπτω pf. pass. ptc. συγκεκαλυμμένος (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 6; BGU 1816, 19 [I BC]; PGM 36, 270; 272; LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 209; Test. Napht. 9:2) cover (completely) , conceal (opp. ἀποκαλύπτω) pass. Lk 12:2.

M-M.* συγκάμπτω 1 aor. συνέκαμψα (Hippocr., X., Pla.+; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 28 συγκάμψας τὰν χῆρα; LXX) (cause to) bend τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν σύγκαμψον cause their back (s) to bend Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24). M-M.* συγκαταβαίνω 2 aor. ptc. συγκαταβάς go down with someone fr. a high place to a lower one (Aeschyl., Thu.+; LXX; Philo, Abr. 105; Jos., Bell. 6, 132), fr. Jerusalem to Caesarea by the sea Ac 25:5. M.M.* συγκατάθεσις, εως, ἡ (=‘approval, assent’: Polyb. 2, 58, 11; 21, 26, 16; Dionys. Hal. 8, 79; Epict. and oft., incl.

Dit., Or. 484, 32; pap.; Philo, Poster. Cai. 175) agreement, union (of a decision arrived at by a group, an agreement BGU 194, 11; 19; PGenève 42, 21; PFlor. 58, 8 al.) τίς ς. ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; what agreement is there betw. the temple of God and idols? 2 Cor 6:16. M-M.* συγκατανεύω 1. aor. συγκατένευσα agree, consent by a nod (Polyb. 3, 52, 6; 7, 4, 9 al.; Jos., Vi. 22; 124. Abs., Anth. Pal. 5, 286, 8) Ac 18:27 D.* συγκατατάσσω 1. aor. inf. συγκατατάξαι (X.+; inscr.) set down (=write) along with τινί someth. Papias 2:3.* συγκατατίθημι nearly always, and in our lit. and the LXX always, mid. συγκατατίθεμαι (Isaeus, Demosth.+; Dit., Syll.3 742, 52f, Or. 437, 43; pap.; Ex 23:1, 32; Sus 20 Theod.) agree with, consent to (lit. ‘put down the same vote 927

as’) τινί something (Demosth. 18, 166; Epict. 1, 28, 4; 2, 8, 24; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; 20, 13 τ. γνώμῃ) Lk 23:51 (the rdg. varies betw. the pres. and the perf. ptc.); Ac 4:18 D; 15:12 D; find oneself in agreement τινί with someth. IPhld 3:3. M-M.* συγκαταψηφίζομαι 1 aor. pass. συγκατεψηφίσθην (found only in one other place, Plut., Them. 21, 7, where it is a mid. dep.=‘join in a vote of condemnation’) pass. be chosen (by a vote) together with, then more gener. be added μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων to the eleven apostles Ac 1:26. M-M.* σύγκειμαι (Soph., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 633, 25 [180 BC]; pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 112; 198) recline together (Soph., Aj. 1309) for συνανάκειμαι (q.v.) Mt 9:10 D.* συγκεράννυμι (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 783, 32; LXX, Philo) 1 aor. συνεκέρασα; pf. pass. ptc. συγκεκερασμένος Hb 4:2 or συγκεκραμένος t.r. (Bl-D. §101 p. 46; Mlt.-H. 243); plpf. 3 sing. συνεκέκρατο AP 3:9; mix (together), blend, unite.

1. lit., pass., of colors AP 3:9.—2. fig. (Maximus Tyr. 16, 4f of the powers granted the soul by God) τὸ σῶμα compose the body (by unifying its members so as to form one organism) 1 Cor 12:24. συγκεράσαι ὑμῶν τὴν φρόνησιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό unite your wisdom harmoniously Hv 3, 9, 8. οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους μὴ συγκεκερασμένος τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν the word which they heard did not benefit them, because it was not united by faith (dat. of instrum.; cf. Bl-D. §202 app.) with the hearers Hb 4:2. Instead of the sing. συγκεκερασμένος (as in ‫)א‬, P46 P13 ABCD have the acc. pl. συγκεκερασμένους, prob.=(those) who were not united with those who heard it in faith. (Libanius, Ep. 571 t. X 536 F. συγκεράννυ τῷ νεανίσκῳ σαυτόν). M-M.* συγκινέω 1 aor. συνεκίνησα; impf. pass. συνεκινούμην set in motion pass. be set in motion (Herm. Wr. 2, 6b; Epict. Ench. 33, 10) τὰ πάντα συνεκινεῖτο everything was set in commotion IEph 19:3 (cf. Philo, Dec. 44 πάντα συγκεκινῆσθαι). τινά arouse someone Ac 6:12. M-M.* συγκλάω fut. συγκλάσω (Aristoph., Pla.+; PAmsterdam 1, 8 [455 AD]: PGroninganae, Verh. Kon. Akad. v.

Wetensch. ’33; LXX) shatter τὶ someth. bars B 11:4 (Is 45:2).* συγκλεισμός, οῦ, ὁ (pap., LXX) confinement, encirclement (Ezk 4:3, 7, 8; 5:2; 1 Macc 6:21) ἐν συγκλεισμῷ οὔσης τῆς πόλεως when the city was being besieged 1 Cl 55:4; cf. vs. 5.* συγκλείω 1 aor. συνέκλεισα (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 328)close up together, hem in, enclose.

1. lit. τὶ someth. fish in a net (Aristot., Hist. An. 533b, 26; Ael. Aristid. 32 p. 606 D.) Lk 5:6.

2. fig. confine, imprison τινὰ εἴς τι (Polyb. 3, 63, 3 εἰς ἀγῶνα; Diod. S. 19, 19, 8 εἰς τοιαύτην ἀμηχανίαν συγκλεισθεὶς Ἀντίγονος μετεμέλετο; Herm. Wr. 500, 8 Sc.; Ps 30:9 οὐ συνέκλεισάς με εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθροῦ, 77:50 τὰ κτήνη εἰς θάνατον συνέκλεισεν. Cf. in the literal sense PFay. 12, 17 [II BC] συνκλείσαντές με εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν) of God συνέκλεισεν τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν he has imprisoned them all in disobedience, i.e. put them under compulsion to be disobedient or given them over to disobedience Ro 11:32. τὶ ὑπό τι: συνέκλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν the Scripture (i.e. God’s will as expressed in the Scripture) has imprisoned everything under the power of sin Gal 3:22; cf. vs. 23. M-M.* συγκληρονόμος, ον inheriting together with, mostly subst. (Philo, Ad Gai. 67; inscr. [The Coll. of Ancient Gk. Inscr. in the Brit. Mus. III no. 633 p. 249: Ephesus; inscr. on a sarcophagus fr. Thessalonica: Mitteil. des Deutsch.

Arch. Instit. Ath., Abt. 21, 1896, 98; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 91, 3 (II AD) ἀδελφὸς καὶ ς.]; PLond. 1686, 35 and other pap. of Byz. times) Eph 3:6. Foll. by objective gen. of the thing Hb 11:9; 1 Pt 3:7. Foll. by gen. of the pers. w. whom one is inheriting ς. Χριστοῦ fellow-heir with Christ Ro 8:17. W. dat. of the pers. w. whom one inherits Hs 5, 2, 7f; 11. M-M.* συγκοιμάομαι pass. dep. (Aeschyl.+) 1 aor. pass. συνεκοιμήθην sleep with τινί someone of sexual intercourse (trag., Hdt.; En. 9, 8) AP 17:32. Before συνεγείρεσθε and after συμπάσχετε, συγκοιμᾶσθε is prob. a euphemism suffer together, die together, rise together IPol 6:1 (on the series of compounds w. σύν, among them συγκοιμ., cf.

Epict. 2, 22, 13).* συγκοινωνέω 1 aor. συνεκοινώνησα (Hippocr.+)—1. participate in with someone, be connected τινί with someth. (Herm. Wr. 1, 28 τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ; w. gen. of the thing Demosth. 57, 2; τινί τινος=‘w. someone in someth.’ Cass.

Dio 37, 41; 77, 16) in the sense of actually taking part Eph 5:11; Rv 18:4. In the sense of taking a sympathetic interest Phil 4:14.

2. share τί τινι someth. w. someone συγκοινωνεῖν πάντα τῷ ἀδελφῷ share everything with one’s brother D 4:8.* συγκοινωνός, οῦ, ὁ participant, partner (PBilabel 19, 2 [110 AD]; Maspéro 158, 11 of business partners οἱ συγκοινωνοί μου) w. gen. of the thing in which one shares (Stephan. of Athens, in Hippocr. 1, 76 Dietz [1834] συγκοινωνὸς τῆς βασιλείας μου) Ro 11:17. ἵνα συγκ. αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου) γένωμαι that I might jointly share in it (i.e., in the benefits promised by the gospel; differently EMolland, D. paul. Euangelion ’34, 53f: 928

‘fellow-worker in the gospel [Mitarbeiter des Evan.]’) 1 Cor 9:23. συγκοινωνοί μου τῆς χάριτος sharers of the same grace as myself Phil 1:7. Also συγκ. τινος ἔν τινι sharer with someone in someth. Rv 1:9.—MPol 17:3 Funk v.l. M-M.* συγκομίζω 1 aor. συνεκόμισα, pass. συνεκομίσθην—1. bring in of the harvest (so Hdt.+, in the act. [cf. also Jos., Ant. 14, 472], and the mid. X.+, oft. in pap.) pass. θημωνιὰ ἅλωνος καθʼ ὥραν συγκομισθεῖσα a heap of sheaves on the threshing-floor, brought in (to the barn) at the right time 1 Cl 56:15 (Job 5:26).

2. bury (Soph., Aj. 1048; Plut., Sulla 38, 5) τινά someone Ac 8:2. M-M.* συγκοπή, ῆς, ἡ (Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 15; 22; Peripl. Eryth. c. 6; Plut.; POxy. 1654, 6 [II AD]) cutting to pieces, mangling ς. μελῶν IRo 5:3.* συγκοπιάω (schol. on Eur., Hecuba 862; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VI 473 [IV AD]) labor together τινί with someone τῷ πνεύματι with the Spirit Hs 5, 6, 6. συγκοπιᾶτε ἀλλήλοις unite your efforts IPol 6:1.* συγκόπτω fut. συγκόψω; 2 aor. pass. συνεκόπην (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 188; 613) break up, break to pieces.

1. lit. (X., Cyr. 6, 4, 3; PSI 630, 20; 4 Km 24:13) stones Hv 3, 6, 1.—2. fig. destroy (Lucian, Cal. 1) τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ διαβόλου break the power of the devil Hm 12, 6, 4. Pass., of a depressed frame of mind be overcome ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης by grief Hv 5:4.* σύγκρασις, εως, ἡ (Eur., Pla.+; Cornutus 8 p. 8, 15; Vett. Val.; Herm. Wr. 11, 7; PGM 7, 512; Ezk 22:19) mixture, blending 1 Cl 37:4.* συγκρατέω fut. συγκρατήσω; 1 aor. pass. συνεκρατήθην (Plut. et al.; Sym. Ps 16:5; Jos., Ant. 8, 67)hold together w. acc. (Anaximenes [VI BC] 2 Diels: ἡ ψυχὴ συγκρατεῖ ἡμᾶς) Hs 9, 7, 5. Surround and protect τὸν λαόν Hs 5, 5, 3; cf. 9, 12, 8.—Support, hold upright (cf. Aretaeus 3, 5, 7; 40, 29 Hude ὕπνος συγκ. τὰ μέλεα; Geopon., Prooem.

6) pass., of a sick man ἵνα συγκρατηθῇ ἡ ἀσθένεια τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ that his weak body might find support Hv 3, 11, 4.* συγκρίνω 1 aor. συνέκρινα (since Epicharmus [V BC] in Plut., Mor. 110A; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. bring together, combine (Epicharmus+; Pla.; Aristot., Metaph. 1, 4 p. 985a, 24) so perh. πνευματικοῖς (neut.) πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες giving spiritual truth a spiritual form (Gdspd., Lghtf., BWeiss, Bousset) 1 Cor 2:13 (s.

2b and 3 below).

2. compare (Aristot.+; Polyb., Diod. S., Dionys. Hal., Epict., Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 77al.)—a. τινά τινι someone with someone (Diod. S. 4, 44, 6; cf. CIG 5002 ὁ ἱερεὺς. . . , πατὴρ τῶν ἱερέων, ᾧ οὐδεὶς τῶν ἱερέων συγκρίνεται; Philo, Ebr. 45) ἑαυτόν τινι oneself with someone (Plut., G. Gracch. 4, 6) 2 Cor 10:12a, b. b. 1 Cor 2:13 (s. 1 above and 3 below) may also be classified here: comparing the spiritual gifts and revelations (which we already possess) with the spiritual gifts and revelations (which we are to receive, and judging them thereby; cf. Maximus Tyr. 6, 4a)—so Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 336; Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; Field, Notes 168.

3. explain, interpret (Polyb. 14, 3, 7; Gen 40:8, 16, 22; 41:12f, 15; Da 5:12 Theod.) πνευματικοῖς (masc.) πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες interpreting spiritual truths to those who possess the Spirit 1 Cor 2:13 (s. 1 and 2b above)—so RSV text, PWSchmiedel, Heinrici, JSickenberger.—FBlass and JWeiss propose emendation of the text.

M-M.* συγκύπτω (Hdt., Aristoph.+; LXX) be bent over (Sir 12:11; 19:26; Celsus 4, 36) of a woman possessed by a spirit of illness ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent double Lk 13:11.* συγκυρία, ας, ἡ (Hippocr.: CMG I 1 p. 42, 16; Sym. 1 Km 6:9; Hesychius) coincidence, chance κατὰ συγκυρίαν by coincidence (Eustath., In Il. 3, 23 p. 376, 11) Lk 10:31 (συγτυχείαν=συντυχείαν P75c; τύχᾳ D). M-M.* συγχαίρω impf. συνέχαιρον; fut. συγχαρήσομαι; aor. συνεχάρην (Aeschyl., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. rejoice with, feel joy with τινί someone (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 1166a, 8; UPZ 148, 3 [II BC]; BGU 1080, 2; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 124) Lk 1:58; Phil 2:17f (s. also 2 below); ITr 1:1. συνεχάρην ὑμῖν μεγάλως I rejoiced with you from the bottom of my heart Pol 1:1. τινί foll. by ὅτι rejoice w. someone because (Socrat., Ep. 33, 2; PLond.

43, 3f [II AD]) Lk 15:6, 9. Without dat., which is easily supplied (X., Hiero 5, 4) 1 Cor 12:26 (symbolically: the ‘parts’ stand for the believers).—τινί over or because of someth. (Herm. Wr. 1, 26.—In this case the compound has the same mng. as the simple verb, as Jos., Ant. 15, 210[opp. ἄχθεσθαι]) οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ συγχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ it does not rejoice over injustice, but rejoices in the truth 1 Cor 13:6 (EFranz, ThLZ 87, ’62, 795-8). Cf. Hs 8, 2, 7.

2. congratulate τινί someone (Aeschin. 2, 45 w. ὅτι foll.; Polyb. 29, 7, 4; 30, 10, 1 al.; Diod. S. 22, 13, 7; Plut., Mor. 231B; PTebt. 424, 5; cf. Jos., Ant. 8, 50)B 1:3; IEph 9:2; IPhld 10:1; ISm 11:2; Hs 5, 2, 6.—Lk 1:58 and Phil 2:17f could perh. be classed here as well. M-M.* συγχέω (Hom.+; inscr., PGM 4, 3101; LXX, Philo, Joseph.), and beside it the Hellenistic συγχύν(ν)ω (Bl-D. §73; 101; Mlt.-H. 195; 214f; 265; W-S. §15; Thackeray §19, 2; 24) Ac 21:31 συγχύννεται, v.l. συγχύνεται; Hv 5:5 929

συγχύννου; impf. συνέχεον Ac 21:27 (cf. W-S. §13, 13 note 13) and συνέχυννεν Ac 9:22, t.r. συνέχυνεν; 1 aor. συνέχεα Ac 21:27 v.l. Pass.: pf. συγκέχυμαι; 1 aor. συνεχύθην; lit. ‘pour together’, then confuse, confound, trouble, stir up w. acc. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 44 Boiss. ἅπαντα; Philo, Mut. Nom. 72 τ. ψυχήν, Spec. Leg. 1, 328 πάντα; Jos., Ant. 11, 140)πάντα τὸν ὄχλον Ac 21:27. Pass. be in confusion (PGM 13, 874) 19:29 D, 32. ὅλη συγχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 21:31.—Confound, throw into consternation w. acc. Ac 9:22. Pass. be amazed, surprised, excited, agitated (Diod. S. 4, 62, 3 συνεχύθη τὴν ψυχήν=he became distraught in spirit; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 5 Jac.; Achilles Tat. 5, 17, 7; 1 Km 7:10; Jo 2:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 199; 12, 317) 2:6; Hv 5:4f; m 12, 4, 1f.

M-M.* συγχράομαι mid. dep. (Polyb.+; inscr., pap.) inf. συγχρᾶσθαι IMg 3:1—1. make use of w. dat. of the thing that one makes use of (Polyb. 1, 8, 1; Epict. 1, 16, 10; 2, 19, 1; Ep. Arist. 162; 266 al.; Dit., Syll.3 685, 45; BGU 1187, 22 [I BC]), also in the sense take advantage of τῇ ἡλικίᾳ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου the bishop’s youth IMg 3:1.

2. have dealings with, associate on friendly terms with τινί someone (Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 281; Diogenes Oenoand. [II AD], fgm. 64 W.; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 19, 3 συγχρησάμενός μοι=‘associating with me’; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 9, 22) οὐ συγχρῶνται Ἰουδαῖοι Σαμαρίταις (s. Σαμαρίτης) J 4:9 (DDaube, JBL 69, ’50, 137-47 prefers ‘use [vessels for food and drink] together’ and discusses the pass. fr. Diogenes Oenoand., also IMg 3:1). M-M.* συγχρωτίζομαι (Hecato on Zeno the Stoic in Diog. L. 7, 2; Herm. Wr. 10, 17) be in defiling contact with, defile by touching τινός Dg 12:8.* συγχύν(ν)ω s. συγχέω. M-M. σύγχυσις, εως, ἡ (Eur., Thu.+; Jos., Ant. 16, 75; inscr., pap., LXX) confusion, tumult (Diod. S. 1, 75, 2; 20, 9, 5 συγχύσεως τὴν πόλιν ἐχούσης; Chio, Ep. 1; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 294σύγχυσις εἶχεν τὸν δῆμον; 4, 125; Sib. Or. 8, 81) ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως Ac 19:29.* συγχωρέω (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. yield τινί to someone (Thu. 1, 140, 5 al.) IMg 3:1.

2. grant, permit τινί (to) someone (Bel 26; Jos., Ant. 3, 277)w. dat. and inf. (X., Cyr. 6, 3, 20; Diod. S. 38+39 fgm. 8, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 62 §260; Jos., Ant. 11, 6)mid. Ac 21:39 D. Pass. (Herm. Wr. 1, 13a) pf. συγκεχώρηται it is granted Dg 8:6.* συζάω (Aeschyl., Pla. et al.; Ep. Arist., Philo) fut. συζήσω (on the spelling συνζάω s. Bl-D. §19, 2 app.; Rob. 217; W-S. §5, 25) live with τινί someone (Demosth. 19, 69; Epigr. Gr. 1085, 2; Ep. Arist. 130) of living with a sinner Hm 4, 1, 9. Of the believer’s life w. the exalted Lord Ro 6:8 (s. σύμφυτος). Also μετά τινος (Demosth. 18, 314 v.l.; Plut., Pyrrh. 20, 4; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 8, 3 p. 1156a, 27 μετʼ ἀλλήλων) of living w. one’s wife Hm 4, 1, 4f; w. heathen s 8, 9, 1; 3. Abs. (w. συναποθνῄσκειν as Athen. 6, 54 p. 249B τούτους [the bodyguards] οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔχουσι συζῶντας καὶ συναποθνῄσκοντας): the Corinthians have a place in Paul’s heart εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συζῆν to live together and die together 2 Cor 7:3. The Christians die and live w. their Lord 2 Ti 2:11. M-M.* συζεύγνυμι 1 aor. συνέζευξα lit. yoke together (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 26), then gener. join together, pair (PGiess. 34, 3; Ezk 1:11; Philo), specif. of matrimony (Eur.+; cf. X., Oec. 7, 30 νόμος συζευγνὺς ἄνδρα καὶ γυναῖκα; Aristot., H.A. 7, 6; Jos., Ant. 6, 309; PLond. 1727, 9) ὃ οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν Mt 19:6; Mk 10:9 (cf. the pagan counterpart in Nicetas Eugen. 3, 12; 7, 265 Hercher: two lovers οὓς θεὸς [a god] συνῆψε, τίς διασπάσοι;). M-M.* συζητέω impf. συνεζήτουν (Pla.+; 2 Esdr 12:4 v.l.)—1. discuss, carry on a discussion περί τινος about someth. B 4:10. Foll. by indir. question Mk 9:10. Abs. 1:27. ὁμιλεῖν καὶ συζητεῖν Lk 24:15.

2. dispute, debate, argue τινί with someone (American Studies in Pap. 6, ’70, 581, 9 ἀλλὰ καὶ συνζητήσαντ ό̣[ς] μου αὐτῶν περὶ τούτων [ca. 126-8 AD]; POxy. 532, 17; 1673, 20 [II AD]) Mk 8:11; 9:14 t.r.; Ac 6:9. Also πρός τινα Mk 9:14, 16; Lk 22:23 (w. τό and indir. quest.); Ac 9:29. Abs. (Cyranides p. 10, 22) Mk 12:28. συζητοῦντες ἀποθνῄσκουσιν they are perishing while they dispute ISm 7:1.

3. reflect, meditate (in solitude) περί τινος Hs 6, 1, 1 (NT never has περί τινος w. συζητέω). Foll. by ὅτι 2:1.

M-M.* συζήτησις, εως, ἡ (Cicero, Ad Fam. 16, 21, 4; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 1, Leg. All. 3, 131, Op. M. 54 v.l.) dispute, discussion (collection of Epicurean sayings: CBailey, Epicurus ’26 p. 116, fgm. 74) Ac 15:2 t.r., 7 t.r. πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς συζήτησιν disputing vigorously among themselves 28:29 t.r. M-M.* συζητητής, οῦ, ὁ (hapax legomenon) disputant, debater (s. συζήτησις and συζητέω 2) 1 Cor 1:20 (=IEph 18:1).* σύζυγος, ον (Aeschyl.+; Aq. Ezk 23:21). The corresp. subst. σύζυγος, ου, ὁ has not yet been found as a proper name (AFick2—FBechtel, Die griech. Personennamen 1894, 132), but only as a compound common noun (=‘brother’, Eur., Tro. 1001;=‘comrade, companion’ Eur., Iph. T. 250; Aristoph., Plut. 945; Anth. 8, 145; Magnet.

Graffiti ed. Kern 321; 328 [I AD] σύζυγοι βαίβιος Κάλλιπος; Herm. Wr. 6, 1b. In the same sense as Lat. commilito [‘fellow-soldier’] of gladiators, each one of whom is his opponent’s σύζυγος: RHerzog, Koische Forschungen u. Funde 1899 no. 133; CIG 4175.—Thieme 32) γνήσιε σύζυγε true comrade, lit. ‘yoke-fellow’ Phil 4:3. It is no longer 930

possible to determine w. certainty just whom the apostle has in mind (MDibelius; FTillmann.—Epaphroditus has been conjectured by some fr. Victorinus to Lghtf. and Zahn. JoachJeremias, NT Essays [TWManson memorial vol.]’59, 136-43, esp. 140 [Silas]). Since ἡ σύζυγος=‘wife’ (Eur., Alc. 314; 342; Anth. 8, 161, 6; 164, 2; Syntipas p. 16, 9; 18, 6; Test. Reub. 4:1), some have thought that Paul’s wife is meant (since Clem. Alex., Strom. 3, 53, 1; Origen, Comm. in Ep. ad Rom. 1, 1). Lohmeyer considers it to mean a ‘brother in suffering’ who is sharing Paul’s imprisonment. Finally, the idea that ς. is a proper name enjoys considerable support (RALipsius, EHaupt, PEwald, KBarth, GHeinzelmann, W-H. mg.). M-M.* συζωοποιέω 1 aor. συνεζωοποίησα (only in Christian writers) make alive together with someone ἡμᾶς τῷ Χριστῷ us together w. Christ Eph 2:5. ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ you together w. him (=Christ) Col 2:13. The ref. is to people who were dead in their sins, but through union w. Christ have been made alive by God together w. him.* συκάμινος, ου, ἡ (Theophr.; Phaenias in Athen. 2 p. 51E; Diod. S. 1, 34, 8; Strabo 17, 2, 4; Diosc. 1, 23; inscr. fr. , the sycamore.— Sinuri [ed. LRobert ’45] no. 47a, 13; BGU 492, 7; 9; PTebt. 343, 86 al. In LXX for ‫ה‬ HLewy, Die semit. Fremdwörter bei den Griechen 1895, 23) the mulberry tree, which is evidently differentiated fr. the sycamore (s. συκομορέα) in Lk 17:6 (cf. 19: 4), as well as in the ancient versions.—On the two kinds of trees, and on the question whether Lk may not have differentiated betw. them, cf. Löw (s. συκῆ; here also SKlein) I 266-74. M-M.* συκῆ, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 517, Ant. 5, 236f) the fig tree, much cultivated because of its sweet fruit, also growing wild Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; Lk 13:6f; 21:29; J 1:48, 50; Js 3:12; Rv 6:13 (cf. Is 34:4). Jesus curses a fig tree Mt 21:19-21; Mk 11:13, 20f; s. WHvan deSandeBakhuyzen, NThT 7, ’18, 330-8; FJFvanHasselt, NThSt 8, ’25, 225-7; SHirsch, NThT 27, ’38, 140-51; AdeQRobin, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 276-81 (Mi 7:1-6); H-WBartsch, ZNW 53, ’62, 256-60.-On the fig tree s. HGraf zu Solms-Laubach, Die Herkunft usw. des gewöhnlichen Feigenbaums 1882; FGoldmann, La Figue en Palestine à l’époque de la Mišna ’11; SKlein, Weinstock, Feigenbaum u. Sykomore in Palästina: Festschr. für ASchwarz ’17; ILöw, D. Flora der Juden I ’28, 224-54; WRauh u.

HReznik, SBHdlbg. math.-nat. ’51, Abh. 3, 164-74; CHHunzinger, TW VII, 751-9. M-M.* συκομορέα, ας, ἡ (Hippiatr. II 165, 16; Geopon. 10, 3, 7.—Bl-D. §25; 45; Mlt.-H. 81. L. writes it συκομωρέα) the fig-mulberry tree, sycamore fig (s. συκάμινος) Lk 19:4.—Cf. Löw (s. συκῆ) I 274-80. M-M.* σῦκον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 14) the fig, fruit of the fig tree (s. συκῆ), esp. ripe fig Mt 7:16; Mk 11:13; Lk 6:44; Js 3:12. M-M. B. 378.* συκοφαντέω 1 aor. ἐσυκοφάντησα (Aristoph., X., Pla. +; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 11, Ant. 10, 114, Vi. 52; Sib. Or. 2, 73).

1. accuse falsely, slander, then gener. annoy, harass, oppress, blackmail τινά someone (Pr 14:31; 22:16 πένητα; 28:3 πτωχούς) w. διασείω (q.v. and cf. in addition Antipho, Or. 6, 43; UPZ 113, 9f [156 BC]; PTebt. 43, 26 συκοφαντηθῶμεν and 36 συκοφαντίας τε καὶ διασισμοῦ χάριν) Lk 3:14.

2. extort (Lysias 26, 24 τὶ παρά τινος) εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα if I have extorted anything from anyone Lk 19:8.—EbNestle, Sykophantia im bibl. Griech.: ZNW 4, ’03, 271f.—On the derivation of the word s. L-S-J s.v.

M-M.* συλαγωγέω carry off as booty or as a captive, rob τινά someone (Heliod. 10, 35 p. 307, 32 Bekker οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὴν ἐμὴν θυγατέρα συλαγωγήσας; Aristaen. 2, 22 Hercher) fig. of carrying someone away fr. the truth into the slavery of error Col 2:8. M-M.* συλάω 1 aor. ἐσύλησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; EpJer 17; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 263) rob τινά someone as a highly fig. expr. for Paul’s procedure in accepting financial support fr. certain sources ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα I robbed other churches and thus obtained the money that enabled me to serve you free of charge 2 Cor 11:8. M-M.* συλλαβή, ῆς, ἡ (Aeschyl.) syllable (Pla., Demosth. et al.; Philo, Poster. Cai. 94) Hv 2, 1, 4 (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 8 ἔγραψε οὔτε εἰς κάλλος ἀποτυπούμενος τὰ γράμματα οὔτε εὐσήμως τὰς συλλαβὰς διαιρῶν). M-M.* συλλαλέω impf. συνελάλουν; 1 aor. συνελάλησα (Polyb.; Dit., Or. 229, 23; pap., LXX) talk or converse with, discuss with τινί someone (Polyb. 4, 22, 8; PHib. 66, 4 [III BC]; PRainer 18, 23; Ex 34:35; Pr 6:22; Is 7:6) Mk 9:4; Lk 9:30; 22:4. Also μετά τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 18:12 D; 25:12. συνελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες Lk 4:36.

M-M.* συλλαμβάνω fut. συλλήμψομαι (for the spelling cf. s.v. λαμβάνω); 2 aor. συνέλαβον, mid. συνελαβόμην; pf. συνείληφα; 1 aor. pass. συνελήμφθην (Aeschyl., Hdt. +; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. act. (w. fut. mid.)—a. seize, grasp, apprehend—α. of the taking of prisoners into custody τινά arrest someone (Soph., Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 700, 30; PHib. 54, 20; POxy. 283, 12 al.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 124)Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:54; J 18:12; Ac 1:16; 12:3; 1 Cl 12:2a. Pass. Ac 23:27; 1 Cl 12:2b; MPol 5:2; 7:2; 9:1; 21. β. of animals catch (Dio Chrys. 25[42], 3; Aelian, H.A. 1, 2; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 147) Lk 5:9 (cf. ἄγρα). b. conceive in the sexual sense, of the woman (Aristot., H.A. 7, 1 p. 582a, 19, Gen. An. 1, 19 p. 727b, 8; Plut., 931

Mor. 829B; Lucian, Sacrif. 5; LXX; cf. Ep. Arist. 165) abs. become pregnant (Gen 4:1; 30:7 al.) Lk 1:24; B 13:2; AP 11:26 mg. as restored by Dieterich et al. Also συλλ. ἐν γαστρί (Hippocr., Aph. 5, 46 ed. Littré IV 548, Mul. 1, 75 vol. VIII 162. Cf. Gen 25:21) Lk 1:31. Pass. ἐν ἀνομίαις συνελήμφθην 1 Cl 18:5 (Ps 50:7).—W. the acc. of the child to be born (Lucian, V. Hist. 1, 22; LXX) Lk 1:36. Pass. πρὸ τοῦ συλλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ before he was conceived in the womb 2:21.—Symbolically (cf. Περὶ ὕψους 14, 3 τὰ συλλαμβανόμενα ὑπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς; Ps 7:15; Test. Benj. 7:2 συλλαμβάνει ἡ διάνοια διὰ τοῦ βελιάρ; Philo) ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν Js 1:15. c. take hold of together, then support, aid, help (Aeschyl.+) w. dat. of the one to whom help is given (Eur., Med. 812; Hdt. 6, 125; Pla., Leg. 10 p. 905C; POxy. 935, 3; 8 συλλαμβάνουσι ἡμῖν οἱ θεοί; 1064, 7; Jos., Ant. 12, 240)συλλάβωμεν ἑαυτοῖς let us help each other 2 Cl 17:2.

2. mid.—a. seize, arrest Ac 26:21; MPol 6:1.—b. come to the aid of, help, assist (Soph., Phil 282; Pla., Theag.

129E; Diod. S. 11, 40, 1; Jos., Ant. 4, 198; 7, 341 τῷ παιδί; PGiess. 25, 4 συλλαμβανόμενός μοι; PTebt. 448 συλλαβοῦ αὐτῷ) τινί someone Lk 5:7 (βοηθεῖν v.l.); Phil 4:3. M-M.* συλλέγω fut. συλλέξω; 1 aor. συνέλεξα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 240τὸν καρπόν; Sib. Or. 8, 55) collect, gather (in), pick τὶ someth. weeds Mt 13:28-30. Pass. vs. 40. The place to which what is gathered is taken is indicated by εἰς vs. 48; the place fr. which it is removed is indicated by ἐκ vs. 41 (σκάνδαλον 3). Hence also ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλ. Lk 6:44; also ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν Mt 7:16. M-M.* συλλογίζομαι 1 aor. συνελογισάμην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) reason, discuss, debate (Pla., Demosth., Polyb.; Is 43:18; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 99; Jos., Bell. 1, 560;4, 125) πρὸς ἑαυτόν to oneself (Plut., Pomp. 60, 3) or pl. among themselves Lk 20:5. M-M.* συλλυπέω trans. hurt or grieve with or at the same time pass. be grieved with, feel sympathy (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 4, 11, 2; Is 51:19); in συλλυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν Mk 3:5 the prep. surely has no other force than to strengthen the simple verb deeply grieved at the hardening of their heart.* συμβαίνω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+) impf. συνέβαινον; fut. συμβήσομαι; 2 aor. συνέβην; pf. συμβέβηκα; meet, happen, come about (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) συμβαίνει τί τινι (trag., Thu. et al.; Test. Sim. 2:13) Mk 10:32 (w. ref. to death: last will and testament of Aristot. in Diog. L. 5, 11; 12); Ac 20:19; 1 Cor 10:11; 1 Pt 4:12; 2 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 23:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin); B 19:6; D 3:10. οὕτως συμβαίνει πᾶσι Hm 5, 2, 7. καθὼς φρονοῦσιν καὶ συμβήσεται αὐτοῖς as they hold their opinions, so it shall turn out for them ISm 2. W. inf. foll. (Hdt. 6, 103 al.; inscr.; POxy. 491, 10) Hv 3, 7, 6. συνέβη foll. by acc. and inf. (Hdt. 7, 166 al.; Dit., Syll.3 535, 5; 685, 36f; 1 Esdr 1:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 185)συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν Ac 21:35; Papias 4; (Bl-D. §393, 5; 408; Rob. 392; 1043).—τὸ συμβεβηκός τινι what has happened to someone (Sus 26 Theod.; Jos., Vi. 51) Ac 3:10. Sing., without the dat. τὸ συμβάν what had happened (Epict. 3, 24, 13; Appian, Hann. 36 §154; Agatharchides in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 211; cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 413τὰ ξυμβάντα) GP 14:59. Pl. τὰ συμβεβηκότα the things that had happened (Isocr. 5, 18; 1 Macc 4:26; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 13, 194)Lk 24:14. M-M.* συμβάλλω impf. συνέβαλλον; 2 aor. συνέβαλον, mid. συνεβαλόμην; pf. συμβέβληκα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. act.—a. trans.—α. converse, confer (w. λόγους added Eur., Iphig. Aul. 830; without λ. Plut., Mor. 222C) τινί with someone (Epict. 4, 12, 7; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 2, 12; PFay. 129, 2) Ac 17:18. πρὸς ἀλλήλους 4:15. β. consider, ponder, draw conclusions about (Pla., Crat. 384A μαντείαν; Philo, In Flacc. 139; Jos., Ant. 2, 72συμβαλὼν τῷ λογισμῷ τὸ ὄναρ) τὰ ῥήματα συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς Lk 2:19 (cf. the colloquial ‘get it all together’). γ. compare (Hdt.+; pap.; Sir 22:1f; Jos., Ant. 1, 105)τινά τινι someone with someth. ἑαυτὸν ξύλῳ 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (quot. of unknown orig.). b. intr. meet, fall in with (Hom.+; pap.) τινί someone (on a journey; cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 219; 2, 184) Ac 20:14. Cf. MPol 8:1.—Mostly in a hostile sense τινί engage, fight someone (Polyb. 1, 9, 7; 3, 111, 1 al.; Wilcken, Chrest. 16, 6; 1 Macc 4:34; 2 Macc 8:23; 14:17) εἰς πόλεμον meet someone in battle, wage war on someone Lk 14:31 (cf. εἰς μάχην Polyb. 3, 56, 6; Jos., Ant. 12, 342; πρὸς μάχην Polyb. 10, 37, 4).—Quarrel or dispute τινί with someone (PSI 93, 4 συνέβαλον τοῖς ἐπιτρόποις) συμβάλλειν αὐτῷ περὶ πλειόνων quarrel with him about many things Lk 11:53 v.l.

2. mid. help, be of assistance (Philo, Migr. Abr. 219) τινί (to) someone (Pla.; Demosth. 21, 133; Antipho 5, 79 p. 138, 37 πολλὰ συμβ. τοῖς βουλομένοις; Polyb. 2, 13, 1; Epict. 3, 22, 78 πλείονά τινι ς.; PLond. 1915, 13; Wsd 5:8; Jos., Ant. 12, 312)Apollos συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν Ac 18:27. M-M.* συμβασιλεύω fut. συμβασιλεύσω (Polyb. 30, 2, 4; Dionys. Hal., Strabo; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 16, 2; Plut., Lyc. 5, 5, Num. 3, 6, Anton. 54, 4; 1 Esdr 8:26 v.l.) rule (as king) with someone fig. of the eschatological situation when the Christians are to share the kingship w. their royal Lord 2 Ti 2:12; Pol 5:2. Paul ironically states that the Corinthians have achieved kingship; he wishes they had achieved it because then he would be reigning with them; actually he was still leading a miserable life (cf. vs. 9) 1 Cor 4:8. M-M.* συμβιβάζω fut. συμβιβάσω; 1 aor. συνεβίβασα, pass. ptc. συμβιβασθείς (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX).

1. bring together, unite—a. lit., of the body, which is held together by sinews, ligaments, joints τὸ σῶμα 932

συμβιβαζόμενον διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς Eph 4:16 (GHWhitaker, JTS 31, ’30, 48f); cf. Col 2:19. b. fig. unite, knit together (Hdt. 1, 74; Thu. 2, 29, 6; Pla., Prot. 337E) pass. συμβιβασθέντες ἐν ἀγάπῃ Col 2:2 (so Lghtf., Klöpper, EHaupt, Lueken, Meinertz, HRendtorff, Lohmeyer, Abbott, Peake, Gdspd., RSV. But s. 4 below).

2. conclude, infer (Pla., Hipp. Min. 369D, Rep. 6 p. 504A) Ac 16:10 (w. ὅτι fol1.).—3. demonstrate, prove (Aristot., Top. 7, 5p. 150a, 36 [ὅτι]; 8, 3 p. 154b, 27; 8, 11 p. 157b, 37; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 13, 60) συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός Ac 9:22.

4. instruct, teach, advise τινά someone (LXX) 1 Cor 2:16 (Is 40:13f); Ac 19:33 (where, however, the rdg. is not certain).—Some (e.g. MDibelius, Mft.) classify Col 2:2 here (s. 1b above). M-M.* σύμβιος, ον living together (Aristot.+; Philo, Poster. Cai. 78) subst. companion, then esp. ὁ, ἡ ς. husband, wife (inscr. and oft. in pap.) IPol 5:1; Hv 2, 2, 3.* συμβουλεύω 1 aor. συνεβούλευσα (Theognis, trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. act. advise, give advice to τινί someone (Ex 18:19; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 309a) J 18:14. τινί τι advise someone (to do) someth. (Hdt. 7, 237 al.; 3 Km 1:12 συμβουλεύσω σοι συμβουλίαν) MPol 8:2. W. dat. and inf. foll. (Hdt.+; BGU 1097, 8 [I AD]; 4 Macc 8:29; Jos., Ant. 12, 384)Rv 3:18. Abs. (Diog. L. 1, 92a; Jos., Bell. 2, 345)2 Cl 15:1.

2. mid.—a. consult, plot (Jos., Ant. 8, 379; Test. Jud. 13:4) w. ἵνα foll. Mt 26:4; J 11:53 t.r. Foll. by inf. of purpose Ac 9:23. b. meditate on, consider (PPetr. II 13, 6, 13; PSI 236, 30) τὶ someth. Hv 1, 2, 2. M-M.* συμβουλή, ῆς, ἡ advice, counsel (Hdt. 1, 157 al.; Philo, Fuga 24; Jos., Ant. 19, 192)δέχεσθαι ς. accept advice 1 Cl 58:2.* συμβουλία, ας, ἡ advice, counsel (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 336; 8, 277 al.) συμβουλίαν ποιεῖσθαι περί τινος give advice about someth. (Diod. S. 12, 17, 2) 2 Cl 15:1. γνώμης ἀγαθῆς λαμβάνειν συμβουλίαν accept well-meant advice B 21:2 (cf. Vi. Aesopi I c. 26 συμβ. λαμβάνειν).* συμβούλιον, ου, τό (Plut., Cass. Dio et al.; inscr. [since II BC]; pap.—Dssm., NB 65 [BS 238])—1. (consultation and its result): plan, purpose ς. λαμβάνειν a Latinism=consilium capere (Bl-D. §5, 3b, cf. a; Rob. 109.—Jos., Ant. 6, 38βουλὰς λ.) form a plan, decide, consult, plot Mt 12:14; 22:15; 27:1, 7; 28:12. In the same sense ς. διδόναι (s.

IAHeikel, StKr 106, ’35, 314) Mk 3:6. ς. ἑτοιμάζειν reach a decision 15:1 (in both Mk-passages συμβούλιον ποιεῖν is found as a v.l., mng. hold a consultation).

2. council session, meeting (Plut., Rom. 14, 3, Luc. 26, 4; BGU 288, 14 [II AD]; 511 I, 20; PRyl. 75, 29) συμβούλιον ἄγειν convene a council IPol 7:2.

3. council as a body (inscr., pap.; 4 Macc 17:17; Jos., Ant. 14, 192; 16, 163.—Mommsen, Röm. Staatsrecht3 1887 I 307ff; II 249; Schürer I rev. Eng. ed. ’73, 370 note 80 [sources and lit.]) Φῆστος συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου Ac 25:12. M-M.* σύμβουλος, ου, ὁ (trag., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 496, 16; PPetr. II 13, 6, 11 [III BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 264; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 156; 158; 160) adviser, counsellor Ro 11:34 (Is 40:13); B 21:4; Dg 9:6; Hs 5, 2, 6; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 3; 5, 6, 4; 7; 9, 12, 2. M-M.* ) name (for which the similar-sounding genuine Gk. name Σίμων [q.v.] is Συμεών, ὁ indecl. Semitic (‫ןוֹע‬ sometimes substituted; Bl-D. §53, 2d app.; Mlt.—H. 146.—LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr. In Joseph. Συμεών, ῶνος: Bell. 4, 159, Ant. 12, 265; Preisigke, Namenbuch) Symeon, Simeon.

1. son of Jacob (Gen 29:33.—49:5; Jdth 9:2; 4 Macc 2:19). Ancestor of the tribe of the same name (Jdth 6:15) Rv 7:7.

2. in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:30.—3. a devout old man in Jerusalem 2:25, 34.

4. Simeon surnamed Niger, named w. other teachers and prophets of the church at Antioch Ac 13:1.

5. The original name of the apostle Peter (cf. Σίμων 1) is occasionally written in this way Ac 15:14. Συμεὼν (P72 et al. Σίμων) Πέτρος 2 Pt 1:1. M-M.* συμμαθητής, οῦ, ὁ (Pla., Euthyd. 1 p. 272C; Anaxippus Com. [IV BC] 1, 2 vol. III p. 296 K.; Diog. L. 6, 2; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 5; Pollux 6, 159) fellow-pupil, fellow-disciple J 11:16; MPol 17:3. M-M.* συμμαρτυρέω (Soph., Thu.+) testify or bear witness with (Plut., Thes. et Romul. 6, 5, Mor. 64c; BGU 86, 40 [II AD] al.), then also gener. confirm, testify in support of someone or someth. (as early as Solon 24, 3 D.2 the prefix συν- has in the highest degree the effect of strengthening. Likewise trag.+; Pla., Hipp. Major 282B συμμαρτυρῆσαι δέ σοι ἔχω ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγεις; X., Hell. 7, 1, 35 συνεμαρτύρει αὐτῷ ταῦτα πάντα; 3, 3, 2; Jos., Ant. 19, 154.Without dat. and w. ὅτι foll. Plut., Mor. 724D) συμμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως Ro 2:15. συμμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου. . . ὅτι 9:1 (on the witness of the conscience Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218). τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν ὅτι 8:16.—The mid. Rv 22:18 t.r. M-M.* 933

συμμαχέω fight at someone’s side, be an ally, also gener. help, assist (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 705, 33; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 236ς. τινί. Ant. 1, 313) τὰ συμμαχοῦντα ἡμῖν (w. βοηθοί) B 2:2.* συμμείγνυμι 2 aor. pass. ptc. συμμιγείς (Hom.[συμμίσγω] +; inscr., pap., LXX) mix together pass. join with of sexual union (Hdt. 4, 114; Pla., Symp. 207B, Laws 930d) AP 9:24.* συμμερίζω (Diod. S.; Dionys. Hal.; Diog. L. et al.) mid. συμμερίζομαι (Inschr. v. Hierap. 336, 11; Eutecnius 2 p.

23, 12) share with τινί someone or someth. (Pr 29:24 v.l. ὃς συμμερίζεται κλέπτῃ; Philopon. in Aristot., De An. p.

417, 35 Hayduck) τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συμμερίζονται they share with the altar in the things sacrificed on it 1 Cor 9:13. M-M.* συμμέτοχος, ον (Aristot., PlAnt. 1, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 486συμμέτοχοι τοῦ σκέμματος αὐτῷ; PLond. 1733, 52) sharing with someone τινός in someth. Eph 3:6. συμμέτοχοι αὐτῶν sharing with them, casting one’s lot with them 5:7. M-M.* συμμιμητής, οῦ, ὁ fellow-imitator w. obj. gen. foll. συμμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε join (w. the others) in following my example Phil 3:17. M-M.* συμμορφίζω (only in Christian wr.) grant or invest with the same form pass. συμμορφίζεσθαί τινι be conformed to, take on the same form as τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ=the form that he (Christ) took on through his death Phil 3:10.

M-M.* σύμμορφος, ον (Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 39 al.) having the same form, similar in form τινός as or to someth. (Bl-D. §182, 1; Rob. 504; 528) σύμμ. τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ like his Son in form or appearance Ro 8:29 (JKürzinger, BZ 2, ’58, 294-99). Also w. the dat. (Nicander [II BC], Ther. 321 ed. OSchneider [1856]; Heraclit. Sto. 77 p. 102, 12 ς. τρισὶ θεοῖς of Agamemnon; Bl-D. §194, 2; Rob. 528) σύμμ. τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ Phil 3:21.* συμμορφόω give the same form pass. take on the same form (Libanius, Descript. 30, 5 vol. VIII 542, 10 F.; Menand. Protector [VI AD]: Historici Gr. Min. ed. LDind. II 1871 p. 67, 8) Phil 3:10 t.r.* συμμύστης, ου, ὁ one who has been initiated into the same mysteries, fellow-initiate (IG XII 8, 173, 13 [66 BC]; Dit., Or. 541, 9 οἱ τῶν τῆς θεοῦ μυστηρίων συνμύσται; PGM 4, 732; 12, 94.—FPoland, Gesch. d. griech.

Vereinswesens ’09, 39), fig. of the Christians in Ephesus Παύλου συμμύσται fellow-initiates of Paul IEph 12:2. Cf. the apostolic church discipline in AHilgenfeld, NT Extra Canonem Receptum2 IV 1884 p. 117, 7: the presbyters are the συμμύσται of the bishop; Origen, Hom. 7, 2 in Lev., Hom. 7 in Jos.* συμπαθέω 1 aor. συνεπάθησα sympathize with, have or show sympathy with (Isocr. et al.; Plut., Timol. 14, 1; 4 Macc 13:23; Jos., Ant. 16, 404; Sib. Or. 11, 58; Test. Sim. 3:6) w. dat. of the pers. or thing that is the obj. of the sympathy (Isocr. 4, 112 v.l.; Dionys. Hal. 10, 6 τῷ ἀνδρί; Plut., Marcell. 16, 1, Mor. 90F; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 115; Test. Benj. 4:4; 4 Macc 5:25) w. dat. of the thing ταῖς ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν Hb 4:15 (cf. Philistion [Comic. Att. Fgm. II no. 230 Kock] ἐκ τοῦ παθεῖν γίγνωσκε καὶ τὸ συμπαθεῖν. καὶ σοὶ γὰρ ἄλλος συμπαθήσεται παθών); 10:34 t.r. (δεσμοῖς); w. dat. of the pers., ibid. in the crit. texts (δεσμίοις); IRo 6:3.—WBurkert, Zum altgriech. Mitleidsbegriff, Diss. Erlangen ’55, 63-6. M-M.* συμπαθής, ές (Aristot. et al.; CIG 9438; Dit., Or. 456, 66; LXX, Philo) sympathetic (Polyb. 2, 56, 7; 8, 22, 9; Plut., Eum. 18, 5, Mor. 536A; Jos., Ant. 19, 330)1 Pt 3:8. M-M.* συμπαραγίνομαι mid. dep.; 2 aor. συμπαρεγενόμην.—1. come together (Hdt. et al.; PSI 502, 24 [III BC]; Ps 82:9) ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for this spectacle Lk 23:48.

2. come to the aid of (Thu. 2, 82; 6, 92, 5) τινί someone 2 Ti 4:16 t.r. (for παρεγένετο). M-M.* συμπαρακαλέω (X., Pla.+) encourage together (Polyb. 5, 83, 3) pass. συμπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν receive encouragement or comfort together with you Ro 1:12.* συμπαραλαμβάνω 2 aor. συμπαρέλαβον (Pla.+; pap., LXX) take along (with oneself) τινά someone (PLond.

358, 6; BGU 226, 12; Job 1:4; 3 Macc 1:1; Jos., Ant. 9, 7)Ac 12:25; 15:37f; Gal 2:1. M-M.* συμπαραμένω fut. συμπαραμενῶ (Thu. et al.; PSI 64, 3 [I BC]; Ps 71:5) stay with (τινί someone) to help (Thu. 6, 89, 4; Dit., Syll.3 567 A, 12f) πᾶσιν ὑμῖν Phil 1:25 t.r.* συμπάρειμι be present (at the same time) (X., Lac. 2, 2 al.; inscr., pap., LXX) τινί with someone (Dit., Syll.3 685, 28 [139 BC]; PSI 439, 29; Jos., Ant. 10, 239)Ac 25:24; be present (together) with τινί someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 322)ITr 12:1. M-M.* 934

σύμπας, ασα, αν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 102, 2 ἡ γῆ σύμπασα; Ep. Arist. 16; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) all (together) , whole ὁ σύμπας κόσμος 1 Cl 19:2. τὰ σύμπαντα B 15:4.* συμπάσχω 2 aor. συνέπαθον suffer with, also suffer the same thing as (Pla., Charm. 169C) w. the dat. (Epict. 1, 14, 2; IG XIV 2124, 3 [c. 200 AD]; POxy. 904, 7 ἅμα μοι συνπαθεῖν; Herm. Wr. 494, 1 Sc.; Philo, De Prov. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 23; Test. Zeb. 7:5. So also in the sense have sympathy: Polyb.; Diod. S. 17, 36, 3 τοῖς ἠτυχηκόσιν; Plut.) αὐτῷ (=Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ) ISm 4:2; cf. Pol 9:2. Abs., but also of suffering w. Christ Ro 8:17.—συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη w. one part of the body that suffers 1 Cor 12:26 (Diod. S. 18, 42, 4 συμπασχόντων ἁπάντων τῶν μελῶν=all the members [of the σῶμα] are involved in suffering [or exertion] together; Diog. L. 2, 94 τὴν ψυχὴν συμπαθεῖν τῷ σώματι. Cf. Maximus Tyr. 28, 2c; Alex. Aphr., An. p. 100, 3 Br. πάντα τὰ μόρια ἀλλήλοις ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ σώματι συμπαθῆ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 194; Plut., Solon 18, 6 τ. πολίτας ὥσπερ ἑνὸς σώματος μέρη συναισθάνεσθαι κ. συναλγεῖν ἀλλήλοις).—Rather w. the mng. have sympathy IRo 6:3. συμπάσχειν ἀλλήλοις 2 Cl 4:3; IPol 6:1. M-M.* συμπέμπω 1 aor. συνέπεμψα (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 48) send (with) or at the same time τινά τινι someone with someone (Hdt. et al.; Zen.-P. Cairo 59 230, 4 [253 BC]; Wilcken, Chrest. 11A, 47 [123 BC]) 2 Cor 8:22. Also τινὰ μετά τινος (cf. X., Hell. 1, 4, 21) vs. 18. M-M.* συμπεριέχω (Dionys. Hal. 3, 43) surround or stand around (together) w. κύκλῳ added Lk 12:1 D.* συμπεριλαμβάνω 2 aor. ptc. συμπεριλαβών (Pla., Aristot.+; inscr., pap., Ezk 5:3; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 32) embrace, throw one’s arms around w. acc. to be supplied Ac 20:10 (like X., An. 7, 4, 10 περιλαβὼν τὸν παῖδα). M-M.* συμπίνω 2 aor. συνέπιον (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Esth 7:1 συμπιεῖν τῇ βασιλίσσῃ; Jos., Vi. 224 ἡμῖν) drink with (beside συνεσθίειν as Dit., Syll.3 1179, 18f) τινί someone Ac 10:41; ISm 3:3. M-M.* συμπίπτω 2 aor. συνέπεσον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fall together—1. lit. fall in, collapse (trag.; Thu. 8, 41, 2; Diod. S. 19, 45, 2 houses as a result of a downfall of rain and hail; Jos., Bell. 1, 331οἶκος; Dit., Or. 595, 15; 28; PMagd. 9, 3; POxy. 75, 27 al. in pap.; Sb 5109, 2 [I AD] οἰκίας συμπεπτωκυίας) Lk 6:49.

2. fig.—a. of a person’s mental state (1 Macc 6:10 συνπέπτωκα τῇ καρδίᾳ ἀπὸ τῆς μερίμνης; Test. Zeb. 10:1) collapse fr. fright MPol 12:1. b. in OT expressions συνέπεσεν τὸ πρόσωπον his countenance fell, has become distorted 1 Cl 4:3, 4 (Gen 4:5 [συνέπεσεν τῷ προσώπῳ], 6; cf. Test. Jos. 7:2). M-M.* συμπληρόω impf. pass. συνεπληρούμην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Philo, Joseph.) fill completely; pass. become quite full.

1. lit., of a ship (cf. Arrian, Anab. 1, 19, 10; Menand. Ephes. in Jos., Ant. 9, 285)that is being filled w. water in a storm συνεπληροῦντο they were being swamped Lk 8:23.

2. fig., of time fulfill, approach, come (πληρόω 2.—Herodian 7, 4, 1; BGU 1122, 22 [13 BC] ἐπὶ τοῦ συμπληρωθῆναι τοῦτον [τὸν χρόνον]; Jer 25:12 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 4, 176)ἐν τῷ συμπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως since the days of his ἀνάλημψις (q.v.) were approaching Lk 9:51. ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς when the day of Pentecost had come Ac 2:1 (s. JHRopes, HTR 16, ’23, 168-75).

M-M.* συμπλοκή, ῆς, ἡ (Pla. et al.; inscr.; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 198; Jos., Bell. 4, 423)(lustful) embrace, intercourse (Pla., Symp. 191C; Aristot., H.A. 5, 5; Cornutus 24 p. 45, 9) μιαραὶ κ. ἄναγναι συμπλοκαί 1 Cl 30:1 (cf. Achilles Tat. 7, 5, 4 μεμιασμένας συμπλοκάς).* συμπνέω (Aeschyl.+; pap.; lit. ‘breathe with’) agree, coincide, coalesce (Polyb. 30, 2, 8 συμπ. καὶ μιᾷ γνώμῃ χρῆσθαι; Plut.; Herodian; Herm. Wr. 10, 17; BGU 1024, 8, 20; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 69; Jos., Ant. 7, 105)1 Cl 37:5.* συμπνίγω impf. συνέπνιγον; 1 aor. συνέπνιξα (Jos., Ant. 12, 275v.l.)—1. (crowd together and) choke, of plants whose food and light is cut off by weeds (Theophr., C. Pl. 6, 11, 6 δένδρα συμπνιγόμενα) Mk 4:7. Symbolically in the interpr. of the parable τὸν λόγον Mt 13:22; Mk 4:19. Pass. Lk 8:14.

2. as a hyperbolic expr. for crowd around, press upon, someth. like almost crush (Gdspd.) οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον ἀυτόν Lk 8:42. ἀλλήλους 12:1 D.* συμπολιτεύομαι 1 aor. συνεπολιτευσάμην be a fellow-citizen, live in the same state (Thu. et al. in the act. The mid. in Aeschin. 1, 17; Isocr. 3, 4; 5, 20 al.; Epict. 3, 22, 99; inscr., pap.) τινί of or as someone (Diod. S. 5, 58, 2; Dit., Or. 504, 6 συνπεπολιτευμένος ἡμεῖν; Jos., Ant. 19, 306)MPol 22:2; Epil Mosq. 1.* συμπολίτης, ου, ὁ (Eur., Her. 826; Aelian, V.H. 3, 44; Jos., Ant. 19, 175; IG XIV 1878; pap.) fellow-citizen fig.

The Gentiles, when they accept the faith, become συμπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων fellow-citizens of the saints who, as Christians, are citizens of the Kingdom of God Eph 2:19. M-M.* 935

συμπορεύομαι impf. συνεπορευόμην—1. go (along) with (Eur.; Pla.; PSI 353, 13 [III BC]; LXX) τινί someone (Pla., Phaedr. 249C; Zen.-P. 42 [=Sb 6748], 2 [253/2 BC]; Tob 5:3, 9) Lk 7:11; 14:25; 24:15.

2. come together, flock (Polyb. 5, 6, 1 πρός τινα; 6, 16, 4 al.; Plut., Eum. 13, 8; inscr.; Dt 31:11; Job 1:4 πρὸς ἀλλήλους) πρός τινα to someone Mk 10:1. M-M.* συμποσία, ας, ἡ (Pind.+; 3 Macc 5:15, 16, 17; 7:20) a common meal Mk 6:39 D.* συμπόσιον, ου, τό (Theognis+=drinking-party, banquet [so Philo, Op. M. 78; Jos., Ant. 8, 137; 12, 231]; X.+ also=hall where a drinking-party or banquet is held; also pap., LXX in both mngs.) a party or group of people eating together (so Plut., Mor. 157D; 704D) repeated, in a distributive sense (Bl-D, §493, 2 and app.; Mlt. 97): συμπόσια συμπόσια in parties Mk 6:39 (cf. πρασιά). M-M.* συμπρεσβύτερος, ου, ὁ (only in Christian sources [Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VI 347, 2]. But συμπρεσβευτής=‘fellow-ambassador’ not infreq. in lit. and inscr.; likew. the pl. συμπρέσβεις w. the same mng. [Thu. 1, 90, 5; 1, 91, 3; Jos., Vi. 62; 73]) fellow-presbyter or-elder (πρεσβύτερος 1a) 1 Pt 5:1. M-M.* συμφέρω impf. συνέφερον; 1 aor. συνήνεγκα, ptc. συνενέγκας (Hom. [mid.]+; Aeschyl., Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. bring together τὶ someth. (cf. X., An. 6, 4, 9; Jos., Ant. 16, 45)Ac 19:19.

2. help, confer a benefit, be advantageous or profitable or useful (Jos., Ant 1, 162)—a. impers. συμφέρει τι someth. is good (for someone or someth.), someth. is useful or helpful 1 Cor 6:12; 10:23. οὐ συμφέρει μοι 2 Cor 12:1 t.r. (s. Windisch on this pass., which has prob. been damaged textually). συμφέρει τί τινι (Soph.+; Pr 19:10; Sir 30:19; 37:28 οὐ πάντα πᾶσιν συμφέρει) 2 Cor 8:10; IRo 5:3. συμφέρει τινί foll. by inf. (Epict. 2, 22, 20; Esth 3:8) GP 11:48; ISm 7:1. συμφ. τινί foll. by ἵνα (Bl-D. §393, 1; Rob. 992; POxy. 1220, 19) Mt 5:29f (foll. by καὶ μή to denote, by way of contrast, what is not advantageous; here and elsewh. it is well translated it is better. . . than); Mt 18:6; J 11:50 (foll. by καὶ μή); 16:7. οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαι it is better not to marry Mt 19:10 (Polyaenus 3, 9, 2 διώκειν οὐ συμφέρει). W. acc. and inf. (cf. Ep. Arist. 25) συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν J 18:14. b. ptc. συμφέρων profitable, etc.—α. τὰ συμφέροντα what is good for you Ac 20:20 (Pla., Rep. 1 p. 341E; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 502, Vi. 370; 3 Macc 6:24)—β. σοὶ συμφέρον ἐστί w. inf. foll. Hs 7:5. οὐ συμφέρον (sc. ἐστίν) there is nothing to be gained by it 2 Cor 12:1 (cf. Thu. 3, 44, 2). γ. subst. τὸ συμφέρον profit, advantage (Soph.+; inscr.; 2 Macc 11:15; 4 Macc 5:11; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 54; 13, 152, τὸ αὐτοῦ ς. 14, 174) τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ συμφέρον 1 Cor 10:33 t.r. τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον the common good (cf. τὸ δημοσίᾳ συμφέρον POxy. 1409, 11; Ocellus [II BC] 48 Harder [’26] τὸ ς. τῷ κοινῷ) B 4:10. πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον (τινός) for (someone’s) advantage 1 Cor 7:35 t.r.; 12:7 (Aeneas Tact. 469; schol. on Pind., Isth. 1, 15b; cf. Jos., Ant. 15, 22).Also ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον Hb 12:10 (cf. Appian, Liby. 89 §420 ἐπὶ συμφέροντι κοινῷ, Syr. 41 §217; Jos., Bell. 1, 558and Vi. 48 ἐπὶ συμφέροντι). M-M.* σύμφημι (trag., X., Pla.+) agree σύμφημι τῷ νόμῳ ὅτι καλός I agree with the law (and thus bear witness) that it is good Ro 7:16 (ς. ὅτι: Pla., Phaedo 9 p. 64B).* συμφορά, ᾶς, ἡ misfortune, calamity, disaster (so in sing. and pl. Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Spec.

Leg. 4, 179; Jos., Ant. 10, 106al.). Pl. w. περιπτώσεις 1 Cl 1:1. B. 1096.* σύμφορος, ον beneficial, advantageous, profitable (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr.; POxy. 1676, 25 τὸ σύνφορόν σοι ποίει; 2 Macc 4:5) τινί to or for someone Hv 1, 3, 3; 5:5; s6, 1, 3; 6, 5, 7. Comp. (Epict. 1, 28, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 294) συμφορώτερόν ἐστι w. inf. foll. Hm 6, 1, 4.—Subst. τὸ σύμφορον benefit, advantage (Thu. 5, 98. The pl. τὰ σύμφορα is more freq. Soph.+) τό τινος σύμφορον 1 Cor 7:35; 10:33. M-M.* συμφορτίζω burden together with others συμφορτιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ burdened (together w. him) by his death Phil 3:10 v.l.* συμφυλέτης, ου, ὁ (pagan inscr. IG XII 2, 505, 18 [II BC]); Dox. Gr. 655, 8; Rhet. Gr. VII 49, 22; Isocr. 12, 145 Bl. v.l.; Herodian Gr., Philetaerus [in the edition of Moeris by JPierson] p. 475; Hesychius) fellow-countryman, compatriot; pl. one’s people 1 Th 2:14. M-M.* συμφυρμός, οῦ, ὁ (hapax legomenon.—συμφύρομαι Eur.+; Jos., Bell. 2, 150)mixing, mingling of sexual intercourse (w. ἀσέλγειαι) συμφυρμοὶ πονηρίας wicked immorality Hv 2, 2, 2.* σύμφυτος, ον (Pind.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 42, but mostly=‘innate’ or someth. sim.) grown together (Aristot., Hist. Anim. 5, 32 p. 557b, 18, Topica 7, 6 p. 145b, 3; 13) τινί with someth. (Antipho: POxy. 1364, 44f) fig. σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ Ro 6:5 (ὁμοίωμα 1.—Cf. Dio Chrys. 11[12], 28 of the men of primitive times in their relationship to the divinity: οὐ μακρὰν τ. θείου. . . ἀλλὰ ἐν αὐτῷ μέσῳ πεφυκότες μᾶλλον δὲ συμπεφυκότες ἐκείνῳ). SStricker, D. Mysteriengedanke des hl. Pls nach Rö 6:2-11: Liturgisches Leben 1, ’34, 285-96; OKuss, D. Römerbrief I, ’63, 299f; see also the comm. by OMoe2 ’48; ANygren ’51; CEBCranfield ’75. M-M.* 936

συμφύω 2 aor. pass. ptc. συμφυείς (trans. in Pla. et al.; intr. in Hippocr., Plato et al., incl. Wsd 13:13; Philo, Dec. 87; Jos., Ant. 8, 63[συμφυέντες]) pass. intr. grow up with someth. Lk 8:7. M-M.* συμφωνέω fut. συμφωνήσω; 1 aor. συνεφώνησα, pass, συνεφωνήθην (Pla., Aristot.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 181).

1. of things—a. fit (in) with, match (with), agree with (Pla., Aristot.+) w. dat. τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν with this (i.e. w. God’s call to the Gentiles) the words of the prophets agree Ac 15:15 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 107; 15, 174). τῷ παλαιῷ οὐ συμφωνήσει τὸ ἐπίβλημα Lk 5:36. (λίθοι) μὴ συμφωνοῦντες τοῖς ἑτέροις λίθοις Hs 9, 6, 4. b. fit together συμφωνοῦσιν αἱ ἁρμογαί the joints (of the stones) fit together Hv 3, 5, 1c. συμφ. ταῖς ἁρμογαῖς αὐτῶν they fit together at their joints 3, 5, 1a. συμφ. ταῖς ἁρμογαῖς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν ἑτέρων λίθων 3, 5, 2; cf. 3, 2, 6. c. harmonize (in sound) συμφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις of jars that knock against each other Hm 11:13.

2. of persons—a. be in agreement, in harmony (Pla., Aristot.+; Strabo 12, 3, 25) ἑαυτοῖς συνεφώνησαν they were in agreement with each other Hv 3, 5, 1b.-Be of one mind, agree (Diod. S. 12, 25, 3; 4 Km 12:9; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 17; 2, 255 τινὶ περί τινος) ἐὰν δύο συμφωνήσουσιν περὶ πράγματος Mt 18:19. Impers. passive συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι did you agree to test?, lit. ‘was it agreed by you to test?’ Ac 5:9 (Bl-D. §202 app.; 409, 3 app.; cf. Lat. convenit inter vos; Rob. 1084). Of a business arrangement (oft. pap.) συμφωνήσας μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου he came to an agreement or he settled with the workmen for a denarius Mt 20:2. Also prob. οὐχὶ δηναρίου (gen. of price) συνεφώνησάς μοι; vs. 13. But in the latter pass. the mng. may also be b. be in agreement τινί with someone. M-M.* συμφώνησις, εως, ἡ (Anecd. Gr. Oxon. ed. JACramer IV [1837] p. 326, 12) agreement τινὸς πρός τινα of someone with someone 2 Cor 6:15. M-M.* συμφωνία, ας, ἡ (Pla.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 302; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 170; 179) in our lit. only in one pass., as a term dealing w. music Lk 15:25. It is variously interpreted: 1. music produced by several instruments (Paradoxogr. Flor. 43), also band, orchestra (PFlor. 74, 5; 18; POxy. 1275, 9; 12; 24 συμφωνία αὐλητῶν καὶ μουσικῶν).

2. a single instrument (Polyb. 26, 1, 4 μετὰ κερατίου καὶ συμφωνίας; Athen. 13 p. 594E χορῷ μεγάλῳ κ. παντοίοις ὀργάνοις κ. συμφωνίαις; Da 3:5, 15 v.l. Loanw. in rabb. w. the mng. ‘double flute’ [Billerb. IV 396, 400]). Acc. to PBarry, JBL 23, ’04, 180ff; 27, ’08, 99ff a kind of bagpipe. Against this GFMoore, ibid. 24, ’05, 166ff.

M-M.* σύμφωνος, ον (Hom. Hymns, Pla.+; inscr., pap., 4 Macc)—1. harmonious in symbolic usage IEph 4:1, 2; 5:1.

2. agreeing (Ep. Arist. 302; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 169, Ant. 15, 408); subst. τὸ σύμφωνον agreement (Philo) ἐκ συμφώνου by agreement (PLond. 334, 19; PHamb. 15, 8; P Strassb. 14, 13; BGU 446, 13 al. in pap.) 1 Cor 7:5.

M-M.* συμψέλιον, ου, τό (POxy. 921; Sb 4292, 4. Written σεμψέλλιον: PGrenf. II 111, 37; CWessely, Wiener Studien 24, ’02, 99f. Lat. loanw.=‘subsellium’. Loanw. in rabb.) bench Hv 3, 1, 4; 7; 3, 2, 4; 3, 10, 1; 5; 3, 13, 3; m 11:1.* συμψηφίζω (as a mid. Aristoph., X.+) in our lit. act. (as PGM 13, 348) 1 aor. συνεψήφισα count up, compute τὶ someth. τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν the price of them (=the books) Ac 19:19. τὴν ποσότητα τῆς δαπάνης count up the amount of the cost Hs 5, 3, 7. τὰς ὥρας count the hours v 3, 1, 4.—The pass. (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 22 §83; Sb 7378, 9 [II AD]; Jer 30:14 AQ) συνεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἀποστόλων he was counted as one of the apostles Ac 1:26 D (verbs compounded w. σύν are oft. used w. μετά in the LXX: Johannessohn 205). M-M.* σύμψυχος, ον harmonious, united in spirit (so in Polemo, Decl. 2, 54 p. 34, 19) w. τὸ ἓν φρονῶν Phil 2:2 (but AFridrichsen, Philol. Wochenschr. 58, ’38, 910-12 wholeheartedly). M-M.* σύν (the Koine knows nothing of the Attic form ξύν; Bl-D. §34, 4; Rob. 626) prep. w. dat. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.-For lit. s. on ἀνά and μετά, beg.; Tycho Mommsen esp. p. 395ff; Bl-D. 221 w. app.; Rob. 626-8) with.

1. w. the dat. of the pers. to denote accompaniment and association—a. be, remain, stand, etc., with someone ἀνακεῖσθαι σύν τινι J 12:2. διατρίβειν Ac 14:28. τὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα Ac 4:14. μένειν Lk 1:56; 24:29 (here alternating w. μένειν μετά τινος as its equivalent). b. go, travel, etc. with someone ἔρχεσθαι σύν τινι go with, accompany someone (Jos., Vi. 65) J 21:3; Ac 11:12; come with someone 2 Cor 9:4. ἀπέρχεσθαι Ac 5:26. εἰσέρχεσθαι (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 13) Lk 8:51; Ac 3:8. ἐξέρχεσθαι J 18:1; Ac 10:23; 14:20. συνέρχεσθαι 21:16. πορεύεσθαι Lk 7:6; Ac 10:20. c. In the case of εἶναι σύν τινι the emphasis is sometimes purely on being together, and somet. upon accompaniment: be with someone (X., An. 1, 8, 26; Alexandrian graffito, prob. fr. imperial times [Dssm., LO 257, 4-LAE 303, 1] εὔχομαι κἀγὼ ἐν τάχυ σὺν σοὶ εἶναι [addressed to a deceased person]) Lk 24:44 (ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν as 4 Macc 18:10); Phil 1:23 (Quint. Smyrn. 7, 698 of Achilles ἐστὶ σὺν ἀθανάτοισι); Col 2:5; w. indication of the 937

place ἐν τῷ ὄρει 2 Pt 1:18. Accompany, follow someone Lk 7:12. Be someone’s companion or disciple 8:38; 22:56; Ac 4:13; be among someone’s attendants 13:7. ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 14:4 (cf. X., Cyr. 7, 5, 77). οἱ σύν τινι ὄντες someone’s comrades, companions, attendants Mk 2:26; Ac 22:9. Without ὄντες (X., An. 2, 2, 1; UPZ 160, 9 [119 BC]; Jos., Ant. 11, 105; 12, 393) Lk 5:9; 8:45 v.l.; 9:32; 24:10 (αἱ σὺν αὐταῖς); 24:33; Ac 5:17. In the sing. Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί Gal 2:3.—With a subst.

(POxy. 242, 33; BGU 1028, 19) οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται his fellow-craftsmen Ac 19:38. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφοί Ro 16:14; cf. Gal 1:2; Ro 16:15; Phil 4:21; MPol 12:3. d. γενέσθαι σύν τινι join someone Lk 2:13 (γίνομαι I 4cζ). καθίσαι σύν τινι sit beside someone Ac 8:31.

2. do or experience someth. with someone—a. do: Ἁνανίας σὺν Σαπφίρῃ ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα Ac 5:1. ἐπίστευσεν σὺν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 18:8. προσεύχεσθαι 20:36. ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 21:24.-Phil 2:22. b. experience, suffer: σύν τινι ἀποθανεῖν Mt 26:35. ἀναιρεθῆναι Lk 23:32. σταυρωθῆναι Mt 27:38; cf. vs. 44.

Cf. Ac 8:20; 1 Cor 11:32. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ Ἀβραάμ Gal 3:9. ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ Col 3:3.-In mystic union w. Christ the Christian comes to ἀποθανεῖν σὺν Χριστῷ Ro 6:8; Col 2:20 and to ζῆν σὺν αὐτῷ 2 Cor 13:4; cf. 1 Th 5:10 (ELohmeyer, Σὺν Χριστῷ: Deissmann-Festschr. ’27, 218-57; JDupont, Σὺν Χριστῷ. . . suivant St. Paul; lère partie-la vie future ’52). c. To the personal obj. acc. of the verb in the act., σύν adds other persons who are undergoing the same experience at the same time with, just as (Philochorus [IV/III BC]: no. 328 fgm. 7a Jac. ὥπλιζε σὺν τοῖς ἄρρεσι τὰς θηλείας) σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς Mk 15:27. ὁ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν 2 Cor 1:21. ἡμᾶς σὺν Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ 4:14. Cf. Col 2:13; 1 Th 4:14.

3. to denote help (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37 ἢν οἱ θεοὶ σὺν ἡμῖν ὦσιν, An. 3, 1, 21; [the expr. σὺν θεῷ, PGrenf. II 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ; POxy. 1220, 23 et al, (cf. Pind., Ol. 10, 105[115] σὺν Κυπρογενεῖ) is not semantically parallel; cf. BRRees, Journ. of Egypt. Arch. 36, ’50, 94f]; Jos., Ant. 11, 259θεὸς σὺν αὐτῷ) ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (ἡ) σὺν ἐμοί God’s grace, that came to my aid 1 Cor 15:10.

4. combining persons and things—α. with, at the same time as τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ my money with interest Mt 25:27 (POsl. 40, 7 [150 AD] κεφάλαιον σὺν τ. τόκοις). αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ κλινιδίῳ Lk 5:19. σὺν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Ro 8:32. σύν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν 1 Cor 10:13. b. somet. σύν is nearly equivalent to καί (Ostraka 1535, 5 [II BC] τοῖς συνστρατιώταις σὺν Πλάτωνι; Johannessohn 207) (together) with οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Lk 20:1. Πέτρος σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ Ac 3:4. Cf. Lk 23:11; Ac 2:14; 10:2; 14:5; 23:15; Eph 3:18; Phil 1:1 (cf. POxy. 1293, 3 [117-38 AD]); 1 Cl 65:1; IPol 8:2. τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν Gal 5:24. Cf. Eph 4:31; Js 1:11.

5. when a new factor is introduced besides, in addition to (Jos., Ant. 17, 171)σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις beside all this, in addition to or apart from all this (cf. σὺν τούτοις=‘apart fr. this’: Galen, CMG V 9, 1 p. 381, 2; Proseuche Aseneth 11 Bat.; 3 Macc 1:22) Lk 24:21.—6. in combination w. ἅμα (ἅμα 2) 1 Th 4:17; 5:10.-BMcGrath, CBQ 14, ’52, 219-26: ‘syn’-Words in Paul; OGert, D. mit. syn-verbundenen Formulierungen in paul. Schrifttum, Diss. Berlin, ’52; WGrundmann, TW VII, 766-98: σύν and μετά w. gen. M-M. συνάγω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. συνάξω; 1 aor. inf. συνάξαι Lk 3:17 v.l. (JHMoulton, Cambridge Bibl. Essays ’09, 485f); 2 aor. συνήγαγον. Pass.: pf. ptc. συνηγμένος; 1 aor. συνήχθην; 1 fut. συναχθήσομαι.

1. gather (in) things: J 15:6. κλάσματα 6:12f. ξύλα MPol 13:1. Of fish of every kind, which the net gathers up when it is cast Mt 13:47. Of the fragments of a ms. that is wearing out MPol 22:3a; Epil Mosq 4a. Of field crops (Ex 23:10; Lev 25:3) Mt 25:24, 26; cf. pass. (Jos., Ant. 5, 242)D 9:4a. W. indication of the destination εἴς τι (Diod. S. 19, 100, 2 τ. ἄσφαλτον ς. εἴς τινα τόπον) εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην Mt 3:12; 6:26; 13:30; Lk 3:17. ποῦ 12:17. ἐκεῖ vs. 18. συνάγειν πάντα Lk 15:13 gather everything together, perh. in the sense or w. the connotation turn everything into cash (cf. Plut., Cato Min. 6, 7 κληρονομίαν εὒς ἀργύριον συναγαγών).—Symbolically συνάγειν μετά τινος join with someone in gathering (opp. σκορπίζω, q.v. 1) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. συνάγειν καρπὸν εὒς ζωὴν αὒώνιον J 4:36. Of sheep, metaph. 10:16 P66.

2. bring or call together, gather a number of persons (1 Km 5:11; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 234) πάντας οὓς εὗρον Mt 22:10. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 2:4 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 4 §15: in view of frightening signs ἡ βουλὴ μάντεις συνῆγεν). πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 2 Cl 17:4; (Is 66:18). συνέδριον (Diod. S. 17, 4, 2 συνέδριον συναγαγών, likew. 17, 30, 1.-Cf. Ex 3:16 τ. γερουσίαν, likew. Jos., Ant. 5, 332)J 11:47. τὸ πλῆθος (Jos., Ant. 3, 188)Ac 15:30. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν (Aeneas Tact. 431; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 15) 14:27; cf. D 10:5. συνάξεις πάντας τοὺς σοὺς ὑπὸ τὸ στέγος σου 1 Cl 12:6. Foll. by εἰς to indicate the place (X., Ages. 1, 25; Jos., Vi. 280 τὸ πλῆθος εἰς τὴν προσευχήν) εἰς τὸν τόπον Rv 16:16 (Diod. S. 17, 20, 1 συνήγαγεν εἰς ἕνα τόπον τοὺς ἀρίστους; 13, 49, 3). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cf. εἰς 2a); to indicate the purpose (Dionys. Hal. 2, 45 ὅπως εἰς φιλίαν συνάξουσι τὰ ἔθνη; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 111) εἰς τὸν πόλεμον Rv 16:14; 20:8. Cf. 13:10 v.l. ἐπί τινα Mt 27:27. ἵνα κἀμὲ συναγάγῃ ὁ κύριος Ἰ. Χρ. μετὰ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν that the Lord Jesus Christ may gather me also with the elect MPol 22:3b; Epil Mosq 4b.-Pass., either in the passive sense be gathered or brought together συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη Mt 25:32. συναχθήτω σου ἡ ἐκκλησία ἀπὸ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς εἰς τὴν σὴν βασιλείαν D 9:4b; or in the reflexive sense gather, come together, assemble (Gen 29:8; Dt 33:5; Esth 9:18; Test. Reub. 1:2) Mt 22:41; 27:17; Mk 2:2; MPol 18:2; D 14:1; 16:2. The subj. can also be a collective word συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον Lk 22:66; ἡ πόλις Ac 13:44. More closely defined: as to place εἴς τι Mt 26:3; Ac 4:5 v.l. εὒς τὸ δεῖπνον Rv 19:17. ἔν τινι: Ac 4:5 text, 31. ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ with the church 11:26. ἐὰν ἦτε μετʼ ἐμοῦ συνηγμένοι ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ μου if you are gathered with me in my bosom 2 Cl 4:5 (a saying of the Lord, of unknown origin). παρά τινι with someone Ac 21:18 D. πρός τινα to or with someone (Test. Benj. 10:11) Mt 13:2; 27:62; Mk 4:1; 6:30; 7:1. πρὸς ἀλλήλους GP 8:28. ἐπί τινα with or around someone Mk 5:21; against someone (Gen 34:30; Josh 10:6; Hos 10:10) Ac 4:27 (=κατά 938

τινος vs. 26 after Ps 2:2). ἐπὶ τὴν ζωήν into life 2 Cl 17:3. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό (s. αὐτός 4b and ἐπί III 1aζ) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. σύν τινι (Mi 2:12) 1 Cor 5:4. συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Mt 28:12; also of an individual pers. συνήχθη Ἰησοῦς μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 18:2 (HReynen, BZ 5, ’61, 86-90 ‘stay’). W. an adv. of place οὗ Mt 18:20; Ac 20:8; ὅπου Mt 26:57; J 20:19 t.r.; ἐκεῖ (Test. Benj. 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 23)Mt 24:28; Lk 17:37 t.r.; J 18:2. Foll. by inf. of purpose Ac 13:44; 15:6; 20:7; Rv 19:19.

3. bring together, reconcile (Demosth. et al.; Herodian 3, 13, 5; 4, 3, 4; 9) μαχομένους συναγαγών B 19:12.

4. lead or bring (to) (Hom.+) pass. πᾶσα γλῶσσα εἰς θεὸν συνήχθη IMg 10:3.—5. invite or receive as a guest (w. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν or εἰς τὸν οἶκον added Judg 19:18; 2 Km 11:27; Dt 22:2. Cf. also Gen 29:22; Achilles Tat. 3, 8, 3) Mt 25:35, 38, 43.

6. intr. (so, but w. a different mng., Theocr. 22, 82; Polyb. 11, 18, 4 [both=meet in hostile fashion]) advance, move (Aelian, V.H. 3, 9 συνάγοντος τοῦ πολέμου) σὺναγε ἔτι ἄνω move farther up Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22.-On Dg 12:9 s. καιρός, end (cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 126συνάγεται πᾶς ὁ χρόνος). M-M.* συναγωγή, ῆς, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. gathering-place, place where someth. collects of the basins in which water is gathered at the creation (Gen 1:9; cf. Jos., Ant. 15, 346ς. ὑδάτων) 1 Cl 20:6.

2. place of assembly (Cybele-inscr. [Bilderatlas z. Religionsgesch. 9-11, ’26 p. xix no. 154] ἐν τῇ τοῦ Διὸς συναγωγῇ; Sb 4981, 6.-On συναγωγή as a room for meetings cf. συνέδρια of the meeting-houses of the Pythagoreans Polyb. 2, 39, 1)—a. of the Jewish synagogue (it is used for a place of assembly for Jews in Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 81 [w. ref. to the Essenes]; Jos., Bell. 2, 285;289; 7, 44, Ant. 19, 300; 305; CIG 9894; 9904; Bull. de corr. hell. 21, 1897 p. 47; Συναγωγὴ Ἑβραίων in Corinth [s. Κόρινθος, end], in Rome [CIG IV 9909] and Lydia [JKeil and AvPremerstein, Bericht über e. dritte Reise in Lyd.: Denkschr. d. Ak. Wien 57, ’14, p. 32ff no. 42].-Av Harnack, Mission4 II ’24, p. 568, 2; GKittel, ThLZ 69, ’44, 11f); people came to the συν. to worship God Mt 4:23; 6:2, 5; 9:35; 12:9; 13:54; Mk 1:39; 3:1; 6:2; Lk 4:15; 6:6; J 18:20. In the same buildings court was also held and punishment was inflicted: Mt 10:17; 23:34; Mk 13:9; Lk 12:11; 21:12; Ac 22:19; 26:11. Synagogues are also mentioned as existing in Antioch in Pisidia 13:14; Athens 17:17; Beroea vs. 10; Damascus 9:20; Ephesus 18:19; Capernaum Mk 1:21; Lk 4:33; 7:5; J 6:59 (HKohl and CWatzinger, Antike Synagogen in Galiläa ’16; HVincent, RB 30, ’21, 438ff; 532ff; GOrfali, Capharnaum et ses ruines ’22); Corinth Ac 18:4; Ephesus 19:8 (s. above); Nazareth Lk 4:16; Salamis on the island of Cyprus Ac 13:5; Thessalonica 17:1.-ELSukenik, Ancient Synagogues in Palestine and Greece ’34.-On the relationship betw. συναγωγή and προσευχή (q.v. 2) cf. SKrauss, Synagogale Altertümer ’22, 11; Pauly-W. second ser. IV ’32, 1284-1316; ERivkin, AHSilver-Festschr., ’63, 350-54.-AWGroenman, De Oorsprong der Joodsche Synagoge: NThT 8, ’19, 43-87; 137-88; HLStrack, RE XIX 221-6; Elbogen2 444ff; 571ff; Billerb. IV. 115-52 (the syn. as an institution), 153-88 (the syn. services); GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua (tr. PLevertoff) ’29, 38-55; SSafrai, MStern et al., The Jewish People in the 1st Century II, ’77, 908-44. b. a Christian assembly-place can also be meant in Js 2:2 (so LRost, Pj 29, ’33, 53-66, esp. 54f). εἰς ς. πλήρη ἀνδρῶν Hm 11:14 (cf. the superscription on a Marcionite assembly-place near Damascus συναγωγὴ Μαρκιωνιστῶν [Dit., Or. 608, 1 fr. 318/19 AD]; Harnack, SAB ’15, 754ff). S. 5 below.

3. (the congregation of a) synagogue (references for this usage in Schürer4 II 504f; III 81ff; EPeterson, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrbücher 2, ’21, 208) Ac 6:9 (Schürer II4 87); 9:2.

4. The Jews who are hostile to the Christians are called (instead of συναγωγὴ κυρίου: Num 16:3; 20:4; 27:17; Josh 22:16; Ps 73:2) συναγωγὴ τοῦ σατανᾶ synagogue of Satan Rv 2:9; 3:9.

5. a meeting for worship, of the Jews λυθείσης τῆς συναγωγῆς Ac 13:43 (cf. λύω 3).-Transferred to meetings of Christian congregations (cf. Test. Benj. 11:2, 3) ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃ εἰς συναγωγὴν ὑμῶν Js 2:2 (this is the preferred interpr.: HermvSoden, Ropes, Meinertz, FHauck. S. 2b above). συναγωγὴ ἀνδρῶν δικαίων Hm 11:9, 13, cf. 14. πυκνότερον συναγωγαὶ γινέσθωσαν meetings (of the congregation) should be held more often IPol 4:2. (συναγ. is also found outside Jewish and Christian circles for periodic meetings; cf. the exx. in MDibelius, Jakobus ’21 p. 124, 1.

Also Philo Bybl. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1. 10, 52 Ζωροάστρης ἐν τῇ ίερᾷ συναγωγῇ τῶν Περσικῶν φησι; Dit., Or. 737, 1 [II BC] ς. ἐν τῷ Ἀπολλωνείῳ; PLond. 2710r., 12: HTR 29, ’36, 40; 51.-Sb 8267, 3 [5 BC] honorary inscr. of a pagan συν.=association. W. ref. to the imperial cult BGU 1137, 2 [6 BC]). On the Christian use of the word cf. also ADeissmann, Die Urgeschichte des Christentums im Lichte der Sprachforschung ’10, 35f.

6. of any group of people: band, gang ς. πονηρευομένων (Ps 21:17) B 5:13; 6:6.-WSchrage, TW VII, 798-850: συναγωγή and related words. M-M. συναγωνίζομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. συνηγωνισάμην (Thu.+; inscr.; Test. Ash.6:2) fight or contend along with τινί someone, then also gener. help, assist someone (Demosth. 21, 190; Dit., Syll.3 651, 14 τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς συναγωνιζόμενος ἐκτενῶς; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 179; Jos., Ant. 12, 18; 17, 220; noun in POxy. 1676, 36f [III AD]: ‘fellow-worker’) Ro 15:30. M-M.* συναθλέω (Diod. S. 3, 4, 1=‘help’) 1 aor. συνήθλησα contend or struggle along with τινί someone ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν μοι they fought at my side in (spreading) the gospel Phil 4:3. τῇ πίστει (dat. of advantage) τοῦ εὐαγγελίου for the faith of the gospel 1:27. Abs. IPol 6:1.* συναθροίζω 1 aor. συνήθροισα. Pass.: 1 aor. συνηθροίσθην; pf. ptc. συνηθροισμένος (Thu. et al.; inscr.; POxy. 1253, 5; LXX).

1. gather, bring together w. acc. of the pers. (cf. 2 Km 2:30; Jos., Bell. 4, 645)Ac 19:25. Pass. be gathered, meet (X., An. 6, 5, 30; Antig. Car. 173; Josh 22:12; 1 Km 8:4; Jo 4:11; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 308) Lk 24:33 t.r.; Ac 12:12; hold meetings for purposes of worship IMg 4 (cf. Ex 35:1; Jos., Bell. 2, 289εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, Ant. 3, 84).

939

2. unite with, be joined to w. dat. τοῖς ἀνδράσιν συνηθροίσθη πολὺ πλῆθος ἐκλεκτῶν 1 Cl 6:1. M-M.* συναινέω 1 aor. συνῄνεσα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., 3 Macc) agree with, be in accord with τινί someone (Ep. Arist. 226; cf. Philo, Op. M. 2; Jos., Ant. 3, 192)IEph 11:2 (συνῄνεσαν is read by Lghtf., Funk, Hilgenfeld, GKrüger, Bihlmeyer; on the other hand Zahn [also Forschungen VI ’00 p. 191, 1] prefers συνῆσαν, though it is less well attested).* συναίρω 1 aor. inf. συνᾶραι (Hom.+; Ex 23:5 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 12, 286)συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (in act. and mid. [Bl-D. §310, 1; Mlt. 160]; PFay. 109, 6 [I AD]; BGU 775, 19; POxy. 113, 27. Now and then in the expr. παντὸς λόγου συνηρμένου=‘when accounts have been settled in full’: PFlor. 372, 14 al.) μετά τινος with someone (PLond. 131, 194 [I AD]) Mt 18:23; 25:19. Without λόγον, which is supplied by the preceding verse, 18:24. On the legal principles involved s. RSugranyes de Franch, Études sur le droit Palestinien à l’époque évangélique ’46. M-M.* συναιχμάλωτος, ου, ὁ (Ps.-Lucian, Asinus 27; Theodor. Prodr. 7, 256 Hercher; Nicetas Eugen. 9, 46; 81) fellow-prisoner Ro 16:7; Col 4:10; Phlm 23. M-M.* συνακολουθέω impf. συνηκολούθουν; 1 aor. συνηκολούθησα (Thu., Aristoph.+; PTebt. 39, 14 [II BC]; 2 Macc 2:4, 6; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 94; Jos., Ant. 6, 365)follow, accompany someone w. dat. of the pers. who is followed (X., Cyr. 8, 7, 5; Diod. S. 14, 39, 5 συνηκολούθουν αὐτοῖς) Mk 5:37 t.r.; 14:51; Lk 23:49 (here ‘follow’ has the connotation of being a disciple, as Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 19 p. 335, 32; cf. ἐκολουθέω 3); J 13:36 v.l. A Diatessaron fgm. fr. Dura (s. on προσάββατον) l. 2. W. μετά τινος instead of the dat. (Isocr. 4, 146; Diod. S. 13, 62, 5) Mk 5:37.

M-M.* συναλίζω; in the difficult passage συναλιζόμενος παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς Ac 1:4, the word is variously understood: 1. συνᾰλίζω eat (salt) with (cf. ἅλς) so the Lat., Syr., Copt. and the other ancient versions, Ephraem (AMerck, Der neuentdeckte Komm. des hl. Ephraem zur AG: ZkTh 48, ’24, 228), Chrysost., Overbeck; PFeine, Eine vorkanonische Überl. des Lukas 1891, 160; Felten; AHilgenfeld, ZWTh 38, 1895, 74; BWeiss, Blass, Preuschen; CRBowen, ZNW 13, ’12, 247-59 (=Studies in the NT, ed. RJHutcheon ’36, 89-109); Wendt, Zahn, Jacquier, JMoffatt; Gdspd., Probs. 122f; EGill, Rev. and Expos. 36, ’39, l97f ‘salt covenant’; L-S-J; OCullmann, Urchristentum u. Gottesdienst ’44, 15; EFFBishop, ET 56, ’44/’45, 220; PBenoit, RB 56, ’49, 191 note 3; EHaenchen, AG. The objections to this point of view are that it fits rather poorly into the context, and the circumstance that this mng., strictly speaking, is not found elsewh. (Manetho, Apotel. 5, 339 and Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 11, 12; 134, 19 Lag. it does not necessarily refer to table fellowship. Yet Libanius V 246, 13 F. ἁλῶν κοινωνεῖν=τραπέζης κ.); and Ac 10:41 appears to echo 1:4.

2. συνᾱλίζω bring together, assemble, pass. come together (both Hdt.+; the pass. also Petosiris, fgm. 33, 1. 6 [Πετόσειρις as an ἀνὴρ παντοίαις τάξεσι θεῶν τε καὶ ἀγγέλων συναλισθείς] and Jos., Bell. 3, 429, the act. Ant. 8, 105) so Weizsäcker; WBrandt, Die evangel. Gesch. 1893 p. 371, 1; Field, Notes 110f (‘as he was assembling w. them’); HHoltzmann, Knopf; WHPHatch, JBL 30, ’11, 123-8; ASteinmann, OHoltzmann. The objections to this are the singular number (IAHeikel, StKr 106, ’35, 315 proposes συναλιζομένοις) and the pres. tense of συναλιζόμενος (a linguistic counterpart may perh. be found in the sing. pres. in Ocellus [II BC] c. 15 Harder [’26] πῦρ εἰς ἓν συνερχόμενον).

3. The difficulties in 1 and 2 have led some to resort to the expedient of finding in συναλιζόμενος simply another spelling of συναυλιζόμενος, which is actually the reading of several minuscules here (the same variation in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 15 and Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 11, 12). συναυλίζομαι dep., lit. spend the night with, then also gener. be with, stay with (Babrius, Fab. 106, 6; Pr 22:24; Synes., Kingship 19 p. 21 D; Achmes 109, 18). So HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 310-17; KLake; RSV text. Cf. CFDMoule, NTS 4, ’57/’58, 58-61; MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 106-9.-On the whole question cf. also CCTorrey, The Composition and Date of Acts ’16, 23f. M-M.* συναλίσκομαι (Plut.+; Aelian, N. A. 11, 12; Diog. L. 2, 105) pass. be taken captive together Ac 1:4 D.* συνάλλαγμα, ατος, τό (Hippocr.+) contract, agreement (Demosth., Aristot.+; inscr., pap.; 1 Macc 13:42; Jos., Ant. 16, 45)βίαια συναλλάγματα extorted contracts B 3:3 (Is 58:6).* συναλλάσσω impf. συνήλλασσον (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap.) reconcile (Thu.+) τινά someone συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην he tried (conative impf., as Diod. S. 20, 37, 3 προῆγεν=she wanted to set out; 20, 71, 1 ἠνάγκαζε=he wanted to compel) to reconcile them, so that they would be peaceful Ac 7:26. M-M.* συναναβαίνω 2 aor. συνανέβην come or go up with (Hdt.+; LXX) τινί with someone (PTebt. 21, 11 [115 BC]; Ex 12:38) w. the destination given (Ps.-Lucian, Charid. 24 εἰς Ἴλιον ς. τοῖς, Ἀχαιοῖς) εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Mk 15:41; w. place fr. which and place to which ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ Ac 13:31. Instead of the dat. μετά τινος (Dit., Or. 632, 2 [II AD] μετʼ αὐτοῦ; LXX) Hs 9, 16, 7. M-M.* συνανάκειμαι impf. συνανεκείμην recline at table with, eat with (3 Macc 5:39) τινί with someone Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 14:10. οἱ συνανακείμενοι the fellow guests Mt 14:9; Mk 6:22, 26 t.r.; Lk 7:49; 14:15; J 12:2 t.r.* 940

συναναμείγνυμι mix up together (Hippocr.; Athen. 5 p. 177B) pass. mingle or associate with w. dat. of the pers.

(Clearchus [IV/III BC] in Athen. 6 p. 256A; Plut., Philop. 21, 8; Hos 7:8, cf. Ezk 20:18; Philo, Mos. 1, 278; Jos., Ant. 20, 165)1 Cor 5:9; 2 Th 3:14. Abs. 1 Cor 5:11. M-M.* συναναπαύομαι 1 aor. συνανεπαυσάμην rest or find rest (with) τινί someone, in someone’s company Ro 15:32 (elsewh. only lit.=‘lie down, sleep w. somebody’ [Arrian, Cyneg. 9, 2], esp. of married couples [Dionys. Hal.; Plut.].-Is 11:6). M-M.* συναναστρέφω in our lit. only pass. συναναστρέφομαι (Jos., Bell. 5, 58;Test. Napht. 4:2) associate, go about τινί with someone (Agatharchides [II BC]: 86 fgm. 12 Jac.; Diod. S.3, 58, 3; Epict. 3, 13, 5; Dit., Syll.3 534, 8 [218/17 BC]; Sir 41:5; Jos., Ant. 20, 206)Ac 10:41 D (the dat. is to be supplied).* συναναφύρω 1 aor. pass. συνανεφύρην (Lucian; Galen: CMG V 9, 1 p. 193, 6; Proclus on Pla., Tim. III p. 49, 13 Diehl; PHolm. 26, 39; Ezk 22:6) knead together fig. entangle, involve pass. ταῖς πραγματείαις σου συνανεφύρης ταῖς πονηραῖς you have involved yourself in your wicked affairs Hv 2, 3, 1 (the dat. as Lucian, Ep. Sat. 2, 28).* συναναχέω (Heliod. [III AD]) pour on together with v.l. P74 Ac 11:26.* συναντάω fut. συναντήσω; 1 aor. συνήντησα meet—1. lit. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) τινί someone (X., An. 7, 2, 5; Diod. S. 3, 65, 1; PLille 6, 6 [III BC]; 1 Macc 5:25; Jos., Ant.8, 331)Lk 9:18 v.l., 37; 22:10; Ac 10:25; Hb 7:1, 10; Epil Mosq 2. Abs. (Jos., Bell. 5, 40)ISm 4:1 (sc. αὐτοῖς).

2. fig., of events (PSI 392, 1 [242/1 BC]; Plut., Sulla 2, 7; Ex 5:3; Job 30:26; Test. Levi 1:1.-The mid. is also used in this way: Polyb. 22, 7, 14; Eccl 2:14; 9:11) τὰ ἐν αὐτῃ συναντήσοντα ἐμοὶ μὴ εἰδώς without knowing what will happen to me there Ac 20:22. M-M.* συνάντησις, εως, ή (Eur., Hippocr. et al.; pap.) meeting εἰς συνάντησίν τινι to meet someone (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 26, 5 σοι εἰς συνάντησιν; oft. LXX w. dat. and also gen.-Johannessohn 295f) Mt 8:34 t.r.; J 12:13 v.l. M-M.* συναντιλαμβάνομαι 2 aor. συναντελαβόμην (Diod. S. 14, 8, 2; Dit., Syll.3 412, 7[270 BC], Or. 267, 26; PHib. 82, 18 [perh. 238 BC]; PSI 329, 6; 591, 12; LXX; Jos., Ant. 4, 198[replaced by Niese w. συλλαμβάνομαι]. -Dssm., LO 68 [LAE 87f]) take part with (Ep. Arist. 123), gener. help, come to the aid of τινί someone (Ex 18:22; Ps 88:22) Lk 10:40. τὸ πνεῦμα συναντιλαμβάνεται τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ ἡμῶν the Spirit helps us in our weakness Ro 8:26 (v.l. τῆς ἀσθενείας; Bl-D. §170, 3; Rob. 529; 573). M-M.* συναπάγω 1 aor. pass. συναπήχθην (X., pap.; Ex 14:6) in our lit. only pass. and only fig. (Zosimus, Hist. 5, 6, 9 αὐτὴ ἡ Σπάρτη συναπήγετο τῇ κοινῇ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁλώσει) lead away or carry off with. Pass. be led or carried away τινί by someth. (instrum. dat.) or to someth. (cf. Kühner-G. I p. 407) Gal 2:13; 2 Pt 3:17. τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι Ro 12:16 may be taken to refer to things accommodate yourself to humble ways (Weymouth) in contrast to τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες (so, gener., BWeiss, RALipsius, Lietzmann, Kühl, Sickenberger, OHoltzmann, Althaus, Gdspd., WGBallantine, RSV mg.) or to people associate with humble folk (Moffatt; so, gener., the ancient versions and Chrysostom; Hilgenfeld, Zahn; KThieme, ZNW 8, ’07, 23ff; Lagrange; RSV text=20th Cent.). The two interpretations are connected in so far as the form is taken to be neuter, but referring to persons (so FSpitta, Zur Gesch. u. Lit. des Urchristentums III 1, ’01, 113; Jülicher. Cf. the ambiguous transl. of Weizsäcker: ‘sich heruntergeben zur Niedrigkeit’, or the sim. Confraternity of Christian Doctrine transl. ’41: ‘condescend to the lowly’. S. also PBerlin 9734 of Tyche: τὰ ταπεινὰ πολλάκις εἰς ὕψος ἐξάειρας).-AFridrichsen, Horae Soederblom. I 1, ’44, 32. M-M.* συναποθνῄσκω 2 aor. συναπέθανον (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 19, 34, 1 [of the burning of widows in India]; Sir 19:10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1. 108) die with τινί someone (Clearch., fgm. 28; Diod. S. 18, 41, 3 αὐτῷ; Περὶ ὕψους 44, 2; Polyaenus 8, 39; Charito 4, 2, 14; Hierocles 11 p. 445 μὴ συναποθνῄσκειν τῷ σώματι τὴν ψυχήν) Mk 14:31.

Abs. (opp. συζῆν as Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 80 Jac.) 2 Cor 7:3; 2 Ti 2:11 (dying and living with Christ).-FOlivier, Συναποθνῄσκω: RThPh 17, ’29, 103-33; WTHahn, D. Mitsterben u. Mitauferstehen mit Chr. bei Pls ’37. M-M.* συναπόλλυμι (act. Thu.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 199)fut. mid. συναπολοῦμαι; 2 aor. συναπωλόμην destroy with.

Mid. be destroyed, perish with (Hdt.+; POxy. 486, 35 [131 AD]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 19, 144)w. dat. (Hdt. 7, 221 al.; Plut., Phoc. 36, 3; Philo, Mut. Nom. 80) Hb 11:31; B 21:3. Also μετά τινος with someth. 21:1 (cf. Gen 18:23).

M-M.* συναποστέλλω 1 aor. συναπέστειλα (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX) send at the same time, send with τινά someone (Zen.-P. [PMich. 45=Sb 6798] l. 25 [256 BC]) 2 Cor 12:18. M-M.* συναριθμέω pf. pass. ptc. συνηριθμημένος (Isaeus, Pla.+; POxy. 1208, 17; Ex 12:4) count, number with or together (Aristot., Eth. 1, 5; 2, 3; Plut., Mor. 1018F; Philo, Mos. 1, 278) ἔν τινι (Plut., Brut. 29, 10) ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ IPhld 5:2.* 941

συναρμόζω (or συναρμόττω; Pind., Thu.+; inscr., pap.; Ep. Arist. 71; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 173) pf. pass. συνήρμοσμαι; 1 aor. pass. συνηρμόσθην.

1. fit in (with) συνηρμόσθησαν εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ πύργου Hs 9, 16, 7.—2. be associated τινί with someone pass. (Dit., Syll.3 783, 30 συνηρμόσθη αὐτῷ γυνή; BGU 1103, 23; 1104, 24; PSI 166, 17) τὸ πρεσβυτέριον συνήρμοσται τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ IEph 4:1, though in this context mng. 3 is also poss.—3. attune (so the pass., X., Symp. 3, 1); s. 2 above.* συναρμολογέω (only in Christian writers) fit or join together pass. of a building Eph 2:21. Of the body (s. συμβιβάζω 1a) 4:16. M-M.* συναρπάζω 1 aor. συνήρπασα; plpf. συνηρπάκειν; 1 aor. pass. συνηρπάσθην (trag., X.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) seize by violence, drag away τινά someone (Soph. et al.; Diod. S. 37, 27, 2; Dio Chrys. 5, 15; PSI 353, 12 [III BC]) Ac 6:12; 19:29. Of a demoniac who is seized by an unclean spirit Lk 8:29. Pass. (Diod. S. 20, 29, 11; Philo, Plant. 39; Jos., Ant. 7, 177συναρπαγεὶς ὑπὸ τ. πάθους) of a ship that was caught, torn away by the wind Ac 27:15.

M-M.* συναυλίζομαι s. συναλίζω 3. συναυξάνω (X.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 14, 116)pass. (X., Cyr. 8, 7, 6; Plut., Numa 5, 3; Philo, Aet. M. 103; Jos., Ant. 1, 32)grow together, grow side by side Mt 13:30. M-M.* συνβ- s. συμβ-. συνγ- s. συγγ-. σύνδενδρος, ον (Timaeus Hist. [IV/III BC]: no. 566 fgm. 57 Jac.; Polyb. 12, 4, 2; Diod. S. 5, 65, 1; Sb 4483, 6; Ep. Arist. 112) covered with trees, forested ὄρος Hs 9, 1, 10.* σύνδεσμος, ου, ὁ (Eur., Thu.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 120)and τὸ σύνδεσμον B 3:3 (the pl. σύνδεσμα is found occasionally beside σύνδεσμοι) that which binds together.

1. bond that holds someth. together—a. lit. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 115 §483 οἱ σύνδεσμοι of the fastenings that hold the various ships together; Herm. Wr. 1, 18; Ep. Arist. 85=‘fastening’) of the sinews of the body (Eur., Hipp. 199 al.) w. ἁφή Col 2:19. b. fig. σύνδ. τῆς εἰρήνης the bond of peace, i.e. that consists in peace (epexegetic gen.; Plut., Numa 6, 4 σύνδεσμος εὐνοίας κ. φιλίας; W-S. §30, 9b) Eph 4:3. Love is σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος the bond that unites all the virtues (which otherwise have no unity) in perfect harmony or the bond of perfect unity for the church Col 3:l4 (cf. Simplicius In Epict. p. 89, 15 Düb. οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι. . . τὴν φιλίαν. . . σύνδεσμον πασῶν τ. ἀρετῶν ἔλεγον; Pla., Polit. 310A.—Cf. also Pla., Leg. 21, 5 p. 921 C of the law: τῆς πόλεως ς.).—On σύνδεσμος as a philos. concept: WJaeger, Nemesios v. Emesa ’13, 96-137. KReinhardt, Kosmos u. Sympathie ’26; AFridrichsen, Serta Rudbergiana ’31, 26, Symb. Osl. 19, ’39, 41-5; GRudberg, Con. Neot. 3, ’39, 19-21.

2. the bond that hinders, fetter only fig. σύνδεσμος ἀδικίας (Is 58:6) fetter that consists in unrighteousness Ac 8:23 (s. also 3 below); B 3:3, 5 (in the two last-named passages Is 58:6 and 9 are quoted in context).

3. that which is held together by a bond, bundle (so Ac 8:23 Mft., Gdspd. et al.; s. 2 above), band, college (Herodian 4, 12, 6 ὁ ς. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν) ς. ἀποστόλων ITr 3:1. M-M.* συνδέω pf. pass. ptc. συνδεδεμένος (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 101, 6) bind someone or put someone in chains with (Jos., Ant. 2, 70δοῦλος συνδεδεμένος τῷ οἰνοχόῳ; 18, 196) ὡς συνδεδεμένοι as (though you were) fellow-prisoners Hb 13:3. But ς. can also mean simply bind, imprison, so that the force of συν-is no longer felt (Nicol.

Dam.: 90 fgm. 4 p. 332, 19 Jac.; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 2, 2 p. 171 [end] Herch.). M-M.* συνδιδασκαλίτης, ου, ὁ (hapax legomenon) apparently in the mng. fellow-pupil, fellow-disciple IEph 3:1 (s. Hdb. ad loc.).* συνδοξάζω 1 aor. συνεδόξασα, pass. συνεδοξάσθην (Aristot. et al.)—1. (cf. δόξα 3) join w. others in praising τὶ someth. ISm 11:3.—2. (cf. δόξα 1) pass. be glorified with someone, share in someone’s glory Ro 8:17.* σύνδουλος, ου, ὁ (Eur., Lysias+; BGU 1141, 20 [13 BC]; PLond. 1213a, 4; PLeipz. 40 II, 3; 2 Esdr; Jos., Ant. 11, 118.Other reff. in Herodas ed. ADKnox and WHeadlam ’22 p. 252f) fellow-slave.

1. lit. (e.g. Herodas 5, 56) Mt 24:49; Hs 5, 2, 9f.—2. w. ref. to the relationship betw. the oriental court official and his ruler (s. δοῦλος 2) Mt 18:28f, 31, 33.

3. w. ref. to a relationship to the heavenly κύριος. Paul and Ign. designate certain Christians as their σύνδουλοι:.

Col 1:7; 4:7 (σύνδουλος ἐν κυρίῳ); IEph 2:1; IMg 2; IPhld 4; ISm 12:2 (in the last two passages there are no names mentioned, as in the others; the ‘deacons’ are called ς.). In Rv 6:11 σύνδουλος also has the sense ‘fellow-Christian’.

4. In Rv the revealing angel calls himself the fellow-slave of the seer and his brothers 19:10; 22:9. M-M.* 942

συνδρομή, ῆς, ἡ running together, forming of a mob (Cephisodorus [V/IV BC] in Aristot., Rhet. 3, 10 p. 1411a, 29; Polyb. 1, 69, 11; Diod. S. 3, 71, 3; 15, 90, 2; 3 Macc 3:8) ἐγένετο ς. τοῦ λαοῦ the people rushed together Ac 21:30 (Polyb. 1, 67, 2; Jdth 10:18 ἐγένετο συνδρομή). M-M.* συνεγείρω 1 aor. συνήγειρα, pass. συνηγέρθην (=‘assist someone in lifting up’ Ex 23:5; 4 Macc 2:14; Ps.-Phoc.

140) cause someone to awaken or to rise up with another (cf. Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Apollon. 117c τὰς λύπας καὶ τοὺς θρήνους συνεγείρειν. Pass., Ael. Aristid. 48, 43 K.=24 p. 476D; Is 14:9 συνηγέρθησάν σοι πάντες).

1. lit., pass. συνεγείρεσθε awaken or rise up together IPol 6:1.—2. fig., of participating in the resurrection of Jesus; the believer, in mystic union w. him, could experience this ὁ θεὸς. . . ἡμᾶς συνήγειρεν Eph 2:6.-Pass. συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ Col 3:1. ἐν ᾧ συνηγέρθητε 2:12.* συνέδριον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 301; Philo, Joseph.-Schürer II4 243, 14).

1. gener. council (Posidon.: 87 fgm. 71 Jac.; Diod. S. 15, 28, 4; συνέδριον ἐν Ἀθήναις συνεδρεύειν; 19, 46, 4; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 286 D.; Jos., Vi. 368), transferred by Ign. to the Christian situation. The presbyters (cf. CIG 3417 the civic συνέδριον τῶν πρεσβυτέρων in Philadelphia; CCurtius, Her. 4, 1870: inscr. fr. Ephesus nos. 11 and 13 p.

199; 203; 224) are to take the place of the συνέδριον τῶν ἀποστόλων the council of the apostles in the esteem of the church IMg 6:1. They are called συνέδριον θεοῦ ITr 3:1. συνέδριον τοῦ ἐπισκόπου IPhld 8:1.

2. quite predom. the high council, Sanhedrin (Joseph. [Schürer 245, 18]; Hebraized in the Mishna ‫ ;)ןי ְִרדֶ ְהנַמ‬in Roman times this was the highest indigenous governing body in Judaea, composed of high priests (ἀρχιερεύς 1), elders, and scholars (scribes), and meeting under the presidency of the ruling high priest. This body was the ultimate authority not only in religious matters, but in legal and governmental affairs as well, in so far as it did not encroach on the authority of the Roman procurator. The latter, e. g., had to confirm any death sentences passed by the council. (Schürer II4 237-67; MWolff, De Samenstelling en het Karakter van het groote συνέδριον te Jeruzalem voor het jaar 70 n. Chr.: ThT 51, ’17, 299-320; SBHoenig, The Great Sanhedrin, ’53.-On the jurisdiction of the council in capital cases s. ἀποκτείνω 1 [J 18:31]. Also KKastner, Jes. vor d. Hoh. Rat ’30; MDibelius, ZNW 30, ’31, 193-201; JLengle, Z. Prozess Jesu: Her. 70, ’35, 312-21; EBickermann, Rev. de l’Hist. des Rel. 112, ’35, 169-241; ESpringer, PJ 229, ’35, 135-50; JBlinzler, D. Prozess Jesu ’51 [much lit.], 2’55, Eng. transl., The Trial of Jesus, I and FMcHugh, ’59, 3’60; JoachJeremias, ZNW 43, ’50/’51, 145-50; PWinter, On the Trial of Jesus, in Studia Judaica, vol. 1, ’61.-SZeitlin, Who Crucified Jesus? ’42; on this s. CBQ 5, ’43, 232-4; ibid. 6, ’44, 104-10; 230-5; SZeitlin, The Political Synedrion and the Religious Sanhedrin, ’45. Against him HAWolfson, Jewish Quarterly Review 36, ’46, 303-6; cf. Zeitlin, ibid. 307-15; JDerrett, Law in the NT, ’70, 389-460; DCatchpole, The Problem of the Historicity of the Sanhedrin Trial: CFD Moule-Festschr. ’70, 47-65.-On Jesus before the council cf. also Feigel, Weidel, Finegan s.v. Ἰούδας 6). Mt 5:22 (RAGuelich, ZNW 64, ’73, 43ff); 26:59; Mk 14:55; 15:1; Lk 22:66 (perh.; s. below); Ac 5:21, 27, 34, 41; 6:12, 15; 22:30; 23:1, 6, 15, 20, 28; 24:20.-Also of an official session of the members of this council συνήγαγον οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον the high priests and the Pharisees called a meeting of the council J 11:47 (Diod. S. 13, 111, 1 συναγαγὼν συνέδριον).—Of the room where the council met (Dit., Syll.3 243 D, 47; 249 II, 77f; 252, 71; POxy. 717, 8; 11 [II BC]; BGU 540, 25) Ac 4:15; perh. (s. above) Lk 22:66 (GSchneider, Verleugnung usw. [Lk 22:54-71], ’69).

3. local council, as it existed in individual cities pl. Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9.-ELohse, TW VII, 858-69. M-M.* συνέδριος Ac 5:35 D, prob. an error, caused by the presence of συνέδριον in vs. 34, for σύνεδρος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 16, 60, 1; 36, 7, 4; Arrian, Tact. 27, 4; inscr., LXX; Philo, Sobr. 19; Jos., Ant. 14, 172)member of a council.* συνείδησις, εως, ἡ—1. consciousness (Democr., fgm. 297 ς. τῆς κακοπραγμοσύνης; Chrysipp. in Diog. L. 7, 85 τὴν ταύτης συνείδησιν; Eccl 10:20; Sir 42:18 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 16, 212)w. obj. gen. συνείδησις ἁμαρτιῶν consciousness of sin Hb 10:2 (Diod. S. 4, 65, 7 διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν τοῦ μύσους; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 146 οἱ συνειδήσει τῶν οἰκείων ἀδικημάτων ἐλεγχόμενοι, Virt. 124 ς. ἁμαρτημάτων). συνείδησις θεοῦ consciousness, spiritual awareness of God 1 Pt 2:19 (s. EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 176-8). Opp. ς. τοῦ εἰδώλου the consciousness that this is an idol 1 Cor 8:7a, t.r. (but συνηθείᾳ is the correct rdg.).

2. moral consciousness, conscience (Menand., Monost. 597 ἅπασιν ἡμῖν ἡ συνείδησις θεός comes close to this mng.; cf. 654; Dionys. Hal., Jud. Thuc. 8 μιαίνειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συνείδησιν; Heraclit. Sto., 37 p. 54, 8 ς. ἁμαρτόντος ἀνθρώπου; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 49 οὐδεμιᾶς ἀπρεποῦς συνειδήσεως παροικούσης; Hierocles, In Carm. Aur. 14 p. 451 Mull.; Stob., Flor. 3, 24 [I 601ff H.] quotes sayings of Bias and Periander on ὀρθὴ or ἀγαθὴ συνείδησις; PRyl. 116, 9 [II AD] θλιβομένη τῇ συνειδήσει περὶ ὧν ἐνοσφίσατο; Mitteis, Chrest. 88, 35 [II AD]; BGU 1024 III, 7; PFlor. 338, 17 [III AD] συνειδήσει=conscientiously; Wsd 17:10; Jos., Ant. 16, 103κατὰ συνείδησιν ἀτοπωτέραν; Test. Reub. 4:3) w. subj. gen. Ro 2:15; 9:1; 1 Cor 10:29a; 2 Cor 1:12; 4:2; 5:11; Hb 9:14 al.; ἡ ἰδία ς. 1 Ti 4:2. Opp. ἄλλη ς. another’s scruples 1 Cor 10:29b; διὰ τὴν ς. for conscience’ sake (cf. Dit., Or. 484, 37 διὰ τὸ συνειδός; Ps.-Dio Chrys. 20[37], 35) Ro 13:5; 1 Cor 10:25, 27f; τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς ς. 2 Cor 1:12, cf. ς. as the subj. of μαρτυρεῖν Ro 9:1; cf. 2:15, or of ἐλέγχειν J 8:9 v.l. (s. ἐλέγχω 2). W. attributes: ς. ἀγαθή a good conscience (cf. Herodian 6, 3, 4; PReinach s.v. καλός 1b) Ac 23:1; 1 Ti 1:5; 1 Pt 3:21; ἔχειν ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16. Also ἐν ἀγαθῇ ς. ὑπάρχειν 1 Cl 41:1. ἐν ἀμώμῳ καὶ ἁγνῇ συνειδήσει περιπατεῖν Pol 5:3; cf. 1 Cl 1:3. ς. ἀσθενής a weak conscience, one that cannot come to a decision 1 Cor 8:7; cf. vss. 10, 12. ς. ἀπρόσκοπος Ac 24:16; καθαρὰ ς. 1 Ti 3:9; 2 Ti 1:3; 1 Cl 45:7; καθαρὸς τῇ ς. I Tr 7:2; καλὴ ς. Hb 13:18; 2 Cl 16:4. ς. πονηρά a bad conscience or a consciousness of guilt (s. καρδία 1bδ) Hb 10:22; D 4:14; B 19:12; Hm 3:4. ἡ ς. μολύνεται 1 Cor 943

8:7. μιαίνεται Tit 1:15 (s. Dionys. Hal. above). καθαριεῖ τ. συνείδησιν ἡμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων Hb 9:14. κατὰ συνείδησιν (s. on this Vett. Val. 210, 1) τελειῶσαί τινα vs. 9.

3. conscientiousness (late pap.) μετὰ συνειδήσεως conscientiously 1 Cl 2:4; ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ συναχθέντες τῇ ς. assembled in concord, with full consciousness of our duty 1 Cl 34:7.-MKähler, Das Gewissen I 1, 1878, RE VI 1899, 646ff; RSteinmetz, Das Gewissen bei Pls ’11; M Pohlenz, GGA ’13, 642ff, Die Stoa ’48; ’49 (index), ZNW 42, ’49, 77-9; HBöhlig, Das Gewissen bei Seneka u. Pls: StKr 87, ’14, 1-24; FTillmam, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs ‘Gewissen’ bis zu den paulin. Briefen: SMerkle-Festschr. ’22, 336-47; FZucker, Syneidesis-Conscientia ’28; ThSchneider, D. paulin. Begriff d. Gewissens (Syneidesis): Bonner Zeitschr. f. Theol. u. Seelsorge 6, ’29, 193-211, D. Quellen d. paul. Gewissensbegr.: ibid. 7, ’30, 97-112; BSnell, Gnomon 6, ’30, 21ff; MDibelius Hdb.2 ’31 exc. on 1 Ti 1:5; HOsborne, Σύνεσις and ς.: ClR 45, ’31, 8-10, Συνείδησις: JTS 32, ’31, 167-79; GRudberg, JAEklund-Festschr. ’33, 165ff; Gertrud Jung, Συνείδησις, Conscientia, Bewusstsein: Archiv f. d. gesamte Psychologie 89, ’34, 525-40; WJAalders, Het Geweten, ’35; CSpicq, La conscience dans le NT: RB 47, ’38, 50-80; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, 174-82; JDupont, Studia Hellenistica 5, ’48, 119-53; HClavier, Συν., une pierre de touche de l’Hellénisme paulinien, announced in Studia Paulina [JdeZwaan-Festschr.] ’53, p. 80 n. 1; CAPierce, Conscience in the NT, ’55; BReicke, ThZ 12, ’56, 157-61, esp. 159; PDelhaye, Studia Montis Regii (Montreal) 4, ’61, 229-51; JStelzenberger, Syneidesis im NT, ’61; MargThrall, NTS 14, ’67/’68, 118-25; BFHarris, Westminster Theol. Journal 24, ’62, 173-86; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 402-46. M-M.* συνει̂δον s. συνοράω. συνειδός, τό s. σύνοιδα 2.

I. σύνειμι (fr. εἰμί) impf. 3 sing. συνῆν be with (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.) τινί someone (trag., Thu. et al.; Jos., Ant. 3, 75)Lk 9:18; Ac 22:11; IEph 11:2. M-M.* II. σύνειμι (fr. εἶμι) come together (Hom.+; inscr.; Jos., Ant. 4, 203.-In late pap. as an accounting expr.) συνιόντος ὄχλου εἶπεν when a crowd gathered, he said Lk 8:4 (cf. Jos., Vi. 9). M-M.* συνεισέρχομαι 2 aor. συνεισῆλθον (Eur., Thu.+; BGU 388 II, 26; LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 133εἰς) enter with, go in (to) with τινί someone εἴς τι (into) someth. (Eur., Hel. 1083 ἐς οἴκους τινί; Appian, Iber. 43 §176 συνεσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον) J 6:22; 18:15; Mk 6:33 v.l. M-M.* συνέκδημος, ου, ὁ (Diod. S.; Plut., Otho 5, 2, Mor. 100F; Palaeph., 45 p. 67, 7; Jos., Vi. 79; Dit., Syll.3 1052, 9) traveling companion Ac 19:29; 2 Cor 8:19. M-M.* συνεκλεκτός, ή, όν chosen together with someone understood, only fem. and subst. ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή 1 Pt 5:13. No individual lady is meant, least of all Peter’s wife, but rather a congregation w. whom Peter is staying. Cf. Βαβυλών. M-M.* συνεκπορεύομαι (Polyb. 6, 32, 5; Judg 11:3 A; 13:25 B) impf. mid. go out with someone understood Ac 3:11 D.* συνελαύνω 1 aor. συνήλασα (Hom.+; pap.; 2 Macc; Jos., Bell. 2, 526;4, 567, Ant. 2, 249; 5, 162 [all four times w. εἰς and the local acc.]) drive, force, bring εἴς τι to someth. (Aelian, V.H. 4, 15 εἰς τὸν τῆς σοφίας ἔρωτα; Sb 5357, 13 ς. τινὰ πρὸς εὐγνωμοσύνην=make someone reasonable) Ac 7:26 t.r.* συνέλευσις, εως ἡ (Plut., Ptolemaeus et al.; PSI 450, 10; Judg 9:46 B; Jos., Ant. 3, 118)meeting, coming together, also of sexual intercourse (Vett. Val. 47, 8) 1 Cl 20:10.* συνεξέρχομαι 2 aor. συνεξῆλθον go out with τινί someone (Eur., Hdt., Thu.+; BGU 380, 13; Jdth 2:20) 1 Cl 11:2.* συνεπέρχομαι 2 aor. συνεπῆλθον come together against, attack together (Quint. Smyrn. 2, 302; Dit., Syll.3 700, 22 [117 BC]; PLeipz. 40 II, 5; 17) συνεπελθόντες when they closed in on him MPol 7:1.* συνεπιμαρτυρέω testify at the same time (Petosiris, fgm. 21 l. 58; Polyb. 25, 6, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 323; Athen. 13 p. 595E; Ep. Arist. 191; Philo, Mos. 2, 123) w. ὅτι 1 Cl 23:5. τινί by means of someth. Hb 2:4, to someth. 1 Cl 43:1. M-M.* συνεπίσκοπος, ου, ὁ fellow-overseer Phil 1:1 v.l.* συνεπιτίθημι mostly, as in its only occurrence in our lit., mid. συνεπιτίθεμαι 2 aor. συνεπεθέμην join w. others in an attack on pers. or things (Thu., Isaeus, X.; Polyb., Diod. S., Plut.; Dt 32:27; Jos., Ant. 10, 116)abs. Ac 24:9.

M-M.* συνέπομαι mid. dep.; impf. συνειπόμην (Hom.+; POxy. 1415, 8; 2 and 3 Macc) accompany τινί someone (Jos., Ant. 13, 21; Test. Jud. 3:10) Ac 20:4. M-M.* 944

συνεργέω impf. συνήργουν; 1 aor, συνήργησα (Eur., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 156; Test. 12 Patr.) work (together) with, cooperate (with), help abs. τοῦ κυρίου συνεργοῦτος (PAmh. 152, 5 τοῦ θεοῦ συνεργήσαντος) Mk 16:20. παντί τῷ συνεργοῦντι to everyone who helps (such people as Stephanas) in the work 1 Cor 16:16. With συνεργοῦντες 2 Cor 6:1 either θεῷ (Hofmann, Windisch, Sickenberger, RSV) or ὑμῖν (Chrysost., Bengel, Schmiedel, Bachmann) can be supplied. ς. ἐν παντὶ πράγματι be helpful in every respect Hs 5, 6, 6. W. the dat. of the person or thing that is helped (X., Mem. 4, 3, 12; Diod. S. 4, 25, 4 ς. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις=assist [him] in his wishes; Dit., Or. 45, 11 [III BC]; PSI 376, 4 [250 BC]; 1 Macc 12:1; Test. Reub. 3:6, Iss. 3:7 ὁ θεός): βλέπεις ὅτι ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ you see that faith worked with (and thereby aided) his good deeds Js 2:22. W. the goal indicated by εἰς (Epict. 1, 9, 26; Appian, Syr. 59 §309 ἐς τὸν θάνατον ς., Bell. Civ. 5, 90 §378; Philo, Agr. 13; Test. Gad 4:7 εἰς θάνατον, εἰς σωτηρίαν): in τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα συνεργεῖ εἰς ἀγαθόν Ro 8:28, ς. means help (or work with) someone to obtain someth. or bring someth. about (IG II and III ed. min. 654, 15 ς. εὒς τ. ἐλευθερίαν τῇ πόλει; Plut., Eroticus 23 p. 769D οὕτως ἡ φύσις γυναικὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἀνδρὸς μεγάλα συνήργησεν. Cf. Polyb. 11, 9, 1). Then the subj. will be either πάντα everything helps (or works with or for) those who love God to obtain what is good (Vulg., Zahn, Sickenberger, Althaus, RSV mg.), or ὁ θεός, which is actually read after συνεργεῖ in good and very ancient mss. (P46 BA; Orig. For ἡμῖν συνεργεῖν of the gods: X., Mem. 4, 3, 12; but s. MBlack, The Interpr. of Ro 8:28, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 166-72); in the latter case πάντα is acc. of specification (πᾶς 2aδ) in everything God helps (or works for or with) those who love him to obtain what is good (so RSV text; Syr., Copt., BWeiss, RALipsius, Jülicher, Kühl, Ltzm.; Gdspd., Probs. 148-50.-This would correspond exactly to Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 p. 203, 8 Br. acc. to cod. Η εἰς ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν ὁ Πύθιος τῷ Λαΐῳ συνεργεῖ=in no respect does Apollo work w. Laius for good, or help L. to obtain what is good). For the idea cf. Herm. Wr. 9, 4b πάντα γὰρ τῷ τοιούτῳ (=θεοσεβεῖ), κἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰ κακά, ἀγαθά ἐστι; Plotin. 4, 3, 16, 21. JBBauer, ZNW 50, ’59, 106-12. M-M.* συνεργός, όν (Pind., Thu.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 8:7) working together with, helping, also subst., as always in our lit. helper, fellow-worker (Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 346; Polyb. 31, 24, 10). Paul refers to those who helped him in spreading the gospel as his fellow-workers (subjective gen.) Ro 16:3, 9, 21; Phil 2:25; 4:3; 1 Th 3:2 t.r.; Phlm 1, 24.

Instead of the gen. there may be an indication of the field in which the coöperation took place εἰς in (Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. p. 167, 9 Br.) συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ co-workers in the Kingdom of God Col 4:11. εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός fellow-worker among you 2 Cor 8:23. συνεργὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ God’s helper in the gospel 1 Th 3:2. συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν we are working with you to bring you joy 2 Cor 1:24 (on the gen. cf.

X., Cyr. 2, 4, 10; 3, 3, 10 συνεργοὺς τοῦ κοινοῦ ἀγαθοῦ). W. the dat. of that which is assisted (Eur., Thu.+) ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ that we may be helpers of the truth 3J 8 (ς. γίνεσθαί τινι as UPZ 146, 3 [II BC]).

In θεοῦ ἐσμεν συνεργοί 1 Cor 3:9 the συν-refers either to communion w. God we are fellow-workers with God or to the community of teachers at Corinth we are fellow-laborers in the service of God (so VPFurnish, JBL 80, ’61, 364-70). M-M.* συνέρχομαι (since Il. 10, 224 [in tmesis]; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. συνηρχόμην; fut. συνελεύσομαι; 2 aor. συνῆλθον (συνῆλθα Bl-D. §81, 3 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 208); pf. ptc. συνεληλυθώς; plpf. 3 pl. συνεληλύθεισαν.

1. come together—a. lit. assemble, gather συνέρχεται ὁ ὄχλος Mk 3:20. συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 14:53.-Ac 1:6 (s. Bl-D. §251; Rob. 695); 2:6, 37 D; 5:16; 10:27; 16:13; 19:32; 21:22 v.l.; 22:30; 28:17; 1 Cor 14:26.

W. the addition of εἰς w. the acc. of place (Pla., Leg. 6, 13 p. 767C; Diod. S. 13, 100, 7 συνῆλθον εἰς Ἔφεσον; Zech 8:21) Ac 5:16 v.l.; ἐν w. the dat. of place (POxy. 1187, 6) ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Cor 11:18; αὐτοῦ Mk 6:33 v.l.; ὅπου J 18:20; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό (cf. αὐτός 4b; ς. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό Josh 9:2; Syntipas p. 75, 16) 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; B 4:10. Foll. by the dat. come together with someone, assemble at someone’s house (PTebt. 34, 4 [I BC] συνελθεῖν Ὥρῳ; Jos., Bell. 2, 411)Mk 14:53 t.r.; D 14:2. πρός τινα come together to (meet) someone (Ex 32:26) Mk 6:33 t.r. Foll. by an inf. of purpose Lk 5:15; by εἰς denoting purpose 1 Cor 11:33; IEph 13:1. εἰς can also introduce a result that was not intended οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον συνέρχεσθε you hold your meetings in such a way that they turn out not to your advantage, but to your disadvantage 1 Cor 11:17. εἰς κρίμα vs. 34 (on the solemnity of the celebration cf. the schol. on Aristoph., Pax 967f: to the question ‘τίς τῇδε’; the group answers ‘πολλοὶ κἀγαθοί.’ τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίουν οἱ σπένδοντες, ἵνα οἱ συνειδότες τι ἑαυτοῖς ἄτοπον ἐκχωροῖεν τ. σπονδῶν). W. indication of the nature and manner of the meeting συνέρχεσθε ἐν μιᾷ πίστει IEph 20:2. b. of coming together in a sexual sense (X., Mem. 2, 2, 4; Diod. S. 3, 58, 4; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 3, 3; Philo, Virt. 40; 111; Jos., Ant. 7, 168; 213) ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ς. 1 Cor 7:5 t.r. In πρὶν ἢ συνελθεῖν αὐτούς Mt 1:18 domestic and marital relations are combined. (In the marriage contracts in the pap. πρὸς γάμον τινὶ συνελθεῖν means ‘marry’. Also without πρὸς γάμον: BGU 970, 13 [II AD] συνηρχόμην τῷ προγεγραμμένῳ μου ἀνδρί).

2. come, go, or travel (together) with someone (BGU 380, 13; 596, 4 [84 AD]) τινί (Ep. Arist. 35; Jos., Ant. 9, 33)τοὺς συνελθόντας αὐτῇ Ἰουδαίους J 11:33. ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ Lk 23:55. Cf. Ac 1:21; 9:39; 10:23, 45; 11:12. ς. τινι εἰς τὸ ἔργον 15:38. σύν τινι instead of the dat. alone 21:16. συνελθόντων ἐνθάδε prob. means (because of συνκαταβάντες 25:5) they came back here with (me) 25:17. M-M.* συνεσθίω impf. συνήσθιον; 2 aor. συνέφαγον (Pla.+; Plut., Lucian; Dit., Syll.3 1179; LXX) eat with τινί someone (Pla., Leg. 9 p. 881 D; Epict., Ench. 36; Ps 100:5) Lk 15:2; Ac 11:3; 1 Cor 5:11; UGosp 34 (=Huck9-L. Synopse p.

37 note=Gospel Parallels ’49, p. 32 note); w. συμπίνειν (as Polyaenus 6, 24; Dit., loc. cit.) Ac 10:41; ISm 3:3. Intead of the dat. μετά τινος (cf. Ex 18:12; Aristoph., Acharn. 277 ξυμπίνειν μετά τινος) Gal 2:12. VParkin, Studia 945

Evangelica III, ’64, 250-53. M-M.* σύνεσις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+)—1. the faculty of comprehension, intelligence, acuteness, shrewdness (Pind.+; Dit., Or. 323, 6 [II BC] συνέσει κ. παιδείᾳ προάγων; LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 125; Test. Jud. 14:7; Sib. Or. 8, 452) Lk 2:47 (s. Jos., Vi. 8f); D 12:4. ἡ σύνεσις τῶν συνετῶν 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14). W. σοφία (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 1, 13, 20; Diod. S. 9, 3, 3; Dt 4:6) 1 Cl 32:4. The whole field of the inner life is covered by the expr. ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος Mk 12:33.

2. insight, understanding in the religio-ethical realm (IG IV2 1, 86, 18) such as God grants to his own (LXX; Test.

Reub. 6:4, Levi 18:7; Sib. Or. 2, 29): w. σοφία, ἐπιστήμη, γνῶσις B 2:3; 21:5(cf. Ex 31:3; 35:31; Sir 1:19). (W. σοφία as Jos., Ant. 8, 24)σύνεσις πνευματική Col 1:9. (W. ἐπίγνωσις τ. μυστηρίου τοῦ θεοῦ) πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 2:2. Personified w. other godly virtues Hs 9, 15, 2. Where the Lord dwells there is σύνεσις πολλή m 10, 1, 6. σύνεσις ἔν τινι insight into, understanding of someth. Eph 3:4; 2 Ti 2:7.—σύνεσιν αὒτεῖσθαι IPol 1:3; Hs 5, 4, 3f. σύνεσιν διδόναι 2 Ti 2:7; Hm 4, 2, 2a. ς. λαμβάνειν (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 1161b, 26) Hs 9, 2, 6. ς. ἔχειν (Hdt. 2, 5) s 9, 22, 2b; 3; D 12:1. ἀπέστη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἡ σύνεσις understanding has departed from them Hs 9, 22, 2a. ἐν τῇ συνέσει in the correct (God-given, comprehending the true mng.) understanding B 10:1. συνέσει 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11). Repentance is σύν. Hm 4, 2, 2b, c, d.

3. the wisdom of the creator 1 Cl 33:3; Hv 1, 3, 4. M-M.* συνεστώς s. συνίστημι. συνετίζω 1 aor. imper. συνέτισον (Rhet. Gr. I 584, 30; LXX) cause to understand τινά someone (Test. Levi 4:5; 9:8; Hesychius; Suidas) Hm 4, 2, 1. Pass. be given insight Dg 12:9.* συνετός, ή, όν intelligent, sagacious, wise, with good sense (Theognis, Pind.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 148; Philo, Joseph.) ἀνὴρ ς. Ac 13:7. συνετὸν εἶναι Hm 12, 1, 2; s 5, 5, 4; 9, 2, 6. W. μακρόθυμος m 5, 1, 1. (οἱ) συνετοί (w. σοφοί; s. σοφός 2) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21. ἡ σύνεσις τῶν συνετῶν 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14.-Cf. Maximus Tyr. 16, 4c συνετὰ συνετοῖς). οἱ συνετοὶ ἑαυτοῖς those who are wise in their own sight (w. ἐνώπιον ἑαυτῶν ἐπιστήμονες) B 4:11 (cf. Is 5:21). οἱ λεγόμενοι ς. IEph 18:1. Of the Creator συνετὸς ἔν τινι understanding in someth. (w. σοφὸς ἔν τινι) 1 Cl 60:1. M-M.* συνευδοκέω 1 aor. συνηυδόκησα (Polyb. 32, 6, 9; Diod. S.; Dit., Syll.3 712, 46; pap.; 1 and 2 Macc) agree with, approve of, consent to, sympathize with w. dat. of the pers. (BGU 834, 24 [II AD]) approve of someone Ro 1:32 (as Test. Ash.6:2); 1 Cl 35:6. W. dat. of the thing approve of, give approval to (BGU 1130, 3 [I BC]; POxy. 504, 32; PGenève 11, 3 al.; 1 Macc 1:57; 2 Macc 11:24) Lk 11:48; Ac 8:1; Dg 9:1. Abs. (Polyb. 23, 4, 13; Diod. S. 4, 24, 1; 11, 57, 5; BGU 1129, 6; 2 Macc 11:35)Ac 22:20. συνευδοκησάσης τῆς ἐκκλησίας πάσης with the consent of the whole church 1 Cl 44:3. W. the inf. foll. be willing to do someth. (PMich. 202, 12 [105 AD]) 1 Cor 7:12f. W. dat. of the pers., foll. by the acc. and inf. Hs 5, 2, 11. ταύτῃ τῇ γνώμῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ δεσπότου συνηυδόκησεν αὐτῷ, ἵνα the son of the master agreed with him in this decision, namely that 5, 2, 8 (on the text, which may be damaged, s.

MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). M-M.* συνευρυθμίζω pf. pass. 3 sing. συνευρύθμισται bring into harmony with συνευρύθμισται ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ὡς Χορδαῖς κιθάρα he is attuned to the (divine) commandments as the lyre to the strings IPhld 1:2.* συνευφραίνομαι rejoice (together) with (Ps.-Dionys. Hal., A. Rh. 2, 5; Ael. Aristid. 42, 9 K.=6 p. 68 D.; Pollux 5, 129; Pr 5:18; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 6) w. dat. foll. (Demosth. 18, 217; Herodian 2, 8, 9) B 2:3.* συνευωχέομαι pass. feast together (Aristot., Eth. Eud. 7, 12, 14 p. 1245b; Posidonius in Athen. 4 p. 152B; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 119 al.) Jd 12. τινί with someone (Lucian, V. Hist. 2, 15, Ep. Sat. 4, 36 al.; Jos., Ant. 1, 92; 4, 203; BGU 596, 10 [I AD] ὅπως συνευωχηθῇς ἡμῖν; PGM 4, 3150)2 Pt 2:13. M.M.* συνέφαγον s. συνεσθίω. συνεφίστημι 2 aor. συνεπέστην (Thu.+) intr. rise up together, join in an attack κατά τινος against or upon someone Ac 16:22.* συνέχω fut. συνέξω; 2 aor. συνέσχον; impf. pass. συνειχόμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Test.

12 Patr.).

1. hold together, sustain τὶ someth. (Ael. Aristid. 43, 16 K.=1 p. 6 D.: τὰ πάντα ς.; PTebt. 410, ll. Cf. IG XIV 1018 to Attis συνέχοντι τὸ πᾶν [s. CWeyman, BZ 14, ’17, 17f]; PGM 13, 843. Other exx. in Cumont3 230, 57; Wsd 1:7; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 12; Philo; Jos., C. Ap.2, 208) συνέχει αὐτὴ (i.e. ἡ ψυχή) τὸ σῶμα Dg 6:7. Pass. 1 Cl 20:5.

2. close by holding (together) , stop trans., shut (στόμα Ps 68:16; Is 52:15. The heavens, so that there is no rain Dt 11:17; 3 Km 8:35) συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν Ac 7:57.

3. press hard, crowd τινά someone Lk 8:45. Of a city (2 Macc 9:2) οἱ ἐχθροί σου συνέξουσίν σε πάντοθεν 19:43.—4. hold in custody (Lucian, Tox. 39; PMagd. 42, 7; PLille 7, 15 [III BC]) Lk 22:63.

5. of untoward circumstances seize, attack, distress, torment τινά someone τὰ συνέχοντά με that which 946

distresses me IRo 6:3. Mostly pass. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+) be tormented by, suffer from τινί someth. of sickness (Pla. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 50 ἀγρυπνίαις συνεχόμενος; POxy. 896, 34 πυραιτίοις συνεχόμενος) νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις Mt 4:24. πυρετῷ (Hippiatr. I 6, 23; Jos., Ant. 13, 398; s. also πυρετός) Lk 4:38. πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ Ac 28:8.

Of unpleasant emotional states (Diod. S. 29, 25 λύπῃ; Aelian, V.H. 14, 22 ὀδυρμῷ; Ps.-Plut., De Fluv. 2, 1; 7, 5; 17, 3; 19, 1) φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο they were seized with terror Lk 8:37 (cf. Job 3:24).—Without the dat.

(Leontios 16 p. 33, 13 συνεχόμενος=tormented) πῶς συνέχομαι how great is my distress, what vexation I must endure 12:50. The apostle, torn betw. conflicting emotions, says συνέχομαι ἐκ τῶν δύο I am hard pressed (to choose) between the two Phil 1:23.

6. συνέχομαί τινι I am occupied with or absorbed in someth. (Herodian 1, 17, 9 ἡδοναῖς; Diog. L. 7, 185 γέλωτι; Wsd 17:19) συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ (Paul) was wholly absorbed in preaching Ac 18:5 (EHenschel, Theologia Viatorum 2, ’50, 213-15) in contrast to the activity cited in vs. 3.-Arrian, Anab. 7, 21, 5 ἐν τῷδε τῷ πόνῳ ξυνείχοντο=they were intensively engaged in this difficult task). 7. urge on, impel τινά someone ἡ ἀγάπη συνέχει ἡμᾶς 2 Cor 5:14 (so Bachmann, Belser, Sickenberger, Lietzmann, Windisch, OHoltzmann, 20th Cent. But hold within bounds, control Klöpper, Schmiedel, BWeiss, Kühl, Bousset, H-DWendland, RSV. Heinrici leaves the choice open betw. the two. Include, embrace GSHendry, ET 59, ’47/’48, 82). Pass. συνείχετο τῷ Πνεύματι ὁ Παῦλος Ac 18:5 t.r. M-M.* συνεχῶς adv. of time (Hes.+; inscr., pap., Ep. Arist. 78 al.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 318; Test. 12 Patr.) continually, unremittingly ἐκζητεῖν B 21:8.* συνζ- s. συζ-. συνήγορος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Demosth.+; inscr., PAmh. 23, 15; 24 [II BC]; POxy. 1479, 5; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 121; loanw. in rabb.) advocate in the sense of attorney (Diod. S. 1, 76, 1; Philo, Vi. Cont. 44) ISm 5:1.* συνήδομαι pass. dep. (Soph., X.+; Dio Chrys. 3, 103; Dit., Syll.3 [index]; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 7; Jos., Ant. 8, 386; POxy. 1663A, 4 τινί=‘rejoice with someone’) συνήδομαι τῷ νόμῳ I (joyfully) agree with the law Ro 7:22 (cf.

Simplicius In Epict. p. 53, 5 Düb. τ. ἐπιτάγμασι ς.). M-M.* συνήθεια, ας, ἡ—1. friendship, fellowship, intimacy (Isocr., Aeschin. et al.; inscr., pap.) πρός τινα with someone (Polyb. 1, 43, 4; 31, 14, 3; Plut., Crass. 3, 6; PAmh. 145, 10; Jos., Ant. 15, 97)IEph 5:1 (συνήθειαν ἔχ. πρός τινα also Vett. Val. 228, 23).

2. habit, custom, being or becoming accustomed (Hom. Hymns; Pla.; inscr., pap., 4 Macc; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 35 al.; Joseph.; so as loanw. in rabb.). a. subjectively being or becoming accustomed τῇ συνηθείᾳ ἕως, ἄρτι τοῦ εὒδώλου (obj. gen. as Dit., Syll.3 888, 154 διὰ τὴν συνήθειαν τῆς τοιαύτης ἐνοχλήσεως.—τῇ ς. is dat. of cause; s. on ἀπιστία 2b) through being accustomed to idols in former times 1 Cor 8:7. b. objectively custom, habit, usage (Jos., Ant. 10, 72)Dg 2:1. συνήθειαν ἔχειν (PFlor. 210, 15) 1 Cor 11:16; w. inf. foll. Hm 5, 2, 6. ἔστιν συνήθειά τινι w. ἵνα foll. J 18:39. M-M.* συνήθης, ες (Hes.+) habitual, customary, usual (Soph., Thu.+; inscr., pap., Sym., Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 339; 12, 300) μετὰ τῶν συνήθων αὐτοῖς ὅπλων with the weapons that they usually carried MPol 7:1 (Callisth. 124 fgm.

14a Jac, μετὰ τῆς συνήθους στολῆς). σύνηθές ἐστί τινι it is someone’s custom (Eur., Alc. 40) ὅπερ ἦν σύνηθες αὐτῷ 5:1.* συνῆκα s. συνίημι. συνηλικιώτης, ου, ὁ (CIG III 4929; Alciphr. 1, 15, 1; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 36, 3; in Diod. S. 1, 53, 10 and Dionys. Hal. 10, 49, 2 the best witnesses have ἡλικιώτης) a person of one’s own age, a contemporary Gal 1:14. M-M.* συνθάπτω 2 aor. pass. συνετάφην bury (together) with (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; PEleph. 2, 12; Jos., Ant. 10, 48)pass. be buried with τινί someone (Hdt. 5, 5 συνθάπτεται τῷ ἀνδρί; Charito 6, 2, 9), in our lit. only fig. (Lycurgus, Or. in Leocr. 50 συνετάφη τοῖς τούτων σώμασιν ἡ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερία) of the believer’s being buried together w. his Lord in baptism συνταφέντες αὐτῷ (=τῷ Χριστῷ) ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι Col 2:12 (cf. Diod. S. 18, 22, 7 ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις συνετάφησαν τοῖς οἰκείοις=they were buried in the houses together with their relatives). διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ro 6:4 (s. σύμφυτος.—EStommel, ‘Begraben mit Chr.’ [Rö 6:4]: Röm. Quartalschr. 49, ’54, 1-20).

M-M.* σύνθεσις, εως, ἡ (Pla. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 173)placing together, combination, of clothing σύνθεσις ἱματίων a collection (=a suit) of clothing (POxy. 496, 4 [II AD] al. Cf. συνθεσίδιον=garment PGiess. 21, 8 [II AD]) Hs 6, 1, 5.* συνθλάω 1 fut. pass. συνθλασθήσομαι (Alexis in Athen. 11 p. 466E; Eratosth. p. 13, 18; Diod. S. 2, 57, 2; Manetho 5, 201; Plut., Artax. 19, 9; Inscr. Gr. 817, 21 [IV BC]; LXX) crush (together), dash to pieces pass., abs. (Aristot., Probl. 1, 38 p. 863b, 13) Mt 21:44 (RSwaeles, NTS 6, ’60, 310-13); Lk 20:18. M-M.* 947

συνθλίβω impf. συνέθλιβον (Pla.+; Strabo, Plut.; Philo, Aet. M. 110; Joseph.; LXX) press together, press upon τινά someone, of a crowd of people Mk 5:24, 31 (cf. Appian, Mithrid. 81 §365 συνθλιβεὶς ἐν πλήθει; Jos., Bell. 3, 393τ. πλήθους συνθλιβομένου περὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ).* συνθραύω (Eur., X.+; inscr.; Sym. Eccl 12:6) break in pieces pass., of pers. who become unnerved be broken to pieces, intr. be broken, shattered Hm 11:14 (cf. 11:13 σκεῦος θραύεται).* συνθρύπτω (Hippiatr. II 106, 4f.-HJCadbury, JBL 52, ’33, 61) break in pieces (Jos., Ant. 10, 207)fig. τὴν καρδίαν τινός break someone’s heart Ac 21:13. M-M.* συνίημι (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 200; Philo, Aet. M. 27; Jos., Ant. 7, 186al.; Test. 12 Patr.); the NT has only one quite certain ex. of the conjugation in-μι: the inf. συνιέναι Ac 7:25a. In all the other cases the ms. tradition is divided: 3 pl. συνιᾶσιν 2 Cor 10:12 (cf. Windisch ad loc.); inf. συνιέναι Lk 24:45; ptc. συνιείς, -έντος Mt 13:19, 23; Eph 5:17 t.r. Beside it συνίω Hm 4, 2, 1; 10, 1, 3; 3 pl. συνίουσιν Mt 13:13; 2 Cor 10:12 t.r; Hm 10, 1, 5; 6a (the accentuation συνιοῦσιν is wrong; cf. W-S. §14, 16; Mlt.-H. 60). Imperative σύνιε Hm 6, 2, 3; s 5, 5, 1; 9, 12, 1.

Ptc. συνίων Mt 13:23 t.r.; Mk 4:9 v.l. a; Ro 3:11; B 12:10 (not συνιῶν or συνιών; cf. W-S. loc. cit.). Either the-μι form or the-ω form could supply the 2 pl. indic. or imper. συνίετε Mt 15:10; Mk 8:17, 21; Eph 5:17, the 3 sing. imper. συνιέτω Mk 4:9 v.l. b and, depending on the way the form is accented, the foll. subjunctive forms: 3 pl. συνιωσιν (συνιῶσιν or συνίωσιν) Mk 4:12; Lk 8:10; cf. συνιωμεν B 10:12b. συνιητε B 6:5.-Fut. συνήσω; 1 aor. συνῆκα; 2 aor. subj. συνῆτε, συνῶσιν, imper. 2 pl. σύνετε.—Bl-D. §94, 2 w. app.; Mlt.-H. 202-7; 325; Reinhold p. 94; Mayser 354, 2; Crönert 258; WSchmid, Der Attizismus II 1889, 26; Thackeray 250f; Rob. 314f; understand, comprehend, gain (an) insight into τὶ someth. (Pind., Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 1, 255τὴν γνώμην τ. θεοῦ) Mt 13:51; Lk 2:50; 18:34; 24:45; Ac 13:27 D; 1 Cl 35:11 (Ps 49:22); B 10:12b; 12:10; Hm 4, 2, 1; 6, 2, 6; 10, 1, 3; 5; 6b; s 5, 5, 1. W. ὅτι foll. (Herodian 4, 15, 6; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 319; Test. Levi 8:18) Mt 16:12; 17:13; Ac 7:25a; B 14:3; Hm 4, 2, 2; s 5, 4, 1. W. indir. quest. foll. Eph 5:17. ς. ἐπί τινι understand with regard to, gain an insight (into someth.) (revealed by the context) ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις in connection with the loaves i.e. in the miraculous feeding gain an insight into the omnipotence of Jesus Mk 6:52. ἐπὶ τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ understand in connection with his wealth what the Christian’s duty is Hs 2:7. Abs., but w. the obj. easily supplied fr. the context Mt 13:13f (Is 6:9), 19, 23; 15:10 (Eupolis Com. [V BC] 357, 1 ἀκούετε κ. ξυνίετε); Mk 4:12 (Is 6:9); 7:14; 8:17, 21; Lk 8:10 (Is 6:9); Ac 7:25b; 28:26 (Is 6:9); Ro 3:11 (cf. Ps 13:2); 15:21 (Is 52:15); B 4:6, 8; 6:5; 10:12a; Hm 6, 2, 3; 10, 1, 6a; s 2:10; 9, 12, 1. συνιέναι τῇ καρδίᾳ (dat. of instr.; cf. καρδία 1bβ) Mt 13:15; Ac 28:27 (both Is 6:10).-2 Cor 10:12 (and 13) the text is in doubt and the words οὐ συνιᾶσιν. ἡμεῖς δέ are omitted by many, w. DG It. Ambrosiaster 109 (recently by Holsten, Schmiedel, Bousset, Windisch, Mft.; JHennig, CBQ 8, ’46, 332-43; Bl-D. §416, 2; EbNestle4-vDobschütz, Einführung in das Griechische NT ’23, 30). If the words are allowed to stand, since they occur in the best witnesses, incl. P46 (w.

Hofmann, Klöpper, Heinrici, Schlatter, Bachmann, Lietzmann, Sickenberger, Gdspd., RSV), the two preceding participles indicate the ways in which the ignorance of those people is expressed.-HConzelmann, TW VII, 886-94: συνίημι and related words. M-M. B. 1207.* συνίστημι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)Ro 3:5; 5:8; 16:1; 2 Cor 4:2 v.l.; 6:4 v.l.; 10:18b; Gal 2:18 t.r. Beside it συνιστάνω (Polyb. 4, 82, 5; 31, 29, 8; Jos., Bell. 1, 15, Ant. 6, 272.-ESchweizer, Gramm. der pergam. Inschr. 1898, 177; ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen der magn. Inschr. ’03, 157; KDieterich, Untersuchungen 1898, 218; Bl-D. §93; W-S. §14, 14; Rob. 315f) 2 Cor 3:1; 4:2; 6:4; 10:12, 18a; Gal 2:18 and συνιστάω 2 Cor 4:2 t.r.; 6:4 t.r.; 10:18 t.r.-1 aor. συνέστησα; pf. συνέστηκα, ptc. συνεστώς; 1 aor. mid. συνεστησάμην; 1 aor. pass. ptc. συσταθείς.

I. transitive—1. act. and pass.—a. bring together, unite, collect pass. of the water of the boundless sea συσταθὲν εἰς τὰς συναγωγάς collected in its gathering-places 1 Cl 20:6. b. present, introduce or recommend someone to some-one else (X., Pla.; PHamb. 27, 3; PHib. 65, 3; POxy. 292, 6; PGiess. 71, 4 al.; 1 Macc 12:43; 2 Macc 4:24; 9:25; Jos., Ant. 16, 85)τινά τινι (re) commend someone to someone (PSI 589, 14 [III BC] σύστησόν με Σώσῳ) ὑμῖν Φοίβην Ro 16:1 (in a letter, as Chio, Ep. 8 ὅπως αὐτὸν συστήσαιμί σοι). In a bad sense ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνομεν ὑμῖν 2 Cor 5:12. τινά someone ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν 10:18b. ς. ἑαυτούς in a good sense (ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι) 6:4; in a bad sense (s. above) 3:1; 10:12, 18a (ἑαυτόν). συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων we commend ourselves to every human conscience 4:2 (s. πρός w. acc. as PMich. 210, 4 [c. 200 AD]). Pass. συνίστασθαι ὑπό τινος be recommended by someone (Epict. 3, 23, 22; PPetr. II 2, 4, 4 [III BC]) 12:11. c. demonstrate, show, bring out τὶ someth. (Polyb. 4, 5, 6 εὔνοιαν) Ro 3:5. συνίστησιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός 5:8. Difficult and perh. due to a damaged text (Bl-D. §197) is the constr. w. acc. and inf. (cf. Diod. S. 14, 45, 4) συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἁγνοὺς εἶναι τῷ πράγματι 2 Cor 7:11. W. a double acc. (Diod. S. 13, 91, 4; Sus 61 Theod.; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 258 συνίστησιν αὐτὸν προφήτην [so in the mss.]; Jos., Ant. 7, 49)παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω I demonstrate that I am a wrong-doer Gal 2:18 (WMundle, ZNW 23, ’24, 152f).

2. mid. put together, constitute, establish, prepare τὶ someth. (Pla. et al.; pap.) of God’s creative activity (Lucian, Hermot. 20 Ἥφαιστος ἄνθρωπον συνεστήσατο; En. 101, 6; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 10 θεὸν τὸν τὰ ὅλα συστησάμενον ἐκ μὴ ὄντων; Jos., Ant. 12, 22τὸν ἅπαντα συστησάμενον θεόν) ἐν λόγῳ συνεστήσατο τὰ πάντα 1 Cl 27:4 (Herm. Wr. 1, 31 ἅγιος εἶ, ὁ λόγῳ συστησάμενος τὰ ὄντα).

II. intransitive, in our lit. the pres. mid. and perf. act.

1. stand with or by (1 Km 17:26) τινί someone Lk 9:32 (οἱ συνεστῶτες as Apollon. Paradox. 5).

948

2. be composed or compounded, consist ἔκ τινος of someth. (Pla., X. et al.; Herm. Wr. 13, 2; Jos., Vi. 35) ἡ μῆνις ἐκ τοσούτων κακῶν συνισταμένη Hm 5, 2, 4.

3. continue, endure, exist, hold together (Ep. Arist. 154 τὸ ζῆν διὰ τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι) γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ διʼ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 2 Pt 3:5 (here and in the next pass. the mngs. II 2 and 3 are prob. blended. Cf. also Philo, Plant. 6). τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν Col 1:17 (cf. Pla., Rep. 7 p. 530A, Tim. 61A; Aristot.; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 58; PGM 4, 1769 τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν); SHanson, The Unity of the Church in the NT ’46, 112.-RAWard, Aristotelian Terms in the NT: Baptist Quarterly 11, ’45, 398-403 (συνίστημι). M-M.* συνκ- s. συγκ-. συνλ- s. συλλ-. συνμ- s. συμμ-. συνοδεύω 1 aor. συνώδευσα go with τινί someone1. lit. travel with τινί (Plut., Mor. 609D; Lucian, Peregr. 24; Vett. Val. 248, 7; Herodian 4, 7, 6; Achilles Tat. 7, 3, 7; Tob 5:17 S; Jos., Ant. 1, 226)Ac 9:7. Restored in UGosp 33f (=Huck9-L. Synopse p. 37 note=Gospel Parallels ’49, 32 note).

2. fig. (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 80, 11, Fat. c. 6 p. 169, 22 Br.; Herm. Wr. 1, 28 οἱ συνοδεύσαντες τῇ πλάνῃ; Wsd 6:23) of the Lord ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης he was my traveling companion in the way of righteousness B 1:4. M-M.* συνοδία, ας, ἡ caravan, group of travelers (so Strabo 4, 6, 6; 11, 14, 4; Epict. 4, 1, 91; Dit., Or. 633, 1; 638, 7; 646, 6; Jos., Ant. 6, 243; loanw. in rabb.-2 Esdr 17 [Neh 7]: 5, 64 συνοδία means ‘family’) Lk 2:44. M-M.* σύνοδος, ου, ὁ traveling companion, fellow-traveler (Manetho, Ap. 5, 58; Epict. 4, 1, 97; Anth. Pal. 7, 635, 2) fig. of people who are traveling the same way (here the way of love, commanded by God) IEph 9:2 (cf. 9:1). M-M.* σύνοιδα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) defective verb, perf. w. pres. mng.; ptc., fem. gen. sing. συνειδυίης (for the form cf. BGU 55; 77 εἰδυίης; Ex 8:17, 20; 1 Km 25:20; Tdf., Prol. 117; W-H., App. 156).

1. share knowledge with, be implicated (Soph.+; BPGrenfell, Revenue Laws of Ptolemy Philadelphus [1896] 8, 1; 21, 9; PPetr. III 36a, 9[III BC]; BGU 1141, 50; PFlor. 373, 6) Ac 5:2 (Jos., Ant. 13, 424ξυνῄδει ἡ γυνὴ μόνη; 16, 330).

2. σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ I know with myself; i.e. I am conscious (Eur., Hdt. et al.; Diod. S. 4, 38, 3 συνειδυῖα ἑαυτῇ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν=being conscious of her error; Dit., Syll.3 983, 6f; POxy. 898, 20; Job 27:6) w. ὅτι foll. B 1:4. οὐδὲν ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα 1 Cor 4:4 (cf. Polyb. 4, 86 διὰ τὸ μηδὲν αὑτοῖς συνειδέναι; Demosth., Ep. 2, 15; Diod. S. 17, 106, 2 πολλοὶ συνειδότες ἑαυτοῖς ὕβρεις).—τὸ συνειδός (since Demosth. 18, 110) consciousness in which the subject imparts information to himself, conscience (Plut., Mor. 85c; 556A; Epict. 3, 22, 94; Charito 3, 4, 13; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 82 §373 τὸ συνειδὸς τῶν ἄλλων χεῖρον=worse than that of the others; 5, 16 §67 τὸ ς., that punishes the guilty; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 235 ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος ἐλεγχόμενος; 4, 6; 40, Op. M. 128; Jos., Bell. 1, 453;2, 582, Ant. 1, 47; 13, 316; 16, 102 ἐκ τοῦ συνειδότος=‘fr. a consciousness of guilt, fr. a bad conscience’; Dit., Or. 484, 37; POxy. 532, 23 [II AD]) ἐκ συνειδότος because of the witness of my own conscience (opp. κατὰ θέλημα [θεοῦ]=ἐκ χάριτος θεοῦ) ISm 11:1.-S. on συνείδησις, end; also CMaurer, TW VII, 897-918: σὐνοιδα and συνείδησις. M-M.* συνοικέω live with τινί someone (since Hipponax [VI BC] 20 Diehl2 and Aeschyl.) of man and wife (Hdt. et al.; Dit., Or. 771, 28; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 4, 247; 8, 191; cf. Philo, Sacr. Abel. 20) 1 Pt 3:7. M-M.* συνοικοδομέω 1 aor. pass. συνῳκοδομήθην (Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 913, 16; POxy. 1648, 60; 1 Esdr 5:65) build together with, in our lit. only symbolically and exclusively pass. (both as Philo, Praem. 120).

1. of the various parts of a structure, fr. which the latter is built up (together) (Περὶ ὕψους 10, 7) Eph 2:22.

2. be built in (Thu. 1, 93, 5 λίθοι; Diod. S. 13, 82, 3 συνῳκοδομοῦντο οἱ κίονες τοῖς τοίχοις) Hs 9, 16, 7.

M-M.* συνομιλέω talk, converse with (Cebes 13, 1; Jos., Bell. 5, 533;BGU 401, 15) τινί someone Ac 10:27; live with τινί (Antiochus of Athens [II AD]: Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 109, 30) 1 Pt 3:7 v.l. M-M.* συνομορέω (elsewh. only in Byz. writers; the simple verb w. the same mng. in Plut.; Herodian 6, 7, 2; inscr., pap., LXX) border on, be next (door) to τινί someth. Ac 18:7. M-M.* συνοράω 2 aor. συνεῖδον (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in our lit. only of mental seeing perceive, become aware of, realize (Polyb. 1, 4, 6; 3, 6, 9 al.; Plut., Themist. 7, 3 τὸν κίνδυνον; Dit., Syll.3 495, 54; PReinach 18, 17; 19, 12; BGU 1139, 13 [I BC]; 2 Macc 4:41; 14:26, 30; 3 Macc 5:50; Ep. Arist. 56; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 76, Somn. 1, 94; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 153) συνιδόντες κατέφυγον when they became aware of (it) they fled Ac 14:6. συνιδών when he realized (this) 12:12 (Field, Notes 120).* 949

συνορία, ας, ἡ (Peripl. Eryth. c. 65; Dit., Or. 168, 18 [II BC]; 206, 3; pap.) neighboring country Mt 4:24 v.l.* συνοχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX; Ep. Arist. 61; Jos., Ant. 8, 65)—1. prison (PLond. 354, 24 [10 BC]) ἐν ς. γενόμενος when he is put into prison D 1:5 (in the pl. the word means bonds, fetters Manetho, Ap. 1, 313 al., several times in Vett. Val. index).

2. distress, dismay, anguish (Artem. 2, 3 p. 88, 14; Astrampsychus p. 24 Dek. 42, 8; p. 26 Dek. 48, 10; BGU 1821, 21 and 28 [50 BC]; PLond. 122, 35 [IV AD]; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p.267, 5; Job 30:3; Aq. Ps. 24:17) Lk 21:25. (W. θλῖψις) συνοχὴ καρδίας anguish of heart 2 Cor 2:4. M-M.* συνπ- s. συμπ-. συνρ- s. συρρ-. συνσ- s. συσσ-. συνσπ- s. συσπ-. συνστ- s. συστ-. σύνταξις, εως, ἡ (Thu., X., Pla.+) complete exposition (Aristot., Polyb. et al.) Papias 2:15 (HARigg, Jr., NovT 1, ’56, 161-83: ‘any special arrangement’).* συνταράσσω 1 aor. συνετάραξα (Hom. [in tmesis]+) throw into confusion, disturb (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Pla., Leg. 7 p.

798A συνταραχθεὶς ὑπὸ νόσων; Dit., Or. 669, 41 [I AD]; LXX; Test. Jud. 14:3) Lk 9:42 D.* συντάσσω 1 aor. συνέταξα (Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 3, 213; 7, 305 al.) order, direct, prescribe (X., Cyr. 8, 6, 8; Polyb. 3, 50, 9; inscr., pap., LXX) τινί (for) someone (Zen.-P. 10 [=Sb 6716], 2 [258/7 BC] Ἀμύντου μοι συντάσσοντος) Mt 21:6 (προστάσσω v.l., cf. 1:24); 26:19; 27:10 (cf. Ex 37:20; 40:19; Num 27:11 al.; RPesch, Eine ATliche Ausführungsformel im Mt, BZ 10, ’66, 220-45). M-M.* συνταφείς s. συνθάπτω. συντέλεια, ας, ἡ (Pla., Demosth. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 106, 18; Aristob, in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 9; Jos., Ant. 15, 389; 20, 262) completion, close, end (Polyb. 1, 3, 3; 1, 4, 3 al.; Dit., Syll.3 695, 13 [II BC]; POxy. 1270, 42 [II AD] S. τοῦ ἔτους; LXX) συντέλεια (τοῦ) αἰῶνος the end of the (present; αἰών 2a) age (Test. Benj. 11:3) Mt 13:39f, 49; 24:3; 28:20. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου of this age 13:40 t.r. τῶν αἰώνων of the ages (Test. Levi 10:2) Hb 9:26. τῶν καιρῶν (Da 9:27) Hv 3, 8, 9. τοῦ κόσμου Mt 13:49 D. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς συντελείας in the last days of the consummation (of the age) Hs 9, 12, 3 (cf. Test. Zeb. 9:9 καιρὸς συντελείας). M-M.* συντελέω fut. συντελέσω. Pass.: 1 aor. συνετελέσθην; 1 fut. συντελεσθήσομαι (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. bring to an end, complete, finish, close τὶ someth. (Diod. S. 1, 3, 2; Philo, Ebr. 53; Jos., Ant. 15, 269)Hs 8, 11, 1; 9, 7, 1; 9, 29, 4. πάντα πειρασμόν Lk 4:13. A teaching, a speech, λόγους Mt 7:28 t.r. τὰς ἐντολάς Hm 12, 3, 2. Abs., though the obj. is to be supplied fr. the context B 15:3f (Gen 2:2). Pass., of the building of a tower (cf. PSI 407, 2 [III BC] ἐπειδή σοι [=by you] τὰ ἔργα [s. ἔργον 3] συντετέλεσται; Berosus in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 140) Hv 3, 4, 2; 3, 8, 9; s 9, 5, 2.-Of time come to an end, be over (Dt 34:8; Job 1:5; Tob 10:7) Lk 2:21 D; 4:2; Ac 21:27; B 16:6 (quot. of uncertain origin). Perh. this is the place for ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα when all this (cf. vs. 2) is to come to an end Mk 13:4 (s. 2 below).

2. carry out, fulfill, accomplish τὶ someth. (Polyb. 4, 81, 3; Diod. S. 4, 53, 2 συντελέσαι τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν=keep one’s word; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 11 perform an act of expiation; Jos., Bell. 7, 392)τὰ γεγραμμένα Hs 5, 3, 7. Of God λόγον carry out (his) word, bring (his) word to accomplishment (cf. Sb 717, 2, 25 [217 BC] εὐχαριστῶν τοῖς θεοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ συντελέσαι αὐτοὺς ἃ ἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ; Polystrat. p. 10 τ. θεὸν συντελεῖν ταῦτα κατὰ βούλησιν; La 2:17; the magical inscr. fr. Ashmunên published by the Soc. Ital. per la Ricerca dei Papiri Greci in Egitto in the Omaggio for the conference of class. philologians April 1911 no. 5, 40 ναὶ κύριε βασιλεῦ χθονίων θεῶν συντέλεσον τὰ ἐγγεγραμμένα τῷ πεδάλῳ τούτῳ; PGM 3, 121; 57, 2) Ro 9:28 (Is 10:22). συντελέσω διαθήκην καινήν I will bring a new covenant to accomplishment Hb 8:8 (cf. Jer 38 [31]: 31 διαθήσομαι; 41 [34]: 8, 15); possibly simply I will establish a new covenant (ς.=‘make’ X., Cyr. 6, 1, 50; Demosth. 21, 22).-Perh. Mk 13:4 (s. 1 above), in case it is to be translated when all this is to be accomplished (Diod. S. 2, 30, 1 everything is accomplished by a decision of the gods.-In 17, 1, 2 συντελεῖσθαι is simply=happen). Cf. B 12:1 (prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρᾶξις συντελεῖται a course of action finds application Hm 4, 1, 11 (Diod. S. 26, 7 συνετελέσατο πρᾶξιν=he perpetrated a[n impious] deed).

3. pass. give out of the exhaustion of a supply συνετελέσθη ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου J 2:3 v.l. (the act.=‘blot out, destroy’ Jer 14:12; Ezk 7:15; Test. Levi 5:4; corresp. the pass. Jer 14:15; 16:4; Test. Dan 6:4). M-M.* 950

συντέμνω pf. συντέτμηκα, pass. ptc. συντετμημένος cut short, shorten, limit (Aeschyl., Thu.+; LXX) of time (Philippides [Com. Att. III 308 Kock] 25 [IV/III BC] ὁ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν συντεμὼν εἰς μῆνʼ ἕνα; Da 5:26-8 LXX; 9:24 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 1, 152)τοὺς καιρούς B 4:3. A passage not only of uncertain interpretation, but fraught w. textual difficulties as well, is λόγον συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων ποιήσει ὁ κύριος Ro 9:28 (Is 10:22b-23; these two compounds of συν-are also combined in Da 5:26-8 LXX; sim. Da 9:24 Theod.) the Lord will act by accomplishing (συντελέω 2) his word and by shortening or cutting off; in this case the shortening is thought of as referring either to God’s promise to Israel, which will be fulfilled only to a limited degree (RALipsius, BWeiss), or to the Israelite nation, which is to enter into salvation trimmed and cut down, as a (vs. 27) ‘remnant’ (Jülicher, Sickenberger). Others take it to mean: The Lord will act by closing the account and shortening (the time), i. e. he will not prolong indefinitely the period of his long-suffering (Zahn; sim. also Hofmann and Althaus; cf. the RSV ‘the Lord will execute his sentence w. rigor and dispatch’.-Mnesimachus [Com. Att. II 436 Kock] 3, 4 [IV BC] σύντεμνε=‘make it short, come to the point’; Musonius p. 87, 6 ἵνα συντεμὼν εἴπω=‘in short’; Psellus p. 232, 31 συντεμὼν τὸν λόγον=I will speak concisely; Philostrat., Vi. Apollon. 7, 14 p. 268, 16 λόγους ξυντεμεῖν πάντας=‘bring the speech to a sudden close’). M-M.* συντεχνίτης, ου, ὁ (pap. fr. VI AD on) one who follows the same trade ἄνδρες συντεχνῖται fellow-craftsmen Ac 19:25 D.* συντηρέω impf. συνετήρουν; fut. συντηρήσω (Aristot. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Joseph.).

1. protect, defend against harm or ruin τινά someone (PTebt. 416, 14) Mk 6:20; Hm 5, 1, 7; s 5, 6, 2. Pass. (IG XII 5, 860, 44 [I BC]; Jos., Bell. 1, 184)be saved, preserved (opp. ἀπόλλυσθαι) Mt 9:17; Lk 5:38 t.r.

2. keep in mind, be concerned about τὶ someth (Polyb. 4, 60, 10; inscr., pap., LXX) ἀδελφότητα Hm 8:10.

3. hold or treasure up (in one’s memory) (Sir 39:2; Da 7:28 Theod. τὸ ῥῆμα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου; sim. Test. Levi 6: 2.-Polyb. 30, 30, 5 the word means ‘keep to oneself, conceal’, as perh. also Jos., Bell. 2, 142)συνετήρει (διετήρει 2:51) τὰ ῥήματα Lk 2:19 (Da 7:28 Theod.; Syntipas p. 102, 1; 104, 9 συνετήρουν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ πάντα); BFMeyer, CBQ 26, ’64, 31-49. M-M.* συντίθημι 2 aor. mid. συνεθέμην; plpf. συνετεθείμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 136; Philo, Aet. M. 28 al.; Jos., Ant. 17, 38).

1. act. and pass. put or place with σκεῦος κενὸν μετὰ τῶν κενῶν συντιθέμενον an empty vessel placed beside the (other) empty vessels (in such a way that it knocks against them) Hm 11:13 (cf. X., Cyr. 8, 5, 4; POxy. 1631, 17).

2. mid.—a. agreeα. w. someone (Hdt. et al.) συνέθεντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι where, no matter how the dat. is construed, the sense is they came to an agreement with him, to pay him money Lk 22:5. β. among themselves, decide (Jos., Vi. 196; Test. Zeb. 1:6) foll. by the articular inf. in the gen. (Bl-D. §400, 7; Rob. 1068; Test. Jos. 6:9) Ac 23:20. W. ἵνα foll. J 9:22. b. consent (Lysias+; Dionys. Hal., Isocr. 18; Paus. 4, 15, 2; PSI 484, 2 [III BC]; 524, 4) Ac 24:9 t.r. M-M.* σύντομος, ον (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 228)cut short, short, brief, then also short and to the point (Aeschin., Or. 2, 51 Bl.; Philo, Praem. 50), close at hand, ready (of Nemesis, Anth. 12, 12, 2.-Jos., Bell. 4, 227) εὔχομαι (τὰ θηρία) σύντομά μοι εὑρεθῆναι I pray that they (the beasts) might show themselves ready for me IRo 5:2.* συντόμως adv. (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.; Test. Jos. 7:1. Loanw. in rabb.)—1. in a short time, promptly, readily (Aeschyl., Hippocr.+; pap.; Pr 13:23; 3 Macc 5:25; Jos., Ant. 2, 315)2 Cl 20:4; IRo 5:2; alternative short ending of Mk. 2. of discourse briefly, concisely (Aeschyl., Isocr.; cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 3; 29) IMg 14. ἀκοῦσαί τινος συντόμως give someone a hearing briefly (i.e. someone who promises to speak briefly and to the point) Ac 24:4. M-M.* σύντονος, ον stretched tight, intense, vehement (trag.+; Philo, Joseph.) the neut. as subst. τὸ σύντονον intense desire, zeal (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. τὸ ς. τῆς σπουδῆς) ὑμῶν τὸ σύντονον τῆς ἀληθείας your intense desire for the truth IPol 7:3.-The neut. of the comp. as adv. (Aristot., Pol. 5, 8, 2; Plut., Cato Maj. 21, 5; Jos., Bell. 1, 274;3, 13) συντονώτερον γράφειν write more sharply ITr 3:3.* συντρέχω 2 aor. συνέδραμον (Hom., Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 103; Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) run together.

1. of a number of persons who run to a place and gather there (X. et al.; Wilcken, Chrest. 20 III, 8; LXX) πρός τινα (Diod. S. 19, 13, 7 πρὸς ἀλλήλους; Plut., Alc. 32, 3, Mar. 29, 10, Pomp. 60, 5; Charito 5, 9, 5; Jos., Bell. 1, 250)Ac 3:11 (Jos., Ant. 7, 257ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν συνδραμεῖν πρὸς αὐτόν). ἐκεῖ (Diod. S. 20, 96, 4) Mk 6:33. εἰς ναόν IMg 7:2 (cf. Jdth 6:16; Archilochus fgm. 54 Diehl2; Posidon.: 87 fgm. 36, 51 Jac.; Diod. S. 4, 42, 3, εἰς ἐκκλησίαν).

2. run (together) with someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 49 §200), in our lit. only fig., of close association go with τινί someone 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:18). Also μετά τινος B 4:2. εἴς τι to denote the common goal (Himerius, Or. [Ecl. 10, 3 fig.) συντρέχειν εὒς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν plunge with (them) into the same stream of debauchery 1 Pt 4:4.

951

3. agree with, be in harmony with (Aeschyl.+) τινί someth. (Soph., Trach. 880; Mitteis, Chrest. 96, 11 τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ) τῇ γνώμῃ τοῦ θεοῦ IEph 3:2; cf. 4:1. With other συν- compounds IPol 6:1. M-M.* συντριβή, ῆς, ἡ (Vett. Val. 74, 4; Heliod. 10, 28; Sb 5763, 42; LXX) rubbing away, crushing, destruction of Christ, who is put in place like a firm stone εἰς συντριβήν to destroy those who dash against (=take offense at) him B 6:2 (‘polishing’ JAKleist, transl.) ’48, p. 172 n. 59).* συντρίβω fut. συντρίψω; 1 aor. συνέτριψα. Pass.: perf. inf. συντετρῖφθαι, ptc. συντετριμμένος; 2 aor. συνετρίβην; 2 fut. συντριβήσομαι (Eur., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 103, 10; Test. 12 Patr.) shatter, smash, crush.

1. lit.—a. of things (Diod. S. 14, 58, 3; 15, 86, 2; Arrian, Anab. 6, 9, 4) ἀλάβαστρον break an alabaster flask Mk 14:3. πύλας χαλκᾶς shatter gates of brass (cf. PTebt. 45, 21 [113 BC]) B 11:4 (Is 45:2). Pass. (cf. Diod. S. 4, 62, 3 συντριβῆναι of a wagon; Jos., Bell. 1, 43;90) of a reed be bent Mt 12:20 (cf. Is 42:3). Of fetters be broken Mk 5:4. Of bones be broken (Hippocr., Ep. 22, 3 ὀστέων συντριβομένων; Himerius, Or. 69 [=Or. 22], 5 of Ibycus’ broken hand; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀμαζόνες: ς. τὰ μέλη of people) J 19:36 (Ps 33:21.-Cf. σκέλος, end). Of the tables of the law (Ex 32:19; Dt 9:17) B 14:3; cf. 4:8. Vessels (Ael. Aristid. 19, 7 K.=41 p. 765 D.; Aesop, Fab. 190 H. τὰ σκεύη συνέτριψε; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 82) are broken Rv 2:27 (cf. Ps 2:9) or break (intr.) 2 Cl 8:2. Of waves be dashed into foam 1 Cl 20:7 (Job 38:11). b. of persons mistreat, beat someone severely (Eur.+), also wear out, bruise (PPetr. II 4, 3, 5; PLeipz. 38, 17) Lk 9:39. Of enemies annihilate, crush (Polyb. 5, 47, 1; 1 Macc 3:22 al.) ὁ θεὸς συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν Ro 16:20.

2. fig. of mental and emotional states (συντριβῆναι τῇ διανοίᾳ Polyb. 21, 13, 2; 30, 32, 11; Diod. S. 4, 66, 4 ταῖς ἐλπίσιν=their hopes were shattered; τοῖς φρονήμασιν Diod. S. 11, 78, 4.-Plut., Mor. 47A; 165B; LXX) καρδία συντετριμμένη (καρδία 1bε) 1 Cl 18:17b; B 2:10 (both Ps 50:19b). πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον 1 Cl 18:17a; 52:4 (both Ps 50:19a). οἱ συντετριμμένοι τὴν καρδίαν (Is 61:1; cf. Ps 33:19; 146:3) Lk 4:18 t.r.; B 14:9. M-M.* σύντριμμα, ατος, τό (Aristot.+; LXX) destruction, ruin Ro 3:16 (Is 59:7; Ps 13:3). M-M.* σύντροφος, ον nourished or brought up together with, also familiar, on friendly terms (trag., Hdt.+), subst. ὁ ς. foster-brother, companion (from one’s youth), intimate friend τινός of someone (σύντροφος τοῦ βασιλέως Polyb.

5, 9, 4; Diod. S. 1, 53, 5; 1, 54, 5; Dit., Or. 247, 2; 323, 2 al. Cf. Aelian, V.H. 12, 26; POxy. 1034, 2; 7; 2 Macc 9:29; Jos., Bell. 1, 215, Ant 14, 183) Ac 13:1 (s. Μαναήν.-A Cilician inscr. in Monum. As. Min. Ant. III ’31 no. 62 [I BC] mentions Hermias as the σύντρ.=‘intimate friend’ of the Seleucid King Philip II). M-M. B. 1346.* συντυγχάνω 2 aor. συνέτυχον (trag.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 8:14; Ep. Arist.; Joseph.) come together with, meet, join (trag., Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 1, 219; 15, 187; pap.) Lk 8:19; GOxy 11. Without the dat., which is to be supplied Ac 11:26 D. M-M.* Συντύχη, ης, ἡ Syntyche (reff., esp. fr. inscr., in Zahn, Einl. I 379), a Christian woman in Philippi Phil 4:2. M-M.* συντυχία, ας, ἡ (lyric poets, Hdt.+) chance, incident Lk 10:31 P75 (spelled-εία), as v.l. for συγκυρία.* συνυποκρίνομαι dep.; 1 aor. συνυπεκρίθην (Polyb. 3, 92, 5 al.; Plut., Marius 14, 14; 17, 5; Ep. Arist. 267) join in pretending or playing a part, join in playing the hypocrite w. dat. of the pers. whom one joins in hypocrisy Gal 2:13. M-M.* συνυπουργέω (Hippocr.; Lucian, Bis Acc. 17) join in helping, co-operate with τινί by means of someth. συνυπουργούντων ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει while you join in helping us through your prayers 2 Cor 1:11.* συνφ- s. συμφ-. συνχ- s. συγχ-. συνψ- s. συμψ-. συνωδίνω (Eur., Hel. 727; Aelian, N. An. 3, 45 p. 78, 5 after Aristot.; Porphyr., Abst. 3, 10) be in travail with or more gener. suffer agony together Ro 8:22 (on στενάζειν and the ὠδῖνες of the κτίσις cf. Heraclit. Sto. c. 39 p. 58, 9 ἐπειδὰν ἡ μεμυκυῖα γῆ τὰς κυοφορουμένας ἔνδον ὠδῖνας ἐκφήνῃ=‘when [after the winter’s cold] the groaning earth gives birth in travail to what has been formed within her’).-Diod. S. 5, 5, 1 quotes the tragic poet Carcinus: all Sicily, filled with fire from Aetna, groaned [στενάξαι] over the loss of Persephone.* συνωμοσία, ας, ἡ conspiracy, plot (Thu., Aristoph. et al.; inscr.; Sym. Ezk 22:25; Jos., Ant. 15, 288; 16, 111) συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Diod. S. 3, 57, 5; Herodian 7, 4, 3) Ac 23:13. M-M. B. 1363.* Σύρα, ας, ἡ the Syrian woman (Aristoph.+) Mk 7:26 v.l. (s. Συροφοινίκισσα).* 952

Συράκουσαι, ῶν, αἱ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr. in var. spellings) Syracuse, a city on the east coast of Sicily Ac 28:12.

M-M.* Συρία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., LXX; Ep. Arist. 22; Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 12, 102 [elsewh. Συρίη; s. the index of names]. Cf. Bl-D. §261, 6 app.) Syria, the part of Western Asia that is bounded on the north by the Taurus Mts., on the east by the lands of the Euphrates, on the south by Palestine, on the west by the Mediterranean Sea. In 64 BC it became a Roman province; its capital was Antioch. Mt 4:24; Ac 18:18; 20:3; 21:3; IEph 1:2; IRo 5:1; 10:2; ISm 11:2; IPol 7:2; 8:2; IPhld 11:1; Pol 13:1. Mentioned beside Cilicia, its neighboring province in Asia Minor (X., An. 1, 4, 4; Diod. S. 16, 42, 1; 9 of the two neighboring satrapies of Persian times) Ac 15:23, 41; Gal 1:21.) Ἀντιόχεια τῆς Σ. (cf. Ἀντιόχεια 1) ISm 11:1; IPol 7:1; IPhld 10:1. The province was governed by an imperial legate (cf. ἡγεμονεύω and Κυρήνιος) Lk 2:2. ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ ἐν Συρίᾳ the church in Syria IEph 21:2; IMg 14; ITr 13:1; IRo 9:1. Ignatius is ὁ ἐπίσκοπος Συρίας IRo 2:2.-GBeer, RE XIX ’07, 281-95 (lit.); RDussaud, Mission dans les régions désertiques de la Syrie moyenne ’03, Topographie historique de la Syrie antique et médiévale ’26; BMaisler, Untersuchungen z. alten Gesch. u. Ethnographie Syriens u. Palätinas I ’29; KBaedeker, Palästina u. Syrien7 ’10, Syrie-Palestine, Irâq, Transjordanie ’32; LHaefeli, Syrien u. sein Libanon ’26; UKahrstedt, Syr. Territorien in hellenist. Zeit ’26. On the relig. situation cf. Schürer III4 10f; Dussaud, Notes de Mythologie Syrienne ’03-’05; FCumont, Études Syriennes ’17, Religionen3 ’31, 94-123; 253-77 (lit.); HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 146-57; Prümm 264-8; 651-4. S. also ChClermont-Ganneau, Recueil d’archéol. orientale, eight vols. 1888-1924. M-M.* Σύρος, ου, ὁ the Syrian (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Philo, Joseph.; Test. Napht. 5:8; Sib. Or.) of Naaman, the Syrian army commander Lk 4:27 (cf. 2 Kings 5). Circumcision practiced by the Syrians B 9:6 (cf. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). M-M.* Συροφοινίκισσα, ης, ἡ the Syrophoenician woman (the masc. Συροφοίνιξ in Lucian, Concil. Deor. 4; Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 98), an inhabitant of Syrophoenicia, a district which was so called because Phoenicia belonged to the province of Syria (cf. Diod. S. 19, 93, 7 ἡ Φοινίκη Συρία; Justin, Dial. 78 p. 305A Συροφοινίκη: EHonigmann, Pauly-W. 2nd series IV ’32, 1788f), and could thus be differentiated fr. Libophoenicia around Carthage (Diod. S. 20, 55, 4 Λιβυφοίνικες; Strabo 17, 19) Mk 7:26 (v.l. Συροφοίνισσα, Σύρα Φοινίκισσα; cf. Bl-D. §111, 1; Mlt.-H. 279; 349).-DSMargoliouth, The Syrophoenician Woman: Exp. 8th Ser. XXII ’21, 1-10; AvanVeldhuizen, De Syrofenicische Vrouw: Op den Uitkijk 3, ’26, 65ff; JIHalser, The Incident of the Syrophoenician Woman: ET 45, ’34, 459-61; TBurkill, The Historical Devel. of the Story of the Syr. Woman, NovT 9, ’67, 161-77; WStorch, BZ 14, ’70, 256f. S. also on Χαναναῖος. M-M.* συρρέω (X.+; pap.) flow together Papias 3.* συρρήγνυμι (Hom.+; Jos., Bell. 1, 251;3, 302; Sib. Or. 2, 201) intr. (Hdt.+; Jos., Bell. 1, 364)dash (together) τινί upon someth. Lk 6:49 D.* Σύρτις, εως, ἡ (Hdt.+) the Syrtis; name of two gulfs along the Libyan coast which, because of their shallowness and shifting sand-banks, were greatly feared by mariners (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1235ff; Strabo 17, 3, 20; Dio Chrys. 5, 8-11; Jos., Bell. 2, 381). The Syrtis meant in Ac 27:17 is the so-called Great one, toward Cyrenaica.* σύρω impf. ἔσυρον (Aristot.; Theocr. et al.; pap., LXX, Joseph.) drag, pull, draw, drag away τὶ someth. (cf. PFlor.

158, 7 τὸ ταυρικὸν σύρει τὰ ξύλα) σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον dragging in the net J 21:8 (ς. in catching fish: Plut., Mor. 977F). Of the dragon in heaven: ἡ οὐρὰ αὐτοῦ σύρει τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων his tail swept away a third of the stars Rv 12:4.-τινά drag someone away (by force) (Ps.-Theocr., Hymn to the Dead Adonis 1. 12 [Bucoliques Grecs ed. ELegrand ’25 vol. II p. 112] ἔσυρον αἰχμάλωτον; Epict. 1, 29, 16; 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 452;2, 491, Ant. 20, 136.-4 Macc 6:1 ἐπί τι) Ac 8:3; GP 3:7 (cf. Eutecnius 4 p. 41, 33 σύρειν αἰσχρῶς κατὰ γῆς). ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας Ac 17:6.-Of a (supposedly) lifeless human body (Herodian 1, 13, 6; 5, 8, 9) ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 14:19. S. κατασύρω. M-M.* συσκέπτομαι impf. συνεσκεπτόμην (Sym. Ps 2:2; 30:14) contemplate together, determine τινί with someone (Herodian 1, 17, 7; Iambl., Protr. 21, 31 p. 123, 19 Pistelli) ἀλλήλοις GP 11:43 (w. inf. foll.).* συσπαράσσω 1 aor. συνεσπάραξα (Maximus Tyr. 7, 5e) tear (to pieces) , pull about, convulse τινά someone, of the demon, who so treats the person who is in his power Mk 9:20; w. ῥήγνυμι Lk 9:42.* συσπάω (Pla.+; La 5:10) draw together, keep closed τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς τὸ δοῦναι clench one’s fists when it comes to giving (RKnopf D 4:5) or keep one’s hands closed (HWindisch B 19:9) B 19:9; D 4:5. But since this expr. is contrasted w. ἐκτείνειν τὰς χεῖρας (cf. ἐκτείνω 1), it may be better to translate pull back, pull in, retract (cf.

Lucian, Tim. 13 συσπ. τοὺς δακτύλους; Aristot., H.A. 2, 17 τ. γλῶτταν; 5, 20 τὴν κεφαλήν).* σύσσημον, ου, τό (since Menand. [Per. 362 J.], as Phryn. p. 418 L. explains in rejecting the word; Diod. S., Strabo, Plut., LXX; loanw. in rabb.) signal previously agreed upon Mk 14:44. Sign, token, standard αἴρειν σύσσημον (Aeneas Tact. 223; Diod. S. 11, 22, 1; 19, 30, 1; 20, 51, 1; Strabo 6, 3, 3; Is 49:22) raise a sign ISm 1:2 (Is 5:26). M-M.* 953

σύσσωμος, ον (only in Christian writers) belonging to the same body w. συγκληρονόμος, συμμέτοχος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας Eph 3:6.-EPreuschen, ZNW 1, ’00, 85f. M-M.* συστασιαστής, οῦ, ὁ (Jos., Ant. 14, 22)fellow-insurrectionist Mk 15:7 t.r.* σύστασις, εως, ἡ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 194).

1. gathering, union, association (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 132, §547 συστάσεις=bands [of robbers]) αἱ συστάσεις αἱ ἀρχοντικαί (cf. ἀρχοντικός and ἄρχων 3) ITr 5:2. On the basis of this pass. and the Lat. version θηρίων συστάσεις IRo 5:3 can be taken to mean packs of wild beasts. But mng. 2 is also poss. here.—2. encounter, struggle (Eur., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 4, 16, 2): struggles with wild beasts.

3. structure, constitution, nature (Diod. S. 15, 32, 1; Alex. Aphr., An. p. 3, 19 Br.) τοῦ κόσμου (Cornutus 18 p.

32, 5; cf. Wsd 7:17) 1 Cl 60:1. Another possibility is permanence, duration.* συστατικός, ή, όν (since Aristot. in Diog. L. 5, 18; pap.) introducing, commendatory συστατικὴ ἐπιστολή a letter of recommendation (Ammonius, Vi. Aristot. p. 11, 18 Westerm. συστατικαὶ ἐπ.) 2 Cor 3:1 (Epict. 2, 3, 1 γράμματα παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν συστατικά; Diog. L. 8, 87; POxy. 1587, 20; PTebt. 315, 29 [II AD] ἔχει συστατικάς, i.e. ἐπιστολάς.—Models: Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. p. 3, 16ff; Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 22, 12ff; also p. 58). On this subject cf. Dssm., LO 137f (LAE 170-2); Windisch ad loc.; CWKeyes, The Gk. Letter of Introduction: AJPh 56, ’35, 28ff. M-M.* συσταυρόω Pass.: pf. συνεσταύρωμαι; 1 aor. συνεσταυρώθην crucify (together) with, in our lit. only pass., of one who is nailed to the cross w. one or more persons.

1. lit. σύν τινι Mt 27:44; Mk 15:32. Also simply w. the dat. J 19:32.—2. fig., of the crucifixion of a person when he becomes a Christian ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη Ro 6:6. Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι Gal 2:19 (cf.

GStaffelbach, D. Vereinigung mit Christus als Prinzip der Moral bei Pls, Diss. Freiburg, Switzerland, ’32).* συστέλλω 1 aor. συνέστειλα; pf. pass. ptc. συνεσταλμένος (Eur., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. draw together, limit, shorten (Hippocr.: CMG I 1 p. 53, 14; 85, 9; Isocr. 12, 230; X., Vect. 4, 3; Diod. S. 1, 41, 2; Cass. Dio 39, 37; Jos., Ant. 14, 74)of time ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν 1 Cor 7:29, where it is not certain whether Paul has a divine act of shortening in mind (JWeiss), or whether there is no reference intended to a time that was originally longer (Diod. S. 4, 20, 1 τοῖς ὄγκοις συνεσταλμένοι=compact in body [of the Ligurians]). ς. τὰ ἱστία Ac 27:15 v.l., see s.v. ἱστίον.

2. οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτόν Ac 5:6, cf. 10 D, is variously interpreted. The possibilities are: a. cover, wrap up (Eur., Tro. 377; Lucian, Imag. 7; Achilles Tat. 8, 1, 5; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 22, 3 ὅν [=Darius when dying] τῇ χλαμύδι συστείλας). So the Syrian and Coptic versions; de Wette, BWeiss, Blass, Wendt, Preuschen, Hoennicke, ASteinmann, Beyer, Bauernfeind, RSV et al. Less probable is b. pack or fold up, snatch up (Psellus 50, 31 ς. τὰ παραπετάσματα=gather the curtains together). So the Armenian version and HAWMeyer, Overbeck, Weizsäcker, Zahn; or c. take away, remove (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 35). So the Vulgate, amoverunt. M-M.* συστενάζω lament or groan together (with) (Eur., Ion 935 and Test. Iss. 17:5 τινί ‘with someone’.-Nicetas Eugen.

1, 342 H. without dat.) of creation groan together (w. συνωδίνειν, q.v. Also A-MDubarle, RSphth 38, ’54, 445-65) Ro 8:22.* συστοιχέω of soldiers stand in the same line, hence in grammarians and in the Pythagorean tables of categories (in Aristot., Eth. Nic. 1, 4 p. 1906b, 6, Metaphys. 1, 5 p. 986a, 23) correspond (the members of the same categories in the tables συστοιχοῦσι, while members of opposite categories ἀντιστοιχοῦσι.-Ltzm., Hdb. on Gal 4:25) w. the dat. Ἁγάρ=Σινᾶ ὄρος. . . συστοιχεῖ τῇ νῦν Ἰερουσαλήμ corresponds to the present Jerusalem Gal 4:25. M-M.* συστρατιώτης, ου, ὁ (X., Pla.+; BGU 814, 27 [soldier’s letter]; Ostraka II 1535 [II BC]; Jos., Ant. 4, 177)comrade in arms, fellow-soldier, in our lit. only fig. of those who devote themselves to the service of the gospel; as a term of honor (which in Polyaenus 8, 23, 22 makes the soldier equal to the commander-in-chief, and in Synes., Kingship 13 p. 12c makes the warrior equal to the king) applied to certain fellow-workers of Paul mentioned in Phil 2:25; Phlm 2 (on the Christian life as military service cf. πανοπλία 2). M-M.* συστρέφω 1 aor. συνέστρεψα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX)—1. gather up, bring together τὶ someth. a bundle of sticks Ac 28:3. τινάς certain people 17:5 D (cf. Diod. S. 3, 35; Judg 12:4 B; 2 Macc 14:30; Jos., Ant. 18, 85).

2. be gathered, gather, come together (Hdt.+; En. 100, 4; Jos., Ant. 18, 351)Ac 10:41 D*; 11:28 D; 16:39 D. So perh. also Mt 17:22. Zahn suggests: ‘while they were crowding’ (around Jesus), and VEHarlow, Jesus’ Jerusalem Expedition ’36, 38-55 a ‘half-military review’. M-M.* συστροφή, ῆς, ἡ—1. disorderly or seditious gathering, commotion (Hdt. 7, 9; Polyb. 4, 34, 6; Jos., Bell. 4, 601)Ac 19:40. ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι the Jews came together in a mob 23:12. But in the last pass. the word may also mean—2. plot, conspiracy (Am 7:10 συστροφὰς ποιεῖται; Ps 63:3). M-M.* 954

συσχηματίζω form or mold after someth. (Aristot., Top. 6, 14 p. 151b, 8 τὶ πρός τι; Plut., Mor. 83B) pass. be formed like, be conformed to, be guided by (Plut., Mor. 100F; Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 111) w. the dat. of the thing to which one is conformed τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ Ro 12:2. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Pt 1:14. M-M.* Συχάρ, ἡ indecl. Sychar, a city in Samaria, acc. to Jerome, Quaest. in Gen. 66, 6 and Epict. 108, 13, a corrupt form of Συχέμ (Sinaitic Syr. Shechim); s. the foll. entry. Many in recent times reject this conclusion, usu. in favor of identifying Sychar w. Askar (Samaritan Ischar) at the southeast foot of Mt. Ebal. Yet recent excavations seem to show that Jerome was right (s. RB 37, ’28, 619). A place called Sichar or Suchar in the Babyl. Talmud (Baba Kamma 82b; Menachoth 64b) cannot be identified w. certainty. J 4:5.—ESchwartz, NGG ’08, 504f; Zahn, NKZ 19, ’08, 207-18; JBoehmer, ZNW 9, ’08, 218-23; KKundsin, Topolog. Überlieferungsstoffe im Joh. ’25; CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr. RWalls ’63, 155-66.* ) indecl. Shechem—1. fem. (Συχέμ Test. Levi 5:3=Σίκιμα Gen 48:22; Josh 24:32; Theodot. [II BC] in Συχέμ (‫םֶכ‬ Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 22, 2; Joseph.), a city in Samaria. West of it Vespasian founded a new city, Flavia Neapolis (Euseb., Onom. p. 150, 1) Ac 7:16a, b.—KBaedeker, Pal. u. Syr.7 ’10, 203ff; FFörster, Sichem, s. Gesch. u. Bed., Diss. Lpz. ’23; ESellin, most recently (earlier material in PThomsen, Palätina u. s. Kultur3 ’31, 116): ZAW 50, ’32, 303-8; PThomsen, Reallex. d. Vorgesch. XII ’28, 74ff; ThBöhl, De opgraving van Sichem ’27.

2. masc., son of Hamor (cf. Ἑμμώρ) Ἑμμὼρ τοῦ Συχέμ (cf. Gen 33:19) Hamor the father of Shechem Ac 7:16 D t.r. (in Jos., Ant. 1, 337f Συχέμμης). M-M.* σφαγή, ῆς, ἡ (trag., X., Pla.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 102; 7, 39) slaughter πρόβατα σφαγῆς sheep to be slaughtered (cf. Zech 11:4, 7) Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23). προσφέρειν ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγήν bring to be slain B 8:2. Pass. ἐπὶ ς. ἄγεσθαι Ac 8:32; 1 Cl 16:7; B 5:2 (in each case Is 53:7. Cf. Lucian, Dem. Enc. 40 the question βοῦν ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤγομεν; fig. w. ref. to Demosth.). ἡμέρα σφαγῆς day of slaughter (Jer 12:3; En. 16, 1; cf. Syntipas p. 13, 1 ἡμέρα. . . τ. σφαγῆς.—σφ.=massacre, blood-bath: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91) of the Day of Judgment (Beyschlag, Spitta, FHauck, Meinertz) or of a day of misfortune, when things turned out badly for the poor, but not for the rich (Windisch, MDibelius) Js 5:5 (σφ. w. reference to humans: Diod. S. 13, 48, 1; 8).* σφάγιον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 434)victim to be sacrificed, offering pl. (w. θυσίαι) Ac 7:42 (Am 5:25).* σφάζω fut. σφάξω; 1 aor. ἔσφαξα; pf. pass. ptc. ἐσφαγμένος (Hom.+ [Att. σφάττω; cf. Bl-D. §71; Mlt.-H. 404]; inscr., pap., LXX) to slaughter w. acc. ἀρνίον Rv 5:6, 12; 13:8 (in all these passages pass., ἀρνίον ἐσφαγμένον).

Abs. B 8:1. Of the killing of a person by violence (Pind.+) σφάζειν τινά butcher or murder someone (4 Km 10:7; Jer 52:10; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 76) 1J 3:12; Rv 6:4. Pass. (Hdt. 5, 5) 5:9; 6:9; 18:24. κεφαλὴ ὡς ἐσφαγμένη εἰς θάνατον a head that seemed to be mortally wounded 13:3. M-M.* σφάλλω 2 fut. pass. σφαλήσομαι (Hom.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 264)pass. slip, stumble, fall lit. (Aristoph., Vesp. 1324; X., Lac. 5, 7; Diod. S. 3, 24, 3; Maximus Tyr. 21, 2b; 34, 2e; Dt 32:35) Mt 15:14 v.l.* σφόδρα adv. (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) very (much) , extremely, greatly used w. an adj. (Lucian, Nigr. 37; Zen.-P. 11 [=Sb 6717], 6 [257 BC]; En. 32, 3; Jos., Vi. 191) Mt 2:10; 14:30 v.l.; Mk 16:4; Lk 18:23; Rv 16:21. Used w. verbs (Aeneas Tact. 1463; Test. Benj. 1, 5; Jos., Vi. 159 ἐταράχθην σφόδρα; Herm.

Wr. 1, 1) φοβεῖσθαι ς. Mt 17:6; 27:54. λυπεῖσθαι (1 Macc 14:16) 17:23; 18:31; 26:22. ἐκπλήττεσθαι 19:25. πληθύνεσθαι Ac 6:7. M-M.* σφοδρῶς adv. (Hom.+; Aelian, N.A. 14, 26 p. 359, 23; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 57; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 292al.) very much, greatly, violently ς. χειμάζεσθαι be violently beaten by a storm Ac 27:18 (cf. Jos., Ant. 14, 377χειμῶνι σφοδρῷ περιπεσών).* σφραγίζω 1 aor. ἐσφράγισα, mid. ἐσφραγισάμην. Pass.: pf. ptc. ἐσφραγισμένος; 1 aor. ἐσφραγίσθην (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) (provide with a) seal.

1. lit., w. the acc. of the obj. that is to be secured or fastened by the seal: of a stone, to prevent its being moved fr. position (Da 6:18=Jos., Ant. 10, 258)Mt 27:66 (but s. μετά A III 2). Likew. GP 9:34, where the words μνημεῖον ἐσφραγισμένον refer back to the sealing of the stone used to close the tomb (8:32f). In the case of a closed building, so that it cannot be opened (Bel 11; 14) τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Cl 43:3. A bundle of rods, that were not to be disturbed 43:2.

Abs. ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ he sealed (the closed mouth of the abyss) over him Rv 20:3.

2. fig.—a. seal up τὶ someth. in order to keep it secret (Solon in Stob., Flor. III p. 114, 8 H. τοὺς λόγους σιγῇ; Kleopatra 1. 73 μυστήριον ἐσφραγισμένον; PTebt. 413, 6; Job 14:17; 24:16; Da 9:24 Theod.; Da 12:9 LXX) Rv 10:4; 22:10. b. mark (with a seal) as a means of identification (Eur., Iph. T. 1372. In pap., of all kinds of animals), so that the mark which denotes ownership also carries w. it the protection of the owner: σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν Rv 7:3 (marking w. a seal on the forehead in the cult of Mithra: Tertullian, Praescr. Haer.

40). Corresp. ἐσφραγισμένοι vs. 4a, b, 5, 8 (on the concept of sealing eschatologically cf. Ezk 9:4ff; Is 44:5; PsSol 955

15:6, 9; 4 Esdr 6:5f; 8:51ff. S. also LBrun, Übriggebliebene u. Märtyrer in Apk: StKr 102, ’30, 215-31). This forms a basis for understanding the symbolic expr. which speaks of those who enter the Christian fellowship as being sealed with or by the Holy Spirit Eph 1:13; cf. 4:30. Sim. θεός, ὁ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 2 Cor 1:22; but here σφ. obviously means more than just ‘provide w. a mark of identification’. Rather it=‘endue with power from heaven’, as plainly in J 6:27 (s. σφραγίς 2a); but EDinkler, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 183-8 associates 2 Cor 1:22 w. baptism; cf. σφραγίς 2b. c. attest, certify, acknowledge (as a seal does on a document: pap.; Jer 39:10f; Esth 8:8, 10.—Anth. Pal. 9, 236 ἐσφράγισαν ὅρκοι) w. ὅτι foll. J 3:33. d. σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον Ro 15:28 is perh. to be understood fr. the practice of sealing sacks of grain (Dssm., NB 65f [BS 238f]). But the figure is perh. rather hard to maintain, since the ‘fruit’ must not only be sealed, but also forwarded to Jerusalem and delivered there. In any case the sense of the expr. is easier to understand in some such wording as this: when I have placed the sum that was collected safely (sealed) in their hands (cf. LRadermacher, ZNW 32, ’33, 87-9; HW Bartsch, ZNW 63, ’72, 95-107). M-M.* σφραγίς, ι̂δος, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 408; 18, 93 al.; loanw. in rabb.) seal, signet.

1. lit.—a. seal (GP 8:33; 1 Cl 43:5. In Rv a book w. seven seals 5:1 (a last will and testament acc. to EHuschke, Das Buch mit sieben Siegeln 1860, Zahn, JWeiss; cf. JMarquardt, Römisches Privatieben2 1886, 805f; ThBirt, Die Buchrolle in der Kunst ’07, 243.-On Rv 5f: WSattler, ZNW 20, ’21, 231-40; 21, ’22, 43-53; KathStaritz, ibid. 30, ’31, 157-70; WSTaylor, JTS 31, ’30, 266-71). λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας Rv 5:2, 5 t.r. (cf. λύω 1a). Also ἀνοῖξαι vs. 5, 9; 6:1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12 (Aeschyl., Eum. 828); 8:1 (ἀνοίγω 1d). b. the instrument with which one seals or stamps, signet (Aristot., Strabo et al., Appian, Liby. 32 §137; 104 §493, Bell. Civ. 2, 22 §82, pap., LXX) σφραγὶς θεοῦ Rv 7:2. c. the mark or impression of a seal (Hdt.+) Rv 9:4 (cf. Martial 3, 21, of a slave ‘fronte notata’). Symbolically ὁ θεμέλιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην κτλ. God’s foundation that bears the following mark=inscription. . . 2 Ti 2:19. d. sign or stamp of approval, certificate (cf. the Abercius Inscr. 9 λαὸς λαμπρὰν σφραγεῖδαν ἔχων and the Naassene hymn in Hippolytus, Ref. 5, 10, 2 σφραγῖδας ἔχων καταβήσομαι. Likew. the Books of Jeû and the Mandaean Writings. Mani, Kephal. (chapt.) I ’39, p. 225, 13; 15; 18) Hs 8, 2, 2; 4.

2. fig.—a. that which confirms, attests, or authenticates w. the gen. of that which is confirmed or authenticated ἡ σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the certification of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2. σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως he (Abraham) received the sign of circumcision as something that simply confirms the righteousness through faith that was already present Ro 4:11. σφ. need be no more than a metaphor for attestation or confirmation in περιτέτμηται ὁ λαὸς εἰς σφραγῖδα B 9:6. b. as a term for baptism in 2 Cl and Hermas (Theognis 1, 19: the author’s name, as a σφρηγίς, insures his work against all possibility of falsification): ἡ σφραγίς 2 Cl 7:6; 8:6; Hs 8, 6, 3; 9, 16, 3ff al. ἡ σφ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 3 (also Act. Thom. 131. Cf. ἡ σφ. τοῦ κυρίου Clem. Alex., Quis Div. Salv. 42, 4. ἡ σφ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ Act. Phil.

134; ἡ ἐν Xριστῷ σφ. Act. Pauli et Thecl. 25; Mart. Thom. p. 291 B.). Used with the verbs διδόναι τινὶ (τὴν σφ.)

Hs 9, 16, 5b (Act. Thom. 28; 49). λαμβάνειν 8, 6, 3; 9, 16, 3; 9, 17, 4. ἔχειν 9, 16, 5a; 7; κηρύσσειν 9, 16, 4b. τεθλακέναι 8, 6, 3. τηρεῖν 2 Cl 7:6; 8:6=τηρεῖν τὸ βάπτισμα 6:9 (δέχεσθαι Act. Thom. 26; περιτιθέναι Celsus in Origen 2, 96f).—GAnrich, Das Antike Mysterienwesen 1894, 120ff; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 144ff; ASeeberg, Der Katechismus der Urchristenheit ’03, 232ff; FJDölger, Sphragis als Taufbez. ’11, 49ff, Antike u.

Christentum I ’29, 88-91; AvStromberg, Studien zur Theorie u. Praxis der Taufe ’13, 89ff; WHeitmüller, ΣΦΡΑΓΙΣ: Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 40ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 227ff; FPreisigke, Die Gotteskraft der frühchristl. Zeit ’22, 25f; EMaass, Segnen, Weihen, Taufen: ARW 21, ’22, 241ff; JYsebaert, Greek Baptismal Terminol., ’62, 204f; GFitzer, TW VII, 939-54. M-M.* σφυδρόν, οῦ, τό (PFlor. 391, 53; 56 [III AD]; Hesychius) ankle Ac 3:7 (v.l. σφυρόν, q.v.). M-M.* σφυρίς, ίδος, ἡ s. σπυρίς. M-M. σφυροκοπέω (Philod., σημ. 2, 7 Gomp.; Judg 5:26 B) beat with a hammer τὶ someth. of a smith τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ his work Hv 1, 3, 2.* σφυρόν, οῦ, τό—1. ankle (Hom.+; Ep. Arist. 87; Jos., Ant. 3, 155; 7, 171).—2. heel (Eur., Alc. 586; Ps.-Oppian, Cyn. 3, 143); both are poss. in Ac 3:7 t.r. Cf. σφυδρόν.* σχεδόν adv. (Hom.+) nearly, almost (Soph., X., Pla.; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 5:2; 3 Macc 5:14, 45; Ep. Arist., Philo) Ac 13:44 (cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 20πᾶσαν σχεδόν); 19:26; Hb 9:22 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 18πάντα σχ.); B 16:2; MPol 1:1; 22:3; Epil Mosq 4. M-M.* σχῆμα, ατος, τό (fr. the same root as ἔχω. Aeschyl., Thu. +; inscr., pap.; Is 3:17; Ep. Arist. 105; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 282; Test. 12 Patr. Loanw. in rabb.) bearing, manner, deportment, cf. Lat. ‘habitus’.

1. of pers. outward appearance, form, shape Hv 5:1 (Menyllus: 295 fgm. 2 Jac.) Ἄρης ἐν σχήματι ποιμένος). σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος Phil 2:7 (cf. Lucian, Somn. 13 ἀφεὶς. . . τιμὴν κ. δόξαν. . . κ. δύναμιν σχῆμα δουλοπρεπὲς ἀναλήψῃ; Jos., Ant. 1O, 11 a king who exchanges his kingly robes for sackcloth and takes on a σχῆμα ταπεινόν. For the σχῆμα ταπεινόν cf. also Appian, Syr. 40 §206).

956

2. of things παράγει τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου this world in its present form is passing away 1 Cor 7:31 (Eur., Bacch. 832 τὸ σχ. τοῦ κόσμου; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 312, 9 τὸ σχ. τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε; PGM 4, 1139 σχῆμα κόσμου). M-M. B. 874.* σχίζω fut. σχίσω; 1 aor. ἔσχισα, pass. ἐσχίσθην (Hom. Hymns+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 207; 20, 97; Test.

12 Patr.) split, divide, separate, tear apart, tear off.

1. lit. τὶ someth.—a. act. τὸ ξύλον split the wood (Antig. Car. 142 ξύλον σχίσας; Paradoxogr. Flor. 9; Paroem.

Gr.: Apostolius 7, 24a) LJ 1:5 (cf. Eccl 10:9, also Gen 22:3; 1 Km 6:14 and see ἐγείρω 1aγ). τὸ καινὸν σχίσει he will tear the new Lk 5:36b. Cf. J 19:24. ἐπίβλημα ἀπὸ ἱματίου σχ. tear (off) a patch from a garment Lk 5:36a (cf.

Jos., Ant. 8, 207). b. pass. be divided, be torn, be split αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν the rocks were split Mt 27:51b (cf. Is 48:21; Test.

Levi 4:1; PTebt. 273, 43; 52 λίθος σχισθείς). Of the curtain in the temple (s. καταπέτασμα) ἐσχίσθη (it) was torn (cf.

Anacr. 95b Diehl) Lk 23:45; εἰς δύο (cf. schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 282-91b p. 281, 10 W. σχίζεται εἰς δύο; Polyb.

2, 16, 11 εἰς δύο μέρη; PGM 13, 262 σχίσον εἰς δύο=in two) Mt 27:51a; Mk 15:38 (D+μέρη). Of a net J 21:11.

Of the dome of heaven Mk 1:10 (Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 32, 14 οὐρανὸν σχίσας for a divine announcement, to bring from the house of Zeus a pure soul, τῶν θείων φασμάτων παρʼ ἡμᾶς τὴν οὐσίαν διαπορθμεύουσαν=who communicates to us the nature of the divine appearances).

2. fig.—a. act. cause a division or schism IPhld 3:3 (cf. Dionys. Alex. in Euseb., H.E. 6, 45). b. pass. become divided, disunited (X., Symp. 4, 59 ἐσχίσθησαν, καὶ οἱ μὲν. . . , οἱ δέ) ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος Ac 14:4; 23:7 (cf. Diod. S. 12, 66, 2 τοῦ πλήθους σχιζομένου κατὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν; Celsus 3, 10; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 54 εἰς δύο γνώμας). M-M. B. 564; 845.* σχίσμα, ατος, τό split, division—1. lit. tear, crack (Aristot., H.A. 2, 1; Physiogn. I 372, 6; En. 1, 7) in a garment Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; in a stone Hs 9, 8, 3.

2. fig. division, dissension, schism (PLond. 2710 r., 13 [=Sb 7835—I BC] the ἡγούμενος of the brotherhood of Zeus Hypsistos forbids σχίσματα most strictly; Cat. Cod. Astr. XI 2 p. 122, 24 πολέμους, φόνους, μάχας, σχίσματα) J 7:43; 9:16; 10:19; 1 Cor 1:10; 11:18; 12:25; 1 Cl 46:9; 49:5. W. στάσις 2:6; w. στάσις, ἔρις 54:2. ἔρεις, θυμοί, διχοστασίαι, σχίσματα, πόλεμος 46:5. ποιεῖν σχίσμα cause a division D 4:3; B 19:12. σχίσματα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐποίησαν they brought about divisions (of opinion) in their own minds (or among themselves; cf. ἑαυτοῦ 3) Hs 8, 9, 4. Cf. the agraphon from Justin, Trypho 35 quoted in JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 59-61: ἔσονται σχίσματα καὶ αἱρέσεις. M-M.* σχισμή, ῆς, ἡ crack, fissure (Rhet. Gr. I 552, 4; LXX) in stones (cf. Is 2:19, 21; Sib. Or. 3, 607) Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 6, 3; s 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 3f; 9, 23, 1-3; in sticks Hs 8, 1, 9f; 14; 8, 4, 6; 8, 5, 1; 4f; 8, 7, 1f; 4; 8, 10, 1; in a mountain (Jon 2:6) s 9, 1, 7.* σχοινίον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 385; 19, 346) rope or cord made of rushes, then gener.; used to elevate someth. IEph 9:1. Of the ropes that hold a ship’s boat in place Ac 27:32. Jesus uses them to make a whip J 2:15. M-M. B. 549.* σχοίνισμα, ατος, τό (LXX) a piece of land measured out by means of a measuring-line (σχοῖνος, σχοινίον), allotment (Hesychius; Etym. Mag. p. 740, 46) σχ. κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ the allotment that he acquired 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:9).* σχολάζω 1 aor. ἐσχόλασα (Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) have time or leisure.

1. of persons τινί for someone or someth., i.e. busy oneself with, devote oneself to, give one’s time to (Lucian, V. Hist. 2, 15; Ps.-Lucian, Macrob. 4 φιλοσοφίᾳ; Epict. 2, 14, 28; Herodian 1, 8, 1 al.; Dit., Syll.3 717, 34f [100 BC] τοῖς φιλοσόφοις, Or. 569, 23 θεῶν θρησκείᾳ; Sb 4284, 15 τῇ γῇ; PAmh. 82, 6 γεωργίᾳ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 1 al.; Test. Jud. 20:1) τῇ προσευχῇ 1 Cor 7:5 (on this subj. s. Test. Napht. 8:8); cf. IPol 1:3. Χριστιανὸς θεῷ σχολάζει 7:3 (cf. the pagan letter Sb 4515 οὐ μέλλω θεῷ σχολάζειν, εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἀπαρτίσω τὸν υἱόν μου).

2. of a place or house be unoccupied, stand empty (Plut., G. Gracch. 12, 6 τόπος; Julian, Caes. p. 316C καθέδρα; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. XI 121, 13) of a house Mt 12:44; Lk 11:25 v.l. HSNyberg, Ntl. Sem. zu Uppsala 4, ’36, 22-35, Con. Neot. 13, ’49, 1-11. M-M.* σχολή, ῆς, ἡ (Pind.+ in the sense ‘leisure’: inscr.. pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., loanw. in rabb.) school of the place where teachers and pupils meet (Dionys. Hal., Isocr. 1, Demosth. 44; Plut., Mor. 42A; 519F; 605A; Epict. 1, 29, 34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 53) Ac 19:9. M-M. B. 1227.* σχῶ s. ἔχω. σῴζω fut. σώσω; 1 aor. ἔσωσα; pf. σέσωκα. Pass.: impf. ἐσῳζόμην; pf. 3 sing. σέσῳσται Ac 4:9 (v.l. σέσωται. See UPZ 122, 18 [157 BC] σέσωμαι), ptc. σεσῳσμένος; 1 aor. ἐσώθην; 1 fut. σωθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 8; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 5, 230.—σῴζω [=σωΐζω] and the forms surely derived fr. it are to be written w. ι subscript. On the other hand, it is not possible to say how far the ι has spread fr. the present to the tenses formed fr. the root σω-. Kühner-Bl. II 544; Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 84; Mayser 134) save, keep from harm, preserve, rescue.

957

1. preserve or rescue fr. natural dangers and afflictions (X., An. 3, 2, 10 οἱ θεοὶ. . . ἱκανοί εἰσι κ. τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν κ. τοὺς μικροὺς σῴζειν; Musonius p. 32, 10. Chio, Ep. 11; 12 θεοῦ σῴζοντος πλευσοῦμαι). a. save from death (inscr. [I BC]: Sb 8138, 34 σῴζονθʼ οὗτοι ἅπαντες who call upon Isis in the hour of death) τινά someone (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 323 θεός τις ἅμμʼ [=ἡμᾶς] ἐσάωσεν from danger of death at sea; Diod. S. 11, 92, 3f) Mt 14:30; 27:40, 42, 49; Mk 15:30f; Lk 23:35a, b, 37, 39; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:9). Pass. Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 11:12 (ἐγερθήσεται P75); Ac 27:20, 31; 1 Cl 7:6. Abs., w. acc. easily supplied Mt 8:25. ψυχὴν σῶσαι save a life (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 6; PTebt. 56, 11 [II BC] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; Ep. Arist. 292; Jos., Ant. 11, 255)Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9; 21:19 v.l. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι save one’s own life (Gen 19:17; 1 Km 19:11; Jer 31:6) Mt 16:25; Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a (on Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b s. 2aβ below); 17:33 t.r. (PGM 5, 140 κύριε [a god] σῶσον ψυχήν). b. w. ἔκ τινος bring out safely fr. a situation fraught w. mortal danger (X., An. 3, 2, 11; Dit., Syll.3 1130, 1 ἐκ κινδύνων, Or. 69, 4; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 286) ἐκ γῆς Αὒγύπτου Jd 5. ἐκ Σοδόμων 1 Cl 11:1 (Pla., Gorg. 511D ἐξ Αὒγίνης δεῦρο). ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης J 12:27. ἐκ θανάτου from (the threat of) death (Hom.+; Pla., Gorg. 511C) Hb 5:7.—Of the evil days of the last tribulation ἐν αἷς ἡμεῖς σωθησόμεθα B 8:6; cf. 1 Cl 59:4. c. save or free from disease (Hippocr., Coac. 136 vol. 5 p. 612 L.; IG ed. min. II and III 1028, 89 [I BC]; Wilcken, Chrest. 68, 32 [132 BC]: gods bring healing) or from demonic possession τινά someone ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Mt 9:22a; Mk 5:34; 10:52; Lk 8:48; 17:19; 18:42. Cf. Js 5:15. Pass. be restored to health, get well (Ael. Aristid. 33, 9 K.=51 p. 573 D.) Mt 9:21, 22b; Mk 5:23, 28; 6:56; Lk 8:36; Ac 4:9; 14:9. Also of the restoration that comes about when death has already occurred Lk 8:50. d. keep, preserve in good condition (pap.) τὶ someth. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 107: θειασμός) pass. τὴν κλῆσιν σῴζεσθαι Hs 8, 11, 1. e. pass. thrive, prosper, get on well (Sib. Or. 5, 227) σῴζεσθαι ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 Cl 37:5. As a form of address used in parting σῴζεσθε farewell, remain in good health B 21:9.

2. save or preserve from eternal death, fr. judgment, and fr. all that might lead to such death, e.g. sin, also in a positive sense bring Messianic salvation, bring to salvation (LXX; Herm. Wr. 13, 19 σῴζειν=‘endow w. everlasting life’.—Of passing over into a state of salvation and a higher life: Cebes 3, 2; 4, 3; 14, 1). a. act. τινά someone or τὶ someth.—α. of God and Christ. God: 1 Cor 1:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5. The acc. is easily supplied Js 4:12. ὁ θεὸς ὁ σῴζων Mt 16:16 D.—Christ: Mt 18:11; Lk l9:10; J l2:47; 1 Ti 1:15; 2 Ti 4:18 (εἰς 7); Hb 7:25; MPol 9:3. σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν Mt 1:21 (ς. ἀπό as Jos., Ant. 4, 128).The acc. is to be supplied 2 Cl 1:7. β. of persons who are mediators of the divine salvation: apostles Ro 11:14; 1 Cor 9:22; 1 Ti 4:16b. The believing partner in a mixed marriage 1 Cor 7:16a, b (JoachJeremias, Die missionarische Aufgabe in der Mischehe, Bultmann-Festschr., ’54, 255-60). One Christian of another σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου Js 5:20 (on ς. ἐκ θαν. s.

1b above). Cf. Jd 23. A man of himself 1 Ti 4:16a or his life Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b (for Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a s. 1a above). γ. of qualities, etc., that lead to salvation ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Lk 7:50 (s. 1c above). Cf. Js 1:21; 2:14; 1 Pt 3:21; Hv 2, 3, 2. b. pass. be saved, attain salvation Mt 10:22; 19:25; 24:13; Mk 10:26; 13:13; 16:16; Lk 8:12; 18:26; J 5:34; 10:9; Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 15:1; 16:30f; Ro 10:9, 13 (Jo 3:5); 11:26; 1 Cor 5:5; 10:33; 1 Th 2:16; 2 Th 2:10; 1 Ti 2:4 (JTurmel, Rev. d’Hist. et de Littérature religieuses 5, ’00, 385-415); 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); 2 Cl 4:2; 13:1; IPhld 5:2; Hs 9, 26, 6.—σωθῆναι διά τινος through someone (Ctesias in Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 213 σὺ διʼ ἐμὲ ἐσώθης; Herm.

Wr. 1, 26b ὅπως τὸ γένος τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος διὰ σοῦ ὑπὸ θεοῦ σωθῇ) J 3:17; 2 Cl 3:3; through someth. Ac 15:11; 1 Cor 15:2; 1 Ti 2:15 (διά A III 1d); Hv 3, 3, 5; 3, 8, 3 (here faith appears as a person, but still remains as a saving quality); 4, 2, 4. ἔν τινι in or through someone 1 Cl 38:1; in or through someth. Ac 4:12; 11:14; Ro 5:10. ὑπό τινος by someone (Herm. Wr. 9, 5 ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ ς.; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 101 ὑπὸ θεοῦ σῴζεται) 2 Cl 8:2. ἀπό τινος save oneself by turning away from Ac 2:40 (on ς. ἀπό s. 2aα above). διά τινος ἀπό τινος through someone from someth. Ro 5:9.—χάριτι by grace Eph 2:5; Pol 1:3. τῇ χάριτι διὰ πίστεως Eph 2:8. τῇ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν (only) in hope have we (thus far) been saved or it is by this hope that we have been saved Ro 8:24.—οἱ σῳζόμενοι those who are to be or are being saved Lk 13:23; Ac 2:47 (BFMeyer, CBQ 27, ’65, 37f: cf. Is 37:2); 1 Cor 1:18; 2 Cor 2:15 (opp. οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι in the last two passages); 1 Cl 58:2; MPol 17:2.

3. Certain passages belong under 1 and 2 at the same time. They include Mk 8:35=Lk 9:24 (s. 1a and 2aβ above), already mentioned, and Lk 9:56 t.r., where σῴζειν is used in contrast to destruction by fire fr. heaven, but also denotes the bestowing of salvation (cf. Cornutus 16 p. 21, 9f οὐ πρὸς τὸ βλάπτειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σῴζειν γέγονεν ὁ λόγος [= Ἑρμῆς]). In Ro 9:27 τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται (Is 10:22) the remnant that is to escape death is interpreted to mean the minority who are to receive the Messianic salvation. In 1 Cor 3:15 escape fr. a burning house is a symbol for the attainment of eternal salvation (πῦρ 1a. Cf. also Cebes 3, 4 ἐὰν δέ τις γνῷ, ἡ ἀφροσύνη ἀπόλλυται, αὐτὸς δὲ σῷζεται). -WWagner, Über σωζειν u. seine Derivata im NT: ZNW 6, ’05, 205-35; J-BColon, La conception du Salut d’après les Év. syn.: Rev. des Sc. rel. 10, ’30, 1-39; 189-217; 370-415; 11, ’31, 27-70; 193-223; 382-412; JNSevenster, Het verlossingsbegrip bij Philo. Vergeleken met de verlossingsgedachten van de syn. evangeliën ’36; PSMinear, And Great Shall be your Reward ’41; MGoguel, Les fondements de l’assurance du salut chez l’ap. Paul: RHPhr 17, ’38, 105-44; WFoerster, TW VII, 966-1024: σῴζω, etc. M-M. B. 752.** Σωκράτης, ους, ὁ Socrates, a name freq. found; a Christian in Corinth, who made a copy of the MPol: 22:2. Epil Mosq 4 gives his name as Ἰσοκράτης.* σῶμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; incr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) body.

958

1. body of man or animal—a.dead body, corpse (so always in Hom. and oft. later, e.g., Memnon: no. 434 fgm. 1, 3, 3 Jac. καίειν τὸ ς.=burn the corpse. Inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Abr. 258; Jos., Ant. 18, 236)Mt 14:12 t.r.; 27:59; Mk 15:45 t.r.; Lk 17:37; Ac 9:40; GP 2:4. Pl. J 19:31. W. gen. Mt 27:58; Mk 15:43; Lk 23:52, 55; 24:3, 23; J 19:38a, b, 40; 20:12; Jd 9; GP 2:3. Pl. Mt 27:52; Hb 13:11. b. the living body (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX) of animals Js 3:3.—Mostly of human beings Mt 5:29f; 6:22f; 26:12; Mk 5:29; 14:8; Lk 11:34a, b, c; J 2:21; Ro 1:24; 1 Cor 6:18a, b; IRo 5:3. τὰ τοῦ σώματος the parts of the body 4:2.

Of women αἱ ἀσθενεῖς τῷ σώματι 1 Cl 6:2; cf. Hv 3, 11, 4.—W. and in contrast to πνεῦμα (4 Macc 11:11) Ro 8:10, 13; 1 Cor 5:3; 7:34; Js 2:26. W. and in contrast to ψυχή (Pla., Gorg. 47, 493A; Diod. S. 34+35 fgm. 2, 30; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 112 §467; Ael. Aristid. 45, 17f K.=8 p. 88f D.; Lucian, Imag. 23; PGM 7, 589; Wsd 1:4; 8:19f; 2 Macc 7:37; 14:38; 4 Macc 1:28; Ep. Arist. 139; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 372-8; 6, 55) Mt 6:25a, b; 10:28a, b; Lk 12:4 v.l., 22f; 2 Cl 5:4 (a saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source); 12:4; MPol 14:2. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα (s. the Christian POxy. 1161, 6 [IV AD]) 1 Th 5:23. W. and in contrast to its parts Ro 12:4; 1 Cor 12:12a, b, c (Ltzm. ad loc.), 14-20 (PMich. 149, 4, 26 [II AD] ἧπαρ. . . ὅλον τὸ σῶμα); Js 3:6; 1 Cl 37:5a, b, c, d. The body as the seat of the sexual function Ro 4:19; 1 Cor 7:4a, b (rights over the σῶμα of one’s spouse as Artem. 1, 44 p. 42, 14f).—The body as the seat of mortal life εἶναι ἐν σώματι be in the body=alive, subject to mortal ills (Poryphr., Abst. 1, 38) Hb 13:3. ἐνδημεῖν ἐν τῷ σώματι 2 Cor 5:6 (s. ἐνδημέω). ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος vs. 8 (s. ἐκδημέω). διὰ τοῦ σώματος during the time of one’s mortal life (cf. Lucian, Menipp. 11, end, Catapl. 23) vs. 10 (cf. κομίζω 2a, but s. also below in this section). Paul does not know whether, in a moment of religious ecstasy, he was ἐν σώματι or ἐκτὸς (χωρὶς) τοῦ σώματος 12:2f (of Epimenides [Vorsokrat.5 I p. 29] it was said ὡς ἐξίοι ἡ ψυχὴ ὁπόσον ἤθελε καιρὸν καὶ πάλιν εὒσῄει ἐν τῷ σώματι; Clearchus, fgm. 7: καθάπερ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν τοῖς περὶ ὕπνου φησίν, περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἄρα χωρίζεται τοῦ σώματος καὶ ὡς εἴσεισιν εὒς τὸ σῶμα καὶ χρῆται αὐτῷ οἷον καταγωγίῳ [a resting-place]. In fgm. 8 Clearchus tells about Cleonymus the Athenian, who seemed to be dead, but awakened after 3 days and thereupon reported everything that he had seen and heard ἐπειδὴ χωρὶς ἦν τοῦ σώματος. His soul is said finally to have arrived εἴς τινα χῶρον ἱερὸν τῆς Ἑστίας; Maximus Tyr. 38, 3a-f Ἀριστέας ἔφασκεν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῷ καταλιποῦσαν τὸ σῶμα in order to wander through the universe. He finds faith everywhere. Likew. 10, 2f. See also the story of Hermotimus in Apollon. Paradox. 3 as well as Lucian, Musc. Enc. [The Fly] 7.—On the two kinds of supermundane vision [with or without the body] s. Proclus, In Pla. Rem Publ. II p. 121, 26ff Kroll: οἱ μὲν μετὰ τοῦ σώματος τῶν τοιούτων ἵστορες [=eyewitnesses]—like Ἐμπεδότιμος—, οἱ δὲ ἄνευ σώματος—like Κλεώνυμος. καὶ πλήρεις αἱ παραδόσεις τούτων). ἀπὼν τῷ σώματι (παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι) 1 Cor 5:3. ἡ παρουσία τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 10:10 (παρουσία 1). The body is the instrument of human experience and suffering 4:10a, b; Gal 6:17; Phil 1:20; the body is the organ of man’s activity: δοξάσατε τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν glorify God through your body, i.e. by leading a holy life 1 Cor 6:20; cf. Ro 12:1. This may be the place (s. above in the same section) for διὰ τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 5:10 which, in that case, would be taken in an instrumental sense with or through the body (cf.

Pla., Phaedo 65A; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 13 p. 371 C; Aelian, Nat. Hist. 5, 26 τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πραττόμενα). In some of the last-named passages (such as Ro 12:1; Phil 1:20, also Eph 5:28; the last has a parallel in Plut., Mor. 142E—s.

HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT ’46, 116f) the body is almost synonymous w. the whole personality (as Aeschin., Or. 2, 58; X., An. 1, 9, 12 τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα=themselves. Appian, Syr. 41 §218 παρεδίδου τὸ σῶμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ἀπαγαγεῖν=[Epaminondas] gave himself up to those who wished to take him away, Mithr. 27 §107 ἐς τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ=against his person, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 Caesar’s person [σῶμα] is ἱερὸς καὶ ἄσυλος=sacred and inviolable; 3, 39 §157 ἔργον—σῶμα=course of action—person; Wilcken, Chrest. 55, 7 [III BC] ἑκάστου σώματος=for every person. See Wilcken’s note).—Because it is subject to sin and death, man’s mortal body as τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός (σάρξ 7) Col 2:11 is a σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας Ro 6:6 or τοῦ θανάτου 7:24; cf. 8:11. In fact, σῶμα can actually take the place of σάρξ 8:13 (cf. Herm. Wr. 4, 6b ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸ σῶμα μισήσῃς, σεαυτὸν φιλῆσαι οὐ δύνασαι; 11, 21a). As a σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως lowly body it stands in contrast to the σῶμα τῆς δόξης glorious body of the heavenly beings Phil 3:21. In another pass. σῶμα ψυχικόν of mortal man is opposed to the σῶμα πνευματικόν after the resurrection 1 Cor 15:44a, b, c.—Christ’s earthly body, which was subject to death Ro 7:4; Hb 10:5 (Ps 39:7 v.l.), 10; 1 Pt 2:24; τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ Col 1:22. Esp. in the language of the Lord’s Supper (opp. αἷμα) Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19; 1 Cor 10:16 (GBornkamm, NTS 2, ’56, 202-6); 11:24, 27, 29. S. the lit. s.v. ἀγάπη II and εὐχαριστία 3, also JBonsirven, Biblica 29, ’48, 205-19.—ἓν σῶμα a single body 1 Cor 6:16 (cf. Jos., Ant. 7, 66Δαυίδης τήν τε ἄνω πόλιν κ. τὴν ἄκραν συνάψας ἐποίησεν ἕν σῶμα; Artem. 3, 66 p. 196, 9; RKempthorne, NTS 14. ’67/’68, 568-74).

2. pl. σώματα slaves (Herodas 2, 87 δοῦλα σώματα; Polyb. et al.; oft. Vett. Val.; inscr., pap.; Gen 36:6; Tob l0:10; Bel 32; 2 Macc 8:11; Jos., Ant. 14, 321)Rv 18:13.

3. In order to gain an answer to his own question ποίῳ σώματι ἔρχονται; (i.e. the dead after the resurrection) Paul speaks in 1 Cor 15:35 of bodies of plants (which are different in kind fr. ‘body’ of the seed which is planted.—Maximus Tyr. 40, 60e makes a distinction betw. the σώματα of the plants, which grow old and pass away, and their σπέρματα, which endure.—σώματα of plants also in Apollon. Paradox. 7 [after Aristot.]) vs. 37f, and of σώματα ἐπουράνια of the heavenly bodies vs. 40 (cf. Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2 the stars as σώματα θεῖα; Maximus Tyr. 21, 8b οὐρανὸς κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ σώματα, acc. to 11, 12a οἱ ἀστέρες; 40, 4h; Sallust. 9 p. 18, 5).

4. of the body that casts a shadow, in contrast to the σκία (q.v. 2) the thing itself, the reality Col 2:17.

5. the Christian community, the church as a unified σῶμα (Περὶ ὕψους 10, 1 ἕν τι σῶμα of lively, well-organized speech; Polyaenus, Exc. 18, 4 of the phalanx; Libanius, Or. 1 p. 176, 25 F. τὸ τῆς πόλεως ς.; Plut., Lives I, 360C [Philopoemen 8, 2]), esp. as the body of Christ, which he fills or enlivens as its Spirit (in this case the head belongs with the body, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 26 §101, where a severed head is differentiated from τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα=the rest of the body), or crowns as its Head (Hdt. 7, 140; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 58; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 3; 15 κεφαλή w. σῶμα as someth.

959

equally independent): οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ro 12:5. Cf. 1 Cor 10:17; 12:13, 27; Eph (s. Schlier s.v. ἐκκλησία 4d) 1:23; 2:16; 4:12, 16; 5:23, 30; Col 1:18, 24; 2:19; 3:15; ISm 1:2; Hs 9, 17, 5; 9, 18, 3f. ἓν σῶμα καὶ ἓν πνεῦμα Eph 4:4; cf. Hs 9, 13, 5; 7 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167: all as ἓν σῶμα κ. μία ψυχή). διέλκομεν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ στασιάζομεν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἴδιον 1 Cl 46:7.—Traugott Schmidt, Der Leib Christi (σῶμα Χριστοῦ) ’19; EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33 (for a critique s. SHanson, Unity of the Church in NT ’46, 113-16); ÉMersch, Le Corps mystique du Christ2 ’36; AWikenhauser, D. Kirche als d. myst. Leib Christi, nach dem Ap. Pls2 ’40; EPercy, D. Leib Christi in d. paulin. Homologumena u. Antilegomena ’42; RHirzel, Die Person: SAMünchen ’14 H. 10 p. 6-28 (semantic history of σῶμα); WLKnox, Parallels to the NT use of σῶμα: JTS 39, ’38, 243-6; FWDillistone, How is the Church Christ’s Body?, Theology Today 2, ’45/’46, 56-68; WGoossens, L’Église corps de Christ d’après St. Paul2 ’49; CTCraig, Soma Christou: The Joy of Study ’51, 73-85; JATRobinson, The Body: A Study in Pauline Theol. ’52; RBultmann, Theol. of the NT, tr. KGrobel ’51, 192-203; HClavier, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 342-62; CColpe, Zur Leib-Christi Vorstellung im Eph, ’60, 172-87; KGrobel, Bultmann-Festschr. ’54, 52-9; HHegermann, ThLZ 85, ’60, 839-42; ESchweizer, ibid. 86, ’61, 161-74; 241-56; JJMeuzelaar, D. Leib des Messias, ’61; MEDahl, The Resurrection of the Body, ’62; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 201-304.-ESchweizer, TW VII, 1024-91. M-M. B. 198. σωματικός, ή, όν (Aristot. et al.; inscr., pap., 4 Macc) bodily, corporeal—1. being or consisting of a body, bodily (opp. ἀσώματος Ps.-Pla., Tim. Locr. 96A; Philo, Op. M. 16; 18) σωματικῷ εἴδει Lk 3:22.

2. pertaining or referring to the body (Aristot. et al.; Herm. Wr. 1, 1; inscr., pap., Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 430;6, 55 ς. ἕξις) ἡ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 Ti 4:8, (σαρκικαὶ καὶ) σωματικαὶ ἐπιθυμίαι D 1:4 (Aristot., Eth. Nic. 7, 7 p.

1149b, 26 ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ ἡ δοναί; 4 Macc 1:32). M-M.* σωματικῶς adv. (Plut., Mor. 424D; Vett. Val. 231, 2; 269, 28; Dit., Or. 664, 17; pap. [Sb 8748, 15-178 AD]; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 84) bodily, corporeally of Christ ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς in him the whole fulness of Deity dwells bodily Col 2:9 (prob. to be understood fr. 2:17 [cf. σῶμα 4] as=in reality, not symbolically). M-M.* σωμάτιον, ου, τό (Isocr. et al.; pap.) dim. of σῶμα; little body, esp. poor body (Socrat., Ep. 30, 1; 31; Epict. 1, 1, 10; 24; 1, 9, 2 al., s. the index of Schenkl’s ed.; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 41; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 273)—1. lit., of the tortured body of a martyr MPol 17:1.—2. fig., of the ‘body’ of a persecuted church ISm 11:2 (for σωματεῖον ‘corporate body’, the rdg. of Lake’s text, s. L-S-J).* Σώπατρος, ου, ὁ (Athen.; Jos., Ant. 14, 241; inscr.) Sopater, son of Pyrrhus. S. was a Christian in Beroea and companion of Paul on his last journey to Jerusalem Ac 20:4. His father’s name is lacking in the t.r., and a v.l. gives the name itself as Σωσίπατρος (q.v.). M-M.* σωρεύω fut. σωρεύσω; pf. pass. ptc. σεσωρευμένος (Aristot.+; Jdth 15:11; Philo, De Prov. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 14, 62; Jos., Ant. 12, 211).

1. heap or pile (up) (Polyb.; Diod. S. 5, 46, 5 et al.; Jos., Bell. 4, 380;6, 431) τὶ ἐπί τι someth. on someth. Ro 12:20 (Pr 25:22; cf. ἄνθραξ).

2. fill (a place) with (Polyb. 16, 8, 9; Maximus Tyr. 35, 3b; Herodian 4, 8, 9 βωμοὺς λιβάνῳ; 5, 5, 8) pass., fig. γυναικάρια σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις silly women, overwhelmed by their sins 2 Ti 3:6. M-M.* Σωσθένης, ους, ὁ (Diod. S., Diog. L.; Achilles Tat. 5, 17, 5 al.; inscr., pap.) Sosthenes.

1. leader of a synagogue in Corinth at the time of Paul’s first missionary work in that city. He was beaten in the presence of Gallio the proconsul, but the account in Ac (18:12-17) does not say why, 18:17. From Theodoret to Zahn many scholars, not without good reason, have identified him with the foll.

2. Paul mentions a ‘brother’ Sosthenes in the salutation 1 Cor 1:1, beside himself. Cf. subscr. He is known to the Corinthians, but need not have been a Corinthian himself, unless he is to be identified w. 1. M-M.* Σωσίπατρος, ου, ὁ (Athen.; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 12:19, 24) Sosipater, designated as a συγγενής of Paul in Ro 16:21, where he also sends greetings to the church. He is freq. considered to be the same man as Sopater of Beroea (s. Σώπατρος), e.g. by Zahn, Ltzm. Linguistically this is quite poss. M-M.* σωτήρ, ῆρος, ὁ savior, deliverer, preserver, as a title of divinities Pind., Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap. Esp. was Asclepius, the god of healing, so called (Ael. Aristid. 42, 4 K. ς. τῶν ὅλων; Dit., Or. 332, 9 [138-133 BC], cf. note 8, Syll.3 1112, 2; 1148); Celsus compares the cult of Ascl. w. the Christian worship of the Savior (Origen, C. Cels. 3, 3).

Likew. divinities in the mystery religions, like Serapis and Isis (Σαράπιδι Ἴσιδι Σωτῆρσι: Dit., Or. 87; Sb 597 [both III BC]; Sb 169 [Ptolemaic times]; 596; CIG 4930b [I BC]), as well as Heracles (τῆς γῆς κ. τῶν ἀνθρώπων ς.: Dio Chrys. 1, 84) or Zeus (Ael. Aristid. 52 p. 608 D.: Ζεὺς ὁ ς.).—GAnrich, Das antike Mysterienwesen 1894, 47ff; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 105ff.—The LXX has σωτήρ as a term for God, and so do Philo (s.

MDibelius, Hdb., exc. on 2 Ti 1:10) and Sib. Or. 1, 73; 3, 35; on the other hand, ς. is not so found in Ep. Arist., Test.

12 Patr., or Josephus (s. ASchlatter, Wie sprach Jos. von Gott? ’10, 66).—At an early date σωτήρ was used as a title of honor for deserving men (cf. X., Hell. 4, 4, 6, Ages. 11, 13; Plut., Arat. 53, 4; Herodian 3, 12, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Ocyp. 78 in an address to a physician [s. θεός 4a]; Jos., Vi. 244; 259 Josephus as εὐεργέτης καὶ σωτήρ of Galilee), and in inscr. and pap. we find it predicated of high-ranking officials and of persons in private life. This is never done in 960

our lit. But elsewh. it is also applied to personalities who are active in the world’s affairs, in order to remove them fr. the ranks of ordinary humankind and place them in a significantly higher position. So it is, e.g. when Epicurus is called σωτήρ by his followers (Philod.: Pap, Herc. 346, 4, 19 ὑμνεῖν τὸν σωτῆρα τὸν ἡμέτερον.—ARW 18, ’30, 392-5; ChJensen, Ein neuer Brief Epikurs: GGAbh. III 5, ’33, 80f). Of much greater import is the designation of the (deified) ruler as ς. (Ptolemy I Soter [323-285 BC] Πτολεμαῖος καὶ Βερενίκη θεοὶ Σωτῆρες: APF 5, ’13, 156; 1; cf. Sb 306 and oft. in later times, of the Roman emperors as well [Philo, In Flacc. 74; 126, Leg. ad Gai. 22; cf. Jos., Bell. 3, 459]).—PWendland, Σωτήρ: ZNW 5, ’04, 335ff; Magie 67f; HLietzmann, Der Weltheiland ’09; WOtto, Augustus Soter: Her. 45, ’10, 448-60; FJDölger, Ichthys ’10, 406-22; Dssm., LO 311f (LAE 368f); ELohmeyer, Christuskult u.

Kaiserkult ’19; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 241 ff; EMeyer III 392ff; E-BAllo, Les dieux sauveurs du paganisme gréco-romain: RSphth 15, ’26, 5-34; KBornhausen, Der Erlöser ’27; HLinssen, Θεος Σωτηρ, Diss. Bonn ’29=Jahrb. f. Liturgiewiss. 8, ’28, 1-75; AOxé, Σωτήρ b. den Römern: Wien. Stud. 48, ’30, 38-61; WStaerk, Soter, I ’33; II ’38.

Cf. also GertrudHerzog-Hauser, Soter. . . im altgriech. Epos ’31; ADNock, s.v. εὐεργέτης.—CColpe, Die Religionsgeschichtliche Schule, ’61 (critique of some of the lit. cited above).

1. of God ὁ θεὸς ὁ σωτήρ μου (Ps 24:5; 26:9; Mi 7:7 al.) Lk 1:47. θεὸς ς. ἡμῶν 1 Ti 1:1; Jd 25. ὁ ς. ἡμῶν θεός 1 Ti 2:3; Tit 1:3; 2:10; 3:4. ς. πάντων ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα πιστῶν 1 Ti 4:10 (cf. PPetr. III 20, I, 15 [246 BC] πάντων σωτῆρα and s. above Heracles as τῶν ἀνθρώπων ς. and in 2 below Serapis). ὁ τῶν ἀπηλπισμένων σωτήρ the Savior of those in despair 1 Cl 59:3.

2. of Christ Lk 2:11; Ac 13:23; Phil 3:20; Dg 9:6; GOxy 12; [21]; 30. W. ἀρχηγός Ac 5:31; 2 Cl 20:5 (ἀρχηγὸς τῆς ἀφθαρσίας). σωτὴρ τοῦ σώματος Savior of the body (i.e. of his body, the church) Eph 5:23. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου (inscr.; cf. WWeber, Untersuchungen zur Gesch. des Kaisers Hadrianus ’07, 225f; 222) J 4:42; 1J 4:14. ς. τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Ael. Aristid. 45, 20 K.=8 p. 90 D. calls Serapis κηδεμόνα καὶ σωτῆρα πάντων ἀνθρώπων αὐτάρκη θεόν) GP 4:13. ὁ ς. ἡμῶν Χρ. Ἰ. 2 Ti 1:10; ISm 7:1; w. Χρ. Ἰ. or Ἰ. Χρ. preceding Tit 1:4; 3:6; IEph 1:1; IMg inscr.; Pol inscr. ὁ μέγας θεὸς καὶ ς. ἡμῶν Χρ. Ἱ. our great God and Savior Christ Jesus Tit 2:13 (PLond.

604B, 118 τῷ μεγάλῳ θεῷ σωτῆρι). Cf. MDibelius, exc. after Tit 2:14; HWindisch, Z. Christologie der Past.: ZNW 34, ’35, 213-38.—ὁ σωτὴρ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. IPhld 9:2. ὁ ς. τῶν ψυχῶν MPol 19:2. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν καὶ ς. Ἰ. Χρ.

2 Pt 1:1. ὁ κύριος (ἡμῶν) καὶ ς. Ἰ. Χρ. vs. 11; 2:20; 3:18; without any name (so ὁ σωτήρ [meaning Asclep.] Ael. Aristid. 47, 1 K.=23 p. 445 D.; 66 K.=p. 462 D.; 48, 7 K.=24 p. 466 D.) vs. 2. M-M.* σωτηρία, ας, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) deliverance, preservation.

1. gener. of preservation in danger, deliverance fr. impending death, esp. on the sea (Diod. S. 3, 40, 1 λιμὴν σωτηρίας; 2 Macc 3:32; Philo, Mos. 1, 317; Jos., Ant. 7, 5; 183) Ac 27:34; Hb 11:7. Of the deliverance of the Israelites fr. Egyptian bondage (Jos., Ant. 2, 331)Ac 7:25 (διδόναι σωτηρίαν on the part of a deity: Menand., fgm.

292, 5). A transition to sense 2 is found in Lk 1:71, where σωτηρία ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν deliverance from the hand of our enemies is expected (cf. Ps 105:10).—1 Cl 39:9 (Job 5:4).

2. quite predom. salvation, which the true religion bestows (LXX. But likew. Herm. Wr. 7, 2; Ael. Aristid., Sacr.

Serm. 3, 46 p. 424 Keil ἐγένετο φῶς παρὰ τῆς Ἴσιδος καὶ ἕτερα ἀμύθητα φέροντα εἰς σωτηρίαν. The Hymn to Attis in Firmicus Maternus, De Errore Prof. Relig. 22, 1 Θαρρεῖτε μύσται τοῦ θεοῦ σεσωσμένου Ἔσται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐκ πόνων σωτηρία [HHepding, Attis, seine Mythen u. sein Kult ’03, 167]. The Lat. ‘salus’ in the description of the Isis ceremony in Apuleius corresponds to the Gk. σωτηρία [GAnrich, Das antike Mysterienwesen 1894, 47f; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 39]). In our lit. this sense is found only in connection w. Jesus Christ as Savior. This salvation makes itself known and felt in the present, but it will be completely disclosed in the future. Opp. ἀπώλεια Phil 1:28; θάνατος (cf.

Damasc., Vi. Isid. 131: through Attis and the Mother of the Gods there comes ἡ ἐξ ᾅδου γεγονυῖα ἡμῶν σωτ.) 2 Cor 7:10; ὀργή 1 Th 5:9. W. ζωή 2 Cl 19:1; ζωὴ αἰώνιος IEph 18:1. σωτηρία αἰώνιος (Is 45:17) Hb 5:9; short ending of Mk; ἣ κοινὴ ἡμῶν σωτ. Jd 3 (Dit., Syll.3 409, 33f ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας); σωτ. ψυχῶν salvation of souls 1 Pt 1:9; cf. 10 (EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 252f). σωτηρία ἡ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν MPol 22:1. ἡ τῶν σῳζομένων σωτ. 17:2. κέρας σωτηρίας Lk 1:69 s. κέρας 3. σωτηρίας as objective gen. dependent upon various nouns: γνῶσις σωτηρίας Lk 1:77; ἐλπὶς σωτ. (cf. Philemo Com. 181 οἱ θεὸν σέβοντες ἐλπίδας καλὰς ἔχουσιν εἰς σωτηρίαν) 1 Th 5:8; 2 Cl 1:7; ἔνδειξις σωτ. Phil 1:28 (opp. ἀπώλεια). τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς σωτηρίας ὑμῶν Eph 1:13. ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης Ac 13:26. ὁδὸς σωτηρίας way to salvation 16:17; περιποίησις σωτ. 1 Th 5:9. ἡμέρα σωτηρίας (quot. fr. Is 49:8) of the day when the apostle calls them to salvation 2 Cor 6:2a, b (cf. the mystery in Apuleius, Metam. 11, 5 ‘dies salutaris’=‘day of the initiation’). Christ is ὁ ἀρχηγὸς τῆς σωτ. Hb 2:10 (ἀρχηγός 3). ὁ θεὸς τῆς σωτ. μου 1 Cl 18:14 (Ps 50:16). τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν καί σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2 Pt 1:2 P75.—Used w. verbs: ἔχειν σωτηρίαν Hv 2, 2, 5; 3, 6, 1; m 10, 2, 4; 12, 3, 6. κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν Hb 1:14. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτ. κατεργάζεσθαι Phil 2:12 (κατεργάζομαι 2). σωτηρίας τυχεῖν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰ. 2 Ti 2:10 (τυχεῖν σωτηρίας: Diod. S. 11, 4, 4; 11, 9, 1). εἰς σωτηρίαν for salvation (i.e. to appropriate it for oneself or grant it to another) Ro 1:16; 10:1, 10; 2 Cor 7:10; Phil 1:19 (ἀποβαίνω 2); 2 Th 2:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Pt 2:2 τὰ ἀνήκοντα εἰς σωτηρίαν the things that pertain to salvation 1 Cl 45:1; B 17:1 (cf. Dit., Syll.3 1157, 12f).—σωτηρία is plainly expected to be fully culminated w. the second coming of the Lord Ro 13:11; Hb 9:28; 1 Pt 1:5.—(ἡ) σωτηρία without further qualification=(the) salvation is also found Lk 19:9; J 4:22 (ἡ σωτ. ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν); Ac 4:12 (cf. Jos., Ant. 3, 23ἐν θεῷ εἶναι τ. σωτηρίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἄλλῳ); Ro 11:11; 2 Cor 1:6; Hb 2:3 (τηλικαύτη σωτ.); 6:9. ἡ σωτ. ἡμῶν 2 Cl 1:1; 17:5; B 2:10.—Christ died even for the salvation of the repentant Ninevites in the time of Jonah 1 Cl 7:7; cf. vs. 4.—σωτηρία stands by metonymy for σωτήρ (in the quot. fr. Is 49:6) τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς Ac 13:47; B 14:8. On the other hand, for a circumstance favorable for our attainment of salvation ἡγεῖσθαί τι σωτηρίαν 2 Pt 3:15.—In the three places in Rv in which σωτ. appears as part of a doxology we have a Hebraism (cf. Ps 3:9 τοῦ κυρίου ἡ σωτηρία) 7:10; 12:10; 19:1.—LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 961

248-66; HHaerens, Studia Hellenistica 5, ’48, 57-68; FJDölger, Antike u. Christentum 6, ’50, 257-63. M-M.* σωτήριος, ον (trag., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) saving, delivering, preserving, bringing salvation.

1. as an adj. ἐπεφάνη ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις the grace of God has appeared, bringing salvation to all men (ς. τινι as Thu. 7, 64, 2 τοῖς ξύμπασι σωτήριος) Tit 2:11.

2. subst., neut. τὸ σωτήριον means of deliverance, then also the deliverance itself (Aeschyl.+; Plut., Lucian; Herm. Wr. 10, 15 τοῦτο μόνον σωτήριον ἀνθρώπῳ ἐστίν, ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ; LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 171;6, 310 [τὰ ς. of God]), in our lit. of Messianic salvation and the one who mediates it. Dg 12:9. W. gen. τὸ σωτ. τοῦ θεοῦ (Test. Sim. 7:1; cf. Test. Dan 5:10) Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); Ac 28:28; 1 Cl 35:12 (Ps 49:23); cf. 18:12 (Ps 50:14); περικεφαλαία τοῦ σωτ. Eph 6:17 (Is 59:17). θήσομαι ἐν σωτηρίῳ 1 Cl 15:6 (v.l. σωτηρίᾳ.—Ps 11:6 v.l.).—Also of the σωτήρ Himself εὕρομεν τὸ σωτήριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χρ. 36:1. εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου τὸ σωτήριόν σου Lk 2:30.—ELohse, Passafest, ’53, 50-6 [‘peace-offering’ in some LXX passages]. M-M.* σωφρονέω 1 aor. ἐσωφρόνησα (trag., X., Pla.+; pap.) be of sound mind.

1. of mental health (in contrast to μαίνεσθαι; Pla., Phaedr. 22 p. 244A, Rep. 331C; Ps.-Apollod. 3, 5, 1; 6; Philo, Cher. 69) to be in one’s right mind of a demoniac who was healed Mk 5:15; Lk 8:35. Sim., 2 Cor 5:13 (opp. ἐκστῆναι; cf. ἐξίστημι 2a).

2. be reasonable, sensible, serious, keep one’s head (X., Cyr. 3, 2, 4; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 114; Jos., Ant. 2, 296)Tit 2:6. W. νήφειν 1 Pt 4:7. Esp. of women be chaste, virtuous (Musonius p. 14, 12ff H.; Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 2; Alciphr., 4, 17, 3; Jos., Ant. 18, 66.—σωφροσύνη 2) 1 Cl 1:3; Pol 4:3.—In contrast to ὑπερφρονεῖν and in a play on words w. it and w. φρονεῖν twice Ro 12:3 (cf. Plut., Mor. 776D φρονεῖν κ. σωφ.; Socrat., Ep. 36 σωφρονέω—συσσωφρονέω). M-M.* σωφρονίζω (Eur., Thu.+; Aq. Is 38:16; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 493)bring τινά someone to his senses (Demosth. 25, 93; Dio Chrys. 17[34], 49; Maximus Tyr. 30, 5g; Wilcken, Chrest. 20 IV, 11; Jos., Bell. 3, 445;4, 119), also simply encourage, advise, urge (cf. GAGerhard, Phoinix v. Kolophon ’09, 35ff) w. acc. and inf. foll. ἵνα σωφρονίζωσιν τὰς νέας φιλάνδρους εἶναι Tit 2:4. M-M.* σωφρονισμός, οῦ, ὁ—1. in secular Gk. act. (=σωφρόνισις) the teaching of morality, good judgment, or moderation; advice, improvement (Strabo 1, 2, 3; Plut., Cato Maj. 5, 1, Mor. 653C; 961D; Appian, Liby. 65 §290; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 193; Jos., Bell. 2, 9, Ant. 17, 210); the Syriac version understands 2 Ti 1:7 in this sense. But mng. 2 is prob. to be preferred here.

2. (s. above) moderation, self-discipline, prudence (=σωφροσύνη. So the Vulgate. σωφρονισμός is used in someth. like this sense in Plut., Mor. 712C; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 174). M-M.* σωφρόνως adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr.; Wsd 9:11) soberly, moderately, showing self-control ζῆν (Strabo 16, 2, 35; Inschr. v. Magn. 162, 6 ζήσαντα σωφρόνως; Test. Judah 16:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 248)w. δικαίως, εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 134D and Sextus 399 w. δικαίως).* σωφροσύνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX [esp. 4 Macc]; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. reasonableness, rationality, mental soundness (in contrast to μανία X., Mem. 1, 1, 16; Pla., Prot. 323B) ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα true and rational words (opp. μαίνομαι) Ac 26:25.

2. good judgment, moderation, self-control (Pla., Rep. 4 p. 430E ἡ σωφροσύνη ἐστὶ καὶ ἡδονῶν τινων καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐγκράτεια, cf. Phaedo 68c, Symp. 196C; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 9, 9 σωφροσύνη δὲ ἀρετὴ διʼ ἣν πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς τοῦ σώματος οὕτως ἔχουσιν ὡς ὁ νόμος κελεύει, ἀκολασία δὲ τοὐναντίον, De Virt. et Vit. 2; Diog. L. 3, 91; 4 Macc 1:3, 31; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 170[w. other virtues]) w. ἁγνεία IEph 10:3. W. still other virtues 1 Cl 64.

W. ἐγκράτεια and other virtues 62:2. Esp. as a feminine virtue decency, chastity (Diod. S. 3, 57, 3; Phalaris, Ep. 78, 1; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 51 w. αἰδώς; Jos., Ant. 18, 73; BGU 1024, 8; 15; grave inscr. APF 5, ’13, 169 no. 24. S. σωφρονέω 2) w. αἰδώς (X., Cyr. 8, 1, 30f and Philo, above) 1 Ti 2:9. W. other virtues vs. 15.—TEBird, CBQ 2, ’40, 259-63; AKollmann, Sophrosyne: Wiener Studien 59, ’41, 12-34. M-M.* σώφρων, ον, gen. ονος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., 4 Macc, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) prudent, thoughtful, self-controlled (Aristot., Eth. Nicom. 3, 15, end ἐπιθυμεῖ ὁ σώφρων ὧν δεῖ καὶ ὡς δεῖ καὶ ὅτε) w. πιστός 1 Cl 63:3; w. other virtues Tit 2:2. In the list of qualifications for a bishop 1 Ti 3:2 (used w. κόσμιος as Lysias 21, 19; Pla., Gorg. 508A; Menand., Sam. 129; Lucian, Bis Accus. 17; Inschr. v. Magn. 162, 6); Tit 1:8 (w. δίκαιος as Ep. Arist. 125).—Esp. of women chaste, decent, modest (Menand., fgm. 610. In inscr. on women’s graves: Bull. de corr. hell. 22, 1898, 496; 23, 1899, 301; 25, ’01, 88; Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 180.—Dssm., LO 267 [LAE 315]. S. σωφρονέω 2 and σωφροσύνη 2) Tit 2:5 (w. ἀγαθή as Jos., Ant. 6, 296).—ἡ σώφρων καὶ ἐπιεικὴς ἐν Χριστῷ εὐσέβεια 1 Cl 1:2.—ULuck, TW VII, 1094-1102. M-M. B. 1213.*

962

Τ τʹ as a numeral=300 (Sib. Or. 5, 21; 38; 42). Because of its form (T) a symbol of the cross B 9:8 (cf. Lucian s.v. σταυρός, end); spelled out ταῦ, v.l.* ταβέρναι, ῶν, αἱ (Lat. loanw.: tabernae; cf. GMeyer, Die lat. Lehnworte im Neugriech.: SA Wien 132, vol. 1895, app. 3, p. 64) tavern, shop, store, as a place name Τρεῖς ταβέρναι Three Taverns, a station on the Appian Way, located betw. Aricia and Appii Forum at the foot of the Alban Mount. It was 33 Roman miles fr. Rome (Cicero, Ad. Attic. 2, 10.—CIL IX 593; X p. 684). Ac 28:15.* ; cf. EKautzsch, Gramm. des Bibl.-Aram. 1884, 11; Dalman, Grammatik2 141) Ταβιθά, ἡ indecl. (Aram. ‫א‬ Tabitha (on this name in rabbin. lit. s. Billerb. II 694. Late pap. in Preisigke, Namenbuch), a Christian woman in Joppa Ac 9:36, 40. Her name is interpreted in vs. 36 as Δορκάς (q.v.).—Mk 5:41 W, for ταλιθά. M-M.* Ταβώρ s. Θαβώρ. ταγή, ῆς, ἡ (Aristoph.+; inscr., pap.) order, decree pl. (Suppl. Epigr. Gr. IV 467, 3 [263 AD]) 1 Cl 20:8.* τάγμα, ατος, τό (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) that which is ordered—1. of a number of persons who belong together and are therefore arranged together division, group. a. military t.t. for bodies of troops in various numbers (since X., Mem. 3, 1, 11; Diod. S. 1, 86, 4; 20, 110, 4; Appian, Celt. 1 §7 τὰ τάγματα=the divisions of the army; Polyaenus 3, 13, 1; inscr., pap.; 2 Km 23:13; Ep. Arist. 26; Jos., Ant. 20, 122al. So as loanw. in rabb.) στρατιωτικὸν τάγμα (Diod. S. 17, 33, 1 τάγματα τῶν στρατιωτῶν) a detachment of soldiers IRo 5:1. Cf. 1 Cl 37:3; because of the latter pass. 41:1 is prob. to be classed here, too. b. without any special military application class, group (Epicurus p. 24, 9 Us.; Sext. Emp., Math. 9, 54; inscr., pap.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 100; Jos., Bell. 2, 164the Sadducees as a δεύτερον τάγμα; cf. 2, 122; 143 of the Essenes) Hs 8, 5, 1-6. τάγματα τάγματα group by group, by groups 8, 2, 8a; 8, 4, 2b, cf. 6. Likew. κατὰ τάγματα 8, 2, 8b.—Acc. to 1 Cor 15:23f the gift of life is given to various ones in turn (cf. Arrian, Tact. 28, 2 ἐπειδὰν τάγμα τάγματι ἕπηται), and at various times. One view is that in this connection Paul distinguishes three groups: Christ, who already possesses life, the Christians, who will receive it at his second coming, and the rest of humanity (s. τέλος 2), who will receive it when death, as the last of God’s enemies, is destroyed: ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ὒδίῳ τάγματι (ζῳοποιηθήσεται), ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ, εἶτα τὸ τέλος (JWeiss and Ltzm. ad loc. Cf. also JHéring, RHPhr 12, ’32, 300-20; E-BAllo, RB 41, ’32, 187-209).

2. order, turn, arrangement (Ps.-Pla., Def. 414E; Aristot., Pol. 4, 7[9], 3; Plut., Mor. 601A) κατὰ τὸ τάγμα ὡς in the order in which Hs 8, 4, 2a. M-M.* τακήσομαι s. τήκω. τακτός, ή, όν (since Thu. 4, 65, 1; pap.; Job 12:5; Jos., Ant. 8, 396)fixed, appointed τακτὴ ἡμέρα (Polyb. 3, 34, 9; Dionys. Hal. 2, 74; PFlor. 133, 4 τὰς τακτὰς ἡμέρας) Ac 12:21. M-M.* ταλαιπωρέω impf. ἐταλαιπώρουν; 1 aor. ἐταλαιπώρησα—1.. intr.—a. endure sorrow or distress, be miserable (Eur., Thu.+; LXX; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 237; Sib. Or. 5, 75) 2 Cl 19:4; Hv 3, 7, 1; s 6, 2, 7. b. be wretched and, in giving expression to this feeling, lament, complain w. πενθεῖν, κλαίειν Js 4:9.

2. trans. torment, afflict (Ps 16:9; Is 33:1) pass. be tormented, afflicted (Thu. 3, 3, 1 al.; Philo, In Flacc. 155; Jos., Ant. 2, 334; 5, 147 al.) Hs 6, 3, 1.* ταλαιπωρία, ας, ἡ (Hdt.+; PTebt. 27, 40 [113 BC]; Libanius, Or. 50 p. 485, 19 F. [opp. ἀσέλγεια]; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 257)wretchedness, distress, trouble, misery Ro 3:16 (Is 59:7). ἡ ταλαιπωρία τῶν πτωχῶν 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6). Pl. miseries (Hdt. 6, 11; Diod. S. 1, 36, 5; Galen, Protr. 14 p. 46, 20 J; Ep. Arist. 15; Philo, Somn. 1, 174; Jos., Ant. 14, 379)Js 5:1. M-M.* ταλαίπωρος, ον (Pind.+; UPZ 110, 132 [164 BC]; APF 5, ’13, 381 no. 56, 9 [I AD]; Sb 643, 8 [ostracon, Christian times]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 130; Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 1; prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 352; 354; 356, LAE 413ff; Dit., Syll.3 1181, 4f]) miserable, wretched, distressed w. ἐλεεινός and other adjs. Rv 3:17. ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος wretched man that I am Ro 7:24 (Epict. 1, 3, 5 τί γὰρ εἰμί; ταλαίπωρον ἀνθρωπάριον; ZPE 4, ’69. 206: fgm. B 1, 5 of a romance ὦ ταλαίπωρε ἄνθρωπε [reconstr.]; ibid. line 9 ὁ μισητὸς ἔφη ἐγώ); cf. Hs 1:3. In the latter pass. w. δίψυχος, and also of a doubter in the scripture quot. of uncertain origin 1 Cl 23:3=2 Cl 11:2; cf. 2 Cl 11:1. Subst. (Demosth. 18, 121 ὦ ταλαίπωρε; likewise Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 66) οἱ ταλαίπωροι the wretched men (Epict. 3, 22, 44) B 16:1.—Cf. Eranos 29, ’32, 3; 4. M-M.* ταλαντιαι̂ος, α, ον weighing a talent (so Aristot., Cael. 4, 4; Polyb. 9, 41, 8; Diod. S. 20, 87, 1; Jos., Bell. 5, 963

270.Cf. Dit., Syll.3 966, 44 note) χάλαζα μεγάλη ὡς ταλαντιαία a severe hailstorm with hailstones weighing a talent (the talent=125 librae, or Roman pounds of 12 ounces each) (heavy as a hundred-weight RSV) Rv 16:21.

M-M.* τάλαντον, ου, τό talent (Hom.+), a measure of weight varying in size fr. about 58 to 80 lb. (26 to 36 kg.). Then a unit of coinage (lit., inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 266; Test. Jos. 18:3), whose value differed considerably in various times and places, but was always comparatively high; it varied also with the metal involved, which might be gold, silver, or copper. The (silver) talent of Aegina was worth about $1,625, the Attic talent of Solon about $1,080 in normal values (s. further any unabridged Engl. dict.). But, among others, there was also a Syrian talent=about $250. In our lit. only in Mt 18:24; 25:15-28 (JDerrett, Law in the NT ’70, 17-47).—Lit. s.v. ἀργύριον 2c. M-M.* ταλιθά Aram. ‫א‬ ῥαβιθά.*

or ‫א‬

, emphatic state of ‫הָי‬

(Dalman, Gramm.2 150) girl, little girl Mk 5:41. S.

ταμει̂ον, ου, τό (this contracted form of the older ταμιεῖον [q.v.] is found as early as the first cent. BC in inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 783, 37] and pap. [BGU 1115, 41], but does not become very common until the beginning of our era. Cf. Plut., Mor. 9D; Babrius, Fab. 108, 2; LXX [Thackeray 63.—Rahlfs inserts the uncontracted form into the text every time the word is used]; En. 11:1; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 86. S. also Lob. on Phryn. p. 493; Mayser 92; Bl-D. §31, 2; Mlt. 44f; ).

Mlt.-H. 89f; ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen d. magn. Inschr. ’03, 71. In rabb. as loanw. ‫ןוֹי‬ 1. storeroom (the word has this sense Thu.+; oft. pap., LXX) w. ἀποθήκη Lk 12:24.

2. gener. of rooms in the interior of a house innermost, hidden, or secret room (so X., Hell. 5, 4, 6 v.l.; Gen 43:30; Ex 7:28; SSol 1:4 al. in LXX) Mt 6:6 (Test. Jos. 3:3). ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις in one of the inner rooms Mt 24:26; Lk 12:3. είς τὰ ταμεῖα 1 Cl 50:4 (cf. Is 26:20). M-M.* ταμιει̂ον, ου, τό (Thu.+; likew. in the older inscriptions and pap.; Ep. Arist. 111 [on this HGMeecham, The Letter of Aristeas ’35, 79]; Jos., Ant. 8, 410; 18, 312; s. on ταμεῖον) hidden, secret room fig. τὰ ταμιεῖα τῆς γαστρός 1 Cl 21:2 (Pr 20:21). In the NT only Mt 24:26 as a poorly attested v.l. (Bl-D. §31, 2 app.; Mlt.-H. 89). N. always prints the uncontracted form.* τανῦν s. νῦν 3c. τάξις, εως, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. fixed succession or order (Epict. 3, 2, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 22 §92; Test. Napht. 2:8 ἐν τάξει) ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ Lk 1:8. Without ἐν: τάξει in (strict chronological) order Papias 2:15, though JAKleist, transl. ’48, 207f, note 19, prefers verbatim. HARigg, Jr., NovT 1, ’56, 171: emends to τάχει=in a slipshod manner.

2. (good) order πάντα τάξει ποιεῖν 1 Cl 40:1. κατὰ τάξιν in order, in an orderly manner (Lucian, Alex. 46; Alex. Aphr., Quaest. 1, 4, 1 p. 10, 17 Br.) 1 Cor 14:40; Dg 8:7.—Col 2:5.—HvCampenhausen, Tradition and Life in the Church, ’68, 123-40.

3. position, post (Hyperid. 3, 30; Demosth. 18, 258; Diod. S. 15, 64, 4; Epict. 1, 29, 39 [assigned by God]; Diog.

L. 9, 21, end; 1 Esdr 1:15; Jos., Ant. 7, 36)εἰς τοσαύτην αὐτοὺς τάξιν ἔθετο ὁ θεός God has appointed them (i. e. the Christians) to so great a position Dg 6:10.—Administration (of a position) Papias 4.

4. nature, quality, manner, condition, appearance (Polyb. 3, 20, 5; Diod. S. 1, 25, 5; Ep. Arist. 69 κρηπίδος ἔχουσα τάξιν=‘it had the appearance of a shoe’) ἡ νεωτερικὴ τάξις the youthful nature or appearance IMg 3:1.

Perh. it is in this way that Hb understood Ps 109:4b, which he interprets to mean that Jesus was a high priest κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ according to the nature of=just like Melchizedek 5:6, 10; 6:20; 7:11a, 17, 21 t.r. In any case the reference is not only to the higher ‘rank’, but also to the entirely different nature of Melchizedek’s priesthood as compared w. that of Aaron 7:11b. (In Wilcken, Chrest. 81, 16; 19 al. in pap. τάξις=‘position of a priest’.) M-M.* Ταουΐα, ας, ἡ Tavia, an otherw. unknown Christian woman in Smyrna ISm 13:2 (Ταουΐα is the form of the name in the Gk. ms. and in the Lat. version. It is not found elsewh. But we find Ταουις as a woman’s name PLond. 258, 184, and Ταουεις PLond. 257, 212; 245 as well as the Lat. masc. Tavius e.g. CIL III 6248.—The interpolated Gk. and the Armen. have Γαουΐα). * ταπεινός, ή, όν (Pind., Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; En. 26, 4 [ὄρος]; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) low, in our lit. only in a fig. sense.

1. of position, power and esteem of low position, poor, lowly, undistinguished, of no account (Hdt. 7, 14; Pla., Phaedr. 257C; Isocr. 3, 42 al.; 1 Km 18:23; Jos., Ant. 7, 95; 13, 415) ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπ. (opp. πλούσιος) Js 1:9.—Subst. (Philo, Poster. Cai. 109; Jos., Bell. 4, 319)B 3:3. Pl. (Heraclides Pont., fgm. 55 W. ταπεινοί beside δοῦλοι; Diod. S. 14, 5, 4; Menand., Monost. 412; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 of Fortune: ἢ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς ὑπεράνω νεφῶν τιθεῖ ἢ τοὺς ἀφʼ ὕψους εἰς ζόφον κατήγαγεν; Zeph 2:3; Is 11:4; 14:32) Lk 1:52 (opp. δυνάσται). ὁ παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινούς who comforts the downhearted 2 Cor 7:6 (Is 49:13). On τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι Ro 12:16 cf. συναπάγω. 1 Cl 59:3f prob. belongs here (but s. 2b below); also B 14:9 (Is 61:1 v.l.).

2. of emotional states and ways of thinking—a. in a bad sense pliant, subservient, abject (X., Mem. 3, 10, 5; Pla., Leg. 6 p. 774C; Demochares [III BC]: 75 fgm. 1 Jac. αἰσχρὰ κ. ταπεινά; Cass. Dio 74, 5; POxy. 79 II, 2 [II 964

AD]) in a judgment pronounced by Paul’s opponents upon him κατὰ πρόσωπον ταπεινός 2 Cor 10:1. b. in a good sense lowly, humble (Aeschyl.+; Pla., Leg. 4 p. 716A; X., Ag. 11, 11; PGenève 14, 6; LXX; Ep. Arist. 263; Test. Gad 5:3) ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ (w. πραΰς, q.v.) Mt 11:29. Subst. pl., opp. (οἱ) ὑψηλοί 1 Cl 59:3 (but s. 1 above); B 19:6; D 3:9. Opp. ὑπερήφανοι (after Pr 3:34) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2. τὸ ταπεινὸν τῆς ψυχῆς the humility of the soul 55:6. RLeivestad, ΤΑΠΕΙΝΟΣ-ΤΑΠΕΙΝΟΦΡΩΝ, NovT 8, ’66, 36-47.—WGrundmann, TW VIII, 1-27: ταπ. and related words. M-M.* ταπεινοφρονέω impf. ἐταπεινοφρόνουν; fut. ταπεινοφρονήσω; 1 aor. ἐταπεινοφρόνησα (Epict. 1, 9, 10 in a bad sense) be humble- (minded) , be modest, unassuming (Ps 130:2; Sib. Or. 8, 480; Rhet. Gr. I 624, 29) 1 Cl 13:3; 48:6; Hs 5, 3, 7; 7:6. Opp. ἀλαζονεύεσθαι 1 Cl 2:1; cf. 13:1; 16:2, 17; 17:2; 19:1 v.l.; 38:2 Funk. Opp. ἐπαίρεσθαι 16:1. W. ἐγκρατεύεσθαι 30:3. ταπ. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν be humble toward God 62:2 (cf. ὁ II 5 and s.

Bl-D. §160; cf. Rob. 486f). ταπεινοφρονῆσαι ἐν πάσῃ πράξει αὐτοῦ be humble in all that he does Hs 7:4.* ταπεινοφρόνησις, εως, ἡ humility w. μακροθυμία Hs 8, 7, 6.* ταπεινοφροσύνη, ης, ἡ (Epict. 3, 24, 56; Jos., Bell. 4, 494, both in a bad sense) in our lit. only in a good sense humility, modesty Phil 2:3 (in the dat. of the motivating cause); 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 21:8; Hs 5, 3, 7(of the humility that expresses itself in fasting). W. ἐπιείκεια 1 Cl 56:1; cf. 58:2. W. ἐπιείκεια and πραΰτης 30:8. W. πραΰτης, μακροθυμία and other virtues Col 3:12; cf. 2:23. μετὰ πάσης ταπ. in all humility Ac 20:19; Eph 4:2 (+καὶ πραΰτητος); without πάσης 1 Cl 31:4; 44:3. πᾶσα ἐρώτησις ταπεινοφροσύνης χρῄζει every prayer requires humility Hv 3, 10, 6. Humility can also be wrongly directed Col 2:18, 23.—Lit. s.v. πραΰτης and ταπεινόω 2b. Also K Deissner, D. Idealbild d. stoischen Weisen ’30; Vögtle (s.v. πλεονεξία) word-list; LGilen, Demut des Christen nach d. NT: Ztschr. f. Asz. u. Myst. 13, ’38, 266-84; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 92-6; ADihle, Demut: RAC III ’56, 735-78 [lit.].* ταπεινόφρων, ον, gen. ονος (in Plut. Mor. 336E; 475E and Iambl., Protr. 21, 15 p. 115, 23 Pistelli=‘fainthearted’) in our lit. humble (Pr 29:23) 1 Pt 3:8 (t.r. φιλόφρονες); B 19:3; Hm 11:8 (w. πραΰς and other adjs.). πρὸς τὰς μεγαλορρημοσύνας αὐτῶν ὑμεῖς ταπεινόφρονες you are to be humble in contrast to their boastfulness IEph 10:2 (w. πραεῖς).—Subst. ὁ ταπεινόφρων 1 Cl 38:2. τὸ ταπεινόφρον humility 19:1. S. Leivestad s.v. ταπεινός.* ταπεινόω fut. ταπεινώσω; 1 aor. ἐταπείνωσα. Pass.: pf. ptc. τεταπεινωμένος; 1 aor. ἐταπεινώθην; 1 fut ταπεινωθήσομαι (Hippocr.+; LXX; En. 106, 1; Ep. Arist. 257; Philo, Joseph.) lower, make low.

1. lit. (cf. Diod. S. 1, 36, 8; Bar 5:7; En. 1, 6) ὄρος, βουνόν level a mountain, hill Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4).

2. fig.—a. humble, humiliate by assigning to a low(er) place or exposing to shame, w. acc. of the pers. or thing treated in this manner (Diod. S. 8, 25, 1) μὴ ταπεινώσῃ με ὁ θεὸς πρὸς ὑμᾶς that God may not humiliate me before you 2 Cor 12:21. ταπ. ἑαυτόν humble oneself of Christ, who went voluntarily to his death Phil 2:8 (cf. on the whole pass. the lit. s.v. ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1; also KThieme, D. ταπεινοφροσύνη Phil 2 u. Ro 12: ZNW 8, ’07, 9-33). Of Paul, who did not hesitate to work w. his hands degrade 2 Cor 11:7. ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται (ταπ.—ὑψόω: Chilo in Diog. L. 1, 69) Mt 23:12b; cf. Lk 14:11b; 18:14b (s. also 2b below). Also the pass. (Hyperid. 6, 10; Jos., Ant. 18, 147)Mt 23:12a; Lk 14:11a; 18:14a (cf. X., An. 6, 3, 18 θεὸς τοὺς μεγαληγορήσαντας ταπεινῶσαι βούλεται).—Abase, confound, overthrow (Diod. S. 13, 24, 6 Tyche [Fortune] ταπεινοῖ τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους; Cyranides p. 49, 12 ἐχθρούς) τοὺς ὑψηλούς 1 Cl 59:3b; ὕβριν ὑπερηφάνων vs. 3a.

Cf. B 4:4f (Da 7:24).—ταπεινόω can also refer to external losses, about=‘hold down, harm’ (Petosiris, fgm. 6 l. 21 [act.] and 24 [pass.]). b. humble, make humble in a good sense (Philod., περὶ κακιῶν col. 22, 3=p. 38 Jensen ἑαυτόν; Celsus 3, 62 αὑτόν) ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο Mt 18:4. So perh. also 23:12b; Lk 14:11b; 18:14b (s. 2a above). ταπεινοῦσθαι humble oneself, become humble (Menand., fgm. 544, 6 Kock τὴν θεὸν ἐξιλάσαντο τῷ ταπεινοῦσθαι σφόδρα; Sir 18:21) ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον κυρίου Js 4:10. ταπεινώθητε ὑπὸ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ bow down beneath the hand of God (cf. Gen 16:9) 1 Pt 5:6. καρδία τεταπεινωμένη a humbled heart 1 Cl 18:17(Ps 50:19). ψυχὴ τεταπεινωμένη B 3:5 (Is 58:10.-Cf. Diod. S. 20, 53, 3 τῇ ψυχῇ ταπεινωθείς; 20, 77, 3 ἐταπεινώθη τὴν ψυχήν). Corresp. ὀστᾶ τεταπεινωμένα 1 Cl 18:8 (Ps 50:10).—KThieme, D. christl. Demut I (history of the word, and humility in Jesus) ’06; DFyffe, ET 35, ’24, 377-9. S. also πραΰτης, end. c. In accordance w. OT usage, ταπεινοῦν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν (Lev 16:29, 31; 23:27; Ps 34:13; Is 58:3 al.) or ταπεινοῦσθαι (Sir 34:26; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 8:21. Cf. the prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 353f, LAE 413ff=Dit., Syll.3 1181, 11] θεὸς ᾧ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ταπεινοῦται. Cf. Dssm., LO 357f, LAE 419) means discipline oneself, fast B 3:1, 3 (Is 58:5); Hm 4, 2, 2 (s. ταπεινοφροσύνη). οἶδα ταπεινοῦσθαι (opp. περισσεύειν) Phil 4:12.-WCvanUnnik, Zur Bedeutung von ταπεινοῦν τὴν ψυχήν bei den Apost. Vätern, ZNW 44, ’52f, 250-5. On the whole word: ESchweizer, Erniedrigung u. Erhöhung bei Jesus u. s. Nachfolgern ’55. M-M.* ταπείνωσις, εως, ἡ (Pla., Aristot.+; Dit., Or. 383, 201 [I BC]; LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test 12 Patr.).

1. humiliation as an experience (Epict. 3, 22, 104; Jos., Ant. 2, 234; Test. Jud. 19:2) Ac 8:33; 1 Cl 16:7 (both Is 53:8). καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ let the rich man boast (said in irony) in his (coming) humiliation Js 1:10 (BWeiss, Beyschlag, Windisch, MDibelius, FHauck). In Diod. S. 11, 87, 2 ταπείνωσις is the limitation placed upon the financial worth of a wealthy man. Petosiris, fgm. 6 lines 5; 11; 29 the word means the humiliation or depression caused by severe external losses, someth. like a breakdown.

2. humility, humble station, humiliation as a state of being (Diod. S. 2, 45, 2; Horapollo 1, 6) Hb 11:20 D. 965

ἐπιβλέπειν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπ. τινος look upon someone’s humble station i.e. show concern for someone in her humble station Lk 1:48 (cf. 1 Km 1:11; 9:16; Ps 30:8.—HJToxopeüs, Lc. 1:48a, ThT 45, ’11, 389-94). τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπ. the humble body of the material body in contrast to the glorified body Phil 3:21.

3. self-abasement, chastising (ταπεινόω 2c) w. νηστεία (cf. Test. Jos. 10:2) 1 Cl 53:2; 55:6. M-M. * ταράσσω impf. ἐτάρασσον; 1 aor. ἐτάραξα. Pass.: impf. ἐταρασσόμην; pf. τετάραγμαι, ptc. τεταραγμένος; 1 aor. ἐταράχθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 10).

1. lit. shake together, stir up of water (Hom.+; Aesop 155 P.=274b Halm=160 Hausr.; Babrius 166, 5; Athen. 7, 52 p. 298C ταραττομένου τοῦ ὕδατος; Hos 6:8; Is 24:14; Ezk 32:2, 13) J 5:4 t.r.; pass. (Solon 11 Diehl2) be moved, be stirred vss. 4 v.l., 7.

2. fig. stir up, disturb, unsettle, throw into confusion (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX), in our lit. of mental and spiritual agitation and confusion (Menand., Epitr. 547 J.; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 69), which can manifest themselves in outward tumult τὸν ὄχλον Ac 17:8; cf. vs. 13 (Hyperid. 1, 31, 8; POxy. 298, 27; PGiess. 40 II, 20 ταράσσουσι τὴν πόλιν). τὴν διάνοιάν τινος ταρ. 2 Cl 20:1 (Epict, Ench. 28 τ. γνώμην σου). Of mental confusion caused by false teachings ταρ. τινά Ac 15:24 (w. λόγοις foll.); Gal 1:7; 5:10. Of Jesus in John’s Gospel ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν he was troubled or agitated J 11:33 (s. Hdb. ad loc.—Menand., Sam. 327 J. σαυτὸν ταράττεις; M. Ant. 4, 26 σεαυτὸν μὴ τάρασσε).—Pass. be troubled, frightened, terrified (Ps 47:6; Is 8:12; Jos., Ant. 7, 153; 12, 164) Mt 2:3; 14:26; Mk 6:50; Lk 1:12; 24:38; MPol 5:1; 12:1; Hm 12, 4, 2. μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε do not let yourselves be intimidated 1 Pt 3:14 (Is 8:12). ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27 (cf. Diod. S. 17, 112, 4 Alexander ἐταράττετο τὴν ψυχήν at the prediction of his death; Dio Chrys. 23[40], 20 ταράξαι τὴν ψυχήν; Chio, Ep. 16, 7 ταράσσειν τὴν ψυχήν; Ps 6:4; Test. Zeb. 8:6, Dan 4:7b); also ἡ καρδία 14:1, 27 (cf. Ps 108:22; 54:5; Test. Dan 4:7a). ταραχθῆναι τῷ πνεύματι be inwardly moved 13:21 (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 12, 5 ἐταράσσετο τῇ ψυχῇ). M-M.* ταραχή, ῆς, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) a disturbance of the usual order.

1. lit. the stirring up of the water, which was usually quiet J 5:4 v.l.—2. fig.—a. perplexity, disquietude (Thu., Pla., LXX; Jos., Ant. 14, 273w. φόβος) IEph 19:2. b. disturbance, tumult, rebellion (Hdt. et al.; Dit., Or. 90, 20; PAmh. 30, 10 [II BC]; Wilcken, Chrest. 167, 14 [II BC]; 3 Macc 3:24; Jos., Bell. 1, 216)pl. (Diod. S. 5, 40, 1 ταραχαί=confusion; Artem. 1, 17; 52 al.; Test. Dan 5:2; Jos., Vi. 103) Mk 13:8 t.r. M-M.* τάραχος, ου, ὁ (since Hippocr. I 604; VI 112 L.; X.; BGU 889, 23 [II AD]; LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 495)=ταραχή.

1. mental agitation, consternation (X., An. 1, 8, 2; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 77; 82 ἐν τ. ψυχαῖς; Aretaeus p.

142, 7) Ac 12:18.—2. disturbance, commotion (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 87 §365) 19:23 (in both places τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος. In the same sense Chio, Ep. 3, 2 πολὺς τάραχος). M-M.* Ταρσεύς, έως, ὁ (Apollodorus [II BC]: 244 fgm. 55 Jac.; Strabo 14, 5, 14; Arrian, Anab. 2, 4, 7; Plut., Mar. 46, 2 al.; inscr.; 2 Macc 4:30) (a man) from Tarsus of Paul, who (Ac 22:3) was born in Tarsus Ac 9:11; 21:39. M-M.* Ταρσός, οῦ, ἡ (the sing. form of the name in Diod. S. 14, 20, 2; Strabo 14, 5, 9; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 17; 17[34], 46; Arrian, Anab. 2, 4, 7; Joseph., inscr.) Tarsus, capital of Cilicia in southeast Asia Minor (Diod. S., loc. cit., μεγίστη τῶν ἐν Κιλικίᾳ πόλεων) famous as a seat of Gk. learning Ac 9:30; 11:25; 21:39 D; 22:3 (Τ. τῆς Κιλικίας as Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 5; Jos., Ant. 9, 208).—WMRamsay, The Cities of St. Paul ’07, 85-244; HBöhlig, Die Geisteskultur v. Tarsos ’13; HSteinmann, Z. Werdegang d. Pls. D. Jugendzeit in Tarsus ’28; ACvanUnnik, Tarsus or Jerusalem ’52; also EHaenchen on Ac 22:3 (p. 559, 5). S. also s.v. Κιλικία.* ταρταρόω 1 aor. ἐταρτάρωσα (Acusilaus Hist. [V BC] 8 ed. Jac. I p. 50; Philod., π. εὐσεβ. 32, 19 Gomp.; Jo. Lydus, Men. 4, 158 p. 174, 26 W.; cf. Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. Hypot. 3, 24, 210 ὁ Ζεὺς τὸν Κρόνον κατεταρτάρωσεν [this compound several times in Ps.—Apollod.: 1, 1, 4; 1, 2, 1, 2; 1, 2, 3]. Tartarus, thought of by the Greeks as a subterranean place lower than Hades where divine punishment was meted out, was so regarded in Jewish apocalyptic as well: Job 41:24; En. 20, 2; Philo, Exs. 152; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 240; Sib. Or. 2, 302; 4, 186) hold captive in Tartarus 2 Pt 2:4. M-M.* τάσσω 1 aor. ἔταξα, mid. ἐταξάμην; perf. τέταχα. Pass.: pf. τέταγμαι, ptc. τεταγμένος (Pind., Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 13, 12, 11; 12; Ezech. Trag. ibid. 9, 29, 8; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. place or station a pers. or thing in a fixed spot—a. appoint to or establish in an office pass. αἱ οὖσαι (ἐξουσίαι) ὑπὸ θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν (the authorities) who are now in power are instituted by God Ro 13:1; cf.

MPol 10:2 (τάσσεσθαι ὑπό τινος as here, Eur., Iph. A. 1363; X., An. 1, 6, 6; 2, 6, 13; Simplicius In Epict. p. 60, 19 Düb. τεταγμένοι ὑπὸ θεοῦ). b. used w. a prep. τάσσειν τινὰ ἐπί τινος put someone over or in charge of someone or someth. (Polyb. 5, 65, 7; inscr.; Wilcken, Chrest. 11, 51 [II BC]; BPGrenfell, Revenue Laws of Ptolemy Philadelphus [1896] 51, 9 [III BC]) pass. (Arrian, Anab. 3, 6, 7 ἐπὶ πῶν χρημάτων=in charge of the finances; En. 20, 5; Jos., Ant. 2, 70; 7, 370) ἐφʼ ἧς (i.e. the way of light) εἰσὶν τεταγμένοι φωταγωγοὶ ἄγγελοι B 18:1.—On ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος Mt 8:9 v.l.; Lk 7:8 cf. ἐξουσία 4a (τάσσεσθαι ὑπό τινα ‘be put under someone’s command’ Polyb. 3, 16, 3; 5, 65, 7; Diod. S. 2, 26, 8; 4, 9, 5; Dit., Or. 56, 13 [237 BC] τοῖς ὑπὸ τὴν βασιλείαν τασσομένοις).—τάσσειν τινά εἰς 966

assign someone to a (certain) classification, used also w. an abstract noun (Pla., Rep. 2 p. 371C, Polit. 289E) pass. belong to, be classed among those possessing ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ac 13:48.—τάσσειν ἑαυτὸν εἰς διακονίαν devote oneself to a service (cf. X., Mem. 2, 1, 11 εἰς τὴν δουλείαν ἐμαυτὸν τάττω; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 371C τάττειν ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν διακονίαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 16:15.

2. order, fix, determine, appoint (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—a. act. and pass., foll. by acc. w. inf. (X., An. 3, 1, 25) Ac 15:2; 18:2 v.l. περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι concerning everything that you have been ordered to do 22:10 (cf. X., Resp. Lac. 11, 6). ὁ τεταγμένος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δρόμος the course which has been fixed by him (i.e. by God) 1 Cl 20:2 (cf. Philo, Poster. Cai. 144, Rer. Div. Her. 97 τεταγμέναι περίοδοι ἀστέρων). κατὰ καιροὺς τεταγμένους at appointed times 40:1 (cf. Polyb. 17, 1, 1). b. mid.=act. (Hdt. et al.; 2 Km 20:5) εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς (i.e. πορεύεσθαι) Mt 28:16. ταξάμενοι αὐτῷ ἡμέραν ἦλθον they set a day for him and came Ac 28:23 (τασς. ἡμέραν as Polyb. 18, 19, 1; Jos., Ant. 9, 136).GDelling, TW VIII, 27-49: τάσσω and related words. M-M.* ταῦρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) bull, ox as a sacrificial animal (Cornutus 22 p. 42, 12; Arrian., Anab. 1, 11, 6; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 102; Jos., Ant. 13, 242)Ac 14:13 (Diod. S. 16, 91, 3 ταῦρος ἐστεμμένος); Hb 9:13; 10:4; B 2:5 (Is 1:11). For great banquets Mt 22:4. M-M. B. 154.* ταὐτά=τὰ αὐτά, only as v.l. Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; 1 Th 2:14.—Bl-D. §18; Rob. 208; W-H., App. 145; HermvSoden, D. Schriften des NTs I 2, ’11, 1380f.* ταφή, ῆς, ἡ—1. burial (Soph., Hdt.+; Dit., Or. 90, 32 [II BC]; PSI 328; 2; 5 [III BC]; PAmh. 125, 1; PTebt. 479 al.; LXX: Philo, Mos. 2, 283; Jos., Ant. 6, 292; 9, 182) αὒτεῖν τὸ σῶμα πρὸς ταφήν ask for the corpse for burial GP 2:3 (Diod. S. 10, 29, 1 ἵνα λάβῃ τὸ σῶμα εἰς ταφήν). δώσω τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀντὶ τῆς ταφῆς αὐτοῦ I will deliver up the wicked for his burial, i.e. for putting him in the grave (parall. to θάνατος) 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9).

2. burial-place (2 Ch 26:23 ἡ τ. τῶν βασιλέων; Prinz Joachim-Ostraka edited by FPreisigke and WSpiegelberg ’14, 2, 2; 3, 2 al.; 18, 11 [I BC] ταφὴ ἰβίων καὶ ἱεράκων α=‘a burial-place for 1,000 mummies of ibises and falcons’.

In the sense ‘grave’ oft. Hdt.+; Dt 34:6) εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις as a burial ground for strangers Mt 27:7. M-M.* τάφος, ου, ὁ (in Hom.=‘funeral rites’) grave, tomb (Hes. +; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Mos. 2, 291; Jos., Ant. 9, 183; 14, 284).

1. lit. Mt 27:61, 64, 66; 28:1 (EBickermann, Das leere Grab: ZNW 23, ’24, 281-92; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le tombeau vide: RHPhr 12, ’32, 413-33; 13, ’33, 105-44; 14, ’34, 97-125; ChMasson, Le tomb. v.: RThPh 32, ’44, 161-74; HvCampenhausen, D. Ablauf der Osterereignisse u. das leere Grab ’52; JSKennard, Jr., The Burial of Jesus: JBL 74, ’55, 227-38; WNauck, ZNW 47, ’56, 243-67; Finegan s.v. Ἰούδας 6; s. also ἀνάστασις 2, end and μνημεῖον 2.—An external parallel to the motif of the empty τάφος in Charito 3, 3, 1-4.—Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 9 Jac.: in order to ascertain whether a resurrection from the dead had actually occurred, ὁ τάφος is opened and entered to see πότερον εἴη τὸ σῶμα ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης ἤ κενὸν τόπον εὑρήσομεν); GP 6:24; 8:31; 9:36f; 10:39; 11:45; 13:55. οἱ τάφοι τῶν προφητῶν Mt 23:29 (on the cult of graves and veneration of holy men among the Jews s. Billerb. I 937f; JoachJeremias, Heiligengräber in Jesu Umwelt ’58). On τάφοι κεκονιαμένοι vs. 27; GNaass 6, cf. κονιάω. In the apocryphal gospel τάφ. κεκ. is used metaphorically. Likew. τάφοι νεκρῶν, ἐφʼ οἷς γέγραπται μόνον ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων graves of the dead, on which only the names of men are inscribed IPhld 6:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τάφῳ come to the grave 1 Cl 56:15 (Job 5:26).

2. fig., of the dark place fr. which God introduces us into the world at birth 1 Cl 38:3. Of the wild animals who are to be Ignatius’ grave ἵνα μοι τάφος γένωνται (i.e. τὰ θηρία) IRo 4:2 (Gorgias in Περὶ ὕψους 3, 2 calls vultures ἔμψυχοι τάφοι). Of sinful men τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ (s. ἀνοίγω 1b and cf. Artem. 1, 80 p. 80, 27 τὸ στόμα τάφῳ ἔοικε) Ro 3:13 (Ps 5:10; 13:3). M-M. B. 294.* τάχα adv. (Hom.+) perhaps, possibly, probably (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; pap., Wsd., quite predom. w. ἄν and the opt.

Rarely, as in both NT passages, w. the indic. and without ἄν: Dio Chrys. 15[32], 33; Ps.-Demetr., El. c. 180; BGU 1040, 41 [II AD] τάχα δύνασαι; POxy. 40, 7; Wsd 13:6 αὐτοὶ τάχα πλανῶνται; Philo, Aet. M. 54; Jos., Ant. 6, 33; 18, 277.—MArnim, De Philonis Byz. dicendi genere, Diss. Greifswald ’12, 86; JScham, Der Optativgebrauch bei Klemens v. Alex, ’13, 83; Bl-D. §385, 1) Ro 5 7; Phlm 15. M-M. B. 965.* τάχειον (so e.g. POsl. 52, 15 [II AD]) defective spelling for τάχιον (ταχέως 2). ταχέως adv. of ταχύς—1. positive ταχέως (Hom.+; pap., LXX)—a. quickly, at once, without delay, soon (Diod.

S. 13, 106, 4; 17, 4, 6; En. 98, 16; Ep. Arist. 291; Jos., Bell. 7, 31;Ant.9, 51) Lk 14:21; 15:22 D; 16:6; J 11:31; 1 Cor 4:19; Phil 2:19 (τ. πέμπ. as Plut., Mor. 612E), 24; 2 Ti 4:9; B 3:4. b. also in an unfavorable sense too quickly, too easily, hastily (Pr 25:8; Wsd 14:28; Sib. Or. fgm. 1, 2) Gal 1:6 (Third Corinthians 3:2); 2 Th 2:2; 1 Ti 5:22; Pol 6:1.

2. comp. τάχιον (Hippocr., Mul. Morb. 1, 2; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 98; Diod. S. 13, 106, 1; oft. in colloq. speech in general, incl. Jos., Bell. 5, 537, Ant 2, 142 al.; inscr., pap.; Wsd 13:9; 1 Macc 2:40; Test. Iss. 6:3. This form was rejected by the Atticists; the Attic form θᾶττον [also 2 Macc; Philo, Aet. M. 30; Jos., Ant. 12, 143—WSchmidt 505], which replaced the Homeric θᾶσσον, is found in our lit. only 1 Cl 65:1a; MPol 13:1.—Bl-D. §61, 1; 244, 1 w. app. 2; Mlt.-H. 164). a. more quickly, faster Hb 13:19. τάχ. τοῦ Πέτρου faster than Peter J 20:4. The comparison is supplied fr. the 967

context, more quickly (than the others), be the first to. . . MPol 13:2. θᾶττον ἤ more quickly than 13:1. As quickly, as soon as possible (Test. Iss. 6:3; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 14) 1 Cl 65:1a (θᾶττον) and b (τάχιον); MPol 3. b. without any suggestion of comparison quickly, soon, without delay (PGM 4, 1467 θᾶττον; Jos., Vi. 310 θᾶσσον) J 13:27; 1 Ti 3:14; Hb 13:23; Hm 10, 1, 6.

3. superl. τάχιστα only once, in the expr. taken fr. the literary lang. (Bl-D. §60, 2; 244, 1; 453, 4; Rob. 488; 669.-Alcaeus 70, 15 D.2; Menand., Per. 287 J.; Arrian., Anab. 6, 2, 2; Ael. Aristid. 24, 26 K.=44 p. 833 D.; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 4 [IV BC]; PSI 360, 12 [252/1 BC]; 792, 10; 3 Macc 1:8; Jos., Vi. 16) ὡς τάχιστα as soon as possible Ac 17:15. M-M.* ταχινός, ή, όν (Theocr.+; CIA III 1344, 3; Cat. Cod. Astr. I 137; LXX)—1. quick, in haste ταχινὸς γενέσθω Hs 9, 26, 6.

2. coming soon, imminent, swift 2 Pt 1:14; 2:1. ἡ μετάνοια αὐτῶν ταχινὴ ὀφείλει εἶναι they must repent soon Hs 8, 9, 4; cf. 9, 20, 4. M-M.* τάχιον, τάχιστα s. ταχέως 2 and 3. τάχος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) speed, quickness, swiftness, haste μετὰ τάχους with speed (Pla., Prot. 332B, Leg. 944C; POxy. 2107, 4 [III AD]) MPol 13:1.—ἐν τάχει (Pind., Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 163; 17, 83) quickly, at once, without delay Ac 10:33 D; 12:7; 17:15D; 22:18; 1 Cl 48:1; 63:4; soon, in a short time Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; 1 Ti 3:14 v.l.; Rv 1:1; 22:6; 1 Cl 65:1; shortly Ac 25:4.—τάχει (Tetrast. Iamb. 2, 6, 1 p. 287; Sib. Or. 1, 205;—in Plut., Caes. 20, 4, Lys. 11, 2 w. the addition of πολλῷ, παντί) quickly Rv 2:5 t.r. (‫א‬CAP et al.).—τὸ τάχος as acc. of specification, adverbially (very) quickly, without delay (PHib. 62, 13; PPetr. II 9, 2, 9; PSI 326, 12; 495, 17; 18 [all III BC]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 8.Without the art. as early as Aeschyl.) 1 Cl 53:2; B 4:8; 14:3 (w. all three cf. Ex 32:7). M-M.* ταχύνω almost always intr. (Aeschyl., X.+; LXX) hasten, hurry combined w. another verb by means of καί hasten to do someth. (Judg 13:10) B 4:3.* ταχύς, ει̂α, ύ (Hom.+; LXX)—1. adj. quick, swift, speedy ταχ. καρπός fruit that ripens quickly 2 Cl 20:3. ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι quick to hear Js 1:19 (Lucian, Epigr. 18 ταχ. εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν; Sir 5:11; Libanius, Or. 33 p. 186, 15 ἐν τῷ δῆσαι ταχύς, ἐν τῷ κρῖναι βραδύς).

2. mostly in the neut. sing. as adv. ταχύ (trag., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; En. 97, 10; Jos., Vi. 149). a. quickly, at a rapid rate ταχὺ ἔφυγον Mk 16:8 t.r.—Mt 28:8.—b. without delay, quickly, at once (though it is not always poss. to make a clear distinction betw. this mng. and the one in c below) Mt 5:25; 28:7; Lk 15:22; J 11:29; Ac 14:2 D; 1 Cl 23:5a, b (Is 13:22); 53:2 (Ex 32:8; Dt 9:12); Hm 9:7. This is prob. the place for the ἔρχεσθαι ταχύ of Rv: 2:5 t.r. (many cursives and printed texts), 16; 3:11; 11:14; 22:7, 12, 20 (P-ÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur, ’67, 209-35). c. in a short time, soon (s. b above) Mk 9:39 (soon afterward); Hv 3, 8, 9; m 12, 5, 3. This is also prob. the place for the μετανοεῖν ταχύ of Hs: 8, 7, 5; 8, 8, 3; 5; 8, 10, 1; 9, 19, 2; 9, 21, 4; 9, 23, 2. M-M.* τέ (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 99, 7; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) enclitic particle (in the NT never elided to τʼ. In Mt three times, in Luke’s gosp. nine times, in John’s gosp. three times [‘in each case open to doubt’ Bl-D. §443, 1 app.], in Paul [quite predom. in Ro] someth. more than twenty times, scarcely less oft. in Hb, in 1 Cl forty-three times, in Dg seven times, in Js twice, once each in Jd, Rv, 2 Cl, B. It is not found at all in Mk, Gal, Col, 1 and 2 Th, 1 and 2 Ti, Tit, 1, 2 and 3 J; 1 and 2 Pt. By far most freq. [about 150 times] in Ac. The ms. tradition oft. confuses τέ and δέ.—Bl-D. §443f w. app.; Rdm.2 p. 5f, 37; Rob. index. p. 1285; Mlt.-Turner 338.

1. Used alone, mng. and, τέ connects—a. clauses, thereby indicating a close relationship betw. them (Bl-D. §443, 3) ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρατο and likewise. . . Ac 2:40 (here D has the poorer rdg. δέ). κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν, εἶπόν τε. . . , and so they said vs. 37.—J 4:42; 6:18; Ac 4:33; 5:19, 35; 6:7, 12f al.; Ro 2:19; Hb 12:2; Jd 6.—The use of τέ to introduce a parenthesis is scarcely admissible; δέ is to be preferred: Ac 1:15; 4:13 (cf. Bl-D. §443, 1 app.; 447, 7). b. more rarely it connects single concepts, parts of clauses, or words (cf. Kühner-G. II 241) ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος 1 Cor 4:21. θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος Hb 6:5. Cf. 9:1. In this manner are connected: participles συναχθέντες συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες Mt 28:12. φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν μαρτυρούμενός τε Ac 10:22.

Cf. Mt 27:48; Ac 2:33; 20:11; 28:23a; Hb 1:3; 6:4; infinitives ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν ἄγειν τε Ac 23:10. Cf. 11:26; 24:23; 27:21b; Eph 3:19.

2. τὲ—τέ as—so, not only—but also connects sentences and parts of sentences that are closely related to each other (Kühner-G. II 243; Jos., Ant. 1, 92)μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδές με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι Ac 26:16. ἐάν τε γὰρ ζῶμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ζῶμεν, ἐάν τε ἀποθνῄσκωμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκομεν for just as when we live, we live to the Lord, so also when we die, we die to the Lord Ro 14:8a. ἐάν τε οὖν ζῶμεν ἐάν τε ἀποθνῄσκωμεν, τοῦ κυρίου ἐσμέν so, not only if we live, but also if we die (i.e. whether we live or die) we belong to the Lord vs. 8b.

Cf. Ac 2:46; 17:4; 26:10.

3. w. the same mng. τὲ—καί (Jos., Ant. 1, 9)and τὲ καί—a. connecting concepts, usu. of the same kind or corresponding as opposites. In these uses τὲ καί can oft. be translated simply and: δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας Hb 5:1. δεήσεις τε καὶ ἱκετηρίας vs. 7. ὀνειδισμοῖς τε καὶ θλίψεσιν 10:33. φόβητρά τε καὶ σημεῖα Lk 21:11b. Cf. 22:66; 968

Ac 4:27; 26:3. ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν Ac 1:1. ἀσφαλῆ τε καὶ βεβαίαν Hb 6:19. πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ Ac 24:3. ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ Ro 1:12; cf. 1 Cor 1:2 t.r. πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς Mt 22:10. ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες Ac 8:12; 9:2; 22:4. Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν 1 Cor 1:24. μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ Ac 26:22a. When used w. a noun that has the art. τέ comes after the latter: ὅ τε στρατηγὸς. . . καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 5:24; cf. Lk 23:12; J 2:15; Ac 8:38; 17:10; 27:1; Hb 2:11.—τέ can be followed by more than one καί (Libanius, Or. 2 p. 256, 6 F.) τήν τε Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ καὶ τὸ βρέφος Lk 2:16. ἐσθίειν τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ μεθύσκεσθαι 12:45. Cf. Ac 1:8, 13; Hb 2:4; 9:2.—In 1 Cor 1:30 τὲ καί connects the second and third members of a series, and another καί joins the fourth one.

Sim. Hb 11:32. τὲ καί doubled Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις Ro 1:14. θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων Js 3:7.—τὲ καὶ—τέ: ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν τε καὶ βασιλέων υἱῶν τε Ἰσραήλ Ac 9:15. Cf. 26:10f. The τὲ καὶ. . . τὲ. . . καί of vs. 20 seems to be due to a textual error. b. infrequently connecting whole sentences ἠνεῴχθησάν τε αἱ θύραι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη Ac 16:26 t.r. καὶ. . . , καὶ—τὲ. . . , καί 2:2-4 t.r. τὲ. . . , καὶ. . . , καί 21:30.—On εἴτε s. εἰ VI 13. On μήτε s. that entry. M-M. τέγος, ους, τό (Hom. [Od.]+; Lucian; Aelian, N.A. 2, 48 p. 56, 11; Jos., Ant. 17, 71; Sib. Or. 3, 186) roof: ὑπὸ τὸ τέγος under the roof (lead, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 18 §70) 1 Cl 12:6 (as the rdg. preferred to στέγος by Lghtf.—The same confusion of rdgs. in EpJer 9).* τεθνάναι, τέθνηκα s. θνῄσκω. τεθραμμένος s. τρέφω. τει̂χος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 14, 9; Ep. Arist. 139; Philo, Aet. M. 129 al.; Jos., Vi. 156 al.; Test.

12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 274; loanw. in rabb.) wall, esp. city wall Ac 9:25; 2 Cor 11:33 (διὰ τοῦ τείχους as Jos., Ant. 5, 15.Cf. Athen. 5 p. 214A κατὰ τῶν τειχῶν καθιμήσαντας φεύγειν); Hb 11:30; Rv 21:12, 14f, 17-19. Pl. of several circular walls surrounding the tower in Hermas: Hs 8, 2, 5; 8, 6, 6; 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3. M-M. B. 472.* τεκει̂ν s. τίκτω. τεκμήριον, ου, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) convincing, decisive proof (Diod. S. 17, 51, 3 τεκμήρια τῆς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσεως; Dit., Syll.3 867, 37 μέγιστον τεκμήριον w. ref. to Artemis; 685, 84; PGiess.

39, 9) ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις by many convincing proofs Ac 1:3 (cf. Jos., Ant. 5, 39διὰ πολλῶν τεκμηρίων.—τεκ. used w. παραστῆσαι Ant. 17, 128). M-M.* τεκνίον, ου, τό (Epict. 3, 22, 78; Pal. Anth.; PFlor. 365, 15 [III AD]; POxy. 1766, 14) dim. of τέκνον; (little) child, voc. pl. τεκνία; in our lit. only in the voc. pl., used by Jesus in familiar, loving address to his disciples, or by a Christian apostle or teacher to his spiritual children τεκνία J 13:33; 1 J 2:12, 28; 3:7, 18; 4:4; 5:21. τεκνία μου (Test.

Reub. 1:3 v.l.) Gal 4:19 v.l.; 1J 2:1. M-M.* τεκνογονέω (Philippus Epigr. [I AD]: Anth. Pal. 9, 22, 4 [of an animal]) bear or beget children (Appian., Basil. 1a §5; Achmes 63, 10) 1 Ti 5:14; Dg 5:6. M-M.* τεκνογονία, ας, ἡ (Hippocr., Ep. 17, 21; Aristot., H.A. 7, 1, 8 p. 582a, 28; Stoic. III 158, 5; Galen: CMG V 9, 1 p. 27, 12) the bearing of children 1 Ti 2:15 (RFalconer, JBL 60, ’41, 375-9). M-M.* τέκνον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) child.

1. lit.—a. child in relation to father and mother—α. without ref. to sex Mt 10:21 a (on the complete dissolution of family ties s. Lucian, Cal. 1); Mk 13:12a; Lk 1:7; Ac 7:5; Rv 12:4. Pl. Mt 7:11; 10:21b; 18:25; 19:29; 22:24 (=σπέρμα, cf. Dt 25:5f) but σπ. and τ. are contrasted Ro 9:7; Mk 13:12b; Lk 1:17; 14:26; 1 Cor 7:14 (on the baptism of children s. HGWood, Enc. of Rel. and Ethics II ’09, 392ff; JLeipoldt, D. urchr. Taufe ’28, 73-8; AOepke, LIhmels-Festschr. ’28, 84-100, ZNW 29, ’30, 81-111 [against him HWindisch, ZNW 28, ’29, 118-42]; JoachJeremias, Hat d. Urkirche d. Kindertaufe geübt? ’38;2 ’49; also ZNW 40, ’42, 243-5; AFrøvig, Tidsskr. f. Teol. og. K. 11, ’40, 124-31; EMolland, Norsk Teol. T. 43, ’42, 1-23; KBarth, Z. kirchl. Lehre v. d. Taufe2 ’43; F-JLeenhardt, Le Baptème chrétien ’46; OCullmann, D. Tauflehre d. NT ’48; P-HMenoud, Verbum Caro 2, ’48, 15-26; HSchlier, ThLZ 72, ’47, 321-6; GFleming, Baptism in the NT ’49. Further WGKümmel, ThR 18, ’50, 32-47): 2 Cor 12:14a, b (as a symbol); 1 Th 2:7 (symbol), 11 (symb.); 1 Ti 3:4, 12; 5:4 al. In the table of household duties (s. MDibelius Hdb. exc. after Col 4:1; KWeidinger, Die Haustafeln ’28) Eph 6:1 (τὰ τέκνα voc.), 4; Col 3:20 (τὰ τ. voc.), 21. ln the case of φονεῖς τέκνων B 20:2; D 5:2, what follows shows that murders of their own children are meant.—The unborn embryo is also called τέκνον B 19:5; D 2:2 (like παιδίον: Hippocr., π. σαρκ. 6 vol. VIII 592 L.). β. The sex of the child can be made clear by the context, son (Herodian 7, 10, 7; PGenève 74, 1ff; PAmh. 136, 1f; POxy. 930, 18; Jos., Ant. 14, 196)Mt 21:28a; Phil 2:22 (symbol); Rv 12:5. The voc. τέκνον as an affectionate address to a son Mt 21:28b; Lk 2:48; 15:31. b. In a more general sense the pl. is used for descendants, posterity Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς Mt 2:18 (cf. Jer 38:15).—27:25; Ac 2:39; 13:33. The rich man is addressed by his ancestor Abraham as τέκνον Lk 16:25. τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός the physical descendants Ro 9:8a.

2. fig.—a. in the voc. gener. as a form of familiar address my child, my son (Herodian 1, 6, 4; Achilles Tat. 8, 4, 3.

969

Directed to fully grown persons, Vi. Aesopi I c. 60, where a peasant addresses Aesop in this way) Mt 9:2; Mk 2:5. b. of a spiritual child in relation to his master, apostle, or teacher (PGM 4, 475.—Eunap. p. 70 the sophist applies this term to his students) 2 Ti 1:2; Phlm 10. τέκνον ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 4:17. τεκ. ἐν πίστει 1 Ti 1:2. τεκ. κατὰ κοινὴν πίστιν Tit 1:4. Pl. 1 Cor 4:14; 2 Cor 6:13; 3J 4. In direct address (voc.): sing. (on dir. address in the sing. cf. Sir 2:1 and oft.; Herm. Wr. 13, 2a, b; PGM 13, 226; 233; 742; 755.—S. also Norden, Agn. Th. 290f; Boll 138f): 1 Ti 1:18; 2 Ti 2:1; D 3:1, 3-6; 4:1. Pl.: Mk 10:24; B 15:4.—1 Cl 22:1 understands the τέκνα of Ps 33:12 as a word of Christ to the Christians. Cf. B 9:3. The address in Gal 4:19 is intended metaphorically for children for whom Paul is once more undergoing the pains of childbirth.—The adherents of false teachers are also called their τέκνα Rv 2:23. c. of the members of a church 2J 1; 4; 13. In Hermas the venerable lady, who represents the church, addresses the believers as τέκνα Hv 3, 9, 1. In Gal 4:31 οὐκ ἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας is a fig. expr. for: ‘we belong not to the OT community, but to the NT church’. d. The parent-child relationship may involve simply an inner similarity of nature betw. the persons involved. In this sense there are children of Abraham Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8; J 8:39; Ro 9:7. True Christian women are children of Sarah 1 Pt 3:6. e. The believers are (τὰ) τέκνα (τοῦ) θεοῦ (cf. Is 63:8; Wsd 16:21; Sib. Or. 5, 202. On the subj. matter s.

HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theologie I2 ’11, 54; Bousset, Rel.3 377f; ADieterich, Mithrasliturgie ’03, 141ff; Hdb. on J 1:12; WGrundmann, Die Gotteskindschaft in d. Gesch. Jesu u. ihre relgesch. Voraussetzungen ’38; WTwisselmann, D. Gotteskindsch. der Christen nach dem NT ’39; SLegasse, Jésus et L’enfant [synopt.], ’69), in Paul as those adopted

by God Ro 8:16f, 21; 9:7, 8b (opp. σπέρμα); Phil 2:15, s. also Eph 5:1; in John as those begotten by God J 1:12; 11:52; 1J 3:1f, 10a; 5:2. Corresp. τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1J 3:10b (on this subj. s. Hdb. on J 8:44). f. Hebraistic expressions (Rdm.2 p. 28; Mlt.-H. 441) are α. the designation of the inhabitants of a city as its τέκνα (Jo 2:23; Zech 9:13; Bar 4:19, 21, 25 al.; 1 Macc 1:38) Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34; 19:44; Gal 4:25. β. its use w. abstract nouns τέκνα ἀγάπης B 9:7; ἀγ. καὶ εἰρήνης 21:9 (ἀγάπη I 2a). εὐφροσύνης 7:1 (s. εὐφροσύνη). κατάρας 2 Pt 2:14 (s. κατάρα). ὀργῆς Eph 2:3 (Third Corinthians 3:19 οὐ τέκνα δικαιοσύνης ἀλλὰ τέκνα ὀργῆς). ὑπακοῆς 1 Pt 1:14. φωτός Eph 5:8; cf. IPhld 2:1. On the ‘children of wisdom’, i.e. those who attach themselves to her and let themselves be led by her Mt 11:19 v.l.; Lk 7:35 s. δικαιόω 2. M-M. τεκνοτροφέω 1 aor. ἐτεκνοτρόφησα (since Aristot., H.A. 9, 40, 14 p. 625b, 20 [of the bee]; IG XII 5, 655, 8 [II/III AD]) bring up children, i.e. care for them physically and spiritually (Epict. 1, 23, 3 after Epicurus) 1 Ti 5:10.

M-M.* τεκνόω (since Hes., fgm. 138 R.; trag.; Phalaris, Ep. 103, 2; inscr., pap.) beget (Plut., Pericl. 24, 10; En. 15, 5; Jos., Ant. 1, 150; 2, 213), but bear (a child) (Jos., Ant. 4, 255)in Hb 11:11 D.* τέκτων, ονος, ὁ (Hom.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 390; Sib. Or. 5, 404) carpenter, wood-worker, builder (acc. to Maximus Tyr. 15, 3c he makes ἄροτρα, acc. to Justin, Dial. 88 ἄροτρα καὶ ζυγά. Acc. to Epict. 1, 15, 2 he worked w. wood; acc. to Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 211 D. w. stone.—CCMcCown, ὁ τέκτων: Studies in Early Christ., ed. SJCase ’28, 173-89). In Mt 13:55 Jesus is called ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός, in Mk 6:3 ὁ τέκτων (this difference may perh. be explained on the basis of a similar one having to do with Sophillus, the father of Sophocles. Aristoxenus, fgm. 115 calls him τέκτων, but the Vita Sophoclis I rejects this and will admit only that he may possibly have possessed τέκτονες as slaves).-HHöpfl, Nonne hic est fabri filius?: Biblica 4, ’23, 41-55; ELombard, Charpentier ou ma¦on: RThPh ’48, 4; EStauffer, Jeschua ben Mirjam (Mk 6:3), MBlack-Festschr., ’69, 119-28. M-M. B. 589.* τέλειος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 15; Philo, Joseph.) having attained the end or purpose, complete, perfect.

1. of things—a. in a good sense—α. adj. ἔργον Js 1:4a (s. ἔργον lb); cf. ISm 11:2. δώρημα Js 1:17 (s. δώρημα). νόμος vs. 25 (opp. the Mosaic law). ἀγάπη 1J 4:18. ἀνάλυσις 1 Cl 44:5. γνῶσις 1:2; B 1:5. πρόγνωσις 1 Cl 44:2. μνεία 56:1. πίστις ISm 10:2. χάρις 11:1. νηστεία Hs 5, 3, 6. ναός B 4:11. τελειοτέρα σκηνή (s. σκηνή) Hb 9:11. β. subst. τὸ τέλειον what is perfect Ro 12:2; perh. 1 Cor 13:10 (opp. ἐκ μέρους. S. EHoffmann, Coniect. Neot.

3, ’38, 28-31). ἐνάρετον καὶ τέλειον (someth.) virtuous and perfect IPhld 1:2. W. the gen. τὸ τέλειον τῆς γνώσεως ἡμῶν the full measure of our knowledge B 13:7. Pl. (Philo) τέλεια what is perfect ISm 11:3b. b. in a bad sense—α. adj. ἁμαρτίαι B 8:1; Hv 1, 2, 1. σκάνδαλον B 4:3.—β. subst. τὸ τέλειον τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν the full measure of the sins 5:11.

2. of persons—a. of age full-grown, mature, adult (Aeschyl., Pla., X.+; oft. pap.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 362). α. adj. ἀνὴρ τέλειος Eph 4:13 (opp. νήπιοι, as Polyb. 5, 29, 2; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 94, Sobr. 9 νήπιον παιδίον πρὸς ἄνδρα τέλειον, Somn. 2, 10). μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, ταῖς δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε 1 Cor 14:20. β. subst. (Dio Chrys. 34[51], 8 οἱ τ.; Diogenes, Ep. 31, 3 οἱ τ.—οἱ παῖδες) τελείων ἐστὶν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή solid food is (only) for adults Hb 5:14 (opp. νήπιος). οἱ τέλειοι 1 Cor 2:6 is contrasted with νήπιοι 3:1 by WBauer, Mündige u. Unmündige bei dem Ap. Paulus, Diss. Marburg, ’02 (also Aufsätze u. Kleine Schriften, ed. GStrecker, ’67, 124-30 et al.; cf. also GDelling, TW VIII 76-8.) But this may also be an example of b. τέλειος as a t.t. of the mystery religions, which refers to one initiated into the mystic rites (τελετή; s. τελειόω 3), the initiate (cf. Herm. Wr. 4, 4; Philod., Περὶ θεῶν 1, 24, 12 [ed. HDiels, ABA ’15p. 41; 93]; Iambl., Myst. 3, 7 p. 114 Parthey; Philo, Somn. 2, 234; Gnostics [WBousset Kyrios Christos2 ’21 p. 197, 1].—Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 133f; 338f; JWeiss, exc. after 1 Cor 3:3, also p. xviiif, Das Urchristentum ’17, 492; HAAKennedy, St. Paul and the 970

Mystery Religions ’13, 130ff; Clemen2 314). Phil 3:15 and Col 1:28 also prob. belong here (s. MDibelius, Hdb. on both passages).ChGuignebert, Quelques remarques sur la Perfection (τελείωσις) et ses voies dans le mystère paulinien: RHPhr 8, ’28, 412-29; UWilckens, Weisheit u. Torheit, ’59, 53-60 supports Reitzenstein against Bauer. c. of persons who are fully up to standard in a certain respect perfect, complete, expert (Tit. Asiae Minor. II 1, ’20, no. 147, 4f ἰατρὸς τέλειος; ZPE 3, ’68, 86: Didymus fgm. 281, 7 τέλειος γεώμετρος; Wsd 9:6; 1 Ch 25:8) τέλειος ἀθλητής IPol 1:3. Esther is τελεία κατὰ πίστιν 1 Cl 55:6. Jesus became τέλειος ἄνθρωπος perfect man ISm 4:2. d. perfect, fully developed in a moral sense τέλειος ἀνήρ Js 3:2 (s. RHöistad, Coniect. Neot. 9, ’44, p. 22f).

Mostly without a noun εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι Mt 19:21 (EYarnold, TU 102, ’68, 269-73). Cf. IEph 15:2; D 1:4; 6:2. Pl. Mt 5:48a; ISm 11:3a. W. ὁλόκληροι Js 1:4b. W. πεπληροφορημένοι Col 4:12. e. God is termed τέλειος (Pind., Aeschyl.+; Theocr., Diod. S., Plut. et al.) Mt 5:48b (cf. on this verse Hierocles 18p. 459: the goal is τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ὁμοίωσιν κτήσασθαι [so oft. in Hierocles]; Marinus, Vi. Procli 18 ἵνα τὴν ὁμοίωσιν ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὅπερ τέλος ἐστὶ τὸ ἄριστον τῆς ψυχῆς).—RNFlew, The Idea of Perfection ’34; FCGrant, The Earliest Gospel, ’43; EFuchs, RBultmann-Festschr., ’54 (Beih. ZNW 21), 130-6; PJDuPlessis, Teleios.

The Idea of Perfection in the NT ’59; KPrümm, Das NTliche Sprach-u. Begriffsproblem der Vollkommenheit, Biblica 44, ’63, 76-92; A Wikgren, Patterns of Perfection in Hb, NTS 6, ’60, 159-67. M-M.* τελειότης, ητος, ἡ perfection, completeness (Ps.-Pla., Def. 412B; Epict. 1, 4, 4; M. Ant. 5, 15, 2; PGM 7, 778; Wsd 6:15; 12:17; Philo) of love in its perfection 1 Cl 50:1; 53:5. Of maturity in contrast to the stage of elementary knowledge Hb 6:1.—On σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14 s. σύνδεσμος 1b. M-M.* τελειόω 1 aor. ἐτελείωσα; perf. τετελείωκα. Pass.: pf. τετελείωμαι; 1 aor. ἐτελειώθην; 1 fut. τελειωθήσομαι (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 12 al. The form τελεόω. freq. in secular writers, occurs only Hb 10:1 v.l.—Bl-D. §30, 2; Thackeray p. 82).

1. complete, bring to an end, finish, accomplish (Dionys. Hal. 3, 69, 2 τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τὰ πολλὰ εἰργάσατο, οὐ μὴν ἐτελείωσε τὸ ἔργον; Polyb. 8, 36, 2; 2 Ch 8:16; 2 Esdr 16 [Neh 6]: 3, 16) τὸ ἔργον J 4:34; 17:4; pl. 5:36. πάντα 1 Cl 33:6. τελειώσω τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν Ac 20:24. ἁγνῶς τελειοῦν τὴν διακονίαν complete the service as deacon in holiness Hs 9, 26, 2. τὰς ἡμέρας spend all the days of the festival Lk 2:43 (cf.

Jos., Ant. 3, 201).Pass. ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ γραφή in order that the scripture might receive its final fulfilment J 19:28 (perh. this belongs to 2c).—τελειῶσαί τινα allow someone to reach his goal (Hdt. 3, 86) pass. τῇ τρίτῃ τελειοῦμαι on the third day I will reach my goal Lk 13:32 (hardly mid., ‘bring to a close’ [Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 158] w. ‘my work’ to be supplied. But s. 2d below).—This may also be the place for Hb 7:19 (s. 2eα below); 11:40 (s. 2d below).

2. bring to an end, bring to its goal or to accomplishment in the sense of the overcoming or supplanting of an imperfect state of things by one that is free fr. objection. a. of Jesus: ἔπρεπεν αὐτῷ (i.e. τῷ θεῷ) διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι (Ἰησοῦν) Hb 2:10; pass., 5:9; 7:28. This is usu. understood to mean the completion and perfection of Jesus by the overcoming of earthly limitations (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 5:9.—JKögel, Der Begriff τελειοῦν im Hb: MKähler-Festschr. ’05, 35-68; OMichel, D. Lehre von d. christl. Vollkommenheit nach d. Anschauung des Hb: StKr 106, ’35, 333-55; FTorm, Om τελειοῦν i Hb: Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 116-25; OMoe, ThZ 5, ’49, 165ff). S. 3 below. b. bring to full measure, fill the measure of τὶ someth. τὰς ἀποκαλύψεις καὶ τὰ ὁράματα Hv 4, 1, 3. ἐτελείωσαν κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα GP 5:17 (κατά I 2bγ). c. fulfill of prophecies, promises, etc., which are not satisfied until they are fulfilled (τελείωσις 2.—Jos., Ant. 15, 4θεοῦ τοὺς λόγους τελειώσαντος; Artem. 4, 47 p. 2; 228, 19 ἐλπίδας) ἡ πίστις πάντα ἐπαγγέλλεται, πάντα τελειοῖ Hm 9:10; pass. be fulfilled ἐξαίφνης τελειωθήσεται τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 23:5.—MPol 16:2a, b. The promises of the prophets find their fulfilment, by implication, in the gospel ISm 7:2. This may be the place for J 19:28 (so Bultmann.—S. 1 above). d. of the perfection of just men who have gone on before, pass. (Wsd 4:13; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 74 ὅταν τελειωθῇς καὶ βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων ἀξιωθῇς) πνεύματα δικαίων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23. So perh. also 11:40 (s. 1 above) and Lk 13:32 (s. 1 above). e. make perfect—α. someone ὁ νόμος οὐδέποτε δύναται τοὺς προσερχομένους τελειῶσαι Hb 10:1; likew. perh. (s. 1 above) 7:19 (then οὐδέν would refer to mankind). κατὰ συνείδησιν τελειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα 9:9. Perh.

10:14 (s. 3 below). Pass. become perfect (Zosimus: Hermet. IV p. 111, 15f) D 16:2; ἔν τινι in someth. (Jos., Ant. 16, 6)ἐν (τῇ) ἀγάπῃ 1J 4:18; 1 Cl 49:5; 50:3. W. inf. foll. B 6:19. ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν in order that they might attain perfect unity J 17:23.—Also in an unfavorable sense τελειωθῆναι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν B 14:5.—For Phil 3:12 s. 3 below. β. someth. The Lord is called upon, in the interest of his church τελειῶσαι αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου D 10:5. Pass.

(Philo, Somn. 1, 131 ψυχὴ τελειωθεῖσα ἐν ἄθλοις ἀρετῶν) ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη faith was perfected in good deeds Js 2:22. Of love 1J 2:5; 4:12, 17. Cf. 2 Cor 12:9 t.r.

3. As a term of the mystery religions consecrate, initiate pass. be consecrated, become a τέλειος (s. τέλειος 2b) Phil 3:12 (though mng. 2eα is also poss.). Some of the Hb-passages (s. 2a; eα above) may belong here, esp. those in which a consecration of Jesus is mentioned 2:10; 5:9; 7:28 (cf. ThHaering, Monatschr. für Pastoraltheol. 17, ’21, 264-75. Against him ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, ’23, 184-95 and Haering once more, ibid. 386-9.-EKaesemann, D. wand. Gsvolk ’39, 82-90; GAvdBerghvEysinga, De Brief aan de Hebreën en de oudchristelijke Gnosis: NThT 28, ’39, 301-30). M-M.* 971

τελείως adv. (this form in Isocr. 13, 18; Ps.-Pla., Def. 411D; Aristot. et al.; Polyb. 6, 24, 7; Hero Alex. I p. 20, 25; PPetr. III p. 114 [III BC]; PFlor. 93, 27; LXX [Thackeray p. 82]; Philo) fully, perfectly, completely, altogether ἔχειν τὴν πίστιν IEph 14:1. ἐλπίζειν 1 Pt 1:13. λειτουργεῖν 1 Cl 9:2. φεύγειν B 4:1. μισεῖν τι 4:10. φανεροῦσθαι Dg 9:2. ἔργον ἀπαρτίζειν IEph 1:1. ἀπαρνεῖσθαι ISm 5:2. ἔχειν τελείως περί τινος have received full enlightenment concerning someth. B 10:10. M-M. and suppl.* τελείωσις, εως, ἡ (since Hippocr. VII 436; 448 L.; Epicurus p. 38, 5 Us.; Aristot.; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist.; Philo, Aet. M. 71; 99; Jos., Ant. 19, 199in a different sense)—1. perfection (En. 25, 4) Hb 7:11.—2. fulfilment of a promise (Jdth 10:9; Philo, Mos. 2, 288.-τελειόω 2c) Lk 1:45. M-M.* τελειωτής, οῦ, ὁ (hapax legomenon) perfecter (opp. ἀρχηγός, q.v. 3) τῆς πίστεως Hb 12:2 (AWikgren, NTS 6, ’60, 159-67).* τέλεον neut. acc. sing. of τέλεος (=τέλειος; cf. Sib. Or. 3, 117) used as an adv. (Περὶ ὕψους c. 41, 1; Ael. Aristid.

33 p. 635 D.; Lucian, Merc. Cond. 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 8 §34; BGU 903, 12 [II AD]; PFay. 106, 21; 3 Macc 1:22; Jos., Bell. 4, 285)fully, altogether, in the end Dg 2:5.* τελεσφορέω (Theophr. et al.; 4 Macc 13:20; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 140)bear fruit to maturity (Jülicher, Gleichn.

530.—Cf. Ocellus Luc. [II BC] c. 16 Harder [’26]; Epict. 4, 8, 36) Lk 8:14, 15 v.l. M-M.* τελευται̂ος, α, ον (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 278) last τελευταία ἡμέρα (Demosth. et al.; Epict. 2, 23, 21; IG IV2 1, 123, 128 [IV BC] ἐν ταῖς τελευταίαις ἁμέραις) τῶν ἀζύμων GP 14:58.* τελευτάω (Hom.+) fut. τελευτήσω; 1 aor. ἐτελεύτησα; perf. ptc. τετελευτηκώς; in our lit. only intr. come to an end (Aeschyl.+) Papias 4, and almost always=die (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 9, 10; Ep. Arist. 268; Philo, Joseph.—Bl-D. §480, 2) Mt 2:19; 9:18; 22:25; Lk 7:2; J 11:39; Ac 2:29; 7:15; Hb 11:22; 1 Cl 39:6 (Job 4:21 v.l.); Papias 3. Of the phoenix 1 Cl 25:2f. After Is 66:24 of the worm in hell: Mk 9:(44, 46), 48; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5. θανάτῳ ‫וּי תוֹמ‬Ex 21:17. But s. also schol. on Soph., Ajax 516 p. 46 τελευτάτω let him die the death=surely die (=‫ת‬ Papag. τελευτᾶν θανάτῳ) Mt 15:4 (cf. Ex 21:16); Mk 7:10. M-M.* τελευτή, ῆς, ἡ end, a euphemism for death (Pind., Thu. +; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 190; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 633. W. βιότοιο as early as Il. 7, 104) Mt 2:15. M-M.* τελέω fut. τελέσω; 1 aor. ἐτέλεσα; pf. τετέλεκα. Pass.: perf. τετέλεσμαι; 1 aor. ἐτελέσθην; 1 fut. τελεσθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 609al.; Sib. Or. 3, 758 al.).

1. bring to an end, finish, complete τὶ someth. ταῦτα Hs 8, 2, 5. τὸν δρόμον (Il. 23, 373; 768; Soph., El. 726) 2 Ti 4:7. τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:28; 19:1; 26:1. τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας 13:53. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 11:7. τὴν ἐξήγησιν Hv 3, 7, 4. τὰ γράμματα 2, 1, 4. τελέσας τὴν χαράκωσιν when he had finished the fencing Hs 5, 2, 3. τελεῖν πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Lk 2:39 (τελ. πάντα as Jos., Ant. 16, 318).τελ. τὰς πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραήλ finish (going through) the cities of Israel Mt 10:23 (on this pass. KWeiss, Exegetisches z. Irrtumslosigkeit u. Eschatologie Jesu Christi ’16, 184-99; JDupont, NovT 2, ’58, 228-44; AFeuillet, CBQ 23, ’61, 182-98; MKünzi, Das Naherwartungslogion Mt 10:23, ’70 [history of interp.]). Foll. by a ptc. to designate what is finished (Bl-D. §414, 2; Rob. 1121; cf. Josh 3:17) ἐτέλεσεν διατάσσων Mt 11:1. Cf. Lk 7:1 v.l.; Hv 1, 4, 1.—Pass. be brought to an end, be finished, completed of the building of the tower (cf. 2 Esdr [Ezra]5:16; 16[Neh 6]: 15) Hv 3, 4, 1f; 3, 5, 5; 3, 9, 5; s 9, 5, 1; 9, 10, 2 (τὸ ἔργον). Of time come to an end, be over (Hom.+; Aristot., H.A. 7, 1 p. 580a, 14 ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσι τοῖς δὶς ἑπτὰ τετελεσμένοις; Lucian, Alex. 38) Lk 2:6 D; Rv 20:3, 5, 7. πάντα τετέλεσται J 19:28 (GDalman, Jesus-Jeschua, 1922, 211-18 [Engl. transl. PLevertoff ’29, same pages].—Diagoras of Melos in Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 55 κατὰ δαίμονα κ. τύχην πάντα τελεῖται=‘evervthing is accomplished acc. to the will of the god and of fate’; an anonymous writer of mimes [II AD] in OCrusius, Herondas5 [p. 110-16] l. 175 τοῦτο τετέλεσται); Cf. τετέλεσται used absolutely in vs. 30 (cf these two verses are to be taken as referring to the carrying out [s. 2 below] of divine ordinances contained in the Scriptures, cf. Diod. S. 20, 26, 2 τετελέσθαι τὸν χρησμόν=the oracle had been fulfilled; Ael. Aristid. 48, 7 K.=24 p. 467 D.: μέγας ὁ Ἀσκληπιός, τετέλεσται τὸ πρόσταγμα). Willibald Schmidt, De Ultimis Morientium Verbis, Diss. Marburg ’14; OCullmann, ThZ 4, ’48, 370, both chronological and theol. Diod. S. 15, 87, 6 reports the four last sayings of Epaminondas, two in indirect discourse and the other two in direct. S. also the last words of Philip s.v. πληρόω 5.—ἡ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται power finds its consummation or reaches perfection in (the presence of) weakness 2 Cor 12:9. The passives in Rv 10:7; 15:1, 8; 17:17 belong under 2 as well as under 1.

2. carry out, accomplish, perform, fulfill, keep τὶ someth. (Hom.+. Also rites, games, processions, etc., dedicated to a divinity or ordained by him: Eur., Bacch. 474 τὰ ἱερά; Pla., Laws 775A; X., Resp. Lac. 13, 5; Plut., Mor. 671 al.) τὸν νόμον carry out the demands of, keep the law Ro 2:27; Js 2:8. τὴν ἐντολήν Hs 5, 2, 4 (Jos., Bell. 2, 495τὰς ἐντολάς). τὸ ἔργον (Theogn. 914; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 742; Sir 7:25) Hs 2:7a; 5, 2, 7. τὴν διακονίαν m 2:6a, b; 12, 3, 3; s2:7b; pass. Hm 2:6c. τὰς διακονίας Hs 1:9. τὴν νηστείαν 5, 3, 8. ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς τελεῖν carry out what the flesh desires, satisfy one’s physical desires (Artem. 3, 22; Achilles Tat. 2, 13, 3 αὑτῷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τελέσαι) Gal 5:16. ὡς ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα when they had carried out everything that was written (in the Scriptures) concerning him Ac 13:29 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 59 §243 τὸ 972

κεκριμένον τ.=carry out what was decided upon). Pass. Lk 18:31; 22:37 (s. above 1, end). ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ until it (the baptism) is accomplished Lk 12:50. ἵνα ὁ τύπος τελεσθῇ in order that the type might be fulfilled B 7:3.

3. pay (class., pap.; Jos., Ant. 2, 192al.) φόρους (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1 p. 123A τὸν φόρον; Appian, Syr. 44 §231; PFay. 36, 14 [111/12 AD]; Philo, Agr. 58; Jos., Ant. 15, 106)Ro 13:6. τὰ δίδραχμα Mt 17:24. M-M. B. 797.* τέλος, ους, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. end—a. in the sense termination, cessation (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130 §139 Jac. τέλος τ. Βίου Καίσαρος; Maximus Tyr. 13, 9d ἀπιστίας) τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος Lk 1:33. μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων Hb 7:3. τὸ τέλος τοῦ καταργουμένου the end of the fading (splendor) 2 Cor 3:13. τέλος νόμου Χριστός Ro 10:4 (perh. 1c). πάντων τὸ τέλος ἤγγικεν the end of all things is near 1 Pt 4:7. τὸ τ. Ἰερουσαλήμ GP 7:25. τὸ τέλος κυρίου Js 5:11 is oft. (fr. Augustine to ABischoff, ZNW 7, ’06, 274-9) incorrectly taken to mean the end=the death (this is what τέλος means e.g. in Appian, Syr. 64 §342, Bell. Civ. 1, 107 §501; 3, 98 §408; Arrian, Anab. 3, 22, 2; 7, 24, 1) of the Lord Jesus (s. 1c below). τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (X., An. 6, 5, 2; Pla., Phaedr. 241D, Rep. 3 p. 392C; Diod. S. 14, 18, 8; 16, 91, 2) Mk 3:26 (opp. στῆναι). The possibility of repenting ἔχει τέλος is at an end Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the consummation that comes to prophecies when they are fulfilled (Xenophon Eph. 5, 1, 13; Jos., Ant. 2, 73; 4, 125; 10, 35; Sib. Or. 3, 211): revelations Hv 3, 3, 2. So perh. τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει the references (in the Scriptures) to me are being fulfilled Lk 22:37; also poss. is my life’s work is at an end (cf. Diod. S. 20, 95, 1 τέλος ἔχειν of siege-machines, the construction of which entailed a great deal of hard work: be completed; Plut., Mor. 615E; Jos., Vi. 154). b. the last part, close, conclusion esp. of the last things, the final act in the cosmic drama (Sb 8422, 10 [7 BC] τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τέλος) Mt 24:6, 14; Mk 13:7; Lk 21:9; PK 2 p. 13, 22. Perh. 1 Cor 15:24, if ἔσται is to be supplied w. εἶτα τὸ τέλος then the end will come (so JHéring, RHPhr 12, ’33, 300-20; s. below, 1dα and 2). ἔχει τέλος the end is here Hv 3, 8, 9. On τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 Cor 10:11 cf. αἰών 2b and s. c and 3 below; also MMBogle, ET 67, ’56, 246f: τ.=‘mystery’.-PVolz, D. Eschatologie d. jüd. Gemeinde im ntl. Zeitalter ’34; Bousset, Rel.3 202-301; EHaupt, Die eschatol. Aussagen Jesu in den synopt. Evangelien 1895; HBSharman, The Teaching of Jesus about the Future acc. to the Synopt. Gospels ’09; FSpitta, Die grosse eschatol. Rede Jesu: StKr 82, ’09, 348-401; EvDobschütz, The Eschatology of the Gospels ’10, Zur Eschatol. der Ev.: StKr 84, ’11, 1-20; PCorssen, Das apokalypt. Flugblatt in der synopt. Überl.: Wochenschr. für klass. Philol. 32, ’15, nos. 30-1; 33-4; DVölter, Die eschat.

Rede Jesu: SchThZ 32, ’15, 180-202; KWeiss (s. τελέω 1); JWeiss, Das Urchristent. ’17, 60-98; Joach Jeremias, Jesus als Weltvollender ’30; WGKümmel, Die Eschatologie der Ev.: ThBl 15, ’36, 225-41, Verheissg. u. Erfüllg. ’45; CJCadoux, The Historic Mission of Jesus ’41 (eschat. of the synoptics); HPreisker, Das Ethos des Urchristentums ’49; AStrobel, Untersuchungen zum eschat. Verzögerungsproblem, ’61. Billerb. IV 799-976. Cf. also ἀνάστασις 2b, end.—In contrast to ἀρχή: B 1:6a, b; IEph 14:1a, b; IMg 13:1. Of God Rv 1:8 t.r.; 21:6; 22:13 (ἀρχή ld). c. end or goal toward which a movement is being directed, outcome (Dio Chrys. 67[17], 3; Epict. 1, 30, 4; 3, 24, 7; Maximus Tyr. 20, 3b; Jos., Ant. 9, 73; Test. Ash.1:3) Mt 26:58. τὸ τέλος κυρίου the outcome which the Lord brought about in the case of Job’s trials Js 5:11 (Diod. S. 20, 13, 3 τὸ δαιμόνιον τοῖς ὑπερηφάνως διαλογιζομένοις τὸ τέλος τῶν κατελπισθέντων εἰς τοὐναντίον μετατίθησιν=the divinity, in the case of the arrogant, turns the outcome of what they hoped for to the opposite.-On Js 5:11 s. 1a above). τὸ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν ἀγάπη the preaching has love as its aim 1 Ti 1:5 (τ.=‘goal’ or ‘purpose’: Epict. 1, 20, 15; 4, 8, 12; Diog. L. 2, 87). Perh. this is the place for Ro 10:4, in the sense that Christ is the goal and the termination of the law at the same time, somewhat in the sense of Gal 3:24f (schol. on Pla., Leg. 625D τέλος τῶν νόμων=goal of the laws; Plut., Mor. 780E δίκη. . . νόμου τέλος ἐστί; FFlückiger, ThZ 11, ’55, 153-7); s. 1a.—Esp. also of the final goal toward which men and things are striving, of the outcome or destiny which awaits them in accordance w. their nature (Aelian, V.H. 3, 43; Alciphr. 4, 7, 8; Procop. Soph., Ep. 154; Philo, Exs. 162, Virt. 182; Test. Ash.6:4) τὸ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. . . τὸ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ro 6:21f. Cf. 2 Cor 11:15; Phil 3:19 (HKoester, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 325f): perh. a play on a mystery term; 1 Pt 4:17; Hb 6:8. κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως 1 Pt 1:9. τέλος τὰ πράγματα ἔχει all things have a goal or final destiny (i.e. death or life) IMg 5:1 (τέλος ἔχειν as Plut., Mor. 382E; Polyaenus 4, 2, 11 τέλος οὐκ ἔσχεν ἡ πρᾶξις=did not reach its goal; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 181, Ant. 17, 185.—Ael. Aristid.

52 p. 597 D.: τὸ τέλος πάντων πραγμάτων). εἰς τέλος εἶναι be at=reach the goal IRo 1:1 (εἰς for ἐν; cf. εἰς 9). d. adverbial expressions—α. adv. acc. τὸ τέλος finally (Pla. et al.; BGU 1024 VII, 23; Bl-D. §160; cf. Rob. 486-8.—The usual thing in this case is τέλος without the art.) 1 Pt 3:8. εἶτα τὸ τέλος 1 Cor 15:24 is classed here by Hofmann2; FCBurkitt, JTS 17, ’16, 384f; KBarth, Die Auferstehung der Toten2 ’26, 96 (s. 1b above and 2 below). β. to the end, to the last: ἄχρι τέλους Hb 6:11; Rv 2:26; ἕως τέλους (Da 6:27 Theod.) 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:13 (here, too, it means to the end=until the parousia [Windisch, Sickenberger, ASV ’01] rather than ‘fully’ [Ltzm., Hdb.; RSV ’46]); Hs 9, 27, 3; μέχρι τέλους (Phocylides [VI BC] 17 Diehl2 ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους; Charito 4, 7, 8; Appian, Mithrid. 112 §550; Polyaenus 4, 6, 11; POxy. 416, 3; PTebt. 420, 18; Wsd 16:5; 19:1; Jos., Vi. 406) Hb 3:6, 14; Dg 10:7. S. also εἰς τέλος (γ below). γ. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 40 et al.; PTebt. 38, 11 [113 BC]; 49, 12; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) Lk 18:5. σωθῆναι 2 Cl 19:3.—To the end, until the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17; Jos., Ant. 19, 96)Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13; IEph 14:2; IRo 10:3.—Forever, through all eternity (Dionys. Hal. 13, 88, 3; Ps 9:19; 76:9; 1 Ch 28:9; Da 3:34) ἔφθασεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 Th 2:16 (s. also below and cf. Test. Levi 6:11). εἰς τέλος ἀπολέσαι τὴν ζωήν lose one’s life forever Hs 8, 8, 5b.—Decisively, extremely, fully, altogether (Polyb. 1, 20, 7; 10; 12, 27, 3 and oft.; Diod. S. 18, 57, 1 ταπεινωθέντες εἰς τ.=ruined utterly; Lucian, Philop. 14; Appian, Bell. Mithr. 44 §174; Dit., Or. 90, 12 [II BC]; PTebt. 38, 11 [II BC]; 49, 11; 793 [s. οὖς]; Josh 8:24; 2 Ch 12:12; Ps 73:1; Job 6:9; PsSol 1:1; Jos., Vi. 24; Diodorus on Ps 51:7 Migne XXXIII p. 1589b εἰς τέλος τουτέστι παντελῶς) 1 Th 2:16 (forever is also poss.; s. above); B 4:6; 10:5; 19:11. ἱλαρὰ εἰς τέλος ἦν she was quite cheerful Hv 3, 10, 5. Cf. 3, 7, 2; m 12, 973

2, 3; s6, 2, 3; 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 2; 5a; 8, 9, 3; 9, 14, 2.—For εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς J 13:1 s. εἰς 3.—δ. ἐν τέλει at the end (opp. πρὸ αἰώνων IMg 6:1.).

2. rest, remainder (Aristot. De Gen. Anim. 1, 18 p. 725b, 8; Is 19:15. Of a military formation Arrian, Tact. 10, 5; 18, 4), if τὸ τέλος 1 Cor 15:24 is to be taken, w. JWeiss and Ltzm., of a third and last group (τάγμα 1b; s. 1b and 1dα above).

3. (indirect) tax, customs duties (X., Pla. et al.; inscr., pap.; 1 Macc 10:31; 11:35; Jos., Ant. 12, 141)ἀποδιδόναι τὸ τέλος Ro 13:7b; cf. a (w. φόρος as Appian, Sicil. 2, 6, Bell. Civ. 2, 13 §47; Vi. Aesopi W c. 92; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 22). λαμβάνειν τέλη ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25 (w. κῆνσος).—τὰ τέλη τ. αἰώνων 1 Cor 10:11 is transl. the (spiritual) revenues of the ages by ASouter (Pocket Lex. of the NT ’16, s.v. τέλος) and PMacpherson, ET 55, ’43/’44, 222 (s. 1b above).—GDelling, TW VIII, 50-88: τέλος and related words, also ZNW 55, ’64, 26-42=Studien zum NT, ’70, 17-31. M-M. B. 802; 979.* τελωνει̂ον s. τελώνιον (now held itacistic spelling). τελώνης, ου, ὁ (Aristoph., Aeschin.+; incr., pap., ostraca; formed of τέλος+ὠνέομαι) tax-collector, revenue officer (s. τέλος 3; Gdspd., Probs. 28). The τελ. in the synoptics (the only part of our lit. where they are mentioned) are not the holders (Lat. publicani) of the ‘taxfarming’ contracts themselves, but subordinates (Lat. portitores) hired by them; the higher officials were usu. foreigners, but their underlings were taken fr. the native population as a rule. The prevailing system of tax collection afforded the collector many opportunities to exercise his greed and unfairness. Hence they were particularly hated and despised as a class (cf. these condemnatory judgments on the τελῶναι: Demochares [300 BC] 75 fgm. 4 Jac. τελ. βάναυσος; Xeno Com. vol. III p. 390 Kock πάντες τελῶναι ἅρπαγες; Herodas 6, 64; Diogenes, Ep. 36, 2; Lucian, Necyom. 11; Artem. 1, 23; 4, 42; 57; Ps.-Dicaearchus p. 143, 7 Fuhr.; Iambl. Erot. 34; Cicero, De Off. 1, 150; UPZ 113, 9; 16 [156 BC]; Wilcken, Ostraka I 568f; PPrinceton Univ. II ’36 no. 20, 1ff [on this OWReinmuth, Class. Philology 31, ’36, 146-62]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 93ff. Rabbinic material in Schürer I4 479, 116; Billerb. I 377f). The strict Jew was further offended by the fact that the tax-collector had to maintain continual contact w. Gentiles in the course of his work; this rendered a Jewish tax-collector ceremonially unclean. The prevailing attitude is expressed in these combinations: τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοί (s. on ἁμαρτωλός 2) Mt 9:10f; 11:19; Mk 2:15, 16a, b (RPesch, BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 63-87); Lk 5:30; 7:34; 15:1 (JoachJeremias, ZNW 30, ’31, 293-300). ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης Mt 18:17. οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι 21:31f. As typically selfish 5:46.—Lk 3:12 (Sb 8072, 6 [II AD] the prefect reprimands τελ. who demand τὰ μὴ ὀφιλόμενα αὐτοῖς); 5:29; 7:29. The Pharisee and the tax-collector Lk 18:10f, 13. Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης Mt 10:3 (Jos., Bell. 2, 287Ἰωάννης ὁ τελώνης). τελ. ὀνόματι Λευί Lk 5:27 (cf. Λευί 4).—Schürer I rev. Eng. ed. ’73, 372ff; JMarquardt, Staatsverw. II2 1884, 261ff; 289ff; AHJones, Studies in Rom. Gov’t. and Law, ’60, 101-14; JRDonahue, CBQ 33, ’71, 39-61.—OMichel, TW VIII, 88-106. M-M.* τελώνιον, ου, τό revenue or tax office (Posidippus Com. [III BC], fgm. 13; Strabo 16, 1, 27; Dit., Or. 496, 9; 525, 10; UPZ 112 VIII, 3 [203/2 BC]; Wilcken, Chrest. 223, 3) Mt 9:9; Mk 2:14; Lk 5:27; GEb 2 (PPetr. II 11[2], 3 ἐπὶ τελώνιον). M-M.* τέξομαι s. τίκτω. τέρας, ατος, τό (Hom.+; LXX, Philo, Joseph.) prodigy, portent, omen, wonder in our lit. only pl. and combined w. σημεῖα; s. σημεῖον 2a, b, c, where all the passages containing τέρατα are given (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 83 §377 τέρατα πολλὰ ἐγίνοντο, i.e., terrifying portents caused by a divinity [τὸ δαιμόνιον, ὁ θεός] that foretell the destructive results of Sulla’s campaign in Italy).-PStein, ΤΕΡΑΣ, Diss. Marburg ’09. M-M.* τερατεία, ας, ἡ (Aristoph., Isocr.+) illusion, jugglery, untrustworthy talk (Aristoph., Isocr.+; Polyb. 2, 17, 6; Diod. S. 4, 51, 3; Heraclit. Sto. 27 p. 42, 10; Jos., Bell. 1, 630)Dg 8:4 (w. πλάνη).* τέρμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; Dialekt-Inschr. 711; PFay. 217 βίου τέρμα; Sb 5829, 12; 3 Km 7:32; Wsd 12:27; Sib. Or. 3, 756) end, limit, boundary (Hdt. 7, 54 ἐπὶ τέρμα τ. Εὐρώπης γίνεσθαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 4; En. 106, 8; Philo, Mos. 1, 2 τὰ τ. γῆς τέρματα; Jos., Bell. 7, 284)τὸ τέρμα τῆς δύσεως the farthest limits of the west 1 Cl 5:7 (the var. interpretations of the expr. are dealt w. by Dubowy [s.v. Σπανία] 17-79). On the question of Paul’s journey to Spain s. the lit. s.v. Σπανία.* τερπνός, ή, όν (Tyrtaeus [VII BC]+; LXX; Sib. Or. 4, 191) delightful, pleasant, pleasing 1 Cl 7:3 (cf. Ps 132:1).

Subst. (τὸ τερπνόν Polyb. 1, 4, 11; Ep. Arist. 77; Jos., Ant. 19, 181; τὰ τ. Isocr. 1, 21; Philo, Somn. 2, 209) τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κόσμου the delights or pleasures of the world IRo 6:1 (so Zahn, w. the Gk. witnesses to the uninterpolated text, though Lghtf., Funk, Hilgenfeld, GKrüger and Bihlmeyer w. the interpolated Gk. and the Lat. and Syr. versions prefer πέρατα).* Τέρτιος, ου, ὁ (Gk. inscr. fr. I AD in GEdmundson, The Church in Rome ’13 p. 22, 1) Tertius, a Christian brother helpful to Paul; in Ro 16:22 he is ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολήν, and sends personal greetings to the church for which the letter is intended. Cf. Ro subscr. M-M.* Τέρτουλλος, ου, ὁ (lit., inscr., coins) Tertullus. The name of the Roman eparch under whom Onesimus suffered 974

martyrdom is spelled this way in Phlm subscr.* Τέρτυλλος, ου, ὁ (CIG 3001; 4337; IG VII 4173; XIV 826, 44; CIL III 14 428; 14 447. On the spelling cf.

WDittenberger, Her. 6, 1872, 293f; Bl-D. §41, 1) Tertullus, attorney for those who accused Paul before Felix the procurator Ac 24:1f.-StLösch, D. Dankesrede des T.: ThQ 112, ’31, 295-319. M-M.* τεσσαράκοντα (Hom.+; Ep. Arist. 105; Jos., Ant. 11, 15al.; Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 8, 148), though in the NT the oldest witnesses fr. P46 on at 2 Cor 11:24 have throughout the Ionic-Hellenistic form τεσσεράκοντα (so Dit., Syll.3 344, 45 [c. 303 BC]; LXX in the uncials [Thackeray 62f; 73], but hardly in the autographs, since even in I AD the pap. almost never have τεσσεράκοντα; one exception is PSI 317, 4 [95 AD].-Bl-D. §29, 1; Mlt.-H. 66f; Tdf., Proleg. 80; W-H., App. 158) indecl. forty, often of days (Dicaearchus, fgm. 35b W. of Pythagoras: ἀποθανεῖν τετταράκοντα ἡμέρας ἀσιτήσαντα; Diod. S. 17, 111, 6 ἐν ἡμ. τεττ.; Jos., Ant. 18, 277; Procop., Bell. 6, 15, 7) Mt 4:2a, b; Mk 1:13; Lk 4:2 (including the nights as Ps.-Callisth. 3, 26, 7 p. 127, 3); J 2:20; Ac 1:3 al. (eight times in all; PMenoud, OCullmann-Festschr., ’62, 148-56); 2 Cor 11:24 (cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 238; 248); Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10), 17; Rv 7:4 al.(six times); 1 Cl 53:2a, b; B 4:7a, b (Ex 34:28); 14:2 (cf. Ex 34:28); Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 5, 4; 9, 15, 4; 9, 16, 5 (in these Hermas passages ‘forty’ appears as a numeral: μʹ).—EKönig, Die Zahl 40 u. Verwandtes: ZDMG 61, ’07, 913-17; WHRoscher, Die Zahl 40 im Glauben, Brauch u. Schrifttum der Semiten: Abh. der Sächs. Ges. d. W. 27, no. IV ’08, Die Tessarakontaden: Ber. der Sächs. Ges. d. W. 61, ’09, 21-206; KSchubert, The Dead Sea Community, tr.

Doberstein ’59 (symbolism of ‘40’ in Qumran). M-M. τεσσαρακονταετής, ές (Hes., Op. 441) or τεσσερακονταετής (Sb 8246, 9; 21 [340 AD]) see s.v. τεσσαράκοντα; on the accent s. ἑκατονταετής; forty years (old) τεσς. χρόνος a period of forty years (Appian, Mithrid. 118 §583 τεσς. χρ.; cf. διετὴς χρ.; Hdt. 2, 2; Jos., Ant. 2, 74)Ac 7:23; 13:18.* τέσσαρες (Hom.+) neut. τέσσαρα or τέσσερα (the latter is practically never found in inscr. and pap. [Mayser p. 57 w. lit.; Rdm.2 p. 43], but on the other hand is predom. in the LXX-mss.). Gen. τεσσάρων (Ep. Arist.; Jos., Vi. 75.—τὸ διὰ τεσσάρων as a musical expr.: Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 11). Dat. τέσσαρσιν (Ac 11:5 D τέτρασιν; Bl-D. §63, 1 app.). Acc. masc. τέσσαρας (τέσσαρες as acc. [pap., LXX; for both s. Thackeray 148f] is poorly attested for the NT [Bl-D. §46, 2; Mlt.-H. 130; 170]) four Mt 24:31 (ἄνεμος 1); Mk 2:3; 13:27 (ἄνεμος 1); Lk 2:37; J 11:17; 19:23; Ac 10:11 al. (six times in all); Rv 4:4a, b al. (29 times); Hv 1, 4, 1 al. (13 times); D 10:5 (ἄνεμος 1). On τέσσερα ζῷα Rv 4:6 cf. Lohmeyer ad loc.; FJDölger, Die Sonne der Gerechtigkeit u. der Schwarze ’18. M-M. τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος, η, ον (Hippocr., Epid. 6, 3, 2 L.; Dit., Syll.3 1112, 14; PEleph. 1, 1 [311 BC]; POsl. 40, 35 [150 AD]; LXX [cf. Thackeray 189]; Jos., Ant. 2, 311al., C. Ap. 1, 159. The Ionic-Hellenistic form τεσσερεσκαιδέκατος Hdt. 1, 84; Dit., Syll.3 633, 27 [c. 180 BC]; 1017, 10) fourteenth Ac 27:27, 33. M-M.* τεσσερ— s. τεσσαρ-. τεταρται̂ος, α, ον (Hippocr., Pla., X.+; Polyb. 3, 52, 2; Diod. S. 14, 29, 2; 17, 67, 1; Jos., Ant. 13, 398; Dit., Syll.3 1239, 20; PTebt. 275, 21; POxy. 1151, 37) happening on the fourth day τεταρταῖός ἐστιν he has been dead four days (cf. X., An. 6, 4, 9 ἤδη γὰρ ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι=they had already been dead for five days) J 11:39. M-M.* τέταρτος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 48; Joseph.) fourth Mt 14:25; Mk 6:48; Ac 10:30; Rv 4:7 al.; B 4:5 (Da 7:7); Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 15, 2f; 9, 21, 1. The subst. neut. τὸ τέταρτον (i.e. μέρος) the fourth part, quarter (Diod. S. 1, 50, 2; POxy. 611; 1102, 9; 1293, 25 [II AD]; Jos., Ant. 14, 203)τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς Rv 6:8. M-M. τετραα— s. τετρα-. τετράγωνος, ον (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 116; 12, 227; loanw. in rabb.) (four) -square of a city ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται the city is laid out as a square Rv 21:16 (Rome was originally built in this way acc. to Appian, Basil. 1a §9; Strabo 12, 4, 7 of Nicaea: ἔστι τῆς πόλεως ἑκκαιδεκαστάδιος ὁ περίβολος ἐν τετραγώνῳ σχήματι. . . τετράπυλος ἐν πεδίῳ κείμενος); but s. also below. Of stones that are to be used in a building (Appian, Mithrid. 30 §119; Arrian Peripl. 2, 1; 1 Macc 10:11 ed. Kappler v.1.; Jos., Ant. 20, 221)Hv 3, 2, 4; 3, 5, 1; s 9, 3, 3; 9, 6, 7f; 9, 9, 2; cf. v 3, 6, 6. Shaped like a cube of a tremendous rock Hs 9, 2, 1. Perh. Rv 21:16 (s. above) also has this sense.—Subst. neut. τὸ τετράγωνον rectangle, square (Pla. et al.; Dit., Or. 90, 45 [II BC]; POxy. 669, 21) ἐν τετραγώνῳ in a square or rectangle Hv 3, 2, 5. M-M.* τετράδιον, ου, τό (BGU 956, 3 [III AD]; POxy. 2156, 10) as a military t.t. (Philo, In Flacc. 111) a detachment or squad (so Gdspd., Probs. 131f) of four soldiers, one for each of the four night watches (cf. Vegetius, De Re Militari 3, 8 p. 84f Lang) τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν Ac 12:4 (on the subj.-matter Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 31). M-M.* τετρακισχίλιοι, αι, α (Hdt., Aristoph.+; LXX; Jos., Vi. 371) four thousand Mt 15:38; 16:10; Mk 8:9, 20; Ac 21:38. M-M.* τετρακόσιοι, αι, α (Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 15; 18) four hundred Ac 5:36; 7:6 (Gen 15:13.-The ἔτη τετρακόσια is a round number, not necessarily strictly exact; the same number is used in Appian, Bell.

975

Civ. 1, 98 §459 to indicate approximately the period of time in which there had been no dictator); 13:20; 21:38 v.l.; Gal 3:17. M-M.* τετράμηνος, ον lasting four months (Thu. et al.; inscr., pap.), in the only occurrence in our lit. subst. (cf. Judg 19:2 A; 20:47 A; Bl-D. §241, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 286) ἡ τετράμηνος (sc. ὥρα) the period of four months, third of a year (Dit., Syll.3 410, 4 τὴν πρώτην τετράμηνον, 24 [274 BC]; 442, 3; 17; 645, 74; BGU 1118, 8; 1119, 17 [both I BC]) ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καί four months more, then J 4:35. The t.r. has τὸ τετράμηνον in the same mng. (JMBover, Biblica 3, ’22, 442ff). M-M.* τετραπλοῦς, ῆ, οῦν (contracted fr. τετραπλόος, όη, όον. The word since X., An. 7, 6, 7; Jos., Ant. 7, 150al.; as adv. 3 Km 6:33) four times, fourfold ἀποδιδόναι τετραπλοῦν pay back four times as much Lk 19:8 (cf. PSI 1055, 13 [III AD] τοῦ τετραπλοῦ μισθοῦ). M-M.* τετράποδος, ον a by-form (since Polyb. 1, 29, 7) of τετράπους (q.v.) four-footed σὺν κτήνεσι τετραπόδοις PK 2 p. 14, 19.* τετράπους, ουν, gen. ποδος four-footed (Hdt.+; inscr., pap.) in our lit. only subst. τὰ τετράποδα four-footed animals, quadrupeds (Thu. 2, 50, 1; PHib. 95, 8 [256 BC]; PStrassb. 5, 15; LXX; Philo, Gig. 31; Jos., Ant. 4, 70; Sib. Or. 3, 692) always w. πετεινά and ἑρπετά Ac 10:12; Ro 1:23.—Ac 11:6 adds θηρία. M-M.* τετραρχέω (Tdf., W-H., N. spell it τετρααρχέω; on this s. Bl-D. §124; Mlt.-H. 63 al.) be tetrarch (Jos., Bell. 3, 512of Philip; Vita 52) Lk 3:1 three times w. gen. of the region governed (Bl-D. §177; Rob. 510).—S. τετράρχης.* τετράρχης, ου, ὁ (Tdf., W-H., N. spell it τετραάρχης; on this s. Bl-D. §124; Mlt.-H. 63 al.) tetrarch (Strabo; Joseph.; inscr.: s. the reff. in Schürer I4 423, 12. Also Plut., Anton. 56, 7; 58, 11; Polyaenus 8, 39), orig. ruler of the fourth part of a region (Strabo 12, 5, 1 p. 567); later, when the orig. sense was wholly lost (Appian, Mithrid. 46 §178; 58 §236 there are more than four Galatian tetrarchs), title of a petty dependent prince, whose rank and authority were lower than those of a king. In our lit. Herod Antipas is given this title (as well as in the inscr. Dit., Or. 416, 3; 417, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 188; 18, 102; 109; 122) Mt l4:1; Lk 3:19; 9:7; Ac 13:1; ISm 1:2.-Schürer I4 423f; BNiese, RhM n.s.

38, 1883, 583ff; EvDobschütz, RE XX ’08, 627f; XXIV ’13, 622. M-M.* τετράς, άδος, ἡ the number four (Aristot., Philo), esp. the fourth day (Hes.+; inscr., pap., LXX of the fourth day of the month) the fourth day of the week, Wednesday τετράδα on Wednesday D 8:1 (on the acc. in answer to the question ‘when?’ s. Bl-D. §161, 3; Rob. 470f).* τεφρόω 1 aor. ἐτέφρωσα (Theophr. et al.; Philo, Ebr. 223 [of Sodom and Gomorrah]; Sib. Or. 5, 124) cover with or reduce to ashes πόλεις Σοδ. καὶ Γομ. 2 Pt 2:6. M-M.* τέχνη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 191al.; Test. Napht. 8:7; loanw. in rabb.) skill, trade Ac 17:29; Rv 18:22. Pl. Dg 2:3. σκηνοποιὸς τῇ τ. α σκ. by trade Ac 18:3. τέχνην ἔχειν have and practice a skill or trade (Eur., Suppl. 381; X., Mem. 3, 10, 1 al.) Hs 9, 9, 2; D 12:4. M-M.* τεχνίτης, ου, ὁ (X., Pla.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 20, 219)craftsman, artisan, designer Dg 2:3; D 12:3. Of the silversmith Ac 19:24, 25 v.l., 38. Of the potter 2 Cl 8:2 (symbolically). πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης Rv 18:22.—Of God (Dox. Gr. 280a, 7 [Anaxagoras]; Maximus Tyr. 13, 4c; 41, 4g; Herm. Wr. 486, 30 Sc. al.; Wsd 13:1; Philo, Op. M. 135, Mut. Nom. 31 δημιούργημα τοῦ τῶν καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν μόνων τεχνίτου) as the architect of the heavenly city (w. δημιουργός) Hb 11:10. Of the holy Logos ὁ τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν ὅλων Dg 7:2 (cf. Herm. Wr. 490, 34 Sc. ὁ τῶν συμπάντων κοσμοποιητὴς καὶ τεχνίτης).—HFWeiss, TU 97, ’66, 52-5; s. also lit. s.v. δημιουργός. M-M.* τηγανίζω (Posidippus Com. [III BC], fgm. 5; BGU 665, 3 [I AD]; 2 Macc 7:5; Jos., Ant. 7, 167.Loanw. in rabb.) fry in a pan, pass. of those undergoing fiery torments in hell AP 20:34.* τήκω 2 fut. pass. τακήσομαι 2 Pt 3:12 v.l.; 2 Cl 16:3 (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Bell. 5, 426;Sib. Or. 7, 77) melt (trans.); pass. melt (intr.), be melted, dissolve (Philo, Aet. M. 110 of the earth) of the στοιχεῖα et al. at the end of the world (Is 34:4 v.l. [quoted AP, fgm. 5]; En. 1, 6; Test. Levi 4:1) 2 Pt 3:12. τακήσονταί τινες τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ γῆ ὡς μόλιβος ἐπὶ πυρὶ τηκόμενος 2 Cl 16:3 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1680 τηκομένῳ μολίβῳ). πᾶσα δύναμις AP fgm. 5 (s. above). M-M.* τηλαυγής, ές (Pind.+; LXX, Philo) lit. far-shining; then gener. clear, plain; neut. comp. as adv. τηλαυγέστερον (Diod. S. 1, 50, 1; Vett. Val. 54, 7f οἱ παλαιοὶ μυστικῶς καὶ σκοτεινῶς διέγραψαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τηλαυγέστερον; Philo, Poster. Cai. 65) more clearly Hs 6, 5, 1 (s. also δηλαυγῶς).* τηλαυγῶς adv. (Strabo 17, 1, 30; POxy. 886, 24 [III AD]; Philo, Congr. 24, 25) (very) plainly, clearly Mk 8:25 (v.l. δηλαυγῶς, q.v.-Bl-D. §119, 4 app.; Rdm.2 37; cf. Mlt.-H. 283). M-M.* 976

τηλικοῦτος, αύτη, οῦτο (Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) a demonstrative pron. correlative to ἡλίκος (as Diod. S. 10, 19, 5; Hero Alex. I p. 396, 26; 416, 1; Jos., Ant. 8, 208; 13, 5).-On the form of the neut. s. Bl-D. §64, 4; Rob. 290. For the use of the art. w. it Bl-D. §274; Rob. 771.

1. so great, so large of bodily size (Polyaenus 7, 35, 1) θηρίον Hv 4, 2, 3f. κῆτος 4, 1, 9. πλοῖα Js 3:4.—2. so great, so important, so mighty etc. (Diod. S. 13, 41, 2 χειμών; Ep. Arist. 312; Jos., Bell. 4, 157τὸ τηλικοῦτον [sic] ἀσέβημα 7, 393, Ant. 14, 352) σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα B 4:14; 5:8. σεισμός Rv 16:18 (w. οὕτω μέγας pleonastically added). θόρυβος MPol 8:3. θάνατος so great a peril of death (θάνατος 1c) 2 Cor 1:10. σωτηρία Hb 2:3. M-M.* τημελέω (Eur., Pla.+; Sym. Ps 30:4; Is 40:11; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 252; 2, 79) care for, look after τινά someone (Eur., Iph. A. 731; Plut., Mor. 148D; Sext. Emp., Math. 1, 249) τὸν ἀσθενῆ 1 Cl 38:2.* τημελοῦχος, ον care-taking, fostering τημελοῦχος ἄγγελος a guardian angel AP, fgm. 1 and 2 (fr. Clem. Alex., Ecl. Proph. 41, 1; 48, 1 Stählin).* τηνικαῦτα adv. at that time, then (Soph., Hdt.+; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 624, 23 D.) Phlm subscr.* τηρέω impf. ἐτήρουν; fut. τηρήσω; 1 aor. ἐτήρησα; pf. τετήρηκα, 3 pl. τετήρηκαν J 17:6 (Bl-D. §83, 1; Mlt. 52f; Mlt.-H. 221). Pass.: impf. ἐτηρούμην; pf. τετήρημαι; 1 aor. ἐτηρήθην (Pind., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 263; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. keep watch over, guard τινά, τὶ someone, someth. a prisoner (Thu. 4, 30, 4) Mt 27:36, 54; Ac 16:23; a building (cf. PPetr. II 37, 1, 19 [III BC] τηρεῖν τὸ χῶμα; PFlor. 388, 32; 1 Macc 4:61; 6:50) Hs 9, 6, 2; 9, 7, 3. Pass.

(Jos., Ant. 14, 366)Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 12:5. Cf. 24:23; 25:4, 21b. τηρεῖν τὴν φυλακὴν guard the jail 12:6. Abs. (keep) watch (PSI 165, 4; 168, 9; 1 Esdr 4:11; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 8:29) MPol 17:2. οἱ τηροῦντες the guards (SSol 3:3) Mt 28:4.

2. keep, hold, reserve, preserve someone or someth. (Aristoph., Pax 201)—a. for a definite purpose or a suitable time (Jos., Ant. 1, 97)τετήρηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι J 2:10 (POxy. 1757, 23 τήρησόν μοι αὐτά, ἕως ἀναβῶ). Cf. 12:7 (WKühne, StKr 98/99, ’26, 476f). τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν Ac 25:21a. κληρονομίαν τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς (εἰς 4g) 1 Pt 1:4.—2 Pt 2:4 (cf. Test. Reub. 5:5 εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον τετήρηται), 9, 17; 3:7 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 97 τηρεῖσθαι κατακλυσμῷ); Jd 6b, 13; MPol 2:3; 11:2; 15:1. b. keep, etc. unharmed or undisturbed (Polyb. 6, 56, 13 one’s word; Herodian 7, 9, 3) ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με τηρηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου J 14:21 P75. τὴν σφραγῖδα 2 Cl 7:6. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 14:3a (opp. φθείρειν). τὴν σάρκα 14:3b. τηρεῖ ἑαυτόν 1J 5:18 t.r. τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον keep his virgin inviolate as such 1 Cor 7:37 (Heraclit. Sto. 19 p. 30, 3; Achilles Tat. 8, 18, 2 παρθένον τὴν κόρην τετήρηκα. SBelkin, JBL 54, ’35, 52 takes τηρ. here to mean support one’s fiancée, without having marital relations.—On this subj. s. the lit. s.v. γαμίζω 1).—W. a second acc. (of the predicate, to denote the condition that is to remain unharmed. Cf. M. Ant. 6, 30 τήρησαι σεαυτὸν ἁπλοῦν; BGU 1141, 25 [13 BC] ἄμεμπτον ἐμαυτὸν ἐτήρησα; Wsd 10:5) τὴν ἐντολὴν ἄσπιλον 1 Ti 6:14. τὸ βάπτισμα ἁγνόν 2 Cl 6:9. τὴν σφραγῖδα ὑγιῆ Hs 8, 6, 3. τὴν σάρκα ἁγνήν 2 Cl 8:4, 6. τὴν σάρκα ὡς ναὸν θεοῦ IPhld 7:2. σεαυτὸν ἁγνόν 1 Ti 5:22.—2 Cor 11:9; Js 1:27. Pass. ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα τηρηθείη 1 Th 5:23. τηρεῖν τινα ἔν τινι keep someone (unharmed) by or through someth. J 17:11f. ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε keep yourselves from harm by making it possible for God to show his love for you in the future also Jd 21. τοῖς Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις κλητοῖς to those who have been called and who have been kept unharmed for Christ, or in case the ἐν before θεῷ is to be repeated, through Christ Jd 1.

3. keep=not lose (as Diod. S. 17, 43, 9 τὰ ὅπλα, the shields) τὴν ἁγνείαν Hm 4, 4, 3. τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος Eph 4:3. τὴν πίστιν 2 Ti 4:7 (cf. Diod. S. 19, 42, 5 τηρεῖν τὴν πίστιν; Brit. Mus. Inscr. III no. 587b, 5 ὅτι τὴν πίστιν ἐτήρησα; Jos., Ant. 15, 134).τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ Rv 16:15 (or else he will have to go naked). αὐτόν (=τὸν θεόν) 1J 5:18. W. a neg.: fail to hold fast=lose through carelessness or give up through frivolity or a deficient understanding of the value of what one has τὶ someth. τὸ μικρόν 2 Cl 8:5 (a saying of Jesus whose literary source is unknown). τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν (s. ἀρχή 4) Jd 6a.

4. keep=protect (Pind.+; En. 100, 5) τινὰ ἔκ τινος someone from someone or someth. J 17:15; Rv 3:10b (cf.

Pr 7:5 τηρεῖν τινα ἀπό τινος).

5. keep, observe, fulfill, pay attention to, esp. of law and teaching (LXX) τὶ someth. (Polyb. 1, 83, 5 legal customs; Herodian 6, 6, 1) Mt 23:3; Ac 21:25 t.r. τὸν νόμον (Achilles Tat. 8, 13, 4; Tob 14:9; Test. Dan 5:1.—τ. νόμους Jos., C. Ap. 2, 273) 15:5; Js 2:10; Hs 8, 3, 3-5. τὰ νόμιμα τοῦ θεοῦ Hv 1, 3, 4 (τηρ. τὰ νόμιμα as Jos., Ant. 8, 395; 9, 222). δικαιώματα κυρίου B 10:11. πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν Mt 28:20. τὰς ἐντολάς (Ramsay, Phryg. I 2 p. 566f no. 467-9 [313/14 AD] τηρῶν ἐντολὰς ἀθανάτων, i.e., θεῶν; Sir 29:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 120)19:17; J 14:15, 21; 15:10a, b; 1J 2:3f; 3:22, 24; 5:3; Rv 12:17; 14:12; Hm 7:5; 12, 3, 4; 12, 6, 3; s 5, 1, 5; 5, 3, 3; 6, 1, 4.

Pass. 5, 3, 5a. τὸ σάββατον observe the Sabbath J 9:16. τὴν νηστείαν keep the fast Hs 5, 3, 5b; cf. 5, 3, 9. τὴν παράδοσιν (Jos., Vi. 361b) Mk 7:9. τὸν λόγον J 8:51f, 55; 14:23; 15:20a, b; 17:6; 1J 2:5; Rv 3:8. τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου vs. 10a. τοὺς λόγους (1 Km 15:11) J 14:24. τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας Rv 22:7, τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου vs. 9. τὰ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ γεγραμμένα 1:3. ὁ τηρῶν τὰ ἔργα μου he who takes my deeds to heart Rv 2:26. Abs., but w. the obj. easily supplied fr. the context τήρει pay attention to it 3:3 (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 184).—HRiesenfeld, TW VIII, 139-51: τηρέω and related words. M-M.* τήρησις, εως, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 205)—1. custody, imprisonment (Jos., Ant. 16, 977

321)—2. prison (BGU 388 III, 7). Both mngs. are poss. (as Thu. 7, 86, 2; Jos., Ant. 18, 235)in ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν Ac 4:3. ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ 5:18.

3. keeping, observance (Wsd 6:18) ἐντολῶν (Sir 32:23.—τῶν νόμων Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 2, 2 p. 422 M.) 1 Cor 7:19. M-M.* Τιβεριάς, άδος, ἡ (Josephus index) Tiberias, a city on the west shore of the Lake of Gennesaret, founded by Herod Antipas as the capital of his domain and named in honor of the Emperor Tiberius; J 6:23. The Lake of Gennesaret (cf. EbNestle, Der Name des Sees Tiberias: ZDPV 35, ’12, 48-50; JGDuncan, The Sea of Tiberias and its Environs: PEF 58, ’26, 15-22; 65-74; RDMiddleton, Tiberias: ibid. 162f) is also called θάλασσα τῆς Τιβεριάδος (cf.

Paus. 5, 7, 4 λίμνην Τιβεριάδα ὀνομαζομένην; Jos., Bell. 3, 57Τιβεριὰς λίμνη; 4, 456 Τιβεριέων λίμνη; Sib. Or. 12, 104 Τιβεριάδος ἅλμη) J 21:1, more fully θάλασσα τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος 6:1.—Baedeker, Palästina u.

Syrien7 ’10, 234f; Schürer II4 ’07, 216-22; Dalman, Orte3 ’24; MAvi-Yonah, The Foundation of Tiberias: Israel Exploration Journ. 1, ’50f, 160-9.* Τιβέριος, ου, ὁ Tiberius (the name is found Diod. S. 15, 51, 1: Τιβέριος, Ἰούλιος a Rom. military tribune IV BC), a Roman emperor (he ruled fr. Aug. 19, 14 AD to March 16, 37 AD; mentioned in Philo and Joseph. Cf. Sib. Or. 5, 20-3); Lk 3:1 places the first appearance of John the Baptist as a preacher in the fifteenth year of Tiberius’ reign. On the chronological matters involved s. EMeyer I 46f; III 205f; CCichorius, ZNW 22, ’23, 16ff; HDieckmann, Die effektive Mitregentschaft des T.: Klio 15, ’19, 339-75, Das fünfzehnte Jahr des T.: BZ 16, ’24, 54-65, Das fünfzehnte Jahr des Cäsar T.: Biblica 6, ’25, 63-7; cf. Αὔγουστος. HDessau, Gesch. der röm. Kaiserzeit II 1, ’26; GPBaker, Tib. Caesar ’29; ECiaceri, Tiberio ’34; CESmith, Tib. and the Rom. Empire ’42.—On the chronology of the Life of Jesus gener.: OGerhardt, Grundzüge der Chronologie Jesu Christi ’34; RHennig, D. Geburts-u. Todesjahr Jesu Christi ’36. M-M.* Τίβερις, εως or ιδος, ὁ acc. Τίβεριν (Polyb. 6, 55, 1; Strabo et al.; Sib. Or. 5, 170) the Tiber river Hv 1, 1, 2.* τίθημι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) and its by-form τιθέω (Hv 1, 1, 3 and 2, 1, 2 as historical present; Bl-D. §321 app.; cf. Rob. 318); impf. 3 sing. ἐτίθει, 3 pl. ἐτίθεσαν Mk 6:56 and ἐτίθουν Ac 3:2; 4:35; Hv 3, 2, 7 (Bl-D. §94, 1 and app.; Mlt.-H. 202); fut. θήσω; 1 aor. ἔθηκα (Bl-D. §95, 1; Rob. 308; 310); 2 aor. subj. θῶ, 2 pl. imper. θέτε, inf. θεῖναι, ptc. θείς; pf. τέθεικα. Mid.: fut. θήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐθέμην.

Pass.: pf. τέθειμαι, ptc. τεθειμένος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 18 p. 401, 3 Jac.) J 19:41; Hs 9, 15, 4 (on the pf. cf.

Bl-D. §97, 2); 1 aor. ἐτέθην.

I. active and passive—1. put, place, lay—a. gener.—α. w. acc. lay (away), set up, put (away) ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; where have you laid him? J 11:34 (though as early as Hom. τιθέναι has the special sense lay away, bury); cf.

Mk 16:6; J 19:42; 20:2, 13, 15. Pass. Mk 15:47; Lk 23:55. ὅπου ἦν τεθείς GP 12:51. λίθον Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16 ἐμβαλῶ); 1 Pt 2:6. Pass. B 6:2. θεμέλιον lay a foundation Lk 14:29; 1 Cor 3:10f (symbol.). ὑπόδειγμά τινος τιθ. set up an example of someth. 2 Pt 2:6 (cf. Jos., Ant. 17, 313παράδειγμα τῆς ἀρετῆς τιθέναι). Those persons are added, in the dat., to whose advantage or disadvantage the example is given: τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ro 14:13 (πρόσκομμα 2b). σκοπὸν τοῖς νέοις θήσομεν 2 Cl 19:1.—Of stones ἐξώτεροι ἐτέθησαν they were placed on the outside Hs 9, 8, 3; 5b (cf. a and c); 7. ἐν ἰσχύι τέθεικεν τὴν σάρκα αὐτοῦ κύριος the Lord (God) has set his (Christ’s) flesh in strength B 6:3a; cf. b (Is 50:7). β. w. the acc., oft. supplied fr. the context, and a prepositional expr. closely related to the verb (Herodas 4, 34 τιθέναι εἰς τοὺς λίθους ζοήν [sic]) εἰς κρύπτην put someth. in a cellar Lk 11:33. εἰς μνημεῖον lay in a tomb Ac 13:29; cf. Rv 11:9. Of stones τιθ. εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put into the building Hv 3, 2, 7. Pass. Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 8; cf. 9, 5, 4. Opp. ἐκ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐτέθησαν they were put out of the building 9, 8, 1. ἔμπροσθέν τινος GP 4:12. ἔν τινι (Gen 50:26; Jos., Ant. 14, 124): ἐν μνημείῳ Mt 27:60; cf. Mk 6:29; 15:46 v.l.; Lk 23:53; Ac 7:16. Pass. J 19:41.-Mk 6:56; Ac 9:37. ἐνώπιόν τινος (1 Km 10:25) Lk 5:18. ἐπί τινος (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 16; Ezk 40:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 15)8:16b; J 19:19; Ac 5:15; Rv 10:2; GP 3:8; 6:21; 12:53. ἐπί τινι 8:32. ἐπί τι (Ps 20:4; 1 Km 6:8) Mk 4:21b; Lk 6:48 (θεμέλιον; s. α above); 2 Cor 3:13. Esp. τὰς χεῖρας ἐπί τι or ἐπί τινα (cf. Ps 138:5) Mk 8:25 v.l.; 10:16: τὴν δεξιάν Rv 1:17. θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mt 12:18 (=ἔδωκα Is 42:1; τ. τὸ πνεῦμα as Is 63:11). παρά τι (Plut., Mor. 176E; 3 Km 13:31) Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2. πρός τι 3:2; 4:37. ὑπό τι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; 1 Cor 15:25. ὑποκάτω τινός (Jer 45:12) Lk 8:16a.—Mt 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 12:36. b. special expressions—α. τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα (prob. a Latinism: genua ponere Ovid, Fasti 2, 438; Curt. 8, 7, 13; Bl-D. §5, 3b) bend the knee, kneel down Mk 15:19; Lk 22:41; Ac 7:60; 9:40; 20:36; 21:5; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2. β. place before someone, serve (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1) οἶνον J 2:10 (Bel 11 Theod. οἶνον θές).—γ. as a t.t. of commercial life put aside, store up, deposit (Demosth. 52, 3 ἀργύριον al.; Hyperid. 5, 4; Theocr., Epigr. 14, 2; Plut., Mor. 829B; pap.) opp. αἴρειν you withdraw what you did not deposit Lk 19:21; cf. vs. 22. ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω each one is to put aside at home 1 Cor 16:2. δ. in Joh. lit. take off, remove τὰ ἱμάτια (Hdt 1, 10, 1 τ. τὰ εἵματα; cf. Herodas 5, 62; Plut., Alc. 8, 2; Jos., Bell.

1, 390τ. τὸ διάδημα and s. ἱμάτιον 3) J 13:4. τὴν (ἑαυτοῦ) ψυχήν lay down or give (up) one’s life 10:11, 15 (δίδωμι P45 66 et al.), 17, 18a, b (EFascher, Z. Auslegg. v. J 10:17, 18: Deutsche Theol.’41, 37-66); 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16a, b (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 68 §289 δεξιάς; Sib. Or. 5, 157 τ. is simply=δίδωμι). ε. θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις w. inf. foll. make up (your) minds Lk 21:14 (s. II 1c below).-ἐν τίνι παραβολῇ θῶμεν (τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ); in what figure of speech can we present (the Kgdm. of God)? Mk 4:30. τ. ἐπί τινος foll. by the acc. and inf. ordain by means of someone that. . . B 13:6.—τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (μέρος 2) Mt 24:51; cf. Lk 12:46. ζ. of a law establish, give (τιθέναι νόμον since Soph., El. 580; the mid. τίθεσθαι νόμον since Hdt. 1, 29. Both 978

oft. in Pla.; likew. Diod. S. 5, 83, 5, where the act. as well as the mid. is used of the law). The act. also Ep. Arist. 15; Jos., Ant. 16, 1.The mid. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 55 §228; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 269; 2, 273) only in the pass. (as Pla., Leg. 4 p. 705D al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184) ὁ νόμος ἐτέθη Gal 3:19 D. 2. make—a. w. a double acc. of the obj. and of the pred. make someone or someth. of someone (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 3; Lucian, Dial. Marin. 14, 2; Aelian, V.H. 13, 6; Lev 26:31; Is 5:20; Wsd 10:21; Jos., Ant. 11, 39). α. someone ὃν ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων Hb 1:2. πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε Ro 4:17 (Gen 17:5). ἕως ἃν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet (Ps 109:1): Mt 22:44 t.r.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13. Pass. ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 Ti 2:7; 2 Ti 1:11. Cf. Hb 10:13 (on this expr. cf. Plut., Mor. 1097C [HAlmqvist, Pl. u. das NT ’46, 104]).—β. someth. (Mimnermus 1, 10 D.2 cause someth. to become someth. [adj.]: ‘God has made old age vexatious’) ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Cor 9:18. b. τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι make someone someth., destine or appoint someone to or for someth. (cf. Ael. Aristid.

53 p. 636 D.: τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας νόμους εὒς νόμους τ.) τέθεικά σε εὒς φῶς ἐθνῶν Ac 13:47 (Is 49:6). εὒς κόλασιν 1 Cl 11:1. Pass. 1 Pt 2:8. Also τιθ. τινὰ ἵνα appoint someone to. . . J 15:16.

II. middle, basically not different in mng. fr. the act. (Bl-D. §316, 1; cf. Rob. 804f).

1. put, place, lay—a. w. acc. arrange, fix, establish, set καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο times which the Father has fixed Ac 1:7. θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς as he established among us the word of reconciliation (=entrusted it to us; cf. Ps 104:27 ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς τ. λόγους) 2 Cor 5:19. ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη God has arranged the parts of the body 1 Cor 12:18. b. τίθεσθαί τινα ἐν τηρήσει Ac 5:18; ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ (Gen 41:10; 42:17) Mt 14:3 t.r.; Ac 5:25; εἰς φυλακήν (PPetr. II 5a, 3 [III BC]) 12:4; εἰς τήρησιν (w. the acc. easily supplied) 4:3. ἐν σωτηρίῳ place in safety, cause to share salvation (w. acc. to be supplied) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6). c. ἔθεντο ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν they kept in mind (the obj. acc. is supplied by the immediate context) Lk 1:66 (1 Km 21:13). The same expr.=come to think of someth., contrive someth. in one’s mind 21:14 t.r. (s. I 1bε above); Ac 5:4. Likew. ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21. θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους Lk 9:44.

2. make—a. w. acc. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 εὐχὰς τίθεσθαι=offer prayers) βουλήν reach a decision (βουλή 2) Ac 27:12. b. w. a double acc. make someone someth. (schol. on Pind., Ol. 1, 58b; 2 Macc 5:21. S. also Tyrtaeus [VII BC] 8, 5 D.2 of the man who is called upon to hate his own life [in battle]: ἀνὴρ ἐχθρὴν ψυχὴν θέμενος) Ac 20:28 (ChClaereboets, Biblica 24, ’43, 370-87); 1 Cor 12:28. c. τινὰ εἴς τι destine or appoint someone to or for someth. 1 Th 5:9; Dg 6:10. W. acc. easily supplied 1 Ti 1:12.—CMaurer, TW VIII, 152-70: τίθημι and related words. M-M. B. 832.** τίκτω fut. τέξομαι; 2 aor. ἔτεκον; 1 aor. pass. ἐτέχθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) bear, give birth (to).

1. lit., w. acc. υἱόν, etc. (Jos., Ant. 1, 257)Mt 1:21 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 8 Philip learns in a dream: ἡ γυνή σου τέξει σοι υἱόν, ὃς κυριεύσει τ. κόσμον πάντα; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 802 according to a saying of Themis, it is destined that Thetis will παῖδα τεκεῖν who will tower over everything), 23 (Is 7:14), 25; Lk 1:31; 2:7; Rv 12:4b, 5, 13. Abs. J 16:21; Gal 4:27; 2 Cl 2:1 (the last two Is 54:1); Rv 12:2, 4a; GEg Ib, c. ὁ χρόνος or αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν (acc. as subj.) Lk 1:57; 2:6. Pass. (Petosiris, fgm. 9l. 93 ἐκ τῆς ἄχλυος [mist] τίκτονται σκώληκες) Mt 2:2; Lk 2:11.

2. symbolically, of the earth (Aeschyl., Cho. 127; Eur., Cycl. 333; Philo, Op. M. 132 γῆς τῆς πάντα τικτούσης) bring forth βοτάνην Hb 6:7. Of desire συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει (on this combination cf. Gen 4:17, 25; 29:35) ἁμαρτίαν Js 1:15 (cf. Aeschyl., Ag. 764 φιλεῖ δὲ τίκτειν ὕβρις ὕβριν; Solon in Stob. III p. 114, 7 H. ἡδονὴ λύπην τ.; Pla., Symp. 212A ἀρετήν, Ep. 3 p. 315C ἡδονὴ ὕβριν τίκτουσα ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ. The symbolic use is a favorite w. Philo. Sib. Or. 3, 235 κακὰ τ.). M-M. B. 281.* τίλλω impf. ἔτιλλον (Hom.+; pap., LXX) pluck, pick τὶ someth. (Diod. S. 5, 21, 5 τοὺς παλαιοὺς στάχυς τίλλειν; τίλλ. χόρτον: PFlor. 321, 47; 322, 20.-Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 223, De Jos. 16) στάχυας heads of wheat Mt 12:1; Mk 2:23; Lk 6:1.-BCohen, The Rabb. Law Presupp. by Mt 12:1 and Lk 6:1: HTR 23, ’30, 91f; Murmelstein (s. on σπόριμος). M-M.* Τιμαι̂ος, ου, ὁ Timaeus Mk 10:46 (s. Βαρτιμαῖος). M-M.* τιμάω fut. τιμήσω; 1 aor. ἐτίμησα, mid. ἐτιμησάμην; perf. pass. τετίμημαι, ptc. τετιμημένος (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. set a price on, estimate, value (Thu. et al.; inscr.; PSI 382, 15 [I BC]; PFlor. 266, 6 al.) pass. τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου (sc. ἀγροῦ or ἀνθρώπου, the latter referring to Judas) the price for the field or for the man whose price was set (τιμή 1) Mt 27:9a. Mid. set a price on or estimate for oneself (Hdt.+; Wilcken, Chrest. 224a, 8; c, 8; 11 [III BC]; PHal. 1, 201; 205 al. in pap.; Lev 27:8; Jos., Ant. 5, 79)ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο the one (=field or man) on which they had set a price vs. 9b.

2. honor, revere τινά someone God (X., Mem. 4, 3, 13; Diod. S. 6, 1, 4; 8 τοὺς θεούς; Strabo 16, 2, 35; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 45; 58[75], 8; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 297 D.: πρὸ τῶν γονέων; Is 29:13; Ep. Arist. 234; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 153; 256) Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6; 1 Cl 15:2; 2 Cl 3:5; cf. 3:4.-J 5:23b, d; 8:49 (Jesus honors his Father) Christ J 5:23a, c.

On GP 3:9 cf. τιμή 2a. Parents (Ex 20:12) Mt 15:4; 19:19; Mk 7:10; 10:19; Lk 18:20; Eph 6:2. Cf. Mt 15:6.

Presbyters 1 Cl 21:6. The bishop ISm 9:1a. The teacher of the divine word D 4:1. Those who are really widows 1 Ti 5:3 (though the mng. of τιμή 2e may be influential here; cf. Sir 38:1). πάντας (JPWilson, ET 54, ’42/’43, 193f), τὸν 979

βασιλέα 1 Pt 2:17a, b. τ. πολλαῖς τιμαῖς (τιμή 2a) Ac 28:10; cf. GP 3:9. Abs. Dg 5:15.-Of God (Soph., fgm. 226 N. ὃν τιμᾷ θεός. Pass. 4 Macc 17:20) or Christ: (show) honor (to) or reward the Christians (so Isocr. 9, 42; X., An. 1, 9, 14; 5, 8, 25, Cyr. 3, 3, 6; Diod. S. 2, 3, 2 τιμᾶν δώροις; 2, 6, 9; 14, 42, 1; 16, 13, 1; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 2 τιμάω τινὰ χρυσῷ. Pass. Hdt. 7, 213; Lys. 12, 64; 19, 18; Diod. S. 15, 74, 1.—On the rewarding of pious persons by God: Ps.-Aristot., Mund. 6, 23 τιμᾶν; Simplicius In Epict. p. 79, 11 Düb. τιμᾶν κ. κολάζειν) J 12:26; 1 Cl 59:3; IPhld 11:2; pass. ISm 9, 1b.-The officials of a congregation are called οἱ τετιμημένοι ὑμῶν (partitive gen.) the honorable men among you D 15:2 (οἱ τετιμημένοι of persons in high standing: X., Cyr. 8, 3, 9). For ἡ αὐτοῖς τετιμημένη λειτουργία 1 Cl 44:6 cf. λειτουργία 2. M-M.* τιμή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr. Loanw. in rabb.).

1. price, value (Hdt. et al.; POxy. 1382, 18 [II AD]) συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν (s. συμψηφίζω) Ac 19:19.

Also concrete the price received in selling someth. 5:2. W. the gen. of that for which the price is paid (Is 55:1; Jos., Ant. 4, 284; Test. Zeb. 3:2) ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ χωρίου the price paid for the piece of ground vs. 3. ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ τετιμημένου (τιμάω 1) Mt 27:9. τιμὴ αἵματος the money paid for a bloody deed (αἷμα 2a), blood money vs. 6. Pl. (Diod. S. 5, 71, 3; 6=prize, price, reward) τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων Ac 4:34. τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν the prices that they received for themselves 1 Cl 55:2.-W. the gen. of price ὧ (by attr. of the rel. for ὅ) ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου which Abraham had bought for a sum of silver Ac 7:16. Abs. τιμῆς at or for a price, for cash (Hdt. 7, 119; PTebt. 5, 185; 194; 220 [118 BC]; BGU 1002, 13 δέδωκά σοι αὐτὰ τιμῆς.—Bl-D. §179, 1 app.; Rob. 510f; Dssm., LO 275f [LAE 323f]) ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς 1 Cor 6:20; 7:23 (ἀγοράζω 2).-οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι Col 2:23 may be a Latinism (cf. Ovid, Fasti 5, 316 nec in pretio fertilis hortus; Livy 39, 6, 9; Seneca, Ep. 75, 11. See Lohmeyer ad loc.) are of no value (RSV). See also s.v. πλησμονή.—GBornkamm, ThLZ 73 ’48, col. 18, 2 observes that τ. here has nothing to do with ‘honor’, as it does in the expr. ἐν τιμῇ εἶναι X., An. 2, 5, 38; Herodian 4, 2, 9; Arrian, Anab. 4, 21, 10; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 17.

2. honor, reverence—a. act., the showing of honor, reverence, or respect as an action (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 11; Diod.

S. 17, 76, 3; Herodian 4, 1, 5; 2 Macc 9:21) 1 Ti 6:1. ταύτῃ τῇ τιμῇ τιμήσωμεν τ. υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ GP 3:9. So perh. τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι Ro 12:10 (s. προηγέομαι). Pl. οἵ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς Ac 28:10 (cf.

Diod. S. 11, 38, 5 τιμαῖς ἐτίμησε τὸν Γέλωνα; Dit., Or. 51, 13 τοὺς τοιούτους τιμᾶν ταῖς πρεπούσαις τιμαῖς; Jos., Ant. 20, 68.—For the τιμαί that belong to the physician, cf. Sir 38:1; s. e below). Of the demonstrations of reverence that characterize pagan worship (Dit., Or. 56, 9 αἱ τιμαὶ τῶν θεῶν; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 11 ἡ θεῶν τιμή) Dg 2:8; Jewish worship 3:5a. b. pass. the respect that one enjoys, honor as a possession. The believers are promised τιμή 1 Pt 2:7 (it is given them w. Christ, the λίθος ἔντιμος vs. 6) but see 3 below; cf. IMg 15. τιμὴν ἔχειν be honored (Hdt. 1, 168) J 4:44; Hb 3:3. τιμήν τινι (ἀπο-)διδόναι Ro 13:7; 1 Cor 12:24; Rv 4:9 (w. δόξαν). τιμήν τινι ἀπονέμειν 1 Pt 3:7; 1 Cl 1:3; MPol 10:2. τιμήν τινι περιτιθέναι 1 Cor 12:23. λαβεῖν τιμήν (w. δόξαν) 2 Pt 1:17; (w. δόξαν and δύναμιν.

Cf. FPfister, Philol. 84, ’29, 1-9) Rv 4:11; 5:12 (w. δύναμις, as Plut., Mor. 421E: the divinity grants both of them if it is addressed by its various names). τ. τιμῆς μεταλαβεῖν Dg 3:5b. ἑαυτῷ τιμὴν περιποιεῖσθαι Hm 4, 4, 2 (w. δόξαν).—εἰς τιμήν for honor=to be honored σκεῦος, a vessel that is honored (or dishonored) by the use to which it is put Ro 9:21; 2 Ti 2:20f. εἰς τιμήν τινος for someone’s honor=that he might be honored (Cornutus 28 p. 55, 7 εἰς τιμὴν τῆς Δήμητρος; Dit., Or. 111, 26 εἰς τιμὴν Πτολεμαίου) IEph 2:1; 21:1, 2; IMg 3:2; ITr 12:2; ISm 11:2; IPol 5:2b; cf. a (εἰς τιμὴν τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ κυρίου). On εἰς λόγον τιμῆς IPhld 11:2 cf. λόγος 2c.—An outstanding feature of the use of τι., as already shown in several passages, is its combination w. δόξα (Dio Chrys. 4, 116; 27[44], 10; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 18 §68; Arrian, Ind. 11, 1; Jos., Ant. 12, 118; Plut., Mor. 486B): of earthly possessions τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν Rv 21:26 (τιμή concr.=an object of value: Ezk 22:25). Of the unique, God-given position of the ruler 1 Cl 61:1, 2 (in the latter pass. w. ἐξουσία). Mostly of heavenly possessions: Ro 2:7 (w. ἀφθαρσία), vs. 10 (w. εἰρήνη); 1 Pt 1:7 (w. ἔπαινος); 1 Cl 45:8. Christ is (acc. to Ps 8:6) crowned w. δόξα and τιμή Hb 2:7, 9. God is called (amid many other predicates) φῶς, τιμή, δόξα, ἰσχύς, ζωή Dg 9:6.—Hence esp. in the doxological formulas (God as the recipient of τ.: Eur., Bacch. 323 θεῷ τιμὴν διδόναι; Paus. 9, 13, 2; Ps 28:1 [w. δόξα]; 95[96]: 7 [w. δόξα]; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206) 1 Ti 1:17 (w. δόξα); 6:16 (w. κράτος αἰώνιον); w. δόξα and κράτος Jd 25 P72 et al.; Rv 5:13 (w. δόξα et al.); 7:12 (w. δόξα et al.); 1 Cl 64 (w. δόξα et al.); 65:2 (w. δόξα et al.); MPol 20:2; 21 (both w. δόξα et al.). c. as a state of being respectability (s. τίμιος 1c) 1 Th 4:4 (w. ἁγιασμός).—d. place of honor, (honorable) office (Hom.+[s. FBleek on Hb 5:4]; pap. In Joseph. of the high-priestly office: Ant. 12:42 Ἐλεαζάρῳ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ ταύτην λαβόντι τὴν τιμήν; 157 and oft.) οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν no one takes the office of his own accord Hb 5:4. e. honorarium, compensation (test. of Lycon [III BC] in Diog. L. 5, 72, a physician’s honorarium; Sir 38:1; s. 2a above), so perh. 1 Ti 5:17 (MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc. and see s.v. διπλοῦς.—Mng. 2b is also poss. In that case cf. Ael. Aristid. 32, 3 K.=12 p. 134 D.: διπλῇ τιμῇ τιμῆσαι.—JoachJeremias combines both mngs.).—MGreindl (s. δόξα, end).

3. perh. privilege 1 Pt 2:7 (FWDanker, ZNW 58, ’67, 96).—JohSchneider, TW VIII 170-82: τιμή, etc. M-M. B. 825; 1143.* τίμιος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) valuable, precious.

1. of things (Herodas 4, 5 of altars)—a. costly, precious λίθος Rv 17:4; 18:12a, 16; 21:19 (cf. Tob 13:17 S).

Superl. (Jos., Ant. 17, 225φίλον τιμιώτατον) λίθος τιμιώτατος 21:11. Pl. λίθοι τίμιοι 1 Cor 3:12 (s. λίθος 1c and cf. the lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος). ξύλον τιμιώτατον Rv 18:12b. τίμια ἀρώματα MPol 15:2. b. of great worth or value, precious of the blood of Jesus τίμιον αἷμα 1 Pt 1:19; τίμιον τῷ θεῷ precious to 980

God 1 Cl 7:4. τίμιος καρπὸς τῆς γῆς Js 5:7. τὰ τίμια καὶ μέγιστα ἐπαγγέλματα 2 Pt 1:4. Comp. τιμιώτερος w. gen. (Eur., Alc. 301; Menand., Mon. 482; 552): of the martyr’s bones τιμιώτερα λίθων πολυτελῶν (Pr 3:15) MPol 18:1. Of the δοκίμιον τῆς πίστεως: πολὺ τιμιώτερον χρυσίου 1 Pt 1:7 t.r. (on τιμιώτερον χρυς. cf. Diog. L. 8, 42; Ep. Arist. 82; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 83, Det. Pot. Ins. 20; Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 81). c. held in honor, respected (τιμή 2c) τίμιος ὁ γάμος Hb 13:4.—d. For οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ Ac 20:24 cf. λόγος 1 aα, end.

2. of pers. held in honor or high regard, respected (oft. in the salutations of pap.-letters) τινί by someone (Jos., Bell. 5, 527τῷ δήμῳ τίμιος, Ant. 1, 273) Ac 5:34; 17:34 E. M-M. * τιμιότης, ητος, ἡ (Aristot.+; in pap. as an honorary title) costliness abstract for concrete abundance of costly things Rv 18:19. M-M.* Τιμόθεος, ου, ὁ (freq. found Aristoph., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 329-44) voc. Τιμόθεε 1 Ti 1:18; 6:20. Timothy, a friend, traveling companion and co-worker of Paul. Ac 16:1ff tells us that he lived in Lycaonia, prob. in Lystra, and was born of a pagan father and a Jewish-Christian mother (named Eunice acc. to 2 Ti 1:5). Paul had him circumcised before taking him on the great journey (2 Cor 1:19; Ac 17:14f; 18:5), and used him permanently as an assistant (συνεργός Ro 16:21). He is named as the ‘co-writer’ of six letters (2 Cor 1:1; Phil 1:1; Col 1:1; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:1; Phlm 1). He was active in Thessalonica (1 Th 3:2, 6; cf. the subscr. to 2 Th), Corinth (1 Cor 4:17; 16:10), and then again in Macedonia (Ac 19:22) as a messenger of the great apostle. He also accompanied him on his last journey to Jerusalem (Ac 20:4). Later he shared Paul’s imprisonment (cf. Phil 2:19 and also the introductions of the imprisonment epistles except Eph). In 1 and 2 Ti he is mentioned in the salutations (1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2) and also 1 Ti 1:18; 6:20 (s. above, beg.); 2 Ti subscr. Finally he appears once more in the NT, Hb 13:23. He is mentioned nowhere else in our lit.-AJülicher, RE XIX ’07, 781-8; FXPölzl, Die Mitarbeiter des Weltap. Pls ’11, 136ff; EBRedlich, St. Paul and his Companions ’13; WHadorn (s.v. ὑπηρέτης); JPAlexander, The Character of Tim.: ET 25, ’14, 277-85 (against him GFindlay, ibid. 426); EFascher, Pauly-W. VI A ’37, 1342-54. On the composition and language of the Pastorals s. PNHarrison, The Problem of the Pastoral Epistles ’21; BSEaston, The Pastoral Epistles ’47; comprehensive commentary by CSpicq ’47; MDibelius and HConzelmann, The Pastoral Epistles (transl. PButtolph and AYarbro)’72. M-M.* Τίμων, ωνος, ὁ (freq. in lit., inscr., pap.) Timon, one of the seven ‘deacons’ in Jerusalem Ac 6:5. M-M.* τιμωρέω 1 aor. pass. ἐτιμωρήθην (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) punish τινά someone, have someone punished (Soph., Oed. Rex 107; Lysias 13, 41; 42; Jos., Ant. 2, 107; 7, 93; Test. Jos. 14:1. But the mid. is much more widely used in this sense [it is the usual thing in Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 195; 17, 211]) Ac 26:11. τιμωρεῖν τινα δειναῖς τιμωρίαις punish someone with terrible punishments Hs 6, 3, 3. Pass. (X., An. 2, 5, 27; Pla., Gorg. 81 p. 525B; 2 Macc 7:7; En. 22, 13) Ac 22:5; Hs 6, 3, 4; 6, 5, 3f; 6. M-M.* τιμωρητής, οῦ, ὁ (2 Macc 4:16; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 109; Maspéro 5, 16) avenger, punisher of the punishing angel ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ τιμωρητής Hs 7:1. ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ τιμ. 7:6 (cf. ὁ τιμωρὸς δαίμων Herm. Wr. 1, 23; Jo. Lydus, Mens. 90, 24 Wünsch). * τιμωρία, ας, ἡ punishment (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bel. 4, 365, Vi. 132; 335) in our lit. inflicted by God (Theopompus [IV BC]: 115 fgm. 253 Jac. παρὰ θεῶν τιμ.; Eth. Epic. col. 12, 7 τιμ. ἐκ θεῶν; Diod.

S. 13, 21, 1 τιμ. παρὰ θεῶν; 16, 64, 1; Aesop, Fab. 1 P.=5 H. ἐκ θεοῦ τιμ. Cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 155τιμωρίαι ἀδιάλειπτοι) B 20:1; Hs 6, 3, 2b; 6, 4, 4; 6, 5, 3a, b. πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας; how much more severe a punishment, do you think, will be decreed for. . . ? Hb 10:29 (Diod. S. 4, 12, 7 ἕκαστος τιμωρίας ἠξιώθη=each one had punishment inflicted on him; 16, 31, 2; 16, 46, 3). Pl. (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 335A μεγίστας τ. [of God]; Diod. S. 1, 96, 5 τὰς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐν ᾅδου τιμωρίας; Plut., Mor. 566E [in the underworld]; LXX; Ep. Arist.

208; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 292; Test. Jos. 3:1) Hs 6, 3, 3; 4a, b; 6, 5, 7; Papias 3. τιμωρίαν ὑπέχειν undergo punishment (schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1565 p. 460 Papag.) MPol 6:2. ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς τιμωρίας the punishing angel (cf. τιμωρητής) Hs 6, 3, 2a; 7:2. M-M.* τίνω (Hom.+; PHamb. 22, 5) fut. τίσω (better τείσω: Kühner-Bl. II 552; Mayser 91, 2; Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 261) pay, undergo δίκην a penalty, be punished (since Soph., Aj. 113; cf. δίκη 1; Pr 27:12 ζημίαν τείσουσιν) 2 Th 1:9; Hm 2:5; s 9, 19, 3. M-M.* τίς, τί gen. τίνος, dat. τίνι, acc. τίνα, τί (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or.) interrogative pron. in direct, indirect and rhetorical questions (W-S. §25, 1ff; Bl-D. §298f, al.; Rob. 735-40 al.) who? which (one) ? what?

1. subst.—a. τίς;—α. who? which one? τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν; Mt 3:7; Lk 3:7. τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; Mt 26:68. τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; whose son is he? 22:42b. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 16:13. Cf. Mk 11:28; 12:16; 16:3; Lk 9:9, 18; J 18:4, 7 (cf. Jos., Ant. 9, 56).—Esp. in questions to which the answer ‘nobody’ is expected Ac 8:33 (Is 53:8); Ro 7:24; 8:33-5; 9:19b; 10:16 (Is 53:1); 11:34a, b (Is 40:13a, b); 1 Cor 9:7a, b, c; 2 Cor 11:29a, b. Likew. τίς. . . εἰ μή; who. . . except (for) , but? Mk 2:7; Lk 5:21b; 1J 2:22; 5:5. Pl. ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; Ac 19:15. Cf. 2 Ti 3:14; Hb 3:16-18; Rv 7:13.—Foll. by the partitive gen. τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν; Lk 10:36. τίνος 981

ὑμῶν υἱός; 14:5. τίνι τῶν ἀγγέλων Hb 1:5. τίνα τῶν προφητῶν; Ac 7:52. Cf. Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Hb 1:13 al.

For the part. gen. τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν; etc. Mt 6:27; Lk 11:5; 14:28.-Mt 21:31. τίνα ἀπὸ τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21. β. who? in the sense what sort of (a) person? (=ποῖος; cf. Ex 3:11; Jdth 12:14; Jos., Ant. 6, 298)τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας; Lk 5:21a. Cf. 19:3; J 8:53; Ac 11:17 (cf.4 Km 8:13); Ro 14:4; 1 Cor 3:5a, b t.r.; Js 4:12. σὺ τίς εἶ; (just) who are you? what sort of man are you? (Menand., Epitr. 174; Epict. 3, 1, 22; 23; Herm. Wr. 1, 2; Job 35:2) J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12. γ. which of two? (=πότερος) Mt 27:17; Lk 22:27; J 9:2.—δ. as a substitute for the rel. pron. (Callimachus 28[=30], 2; Ptolemaeus Euergetes in Athen. 10 p. 438E τίνι ἡ τύχη δίδωσι, λαβέτω. Cf. BGU 665 III, 13 [I AD]; 822, 4 [III AD] εὗρον γεοργόν, τίς αὐτὰ ἑλκύσῃ; Gen 38:25; Lev 21:17; Dt 29:17; s. 1bζ below and cf. Kühner-G. II 517f; OImmisch, Leipz. Studien z. klass. Philol. 10, 1887, 309ff; KBuresch, RhM n.s. 46, 1891, 231ff; Mlt. 21 n. 1; 93f; Rob. 737f; Dssm., LO 266, 5 [CIG 9552-LAE 313, 6]; Mayser II 1, ’26, 80) τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ Ac 13:25 t.r. So also Js 3:13, in case it is to be punctuated τίς σοφὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, δειξάτω. b. τί;—α. what? τί σοι δοκεῖ; Mt 17:25a; cf. 18:12; 21:28. τί ποιήσει; vs. 40. Cf. Mk 9:33; 10:3, 17; Lk 10:26; J 1:22b; 18:38; Ac 8:36; Ro 10:8; 1 Cor 4:7b al. τίνι; to what (thing) ? Lk 13:18a, b; 20.-W. prepositions: διὰ τί; why? for what reason? cf. διά B II 2. εἰς τί; why? for what purpose? cf. εἰς 4f. ἐν τίνι; with what? through whom? Mt 5:13; 12:27; Mk 9:50; Lk 11:19; 14:34; Ac 4:9. πρὸς τί; why? (X., Cyr. 6, 3, 20; 8, 4, 21) J 13:28. χάριν τίνος; why? lit. ‘because of what thing?’ 1J 3:12. β. what sort of (a) thing? (=ποῖον) τί ἐστιν τοῦτο; what sort of thing is this? (Ps.-Lucian, Alcyon c. 1 τίς ἡ φωνή; Ex 16:15) Mk 1:27. τί τὸ πλοῦτος what sort of wealth Col 1:27; cf. Eph 1:19; 3:18. γ. which of two? (=πότερον. Pla., Phileb. 52D) Mt 9:5; 23:19; Mk 2:9; Lk 5:23; 1 Cor 4:21; Phil 1:22. δ. τί as pred. can go w. a subject that is in the pl. (Pla., Theaet. 155C τί ἐστι ταῦτα; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 11, 1; Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118B; Laud. Therap. 18 τί μοι ταῦτα; cf. Jos., Vi. 296 τί γεγόνασιν;) or that is not neut. gender (Bl-D. §299, 1; 2; Rob. 736. Cf. X., Hell. 2, 3, 17 τί ἔσοιτο ἡ πολιτεία; Mem. 4, 2, 21): τί ἐστι ἄνθρωπος; (Epict.

2, 5, 26; 2, 9, 2) Hb 2:6 (Ps 8:5). ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους; J 6:9. ἐπυνθάνετο τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26. τί ἐσόμεθα 1J 3:2. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter Ac 12:18. οὗτος δὲ τί (ἔσται). . . what about this man? J 21:21. This pass. forms a transition to ε. Elliptical expressions: τί οὐν; (X., Mem. 4, 2, 17; Teles p. 25, 13; Diod. S. 13, 26, 1; Ael. Aristid. 28, 17 K.=49 p. 496 D.; schol. on Pind., Ol. 12, 20c; Jos., Bell. 2, 364.—1 Cor 14:15, 26 the expr. is given more fully τί οὖν ἐστιν; Ro 6:1; 7:7; 9:14, 30 τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; 1 Cor 10:19 τί οὖν φημι;) J 1:21; Ro 3:9; 6:15 (Seneca, Ep. 47, 15 also introduces an absurd inference w. ‘quid ergo’); 11:7.—τί γάρ; what, then, is the situation? (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 1 p.

392B; Diod. S. 34+35 fgm. 2, 38; Dio Chrys. 71[21], 16; Lucian, Tyrannic. 13) Ro 3:3; what does it matter? Phil 1:18. Also τί γάρ μοι; w. inf. foll. is it any business of mine? (Epict. 2, 17, 14; 3, 22, 66; Maximus Tyr. 2, 10c) 1 Cor 5:12.-On τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς (πρός σε), cf. πρός III 5c. On τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, s. ἐγώ, end; also Gdspd., Probs. 98-101; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 512f; JLLilly, CBQ 8, ’46, 52-7. τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί; has the same mng.: Mt 8:29; Mk 1:24a; Lk 4:34a (cf. Epict. 2, 19, 16; 2, 20, 11).-τί ὅτι;=τί γέγονεν ὅτι; (cf. J 14:22) what has happened that?, why? (LXX) Mk 2:16 t.r.; Lk 2:49; Ac 5:4, 9; Hs 9, 5, 2.—On ἵνα τί s. the entry ἱνατί. ζ. τί as a substitute for the relative (Dit., Syll.3 543, 12; 705, 56; 736, 50; s. 1 aδ above) οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ Mk 14:36. Cf. 4:24; Lk 17:8; Ac 13:25. Pl. 1 Ti 1:7.-οὐκ ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2 (cf. vs. 1) is prob. to be understood as an indirect question=‘they do not know what they are to eat’ (W-S. §24, 17b). c. Two interrog. pronouns stand together without a conjunction (distributive; cf. Kühner-G. II 521f; Bl-D. §298, 5 w. app.; Rob. 737) τίς τί ἄρῃ what each one should receive Mk 15:24. τίς τί διεπραγματεύσατο Lk 19:15. Cf. Hv 3, 8, 6; m 6, 1, 1 (s. also Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 598 D.: τί τίς ἄν λέγοι; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 33).

2. adj. τίνα what (sort of) μισθὸν ἔχετε; Mt 5:46. τίς βασιλεύς; Lk 14:31. Cf. 15:4, 8; J 2:18; 18:29; Ac 10:29; 1 Cor l5:2; 2 Cor 6:14-16 (five times); 1 Th 4:2 What sort of Ac 7:49 (=ποῖος Is 66:1; cf. Ac 7:49 D). τί περισσόν; etc.: Mt 5:47; 19:16; 27:23; 1 Pt 1:11.

3. adv.—α. τί; why? (class., LXX) τί μεριμνᾶτε; why do you worry? Mt 6:28. Cf. 7:3; 19:17; Mk 2:7a, 8; 4:40; 11:3; Lk 2:48; 6:46; 19:33; 24:38a; J 7:19; 18:23; Ac 1:11; 14:15; 26:8; 1 Cor 4:7c; 10:30; Col 2:20. τί οὖν ὁ νόμος; why, then does the law exist? Gal 3:19. τί καί; why, indeed? for what possible reason? 1 Cor 15:29b, 30. ; W-S. §21, 4; Bl-D. §299, 4; Rob. 739; 1176; LXX [Ps 3:2; b. τί in an exclamation how! (transl. of Hebr. ‫ה‬ SSol 1:10; 7:7; 2 Km 6:20]; Basilius, Hexaëm. p. 8B Migne τί καλὴ ἡ τάξις [cf. JTrunk, De Basilio Magno sermonis Attici imitatore: Wissensch. Beilage z. Jahresber. d. Gymn. Ehingen a. D.’11, 36]) τί στενή Mt 7:14 v.l.; τί θέλω Lk 12:49 (s. θέλω 1, end, and Black, Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 121-4). M-M. τὶς, τὶ, gen. τινός, dat. τινί, acc. τινά, τὶ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) enclitic, indefinite pronoun (W-S. §26, 1-4; Bl-D. §301 al.; Rob. 741-4) anyone, anything; someone, something; many a one or thing.

1. subst.—a. τὶς, τινές—α. someone, anyone, somebody Mt 12:29, 47; Mk 8:4; 9:30; 11:16; Lk 8:46; 9:57; 13:6, 23; J 2:25; 6:46; Ac 5:25; 17:25; Ro 5:7a, b; 1 Cor 15:35; 2 Cor 11:20 (five times); Hb 3:4; Js 2:18; 2 Pt 2:19 al.

Pl. τινές some, a number of (people-supplied as in Appian, Hann. 47 §203 λαβών τινας=he received some, i.e., people) Lk 13:1; Ac l5:1; Gal 2:12; 2 Th 3:11; anyone 2 Pt 3:9b.—In contrast to a majority made evident by the context some of those present (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 26 §119 ἔφερόν τινες) Mk 14:65; J 13:29a; of all (under consideration) 1 Cor 8:7; 9:22.—W. the partitive gen. (Diod. S. 2, 24, 4; Plut., Mor. 189A τῶν ἐχθρῶν τις; Epict. 2, 14, 1 τὶς τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν) τὶς τῶν Φαρισαίων (some) one of the Pharisees, a Pharisee Lk 7:36. Cf. 11:45; Ac 5:15. τὶς ὑμῶν 1 Cor 6:1. Pl. τινές τῶν γραμματέων some (of the) scribes Mt 9:3. Cf. 12:38; 28:11; Mk 7:1f; 12:13; Lk 6:2; Ac 10:23; 12:1; 17:18a, 28; 1 Cor 10:7-10 al.—Also τὶς ἐκ (Plut., Galba 27, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 84 §343 τὶς ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς) τὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν Js 2:16; Hb 3:13. Pl. τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Bell. 1, 311)Lk 11:15. Cf. J 982

6:64; 7:25, 44; 9:16; 11:37, 46; Ac 15:24.—τὶς ἐν ὑμῖν any one among you, any of you Js 5:13a, 14, 19. ἐν ὑμῖν τινες 1 Cor 15:12.—ταῦτά τινες ἦτε some of you were that sort of people 6:11 (οὗτος 1bζ). τινές described by a rel. clause (Dionysius Com. [IV BC] 11 εἰσίν τινες νῦν, οὓς. . . ) Mk 9:1. β. τίς a certain man, etc., of a definite pers. Lk 9:49; 2 Cor 2:5; 10:7; 11:21 (of an opponent as UPZ 146, 2 [II BC]; Sallust. 12 p. 24, 20; 24.—Artem. 4, 22 p. 214, 20ff τὶς. . . οὗ ἐγὼ καίπερ εὖ εἰδὼς τὸ ὄνομα οὐκ ἐπιμνησθήσομαι). Pl. τινές certain people, etc. (Crates, Ep. 32; Demosth. 25, 40, Ep. 3, 8; Diod. S. 15, 18, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 112 §470 ‘certain’ people who had conspired to cause trouble; Iambl., Myst. 1, 13 p. 43, 2 P.; Sallust. 4 p. 4, 28) Ro 3:8; 1 Cor 4:18; 15:34; 2 Cor 3:1; 1 Ti 1:3, 19 al.; 2 Pt 3:9a. W. the name added ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν, Λάζαρος there was a man who was ill, named L. J 11:1 (begins like a story that originally circulated independently. Cf. Alcman 84 Diehl2 ἦσκέ [=ἦν] τις Καφεὺς ἀνάσσων=there was once someone, named Capheus, who ruled). The name is also added in Ac 18:7. W. a subst. ptc. τινές εὒσι οἱ ταράσσοντες Gal 1:7 (cf. Lysias 19, 57 εὒσί τινες οἱ προαναλίσκοντες). γ. For εἷς τις cf. εἷς 3c. For εἴ τις cf. εἰ VII. ἐάν τις Mt 21:3a; 24:23; Mk 11:3; Lk 16:30; J 6:51 al.; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); 1 Cor 8:10; 10:28; Col 3:13a; 1 Ti 1:8; 2 Ti 2:5; Js 2:14; 1J 2:1, 15; 4:20; Rv 3:20; 22:18f. ἐὰν μή τις if someone. . . not J 3:3, 5; 15:6; if no one Ac 8:31. τὶς w. a neg. no one, nobody οὐ. . . τὶς J 10:28. οὐδὲ. . . τὶς Mt 11:27; 12:19. οὔτε. . . τὶς Ac 28:21. οὐ. . . ὑπό τινος 1 Cor 6:12. μή τις that no one Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Ac 27:42; 1 Cor 1:15; 16:11; 2 Cor 8:20; 11:16a; Eph 2:9; 1 Th 5:15; Hb 4:11 al. πρὸς τὸ μή τινα 1 Th 2:9. ὥστε μὴ. . . τινά Mt 8:28. δ. The ptc. that belongs directly w. the indef. pron. is added w. the art. πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας to some who put their trust Lk 18:9. Cf. 2 Cor 10:2; Gal 1:7; Col 2:8. But it also stands without the art. . . τινῶν λεγόντων Lk 21:5. Cf. 1 Ti 6:10, 21; Hb 10:28. ε. corresponding τὶς. . . ἕτερος δέ someone. . . and another 1 Cor 3:4. τινὲς (μὲν). . . τινὲς (δέ) Lk 9:7f; Phil 1:15 (τινὲς μὲν—τινὲς δέ as Diod. S. 12, 41, 6). ζ. τὶς a person of importance εἶναι τις to be a person of importance (Eur., El. 939; Theocr. 11, 79; Herodas 6, 54; Epict. 3, 14, 2, Ench. 13; Lucian, Lexiph. 22, Adv. Indoct. 1; PGM 13, 288 ἐγώ εἰμί τις) λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν Ac 5:36; IEph 3:1 (so also τὶ; s. 1bε below; antonym s.v. οὐδείς 2bβ). η. each one καθὼς ἄξιός ἐστί τις κατοικεῖν as each one deserves to dwell Hs 8, 2, 5a. Cf. 8, 4, 2. Bl-D. §301, 2. b. τὶ, τινά—α. something, anything ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ Mt 5:23. Cf. 20:20; Mk 8:23; 9:22; 13:15; Lk 7:40; 11:54; J 13:29a; 1 Cor 10:31 a1.—W. partitive gen. (Diod. S. 20, 39, 3 τινὰ τῶν ἀφηρπασμένων=some of what had been seized [by the enemy]) τὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Ac 4:32. Cf. Ro 15:18; Eph 5:27. β. in negative statements nothing οὔτε. . . τὶ Ac 25:8. οὐδὲ. . . τὶ 1 Ti 6:7.—γ. τινὰ μὲν. . . τινὰ δέ some. . . others (w. ref. to πρόβατα and hence neut.) Hs 6, 2, 2.—δ. On εἴ τι cf. εἰ VII. ε. εἶναί τι be or amount to someth. Gal 2:6; 1 Cor 3:7. εἰ δοκεῖ τις εἶναί τι μηδὲν ὤν Gal 6:3 (s. 1aζ above and cf. W-S. §26, 3).

2. adj.—a. some, any, a certain, though oft. omitted in transl. into Engl.; used with—α. a subst. τὶς: ἱερεύς τις Lk 1:5; 10:31. ἀνήρ (a narrative begins in this way Syntipas p. 16, 4; 30, 3; 46, 16; 57, 1) Ac 3:2; 8:9a; 14:8. ἄνθρωπος Mt 18:12. κώμη Lk 17:12. Cf. 7:2, 41; 18:2; J 4:46; Ac 27:8; Hb 4:7.—τὶ: ὕδωρ Ac 8:36. σκεῦος 10:11. β. a proper name (X., Hell. 5, 4, 3; Jos., Ant. 12, 160)Σίμωνά τινα a certain Simon Lk 23:26; Ac 10:5f; Mk 15:21. Cf. Ac 21:16; 22:12; 25:19b. γ. an adj. or adjectival pron. μέγας Ac 8:9b. ἕτερός τις vs. 34. τὶς ἄλλος 1 Cor 1:16; Phil 3:4. τινὲς ἄλλοι (Diod. S. 5, 81, 4 ἄλλοι τινὲς [τ. ποιητῶν]; Jos., Ant. 8, 248)Ac 15:2. τὶ ἀγαθόν Ro 9:11. ἀσφαλές τι Ac 25:26.

Cf. Hb 11:40.—In neg. statements no Lk 11:36; Js 5:12. b. serving to moderate or heighten—α. to moderate an expr. that is too definite (Diod. S. 1, 1, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 15 §65 οἷά τινες δορυφόροι=as a kind of bodyguard) ἀπαρχήν τινα a kind of first-fruits Js 1:18 (Appian, Bell.

Civ. 3, 39 §162 τὶς μετάνοια=something like remorse; 3, 77 §314 συγγνώμη τις=some kind of pardon).—So perh. δύο τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν several disciples, perhaps two Lk 7:18 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 59 §245 δύο τινάς=a few [ships], about two; Jos., Ant. 16, 274).But the expr. in Ac 23:23 τινὰς δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν certainly means two, who simply cannot be more closely defined (cf. W-S. §26, 1b; Rob. 742; Mlt.-Turner 195). β. w. adjectives of quality and quantity to heighten the rhetorical emphasis φοβερά τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως Hb 10:27. βραχύ τι (only) a little 2:7, 9 (Ps 8:6). c. of an indefinite quantity that is nevertheless not without importance some, considerable χρόνον τινά (Diod. S. 13, 75, 6 μετὰ τινα χρόνον; Jos., Ant. 8, 398)Ac 18:23; 1 Cor 16:7. Cf. Ro 1:11, 13. μέρος τι 1 Cor 11:18. d. τινές several (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 49 §202 ἱππεῖς τινες) ἡμέρας τινάς Ac 9:19; 10:48; 15:36. γυναῖκές τινες Lk 8:2. Cf. Ac 15:2; 17:5f al.—On its position in the sentence cf. W-S. §26, 4; Bl-D. §473, 1; Rob. 743. M-M. Τίτιος, ου, ὁ (CIL III 3053; 6010, 223; XII 4141; Jos., Ant. 16, 270)Titius, a σεβόμενος τὸν θεόν (σέβω 2a) in Corinth, whose surname was Justus Ac 18:7 (v.l. Τίτος; the t.r. omits this half of the name entirely and has simply Ἰούστου).—EJGoodspeed, JBL 69, ’50, 382f identifies Titius Justus w. Gaius (Γάϊος 3).* τίτλος, ου, ὁ (Lat. loanw.=titulus: inscr. [Hahn 231, 10, w. lit.; Hatch 143f]; later pap.; Jer 21:4 in Aq., Sym., Theod.) inscription, notice on the cross, which gave the reason for condemnation J 19:19f (on this custom cf. Sueton., Calig. 32, Domit. 10; Cass. Dio 54, 8; also the letter of the churches at Lyons and Vienne: Euseb., H.E. 5, 1, 44).

P-FRegard, Le titre de la Croix d’après les Év.: Rev. Archéol. 5. sér. 28, ’28, 95-105. M-M.* 983

Τίτος, ου, ὁ (Polyb.; Diod. S. 11, 51, 1; 15, 23, 1; 16, 40, 1 et al.; inscr., pap.; Jos., Ant. 14, 229f) Titus.

1. friend and helper of Paul, mentioned in our lit. only in Paul’s letters. As a Gentile Christian he accompanied Paul to the council at Jerusalem; Paul did not have him circumcised, though the Judaizers demanded that he do so Gal 2:1, 3.

Later he effected a reconciliation betw. Paul and the Corinthian church when the latter seemed lost to the apostle, and he arranged for the collection. Cf. 2 Cor 2:13; 7:6, 13f; 8:6, 16, 23; 12:18; subscr.—2 Ti 4:10 mentions a journey of Titus to Dalmatia. Acc. to Tit 1:4 the apostle left him, his γνήσιον τέκνον, behind in Crete to organize the churches there (cf. vs. 5); title and subscr.—AJülicher, RE XIX ’07, 798-800; CKBarrett, MBlack Festschr., ’69, 1-18. Lit. s.v. Τιμόθεος (Pölzl 103ff) and Ἰωάν(ν)ης 6.—2. surnamed Justus Ac 18:7 v.l.; s. Τίτιος. M-M.* τιτρώσκω pf. pass. ptc. τετρωμένος (Hom.+; inscr., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 128)wound, injure, damage fig. of damage to the inner life τετρωμένος κατὰ διάνοιαν wounded in mind (διάνοια 1) GP 7:26 (cf. 2 Macc 3:16 τιτρώσκεσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν; Diod. S. 17, 112 τετρωμένος τὴν ψυχήν; Herodian 1, 8, 7; Philo).* τοί (Hom.+; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 374; 16, 319) enclitic particle emphasizing the reliability of a statement let me tell you, surely, in our lit. only in the transition formula πέρας γέ τοι and furthermore, besides (πέρας 3) B 5:8; 10:2; 12:6; 15:6, 8; 16:3.—μέν τοι s. μέντοι.* τοιγαροῦν (Soph., Hdt.+; PTebt. 315, 14 [II AD]; PGiess. 3, 7; Sb 6222, 12; LXX; En. 102, 9; Philo, Virt. 202; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 178) a particle introducing an inference for that very reason, then, therefore 1 Th 4:8; 1 Cl 57:4, 6 (Pr 1:26, 31). In an exhortation (Achilles Tat. 7, 11, 3; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 201) Hb 12:1 (here P46 has τοίγαρ). M-M.* τοίνυν (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.) inferential particle hence, so, indeed, as the second word in its clause (class.; POxy. 902, 10; 1252 verso, 18; Wsd 1:11; Job 8:13; 36:14; En. 101, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 67; 14, 32) 1 Cor 9:26; Js 2:24 t.r.; Dg 3:2. Beginning its clause (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 429; IG IV 620, 13; POxy. 940, 3; Is 3:10; 5:13; 27:4; 33:23) Lk 20:25 (w. imper.); Hb 13:13 (w. hortatory subj.); 1 Cl 15:1 (w. hortatory subj.) M-M.* τοιόσδε, άδε, όνδε (Hom., Hdt.+; 2 Macc 11:27; 15:12; Jos., Ant. 17, 142; 209) such as this, of this kind, referring to what follows and in the sense ‘so unique’ 2 Pt 1:17. M-M. and suppl.* τοιοῦτος, αύτη, οῦτον (this form of the neut. is predom. in Attic wr.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 12; 2, 222; Mt 18:5 v.l.; Ac 21:25 D) and οῦτο (Zen.-P. Cairo 379, 8; 482, 13 [III BC]; POsl. 17, 9 [136 AD]; Mt 18:5; 1 Cl 43:1; Dg 5:3) correlative adj. of such a kind, such as this (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. correlative οἷος. . . τοιοῦτος (X., Mem. 2, 6, 12; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 4; Sir 49:14) 1 Cor 15:48a, b; 2 Cor 10:11b. τοιούτους ὁποῖος (Jos., Ant. 7, 385)Ac 26:29.

2. adj.—a. used w. a noun—α. w. the art., mostly attributive ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων one child like this (as indicated in vs. 36) Mk 9:37. τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον such a man 2 Cor 12:3 (cf. vs. 2). τῆς τοιαύτης διακονίας IPhld 10:2 (cf. vs. 1). οἱ τοιοῦτοι δίκαιοι 2 Cl 6:9 (cf. vs. 8). Pred. αἱ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται such are the miracles Mk 6:2. ἡ γνῶσις τοιαύτη the knowledge is of this kind (as is described in what follows) B 19:1. β. without the article ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην such power Mt 9:8.—18:5; Mk 4:33; J 9:16; Ac 16:24; 1 Cor 11:16; 2 Cor 3:4, 12; Hb 7:26; 13:16; Js 4:16. γ. τοι. can have its mng. made clear by a rel. clause τοιαύτη πορνεία ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (sc. ἀκούεται) 1 Cor 5:1. τοιοῦτος ἀρχιερεύς, ὅς Hb 8:1 (Dio Chrys. 15[32], 7 χορὸς τοιοῦτος. . . , ὅς). ἄνθρωποι τοιοῦτοι οἵτινες B 10:3-5. b. τοιοῦτος ὤν since I am the sort of person (who presumes to give you orders) Phlm 9 (foll. by ὡς=in my character as; Andoc., Alcibiades 16). ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν the Father seeks such people to worship him J 4:23 (double acc. as Vett. Val. 315, 20 τινὰς τοὺς τοιούτους; Jos., Ant. 12, 281).The pleonastic use of τοι. after a relative is due to Semitic infl. (Ex 9:18, 24; 11:6) θλῖψις οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη tribulation such as has never been seen Mk 13:19.

3. subst.—a. quite predom. w. the art. (Bl-D. §274; Rob. 771)—α. of persons ὁ τοιοῦτος such a person; either in such a way that a definite individual with his special characteristics is thought of, or that any bearer of certain definite qualities is meant Ac 22:22; 1 Cor 5:5; 2 Cor 2:6f; 10:11a; 12:2, 5; Gal 6:1; Tit 3:11. Pl. οἱ τοιοῦτοι (Aeschyl., Thu.+; Test. Ash.2:9; 4:5) Mt 19:14; Mk 10:14; Lk 18:16; Ro 16:18; 1 Cor 7:28; 16:16 al. β. of things τὰ τοιαῦτα such or similar things, things like that (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 2 a catalogue of vices concluding καὶ. . . τἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα ὡ σαύτως. Sim., Ael. Aristid. 37, 27 K.=2 p. 27 D.; Plut., Mor. 447A) Ac 19:25; Ro 1:32; 2:2f; Gal 5:21; Eph 5:27. ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις in such cases, under such circumstances (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 17) 1 Cor 7:15. b. without the art. τοιαῦτα such things (Socrat., Ep. 14, 6; Test. Napht. 9:1) Lk 9:9; 13:2 P75 et al.; Hb 11:14.

M-M. τοι̂χος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 14, 10; Ep. Arist. 90; Jos., Ant. 1, 78al.; Sib. Or. 1, 223) wall, as a term of invective τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε whitewashed wall Ac 23:3 (since RSmend, Ezech. 1880, Ezk 13:10 is usu. compared here). M-M.* τοκετός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristot. et al.; BGU 665 II, 10 [I AD]; Sb 5873, 4; LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 213)childbearing, giving birth IEph 19:1. Symbolically of the tortures of martyrdom ὁ τοκετός μοι ἐπίκειται the pains of birth are upon me IRo 6:1.* 984

τόκος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+ in the sense ‘offfspring’ etc.) interest on money loaned (Pind., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 208) Mt 25:27; Lk 19:23. τόκοι τόκων compound interest (Aristoph., Nub. 1156 al.) AP 16:31.—JHerrmann, Zinssätze usw. [Greco-Egypt. pap.], Journ. of Juristic Papyrology 14, ’62, 23-31. M-M. B. 800.* τόλμα, ης, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; Diod. S. 18, 25, 1; Dit., Syll.3 709, 25 [107 BC]; POxy. 1119, 8; PFlor. 382, 48; LXX; Jos., Bell. 4, 424, Ant. 14, 474, Vi. 222; Sib. Or. 4, 154) audacity (w. θράσος [as Socrat., Ep. 14, 1], αὐθάδεια) 1 Cl 30:8.* τολμάω impf. ἐτόλμων; fut. τολμήσω; 1 aor. ἐτόλμησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 258).

1. w. inf.—a. dare, have the courage, be brave enough ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν Ro 5:7 (on being willing to die for a good man cf. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.; Vita Philonid. [s.v. τράχηλος]). Cf. Phil 1:14.

Mostly used w. a neg. (Jos., Ant. 20, 7ἀντιλέγειν οὐκ ἐτόλμων) οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν τις ἐπερωτῆσαι Mt 22:46. Cf. Mk 12:34; Lk 20:40; J 21:12; Ac 5:13. Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι Moses did not venture to look at (it) 7:32. b. bring oneself, presume (Theognis 1, 377 D.2 Zeus brings something about; ‘The Tragedy’ in Simplicius In Epict. p. 95, 42 τολμῶ κατειπεῖν=I do not hesitate to say plainly; 3 Macc 3:21; Philo, Somn. 1, 54; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 318; Himerius, Or. 20, 3 λέγειν τ.) τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων; can any of you bring himself to go to law before the unrighteous? 1 Cor 6:1 (κρίνω 4aβ). W. a neg. οὐ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν Ro 15:18. Cf. 2 Cor l0:12; Jd 9.

2. abs. be courageous (Job 15:12) ἐν ᾧ ἄν τις τολμᾷ,. . . τολμῶ κἀγώ whatever anyone else dares to do,. . . I can bring myself (to do the same) 2 Cor 11:21. τολμῆσαι ἐπί τινα show courage or boldness toward or against someone (En. 7, 4) 10:2. τολμήσας εἰσῆλθεν he summoned up courage and went in Mk 15:43 (cf. Plut., Camillus 22, 6 τολμήσας παρέστη). M-M. B. 1149.* τολμηρός, ά, όν (Eur., Thu.+; Sir 8:15; 19:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 113; 14, 165) bold, daring, audacious, adv. τολμηρῶς (Thu. 3, 74, 1; 83, 3 al.; Wilcken, Chrest. 461, 25 [III AD]). Comp. τολμηρότερος (Isocr. 14, 8 Bl. and oft.; Sir 19:2; Philo, Op. M. 170), and its adverbs τολμηροτέρως Ro 15:15 and τολμηρότερον (Thu. 4, 126, 4; Polyb. 1, 17, 7) Ro 15:15 v.l., both=rather boldly.* τολμητής, οῦ, ὁ (Thu. 1, 70, 3; Plut.; Lucian; Philo, De Jos. 222; Jos., Bell. 3, 475)bold, audacious man τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 2 Pt 2:10. M-M.* τομός, ή, όν (Soph., Pla.+) cutting, sharp comp. τομωτερος (PSI 624, 1 [III BC]) symbol. of the word of God Hb 4:12 (for the symbol. usage s. Lucian, Tox. 11; Ps.-Phoc. 124 ὅπλον τοι λόγος ἀνδρὶ τομώτερόν ἐστι σιδήρου).

M-M.* τόνος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 162)in our lit. only fig. tension, then force, lasting quality (Plut., Brut. 34, 3 τῆς ὀργῆς) ὁ φόβος αὐτοῦ τόνον οὐκ ἔχει Hm 12, 4, 7.* τόξον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 1, 103; Sib. Or. 3, 730) the bow as a weapon (Hecataeus in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 203; Test. Jud. 7:5; 9:3) Rv 6:2. M-M. B. 1388.* τοπάζιον, ου, τό (Athenodorus [I BC] in Clem. Alex., Protr. 4, 48, 5; Diod. S. 3, 39, 5; Strabo 16, 4, 6; Ex 28:17; 36:17; Job 28:19; Ps 118:127; Ezk 28:13) topaz, a bright yellow, more or less transparent precious stone, in ancient times oft. made into seals and gems; though perh. it is the more valuable golden-yellow chrysolith that is meant Rv 21:20.—For lit. see s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* τοποθεσία, ας, ἡ (Diod. S., Ptolem. et al.; pap.) αἱ τοποθεσίαι αἱ ἀγγελικαί are either the ranks of the angels or the places where the angels live ITr 5:2 (Vett. Val. 42, 12 of the arrangement of the heavenly bodies).* τόπος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 241 al.; Test. 12 Patr.) place, position, region.

1. lit.—a. inhabited place, of a city, village, etc. (Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 238; Diod. S. 1, 15, 6; 2, 13, 6; 13, 64, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 86; 2, 34) οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου (cf. Gen 29:22) Mt 14:35. Cf. Mk 6:11; Lk 4:37; 10:1 (w. πόλις as 2 Ch 34:6; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 115); Ac 16:3; 27:2; Rv 18:17 (cf. πλέω). ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ everywhere that men or Christians live (cf. Diod. S. 13, 22, 3 εἰς πάντα τόπον; Mal 1:11; Test. Dan 6:7, and on the exaggeration in epistolary style PLond. 891, 9 ἡ εὐφημία σου περιεκύκλωσεν τ. κόσμον ὅλον) 1 Cor 1:2; 2 Cor 2:14; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:16 v.l.; MPol 19:1. Also κατὰ πάντα τόπον MPol inscr. ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ καὶ χρόνῳ D 14:3. This is perh. the place for τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος J 11:48 (the Sin. Syr. and Chrysost. vol. VIII 386E take τόπ. to mean Jerusalem [cf.

2 Macc 3:2, 12]; but s. 1b below). εἰς ἕτερον τόπον to another place (Dio Chrys. 70[20], 2; Plut., Mor. 108D) Ac 12:17. Cf. AFridrichsen, Kgl. Hum. Vetensk. Samf. i. Uppsala, Årsbok ’43, 28-30. b. inhabited space, place, building et al. (Diod. S. 20, 100, 4 τόποι=buildings; POsl. 55, 10 [c. 200 AD]; 1 Km 24:23; 2 Ch 25:10) Ac 4:31 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Τρεμιθοῦς: the τόπος quakes at the παρουσία of Aphrodite). Esp. of a temple (2 Macc 5:17-20 [w. ἔθνος]; 10:7; 3 Macc 1:9a, b al.; Ep. Arist. 81) perh. J 11:48 (s. 1a above; the same 985

problem arises concerning τόπος PLond. 2710 r., 6: HTR 29, ’36, 40; 45f.—τ. of a temple Wilcken, Chrest. 94, 20 [beg. II AD]; Jos., Ant. 16, 165); τόπος ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13; 2 Macc 1:29; 2:18; 8:17) Mt 24:15; Ac 6:13; 21:28b. c. place, location (Diod. S. 2, 7, 5 τόπος τῆς πόλεως=the place on which the city stands) ἔρημος τόπος (ἔρημος 1a) Mt 14:13; cf. vs. 15; Mk 1:35; 6:31f, 35; Lk 4:42; 9:12. Pl. Mk 1:45. πεδινός Lk 6:17. κρημνώδης Hv 1, 1, 3; s 6, 2, 6. καλός Hv 3, 1, 3b. τόπος τοῦ ἀγροῦ a place in the country 2, 1, 4; 3, 1, 3a, Cf. 2, 1, 1; s 6, 2, 4. On τόπος διθάλασσος Ac 27:41 cf. διθάλασσος. τραχεῖς τόποι rocky places vs. 29. ὁ τόπος ὅπου the place where Mt 28:6; Mk 16:6; J 4:20; 6:23; 10:40; 11:30; 19:20, 41. ὁ τόπος ἔνθα GP 13:56. ὁ τόπος ἐφʼ ᾧ ἕστηκας Ac 7:33 (cf. Ex 3:5). The dat. for εἰς w. acc. (Bl-D. §199) ποίῳ τόπῳ ἀπῆλθεν Hv 4, 3, 7. ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ in every place (in Jerusalem) 1 Cl 41:2. Combined w. a name εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ Mt 27:33a. ἐπί τὁν Γολγοθάν τόπον Mk 15:22a.—Lk 23:33; J 19:13; Ac 27:8; Rv 16:16. W. gen.: κρανίου τόπος Mt 27:33b; Mk 15:22b; J 19:17 (s. κρανίον). τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως Ac 7:49; B 16:2 (both Is 66:1; s. κατάπαυσις 1).—(Definite) place, (particular) spot, scene Lk 10:32; 19:5; 22:40; J 5:13; 6:10. d. pl. regions, districts (Diod. S. 4, 23, 2; 13, 109, 2; Artem. 2, 9p. 92, 28; PHib. 66, 2; PTebt. 281, 12 al.; Ep. Arist. 22; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 9) ἄνυδροι τόποι Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. οἱ ανατολικοὶ τόποι the east 1 Cl 25:1. κατὰ τόπους in various regions (κατά II 1a) Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11. εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους Ac 27:2 (Antig. Car. 172 εἰς τοὺς τόπους). e. place, room to live, stay, sit etc. (UPZ 146, 31; 37 [II BC]) Rv 12:14. ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν there is still room Lk 14:22 (Epict. 2, 13, 10 ποῦ ἔτι τόπος; where is there still room?). οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τοπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 2:7. ἔχειν τόπον have (a) place Rv 12:6; cf. IPhld 2:2; Hv 3, 5, 5; 3, 7, 5; 3, 9, 5; m 12, 5, 4a, b. ἑτοιμάσαι πινὶ τόπον J 14:2f (cf. Rv 12:6). δὸς τούτῳ τόπον make room for this man Lk 14:9a (Epict 4, 1, 106 δὸς ἄλοις τόπον=make room for others). ὁ ἔσχατος τόπος (ἔσχατος 1 and 2) vss. 9b and 10 (on τόπος=‘a place to sit’, cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 210οἱ τ. τόπους κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν διανέμοντες; Epict. 1, 25, 27; Paus. Attic. α, 128 τόπος of a seat in the theater; Diog. L. 7, 22 ὁ τῶν πτωχῶν τόπ.=the place where the poor people sat [in the auditorium where Zeno the Stoic taught]; Eunap. p. 21; Inschr. v. Pergam. 618, cf. Dssm., NB 95 [BS 267]). ὁ τόπος αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐστίν their place is with the angels Hs 9, 27, 3. On ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τῶν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 Cor 14:16 cf. ἀναπληρόω 4 (for τόπος=‘position’ cf. Philo, Somn. 1, 238; Jos., Ant. 16, 190ἀπολογουμένου τόπον λαμβάνων). f. the place where someth. is found, or at least should or could be found; w. gen, of the thing in question ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς Mt 26:52 (w. ref. to the sheath). ὁ τόπος τῶν ἥλων the place where the nails had been J 20:25 (Theod. Prodr. 9, 174 ‘the mark’ of scratch-wounds). ὁ τόπος αὐτῆς its place, of the lampstand’s place Rv 2:5. Cf. 6:14. τόπος οὐχ εὐρέθη αὐτοῖς there was no longer any place for them (Da 2:35 Theod.—Ps 131:5) 20:11; cf. 12:8. Non-literal use οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας (sc. διαθήκης) ἐζητεῖτο τόπος there would have been no occasion sought for a second Hb 8:7. On τὸν τῆς ὑπακοῆς τόπον ἀναπληρώσαντες 1 Cl 63:1 cf. ἀναπληρόω 3. g. Esp. of the place to which a person’s final destiny brings him. Of the place of salvation (Tob 3:6 ὁ αἰώνιος τόπος): 2 Cl 1:2. πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον τόπον τῆς δόξης 1 Cl 5:4. εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον αὐτοῖς τόπον παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Pol 9:2. ὁ ἅγιος τόπος 1 Cl 5:7. Cf. 44:5; B 19:1.—ὁ ἴδιος τόπος can be neutral (PGM 4, 3123; Cyranides p. 120, 6), the place where one is destined to go IMg 5:1. But the expr. can also gain its specif. mng. fr. the context. Of the place of torment or evil (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30. 178 ὁ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τ. Proclus on Pla., Cratylus p.

72, 7 Pasqu.) Ac 1:25b; cf. Hs 9, 4, 7; 9, 5, 4; 9, 12, 4. W. gen. ὁ τόπος τῆς βασάνου Lk 16:28.

2. in special mngs.—a. place, passage in a book (X., Mem. 2, 1, 20. Περὶ ὕψους p. 6, 17; 15, 10 V.; 1 Esdr 6:22 v.l.; Philo, De Jos. 151; Jos., Ant. 14, 114)Lk 4:17. Cf. 1 Cl 8:4; 29:3; 46:3. b. position, office (Diod. S. 1, 75, 4 in a judicial body; 19, 3, 1 of a chiliarch [commander of 1,000 men]; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 5 the τόπος of the priest-prophetess; inscr. [ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34, p. 179 l. 50, 218 BC]; pap.; Dssm., NB 95 [BS 267]) λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας Ac 1:25a. For ἐκδίκει σου τὸν τόπον IPol 1:2 cf. ἐκδικέω 3. τόπος μηδένα φυσιούτω let no one’s high position make him proud (lit. puff him up) ISm 6:1. τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἴδιος ὁ τόπος προστέτακται a special office has been assigned the priests 1 Cl 40:5.—44:5. c. possibility, opportunity, chance w. gen. (Polyb. 1, 88, 2 τόπος ἐλέους; Heliod. 6, 13, 3 φυγῆς τόπος; 1 Macc 9:45) τόπον ἀπολογίας λαβεῖν have an opportunity to defend oneself Ac 25:16 (cf. Jos., Ant. 16, 258μήτ ἀπολογίας μήτʼ ἐλέγχου τόπον ἐχόντων). μετανοίας τόπον εὑρεῖν Hb 12:17; διδόναι (cf. Wsd 12:10) 1 Cl 7:5.

In the latter pass. the persons to whom the opportunity is given are added in the dat. (cf. Plut., Mor. 62D; Wilcken, Chrest. 14 III, 15 [I AD] βασιλεῖ τόπον διδόναι=give a king an opportunity; Sir 4:5). μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ do not give the devil a chance to exert his influence Eph 4:27. δότε τόπον τῇ οργῇ give the wrath (of God) an opportunity to work out its purpose Ro 12:19 (on ὀργῇ διδόναι τόπον cf. Plut., De Cohib. Ira 14 p. 462B; cf. also δὸς τόπον νόμῳ Sir 19:17. On Ro 12:19 s. ERSmothers, CBQ 6, ’44, 205-15, w. reff. there; Gdspd., Probs.

152-4). τόπον ἔχειν have opportunity (to do the work of an apostle) 15:23. d. ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς. . . , ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται is prob. to be rendered instead of their being told. . . , there they shall be called Ro 9:26 (cf. Hos 2:1; Achmes 207, 17 ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ=instead of that). M-M.* τοσοῦτος, αύτη, οῦτον (this form of the neut. is predom. in Attic Gr., also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 43 §177; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 226; 2, 176; Hb 7:22 t.r.; 12:1; 1 Cl 1:1; MPol 2:2; Hm 5, 1, 5) and οῦτο (Clearchus, fgm. 48 W.: Diod. S. 1, 58, 4; Zen.-P. Cairo 367, 38; Zen.-P. Mich. 28, 17 [III BC]; Hb 7:22; 1 Cl 45:7) correlative adj. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 12, 395[τ.—ὅσος] al.) so great, so large, so far, so much, so strong etc.

1. used w. a noun—a. sing.—α. of quantity ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος Rv 18:17 (only here w. the art.; cf. Bl-D. §274; Rob. 771). τοσοῦτον μέλι so great a quantity of honey Hm 5, 1, 5. τοσαύτη ἔκρυσις Papias 3b. Of space μῆκος Rv 21:16 t.r. Of time χρόνος (PLond. 42, 23 [168 BC]; POxy. 1481, 2; Jos., Bell. 1, 665;2, 413; Dio Chrys. 74, 18b) 986

so long J 14:9; Hb 4:7. τος. διαφορά so great a difference MPol 16:1. Referring back to ὅσα: τοσοῦτον βασανισμόν Rv 18:7. β. of quality πίστις faith as strong as this Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9. ἔλεος 2 Cl 3:1. ζωή 14:5. χρηστότης 15:5. σπουδή MPol 7:2. τάχος 13:1. W. ὥστε foll. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 26, 7 p. 127, 6) τος. ἀπόνοια 1 Cl 46:7. W. ὡς foll. as strong as MPol 15:2; so strong that AP 5:16. This is prob. the place for τοσοῦτον νέφος μαρτύρων so great a cloud of witnesses Hb 12:1. b. pl., of number so many ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι Mt 15:33 (w. ὥστε foll.). ἔτη Lk 15:29. σημεῖα J 12:37. Cf. 21:11; 1 Cor 14:10 (cf. τυγχάνω); Hs 6, 4, 4.

2. without a noun—a. pl.—α. τοσοῦτοι of number so many people J 6:9.—β. τοσαῦτα of quantity so much (Socrat., Ep. 14, 6) Hv 2, 1, 3. ἡμαρτηκὼς τοσαῦτα since I have committed so many sins Hm 9:1; such serious sins is also poss. In that case degree is meant, as in τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε; have you had such remarkable experiences?

Gal 3:4 (πάσχω 1). b. sing.—α. of price τοσούτου (gen. of price) for so much and no more Ac 5:8a, b.—β. εἰς τοσοῦτο(ν) foll. by gen. and ὥστε to such a degree of (Andoc. 2, 7 Bl.: εἰς τοσοῦτον ἦλθον τῆς δυσδαιμονίας. . . , ὥστε; Pla., Apol.

13 p. 25E; Clearchus, fgm. 48; Jos., Bell. 4, 317εἰς τος. ἀσεβείας, ὥστε, C. Ap. 1, 226) 1 Cl 1:1; 45:7; MPol 2:2. γ. correlative: τοσοῦτον—ὅσον as much—as Papias 2:4. τοσούτῳ w. the comp., corresp. to ὅσῳ (by) so much (greater, more, etc.)—than or as (X., Mem. 1, 3, 13; Ael. Aristid. 23, 55 K.=42 p. 786 D.) Hb 1:4; 10:25 (τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ὅσῳ as Ael. Aristid. 33 p. 616 D.; 46 p. 345; cf. X., Mem. 1, 4, 10); the more—the more 1 Cl 41:4; 48:6. καθʼ ὅσον—κατὰ τοσοῦτο Hb 7:20-2. τοσούτῳ ἥδιον—ἐπειδή all the more gladly—since 1 Cl 62:3. τοσοῦτον—ὡς to such a degree—that Papias 3a. M-M. τότε (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) a correlative adv. of time, in the NT a special favorite of Mt, who uses it about 90 times (AH McNeile, Τότε in St. Matthew: JTS 12, ’11, 127f). In Mk 6 times, Lk 15 times, Ac 21 times, J 10 times. It is lacking in Eph, Phil, Phlm, Pastorals, Js, 1 Pt, 1, 2, and 3 J, Jd, Rv. 1. at that time—a. of the past then (Jos., Ant. 7, 317; 15, 354) τότε ἐπληρώθη then was fulfilled Mt 2:17; 27:9. εἶχον τότε δέσμιον vs. 16. Cf. 3:5. (Opp. νῦν) Gal 4:8, 29; Hb 12:26. ἀπὸ τότε from that time on (PLond.

1674, 2l; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 5:16b; Ps 92:2) Mt 4:17; 16:21; 26:16; Lk 16:16 (cf. Bl-D. §459, 3). Used as an adj. w. the art. preceding (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 30 §128 ἡ τότε τύχη; Lucian, Imag. 17; Jos., Ant. 14, 481)ὁ τότε κόσμος the world at that time 2 Pt 3:6 (PHamb. 21, 9 ὁ τότε καιρός). b. of the fut. then (Socrat., Ep. 6, 10) τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν Mt 13:43. (Opp. ἄρτι) 1 Cor 13:12a, b.—c. of any time at all that fulfills certain conditions ὅταν ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 2 Cor 12:10.

2. to introduce that which follows in time (not in accordance w. class. usage) then, thereupon (Bl-D. §459, 2) τότεἩρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους then (after he had received an answer fr. the council) Herod secretly summoned the Magi Mt 2:7. τότε (=after his baptism) ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 4:1. Cf. 2:16; 3:13, 15; 4:5, 10f; 8:26; 12:22; 25:34-45 (five times); 26:65 and very oft.; Lk 11:26; 14:21; 21:10; 24:45; Ac 1:12; 4:8; B 8:1. καὶ τότε and then καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ and then if anyone says to you Mk 13:21.—Mt 7:23; 16:27; 24:10, 14, 30a, b; Mk 13:26f; Lk 21:27; 1 Cor 4:5; Gal 6:4; 2 Th 2:8; 2 Cl 16:3. τότε οὖν (so) then (Test. Jud. 7:5, Iss. 2:1) J 11:14; 19:1, 16; 20:8. εὐθέως τότε immediately thereafter Ac 17:14.—W. correlatives: ὅτε (w. aor.)—τότε when (this or that happened)—(then) Mt 13:26; 21:1; J 12:16; B 5:9. Also ὡς (w. aor.)—τότε J 7:10; 11:6. ὅταν (w. aor. subj.)—τότε when (this or that happens)—(then) (Diod. S. 11, 40, 3 τότε—ὅταν [w. aor. subj.]=then—when) Mt 24:16; 25:31; Mk 13:14; Lk 5:35; 21:20; J 8:28; 1 Cor 15:28, 54; 16:2; Col 3:4. ὅταν (w. pres. subj.)—τότε when—then (Jos., Bell. 6, 287)ὅταν λέγωσιν. . . τότε 1 Th 5:3. In an enumeration πρῶτον—, καὶ τότε first—, and then Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; J 2:10 t.r.; IEph 7:2.—It is put pleonastically (cf. Vett. Val. 211, 8) after μετά and the acc. μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον, τότε after (he took) the piece of bread, (then) J 13:27. Cf. Hv 2, 2, 4. Also after the ptc. διασωθέντες, τότε ἐπέγνωμεν Ac 28:1. Likew. pleonastically 6:11 D; 27:21. M-M. τοὐναντίον s. ἐναντίον 2. τοὔνομα s. ὄνομα I 1, end. τοὐπίσω=τὸ ὀπίσω; see ὀπίσω 1. τουτέστιν s. εἰμί II 3 and on the spelling Bl-D. §12, 3; 17 app.; Rob. 207. M-M. τράγος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 35)he-goat named w. others as a sacrificial animal Hb 9:12f, 19; 10:4; B 2:5 (Is 1:11). Used esp. on the Day of Atonement 7:4 (prophetic saying of unknown origin), 6, 8, 10.

M-M. B. 165.* Τράλλεις, εων, αἱ (X., An. 1, 4, 8 al.; inscr. It occurs mostly in the pl. form [X.; Diod. S. 14, 36, 3; Jos., Ant. 14, 245; Dit., Or. 441, 162], though the sing. Τράλλις, ιος [epigram in Agathias Hist. p. 102, 15 Bonn.; Stephan. Byz. s.v.; Sib. Or. 3, 459; 5, 289] is not impossible) Tralles, a city in Caria (southwest Asia Minor), north of the Maeander River ITr inscr.—JWeiss, RE X 547; V Schultze, Altchristliche Städte und Landschaften II 2, ’26.* Τραλλιανός, οῦ, ὁ (Strabo 14, 1, 42; Appian, Mithr. 23; Polyaenus 7, 41; Jos., Ant. 14, 242; inscr. [Dit., Or. 498, 3, Syll.3 index p. 156; Inschr. v. Magn. index p. 204b]; correctly and predom. w. double λ) Trallian, from Tralles (s. Τράλλεις), of the ἀρχιερεύς Philip, under whom Polycarp suffered martyrdom MPol 21. S. also the title of ITr 987

(Apollonius of Tyana wrote a letter Τραλλιανοῖς [no. 69]: Philostrat. I p. 364).* τράπεζα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 5, 470; loanw. in rabb.) table 1. upon which someth. can be placed; of the table of showbread (cf. 1 Macc 1:22 τρ. τῆς προθέσεως; Ex 25:23-30; Jos., Bell. 5, 217Hb 9:2. Of the τράπεζα τοῦ θεοῦ in the tabernacle, upon which Moses laid the twelve rods 1 Cl 43:2.

2. specif. the table upon which a meal is spread out (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 239)Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28; Lk 16:21; 22:21. Of the heavenly table at which the Messiah’s companions are to eat at the end of time vs. 30 (cf. JoachJeremias, Zöllner u. Sünder, ZNW 30, ’31, 293-300). Also in γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα it is prob. (cf. Jos., Ant. 6, 363)this kind of table that is meant Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23).—The contrast betw. τράπεζα κυρίου and τρ. δαιμονίων 1 Cor 10:21 is explained by the custom of eating a cult meal in the temple of pagan divinities (POxy. 110 ἐρωτᾷ σε Χαιρήμων δειπνῆσαι εὒς κλείνην τοῦ κυρίου Σαράπιδος ἐν τῷ Σαραπείῳ αὔριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ιεʼ ἀπὸ ὥρας θʼ; 523; POsl. 157 [all three II AD]; Jos., Ant. 18, 65.τράπεζα of the table of a divinity is found in such and similar connections Diod. S. 5, 46, 7 τρ. τοῦ θεοῦ; Dit., Syll.3 1106, 99 ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ; 1022, 2; 1038, 11; 1042, 20; dedication inscr. III 1870, 1 no. 395, 17 Σαράπιδι καὶ Ἴσιδι τράπεζαν; POxy. 1755.—Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on 1 Cor 10:21; HMischkowski, D. hl. Tische im Götterkultus d. Griech. u. Römer, Diss. Königsberg ’17).

3. fig., of that which is upon the table, a meal, food (Eur., Alc. 2; Hdt. 1, 162; Pla., Rep. 3 p. 404D; Lucian, Dial.

Mort. 9, 2; Athen. 1 p. 25E) παραθεῖναι τράπεζαν set food before someone (Thu. 1, 130; Charito 1, 13, 2; Aelian, V.H. 2, 17; Jos., Ant. 6, 338.—Ps 22:5 ἑτοιμάζειν τρ.) Ac 16:34; τράπ. κοινήν (κοινός 1a) Dg 5:7. ὁρίζειν τράπεζαν order a meal D 11:9. διακονεῖν τραπέζαις wait on tables, serve meals Ac 6:2 (so ELohmeyer, JBL 56, ’37, 231; 250f. But Field, Notes 113 [referring to Plut., Caesar 28, 4; 67, 1] and Gdspd., Probs. 126f [reff. to pap.] prefer sense 4 in this pass.).

4. the table on which the money-changers display their coins (Pla., Ap. 17C; cf. PEleph. 10, 2 [223/2 BC] the τραπεζῖται ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς) Mt 21:12; Mk 11:15; J 2:15. Hence simply bank (Lysias, Isocr., Demosth. et al.; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 12, 28; inscr.; PEleph. 27, 23; POxy. 98 al. in pap. The Engl. ‘bank’ is the money-lender’s ‘bench’; cf.

Murray, New [Oxford] Engl. Dict. s.v. bank sb.3) διδόναι τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν put the money in the bank to bear interest Lk 19:23. M-M. B. 352 (meal); 483; 778 (bank).* τραπεζίτης, ου, ὁ (Lysias, Demosth.; inscr., pap.; Ep. Arist. 26=Jos., Ant. 12, 32.Loanw. in rabb.) moneychanger. banker Mt 25:27. δόκιμος τραπεζίτης an experienced money-changer, who accepts no counterfeit money; fig. (on the subj. cf. Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 77) of Christians γίνεσθε δόκιμοι τραπεζῖται Agr 11a, cf. b (Cebes 31, 3 μηδὲ γίνεσθαι ὁμοίους τοῖς κακοῖς τραπεζίταις). AResch, Agrapha2 ’06, 112-28; HJVogels, BZ 8, ’10, 390; HJSchoeps, Theol. u. Gesch. des Judenchristentums ’49, 151-5; JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller ’57, 89-93.—Cf. PEleph. s.v. τράπεζα 4. M-M.* τραῦμα. ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 197, Ant.4, 92al.) a wound Lk 10:34; IPol 2:1.

M-M. B. 304.* τραυματίζω 1 aor. ἐτραυμάτισα, pass. ἐτραυματίσθην; perf. pass. ptc. τετραυματισμένος (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 243) to wound Lk 20:12; Ac 19:16; 1 Cl 16:5; B 5:2 (the last two Is 53:5). M-M.* τραχηλίζω perf. pass. ptc. τετραχηλισμένος (Theophr., Teles et al. in a different mng. [twist the neck, etc.]; Philo, Cher. 78, Mos. 1, 297; Jos., Bell. 4, 375;PPetr. II 15[1]a, 2); in its only occurrence in our lit. πάντα γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς Hb 4:13 it must almost certainly mean everything is open and laid bare to the eyes (Hesychius explains τετραχηλισμένα with πεφανερωμένα, and as early as Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 29, 5 we have μισθοῦ τραχηλίζειν=‘reveal’ or ‘open for a price’).—WSWood, Exp. 9th Ser. III ’25, 444-55; HW Montefiore, The Epistle to the Hebrews ’64, 89 (‘everything is naked and prostrate before. . . him’). M-M.* τράχηλος, ου, ὁ (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 170al.) neck, throat Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2 (cf.

Menand., fgm. 258 περὶ τὸν τρ. ἁλύσιον διδόναι). ἐπιπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλόν τινος fall upon someone’s neck, embrace someone (ἐπιπίπτω 1b) Lk 15:20; Ac 20:37.—In symbolic usage: οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν who risked their necks for my life Ro 16:4 (cf. Vita Philonidis ed. Crönert [SAB ’00, 951] ὑπὲρ[?] τοῦ μάλιστʼ ἀγαπωμένου παραβάλοι ἂν ἑτοίμως τὸν τράχηλον. S. on this Dssm., LO 94f [LAE 117f]. Endangering the τράχηλος Diog. L. 4, 11). On the other hand ὑποθεῖναι τὸν τράχηλον 1 Cl 63:1 bow the neck in obedience (cf. Epict. 4, 1, 77.—Sir 51:26). Also κάμπτειν τὸν τράχ. B 3:2 (Is 58:5). Opp. τὸν τράχ. σκληρύνειν 9:5 (Dt 10:16). ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχ. τινος Ac 15:10. M-M. B. 232.* τραχύς, ει̂α, ύ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 239al.) rough, uneven of a mountain (Herodian 6, 5, 5) Hs 9, 1, 7; 9, 22, 1. Of stones (Hom.+) 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 6. τραχεῖς τόποι (schol. on Nicander, Ther.

143) Ac 27:29. Of a road (Hyperid., fgm. 70, 3 J. τραχεῖα ὁδός; Pla., Rep. 1 p. 328E ὁδὸς τραχεῖα; Cebes 15, 2; Jer 2:25; Bar 4:26) Hm 6, 1, 3f. ἡ τραχεῖα (X., An. 4, 6, 12; Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 3; sc. ὁδός) the rough road pl. Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). M-M. B. 1066.* Τραχωνι̂τις, ιδος (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 326; Joseph. index s.v. Τράχων) fem. of Τραχωνίτης, as Joseph. calls an inhabitant τοῦ Τράχωνος. The fem. is used abs. by Philo and Joseph. ἡ Τραχωνῖτις=(the) Trachonitis. This is the 988

district south of Damascus, also called ὁ Τράχων by Josephus. In the only place where the word occurs in our lit. it is used as an adj. ἡ Τρ. χώρα the region of Trachonitis Φιλίππου τετραρχοῦντος τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος χώρας Lk 3:1.—GRindfleisch, Die Landschaft Haurān in röm. Zeit. u. in der Gegenwart: ZDPV 21, 1898, 1-46; Schürer I4 426ff; HGuthe, RE XX 7f.* τρει̂ς, τρία gen. τριῶν, dat. τρισίν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) three Mt l2:40 (Jon 2:1); Mk 8:2; Lk 1:56; J 2:19 al. τὰ τρία ταῦτα 1 Cor 13:13 (cf. Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 169 τὰ ἑπτὰ ταῦτα and several times τρία ταῦτα: Leg. All. 1, 93; 3, 249, Mos. 1, 224). τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες there are three that bear witness 1J 5:7 (cf. Alexis, fgm. 271 τρεῖς δʼ εἰσὶν αἱ κεκτημέναι).—On ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (ἐν II 1a) and μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας (μετά B II 1) cf. WBauer, D. Leben Jesu im Zeitalter d. ntl. Apokryphen ’09, 253f. Both expressions together, evidently w. the same mng.: Sb 7696, 120f [250 AD]; on μετὰ τρ. ἡμ.=‘on the third day’ s. Jos., Ant. 7, 280f; 8, 214 and 218.—For δύο ἢ τρεῖς s. δύο 1c.-See s.v. πνεῦμα 8 and cf. FGöbel, Formen u. Formeln der epischen Dreiheit in d. griech. Dichtung ’35; FNötscher, Biblica 35, ’54, 313-19; JBBauer, Biblica 39, ’58, 354-8; JoachJeremias, KGKuhn-Festschr. ’71, 221-9. M-M. B. 941ff. Τρει̂ς Ταβέρναι s. ταβέρναι. τρέμω used only in the pres. and the impf. (Hom.+; PFay. 124, 27; PGM 12, 248f; Fluchtaf. 4, 44; LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.) tremble, quiver, but also fig. be afraid, fear, stand in awe of (Jos., Bell. 1, 341;6, 395) Lk 8:47; Ac 9:6 t.r.

W. φοβεῖσθαι (Da 5:19 Theod.; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 54) Mk 5:33. W. θαμβεῖν Ac 9:6 t.r. W. acc. tremble at, stand in awe of (trag. et al.; Herm. Wr. 1, 7) τὰ λόγια 1 Cl 13:4 (Is 66:2). τοὺς λόγους B 19:4; D 3:8. δόξας οὐ τρέμουσιν βλασφημοῦντες they are not afraid to blaspheme glorious angels 2 Pt 2:10 (Bl-D. §415; Rob. 1121f).

M-M.* τρέπω 1 aor. ἔτρεψα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. act. turn, direct τινὰ εἴς τι turn or incline someone toward someth. MPol 2:4.

2. mid. turn (oneself) (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 25) w. indication of the place from which and of the goal (Socrat., Ep. 17, 2 οἱ νέοι εἰς ἀκρασίαν ἐτρέποντο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 22 §83 ἐς ἁρπαγὰς ἐτράποντο=they turned to pillage; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 825 εἰς φυγὴν τρεπόμενοι; Ep. Arist. 245 τρέπεσθαι εἰς; likew. Jos., Ant. 18, 87)ἔνθεν εἰς βλασφημίαν τρέπονται they turn from that (i.e. fr. admiration) to blasphemy 2 Cl 13:3. B. 666.* τρέφω 1 aor. ἔθρεψα; pf. pass. ptc. τεθραμμένος (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 99; Joseph.).

1. feed, nourish, support, provide with food animals (X., Mem. 2, 9, 2)or men w. acc.: Mt 6:26; 25:37; Lk 12:24; Rv 12:6, 14 (pass.); B 10:11. Occasionally also of plants (Il. 18, 57) ἡ πτελέα ὕδωρ ἔχουσα τρέφει τὴν ἄμπελον Hs 2:8.-Of the mothers’ breasts that nurse or nourish (cf. Od. 12, 134; Hdt. 1, 136; PRyl. 178, 5) Lk 23:29 (abs.). ἐθρέψατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν you have fattened yourselves by revelry Js 5:5. In διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν (i.e. the inhabitants of Tyre and Sidon) τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς, τρέφεσθαι can be either mid. or pass. because their country supported itself or was supported (by importing grain) from the king’s country Ac 12:20 (X., An. 7, 4, 11 has the mid. τρέφεσθαι ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν).

2. of children rear, bring up, train (Hom.+; 1 Macc 3:33; 11:39; Jos., Ant. 2, 209)τινά someone Hv 1, 1, 1.

Pass. grow up (Aelian, V.H. 12, 1 p. 117, 2 H.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 141) Ναζαρά, οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος Lk 4:16.—CMoussy, Recherches sur τρέφω et al., ’69. M-M.* τρέχω impf. ἔτρεχον; 2 aor. ἔδραμον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) run—1. lit. Mk 5:6; J 20:2, 4; GP 3:6. δραμών w. finite verb foll. (Gen 24:28; Jos., Bell. 6, 254;294) Mt 27:48; Mk 15:36; Lk 15:20. Foll. by inf. of purpose Mt 28:8.

The goal is indicated w. ἐπί and acc. (Alciphr. 3, 17, 2; 3, 40, 3) ἐπὶ λῃστήν advance against a robber (in order to catch him) MPol 7:1 (cf. Sus 38 Theod.; Test. Jud. 3:1); ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον Lk 24:12 (cf. Gen 24:20). W. εἰς: Ac 19:28 D. τρ. εἰς πόλεμον rush into battle Rv 9:9. Of foot-racing in the stadium 1 Cor 9:24a, b.

2. fig.—a. using the foot-races in the stadium as a basis (on the use of such figures in the Cynic-Stoic diatribe s.

PWendland, Die urchristl. Literaturformen: Hdb. I 3, ’12 p. 357, 4) exert oneself to the limit of one’s powers in an attempt to go forward, strive to advance Ro 9:16 (the emphasis is entirely upon the effort which the person makes; cf. Anth. Pal. 11, 56 Düb. μὴ τρέχε, μὴ κοπία); 1 Cor 9:24c, 26. μήπως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον Gal 2:2 (μήπως 2). Cf. Phil 2:16=Pol 9:2. On τρ. τὸν ἀγῶνα Hb 12:1 s. ἀγών 1. ἐτρέχετε καλῶς you were making such fine progress Gal 5:7 (cf. Philo, Leg. All. 3, 48 καλὸν δρόμον κ. ἄριστον ἀγώνισμα; Odes of Solomon 11:3 ἔδραμον ὁδὸν ἀληθείας). b. proceed quickly and without hindrance ἵνα ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου τρέχῃ that the word of the Lord might spread rapidly 2 Th 3:1 (cf. Ps 147:4).—OBauernfeind, TW VIII, 225-35: τρέχω, δρόμος. M-M. B. 692.* τρῆμα, ατος, τό (Aristoph., Hippocr., Pla.+; PRyl. 21 fgm. 3 II, 5 [I BC]; Ep. Arist. 61=Jos., Ant. 12, 66)opening, hole τρῆμα ῥαφίδος eye of a needle Mt 19:24. Also τρῆμα βελόνης Lk 18:25. S. the lit. under κάμηλος, κάμιλος, τρυμαλιά. M-M.* τριάκοντα indecl. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 11, 15; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) thirty Mt 13:8; Mk 4:8 (a thirty-fold yield of grain on the Tauric peninsula: Strabo 7, 4, 6 p. 311. For the yield of wheat fr. good soil cf. GDalman, Pj 22, ’26, 129-31); Lk 3:23 (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 4 ὢν ἐτῶν τρ.); Hv 4, 2, 1 al. τριάκοντα πέντε (=λέ) thirty-five Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 5, 4; 9, 15, 4. M-M. 989

τριακόσιοι, αι, α (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 15)three hundred Mk l4:5; J 12:5; B 9:8 (Gen 14:14; Jos., Ant. 1, 178).* τρίβολος, ου, ὁ (Alcaeus [600 BC] 100 Diehl; Aristoph., Theophr. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Somn. 2, 161) of prickly weeds, esp. the thistle, which grows in Palestine in great abundance and infinite variety. Pl. Hs 9, 20, 3. W. ἄκανθαι (Gen 3:18; Hos l0:8) Mt 7:16; Hb 6:8; Hs 6, 2, 6f; 9, 1, 5; 9, 20, 1.—ILöw, Aram. Pflanzennamen 1881 §302, D. Flora der Juden IV ’34, 660 (index); LFonck, Streifzüge durch die bibl. Flora ’00; FLundgreen, Die Pflanzen im NT: NKZ 28, ’17, 828ff; GDalman, Pj 22, ’26, 126ff (w. picture), Arbeit I 407, 2: blackberry bush. M-M.* τριβολώδης, ες full of thistles Hs 6, 2, 6.* τρίβος, ου, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; inscr.: APF 1, ’01, p. 221, 21; PRainer 42, 14; LXX; Jos., Ant. 15, 347)a beaten (τρίβω) path, and hence a way that is familiar and well-worn Hm 6, 1, 3. Also path gener. Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4 (all three Is 40:3; cf. also Sib. Or. 3, 777). Fig. τὰς τρίβους τῆς ζωῆς (cf. Pr 16:17; Sib. Or. 3, 721) Hs 5, 6, 3.

M-M.* τριετία, ας, ἡ (Theophr.+; Plut., Lucian; Artem. 4, 1 p. 202, 9; Dit., Or. 669, 35; pap.; Jos., Ant. 19, 351)(a period of) three years Ac 20:18 D, 31. M-M.* τρίζω cry shrilly, creak, gnash, grind (intr. Hom., Hdt.+, also of teeth that grind [Epicharmus in Athen. 10 p. 411B]), trans. in the only place where it occurs in our lit. τρίζειν τοὺς ὀδόντας gnash or grind the teeth (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 22, 13 [twice]; Cyranides p. 46, 5) Mk 9:18. Cf. Bl-D. §148, 1 app. M-M.* τρίμηνος, ον (Soph.+) of three months as subst. ἡ τρίμηνος (Hdt. 2, 124; Aeschin. 3, 70; PLond. 18, 10 [161 BC]; PSI 689, 5; 30. Cf. Bl-D. §241, 3 app.: sc. περίοδος) or τὸ τρίμηνον (Polyb. 1, 38, 6; 5, 1, 12; Plut., Crass.

12, 3; Ptolem. 1, 8, 6.—Doubtful ἐν τριμήνῳ: Dit., Syll.3 527, 114 [perh. 220 BC]; 1023, 31; διὰ τριμήνου PLond.

306, 22 [II AD]; LXX) (a period of) three months τρίμηνον (acc. in answer to the question, how long? 4 Km 24:8; 2 Ch 36:2.—Bl-D. §161, 2; Rob. 469-71) for three months Hb 11:23. M-M.* τρίς adv. (Hom.+; Ael. Aristid. 30, 23 K.=10 p. 122 D.: ὦ τρὶς εὐδαίμονες; inscr., LXX) three times, thrice Mt 26:34, 75; Mk 14:30, 72; Lk 22:34, 61; J 13:38; 2 Cor 11:25a, b; 12:8. ἐπὶ τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PGM 36, 273=εἰς τρίς, found since Pind., Hdt., also Jos., Ant. 5, 348)three times, in both places where it occurs in our lit. prob.=(yet) a third time (PHolm. 1, 18) Ac 10:16; 11:10. M-M.** τρίστεγον, ου, τό the third story (Sym. Gen 6:16.—Neut. of τρίστεγος=‘of three stories’ [Dionys. Hal. 3, 68; Jos., Bell. 5, 220;pap.]) Ac 20:9. M-M.* τρισχίλιοι, αι, α (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 7, 2; Jos., Bell. 2, 500, Vi. 213; 233) three thousand Ac 2:41 (on the number of those converted cf. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. §29 [LDeubner, SAB ’35, XIX p. 54].—In case the numbers in Ac 2:41 and 4:4 originally referred to the same event or account of it, then cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173: some, on the one hand, say χίλιοι, the others τρισχίλιοι. διαφέρονται γὰρ περὶ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ. Also 2, 70 §289f with the conclusion ‘so inexact are the reports of numbers’ in the tradition; 2, 82 §345f).* τρίτος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 47; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 105τ. τρίτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν; Test. 12 Patr.) third.

1. used as adj., w. a noun that can oft. be supplied fr. the context ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 2 Cor 12:2 (IdeVuippens, Le Paradis terrestre au troisième ciel ’25. Also EPeterson, ThLZ 52, ’27, 78-80. Further lit. s.v. οὐρανός 1e). τὸ τρίτον ζῷον Rv 4:7. Cf. 6:5a, b; 8:10a; 11:14. τρίτον γένος PK 2 p. 15, 8 (s. γένος 3). (ἐν) τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (Appian, Liby. 122 §578) Mt 16:21; 17:23; 20:19; Lk 9:22; 24:7, 46; Ac 10:40. τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ Lk 18:33; J 2:1; 1 Cor 15:4. SVMcCasland, The Scripture Basis of ‘On the Third Day’: JBL 48, ’29, 124-37; GMLandes, JBL 86, ’67, 446-50 (Jonah). See s.v. τρεῖς.—ἕως τρίτης ἡμέρας Mt 27:64. μετὰ τρίτην ἡμέραν after three days ( Appian, Iber. 43 §177) Ac 10:40 D. τρίτη ὥρα (=nine o’clock in the morning) 20:3 or ὥρα τρίτη Mk 15:25 (AMahoney, CBQ 28, ’66, 292-9); Ac 2:15. τρίτη ὥρα τῆς νυκτός (=nine o’clock at night) Ac 23:23. ἐν τῇ τρ. φυλακῇ Lk 12:38.—τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 13, 3; Achilles Tat. 7, 11, 2; s. ἄγω 4) Lk 24:21. ἄλλος ἄγγελος τρίτος Rv 14:9.—The noun is supplied fr. the context (Diog. L. 2, 46 Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τρίτῳ [i.e., book] περὶ ποιητικῆς) Mt 22:26; Mk 12:21; Lk 20:12, 31; Rv 16:4; 21:19. τῇ τρίτῃ (X. ἡμέρᾳ. Likew. τῇ τρίτῃ Dialekt-Inschr. p. 874,n 50b [Chios about 600 BC]; Demosth. [I AD] in Aëtius 186, 16; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 1. Cf. Jos., Vi. 229 εἰς τρίτην) Lk 13:32 (looking toward the fut. after σήμερον and αὔριον=the day after tomorrow; cf.

Epict. 4, 10, 31; 4, 12, 21; M. Ant. 4, 47.—With a look back at the past the third day would=‘the day before yesterday’. Cf. Ps.-Pla., Alcyon c. 3 ἑώρας τρίτην ἡμέραν ὅσος ἦν ὁ χειμών=the day before yesterday you experienced how severe the storm was); Ac 27:19.

2. as a subst. τὸ τρίτον (sc. μέρος; cf. Bl-D. §241, 7.-τὸ τρ. in this sense Diod. S. 17, 30, 3; Lucian, Tox. 46 τὸ τρ. τῆς ἀτιμίας; PFlor. 4, 17; 19; Wilcken, Chrest. 402 I, 18 τὸ νενομισμένον τρίτον=the third in accordance w. the law; Num 15:6, 7) the third part, one-third foll. by partitive gen. (Appian, Illyr. 26 §75 τὸ τρ. τούτων) Rv 8:7-12; 9:15, 18; 12:4.

990

3. adv. τὸ τρίτον the third time (Hom.+; PLeipz. 33 II, 15), τρίτον a third time (Aeschyl.+; Jos., Ant. 8, 371), both in the sense for the third time Mk 14:41; Lk 23:22; J 21:17a, b. In the same mng. ἐκ τρίτου (Pla., Tim. 54B; Aelian, V.H. 14, 46) Mt 26:44. τρίτον τοῦτο now for the third time, this is the third time J 21:14; 2 Cor 12:14; 13:1. In enumerations (τὸ) τρίτον in the third place 1 Cor 12:28; D 16:6 (cf. Pla., Rep. 2 p. 358C; Plut., Mor. 459D; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 29, 165 πρῶτον. . . δεύτερον. . . τρίτον; 30, 171). M-M.** τρίχινος, η, ον (X., Pla.+; pap., LXX) made of hair σάκκος (oft. pap., e.g. PSI 427, 3 [III BC]; PHamb. 10, 39) Rv 6:12. M-M.* τρόμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; PSI 135, 10; LXX; En.; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 267; Test. 12 Patr.) trembling, quivering fr. fear, w. ἔκστασις Mk 16:8. Mostly combined w. φόβος (as Gen 9:2; Ex 15:16; Dt 2:25; 11:25 al.; En. 13, 3) μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12 (s. κατεργάζομαι 2). ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ (cf. Is 19:16; Ps 2:11) 1 Cor 2:3. ὁ φόβος καὶ ὁ τρόμος ὑμῶν ἐπέπεσεν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 Cl 12:5 (cf. Ex 15:16; Jdth 2:28). τρόμος με ἔλαβεν Hv 3, 1, 5 (cf. Ex 15:15; Is 33:14). M-M. B. 1153.* τροπή, ῆς, ἡ turn, turning, turning around, return—1. of the solstice (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1264, 5; PHib. 27, 120; 210 [III BC] ἡλίου τροπή; PRyl. 27; Sb 358, 6; Dt 33:14; Wsd 7:18), gener. of the movements of heavenly bodies fr. one place in the heavens or fr. one constellation to another (Pla., Tim. 39D; Aristot., H.A. 5, 9; Sext. Emp., Math. 5, 11; Philo, Agr. 51).

2. turn (ing), variation, change (Pla., Plut. et al.). In our lit. the word occurs only in τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα Js 1:17.

Here the context (cf. φῶτα) suggests the astral mng. and, in case the text is in proper order (but s. JHRopes, MDibelius, FHauck, ASchlatter ad loc.; Gdspd., Probs. 189f.-‫א‬BP23 and three minuscules have ἀποσκιάσματος), the more general sense is to be preferred to the more specialized (solstice); s. ἀποσκίασμα.—Yet this ‘technical’ sense can prob. not be sharply distinguished from the other sense darkening, which has its basis in change. That God, in contrast to all else, is unchangeable, was a truth often expressed in Hellenistic theol. (Herm. Wr. in Stob. I p. 277 Wachsm.=p. 432, 15 Sc. τί θεός; ἄτρεπτον ἀγαθόν. τί ἄνθρωπος; τρεπτὸν κακόν; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 89 πάντα τὰ ἄλλα τρέπεται, μόνος αὐτὸς [=θεός] ἄτρεπτός ἐστι; 33, Deus Imm. 22, Poster. Caini 19).—The transl. of τροπ. ἀποσκ. as ‘shadow (=trace) of change’, which has had some vogue fr. Oecumenius and Theophylact to HEwald et al., cannot be supported lexically. M-M.* τρόπος, ου ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. manner, way, kind, guise εἰς δούλου τρόπον κεῖσθαι appear in the guise of (=as) a slave (κεῖμαι 2c) Hs 5, 5, 5; 5, 6, 1.—ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ in every way (3 Macc 7:8 v.l.) 2 Th 3:16. κατὰ πάντα τρόπον in every way or respect (X., An. 6, 6, 30 al.; Num 18:7; Ep. Arist. 215; Philo, Op. M. 10; Sib. Or. 3, 430) Ro 3:2; IEph 2:2; ITr 2:3; ISm 10:1; IPol 3:2. μὴ. . . κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον by no means, not. . . in any way (at all) (Dit., Syll.3 799, 20 μηδὲ. . . κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον; 588, 44; PAmh. 35, 28; 3 Macc 4:13b μὴ. . . κατὰ μηδένα τρ.; 4 Macc 4:24; 10:7) 2 Th 2:3. καθʼ ὃν τρόπον in the same way as (POxy. 237 VIII, 29 καθʼ ὃν ἔδει τρόπον; PRainer 5, 11; 9, 12; 10, 6; BGU 846, 12; 2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17 v.l.) Ac 15:11; 27:25.—In the acc. (cf. Bl-D. §160 app.; MJohannessohn, Der Gebr. der Kasus in LXX, Diss. Berlin ’10, 81f) τρόπον w. gen. like (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Philo. Oft. w. animals: θηρίων τρόπον 2 Macc 5:27; 3 Macc 4:9; σκορπίου τρόπον 4 Macc 11:10) σητὸς τρόπον 1 Cl 39:5 (Job 4:19). τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις in the same way or just as they Jd 7. ὃν τρόπον in the manner in which=(just) as (X., Mem. 1, 2, 59, An. 6, 3, 1; Pla., Rep. 5 p. 466E; Diod. S. 3, 21, 1; Dit., Syll.3 976, 35; 849, 13f; PLeipz. 41, 9; Gen 26:29; Ex 14:13; Dt 11:25 and very oft. in LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 50, Vi. 412b) Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34; Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14); 1 Cl 4:10 (Ex 2:14); 2 Cl 9:4; corresponding to οὕτως (Dit., Syll.3 685, 51ff; Josh 10:1; 11:15; Is 10:11; 62:5; Ezk l2:11 al.) Ac 1:11; 2 Ti 3:8; 2 Cl 8:2; 12:4. τίνα τρόπον; in what manner? how? (Aristoph., Nub. 170; Pla., Prot. 322C; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 315) 1 Cl 24:4; 47:2.—In the dat. (Bl-D. §198, 4; Rob. 487.—Jos., Ant. 5, 339)παντὶ τρόπῳ in any and every way (Aeschyl., Thu.+; X., Cyr. 2, 1, 13; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 368C; pap.; 1 Macc 14:35; Jos., Ant. 17, 84)Phil 1:18. ποίῳ τρόπῳ; (Aeschyl., Soph. et al.; Test. Jos. 7:1) Hv 1, 1, 7. ποίοις τρόποις m 12, 3, 1.

2. way of life, turn of mind, conduct, character (Pind., Hdt.+; Inscr. Gr. 545, 7; pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 12, 252; Sib. Or. 4, 35) Hv 1, 1, 2. ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος Hb 13:5 (X., Cyr. 8, 3, 49 τρόπος φιλέταιρος). Also pl.

(Aeschyl. +; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §398; Dit., Syll.3 783, 11; IG XII 7, 408, 8; Ep. Arist. 144) ways, customs, kind of life ἔχειν τοὺς τρόπους κυρίου have the ways that the Lord himself had or which the Lord requires of his own D 11:8. M-M. B. 656.* τροποφορέω 1 aor. ἐτροποφόρησα bear or put up with (someone’s) manner, moods etc. (so Cicero, Ad Att. 13, 29, 2; schol. on Aristoph., Ran. 1479) w. acc. of the pers. Ac 13:18 (Dt 1:31 v.l., though τροφοφορεῖν stands in the text there; it is a v.l. in Ac.—Bl-D. §119, 1; Mlt.-H. 390. Origen, In Matth. vol. 10, 14 p. 16, 16 Klostermann ’35).

M-M.* τροφεύς, έως, ὁ (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 148, 2 [II BC] al.; Jos., Ant. 9, 127)nourisher of God (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 177, Congr. Erud. Gr. 171; Herm. Wr. 16, 12 ὁ ἥλιος as σωτὴρ κ. τροφεύς; p. 390, 12 Sc. ὁ δημιουργός as πατὴρ κ. τροφέυς) Dg 9:6.* τροφή, ῆς, ἡ nourishment, food (so trag., Hdt., Hippocr., X., Pla. et al.; pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 200; 242; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. lit. Mt 3:4; 6:25; 10:10 (cf. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 254f); 24:45 (for δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τ. τρ. ἐν καιρῷ cf. Ps 991

103:27 with v.l.); Lk 12:23; Ac 14:17; 1 Cl 20:4; B 10:4; Dg 9:6; Hv 3, 9, 3; D 13:1f. W. ποτόν 10:3. τροφὴν λαβεῖν take nourishment (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 230) Ac 9:19; but receive food B 10:11. τροφῆς μεταλαμβάνειν (μεταλαμβάνω 1) Ac 2:46; 27:33f; προσλαμβάνεσθαι vs. 36; κορεσθῆναι vs. 38. Pl. (Diod. S. 15, 36, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 136 §576; Aelian, V.H. 12, 37 p. 132, 28 ἀπορία τροφῶν) of a rather large supply of food J 4:8. τροφὴ φθορᾶς perishable food IRo 7:3. ἡ ἐφήμερος τροφή Js 2:15 (s. ἐφήμερος).

2. symbolically (Pythagorean saying: Wiener Stud. 8, 1886 p. 277 no, 99 τ. ψυχὴν τρέφειν τῇ ἀϊδίῳ τροφῇ; Philo, Fuga 137 ἡ οὐράνιος τροφή) of spiritual nourishment ἡ στερεὰ τροφή solid food (opp. γάλα) Hb 5:12, 14 (cf. στερεός). ἡ χριστιανὴ τροφή (opp. the poisonous food of false teaching) ITr 6:1. M-M. B. 329.* Τρόφιμος, ου, ὁ (IG III 1026; 1062; 1095; 1119; 1144 al.; POxy. 1160, 2) Trophimus, a companion of Paul on his last journey to Jerusalem: T.’s home was in Ephesus Ac 20:4; 21:29.—2 Ti 4:20. M-M.* τροφός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 122; Sib. Or. 13, 43) nurse (X., Oec. 5, 17 [w. μήτηρ]; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 163 D. [w. μήτηρ]. Pap. since III BC; s. also Test. Napht. 1:9), possibly mother (Lycophron 1284 Europa τροφὸς Σαρπηδόνος; Dionys. Byz. §2 μητέρα καὶ τροφόν of one and the same person; schol. on Pla. 112E of Phaedra in her relationship to Hippolytus [as stepmother]) 1 Th 2:7. M-M.* τροφοφορέω 1 aor. ἐτροφοφόρησα carry in one’s arms, i.e. care for τινά someone (tenderly) Ac 13:18 v.l. (fr.

Dt 1:31 [s. τροποφορέω]. Cf. also 2 Macc 7:27 and Macarius, Hom. 46, 3). S. Beginn. I, 4, 149. M-M.* τροχιά, ᾶς, ἡ (as early as Philo Mech. 54, 41) wheel-track, course, way (Anth. Pal. 7, 478; 9, 418; Herodian Gr. I 301, 2; Pr 2:15; 4:11; 5:6, 21; Hesychius; Suidas) τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖν make straight paths upon which one can advance quickly and in the right direction; symbolically of the moral life τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν Hb 12:13 (Pr 4:26).* τροχός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; pap., LXX, En.; Ps.-Phoc. 27 ὁ βίος τροχός; Philo; Sib. Or. 2, 295; loanw. in rabb.) wheel, in our lit. only in the expr. ὁ τροχὸς τῆς γενέσεως Js 3:6. S. γένεσις 4 and cf. JStiglmayr, BZ 11, ’13, 49-52 (against Stiglmayr JSchäfers, ThGl 5, ’13, 836-9); V Burch, Exp. 8th Ser. XVI ’18, 221 ff; REisler, Orphischdionys.

Mysteriengedanken in der christl. Antike: Vorträge der Bibl. Warburg II 2, ’25, 86-92; GerhKittel, Die Probleme des palästin. Spätjudentums u. das Urchristentum ’26, 141-68; GHRendall, The Epistle of St. James and Judaic Christianity ’27, 59f; DSRobertson, ET 39, ’28, 333; NMacnicol, ibid. 55, ’43/’44, 51f; WBieder, ThZ 5, ’49, 109f; Windisch, Hdb.2 exc. on Js 3:6; JMarty, L’épître de Jacques ’35.—Or should the word be accented (ὁ) τρόχος (Soph., Hippocr.+. On the difference betw. the words s. Trypho Alex. [I BC]: fgm. 11 AvVelsen [1853]; s. L-S-J lex. s.v. τροχός; Diehl2 accents the word thus in the passage Ps.-Phoc. 27 referred to above), and should the transl. be the course or round of existence? M-M. B. 725.* τρύβλιον, ου, τό (on the accent s. Tdf., Prol. 102) bowl, dish (Aristoph., Hippocr.+; Plut., Lucian; Aelian, V.H. 9, 37; LXX; Ep. Arist. 320; Jos., Ant. 3, 220; 12, 117; Test. Jos. 6:2) ἐμβάπτειν μετά τινος τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ dip one’s hand into the bowl together with someone=share one’s meal w. someone Mt 26:23; cf. Mk 14:20.

M-M.* τρυγάω fut. τρυγήσω; 1 aor. ἐτρύγησα (Hom.+; pap., LXX) gather ripe fruit, esp. pick (grapes) w. acc. of the fruit (POsl. 21, 13 [71 AD]; Jos., Ant. 4, 227)Lk 6:44; Rv 14:18 (symbolic, as in the foll. places). τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως καρπὸν τρυγήσουσι 2 Cl 19:3. Cf. also the textually uncertain (s. αἱρέω 1) pass. Dg 12:8.—W. the acc. of that which bears the fruit gather the fruit of the vine (cf. X., Oec. 19, 19; Diod. S. 3, 62, 7; Lucian, Cat. 20 τὰς ἀμπέλους τρ.; Philostrat., Her. 1, 2) or the vineyard (s. ἄμπελος 1) Rv 14:19 (cf. Procop. Soph., Ep. 11 χωρία τρ.). M-M.* τρυγών, όνος, ἡ (Aristoph., Aristot., Theocr.+; Aelian, V.H. 1, 15; LXX; Ep. Arist. 145; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 184; 3, 230. Fr. τρύζω=coo) turtledove, as a sacrificial animal of poor people Lk 2:24 (Lev 12:8.—W. περιστερά Aëtius 42, 8; 20; 44, 22.—PGM 12, 31 τρυγόνα καὶ. . . νεοσσὰ δύο). M-M.* τρυμαλιά, ᾶς, ἡ (Sotades in Plut., Mor. 11A; Aesop, Fab. 26 H. of the openings in a net; Judg l5:11 B; Jer l3:4; 16:16) hole τρυμαλιὰ ῥαφίδος eye of a needle Mt 19:24 v.l.; Mk 10:25; Lk 18:25 t.r.—See s.v. κάμηλος and κάμιλος.—On the eye of a needle as a symbol of the smallest thing imaginable s. JNSepp, ZDPV 14, 1891, 30-4.

M-M.* τρῦπα (Ps.-Herodian, Epim. p. 89 ἡ τοῦ μυὸς τρῦπα; Syntipas p. 55, 25; 27) or τρύπη (Anth. 14, 62, 2; Theognost., Canon. p. 24, 24; Ps.-Herodian, Epim. p. 136), ης, ἡ hole, opening of the anus B 10:6 (on the subj. cf. ἀφόδευσις).* τρυπάω 1 aor. ἐτρύπησα (Hom.+; Hero Alex. I p. 4, 23; 36, 14; LXX) make a hole in, bore through τί someth. τὸν οὐρανόν the sky Hm 11:18. τὸν λίθον 11:20. B. 593.* τρύπη, ης, ἡ s. τρῦπα. τρύπημα, ατος, τό (Aristoph.; Aeneas Tact. 725 al.; Philo Mech. 57, 19; Hero Alex., Plut. et al.) that which is bored, a hole τρύπημα ῥαφίδος eye of a needle Mt 19:24 v.l.* 992

Τρύφαινα, ης, ἡ Tryphaena, a Christian woman who receives a greeting Ro 16:12. In the Gk. form this name in Lucian; Gk. inscr. from Cyprus: Κυπρ. I p. 50 no. 4, p. 91 no. 21; CIG 3092; as the name of a Jewess in a pap. of 72/3 AD (in Schürer III4 46), also BGU 1105, 2-5; 1119, 7; 1162, 16, esp. as the name of the daughter of Polemon of Pontus (Dit., Syll.3 798, 14; 17; 19; 799, 4; 29). Also Acta Pauli (et Theclae) 27ff p. 255, 3ff Lips. In its Lat. form CIL VI 15622-6; XII 3398; XIV 415; 734.—Mommsen, Ephemeris Epigraphica I 1872, 270ff; II 1875, 259ff; Lghtf., Phil 175f; Zahn, Einl.3 I 299. M-M.* τρυφάω 1 aor. ἐτρύφησα (Eur., Isocr.+; Epigr. Gr. 362, 5; PLond. 973b, 13; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 25; Is 66:11; Sir 14:4; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 167; 7, 133; Test. Jos. 9:2) lead a life of luxury or self-indulgence, revel, carouse Js 5:5; Hs 6, 4, 1f; 4a, b; 6, 5, 3-5. Fig. of revelling in the doing of good vs. 7.—Of animals be contented, well fed (Philo, Dec. 117) Hs 6, 1, 6; 6, 2, 6 (though the sheep here represent luxury-loving people). M-M.* τρυφερός, ά, όν (Eur., Thu.+; BGU 1080, 18; LXX; Philo, Somn. 2, 9; Sib. Or. 3, 527) delicate, gentle, subdued of the Holy Spirit Hm 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 6. Of the ἄγγελος τῆς δικαιοσύνης 6, 2, 3. Of maidens Hs 9, 2, 5 (Charito 2, 2, 2; cf. Sus 31 where, however, the ref. is to a woman’s voluptuousness).* τρυφή, ῆς, ἡ (Eur., X., Pla.+; Dit., Syll.3, 888, 124; LXX)—1. indulgence, revelling (Sextus 73; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 240, Somn. 1, 123; Jos., Ant. 10, 193; 16, 301) 2 Pt 2:13 (cf. Cicero, Pro Caelio 47); Hs 6, 4, 4a, b; 6, 5, 1; 3; 4; 5. τρυφὴ πονηρά Hm 8:3. ἄγγελος τρυφῆς Hs 6, 2, 1. Pl. (Jos., Vi. 284) Hm 6, 2, 5; 11:12; 12, 2, 1; s 6, 2, 2; 4; 6, 5, 6; 7c.—2. luxury, splendor (Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 3 ἐσθὴς μέχρι ποδῶν τὴν τρυφὴν καθειμένη) Lk 7:25.

3. in a good sense enjoyment, joy, delight (Menand., Cith. fgm. 5, 2 J.; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 549, 28 bestowed

by Isis; En. 14, 13; Philo, Cher. 12; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 228; Test. Jud. 25:2) οἵαν τρυφὴν ἔχει ἡ μέλλουσα ἐπαγγελία what enjoyment the promise of the future brings 2 Cl 10:4. παράδεισος τρυφῆς a Paradise of delight Dg 12:1 (Gen 3:23; Ode of Solomon 11:24).—Revelling in the doing of good Hs 6, 5, 7b; ibid. a, the pl. M-M.* Τρυφῶσα, ης, ἡ Tryphosa, a Christian woman, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:12. The name is found in Gk. and Lat. inscr. (CIG II 2819; 2839; 3348; IG III 2880; IX 2, 766; XIV 2246; PhLeBas-WHWaddington, Voyage III 1870, 710.—CIL VI 4866; 15241; X 2551 al.). She is mentioned together w. Τρύφαινα (q.v.) and hence is regarded by many (e.g. Lghtf., Phil p. 175, 7) as her sister. M-M.* Τρῳάς, ἀδος, ἡ Troas, (the) Troad, actually fem. of the noun Τρῶς and the adj. Τρῳός; a city and region in the northwest corner of Asia Minor, near the site of ancient Troy. So since Hom. Hymns and trag.; the trag. connect it with γῆ, as does Hdt. 5, 26 ἐν τῇ Τρῳάδι γῇ. But Hdt. also uses the word 5, 122 without any addition of the region in general, and the same is true of X.; Diod. S. 14, 38, 2 τὰς ἐν τῇ Τρῳάδι πόλεις; 14, 38, 3 several cities κατὰ τὴν Τρῳάδα; 17, 7, 10; 17, 17, 6 (cf. ἡ Ἰνδική Hdt. 3, 106=Ἰνδικὴ χώρη 3, 98). In a time when there were many cities named Ἀλεξάνδρεια the one located in the Troad was known as Ἀλεξάνδρεια [ἡ] Τρῳάς=the Trojan Alexandria (Polyb. 5, 111, 3; Strabo 13, 1, 1 p. 581; Dit., Or. 441, 165f [81 BC]). This city, as well as the region around it, was occasionally called Τρῳάς for short (Pauly-W. I col. 1396, 15f and 2d Series VII 1 col. 383f [WRuge]).—In our lit. Τρῳάς has the article in Paul in 2 Cor 2:12 (Bl-D. §261, 4) and prob. means the region, which the apostle soon left (vs.

13) for Macedonia. Elsewhere the article is almost always omitted, as is usually the case w. place-names (Bl-D. §261, 1). In Ac 20:6, the only exception, the use of the art. can be justified as a glance backward at the preceding verse, where Τ. almost certainly means the city. In vs. 6 ἡ Τ.=Troas, which was just mentioned.—The other passages are: Ac 16:8, 11; 2 Ti 4:13; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1 and the subscription at the end of this letter; IPol 8:1.* Τρωγύλλιον, ου, τό (Strabo, Ptolem. et al., in var. spellings; Bl-D. §42, 3 app.) Trogyllium a promontory and town south of Ephesus in Asia Minor. Acc. to Ac 20:15 t.r. (ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ; D has ἐν Τρωγυλίᾳ; others ἐν Τρωγυλίῳ) Paul stayed there one night.* τρώγω (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1171, 9; PGM 7, 177; Sb 5730, 5. Not found in LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo or Joseph. Bl-D. §101 s.v. ἐσθίειν; 169, 2; Rob. 351; JHaussleiter, Archiv für lat. Lexikographie 9, 1896, 300-2) gnaw, nibble, munch, eat (audibly), of animals (Hom.+) B 10:3.—Of human beings (Hdt.+ and so in Mod. Gk.) τὶ someth. (Hdt. 1, 71 σῦκα; Aristoph., Equ. 1077) B 7:8. ὁ τρώγων μου τὸν ἄρτον as a symbol of close comradeship (Polyb. 31, 23, 9 δύο τρώγομεν ἀδελφοί) J 13:18 (cf. Ps 40:10 ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους μου, which is the basis for this pass.). W. gen.

(Athen. 8 p. 334B τῶν σύκων) Hs 5, 3, 7. Abs. B 10:2. W. πίνειν (Demosth. 19, 197; Plut., Mor. 613B; 716E) Mt 24:38. J uses it, in order to offset any Docetic tendencies to ‘spiritualize’ the concept so that nothing physical remains in it, in what many hold to be the language of the Lord’s Supper ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 6:58. ὁ τρώγων με vs.

57. ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα (w. πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα) vss. 54, 56. M-M. B. 327.* τυγχάνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) impf. ἐτύγχανον; fut. τεύξομαι; 2 aor. ἔτυχον, ; perf. (for Att. τετύχηκα; cf. Phryn. p. 395 Lob.) τέτευχα (Ion. [Hdt. and Hippocr.; cf. Kühner-Bl. II 556], then Aristot.+; Dit., Or. 194, 31 [42 BC]; pap. [Mayser I 22 ’38, 151f]; LXX [Thackeray §24 p. 287]; Ep. Arist. 121; ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen der magn. Inschr. ’03 p. 160, 1; Crönert 279; WSchmid, Attiz. I 1887, 86; IV 1897, 40; 600) Hb 8:6 or in some editions v.l. τέτυχα (Diod. S. 12, 17, 99; Aesop 363 Halm [removed by correction]; Jos., Bell. 7, 130[removed by correction]; Ep. Arist. 180 συντέτυχε); Bl-D. §101; W-S. §13, 2; Mlt.-H. 262.

1. meet, attain, gain, find, experience w. gen. of the pers. or thing that one meets, etc. (Hom.+) Lk 20:35; Ac 993

24:2; 26:22; 27:3; 2 Ti 2:10 (Diod. S. 4, 48, 7 τετεύχασι τῆς σωτηρίας. With the v.l. σωτηρίαν in mss. FG cf. Solon 24, 2 D.2 τυγχ. τι); Hb 8:6; 11:35; 1 Cl 61:2; 2 C1 15:5; Dg 2:1; 9:6; IEph 10:1; IMg 1:3; ISm 9:2; 11:3; IPol 4:3; Hm 10, 1, 5; s 9, 26, 4.

2. intr. happen, turn out—a.. happen to be, find oneself (X., Hell. 4, 3, 3) ἐν σαρκὶ τυγχάνειν Dg 5:8; ἐπὶ γῆς 10:7. ἀφέντες ἡμιθανῆ τυγχάνοντα they left him for half-dead, as indeed he was Lk 10:30 t.r. b. εἰ τύχοι as a formula if it should turn out that way, perhaps (Cleanthes, fgm. 529 vArnim=Sext. Emp., Math.

9, 89; Dionys. Hal. 4, 19; Hero Alex. III p. 220, 13; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 53; Philo [KReik, Der Opt. bei Polyb. u. Philo von Alex. ’07, 154]; Bl-D. §385, 2) 1 Cor 15:37 (cf. Plut., fgm. 104, ed. Sanbach, ’67 πυροῦ τυχὸν ἢ κριθῆς=perhaps of wheat or barley); Dg 2:3. In τοσαῦτα εἰ τύχοι γένη φωνῶν εἰσιν 1 Cor 14:10, εἰ τύχ. is prob. meant to limit τοσαῦτα (Heinrici: JWeiss) there are probably ever so many different languages (Gdspd.—Nicol.

Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 110 Jac. καθʼ ἣν τύχοι πρόφασιν=‘under who knows what sort of pretext’). c. τυχόν, actually the acc. absolute of the neut. of the aor. ptc. (Bl-D. §424; Rob. 490) if it turns out that way, perhaps, if possible (X., An. 6, 1, 20; Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 2 p. 140A; 150C; Epict. 1, 11, 11; 2, 1, 1; 3, 21, 18 al.; letter [IV BC] in Dssm., LO 121 [LAE 151]; Dit., Syll.3 1159, 5; Sib. Or. 5, 236) 1 Cor 16:6; Lk 20:13 D; Ac 12:15 D. d. ὁ τυχών the first one whom one happens to meet in the way (X., Pla. et al.; Philo, Op. M. 137), hence οὐχ ὁ τυχών not the common or ordinary one (Fgm. Com. Att. III 442 fgm. 178 Kock; Theophr., H. Pl. 8, 7, 2; Περὶ ὕψους 9 [of Moses]. Numerous other exx. fr. lit. in Wettstein on Ac 19:11. Inscr. fr. Ptolemaic times: Bull. de corr. hell.

22, 1898 p. 89 θόρυβον οὐ τὸν τυχόντα παρέχοντες; Dit., Syll.3 528, 10 [221/19 BC] ἀρωστίαις οὐ ταῖς τυχούσαις; BGU 36, 9; POxy, 899, 14; 3 Macc 3:7; Jos., Ant. 2, 120; 6, 292) δυνάμεις οὐ τὰς τυχούσας extraordinary miracles Ac 19:11. Cf. 28:2; 1 Cl 14:2. M-M. B. 658.* τυμπανίζω 1 aor. pass. ἐτυμπανίσθην torture with the τύμπανον, a certain kind of instrument of torture (so Aristoph., Plut. 476 et al.; 2 Macc 6:19, 28. S. L-S-J lex. s.v. τύμπανον II 1 and ἀποτυμπανίζω.—AKeramopoulos, Ο Αποτυμπανισμος ’23), then torment, torture gener. (Aristot., Rhet. 2, 5; Plut., Mor. 60A; Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 19.

The compound ἀποτυμπ. in the same sense Plut., Dio 28, 2; UPZ 119, 37 [156 BC]; 3 Macc 3:27; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 148) pass. Hb 11:35.—ECEOwen, JTS 30, ’29, 259-66. M-M.* τυπικῶς (Rufus [II AD] in Oribas. 8, 47, 11; schol. on Pind., Ol. 1, 118 v.l.) adv. of τυπικός (Plut., Mor. 442C) typologically, as an example or warning, in connection w. the typological interpr. of Scripture ταῦτα τυπικῶς συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 Cor 10:11. M-M.* τύπος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr.; pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.; loanw. in rabb.).

1. visible impression of a stroke or pressure, mark, trace (Posidon.: 169 fgm. 1 Jac.; Anth. Pal. 6, 57, 5 ὀδόντων; Athen. 13, 49 p. 585C τῶν πληγῶν; Diog. L. 7, 45; 50 of a seal-ring; Philo, Mos. 1, 119; Jos., Bell. 3, 420;PGM 4, 1429; 5, 307) τῶν ἥλων J 20:25a, b v.l.—This may be the place for οἱ τύποι τῶν λίθων Hs 9, 10, 1f (cf. KLake, Apost. Fathers II, ’17; MDibelius, Hdb. But s. 4 below).

2. copy, image (cf. Artem. 2, 85 the children are τύπ. of their parents) the master is a τύπος θεοῦ image of God to the slave B 19:7; D 4:11. The bishop is τύπος τοῦ πατρός ITr 3:1; cf. IMg 6:1a, b (here, however, τύπον is Zahn’s conjecture, favored by Lghtf., for τόπον, which is unanimously read by Gk. and Lat. mss., and which can be retained, with Funk, Hilgenfeld, Krüger, Bihlmeyer).

3. that which is formed, an image or statue of any kind of material (Hdt. 3, 88 τύπ. λίθινος. Of images of the gods Herodian 5, 5, 6; Jos., Ant. 1, 311τ. τύπους τῶν θεῶν; 15, 329; Sib. Or. 3, 14) Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26).

4. form, figure, pattern (Aeschyl.+; Pla., Rep. 387C; 397C) ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς ἄλλον τύπον he has made us men of a different stamp (Kleist) B 6:11. τύπον διδαχῆς pattern of teaching Ro 6:17 (cf. διδαχή 2; Iambl., Vi. Pyth.

23, 105 τὸν τύπον τῆς διδασκαλίας.—The use of τύπος for the imperial ‘rescripts’ [s. Dit., Or. 521, 5; cf. note 4, esp. the reff. for θεῖος τύπος] appears too late to merit serious consideration.—JKürzinger, Biblica 39, ’58, 156-76; EKLee, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 166-73 [mold]). Of the form (of expression) (Dionys. Hal., Ad Pomp. 4, 2 Rad.; PLeipz.

121, 28 [II AD]; POxy. 1460, 12), perh. better of the content (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 259 τύπος τ. γεγραμμένων; 3 Macc 3:30; PFlor. 278 II, 20 [III AD] τῷ αὐτῷ τύπῳ κ. χρόνῳ=of the same content and date) γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ἔχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον Ac 23:25 (Ep. Arist. 34 ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον).—On τοὺς τύπους τῶν λίθων ἀναπλνροῦν Hs 9, 10, 1 cf. ἀναπληρόω 3. S. also 1 above.

5. (arche) type, pattern, model (Pla., Rep. 379A περὶ θεολογίας)—a. technically design, pattern (Diod. S. 14, 41, 4) Ac 7:44; Hb 8:5 (cf. on both Ex 25:40). b. in the moral life example, pattern (Dit., Or. 383, 212 [I BC] τ. εὐσεβείας; Sib. Or. 1, 380; in a bad sense 4 Macc 6:19 ἀσεβείας τύπ.) τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν 1 Ti 4:12.—Phil 3:17; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 3:9; Tit 2:7; 1 Pt 5:3; IMg 6:2.—S. EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 298f.

6. of the types given by God as an indication of the future, in the form of persons or things (cf. Philo, Op. M. 157); of Adam: τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος ( Ἀδάμ) a type of the Adam to come (i.e. of Christ) Ro 5:14. Cf. 1 Cor 10:6, 11 t.r.; B 7:3, 7, 10f; 8:1; 12:2, 5f, 10; 13:5. Also of the pictorial symbols that Hermas sees, and their deeper meaning Hv 3, 11, 4. The vision serves εἰς τύπον τῆς θλίψεως τῆς ἐπερχομένης as a symbol or foreshadowing of the tribulation to come 4, 1, 1; cf. 4, 2, 5; 4, 3, 6. The two trees are to be εἰς τύπον τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ θεοῦ s 2:2a; cf. b.—ἐν τύπῳ χωρίου Ῥωμαίων IRo inscr. is a conjecture by Zahn for ἐν τόπῳ χ. Ῥ., which is read by all mss. and makes good sense.—AvBlumenthal, Τύπος u. παράδειγμα: Her. 63, ’28, 391-414; LGoppelt, Typos. D. typolog.

Deutung des AT im Neuen ’39; RBultmann, ThLZ 75, ’50, cols. 205-12; AFridrichsen et al., The Root of the Vine (typology) ’53; GLampe and KJWoollcombe, Essays in Typology, ’57.—LGoppelt, TW VIII, 246-60: τύπος etc.

994

M-M.* τύπτω impf. ἔτυπτον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. Jos.—Defective, cf. Bl-D. §101; Mlt.-H. 262) strike, beat.

1. lit. τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 20, 206, Vi. 108; 233) Mt 24:49; Lk 12:45; Ac 18:17; 21:32; Tit 1:11 v.l. Pass.

Ac 23:3b. τὸ στόμα τινός strike someone on the mouth 23: 2. τὸ πρόσωπόν τινος strike someone in the face (Hermippus Com. [V BC] 80) Lk 22:64 t.r.; αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ Mk 15:19 (for the dat. cf. Diod. S. 15, 86, 2 ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι; Quint. Smyrn. 1, 247). τινὰ ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα strike someone on the cheek Lk 6:29. εἰς τὴν κεφαλήν τινος Mt 27:30. As a sign of contrition or sorrow (cf. Arrian, Anab. 7, 24, 3 τύπτεσθαι τὰ στήθη; Jos., Ant. 7, 252)ἔτυπτεν τὸ στῆθος ἑαυτοῦ Lk 18:13. τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 23:48. τύπτω κατά τι strike on someth. (schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 456): κατὰ ἕνα λίθον ἔτυπτεν he struck on each individual stone Hs 9, 6, 3. Pass. of an anvil IPol 3:1.

2. fig., misfortunes designated as blows coming fr. God (Ex 7:27; 2 Km 24:17; Ezk 7:6; 2 Macc 3:39; Ep. Arist.

192) Ac 23:3a.—τύπ. τὴν συνείδησίν τινος wound someone’s conscience 1 Cor 8:12 (Il. 19, 125; Hdt. 3, 64 Καμβύσεα ἔτυψε ἡ ἀληθηΐη τῶν λόγων; 1 Km 1:8). M-M. B. 552f.* τυραννίς, ίδος ἡ despotic rule, tyranny (so Archilochus [VII BC], Hdt.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 166, Ant. 1, 114, Vi. 260; Sib. Or. 3, 202) ἐπὶ τυραννίδι in order to set up a tyranny Dg 7:3.* τύραννος, ου, ὁ despotic ruler, tyrant (so Theognis, Hdt. +; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 289; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 241; loanw. in rabb.) MPol 2:4 (Wilcken, Chrest. 20 II, 5: Appian calls the Emperor Commodus a ‘tyrant’, though the emperor, l. 6, wishes to be known as βασιλεύς). W. βασιλεύς (Memnon [I BC/I AD] no. 434 fgm. 1, 4, 6 Jac.; Wsd 12:14; Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 287; 18, 169) Ac 5:39 D.* Τύραννος, ου, ὁ (lit.; Joseph. [index]; inscr., pap.) Tyrannus, an Ephesian in whose hall (s. σχολή) Paul lectured.

Whether this otherw. unknown man was himself a teacher of philosophy or rhetoric, or whether he simply owned the house in which the hall was situated, we do not know (acc. to Diog. L. 9, 54 Protagoras held his lectures in Athens ἐν τῇ Εὐριπίδου οὒκίᾳ or acc. to others ἐν τῇ Μεγακλείδου) Ac 19:9. M-M.* τυρβάζω (Soph.+) trouble, stir up, mid. or pass. trouble oneself, be troubled περί τι with or about someth.

(Aristoph., Pax 1007) περὶ πολλά Lk 10:41 t.r. (Nilus, Ep. 2, 258 μὴ ἄγαν τυρβάζου).* Τύριος, ου, ὁ (Hdt. et al.; Joseph. [index]; inscr., LXX) the Tyrian (s. Τύρος; Sib. Or. 4, 90) Ac 12:20, 22 D.* ֶ Aram. ‫ )רוּט‬Tyre, a city in Τύρος, ου, ἡ (Hdt. et al.; Joseph. [index], inscr., LXX; Sib. Or. 5, 455.—Heb. ‫;ררצ‬ Phoenicia Ac 21:3, 7. Named w. Sidon Mt 11:21f; 15:21; Mk 3:8; 7:24 (καί Σ. v.l.), 31; Lk 6:17; 10:13f.— WBFleming, The History of Tyre ’15.* τυφλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) blind—1. lit. (34 times in the canonical gospels)—a. adj.—α. as attribute ἄνθρωπος τυφλός J 9:1 (s. γενετή); τυφ. προσαίτης Mk 10:46.—β. as predicate J 9:18, 24; Ac 13:11; Dg 2:4 (almost word for word like Plut., Mor. 420B εἴδωλα κωφὰ κ. τυφλὰ κ. ἄψυχα). Mostly b. subst. Mt 9:27f; 11:5; 20:30; Mk 8:22f (LSzimonidesz, D. Heilung des Blinden von Bethsaida u. Buddhas Gleichn. von den Blindgeborenen u. dem Elefanten: NThT24, ’35, 233-59); 10:49, 51; Lk 7:21f; J 5:3; 10:21; 11:37 al. (on Mt 11:5; Lk 7:22 cf. also κωφός 2). On Mt 15:14; Lk 6:39 s. ὁδηγέω 1 and cf. Sext. Emp., Πρὸς Μαθημ. I, 31 ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ τυφλὸς τὸν τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν (sc. δύναται).

2. symbol. and fig., of mental and spiritual blindness (since Pind.; Soph., Oed. R. 371; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 18 τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν ὀφθαλμόν; Ps 145:8; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142τυφλὸς τὸν νοῦν). a. adj.—α. as attribute ὁδηγὸς τυφλός (cf. X., Mem. 1, 3, 4; Demetr. Phaler. [IV BC; ed. FWehrli ’49], fgm. 121 οὐ μόνον τὸν πλοῦτον τυφλόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὁδηγοῦσαν αὐτὸν τύχην; Philo, Virt. 7) Mt 15:14; 23:16, 24. Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ vs. 26.—β. as a predicate J 9:40f; 2 Pt 1:9; Rv 3:17. τυφλοί εὒσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν LJ 1:3. b. subst. Mt 23:17, 19; Ro 2:19; B 14:7 (Is 42:7), 9 (Is 61:1), οὐαὶ τυφλοὶ μὴ ὁρῶντες GOxy 31.—WSchrage, TW VIII, 270-94. M-M. B. 322. τυφλόω 1 aor. ἐτύφλωσα; pf. τετύφλωκα (Pind., Hdt. +; Ramsay, Phrygia II p. 386 no. 232, 15; PLond. 1708, 84; LXX) to blind, deprive of sight in our lit. only symbol. (Is 42:19) τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς (cf. Test.

Dan 2:4) J 12:40; cf. Is 6:10).—1J 2:11; or fig. τυφ. τὰ νοήματα 2 Cor 4:4 (Pla., Phaedo 99E μὴ τὴν ψυχὴν τυφλωθείην; Herm. Wr. 478, 32 Sc.; Philo, Ebr. 108 διάνοιαν τυφλωθείς; Jos., Ant. 8, 30; Test. Sim. 2:7 ὁ ἄρχων τῆς πλάνης ἐτύφλωσέ μου τὸν νοῦν). M-M.* τῦφος, ους, τό for the usual (cf. ζῆλος, beg.) τῦφος, ου, ὁ delusion, conceit, arrogance (so Pla. et al.; Philo Bybl. [c. 100 AD] in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 1, 9, 26; Dio Chrys. 4, 6; Vett. Val. 4, 28; 150, 5; 3 Macc 3:18; Philo; Sib. Or. 8, 8; 111) 1 Cl 13:1.* τυφόω pf. pass. τετύφωμαι; 1 aor. ἐτυφώθην becloud, delude, but only in a fig. sense and quite predom., in our lit. exclusively, in the pass. (Hippocr., Pla.) τυφόομαι; for our lit. the mngs. are surely 995

1. be puffed up, conceited (Strabo 15, 1, 5; Plut., Mor. 59A; Aelian, V.H. 3, 28; Diog. L. 6, 7; 26 al.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 128; Jos., Vi. 53) τυφωθείς (cf. Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 3, 193) 1 Ti 3:6. Cf. 2 Ti 3:4. The ancient versions also understand τετύφωται μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος 1 Ti 6:4 in this sense, though this pass. may belong under mng. 2.

2. be blinded, become foolish (Hippocr.+) pf. pass. be foolish, stupid (Demosth. 9, 20; 19, 219 μαίνομαι καὶ τετύφωμαι; Polyb. 3, 81, 1 ἀγνοεῖ κ. τετύφωται; Dio Chrys. 30[47], 18 ἢ ἐγὼ τετύφωμαι καὶ ἀνόητός εἰμι; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 106; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 15; 2, 255). M-M.* τύφω (Eur., Hdt.+) give off smoke or steam pass. smoke, smolder, glimmer (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 17 p. 177, 30; Jos., Bell. 6, 257)of a wick Mt 12:20 (s. the lit. s.v. κάλαμος 1).* τυφωνικός, ή, όν like a whirlwind ἄνεμος τυφωνικός a typhoon, hurricane Ac 27:14 (Etym. Mag. p. 755, 11 τῶν τυφωνικων καλουμένων πνευμάτων; schol. on Soph., Ant. 418 p. 239 P. τὸν τυφώνιον ἄνεμον; Eustath. in Il. 2, 782 p. 345, 43).—Rdm.2 28f. M-M.* τυχει̂ν, τύχοι s. τυγχάνω. τύχη, ης, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 130; 227) fortune, in our lit. only as v.l. in Lk 10:31 D by chance, and in the expr. ὀμνύναι τὴν Καίσαρος τύχην swear by the Fortune of Caesar (cf. Cass. Dio 44, 6; 50; 57, 8; Jos., Ant. 16, 344.Very oft. in pap., from POxy. 483, 21 [108 AD] on) MPol 9:2; 10:1. B. 1096.* Τυχικός, οῦ, ὁ (inscr., e.g. nine times in those fr. Magnesia. —On the accent s. KHALipsius, Gramm.

Untersuchungen über die biblische Gräz. 1863, 30; Tdf., Proleg. 103) Tychicus, a man fr. the province of Asia who accompanied Paul on his journey to Jerusalem w. the collection Ac 20:4. In Eph 6:21 he is called ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ, and in Col 4:7 σύνδουλος is added to these. In both of these he is to report to the recipients of the letter concerning the apostle. In 2 Ti 4:12 he is sent to Ephesus. In Tit 3:12 it is proposed to send him or Artemas to Titus in Crete. S. also Eph subscr.; Col subscr. M-M.* τυχόν adv. s. τυγχάνω 2c.

996

Υ ὕαινα, ης, ἡ the hyena (so Hdt.+; Sir 13:18; Jer 12:9), named as an unclean animal whose flesh the Jews were not permitted to eat B 10:7 (for the extraordinary interpr. represented here cf. Windisch ad loc. Also Diod. S. 32, 12, 2, a report from mythological writers who maintain concerning the hyena ἄρρενας ἅμα καὶ θηλείας ὑπάρχειν καὶ παρʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλήλους ὀχεύειν; Aesop, Fab. 242; 243 P.=405; 406 H.; Cyranides p. 74, 14-16; Horapollo 2, 69).* ὑακίνθινος, ίνη, ινον (Hom.+; PSI 183, 5; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 94; Jos., Ant. 3, 165)hyacinth-colored, i.e. dark blue (dark red?) w. πύρινος Rv 9:17. M-M.* ὑάκινθος, ου, ὁ (as early as Hom. as the name of a flower) the jacinth or hyacinth (Peripl. Eryth. c. 56 [gender undetermined]; Galen vol. XIII p. 970; Ptolem. 7, 4, 1; Heliod. 2, 30, 3 [in him clearly fem]; Achilles Tat. 2, 11, 3 [gender undetermined].—In the LXX and in Philo and Joseph. [Ant. 3, 164] hyacinth-colored cloth is meant), a precious stone Rv 21:20, perh. blue in color, someth. like the sapphire (but cf. vs. 19); on it s. Murray, New [Oxford] Engl. Dict. s.v. hyacinth 1a, b. It was often made into gems by the ancients (Pliny, Nat. Hist. 37, 9, 41f).—For lit. see s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* ὑάλινος, η, ον (since Corinna [VI BC] 42 Diehl; Dit., Syll.3 1106, 153; PPetr. III 42 H 7, 3 [III BC]; POxy. 1740, 30) of glass, transparent as glass Rv 4:6; 15:2a, b. M-M.* ὕαλος, ου, ἡ (so since Hdt. 3, 24 [ὕελος]; Aristoph.; Pla.; PFay. 134, 4), rarely ὁ (Theophr., Lapid. 49 [ὕελ.]; Bl-D. §49, 1; Mlt.-H. 67; 124.—Job 28:17 the gender cannot be determined) glass, crystal (w. χρυσίον; cf. Job 28:17) ὕαλ. καθαρός Rv 21:18. ὕαλ. διαυγής vs. 21. M-M. B. 620.* ὑβρίζω 1 aor. ὕβρισα. Pass.: 1 aor. ὑβρίσθην; 1 fut. ὑβρισθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test.

12 Patr.) in our lit. only trans. treat in an arrogant or spiteful manner, mistreat, scoff at, insult (Aristot., De Rhet.

2, 2 ἔστιν ὕβρις τὸ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν ἐφʼ οἷς αἰσχύνη ἐστὶ τῷ πάσχοντι) τινά someone (oft. in pap. [Mayser II 2 p. 303; reff. for the pass. also here]) mistreat Mt 22:6 (w. ἀποκτείνω POxy. 903, 5f [IV AD]); Ac 14:5. Pass. Lk 18:32; 1 Th 2:2; Tit 1:11 v.l.; Dg 5:15 (w. λοιδορεῖσθαι; cf. Dit., Syll.3 1109, 74; 76; 78 [178 AD]; Test. Benj. 5:4); Hs 6, 3, 4; insult (Jos., Ant. 4, 187)w. words ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις Lk 11:45; by one’s conduct abuse, outrage someth. τὴν σάρκα 2 Cl 14:4a. τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 14:4b (cf. Jos., Bell. 3, 371[θεοῦ] τὸ δῶρον, Ant. 9, 257 τὸν θεόν). . . carry on presumptuously with αὐτοὺς (χλευάζετε καὶ) ὑβρίζετε Dg 2:7. M-M.* ὕβρις, εως, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Jos., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.)—1. act. insolence, arrogance (Appian, Basil. 5 §2 καθʼ ὕβριν=out of arrogance; Pr 11:2; 29:23; Is 9:8; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 186; Jos., Ant. 6, 61)ὕβρ. ὑπερηφάνων 1 Cl 59:3 (ὕβρ. w. ὑπερηφανία: Ael. Aristid. 28, 101 K.=49 p. 524 D.; Paroem. Gr.: Zenob.

[II AD] 5, 44. Also ὑβριστικῶς κ. ὑπερηφάνως Diod. S. 16, 41, 2).

2. pass. shame, insult, mistreatment (PEleph. 1, 8 [311 BC] ἐφʼ ὕβρει=for insult, for outrage; PMagd. 24 verso; Proseuche Aseneth 28 Batiffol; Philo, In Flacc. 58; Sib. Or. 3, 529; Celsus 4, 46) ὕβριν ὑποφέρειν Hm 8:10. ὕβριν ποιεῖν τινι do harm to someone Hs 9, 11, 8. εἰς ὕβριν to (someone’s) shame Papias 3. Pl. mistreatment (Polyb. 6, 8, 5; 10, 37, 8; 11, 5, 7; Sb 5235, 12 [I AD] ὕβρεις καὶ πληγάς; PLond. 358, 8; Sir 10:8; Sib. Or. 4, 164) 2 Cor 12:10.

3. fig. hardship, disaster, damage caused by the elements (Pind., Pyth. 1, 140; Anth. Pal. 7, 291, 4 δείσασα θαλάττης ὕβριν; Jos., Ant. 3, 133τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων ὕβριν) w. ζημία Ac 27:10 (μετὰ ὕβ. as Dit., Syll.3 780, 18; 30; 3 Macc 3:25; Jos., Ant. 1, 60), 21.—JJFraenkel, Hybris ’42; GBertram, TW VIII, 295-307: ὕβρις, etc. M-M.* ὑβριστής, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 339; Sib. Or. 2, 259) a violent, insolent man Ro 1:30 (w. ὑπερήφανος in a catalogue of vices in Ps.-Dicaearchus p. 143 Fuhr. The same juxtaposition of ὑπερήφανος and ὑβριστής in Diod. S. 5, 55, 6 and Aristot., Rhet. 1390b, 33 [II, 16, 1]); 1 Ti 1:13. M-M.* ὑγεία this spelling for the older ὑγίεια appears in the pap. fr. II AD (POxy. 496, 10 [127 AD]; 497, 11; 715, 29; PTebt. 298, 77; PAmh. 132, 3; 18 [all II AD]), but also Dit., Syll.3 810, 15 [55 AD].—Ep. Arist. 190; 237; 259; Test.

Napht. 2:8. Predom. in Philo. For the LXX s. Thackeray p. 63f.—ESchweizer, Gramm. der perg. Inschr. 1898, 101; ENachmanson, Laute u. Formen der magnet. Inschr. ’03, 71; Crönert 34; Mayser I 92, 5; s. ὑγίεια. ὑγιαίνω (Theognis, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) be in good health, be healthy or sound.

1. lit., of physical health Mt 8:13 v.l.; Lk 5:31 (Artem. 4, 22 οὐ τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς κάμνουσιν δεῖ θεραπειῶν); 7:10; 15:27. As a formula in an epistolary greeting (e.g. Ltzm., Griech. Papyri2 [=Kl. T. 14] ’10 no. 1, 3 [=BGU 423]; 2, 3 [BGU 846]; 8, 3 [=BGU 27]; 9, 4 [=BGU 38] and oft. in pap.; cf. Ep. Arist. 41) 3J 2.

2. fig., in the Pastoral Epistles w. ref. to Christian teaching: ὑγιαίνουσα διδασκαλία 1 Ti 1:10; 2 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:9; 997

2:1. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 1 Ti 6:3; 2 Ti 1:13. ὑγιαίνειν (ἐν) τῇ πίστει Tit 1:13; 2:2 (on its use w. the dat. cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 222). S. λόγος ὑγιής Tit 2:8 (ὑγιής 2). Thus, in accord w. prevailing usage, Christian teaching is designated as correct instruction, since it is reasonable and appeals to sound intelligence (Plut., Mor. 20F αὗται γάρ εἰοιν ὑγιαίνουσαι περὶ θεῶν δόξαι καὶ ἀληθεῖς; Philo, Abr. 223 al. τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας λόγους; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 222οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες τῇ κρίσει [opp. ἀνόητοι]. S. also ὑγιής 2).—MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on 1 Ti 1:10. M-M.* ὑγίεια, ας, ἡ (or Ion. ὑγιείη, Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 39, Aet. M. 116.—For the spelling ὑγεία in 1 Cl 20:10, s. that as a separate entry) health 1 Cl 61:1; (w. ἀπόλαυσις) 20:10.* ὑγιής, ές acc. ὑγιῆ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) healthy, sound.

1. lit.—a. of persons Mt 15:31; Ac 4:10; or of their individual members (Dit., Syll.3 1170, 26 ἡ χείρ) Mt 12:13; Mk 3:5 t.r.; Lk 6:10 t.r. ὑγ. γίνεσθαι get well (Dit., Syll.3 1168, 47; 94; 102; 1169, 18 [IV BC]) J 5:4, 6 (s. Artem. 3, 39: no one says to a healthy man ‘ὑγιανεις’=you will get well), 9, 14. ποιεῖν τινα ὑγιῆ cure someone, restore someone to health (X., Mem.4, 2, 7) J 5:11, 15; 7:23. ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπό. . . be healed (and free) from. . . Mk 5:34. b. of things sound, undamaged (Eur., Thu. et al.; inscr., pap.) of trees Hs 8, 1, 3f; 8, 3, 1. Of stones (Dit., Syll.3 972, 32; 101) 9, 8, 3 (comparative); 5; 7.

2. fig. τηρεῖν ὑγιῆ i.e. τὴν σφραγῖδα keep the seal (=baptism) unbroken Hs 8, 6, 3.—λόγος ὑγιής sound teaching or preaching Tit 2:8 (s. ὑγιαίνω 2 and cf. Musonius p. 6, 2 H.; Dio Chrys. 1, 49 ὑγ. λόγ.; Maximus Tyr. 16, 3f ἀλήθειάν γε καὶ ὑγιῆ λόγον; M. Ant. 8, 30 ὑγιὴς λόγος, also Epict. 1, 11, 28 ὑγιές ἐστι τὸ ὑπὸ τ. φιλοσόφων λεγόμενον; 1, 12, 5; 6; Dit., Syll.3 983, 5 γνώμην ὑγ.; Epict. 3, 9, 5 ὑγιῆ δόγματα; Ep. Arist. 250; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 164 ὑγ. δόξα; Jos., Ant. 9, 118μηδὲν ὑψιὲς φρονεῖν). M-M. B. 300.* ὑγρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 144) moist, pliant, of fresh wood green (so ὑγρότης Theophr., H.Pl. 5, 9, 7; 8; Philostrat., Ep. 55 ὑγρός of fresh roses) Lk 23:31 (opp. ξηρός as Dio Chrys. 80[30], 15 and oft. in Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 267).—AJeremias, Hdb. der altoriental. Geisteskultur ’13, 263ff (cult of Tammuz). M-M. B. 1074.* ὑδρία, ας, ἡ water jar (so Diocles Com. [V BC] 1; Aristoph., Eccl. 678, Vesp. 926; Athen. 5 p. 199D; 11 p. 462B; inscr.; POxy. 502, 37; PSI 428, 89; Gen 24:14ff; Jos., Ant. 8, 341)J 2:6 (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 261 ὑδρία. . . κείσεται), 7; 4:28. M-M. B. 347.* ὑδροποτέω (opp. οἴνῳ διαχρῆσθαι Hdt. 1, 71; X., Cyr. 6, 2, 26; Pla., Rep. 8 p. 561C; Epict. 3, 13, 21, cf. 3, 14, 4; Aelian, V.H. 2, 38 μὴ ὁμιλεῖν οἴνῳ ἀλλὰ ὑδροποτεῖν; Lucian, Bis Accus. 16; Da 1:12) drink (only) water of an abstemious way of life μηκέτι ὑδροπότει, ἀλλὰ οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 Ti 5:23. M-M.* ὑδρωπικός, ή, όν suffering from dropsy (Hippocr.+ in medical [Hobart 24] and lay [HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 205; cf. ibid. 52, ’33, 62f; e.g. also Περὶ ὕψους 3, 4; Ptolem., Apotel. 4, 9, 3; Proverbia Aesopi 95 P.; Diog. L. 4, 27; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 70 p. 10, 27] writers) ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν ὑδρωπικός Lk 14:2. M-M.* ὕδωρ, ατος, τό (Hom.+; incr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) water.

1. lit., as an element Dg 8:2 (στοιχεῖον 2). Of the ocean 1 Cl 33:3; pl. Hv 1, 3, 4(cf. Ps 135:6, w. the sing. as v.l.).

An earth (before the Deluge) formed ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ διʼ ὕδατος 2 Pt 3:5 (cf. HDiels, Doxographi Graeci 1879 p. 276, 12 [Θαλῆς] ἐξ ὕδατός φησι πάντα εἶναι καὶ εἰς ὕδωρ πάντα ἀναλύεσθαι; JChaine, Cosmogonie aquatique et conflagration finale d’après 2 Pt: RB 46, ’37, 207-16. S. also Artem. 1, 77 p. 70, 6 al. ἐξ ὕδατος ἢ διʼ ὕδατος). Of the waters of the Deluge 1 Pt 3:20; 2 Pt 3:6. σίφων ὕδατος a water-pump Hm 11:18. κεράμιον ὕδατος a water jar (s. κεράμιον) Mk 14:13; Lk 22:10. ποτήριον ὕδατος (PGenève 51, 9) a cup of water Mk 9:41. Water for washing Mt 27:24; Lk 7:44; J 13:5. Cf. Hs 9, 10, 3. Water fr. a well J 4:7; fr. a spring Js 3:12 (γλυκὺ ὕδωρ; s. γλυκύς, also Herm. Wr. 13, 17); of a stream Rv 16:12.—τὸ ὕδωρ specif.=the river Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10;=the pool J 5:3f, 7;=the lake Lk 8:24, pl. Mt 8:32; 14:28f;=the spring, etc. pl. Rv 8:11a, b. Cf. πηγαὶ (τῶν) ὑδατων vs. 10; 14:7; 16:4;=the mountain torrent pl. Hv 1, 1, 3; of waters gener., or not more exactly defined Mt 17:15. ὕδωρ τι Ac 8:36a. Cf. vs. 38f.

Pl. Mk 9:22. ὕδατα πολλά (Ps 28:3) J 3:23; Rv 17:1. φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν the sound of many waters (Ps 92:4) 1:15; 14:2; 19:6. χεόμενα ὕδατα water that is poured out GOxy 32f.—W. bread as that which is necessary to maintain life Hs 5, 3, 7. In contrast to wine J 2:9. W. blood J 19:34 (s. αἷμα 1a). Christ came διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος and ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6a, b, c; cf. vs. 8 (s. διά A I 1, ἐν I 4cβ and ἔρχομαι I 1aη). Gener. of John’s baptism by water (alone), opp. πνεῦμα Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8; Lk 3:16; J 1:33 (26, 31); Ac 1:5; 11:16. Of Christian baptism, the new birth ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος J 3:5 (on the originality of the rdg. ὕδατος καί s. Hdb.3 ad loc.; Bultmann 98, 2), 8 v.l. Cf. Ac 10:47. καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι Eph 5:26. λελουσμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ Hb 10:22 (καθαρός 1). Even the OT points to the water of baptism B 11:1a, b, 8a, b, which Christ has consecrated by his own baptism IEph 18:2. The symbolic language of Hermas makes many allusions to the baptismal water: διʼ ὕδατος ἀναβαίνειν s 9, 16, 2. εἰς ὕδωρ καταβαίνειν m 4, 3, 1; s 9, 16, 6. The tower (=church) is built ἐπὶ ὑδάτων Hv 3, 2, 4; 3, 3, 5a, b, ὅτι ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν διὰ ὕδατος ἐσώθη καὶ σωθήσεται 3, 3, 5c. Acc. to D 7:1, when at all poss., ὕδωρ ζῶν running water (ζάω 4a) is to be used in baptizing. Cf. 7:2.

2. fig. The transition to this sense is marked by J 4:10f, where (τὸ) ὕδωρ (τὸ) ζῶν (cf. IQH 8, 7 and CD 6, 4; 3, 16) is partly spring water and partly a symbol of the benefits conferred by Jesus (OCullmann, ThZ 4, ’48, 367f.—For the symbolic use cf. Sir 15:3.—Cf. IQH 8, 4). Cf. 7:38; 4:14a, b, c (cf. Sir 24:21); IRo 7:2 (cf. Anacreontea 12, 7 p. 9 Preisendanz λάλον ὕδωρ). ὕδωρ (τῆς) ζωῆς water of life (cf. Hdb. z. NT exc. on J 4:14; REisler, Orphisch-dionys.

998